<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Zheng+Huajun</id>
	<title>China Studies Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Zheng+Huajun"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/wiki/Special:Contributions/Zheng_Huajun"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T07:45:57Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119246</id>
		<title>20201228 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119246"/>
		<updated>2020-12-27T07:11:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Hu Baihui 胡百辉 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third example, where an author shows another face in his essays is Zhu Ziqing. He is known as the author of the most often reprinted story-like Chinese essay &amp;quot;''Back View''&amp;quot; (Beiying), a standard school text. The success of this essay lies in the fact, that it applies to filial pity. From the reported fare-well scene with his father at the train station, he learned that his father loved him and that he had grown-up too now. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
This self-reflective essay helped Zhu to find himself through the observation of the other (here his father). The 2nd often printed essay is also from Zhu. Parallelistic and repetitive structures are the driving factor in the atmospherical nebulous lyrical landscape desription &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing supposedly opposed all political engagement and, wrote about unspectacular things.  In Taiwan he became a type of substitute for the categorically refused state writer of the People’s Republic, Lu Xun, mainly because of Zhu’s supposed political independence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
I would like to show with three examples that Zhu had absolutely clear political ideas: He had taken part in the demonstration March 18, 1926, which ended in a massacre. Zhu described this in ''&amp;quot;Report On the Massacre of the Government''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhizhengfu da tusha ji).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shots were still being fired, and the entrance of the east gate was packed with people. [...] Pushing and shoving, we climbed over them with great effort. We must have lost our senses then, not seeing, to our shame, the grotesqueness of our action. ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我想用三个例子说明，朱自清有绝对明确的政治思想。1926年3月18日，他参加了示威游行，这场游行最终以屠杀告终。朱自清在《执政府大屠杀记》中对此进行了描述。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''这时枪声未歇，东门口拥塞得几乎水泄不通。[...] 我们便推推搡搡，拥挤着，挣扎着，从他们身上踏上去。那时理性真失了作用，竟恬然不以为怪似的。'' --[[User:Chen Han|Chen Han]] ([[User talk:Chen Han|talk]]) 14:39, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
''[...]I was still walking on top of the people. No one dared to miss a single step, filing through the gate that divided safety from danger, one that would give us life or take our lives away. [...] My efforts finally brought me down to the ground, sealing my fate as I rolled down from the human pile. [...] I learned later that some of the people by the gate were dead, killed by the pistol squad firing from the other side of the gate. When I recall stepping over dead bodies, I cannot help but tremble with fear. [...]''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
From this experience, Zhu addresses directly the repsonsible political leaders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Duan Qirui, you must think about it! [...] How could we explain this to the world? [...] Granted, Duan Qirui and others could commit such atrocities without a thought; but how could we, the people of China, face the world with such a shameless government? [...] We, [...], must ask, „So many were killed—what should we do?“''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Lu Xun has portrayed the same massacre with sighing undertone and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his &amp;quot;''Ways to die''&amp;quot;[	 (Si fa).] - in which he finds &amp;quot;to be shot&amp;quot; the best method to die. The supposedly less politically engaged Zhu shows here more engagement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay &amp;quot;''Facing the New China''&amp;quot;[	 (Xin Zhongguo zai wang zhong).] is Zhu's political manifest: He asks for democracy, enlightenment and an increase of the education level.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
''China has to be born again through democratization. [...] The people should express their own will, concentrate on their own strength. Every level of administration should build up on the expressed will and strength of the people and struggle for the majority and its greatest happiness. This means that the people govern, the people own, the people enjoy.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few weeks before his death, he demanded in the speech ''&amp;quot;Today's duty of the Intellectuals''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhishifenzi jintian de renwu).] the participation of the intellectual in the struggle for a better society.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
With only a handful of essays I have demonstrated,  that the picture of these three authors changes substantially, if we read carefully also their less known essayistic work. Imagine now how the picture of 20th century Chinese literature might change, if the literary histories and anthologies would not only tell the history of drama, fiction and poetry, but would also grant the essay its proper place. The following part of my paper are results of my monograph on the 20th century Chinese essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The essay boom as a mirror reflecting growing individuality, participation in the public sphere, and the giddy-paced character of modern Chinese society'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acquiring an overview of the essay and assessing its essence has required extensive research in bookstores and libraries, in the People's Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and the United States for available resources in the form of essay book collections as well as secondary literature dealing with the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
I built a database for a statistical analysis to rank more than 5000 essays and 1400 essayists. It turned out that out of the top 60 most famous Chinese essays only 14 had been translated into English so far. The forthcoming collection of Tam King-fai adds 4 and my own one the remaining 42.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report[	 (baogao wenxue) (Klaschka 1998).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我建立了一个用于统计分析的数据库，对5000余篇散文和1400名散文家进行排名。事实证明，迄今为止，在中国最著名的60篇论文中，只有14篇被翻译成英文。 谭景辉即将出版的散文选集另有新翻译的4篇，我自己则翻译余下的42篇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
分析表明，自1979年以来，总体上来说，散文发表有所增加，在“文化大革命”之后还出现了两次热潮，在1990年达到了新的高度。首次增加出现在20世纪20年代和30年代，此后便被报告文学所取代（Klaschka 1998）。--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:41, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous essay bookseries[	 sanwen congshu 散文叢書.].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for the increase in essay production, which we can date right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in the sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for the survey.  There are three reasons for the increase in Chinese essay production and popularity in the mid-1990s: &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
1, The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts, as Hall has put it: “[...] we live in an age of exposition”[	 (Hall 1984:xiii).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, A revival of interest in discussing socio-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
If we look carefully at essay collections not only published in the United States, but also in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the People’s Republic, we find the following three reasons for the under- and overestimation of single essayists or essays which correspond to regional differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, EXOTIC In the United States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们仔细观察在美国出版的，以及在香港、台湾和中华人民共和国出版的散文集，我们会发现以下三个原因导致人们低估和高估了回应地域差异的单个散文家或散文: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、异国情调 在美国，散文往往是根据西方人的口味来选择的，完全不知名的作者和老牌作家拥有一样多的空间。--[[User:Ding Daifeng|Ding Daifeng]] ([[User talk:Ding Daifeng|talk]]) 09:37, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们细细研读在美国出版的，以及在中国香港、台湾和大陆出版的散文集，我们会发现以下三个原因导致人们因地域差异而低估或高估了某些散文家或散文: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、异国情调 在美国，散文往往是根据西方人的口味来选择的，名不见经传的作者和著名的作家拥有同样多的市场。--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 12:44, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
2, SOCIO-POLITICAL In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, as the mentioned survey proofs, he ranks 12th among modern authors there.  Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, PERSONAL Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by his disciple Huang Weiliang in favor for Yu.[	 (see Lin Yaode 1989:50).]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having named reasons for the essay boom and for the support for and the suppression of different actors in the cultural field of the essay, I would like to finish my paper by naming a few trends of the essay as they appear at the eve of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consumer-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;''On dreams''&amp;quot;[	&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928.]) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (&amp;quot;''My own garden''&amp;quot;[	 9.1923.], &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;[	 1924.], &amp;quot;''Reading on the Toilet''&amp;quot;[	 1936.]), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the newly encountered world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
In the end of this century not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  Among the upper list places of the political essay after 1949 there are critical essays.   For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
A sign for the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation for customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;).  Following the emotional essays of Zhu Ziqing who rank 1st and 2nd, ''nostalgia'' is the element of emotional identification in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Zhou Zuoren, which ranks 3rd[	In Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;Moon traces&amp;quot;, which ranks 11, and in Ba Jin's &amp;quot;''Paradise for Birds''&amp;quot;, which ranks 19].  Therefore one can state, that moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature took the form of 'engaged literature'.  In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics in daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. In the later half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of individuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. &lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only remiscent element left is the patriotism.[	''Trends like the use of ordinary language'', which one finds in novels since 1993 (''Jia Pingwa'', Feidu; ''Gu Cheng'', Yingger) and New Borderlessness since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting.The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable ''object d'art''.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上个世纪90年代，80年代的政论文随笔文化逐渐隐没了，唯一剩下留有想象空间的元素就是爱国主义。[“比如使用普通语言的趋势”，这是从1993年以来在小说中发现的（“贾平凹”） 费杜，古格，英格）以及自1995年以来，《新无边际》都无法在论文写作中得到证明，我们之所以没有找到后现代小说意义上的后现代散文，是因为文章的直接性：随笔作为一种体裁，是作者和读者之间的对话，而不是想要引起不同解释的原因或可能依赖于特殊形式或内容甚至是按顺序引用前现代特征的艺术品，这使它成为一个与众不同的“艺术品”。]--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 13:06, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References''' [partly mentioned with German translation] （不用翻）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vera Schwarcz 1996, Vera Schwarcz, &amp;quot;The pain of sorrow: public uses of personal grief in modern China&amp;quot;, in Daedalus: Journal of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Winter 1996)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi feng huixin 一封回信&amp;quot; (Ein Antwortbrief (26.10.1982)), in: Bing zhong ji 病中集 (Auf dem Krankenlager), Hongkong 香港 1984(?) (Series Suixiang lu 隨想錄 (Thoughts) Bd 4), 147 pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982a, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi pian xuwen 一篇序文&amp;quot; (Ein Vorwort) [dated 1982.9/10], in: Ba Jin: Auf dem Krankenlager 1984&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1956, Ba Jin 巴金: &amp;quot;Duli sikao 獨立思考&amp;quot; (Unabhängig denken), in: Li Jisheng 李濟生, Li Xiaolin 李小林 (Hgg.): Ba Jin liushi nian wenxuan (1927 - 1986), Suixiang lu, zagan, sanwen, xuba, yanjiang, shuxin 巴金六十年文選（１９２７－１９８６）隨想錄·雜感·散文·序跋· 演講·書信 (Ba Jin. Werkauswahl aus 60 Jahren (1927 - 1986), Gedanken, vermischte Gefühle, Essays, Vor- und Nachworte, Reden, Briefe), Shanghai 上海: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe 上海文藝出版社 (Literatur- und Kunstverlag Shanghai), 1986.12, S. 461 - 462 [Datiert auf  1956.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1962, &amp;quot;Zuojia de yongqi yu zerenxin 作家的勇氣與責任心&amp;quot; (Mut und Verantwortungsbewußtsein der Schrifsteller) 1962; der Essay von Zhou Zuoren 周作人: &amp;quot;Wenxue tan 文學談&amp;quot; (Über Literatur), in: Tan long ji 談龍集 (Über Drachen. Sammlung), Shanghai 上海: Kaiming shudian 開明書店 (Kaiming Buchladen) 1927.12, Nachdruck: Hongkong 香港: Shiyong shuju 使用書局 (Praxisverlag) 1972.1, 310 S., S. 165 - 167&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1919, Zhou Zuoren, &amp;quot;Zuxian chongbai 1919 (Ancestor Worship),&amp;quot; in Early Essays, op.cit., pp. 78&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1920: Zhou Zuoren 周作人, Xin wenxue de yaoqiu 新文學的要求&amp;quot; (The demand of the New Literature) [lecture], in Beiping shaonian xuehui 北平少年學會 (Beiping youth conference) 1920.1.6, in: Zhang Ruoying 長若英: Xin wenxue yundong shi ziliao 新文學運動史資料 (Material on the history of the New Literature movement), Shanghai 上海: Guangming shuju 光明書局 (Guangming bookstore) (1934.9) ²1936.9, 291-296&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1923, Zhou Zuoren: Yanzhicao ba (Preface to Yu Pingbo's Yanzhicao), in: Yongri ji (Book of Eternal Day), Shanghai: Beixin shuju 1929, 180-181&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1929, Zhou Zuoren: Ertong de shu (The books of children), in: Chenbao fukan (1923.8.17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren yuanliu, Zhou Zuoren: Zhongguo xin wenxue de yuanliu (Sources of New Chinese Literature), p 71&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1932, Zhou Zuoren: Lun baguwen 1932, in: Kanyun ji p. 148&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: NEAAS annual meeting 10/09/1999 New Haven (Yale University)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Modern Chinese Literature and the Essay Genre: A New Perspective'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, I will not recount the contents and propose interpretations of any essays, nor will I outline the main topics or styles of essaywriting in China, but I would like to take the opportunity to reflect a little bit on the phenomenon of the genre itself and discuss some conclusions and hypotheses with the attentive and critical audience which can be found at only a few places on earth, EALC at Harvard definitely being one of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：以新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''吴漠汀''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中,我将不再赘述任何文章的内容和提出的观点,我也不会列出其主要主题或风格,但是我想借此机会,反映一些现象本身的类型，并与包括哈佛大学学生在内的观众对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:16, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文将不再赘述或解释任何文章的内容，也不会列出中国散文的主要主题或风格。我想借此机会，反思体裁现象，同乐于助人、至关重要且世间少有的读者，包括哈佛大学东亚语言和文化学院的学生，对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 03:28, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The unknown genre'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literary-historical narrative told by anthologies and collections of the 20th century has drawn an incomplete picture of Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was lacking. In my paper I will ask, if the picture of literature can remain unchanged, if we take into consideration also the essay. The genre has been neglected for a long time as a genre of merit (Margouliès 1949, Schmidt-Glintzer 1990) or overlooked (McNaughton 1974, Leiden 1988-90, McDougall 1998);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.未知体裁'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二十世纪文选和选集里的文学史的叙述对于整个中国文学来说是不完整的：散文题材是缺失的。 在我的论文里我将要探寻是否文学整个文学框架依旧保持不变，是否把散文体裁考虑进去。 作为一种具有优势的体裁它已经被忽视了很久了。（马古烈 1949，施寒薇 1990）或者被省略（约翰·麦克诺顿 1974，莱顿 1988-90，杜博妮 1998）；--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 11:09, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.未知体裁'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪选集所讲述的文学历史叙事，描绘了一幅不完整的中国文学图景:：散文题材是缺失的。 在我的论文里我将要探寻是否文学整个文学框架依旧保持不变，是否把散文体裁考虑进去。 作为一种具有优势的体裁它已经被忽视了很久了。（马古烈 1949，施寒薇 1990）或者被省略（约翰·麦克诺顿 1974，莱顿 1988-90，杜博妮 1998）；--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 12:30, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
whereas its elder brother, fiction, has been prized ever since the valuing of fictional literature and the vernacularisation of writing in early Republican China, which followed from the master narrative established by the May 4th movement.  Modern anthologies would have the reader believe that a triumvirate of poetry, fiction and drama forms the backbone of modern Chinese literary output.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Excursion: Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with xiaoshuo (fiction), sanwen (non-fictional prose)), lyrics (shige) and drama (xiqu).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term &amp;quot;wu yunwen&amp;quot; which corresponds to the term &amp;quot;epic&amp;quot; in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet.  The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
在抒情诗中，读者被鼓励去感受当下的感觉，并且常常是诗人的忏悔式的感觉。戏剧直接在独白或对话中回忆起一个自足的动作，以这种方式释放了读者/观众重新创造的想象力。散文作为史诗的一种体裁，是一种超脱的、非虚构的、自由形式的主观表现。--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 02:29, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在抒情诗中，鼓励读者感受诗人当下的感觉，且这种感觉常常是诗人的忏悔。戏剧直接以独白或对话的方式回忆一个自足的动作，并通过这种方式释放了读者/观众再创造的想象力。散文作为史诗的一种体裁，是以自由的形式进行的一种分离的非虚构的主观表现。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 07:11, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Essay&amp;quot;, Chinese mostly ''sanwen'', is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Freedom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, a subcategorization in numerous small entities, like Zheng Mingli does with the essay, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems.  All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay.  This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。今天我们在刊物上看到的中国散文，已经具备了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文类别的第二个暗示。--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 07:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界上的国家趋向于走到一起，而文化则主要取决于现代化水平。正如我们从现今报纸里面看到的那样，中国散文采用了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文开始趋同于国际散文体裁的第二个标志。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:27, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21世纪，世界在共同成长，文化主要由现代化程度决定。我们今天在报纸上看到的中国散文，在形式和内容上都与西方散文相似，其目标群体也与之相似。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文的第二个暗示。--[[User:Ding Daifeng|Ding Daifeng]] ([[User talk:Ding Daifeng|talk]]) 09:44, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。我们今天在报纸上看到的中国散文，已经呈现出西方散文的形式与内容，并且其目标群体也与西方散文不相上下。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文体裁的第二个迹象。--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 1992 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it &amp;quot;Chinese&amp;quot;? In the occidental essay the form seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了首先由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文有独特本土的特征。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？和中文散文相比，西方散文的文章形式似乎是更重要的分类标准。在中国，甚至有些文章内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 02:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了最初由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文具有独特的本土特色。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？与中文散文相比，西方散文的形式分类标准似乎更重要。在中国，有些文章甚至是内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:18, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
This can be shown with Zheng Mingli, who subcategorises the &amp;quot;unfinished diary&amp;quot; or the &amp;quot;unfinished letter&amp;quot;.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Zheng Mingli: &amp;quot;essay in diary form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;essay in letter form&amp;quot;), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese understanding of the genre is tendencially broader'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''  &amp;quot;non-rhythmic prose&amp;quot;, which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning &amp;quot;short literary essay pieces&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese essay is booming again in the 1980s and 1990s'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report (''baogao wenxue'').[	Klaschka 1998.] The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous ''sanwen congshu'' 散文叢書 (essay bookseries).&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase in essay production  right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in a sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for a survey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the work of some major Chinese editors, the whole essay culture was compiled from magazines and newspapers and was published in a flood of anthologies since the 1970s. This boom is comparable to the cultural fever of undigging xiangtu literature, which rose in Taiwan in front of the background of the movement of self-identification and independance.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Why is the essay as abundant as fiction?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me name a few reasons, why the essay  in fact is as abundant as its prose brother, fiction, and its lyrical sister, poetry, and why it must be valued as highly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay had a direct impact on Chinese society throughout history (the reform ideas from the end of the Qing dynasty through the May Fourth period with the literary theorethical pieces and the daily political zawen of Lu Xun, until today are mostly presented in essay form). The impact on literary reflection and theory is shown in the collection &amp;quot;Modern Chinese Literary Thought&amp;quot; 1996. The effect of the essay genre with its direct language, its connection to life (e.g. its role in the coming to terms with the cultural revolution), and its direct access to the individual reader through newspapers. This impact is larger than the indirect one of fiction or poetry.  The poem is the genre of retreat from social life, from political issues and time references.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shi argues, that ''poetry'' is most important in the process of modernity, since poetry rises emotions. But it relies also on images and on linguistic rhythm. Liang Qichao stresses the role of novel and opera in the changing society. But ''sanwen'' is able to name things, it reflects life, caleidoscopic. Modern subjectivity is constructed with the tool of ''sanwen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay also reflects trends in the society better than poetry and fiction: Individualism is expressed in the essay more directly than in the poem with its limitation in content and form. Ephemerality is reflected in the short form of the essay, which may be read in the subway on the way to work, where poems may not be so spontaneously enjoyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡适认为“诗”在现代化的过程中是最重要的，因为诗会升华情感。但诗歌依赖于形象和语言节奏。梁启超强调小说和戏曲在社会变迁中的作用。但“三文”却能命名事物，它反映生活千变万化。现代主体性是以“三文”为工具来建构的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-散文也比诗歌和小说更能反映社会的趋势。个人主义在随笔中表现得比在诗歌中更直接，但在内容和形式上都有局限性。短文的短暂性体现在短文的形式上，可以在上班路上的地铁里读，而在地铁里读诗，可能就不能那么随性的享受了。--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 13:48, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡适认为“诗”在现代化的过程中是最重要的，因为诗歌升华情感。但诗歌也依赖于意象和语言节奏。梁启超强调小说和戏曲在社会变迁中的作用。但“散文”却能给事物命名，反映千变万化的生活。现代主体性就是以“散文”为工具建构的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 随笔也比诗歌和小说更能反映社会的发展趋势。个人主义在随笔中的表现比在诗歌中更直接，因为诗歌在内容和形式上对此有所限制。随笔的短暂性体现在随笔的形式上，人们可以在上班路上的地铁里阅读，而在地铁里读诗，可能就没有那么随性的享受。--[[User:Chen Han|Chen Han]] ([[User talk:Chen Han|talk]]) 14:55, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay reaches a larger part of the population than poetry, the amount of time spended on reading novels goes back, too.  The essay itself a genre of high actuality, if not simply the genre of today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay tells us more about an author and his time than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions. We look trough authentic eyes on his contemporary society.  Many authors turned to essay writing in the later periods of their lifes, like Lu Xun, Ba Jin, and Wang Meng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
- The volume of ''essay'' production exceeds the volume of ''xiaoshuo'' production: Chinese newspapers since the 1870s on[	Shenbao, Shibao etc. Liang Qichao sees the role of the newspaper both as liberal and authoritative: He understands the press as an institution to control the government, on the other hand he favors censorship.] and as a mass media from the early 20th century presented only one or two fictional stories in a serialized form, but invented essay columns like ''zagan'' (from which Lu Xun developed his ''zawen''), ''suibi'' or ''suixiang'' (from which famous collections like Ba Jin's ''Suixiang lu'' derived).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“随笔”的产量超过了“小说”的产量：从19世纪70年代开始，中国的报纸就在《申报》、《时报》等杂志上发表。梁启超认为报纸既自由又权威：他认为报纸是控制政府的机构，另一方面，他主张审查制度，作为20世纪初的一个大众媒体，他以连载的形式呈现一两个虚构的故事，但却发明了散文专栏，如“扎根”（鲁迅从中发展了他的“札文”）、“随笔”或“随想”（巴金的《随想录》就是从中衍生出来的）。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 12:54, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Let us assign the essay its proper place'''&lt;br /&gt;
The consequence which must be driven from the above presented contrast between value and valuing of the essay is: Let us assign the essay its proper place!  I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，中国学术界首次以撰写散文史和散文集的方式对散文文学进行了重大的反思，这首先集中在鲁迅等单个作家的散文作品上。另外90年代的两次会议也没有趋于国际学术研究的动向。直到1995年，国际学术界才开始使用共同的语言学方法来探讨单个散文家（比如1995年Kubin的《关于梁漱溟》；Woesler的《关于王蒙》；Mansberg的《关于刘再复》[未发表]）或探讨某个群体的散文（1996年瓦格纳的《关于新月派》）。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 12:54, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998) and for the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th. If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode 1989:50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai, Woesler) or already published (Pollard 1999). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. This year, scholars will meet on a first international conference on the essay (Achern, Germany August 25-26). In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Taking into consideration the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will give a few hints, what the essay can contribute to the picture of Chinese Literature, which so far is overshadowed by fiction through the narrative of C.T. Hsia, Prusek and Anderson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are used to established narratives, like the emergence and success of the May-Fourth literature. But this view neglects the role, that for example the ''yuanyang hudie pai'' played in the choir of different voices in the awoken intellectual debate in the beginning of this century. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
The May-Fourth group at that time was one voice among many and only succeeded because of its agitation and polemic in the public sphere, so we have to use new means to assign the Chinese essay its proper place. We learn from simplifiying narratives, that it is absolutely necessary to differentiate, and to reconstruct the complex time background. Having understood Chinese literature as determined by the development of fiction and poetry only, a broader understanding will change the whole appearance of Chinese literature. A scholarly endeavour is the use of modern literary theories in the approach to this genre.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, I will name three aspects (chronologically sorted by past, modern and contemporary time) to hold the argument, that the taking into consideration of the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature and change our current understanding of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. The classical and premodern essay documents Chinese philosophy, early subjectivity and still, a native Chinese tradition is questioned'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How is the Chinese essay to be positioned historically, how did it emerge, what is its generic background? Generically, the ancestors of the essay are both in China and the West notes written on the margins of books, they are letters and travel notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面，我将从三个方面(在时间顺序上按过去、现代、当代排序)来论述对散文的考量将改写中国文学史，改变我们目前对它的认识这一论点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 古典和前现代散文记录了中国哲学，其早期的主体性，仍然是对中国本土传统的质疑。&lt;br /&gt;
中国散文在历史上要如何定位，它是如何产生的，它的共有背景是什么？一般来说，中国和西方的散文都是起源于写在书本空白处的笔记，是书信和游记。--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 04:18, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
These notes differed from the canonized literature through its informal style, its expression of individuality und subjectivity, a much earlier document for subjectivity than the first autobiographical Chinese novel, ''The Dream of the Red Chamber''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning, the essay was valued lower than poetry: the oldest reference  this far for the term ''sanwen'' that I found is Luo Dajing's 羅大經 (? - after 1248) statement from 1240: “Shī sāomiào tiānxià, ér sǎnwén pōjué suǒsuì júcù.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。” (Poetry is moving mankind in a wonderful way, prose inquires into incoherent bagatels, is limited.) (''Helin yulu''). Another reproach Luo Dajing mentions, is a formal one: In comparison to the highly artistic and century-long tradition of poetic writing, the direct and often vernacular langage of the essay in his eyes had less value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the West, a real 'art of the essaywriting' came up in the late 16th century as a medium for the newly reorganized knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。”罗大京提到的另一个骂名，是形式上的：与具有高度艺术性和长达一个世纪传统的诗歌写作相比，散文中直接的、白话文式的语言在他看来并不那么有价值。&lt;br /&gt;
在西方，16世纪晚期出现了一种真正的“散文写作艺术”，作为一种传播重组知识的媒介。--[[User:Liubo|Liubo]] ([[User talk:Liubo|talk]]) 00:50, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“诗騷妙天下，而散文颇觉瑣碎局促。”罗大经提出的另一个责难，是形式上的。在他看来，与高度艺术化的百年诗词写作传统相比，散文直接的、白话文式的语言没有什么价值。&lt;br /&gt;
在西方，真正的 “散文写作艺术 ”是在16世纪末作为重组知识的一种媒介出现的。--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 04:30, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The reorganization originated from the observations of Kopernikus, which destroyed the whole conception of the world of the Middle Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, particularly the debates on Buddhism in the 4th and 5th century A.D. saw the origination of a tradition of letters.  The Chinese tradition of the ''sanwen'' 散文 (essay) however, in the understanding of sǎn 散 as (to dispel, leisure, loose, relaxed, irregular, independant style, free prose, can be seen not before the detachment from the dialogue - or aphorism, which is still visible in the philosophical ''Lunyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Xunzi delivered the prototype of the later essay with his philosophical treatises. They are an early form of philosophical didactical essays, in which general theorems are derived not only from quotations of the canonized classical works, but for the first time also from his own individual experience.  The individuality is still a main characteristic of the essay today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the dynasties the essay manifested itself further in certain subcategories: From reading-notes written at the paper margins originated the ''biji'' µ§°O (occasional notes), flourishing in the Ming Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形，它们是哲学教学论文的早期形式。其中的一般定理不仅来自于经典著作的引用，而且第一次从他的个人经验中得出。个性仍是现今散文的主要特点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文在某些子类中进一步得以表现，如从写在纸边的读书笔记产生了明朝盛行的偶记。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:25, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形。其作品是哲学论教散文的早期形式，这些散文中传授的普遍定理不仅有引用经典著作，还首次借鉴其个人经历。这种个体性在当代的散文中仍有保留。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文通过一些子类别得以呈现，如明朝盛行的在书页边上写的读书注释，它就是源于笔记。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 08:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The marginalism is a link between Western and Chinese tradition of early essays. Occasional notes could contain private historical notes, anecdotes, communications and contemplations.  However, the consciousness of the essay as a genre of its own originated in China not before the Qing ²M dynastie, when numerous essay anthologies were compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into consideration the social-historical background draws a different picture of the old society than short stories and novels: Essays are much closer to real life, since they express individual problems and experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
边缘主义是中西早期散文的一个纽带。散见的笔记包含了私人的历史记录，轶事，交谈和个人沉思。然而，尽管当时的散文选集众多，但将视散文作为一种文体的意识，清朝之前并没有出现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到当时的社会历史背景，人们在旧社会时，对短篇故事和小说的看法不同：散文更接近现实生活，因为它们表达了个人的困惑和经历。--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 04:15, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now, the Chinese pre-''Hongloumeng'' individual literature spoke only through the indirect language of poems to us. Rediscovering the essays, we have a splendid source of opinions, social-historical pictures etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premodern essay literature consists of much more than its most well-known example, the formally restrictive ''baguwen''. Lu Xun himself wrote some of his essays in ''baguwen'' style, but on the other hand took it as a synonym for the ancient society. Zhou Zuoren saw the rhythm of the language of the &amp;quot;Eight legged essay&amp;quot; as as appealing and intoxicating as the &amp;quot;pleasure of doing opium.'' (Zhou 1932:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前为止，中国红楼梦前的个体文学还只是通过诗中的间接语言与我们对话。通过重拾散文，我们可以知晓不同观点和社会历史状况等文学创作的丰富源泉。&lt;br /&gt;
现代散文之前的文学并不限于形式上受限制的八股文，一方面鲁迅本人也有一些散文是用八股文写成的，但另一方面他又把八股文当作古代社会的代名词。周作人把 &amp;quot;八股文 &amp;quot;的语言节奏看作是 &amp;quot;做鸦片的快感 &amp;quot;一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 08:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
直到现在，中国前“红楼梦”的个体文学只能通过诗歌的间接语言与我们对话。重新发掘这些散文，我们可以拥有丰富的观点来源，社会历史图片等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前现代散文文学不仅仅包括它最为人所知的例子，正式的、有限制性的“八卦文”。鲁迅自己的一些文章就是用“八卦文”写的，但是在另一方面又把它当作古代社会的同义词。周作人认为《八股文》的语言节奏就像“吸鸦片的快感”一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 09:07, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
But he considered it also as a prevalent genre implicit in the modern writings as ''yang bagu'' (westernized bagu) and ''dang bagu'' (party-line bagu) (borrowing from Wu Zhihui, Zhou Yuanliu:71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neo-Confucianism stressed ''wen'' (prose) as the most important tool to transmit the ''dao'' (way): ''Wenyi zai dao'' (Literature as the carrier of the way). If we reinterprete this diction in the perspective of genre, we can say, that the essay then has been regarded as an important tool to express truth, subjectivity and Self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但他认为这也是隐含在现代著作中的''洋包谷''（西化包谷）和''党行包谷''（借用吴稚晖、周远流的说法：71）的一种普遍的文体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
新儒家强调''文''（散文）是传播''道''的最重要工具：''文以载道''（文以载道）。如果我们从文体的角度来重新解读这句话，我们可以说，当时的散文已经被视为表达真理、主体性和自我的重要工具。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但他认为这也是隐含在现代著作中的''洋包谷''（西化包谷）和''党行包谷''（借用吴稚晖、周远流的说法：71）的一种普遍的文体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
理学强调“文”（散文）是传播“道”的最重要工具：“文以载道”。（以文学为载体的方式）。如果我们从体裁的角度来重新解读这一措辞，可以说，散文已成为表达真理、主体性和自我的重要工具。--[[User:Liubo|Liubo]] ([[User talk:Liubo|talk]]) 00:53, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao developed a ''xīn wéntǐ'' 新文體 (new prose style), which was influenced by Western languages, but the essay became popular not before the newspapers became mass media, and the language changed into ''baihua''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. The essay as the medium of modernity, the questioning of the genuiness of the Chinese essay'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve first of all the dispute on whether the Chinese essay grew out of a native tradition or was influenced by Western translations, one finds both traditions relevant: The occidental essay was introduced to the writers of the literature reform movement from 1907 on by translations in Chinese (Lin Shu: ''Irving'' 1907, ''Addison'' 1911). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The current form of the genre is mostly based on the influence of Western essay translations. First developed a Chinese essay tradition, which consciously leaned upon the Western model in language, form and terminology, its own proponents succumbed soon to the temptation to derive a tradition of the Chinese essay from Chinese history only. A seemingly unbroken Chinese tradition of the native Chinese ''wenyan sanwen'' is presented in Chinese textbooks (Yu Zaichun 1978-82, Li Xishang 1985).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is older than the ones referred to in the ''Large Chinese Dictionary'' of Morohashi (Morohashi undated) and in the ''Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Chinese Language'' 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Still, the value of the native tradition of essay writing and the role of the Western influence upon it is discussed controversially among the scholars.  Some admit that Western impact played a key role in what we understand as Chinese essays nowadays: Wang Bin  1992, Fan Peisong 1993; for Western impact in general see Průšek 1964, Gálik 1966, McDougall 1971.  Other scholars think that Western influence is overestimated - Denton 1996 showed that the theoretical background was missing for understanding Western theories of literature in China, - and recommended that we understand the essay first by its national tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，对于本土论文写作传统的价值以及西方对其的影响，学者们争论不休。有些人承认西方的影响在我们今天所理解的中国散文中起了关键作用:王斌1992，范培松1993;对西方总的影响参考。还有一些学者认为，西方的影响被高估了——Denton 1996表明，中国缺乏理解西方文学理论的理论背景，并建议我们首先从其民族传统来理解这篇文章。--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 11:57, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，对于本土论文写作传统的价值以及西方对其的影响，学者们争论不休。有些人承认西方的影响在我们今天所理解的中国散文中起了关键作用:王斌1992，范培松1993;对西方总的影响参考。还有一些学者认为，西方的影响被高估了——Denton 1996表明，中国缺乏理解西方文学理论的理论背景，并建议我们首先从其民族传统来理解这篇文章。--[[User:Fancy|Fancy]] ([[User talk:Fancy|talk]]) 15:07, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
How far personal opinion may influence the narrative of historical facts can be seen by the example of the legendary authors of the May Fourth movement.  All of them considered the English essay as the father of the Chinese essay: Zhou Zuoren 1921, Lu Xun 1933, the anarchist and later member of the Guomindang Wu Zhihui [1934].  Later, some of these authors changed their minds to support their own theories on the essay by looking for proof of a native Chinese essay tradition:&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
for example, Lu Xun with his theory &amp;quot;'Zhǎnkāi' shuō yǔ  'méngyá' lùn “展開”說與“萌芽”論&amp;quot;&amp;quot; (Theory of &amp;quot;Starting&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Blossoming&amp;quot;) came to see the fighting and critical character of the essay of the Jin dynasty (265 - 420) as the 'father' of the Chinese essay, and Zhou Zuoren first the English essay (1921) and later the ''biji'' (occasional notes) of the Ming, although he still tried to integrate the English essay in his &amp;quot;Gonganpài yu Yīngguo xiaopin 'hecheng' lun 公安派與英國小品“合成”論&amp;quot; (Theory of the Synthesis of the Gongan School and the English Essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Zengqi regrets that the national Chinese tradition of the essay at the time of the 'May Fourth Movement' has not been taken up again and has not continued in contemporary essays (Wang Zengqi 1993). The Chinese essay is an accommodating object of study, because one may look to it to prove any theory of the essay.  One can find examples for each topic in almost every period, simply because the essay has a wide range of subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhou Zuoren showed that only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge it was again possible to write about a candy seller  (1924), he was critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).  When he wrote a piece on the &amp;quot;Fly&amp;quot;, he was reproached with dealing with subjects of minor importance. Reproaches like this lie in the very nature of the genre, since ''marginalism'' is substantial to the essay. The mentioned formal reproach of Luo Dajing can be found again in the 1990s, Hong Kong students critisized the literary style as it appears in Ba Jins &amp;quot;Thoughts&amp;quot; (Suixiang lu) as too direct and too less artful. But this perspective does not recognize the very nature of the essay, which is a very individual expression of an author's thoughts and not bound to tradition, and therefore much more free also in content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay - from its very nature free and independant - almost disappeared in the time of the Cultural Revolution and - except for the ideologically influenced essays - had a hard struggle between Yan'an and the loss of moral legitimacy by the leadership in 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay was ''the'' genre of the modernizing society of the early 20th century. Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to war and warlordism and later in the modernizing society, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products.&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
But from its very nature, the essay set new boundaries in form and content, and therefore not only survived the ideological restrictions, but also established its own critical subculture within. The essay was not only a medium of discussion and a documentation of the social-political background for us today, but also a documentation of the personal struggle of the writers finding a position in a changing environment, since the essay is &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Some essays even deconstructed master narratives like the one of leftist ideology, often simply by confronting it with subjective experience, reality or art. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I want to mention another position on literature, which stresses the impact of literature on life, especially on the eve of revolutions - following this view, all literature is political (Jameson).&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Not only the understanding of literature as a whole changes if we take into consideration the essay, also the view of single authors shifts, if we see not only their novels or poems, but also their essays. I mention only Zhou Zuoren. His ideas connected him  spiritually to his contemporary collegues in Europe, Japan and America, but these where ideas for which China turned out to be not yet ready. At that time, China had taken a road which led away from progress, wealth, freedom and spiritual enlightenment. The consequences have yet to be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除开关注作家的小说和诗歌之外，如果我们对他们的散文有所涉猎，就会发现他们不仅对文学整体的理解发生了变化，单个作者的观点也发生了变化。仅就周作人来说，他的思想在精神上把他和他在欧洲、日本和美国的同伴们联系在一起，但是这些设想在中国行不通。当时的中国走的是一条远离进步、财富、自由和精神启蒙的道路，这一现状还并没有得到改变。--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 12:34, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature has taken the form of 'engaged literature'.   The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (My own garden 9.1923, &amp;quot;The Fly&amp;quot; 1924, &amp;quot;Reading on the Toilet&amp;quot; 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda.  This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into account of a genre shifts the whole perspective on literature, taking into account the essayistic works of an author shifts also the view of the author. I will name only one author as an example for a modern essayist: Zhou Zuoren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20、30年代民国时期的文本和当代的文本一样也经常被重印。显然，我们可得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的那些政治宣传文只能留存在特殊的政治文章选集当中，到了21世纪初，就不再有作者去写这类文章，也不会有中国读者去看这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到整个体裁对整个文学角度的转变，以及散文作品反映出的作者观点的变化，我只举一位现代散文家的例子：周作人。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 07:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20-30年代民国时期的文章仍然和当代的同类文章一样经常被重印。显然，我们可以得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的政治宣传类散文只保存在专门的政治散文集中，到21世纪初，不再有人去写，也不再有人读这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种文学体裁会转变整个文学的视角，一位作家的散文作品，同样也会转变对这个作家的看法。我只以一位现代散文家为例：周作人。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 09:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned already his theoretical contribution to the Chinese essayism, but still, his essays have been neglected until the 1980s. The reason does not lie in literary quality, but in political valuing. The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that the theoretical May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Publishing in the Japanese sponsored magazines ''Reminiscences'',* and ''Chinese Literature'', he was blamed together with Zhu Pu and Yuan Xi of collaboration. An unanswered question is, why another author, who published there, Zhang Ailing, was never reproached with collaboratorship. The difference between all of them is that Zhang Ailing tried to avoid political committments, whereas Zhou felt guilty, Zhu justified it and Yuan simply accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
''The 'mainstream' writers took an affirmative approach in their writing, whereas the other writers formed a minority.  The individual authors did not necessarily belong to either one of these groups throughout their life, but may have moved between them.  Since the essay is a medium which enables the individual to express thoughts directly, the writers chosen for this paper can be classified according to their position.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Yu Guangzhong's essay'' &amp;quot;The wolves are coming&amp;quot; ''shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
In his small literary pieces, Zhou tried to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday life out of the subjective experience of his private space.  The major contribution of Zhou Zuoren is, that he set the turning point in Chinese essay writing with his call for writing short literary pieces (''Meiwen'' 1921). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In foreign literature there is the so-called ''lunwen'' 論文 (treatise), which is roughly divided into two groups: the reflecting ones, piping 批評 (critical), are scientific articles. The others are ''jishu'' 記述 (descriptive) and ''yishuxing'' 藝術性 (artistic), they are also called ''meiwen'' 美文 (aesthetic essay). Within these texts, one can distinguish between ''xushi'' 敘事 (narrative) and ''shuqing'' 抒情 (lyric). But there are also mixed texts. [...] I hope that the aesthetical essay is encouraged to come back, and will open up a new field for the New Literature. Wouldn’t that be wonderful?&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
With these words from the essay &amp;quot;''The aesthetic essay''&amp;quot; this new vernacular form was defined.  This starting point founded a whole new tradition of essay writing in China. Contemporary writers called this piece the &amp;quot;king of essays&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to bring this new form to his compatriots, he tried to find similiarities with the ''xiaopinwen'' of the Ming dynasty. He further discussed these thoughts in his essay theory. In his own essays, he profited a lot from ancient ''suibi''. Later he further developed his literary theory towards an up and down of two trends. In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; (Zhou 1923).  He promoted the ''baguwen'' and the independance of literature from politics and effected the literary scene and the development towards a modern Chinese society especially between 1917 and 1938.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“美学散文”中的这些词语定义了这种新的白话形式。这个起点在中国建立了一种新的散文写作传统。当代作家称此作品为“散文之王”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
为了将这种新形式带给他的同胞，他试图找到其与明朝“小品文”的相似之处。他在散文理论中进一步讨论了这些思想。 他自己的散文也从古代的“随笔”中受益匪浅。后来，他将文学理论朝着上下两种趋势进一步发展。在现代化社会中，他呼吁解放妇女、“将儿童看作具有外在和内在生命的完整主体”以及“让儿童成为儿童文学的本质”（Zhou 1923）。他提倡“八股文”和文学脱离政治的独立性，这对文学界产生了影响，并推动了中国向近代社会尤其是1917年至1938年的发展。--[[User:Peng Xiaoling|Peng Xiaoling]] ([[User talk:Peng Xiaoling|talk]]) 09:48, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With this theoretical foundation and his own vo'luÉminous essayistic work, Zhou Zuoren through the example of his own form of short literary pieces within this genre, fought at that stage of the development of his literary theory like Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque  130 years ago in France for the idea &amp;quot;l'art pour l'art&amp;quot; , for individuality and independance  of the writer, for disinterested literature.  The jugdment, that Zhou was an apolitical author cannot be proved with his essays.  Instead, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself.  For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance (Zhou 1929:180-181). &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact he saw himself as ‘patriotic underground fighter’ and looked at the collaboration with the Japanese puppet regime as a forced one, following his attempted assasination, through which his driver had lost his life.  His own concept of essay writing served less the needs of the building of a nation-state and comes closer to the ideal of the individual. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I don't really know why, but I am feeling as if I am born into a dark age. I admit, that our forests are not inhabited by dragons, tigers and wolves, but shapeless &amp;quot;monsters&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goblins&amp;quot; are still creeping around and try to swallow our souls. [...] What alarms me most, is the absence of freedom in this prison, into which we writers have been thrown.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Confronting tradition and progress in the essay &amp;quot;''Ancestor Worship''&amp;quot;, he is in favor of the latter, since past could only become present through changes (Zhou 1919:7-8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque (1767 - 1830) war französischer Romanschriftsteller und liberaler Politiker, der neben der Freiheit der Kunst nach der Französischen Revolution die Einführung der konstitutionellen Monarchie nach englischem Vorbild forderte.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe ''Journal'' (10.2.1804). Die &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; propagierte die Zweckfreiheit der Kunst. Im Gegensatz dazu versteht sich die engagierte Literatur. Die Parallele zwischen Zhou Zuorens Literaturverständnis und dem Konzept &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; zieht auch Wolff: ''Chou Tso-jen'' 1971, S. 84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: ''Der Ursprung der neuen chinesischen Literatur'' 1934, S. 95 - 98; vgl. auch Chen Zizhan: ''Vorträge zur chinesischen Literaturgeschichte'' 1937, Bd 3, pp. 416 - 422, besonders S. 422. Hinweis in: H. Martin: &amp;quot;''Liang Qichao on Poetry Reform''&amp;quot; 1996, Bd 1, S. 213.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding Zhou Zuoren, I want to correct the official assessment of the People’s Republic, that his work would have experienced a caesura in 1938.  In order to explain his opposition of the propaganda to build up national heroes about 1937 and his collaboration from 1939, it has been said officially, that his thoughts had &amp;quot;duoluo 墮落&amp;quot; (degenerated) at that time (Zhu Jinshun 1990:59).  In fact, this caesura, namely the change in the style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經 (serious, intentional essays), and ''xianshi'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment) is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest through the Guomindang (1945).&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore not the Japanese suppressors are responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots'. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the stigma of the 'traitor', he has been undervalued until now.  That his work in the 1990s is almost as often published as Lu Xun's and Zhu Ziqing's shows that his texts finally experience a more positive literaric evaluation through the audience, which now must be registered also by scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of a misread Zhou Zuoren is his short essay on &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;,  where he describes his changing attitude towards flies, which he had played with as child but later disgusted when he learned about their danger of passing on diseases.  ”''The fly''” shows Zhou Zuoren’s strength to describe details and make them a real topic by recalling memories on them or describing a change of perspective on them.  Zhou summarized the philosophical wisdom he learnt from this, that people did not judge on things objectively, but were likely to praise or damn things. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The official reading re¬proaches Zhou that he &amp;quot;saw only the fly and not the cosmos&amp;quot; , a quotation of the young Zhou about a position he himself clearly opposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His ability to chat about the more pleasent things in life is displayed in his essay ”Birds’ twitter”.  In ”''Peking cakes and sweet-meat''” and in ”''Wild vegetable of my home region''”, Zhou Zuoren shows his ability to make the reader feel at home at a region, where he feels at home himself, by describing the customs and special regional food. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: &amp;quot;Cangying 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: ''Chenbao fujuan'' 晨报副镌 (Beilage zur Morgenpost) (1924.7.13). Eine Zu¬sammenfassung des Inhalts findet sich in: Yu Daxiang (Hg.): ''Auswahllexikon chinesischer Essays mit Inhaltsangaben und Analysen'' 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Siehe Vollständige chinesische Anthologie der Wissenschaften - Bd Chinesische Literatur'' 1988, Bd 2, S. 1300. Dies spielt auf den Essay &amp;quot;''Cangying'' 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: Zhou Zuoren: ''Zhi Tang. Sammlung'' 1933 an.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
His piece ”''Bitter rain''” shows the atmosphere, for what his essays had been labelled ”bitter tea”: There remains a taste in one’s mouth after reading. If you compare Lu Xun’s ”''On tea drinking''” (Yang/Yang 1961 3:325-326) with Zhou Zuoren’s essay with the same title, you see the difference of ”short and to the point” and ”eloquent and well-read”. ”''First love''” is more hilarious. The essay ”''Three different ways to die''” shows that Zhou Zuoren can compete with his elder brother in sarcasm. Lu Xun's essay on the same subject, the massacre on March 18, 1926, was a sight.&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou asks for the ”best” way to die and favors the short and painless one. In ”''On alcohol''” and ”''The awning bunk boat''” Zhou Zuoren continues the tradition of late Ming ''biji''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a consciously “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (Wang Meng: &amp;quot;''Anxiang'' 安详&amp;quot; (Serene) 1992, &amp;quot;''Zuohao ni ziji de shi'' 做好你自己的事&amp;quot; (First make your own things in a good way) 1994). &lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (&amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;, Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (&amp;quot;''The nightmare''&amp;quot;, Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary trends of literature, which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
- The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall 1984:xiii); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The increasing consciousness of indivi¬duality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjecti¬ve expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 当下中国社会的浮躁节奏，对转折性和短文的要求。&amp;quot;[...]我们生活在一个论述的时代&amp;quot;(Hall 1984:xiii)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 越发增加的独立意识，对其而言，文章是最直接的主体表达形式，甚至比诗的格律和形式要求更直接。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 通过散文这一媒介讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复苏，就像20世纪20/30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 日常生活的平庸性通过成为文学话题而变得自觉，最常见的是日常生活的文体--散文。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-当前中国社会节奏轻快，要求有趣味的短文：“[…]我们生活在一个博览会时代”（大厅1984:xiii）；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-对于个人二元性意识的增强，散文是主体性表达的最直接形式，甚至比诗歌的韵律和形式要求更直接；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-通过这篇文章讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复复苏，如同20世纪20年代或30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-日常生活的平庸通过成为一个文学主题而变得有意识，最常见的是日常生活的体裁——散文。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 12:59, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
- The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publis¬hing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China are the following: In the most often printed essay &amp;quot;''The Back View''&amp;quot;, filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, both written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Wang Zengqi.  Therefore one can state, that moving es¬says form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in¬dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
''In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph'' China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war (''No''! 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Jia Pingwa, Feidu; Gu Cheng, Yingger) and'' New Borderlessness  ''since'' 1995, ''cannot be pro-ven in the essaywriting.  ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;, written by Ba Jin 1981, in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (&amp;quot;''In memoriam of Xiao Shan II''&amp;quot;, Ba Jin 1984).&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Der-Wei Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of Wang Zengqi's &amp;quot;''Rain in Kunming''&amp;quot; as well as for Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
类似的还有想象怀旧的概念，正如王功权所说的沈从文作品中虚构的真实（王大卫·德维王1992），有助于解读汪曾祺的《昆明雨》，也有助于贾平凹的《山西剧》。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing fictional truth through the metaphor of his dog Baodi.&lt;br /&gt;
施瓦茨在“隐喻话语”中所表达的“个人悲伤”概念，有助于我们理解巴金是如何克服他以“存在的真理”而闻名的，却通过他的狗“宝坻”的隐喻而获得更具说服力的虚构真相。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay &amp;quot;The nightmare&amp;quot;, where Si Yu appears as a de-constructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.''（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And maybe for Xie Bingxins* reflections on her experience as one of the chosen voluntaries of the Wuhan military academy: She insisted to remain a lifelong &amp;quot;woman soldier&amp;quot; .（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Discussion: Is the genre of the essay the form of literary expression in 21st century China?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the future of the Chinese literature, we can only speculate. But out the risk of being wild and provocative, I would like to suggest some questions for considering the place of the essay in the field of Chinese literature and literary studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- People have less time for actions like reading, and get used to reduced visualized information through the Internet. Will the brevity of the essay make it the ideal medium?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
- If the Chinese people are rediscovering their individuality, will the essay allow them to express individual thoughts more directly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Modern societies are characterized by TV culture, mass consumption, and the loss of consciousness of one's own tradition, often partly due to the American impact on national cultures. Is the essay less bound to the restrictions of tradition, especially compared to the poem and thus more adaptable to the modern phenomenon of mass consumption?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
- The alienation and the anonymity of citylife worldwide, in China is combined with a loss of traditional values like ideology, family, solidarity etc. in favor of the concept of profit for oneself, - if this has produced a longing for new orientation, will it possibly be filled by morally guiding essays or nationalistic thinking?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》与其他世界文学作品的相似性——推荐《红楼梦》列入世界记忆遗产名录&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commonness between the Red Chamber Dreams and other World Literature Novels – Proposing the Red Chamber Dreams to the World Documentary Heritage List'''（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀，湖南师范大学 Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Lecture at Harvard University, Cambridge, MA USA, 14.3.2000（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In every culture, readers associate the literature they know with new literature they read. So literature is always cumulative, it grows out of existing literature and can refer back to it. When Western readers read the Red Chamber Dreams, they foremost associate novels and other pieces of literature of their own cultural tradition with the Dreams. This has also influenced the first full translation into German.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin and even more his protagonist Jia Baoyu both are early humanists, universalists and world citizens. ''The Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中生长出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，尤其是他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中衍生出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，甚至于他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:09, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Dream'' is a complex showroom of diverse aspects of Chinese cultures and is the embodiment and essence of Chinese cultures, but it has also a global impact, therefore it should be honoured as “World Documentary Heritage”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
红楼梦》综合展示了中国的多元文化，是中国文化的集中体现和精华，同时在全球范围内产生影响，理应列入世界记忆遗产名录。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红楼梦”是一个多元的中国文化综合体，是中国文化的体现和精髓，但它也具有全球影响力，因此应该被授予“世界文献遗产”的荣誉。（修改&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》是一个中国文化综合体，展示着中国文化的精髓的同时也极具全球影响力，理应被列入世界记忆遗产名录。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 13:00, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Chinese Ethics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To help the poor and disadvantaged belongs to the traditional core values of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we sit in the Beijing Subway today, the loudspeaker announcement reminds us, that it is Chinese traditional ethics to give seats to the disadvantaged (老弱病残孕让座是中国传统道德). We know of Cao Xueqin, that he supported the poor and disadvantaged, and that he made kites for children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when we look closer at these “Chinese Ethics”, we discover, that they are claimed also in Indian Buddhism “karuna” and in the Christian tradition of “caritas” and in almost every civilization. Therefore, we might call these values “human ethics”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Compatibility&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Why do the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide and have achieved world literature status even in their translations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are, like novels worldwide, a piece of entertainment literature. In comparison to the drama, in which every element is compulsory and plays its part in the overall structure, in the novel the line of action itself is simpler and not so important, most of the scenes or episodes are loosely put together and fit in the broader theme of the novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the lose arrangement of episodes of the ''Dreams'' comes from the tradition of almost unconnected episodes like in the ''Shuihuzhuan'' and is a step towards the greater coherence of the episodes, the aligning into a story line and the greater concentration on fewer protagonists. Therefore, the ''Dreams'' show clearly a step towards the Western tradition of novels, maybe because of growing Western influence in Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Impact of translator’s native culture on the translation process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are intercultural parallels between the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' and Western works of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
These parallels are fundamental for the translation and were explicitly and implicitly fundamental for the German translator Martin Woesler during his translation and editorial work on the first full German translation. In the following, I will mention some of the Western novels and pieces of literature, which the Western reader of the ''Dreams'' will immediately think of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The novel as embodiment of “Zeitgeist”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Georg Lukács’ ''Theory of the Novel'', while the Epos (like Homer’s ''Ilias'', which like the ''Dream'' reasons the stories in the divine realm) displayed a holistic world experience, a complete, self-contained culture, the novel displays, that the modern world has become infinitely large and has lost its homely quality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
The novel as a genre is no longer documenting just one culture, but represents, with the words of Walter Benjamin, the Organon of History. So the understanding of the novel changed with Lukacs to historical-philosophically. A novel is understood as typical for its historical era, the novel embodies the spirit of the epoch (Zeitgeist). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are written in front of the background of the Manchu minority having taken over the power in formerly Han-shaped Ming-China (which was a multi-ethnic and crosscultural society) and families suffering the changing favor of changing emperors, with the Cao family being fostered by Kangxi and being persecuted by Yongzheng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
While the author in his time could not criticize the system and power of emperors, in the novel he came to terms with this life by seeking the guilt for the persecution in the growing decadence of the family (engaging in Daoism, leisure, poetry-writing, arts and music instead of learning for being able to earn a living) and in himself not fulfilling the expectations as the family heir. This description of decadence of a declining family reminds us of the novels of Tschechov (and e.g. in the ''Buddenbrooks'' by Mann, including the turn to arts and music). &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, with the detailed description of life on all social levels in early Qing Dynasty, the Dream appears as a documentary historical novel very much like Günter Grass’ The Tin Drum 1959.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Coming-of-age and Alienation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abandoning the paradise-like garden in the Red Chamber Dreams is a symbol for leaving the protected childhood and arriving in the complex world of adults. With George Lukács theory of the novel, the protagonist starts to problematize the sense of his life, in the novel, the protagonist’s self permanently struggles with his environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, Cao Xueqin’s message is not simply the one of “Paradise Lost”, instead he himself made the best out of his life. Although being less wealthy than when his family still enjoyed the favour of the emperor, there was a payroll system and a social net intact in Early Qing China, where he received enough income to be independent from his rich relatives, to be selective on accepting jobs, to live a relaxed life in a small house in the nature, spending time with his family and friends, follow his own interests, like reading, writing and drinking wine, making kites for the children and thinking of the disadvantaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，曹雪芹的信息不仅是“失乐园”的信息，而是他本人的一生。 尽管不如他的家人仍然享有皇帝的宠爱时富裕，但清初中国有一个工资体系和一个完整的社会网络，在那里他获得了足够的收入以独立于自己的富裕亲戚，可以有选择性地接受工作 在大自然的小房子里过着轻松的生活，与家人和朋友共度时光，遵循自己的兴趣，例如读书，写作和喝酒，为孩子们放风筝和思考处境不利的人。--[[User:Xiao Shuangling|Xiao Shuangling]] ([[User talk:Xiao Shuangling|talk]]) 12:38, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Shuangling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin was fully aware of his time and China’s cultural achievements, he was familiar with the different levels of society, he was a detailed observer and skilful narrator. He may have conceptualized the ending of the novel as a discussion about the different personalities of the characters in the novel and therefore displaying his reflection about life and his psychological understanding of the diversity of human nature. He was able to grasp the “spirit of time” (Zeitgeist) and with his autobiographical experience create an eternal coming-of-age novel not just for his family, for the Qing-Chinese, for Chinese people, but for mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹对自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就有充分的认识，他熟悉社会的方方面面，他观察细致，叙事娴熟。他能把小说的结尾构思为对小说中人物不同性格的探讨，从而体现出他对人生的思考和对人性多样性的理解。他能够把握 &amp;quot;时间精神&amp;quot;(Zeitgeist)，并以他的亲身经历为材料创造了一部成熟的绝世之作，这不仅是为他的家庭、为清人、为中国人，更是为全人类。--[[User:Xiao Ting|Xiao Ting]] ([[User talk:Xiao Ting|talk]]) 11:29, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Ting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹充分了解自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就，熟悉社会的不同层次，是一个细致的观察者和娴熟的叙述者。他可能将小说的结局概念化为对小说中人物不同性格的讨论，从而表现出他对生活的反思和对人性多样性的心理理解。他能够把握“时代精神”(时代精神)，并以他的自传体经历，为他的家庭，为清朝人，为中国人，为人类创造了一部永恒的成长小说。--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹对自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就了如指掌，他熟悉社会的不同层面，他是一个细致的观察者和娴熟的叙述者。因此，他在小说中对人的不同个性的理解和对小说中人物性格的多样性进行了概念化的探讨。他能够把握“时代精神”，用他的自传体经历，不仅为他的家庭，为清朝的中国人，为中国人民，而且为人类，创作了一部永恒的成人小说。--[[User:Xiao Shuangling|Xiao Shuangling]] ([[User talk:Xiao Shuangling|talk]]) 12:43, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Shuangling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
This tradition of Coming-of-age novels is also a European one, like enlightenment philosopher Voltaire’s novel ''Candide or Optimism''《老实人》shows at the very same time (1759) in Europe. Also Voltaire’s Candide has to leave the luxurious paradise of his childhood and strives for true love, but his main learning is more pessimistic, since Voltaire wrote the novel in opposition to Leibniz, who optimistically looked to China as “the best of all worlds”. Recent research findings show that China had a much larger influence on European enlightenment philosophers and we can be sure, that also Cao Xueqin was aware of some European literary traditions.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the German readership is familiar with the chronological following of the life of the protagonist and his development, the fate of a family over generations, the German readership knows this type of novel as the “Education novel” or “Coming-of-age-novel”. In Germany, the genre of the coming-of-age novel has a long tradition and it is shaped more by single characters, who appear as teachers (Goethe: ''Wilhelm Meister’s Apprenticeship''威廉·麦斯特的学徒岁月 1795-96, Novalis 诺瓦利斯: ''Heinrich von Ofterdingen''《海因利·封·歐福特丁根》1802). &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm Meister, parallely to Jia Baoyu, is struggling with the traditional education, in ''Wilhelm Meister'' this is represented with the classics revived in Shakespeare’s dramas. Tradition can give orientation, but the personality of the protagonist needs to develop through emancipation is a wisdom, we can learn from all mentioned novels including the ''Dreams''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Pornography and True Love, female rivals'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexuality is a basic human need and has developed into different shapes in all cultures. The German audience is familiar with erotic topics from the Middle Ages, in which sexuality was stylized. In the “Schwänke” of the 15th century (Wittenwielers Ring), erotic scenes are described sexually explicit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与贾宝玉一样，威廉·迈斯特也在与传统教育作斗争，这通过莎士比亚的经典戏剧得以体现。传统可以作为方向标，但主人公的个性需要通过解放才能发展，这是一种智慧，我们可以以上提过包括《梦》的所有小说中学习。&lt;br /&gt;
“6.色情与真爱，女性对手&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
性是人类的一种基本需求，在不同文化中展现出不同的形态。德国观众熟悉中世纪的情色话题，在这些话题中，性是有固定程式的。在15世纪的“Schwanke”(Wittenwielers Ring)中，情色场景被描述为露骨的性。--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 15:37, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与贾宝玉一样，威廉·迈斯特也在与传统教育作斗争，在《威廉·迈斯特》中，莎士比亚戏剧中复兴的经典作品代表了这一点。传统可以给予导向，但主人公的个性需要通过解放来发展是一种智慧，我们可以从包括《梦》在内的所有小说中学习。&lt;br /&gt;
“6。色情与真爱，女性对手&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
性是人类的一种基本需求，在各种文化中形成了不同的形态。德国观众熟悉中世纪的情色话题，在这些话题中，性是程式化的。在15世纪的“Schwanke”(Wittenwielers Ring)中，情色场景被描述为露骨的性。--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 01:37, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
In the barock literature of the 17th century even the physical act is described extensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to „cumulativity“, every human being is a product of history and literature is based on previous literature, therefore the author of this pager thinks that this background has to be taken into account while translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best study on ''qing'' passion in the Dreams is the one by Anthony Yu, who understood it as ''desire'' and as the central motif of the ''Dreams''. „The centrality of qing in shaping virtually every aspect of The Story of the Stone’s structure and meaning cannot be denied [...].“ (Anthony Yu 2001, 54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In the framework story of the Dreams, the narrator consciously takes a stand against low-action and stereotypical pornographic literature as well as against the widespread romance novels (with the classic roles of the beautiful, talented woman and the poor scholar who finally achieves a respected position and prosperity by passing a civil service exam).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In chapter 1 he says: ”of the true feelings of young people [...] nobody has reported about so far.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erotic scenes are described in a decent and associative way (“Game of clouds and rain”), while displaying another quality in its openness e.g. towards bisexuality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Dreams'' narrate the story of unfortunate lovers. Unfortunate lovers also in the West have a literary tradition, they constitute an archetype, such as Hero and Leander, Pyramus and Thisbe, Tristan and Isolde, Flore and Blanscheflur as well as Troilus and Cressida, the latter being considered the model for Arthur Brookes, who wrote Romeo and Juliet in 1562 and thus directly influenced Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Marián Galik saw as the central topic of both, the ''Dream'' and ''Faust'', the eternal feminine, which draws us on high, Gu Cheng called it the “eternal virgine”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
In Goethe’s coming-of-age novel ''Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre'', we find a similar motif of female rivals, in the Keller 凯勒 ''The Green Henry''  《绿衣亨利》1855, the hero turns away from an emphatically sexually designed figure and turns to the 'real' woman. In Jane Austen’s ''Pride and Prejudice'' 1813 Elizabeth and Lin Daiyu are similar, e.g. they both strive for real love (Zhuang 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Feudal society and slavery'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A widespread interpretation is that Jia Baoyu’s equal treatment of family members and slaves would be a manifesto to free the slaves. I also do not share this interpretation, since Aristotle, when he demanded democracy, would exclude slaves from the right to vote. So we cannot use modern concepts to judge on the past. In my understanding, Jia Baoyu was not fighting inequality, but looked at the people as humans and individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
封建社会和奴隶&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶一视同仁，这将成为奴隶解放的宣言。我并不同意这个解释，因为亚里士多德的民主就排除了奴隶的投票权。所以，我们并不能用现代观念去评判过去。在我看来，贾宝玉并不是和不平等作斗争，而是把人视作群体和个人。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 09:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶的平等对待是解放奴隶的宣言。我也不同意这种解释，因为亚里士多德，当他要求民主的时候，会排除奴隶的投票权。所以我们不能用现代的概念来判断过去。在我的理解中，贾宝玉并不是在与不平等作斗争，而是把人看成是群体和个人。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the understanding of the servants as slaves does not match the description in the Dream, since some servants had servants themselves, the family took care after they left the Jia family to find a match for them and Jia Zheng refers to his daughter Yingchun as „yatou 丫头“, so it is inappropriate to translate this expression with slave. Therefore, the translator preferred “servant” over “slave” in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另外，把仆人理解为奴隶也与《红楼梦》中所描述的不符，因为有些仆人自己也有仆人，他们离开贾家后，家人会照顾他们，为他们婚配，并且贾正把女儿迎春称为“丫头”，所以用奴隶来翻译这个词是不合适的。因此，译者在翻译中更倾向于“仆人”而不是“奴隶”。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 09:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而且把仆人理解为奴隶与《红楼梦》中的描写不符，因为有些仆人自己还有仆人，贾府会在她们离府的时候为她们寻一门亲事，作为贾府对她们的照料；贾政也把自己的女儿迎春喊作 “丫头”， 所以把这些翻译成奴隶是不合适的。因此英文翻译中采用“servant”会比“slave”更为合适。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:08, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan in his speech at the Frankfurt Bookfair in 2009, when China was the guest of honor, draws the (similarly) parallel between the ''Dream'' and Goethe’s ''Sorrows of the Young Werther'', that both expressed the wish to abandon feudal society. My own impression is that both do not express this wish, but that this is a later concept and interpretation and we should not apply this to judge the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，他在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的印象是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，而我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:36, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的感觉是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:43, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Tragedy of all tragedies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle explained in ''On the Tragedy'' (Poetics VI), that tragedies move people more than comedies because they “imitate [mimēsis] an action that is serious, complete, and of a certain magnitude” (Aristotle 1971, 51), This high esteem of the tragedy in Europe is partly ascribed to the loss of Aristotle’s work ''On the Comedy''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
While Europe has the Hamlet as its tragedy of all tragedies, the lack of tragic literature in Chinese literary tradition has long been lamented. Wang Guowei sees the Dream as &amp;quot;tragedy of all tragedies&amp;quot;. To Wang Guowei the suffering of Faust and Jia Baoyu is central in the novels. However, many scholars contest that Faustianism is central for Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 18th century Europe, we saw a new development in the genre of the drama, to establish a “bourgeois tragedy”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It developed as an emancipatory movement in the 18th century in London, Paris and Germany, and demonstrated that tragedy was not reserved to rulers, but was also imagineable for lower noblemen and ordinary citizens. The ''Dream'' at the same time as the bourgeois tragedy in Europe shows a tragic story of a mid-level noble family which loses its titles and privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. “Non-Binary” Novels'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the things attracting Western readers is the adorable but mysterious protagonist Jia Baoyu. With his open bisexual orientation and his interest in his mates regardless of their social status, he appears “modern” or at least displaced in time. His struggle with traditional learning makes him appear sympathetic, his long states of rapture out of the world give him both the aura of a timeless character and of mystery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. “非二进制小说”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可爱而神秘的主角贾宝玉是吸引西方读者的其中一点。由于他开放的双性恋倾向以及对同伴的兴趣，无论他们的社会地位如何，他彰显“现代”气质或至少不属于那个时代。 他与传统学习的斗争使他显得富有同情心，他与世隔绝的漫长状态使他既具有永恒的品格又具有神秘感。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 06:17, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
With the bisexual orientation of the Dreams’ protagonist, the novel appears non-binary.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Karl-Heinz Pohl, binaries are just superficial, ultimately decisive is the ''Heart Sutra''. Today, the novel is listed among the genre of non-binary literature (see e.g. the bibliographical list on https://www.goodreads.com/list/tag/non-binary), in which contrasts are dissolved deconstructivistically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Foreign Cultures in the Red Chamber Dreams'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Cultures frequently appear in the Dreams in all kinds of varieties, like exoticism with the many objects in the household and presented to the household as novelties, especially the blond girl of the same age as Baoyu referred to in person (combining different origins and cultures, including European, Japanese, Chinese) or several times on paintings, one time shown with wings as an angel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The playful combination of different traditions we can see also when a religious dress is described, which carries characteristics of different religions. Similarly, the Daoist monk and the Confucian priest appear together. Cao Xueqin wanted to show the richness and diversity, also with the many topics and societal levels of the novel. Even a variety of Christian motifs can be found, like when Jia Baoyu is not recognized by his father in chapter 120 and when he disappears, all parallel to Jesus Christ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
The variety of cultures is paralleled with the variety of elements of different dynasties, which makes it timeless and therefore even more a masterpiece of Chinese art and a masterpiece of human art. Therefore I would like to nominate the Red Chamber Dreams as “World Documentary Heritage”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anthony, C. Yu. (2001). ''Rereading the Stone: Desire and the Making of Fiction in Dream of the Red Chamber''. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle. (1971). ''Poetics''. Trans. S. H. Butcher. Ed. Hazard Adams. Critical Theory since Plato. ew York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 48-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin, ed., Cao Xueqin, Gao E et al. (2016). ''Der Traum der Roten Kammer oder Die Geschichte vom Stein'' [''Red Chamber Dreams or The Story of the Stone''], Peking: Foreign Languages Press, ISBN 9787119094120, 4813 pages, 6 vols., hardcover, transl. by Rainer Schwarz and Martin Woesler; Chinese-German bilingual edition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2011). “Being Explicit About the Implicit – John Minford’s Translation of the last Forty Chapters of The Story of the Stone with a Field Study on two Sexually Arousing Scenes”. ''Hong lou meng xue kan'' 6: 274-289&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2010). “ ’To Amuse the Beaux and Belles’ The Early Western Reception of the Hongloumeng”. ''Journal of Sino-Western Communications'' 2 (2010.12) 2:81-107&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuang, Xiuhua. (2011). Self, Ideal and Salvation: A Comparative Study of Jane Austen’s Elizabeth and Cao Xueqin’s Lin Daiyu. ''Journal of Language Teaching and Research'', Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 420-423, March 2011. Fulltext:   http://www.academypublication.com/issues/past/jltr/vol02/02/19.pdf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Virtual Communication Between Machines with the Human as Their Object&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new stage of multimodal communication after oral, written, printed, electronic and machine-human communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new media epoch of “virtual communication” (communication 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algorithms do not only listen to oral or read written human communication (between humans or between humans and bots), but they analyze multimodal communication (including likes, behaviour, surfing habits, mobility profile, values, dreams, aims, beliefs etc.), compare them with Big Data (e.g. cloud data) and base decisions of manipulation on a prediction of behavior according to a personality profile and correlations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文认为，“虚拟传播”(5.0传播版本)是一个全新的媒体时代，在这个时代，人工智能(由人类初始化)已经接管，人类成为分析和操纵的对象(如顾客、选民等)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
算法不仅听人类口头或书面沟通(在人类之间或人类和机器人之间),但他们分析多通道通信(包括喜欢、行为、上网习惯,流动剖面,价值观,梦想,目标,信念等),比较他们与大数据(例如云数据)和基础操作的预测行为的决策根据个性特征和相关性。--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 12:34, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
These algorithms target not only the explicit communications, but the emotions and thoughts of humans too and predict future behavior, therefore allowing simulations of reality. Mightier algorithms have also taken over decision-making roles in societies where they: replace human court decisions, fine tune just-in-time and on-demand production, censor chatrooms etc. Sets of algorithms help to manage smart cities and a whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the human is still part of the communication, especially as the analyzed object and the target of the manipulation, the human is often unaware of the virtual communication and a passive receiver of the machine’s decisions, while the main actors in the virtual communication are machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是通信的一部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人往往没有意识到虚拟通信和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟通信的主要参与者是机器。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 08:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管人类仍然是交流活动的一个组成部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人类往往没有意识到，自己是虚拟沟通和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟沟通的主导者是机器。--[[User:Yuan Yuchen|Yuan Yuchen]] ([[User talk:Yuan Yuchen|talk]]) 12:11, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是构成通信的一部分，尤其是作为分析对象和操纵目标，但人往往没有意识到人们在虚拟通信中扮演机器决策的被动接受者，而机器才是主要参与者。--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 15:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
Research describes these forms of virtual communication, finds evidence in social management systems and credit systems (in Germany, we have the “Schufa”, in the USA there are big players in credit history, which leads to credit-orientation and gamification of human life) or customized (fake) news filter bubbles and in customized consumption offers (Amazon, Facebook, Google, Netflix) and analyzes benefits, including security enhancements through such virtual communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究对这些形式的虚拟沟通进行了描述，在社会管理系统、信用系统（定制的（虚假）新闻筛选泡沫）和定制的消费商（亚马逊、脸书、谷歌、网飞）里面找到了证据（德国有“Schufa”，美国则因为信用史有重大人物而使得社会信用至上并日趋游戏化），并对益处加以分析，这些益处包含通过这类虚拟沟通提升安全。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:20, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究描述了这些虚拟通信的形式，在社会管理系统和信用系统中找到证据（在德国，我们有 &amp;quot;Schufa&amp;quot;，在美国有信用记录的大玩家，这导致了信用导向和人类生活的游戏化）或定制化（假）新闻过滤气泡，以及在定制化的消费优惠中（亚马逊，Facebook，谷歌，Netflix），并分析了好处，包括通过这种虚拟通信增强安全性。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:03, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
But research also has the duty to warn of abuse or harmful developments and to raise ethical questions. Exoskeletal ethics, imposed by gamifications like credit systems, especially need to be valued against intrinsic ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper dealing with machine to machine communication, I skip the machines assisting humans to make their life more convenient (ranging from “The milk is out, please add the usual amount of milk to the delivery list,” to “The old lady has not left her bed this morning, I’ll better call the doctor”).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但研究也有责任对滥用或有害的发展发出警告，同时要对引起的伦理问题也要承担责任。特别是信用体系游戏化所造成的外骨骼伦理问题更需要得到重视，要反对内在的伦理问题。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本论文在涉及机器与机器之间的交流时，我不考虑那些帮助人类让生活更便捷的机器（从“牛奶没了，请在送货单上加平常剂量的牛奶”到“老太太今早卧床不起，我最好叫医生吧”）。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yuan Yuchen|Yuan Yuchen]] ([[User talk:Yuan Yuchen|talk]]) 12:10, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但研究也有责任对滥用或有害的发展提出警告，并提出伦理问题。特别是信用体系等游戏化所强加的外骨骼伦理，更需要对照内在伦理加以重视。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中涉及机器与机器之间的交流，我跳过了机器协助人类提高生活便利的内容（从 &amp;quot;牛奶没了，请把平时的牛奶量加到送货单上&amp;quot;，到 &amp;quot;老太太今天早上还没下床，我还是叫医生吧&amp;quot;。--[[User:Xiao Ting|Xiao Ting]] ([[User talk:Xiao Ting|talk]]) 11:40, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Ting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, I deal with communication like: “Let’s create a user personality profile and compare it with Big Data to learn how I can best catch this user’s attention and make him/her vote for presidential candidate A or B.”; “Let’s check this users’ mouse movements and compare it with Big Data to get a correlation to estimate if (and if “yes” when) he will get Parkinson, to decide whether or not to deny him the loan or health insurance.”&lt;br /&gt;
实际上，本人研究涉及的方面如下：比如，“让我们创建一名用户的个性化主界面，并将其与大数据进行比对，学习如何最好的吸引该用户的注意，让他/她投票给总统候选人甲或乙。”“让我们检查这名用户鼠标的运动轨迹，通过与大数据进行比对，建立关联，来估计他是否会得帕金森。如果他患有帕金森疾病，我们会决定是否需要对他的贷款或医疗保险的申请予以拒绝。”--[[User:Zeng Fangyuan|Zeng Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Fangyuan|talk]]) 07:41, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
“Let’s check this users sexual orientation, religious beliefs, fears, secrets like adultery etc. to blackmail him to get ransom money for my programmer.”; or even “Let’s use this user’s location to aim the killer drone.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current neoliberal system with Amazon, Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, Google, Netflix etc. provides incentives to collect as much user data as possible and to abuse user data for manipulation, which creates huge profits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、诸如通奸之类的秘密去勒索他为我的程序员去获取赎金”。或者甚至“使用用户的位置瞄准杀手无人机。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前具有亚马逊、脸谱网、瓦茨艾普、照片墙、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义系统激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:04, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;让我们查一查这个用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、通奸等秘密，以勒索他为我的程序员获取赎金。&amp;quot;；甚至&amp;quot;利用这个用户的位置来瞄准杀手无人机。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
目前亚马逊、脸书、WhatsApp、Instagram、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义体系，为收集尽可能多的用户数据，并滥用用户数据，从而创造了巨大的利润。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:39, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、惧怕的事物、诸如通奸之类的秘密，从而勒索他让我的程序员获取赎金”。更有甚时，“让我们使用用户的位置让攻击机瞄准他。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前亚马逊、脸书、联络电话、Instagram、谷歌、网飞等的新自由主义的系统软件，激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Fangyuan|Zeng Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Fangyuan|talk]]) 07:53, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Very much like the financial crisis, which was caused by the unregulated use of derivatives, this is a systemic development, which currently follows a path to enslave the human race under the control of algorithms for the benefit of tech companies. The enslavement has already begun, as we can see from the world wide addiction to social media, from the growing mass of conspiracy theorists and from the polarization of the USA over Trump or the polarization of Great Britain over the Brexit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 History of Media Epochs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new stage of “virtual communication” (media epoch 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卢曼和贝克尔描述了从口头（媒体时代1.0）到文字（2.0）的通讯发展，再到印刷（3.0）数字通讯（4.0）&lt;br /&gt;
在所有这些阶段中，科技都只起到了协助作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文认为，从根本上来说，“虚拟沟通”处于新阶段（媒体时代5.0），其中人工智能（由人类初始化）已被接管，人类已成为分析和操纵的对象（如顾客，选民等）--[[User:Fancy|Fancy]] ([[User talk:Fancy|talk]]) 14:56, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
While Luhmann would still summarize this under digital communication, I see a full new quality here, and have therefore coined the term “communication 5.0” or “virtual communication” for it. In Luhmann’s view, the computer consists out of the “surface” of the machine (the visible interfaces like screen, keyboard, mouse) and the “depth” of the machine (the invisible, often incomprehensive inside).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然卢曼仍然会在数字通信中总结这一点，但我在这里看到了一个全新的品质，因此创造了术语“通信5.0”或“虚拟通信”。在卢曼看来，计算机是由机器的“表面”(屏幕、键盘、鼠标等可见界面)和机器的“内里”(看不见的、内部不全面的部分)组成的。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:41, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
However, we are almost constantly producing data, with our chats and geotracked movements, with our addiction to social media, our carrying of cell phones and more and more smart devices at all times,  and we are therefore an object of analysis by algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional setting of a communicative act blurs: The machine can directly communicate with the human (there the Turing test marks a threshold), and, after a certain complexity, it can hide its machine nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但是，我们几乎一直在通过聊天和地理位置追踪运动，不断沉迷于社交媒体，携带手机以及越来越多的智能设备来生成数据，因此，我们一直是通过算法进行分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交流行为的传统设置变得模糊：机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标记了阈值），并且在经过一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏机器的本质。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:49, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，我们几乎在不断地产生数据，我们的聊天和地理追踪的动作，我们对社交媒体的沉迷，我们随时携带手机和越来越多的智能设备，我们因此成为算法分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
传统的交流行为的设定模糊了。机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标志着一个门槛），在一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏自己的机器本质。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:03, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The machine can also indirectly communicate with the human by simply analyzing humans’ verbal communication, non-verbal multimodal communication, behavior, personality etc. and interacting with the human with, or without, revealing its existence. A human, growing up in a filter bubble and believing in conspiracy theories is one such example: The human has been manipulated by social media and news which prefer lies over truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
Without even noticing that there was an interaction taking place between the human and the machine, the human has lost his/her independence to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Types of communicative acts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Texts (oral and written comments/chat texts/blogs/emails)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Surf behavior (websites visited)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Consumer behavior (purchases)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Likes (see OCEAN, UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Duration/Attention (see UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.habits/repetitiveness/occurrences (is an element of analysis in different AI apps/tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Unconscious, often unique data allowing identification (way of writing, mouse movements pattern, see Raj Kannan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.social interaction incl. friendships, sexual relationships&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.mobility behavior/pattern (e.g. immediate environment – e.g. unconsciously recording the inside of houses while playing “Pokemon Go”), travel: Travel  Behavior (Yu Cui et al. 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Types of analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.General (User and Entity Behavior Analytics UEBA: AI-assisted cybersecurity tools like by Gartner, Inc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.True identity (e.g.: mouse movements, face recognition, find real name) (Verschuere 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Personality profile: Big Five Personality Inventory: Openness to Experience, Consciousness, Extroversion, Agreeableness, Neuroticism “OCEAN” (Golbeck 2011), by only analyzing the users' likes, Facebook can generate personality profiles (AI-Demand 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mobility profile/pattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
5.Health situation (health apps, ai supported disease research, see Daley 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Job situation/job market (Talent Search People 2020 analyzes the job market, and classifies 4 different AI systems: 1. systems that think like humans, 2. systems that act like humans, 3. systems that think rationally, and 4.) systems that act rationally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Financial credit-worthiness: E.g. German Schufa company uses AI in addition to human expertise for evaluations, see Banken-Technologie 2020. Banken-Technologie 2020. Schufa’s attempt to gain access to customers’ bank account transfer information was discussed in the news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Consumer Behavior: e.g. the &amp;quot;clickworker&amp;quot; company analyses and optimizes customers' searches in respect to a client company's goals/products with the help of AI (clickworker 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Secrets (like adultery)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Unique quality of media epoch 5.0'''[ 	I have coined the terms “media epoch 5.0” and “virtual communication” I have developed it from concepts like „Industry 4.0“ in Germany and the four media epochs Luhmann and Baecker developed (by Baecker called 1.0 … 4.0). There are several authors speculating about the media epoch 4.0, like Ray Kurzweil. The Age of Intelligent Machines. 1990.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.the human switches from active to passive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.the human switches from subject to object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.the human becomes addicted to social media, which enhances depression (Van Den Eijnden et al. 2016, Jasso-Medrano et al. 2018, Shensa et al. 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.the human switches from puppeteer, or entity with seemingly free will, to puppet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.nature of the internet turns from freedom to surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.媒介5.0时代的独特品质 [我创造了 &amp;quot;媒介5.0时代&amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;虚拟通信 &amp;quot;这两个词，它们是从德国的“工业4.0”以及卢曼和贝克提出的媒介4.0时代（贝克称之为1.0...4.0）等概念发展而来的。一些作者揣测媒介4.0时代这个词的含义，比如1990年出版的雷-库兹韦尔的《灵魂机器时代》]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.人从主动到被动的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.人从主体到客体的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.人沉迷于社交媒体，提高了患抑郁症的风险&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.人从木偶操纵者或看似拥有自由意志的实体到木偶人的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.互联网的性质从自由到监测的转换--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:25, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
6.direct communication turns into indirect communication (humans may not be aware of this communication/analysis)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.explicit communication (voice, words) turns into implicit communication (preferences/thoughts/dreams/wishes/ values (first experiments with brain scanners in worker hats have started in Shanghai and Peking))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.man-man communication turns to man-machine communication (phone bot) to machine-machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.4.0 was from centralization to decentralization, 5.0 is partial centralization and partial decentralization, but also concentration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
So far, mass media has been considered one-way. The interaction and processing of data of millions of individual users seemed simply too much work. In the age of virtual communication, the media epoch 5.0, mass media is individualized and interactive and therefore even more influential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Types of manipulation (consciously or unconsciously, sometimes half-consciously)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Priming by unconscious advertisements: Influencing consumer decisions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Filter bubbles =&amp;gt; supports conspiracy theories, influences judgments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
到目前为止，大众媒体一直被认为是单一的。数百万个人用户数据的交互和处理似乎太费力。在虚拟传播时代，即媒体时代5.0，大众传媒是个性化和互动的，因此更具影响力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 种操纵类型（有意识或无意识，有时是半意识的）'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.无意识广告发布：影响消费者决策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.过滤泡沫=&amp;gt;支持阴谋论，影响判断--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 15:08, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nature of social media: lies spread 6 times faster than truth. (Vosoughi et al. 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Change of political attitude: Case Cambridge Analytica: Helped minority to win election by manipulating young people of majority not to vote (Do so: Don’t vote campaign, Oddleifson 2020); Trump election and Brexit were won by manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Use of private information/dependencies to obtain advantages (blackmailing for money or for conducting crimes etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Identity theft&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.社交媒体的本质：谎言的传播速度比真理快 6 倍。（Vosoughi等人，2018年）。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.改变政治态度：案例剑桥分析：通过操纵多数年轻人不投票帮助少数民族赢得选举 （这样做：不要投票竞选。奥德利夫森 2020年）；特朗普选举和英国脱欧通过操纵获胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.利用私人信息/依赖关系获取好处（勒索钱财或犯罪等）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.身份盗窃--[[User:Zhao Xi|Zhao Xi]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xi|talk]]) 05:18, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.社交媒体的性质：谎言传播速度是真相的6倍。（Vosoughi等人，2018年）。&lt;br /&gt;
4.政治态度的改变：剑桥分析案例：通过操纵大多数年轻人不投票帮助少数人赢得选举（Do Do Do:Do not vote campaign，Oddleifson 2020）；特朗普选举和脱欧是通过操纵赢得的&lt;br /&gt;
5.利用私人信息/依赖性获取利益（勒索钱财或犯罪等）&lt;br /&gt;
6.身份盗窃--[[User:Zhou Luoping|Zhou Luoping]] ([[User talk:Zhou Luoping|talk]]) 06:03, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Consequences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Virtual Communication is mostly “hidden”, the human is mostly unaware of it, but may endure the consequences (policeman may detain suspect simply because the face recognition glass recognizes a pedestrian passing by and assesses him/her as “dangerous”; loan is declined; insurance company declines to accept new customer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通讯大多是 &amp;quot;隐蔽 &amp;quot;的，人多半不知道，但可能会承受后果（警察可能仅仅因为人脸识别玻璃识别出路过的行人，并评估其为 &amp;quot;危险 &amp;quot;而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新的客户）--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通信通常是“隐藏的”，人类大多数情况下是不知道的，但可能会承受后果（警察可能只是因为面部识别玻璃杯识别出行人经过并将他/她评估为“危险”而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新客户）。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:05, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.大多情况下，虚拟通信是“隐藏的”，人类也没有意识到这一点，但可能会承担由此带来的后果（警察可能会因为面部识别玻璃检测到行人通过，并将其评估为“危险人物”而将嫌疑犯拘留‘贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新客户）。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 09:29, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
2.User becomes transparent (government can fight terrorism, any user can be blackmailed, jealous spouse can check on adultery) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Less will to communicate and discuss (since positions are too far apart)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Populists and populist views gain supporters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Polarization of Society&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There is an incentive not to reveal how much one knows about the object, because the object then could question the legality, the system etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Last resort, the thinking, is tackled: Machine interprets “real” attitudes, not lip-service words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.用户变得透明化（政府可以反恐，任何用户都可以被拉黑，嫉妒的配偶可以查奸情）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.交流讨论意愿较弱（因为立场相差太远）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.民粹主义者和民粹主义观点获得支持者&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.社会的两极分化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.有动机不透露自己对对象了解多少，因为对象就可能质疑合法性、制度等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.最后的手段—思维，已经被破解：机器解释的是 &amp;quot;真实 &amp;quot;的态度，而不是口头禅--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 07:03, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
8.The knowing ones (algorithms, hackers, controllers of algorithms) have power over the unknowing ones (victims)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Exoskeleton ethics (like points/awards for measurable performances) reduce incentives to build inner ethics&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7 Simulation of the imminent future'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The imminent future behavior of a human can be predicted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.With many analyzed humans, the imminent future of reality can be predicted =&amp;gt; simulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.知道的人（算法、黑客、算法的控制者）比不知道的人（受害者）更有力量&lt;br /&gt;
9.外骨骼伦理（如可衡量绩效的积分/奖励）减少了建立内在道德的动机&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7模拟即将到来的未来&lt;br /&gt;
1.人类即将发生的未来行为是可以预测的&lt;br /&gt;
2.有了许多被分析的人类，现实的即将到来的未来可以被预测=&amp;gt;模拟--[[User:Zhou Luoping|Zhou Luoping]] ([[User talk:Zhou Luoping|talk]]) 06:00, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.已知的人（算法、黑客、算法的控制者）比未知im min的人（受害者）更有力量&lt;br /&gt;
9.外骨骼伦理（如可衡量绩效的积分/奖励）减少了建立内在道德的动机&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7模拟迫近的未来&lt;br /&gt;
1.人类的迫近未来行为是可以预测的&lt;br /&gt;
2.在分析了许多人类后，我们便可预测现实的迫近未来=&amp;gt;模拟--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 06:22, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
Is this an Orwellian dystopia or reality? Some cases of the above listed phenomena have been documented. However, we are still at the beginning of “little” AI development (optimizing existing processes) and on the brink of a much more powerful development, that of “big” AI (rethinking whole industries, being able to reproduce and enhance itself). (cf. Euchner 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 Conclusion and Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data has succeeded oil as the most valuable resource for today’s economy. Big Tech companies already use users’ data and make big profits with it while legislation is delayed and national boundaries (which do not exist for the Tech companies) are struggled over.&lt;br /&gt;
Although input-legitimized liberal democracies and market economies, like that of the European Union, still protect privacy and data security, US- and China-based technology companies are already penetrating the European market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to raise awareness and guide the youth to be careful with screen time and what they share online. We need to avoid addiction to social media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The algorithms do not just check which film to suggest viewing next, they have started to invade the innermost sanctum of personality, our thoughts, dreams, wishes, visions, hopes, fears and secrets.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
The listed consequences document a fundamental change of paradigms: &lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
我们需要提高意识，引导青少年注意屏幕时间和他们在网上分享的东西。我们需要避免沉迷于社交媒体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''算法不只是检查建议接下来看哪部电影，它们已经开始侵入人格、我们的思想、梦想、愿望、愿景、希望、恐惧和秘密的最深处的圣殿。'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所列出的后果证明了范式的根本变化:--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 01:38, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们需要提高意识，引导青少年留意屏幕时间和网上分享，需要避免沉迷于社交媒体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''算法不只是检查建议接下来看哪部电影，它们已经开始侵入人格、我们的思想、梦想、愿望、愿景、希望、恐惧和秘密的最深处的圣殿。'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所列出的后果证明了范式的基本变化:--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 15:11, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The cause-based decision-making by humans with established institutions like politicians, judges etc. is being replaced with correlation-based decision-making by algorithms which often serve the profit interests of tech companies or the political interests of election-manipulators.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI took the wrong development path, when it changed from serving humans to trying to manipulate humans for economic or political profit. When AI is used to educate citizens – like helping German customers to keep a clean credit history and a good credit score – then it changes the behavior of citizens to an exoskeletal ethic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, animals with an exoskeleton reduce their inside muscles and develop a soft inside, making them totally incapable of living without the exoskeleton. An exoskeletal ethic, giving reward points, for example, for behavior which is deemed positive and subtracting points for behavior which is deemed negative, deprives the human of the natural learning and developing process, in a social environment, of his responsibility and inner ethical judgment. If you were to meet a human with exoskeletal ethics and one who has inner ethics, whom would you trust more? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
If we want to avoid the consequences listed in point 6, the public needs to become aware of this and nations and supranational organizations need to define legislation to a) protect privacy and data security, and b) give the user the control over his/her data including the commercial use of it where they earn a share from the profit made with the usage of his/her data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need to accept, that the development is irreversible. Every new technology has created fears. Important is, that we become aware of the developments and adjust where the development heads into the wrong direction. We need set the right framework and incentives that the new technology stays on track to serve humanity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
New developments open new possibilities. We need to make sure that not only a few tech companies and terrorists use this powerful new technology to achieve their goals, but that the mass of smart device users emancipate themselves from addiction to and manipulation by technology and gain back their dignity, privacy and free will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI-Demand. (2020). www.ai-demand.com/insights/data/big-data/big-data-and-facebook-the-heavenly-pair-that-isnt-quite-in-heaven/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baecker, Dirk. (2007). ''Studien zur nächsten Gesellschaft''. Frankfurt 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Banken-Technologie. (2020). 26. Handelsblatt Jahrestagung. Banken-Technologie. „New Normal” in der Finanzwirtschaft: digital – intelligent – automatisiert – hybrid. 2. und 3.12.2020, Digital [Conference Announcement] https://veranstaltungen.handelsblatt.com/bankentechnologie/ki-machine-learning-finanzanalyse/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Booth, T. &amp;quot;Cambridge Analytica controversy must spur researchers to update data ethics.&amp;quot; ''Nature'' 555.7698 (2018): 559-560.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clickworker. (2019). www.clickworker.com/2019/04/30/ai-for-ecommerce/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui, Yu, Qing He, and Alireza Khani. (2018). Travel behavior classification: an approach with social network and deep learning. ''Transportation research record'', 2672(47), 68-80. https://par.nsf.gov/servlets/purl/10109453 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daley, Sam. (2020). 32 Examples of AI in Healthcare that Will Make you Feel better about the Future (July 4, 2019, updated July 29, 2020). builtin.com/artificial-intelligence/artificial-intelligence-healthcare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Euchner, Jim. (2019). Little ai, Big AI—Good AI, Bad AI. Terminology Management 62:3, 10-12. pdf: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/08956308.2019.1587280?needAccess=true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golbeck, Jennifer, Cristina Robles, and Karen Turner. (2011). &amp;quot;Predicting personality with social media.&amp;quot; ''CHI'11 extended abstracts on human factors in computing systems''. 2011. 253-262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jasso-Medrano, José Luis, and Fuensanta Lopez-Rosales. (2018). &amp;quot;Measuring the relationship between social media use and addictive behavior and depression and suicide ideation among university students.&amp;quot; Computers in Human Behavior 87: 183-191.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann, Niklas. (1997). ''Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft''. 1997&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oddleifson, Evan. 2020, The Effects of Modern Data Analytics in Electoral Politics: Cambridge Analytica’s Suppression of Voter Agency and the Implications for Global Politics, ''Political Sciences Undergraduate Review'' 5 (2020) 7, 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
https://journals.library.ualberta.ca/psur/index.php/psur/article/view/130/90/130-Article%20Text-642-1-10-20200401.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raj Kannan, J., Sabitha, R., Karthik, S., &amp;amp; Shanthini, J. (2020). Mouse Movement Pattern Based Analysis of Customer Behavior (CBA-MMP) Using Cloud Data Analytics. ''Wireless Personal Communications'', OnlineFirst, 1-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan, Lotus, et al. &amp;quot;One App, Two Systems: How WeChat uses one censorship policy in China and another internationally.&amp;quot; (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
Shensa, Ariel, et al. (2017). &amp;quot;Problematic social media use and depressive symptoms among US young adults: A nationally-representative study.&amp;quot; ''Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine ''182: 150-157.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talent Search People. (2020). How Will Artificial Intelligence Affect the Job Market? www.talentsearchpeople.com/en/blog/494-how-will-artificial-intelligence-affect-the-job-market/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van Den Eijnden, Regina JJM, Jeroen S. Lemmens, and Patti M. Valkenburg. (2016). &amp;quot;The social media disorder scale.&amp;quot; ''Computers in Human Behavior ''61: 478-487.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verschuere, Bruno, and Bennett Kleinberg. &amp;quot;ID‐check: Online Concealed Information Test reveals true identity.&amp;quot; ''Journal of forensic sciences'' 61 (2016): S237-S240.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vosoughi, Soroush, Deb Roy, and Sinan Aral. (2018). The spread of true and false news online. Science 359.6380: 1146-1151.. science.sciencemag.org/content/359/6380/1146&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bio'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, PhD, is Jean Monnet Chair in European Studies with Hunan Normal University since 2020. At its Foreign Studies College, he is Distinguished Professor of Chinese Studies, Translation Studies and Comparative Literature since 2019. Woesler was elected Academian of the European Academy of Sciences and Arts, Salzburg in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler has co-edited the books &amp;quot;China's Digital Dream&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ethics of Information Society&amp;quot; and Springer has scheduled to publish the book &amp;quot;Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpretation&amp;quot; including his book chapter &amp;quot;Modern Interpreting with Digital and Technical Aids&amp;quot; in February 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler was a Senior Fellow of the German Science Foundation's (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) Research College &amp;quot;Media Cultures of Computer Simulations&amp;quot; 2019‐2020 and hosted a related workshop with Bertelsmann Foundation in 2020. Woesler is also a researcher with Witten/Herdecke University, Germany, investigating the impact of daily screen time of children and of young people on their health.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119244</id>
		<title>20201228 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119244"/>
		<updated>2020-12-27T07:03:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Zheng Huajun 郑华君 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third example, where an author shows another face in his essays is Zhu Ziqing. He is known as the author of the most often reprinted story-like Chinese essay &amp;quot;''Back View''&amp;quot; (Beiying), a standard school text. The success of this essay lies in the fact, that it applies to filial pity. From the reported fare-well scene with his father at the train station, he learned that his father loved him and that he had grown-up too now. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
This self-reflective essay helped Zhu to find himself through the observation of the other (here his father). The 2nd often printed essay is also from Zhu. Parallelistic and repetitive structures are the driving factor in the atmospherical nebulous lyrical landscape desription &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing supposedly opposed all political engagement and, wrote about unspectacular things.  In Taiwan he became a type of substitute for the categorically refused state writer of the People’s Republic, Lu Xun, mainly because of Zhu’s supposed political independence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
I would like to show with three examples that Zhu had absolutely clear political ideas: He had taken part in the demonstration March 18, 1926, which ended in a massacre. Zhu described this in ''&amp;quot;Report On the Massacre of the Government''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhizhengfu da tusha ji).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shots were still being fired, and the entrance of the east gate was packed with people. [...] Pushing and shoving, we climbed over them with great effort. We must have lost our senses then, not seeing, to our shame, the grotesqueness of our action. ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我想用三个例子说明，朱自清有绝对明确的政治思想。1926年3月18日，他参加了示威游行，这场游行最终以屠杀告终。朱自清在《执政府大屠杀记》中对此进行了描述。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''这时枪声未歇，东门口拥塞得几乎水泄不通。[...] 我们便推推搡搡，拥挤着，挣扎着，从他们身上踏上去。那时理性真失了作用，竟恬然不以为怪似的。'' --[[User:Chen Han|Chen Han]] ([[User talk:Chen Han|talk]]) 14:39, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
''[...]I was still walking on top of the people. No one dared to miss a single step, filing through the gate that divided safety from danger, one that would give us life or take our lives away. [...] My efforts finally brought me down to the ground, sealing my fate as I rolled down from the human pile. [...] I learned later that some of the people by the gate were dead, killed by the pistol squad firing from the other side of the gate. When I recall stepping over dead bodies, I cannot help but tremble with fear. [...]''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
From this experience, Zhu addresses directly the repsonsible political leaders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Duan Qirui, you must think about it! [...] How could we explain this to the world? [...] Granted, Duan Qirui and others could commit such atrocities without a thought; but how could we, the people of China, face the world with such a shameless government? [...] We, [...], must ask, „So many were killed—what should we do?“''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Lu Xun has portrayed the same massacre with sighing undertone and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his &amp;quot;''Ways to die''&amp;quot;[	 (Si fa).] - in which he finds &amp;quot;to be shot&amp;quot; the best method to die. The supposedly less politically engaged Zhu shows here more engagement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay &amp;quot;''Facing the New China''&amp;quot;[	 (Xin Zhongguo zai wang zhong).] is Zhu's political manifest: He asks for democracy, enlightenment and an increase of the education level.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
''China has to be born again through democratization. [...] The people should express their own will, concentrate on their own strength. Every level of administration should build up on the expressed will and strength of the people and struggle for the majority and its greatest happiness. This means that the people govern, the people own, the people enjoy.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few weeks before his death, he demanded in the speech ''&amp;quot;Today's duty of the Intellectuals''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhishifenzi jintian de renwu).] the participation of the intellectual in the struggle for a better society.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
With only a handful of essays I have demonstrated,  that the picture of these three authors changes substantially, if we read carefully also their less known essayistic work. Imagine now how the picture of 20th century Chinese literature might change, if the literary histories and anthologies would not only tell the history of drama, fiction and poetry, but would also grant the essay its proper place. The following part of my paper are results of my monograph on the 20th century Chinese essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The essay boom as a mirror reflecting growing individuality, participation in the public sphere, and the giddy-paced character of modern Chinese society'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acquiring an overview of the essay and assessing its essence has required extensive research in bookstores and libraries, in the People's Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and the United States for available resources in the form of essay book collections as well as secondary literature dealing with the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
I built a database for a statistical analysis to rank more than 5000 essays and 1400 essayists. It turned out that out of the top 60 most famous Chinese essays only 14 had been translated into English so far. The forthcoming collection of Tam King-fai adds 4 and my own one the remaining 42.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report[	 (baogao wenxue) (Klaschka 1998).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我建立了一个用于统计分析的数据库，对5000余篇散文和1400名散文家进行排名。事实证明，迄今为止，在中国最著名的60篇论文中，只有14篇被翻译成英文。 谭景辉即将出版的散文选集另有新翻译的4篇，我自己则翻译余下的42篇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
分析表明，自1979年以来，总体上来说，散文发表有所增加，在“文化大革命”之后还出现了两次热潮，在1990年达到了新的高度。首次增加出现在20世纪20年代和30年代，此后便被报告文学所取代（Klaschka 1998）。--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:41, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous essay bookseries[	 sanwen congshu 散文叢書.].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for the increase in essay production, which we can date right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in the sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for the survey.  There are three reasons for the increase in Chinese essay production and popularity in the mid-1990s: &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
1, The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts, as Hall has put it: “[...] we live in an age of exposition”[	 (Hall 1984:xiii).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, A revival of interest in discussing socio-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
If we look carefully at essay collections not only published in the United States, but also in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the People’s Republic, we find the following three reasons for the under- and overestimation of single essayists or essays which correspond to regional differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, EXOTIC In the United States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们仔细观察在美国出版的，以及在香港、台湾和中华人民共和国出版的散文集，我们会发现以下三个原因导致人们低估和高估了回应地域差异的单个散文家或散文: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、异国情调 在美国，散文往往是根据西方人的口味来选择的，完全不知名的作者和老牌作家拥有一样多的空间。--[[User:Ding Daifeng|Ding Daifeng]] ([[User talk:Ding Daifeng|talk]]) 09:37, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们细细研读在美国出版的，以及在中国香港、台湾和大陆出版的散文集，我们会发现以下三个原因导致人们因地域差异而低估或高估了某些散文家或散文: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、异国情调 在美国，散文往往是根据西方人的口味来选择的，名不见经传的作者和著名的作家拥有同样多的市场。--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 12:44, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
2, SOCIO-POLITICAL In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, as the mentioned survey proofs, he ranks 12th among modern authors there.  Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, PERSONAL Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by his disciple Huang Weiliang in favor for Yu.[	 (see Lin Yaode 1989:50).]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having named reasons for the essay boom and for the support for and the suppression of different actors in the cultural field of the essay, I would like to finish my paper by naming a few trends of the essay as they appear at the eve of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consumer-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;''On dreams''&amp;quot;[	&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928.]) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (&amp;quot;''My own garden''&amp;quot;[	 9.1923.], &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;[	 1924.], &amp;quot;''Reading on the Toilet''&amp;quot;[	 1936.]), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the newly encountered world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
In the end of this century not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  Among the upper list places of the political essay after 1949 there are critical essays.   For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
A sign for the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation for customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;).  Following the emotional essays of Zhu Ziqing who rank 1st and 2nd, ''nostalgia'' is the element of emotional identification in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Zhou Zuoren, which ranks 3rd[	In Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;Moon traces&amp;quot;, which ranks 11, and in Ba Jin's &amp;quot;''Paradise for Birds''&amp;quot;, which ranks 19].  Therefore one can state, that moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature took the form of 'engaged literature'.  In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics in daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. In the later half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of individuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. &lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only remiscent element left is the patriotism.[	''Trends like the use of ordinary language'', which one finds in novels since 1993 (''Jia Pingwa'', Feidu; ''Gu Cheng'', Yingger) and New Borderlessness since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting.The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable ''object d'art''.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上个世纪90年代，80年代的政论文随笔文化逐渐隐没了，唯一剩下留有想象空间的元素就是爱国主义。[“比如使用普通语言的趋势”，这是从1993年以来在小说中发现的（“贾平凹”） 费杜，古格，英格）以及自1995年以来，《新无边际》都无法在论文写作中得到证明，我们之所以没有找到后现代小说意义上的后现代散文，是因为文章的直接性：随笔作为一种体裁，是作者和读者之间的对话，而不是想要引起不同解释的原因或可能依赖于特殊形式或内容甚至是按顺序引用前现代特征的艺术品，这使它成为一个与众不同的“艺术品”。]--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 13:06, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References''' [partly mentioned with German translation] （不用翻）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vera Schwarcz 1996, Vera Schwarcz, &amp;quot;The pain of sorrow: public uses of personal grief in modern China&amp;quot;, in Daedalus: Journal of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Winter 1996)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi feng huixin 一封回信&amp;quot; (Ein Antwortbrief (26.10.1982)), in: Bing zhong ji 病中集 (Auf dem Krankenlager), Hongkong 香港 1984(?) (Series Suixiang lu 隨想錄 (Thoughts) Bd 4), 147 pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982a, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi pian xuwen 一篇序文&amp;quot; (Ein Vorwort) [dated 1982.9/10], in: Ba Jin: Auf dem Krankenlager 1984&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1956, Ba Jin 巴金: &amp;quot;Duli sikao 獨立思考&amp;quot; (Unabhängig denken), in: Li Jisheng 李濟生, Li Xiaolin 李小林 (Hgg.): Ba Jin liushi nian wenxuan (1927 - 1986), Suixiang lu, zagan, sanwen, xuba, yanjiang, shuxin 巴金六十年文選（１９２７－１９８６）隨想錄·雜感·散文·序跋· 演講·書信 (Ba Jin. Werkauswahl aus 60 Jahren (1927 - 1986), Gedanken, vermischte Gefühle, Essays, Vor- und Nachworte, Reden, Briefe), Shanghai 上海: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe 上海文藝出版社 (Literatur- und Kunstverlag Shanghai), 1986.12, S. 461 - 462 [Datiert auf  1956.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1962, &amp;quot;Zuojia de yongqi yu zerenxin 作家的勇氣與責任心&amp;quot; (Mut und Verantwortungsbewußtsein der Schrifsteller) 1962; der Essay von Zhou Zuoren 周作人: &amp;quot;Wenxue tan 文學談&amp;quot; (Über Literatur), in: Tan long ji 談龍集 (Über Drachen. Sammlung), Shanghai 上海: Kaiming shudian 開明書店 (Kaiming Buchladen) 1927.12, Nachdruck: Hongkong 香港: Shiyong shuju 使用書局 (Praxisverlag) 1972.1, 310 S., S. 165 - 167&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1919, Zhou Zuoren, &amp;quot;Zuxian chongbai 1919 (Ancestor Worship),&amp;quot; in Early Essays, op.cit., pp. 78&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1920: Zhou Zuoren 周作人, Xin wenxue de yaoqiu 新文學的要求&amp;quot; (The demand of the New Literature) [lecture], in Beiping shaonian xuehui 北平少年學會 (Beiping youth conference) 1920.1.6, in: Zhang Ruoying 長若英: Xin wenxue yundong shi ziliao 新文學運動史資料 (Material on the history of the New Literature movement), Shanghai 上海: Guangming shuju 光明書局 (Guangming bookstore) (1934.9) ²1936.9, 291-296&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1923, Zhou Zuoren: Yanzhicao ba (Preface to Yu Pingbo's Yanzhicao), in: Yongri ji (Book of Eternal Day), Shanghai: Beixin shuju 1929, 180-181&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1929, Zhou Zuoren: Ertong de shu (The books of children), in: Chenbao fukan (1923.8.17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren yuanliu, Zhou Zuoren: Zhongguo xin wenxue de yuanliu (Sources of New Chinese Literature), p 71&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1932, Zhou Zuoren: Lun baguwen 1932, in: Kanyun ji p. 148&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: NEAAS annual meeting 10/09/1999 New Haven (Yale University)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Modern Chinese Literature and the Essay Genre: A New Perspective'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, I will not recount the contents and propose interpretations of any essays, nor will I outline the main topics or styles of essaywriting in China, but I would like to take the opportunity to reflect a little bit on the phenomenon of the genre itself and discuss some conclusions and hypotheses with the attentive and critical audience which can be found at only a few places on earth, EALC at Harvard definitely being one of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：以新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''吴漠汀''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中,我将不再赘述任何文章的内容和提出的观点,我也不会列出其主要主题或风格,但是我想借此机会,反映一些现象本身的类型，并与包括哈佛大学学生在内的观众对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:16, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文将不再赘述或解释任何文章的内容，也不会列出中国散文的主要主题或风格。我想借此机会，反思体裁现象，同乐于助人、至关重要且世间少有的读者，包括哈佛大学东亚语言和文化学院的学生，对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 03:28, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The unknown genre'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literary-historical narrative told by anthologies and collections of the 20th century has drawn an incomplete picture of Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was lacking. In my paper I will ask, if the picture of literature can remain unchanged, if we take into consideration also the essay. The genre has been neglected for a long time as a genre of merit (Margouliès 1949, Schmidt-Glintzer 1990) or overlooked (McNaughton 1974, Leiden 1988-90, McDougall 1998);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.未知体裁'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二十世纪文选和选集里的文学史的叙述对于整个中国文学来说是不完整的：散文题材是缺失的。 在我的论文里我将要探寻是否文学整个文学框架依旧保持不变，是否把散文体裁考虑进去。 作为一种具有优势的体裁它已经被忽视了很久了。（马古烈 1949，施寒薇 1990）或者被省略（约翰·麦克诺顿 1974，莱顿 1988-90，杜博妮 1998）；--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 11:09, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.未知体裁'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪选集所讲述的文学历史叙事，描绘了一幅不完整的中国文学图景:：散文题材是缺失的。 在我的论文里我将要探寻是否文学整个文学框架依旧保持不变，是否把散文体裁考虑进去。 作为一种具有优势的体裁它已经被忽视了很久了。（马古烈 1949，施寒薇 1990）或者被省略（约翰·麦克诺顿 1974，莱顿 1988-90，杜博妮 1998）；--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 12:30, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
whereas its elder brother, fiction, has been prized ever since the valuing of fictional literature and the vernacularisation of writing in early Republican China, which followed from the master narrative established by the May 4th movement.  Modern anthologies would have the reader believe that a triumvirate of poetry, fiction and drama forms the backbone of modern Chinese literary output.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Excursion: Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with xiaoshuo (fiction), sanwen (non-fictional prose)), lyrics (shige) and drama (xiqu).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term &amp;quot;wu yunwen&amp;quot; which corresponds to the term &amp;quot;epic&amp;quot; in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet.  The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
在抒情诗中，读者被鼓励去感受当下的感觉，并且常常是诗人的忏悔式的感觉。戏剧直接在独白或对话中回忆起一个自足的动作，以这种方式释放了读者/观众重新创造的想象力。散文作为史诗的一种体裁，是一种超脱的、非虚构的、自由形式的主观表现。--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 02:29, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Essay&amp;quot;, Chinese mostly ''sanwen'', is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Freedom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, a subcategorization in numerous small entities, like Zheng Mingli does with the essay, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems.  All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay.  This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。今天我们在刊物上看到的中国散文，已经具备了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文类别的第二个暗示。--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 07:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界上的国家趋向于走到一起，而文化则主要取决于现代化水平。正如我们从现今报纸里面看到的那样，中国散文采用了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文开始趋同于国际散文体裁的第二个标志。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:27, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21世纪，世界在共同成长，文化主要由现代化程度决定。我们今天在报纸上看到的中国散文，在形式和内容上都与西方散文相似，其目标群体也与之相似。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文的第二个暗示。--[[User:Ding Daifeng|Ding Daifeng]] ([[User talk:Ding Daifeng|talk]]) 09:44, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。我们今天在报纸上看到的中国散文，已经呈现出西方散文的形式与内容，并且其目标群体也与西方散文不相上下。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文体裁的第二个迹象。--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 1992 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it &amp;quot;Chinese&amp;quot;? In the occidental essay the form seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了首先由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文有独特本土的特征。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？和中文散文相比，西方散文的文章形式似乎是更重要的分类标准。在中国，甚至有些文章内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 02:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了最初由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文具有独特的本土特色。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？与中文散文相比，西方散文的形式分类标准似乎更重要。在中国，有些文章甚至是内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:18, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
This can be shown with Zheng Mingli, who subcategorises the &amp;quot;unfinished diary&amp;quot; or the &amp;quot;unfinished letter&amp;quot;.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Zheng Mingli: &amp;quot;essay in diary form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;essay in letter form&amp;quot;), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese understanding of the genre is tendencially broader'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''  &amp;quot;non-rhythmic prose&amp;quot;, which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning &amp;quot;short literary essay pieces&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese essay is booming again in the 1980s and 1990s'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report (''baogao wenxue'').[	Klaschka 1998.] The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous ''sanwen congshu'' 散文叢書 (essay bookseries).&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase in essay production  right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in a sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for a survey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the work of some major Chinese editors, the whole essay culture was compiled from magazines and newspapers and was published in a flood of anthologies since the 1970s. This boom is comparable to the cultural fever of undigging xiangtu literature, which rose in Taiwan in front of the background of the movement of self-identification and independance.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Why is the essay as abundant as fiction?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me name a few reasons, why the essay  in fact is as abundant as its prose brother, fiction, and its lyrical sister, poetry, and why it must be valued as highly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay had a direct impact on Chinese society throughout history (the reform ideas from the end of the Qing dynasty through the May Fourth period with the literary theorethical pieces and the daily political zawen of Lu Xun, until today are mostly presented in essay form). The impact on literary reflection and theory is shown in the collection &amp;quot;Modern Chinese Literary Thought&amp;quot; 1996. The effect of the essay genre with its direct language, its connection to life (e.g. its role in the coming to terms with the cultural revolution), and its direct access to the individual reader through newspapers. This impact is larger than the indirect one of fiction or poetry.  The poem is the genre of retreat from social life, from political issues and time references.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shi argues, that ''poetry'' is most important in the process of modernity, since poetry rises emotions. But it relies also on images and on linguistic rhythm. Liang Qichao stresses the role of novel and opera in the changing society. But ''sanwen'' is able to name things, it reflects life, caleidoscopic. Modern subjectivity is constructed with the tool of ''sanwen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay also reflects trends in the society better than poetry and fiction: Individualism is expressed in the essay more directly than in the poem with its limitation in content and form. Ephemerality is reflected in the short form of the essay, which may be read in the subway on the way to work, where poems may not be so spontaneously enjoyed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡适认为“诗”在现代化的过程中是最重要的，因为诗会升华情感。但诗歌依赖于形象和语言节奏。梁启超强调小说和戏曲在社会变迁中的作用。但“三文”却能命名事物，它反映生活千变万化。现代主体性是以“三文”为工具来建构的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-散文也比诗歌和小说更能反映社会的趋势。个人主义在随笔中表现得比在诗歌中更直接，但在内容和形式上都有局限性。短文的短暂性体现在短文的形式上，可以在上班路上的地铁里读，而在地铁里读诗，可能就不能那么随性的享受了。--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 13:48, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡适认为“诗”在现代化的过程中是最重要的，因为诗歌升华情感。但诗歌也依赖于意象和语言节奏。梁启超强调小说和戏曲在社会变迁中的作用。但“散文”却能给事物命名，反映千变万化的生活。现代主体性就是以“散文”为工具建构的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 随笔也比诗歌和小说更能反映社会的发展趋势。个人主义在随笔中的表现比在诗歌中更直接，因为诗歌在内容和形式上对此有所限制。随笔的短暂性体现在随笔的形式上，人们可以在上班路上的地铁里阅读，而在地铁里读诗，可能就没有那么随性的享受。--[[User:Chen Han|Chen Han]] ([[User talk:Chen Han|talk]]) 14:55, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay reaches a larger part of the population than poetry, the amount of time spended on reading novels goes back, too.  The essay itself a genre of high actuality, if not simply the genre of today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay tells us more about an author and his time than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions. We look trough authentic eyes on his contemporary society.  Many authors turned to essay writing in the later periods of their lifes, like Lu Xun, Ba Jin, and Wang Meng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
- The volume of ''essay'' production exceeds the volume of ''xiaoshuo'' production: Chinese newspapers since the 1870s on[	Shenbao, Shibao etc. Liang Qichao sees the role of the newspaper both as liberal and authoritative: He understands the press as an institution to control the government, on the other hand he favors censorship.] and as a mass media from the early 20th century presented only one or two fictional stories in a serialized form, but invented essay columns like ''zagan'' (from which Lu Xun developed his ''zawen''), ''suibi'' or ''suixiang'' (from which famous collections like Ba Jin's ''Suixiang lu'' derived).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“随笔”的产量超过了“小说”的产量：从19世纪70年代开始，中国的报纸就在《申报》、《时报》等杂志上发表。梁启超认为报纸既自由又权威：他认为报纸是控制政府的机构，另一方面，他主张审查制度，作为20世纪初的一个大众媒体，他以连载的形式呈现一两个虚构的故事，但却发明了散文专栏，如“扎根”（鲁迅从中发展了他的“札文”）、“随笔”或“随想”（巴金的《随想录》就是从中衍生出来的）。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 12:54, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Let us assign the essay its proper place'''&lt;br /&gt;
The consequence which must be driven from the above presented contrast between value and valuing of the essay is: Let us assign the essay its proper place!  I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，中国学术界首次以撰写散文史和散文集的方式对散文文学进行了重大的反思，这首先集中在鲁迅等单个作家的散文作品上。另外90年代的两次会议也没有趋于国际学术研究的动向。直到1995年，国际学术界才开始使用共同的语言学方法来探讨单个散文家（比如1995年Kubin的《关于梁漱溟》；Woesler的《关于王蒙》；Mansberg的《关于刘再复》[未发表]）或探讨某个群体的散文（1996年瓦格纳的《关于新月派》）。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 12:54, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998) and for the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th. If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode 1989:50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai, Woesler) or already published (Pollard 1999). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. This year, scholars will meet on a first international conference on the essay (Achern, Germany August 25-26). In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Taking into consideration the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will give a few hints, what the essay can contribute to the picture of Chinese Literature, which so far is overshadowed by fiction through the narrative of C.T. Hsia, Prusek and Anderson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are used to established narratives, like the emergence and success of the May-Fourth literature. But this view neglects the role, that for example the ''yuanyang hudie pai'' played in the choir of different voices in the awoken intellectual debate in the beginning of this century. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
The May-Fourth group at that time was one voice among many and only succeeded because of its agitation and polemic in the public sphere, so we have to use new means to assign the Chinese essay its proper place. We learn from simplifiying narratives, that it is absolutely necessary to differentiate, and to reconstruct the complex time background. Having understood Chinese literature as determined by the development of fiction and poetry only, a broader understanding will change the whole appearance of Chinese literature. A scholarly endeavour is the use of modern literary theories in the approach to this genre.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, I will name three aspects (chronologically sorted by past, modern and contemporary time) to hold the argument, that the taking into consideration of the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature and change our current understanding of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. The classical and premodern essay documents Chinese philosophy, early subjectivity and still, a native Chinese tradition is questioned'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How is the Chinese essay to be positioned historically, how did it emerge, what is its generic background? Generically, the ancestors of the essay are both in China and the West notes written on the margins of books, they are letters and travel notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面，我将从三个方面(在时间顺序上按过去、现代、当代排序)来论述对散文的考量将改写中国文学史，改变我们目前对它的认识这一论点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 古典和前现代散文记录了中国哲学，其早期的主体性，仍然是对中国本土传统的质疑。&lt;br /&gt;
中国散文在历史上要如何定位，它是如何产生的，它的共有背景是什么？一般来说，中国和西方的散文都是起源于写在书本空白处的笔记，是书信和游记。--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 04:18, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
These notes differed from the canonized literature through its informal style, its expression of individuality und subjectivity, a much earlier document for subjectivity than the first autobiographical Chinese novel, ''The Dream of the Red Chamber''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning, the essay was valued lower than poetry: the oldest reference  this far for the term ''sanwen'' that I found is Luo Dajing's 羅大經 (? - after 1248) statement from 1240: “Shī sāomiào tiānxià, ér sǎnwén pōjué suǒsuì júcù.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。” (Poetry is moving mankind in a wonderful way, prose inquires into incoherent bagatels, is limited.) (''Helin yulu''). Another reproach Luo Dajing mentions, is a formal one: In comparison to the highly artistic and century-long tradition of poetic writing, the direct and often vernacular langage of the essay in his eyes had less value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the West, a real 'art of the essaywriting' came up in the late 16th century as a medium for the newly reorganized knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。”罗大京提到的另一个骂名，是形式上的：与具有高度艺术性和长达一个世纪传统的诗歌写作相比，散文中直接的、白话文式的语言在他看来并不那么有价值。&lt;br /&gt;
在西方，16世纪晚期出现了一种真正的“散文写作艺术”，作为一种传播重组知识的媒介。--[[User:Liubo|Liubo]] ([[User talk:Liubo|talk]]) 00:50, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“诗騷妙天下，而散文颇觉瑣碎局促。”罗大经提出的另一个责难，是形式上的。在他看来，与高度艺术化的百年诗词写作传统相比，散文直接的、白话文式的语言没有什么价值。&lt;br /&gt;
在西方，真正的 “散文写作艺术 ”是在16世纪末作为重组知识的一种媒介出现的。--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 04:30, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The reorganization originated from the observations of Kopernikus, which destroyed the whole conception of the world of the Middle Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, particularly the debates on Buddhism in the 4th and 5th century A.D. saw the origination of a tradition of letters.  The Chinese tradition of the ''sanwen'' 散文 (essay) however, in the understanding of sǎn 散 as (to dispel, leisure, loose, relaxed, irregular, independant style, free prose, can be seen not before the detachment from the dialogue - or aphorism, which is still visible in the philosophical ''Lunyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Xunzi delivered the prototype of the later essay with his philosophical treatises. They are an early form of philosophical didactical essays, in which general theorems are derived not only from quotations of the canonized classical works, but for the first time also from his own individual experience.  The individuality is still a main characteristic of the essay today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the dynasties the essay manifested itself further in certain subcategories: From reading-notes written at the paper margins originated the ''biji'' µ§°O (occasional notes), flourishing in the Ming Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形，它们是哲学教学论文的早期形式。其中的一般定理不仅来自于经典著作的引用，而且第一次从他的个人经验中得出。个性仍是现今散文的主要特点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文在某些子类中进一步得以表现，如从写在纸边的读书笔记产生了明朝盛行的偶记。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:25, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形。其作品是哲学论教散文的早期形式，这些散文中传授的普遍定理不仅有引用经典著作，还首次借鉴其个人经历。这种个体性在当代的散文中仍有保留。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文通过一些子类别得以呈现，如明朝盛行的在书页边上写的读书注释，它就是源于笔记。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 08:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The marginalism is a link between Western and Chinese tradition of early essays. Occasional notes could contain private historical notes, anecdotes, communications and contemplations.  However, the consciousness of the essay as a genre of its own originated in China not before the Qing ²M dynastie, when numerous essay anthologies were compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into consideration the social-historical background draws a different picture of the old society than short stories and novels: Essays are much closer to real life, since they express individual problems and experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
边缘主义是中西早期散文的一个纽带。散见的笔记包含了私人的历史记录，轶事，交谈和个人沉思。然而，尽管当时的散文选集众多，但将视散文作为一种文体的意识，清朝之前并没有出现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到当时的社会历史背景，人们在旧社会时，对短篇故事和小说的看法不同：散文更接近现实生活，因为它们表达了个人的困惑和经历。--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 04:15, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now, the Chinese pre-''Hongloumeng'' individual literature spoke only through the indirect language of poems to us. Rediscovering the essays, we have a splendid source of opinions, social-historical pictures etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premodern essay literature consists of much more than its most well-known example, the formally restrictive ''baguwen''. Lu Xun himself wrote some of his essays in ''baguwen'' style, but on the other hand took it as a synonym for the ancient society. Zhou Zuoren saw the rhythm of the language of the &amp;quot;Eight legged essay&amp;quot; as as appealing and intoxicating as the &amp;quot;pleasure of doing opium.'' (Zhou 1932:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前为止，中国红楼梦前的个体文学还只是通过诗中的间接语言与我们对话。通过重拾散文，我们可以知晓不同观点和社会历史状况等文学创作的丰富源泉。&lt;br /&gt;
现代散文之前的文学并不限于形式上受限制的八股文，一方面鲁迅本人也有一些散文是用八股文写成的，但另一方面他又把八股文当作古代社会的代名词。周作人把 &amp;quot;八股文 &amp;quot;的语言节奏看作是 &amp;quot;做鸦片的快感 &amp;quot;一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 08:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
直到现在，中国前“红楼梦”的个体文学只能通过诗歌的间接语言与我们对话。重新发掘这些散文，我们可以拥有丰富的观点来源，社会历史图片等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前现代散文文学不仅仅包括它最为人所知的例子，正式的、有限制性的“八卦文”。鲁迅自己的一些文章就是用“八卦文”写的，但是在另一方面又把它当作古代社会的同义词。周作人认为《八股文》的语言节奏就像“吸鸦片的快感”一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 09:07, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
But he considered it also as a prevalent genre implicit in the modern writings as ''yang bagu'' (westernized bagu) and ''dang bagu'' (party-line bagu) (borrowing from Wu Zhihui, Zhou Yuanliu:71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neo-Confucianism stressed ''wen'' (prose) as the most important tool to transmit the ''dao'' (way): ''Wenyi zai dao'' (Literature as the carrier of the way). If we reinterprete this diction in the perspective of genre, we can say, that the essay then has been regarded as an important tool to express truth, subjectivity and Self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但他认为这也是隐含在现代著作中的''洋包谷''（西化包谷）和''党行包谷''（借用吴稚晖、周远流的说法：71）的一种普遍的文体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
新儒家强调''文''（散文）是传播''道''的最重要工具：''文以载道''（文以载道）。如果我们从文体的角度来重新解读这句话，我们可以说，当时的散文已经被视为表达真理、主体性和自我的重要工具。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但他认为这也是隐含在现代著作中的''洋包谷''（西化包谷）和''党行包谷''（借用吴稚晖、周远流的说法：71）的一种普遍的文体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
理学强调“文”（散文）是传播“道”的最重要工具：“文以载道”。（以文学为载体的方式）。如果我们从体裁的角度来重新解读这一措辞，可以说，散文已成为表达真理、主体性和自我的重要工具。--[[User:Liubo|Liubo]] ([[User talk:Liubo|talk]]) 00:53, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao developed a ''xīn wéntǐ'' 新文體 (new prose style), which was influenced by Western languages, but the essay became popular not before the newspapers became mass media, and the language changed into ''baihua''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. The essay as the medium of modernity, the questioning of the genuiness of the Chinese essay'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve first of all the dispute on whether the Chinese essay grew out of a native tradition or was influenced by Western translations, one finds both traditions relevant: The occidental essay was introduced to the writers of the literature reform movement from 1907 on by translations in Chinese (Lin Shu: ''Irving'' 1907, ''Addison'' 1911). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The current form of the genre is mostly based on the influence of Western essay translations. First developed a Chinese essay tradition, which consciously leaned upon the Western model in language, form and terminology, its own proponents succumbed soon to the temptation to derive a tradition of the Chinese essay from Chinese history only. A seemingly unbroken Chinese tradition of the native Chinese ''wenyan sanwen'' is presented in Chinese textbooks (Yu Zaichun 1978-82, Li Xishang 1985).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is older than the ones referred to in the ''Large Chinese Dictionary'' of Morohashi (Morohashi undated) and in the ''Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Chinese Language'' 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Still, the value of the native tradition of essay writing and the role of the Western influence upon it is discussed controversially among the scholars.  Some admit that Western impact played a key role in what we understand as Chinese essays nowadays: Wang Bin  1992, Fan Peisong 1993; for Western impact in general see Průšek 1964, Gálik 1966, McDougall 1971.  Other scholars think that Western influence is overestimated - Denton 1996 showed that the theoretical background was missing for understanding Western theories of literature in China, - and recommended that we understand the essay first by its national tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，对于本土论文写作传统的价值以及西方对其的影响，学者们争论不休。有些人承认西方的影响在我们今天所理解的中国散文中起了关键作用:王斌1992，范培松1993;对西方总的影响参考。还有一些学者认为，西方的影响被高估了——Denton 1996表明，中国缺乏理解西方文学理论的理论背景，并建议我们首先从其民族传统来理解这篇文章。--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 11:57, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，对于本土论文写作传统的价值以及西方对其的影响，学者们争论不休。有些人承认西方的影响在我们今天所理解的中国散文中起了关键作用:王斌1992，范培松1993;对西方总的影响参考。还有一些学者认为，西方的影响被高估了——Denton 1996表明，中国缺乏理解西方文学理论的理论背景，并建议我们首先从其民族传统来理解这篇文章。--[[User:Fancy|Fancy]] ([[User talk:Fancy|talk]]) 15:07, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
How far personal opinion may influence the narrative of historical facts can be seen by the example of the legendary authors of the May Fourth movement.  All of them considered the English essay as the father of the Chinese essay: Zhou Zuoren 1921, Lu Xun 1933, the anarchist and later member of the Guomindang Wu Zhihui [1934].  Later, some of these authors changed their minds to support their own theories on the essay by looking for proof of a native Chinese essay tradition:&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
for example, Lu Xun with his theory &amp;quot;'Zhǎnkāi' shuō yǔ  'méngyá' lùn “展開”說與“萌芽”論&amp;quot;&amp;quot; (Theory of &amp;quot;Starting&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Blossoming&amp;quot;) came to see the fighting and critical character of the essay of the Jin dynasty (265 - 420) as the 'father' of the Chinese essay, and Zhou Zuoren first the English essay (1921) and later the ''biji'' (occasional notes) of the Ming, although he still tried to integrate the English essay in his &amp;quot;Gonganpài yu Yīngguo xiaopin 'hecheng' lun 公安派與英國小品“合成”論&amp;quot; (Theory of the Synthesis of the Gongan School and the English Essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Zengqi regrets that the national Chinese tradition of the essay at the time of the 'May Fourth Movement' has not been taken up again and has not continued in contemporary essays (Wang Zengqi 1993). The Chinese essay is an accommodating object of study, because one may look to it to prove any theory of the essay.  One can find examples for each topic in almost every period, simply because the essay has a wide range of subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhou Zuoren showed that only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge it was again possible to write about a candy seller  (1924), he was critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).  When he wrote a piece on the &amp;quot;Fly&amp;quot;, he was reproached with dealing with subjects of minor importance. Reproaches like this lie in the very nature of the genre, since ''marginalism'' is substantial to the essay. The mentioned formal reproach of Luo Dajing can be found again in the 1990s, Hong Kong students critisized the literary style as it appears in Ba Jins &amp;quot;Thoughts&amp;quot; (Suixiang lu) as too direct and too less artful. But this perspective does not recognize the very nature of the essay, which is a very individual expression of an author's thoughts and not bound to tradition, and therefore much more free also in content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay - from its very nature free and independant - almost disappeared in the time of the Cultural Revolution and - except for the ideologically influenced essays - had a hard struggle between Yan'an and the loss of moral legitimacy by the leadership in 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay was ''the'' genre of the modernizing society of the early 20th century. Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to war and warlordism and later in the modernizing society, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products.&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
But from its very nature, the essay set new boundaries in form and content, and therefore not only survived the ideological restrictions, but also established its own critical subculture within. The essay was not only a medium of discussion and a documentation of the social-political background for us today, but also a documentation of the personal struggle of the writers finding a position in a changing environment, since the essay is &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Some essays even deconstructed master narratives like the one of leftist ideology, often simply by confronting it with subjective experience, reality or art. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I want to mention another position on literature, which stresses the impact of literature on life, especially on the eve of revolutions - following this view, all literature is political (Jameson).&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Not only the understanding of literature as a whole changes if we take into consideration the essay, also the view of single authors shifts, if we see not only their novels or poems, but also their essays. I mention only Zhou Zuoren. His ideas connected him  spiritually to his contemporary collegues in Europe, Japan and America, but these where ideas for which China turned out to be not yet ready. At that time, China had taken a road which led away from progress, wealth, freedom and spiritual enlightenment. The consequences have yet to be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除开关注作家的小说和诗歌之外，如果我们对他们的散文有所涉猎，就会发现他们不仅对文学整体的理解发生了变化，单个作者的观点也发生了变化。仅就周作人来说，他的思想在精神上把他和他在欧洲、日本和美国的同伴们联系在一起，但是这些设想在中国行不通。当时的中国走的是一条远离进步、财富、自由和精神启蒙的道路，这一现状还并没有得到改变。--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 12:34, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature has taken the form of 'engaged literature'.   The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (My own garden 9.1923, &amp;quot;The Fly&amp;quot; 1924, &amp;quot;Reading on the Toilet&amp;quot; 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda.  This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into account of a genre shifts the whole perspective on literature, taking into account the essayistic works of an author shifts also the view of the author. I will name only one author as an example for a modern essayist: Zhou Zuoren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20、30年代民国时期的文本和当代的文本一样也经常被重印。显然，我们可得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的那些政治宣传文只能留存在特殊的政治文章选集当中，到了21世纪初，就不再有作者去写这类文章，也不会有中国读者去看这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到整个体裁对整个文学角度的转变，以及散文作品反映出的作者观点的变化，我只举一位现代散文家的例子：周作人。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 07:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20-30年代民国时期的文章仍然和当代的同类文章一样经常被重印。显然，我们可以得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的政治宣传类散文只保存在专门的政治散文集中，到21世纪初，不再有人去写，也不再有人读这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种文学体裁会转变整个文学的视角，一位作家的散文作品，同样也会转变对这个作家的看法。我只以一位现代散文家为例：周作人。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 09:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned already his theoretical contribution to the Chinese essayism, but still, his essays have been neglected until the 1980s. The reason does not lie in literary quality, but in political valuing. The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that the theoretical May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Publishing in the Japanese sponsored magazines ''Reminiscences'',* and ''Chinese Literature'', he was blamed together with Zhu Pu and Yuan Xi of collaboration. An unanswered question is, why another author, who published there, Zhang Ailing, was never reproached with collaboratorship. The difference between all of them is that Zhang Ailing tried to avoid political committments, whereas Zhou felt guilty, Zhu justified it and Yuan simply accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
''The 'mainstream' writers took an affirmative approach in their writing, whereas the other writers formed a minority.  The individual authors did not necessarily belong to either one of these groups throughout their life, but may have moved between them.  Since the essay is a medium which enables the individual to express thoughts directly, the writers chosen for this paper can be classified according to their position.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Yu Guangzhong's essay'' &amp;quot;The wolves are coming&amp;quot; ''shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
In his small literary pieces, Zhou tried to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday life out of the subjective experience of his private space.  The major contribution of Zhou Zuoren is, that he set the turning point in Chinese essay writing with his call for writing short literary pieces (''Meiwen'' 1921). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In foreign literature there is the so-called ''lunwen'' 論文 (treatise), which is roughly divided into two groups: the reflecting ones, piping 批評 (critical), are scientific articles. The others are ''jishu'' 記述 (descriptive) and ''yishuxing'' 藝術性 (artistic), they are also called ''meiwen'' 美文 (aesthetic essay). Within these texts, one can distinguish between ''xushi'' 敘事 (narrative) and ''shuqing'' 抒情 (lyric). But there are also mixed texts. [...] I hope that the aesthetical essay is encouraged to come back, and will open up a new field for the New Literature. Wouldn’t that be wonderful?&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
With these words from the essay &amp;quot;''The aesthetic essay''&amp;quot; this new vernacular form was defined.  This starting point founded a whole new tradition of essay writing in China. Contemporary writers called this piece the &amp;quot;king of essays&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to bring this new form to his compatriots, he tried to find similiarities with the ''xiaopinwen'' of the Ming dynasty. He further discussed these thoughts in his essay theory. In his own essays, he profited a lot from ancient ''suibi''. Later he further developed his literary theory towards an up and down of two trends. In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; (Zhou 1923).  He promoted the ''baguwen'' and the independance of literature from politics and effected the literary scene and the development towards a modern Chinese society especially between 1917 and 1938.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“美学散文”中的这些词语定义了这种新的白话形式。这个起点在中国建立了一种新的散文写作传统。当代作家称此作品为“散文之王”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
为了将这种新形式带给他的同胞，他试图找到其与明朝“小品文”的相似之处。他在散文理论中进一步讨论了这些思想。 他自己的散文也从古代的“随笔”中受益匪浅。后来，他将文学理论朝着上下两种趋势进一步发展。在现代化社会中，他呼吁解放妇女、“将儿童看作具有外在和内在生命的完整主体”以及“让儿童成为儿童文学的本质”（Zhou 1923）。他提倡“八股文”和文学脱离政治的独立性，这对文学界产生了影响，并推动了中国向近代社会尤其是1917年至1938年的发展。--[[User:Peng Xiaoling|Peng Xiaoling]] ([[User talk:Peng Xiaoling|talk]]) 09:48, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With this theoretical foundation and his own vo'luÉminous essayistic work, Zhou Zuoren through the example of his own form of short literary pieces within this genre, fought at that stage of the development of his literary theory like Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque  130 years ago in France for the idea &amp;quot;l'art pour l'art&amp;quot; , for individuality and independance  of the writer, for disinterested literature.  The jugdment, that Zhou was an apolitical author cannot be proved with his essays.  Instead, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself.  For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance (Zhou 1929:180-181). &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact he saw himself as ‘patriotic underground fighter’ and looked at the collaboration with the Japanese puppet regime as a forced one, following his attempted assasination, through which his driver had lost his life.  His own concept of essay writing served less the needs of the building of a nation-state and comes closer to the ideal of the individual. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I don't really know why, but I am feeling as if I am born into a dark age. I admit, that our forests are not inhabited by dragons, tigers and wolves, but shapeless &amp;quot;monsters&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goblins&amp;quot; are still creeping around and try to swallow our souls. [...] What alarms me most, is the absence of freedom in this prison, into which we writers have been thrown.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Confronting tradition and progress in the essay &amp;quot;''Ancestor Worship''&amp;quot;, he is in favor of the latter, since past could only become present through changes (Zhou 1919:7-8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque (1767 - 1830) war französischer Romanschriftsteller und liberaler Politiker, der neben der Freiheit der Kunst nach der Französischen Revolution die Einführung der konstitutionellen Monarchie nach englischem Vorbild forderte.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe ''Journal'' (10.2.1804). Die &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; propagierte die Zweckfreiheit der Kunst. Im Gegensatz dazu versteht sich die engagierte Literatur. Die Parallele zwischen Zhou Zuorens Literaturverständnis und dem Konzept &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; zieht auch Wolff: ''Chou Tso-jen'' 1971, S. 84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: ''Der Ursprung der neuen chinesischen Literatur'' 1934, S. 95 - 98; vgl. auch Chen Zizhan: ''Vorträge zur chinesischen Literaturgeschichte'' 1937, Bd 3, pp. 416 - 422, besonders S. 422. Hinweis in: H. Martin: &amp;quot;''Liang Qichao on Poetry Reform''&amp;quot; 1996, Bd 1, S. 213.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding Zhou Zuoren, I want to correct the official assessment of the People’s Republic, that his work would have experienced a caesura in 1938.  In order to explain his opposition of the propaganda to build up national heroes about 1937 and his collaboration from 1939, it has been said officially, that his thoughts had &amp;quot;duoluo 墮落&amp;quot; (degenerated) at that time (Zhu Jinshun 1990:59).  In fact, this caesura, namely the change in the style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經 (serious, intentional essays), and ''xianshi'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment) is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest through the Guomindang (1945).&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore not the Japanese suppressors are responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots'. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the stigma of the 'traitor', he has been undervalued until now.  That his work in the 1990s is almost as often published as Lu Xun's and Zhu Ziqing's shows that his texts finally experience a more positive literaric evaluation through the audience, which now must be registered also by scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of a misread Zhou Zuoren is his short essay on &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;,  where he describes his changing attitude towards flies, which he had played with as child but later disgusted when he learned about their danger of passing on diseases.  ”''The fly''” shows Zhou Zuoren’s strength to describe details and make them a real topic by recalling memories on them or describing a change of perspective on them.  Zhou summarized the philosophical wisdom he learnt from this, that people did not judge on things objectively, but were likely to praise or damn things. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The official reading re¬proaches Zhou that he &amp;quot;saw only the fly and not the cosmos&amp;quot; , a quotation of the young Zhou about a position he himself clearly opposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His ability to chat about the more pleasent things in life is displayed in his essay ”Birds’ twitter”.  In ”''Peking cakes and sweet-meat''” and in ”''Wild vegetable of my home region''”, Zhou Zuoren shows his ability to make the reader feel at home at a region, where he feels at home himself, by describing the customs and special regional food. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: &amp;quot;Cangying 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: ''Chenbao fujuan'' 晨报副镌 (Beilage zur Morgenpost) (1924.7.13). Eine Zu¬sammenfassung des Inhalts findet sich in: Yu Daxiang (Hg.): ''Auswahllexikon chinesischer Essays mit Inhaltsangaben und Analysen'' 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Siehe Vollständige chinesische Anthologie der Wissenschaften - Bd Chinesische Literatur'' 1988, Bd 2, S. 1300. Dies spielt auf den Essay &amp;quot;''Cangying'' 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: Zhou Zuoren: ''Zhi Tang. Sammlung'' 1933 an.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
His piece ”''Bitter rain''” shows the atmosphere, for what his essays had been labelled ”bitter tea”: There remains a taste in one’s mouth after reading. If you compare Lu Xun’s ”''On tea drinking''” (Yang/Yang 1961 3:325-326) with Zhou Zuoren’s essay with the same title, you see the difference of ”short and to the point” and ”eloquent and well-read”. ”''First love''” is more hilarious. The essay ”''Three different ways to die''” shows that Zhou Zuoren can compete with his elder brother in sarcasm. Lu Xun's essay on the same subject, the massacre on March 18, 1926, was a sight.&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou asks for the ”best” way to die and favors the short and painless one. In ”''On alcohol''” and ”''The awning bunk boat''” Zhou Zuoren continues the tradition of late Ming ''biji''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a consciously “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (Wang Meng: &amp;quot;''Anxiang'' 安详&amp;quot; (Serene) 1992, &amp;quot;''Zuohao ni ziji de shi'' 做好你自己的事&amp;quot; (First make your own things in a good way) 1994). &lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (&amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;, Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (&amp;quot;''The nightmare''&amp;quot;, Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary trends of literature, which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
- The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall 1984:xiii); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The increasing consciousness of indivi¬duality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjecti¬ve expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 当下中国社会的浮躁节奏，对转折性和短文的要求。&amp;quot;[...]我们生活在一个论述的时代&amp;quot;(Hall 1984:xiii)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 越发增加的独立意识，对其而言，文章是最直接的主体表达形式，甚至比诗的格律和形式要求更直接。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 通过散文这一媒介讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复苏，就像20世纪20/30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 日常生活的平庸性通过成为文学话题而变得自觉，最常见的是日常生活的文体--散文。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-当前中国社会节奏轻快，要求有趣味的短文：“[…]我们生活在一个博览会时代”（大厅1984:xiii）；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-对于个人二元性意识的增强，散文是主体性表达的最直接形式，甚至比诗歌的韵律和形式要求更直接；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-通过这篇文章讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复复苏，如同20世纪20年代或30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-日常生活的平庸通过成为一个文学主题而变得有意识，最常见的是日常生活的体裁——散文。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 12:59, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
- The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publis¬hing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China are the following: In the most often printed essay &amp;quot;''The Back View''&amp;quot;, filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, both written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Wang Zengqi.  Therefore one can state, that moving es¬says form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in¬dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
''In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph'' China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war (''No''! 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Jia Pingwa, Feidu; Gu Cheng, Yingger) and'' New Borderlessness  ''since'' 1995, ''cannot be pro-ven in the essaywriting.  ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;, written by Ba Jin 1981, in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (&amp;quot;''In memoriam of Xiao Shan II''&amp;quot;, Ba Jin 1984).&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Der-Wei Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of Wang Zengqi's &amp;quot;''Rain in Kunming''&amp;quot; as well as for Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
类似的还有想象怀旧的概念，正如王功权所说的沈从文作品中虚构的真实（王大卫·德维王1992），有助于解读汪曾祺的《昆明雨》，也有助于贾平凹的《山西剧》。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing fictional truth through the metaphor of his dog Baodi.&lt;br /&gt;
施瓦茨在“隐喻话语”中所表达的“个人悲伤”概念，有助于我们理解巴金是如何克服他以“存在的真理”而闻名的，却通过他的狗“宝坻”的隐喻而获得更具说服力的虚构真相。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay &amp;quot;The nightmare&amp;quot;, where Si Yu appears as a de-constructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.''（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And maybe for Xie Bingxins* reflections on her experience as one of the chosen voluntaries of the Wuhan military academy: She insisted to remain a lifelong &amp;quot;woman soldier&amp;quot; .（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Discussion: Is the genre of the essay the form of literary expression in 21st century China?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the future of the Chinese literature, we can only speculate. But out the risk of being wild and provocative, I would like to suggest some questions for considering the place of the essay in the field of Chinese literature and literary studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- People have less time for actions like reading, and get used to reduced visualized information through the Internet. Will the brevity of the essay make it the ideal medium?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
- If the Chinese people are rediscovering their individuality, will the essay allow them to express individual thoughts more directly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Modern societies are characterized by TV culture, mass consumption, and the loss of consciousness of one's own tradition, often partly due to the American impact on national cultures. Is the essay less bound to the restrictions of tradition, especially compared to the poem and thus more adaptable to the modern phenomenon of mass consumption?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
- The alienation and the anonymity of citylife worldwide, in China is combined with a loss of traditional values like ideology, family, solidarity etc. in favor of the concept of profit for oneself, - if this has produced a longing for new orientation, will it possibly be filled by morally guiding essays or nationalistic thinking?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》与其他世界文学作品的相似性——推荐《红楼梦》列入世界记忆遗产名录&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commonness between the Red Chamber Dreams and other World Literature Novels – Proposing the Red Chamber Dreams to the World Documentary Heritage List'''（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀，湖南师范大学 Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Lecture at Harvard University, Cambridge, MA USA, 14.3.2000（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In every culture, readers associate the literature they know with new literature they read. So literature is always cumulative, it grows out of existing literature and can refer back to it. When Western readers read the Red Chamber Dreams, they foremost associate novels and other pieces of literature of their own cultural tradition with the Dreams. This has also influenced the first full translation into German.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin and even more his protagonist Jia Baoyu both are early humanists, universalists and world citizens. ''The Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中生长出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，尤其是他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中衍生出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，甚至于他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:09, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Dream'' is a complex showroom of diverse aspects of Chinese cultures and is the embodiment and essence of Chinese cultures, but it has also a global impact, therefore it should be honoured as “World Documentary Heritage”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
红楼梦》综合展示了中国的多元文化，是中国文化的集中体现和精华，同时在全球范围内产生影响，理应列入世界记忆遗产名录。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红楼梦”是一个多元的中国文化综合体，是中国文化的体现和精髓，但它也具有全球影响力，因此应该被授予“世界文献遗产”的荣誉。（修改&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》是一个中国文化综合体，展示着中国文化的精髓的同时也极具全球影响力，理应被列入世界记忆遗产名录。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 13:00, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Chinese Ethics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To help the poor and disadvantaged belongs to the traditional core values of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we sit in the Beijing Subway today, the loudspeaker announcement reminds us, that it is Chinese traditional ethics to give seats to the disadvantaged (老弱病残孕让座是中国传统道德). We know of Cao Xueqin, that he supported the poor and disadvantaged, and that he made kites for children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when we look closer at these “Chinese Ethics”, we discover, that they are claimed also in Indian Buddhism “karuna” and in the Christian tradition of “caritas” and in almost every civilization. Therefore, we might call these values “human ethics”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Compatibility&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Why do the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide and have achieved world literature status even in their translations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are, like novels worldwide, a piece of entertainment literature. In comparison to the drama, in which every element is compulsory and plays its part in the overall structure, in the novel the line of action itself is simpler and not so important, most of the scenes or episodes are loosely put together and fit in the broader theme of the novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the lose arrangement of episodes of the ''Dreams'' comes from the tradition of almost unconnected episodes like in the ''Shuihuzhuan'' and is a step towards the greater coherence of the episodes, the aligning into a story line and the greater concentration on fewer protagonists. Therefore, the ''Dreams'' show clearly a step towards the Western tradition of novels, maybe because of growing Western influence in Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Impact of translator’s native culture on the translation process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are intercultural parallels between the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' and Western works of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
These parallels are fundamental for the translation and were explicitly and implicitly fundamental for the German translator Martin Woesler during his translation and editorial work on the first full German translation. In the following, I will mention some of the Western novels and pieces of literature, which the Western reader of the ''Dreams'' will immediately think of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The novel as embodiment of “Zeitgeist”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Georg Lukács’ ''Theory of the Novel'', while the Epos (like Homer’s ''Ilias'', which like the ''Dream'' reasons the stories in the divine realm) displayed a holistic world experience, a complete, self-contained culture, the novel displays, that the modern world has become infinitely large and has lost its homely quality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
The novel as a genre is no longer documenting just one culture, but represents, with the words of Walter Benjamin, the Organon of History. So the understanding of the novel changed with Lukacs to historical-philosophically. A novel is understood as typical for its historical era, the novel embodies the spirit of the epoch (Zeitgeist). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are written in front of the background of the Manchu minority having taken over the power in formerly Han-shaped Ming-China (which was a multi-ethnic and crosscultural society) and families suffering the changing favor of changing emperors, with the Cao family being fostered by Kangxi and being persecuted by Yongzheng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
While the author in his time could not criticize the system and power of emperors, in the novel he came to terms with this life by seeking the guilt for the persecution in the growing decadence of the family (engaging in Daoism, leisure, poetry-writing, arts and music instead of learning for being able to earn a living) and in himself not fulfilling the expectations as the family heir. This description of decadence of a declining family reminds us of the novels of Tschechov (and e.g. in the ''Buddenbrooks'' by Mann, including the turn to arts and music). &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, with the detailed description of life on all social levels in early Qing Dynasty, the Dream appears as a documentary historical novel very much like Günter Grass’ The Tin Drum 1959.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Coming-of-age and Alienation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abandoning the paradise-like garden in the Red Chamber Dreams is a symbol for leaving the protected childhood and arriving in the complex world of adults. With George Lukács theory of the novel, the protagonist starts to problematize the sense of his life, in the novel, the protagonist’s self permanently struggles with his environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, Cao Xueqin’s message is not simply the one of “Paradise Lost”, instead he himself made the best out of his life. Although being less wealthy than when his family still enjoyed the favour of the emperor, there was a payroll system and a social net intact in Early Qing China, where he received enough income to be independent from his rich relatives, to be selective on accepting jobs, to live a relaxed life in a small house in the nature, spending time with his family and friends, follow his own interests, like reading, writing and drinking wine, making kites for the children and thinking of the disadvantaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，曹雪芹的信息不仅是“失乐园”的信息，而是他本人的一生。 尽管不如他的家人仍然享有皇帝的宠爱时富裕，但清初中国有一个工资体系和一个完整的社会网络，在那里他获得了足够的收入以独立于自己的富裕亲戚，可以有选择性地接受工作 在大自然的小房子里过着轻松的生活，与家人和朋友共度时光，遵循自己的兴趣，例如读书，写作和喝酒，为孩子们放风筝和思考处境不利的人。--[[User:Xiao Shuangling|Xiao Shuangling]] ([[User talk:Xiao Shuangling|talk]]) 12:38, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Shuangling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin was fully aware of his time and China’s cultural achievements, he was familiar with the different levels of society, he was a detailed observer and skilful narrator. He may have conceptualized the ending of the novel as a discussion about the different personalities of the characters in the novel and therefore displaying his reflection about life and his psychological understanding of the diversity of human nature. He was able to grasp the “spirit of time” (Zeitgeist) and with his autobiographical experience create an eternal coming-of-age novel not just for his family, for the Qing-Chinese, for Chinese people, but for mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹对自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就有充分的认识，他熟悉社会的方方面面，他观察细致，叙事娴熟。他能把小说的结尾构思为对小说中人物不同性格的探讨，从而体现出他对人生的思考和对人性多样性的理解。他能够把握 &amp;quot;时间精神&amp;quot;(Zeitgeist)，并以他的亲身经历为材料创造了一部成熟的绝世之作，这不仅是为他的家庭、为清人、为中国人，更是为全人类。--[[User:Xiao Ting|Xiao Ting]] ([[User talk:Xiao Ting|talk]]) 11:29, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Ting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹充分了解自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就，熟悉社会的不同层次，是一个细致的观察者和娴熟的叙述者。他可能将小说的结局概念化为对小说中人物不同性格的讨论，从而表现出他对生活的反思和对人性多样性的心理理解。他能够把握“时代精神”(时代精神)，并以他的自传体经历，为他的家庭，为清朝人，为中国人，为人类创造了一部永恒的成长小说。--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹对自己所处的时代和中国的文化成就了如指掌，他熟悉社会的不同层面，他是一个细致的观察者和娴熟的叙述者。因此，他在小说中对人的不同个性的理解和对小说中人物性格的多样性进行了概念化的探讨。他能够把握“时代精神”，用他的自传体经历，不仅为他的家庭，为清朝的中国人，为中国人民，而且为人类，创作了一部永恒的成人小说。--[[User:Xiao Shuangling|Xiao Shuangling]] ([[User talk:Xiao Shuangling|talk]]) 12:43, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Shuangling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
This tradition of Coming-of-age novels is also a European one, like enlightenment philosopher Voltaire’s novel ''Candide or Optimism''《老实人》shows at the very same time (1759) in Europe. Also Voltaire’s Candide has to leave the luxurious paradise of his childhood and strives for true love, but his main learning is more pessimistic, since Voltaire wrote the novel in opposition to Leibniz, who optimistically looked to China as “the best of all worlds”. Recent research findings show that China had a much larger influence on European enlightenment philosophers and we can be sure, that also Cao Xueqin was aware of some European literary traditions.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the German readership is familiar with the chronological following of the life of the protagonist and his development, the fate of a family over generations, the German readership knows this type of novel as the “Education novel” or “Coming-of-age-novel”. In Germany, the genre of the coming-of-age novel has a long tradition and it is shaped more by single characters, who appear as teachers (Goethe: ''Wilhelm Meister’s Apprenticeship''威廉·麦斯特的学徒岁月 1795-96, Novalis 诺瓦利斯: ''Heinrich von Ofterdingen''《海因利·封·歐福特丁根》1802). &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm Meister, parallely to Jia Baoyu, is struggling with the traditional education, in ''Wilhelm Meister'' this is represented with the classics revived in Shakespeare’s dramas. Tradition can give orientation, but the personality of the protagonist needs to develop through emancipation is a wisdom, we can learn from all mentioned novels including the ''Dreams''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Pornography and True Love, female rivals'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexuality is a basic human need and has developed into different shapes in all cultures. The German audience is familiar with erotic topics from the Middle Ages, in which sexuality was stylized. In the “Schwänke” of the 15th century (Wittenwielers Ring), erotic scenes are described sexually explicit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与贾宝玉一样，威廉·迈斯特也在与传统教育作斗争，这通过莎士比亚的经典戏剧得以体现。传统可以作为方向标，但主人公的个性需要通过解放才能发展，这是一种智慧，我们可以以上提过包括《梦》的所有小说中学习。&lt;br /&gt;
“6.色情与真爱，女性对手&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
性是人类的一种基本需求，在不同文化中展现出不同的形态。德国观众熟悉中世纪的情色话题，在这些话题中，性是有固定程式的。在15世纪的“Schwanke”(Wittenwielers Ring)中，情色场景被描述为露骨的性。--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 15:37, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与贾宝玉一样，威廉·迈斯特也在与传统教育作斗争，在《威廉·迈斯特》中，莎士比亚戏剧中复兴的经典作品代表了这一点。传统可以给予导向，但主人公的个性需要通过解放来发展是一种智慧，我们可以从包括《梦》在内的所有小说中学习。&lt;br /&gt;
“6。色情与真爱，女性对手&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
性是人类的一种基本需求，在各种文化中形成了不同的形态。德国观众熟悉中世纪的情色话题，在这些话题中，性是程式化的。在15世纪的“Schwanke”(Wittenwielers Ring)中，情色场景被描述为露骨的性。--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 01:37, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
In the barock literature of the 17th century even the physical act is described extensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to „cumulativity“, every human being is a product of history and literature is based on previous literature, therefore the author of this pager thinks that this background has to be taken into account while translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best study on ''qing'' passion in the Dreams is the one by Anthony Yu, who understood it as ''desire'' and as the central motif of the ''Dreams''. „The centrality of qing in shaping virtually every aspect of The Story of the Stone’s structure and meaning cannot be denied [...].“ (Anthony Yu 2001, 54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In the framework story of the Dreams, the narrator consciously takes a stand against low-action and stereotypical pornographic literature as well as against the widespread romance novels (with the classic roles of the beautiful, talented woman and the poor scholar who finally achieves a respected position and prosperity by passing a civil service exam).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In chapter 1 he says: ”of the true feelings of young people [...] nobody has reported about so far.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erotic scenes are described in a decent and associative way (“Game of clouds and rain”), while displaying another quality in its openness e.g. towards bisexuality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Dreams'' narrate the story of unfortunate lovers. Unfortunate lovers also in the West have a literary tradition, they constitute an archetype, such as Hero and Leander, Pyramus and Thisbe, Tristan and Isolde, Flore and Blanscheflur as well as Troilus and Cressida, the latter being considered the model for Arthur Brookes, who wrote Romeo and Juliet in 1562 and thus directly influenced Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Marián Galik saw as the central topic of both, the ''Dream'' and ''Faust'', the eternal feminine, which draws us on high, Gu Cheng called it the “eternal virgine”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
In Goethe’s coming-of-age novel ''Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre'', we find a similar motif of female rivals, in the Keller 凯勒 ''The Green Henry''  《绿衣亨利》1855, the hero turns away from an emphatically sexually designed figure and turns to the 'real' woman. In Jane Austen’s ''Pride and Prejudice'' 1813 Elizabeth and Lin Daiyu are similar, e.g. they both strive for real love (Zhuang 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Feudal society and slavery'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A widespread interpretation is that Jia Baoyu’s equal treatment of family members and slaves would be a manifesto to free the slaves. I also do not share this interpretation, since Aristotle, when he demanded democracy, would exclude slaves from the right to vote. So we cannot use modern concepts to judge on the past. In my understanding, Jia Baoyu was not fighting inequality, but looked at the people as humans and individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
封建社会和奴隶&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶一视同仁，这将成为奴隶解放的宣言。我并不同意这个解释，因为亚里士多德的民主就排除了奴隶的投票权。所以，我们并不能用现代观念去评判过去。在我看来，贾宝玉并不是和不平等作斗争，而是把人视作群体和个人。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 09:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶的平等对待是解放奴隶的宣言。我也不同意这种解释，因为亚里士多德，当他要求民主的时候，会排除奴隶的投票权。所以我们不能用现代的概念来判断过去。在我的理解中，贾宝玉并不是在与不平等作斗争，而是把人看成是群体和个人。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the understanding of the servants as slaves does not match the description in the Dream, since some servants had servants themselves, the family took care after they left the Jia family to find a match for them and Jia Zheng refers to his daughter Yingchun as „yatou 丫头“, so it is inappropriate to translate this expression with slave. Therefore, the translator preferred “servant” over “slave” in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另外，把仆人理解为奴隶也与《红楼梦》中所描述的不符，因为有些仆人自己也有仆人，他们离开贾家后，家人会照顾他们，为他们婚配，并且贾正把女儿迎春称为“丫头”，所以用奴隶来翻译这个词是不合适的。因此，译者在翻译中更倾向于“仆人”而不是“奴隶”。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 09:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而且把仆人理解为奴隶与《红楼梦》中的描写不符，因为有些仆人自己还有仆人，贾府会在她们离府的时候为她们寻一门亲事，作为贾府对她们的照料；贾政也把自己的女儿迎春喊作 “丫头”， 所以把这些翻译成奴隶是不合适的。因此英文翻译中采用“servant”会比“slave”更为合适。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:08, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan in his speech at the Frankfurt Bookfair in 2009, when China was the guest of honor, draws the (similarly) parallel between the ''Dream'' and Goethe’s ''Sorrows of the Young Werther'', that both expressed the wish to abandon feudal society. My own impression is that both do not express this wish, but that this is a later concept and interpretation and we should not apply this to judge the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，他在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的印象是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，而我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:36, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的感觉是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:43, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Tragedy of all tragedies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle explained in ''On the Tragedy'' (Poetics VI), that tragedies move people more than comedies because they “imitate [mimēsis] an action that is serious, complete, and of a certain magnitude” (Aristotle 1971, 51), This high esteem of the tragedy in Europe is partly ascribed to the loss of Aristotle’s work ''On the Comedy''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
While Europe has the Hamlet as its tragedy of all tragedies, the lack of tragic literature in Chinese literary tradition has long been lamented. Wang Guowei sees the Dream as &amp;quot;tragedy of all tragedies&amp;quot;. To Wang Guowei the suffering of Faust and Jia Baoyu is central in the novels. However, many scholars contest that Faustianism is central for Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 18th century Europe, we saw a new development in the genre of the drama, to establish a “bourgeois tragedy”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It developed as an emancipatory movement in the 18th century in London, Paris and Germany, and demonstrated that tragedy was not reserved to rulers, but was also imagineable for lower noblemen and ordinary citizens. The ''Dream'' at the same time as the bourgeois tragedy in Europe shows a tragic story of a mid-level noble family which loses its titles and privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. “Non-Binary” Novels'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the things attracting Western readers is the adorable but mysterious protagonist Jia Baoyu. With his open bisexual orientation and his interest in his mates regardless of their social status, he appears “modern” or at least displaced in time. His struggle with traditional learning makes him appear sympathetic, his long states of rapture out of the world give him both the aura of a timeless character and of mystery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. “非二进制小说”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可爱而神秘的主角贾宝玉是吸引西方读者的其中一点。由于他开放的双性恋倾向以及对同伴的兴趣，无论他们的社会地位如何，他彰显“现代”气质或至少不属于那个时代。 他与传统学习的斗争使他显得富有同情心，他与世隔绝的漫长状态使他既具有永恒的品格又具有神秘感。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 06:17, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
With the bisexual orientation of the Dreams’ protagonist, the novel appears non-binary.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Karl-Heinz Pohl, binaries are just superficial, ultimately decisive is the ''Heart Sutra''. Today, the novel is listed among the genre of non-binary literature (see e.g. the bibliographical list on https://www.goodreads.com/list/tag/non-binary), in which contrasts are dissolved deconstructivistically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Foreign Cultures in the Red Chamber Dreams'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Cultures frequently appear in the Dreams in all kinds of varieties, like exoticism with the many objects in the household and presented to the household as novelties, especially the blond girl of the same age as Baoyu referred to in person (combining different origins and cultures, including European, Japanese, Chinese) or several times on paintings, one time shown with wings as an angel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The playful combination of different traditions we can see also when a religious dress is described, which carries characteristics of different religions. Similarly, the Daoist monk and the Confucian priest appear together. Cao Xueqin wanted to show the richness and diversity, also with the many topics and societal levels of the novel. Even a variety of Christian motifs can be found, like when Jia Baoyu is not recognized by his father in chapter 120 and when he disappears, all parallel to Jesus Christ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
The variety of cultures is paralleled with the variety of elements of different dynasties, which makes it timeless and therefore even more a masterpiece of Chinese art and a masterpiece of human art. Therefore I would like to nominate the Red Chamber Dreams as “World Documentary Heritage”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anthony, C. Yu. (2001). ''Rereading the Stone: Desire and the Making of Fiction in Dream of the Red Chamber''. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle. (1971). ''Poetics''. Trans. S. H. Butcher. Ed. Hazard Adams. Critical Theory since Plato. ew York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 48-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin, ed., Cao Xueqin, Gao E et al. (2016). ''Der Traum der Roten Kammer oder Die Geschichte vom Stein'' [''Red Chamber Dreams or The Story of the Stone''], Peking: Foreign Languages Press, ISBN 9787119094120, 4813 pages, 6 vols., hardcover, transl. by Rainer Schwarz and Martin Woesler; Chinese-German bilingual edition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2011). “Being Explicit About the Implicit – John Minford’s Translation of the last Forty Chapters of The Story of the Stone with a Field Study on two Sexually Arousing Scenes”. ''Hong lou meng xue kan'' 6: 274-289&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2010). “ ’To Amuse the Beaux and Belles’ The Early Western Reception of the Hongloumeng”. ''Journal of Sino-Western Communications'' 2 (2010.12) 2:81-107&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuang, Xiuhua. (2011). Self, Ideal and Salvation: A Comparative Study of Jane Austen’s Elizabeth and Cao Xueqin’s Lin Daiyu. ''Journal of Language Teaching and Research'', Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 420-423, March 2011. Fulltext:   http://www.academypublication.com/issues/past/jltr/vol02/02/19.pdf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Virtual Communication Between Machines with the Human as Their Object&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new stage of multimodal communication after oral, written, printed, electronic and machine-human communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new media epoch of “virtual communication” (communication 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algorithms do not only listen to oral or read written human communication (between humans or between humans and bots), but they analyze multimodal communication (including likes, behaviour, surfing habits, mobility profile, values, dreams, aims, beliefs etc.), compare them with Big Data (e.g. cloud data) and base decisions of manipulation on a prediction of behavior according to a personality profile and correlations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文认为，“虚拟传播”(5.0传播版本)是一个全新的媒体时代，在这个时代，人工智能(由人类初始化)已经接管，人类成为分析和操纵的对象(如顾客、选民等)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
算法不仅听人类口头或书面沟通(在人类之间或人类和机器人之间),但他们分析多通道通信(包括喜欢、行为、上网习惯,流动剖面,价值观,梦想,目标,信念等),比较他们与大数据(例如云数据)和基础操作的预测行为的决策根据个性特征和相关性。--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 12:34, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
These algorithms target not only the explicit communications, but the emotions and thoughts of humans too and predict future behavior, therefore allowing simulations of reality. Mightier algorithms have also taken over decision-making roles in societies where they: replace human court decisions, fine tune just-in-time and on-demand production, censor chatrooms etc. Sets of algorithms help to manage smart cities and a whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the human is still part of the communication, especially as the analyzed object and the target of the manipulation, the human is often unaware of the virtual communication and a passive receiver of the machine’s decisions, while the main actors in the virtual communication are machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是通信的一部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人往往没有意识到虚拟通信和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟通信的主要参与者是机器。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 08:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管人类仍然是交流活动的一个组成部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人类往往没有意识到，自己是虚拟沟通和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟沟通的主导者是机器。--[[User:Yuan Yuchen|Yuan Yuchen]] ([[User talk:Yuan Yuchen|talk]]) 12:11, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是构成通信的一部分，尤其是作为分析对象和操纵目标，但人往往没有意识到人们在虚拟通信中扮演机器决策的被动接受者，而机器才是主要参与者。--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 15:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
Research describes these forms of virtual communication, finds evidence in social management systems and credit systems (in Germany, we have the “Schufa”, in the USA there are big players in credit history, which leads to credit-orientation and gamification of human life) or customized (fake) news filter bubbles and in customized consumption offers (Amazon, Facebook, Google, Netflix) and analyzes benefits, including security enhancements through such virtual communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究对这些形式的虚拟沟通进行了描述，在社会管理系统、信用系统（定制的（虚假）新闻筛选泡沫）和定制的消费商（亚马逊、脸书、谷歌、网飞）里面找到了证据（德国有“Schufa”，美国则因为信用史有重大人物而使得社会信用至上并日趋游戏化），并对益处加以分析，这些益处包含通过这类虚拟沟通提升安全。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:20, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究描述了这些虚拟通信的形式，在社会管理系统和信用系统中找到证据（在德国，我们有 &amp;quot;Schufa&amp;quot;，在美国有信用记录的大玩家，这导致了信用导向和人类生活的游戏化）或定制化（假）新闻过滤气泡，以及在定制化的消费优惠中（亚马逊，Facebook，谷歌，Netflix），并分析了好处，包括通过这种虚拟通信增强安全性。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:03, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
But research also has the duty to warn of abuse or harmful developments and to raise ethical questions. Exoskeletal ethics, imposed by gamifications like credit systems, especially need to be valued against intrinsic ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper dealing with machine to machine communication, I skip the machines assisting humans to make their life more convenient (ranging from “The milk is out, please add the usual amount of milk to the delivery list,” to “The old lady has not left her bed this morning, I’ll better call the doctor”).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但研究也有责任对滥用或有害的发展发出警告，同时要对引起的伦理问题也要承担责任。特别是信用体系游戏化所造成的外骨骼伦理问题更需要得到重视，要反对内在的伦理问题。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本论文在涉及机器与机器之间的交流时，我不考虑那些帮助人类让生活更便捷的机器（从“牛奶没了，请在送货单上加平常剂量的牛奶”到“老太太今早卧床不起，我最好叫医生吧”）。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yuan Yuchen|Yuan Yuchen]] ([[User talk:Yuan Yuchen|talk]]) 12:10, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但研究也有责任对滥用或有害的发展提出警告，并提出伦理问题。特别是信用体系等游戏化所强加的外骨骼伦理，更需要对照内在伦理加以重视。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中涉及机器与机器之间的交流，我跳过了机器协助人类提高生活便利的内容（从 &amp;quot;牛奶没了，请把平时的牛奶量加到送货单上&amp;quot;，到 &amp;quot;老太太今天早上还没下床，我还是叫医生吧&amp;quot;。--[[User:Xiao Ting|Xiao Ting]] ([[User talk:Xiao Ting|talk]]) 11:40, 26 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Ting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, I deal with communication like: “Let’s create a user personality profile and compare it with Big Data to learn how I can best catch this user’s attention and make him/her vote for presidential candidate A or B.”; “Let’s check this users’ mouse movements and compare it with Big Data to get a correlation to estimate if (and if “yes” when) he will get Parkinson, to decide whether or not to deny him the loan or health insurance.”&lt;br /&gt;
实际上，本人研究涉及的方面如下：比如，“让我们创建一名用户的个性化主界面，并将其与大数据进行比对，学习如何最好的吸引该用户的注意，让他/她投票给总统候选人甲或乙。”“让我们检查这名用户鼠标的运动轨迹，通过与大数据进行比对，建立关联，来估计他是否会得帕金森。如果他患有帕金森疾病，我们会决定是否需要对他的贷款或医疗保险的申请予以拒绝。”--[[User:Zeng Fangyuan|Zeng Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Fangyuan|talk]]) 07:41, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
“Let’s check this users sexual orientation, religious beliefs, fears, secrets like adultery etc. to blackmail him to get ransom money for my programmer.”; or even “Let’s use this user’s location to aim the killer drone.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current neoliberal system with Amazon, Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, Google, Netflix etc. provides incentives to collect as much user data as possible and to abuse user data for manipulation, which creates huge profits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、诸如通奸之类的秘密去勒索他为我的程序员去获取赎金”。或者甚至“使用用户的位置瞄准杀手无人机。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前具有亚马逊、脸谱网、瓦茨艾普、照片墙、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义系统激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:04, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;让我们查一查这个用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、通奸等秘密，以勒索他为我的程序员获取赎金。&amp;quot;；甚至&amp;quot;利用这个用户的位置来瞄准杀手无人机。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
目前亚马逊、脸书、WhatsApp、Instagram、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义体系，为收集尽可能多的用户数据，并滥用用户数据，从而创造了巨大的利润。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:39, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、惧怕的事物、诸如通奸之类的秘密，从而勒索他让我的程序员获取赎金”。更有甚时，“让我们使用用户的位置让攻击机瞄准他。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前亚马逊、脸书、联络电话、Instagram、谷歌、网飞等的新自由主义的系统软件，激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Fangyuan|Zeng Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Fangyuan|talk]]) 07:53, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Very much like the financial crisis, which was caused by the unregulated use of derivatives, this is a systemic development, which currently follows a path to enslave the human race under the control of algorithms for the benefit of tech companies. The enslavement has already begun, as we can see from the world wide addiction to social media, from the growing mass of conspiracy theorists and from the polarization of the USA over Trump or the polarization of Great Britain over the Brexit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 History of Media Epochs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new stage of “virtual communication” (media epoch 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卢曼和贝克尔描述了从口头（媒体时代1.0）到文字（2.0）的通讯发展，再到印刷（3.0）数字通讯（4.0）&lt;br /&gt;
在所有这些阶段中，科技都只起到了协助作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文认为，从根本上来说，“虚拟沟通”处于新阶段（媒体时代5.0），其中人工智能（由人类初始化）已被接管，人类已成为分析和操纵的对象（如顾客，选民等）--[[User:Fancy|Fancy]] ([[User talk:Fancy|talk]]) 14:56, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
While Luhmann would still summarize this under digital communication, I see a full new quality here, and have therefore coined the term “communication 5.0” or “virtual communication” for it. In Luhmann’s view, the computer consists out of the “surface” of the machine (the visible interfaces like screen, keyboard, mouse) and the “depth” of the machine (the invisible, often incomprehensive inside).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然卢曼仍然会在数字通信中总结这一点，但我在这里看到了一个全新的品质，因此创造了术语“通信5.0”或“虚拟通信”。在卢曼看来，计算机是由机器的“表面”(屏幕、键盘、鼠标等可见界面)和机器的“内里”(看不见的、内部不全面的部分)组成的。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:41, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
However, we are almost constantly producing data, with our chats and geotracked movements, with our addiction to social media, our carrying of cell phones and more and more smart devices at all times,  and we are therefore an object of analysis by algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional setting of a communicative act blurs: The machine can directly communicate with the human (there the Turing test marks a threshold), and, after a certain complexity, it can hide its machine nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但是，我们几乎一直在通过聊天和地理位置追踪运动，不断沉迷于社交媒体，携带手机以及越来越多的智能设备来生成数据，因此，我们一直是通过算法进行分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交流行为的传统设置变得模糊：机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标记了阈值），并且在经过一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏机器的本质。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:49, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，我们几乎在不断地产生数据，我们的聊天和地理追踪的动作，我们对社交媒体的沉迷，我们随时携带手机和越来越多的智能设备，我们因此成为算法分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
传统的交流行为的设定模糊了。机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标志着一个门槛），在一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏自己的机器本质。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:03, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The machine can also indirectly communicate with the human by simply analyzing humans’ verbal communication, non-verbal multimodal communication, behavior, personality etc. and interacting with the human with, or without, revealing its existence. A human, growing up in a filter bubble and believing in conspiracy theories is one such example: The human has been manipulated by social media and news which prefer lies over truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
Without even noticing that there was an interaction taking place between the human and the machine, the human has lost his/her independence to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Types of communicative acts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Texts (oral and written comments/chat texts/blogs/emails)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Surf behavior (websites visited)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Consumer behavior (purchases)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Likes (see OCEAN, UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Duration/Attention (see UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.habits/repetitiveness/occurrences (is an element of analysis in different AI apps/tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Unconscious, often unique data allowing identification (way of writing, mouse movements pattern, see Raj Kannan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.social interaction incl. friendships, sexual relationships&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.mobility behavior/pattern (e.g. immediate environment – e.g. unconsciously recording the inside of houses while playing “Pokemon Go”), travel: Travel  Behavior (Yu Cui et al. 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Types of analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.General (User and Entity Behavior Analytics UEBA: AI-assisted cybersecurity tools like by Gartner, Inc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.True identity (e.g.: mouse movements, face recognition, find real name) (Verschuere 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Personality profile: Big Five Personality Inventory: Openness to Experience, Consciousness, Extroversion, Agreeableness, Neuroticism “OCEAN” (Golbeck 2011), by only analyzing the users' likes, Facebook can generate personality profiles (AI-Demand 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mobility profile/pattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
5.Health situation (health apps, ai supported disease research, see Daley 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Job situation/job market (Talent Search People 2020 analyzes the job market, and classifies 4 different AI systems: 1. systems that think like humans, 2. systems that act like humans, 3. systems that think rationally, and 4.) systems that act rationally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Financial credit-worthiness: E.g. German Schufa company uses AI in addition to human expertise for evaluations, see Banken-Technologie 2020. Banken-Technologie 2020. Schufa’s attempt to gain access to customers’ bank account transfer information was discussed in the news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Consumer Behavior: e.g. the &amp;quot;clickworker&amp;quot; company analyses and optimizes customers' searches in respect to a client company's goals/products with the help of AI (clickworker 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Secrets (like adultery)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Unique quality of media epoch 5.0'''[ 	I have coined the terms “media epoch 5.0” and “virtual communication” I have developed it from concepts like „Industry 4.0“ in Germany and the four media epochs Luhmann and Baecker developed (by Baecker called 1.0 … 4.0). There are several authors speculating about the media epoch 4.0, like Ray Kurzweil. The Age of Intelligent Machines. 1990.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.the human switches from active to passive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.the human switches from subject to object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.the human becomes addicted to social media, which enhances depression (Van Den Eijnden et al. 2016, Jasso-Medrano et al. 2018, Shensa et al. 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.the human switches from puppeteer, or entity with seemingly free will, to puppet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.nature of the internet turns from freedom to surveillance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.媒介5.0时代的独特品质 [我创造了 &amp;quot;媒介5.0时代&amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;虚拟通信 &amp;quot;这两个词，它们是从德国的“工业4.0”以及卢曼和贝克提出的媒介4.0时代（贝克称之为1.0...4.0）等概念发展而来的。一些作者揣测媒介4.0时代这个词的含义，比如1990年出版的雷-库兹韦尔的《灵魂机器时代》]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.人从主动到被动的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.人从主体到客体的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.人沉迷于社交媒体，提高了患抑郁症的风险&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.人从木偶操纵者或看似拥有自由意志的实体到木偶人的转换&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.互联网的性质从自由到监测的转换--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:25, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
6.direct communication turns into indirect communication (humans may not be aware of this communication/analysis)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.explicit communication (voice, words) turns into implicit communication (preferences/thoughts/dreams/wishes/ values (first experiments with brain scanners in worker hats have started in Shanghai and Peking))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.man-man communication turns to man-machine communication (phone bot) to machine-machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.4.0 was from centralization to decentralization, 5.0 is partial centralization and partial decentralization, but also concentration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
So far, mass media has been considered one-way. The interaction and processing of data of millions of individual users seemed simply too much work. In the age of virtual communication, the media epoch 5.0, mass media is individualized and interactive and therefore even more influential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Types of manipulation (consciously or unconsciously, sometimes half-consciously)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Priming by unconscious advertisements: Influencing consumer decisions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Filter bubbles =&amp;gt; supports conspiracy theories, influences judgments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
到目前为止，大众媒体一直被认为是单一的。数百万个人用户数据的交互和处理似乎太费力。在虚拟传播时代，即媒体时代5.0，大众传媒是个性化和互动的，因此更具影响力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 种操纵类型（有意识或无意识，有时是半意识的）'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.无意识广告发布：影响消费者决策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.过滤泡沫=&amp;gt;支持阴谋论，影响判断--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 15:08, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nature of social media: lies spread 6 times faster than truth. (Vosoughi et al. 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Change of political attitude: Case Cambridge Analytica: Helped minority to win election by manipulating young people of majority not to vote (Do so: Don’t vote campaign, Oddleifson 2020); Trump election and Brexit were won by manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Use of private information/dependencies to obtain advantages (blackmailing for money or for conducting crimes etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Identity theft&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.社交媒体的本质：谎言的传播速度比真理快 6 倍。（Vosoughi等人，2018年）。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.改变政治态度：案例剑桥分析：通过操纵多数年轻人不投票帮助少数民族赢得选举 （这样做：不要投票竞选。奥德利夫森 2020年）；特朗普选举和英国脱欧通过操纵获胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.利用私人信息/依赖关系获取好处（勒索钱财或犯罪等）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.身份盗窃--[[User:Zhao Xi|Zhao Xi]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xi|talk]]) 05:18, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.社交媒体的性质：谎言传播速度是真相的6倍。（Vosoughi等人，2018年）。&lt;br /&gt;
4.政治态度的改变：剑桥分析案例：通过操纵大多数年轻人不投票帮助少数人赢得选举（Do Do Do:Do not vote campaign，Oddleifson 2020）；特朗普选举和脱欧是通过操纵赢得的&lt;br /&gt;
5.利用私人信息/依赖性获取利益（勒索钱财或犯罪等）&lt;br /&gt;
6.身份盗窃--[[User:Zhou Luoping|Zhou Luoping]] ([[User talk:Zhou Luoping|talk]]) 06:03, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Consequences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Virtual Communication is mostly “hidden”, the human is mostly unaware of it, but may endure the consequences (policeman may detain suspect simply because the face recognition glass recognizes a pedestrian passing by and assesses him/her as “dangerous”; loan is declined; insurance company declines to accept new customer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通讯大多是 &amp;quot;隐蔽 &amp;quot;的，人多半不知道，但可能会承受后果（警察可能仅仅因为人脸识别玻璃识别出路过的行人，并评估其为 &amp;quot;危险 &amp;quot;而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新的客户）--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通信通常是“隐藏的”，人类大多数情况下是不知道的，但可能会承受后果（警察可能只是因为面部识别玻璃杯识别出行人经过并将他/她评估为“危险”而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新客户）。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:05, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.大多情况下，虚拟通信是“隐藏的”，人类也没有意识到这一点，但可能会承担由此带来的后果（警察可能会因为面部识别玻璃检测到行人通过，并将其评估为“危险人物”而将嫌疑犯拘留‘贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新客户）。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 09:29, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
2.User becomes transparent (government can fight terrorism, any user can be blackmailed, jealous spouse can check on adultery) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Less will to communicate and discuss (since positions are too far apart)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Populists and populist views gain supporters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Polarization of Society&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There is an incentive not to reveal how much one knows about the object, because the object then could question the legality, the system etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Last resort, the thinking, is tackled: Machine interprets “real” attitudes, not lip-service words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.用户变得透明化（政府可以反恐，任何用户都可以被拉黑，嫉妒的配偶可以查奸情）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.交流讨论意愿较弱（因为立场相差太远）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.民粹主义者和民粹主义观点获得支持者&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.社会的两极分化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.有动机不透露自己对对象了解多少，因为对象就可能质疑合法性、制度等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.最后的手段—思维，已经被破解：机器解释的是 &amp;quot;真实 &amp;quot;的态度，而不是口头禅--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 07:03, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
8.The knowing ones (algorithms, hackers, controllers of algorithms) have power over the unknowing ones (victims)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Exoskeleton ethics (like points/awards for measurable performances) reduce incentives to build inner ethics&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7 Simulation of the imminent future'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The imminent future behavior of a human can be predicted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.With many analyzed humans, the imminent future of reality can be predicted =&amp;gt; simulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.知道的人（算法、黑客、算法的控制者）比不知道的人（受害者）更有力量&lt;br /&gt;
9.外骨骼伦理（如可衡量绩效的积分/奖励）减少了建立内在道德的动机&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7模拟即将到来的未来&lt;br /&gt;
1.人类即将发生的未来行为是可以预测的&lt;br /&gt;
2.有了许多被分析的人类，现实的即将到来的未来可以被预测=&amp;gt;模拟--[[User:Zhou Luoping|Zhou Luoping]] ([[User talk:Zhou Luoping|talk]]) 06:00, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.已知的人（算法、黑客、算法的控制者）比未知im min的人（受害者）更有力量&lt;br /&gt;
9.外骨骼伦理（如可衡量绩效的积分/奖励）减少了建立内在道德的动机&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7模拟迫近的未来&lt;br /&gt;
1.人类的迫近未来行为是可以预测的&lt;br /&gt;
2.在分析了许多人类后，我们便可预测现实的迫近未来=&amp;gt;模拟--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 06:22, 27 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
Is this an Orwellian dystopia or reality? Some cases of the above listed phenomena have been documented. However, we are still at the beginning of “little” AI development (optimizing existing processes) and on the brink of a much more powerful development, that of “big” AI (rethinking whole industries, being able to reproduce and enhance itself). (cf. Euchner 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 Conclusion and Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data has succeeded oil as the most valuable resource for today’s economy. Big Tech companies already use users’ data and make big profits with it while legislation is delayed and national boundaries (which do not exist for the Tech companies) are struggled over.&lt;br /&gt;
Although input-legitimized liberal democracies and market economies, like that of the European Union, still protect privacy and data security, US- and China-based technology companies are already penetrating the European market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to raise awareness and guide the youth to be careful with screen time and what they share online. We need to avoid addiction to social media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The algorithms do not just check which film to suggest viewing next, they have started to invade the innermost sanctum of personality, our thoughts, dreams, wishes, visions, hopes, fears and secrets.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
The listed consequences document a fundamental change of paradigms: &lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
我们需要提高意识，引导青少年注意屏幕时间和他们在网上分享的东西。我们需要避免沉迷于社交媒体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''算法不只是检查建议接下来看哪部电影，它们已经开始侵入人格、我们的思想、梦想、愿望、愿景、希望、恐惧和秘密的最深处的圣殿。'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所列出的后果证明了范式的根本变化:--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 01:38, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们需要提高意识，引导青少年留意屏幕时间和网上分享，需要避免沉迷于社交媒体。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''算法不只是检查建议接下来看哪部电影，它们已经开始侵入人格、我们的思想、梦想、愿望、愿景、希望、恐惧和秘密的最深处的圣殿。'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所列出的后果证明了范式的基本变化:--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 15:11, 26 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The cause-based decision-making by humans with established institutions like politicians, judges etc. is being replaced with correlation-based decision-making by algorithms which often serve the profit interests of tech companies or the political interests of election-manipulators.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI took the wrong development path, when it changed from serving humans to trying to manipulate humans for economic or political profit. When AI is used to educate citizens – like helping German customers to keep a clean credit history and a good credit score – then it changes the behavior of citizens to an exoskeletal ethic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, animals with an exoskeleton reduce their inside muscles and develop a soft inside, making them totally incapable of living without the exoskeleton. An exoskeletal ethic, giving reward points, for example, for behavior which is deemed positive and subtracting points for behavior which is deemed negative, deprives the human of the natural learning and developing process, in a social environment, of his responsibility and inner ethical judgment. If you were to meet a human with exoskeletal ethics and one who has inner ethics, whom would you trust more? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
If we want to avoid the consequences listed in point 6, the public needs to become aware of this and nations and supranational organizations need to define legislation to a) protect privacy and data security, and b) give the user the control over his/her data including the commercial use of it where they earn a share from the profit made with the usage of his/her data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need to accept, that the development is irreversible. Every new technology has created fears. Important is, that we become aware of the developments and adjust where the development heads into the wrong direction. We need set the right framework and incentives that the new technology stays on track to serve humanity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
New developments open new possibilities. We need to make sure that not only a few tech companies and terrorists use this powerful new technology to achieve their goals, but that the mass of smart device users emancipate themselves from addiction to and manipulation by technology and gain back their dignity, privacy and free will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI-Demand. (2020). www.ai-demand.com/insights/data/big-data/big-data-and-facebook-the-heavenly-pair-that-isnt-quite-in-heaven/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baecker, Dirk. (2007). ''Studien zur nächsten Gesellschaft''. Frankfurt 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Banken-Technologie. (2020). 26. Handelsblatt Jahrestagung. Banken-Technologie. „New Normal” in der Finanzwirtschaft: digital – intelligent – automatisiert – hybrid. 2. und 3.12.2020, Digital [Conference Announcement] https://veranstaltungen.handelsblatt.com/bankentechnologie/ki-machine-learning-finanzanalyse/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Booth, T. &amp;quot;Cambridge Analytica controversy must spur researchers to update data ethics.&amp;quot; ''Nature'' 555.7698 (2018): 559-560.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clickworker. (2019). www.clickworker.com/2019/04/30/ai-for-ecommerce/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui, Yu, Qing He, and Alireza Khani. (2018). Travel behavior classification: an approach with social network and deep learning. ''Transportation research record'', 2672(47), 68-80. https://par.nsf.gov/servlets/purl/10109453 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daley, Sam. (2020). 32 Examples of AI in Healthcare that Will Make you Feel better about the Future (July 4, 2019, updated July 29, 2020). builtin.com/artificial-intelligence/artificial-intelligence-healthcare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Euchner, Jim. (2019). Little ai, Big AI—Good AI, Bad AI. Terminology Management 62:3, 10-12. pdf: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/08956308.2019.1587280?needAccess=true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golbeck, Jennifer, Cristina Robles, and Karen Turner. (2011). &amp;quot;Predicting personality with social media.&amp;quot; ''CHI'11 extended abstracts on human factors in computing systems''. 2011. 253-262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jasso-Medrano, José Luis, and Fuensanta Lopez-Rosales. (2018). &amp;quot;Measuring the relationship between social media use and addictive behavior and depression and suicide ideation among university students.&amp;quot; Computers in Human Behavior 87: 183-191.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann, Niklas. (1997). ''Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft''. 1997&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oddleifson, Evan. 2020, The Effects of Modern Data Analytics in Electoral Politics: Cambridge Analytica’s Suppression of Voter Agency and the Implications for Global Politics, ''Political Sciences Undergraduate Review'' 5 (2020) 7, 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
https://journals.library.ualberta.ca/psur/index.php/psur/article/view/130/90/130-Article%20Text-642-1-10-20200401.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raj Kannan, J., Sabitha, R., Karthik, S., &amp;amp; Shanthini, J. (2020). Mouse Movement Pattern Based Analysis of Customer Behavior (CBA-MMP) Using Cloud Data Analytics. ''Wireless Personal Communications'', OnlineFirst, 1-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan, Lotus, et al. &amp;quot;One App, Two Systems: How WeChat uses one censorship policy in China and another internationally.&amp;quot; (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
Shensa, Ariel, et al. (2017). &amp;quot;Problematic social media use and depressive symptoms among US young adults: A nationally-representative study.&amp;quot; ''Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine ''182: 150-157.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talent Search People. (2020). How Will Artificial Intelligence Affect the Job Market? www.talentsearchpeople.com/en/blog/494-how-will-artificial-intelligence-affect-the-job-market/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van Den Eijnden, Regina JJM, Jeroen S. Lemmens, and Patti M. Valkenburg. (2016). &amp;quot;The social media disorder scale.&amp;quot; ''Computers in Human Behavior ''61: 478-487.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verschuere, Bruno, and Bennett Kleinberg. &amp;quot;ID‐check: Online Concealed Information Test reveals true identity.&amp;quot; ''Journal of forensic sciences'' 61 (2016): S237-S240.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vosoughi, Soroush, Deb Roy, and Sinan Aral. (2018). The spread of true and false news online. Science 359.6380: 1146-1151.. science.sciencemag.org/content/359/6380/1146&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bio'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, PhD, is Jean Monnet Chair in European Studies with Hunan Normal University since 2020. At its Foreign Studies College, he is Distinguished Professor of Chinese Studies, Translation Studies and Comparative Literature since 2019. Woesler was elected Academian of the European Academy of Sciences and Arts, Salzburg in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler has co-edited the books &amp;quot;China's Digital Dream&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ethics of Information Society&amp;quot; and Springer has scheduled to publish the book &amp;quot;Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpretation&amp;quot; including his book chapter &amp;quot;Modern Interpreting with Digital and Technical Aids&amp;quot; in February 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler was a Senior Fellow of the German Science Foundation's (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) Research College &amp;quot;Media Cultures of Computer Simulations&amp;quot; 2019‐2020 and hosted a related workshop with Bertelsmann Foundation in 2020. Woesler is also a researcher with Witten/Herdecke University, Germany, investigating the impact of daily screen time of children and of young people on their health.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=117933</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=117933"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T09:23:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向） */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On The Influences of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Studies 蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theorist, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles, and process of translation, exerting profound influences on western countries and Asian countries, especially China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China and has received profound attention from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This chapter, taking ''Chinese Translators Journal'' as the object, aims to analyze the influences of his translation theory on the Chinese translation studies by investigating the number and content of papers related to Nida from the 1980s to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Translation theory; Influence; Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家及亚洲国家，尤其是中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从20世纪80年代至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达；翻译理论；影响；中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists in modern times. Based on biblical translation researches, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as ''The Scientific Exploration of Translation'', ''Translation Theory and Practice'', ''Language, Culture and Translating'', etc. Based on his researches, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now. (Tan 1999: X)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have devoted themselves to translation practices but neglected to compile systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, who compiled and translated Nida’s works into Chinese and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon&amp;quot;. (Chen 2001: 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, ''Chinese Translators Journal'', is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the guidance of the Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association but also a window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. (Chen 2001: 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in the Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as ''Translation Research'', ''Translation Theory and Strategy'' for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies. (Chen 2001: 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter takes the ''Chinese Translators Journal'' as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980s to the present, and divides the time period into four stages, each taking for 10 years. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and His Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of The Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure. (Tan 1999: X)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943. In the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of The Bible Translation Department. It was Nida’s serving this base for a long time that made his translation ideas deeply connected  with ''The Bible'' and established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: XI-XII)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's book, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: XV)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself to the translation of ''The Bible'', he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like ''The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating'' (1959), ''Toward a Science of Translating'' (1964), and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as the followings: (Tan 1999: XV)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has a significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea.  (Tan 1999: XV)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in terms of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the well-known theories created by Nida is the “dynamic equivalence”, which was renamed “functional equivalence” later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.“ (Nida 1964: 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forward a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring, and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning, and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Tan 1999: XIX)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory has created new perspectives on language and culture and has profound influences in the world, it does not mean that his theory is perfect as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: XXIV） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida has a tremendous contribution to the biblical translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics and social semiotics. Even though his translation theory could  not be considered perfect, it remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory despite of its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began in the 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field on a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. (Tu 2000: 15 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research, and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers limited to the introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a Science----Review on Nida’s ''Toward a Science of Translating'', which introduced Nida’s book—T''oward a Science of Translating'' and some of his major theories like basic principles of translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book ''On Translation'' written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping made introductions on the book ''From one Language to Another'' (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, several scholars also attempted to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent. (Lao 1989: 3-6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there were also voices of criticism, but was very few in number. Although Mr. Lao was among the first to introduce Nida’s theory, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s ''Toward a Science of Translating''. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China, especially  the idea of kernel sentence. (Lao 1987: 56-57) Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation. He argued that the reader's response would be subjective and idealistic to some extent if it separates from the analysis of the original work, which could be used as a reference but could never be the standard.  (Qian 1988: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers related to Nida and his theory during that period reached its peak to 22. This period could be regarded as a booming stage of the entering of Nida’s theory, not only owing to the mounting number of papers but also the diversity of the studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, and at the same time, they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spared no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction of the book ''Language, Culture and Translating'' and considered the views in this book of great reference meaning to Chinese translators. (Sun 1994: 47-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translators. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence” and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the equivalence in translation is a key concept in the process of translation. (Liao 1994: 35-37) Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida's and Newmark's theory to find out the similarities and differences between their theories, aiming to give some references for Chinese scholars. (Lin 1992:2-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars regarded it as their theoretical support. Two of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work. (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of the application of Nida’s theory in Chinese-English translation. (Wang 1992: 45-48) Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories. (Yang 1996: 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers connected with Nida and his theory during this period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the contents have changed: the introductive papers at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “translatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous studies that focused on Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars regarded Nida‘s theory as an object for the comparisons with  other major theorists during this time, among which the key concept has transferred from &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;function&amp;quot;. On top of this, a group of scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mentioned the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility of whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science in 2000. (Li 2000: 8-10) Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as part of structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with some other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. (Lv 2001: 8-11.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theories with Nida’s “functional equivalence” to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was the representatives. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories, which pave the way for the study around function. (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progress but also pointed out the problems. However, at that time, Nida and his theory were not the major subject but were included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applyiing the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; and gave some suggestions to improve the situation. (Lin 2003: 46) Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like that most of the scholars only read the translated version and never delve in to the original books, and they simply accepted those theories without questioning and further practicing.(Zhang 2006: 59-61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2020. The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this period dropped to 8. The latest Nida-related paper on ''Chinese Translators Journal'' was published in 2015. The shrinking number clearly showed that Nida is not the main focus in  the translation studies in this new century. Although ''Chinese Translators Journal'' could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream for Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those 8 related papers, the contents still covered Nida’s major concepts like equivalence in scholar Cai Lijian's (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing's papers. (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there was a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan to memorize him, which showed the great grief among the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance of Nida for the translation studies in China as Ye Zinan mentioned in his article:&amp;quot; Nida has a tremendous influences on the translation studies in China&amp;quot;.  (Ye 2011: 86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of the papers, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of (1) introduction of works and theories, (2)study and comparison, and (3) retrospection and criticism. Since the 1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the study went further, more and more criticism was formed upon the shortcomings of his theory and the imcompatibility of his theory in China, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China, at the same time, they argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories then distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide a better reference for Chinese translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With only few theories under discussion, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cooled down entering the 21 Century. Among all Nida’s theories, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in the translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that was introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the number and content of the papers on ''Chinese Translators Journal'' from the 1980s till present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China Before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially was the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and the later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994: 2-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings to this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (Liu 1994: 5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994: 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It Brought New Perspectives for Translation Theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in the 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused in the 1950s because of some social unrest, which has been stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have been struggling in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu’s theory has been passed down for so many years was that there was no scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being. (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, there was an urgent demand for breakthroughs in translation studies. Nida's theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols.  (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000: 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translation. By studying, learning, and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread. (Wang 2012: 113-116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It Led the Trend of Studying Western Translation Theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this field. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies from various perspectives. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories to China. (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Hongwei scanned the papers on ''Chinese Translators Journal'' from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the works and theories of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989),  13 translators were introduced in the third stage (1990-1994), and the approaches and works of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage (1995-2000).  (Chen 2001: 46-48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It Liberated the Minds of Chinese Scholars Towards the Western Translation Theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, a large group of translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, they gradually realized the shortcomings of Nida’s theory. since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and western theoretical systems are different and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively and at the same time return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should step on. (Zhang 2006: 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, it has encouraged Chinese scholars to question the western authority. In the later studies, it is obvious that even though scholars compared Nida’s theory with other theories and introduced more western translation theories, scholars no longer took the one-sided attitude that they had before, they tried to explore the foreign theories from multiple perspectives of a critical point of view, like positive and negative sides and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path. (Chen 2001: 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of ''Chinese Translators Journal'', it can be seen that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transitioning and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included:“ functional equivalence”, “reader‘s response’, and ‘the procedure of translation’, which had a significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, excelling in guiding the translation of ''The Bible'', and since the publication of ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could add new sparks for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the ''Chinese Translators Journal''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the later stage, Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s theory of translation has opened up a new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of this process, they made progress while groping and gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take, which could be the greatest contribution Nida’s theory has brought to Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Lijian. 蔡力坚. (2015). 政府公文英译浅析新编奈达论翻译 [On the English Translation of Government Documents].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 36(06): 81-87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Hongwei. 陈宏薇. (2001). 从“奈达现象”看中国翻译研究走向成熟[On the maturity of Chinese translation studies from the perspective of &amp;quot;Nida phenomenon&amp;quot;].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (06):46-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp; Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Bril.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi. 衡孝军&amp;amp;王成志. (1995). 等值翻译理论在汉英成语和谚语词典编纂中的应用 [The Application of Equivalence Translation Theory in the Compilation of Chinese English Idiom and Proverb Dictionaries].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (06):18-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Bangjie. 黄邦杰. (1996). 从《翻译与生活》看刘靖之的胆力与见地 [Liu Jingzhi's Courage and Insight in ''Translation and Life]''.''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (03):40-42+46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1989). 介绍金隄、奈达合著《论翻译》 [An Introduction to Jin Di and Nida’s ''on Translation'']. ''中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal'', (02):56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1989). 从奈达翻译理论的发展谈直译和意译问题 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation from the Perspective of Nida’s Translation Theory].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (03):3-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (1994). 也谈西方翻译理论中的等值论[On Equivalence Theory in Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (05):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Shaoya. 李少彦. (2011).口译中超语言信息探析 [An Analysis of Superlingual Information in Interpretation].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 32(03):41-44&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Tianxin. 李田心. (2000). 不存在所谓的翻译(科)学 [There is no So-called Translatology].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (05):8-10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan. 林克难. (1992). 奈达与纽马克翻译理论比较[A Comparative Study of Nida’s and Newmark's Translation Theories].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (06):2-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan. 林克难. (1996). 奈达翻译理论的一次实践 [A Practice of Nida’s Translation Theory].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (04):7-10+17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan. 林克难. (2003). 外国翻译理论之适用性研究[On the Applicability of Foreign Translation Theories].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (04):46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Chaoxian 刘超先. (1994). 中国翻译理论的发展线索研究 [On the Development of Chinese Translation Theory].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (04):4-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing. 刘润泽&amp;amp;魏向清&amp;amp;赵文菁. (2015). “对等”术语的谱系化发展与中国当代译学知识体系建构——兼谈术语翻译的知识传播与理论生发功能 [The Genealogical Development of the Term “Equivalence” and the Construction of the Knowledge System of Contemporary Translation Studies in China].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 36(05): 18-24+127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2001). 结构·解构·建构——我国翻译研究的回顾与展望 [Structure, Deconstruction, and Construction: A Review and Prospect of Translation Studies in China].''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (06): 8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Linsheng.钱霖生. (1998). 读者的反应能作为评价译文的标准吗?——向金隄、奈达两位学者请教[Can the Reader’s Response be Used as a Criterion for Evaluating a Translation——Asking Jindi and Nida for Advice]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (02): 42-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Heping. 时和平. (1987). 功能翻译理论的补充与发展——介绍奈达近作《从一种语言到另一种语言》[Supplement and Development of Functional Translation Theory——''From one Language to Another'']. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (03): 42-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yu. 孙玉. (1994). 奈达的《语言,文化与翻译》评介[Introduction of Nida's ''Language, Culture and Translating'']. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (03): 47-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tu Guoyuan &amp;amp; Xiao Jinyin. 屠国元,肖锦银. (2000). 西方现代译论在中国:影响与贡献[Modern Western Translation Theories in China: Influence and Contribution]. ''长沙铁道学院学报 Journal of Changsha Railway University'' (01): 99-102.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tu Guoyuan &amp;amp; Xiao Jinyin. 屠国元,肖锦银. (2000). 西方现代翻译理论在中国的传播与接受[The spread and acceptance of western modern translation theories in China].''中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal'' (05):15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译[Nida and His Translation Theory]''. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation 北京：中国对外出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1982). 翻译是一门科学——评介奈达著《翻译科学探索》 [Translation is a Science----Review on Nida’s ''Toward a Science of Translating'']. ''中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal''. (04): 4-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Aiqin. 王爱琴. (2012). 入乎其内,出乎其外——论汉英旅游翻译过程中思维的转换与重写[Transformation of Thinking and Rewriting in C-E Tourism Translation]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 33(01): 98-102.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shoureng. 王守仁. (1992). 论译者是创造者 [The Translator is the Creator]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (03): 45-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Zhaoyuan. 万兆元. (2012). 翻译程序之为用大矣——以第23届韩素音青年翻译奖汉译英一等奖译文为例[The Value of Translation Procedures——Taking the Translation of the First prize of the 23rd Han Suyin Youth Translation Award as an Example ]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 33(03): 113-116.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Zhaoyan. 奚兆炎. (1996). 在高于句子的层次上翻译 [Translation at a Level Higher Than Sentences]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (02): 3-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaorong. 杨晓荣. (1996). 翻译理论研究的调整期[The adjustment period of translation theory research].''中国翻译  Chinese Translators Journal''  (06): 8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ye Zinan. 叶子南. (2011). 碎影流年忆奈达 [Memories of Nida]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 32(05): 86-87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghao. 张经浩. (2000). 与奈达的一次翻译笔谈 [A Conversation with Nida on Translation Through Letters]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' (05): 28-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang JInghao. 张经浩. (2006). 主次颠倒的翻译研究和翻译理论 [Translation Studies and Translation Theories Based on the Inversion of Primary and Secondary]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 27(05): 59-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong.张美芳&amp;amp;钱宏. (2007). 翻译研究领域的“功能&amp;quot;概念 [The Concept of “Function” in Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal'' 28(03): 10-16+93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.（Zhao Yonghong,2007）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the World War Two, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been looked for by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their roles were not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically because of friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behaviors and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early 1970s to the mid-1980s was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
(Xiao Xiaoyan，2002，71-72)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of the People's Republic of China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.(Chen Bei,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.(Chen Bei,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.(Chen Bei,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continued to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes were diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which then became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies emerged all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.(wenku)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.(http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces many problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. so we should cultivated more interpreting talents and attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage,establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.(http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. so we should cultivated more interpreting talents and attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage,establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Li Nanqiu 黎难秋(2002),中国口译史[The history of interpretation in China],青岛出版社[Qingdao Press]&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Yonghong, Zhao Hualing, Yao Jiaonv, Huang Lina, Wan Lili 赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉(2007),口译的发展史及特点[The history and characteristics of interpretation]&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Xiaoyan 肖晓燕(2002),西方口译研究：历史与现状[Study of Western Interpretation: History and Current Situation],71-72&lt;br /&gt;
* https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Bei 陈蓓(2009),中国口译研究：历史和现状分析[Study of Interpretation in China: An Analysis of History and Current Situation]&lt;br /&gt;
* https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousands of years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that a large number of translators appeared during the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Climax； Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation circles in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of Eastern and Western literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And André Lefevere, in his article ''Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation'', mentions that &amp;quot;there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from 2nd to 7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the introduction of modern Western thoughts from the 19th century onwards. &amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the translators were mainly some monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation are inseparable from their efforts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also had a great influence on Chinese culture, such as influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning, enriching the world of imagination, strengthening storytelling, changing the form of literature, and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; or vice versa, the development of translation cause also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of maritime navigation, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not limited to commodities, but also included culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendar, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged, such as Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize Chinese cultural deficiencies and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China itself, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the aspect of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and intended to learn from Western countries by various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress.During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen XiYing, Lin Yutang and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expression of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors,at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang Dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, for example, Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development built up its national power and created a harmonious cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultural and artistic forms blossomed and competed with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality, because it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and other countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal works in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Western Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, deeply studied Buddhist texts, and was well excelled in Buddhist doctrine, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have met the demand of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but directly taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the words and meaning of the original text, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning, to make it easy for the reader to understand. Firstly, he understood the original text thoroughly, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translation of Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used translation techniques, such as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronouns reduction method in his translation of the scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Liang considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment-sentence 'is', the interrogative sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence 'be done' and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the feudal rulers adopted a policy of seclusion, which hampered China's progress and its exchanges with the outside world., and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures. In the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions did no longer exist in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, put on wear Confucian costume, and integrated himself into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he put forward not only the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (win).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on many intellectuals of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang Xi, Yong Zheng and Qian Long were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole country closed its eyes and ears, and inhibited the development of thought, culture, science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed-door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is difficult not only to translate but also to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory.&amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution&amp;quot; replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed event in the history of modern translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literaries in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common, that is, to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn reacts on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose a totally correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III.The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot;(Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the translators were mainly some monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning, enriching the world of imagination, strengthening storytelling, changing the form of literature, and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; or vice versa, the development of translation cause also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China spring up, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of maritime navigation, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not limited to commodities, but also included culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged, such as Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize Chinese cultural deficiencies and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China itself, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the aspect of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and intended to learn from Western countries by various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen XiYing, Lin Yutang and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also tremendous. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expression of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors,at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common, that is, to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation exposes people to new cultures, new ideas and new concepts, broadens their horizons and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promotes the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We in Translation Studies [A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation [C] . Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006).从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Journal of Sichuan International Studies University]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Elephant Press]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 09:23, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford's and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. (Catford, 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Catford proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kinds of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practice of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. （谭载喜，1999,xv）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida mainly focuses on the componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later one refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for the source language texts and the target language ones to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations.  The other is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.(Catford, 1965,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and the other is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduce the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept.It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness.(Nida, 1982,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.(Nida, 1982,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substances are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones.Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substances are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.(Catford,1965, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language texts must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. (Catford,1965, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the formal feature of the source language is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained, so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. (Nida, 1964,163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. (Nida, 1964,162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.(Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meanings. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is a kind of relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expresses both the literal and rhetorical meaning.However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meaning which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wen Xiaoyi|Wen Xiaoyi]] ([[User talk:Wen Xiaoyi|talk]]) 03:55, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cultural Differences on English Interpretation and the Coping Strategies ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt; c e n t e r &amp;gt; Tao Ye 202020080644 &amp;lt; / c e n t e r &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening up,China’s communication with the world has become more and more frequently. At the same time, with the economic globalization, the world has become a global village,and interpretation has becoming more and more needful to human beings. However,because of the lack of intercultural awareness,the interpretation activities has emerged many problems. This thesis introduced the history of interpretation,and the purpose is to point out the intercultural differences in interpretation and the coping strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Key Words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Key words:intercultural awareness;intercultural differences;coping strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
英语口译中的文化差异及解决策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
改革开放以来，中国与世界的交往愈发频繁。同时，随着经济全球化，世界变成了一个“地球村”。口译也越来越为人们所需要。然而，因为缺少跨文化意识，口译也出现了不少问题。本文介绍了口译的历史，本文的目的是指出中英在口译中的文化差异以及解决策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化意识；文化差异；解决办法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
Although the origin of interpretation predates translation, there is little evidence for the existence of interpretation history. Until the beginning of the 20th century, interpreters were still generally composed of non-professional translators. In the West, they were mostly university professors, diplomats and journalists with equivalent language and knowledge. Their working style was rigorous and faithful, but there was no theoretical refinement. Such extensive interpretation did not change in the West until after the first World War.(Bao Gang 1998,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the origin of interpretation predates translation, there is little evidence for the existence of a history of interpretation. Until the early 20th century, interpreters generally consisted of non-professional translators. In the West, they are mostly university professors, diplomats and journalists with the same language and knowledge. Their work style is rigorous and faithful, but there is no theoretical refinement. This broad interpretation did not change in the West until after the First World war. (Bao Gang 1998,2)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, there was more and more communication between different countries in the world. During this period,the demand for interpreters throughout the world increased as more and more countries came into contact with each other in wars, agreements and international conferences, and the international community diversified its languages. In just a few decades, there has been a great development in interpreting pairs, continuous interpretation is becoming more and more perfect, and a number of famous part-time interpreters had appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include Pauer Mantoux(historian, professor of University of London), an early interpreter who first used sophisticated interpretation techniques in the Paris Peace Conference; Jean Herbert, founder of the United Nations Translation Service and chief interpreter of international conferences, etc. Since then, interpreters have developed a set of systematic working methods, and interpretation has gradually become a professional bilingual communication work.(Bao Gang 1998,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, using complex for the first time in Paris peace conference interpreting skills early interpreters Paul mann tusk (historian, a professor at the university of London), founder of the translation service, international conference, chief interpreter jean Herbert, etc., from then on, the interpreter formed a system of working methods, gradually become a professional bilingual communication and interpretation.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, the interpreters translated after the speaker finishing a paragraph. Because speech and translation are done alternately, it is called &amp;quot;consecutive interpretation&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;continuous interpretation&amp;quot;. It was not until the Nuremberg Trial which was after The Second World War that simultaneous interpretation was used for the first time, to make sure that the long trial and the conversations between the judge and the criminals can be done fluently,and to save time. After that, the simultaneous interpretation had becoming popular around the world. The Nuremberg trial after the End of the Second World War is undoubtedly an important turning point in the history of interpretation.(Bao Gang 1998,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1957, the Sorbonne University of Paris (ESIT-- ECOLE SUPERIEEURE D’INTERPRETES ET TRADUCTEURS) established the first systematic interpretation theory in the world in the 1980s, namely the &amp;quot;interpretive theory&amp;quot; of interpretation. The theory was founded by Danika Selescovic and Mariana Ludere. According to this theory, the essence of interpretation is to release the meaning in the external form of language, and extralinguistic factors such as thinking, knowledge and cognitive process play an important role in its concrete process.(Bao Gang,1998,6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, the interpretation work in China started relatively late. In the 1970s, Beijing Translation and Publication Office published a publication translation Communication, which was later renamed China Translation. Most important papers on interpretation in our country are published in this journal. In the 1980s, it published many insightful summaries of interpreting practice by famous Chinese senior interpreters, such as Li Yue Ran and Qi Zong Hua. In the early 1990s, a small number of exploratory papers with the nature of preliminary theoretical sublimation were published, but scientific and systematic research results on interpretation theory have been lacking up to now.(Bao Gang 1998,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1996, the Translators' Association of China, Nanjing Institute of International Relations, Nanjing Institute of Translators and Interpreters and Beijing Foreign Affairs University jointly hosted the first &amp;quot;National Seminar on Translation Teaching&amp;quot;. In the following year, it co-sponsored the International Translation Seminar with Beijing Foreign Studies University, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, etc. .Until now,English interpretation in China has step into a new stage. With more and more Chinese interpreter’s name appeared in the international translation magazines, the interpreters in China has gown a lot of attention,and their theories are becoming important around the world.(Bao Gang,1998,6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1996, the China Translators Association, Nanjing Institute of International Relations, Nanjing Institute of Translation and Interpreting, and Beijing Foreign Affairs University jointly held the first National Seminar on translation teaching. In the following year, it co-organized an international translation seminar with Beijing Foreign Studies University, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, etc. So far, English interpretation in China has entered a new stage. With more and more Chinese translators' names appearing in international translation magazines, Chinese translators have attracted wide attention and their theories are becoming more and more important worldwide.(Bao Gang,1998,6)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Peng juan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.Cultural Differences in English Interpretations===  &lt;br /&gt;
Because of different language system and different cultural background,Chinese and English have their unique expression way and formed different way of thinking and value standard. This character of language makes it hard to learn a foreign language, for one thing has different way of saying in different languages. The following paragraphs will explain this relatively in two aspects:color and animal. According to the two different expressions and definitions of them, that the cultural differences between English and Chinese will make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1Color === &lt;br /&gt;
Different color represents different meanings in Chinese and English,the following part will explain it in three colors:red,yellow and green.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1.1Red=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people is very familiar with red. In major festive festivals such as the Spring Festival and Lantern Festival and important life events such as weddings, red will become the main decorative color to express festival, auspiciousness and passion. The Chinese words that express this meaning include &amp;quot;满堂红&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;万紫千红&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;大红大紫&amp;quot;, etc., which all entrust people's yearning and joy for a better life. During the Spring Festival, the traditional custom is to put a red couplet on the door, “千门万户瞳瞳日，总把新桃换旧符”(Du Tian Yu 2020,187)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the traditional wedding ceremony, the bride must wear red formal dress. In addition, the &amp;quot;five-star red flag&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;red scarf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;red revolution&amp;quot; embody the solemnity and awe of red in Chinese. However, in English, although red sometimes does contain similar colors of joy and happiness and serious meanings, such as remembrance day and red carpet, etc. The meaning of cruelty, danger, terror and warning is also very common, such as red-cock (fire caused by arson), red flag (danger signal), red revenge (bloody revenge), and even red in English. It also implies low-level tastes of lewdness, such as red light district,a place which full of brothels,discotheques,bars,nightclubs,etc. (Du Tian Yu 2020,187)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;The Scarlet Letter&amp;quot; , the red letter A which means adultery stands out on the heroine's chest. In economic terms, red means &amp;quot;loss&amp;quot;. Such as in the red,which means a lack of money. In addition, we should also pay attention to the non-correspondence of the concept of color expression in Chinese and English expressions. In the English-Chinese corresponding translation, words of different colors may be used to describe the objective phenomenon of the same thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, what we say in Chinese &amp;quot;红茶&amp;quot; is not red tea but black tea in English. This is because that Chinese and English see things from different aspect,in China, people regard “红茶”as red;while in English,people think that it is “black tea”. This is due to our different living habits and different angles of observation. The difference can also be seen in “红糖” and “brown sugar”. People in different cultures see the same thing from different aspects,due to different way of looking or understand the world. (Du Tian Yu 2020,187)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1.2Yellow=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yellow has multiple images in the expression of Chinese. In ancient times, yellow was regarded as the &amp;quot;color of the emperor&amp;quot;. It represents royalty and power,such as the emperor's dragon robe. We sometimes use “黄袍加身”&amp;quot;yellow robe plus body&amp;quot; to describe the emperor's accession to the throne. Both of the two things show the important status and power that yellow represents in Chinese culture. But in English, the color that generally represents the supremacy is purple. The reason is that in ancient Greece and Rome, emperors, consuls, and generals were all dressed in purple. (Du Tian Yu 2020,188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing purple robe means the rise of power and high social status, such as The Chinese &amp;quot;生在帝王之家&amp;quot; corresponds to the English translation of be born in the purple, and &amp;quot;marry with the royal family or nobles&amp;quot; is to marry into the purple. In English culture, yellow is the color worn by the Jewish people who betrayed Jesus in the Bible, so the expression of yellow in English is often associated with traits such as betrayal, cowardice, and helplessness, such as yellow streak (cowardly) , Yellow-low looks (sullen and suspicious look), yellow livered (cowardly). (Du Tian Yu 2020,188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, in Chinese, yellow is also used to express low-level interest, corruption, and other meanings, but we cannot literally translate pornographic magazines as yellow magazines. The yellow corresponding to express pornography in Chinese should be blue in English, such as blue joke (indecent joke), blue movie (porn movie). Due to cultural non-correspondence, the same color produces different images in the brains of people of different nationalities. We should pay special attention to the expression of this situation, and use different color words to express the same associative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
Some words with &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; in Chinese have nothing to do with yellow in English. For example, &amp;quot;黄道吉日&amp;quot; in English translates it into good luck, &amp;quot;黄毛丫头&amp;quot; in English translates it into a silly little girl, and &amp;quot;黄花&amp;quot; in English. It translates into clay lily and so on. Yellow also has an extended meaning, which means &amp;quot;cowardly, mean,&amp;quot; and so on, for example: He is too yellow to stand up and fight. (He is too weak to stand up and fight). It is worth mentioning that, unlike Chinese using &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; to mean &amp;quot;obscene and pornographic&amp;quot;, blue is often used to mean &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; in Chinese, which means &amp;quot;indecent and obscene&amp;quot;. For example, blue jokes (indecent jokes), blue revolution (sexual liberation), blue films (yellow movies), blue software (yellow software) and so on.（Tian Yan 2014,121）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, in Chinese, yellow is also used to mean vulgar taste, corruption and so on, but we can not literally translate pornographic magazines into pornographic magazines. Yellow is blue in English, such as Blue Joke, Blue Movie, Blue Movie, Blue Movie, Blue Movie. As a result of the cultural non-correspondence, the same color has produced the different image in the different National People’s brain. Pay special attention to the expression of this situation, with different color words to express the same associative meaning. Some words with “yellow” are used in Chinese English with yellow. For example, “Auspicious Day” translates into good luck in English, “Yellow Girl” in English translates to a stupid little girl, and “Yellow Flower” in English. It translates as Mud Lily and so on. He was too weak to stand and fight. It is worth mentioning that “Blue” is often used as “yellow” in Chinese, which means “indecent, obscene” , unlike the Chinese word “yellow” which means “obscene, obscene” . Examples are “blue jokes”(dirty jokes) , “Blue Revolution”(sexual liberation) , “Blue Movies”(dirty movies) , “Blue Software”(Dirty Software) , and so on.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:15, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.1.3Green=== &lt;br /&gt;
In Both Chinese and English, green is basically related to hope and good wish, which is often used in environmental protection, such as green consumerism, green energy, etc. But in ancient Chinese culture, green meant low, because low people wore green clothes,such as “绿林好汉”The color green in English has many extended meanings. Green in English often is used to represent a &amp;quot;jealousy, envy, is said to be jealous, unhappy or disease causes the body's secretion of yellow bile, one of the symptoms is either eyes blue or pale, so in English, there is green with envy (very jealous), green as jealousy, in Shakespeare's famous tragedy&amp;quot; Othello &amp;quot;has the green - eyed monster (pro monster, refers to envy) this phrase. &amp;quot;As green as grass,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;a green eye,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;a green hand,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;As green as grass,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;A green eye,&amp;quot; （Du Tian Yu,2020,187）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in Chinese &amp;quot;envy&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;against the pink eye&amp;quot; in English should be green - eyed, &amp;quot;red eye&amp;quot; in the Chinese into English in the &amp;quot;green eyes&amp;quot;, and if it is translated into &amp;quot;red - eyed&amp;quot; that would be a mistake, British and American people would think that because of eye irritation and congestion is red, and medical &amp;quot;jealous&amp;quot; in English is called &amp;quot;pink eyes&amp;quot;. In American politic elections the candidates that win are usually the ones who have green power backing them. Green in English is also used to indicate inexperience, lack of training, lack of knowledge, etc. For example, a green hand means &amp;quot;new person,&amp;quot; while a greenhorn means &amp;quot;someone with no experience&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;someone who comes to a new place and doesn't understand the local customs.&amp;quot;(Tian Yan,2014,121)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.2Animal=== 	&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural background,though the same word will have different representative meaning in different culture. The following paragraph will explain the different meaning of the same word in different culture.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.2.1Dog=== &lt;br /&gt;
Though Chinese people feed dog as pet nowadays,dog has been seen as inferior and stupid animal in Chinese culture. In China, people raise dog to protect themselves. Because of the serving capability of dog, people in China often look down upon dogs, and there are many idioms and proverbs to describe Chinese people’s discrimination for dogs. For example: &lt;br /&gt;
1.狗胆包天—monstrously audacious&lt;br /&gt;
2.狗急跳墙—a cornered beast will dosomething desperate&lt;br /&gt;
3.狗屁不通—mere trash；unreadable rubbish&lt;br /&gt;
4.猪狗不如---that one is too evil to compare as a pig and dog&lt;br /&gt;
5.狗头军师—a person who offers bad advice&lt;br /&gt;
6.狗尾续貂—a  dog’s  tail  joined  to sable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.狗血喷头—pour  out  a  flood  of invective against somebody&lt;br /&gt;
8.狗眼看人低—be a bloody snob&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.狗仗人势—like a dog threatening people depending on the strength its master’s power&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.狗嘴里吐不出象牙—no ivory issues from the mouth of a dog(Liu Xiang Ya 2009,154)&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the English people regard dog as their best friend. Dog can play with them,eat dinner with them,and even sleep with them. Dog is a kind of family member in English society,and a trustful friend to English people. There are some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
Hot dog——A lucky dog——幸运儿&lt;br /&gt;
Top dog——胜利者，夺魁者；主要人物&lt;br /&gt;
A clever dog——聪明的小孩子；伶俐的小伙子Sea dog——老练的水手，海员&lt;br /&gt;
Big dog——要人，大亨，保镖&lt;br /&gt;
A gay dog——快活的人，爱开玩笑的人Love me，love dog——爱屋及乌&lt;br /&gt;
Work like a dog——拼命工作的人&lt;br /&gt;
To help a lame dog over a stile——雪中送炭As a dog with two tails——非常开心&lt;br /&gt;
A good dog deserves a good bone——有功者受赏An old dog——经验丰富的人，年事已高的人&lt;br /&gt;
An old dog barks not in vain——老将出马一个顶俩&lt;br /&gt;
The more I see of men，the more I admire dogs——我愈观察人，我愈爱慕狗(Zhao Le 2013,155)&lt;br /&gt;
 According to the Bible, everything in the world is created by God, and animals are also created by him. Everyone is equal before God, and the core of the democratic spirit in the doctrine itself is the direct theoretical source of the modern Western thought of &amp;quot;freedom, equality and fraternity&amp;quot;. Since then, the concept of equality has become an unshakable idea in the West and a kind of national cultural psychology in the West. &amp;quot;Dog is man's best friend&amp;quot; is not just a verbal expression. Westerners' love for dogs is also reflected in their daily life. In Europe, dog ownership is common in both rural and urban areas. (Zhao Le 2013,155)&lt;br /&gt;
English people treat dogs as companions, as friends, as family members. In some European homes, the dog does not have an extra meaning. It can walk and rest in every room of its owner. The host treats, the guest friend is full, it is free, still around the table to eat, the dog's saliva water flows down, the host or the guest will use the napkin to wipe it, even directly with the hand wipe, just like to treat their own children. There is no cultural psychology of &amp;quot;respecting guests before scolding dogs&amp;quot; as Chinese people think, which is also related to the abstract logical thinking mode of Westerners. There is no connection between the &amp;quot;fawning and fawning&amp;quot; image of dogs, but it is just a kind of nature of dogs.(Zhao Le 2013,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1.2.2Dragon=== &lt;br /&gt;
In Western myths and legends, a dragon is an extremely fierce monster that can breathe fire to destroy buildings and is extremely destructive. Dragon refers to people often contain derogatory sense, for example: Shakespeare writes of Juliet hearing Romeo kill:&lt;br /&gt;
O serpent heart, hid with a flowering face!&lt;br /&gt;
Did ever dragon keep so fair a cave?&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful tyrant! fiend angelical!&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, the heart of a viper in the face of a flower!&lt;br /&gt;
Which dragon dwelt in this elegant cave?&lt;br /&gt;
Beautiful tyrant! The angelic devil！(Huang Fu Hong 2000,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, the old dragon means a devil. Westerners believe that Dragon is a symbol of satyr and a monster of cruelty and abuse, which should be destroyed. In some legends about saints and heroes, the deeds of fighting against monsters like dragons often end with the monsters being killed. The letter is probably best known as the Anglo-Saxon narrative poem Beowulf. Regardless of his old age, Beowulf determined to kill the dragon to rescue people. He took the eleven warriors to fight and and devoted his life for the people happiness.(Huang Fu Hong 2000,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot; in Chinese, as we are all familiar with, cannot be translated literally as &amp;quot;Dragons&amp;quot;. The reason is that the English people have a terrible impression of the dragon, which is the symbol of crime. Many English-language newspapers cater to the habits of their British and American readers, and their translations have undergone a cultural transformation. Asia's &amp;quot;Four Tigers&amp;quot; is an apt translation.(Huang Fu Hong 2000,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dragon is said in the year of the Dragon, from the comparison of dragon culture, the integration of Chinese and Western culture and national psychological characteristics can be seen. This is a problem we should pay attention to in foreign language learning and teaching Chinese as a foreign language.(Huang Fu Hong,2000,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dragon means in the year of the Dragon, from the comparison of dragon culture, we can see the fusion of Chinese and Western culture and national psychological characteristics. This is the problem that we should pay attention to in the study and teaching of Chinese as a foreign language. (huang fuhong, 2000,8)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.Coping Strategies===  &lt;br /&gt;
Since there a lot of cultural differences between Chinese and English,interpreters should figure out ways to settle them. The following paragraphs introduced some good qualities of interpreters and the ways that interpreters can use to deal with these cultural problems.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1Good qualities of interpreters=== &lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1.1Clear and accurate speech=== &lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter's speech should be clear and accurate, with no fluctuation of volume. Don't make your voice too harsh, or break or shake because of tension. In more formal Settings, interpreters should also control their distance from the microphone and keep the tone at a labor-saving and pleasant height, depending on the situation. At the same time, it accentuates and lengthens certain syllables of affairs or certain vowels of Chinese, thus making the speech chain appear cadence and giving one's voice a certain solemn and specific delivery effect in the hall.(Bao Gang 1998,226) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not, however, be so artificial as to incur the general dislike of the audience. The interpreter may have minor speech defects, such as a less severe accent, but in general the interpreter's voice condition should be better than that of ordinary people. In the scene of interpretation, the most taboo words are stagnation of language flow and tension of voice, because this will make the audience have doubts about the translation ability of the interpreter, which will lead to a crisis of confidence in the interpreter.(Bao Gang 1998,226) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the speed of the interpreter should be appropriate, not the faster the better. Of course, a qualified interpreter should be able to publish the target language quickly, but the interpreter must be adjusted as appropriate in the specific interpretation environment. In fact, the most important thing is to keep the language flow on the level of fluency and communication.(Bao Gang 1998,226) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the level of paralanguage information transmission, attention should be paid to convey appropriate paralanguage and other information of the source language to meet the needs of on-site communication. Interpreters should not excessively imitate the intonation, tone and other paralinguistic information of the source speaker, let alone exaggerate the information. In theory, most of the paralinguistic information of the source language is conveyed without an interpreter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because these information can be directly and clearly felt by all the listeners on the scene, such as gestures, facial expressions and other body language information. Only intonation and tone are the important paralinguistic information that must be taken into account by the translator in the output of the target language. Translators should not be indifferent to the intonation, tone and other information of the source speaker, but should translate mechanically in a flat tone. Don't dazzle or mime around others to appear dominant.(Bao Gang 1998,227)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because these messages can be directly and clearly felt by all the audience, such as gestures, facial expressions and other body language information. Only intonation and tone are important paralinguistic information that translators must consider when translating the target language. The translator should not be indifferent to the tone, intonation and other information of the source text, but should translate it mechanically into a flat tone. Don't show off or imitate in front of others to show your dominance. (Bao Gang 1998,227)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:26, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1.2Intercultural awareness=== &lt;br /&gt;
For example, when greeting an American at a Chinese airport, if the Chinese receptionist says, &amp;quot;Are you tired from the trip”? Maybe Americans can accept this, but it's not the best expression. In America, interpreters should better say:”Did you have a nice trip? &amp;quot;Because Americans don't like to be asked too personal questions. Similarly,it is inappropriate to ask English people about their age,salary,weight and so on. Interpreters should keep this in mind when interpreting. Although it is difficult to define the interpreter and the speaker had how much the same cultural background, but the more the interpreter know the speaker's knowledge background, the interpretation will do the more smoothly. That is to say, when interpreting,the interpreter should prepare for the information of the speaker in advance,such as his or her cultural background,speaking habit and so on,which can benefit both the speaker and the interpreter.(Liu Ya Feng 2018,57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the communication with the English countries,there are many intercultural problems. The following paragraphs will show what problems that interpreter should pay attention to.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1.3 Differences in social systems, values and world views=== &lt;br /&gt;
Culture brings different contexts to language. The same expression is sometimes very different in the two cultures, and this difference also represents the difference in values. For example, a Chinese host meets a foreign friend in the morning and asks, “您吃了吗?” Then the interpreter should not interpret it into”Have you eaten yet?” Instead, the interpreter should translate this sentence into:”How are you?” This is because that in Chinese culture,”您吃了吗？”is just a greeting. Another difference is that China is a socialist country, words related to socialism with Chinese characteristics often appear. When interpreting such words, the differences between Chinese and foreign cultures should be taken into account. For example, if the interpretation of &amp;quot;不忘初心&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;Don't forget our first heart”,then the English listeners will feel quite confused. The interpretation should be combined with our social conditions,”不忘初心” can be translated as “Don’t forget our initial determination” or &amp;quot;Don't forget why we started&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Remain true to our original aspiration&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Stay true to our original mission&amp;quot;, etc. With the continuous expansion of the Chinese government's external publicity work, foreigners have become more and more understanding of this English expression.&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1.4 Differences in customs and habits=== &lt;br /&gt;
The English people are fond of dogs and often regard them as their companions and lovely animals. They use a dog as a metaphor for a person's life. For example:in Chinese,people say:”他是个幸运儿”. While in English,this sentence should be interpreted into “He is a lucky dog”. (Liu Ya Feng 2018,57)&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more,”He is dog-tired.” is to describe that  he is terribly tired. It would be a mistake to translate &amp;quot;He works like a dog&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;他像狗一样地工作&amp;quot;since the meaning of this sentence is to say that he is a workaholic. In our country's political life, We often see other figurative uses, for example, &amp;quot;坚定不移地打虎、拍蝇、猎狐&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;We have taken firm action to take out tigers, swat flies, and hunt down foxes.&amp;quot; In this context, Chinese people compare &amp;quot;tigers&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;flies&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foxes&amp;quot; to officials of different levels of corruption. (Liu Ya Feng 2018,57)&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2.1.5 Different usage habits in English and Chinese=== &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with English, some words are put in a different order. For example, if &amp;quot;中小企业&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Medium and small-sized Enterprises&amp;quot;do not fit British and American habits, but instead are translated into &amp;quot;Small and medium-sized Enterprises&amp;quot;. “贫富差距” is not “the gap between the poor and the rich” but “the gap between rich and poor”. The translation of &amp;quot;暖心的故事&amp;quot; is not &amp;quot;warming-heart stories&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;heart-warming stories&amp;quot;. (Liu Ya Feng 2018,58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Analysis of interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao xing answered the question raised by the reporter of China Radio International on China's relations with other developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
　　&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: Integration of key points in oral interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao xing; 我也访问了一个人口很少的国家，叫佛得角。这个国家的领导人对我很热情， 又特别客气。不断地说：“ 啊， 我们国家很小很小。”我被他们的谦虚态度所感动， 但我也诚恳地告诉佛得角朋友：“ 山不在高， 有仙则名。国不在大， 热爱和平， 主持公道就好。”(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter: And I also visited a country with a very small size of population，called Cape Vede. I was received with tremendous warm and kindness there. The people there were very modest.They kept telling me that our country is very small But in spite of their modest attitude，I told them sincerely that as an old saying goes in China： A mountain，no matter how high it is，if it is blessed with a touch of divine，it will be well-known. And a country，no matter how big it is，if it can uphold peace and justness in the world， it w ill be a good country.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao xing; What matters with a mountain is not its height. And what matters with a country is not its size.&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:In this passage, Foreign Minister Li borrowed the first sentence of Liu Yu-suk's Humble House Inscription, &amp;quot;The mountain is not high, but the immortal name is&amp;quot;, and extended it to the analogy of international relations. Due to the time pressure of the scene, the translator did not fully understand the meaning of the sentence and adopted the word-for-word translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although on the surface, the translator translated every word and sentence, but a little careful, it can be seen that the translation does not express the information meaning of the original. Apparently, Li also felt that the interpreter did not accurately convey the meaning he wanted to convey. So, no sooner had the interpreter spoken than Li retranslated it (in bolded English). Li's translation makes it clear that he does not use the corresponding translation of words and phrases, but directly conveys the message meaning of the source language (i.e. the interpretive translation of the ideograms).(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although on the surface, the translator translates every word and sentence, but with a little care, it can be seen that the translation does not express the information meaning of the original text. Apparently, Mr. Li also felt that the translation did not convey exactly what he was trying to say. So as soon as the interpreter opened his mouth, Li translated it (in bold English). Li's translation makes it clear that he does not use the translation of corresponding words and phrases, but rather conveys the informational meaning of the source language directly (i.e., interpretive translation of ideograms)..(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: Cultural considerations in oral interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhaoxing answered the question raised by CCTV reporter on overseas travel of Chinese citizens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao xing; 为以防万一， 你最好能了解离你到的地方最近的中国大使馆或者总领事馆的电话， 一旦出事， 你可以放心， 中国驻有关国家或地区的大使馆或者总领事馆， 会全力以赴、会依法为你提供帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter: And what you could do，beside that if you are the unlucky one is you could find the telephone numbers o f embassy and consulate general the closest to you. So whenever there is an incident you could ask for help f rom our embassy and consulate general. Our people will surely go all out to give you lawful protection.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:The translator has a thorough understanding of the additional points in the original language and provides a smooth and accurate translation by means of interpretive translation. What is particularly commendable is a translation of &amp;quot;If you are the hype one&amp;quot; for a rainy day. The language form of the clause &amp;quot;you can rest assured&amp;quot; is not given in the target language, but its meaning is incorporated into the subsequent translation. Building protection refers to a direct interpretation of &amp;quot;lawful assistance&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;to give you guidance&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments: The translator has a thorough understanding of the additional points in the original text and provides accurate and smooth translation through interpretive translation. Particularly commendable is the translation of &amp;quot;If you are the hypeone&amp;quot; in case of need. The linguistic form of the clause &amp;quot;You can rest assured&amp;quot; was not given in the target language, but its meaning was incorporated in a later translation. Building protection means to interpret &amp;quot;lawful assistance&amp;quot; directly as &amp;quot;giving you guidance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This approach takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western ways of thinking and the differences between Chinese and English ways of expression. This is exactly what the interpretive theory advocates. According to the theory of interpretive interpretation, interpreters must consider the acceptability of both sides in the context of two languages and cultures.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
　　&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: Emotional communication in oral interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao Xing answered a question on China-Us trade raised by the Reuters news Agency.&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao xing：实际上，很难说得清楚什么叫军用，什么叫民用。比如说这杯茶， 我和姜恩柱主任委员喝了就是民用， 要是当兵的喝了就是军用，说得清楚吗？&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter: Actually it would be very difficult to distinguish from military purposes and civilian purposes. Just take the cup of tea in front of me as an example. If I and Chair man Jiang drink this tea， it w ill be rendered as for civilian use. But if a soldier drinks this tea， then the tea becomes for military use. So it is very difficult to have a clear definition of this term.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:In the part that add in the original language is the Chinese commonly used rhetorical question. The form of rhetorical questions in Chinese is equivalent to rhetorical questions in English. But the rhetorical function is not the same. In Chinese, rhetorical questions are usually used for intensification, as in the original &amp;quot;Is it clear? &amp;quot;Is for the purpose of emphasizing&amp;quot; can't say clearly &amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And rhetorical questions in English also have the function of moderating mood. Therefore, translators adopt the way of interpretation to the rhetorical directly translated into statements, both to avoid the ambiguity, and to accurately convey the original meaning of language information (including emotional information), the effect of interpretation as sent interpreting theory emphasizes: the interpreter in interpreting process must consider how to accurately convey the original language discourse information such as the thoughts, images, and emotions.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4: Syntactic recombination in oral interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhaoxing answered a question on China-Us trade raised by the Reuters news Agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Minister Li Zhao Xing： 你的问题富有战略眼光， 你问到十年甚至二十年之后的中美关系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter： Your question show s that you are a person with a strategic perspective， because you asked about the outlook o f Sino-US relations in ten or twenty years’ time.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:Of course, this sentence cannot be translated in the corresponding way of words. &amp;quot;Problems&amp;quot; can't have &amp;quot;strategic vision,&amp;quot; it's the person asking the question who has &amp;quot;strategic vision.&amp;quot; When the true meaning of the source language is understood, the expression of the target language becomes accurate and clear.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5: Semantic interpretation in oral interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xinhua News Agency reporter asked Premier Wen About education:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reporter: In your report, education is a highlight, especially compulsory education. You proposed the policy of &amp;quot;two exemptions and one subsidy&amp;quot; starting from this year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter：We can see that education figures quite prominently in your government’s report particularly the compulsory education. We know starting from this year， the government is going to exempt the tuition and miscellaneous fees for the rural poor students receiving compulsory education and government is also going to give subsidies to the students attending schools f rom poor families.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see, education occupies a very important place in your government's report, especially compulsory education. As we know, starting from this year, the government will exempt the tuition and miscellaneous fees for compulsory education for the poor in rural areas. The government will also provide subsidies for students from poor families to attend school. (Yi Zhi Ling 2012)--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:This way of using numbers to sum up a policy, an idea, etc., is a feature of The Chinese language. From the &amp;quot;three Antis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Five Antis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;four Antis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;four Qing dynasties&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Five stresses, four Beauties and three loves&amp;quot; to the present &amp;quot;three Represents&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;three agricultrals&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;eight honors and eight disgraces&amp;quot; and so on, there are many examples. Therefore, when the &amp;quot;two free and one supplement&amp;quot; appeared in the reporter's question, the country's top interpreters naturally have a good idea. Without any hesitation, the field interpreter directly explained the exact meaning of &amp;quot;two exemption and one supplement&amp;quot;, without any word-to-word translation of the phrase itself. The interpretive nature of interpretation is further supported here.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6: Logical processing in oral translation and interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premier Wen Jiabao answered the question on education raised by Xinhua News Agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premier Wen: I'd like to stress the importance of civilian education here, because the vast majority of people in the world are civilians. The quality of common people is related to the quality of the whole people of a country. We have 1.3 billion people, 900 million farmers, a higher proportion of civilians.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreter: Here，I would like to give the stress and the importance to the education for the general public. Most of the people in this world are ordinary people and belong to the general public. I think the competence of the general public is a direct reflection of the overall competence of the country. China is a country with a population of 1. 3 billion and 900 million of the Chinese people live in the countryside. So we have even a bigger proportion of our people receiving ordinary education.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments:There is no conjunctions between clauses, and the logical relation is clear at a glance, which is also the charm of Chinese &amp;quot;meaning meeting&amp;quot;. However, English focuses on &amp;quot;speech and communication&amp;quot;, and the logical relationship is reflected in the language form. Therefore, the interpreter must thoroughly understand the logical relations between Chinese clauses: they are not parallel relations, &amp;quot;there are 1.3 billion people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;there are 900 million farmers&amp;quot; are inclusive relations, and the relationship between the first two clauses and the last one is causal.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments: There is no conjunctions between clauses, and the logical relationship is clear, which is also the charm of Chinese &amp;quot;Meaning association&amp;quot;. However, English attaches great importance to &amp;quot;speech and communication&amp;quot;, and its logical relationship is reflected in the form of language. Therefore, the interpreter must fully understand the logical relationship between Chinese clauses: they are not parallel, &amp;quot;there are 1.3 billion people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;there are 900 million farmers&amp;quot; are inclusive, and the relationship between the first two clauses and the latter is causal.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters interpret on the basis of understanding the true connotation of the source language, which is not the corresponding language translation of words and phrases, but the interpretive interpretation (the italic part of the translation) that conveys the overall message meaning of the source language. This also explains the definition of &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; in interpretive theory: the meaning of speech refers to &amp;quot;the overall meaning of discourse&amp;quot; in interpreting activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 18, 2008 held a press conference, premier Wen Jiabao quote the old saying or answer questions from Chinese and foreign journalists, ancient Chinese poems before and after nine times, and the interpreter is also easy to immediately after the prime minister stated to complete these classical Chinese sentence translation, not only embodies the solid basic language interpreter itself strength and extensive knowledge, also for the interpretation of the study and research provides vivid data, more convenient to our understanding of cross-cultural awareness of the significance of a good interpreter.(Yi Zhi Ling 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the above examples, it can be seen that interpretation is not only a technology but also an art, which requires translators to have a keen cross-cultural awareness and overcome the obstacles behind the linguistic and cultural factors. Through extensive reading, translators should actively expand their scope of knowledge, strengthen the accumulation of their own cultural knowledge and the cultivation of cross-cultural communication, and strive to avoid mistranslation caused by ignoring linguistic and cultural differences through constant practice and summary, so as to achieve the purpose of external communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of the above examples, it can be seen that interpretation is not only a technology, but also an art, which requires translators to have a keen cross-cultural awareness and overcome the obstacles behind language and cultural factors. Through extensive reading, translators should actively expand their knowledge fields, strengthen the accumulation of their own cultural knowledge and the cultivation of cross-cultural dialogue, and strive to avoid mistranslation caused by ignoring language and cultural differences through constant practice and summary, so as to achieve the purpose of external communication.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters in the interpreting process is not constrained in the primitive form of language, but fully considering the situation and primitive released into their related knowledge, a thorough understanding of primitive information, abandon words corresponding translation methods, focus on search to find the right words within the prescribed time to convey meaning in the context of a specific information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of interpretation, interpreters are not limited by the original form of language, but give full consideration to the situation and the original release into their relevant knowledge, thoroughly understand the original information, abandon the translation method of corresponding words, focus on finding appropriate words within the specified time, and convey meaning in the context of specific information.--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 13:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the deep economic globalization and many international issues,interpreters has become more and more important throughout the world. As an interpreter,it’s essential for them to learn more about the cultural differences.  As an interpreter,he or she should keep learning to keep up with the fast-changing world.Rich cultural background and relevant professional knowledge will help interpreters improvise. But a solid language foundation is the key. Therefore, we should accumulate relevant professional knowledge in our daily study and strengthen the training of interpretation, so as to be able to do well in on-site interpretation.Due to the cultural differences that lead to the untranslatability between Chinese and English in some occasions, we should admit that translation is not always possible, but only within certain limits and limits. As an interpreter,daily learning and accumulation of cultural knowledge are very important.Only by having a thorough understanding of the similarities and differences between Chinese English and their cultures can translators reduce mistakes in interpreting and effectively serve as a bridge between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bao Gang鲍刚.(1998).口译理论概述[M].[An Overview of Interpretation Theory].北京:旅游教育出版社Beijing:Travel and Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Du Tianyu杜恬雨.(2020).浅析文化差异对汉英颜色词翻译的影响[J].[A Brief Analysis of the Influence of Cultural Differences on the Translations of Chinese-English Color Words].科教文汇The Science Education Article Collects(07):187-188&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Fuhong黄福洪.(2000).汉英龙文化差异浅析[J].[The Influence of Cultural Differences Between Chinese and English].修辞学习The Rhetoric Study(03):8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yafeng刘亚峰.(2018).中英文化的差异对口译的影响[J].[The Influence of Cultural Differences Between Chinese and English on Interpretation].辽宁经济职业技术学院.辽宁经济管理干部学院学报 Liaoning Economic Vocational And Technical College. Journal of Liaoning Economic Management Cadre Institute(06):56-58. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Xiangya刘相娅.(2009).英汉文化中“dog”“狗”的对比研究[J].新课程学习(学术教育)A Comparative Study of Dogs in English and Chinese Cultures New Curriculum Learning (Academic Education)(12):154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Le赵乐.(2013).汉英“狗”族词汇褒贬义对比及成因分析[J].A Comparative Analysis of the Commendatory and Derogatory Meanings of Chinese and English &amp;quot;Dog&amp;quot; Words and their Causes.现代语文(语言研究版) Modern Chinese (Language Research Edition)(02):155-158. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The Spirit of Interpretation 译之灵.记者招待会现场口译实例评析Comments on interpretation examples at the reception.2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Woesler, Martin. (2020). Responsibility and Ethics in Times of Corona. Woesler, Martin and Hans-Martin Sass eds. Medicine and Ethics in Times of Corona Muenster: LIT&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Pengjuan|Pengjuan]] ([[User talk:Pengjuan|talk]]) 14:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Pengjuan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan 202020080609  英语语言文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. Hermans first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Ideology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Poetics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Patronage===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department.There are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Cases Study on Ideology=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Cases Study on Poetics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Cases Study on Patronage===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field. He holds that translation is a creative process and translators will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and he emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patronage. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it is impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere emphasizes the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''Youth Literator (14) 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''Crazy English (02) 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''Modern English (02) 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''The Science Education Article Collects (12) 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''Journal of Zhongzhou University (01) 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''Xi 'an Social Sciences (04) 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College (03) 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''Overseas English (23) 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594 英美文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation?” It has been discussed over years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional Linguistics,  cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation Process; Systemic Functional Linguistics; Cognitive Psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressing his opinion in his book called ''Language and Translation'' that the word “translation” has two meanings: one refers to the result of a process, which is the target text itself; the other refers to the translation process itself.(1895,19) That is to say, it emphasizes the act of translating. Therefore,here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions attract many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation, both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied.(Wu Yiicheng 1988,54） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's worse, the way they study the translation process is almost the same, all starting from analyzing the source text and target text, then comparing the two, that is to say, comparing the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level.(Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claims that the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studies the process of translation, but also makes a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with Systemic Functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that make Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, previous translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning, its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once puts forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also shows his opinion towards translation and bring forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”.(Zhang Meifang 2005, 42) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for western translators, there are also some marvellous translators with their unique thoughts, like Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on. All of them have come up with meaningful ideas about translation. For instance, Holmes has raised some critical questions about translation like how does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black Box” operate when he or she is translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars have stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed of four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruction and examination. Nida further elucidates this conception in his ''The Meaning of Translation'' that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of transformational-generative grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in deep structurethan in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the potential reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida has mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies is that it doesn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she is translating. That is to say, he doesn't consider the function of the translator, like how does he or she analyze the source text? How does translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation model doesn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator is taken into consideration, that's why Bell's translation model is more comprehensive and better interpret the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book ''Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice'' has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which is never put forward before. He says that one of the goals in this book is to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the other is to establish a translation model on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tries to answer them by combining translation process with Systemic Functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell has showed his point of view quite clearly, he stresses that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive psychology to build his Translation Process Model. (Bell 1991, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Liao Qiyi says in the book ''Contemporary Translation Studies in UK''  that Bell has taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which is placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably has to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like what translation,translator, and translation theory is. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation that truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book ''Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice''， Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but his focus is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, as he says in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the Translation Process Model, he defines the concept “translation”first, using this as a starting point, and compares the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation.(Bell 1991, 44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he comes up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divides translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax, semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next part in detail. (Bell 1991, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book ''Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice'' we find that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship among meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills. He makes an intuitive display, which fully demonstrates his efforts to direct translation study to present its systematic and scientific nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic Functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages, it is still extremely hard to achieve systematization and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell says that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is also inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors.(1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the Systemic Functional linguistics. Therefore, it is quite necessary to know what the Systemic Functional linguistics is first.(Sun Huijun 2000, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It has been developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference between Systemic Functional linguistics and other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although Systemic Functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality.(Sun Huijun 2000, 53) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representative of Systemic Functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book ''The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching''. In the book, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step-by-step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level.(Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formal, but contextual. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activities, rather than to see whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that Systemic Functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and both  two processes  need to use language to communicate.(Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the Systemic Functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tries to establish is exactly in the frame of Systemic Functional linguistics. It is built on the basis of systemic theory and cognitive theory, and uses the three meta-functions of language in systemic function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book ''Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice'', he contends that the translation process should cover the following contents: first of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; thirdly, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation).(Bell 1991, 227)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store),LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the synthesis,it directly enters the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. (Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to recover the concept, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: first,perfect analysis content; second, control the collection of information from time to time; third, modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems, such as how to deal with the purpose of the original text;how to deal with the subject structure of the original text and how to deal with the style of the original text. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. Therefore, the translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell makes full use of the advantages of schemas and shows us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasizes that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There is no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” (Bell 1991, 49) The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals.Some translators believe that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem.As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language.(Xiao Hui 2003, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Therefore, cognitive science considers that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective should focus on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the point of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Accordingly, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. Then  how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”.(Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tries to use Systemic Functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combines psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He says in the book ''Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice'' that translators are just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell uses“aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell uses the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believes that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explaines the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell has adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, by exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production in psychological processes while language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to shape it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applies some knowledge of cognitive psychology to translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. His effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.--[[User:Chen Jiangning|Chen Jiangning]] ([[User talk:Chen Jiangning|talk]]) 08:21, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115747</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 11</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115747"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T12:49:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, Student No.202070080595 MTI ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this chapter gives a detailed overview on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this chapter makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this chapter argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the discipline construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) While, translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the grammer rule of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. Through translation practices, people summarize principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choosing of words and sentences and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present an all-round explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and full understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining and guiding social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, its external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theories came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards being systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 03:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church was hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero from the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the stylistic characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, a representative of translators during this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There were also many representatives in this period. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. In this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) They are: the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of the development of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in the process of translation. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. Firstly, do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while secondly, make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation proposed by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation, and making elaborations on them. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translations in commerce circles, diplomatic affairs, science and technology and other professional fields witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theories emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is the &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages in many aspects instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and he also discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theories. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Being different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods were profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, translation theories in this period were practical.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward the concept of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great deal of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the same meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theories are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of human. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation to this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between China and West in their translation histories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the differences in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures have always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarities between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarities between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents to be similar with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides are independent from each other, but they share some commonalities. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions to convey the content of the source language,which the target reader is accustomed to. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the foreign language features, and absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be used separately. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original texts, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarities between them have drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose requirements on the translator in three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equal to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated the importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. Therefore, Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to a complete representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, the English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions of the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should accurately reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.(Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the differences between Chinese and Western way of thinking are universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of translation experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own laws of development, which is proved by the similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this chapter proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation system, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences are more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker, and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass, and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of his identity as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for descendants, including translations of literature and theory works. From the time line, the records of his translation activities are much earlier than his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:13, 16 December 2020 (UTC)徐梦蝶修改&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation, and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:15, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation, hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation, as well as translation criticism.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, translations of two categories have distinct purposes. （Chen 2000, 289）--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to serve for the revolution and as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literary workers standing with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation with the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. From his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two aspects to explain Lu Xun's translation of children's literature. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to be the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept, literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give a definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose the word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:16, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me,(这里是自己翻译的原文吧，我觉得是不是可以附加上中文的原文？) there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. From Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to non-fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one was to resist ethnocentrism and to introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammar, and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance of Chinese readers when they treat foreign texts. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, the other purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and the other is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not ideal, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of being translated directly from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, no one understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance, retranslation was the best choice to introduce other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied of my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303). &amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation versions for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation versions for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis appear. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and highlight the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to rotten apples. As for previous methods, once there was anywhere rotten in an apple, people would discard it completely, which led to a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also be taken into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from “the survival of the fittest” advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese, and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change the original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and in vernacular Chinese with translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there were obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first one to march to a different drummer and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first (to march to a different drummer)? and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
u Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation， as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that to enlighten Chinese people and to save the old China by learning from foreign literary works, promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
(这里可以分两段)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:53, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu, 202070080598, MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death. quotation is missing--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 08:40, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要需要中英双语--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:08, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 5), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before (Chen K., Yang F. F, 2019, 21). However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;practices&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad (Hu Gengshen, 2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 17). As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 103), researches(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;studies&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;directions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 23 ). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 3). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013, 11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to provide some new(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017, 34).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;texts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) (Tang Yixin, 2015, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017, 142). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 78). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;efforts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 5). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003, 283).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an essential&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007, 13), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;language features of subtitle translation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013, 154). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015, 493). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019, 13), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019, 247). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Western Leather''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moreover&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;principle&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 80). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background, local customs etc.; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;analyzes them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/ ). The first video, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;focusing on&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;masterpieces&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine (http://www.huaweimarine.com/cn/Company/CorporateVideo ). Huawei Marine(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ihe company&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/). It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the world&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), both rich and poor, in the world. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;, key points of Eco-translatology theory&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;grammatical&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory (Tang, 2015, 143). In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people” (Oxford Dictionary, 2018, 297), which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pay s[ecial&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 49). As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;differences&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC) or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) . Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;achievements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;people or&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which is&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;broader&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 97). In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;or an&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) enterprise--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;information above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 13). However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/index.html#stories ), a (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an advertising video promoting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the video&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;target&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) conduct(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conducting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Chen K., Yang F. F. Research on C-E Translation of Commercial Advertisement in Xi’an [J]. Education Research Frontier, 2019 (9: 1): 16-22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[18]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[28]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613 亚非语言文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.(Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. (Liang Dan 2016,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.(Cai jie 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian(3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An(314-385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva(344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan(334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本). (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui(371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou(445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang(600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧) (Chen Fukang 1996,325)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Translation of Western Studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.(Cai jie2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement ====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation. (Fang Wenhua 2005,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao(1873-1929)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang(1895-1976)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun(1881-1936)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺). (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi(1910-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being. (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren(1885-1967)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian(1897-1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei(1908-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu(1910-1998)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his Translation Theory：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero(106-43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.(Liu Danna 2016,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)St Jerome(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(Zhang Yan 2011,117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)St. Augustine(345-430A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements:(a)a good command of the two languages,(b)knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation,(c)capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.(Zhang Yan 2011,118)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation Theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Martin Luther(1483-1546)&lt;br /&gt;
①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
③Translation must follow seven principles:(a) the translator can change the original word order,( b) the translator can chose proper helping words,(c) the translator can supply necessary words,(d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL,(e) the translator can render a word a phrase,(f) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa,(g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Etienne Dolet(1509-1546) &lt;br /&gt;
①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Translation Theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Early Modern Times and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Alexander Fraser Tytler(1747-1813)published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
①The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
②The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.(Liu Danna 2016,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Translation Theory in the Twentieth Century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Twentieth Century and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson(1896-1982)&lt;br /&gt;
①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.(Zhao Shanshan 2020,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Eugene A. Nida(1914-2011)&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. (Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text.(Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Peter Newmark(1916-?)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. (Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.(Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Wenhua方文华.(2005). &amp;quot;二十世纪中国翻译史&amp;quot; [History of Chinese Translation in the 20th Century]. &amp;quot;西北大学出版社&amp;quot; [Northwestern University Press].(02):200-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang陈福康.(1996). &amp;quot;中国译学理论史稿&amp;quot; [Historical Drafts of Chinese Translation Theory]. &amp;quot;上海外语教育出版社&amp;quot; [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].(03):320-321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories are useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references from the practice of translation theories.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔是著名社会语言学家。作为一名语言学家，贝尔用图表和模型来构建他的翻译理论,并对翻译问题形成了独特的见解。他在翻译方面的主要著作是《翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践》。他反对把翻译看作是对翻译结果的评价，而是更加强调翻译过程的重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德是最具影响力的翻译理论研究者和翻译家之一，他对翻译界的理论以及实践都做出了巨大的贡献。刘重德对翻译理论的研究全面而深刻，他不仅重视中国传统的翻译理论,而且注重引进和研究西方新的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对贝尔和刘重德的翻译理论进行对比，有利于对比二者翻译理论中的异同，为翻译理论的实践提供借鉴和参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；刘重德；翻译理论；比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing of the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation of the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing on the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation into the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorists, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorist, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art is influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation ideals proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art are influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately,  scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that on one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed from the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately, scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that to one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed for the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation thoery, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understand what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different in study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation theory, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understands what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different to study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Comparison on Background of Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation within the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examines the process in the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process in cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation into the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examine the process of the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process of cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate between three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation is faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate about three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation are faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference of their times and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conduct linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one who doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful in this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference between their time and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conducting linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one that doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful of this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Comparison on Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms in the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression in another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms to the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression of another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product to paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product of paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even at the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even in the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in at the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definition of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in to the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definitions of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither deletes nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither delete nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Comparison on Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation is his effort of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation are his efforts of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy on this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in the depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy about this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The faithfulness at the content lies in the correct convection of the meaning. Here is an example of Mr. Liu’s translation practice in two editions for the translation of Emma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Me! I should be quite in the way. Miss Wood house looks as if she did not want me.”(2009:174)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不要我。”(Liu Zhongde,1982: 303)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不欢迎我。”（Liu Zhongde,1993:223）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories for reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories about reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Comparison on Views of Literal Translation and Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation method. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation methods. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy between words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impair the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy for words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impairs the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell bring in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent at different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell brings in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent to different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》卷头诗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满纸荒唐言，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一把辛酸泪。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
都云作者痴，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谁解其中味？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Zhongde&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Prologue to A Dream of Red Mansions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers here are full of such words as sound queer,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed with a handful of drops of bitter tear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, one and all, call the author insane ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But who understands how his words one should explain?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. David Hawkes: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of idle words &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with hot and bitter tears &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author fool &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his secret message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杨宪益：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of fantastic talk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with bitter tears&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author mad &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Comparison on Literary Translation Practices in Poems====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell divided translation of poetry into three steps: &lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the analysis of the source language text;&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the organization of the semantic representations of the individual clauses of the poem into an integrated schema which contains the whole of the information the reader has been able to accumulate in the course of reading the text;&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the synthesis of the new target language text. There are plenty of alternatives and the strategic options available to the literary translator. (Bell,1991:61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be presented as the extremes of five continua: &lt;br /&gt;
(1)to reproduce either the forms (syntax and lexis) or the ideas (the semantic content) of the original;&lt;br /&gt;
(2)to retain the style of the original or adopt a different style; retain or abandon the source language form; for example, to translate a poem as a poem or as prose;&lt;br /&gt;
(3)to retain the historical stylistic dimension of the original or to render it in contemporary form; to translate Dante into Middle English or into modem English &lt;br /&gt;
(4)to produce a text which reads like an original or one which reads like a translation;&lt;br /&gt;
(5)to add or omit words, phrases, clauses. . . or to attempt to transfer everything from source to target text.(Bell,1991:68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intend to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intends to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas from the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently convey the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas about the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently conveying the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how style influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later is profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how styles influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later are profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same function so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same functions so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest of the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest in the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of transtion. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks tranlation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free tranlation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in the process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of translation. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks translation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free translation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose for Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is tryinng to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believe that the judgement should be made by translators, tranlator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetey which is faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose of Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is trying to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believes that the judgement should be made by translators, translator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetry which is faithful to the original text.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also apply psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comprising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also applies psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation process remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation processes remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman.(1991)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation Theory: Where Are We Going?. Meta (1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学翻译十讲&amp;quot;[Ten Lectures on Literary Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司[China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation].1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin.蒋洪新. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译理论与实践研究&amp;quot;[A Study of Liu Chongde's Translation Theory and Practice]. 外国语第四期[The fouth edition on Jounal of Foreign Language]. 2005:62-67.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng.Li Yingyuan.吴义诚,李英垣. &amp;quot;贝尔的《翻译与翻译过程:理论与实践》评介&amp;quot;[Review of Bell's Translation and the Translation Process:Theory and Practice].中国翻译(第五期)[The fifth edition on Chinese Translation]. 1998:55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Liyin.毛利尹. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译观研究&amp;quot;[J].[A Study of Liu Chongde's View of Translation]. 传奇:传记文学选刊(第五期)[Legend: Selected Biographical Literature]. 2011:5-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(上)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (above)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第二期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:26-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(下)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (below)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第三期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Wenbin.刘文彬. &amp;quot;刘重德教授的译诗观&amp;quot;[Professor Liu Zhongde's View on Translating Poetry].中国英汉语比较研究会第二次全国学术研讨会论文集[Proceedings of the Second National Symposium of the Chinese Society for Comparative English and Chinese Studies]. 1996;293-299.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weng Tao.翁涛. &amp;quot;罗杰·贝尔的翻译理论在汉译英中的应用&amp;quot;[Application of Roger Bell's Translation Theory in Chinese to English Translation]. 大学英语(学术版) [University English] (Academic Edition). 2008:99-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;翻译原则刍议&amp;quot;[Rumination on Translation Principles]. 中国翻译(第四期）[The fourth period on Chinese Translation]. (1983):9-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学风格翻译问题商榷&amp;quot;[The Question of Literary Style Translation]. 中国翻译（第二期）[Chinese Translation]. (1988):4-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Meng.郭猛. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译思想研究&amp;quot;[D][A Probe into Liu Zhongde's Translation Thoughts]. 天津理工大学[Tianjin University of Technology]. 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen.简·奥斯汀. 《爱玛》[M][Emma]. 上海:上海世界图书出版公司[Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company]. 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 桂林:漓江出版社[Guilin: Lijiang Publishing House]. 1982. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 广州:广州花城出版社[Guangzhou: Guangzhou Huacheng Publishing House]. 1993. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Jiansong.Peng Liyuan.蒋坚松,彭利元. 刘重德翻译思想及其他[Liu Chongde's Translation Thought and Others]. 湖南：湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan: Hunan Normal University Press]. 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect  罗维嘉  Luo Weijia 202070080600==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗维嘉 Luo Weijia&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of Nida’s translation theory into China in the 1980s, Jin Di, a Chinese translation scholar, has explored the applicability of “dynamic equivalence” to literary translation between English and Chinese. And on the basis of Nida’s theory he formulated his own theory of “equivalent effect”. When Jin was translating James Joyce’s Ulysses (''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), he put his theory into practice. Jin’s translation practice as well as his exploration of “dynamic equivalence” provides us a good chance to further scrutinize some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to English-Chinese literary translation. By studying Jin’s theory and his Chinese translation of Ulysses(''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), we will examine the applicability of Nida’s theory to literary translation between Chinese and English. A comparative study on Nida’s theory and Jin’s theory is also made to reveal the differences and similarities between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dynamic equivalence; equivalent effect; Eugene Nida; Jin Di&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自20世纪80年代奈达的翻译理论传入中国以来，中国翻译学者金堤开始探索“动态对等”在英汉文学翻译中的适用性。在奈达理论的基础上，他形成了自己的“等效理论”。金堤的《尤利西斯》翻译实践以及他对“动态对等”翻译理论的探索为我们进一步审视奈达理论及其在英汉文学翻译中的应用提供了良好机会。通过对金堤理论及其汉译《尤利西斯》的研究，我们将分析奈达动态对等理论对中英文学翻译的适用性。通过对奈达与金堤理论的比较研究，揭示两者的异同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
动态对等；等效理论；尤金·奈达； 金堤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to his reception of Nida’s theory, Jin had already been an experienced translator and formed his own views about translation. Jin spelled out how he looked at the nature of translation and the gist of his argument was that “translating must meet requirements of accuracy and smoothness” (Jin Di 1998, 119). Evidently, Jin regarded the combination of accuracy and smoothness as a translation criterion and smoothness played a very important role in accomplishing the goal of accuracy in translating. We can see that before Jin’s reception of Nida’s theory, his focus was still on the old debate over faithfulness and smoothness, which began in the 1930s and continued to the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin knew Nida’s theory, he had already noticed the important role of target readers in translating in his years of translation experience. When discussing how to achieve the objective of accuracy and smoothness at the same time, he mentioned more than once the close relationship between accuracy and target readers. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))“A translation should be smooth and natural so that target readers do not feel big gaps between the two languages concerned. Accuracy and smoothness as a translation standard are like two sides of a coin, and one cannot be separated from the other. If the reader cannot understand the so-called “accurate” translation and do not know what it means, there is of little significance for such “accuracy”. If the translator only pays attention to smoothness in his work, but ignores the consistency between the original text and the translated text, his translation is not legitimate (Jin Di 1998, 119). “(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evidently, Jin shared similar views with Nida about the role of target readers in translating. This paved the way for his ready reception of “dynamic equivalence” as soon as he got in touch with it in the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is a key concept in Nida’s translation theory. The essential idea of “dynamic equivalence” is first mentioned by Nida in his article “Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating” (Nida, Eugene A.  1959, 326). In his attempt to define translating, Nida writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A definition of translating... could be stated as follows: &amp;quot;Translating consists in producing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent to the message of the source language, first in meaning and secondly in style.” (Nida, Eugene A. 1975, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Toward a Science of Translating (1964) Nida distinguishes two types of equivalence and first postulates his concept of “dynamic equivalent” translation as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In such a translation (dynamic equivalent translation) one is not so concerned with matching the receptor-language message with the source-language message, but with the dynamic relationship, that the relationship between receptor and message should be substantially the same as that which existed between the original receptors and the message (Nida, E. A. 1964, 159).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Nida also proves the legitimacy of dynamic equivalent translation from the viewpoint of information theory and communication theory. However, he does not give a clear definition of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; until 1969. In his 1969 textbook The Theory and Practice of Translation, “dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1969, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In From One Language to Another (De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 1986), the expression “dynamic equivalence is superseded by &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. But essentially there is not much difference between the two concepts. The substitution of &amp;quot; functional equivalence is just to stress the concept of function and to avoid misunderstandings of the term dynamic&amp;quot;, which is mistaken by some persons for something in the sense of impact. In Language, Culture and Translating (1993), “functional equivalence &amp;quot; is further divided into categories on two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level. The minimal level of “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is defined as &amp;quot; The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it&amp;quot;. The maximal level is stated as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1993, 118; 1995,  224). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level is ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie somewhere between the two levels (Nida, E. A. 1995, 224). Clearly, “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is a flexible concept with different degrees of adequacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's theory, &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined with “receptors' response&amp;quot; as its nature. Unlike traditional translation theories, which focus on verbal comparison between the original text and its translation, Nida's concept of translating shifts from &amp;quot;the form of the message&amp;quot; to &amp;quot; the response of the receptor. Thus, the importance of receptors' role in translating is emphasized. In Nida's view, when determining whether a translation is faithful to the original text or not, the critic should not compare the formal structures between the source text and its translation but compare &amp;quot;receptors' response&amp;quot;. If he finds that the reader in the receptor language understands and appreciates the translated text in essentially the same manner and to the same degree as the reader in the source language did, such a translation can be evaluated as a dynamic equivalent translation. That is to say, the critic should judge a translation not by verbal correspondence between the two texts in question, but by seeing how the receptor, for whom the translated text is intended, reacts to it. Nida likens his theory of “readers' response to market research. When judging a product, one should test how consumers react to the product, for “regardless of how theoretically good a product might be or how seemingly well it is displayed, if people do not respond favorably to it, then it is not going to be accepted” (Nida and Taber 1969, 162). Similarly, in evaluating a translation, when a high percentage of people misunderstand a rendering, or find it difficult to understand, the critic cannot regard it as a legitimate translation (Nida and Taber 1969, 2). Nida's theory of “readers' response” emphasizes the importance of the acceptance of a translated text by the intended reader in the receptor language and avoids the subjective evaluation of the critic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; has been widely adopted by Bible translators since the 1950s and has been successful. Its value, however, is not merely restricted to Bible translation. Some scholars agree that “dynamic equivalence” can be used to guide general translation practice. Jin Di claims that the principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot;, a modified dynamic equivalence, is applicable to all translation practice (Jin Di 1995). Newmark considers the principle of “equivalent effect” an important concept in translating with reservation. He states that “equivalent effect is the desirable result, rather than the aim of any translation...it is an important concept which has a degree of application to any type of text, but not the same degree of importance... in the communicative translation of vocative texts, equivalent effect is not only desirable, it is essential” ( Jin Di 1988, 48). But some scholars express their doubts about the application of “dynamic equivalence” to translation practice, especially literary translation. I suggest that Nida’s theory has practical significance for literary translation in some aspects, but it is a fact that it fails to address the issue of transferring aesthetic values of literary work in literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di is renowned for his translation theory of “equivalent effect” and his Chinese version of Ulysses. His theoretical study on translation and translation activity contribute a lot to the development of contemporary translation studies. In this section Jin’s theory of “equivalent effect”will be concentrated, for a survey of Jin’s theory may give us insight into some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When Nida’s theory was introduced into China, Jin studied intensively Nida’s works on translation and endeavored to apply “dynamic equivalence” to his Chinese-English translation practice. In On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English (Jin Di 1984, with Nida), Jin basically adopted Nida’s “dynamic equivalence”, which was defined in terms of a dynamic relationship, namely, “the relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text” (Jin Di 1984, 85, with Nida). As the first author, Jin furnished many convincing examples from his experience as a translator and proved that “dynamic equivalence” could provide practical help for translators in dealing with many difficulties in translating from English into Chinese and from Chinese to English. In fact, this book was acclaimed as “a masterpiece of combination of Nida’s translation theory with Chinese translation practice”. (Lao Long 1987, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Jin made a further study on Nida's theory, he discerned some biblical elements in it which were not applicable to general translation practice. As a result, a discrepancy appeared between Jin and Nida. According to Jin, when Nida talked about the relationship between message and receptors, he did not make any distinction between “impact” and “response”. For instance, Nida sometimes said“the impact of the message upon the receptors” and sometimes claimed “the receptors’ response to the message”. In Jin's view, Nida further highlighted the term “response” both in his definition of “dynamic equivalence” and his explanation of it. Jin argued that this was because Nida's theory was intended to guide Bible translating for evangelism, and the ultimate purpose of Bible translating was to make receptors “respond to the translated message in action” (Jin Di 1998, 17-18). Thus, according to Jin, the concept of “response” in Nida's theory was not suitable for a theory of general translation. Jin explained:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the nature of language behavior, the impact of a translation upon receptors and receptors' response or reaction to the translation belong to opposite directions. Although receptors' response could be used as an important feedback to evaluate how the receptors understand and appreciate the translation to some extent, and the translator could test the quality of his translation according to receptors' response, such activity occurs only after the translation is completed. Since each receptor's response and reaction involve a number of subjective and objective personal factors, it is unnecessary for us to explore these factors in our study of translation process. Hence, in our discussion the term “effect refers to the impact of the translated message upon the receptors.” instead of the receptors’ response. (Jin Di 1998, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was the reason why Jin modified Nida's “dynamic equivalence” and put forward his own theory of “equivalent effect”. Jin also gave specific definition of his principle of “equivalent effect”. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of an equivalent effect translation is that although the form of a translated text may be different from that of the original text, the receptor-language reader can obtain a message as substantially the same as the source-language reader does from the original, including main spirit, concrete facts and artistic imagery. This is what I mean by an equivalent effect translation or similar effect translation (Jin Di 1998, 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, only when the three essential factors (“main spirit&amp;quot;, “concrete facts&amp;quot; and “artistic imagery”) of the original were successfully reproduced in the receptor language could a translation be termed as a translation of equivalent effect. He admitted that it was not always possible for the translator to produce&amp;quot; main spirit&amp;quot;, &amp;quot; concrete facts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;artistic imagery&amp;quot; at the same time, and necessary semantic adjustments should be made on condition that the main spirit of the original was better represented in the translation (Jin Di 1998, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the delimitation of the concept of “effect” as “impact” instead of “response”, and the emphasis on the reproduction of the three factors constitute Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”. We can see that Jin has attempted to improve Nida's “dynamic equivalence” in order to make it more applicable to general translation practice, especially literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin further developed his theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; with insights gained from his translation experience of Ulysses. In his article, “Translating Spirit” (1996), he borrowed two characters from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle (“faithfulness , expressiveness and elegance”) and advanced his theory of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” (信、达、神韵). The term “spirit” in Jin's theory was used in a broad sense, indicating various artistic styles of literary works (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin's redefinition of the three-character principle was another way to describe his theory of “equivalent effect”. He elaborated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-character principle of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” indicates faithful representation of the fundamental facts, transference of effect and reproduction of artistic style respectively. I think the goal of making the translated text similar to the original text in the above mentioned three aspects is what I strive for in the art kingdom of translation (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years Jin began to put more emphasis on the &amp;quot; reproduction of artistic style&amp;quot; , and tried to develop his theory of “equivalent effect” by making use of Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism. It seemed that Jin's theory deviated away from Nida's theory. One may ask, what accounts for such a change? According to Jin, this was because Nida, having changed his theory from “dynamic equivalence” to “functional equivalence”, no longer took the principle of “equivalent effect” as a translation objective (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56). In my opinion, the real reason is that Nida's theory fails to adequately address the problem of transference of aesthetic values in literary translation; while Jin, having attempted to solve it, has to absorb Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism, where discussions about stylistic or aesthetic effects and their transference are abundant. The evolution of Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” reveals his continuous effort to make Nida's theory applicable to literary translation as well as the inadequacy of Nida's theory in guiding literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
There are several similarities between the two theories. “The relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text”(Jin Di and Nida 1984,85). Such relationship indicates that translating is not completed unless the translated message is received by the reader in the receptor language in substantially the same manner as the original message is received by the original reader. As we can see, they both emphasized three important concepts of &amp;quot;receptor&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;effect&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.  Jin Di's equivalent effect theory is close to Nida's dynamic equivalence theory, and their views on translation methods are basically consistent with their understanding of equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Differences between the Two Theories and the Reasons====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences between Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” and Nida’s “dynamic equivalence” except that the concept of effect in Jin's theory refers to “impact” rather than“ response”?  Jin held that he basically adapted Nida's translation principles, and only made some adjustments in respect of some biblical elements which he found to have originated from religious and particularly missionary demands, and removed a certain residue of the old “free translation” tendency in Nida's theory (Nida 1998: 231). But this is only part of the problem. ln this section we will concentrate on the differences between the two theories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reader-Oriented vs. Text-Oriented=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” pays more attention to the target readers, while Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” attaches more importance to the original text. This distinction can be revealed by the definitions of the two translation principles. “Dynamic equivalence” is defined in terms of readers' response. For Nida, to measure “dynamic equivalence”, one should “only rightly compare the equivalence of response”(Nida 1969, 23). Jin's equivalent effect translation, however, requires reproduction of the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery” of the original text. Nida's focus on readers' response allows necessary linguistic adjustments. For example, if the expression “white as snow” was rendered into a language that had no corresponding word for “snow”, Nida suggested that the translator could replace it with comparable idioms, such as “white as egret feathers” in the receptor language. In Nida's view, such rendering was a dynamic equivalent translation, for it was functionally equivalent to “white as snow”(Nida 1964, 171-172). According to Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”, however, this rendering of “white as egret feathers” for “white as snow” was not a translation of equivalent effect, for the concrete fact “snow” was not reproduced in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example to illustrate Jin's adherence to the concrete fact of the original text is about the rendering of “butter for fish” in his Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
(1)-And so say all of us, says Jack.&lt;br /&gt;
-Thousand a year, Lambert, says Crofton or Crawford.&lt;br /&gt;
-Right, says Ned, taking up his John Jameson. And butter for fish. （U12）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-我们大家也都这样说，杰克说。&lt;br /&gt;
-一年一千，兰伯特，克罗夫顿或是克罗福德说。&lt;br /&gt;
-对，内德拿起自己的约翰.詹姆森威士忌说。吃鱼有黄油。(金译第12章)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes a scene of toast in a drinking party among common Irishmen. In “REVIEWS: ULYSSES, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di”(Jin Di 1995), Dr. Kun-liang Chuang expressed his views about Jin's translation of the phrase“Butter for fish”:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Butter for fish,”according to Don Gifford and Robert J. Seidman, is a lower class Dublin toast, also meaning “wealth and good fortune.” Jin's literal, word-for-word translation, “吃鱼有黄油”(pronounced chi yu you huang you) which is definitely not a common Chinese expression, creates more bewilderment than understanding for his Chinese readers. In fact, the Irish toast, “fish for butter”(sic) has a Chinese equivalent, “干杯” (pronounced gan bei). I believe that, in some cases, an appropriate annotation that explains cultural life is needed in terms of slang translation. In Jin's case here, the playfulness of the &amp;quot;toast&amp;quot; is lost in his loyalty to simple verbal equivalence (Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 765).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging by the concept of “dynamic equivalence” , I think Chuang' s suggestion “干杯” for “butter for fish” is adequate. However, Jin did not think so. In his opinion, Chuang disregarded the transference of the concrete fact in the original text, and such translation could not achieve a translational equivalence, though it might attain a pragmatic equivalence (Jin Di 1998, 22). We can see that Jin is unwilling to sacrifice the content for the intelligibility of the translated text to the average target reader, who has not enough background knowledge to understand the implied meanings of the translated message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some people held a similar view with Jin. For example, Wang Zhenping said that Jin's rendering “吃鱼有黄油”was justified, because the Chinese reader learn Irish culture when reading this version. Wang argued that if the translator put the three toasts in the dialogue above into “干杯” , the original language variation would be spoiled and the reader be deprived of a chance of learning typical Irish culture and of understanding Joyce (Wang, Zhenping 2000, 35). In my opinion, Wang has pushed his argument to the extreme. If a toast, such as “Thousand a year”, is not a hindrance for the average readers to understanding, there is no reason to render it into “干杯”. This could be verified with Chuang's another suggestion of putting the English saying &amp;quot;[y]ou cannot eat your cake and have it as “鱼与熊掌，不可兼得”(Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 764) instead of Jin's rendering “一块蛋糕，你不能又吃又拿”(Jin Di 1994, 311). In terms of naturalness and forcefulness, Chuang's suggestion is acceptable. Just as Lin Yuzhen commented, Jin's literal rendering was not so direct and forceful as Chuang's version (Jin Di 1996, 166). Besides, for average Chinese readers, who have little knowledge of Irish culture, it is difficult to understand the specific cultural meaning of “吃鱼有黄油”without the help of any annotation. Yuen Ren Chao, the noted Chinese linguist, expressed his views about a similar case in translating:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A very important dimension of fidelity which translators often neglect is comparability in frequency of occurrence, or the relatively familiarity of the expressions in the original text and the translation. Too great a discrepancy in this respect will affect fidelity, even though the translation is accurate in other respects. As it is well-known in information theory, the less often a thing is talked about, the more it means to talk about it. Sometimes the very things one talks about may be a familiar thing in one culture and strange and exotic in another. In such a case, if the thing is the main topic of the discourse, it cannot be helped. . . However, in cases where a familiar expression is used casually as a figure of speech, then sometimes a translation by a different figure of speech of the same import but with a comparable degree of familiarity will result in a higher degree of overall fidelity than an apparently faithful translation which is very unfamiliar. For example, to speak of reaching the third base might be rendered, in Chinese, as reaching the “listening stage” in a game of mahjong, where the apparently “free” translation has greater fidelity, because it is a better match in the frequency of occurrence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chao's view about fidelity is dialectical and comprehensive. In fact, it is in accord with Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To Chao, whether or not naturalizing translation was adopted should depend on the context. If a figure of speech was the main topic of a discourse, the translator should faithfully reproduce it into the receptor language. If it was used in a casual way, it could be replaced with an idiomatic equivalent in the receptor language (such as Nida's suggestion of “white as snow” into “white as egret feathers”, or Liu Zhongde's “as lean as a rake” into “骨瘦如柴”). Jin's disapproval shows that he tends to be text-oriented both in theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Flexible vs. Inflexible=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's “dynamic equivalence”  is more flexible than Jin's theory of“equivalent effect”. A dynamic equivalent translation tends to be a type of free translation, while Jin's equivalent effect translation tends to be a literal translation, though such a classification is made in a quite loose manner. Jin's literal tendency is clearly reflected in the reviews about his Chinese version of Ulysses by some critics. Liu Junping stated that in translating Ulysses , “Jin insisted on literal translation and paid more attention to the transference of the form of the original text. As a result, his version was stiff to a certain degree in respect of language expression” (Liu Junping 1997, 35). Wang Yougui expressed a similar view in stating that Jin's translation was “like a leech, adhering closely to the original text” (Wang Yougui 1998, 69). In an interview Jin himself admitted that his translation was not so flexible as Nida's dynamic equivalent translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Wang: ... Briefly speaking, the discrepancy between your theory and Nida's theory is that you put more emphasis on loyalty to the original text and the writer, and Nida is more flexible in translating. Do you agree with me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin: Yes. The scope of flexibility in Nida's theory is much greater. That is to say, according to Nida, the translator is not required to adhere closely to the original text. This is because his theory is to guide Bible translation, and his translation purpose is to make people believe in Christianity. So Nida holds that the most important thing in translating is not words or content, but “receptors' response”, namely, their belief in Christianity. In my opinion, such a view is not suitable for literary translation. What I strive for is “effect”,i.e. the impact of the translation upon its readers is similar to the impact of the original text upon its readers (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, a literary translation must adhere closely to the original text. As long as the three factors of the original text, namely, the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery”, are faithfully reproduced, an equivalent effect can be achieved. Evidently, Jin's theory of “equivalent effect is less flexible than Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To illustrate this point, we may look at some examples from Jin's Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Steak, kidney, liver, mashed at meat fit for princes sat princes Bloom and Goulding. Princes at meat they raised and drank Power and cider. (U11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥， 可供王侯享用的菜肴，坐着享用的王侯是布卢姆和古尔丁。两位用餐的王候，他们举杯喝酒，帕尔威士忌和苹果酒。(金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2布卢姆和古尔丁俨然像王候一般坐下来，牛排、腰子、肝、土豆泥，吃那顿适宜给王侯吃的饭。他们像进餐中的王侯似的举杯而饮鲍尔威士忌和苹果酒。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the two versions with the original text, we can find that Jin's version sticks closely to the English syntax, while the Xiao's version reconstructs the original sentences according to normal Chinese syntactical structure. In Jin's version, the objects“牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥” is placed before the verb“坐着”, and the subjects“布卢姆和古尔丁”are placed at the end of sentence; while in the Xiao's version the normal Chinese syntactical structure “Subject + Verb” is adopted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) By the sandwichbell in screening shadow, Lydia her bronze and rose, a lady's grace, gave and withheld: as in cool glaucous eau de Nil Mina to tankards two her pinnacles of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1 网状阴影中的三明治罩旁站着莉迪亚，古铜衬玫瑰，贵妇风度，欲授又止:同时在清凉的淡湖色的eau de Nil中，米娜的金色高髻向着啤酒缸子两只。（金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2在帘子的遮荫下，钟形三明治容器旁边，莉迪亚胸前插了朵玫瑰。一头褐发淑女的娴雅派头，忽隐忽现; 而头发挽成高髻、沉浸在冰凉而银光闪闪的一片淡绿蓝色中的米娜，在两位举着大酒杯的顾客面前也是这样。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Jin's version adheres so closely to the original text that it is difficult for the average Chinese reader to understand such expressions as “古铜衬玫瑰” and“欲授又止”. Moreover, one can recognize at first sight that“向着啤酒缸子两只”is a word-for-word translation even if he does not read the original text. Owing to Jin's inflexibility, some renderings of his Chinese version Ulysses appear unnatural and awkward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideal Objective vs. Realistic Goal=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have assumed that Nida's “dynamic equivalence”and Jin's principle of “equivalent effect”are ideal goals, which could not be realized in translating. However, such assertion is too simplistic. In fact, Jin's translation objective is ideal while Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is far more than an ideal goal. Jin emphasized more than once that an equivalent effect translation was an ideal aim, for which the translator must strive in his work. In “Where Is the Spirit of Ulysses?” (Jin Di 1996), Jin stated that an equivalent effect translation was “an ideal objective”. Though there was no perfect translation, it was desirable for a serious translator to work at it (Jin Di 1998, 214). In “What is a Perfet Translation” (Jin Di 1997), he even summarized that “the theory of equivalent effect” was an attempt to define the ideal of the non-existent perfect translation and to explore the approach to approximating it in practice, i.e. t producing a rendition as close to the ideal as possible” (Jin Di 1998, 229). Jin's theory, like Chinese traditional translation theories, is really an ideal translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is not an ideal criterion. As we all know that Nida's attitudes toward “dynamic equivalence” / “ functional equivalence” were different from phase to phase. In phase one (1959-1964), Nida simply described the features of two basic translation equivalences: “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”, and did not point out which equivalence was better. Dynamic equivalent translations were not always good, while formal equivalent translations were not always bad. Rather, some formal equivalent translations were“often perfectly valid translations of certain types of messages for certain types of audiences” , and some dynamic equivalent translations were likely to obscure “the intent of the original” (Nida 1964, 166, 191-192). Both dynamic equivalent translations and formal equivalent translations could be achieved in actual translating. Furthermore, between strict formal equivalence and complete dynamic equivalence, there were“a number of intervening grades, representing various acceptable standards of literary translating” ( Nida 1964: 160). There were also “varying degrees” of dynamic equivalent translations. For example, according to Nida, both J. E. Philips' rendering “a hearty handshake” and “brotherly kiss” in the Today's English Version were dynamic equivalent translations. The difference between the two renderings was only a matter of degree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dynamic equivalent translation did not mean that the more a translation approached the original text, the better it was. In fact, there was no such thing as the best dynamic equivalence. If a dynamic equivalent translation went to extremes, the very freedom of form tended to distort the original message as well (Nida 1964, 191-192). For Nida &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was not an ideal objective, but just one of the basic types of equivalence, which had varying degrees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In phase two (1969-1984), Nida discussed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in opposition to &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;. During this period, he suggested that &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was a good translation, in which the form was restructured to preserve the same meaning, whereas &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;paraphrase&amp;quot; were bad translations, for the former preserved the form but distorted the meaning of the original text, and the latter had addition, deletion, or skewing of the message in the translated text (Nida and Taber 1969, 173). Though Nida in this phase considered dynamic equivalent translations good, he did not take it as an ideal goal for which the translator must strive in his work. This could be verified with his attitudes towards the following three renderings of a verse in the Hebrew text of the Bible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KJV:&lt;br /&gt;
I returned, and saw under the sun, that the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong, neither yet bread to the wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding, nor yet favour to men of skill; but time and chance happeneth to them all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TEV:&lt;br /&gt;
I realized another thing, that in this world fast runners do not always win the races, and the brave do not always win the battles. Wise men do not always earn a living, intelligent men do not always get rich, and capable men do not always rise to high positions. Bad luck happens to everyone. (Ecclesiastes 9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEB (The New English Bible):&lt;br /&gt;
One more thing I have observed here under the sun; speed does not win the race nor strength the battle. Bread does not belong to the wise, nor wealth to the intelligent, nor success to the skillful; time and chance govern all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both renderings of the NEB and of the TEV were considered by Nida as &amp;quot;dynamic equivalent&amp;quot; translations, though they were at two quite distinct rhetorical levels. The NEB &amp;quot;preserved more the aphoristic style of the passage &amp;quot;while the TEV&amp;quot; adopted a style more characteristic of modern-day practical philosophy&amp;quot;. The NEB was &amp;quot;semantically more condensed&amp;quot;, while the TEV was expanded with &amp;quot;sufficient redundancy&amp;quot;. This was because the former was intended to be read by readers themselves, and the latter was for people who heard the scriptures. &amp;quot;It is essentially for this reason that one can justify two different types of dynamic equivalent translations designed primarily for two rather different purposes&amp;quot; (Jin Di and Nida 1984, 87-89). It is safe for us to say that dynamic equivalent translations are not those that are closest to the original text in lexicon and grammar. Rather, depending on the readers for whom the translation is made, there are more than one dynamic equivalent translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At phase three (1984-), &amp;quot; functional equivalence&amp;quot; was divided into two levels of equivalence: the maximal level and the minimal level. The maximal level was an ideal, but Nida did not suggest that the translator must take it as an aim to work at. On the contrary, he claimed that this maximal level of equivalence was &amp;quot;rarely, if ever, achieved, except for text having little or no aesthetic value and involving only routine information&amp;quot; (Nida 1993, 118). In Nida's view, such an ideal goal could only be achieved in certain limited types of texts, and it was impossible to attain such an objective in literary translation. In brief, a functional equivalent translation was not an ideal goal that the translator must pursue in their work. Rather, it had &amp;quot;different degrees of adequacy&amp;quot; from minimal to maximal level and a good translation always lay somewhere in between the two levels (Nida 1993, 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reasons for the Differences between the Two Theories =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly two reasons for the differences between Jin's theory and Nida's theory:(1) Jin's theory is, to some extent, very much influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories, and (2) Nida's theory fails to address the issue of transference of aesthetic elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin accepted Nida's theory in the late 1970s, he had formed his own views about translation, and taken the combination of &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; as the standard of a good translation. In his view, &amp;quot;accuracy is the ultimate objective of a translation while smoothness is the necessary means to attain it. The translator's objective is to accurately reproduce the content and feeling of the original text in an idiomatic language&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 119- 120). Theoretically, it is desirable to achieve this objective, but in actual translating it is hard to accomplish it. Just as a saying goes: &amp;quot;Translation is like a mistress. If she is beautiful, she is not faithful. If she is faithful, she is not beautiful&amp;quot;. Certainly, Jin had to face this dilemma of keeping &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time in his translation practice. After he had contact with Nida's theory, he tried to find the way out of it from the standpoint of readers and communication theory. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accuracy and smoothness in translating are inseparable from target readers. Translating is communicating across two languages. An accurate translation indicates that the message the target reader obtains from the translated text should be substantially the same as the message the original reader has acquired from the original text. A smooth translation indicates that the target reader can understand the translation and receive the translated message e without any difficulty. (Jin Di 1998, 114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that even after Jin advanced his own theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; in the 1980s, he was not totally free from the bondage of his former translation standard of &amp;quot; accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot;. For instance, he held that an equivalent effect translation was to preserve &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time (Jin Di 1998, 39). This explained why he emphasized the importance of transference of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his definition of equivalent effect translation, and why he was strongly opposed to the alteration of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his arguments against Phillip's rendering of &amp;quot; a hearty handshake&amp;quot; and Chuang's suggestion of &amp;quot;干杯&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin's dependence upon Chinese traditional translation theory was more conspicuous. In his article &amp;quot;Translating Spirit&amp;quot; (1996), Jin borrowed &amp;quot;faithfulness and expressiveness&amp;quot; from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle and put forward his translation principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot;. He held that to accomplish an equivalent effcet translation, the translator should “make the translated text similar to the original text in terms of faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 162). Clearly, during this period, Jin's theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect mainly depended on faithful representation of the original text, and the target reader was no longer involved ass the decisive role in translating. It is safe for r us to say that when Jin absorbed the useful elements from traditional Chinese translation theory, Chinese classic literary criticism and aesthetics to discuss his translation objective, his theory went further away from Nida’s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, though he claimed that his translation criteria &amp;quot; faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; were similar to his translation principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect” (Wang Zhenping 200, 56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another reason for the discrepancy ' between the two theories is the limitations of Nida's theory. &amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is not restricted to Bible translation, but&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it has some limitations in guiding literary translation. This is simply because Nida's immediate concern is not about literary translation, hence it fails to address the transference of formal structures possessing stylistic values and aesthetic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the general background against which Nida formulated his translation theory in the early 1960 was that the English Revised Version of the Bible and the American Standard Version of the Bible (1901) were very literal to the extent that &amp;quot;they simply did not communicate effectively, owing to their 16th century forms and the literal, awkward syntax&amp;quot; (Nida 1964, 20). Due to this fact, Nida in his theory objected to word-for-word translation of &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;, and advocated a free approach to translation, i.e. a meaning- oriented dynamic equivalence. This translation approach has great significance for translators, providing them with theoretical support to break the chains of literalism. However, as far as literary translation is concerned, merely translating sense is not enough. Just as Lin Yutang says, there are two types of literary works. One originates from the writer's experience and thoughts, and the other lies in the language itself, i.e. the specific means to express the writer's experience and thoughts. The first type does not rely on the native language of the writer to a certain degree, while the second is inseparable from the spirit of his mother tongue (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 430-431). Jin Yuelin also states: &amp;quot;Translating sense, which only requires expressiveness and faithfulness, is not an easy thing, and in some cases it is very difficult. Nevertheless, the difficulty is only a technical problem. Translating flavor, however, is quite another matter, for it requires recreation in translating&amp;quot; (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 464). When meaning and flavor in the original text cannot be kept at the same time in literary translation, in some cases the translator retains flavor and sacrifices sense. But in Nida's theory translating means translating meaning, and his exploration of style or spirit is very inadequate for literary translation. When Jin translated Joyce's Ulysses, he had to face the problem of spirit transference. This is the reason why Jin eventually turns to Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism to seek for support for his theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some similarities between Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect. They both have profound research and insight into the theory of equivalent translation, and have a lot of common points in their understanding of the theory. There are also some differences between the two theories. Jin Di is deeply influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories and lacks a scientific basis for translation analysis. However, Nida's theory does not mention aesthetics, which has its limitations in guiding literary translation. Therefore, Nida's theory is not applicable to general translation, but only to biblical translation and informative or vocative translation. How to learn from the two translations to better guide translation practice is a task that translation researchers need to do in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuang, Kun-liang 庄坤良. (1995). &amp;quot;Ulysses, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤译&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;]James Joyce Quarterly 32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 得·瓦得和尤金·奈达. (1986). From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating [从一种语言到另一种语言]. New York: Nelson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤.(1998). In Search of the Principle of Equivalent Effect [等效反应原则]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida 金堤和尤金·奈达. (1996). On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English [论翻译]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1995). Equivalence Effect in Translation [翻译中的等效反应]. Chinese University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1994-1996). trans. Ulysses(You Li Xi Si). By James Joyce[尤利西斯]. Beijing: People's Literature Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Junping 刘军平.(1997). &amp;quot;Comments on Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses.&amp;quot; [&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;两种译文的比较研究]. Chinese Translators Journal 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. (1988). &amp;quot;Book Review: On Translation by Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida&amp;quot; [书评: 论翻译]. Chinese Translators Journal 2: 56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo, Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). An Anthology of Writings on Translation [翻译论集]. Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1975). Language Structure and Translation: Essays by Eugene A. Nida [语言结构与翻译]. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1959). Principles of translation as exemplified by bible translating [从圣经翻译看翻译原则]. Bible Translator, 72(4), 323-342.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1993).Language, Culture and Translating [语言、文化与翻译]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1964). Towards a Science of Translating: with Special Reference to Principles and Procedures Involved in Bible Translating [翻译的科学探索]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. and C. R. Taber. 尤金·奈达和查尔斯·泰伯. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation [翻译理论与实践]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Zhenping 王振平. (2000). &amp;quot;An Interview with Prof. Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤教授访谈录] Chinese Translators Journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Yougui 王友贵. (1998). &amp;quot;On Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses&amp;quot;[&amp;lt;尤利西斯的两个中译本研究&amp;gt;]. Chinese Comparative Literature 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translating and interpreting centering on translation and interpretation.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation.(Liu Heping 2009,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture.(Liu Heping 2009,35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences.(Liu Heping 2009,35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.(Liu Heping 2009,35)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. (Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation.(Liu Heping 2009,37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended.(Ma Chao 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.(Ma Chao 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in China====&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself.(Ma Chao 2010,19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized.(Ma Chao 2010,19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. (Huang Yongchang 2003,37)After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development.(Ma Chao 2010,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. (Ma Chao 2010,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice,--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. (Yang Zijian 1994,52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.(Yang Zijian 1994,55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in the West====&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, Alexander FraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on.(Yang Zijian 1994,53) --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.(Xu Jun 2009,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105)holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding.(Marianne Lederer 2011,12)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style.(Marianne Lederer 2011,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on.(Sun Sucha 2008, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech,--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.(Sun Sucha 2008, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,147)Is also consistent or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.(Li Jun 2007,54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language.(Marianne Lederer 2011,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer 2011,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident.(Sun Sucha 2008,45) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. (Sun Sucha 2008,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. And lost-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. (Chen Kaisha 2012,134)These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Differences between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although translation theorists have not formed a unified opinion on the issue of translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, a hundred schools of thought contend among translation theorists, the main criteria for evaluating translation quality in China are still faithfulness and fluency,--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) which is in line with the &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; standard put forward by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the source text in terms of content, form, style and style as far as possible. And make it smooth.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of interpretation.(Yang Zijian 1994,62) According to the Dayism theory of French interpretation expert Celeskovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, its purpose is to achieve meaning, and the standard is to achieve meaning and fluency.(Li Jinze 2010,23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation standard put forward by interpretation expert Li Yueran is accurate, smooth and fast. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties. Fluency, that is, the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, it is easy for people to understand; fast, because the interpretation is immediate, its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to respond quickly.(Li Jinze 2010,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, an interpreter, argues that interpretation should be faithful and timely. Faithfulness means that the target language must be faithful to the content of the source language and the emotional color of the language under specific circumstances, while timely communication means timely communication. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same.(Yang Zijian 1994,64) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation results should be accurate, rather than speculating on the content of the source text according to the interpreter's own understanding; aiming at the recipient of the translation result,--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) the expression form of the translation result must conform to the recipient's language habits to facilitate their understanding; in addition, the translator needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation.(Yang Zijian 1994,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose.(Zhao Shuo 1999,100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is an activity with strong immediacy. It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Zhao Shuo 1999,99). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Zhao Shuo 1999,100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC) The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,148) Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on.(Ma Chao 2010,19) However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot;(Li Jinze 2010,102)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,148) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,148)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,149)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Xie Zhaolin 2012,149).--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC) As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Kaisha. 程凯莎. (2012). 浅析英语口笔译之异同.[A brief Analysis of the similarities and differences between English interpreting and Translating].科教文汇[Cultural exchange of science and education]133-134.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yongchang. 黄勇昌. (2003).对翻译忠实性原则的解构分析[A Deconstructive Analysis of the Translation Fidelity Principle].番禺职业技术学院学报[Journal of Panyu Vocational and Technical College]35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Heping. 刘和平. (2009). 论本科翻译教学的原则与方法[On the Principles and Methods of Undergraduate Translation Teaching].中国翻译[Translation in China]34-39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jinze. 李金泽. (2010). 国内口译研究的历史与现状[The History and Current Situation of Domestic Interpreting Research].边疆经济与文化[Frontier Economy and Culture]101-102.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jun. 李军. (2007). 英汉汉英翻译训练与解析[Training and Analysis of English-Chinese Chinese-English Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun. 李云. (2001). 翻译的忠实性[Fidelity of Translation].山东电力高等专科学校学报[Journal of Shandong Electric Power Higher Specialized School]56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Chao. 马超. (2010). 浅谈中国翻译史中的翻译原则[A Brief Introduction to the Translation Principles in the History of Chinese Translation].科技风[Science and Technology Wind]18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Marianne Lederer. 玛丽安·莱德尔. (2011). 释意学派口笔译理论[The Theory of Interpretation and Translation in the School of Interpretation and Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[Chinese Foreign Translation and Publication].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Sucha. 孙素茶. (2008). 口译与笔译之区别[The Difference between Interpreting and Translating].商情[Business Information]44-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jun. 许钧. (2009). 翻译概论[Introduction to Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Zhaolin. 谢昭霖. (2012). 论口笔译学习的异同[On the Similarities and Differences between Interpreting and Translating Studies].海外英语[English Abroad]147-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1994). 翻译新论[New Theory of Translation].湖北教育出版社出版[Hubei Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Shuo. 赵硕. (1999). 探讨翻译过程中的忠实性问题[Exploring the Problem of Fidelity in Translation].西北工业大学学报[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnic University]99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world. There were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promoted the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western countries.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, and it also introduces Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The failure in the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thought. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, is a scholar and translator in modern China. He is famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among a few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrases &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; have been attributed to Yan Fu as standards for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates. Therefore, it has been the catchword among Chinese translation theories. (Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theories, which include faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays a vital important role among Chinese translation theories. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; for the sake of memory. They are cited as follows:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three difficult requirements to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in using the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, and the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habits and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', it originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development. It doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff was translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what the skiff looks like,  so it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform to the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one for it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handling”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is uncomparable among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding of the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars. Some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meanings of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concepts of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) is a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into China in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorant of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books is to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign languages and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which include omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late 19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing through addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations. He took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western cultures.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese readers' aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effects of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the readers' acceptability, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked interest to learn from the West.They even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being two famous translators in the late Qing Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theories and practice, both of whom played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theories, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. He attached great importance to faithfulness and believed that being faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering. Being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well of later generations. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizon at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:42, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Charles Dickens. (2008). David Copperfield. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [Draft of Chinese translation theory]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [A History of Chinese Translation]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ernest Hemingway. (2016). The Old Man and the Sea. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). Uncle Tom's Cabin. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Huang Yuanshen. (2011). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). ''中外翻译理论教程'' [Translation Theory: A Coursebook]. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). ''撒克逊劫后英雄略'' [Ivanhoe]. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Walter Scott. (2009). Ivanhoe. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). ''严复集'' [Yan Fu Ji]. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). ''中西翻译理论简明教程'' [A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler 陈涵 Chen Han 202070080580 Translation 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵 202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:  &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories.&amp;quot;.(Here, this sentence can be changed into &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are representatives of the most important translation theories.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began.(Here, in this sentence, you may change the word &amp;quot;began&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;have begun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation,(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
……，and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. (Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': (Liu Miqing 2012, 1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:(''xin''),(''da''),(''ya''),it's better to write it in Chinese&amp;quot;信&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;达&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;雅&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
 Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea,…….(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;sea&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;shipping&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory. (Liu Miqing 2012, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs,…….(Here, you may delete the second &amp;quot;as&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing.(Here, you may add a word &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; after the word &amp;quot;wrting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it is not only a very important milestone in the history of British translation theory, but also the entire history of Western translation theory. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation …….(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;requirements&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;demands&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period.(Here, you may add a comma and a word &amp;quot;which&amp;quot; before &amp;quot;has increased&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun,…….(Here, you may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese , because he learned from Wu Rulun,……&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically.(Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;ideologically&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.(You may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Under this circumstance, translation may be the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540: The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;adjust&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;adjusting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggesion:It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;their&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;his&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in ''On the Establishment of Translation Academy'': The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信).(Here, in this sentence, you may change the word &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;by&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……were not put forward at the same time. (Here, you may change &amp;quot;at the same time&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;during the same era&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history.(You may change the word &amp;quot;profound&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;long&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style.(You may change this sentence into &amp;quot;In other words, the translation should correspond to what kind of writing style the original work is.&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients,…….(You may change this sentence into &amp;quot;On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory which advoted the ancients,……&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in ''Principes de littérature'' for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking.(You may change the word &amp;quot;relationhsip&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;relation&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler…….(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;times&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;era&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the ''dao'' (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s ''dao'' of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
[Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
[ Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] 上海:上海人民出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
[Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] 北京:中国对外翻译出版有限公司. Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆. &lt;br /&gt;
[Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] 北京:商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
[Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] 北京:商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
[Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] 北京:商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
[Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] 北京:中央编译出版社 Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社.]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:20, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Meiguo 赵美国. (2011). 从思维方式看严复与泰特勒翻译原则比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu and Tytler's translation principles from a mindset perspective] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (02) 203-204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594  专业：英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representatives of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida puts forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devotes himself to teaching and puts forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Newmark; similarities; differences&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
奈达；纽马克；相同；不同&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and a translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding among human beings. （Liao Qiyi 2000，85）  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first， descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he does not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information when there are problems in translation. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation activity is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communicating thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message” (Tan Zaixi 1984,10). Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese because it . Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-124）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first version, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Are Translatable=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also points out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize translatability in different languages. At the same time, they both realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing, so one of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translators to change it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond the phrase in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. But this is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark later puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot;. In the past, he believed that language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. It does not need to always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. （Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But by summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. On the basis of semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. He says that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Translation Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only been applied to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, we can see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When seeing translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works with accurate wording. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida doesn’t agree with him. He thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to a text because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translated version is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation activity will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind” in order to achieve equivalence. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, the absence of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, his expression will get out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark have been developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. We should extract their essence and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice of translation and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee 谭载喜.(1984).奈达论翻译 [Nida on Translation]  北京：中国对外翻译出版公司  Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一.（2000). 当代西方翻译理论探索[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory]   译林出版社[Translating Forest Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping 刘军平.（2009). 西方翻译理论通史[Translation and translation]   武汉：武汉大学出版社Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] &lt;br /&gt;
**Fang Mengzhi 方梦之.（2011). 中国译学大辞典 [Dictionary of Chinese Translation]  上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press] 534&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu 林敏煜.（2008). 浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] 文教资料[Journal of Translation and Education] 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 崔建周，卢静.（2006). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较 [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ]  河南商业高等专科学校学报[Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 106-108&lt;br /&gt;
**Xu Xianghui 徐向晖.（2010). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨[A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark]   漯河职业技术学院学报[Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 杨山青，饶家林.（2010). 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用[The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials]  黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College]  41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping 胡爱萍.（2014). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究[A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ]  铜陵学院学报 [Journal of Tongling College]  81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan 王小丹.（2009).  奈达的功能对等论及其评价[Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation]  陕西师范大学学报[Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克 Newmark.（2001).翻译问题探讨[Exploring Translation Issues]   上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1986). From One Language to Another   Thomas Nelson Incorporated&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1964).Toward a Science of Translating   Leiden: E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, (1969). Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation   Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. (1991). About Translation   Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd, &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Text Book of Translation   London: Prentice Hall International (UK)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On The Division Of Western Translation Theories	-     刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596   MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘柳 Liu Liu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories; translation schools; translation theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论划分之研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论; 翻译流派; 翻译理论家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅰ.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of Western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida 1984, 9-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to George Steiner, the study of Western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi 2004,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Translation in Ancient Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of Western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of Western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zaixi 1991, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson 1997, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quintus Heratius Flaccus was deeply influenced by Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi 1991, 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 St. Jerome=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.4 St. Augustine=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the eleventh and twelfth centuries A.D., Western translators gathered in Toledo, Spain, to translate a large number of works from Arabic into Latin. As a result, Toledo became the center of European academic world (similar to the &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; in Baghdad), its translation and academic activities has continued for more than a hundred years with far-reaching effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Manlius Boethius=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979: 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dante=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Translation in Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance Movement that took place in Europe from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries was a major movement of intellectual and literary innovation, it was also a major development in the history of Western translation. Especially in the sixteenth century and the period afterwards, when the Renaissance Movement was widespread in Western European countries, translation activities reached an unprecedented peak, involving various fields such as thought, politics, philosophy, literature and religion, covering major works of ancient times and contemporary times, and a large number of outstanding translators and a series of excellent translation works emerged at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Martin Luther=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida 1984, 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Etienne Dolet=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, Western translation kept on moving forward. Although in terms of scale and influence, translation in this period was not as good as that of the Renaissance, a large number of excellent translation works emerged. Its most important character was that translators not only continued to translate classical works, but also developed a great interest in modern and contemporary works. The works of great writers such as Cervantes, Shakespeare, Balzac, and Goethe were repeatedly translated into various languages, and translations of Oriental literature came out one after another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.1 John Dryden=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 153) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation. The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.3 Matthew Arnold=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English translation theories, the debate between Arnold and Newman on the translation of ''Homer's Epic'' is of positive significance. Matthew Arnold put forward his insights in the following six aspects: 1) Translating ''Homer's Epic'' must first clarify the characteristics of Homer. 2) The essential features of ''Homer's Epic'' must be preserved. 3)Translating poem must have the insight of a poet. 4)The translation must resemble a poem. 5)The translation must have the same appeal as the original text. 6)It is the scholars, not the general readers, who test the fidelity of the translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 134-135)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.4 Francis W. Newman=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newman evaluated Arnold's translation based on his points of view, his viewpoints are as follows: 1) Homer is a poet, and the translation must reproduce him as a poet. 2) The criterion for measuring the translation is mainly the reaction of general readers rather than scholars. 3) The translation is a kind of compromise, and the more outstanding the original work is, the less the translation work can be compared with it. Their differences lie in their respective translation principles, techniques and viewing perspectives, so it is difficult for us to to say which is right and which is better. Their arguments have played an active role in enlivening the academic atmosphere and promoting the study of translation theory from multiple perspectives and multiple aspects.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 135-136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friedrich Schleiermacher published his paper ''On the Methods of Translation'', which discussed the close relationship between translation and understanding from a hermeneutical point of view, theoretically discussed the principles and approaches of translation.He put forward the hermeneutic proposition of examining semantics, including grammatical interpretation and psychological interpretation, and believed that the translator cannot accept the original work passively, but must create it actively, &amp;quot;and must grasp a 'pre-structure' beyond the text according to the original author's mental process and thought track&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 1989, 3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the differences between interpreting and translation for the first time, believing that interpreting is similar to a mechanical activity, while translation is a creative activity. Similarly, translation can be divided into literary translation and mechanical translation. The former is the translation of works of literature, art and natural science, which requires independent thinking and creativity of the translator, and strong comprehension and expression skills. While the latter involves only commercial and business interpreting, which &amp;quot;can be done with a general command of two languages&amp;quot; (Wells 1988, 24), and is not of high quality because it involves something tangible and clearly defined. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Schleiermacher divided translation into two approaches: obedience to the original work and obedience to the translation work. The former is to let the readers approach the original author, and the translator only &amp;quot;fills in the blanks where the readers don't understand the language of the original work&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 135), i.e., using literal translation to let the readers understand the meaning of the original work. The translator usually adopts flexible translation and free translation, so that the readers can easily understand the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His thoughts has inspired the classification of prospective and retrospective of Postgate in the twentieth century.Friedrich Schleiermacher's translation theories had a great impact in the 19th century and is still significant even today. Although he was the first theorist to distinguish between interpreting and translation, his views on interpreting were wrong. From the perspective of modern translation theories, interpreting is not a mechanical activity, but also a skill that requires a high level of language expression ability and the ability to recreate, and because interpreting is a kind of simultaneous interpretation, there is no room for careful thinking, and it is even more difficult than translation in many aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.6 Wilhelm von Humboldt=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm von Humboldt's translation theory was based on his unique philosophy of language. He believed that language is only the &amp;quot;external manifestation of the spirit of each nation&amp;quot;, and that the language of each nation is their spirit, and the spirit of each nation is also their language. Due to the differences of each language, translators are in a dilemma of either following the original tex too closely and losing the charm of their own language, or sticking to their own language and sacrificing the elegance of the original work (Wells 1988, 27-28). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Humboldt also suggested that &amp;quot;there is nothing that language cannot express&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;language is the nature of human, and all languages hold the key to understanding any other languages&amp;quot; (Wells, 1988:29). This dialectical thinking on the issues of translatability and untranslatability, language as system and language as speech act has greatly influenced linguists such as Saussure and Chomsky in the twenties century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the World War II, the West entered a relatively stable period, production got developed, the economy gradually recovered, and science and technology were changing day by day. This was the material basis of the prosperity of translation. Due to the evolution of the times, the characteristics of translation have also changed a lot.  The translation in the new period differs from that of any period in the past in scope, scale, function and form and has made great progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first change is the expansion of translation scope. While the traditional translation mainly focused on the translation of literary and religious works, the translation in the new period expands to other fields, especially in science, technology and commerce fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the scale of translation greatly exceeds that of the past. In the past, only a few literary giants worked on translation, but now translation has become a specialized profession, with not only litterateur, philosophers and theologians engaging in translation, but also a specially trained professional team undertaking various translation tasks. Moreover, the function of translation is unparalleled in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially after the foundation of the United Nations and the European Common Market, exchanges among Western countries in various fields, such as literature, art, science, technology, politics and economics, have become increasingly frequent and close, and all these communications are carried out through translation, because translation plays an increasingly practical role in the process. Finally, the form of translation has also changed and progressed greatly. The three changes are in fact an important sign of the development of the new period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 Roman Jakobson=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roman Jakobson was originally from Russia, then moved to the Czech Republic, and then moved to the United States during World War II and became an American citizen. As one of the founders of the linguistic school, his contributions to translation theory is mainly reflected in his article ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation''. From the perspective of linguistics, the article provided a detailed analysis and discussion of the relationship between language and translation, the importance of translation, and the problems in translation. Since its publication in 1959, this article has been regarded as one of the classics of translation studies in western theoretical field. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five main points of Jakobson's discussion. Translation is divided into three categories: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The so-called intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of some linguistic symbols by other linguistic symbols in the same language, that is rewording. Interlingual translation refers to the interpretation of the symbols of one language into the symbols of another language between two languages, i.e., translation in the strict sense. Intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of linguistic symbols by non-linguistic symbol systems, or the interpretation of non-linguistic symbols by linguistic symbols, such as the transformation from semaphore or gesture into verbal expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The understanding of the meaning of words depends on translation. He believed that translation plays a decisive role in the process of language learning and language comprehension. Accurate translation depends on information symmetry. What translation involves is the reciprocal information in two different speech symbols. All languages have equal expressive power. If there is a lack of vocabulary in a language, the language can be processed by borrowing words, creating words or paraphrasing them. The grammatical category is the most complex issue in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 John Catford=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford, a linguist and translation theorist of University of Edinburgh, published ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' in 1965, in which he interpreted the previous problems of translation from a novel modern linguistic perspective and created the new approach to the study of translation theory in the West, thus exerting a great influence in Western linguistic and translation theory circles. John Catford used the &amp;quot;Scale and Category Grammar&amp;quot; of the descriptive linguist Han Lide to describe translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He focused on the central question of &amp;quot;what is translation&amp;quot; in terms of the nature, categories, equivalence, shifts, and limits of translation. The nature of translation. According to Catford's definition, translation is &amp;quot;the substitution of textual material from one language (source language) for its equivalent in another language (target language)&amp;quot;. (Catford 1965, 20-21) The categories of translation. In terms of its extent, it can be divided into &amp;quot;full translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;partial translation&amp;quot;. In terms of language level, it can be divided into &amp;quot;total translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;restricted translation&amp;quot;. In terms of the level of linguistic structure, it can be divided into &amp;quot;level restricted&amp;quot; translation and &amp;quot;level unlimited&amp;quot; translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equivalence of translation. It is the center of translation practice and translation theoretical research, and must be explained in two ways. On the one hand, translation equivalence is an empirically based phenomenon that is found on the basis of a comparison between two languages. On the other hand, translation equivalence must make sure that whether the target text and the source text have the same or at least partially the same substantive features. The shifts of translation. It refers to the deviation from formal correspondence when turning the source text into the target text. There are two main types of shifts,which are level shifts and category shifts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of translation. It refers to untranslatability. There are two types of untranslatability in translation. The first one is linguistic untranslatability, which includes puns and ambiguous grammatical structures. The other is cultural untranslatability which is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs and different backgrounds of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford's translation theory has injected fresh blood into translation studies in Britain and even the West as a whole, and it has advanced the modern linguistic consciousness in the field of contemporary Western translation studies. In a sense, all kinds of contemporary Western translation theories that have emerged so far have benefited from this increased linguistic consciousness. No matter whether, or to what extent and within what limits, his proposition of using the linguistic theory of &amp;quot;Scale and Category&amp;quot; to explain translation problems is effective or not, the proposition itself has made a contribution to the development of contemporary Western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Eugene A. Nida=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida was one of the most important representatives of the linguistic school who published two famous translation theoretical works ''Toward A Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1964 and 1965 respectively and proposed the concept of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot;, whose theory has made great contributions to contemporary translation studies in the West. He proposed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory, and then proposed &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory from the viewpoint of sociolinguistics and communicative function of language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the four-step model of &amp;quot;analysis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;transformation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reorganization&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;examination&amp;quot; of the translation process. His main academic activities in his life were centered on the translation of ''The Bible''. In the process of translating ''The Bible'', Nida developed his own translation theory from a practical point of view, which eventually became one of the classics of translation studies. Nida's most important theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory,which means that the translation should not seek for a rigid correspondence between words on the surface, but to achieve functional equivalence between two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this theory, he pointed out that &amp;quot;translation is the reproduction of the information of source language from semantics to style in the most appropriate, natural and reciprocal language&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 65). The &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory includes four aspects, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, chapter equivalence and stylistic equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believed that &amp;quot;meaning is the most important, and form is the second&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form is likely to conceal the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida's theory, the translator should take the four aspects of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory as the principle of translation to accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of source language in target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.4 James Holmes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
James Holmes is the founder of Translation Studies, and his book, ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''(1972), is the founding manifesto of Translation Studies. He first argued that translation theory should arise from the scientific description of the translation process, and then apply the theory to translation practice and translation teaching. The translation of poetry can be regarded as a kind of meta-literature, which is both an evaluation and interpretation of the original work, and at the same time a new and independent literary work itself. Translation studies should focus on the relationships between the translated text and the original work and between the translated text and the target language culture, rather than the traditional equivalence or fidelity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.5 Peter Newmark=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a professor of modern linguistics at the University of Surrey, who is mainly engaged in teaching translation theory and practice. After the publication of his masterpieces ''Approaches to Translation''(1981) and ''A Textbook of Translation''(1988), semantic and communicative translation theory has been highly regarded by the translation circles. In 1991, his another famous work ''About Translation'' was published, which collected Newmark's most important translation theoretical findings in recent years. ''Paragraphs on Translation'', which was published in 1991, is a collection of detailed discussions of translation theory, translation teaching, translation linguistics, and translation techniques that were published in the journal ''The Linguist'' from 1989 to 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅲ.Discussion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation theory system consists of two main theories. One is the literature and art translation theory. It is the oldest theory, extending from ancient dramatic translators such as Terrence to modern translation theorists (e.g. Levy in the Czech Republic, Gachechiladze in the former Soviet Union, Steiner in the UK, etc.), and it focused on how to translate literary texts in order to realize literary and cultural exchanges in the ideal sense. In this theory, translation was considered as literarature and art, and the focus of translation was on recreation. The theorists not only discussed the pros and cons of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, but analyzed the purposes and effects of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They also emphasized respecting target language culture, paid attention to the style and literariness of target texts, and required the translators to have a natural literary talent. The other is the linguistic translation theory. It extended from Augustine in ancient times to the structural linguistics school in the 20th century, which closely combined translation theories with the analysis of semantics and grammar, discussed translation in terms of language usage techniques, believing that translation aims to produce a text that is semantically equivalent to the original, and seeked to explain how to produce such semantic equivalence in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was more concerned with how to realize the transformation of the words of the two languages in order to convey the information in source language. Looking back at the history of Western translation theories over the past two thousand years, especially the above two main theories constituting the Western translation theory system, we can easily find that, from ancient times to contemporary times, although each period has its own peak of development, on the whole, the contemporary times since the end of World War II in the middle of the 20th century can be regarded as the highest peak of the development of Western translation theories so far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅳ.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We should study the outline, changes and development of Western translation theories, and state our opinions on the significance and value of the study of Western translation theories from a historical perspective. On the one hand, we should absorb the relevant contemporary research results at home and abroad, make comments on the representative figures and their representative works, schools of thought and important historical events in Western translation of various historical periods, especially in the 20th century.On the other hand, we should make an in-depth analysis and discussion on the mutual promotion, evolution and the development process of translation practice and translation theory, and elaborate our basic understanding on the nature and direction of the development of translation thoughts and theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yiyu|Liu Yiyu]] ([[User talk:Liu Yiyu|talk]]) 08:45, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper made a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theories and J. C. Catford's translation theories from three perspectives, that is, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some important concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theories from different perspectives and even the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influences on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，甚至同一个术语在两种译论中具有不同含义的现象也常有见之，因此不免对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握这两种译论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it has become an irreversible trend to integrate the translation theory researches into the field of linguistics, which broke through the traditional translation theories and created a new approach to explore them. Nida and Catford are two prominent representatives in this field. As to Nida, he is a famous contemporary American translation theorist, known as the father of modern Western translation theory, with ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''as his major works. As to Catford, he is a famous English linguist and translation theorist, with ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' as his masterpiece. From what I have mentioned above, it can be seen clearly that  both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theories. However, in spite of this fact, their respective translation theories are actually based on different linguistic schools. As a result, it is no wonder that they have different understandings and interpretations in terms of the same concept and the acceptability of their respective translation theories are largely varied in the academic world. Therefore, this paper will elaborate the differences of the translation theories between Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford from these three perspectives, namely, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, what deserves noticing is that they are actually based on different linguistic schools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theories are mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformational-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:chenshachenshachensha111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida's broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that the transformation between languages on the level of deep structure can guarantee the faithfulness of the translated text to the original text to the greatest extent. What's more, since the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure of the target language, the smoothness of the translated text can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theories broke through the formal constraints in translation and retained the content of the original text, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theories are mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt the two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from such four levels as phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary simultaneously. He also holds that even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford's translation theories are based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theories in a selective way, which makes his translation theories innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday's systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories mainly serve the translation of ''The Bible'', with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of ''the Bible'', the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey the will of God. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in the process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories does not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in the process of translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, which is why his translation theories arouse suspicion of other scholars. Actually, readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theories. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theories, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information,so its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to such raw materials as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theories, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages can never be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theories different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of languages and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, translators can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory broke the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believes that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist on the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theories seem to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizing equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theories focus on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida pointed out that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, and the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theories are concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted into the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book ''A linguistic Theory of Translation'', he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford uses &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realizes that different languages are actually different systems that can never be coincided with each other. As a result, there will never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are actually different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s views of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions to Translation Studies ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida views the communication and integration between different languages and cultures with a new perspective. He jumped out of the bondage of language and instead paid attention to the pragmatic function of language and the external linguistic equivalence. As a faithful supporter of language universality, he insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can also be expressed in another and that communication can be achieved by looking for translation equivalence among different languages and cultures and reorganizing the form of the original text and semantic structure in an appropriate way, which is also the basis for his establishment of equivalence translation theory. In short, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static mode of solely emphasizing text comparison and creates a new mode of fully respecting the response of the receptors of the target language to translated text. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that the main concern of translation practice is to find equivalent components and the central task of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of these equivalent components. His equivalence theory mainly focuses on the study of language, which relates the analysis of translation theory closely to the analysis of the functions of semantics and grammar, aiming at explaining how such a semantic equivalence on the level of vocabulary and grammatical structure is achieved. In his opinion, translators’ main task is to seek content equivalence rather than form correspondence, which is exactly what Catford calls translation conversion. In summary, as a means to realize the equivalence in terms of text, Catford’s translation theory has its positive significance in specific historical periods. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2 Influences in China=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1980s, Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories were introduced into China almost at the same time, but their occasions in China were quite different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as Nida’s translation theories were introduced, the research and citation of them achieved a climax. From 1980 to 2000, 147 papers citing Nida's translation theories were published on ''China Translation'', the core journal of Chinese translation circle. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, 25 papers on Nida’s translation theories were published on such core journals as ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012. In 2012 alone, there were 80 journal papers, doctoral papers and master's papers on Nida translation theory. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories on the contary have not attracted enough attention in domestic academic circles. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, only 3 papers on the Catford’s translation theories were published on ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012 and there were only 8 journal papers, doctoral papers, master's papers and bachelor's papers on Catford's translation theories. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95) What’s more, from the number of Chinese papers published on CNKI regarding Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, the domestic influence of the two theories are also evident. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha222.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha333.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, compared with Catford's translation theories, which are abstract and difficult to understand due to its professionalism, Nida's translation theories are more easily accepted and play a greater guiding role in Chinese-English translation.(Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's research is mainly carried out from a macro perspective and is about the universal principle, which will inevitably ignore the research and discussion of specific skills at the micro level. As a result, the theories obtained will also inevitably be out of touch with practice. Nida's equivalence theory is mainly applicable to the translation of ''The Bible'', and the specific purpose of ''The Bible'' to educate and influence people can make it reasonable to sacrifice the form equivalence and strengthen the functional equivalence in a moderate way. However, if this theory is used to guide the translation of those texts whose forms cannot be ignored, such as the translation of poems, the limitations show up. What’s more, equivalence theory is based on the assumption that readers will have a consistent response, but the problem is that the reader's response is not uniform in any case. It is difficult or almost impossible for readers with different cultural levels, ideologies and positions to produce the same or similar response to the same translation in real life. Therefore, it is difficult to measure the translation effect with this standard. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, As soon as his theory of equivalence translation was put forward, severe criticism in academic circles is brought about, with most of which focusing on the abstraction and idealization of Catford's examples used to prove his theory. In addition, Newmark pointed out that the interpretation of comparative linguistics conducted by Catford is conducive to translators' judgment and selection in translation practices, but has little contribution to translation theory. Venuti pointed out that the words, sentences and instances used by Cadford were created by himself rather than real. Hornby pointed out that the examples used by Catford are simple and decontextualized, while in fact, the process of translation cannot be simply viewed as language practices, actually, it will also be influenced by such factors as text, culture and environment. At the same time, she did not agree with Catford's view that linguistics is the only support of translation research. In addition, Mu Lei believes that the examples Catford used to support his theory are mainly the translation within Germanic languages or Slavic languages, or between Germanic and Slavic languages, so his theory does not have universally guiding significance. In other words, whether Catford’s theory is applicable to the translation between different language families, especially the translation between Chinese and English or not still needs to be discussed. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, although both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, their translation theories are actually different in many aspects. Firstly, their translation theories are based on different linguistic schools, with Nida’s based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar and Catford’s on Halliday’s systematic linguistics. Secondly, their perspectives in terms of some important concepts are different, such as their perspectives regarding meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability. Last but not least, their translation theories have caused different impact on the field of translation and this difference is especially prominent in China. Of course, due to their different linguistic foundations, the two translation theories also have different limitations. It seems that Nida’s translation theories are more widely accepted than Catford’s in China because it is a theoretical system that is more compatible to the traditional Chinese translation theories. However, what we should keep in mind is that when we introduce foreign translation theories, in order to broaden our horizon, translation theories that seem to be incompatible to our traditional opinions are as important as those that are similar to our traditional translation views. Only in this way, can the translation theories be improved and developed further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Yangtong. 崔洋通. (2018). 不可译性:奈达与卡特福德之对比研究. [Untranslatability: A Comparative Study of Nida and Catford]. ''“校园英语” [Campus English]'' 241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Li. 姜丽. (2010). 奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较. [A Comparison of Several Concepts in Nida's and Catford's Translation Theories]. ''“文教资料” [Cultural and Educational Materials]'' 44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shuwu. 林书武. (1981). 奈达的翻译理论简介. [An Introduction to Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“国外语言学” [Foreign Linguistics]'' 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhidan. 李志丹. (2014). 卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨. [A Speculation on Catford’s and Nida's &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; Translation Theory]. ''“哈尔滨学院学报” [Journal of Harbin Institute]'' 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping. 石锡书 &amp;amp; 杜平. (2004). 辩证地看待奈达的“功能对等”理论. [A Critical Look at Nida's &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theory]. ''“翻译科学初探” [A Preliminary Study on Translation Science]'' 69-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Demi. 熊德米. (2001). 奈达翻译理论评述. [A Review of Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“重庆大学学报” [Journal of Chongqing University]'' 85-89.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E.J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶 Xu Mengdie 202020080657 英美文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student No.202020080657 英美文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt; 写名字即可--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound was a representative poet and literary critic of the western literary scene in the early 20th century. Together with important literary figures such as T.S. Eliot, he started a new trend in the creation and study of poetry. At the same period, China was undergoing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were made between them. Wen Yiduo's theory of poetry is considered to be deeply influenced by Pound, but growing out of a specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyze the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's principles in poetry translation from the comparison of their translation principles in terms of rhyme, image and structure.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,埃兹拉·庞德是西方文坛一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特等其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的异同。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），172-173). 引用的人名要用拼音--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the fast development, China began to play a much more important role on world stage, naturally giving rise to the need to recommend Chinese culture to the world. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, a movement that deserves our attention is the vernacular literary movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China was in desperate need of opening up and learning from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the split between classical Chinese literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， traditional Chinese culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell, etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915, setting off Imagist Movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of the vernacular writing movement, and his first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:26, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（12），432-433). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal experience of studying painting and his contact with western poets at that time are materials worth discussing.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two figures are chosen for comparison in this paper because, first, they lived in the same period and both participated in two important literary movements of their time; second, both of them interpreted and applied traditional Chinese poems to modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, a comparison on their understanding of poetry translation is a way to learn the role of traditional Chinese culture in modern times and to better understand these two poets and translators.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers about them. Through close reading, we come to understand their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetry translation. The works covered in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles(孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparative study: since there are some commonalities between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish their roles in respectively vernacular writing movement and imagist movement, in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly in their poem translation principles.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo has been widely studied as a composer of new poetry, a painter, a researcher of classical poetry, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focused more on his identity as a poetry composer than as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his identity as a translator, complemented by his identity as a poet.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进 2005，133-134).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo cover almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies of traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poetry, etc. From the 1970s to present, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo's translation. We can see from the picture below that studies of Wen Yiduo are still favored by scholars and in recent years even more papers on his translation principles have been published. In 2005, a paper by Lv Jing was a watershed moment, for he announced the dawn of a new age of modern metrical poetry. Wen Yiduo was a pioneer of metrical poetry at the beginning of 20th century but he was inevitably constrained by his time. With the development of culture , now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the 18 papers, the most mentioned phrases are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poetry in translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound in terms of a general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) with only one paper directly comparing the two figures in a comprehensive manner. It was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which can be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the national and creative features of Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1）,92).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing the social and cultural upheaval of the collapse of the old and the rise of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he had revolutionary ideas at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't directly participate in the May 4th Movement, he demonstrated his firm support for the students through a passionate and patriotic poem. Obviously, Wen Yiduo's literary creation cannot be separated from his social ideas. This can be revealed in the subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas on translation, they are also closely associated with his understanding of poetry creation, based on his personal learning and experiences.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），275-277).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo experienced several transitions in his poetic writing throughout his life. At first, he was a poet of classical poetry (1916-1925) with works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to the creation of new poetry and criticized that classical poetry shouldn't be created and should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several attempts to create new poetry, Wen Yiduo later went to America to continue his study in painting and literature. Here he came into contact with the Chicago poets and the American Imagists, which was another transition for him. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated retrospectively drawing on classical Chinese culture, inspired partly by his experience studying painting and classical poetry in Chicago. Upon his return to China, he pioneered the creation of metrical poetry, linking the features of the new Western poetry with the image and structure of classical Chinese verse. He demanded beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. The best of his work to realize his principles can be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of making translation, which was to find an answer for his own time and to solve the problems that existed in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to that of Christianism, which is of immense importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius were exactly what was needed, to conquer the social dilemmas brought about by industrialism, cyclical economic crisis, the segregation of people from one another, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poetry translation should be word-for-word but maintain connotations behind it. He identified the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered that Chinese characters were full of beauty of images and that classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all can be a good source for imagist movement.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman to a father and himself to his son. Although he held some different opinions from his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression and direct use of vernacular language, while relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo has also mentioned that he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolutely free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). In Wen Yiduo's view, sound and music are what words contained and only a concise expression like poetry can produce stronger emotions with its natural, artistic syllables.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），202).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and continued his studies in painting at the Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. These experiences provided him with the opportunity to paint poems and he had a unique understanding of the images based on his study of both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of creation of new poems, poems of nature made up a large part of his work. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images from classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. Therefore, he decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was influenced by their ideas in poem composing. The Chicago poets used direct language and free verse to paint the world vividly. Images were important to the Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, Wen Yiduo paid great attention to the use of image and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have a short excerpt of his early composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was one of his early vernacular poems and it's very direct and daily, but lacking in beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea of liberating human mind with a literary revolution, but he still reinforced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Therefore, Wen Yiduo criticize Hu Shi's writing as lacking in beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that the translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing to traditional Chinese painting, where the interplay of colors creates a new harmonious picture, and words should be like colors.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candle''as an example, he used the image of red candle to praise the selfless spirit of sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. In Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is considered to be a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is expressed not only in the subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of descriptive pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he has shown more freehand sketch in his poem rather than western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All of his principles in poetic composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mysterious one which also coincides with Pound's idea.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be described as an orientalist for his love and study of eastern cultures. Before he became acquainted with Chinese, he was captured by the concise but rich connotation contained in traditional Chinese culture. His interest in traditional Chinese poems began with ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction to oriental art（郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating traditional Chinese poem, he formed his own principles of poem composing. He believed that poem should not be written with superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices in the use of images and he was known for his superimposition of images.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（''落叶哀蝉曲'' 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay (''Cathy'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images very well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is well used to paint a picture of late autumn and arouse feelings of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating to leave, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey abstract melancholy just like Chinese classical poem. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'', it has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color images. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 repeated words in the original poem but Pound only kept the repeated forms of the color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his great attention to color image although he didn't mention it in his essay (''Cathy'').--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），94).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to the use of images. Yet because of Wen Yiduo's experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we can assume that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choices for image based on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was in school. Later deeply influenced by ideas of vernacular poem composition highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that he should liberate citizen's mind from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started to compose his new poem, he realized that too direct expression would lose its hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of studying Tang poem. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, otherwise it woud be a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, in his opinion, free verse is the best choice due to their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comments on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator of using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then put his belief in translation into practice in his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever (1902)&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。（''时事新报·学灯'' 1927）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the characteristics of the original work, Wen Yiduo preserved the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou believed that art is an artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, in order to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated into the Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. The infinitive &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; was translated into a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can find the translated version is even more concise and has clear rhythm to form music. To form a parallel structure and a clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo added some decorative elements or deleted some unimportant ones to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator based on original expression, in order to conform to both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are the words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between looseness and tense within the poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme, which can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on rhyme and rhythm in poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' for an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose rather than a rhymed poem, and to that extent his emphasis is more on the other side as he himself said that he agreed that music was important but he didn't make it a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sound is one of them. The poetry of sound could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he believed that images can be conveyed and he devoted to convey images in Chinese poems to English translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (闻一多 1926，1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see that rhyme and rhythm are as important to Wen Yiduo as images, for he considered these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and arouse feelings. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music, and he had no preference between the two, yet, in Pound's view, as said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo valued music so much that he once said that some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language because he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient souls with decoration on a modern cover. The beats and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another vessel, they may lose their favor.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 05:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese and Japanese poems. Therefore, the structure of his translations can often be traced back to parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛 2007，55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound regarded it as his masterpiece of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, such as Wu Di, who believed that this poem is closer to an imitation of Chinese parallelism. He listed the reasons as follows: First, the poem has parallel compositions of time and space and contrasting colors of flower petals and branches. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attention to the conceptual words than functional words.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳 2006，85). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's poetic translation are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, and elegy, etc. It can be traced back to Provence love songs, Japanese Haiku and traditional Chinese poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and he asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined them with traditional Chinese poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. That is why he called for &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot;. In Chinese architecture, balance is considered as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that balance was very essential in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, and we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well-composed poem.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？（　——原载1927年11月5日上海《时事新报 文艺周刊》第9期）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;(范守义 2004，101-102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas on poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First of all this poem consists of two stanzas, in each of which the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but made a little alternation to achieve a better expression. In this line, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, in order to balance the length of sentences, the translator moved the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; to the verse before the last line, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot;, to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is the line -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator split the line, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture(范守义 2004，101-102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza, but there is a dash to indicate it. Therefore, the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance of form as well as meaning. All these efforts of the translator aimed at achieving the aesthetic sense of architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound demand beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places with different focus, for example, Ezra Pound studied and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose with loose forms, but Wen Yiduo's translation highlighted the structural balance and stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist has absorbed elements from traditional Chinese culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In his translation, Ezra Pound calls for artistic conception through the superimposition of images. And as for his form of translation, it's looser than that of Wen Yiduo's, for although Ezra Pound required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; to be &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in the location of his images but it does not have to be balance in numbers of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, even though Wen Yiduo was influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic features of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we can know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using in his later works, but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he was a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works had a solid patriotic foundation, thus he always tried to maintain traditional Chinese culture and spread it through literary creations. This explains the elements of traditional Chinese painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as the specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. It's better to say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in similar social environment than to say that one is an exact imitator of the other. Since they two have their own unique cultural background and are both ardent lovers of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in their literary expressions, but there are also differences that reflect their own cultural identity like those we discovered in their own writings and translations.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.英文文献后面需要添加中文--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:54, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound (1913).A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste. ''Poetry''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Shouyi 范守义.(2004).论诗歌的句法结构美──汉英诗歌比较研究[On the Syntactic Structure of Poetry -- A Comparative Study of Chinese and English Poetry].''外交学院学报 Journal of China Foreign Affairs University'' 2004(04):98-107.&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Yiduo.(1926)英译李太白诗[English translation of Li Po's poems]''《北平晨报》副刊 Supplement to Peiping Morning Post''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic&lt;br /&gt;
*Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 彭丹 Peng Dan 202020080631 日语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of cultural exchanges among all countries, more and more famous works, novels and films have been translated into many versions for people to enjoy. It has become a headache for many translators to realize the original style. In 1969, Eugene Nida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward the theory of functional equivalence, which focusing on the realization of communication between different cultures and languages. This thesis through compares Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s two Chinese versions of The Moon and Sixpence, which written by England famous novelist Maugham, on perspective of the functional equivalence theory. Summing up that how to realize the equivalence of words, sentences and semantic during the translation and how to present the readers’ response. There are always some defects in any perfect things. Some scholars think that the functional equivalence theory ignores the equivalence of form and the style of the original work. However, the theory of functional equivalence is derived from practice, and its achievements are obvious to translation and it makes great contribution for translation. In this paper, I will refer to the form equivalence in the process of translation which not affects the reader's understanding of the original work. This paper focuses on the application of functional equivalence theory in the two versions and describes the translators how to realize the equivalence of meaning, form and cultural equivalence. The paper’s researching ways include literature research, comparative research, example-analysis, summarize experience and content analysis. In the end, I will give my own opinion on the theory of functional equivalence and judge the version which I think is more suitable for readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY WORDS:===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Formal Equivalence;Reader’s Response&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论视角下《月亮与六便士》的两个汉译本对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着各国文化交流的发展，越来越多的名著，小说亦或者影视作品被译成若多版本供人们欣赏。如何完美的展现原著的风采成为众多译者头疼的事情。1969年，美国著名翻译理论学家尤金.奈达，提出了功能对等理论，着重实现不同文化，语言之间的沟通对等，并且侧重于读者的反映。本文通过功能对等理论对比研究傅惟慈和李继宏两人关于英国著名小说家毛姆的《月亮与六便士》的两个中文译本，总结出，在小说翻译的过程中，译者如何实现单词，句子，语义和文化的对等以及如何实现读者的反映。再完美的东西总会有那么一点缺陷，有学者认为功能对等理论忽略了形式的对等以及原著的文体。但是功能对等理论是源于实践，它的成果有目共睹并且其为翻译界做出了巨大贡献。本文会提及译者在翻译的过程中忽略的形式对等，但是并不影响读者对原著的理解。本文更加侧重描写功能对等理论在这两本译文中的应用，详细描写它如何实现意思的对等，形式的对等以及文化的对等。本文使用的方法有文献研究，对比研究，个案分析，经验总结以及内容总结等方法。最后我也会给出自己关于功能对等理论的见解，并评判出我认为更加适合读者的译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；沟通对等；读者反映&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1Research Background====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coincident with the development of the cultural globalization has been realization more and more foreign literary works are translated Chinese literary works for China domestic people to read and appreciate. Whereas after reading the original works which are translated frequently, we possibly feel that most works still have many regrets. On the one hand, if the translators only quest the corresponding words, this may limit the reader’s thought in a large aspect that the readers couldn’t deeply understand the emotion what the authors want to express. On the other hand, if the translators only pursue the semantic and thought, these probably not reflect the profound meaning of a word which the author wants to express. Furthermore, there are many differences between eastern and western cultures and everyone has their own style of expression. If a translator who has polarity style for the original author to translate his works, the difference between the two may be obvious. In order to show the original works better and reduce the difference between source language and target language. Eugene Nida according to the nature of translation put forward the famous Functional Equivalence Theory. It states that translation is not only the equivalence of words, but also the equivalence of style, semantic and type of writing. The information are conveyed by translation includes not only the surface information but also the deeper culture information.(Nida 1984：21）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2Literature Review====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1969, Eugene Nida put forward the functional equivalence theory. In 1986, he published a book which called From One Language to Another. This work is a representative in his theoretical pursuit of translation. He also made numerous amendments and supplements according with his previous translation theories. He used the “functional equivalence” to replace the “dynamic equivalence”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From nearly five years of development at home and abroad, we can see that the functional equivalence theory not only involves the translation of novels but also the news, politics, traditional Chinese medical name, the loaded culture words, the road science and technology, drama and other related aspects of text translation and film translation etc..  After searching the published papers, we could find some papers which use the perspective of functional equivalence theory. Such as Zhou Xiaohui’s “Translating Strategies of Movie and TV Scripts from English to Chinese from the Perspective of Functionalist Equivalence: as Shown in the Translation of the Script of Crash”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University. And Chen Anqi’s “Applying Nida’s Functional Equivalence to the Translation of the Non-Technical Part of Sci-tech Texts”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University and etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1919, Maugham's The Moon and Sixpence was published which described a British painter went to south Pacific Tahiti and had the primitive life with the Indigenous people here. And ultimately he became the successful painter. In China, there are numerous translation versions about The Moon and Sixpence. In this thesis, I want to introduce Fu Weici’s translation version and Li Jihong’s tra versions in particular and compare these two Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3Research Methodology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature study: in order to get the first-hand information about the functional equivalence theory, it is necessary to read many literature such as taking the thesis and journals in the CNKI or VIP. Through these materials we can learn a lot of knowledge that we do not know so that we can complete the thesis more fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Example-analysis: through this thesis I will list a majority of examples. These examples are classified on words, sentences and semantics etc.. At the same time, this thesis also will illustrate some examples which do not seem to achieve the functional equivalence. Through these examples we can get a better understanding of the functional equivalence theory and its characteristic during application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Comparative study: in this thesis, I will chose the Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese versions to make comparison through words, style, culture and semantics. By comparing some difference of the two Chinese versions that we can have deeper understood about the functional equivalence theory in the application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Summarize experience: This thesis will take the summarize experience of two Chinese versions to show the relation with functional equivalence or the difference with it. This thesis also will list some summarize experience which maybe not be suitable for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1Introduction of Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an outstanding theorist about translation in American. And his translation theory has larger influence on the translation works in both foreign countries and inland. His theory on the translation is a landmark of studies about the modern translation. Moreover, in contrast to contemporary theorists, he is evaluated the most noted theorist. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida was born in a city of Oklahoma on the November 11, 1914. He went to university in Los Angeles where he elected the Greek as the major degree and he found that he liked the Bible. Then he created the outstanding academic records during the university. Afterwards, he got master’s degree about Greek new translation at Southern California. In 1943 that he got his doctor degree after graduated from master. Then he was employed by American Bible Society and his duty is to check and estimate the publications of Bibles. He needed to provide the services for the missionary translators and given the advices to them about how to translate better. For helping the translator to solve the questions about translation and different culture he went to 85 countries and experienced the various aspects of culture and language. In 1970, Eugene Nida was elected as the coordinator for the translations research in United Bible Society. His responsibility is to write the translators handbooks and prepare the materials for teaching the translators and test them. After long, there were many new versions about the bible were sold well all around the world. These new versions about the bible all translated by guidance of the Nida’s dynamic equivalence. Eugene Nida has devoted decades for bible translation and he has contributed to the flourishing of the bible translation in twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early period of Nida’s essays, he emphasized that there were not complete equivalence between two languages so that there were no absolute translation. Subsequently, he devoted to finding the closest equivalence about the nature, on the basis of that, he developed three translation theories which were the formal equivalence theory, the dynamic equivalence theory and the functional equivalence theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formal equivalence that mainly emphasizes the equivalence of language’s formal and content. Therefore, in the translation process, the translators often due to excessively focus the grammatical structure of the source language, word’s coherence and interior literal meaning so that neglect the target language reader’s response, the different culture is the ascribed leads to the target language readers couldn’t understand the original meaning. But it also has its own strength like Kelly said it could indicate how the meaning was expressed in original works, preserving un-translated idiom and rhetorical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamic equivalence theory has no essential difference with functional equivalence theory and it develops form the formal equivalence. For avoiding it often is misunderstood that Nida uses the expression of functional equivalence to describe the accuracy of the translation. The former emphasizes the importance of formal and content, the latter more emphasizes the communication with the language and cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence is defined as “a term referring to the type of equivalence reflected in a target text which seeks to adapt the functional of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” in the dictionary. From this definition it indicated functional equivalence not only emphasizes the linguistics and form but also emphasizes the communication of different background. Such as we could translate the “white as frost” to replace the “white as snow” if there isn’t snow this word. If both of them are impracticable we could translate into “very very white”. Form this example we could deeply understand the definition of the functional equivalence about communication. This theory pays attention to the target language reads’ response under the different cultural and language. So he used “the functional equivalence” to replace “the dynamic equivalence” in the year of 1969.(Zhang Dongdong 2015:5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence had made a great contribution for translation field. But there are also some critics about it by some translation scholars with different perspectives. First some scholars think it pays too attention about readers’ repose that neglects the authority of text. They point out that sometimes the reader’s response is subjective so it impossible to realize the equivalence of target language according to the readers’ response. Secondly some scholars it is the superior to the form equivalence. Therefore it has litter emphasis on the form. As we all known that different countries have the different cultures and there are also great difference on the people’s abilities about learning. So it means that it is not necessary to reduce much original difficulty to realize the communicative purpose.(Zhang 2015:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many critics about it, his theories come from the practice and these theories had strong guiding for our translation. What’s more, the functional equivalence had solved the long-standing argument between the “literal translation” and the “liberal translation”.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3Research of Functional Equivalence at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently at home and abroad, the functional equivalence theory’s research is mainly focused on the study of translation’s guidance of literary works.  As opposed to business letters and legal materials, the functional equivalence theory is more inclined to convey the original works’ content and connotation rather than grammatical forms. Currently there are majority researches on the versions about The Moon and Sixpence at home and aboard. However most of them are analyzing the protagonist’s characteristic or the author’s background and living condition. There are few researches that are about the compassion-studying and analyzing The Moon and sixpence from the perspective of the functional equivalence theory of Nida.(Liu Qiong 2016：14）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Introduction of The Moon and Sixpence and Its Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Brief Introduction of The Moon and sixpence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon and sixpence is one of the great works of William Somerset Maugham, a British novelist, written in 1919. The book is sold subject to the condition that is shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition. First it published in Great Britain by William Heinemann in 1919. In this novel, Maugham tells the whole story in the first person narrative. This book is based on the French impressionist painter Gauguin's life who originally is a securities broker at the middle-aged. However he gave up everything to the South Pacific island of Tahiti and lived with the indigenous people. Finally he got inspiration and created many masterpieces of art. This novel became popular in the twentieth Century and it revealed the theme of escaping the reality.(Fu Weici 1994:12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The work relates the content by the first person perspective. The protagonist is a writer who knows about Charles Strickland’s family. The family looked happiness and perfectly satisfactory, however, Charles Strickland was always lacking in energy. After long, he left home to Paris that to decide look for his own art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The protagonist goes to aboard and founds the Charles Strickland who denotes to struggle out of this life which he couldn’t drawing absolutely obey his own heart. He firmly left his wife and children with nothing left. Fortunately, his wife found the skills to live well with the children. After five years, the protagonist met Charles Strickland in Paris that he lived in poverty and no friends with him but he still immersed his dream and never felt regret. His talent increasingly got the recognition during the progress of quest the art. (Fu 1994:136)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Latterly he decided to abandon the civilized life to the original islands in the South Pacific island of Tahiti where the protagonist met by chance. Charles Strickland married a native girl and had three children, spending three years short of happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally the children died and he also had leprosy. Eventually, he finished a piece of work on the wall when he was blind. The native wife buried him, according to his wishes, destroyed his work on the wall which makes the protagonist feel regret. However the protagonist understood his pursuit in his paintings.(Fu 1994:198)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the publishing of The Moon and Sixpence, it attracts the readers by the plots and profound words and it makes a noise in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Characteristics of the language====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham is recognized the British with deeply influence of French literary. The largest characteristic of his work is that the language is humorous and interesting for readers. This mainly comes down to the fact that he is good at conceiving and telling stories. What’s more it also in addition to what he often shows in his novels. Maugham's text is not tense and there are always cold tone of a British style detached from outside the novels and readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His works inevitably have some acrimonious words which could accurately describe the social reality by he own sees and hears. For in The Moon and Sixpence when he describes the success of the Charles Strickland that he write “I do not speak of that greatness which is achieved by the fortunate politician or the successful soldier; that is a quality which belongs to the place he occupies rather than to the man; and a change of circumstance reduces it to very discreet proportions. The prime Minister out of office is seen, too often, to have been but a pompous rhetorician, and the General without an army is but the tame hero of a market town. The greatness of Charles Strickland was authentic. It may be that you do not like his art, but at all events you can hardly refuse it the tribute of your interest. He disturbs and arrests.” By these sentences we can know about the success clearly of the Charles Strickland by comparison. It may be that these languages are too direct to attack politicians and generals, but we can't deny the fact. Maugham’s writing style is short and humorous and we can see the reality of society quickly by his text.(Guo Xiaoling 2014:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The novel describes Charles Strickland’s feeling with three different women's. These three women basically represent the characteristics of the world most women. The first woman is most common who quest the materialistic, selfish, good face, and with a direct survival instinct. The second women considers the love is supremacy and she is weak and locking the ability to survive. The most pure is his third women. Maybe we couldn’t define her feeling to Charles Strickland. Their marriage is like a merger of similar items, she lived just for him and she has been with him together. In my opinion, these three women are sympathy-worthy and pitiful. Since if eventually Charles Strickland said “Women are strange little beasts. You can treat them like dogs, you can beat them till your arm aches, and still they love you.” These sentences are very simple neither too many gorgeous words nor long winded repetition words. However it is always able to impress deeply you from the heart and it can let you know what the emotion the author wants to express.(Guo 2014:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likely these instances, Charles Strickland took keen to pursuit his own dream and he does not care these things around him so that he can't understand why women will follow him without any condition. He thinks they are sympathy-worthy and stupid. In order to vividly embody this feeling, the woman is compared to a dog. Even though you treat them as the dog, they still do not abandon you and love you as before. Through these words I believe that although you haven’t read this book you could also understand the meaning which the author wants to express. Charles Strickland hates the limit of loving and family and he also couldn’t feel the women’s feeling. (Cao Jing 2013:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Strickland shrugged his shoulders and said “Of course, it is one of the most absurd illusions of Christianity that they have souls.” This sentence through the description of that they have the soul reflected that the pure in his heart. And he pitied them only because he thinks people have more important things to pursue and the people should follow their own heart to do what they want to do. He thinks women have souls, but they don't realize what they really want to do. Maugham's character and the inner world of the characters reflected in the simple humorous sentences have to admit that a simple sentence has a huge amount of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Introduction of Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici was born in Harbin in 1923. He is the remarkable translator of modern literary. Fu Weici worked in western language and literature respectively in the Fu Jen Catholic University, Zhejiang University and Peking University. He graduated from Peking University in 1950 and worked in Tsinghua University and Peking University for the job of Chinese teaching. Eventually he died in March 16, 2014 at the age of 91. As far as I am concerned and researching from computer, Fu Weici’ version is more simple and there are a lot of language are very straightforward and particularly close to the social situation at that time. There are even a lot of vernacular and dialect. But this version is more close to the original so that the story does not seem boring. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong was born in 1980 and his native is Guangdong, now resides in Shanghai. He is also remarkable translator but younger than Fu Weici. His publication has millions of best-selling translation of Kite Runne , conversations with God, the great Gatsby, the little prince and so on. His contributions are covering novels, prose, translations of sociology, economics, philosophy and religion etc. Comparing Fu Weici’s version, Li Jihong’ version is more close to people's voice habits and there are many languages are very smooth and complete, giving people a sense of comfort and in the language it has also increased a lot of modern elements. The specific differences of the two translations will be put forward in the following article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of The Moon and Sixpence’s Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 A comparative Study on the meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 A Comparative Study on the Designative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The designative meaning refers to referents in the realistic world. It is mainly based on observation of world’s objects and experience and it is objective and easy to understand. The translators are easy to achievement equivalence of expression in another language to translate the word’s designative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some instances of the two versions of The Moon and Sixpence following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “All we know is that the blackguard gone to Paris.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我们只知道那个流氓跑到巴黎去了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我们只知道那混蛋去了巴黎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this word, we can see that either 流氓 Or混蛋 are all to describe Charles Strickland and expresses the people’s resentful to him. In the original work the author uses blackguard to describe Charles Strickland. The most meaning of this word is 流氓 and there is rarely 混蛋 this meaning on the Internet. If we translate it into 流氓 that we could understand that this people are homeless and are derelict in duty and run irrelevant business. And this people show low-down means or break the law and so on. Another if we translate into 混蛋 that expresses this person are unreasonable and are impervious to reason. In the original work the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children without leaving anything and there are not any wrongs with his wife. We can learn from the post that he just to pursuit his dream and he considers the loving is the obstacle for him. The people around his wife all mostly think that he had mistress and he is heartless. From this we can see that he did not do the heinous thing or violate the law, merely because what he has done attracted people's discontent. Therefore I consist it is more appropriated to translate the blackguard into 混蛋. The 流氓just release the equivalence of meaning. However the 混蛋 release the equivalence of functuionsal. (Cao Jing 2013:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “It was about five years after this.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “这件事过去大约五年之后”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li JIhong’s version: “大概过了五年”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The after five years it has happened a important thing and it points the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children with nothing to left. The author mostly emphasize the protagonist had underwent this thing and it had influenced him. Moreover the main plot of this article is to express Charles Strickland’s experience and his life of persuading his dream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In first version Fu Weici points this thing but it doesn’t be referred in Li Jihong’s. So I think when the translators translating this sentence they need translate this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “The satyr in him suddenly took possession, and he was powerless in the grip of an instinct which had all the strength of the primitive forces of nature.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “他内心深处的那个半人半兽的东西把他捉到手里,在这种具有大自然的原始力量的天性的掌心里他完全无能威力。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他内心的兽欲猝然发难，而他根本无力摆脱那种本能的操控。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The satyr of this sentence points to thought that he does not want love and he hasn’t time for it but he is a man and sometimes he wants a woman. He hates this state but he couldn’t control himself. By comparing the two versions, I think Li Jihong’s translation is better than Fu Weici’s. In the dictionary the satyr points a man who has strong sexual desire and is amorist. And in the Myths of Greece and Rome it points the God of half man and half beast. The first version reflects the equivalence of words’ meaning. And later he used the power of nature to indicate this power. We can see that he mostly translates by word to word and it closes to the original’s language characteristic. The second translators pay more attention to cultural equivalence and the influence of modern elements. Li Jihong translates the satyr into sexual desire and he describes this power is the instinct of the people. As far as I am concerned, the satyr points the sexual desire and it is the instinct which people couldn’t control. (Cao Jing 2013:2)&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.2 A Comparative Study on the Associative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The associative meaning is an expression of the speakers by individual mental understandings. Sometimes the correct and faithful translation needs correct translating of designative Meaning and it is basis of language. However the associative meaning also is very important. There are different associative meanings though the terms have the same images. Because with the different culture and language that the readers have the different understanding. A closest equivalence of natural translation requires the target readers to fully and positively appreciate corresponding message of source text. For translating the source language’s associative meaning, the translators need figure out correct associative meaning’s expression. And they need do proper responses to original readers that can get from source text. Eventually the translators make the equivalence between the source text readers and target text readers.(Sun Zhili 1997;2）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “Yes, she hadn’t a drop of white blood in her.”  &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “是的，一滴白人的血液也没有。”&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “是的，她的身上没有半滴白人的血。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s about the last journey of Strickland’s life, he met his wife who was indigent and without a drop of white. This sentence emphasizes she is born at here and she doesn’t touch the white at all. In the Fu Weici’s version, he translates a drop of white into 一滴白人的血，however in Li Jihong’s, it is translated 半滴白人的血. Comparing to the original description of a drop of a blood, the later more reflects the equivalence of associative meaning and more vividly describing that she was native. 半滴 always is translated into half a drop in English. Although the translation here uses a half drop instead of a drop, I still don’t think there is any not equivalence. There is not much difference between a drop and a half drop in the number, but in the degree of modification the half a drop more deeply to embody the noting. And the half drop is more strengthening the tone. From without a drop or a half drop of white to describe she is native, which indicates the equivalence of associative meaning. As far as I concerned, in this sentence, Li Jihong’s version is better than Fu Weici’s version.(Sun  1997：2）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “Strickland had burst the bonds that hitherto had held him”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “思特里克兰德已经把那一直束缚着的桎梏打碎了。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “思特里克兰已经打破了禁锢他的桎梏。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“桎梏” is instruments of torture in ancient China and it is called “桎” when is worn on hand, on the contrast, it is called “梏” when is worn on foot. This thing usually used to punish the people who had committed a crime. In this part, the original work used the bonds to describe “桎梏”. In the dictionary the bonds point to imprison or confine somebody to do something and make people not free. Foreigners who don’t understand the Chinese culture maybe can’t understand what the shackles are. However in China, almost every reader knows it and the meaning what it wants to express if they know the shackles is instruments of torture. In original work, the author wants to express Strickland had burst the bonds of thought that hitherto had held him. In the version of Fu Weici and Li Jihong, they both translate the Strickland broke the shackles which always constrained him on the thought. As we all know, thought is a thing which we could not see and grasp, and it is impossible for us to restrain a thing which is not exist with instruments of torture. Yet the translators translate that the shackles that constrain the thought. From using a real thing to show a thing which is not existing, we could deeply feel the thing that does not exist as if it were real. Although the shackles are different with bonds in the surface meaning, they both express the confine of thought and they are equivalence in associative meaning.（Wang Jia 2014:31）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 A Comparative Study on the Level of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 A Comparative Study on the Metaphor or Simile=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “He reminded you of a frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “像一只受了惊的小羊，没有目的地东跑西窜，张皇失措，晕头转向。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他像慌不择路、到处乱跑的绵羊。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “小羊” refers to the sheep which small and relating thin, it does not specifically what kind of sheep. By comparing it the “绵羊” is more specific. When it comes to “绵羊”， the first impression is timid and easily bullied. In the original work, the author described him like a frightened sheep. He did not point which kind of sheep but we could feel the sheep’s fear and weak. Even more we could fell the sheep is timid and fearsome. Fu weici describes the sheep is little sheep. From little sheep we also could feel the meaning what the author wants to express. In Li jiong’s version, he translates the sheep into Bujumbura. From Bujumbura we could know the sheep’s character. Nowadays, when we express one person is timid and obedient. Usually we could use the Bujumbura. From sheep to little sheep or Bujumbura, we all were able to realize the Strickland’s friend respects him and cherishes his talent. When he met Strickland’s work he felt that he was a clown. He wanted to destroy it but he is afraid. He loved his work and talent from the heart. From this sentence we know that the author and translators all use the way of metaphor. They compared Strickland friend to frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither. In my opinion, I more like the Li Jihong’s version because the jumbuck is more closed to our modern life. Although the original work doesn’t show the kind of sheep however through metaphor we could realize the degree of the people’s fear.（Wang 2014:31）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “She was desire.”  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “成了欲念的化身” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “她变成了欲望的化身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author uses the rhetorical devices of simile in the sentence. He is desire that the two translators both compared him to the embodiment of desire. There aren’t essential difference between the “欲念” and “欲望”. They both express the desire for getting something. The former most points the desire of getting something in thought. The latter more inclined to express the desire for a specific thing. In original work, the author describes Strickland just pursuit the satisfaction of physiology. He only uses women to satisfy his desire and not really love them. He hated the woman just pursuit the love in life especially when he met the second woman. He didn’t give her any more birthright and he didn’t get married with her. He just wanted her to satisfy his desire of physiology. So when he was asked why he was with her he said that he just wanted her. The two translators both realize the equivalence of simile through compare him to the embodiment of desire.（Wang 2014:32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “I don’t disapprove of the boa-constrictor; on the contrary, I’m interested in his mental processes.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我对蟒蛇的习性并不反对，相反我对它的心理活动倒很感兴趣。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我并不鄙视毒蛇，恰恰相反，我对他的思维过程很有兴趣。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main features of “蟒蛇” is thick and long and it is the largest snakes compared to more primitive snakes in the world. “毒蛇” refers to the snakes which could secrete special venom. They are found of using stratagem to attract the vicious. They are beautiful animals, but also the embodiment of evil. In the original work, the author wants to express the protagonist’s dissatisfaction with his action. He abandoned his wife and two lovely children with leaving nothing. Even more he didn’t feel this mistake and he had no need to take responsibility for them. In the eyes of ordinary people this is totally inconsistent with common sense. The true husband should love his wife and take care of the family. So many people think he is cold-bloode and the protagonist is no exception. The author uses the boa to describe. The Strickland’s action calls the opposition from the people. Fu Weici translates the boa into the “蟒蛇”. According to the introduction of the python, we can see that the boa is larger and they are carnivores. But these maybe the result of natural selection and these are not their nature is bad. On the contrary, the “毒蛇” are different and they are the real bad guys and they are devil incarnate. Through the description of the original text, we can know that the hero complained that he abandoned his family and he was not human. So I think compare him to “毒蛇” is more appropriate. It reflects his cold-bloodedness and unfeeling.（Wang 2014:33）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 A Comparative Study on the Repetition=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “I will never have him in my house-never.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我永远也不让他进咱们的家门-永远也不让。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我绝不让他踏进我的家-绝不。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Never and absolutely not both describe the no. However the latter tone is more serious. Repetition is to emphasize a certain meaning and it is to highlight a certain emotion. Especially when using some certain repetition of words, sentences or paragraphs. Through this chapter, we can see that Strickland is ill, however, Mrs. Stroeve against him to move to her home. She says “I will never have him in my house-never”. Two repetition of “never” shows the Mrs. Stroeve’s firm attitude. After reading, we can know the reason why she firmly opposed because she did not want to admit that she was falling in love with a penniless pauper, and he does not have what advantage. She was afraid to see him because she was afraid that it would come true. So we can know that she is very reluctant Strickland to come to her house for recuperating. The repetition of never and absolutely not both could reflect this feeling.（Zhao Dandan 2011:54）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 A Comparative Study on the Cultural Transmission====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.3.1 The Culture, language and Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture is very complicated and it refers to the entire way of life in the society. It involves many aspects that knowledge, art, law, translation and other habits in the society. Eugene Nida depicts the relationship between the culture and language in the translating practice like that in whole translating and interpreting, the source language and the target language should be implicitly or explicitly compared, but all such interlinguas communication extend far beyond the mechanizes of linguistic similarities and difference. The main reason is that the meaning of verbal symbols on every level depends on the communication of culture and language. The language also is a part of culture, and it is the most complicated part of the habits comparing the other culture factors. Language provides access to the culture, reflects culture and in the some aspects it constitutes a model of culture. Eugene Nida also indicates that if there were not so many misunderstandings about the language and the function within a society relation between the culture and the language couldn’t constitute such difficulties for intersecting culture understanding.（Zhao 2011:55）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Eugene Nida’s perspective, the language and the culture are closely related. He thinks the words should denote to show the corresponding culture. The language is loaded by culture and the culture is expressed, transmitted, preserved and promoted by language. Thus the translator should take considerable account of the culture factors in their translation. That means the translators should try to find the closed equivalence in the translation of the culture connotation. The translation couldn’t beyond the target language readers’ acceptance or give them a distorted understanding. On the contrast, the translators need make sure their translations can enable the target language readers to accurately and adequately understand the source texts. “Eugene Nida considers culture as the totality of the beliefs and practices of a society, and classifies culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture.” (Nida 1964:91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Evaluation of the Two Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the comparison of the two papers, I prefer to Li Jihong’s version. It is more closed to modern reading habits. In this version, functional equivalence is used in many place, which not only the pursuit of literal meaning but the pursuit of the original expression of emotion. By comparing Li Jihong’s version, the Fu Weici’s version is more reflecting the equivalence of the meaning and sometimes pursuit the equivalence of words.  On the other hand, the two versions differ 19 years. With the change of time, cultural background and the reader’s preferences also changed. By comparing, the latter’s translation is more closed to modern readers’ reading habit. More accurately, the latter is more in line with my reading habits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, the author hopes that this study may contribute a little to the research field of The Moon and Six-pence and its translation. What is done in this thesis is just an elementary study concerning translation strategy. There are much more needed to be explored in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Limitation of Present Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As all above, this thesis has studied the translation of The Moon and Sixpence on the aspects on meaning, study and culture. Some examples are analyzed under each type of device to evaluate the two versions of translation based on the functional equivalence theory. However there are too much pages of these two translations, and just some parts of them are taken as examples to discuss in the study in the chapter three of this paper. Therefore, this study may not be comprehensive and it has to be confined due to the author’s personal perspective and the limitation of research material and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*W.Somerset Maugham. The Moon and Sixpence[M].England: Vintage Classics Press, 2008-5-1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Halliday, M.A.K. Language Structure and Language Function[M].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. On Translation[M]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Cooperation, 1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. Toward a Science of Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Halliday, M.A.K. An Introduction to Function Grammar [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene.A. &amp;amp; Jan De Ward. From One Language to Another[M]. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Inc, 1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene.A. Language, Culture and Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Huijuan. A Study on Nida’s Translation Thery[M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*傅惟慈.月亮与六便士[M].上海：上海译文出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李继宏.月亮与六便士[M].天津：天津人民出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张东东，姜立维.功能翻译理论与应用笔译研究[M].黑龙江：哈尔滨工程大学出版社，2015-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*刘琼.“功能对等理论”指导下文化负载词的翻译--以《金翅雀》为例[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*孙致礼.关于我国翻译理论建设的几点思考[J]. 中国翻译, 2(1997).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*刘宓庆.当代翻译理论[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社， 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*顾维勇.实用文体翻译[M].北京: 国防工业出版社, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈安琪.用奈达功能对等理论指导当代科技文本非技术部分的翻译[D].北京：北京外国语学院，2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王佳.从功能对等理论看《爱玛》的翻译[J]. 2014（10）：31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J]. 2011（03）：54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王德春.语言学概论[M].上海: 上海外语教育出版, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*马会娟.奈达翻译理论研究[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社，2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115698</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 11</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115698"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T12:18:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, Student No.202070080595 MTI ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this chapter gives a detailed overview on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this chapter makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this chapter argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the discipline construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) While, translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the grammer rule of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. Through translation practices, people summarize principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choosing of words and sentences and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present an all-round explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and full understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining and guiding social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, its external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theories came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards being systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 03:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church was hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero from the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the stylistic characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, a representative of translators during this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There were also many representatives in this period. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. In this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) They are: the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of the development of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in the process of translation. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. Firstly, do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while secondly, make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation proposed by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation, and making elaborations on them. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translations in commerce circles, diplomatic affairs, science and technology and other professional fields witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theories emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is the &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages in many aspects instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and he also discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theories. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Being different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods were profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, translation theories in this period were practical.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward the concept of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great deal of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the same meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theories are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of human. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation to this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between China and West in their translation histories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the differences in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures have always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarities between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarities between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents to be similar with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides are independent from each other, but they share some commonalities. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions to convey the content of the source language,which the target reader is accustomed to. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the foreign language features, and absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be used separately. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original texts, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarities between them have drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose requirements on the translator in three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equal to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated the importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. Therefore, Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to a complete representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, the English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions of the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should accurately reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.(Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the differences between Chinese and Western way of thinking are universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of translation experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own laws of development, which is proved by the similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this chapter proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation system, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences are more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker, and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass, and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of his identity as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for descendants, including translations of literature and theory works. From the time line, the records of his translation activities are much earlier than his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:13, 16 December 2020 (UTC)徐梦蝶修改&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation, and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:15, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation, hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation, as well as translation criticism.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, translations of two categories have distinct purposes. （Chen 2000, 289）--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to serve for the revolution and as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literary workers standing with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation with the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. From his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two aspects to explain Lu Xun's translation of children's literature. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to be the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept, literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give a definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose the word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:16, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me,(这里是自己翻译的原文吧，我觉得是不是可以附加上中文的原文？) there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. From Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to non-fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one was to resist ethnocentrism and to introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammar, and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance of Chinese readers when they treat foreign texts. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, the other purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and the other is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not ideal, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of being translated directly from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, no one understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance, retranslation was the best choice to introduce other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied of my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303). &amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation versions for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation versions for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis appear. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and highlight the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to rotten apples. As for previous methods, once there was anywhere rotten in an apple, people would discard it completely, which led to a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also be taken into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from “the survival of the fittest” advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese, and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change the original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and in vernacular Chinese with translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there were obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first one to march to a different drummer and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first (to march to a different drummer)? and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
u Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation， as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that to enlighten Chinese people and to save the old China by learning from foreign literary works, promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
(这里可以分两段)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:53, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu, 202070080598, MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death. quotation is missing--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 08:40, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要需要中英双语--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:08, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 5), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before (Chen K., Yang F. F, 2019, 21). However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;practices&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad (Hu Gengshen, 2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 17). As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 103), researches(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;studies&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;directions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 23 ). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 3). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013, 11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to provide some new(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017, 34).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;texts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) (Tang Yixin, 2015, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017, 142). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 78). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;efforts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 5). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003, 283).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an essential&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007, 13), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;language features of subtitle translation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013, 154). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015, 493). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019, 13), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019, 247). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Western Leather''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moreover&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;principle&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 80). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background, local customs etc.; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;analyzes them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/ ). The first video, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;focusing on&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;masterpieces&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine (http://www.huaweimarine.com/cn/Company/CorporateVideo ). Huawei Marine(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ihe company&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/). It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the world&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), both rich and poor, in the world. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;, key points of Eco-translatology theory&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;grammatical&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory (Tang, 2015, 143). In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people” (Oxford Dictionary, 2018, 297), which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pay s[ecial&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 49). As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;differences&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC) or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) . Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;achievements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;people or&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which is&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;broader&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 97). In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;or an&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) enterprise--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;information above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 13). However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/index.html#stories ), a (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an advertising video promoting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the video&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;target&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) conduct(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conducting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Chen K., Yang F. F. Research on C-E Translation of Commercial Advertisement in Xi’an [J]. Education Research Frontier, 2019 (9: 1): 16-22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[18]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[28]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613 亚非语言文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.(Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. (Liang Dan 2016,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.(Cai jie 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian(3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An(314-385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva(344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan(334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本). (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui(371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou(445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang(600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧) (Chen Fukang 1996,325)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Translation of Western Studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.(Cai jie2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement ====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation. (Fang Wenhua 2005,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao(1873-1929)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang(1895-1976)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun(1881-1936)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺). (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi(1910-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being. (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren(1885-1967)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian(1897-1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei(1908-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu(1910-1998)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his Translation Theory：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero(106-43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.(Liu Danna 2016,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)St Jerome(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(Zhang Yan 2011,117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)St. Augustine(345-430A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements:(a)a good command of the two languages,(b)knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation,(c)capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.(Zhang Yan 2011,118)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation Theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Martin Luther(1483-1546)&lt;br /&gt;
①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
③Translation must follow seven principles:(a) the translator can change the original word order,( b) the translator can chose proper helping words,(c) the translator can supply necessary words,(d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL,(e) the translator can render a word a phrase,(f) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa,(g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Etienne Dolet(1509-1546) &lt;br /&gt;
①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Translation Theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Early Modern Times and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Alexander Fraser Tytler(1747-1813)published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
①The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
②The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.(Liu Danna 2016,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Translation Theory in the Twentieth Century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Twentieth Century and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson(1896-1982)&lt;br /&gt;
①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.(Zhao Shanshan 2020,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Eugene A. Nida(1914-2011)&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. (Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text.(Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Peter Newmark(1916-?)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. (Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.(Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Wenhua方文华.(2005). &amp;quot;二十世纪中国翻译史&amp;quot; [History of Chinese Translation in the 20th Century]. &amp;quot;西北大学出版社&amp;quot; [Northwestern University Press].(02):200-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang陈福康.(1996). &amp;quot;中国译学理论史稿&amp;quot; [Historical Drafts of Chinese Translation Theory]. &amp;quot;上海外语教育出版社&amp;quot; [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].(03):320-321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories are useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references from the practice of translation theories.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔是著名社会语言学家。作为一名语言学家，贝尔用图表和模型来构建他的翻译理论,并对翻译问题形成了独特的见解。他在翻译方面的主要著作是《翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践》。他反对把翻译看作是对翻译结果的评价，而是更加强调翻译过程的重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德是最具影响力的翻译理论研究者和翻译家之一，他对翻译界的理论以及实践都做出了巨大的贡献。刘重德对翻译理论的研究全面而深刻，他不仅重视中国传统的翻译理论,而且注重引进和研究西方新的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对贝尔和刘重德的翻译理论进行对比，有利于对比二者翻译理论中的异同，为翻译理论的实践提供借鉴和参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；刘重德；翻译理论；比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing of the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation of the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing on the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation into the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorists, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorist, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art is influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation ideals proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art are influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately,  scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that on one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed from the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately, scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that to one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed for the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation thoery, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understand what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different in study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation theory, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understands what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different to study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Comparison on Background of Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation within the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examines the process in the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process in cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation into the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examine the process of the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process of cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate between three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation is faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate about three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation are faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference of their times and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conduct linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one who doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful in this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference between their time and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conducting linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one that doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful of this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Comparison on Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms in the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression in another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms to the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression of another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product to paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product of paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even at the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even in the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in at the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definition of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in to the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definitions of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither deletes nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither delete nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Comparison on Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation is his effort of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation are his efforts of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy on this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in the depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy about this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The faithfulness at the content lies in the correct convection of the meaning. Here is an example of Mr. Liu’s translation practice in two editions for the translation of Emma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Me! I should be quite in the way. Miss Wood house looks as if she did not want me.”(2009:174)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不要我。”(Liu Zhongde,1982: 303)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不欢迎我。”（Liu Zhongde,1993:223）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories for reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories about reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Comparison on Views of Literal Translation and Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation method. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation methods. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy between words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impair the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy for words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impairs the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell bring in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent at different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell brings in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent to different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》卷头诗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满纸荒唐言，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一把辛酸泪。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
都云作者痴，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谁解其中味？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Zhongde&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Prologue to A Dream of Red Mansions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers here are full of such words as sound queer,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed with a handful of drops of bitter tear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, one and all, call the author insane ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But who understands how his words one should explain?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. David Hawkes: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of idle words &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with hot and bitter tears &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author fool &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his secret message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杨宪益：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of fantastic talk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with bitter tears&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author mad &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Comparison on Literary Translation Practices in Poems====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell divided translation of poetry into three steps: &lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the analysis of the source language text;&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the organization of the semantic representations of the individual clauses of the poem into an integrated schema which contains the whole of the information the reader has been able to accumulate in the course of reading the text;&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the synthesis of the new target language text. There are plenty of alternatives and the strategic options available to the literary translator. (Bell,1991:61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be presented as the extremes of five continua: &lt;br /&gt;
(1)to reproduce either the forms (syntax and lexis) or the ideas (the semantic content) of the original;&lt;br /&gt;
(2)to retain the style of the original or adopt a different style; retain or abandon the source language form; for example, to translate a poem as a poem or as prose;&lt;br /&gt;
(3)to retain the historical stylistic dimension of the original or to render it in contemporary form; to translate Dante into Middle English or into modem English &lt;br /&gt;
(4)to produce a text which reads like an original or one which reads like a translation;&lt;br /&gt;
(5)to add or omit words, phrases, clauses. . . or to attempt to transfer everything from source to target text.(Bell,1991:68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intend to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intends to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas from the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently convey the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas about the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently conveying the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how style influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later is profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how styles influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later are profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same function so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same functions so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest of the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest in the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of transtion. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks tranlation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free tranlation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in the process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of translation. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks translation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free translation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose for Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is tryinng to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believe that the judgement should be made by translators, tranlator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetey which is faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose of Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is trying to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believes that the judgement should be made by translators, translator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetry which is faithful to the original text.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also apply psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comprising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also applies psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation process remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation processes remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman.(1991)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation Theory: Where Are We Going?. Meta (1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学翻译十讲&amp;quot;[Ten Lectures on Literary Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司[China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation].1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin.蒋洪新. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译理论与实践研究&amp;quot;[A Study of Liu Chongde's Translation Theory and Practice]. 外国语第四期[The fouth edition on Jounal of Foreign Language]. 2005:62-67.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng.Li Yingyuan.吴义诚,李英垣. &amp;quot;贝尔的《翻译与翻译过程:理论与实践》评介&amp;quot;[Review of Bell's Translation and the Translation Process:Theory and Practice].中国翻译(第五期)[The fifth edition on Chinese Translation]. 1998:55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Liyin.毛利尹. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译观研究&amp;quot;[J].[A Study of Liu Chongde's View of Translation]. 传奇:传记文学选刊(第五期)[Legend: Selected Biographical Literature]. 2011:5-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(上)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (above)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第二期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:26-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(下)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (below)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第三期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Wenbin.刘文彬. &amp;quot;刘重德教授的译诗观&amp;quot;[Professor Liu Zhongde's View on Translating Poetry].中国英汉语比较研究会第二次全国学术研讨会论文集[Proceedings of the Second National Symposium of the Chinese Society for Comparative English and Chinese Studies]. 1996;293-299.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weng Tao.翁涛. &amp;quot;罗杰·贝尔的翻译理论在汉译英中的应用&amp;quot;[Application of Roger Bell's Translation Theory in Chinese to English Translation]. 大学英语(学术版) [University English] (Academic Edition). 2008:99-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;翻译原则刍议&amp;quot;[Rumination on Translation Principles]. 中国翻译(第四期）[The fourth period on Chinese Translation]. (1983):9-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学风格翻译问题商榷&amp;quot;[The Question of Literary Style Translation]. 中国翻译（第二期）[Chinese Translation]. (1988):4-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Meng.郭猛. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译思想研究&amp;quot;[D][A Probe into Liu Zhongde's Translation Thoughts]. 天津理工大学[Tianjin University of Technology]. 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen.简·奥斯汀. 《爱玛》[M][Emma]. 上海:上海世界图书出版公司[Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company]. 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 桂林:漓江出版社[Guilin: Lijiang Publishing House]. 1982. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 广州:广州花城出版社[Guangzhou: Guangzhou Huacheng Publishing House]. 1993. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Jiansong.Peng Liyuan.蒋坚松,彭利元. 刘重德翻译思想及其他[Liu Chongde's Translation Thought and Others]. 湖南：湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan: Hunan Normal University Press]. 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect  罗维嘉  Luo Weijia 202070080600==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗维嘉 Luo Weijia&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of Nida’s translation theory into China in the 1980s, Jin Di, a Chinese translation scholar, has explored the applicability of “dynamic equivalence” to literary translation between English and Chinese. And on the basis of Nida’s theory he formulated his own theory of “equivalent effect”. When Jin was translating James Joyce’s Ulysses (''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), he put his theory into practice. Jin’s translation practice as well as his exploration of “dynamic equivalence” provides us a good chance to further scrutinize some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to English-Chinese literary translation. By studying Jin’s theory and his Chinese translation of Ulysses(''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), we will examine the applicability of Nida’s theory to literary translation between Chinese and English. A comparative study on Nida’s theory and Jin’s theory is also made to reveal the differences and similarities between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dynamic equivalence; equivalent effect; Eugene Nida; Jin Di&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自20世纪80年代奈达的翻译理论传入中国以来，中国翻译学者金堤开始探索“动态对等”在英汉文学翻译中的适用性。在奈达理论的基础上，他形成了自己的“等效理论”。金堤的《尤利西斯》翻译实践以及他对“动态对等”翻译理论的探索为我们进一步审视奈达理论及其在英汉文学翻译中的应用提供了良好机会。通过对金堤理论及其汉译《尤利西斯》的研究，我们将分析奈达动态对等理论对中英文学翻译的适用性。通过对奈达与金堤理论的比较研究，揭示两者的异同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
动态对等；等效理论；尤金·奈达； 金堤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to his reception of Nida’s theory, Jin had already been an experienced translator and formed his own views about translation. Jin spelled out how he looked at the nature of translation and the gist of his argument was that “translating must meet requirements of accuracy and smoothness” (Jin Di 1998, 119). Evidently, Jin regarded the combination of accuracy and smoothness as a translation criterion and smoothness played a very important role in accomplishing the goal of accuracy in translating. We can see that before Jin’s reception of Nida’s theory, his focus was still on the old debate over faithfulness and smoothness, which began in the 1930s and continued to the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin knew Nida’s theory, he had already noticed the important role of target readers in translating in his years of translation experience. When discussing how to achieve the objective of accuracy and smoothness at the same time, he mentioned more than once the close relationship between accuracy and target readers. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))“A translation should be smooth and natural so that target readers do not feel big gaps between the two languages concerned. Accuracy and smoothness as a translation standard are like two sides of a coin, and one cannot be separated from the other. If the reader cannot understand the so-called “accurate” translation and do not know what it means, there is of little significance for such “accuracy”. If the translator only pays attention to smoothness in his work, but ignores the consistency between the original text and the translated text, his translation is not legitimate (Jin Di 1998, 119). “(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evidently, Jin shared similar views with Nida about the role of target readers in translating. This paved the way for his ready reception of “dynamic equivalence” as soon as he got in touch with it in the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is a key concept in Nida’s translation theory. The essential idea of “dynamic equivalence” is first mentioned by Nida in his article “Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating” (Nida, Eugene A.  1959, 326). In his attempt to define translating, Nida writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A definition of translating... could be stated as follows: &amp;quot;Translating consists in producing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent to the message of the source language, first in meaning and secondly in style.” (Nida, Eugene A. 1975, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Toward a Science of Translating (1964) Nida distinguishes two types of equivalence and first postulates his concept of “dynamic equivalent” translation as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In such a translation (dynamic equivalent translation) one is not so concerned with matching the receptor-language message with the source-language message, but with the dynamic relationship, that the relationship between receptor and message should be substantially the same as that which existed between the original receptors and the message (Nida, E. A. 1964, 159).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Nida also proves the legitimacy of dynamic equivalent translation from the viewpoint of information theory and communication theory. However, he does not give a clear definition of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; until 1969. In his 1969 textbook The Theory and Practice of Translation, “dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1969, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In From One Language to Another (De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 1986), the expression “dynamic equivalence is superseded by &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. But essentially there is not much difference between the two concepts. The substitution of &amp;quot; functional equivalence is just to stress the concept of function and to avoid misunderstandings of the term dynamic&amp;quot;, which is mistaken by some persons for something in the sense of impact. In Language, Culture and Translating (1993), “functional equivalence &amp;quot; is further divided into categories on two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level. The minimal level of “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is defined as &amp;quot; The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it&amp;quot;. The maximal level is stated as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1993, 118; 1995,  224). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level is ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie somewhere between the two levels (Nida, E. A. 1995, 224). Clearly, “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is a flexible concept with different degrees of adequacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's theory, &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined with “receptors' response&amp;quot; as its nature. Unlike traditional translation theories, which focus on verbal comparison between the original text and its translation, Nida's concept of translating shifts from &amp;quot;the form of the message&amp;quot; to &amp;quot; the response of the receptor. Thus, the importance of receptors' role in translating is emphasized. In Nida's view, when determining whether a translation is faithful to the original text or not, the critic should not compare the formal structures between the source text and its translation but compare &amp;quot;receptors' response&amp;quot;. If he finds that the reader in the receptor language understands and appreciates the translated text in essentially the same manner and to the same degree as the reader in the source language did, such a translation can be evaluated as a dynamic equivalent translation. That is to say, the critic should judge a translation not by verbal correspondence between the two texts in question, but by seeing how the receptor, for whom the translated text is intended, reacts to it. Nida likens his theory of “readers' response to market research. When judging a product, one should test how consumers react to the product, for “regardless of how theoretically good a product might be or how seemingly well it is displayed, if people do not respond favorably to it, then it is not going to be accepted” (Nida and Taber 1969, 162). Similarly, in evaluating a translation, when a high percentage of people misunderstand a rendering, or find it difficult to understand, the critic cannot regard it as a legitimate translation (Nida and Taber 1969, 2). Nida's theory of “readers' response” emphasizes the importance of the acceptance of a translated text by the intended reader in the receptor language and avoids the subjective evaluation of the critic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; has been widely adopted by Bible translators since the 1950s and has been successful. Its value, however, is not merely restricted to Bible translation. Some scholars agree that “dynamic equivalence” can be used to guide general translation practice. Jin Di claims that the principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot;, a modified dynamic equivalence, is applicable to all translation practice (Jin Di 1995). Newmark considers the principle of “equivalent effect” an important concept in translating with reservation. He states that “equivalent effect is the desirable result, rather than the aim of any translation...it is an important concept which has a degree of application to any type of text, but not the same degree of importance... in the communicative translation of vocative texts, equivalent effect is not only desirable, it is essential” ( Jin Di 1988, 48). But some scholars express their doubts about the application of “dynamic equivalence” to translation practice, especially literary translation. I suggest that Nida’s theory has practical significance for literary translation in some aspects, but it is a fact that it fails to address the issue of transferring aesthetic values of literary work in literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di is renowned for his translation theory of “equivalent effect” and his Chinese version of Ulysses. His theoretical study on translation and translation activity contribute a lot to the development of contemporary translation studies. In this section Jin’s theory of “equivalent effect”will be concentrated, for a survey of Jin’s theory may give us insight into some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When Nida’s theory was introduced into China, Jin studied intensively Nida’s works on translation and endeavored to apply “dynamic equivalence” to his Chinese-English translation practice. In On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English (Jin Di 1984, with Nida), Jin basically adopted Nida’s “dynamic equivalence”, which was defined in terms of a dynamic relationship, namely, “the relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text” (Jin Di 1984, 85, with Nida). As the first author, Jin furnished many convincing examples from his experience as a translator and proved that “dynamic equivalence” could provide practical help for translators in dealing with many difficulties in translating from English into Chinese and from Chinese to English. In fact, this book was acclaimed as “a masterpiece of combination of Nida’s translation theory with Chinese translation practice”. (Lao Long 1987, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Jin made a further study on Nida's theory, he discerned some biblical elements in it which were not applicable to general translation practice. As a result, a discrepancy appeared between Jin and Nida. According to Jin, when Nida talked about the relationship between message and receptors, he did not make any distinction between “impact” and “response”. For instance, Nida sometimes said“the impact of the message upon the receptors” and sometimes claimed “the receptors’ response to the message”. In Jin's view, Nida further highlighted the term “response” both in his definition of “dynamic equivalence” and his explanation of it. Jin argued that this was because Nida's theory was intended to guide Bible translating for evangelism, and the ultimate purpose of Bible translating was to make receptors “respond to the translated message in action” (Jin Di 1998, 17-18). Thus, according to Jin, the concept of “response” in Nida's theory was not suitable for a theory of general translation. Jin explained:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the nature of language behavior, the impact of a translation upon receptors and receptors' response or reaction to the translation belong to opposite directions. Although receptors' response could be used as an important feedback to evaluate how the receptors understand and appreciate the translation to some extent, and the translator could test the quality of his translation according to receptors' response, such activity occurs only after the translation is completed. Since each receptor's response and reaction involve a number of subjective and objective personal factors, it is unnecessary for us to explore these factors in our study of translation process. Hence, in our discussion the term “effect refers to the impact of the translated message upon the receptors.” instead of the receptors’ response. (Jin Di 1998, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was the reason why Jin modified Nida's “dynamic equivalence” and put forward his own theory of “equivalent effect”. Jin also gave specific definition of his principle of “equivalent effect”. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of an equivalent effect translation is that although the form of a translated text may be different from that of the original text, the receptor-language reader can obtain a message as substantially the same as the source-language reader does from the original, including main spirit, concrete facts and artistic imagery. This is what I mean by an equivalent effect translation or similar effect translation (Jin Di 1998, 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, only when the three essential factors (“main spirit&amp;quot;, “concrete facts&amp;quot; and “artistic imagery”) of the original were successfully reproduced in the receptor language could a translation be termed as a translation of equivalent effect. He admitted that it was not always possible for the translator to produce&amp;quot; main spirit&amp;quot;, &amp;quot; concrete facts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;artistic imagery&amp;quot; at the same time, and necessary semantic adjustments should be made on condition that the main spirit of the original was better represented in the translation (Jin Di 1998, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the delimitation of the concept of “effect” as “impact” instead of “response”, and the emphasis on the reproduction of the three factors constitute Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”. We can see that Jin has attempted to improve Nida's “dynamic equivalence” in order to make it more applicable to general translation practice, especially literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin further developed his theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; with insights gained from his translation experience of Ulysses. In his article, “Translating Spirit” (1996), he borrowed two characters from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle (“faithfulness , expressiveness and elegance”) and advanced his theory of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” (信、达、神韵). The term “spirit” in Jin's theory was used in a broad sense, indicating various artistic styles of literary works (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin's redefinition of the three-character principle was another way to describe his theory of “equivalent effect”. He elaborated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-character principle of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” indicates faithful representation of the fundamental facts, transference of effect and reproduction of artistic style respectively. I think the goal of making the translated text similar to the original text in the above mentioned three aspects is what I strive for in the art kingdom of translation (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years Jin began to put more emphasis on the &amp;quot; reproduction of artistic style&amp;quot; , and tried to develop his theory of “equivalent effect” by making use of Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism. It seemed that Jin's theory deviated away from Nida's theory. One may ask, what accounts for such a change? According to Jin, this was because Nida, having changed his theory from “dynamic equivalence” to “functional equivalence”, no longer took the principle of “equivalent effect” as a translation objective (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56). In my opinion, the real reason is that Nida's theory fails to adequately address the problem of transference of aesthetic values in literary translation; while Jin, having attempted to solve it, has to absorb Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism, where discussions about stylistic or aesthetic effects and their transference are abundant. The evolution of Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” reveals his continuous effort to make Nida's theory applicable to literary translation as well as the inadequacy of Nida's theory in guiding literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
There are several similarities between the two theories. “The relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text”(Jin Di and Nida 1984,85). Such relationship indicates that translating is not completed unless the translated message is received by the reader in the receptor language in substantially the same manner as the original message is received by the original reader. As we can see, they both emphasized three important concepts of &amp;quot;receptor&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;effect&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.  Jin Di's equivalent effect theory is close to Nida's dynamic equivalence theory, and their views on translation methods are basically consistent with their understanding of equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Differences between the Two Theories and the Reasons====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences between Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” and Nida’s “dynamic equivalence” except that the concept of effect in Jin's theory refers to “impact” rather than“ response”?  Jin held that he basically adapted Nida's translation principles, and only made some adjustments in respect of some biblical elements which he found to have originated from religious and particularly missionary demands, and removed a certain residue of the old “free translation” tendency in Nida's theory (Nida 1998: 231). But this is only part of the problem. ln this section we will concentrate on the differences between the two theories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reader-Oriented vs. Text-Oriented=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” pays more attention to the target readers, while Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” attaches more importance to the original text. This distinction can be revealed by the definitions of the two translation principles. “Dynamic equivalence” is defined in terms of readers' response. For Nida, to measure “dynamic equivalence”, one should “only rightly compare the equivalence of response”(Nida 1969, 23). Jin's equivalent effect translation, however, requires reproduction of the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery” of the original text. Nida's focus on readers' response allows necessary linguistic adjustments. For example, if the expression “white as snow” was rendered into a language that had no corresponding word for “snow”, Nida suggested that the translator could replace it with comparable idioms, such as “white as egret feathers” in the receptor language. In Nida's view, such rendering was a dynamic equivalent translation, for it was functionally equivalent to “white as snow”(Nida 1964, 171-172). According to Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”, however, this rendering of “white as egret feathers” for “white as snow” was not a translation of equivalent effect, for the concrete fact “snow” was not reproduced in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example to illustrate Jin's adherence to the concrete fact of the original text is about the rendering of “butter for fish” in his Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
(1)-And so say all of us, says Jack.&lt;br /&gt;
-Thousand a year, Lambert, says Crofton or Crawford.&lt;br /&gt;
-Right, says Ned, taking up his John Jameson. And butter for fish. （U12）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-我们大家也都这样说，杰克说。&lt;br /&gt;
-一年一千，兰伯特，克罗夫顿或是克罗福德说。&lt;br /&gt;
-对，内德拿起自己的约翰.詹姆森威士忌说。吃鱼有黄油。(金译第12章)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes a scene of toast in a drinking party among common Irishmen. In “REVIEWS: ULYSSES, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di”(Jin Di 1995), Dr. Kun-liang Chuang expressed his views about Jin's translation of the phrase“Butter for fish”:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Butter for fish,”according to Don Gifford and Robert J. Seidman, is a lower class Dublin toast, also meaning “wealth and good fortune.” Jin's literal, word-for-word translation, “吃鱼有黄油”(pronounced chi yu you huang you) which is definitely not a common Chinese expression, creates more bewilderment than understanding for his Chinese readers. In fact, the Irish toast, “fish for butter”(sic) has a Chinese equivalent, “干杯” (pronounced gan bei). I believe that, in some cases, an appropriate annotation that explains cultural life is needed in terms of slang translation. In Jin's case here, the playfulness of the &amp;quot;toast&amp;quot; is lost in his loyalty to simple verbal equivalence (Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 765).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging by the concept of “dynamic equivalence” , I think Chuang' s suggestion “干杯” for “butter for fish” is adequate. However, Jin did not think so. In his opinion, Chuang disregarded the transference of the concrete fact in the original text, and such translation could not achieve a translational equivalence, though it might attain a pragmatic equivalence (Jin Di 1998, 22). We can see that Jin is unwilling to sacrifice the content for the intelligibility of the translated text to the average target reader, who has not enough background knowledge to understand the implied meanings of the translated message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some people held a similar view with Jin. For example, Wang Zhenping said that Jin's rendering “吃鱼有黄油”was justified, because the Chinese reader learn Irish culture when reading this version. Wang argued that if the translator put the three toasts in the dialogue above into “干杯” , the original language variation would be spoiled and the reader be deprived of a chance of learning typical Irish culture and of understanding Joyce (Wang, Zhenping 2000, 35). In my opinion, Wang has pushed his argument to the extreme. If a toast, such as “Thousand a year”, is not a hindrance for the average readers to understanding, there is no reason to render it into “干杯”. This could be verified with Chuang's another suggestion of putting the English saying &amp;quot;[y]ou cannot eat your cake and have it as “鱼与熊掌，不可兼得”(Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 764) instead of Jin's rendering “一块蛋糕，你不能又吃又拿”(Jin Di 1994, 311). In terms of naturalness and forcefulness, Chuang's suggestion is acceptable. Just as Lin Yuzhen commented, Jin's literal rendering was not so direct and forceful as Chuang's version (Jin Di 1996, 166). Besides, for average Chinese readers, who have little knowledge of Irish culture, it is difficult to understand the specific cultural meaning of “吃鱼有黄油”without the help of any annotation. Yuen Ren Chao, the noted Chinese linguist, expressed his views about a similar case in translating:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A very important dimension of fidelity which translators often neglect is comparability in frequency of occurrence, or the relatively familiarity of the expressions in the original text and the translation. Too great a discrepancy in this respect will affect fidelity, even though the translation is accurate in other respects. As it is well-known in information theory, the less often a thing is talked about, the more it means to talk about it. Sometimes the very things one talks about may be a familiar thing in one culture and strange and exotic in another. In such a case, if the thing is the main topic of the discourse, it cannot be helped. . . However, in cases where a familiar expression is used casually as a figure of speech, then sometimes a translation by a different figure of speech of the same import but with a comparable degree of familiarity will result in a higher degree of overall fidelity than an apparently faithful translation which is very unfamiliar. For example, to speak of reaching the third base might be rendered, in Chinese, as reaching the “listening stage” in a game of mahjong, where the apparently “free” translation has greater fidelity, because it is a better match in the frequency of occurrence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chao's view about fidelity is dialectical and comprehensive. In fact, it is in accord with Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To Chao, whether or not naturalizing translation was adopted should depend on the context. If a figure of speech was the main topic of a discourse, the translator should faithfully reproduce it into the receptor language. If it was used in a casual way, it could be replaced with an idiomatic equivalent in the receptor language (such as Nida's suggestion of “white as snow” into “white as egret feathers”, or Liu Zhongde's “as lean as a rake” into “骨瘦如柴”). Jin's disapproval shows that he tends to be text-oriented both in theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Flexible vs. Inflexible=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's “dynamic equivalence”  is more flexible than Jin's theory of“equivalent effect”. A dynamic equivalent translation tends to be a type of free translation, while Jin's equivalent effect translation tends to be a literal translation, though such a classification is made in a quite loose manner. Jin's literal tendency is clearly reflected in the reviews about his Chinese version of Ulysses by some critics. Liu Junping stated that in translating Ulysses , “Jin insisted on literal translation and paid more attention to the transference of the form of the original text. As a result, his version was stiff to a certain degree in respect of language expression” (Liu Junping 1997, 35). Wang Yougui expressed a similar view in stating that Jin's translation was “like a leech, adhering closely to the original text” (Wang Yougui 1998, 69). In an interview Jin himself admitted that his translation was not so flexible as Nida's dynamic equivalent translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Wang: ... Briefly speaking, the discrepancy between your theory and Nida's theory is that you put more emphasis on loyalty to the original text and the writer, and Nida is more flexible in translating. Do you agree with me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin: Yes. The scope of flexibility in Nida's theory is much greater. That is to say, according to Nida, the translator is not required to adhere closely to the original text. This is because his theory is to guide Bible translation, and his translation purpose is to make people believe in Christianity. So Nida holds that the most important thing in translating is not words or content, but “receptors' response”, namely, their belief in Christianity. In my opinion, such a view is not suitable for literary translation. What I strive for is “effect”,i.e. the impact of the translation upon its readers is similar to the impact of the original text upon its readers (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, a literary translation must adhere closely to the original text. As long as the three factors of the original text, namely, the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery”, are faithfully reproduced, an equivalent effect can be achieved. Evidently, Jin's theory of “equivalent effect is less flexible than Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To illustrate this point, we may look at some examples from Jin's Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Steak, kidney, liver, mashed at meat fit for princes sat princes Bloom and Goulding. Princes at meat they raised and drank Power and cider. (U11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥， 可供王侯享用的菜肴，坐着享用的王侯是布卢姆和古尔丁。两位用餐的王候，他们举杯喝酒，帕尔威士忌和苹果酒。(金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2布卢姆和古尔丁俨然像王候一般坐下来，牛排、腰子、肝、土豆泥，吃那顿适宜给王侯吃的饭。他们像进餐中的王侯似的举杯而饮鲍尔威士忌和苹果酒。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the two versions with the original text, we can find that Jin's version sticks closely to the English syntax, while the Xiao's version reconstructs the original sentences according to normal Chinese syntactical structure. In Jin's version, the objects“牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥” is placed before the verb“坐着”, and the subjects“布卢姆和古尔丁”are placed at the end of sentence; while in the Xiao's version the normal Chinese syntactical structure “Subject + Verb” is adopted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) By the sandwichbell in screening shadow, Lydia her bronze and rose, a lady's grace, gave and withheld: as in cool glaucous eau de Nil Mina to tankards two her pinnacles of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1 网状阴影中的三明治罩旁站着莉迪亚，古铜衬玫瑰，贵妇风度，欲授又止:同时在清凉的淡湖色的eau de Nil中，米娜的金色高髻向着啤酒缸子两只。（金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2在帘子的遮荫下，钟形三明治容器旁边，莉迪亚胸前插了朵玫瑰。一头褐发淑女的娴雅派头，忽隐忽现; 而头发挽成高髻、沉浸在冰凉而银光闪闪的一片淡绿蓝色中的米娜，在两位举着大酒杯的顾客面前也是这样。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Jin's version adheres so closely to the original text that it is difficult for the average Chinese reader to understand such expressions as “古铜衬玫瑰” and“欲授又止”. Moreover, one can recognize at first sight that“向着啤酒缸子两只”is a word-for-word translation even if he does not read the original text. Owing to Jin's inflexibility, some renderings of his Chinese version Ulysses appear unnatural and awkward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideal Objective vs. Realistic Goal=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have assumed that Nida's “dynamic equivalence”and Jin's principle of “equivalent effect”are ideal goals, which could not be realized in translating. However, such assertion is too simplistic. In fact, Jin's translation objective is ideal while Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is far more than an ideal goal. Jin emphasized more than once that an equivalent effect translation was an ideal aim, for which the translator must strive in his work. In “Where Is the Spirit of Ulysses?” (Jin Di 1996), Jin stated that an equivalent effect translation was “an ideal objective”. Though there was no perfect translation, it was desirable for a serious translator to work at it (Jin Di 1998, 214). In “What is a Perfet Translation” (Jin Di 1997), he even summarized that “the theory of equivalent effect” was an attempt to define the ideal of the non-existent perfect translation and to explore the approach to approximating it in practice, i.e. t producing a rendition as close to the ideal as possible” (Jin Di 1998, 229). Jin's theory, like Chinese traditional translation theories, is really an ideal translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is not an ideal criterion. As we all know that Nida's attitudes toward “dynamic equivalence” / “ functional equivalence” were different from phase to phase. In phase one (1959-1964), Nida simply described the features of two basic translation equivalences: “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”, and did not point out which equivalence was better. Dynamic equivalent translations were not always good, while formal equivalent translations were not always bad. Rather, some formal equivalent translations were“often perfectly valid translations of certain types of messages for certain types of audiences” , and some dynamic equivalent translations were likely to obscure “the intent of the original” (Nida 1964, 166, 191-192). Both dynamic equivalent translations and formal equivalent translations could be achieved in actual translating. Furthermore, between strict formal equivalence and complete dynamic equivalence, there were“a number of intervening grades, representing various acceptable standards of literary translating” ( Nida 1964: 160). There were also “varying degrees” of dynamic equivalent translations. For example, according to Nida, both J. E. Philips' rendering “a hearty handshake” and “brotherly kiss” in the Today's English Version were dynamic equivalent translations. The difference between the two renderings was only a matter of degree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dynamic equivalent translation did not mean that the more a translation approached the original text, the better it was. In fact, there was no such thing as the best dynamic equivalence. If a dynamic equivalent translation went to extremes, the very freedom of form tended to distort the original message as well (Nida 1964, 191-192). For Nida &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was not an ideal objective, but just one of the basic types of equivalence, which had varying degrees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In phase two (1969-1984), Nida discussed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in opposition to &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;. During this period, he suggested that &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was a good translation, in which the form was restructured to preserve the same meaning, whereas &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;paraphrase&amp;quot; were bad translations, for the former preserved the form but distorted the meaning of the original text, and the latter had addition, deletion, or skewing of the message in the translated text (Nida and Taber 1969, 173). Though Nida in this phase considered dynamic equivalent translations good, he did not take it as an ideal goal for which the translator must strive in his work. This could be verified with his attitudes towards the following three renderings of a verse in the Hebrew text of the Bible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KJV:&lt;br /&gt;
I returned, and saw under the sun, that the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong, neither yet bread to the wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding, nor yet favour to men of skill; but time and chance happeneth to them all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TEV:&lt;br /&gt;
I realized another thing, that in this world fast runners do not always win the races, and the brave do not always win the battles. Wise men do not always earn a living, intelligent men do not always get rich, and capable men do not always rise to high positions. Bad luck happens to everyone. (Ecclesiastes 9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEB (The New English Bible):&lt;br /&gt;
One more thing I have observed here under the sun; speed does not win the race nor strength the battle. Bread does not belong to the wise, nor wealth to the intelligent, nor success to the skillful; time and chance govern all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both renderings of the NEB and of the TEV were considered by Nida as &amp;quot;dynamic equivalent&amp;quot; translations, though they were at two quite distinct rhetorical levels. The NEB &amp;quot;preserved more the aphoristic style of the passage &amp;quot;while the TEV&amp;quot; adopted a style more characteristic of modern-day practical philosophy&amp;quot;. The NEB was &amp;quot;semantically more condensed&amp;quot;, while the TEV was expanded with &amp;quot;sufficient redundancy&amp;quot;. This was because the former was intended to be read by readers themselves, and the latter was for people who heard the scriptures. &amp;quot;It is essentially for this reason that one can justify two different types of dynamic equivalent translations designed primarily for two rather different purposes&amp;quot; (Jin Di and Nida 1984, 87-89). It is safe for us to say that dynamic equivalent translations are not those that are closest to the original text in lexicon and grammar. Rather, depending on the readers for whom the translation is made, there are more than one dynamic equivalent translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At phase three (1984-), &amp;quot; functional equivalence&amp;quot; was divided into two levels of equivalence: the maximal level and the minimal level. The maximal level was an ideal, but Nida did not suggest that the translator must take it as an aim to work at. On the contrary, he claimed that this maximal level of equivalence was &amp;quot;rarely, if ever, achieved, except for text having little or no aesthetic value and involving only routine information&amp;quot; (Nida 1993, 118). In Nida's view, such an ideal goal could only be achieved in certain limited types of texts, and it was impossible to attain such an objective in literary translation. In brief, a functional equivalent translation was not an ideal goal that the translator must pursue in their work. Rather, it had &amp;quot;different degrees of adequacy&amp;quot; from minimal to maximal level and a good translation always lay somewhere in between the two levels (Nida 1993, 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reasons for the Differences between the Two Theories =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly two reasons for the differences between Jin's theory and Nida's theory:(1) Jin's theory is, to some extent, very much influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories, and (2) Nida's theory fails to address the issue of transference of aesthetic elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin accepted Nida's theory in the late 1970s, he had formed his own views about translation, and taken the combination of &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; as the standard of a good translation. In his view, &amp;quot;accuracy is the ultimate objective of a translation while smoothness is the necessary means to attain it. The translator's objective is to accurately reproduce the content and feeling of the original text in an idiomatic language&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 119- 120). Theoretically, it is desirable to achieve this objective, but in actual translating it is hard to accomplish it. Just as a saying goes: &amp;quot;Translation is like a mistress. If she is beautiful, she is not faithful. If she is faithful, she is not beautiful&amp;quot;. Certainly, Jin had to face this dilemma of keeping &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time in his translation practice. After he had contact with Nida's theory, he tried to find the way out of it from the standpoint of readers and communication theory. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accuracy and smoothness in translating are inseparable from target readers. Translating is communicating across two languages. An accurate translation indicates that the message the target reader obtains from the translated text should be substantially the same as the message the original reader has acquired from the original text. A smooth translation indicates that the target reader can understand the translation and receive the translated message e without any difficulty. (Jin Di 1998, 114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that even after Jin advanced his own theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; in the 1980s, he was not totally free from the bondage of his former translation standard of &amp;quot; accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot;. For instance, he held that an equivalent effect translation was to preserve &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time (Jin Di 1998, 39). This explained why he emphasized the importance of transference of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his definition of equivalent effect translation, and why he was strongly opposed to the alteration of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his arguments against Phillip's rendering of &amp;quot; a hearty handshake&amp;quot; and Chuang's suggestion of &amp;quot;干杯&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin's dependence upon Chinese traditional translation theory was more conspicuous. In his article &amp;quot;Translating Spirit&amp;quot; (1996), Jin borrowed &amp;quot;faithfulness and expressiveness&amp;quot; from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle and put forward his translation principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot;. He held that to accomplish an equivalent effcet translation, the translator should “make the translated text similar to the original text in terms of faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 162). Clearly, during this period, Jin's theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect mainly depended on faithful representation of the original text, and the target reader was no longer involved ass the decisive role in translating. It is safe for r us to say that when Jin absorbed the useful elements from traditional Chinese translation theory, Chinese classic literary criticism and aesthetics to discuss his translation objective, his theory went further away from Nida’s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, though he claimed that his translation criteria &amp;quot; faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; were similar to his translation principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect” (Wang Zhenping 200, 56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another reason for the discrepancy ' between the two theories is the limitations of Nida's theory. &amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is not restricted to Bible translation, but&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it has some limitations in guiding literary translation. This is simply because Nida's immediate concern is not about literary translation, hence it fails to address the transference of formal structures possessing stylistic values and aesthetic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the general background against which Nida formulated his translation theory in the early 1960 was that the English Revised Version of the Bible and the American Standard Version of the Bible (1901) were very literal to the extent that &amp;quot;they simply did not communicate effectively, owing to their 16th century forms and the literal, awkward syntax&amp;quot; (Nida 1964, 20). Due to this fact, Nida in his theory objected to word-for-word translation of &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;, and advocated a free approach to translation, i.e. a meaning- oriented dynamic equivalence. This translation approach has great significance for translators, providing them with theoretical support to break the chains of literalism. However, as far as literary translation is concerned, merely translating sense is not enough. Just as Lin Yutang says, there are two types of literary works. One originates from the writer's experience and thoughts, and the other lies in the language itself, i.e. the specific means to express the writer's experience and thoughts. The first type does not rely on the native language of the writer to a certain degree, while the second is inseparable from the spirit of his mother tongue (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 430-431). Jin Yuelin also states: &amp;quot;Translating sense, which only requires expressiveness and faithfulness, is not an easy thing, and in some cases it is very difficult. Nevertheless, the difficulty is only a technical problem. Translating flavor, however, is quite another matter, for it requires recreation in translating&amp;quot; (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 464). When meaning and flavor in the original text cannot be kept at the same time in literary translation, in some cases the translator retains flavor and sacrifices sense. But in Nida's theory translating means translating meaning, and his exploration of style or spirit is very inadequate for literary translation. When Jin translated Joyce's Ulysses, he had to face the problem of spirit transference. This is the reason why Jin eventually turns to Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism to seek for support for his theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some similarities between Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect. They both have profound research and insight into the theory of equivalent translation, and have a lot of common points in their understanding of the theory. There are also some differences between the two theories. Jin Di is deeply influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories and lacks a scientific basis for translation analysis. However, Nida's theory does not mention aesthetics, which has its limitations in guiding literary translation. Therefore, Nida's theory is not applicable to general translation, but only to biblical translation and informative or vocative translation. How to learn from the two translations to better guide translation practice is a task that translation researchers need to do in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuang, Kun-liang 庄坤良. (1995). &amp;quot;Ulysses, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤译&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;]James Joyce Quarterly 32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 得·瓦得和尤金·奈达. (1986). From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating [从一种语言到另一种语言]. New York: Nelson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤.(1998). In Search of the Principle of Equivalent Effect [等效反应原则]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida 金堤和尤金·奈达. (1996). On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English [论翻译]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1995). Equivalence Effect in Translation [翻译中的等效反应]. Chinese University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1994-1996). trans. Ulysses(You Li Xi Si). By James Joyce[尤利西斯]. Beijing: People's Literature Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Junping 刘军平.(1997). &amp;quot;Comments on Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses.&amp;quot; [&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;两种译文的比较研究]. Chinese Translators Journal 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. (1988). &amp;quot;Book Review: On Translation by Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida&amp;quot; [书评: 论翻译]. Chinese Translators Journal 2: 56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo, Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). An Anthology of Writings on Translation [翻译论集]. Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1975). Language Structure and Translation: Essays by Eugene A. Nida [语言结构与翻译]. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1959). Principles of translation as exemplified by bible translating [从圣经翻译看翻译原则]. Bible Translator, 72(4), 323-342.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1993).Language, Culture and Translating [语言、文化与翻译]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1964). Towards a Science of Translating: with Special Reference to Principles and Procedures Involved in Bible Translating [翻译的科学探索]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. and C. R. Taber. 尤金·奈达和查尔斯·泰伯. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation [翻译理论与实践]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Zhenping 王振平. (2000). &amp;quot;An Interview with Prof. Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤教授访谈录] Chinese Translators Journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Yougui 王友贵. (1998). &amp;quot;On Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses&amp;quot;[&amp;lt;尤利西斯的两个中译本研究&amp;gt;]. Chinese Comparative Literature 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translating and interpreting centering on translation and interpretation.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. (Liu Heping 2009,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.(Ma Chao 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in China====&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. (Huang Yongchang 2003,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. (Huang Yongchang 2003,37)After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. (Ma Chao 2010,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. (Yang Zijian 1994,52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.(Yang Zijian 1994,55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in the West====&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, Alexander FraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.(Xu Jun 2009,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105)holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. (Marianne Lederer 2011,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.(Sun Sucha 2008, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,147)Is also consistent or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.(Li Jun 2007,54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer 2011,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. (Sun Sucha 2008,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. And lost-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. (Chen Kaisha 2012,134)These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Differences between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although translation theorists have not formed a unified opinion on the issue of translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, a hundred schools of thought contend among translation theorists, the main criteria for evaluating translation quality in China are still faithfulness and fluency, which is in line with the &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; standard put forward by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the source text in terms of content, form, style and style as far as possible. And make it smooth.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of interpretation.(Yang Zijian 1994,62) According to the Dayism theory of French interpretation expert Celeskovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, its purpose is to achieve meaning, and the standard is to achieve meaning and fluency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation standard put forward by interpretation expert Li Yueran is accurate, smooth and fast. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties. Fluency, that is, the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, it is easy for people to understand; fast, because the interpretation is immediate, its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to respond quickly. (Li Jinze 2010,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, an interpreter, argues that interpretation should be faithful and timely. Faithfulness means that the target language must be faithful to the content of the source language and the emotional color of the language under specific circumstances, while timely communication means timely communication. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation results should be accurate, rather than speculating on the content of the source text according to the interpreter's own understanding; aiming at the recipient of the translation result, the expression form of the translation result must conform to the recipient's language habits to facilitate their understanding; in addition, the translator needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation.(Yang Zijian 1994,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is an activity with strong immediacy. It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Zhao Shuo 1999,99). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Zhao Shuo 1999,100).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC) The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,148) Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on.(Ma Chao 2010,19) However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot;(Li Jinze 2010,102) The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,149) For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Xie Zhaolin 2012,149). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Kaisha. 程凯莎. (2012). 浅析英语口笔译之异同.[A brief Analysis of the similarities and differences between English interpreting and Translating].科教文汇[Cultural exchange of science and education]133-134.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yongchang. 黄勇昌. (2003).对翻译忠实性原则的解构分析[A Deconstructive Analysis of the Translation Fidelity Principle].番禺职业技术学院学报[Journal of Panyu Vocational and Technical College]35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Heping. 刘和平. (2009). 论本科翻译教学的原则与方法[On the Principles and Methods of Undergraduate Translation Teaching].中国翻译[Translation in China]34-39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jinze. 李金泽. (2010). 国内口译研究的历史与现状[The History and Current Situation of Domestic Interpreting Research].边疆经济与文化[Frontier Economy and Culture]101-102.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jun. 李军. (2007). 英汉汉英翻译训练与解析[Training and Analysis of English-Chinese Chinese-English Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun. 李云. (2001). 翻译的忠实性[Fidelity of Translation].山东电力高等专科学校学报[Journal of Shandong Electric Power Higher Specialized School]56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Chao. 马超. (2010). 浅谈中国翻译史中的翻译原则[A Brief Introduction to the Translation Principles in the History of Chinese Translation].科技风[Science and Technology Wind]18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Marianne Lederer. 玛丽安·莱德尔. (2011). 释意学派口笔译理论[The Theory of Interpretation and Translation in the School of Interpretation and Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[Chinese Foreign Translation and Publication].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Sucha. 孙素茶. (2008). 口译与笔译之区别[The Difference between Interpreting and Translating].商情[Business Information]44-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jun. 许钧. (2009). 翻译概论[Introduction to Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Zhaolin. 谢昭霖. (2012). 论口笔译学习的异同[On the Similarities and Differences between Interpreting and Translating Studies].海外英语[English Abroad]147-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1994). 翻译新论[New Theory of Translation].湖北教育出版社出版[Hubei Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Shuo. 赵硕. (1999). 探讨翻译过程中的忠实性问题[Exploring the Problem of Fidelity in Translation].西北工业大学学报[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnic University]99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world. There were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promoted the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western countries.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, and it also introduces Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The failure in the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thought. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, is a scholar and translator in modern China. He is famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among a few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrases &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; have been attributed to Yan Fu as standards for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates. Therefore, it has been the catchword among Chinese translation theories. (Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theories, which include faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays a vital important role among Chinese translation theories. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; for the sake of memory. They are cited as follows:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three difficult requirements to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in using the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, and the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habits and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', it originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development. It doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff was translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what the skiff looks like,  so it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform to the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one for it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handling”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is uncomparable among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding of the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars. Some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meanings of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concepts of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) is a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into China in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorant of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books is to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign languages and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which include omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late 19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing through addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations. He took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western cultures.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese readers' aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effects of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the readers' acceptability, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked interest to learn from the West.They even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being two famous translators in the late Qing Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theories and practice, both of whom played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theories, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. He attached great importance to faithfulness and believed that being faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering. Being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well of later generations. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizon at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:42, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Charles Dickens. (2008). David Copperfield. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [Draft of Chinese translation theory]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [A History of Chinese Translation]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ernest Hemingway. (2016). The Old Man and the Sea. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). Uncle Tom's Cabin. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Huang Yuanshen. (2011). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). ''中外翻译理论教程'' [Translation Theory: A Coursebook]. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). ''撒克逊劫后英雄略'' [Ivanhoe]. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Walter Scott. (2009). Ivanhoe. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). ''严复集'' [Yan Fu Ji]. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). ''中西翻译理论简明教程'' [A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler 陈涵 Chen Han 202070080580 Translation 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵 202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:  &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories.&amp;quot;.(Here, this sentence can be changed into &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are representatives of the most important translation theories.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began.(Here, in this sentence, you may change the word &amp;quot;began&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;have begun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation,(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
……，and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. (Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': (Liu Miqing 2012, 1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:(''xin''),(''da''),(''ya''),it's better to write it in Chinese&amp;quot;信&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;达&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;雅&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
 Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea,…….(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;sea&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;shipping&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory. (Liu Miqing 2012, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs,…….(Here, you may delete the second &amp;quot;as&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing.(Here, you may add a word &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; after the word &amp;quot;wrting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it is not only a very important milestone in the history of British translation theory, but also the entire history of Western translation theory. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation …….(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;requirements&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;demands&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period.(Here, you may add a comma and a word &amp;quot;which&amp;quot; before &amp;quot;has increased&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun,…….(Here, you may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese , because he learned from Wu Rulun,……&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically.(Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;ideologically&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.(You may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Under this circumstance, translation may be the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540: The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;adjust&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;adjusting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in ''On the Establishment of Translation Academy'': The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in ''Principes de littérature'' for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the ''dao'' (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s ''dao'' of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Meiguo 赵美国. (2011). 从思维方式看严复与泰特勒翻译原则比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu and Tytler's translation principles from a mindset perspective] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (02) 203-204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594  专业：英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representatives of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida puts forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devotes himself to teaching and puts forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Newmark; similarities; differences&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
奈达；纽马克；相同；不同&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and a translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding among human beings. （Liao Qiyi 2000，85）  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first， descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he does not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information when there are problems in translation. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation activity is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communicating thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message” (Tan Zaixi 1984,10). Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese because it . Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-124）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first version, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Are Translatable=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also points out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize translatability in different languages. At the same time, they both realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing, so one of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translators to change it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond the phrase in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. But this is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark later puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot;. In the past, he believed that language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. It does not need to always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. （Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But by summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. On the basis of semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. He says that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Translation Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only been applied to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, we can see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When seeing translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works with accurate wording. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida doesn’t agree with him. He thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to a text because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translated version is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation activity will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind” in order to achieve equivalence. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, the absence of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, his expression will get out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark have been developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. We should extract their essence and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice of translation and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee 谭载喜.(1984).奈达论翻译 [Nida on Translation]  北京：中国对外翻译出版公司  Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一.（2000). 当代西方翻译理论探索[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory]   译林出版社[Translating Forest Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping 刘军平.（2009). 西方翻译理论通史[Translation and translation]   武汉：武汉大学出版社Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] &lt;br /&gt;
**Fang Mengzhi 方梦之.（2011). 中国译学大辞典 [Dictionary of Chinese Translation]  上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press] 534&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu 林敏煜.（2008). 浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] 文教资料[Journal of Translation and Education] 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 崔建周，卢静.（2006). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较 [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ]  河南商业高等专科学校学报[Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 106-108&lt;br /&gt;
**Xu Xianghui 徐向晖.（2010). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨[A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark]   漯河职业技术学院学报[Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 杨山青，饶家林.（2010). 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用[The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials]  黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College]  41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping 胡爱萍.（2014). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究[A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ]  铜陵学院学报 [Journal of Tongling College]  81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan 王小丹.（2009).  奈达的功能对等论及其评价[Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation]  陕西师范大学学报[Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克 Newmark.（2001).翻译问题探讨[Exploring Translation Issues]   上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1986). From One Language to Another   Thomas Nelson Incorporated&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1964).Toward a Science of Translating   Leiden: E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, (1969). Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation   Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. (1991). About Translation   Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd, &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Text Book of Translation   London: Prentice Hall International (UK)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On The Division Of Western Translation Theories	-     刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596   MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘柳 Liu Liu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories; translation schools; translation theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论划分之研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论; 翻译流派; 翻译理论家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅰ.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of Western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida 1984, 9-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to George Steiner, the study of Western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi 2004,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Translation in Ancient Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of Western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of Western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zaixi 1991, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson 1997, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quintus Heratius Flaccus was deeply influenced by Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi 1991, 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 St. Jerome=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.4 St. Augustine=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the eleventh and twelfth centuries A.D., Western translators gathered in Toledo, Spain, to translate a large number of works from Arabic into Latin. As a result, Toledo became the center of European academic world (similar to the &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; in Baghdad), its translation and academic activities has continued for more than a hundred years with far-reaching effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Manlius Boethius=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979: 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dante=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Translation in Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance Movement that took place in Europe from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries was a major movement of intellectual and literary innovation, it was also a major development in the history of Western translation. Especially in the sixteenth century and the period afterwards, when the Renaissance Movement was widespread in Western European countries, translation activities reached an unprecedented peak, involving various fields such as thought, politics, philosophy, literature and religion, covering major works of ancient times and contemporary times, and a large number of outstanding translators and a series of excellent translation works emerged at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Martin Luther=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida 1984, 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Etienne Dolet=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, Western translation kept on moving forward. Although in terms of scale and influence, translation in this period was not as good as that of the Renaissance, a large number of excellent translation works emerged. Its most important character was that translators not only continued to translate classical works, but also developed a great interest in modern and contemporary works. The works of great writers such as Cervantes, Shakespeare, Balzac, and Goethe were repeatedly translated into various languages, and translations of Oriental literature came out one after another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.1 John Dryden=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 153) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation. The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.3 Matthew Arnold=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English translation theories, the debate between Arnold and Newman on the translation of ''Homer's Epic'' is of positive significance. Matthew Arnold put forward his insights in the following six aspects: 1) Translating ''Homer's Epic'' must first clarify the characteristics of Homer. 2) The essential features of ''Homer's Epic'' must be preserved. 3)Translating poem must have the insight of a poet. 4)The translation must resemble a poem. 5)The translation must have the same appeal as the original text. 6)It is the scholars, not the general readers, who test the fidelity of the translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 134-135)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.4 Francis W. Newman=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newman evaluated Arnold's translation based on his points of view, his viewpoints are as follows: 1) Homer is a poet, and the translation must reproduce him as a poet. 2) The criterion for measuring the translation is mainly the reaction of general readers rather than scholars. 3) The translation is a kind of compromise, and the more outstanding the original work is, the less the translation work can be compared with it. Their differences lie in their respective translation principles, techniques and viewing perspectives, so it is difficult for us to to say which is right and which is better. Their arguments have played an active role in enlivening the academic atmosphere and promoting the study of translation theory from multiple perspectives and multiple aspects.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 135-136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friedrich Schleiermacher published his paper ''On the Methods of Translation'', which discussed the close relationship between translation and understanding from a hermeneutical point of view, theoretically discussed the principles and approaches of translation.He put forward the hermeneutic proposition of examining semantics, including grammatical interpretation and psychological interpretation, and believed that the translator cannot accept the original work passively, but must create it actively, &amp;quot;and must grasp a 'pre-structure' beyond the text according to the original author's mental process and thought track&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 1989, 3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the differences between interpreting and translation for the first time, believing that interpreting is similar to a mechanical activity, while translation is a creative activity. Similarly, translation can be divided into literary translation and mechanical translation. The former is the translation of works of literature, art and natural science, which requires independent thinking and creativity of the translator, and strong comprehension and expression skills. While the latter involves only commercial and business interpreting, which &amp;quot;can be done with a general command of two languages&amp;quot; (Wells 1988, 24), and is not of high quality because it involves something tangible and clearly defined. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Schleiermacher divided translation into two approaches: obedience to the original work and obedience to the translation work. The former is to let the readers approach the original author, and the translator only &amp;quot;fills in the blanks where the readers don't understand the language of the original work&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 135), i.e., using literal translation to let the readers understand the meaning of the original work. The translator usually adopts flexible translation and free translation, so that the readers can easily understand the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His thoughts has inspired the classification of prospective and retrospective of Postgate in the twentieth century.Friedrich Schleiermacher's translation theories had a great impact in the 19th century and is still significant even today. Although he was the first theorist to distinguish between interpreting and translation, his views on interpreting were wrong. From the perspective of modern translation theories, interpreting is not a mechanical activity, but also a skill that requires a high level of language expression ability and the ability to recreate, and because interpreting is a kind of simultaneous interpretation, there is no room for careful thinking, and it is even more difficult than translation in many aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.6 Wilhelm von Humboldt=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm von Humboldt's translation theory was based on his unique philosophy of language. He believed that language is only the &amp;quot;external manifestation of the spirit of each nation&amp;quot;, and that the language of each nation is their spirit, and the spirit of each nation is also their language. Due to the differences of each language, translators are in a dilemma of either following the original tex too closely and losing the charm of their own language, or sticking to their own language and sacrificing the elegance of the original work (Wells 1988, 27-28). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Humboldt also suggested that &amp;quot;there is nothing that language cannot express&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;language is the nature of human, and all languages hold the key to understanding any other languages&amp;quot; (Wells, 1988:29). This dialectical thinking on the issues of translatability and untranslatability, language as system and language as speech act has greatly influenced linguists such as Saussure and Chomsky in the twenties century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the World War II, the West entered a relatively stable period, production got developed, the economy gradually recovered, and science and technology were changing day by day. This was the material basis of the prosperity of translation. Due to the evolution of the times, the characteristics of translation have also changed a lot.  The translation in the new period differs from that of any period in the past in scope, scale, function and form and has made great progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first change is the expansion of translation scope. While the traditional translation mainly focused on the translation of literary and religious works, the translation in the new period expands to other fields, especially in science, technology and commerce fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the scale of translation greatly exceeds that of the past. In the past, only a few literary giants worked on translation, but now translation has become a specialized profession, with not only litterateur, philosophers and theologians engaging in translation, but also a specially trained professional team undertaking various translation tasks. Moreover, the function of translation is unparalleled in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially after the foundation of the United Nations and the European Common Market, exchanges among Western countries in various fields, such as literature, art, science, technology, politics and economics, have become increasingly frequent and close, and all these communications are carried out through translation, because translation plays an increasingly practical role in the process. Finally, the form of translation has also changed and progressed greatly. The three changes are in fact an important sign of the development of the new period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 Roman Jakobson=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roman Jakobson was originally from Russia, then moved to the Czech Republic, and then moved to the United States during World War II and became an American citizen. As one of the founders of the linguistic school, his contributions to translation theory is mainly reflected in his article ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation''. From the perspective of linguistics, the article provided a detailed analysis and discussion of the relationship between language and translation, the importance of translation, and the problems in translation. Since its publication in 1959, this article has been regarded as one of the classics of translation studies in western theoretical field. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five main points of Jakobson's discussion. Translation is divided into three categories: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The so-called intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of some linguistic symbols by other linguistic symbols in the same language, that is rewording. Interlingual translation refers to the interpretation of the symbols of one language into the symbols of another language between two languages, i.e., translation in the strict sense. Intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of linguistic symbols by non-linguistic symbol systems, or the interpretation of non-linguistic symbols by linguistic symbols, such as the transformation from semaphore or gesture into verbal expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The understanding of the meaning of words depends on translation. He believed that translation plays a decisive role in the process of language learning and language comprehension. Accurate translation depends on information symmetry. What translation involves is the reciprocal information in two different speech symbols. All languages have equal expressive power. If there is a lack of vocabulary in a language, the language can be processed by borrowing words, creating words or paraphrasing them. The grammatical category is the most complex issue in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 John Catford=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford, a linguist and translation theorist of University of Edinburgh, published ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' in 1965, in which he interpreted the previous problems of translation from a novel modern linguistic perspective and created the new approach to the study of translation theory in the West, thus exerting a great influence in Western linguistic and translation theory circles. John Catford used the &amp;quot;Scale and Category Grammar&amp;quot; of the descriptive linguist Han Lide to describe translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He focused on the central question of &amp;quot;what is translation&amp;quot; in terms of the nature, categories, equivalence, shifts, and limits of translation. The nature of translation. According to Catford's definition, translation is &amp;quot;the substitution of textual material from one language (source language) for its equivalent in another language (target language)&amp;quot;. (Catford 1965, 20-21) The categories of translation. In terms of its extent, it can be divided into &amp;quot;full translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;partial translation&amp;quot;. In terms of language level, it can be divided into &amp;quot;total translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;restricted translation&amp;quot;. In terms of the level of linguistic structure, it can be divided into &amp;quot;level restricted&amp;quot; translation and &amp;quot;level unlimited&amp;quot; translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equivalence of translation. It is the center of translation practice and translation theoretical research, and must be explained in two ways. On the one hand, translation equivalence is an empirically based phenomenon that is found on the basis of a comparison between two languages. On the other hand, translation equivalence must make sure that whether the target text and the source text have the same or at least partially the same substantive features. The shifts of translation. It refers to the deviation from formal correspondence when turning the source text into the target text. There are two main types of shifts,which are level shifts and category shifts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of translation. It refers to untranslatability. There are two types of untranslatability in translation. The first one is linguistic untranslatability, which includes puns and ambiguous grammatical structures. The other is cultural untranslatability which is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs and different backgrounds of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford's translation theory has injected fresh blood into translation studies in Britain and even the West as a whole, and it has advanced the modern linguistic consciousness in the field of contemporary Western translation studies. In a sense, all kinds of contemporary Western translation theories that have emerged so far have benefited from this increased linguistic consciousness. No matter whether, or to what extent and within what limits, his proposition of using the linguistic theory of &amp;quot;Scale and Category&amp;quot; to explain translation problems is effective or not, the proposition itself has made a contribution to the development of contemporary Western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Eugene A. Nida=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida was one of the most important representatives of the linguistic school who published two famous translation theoretical works ''Toward A Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1964 and 1965 respectively and proposed the concept of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot;, whose theory has made great contributions to contemporary translation studies in the West. He proposed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory, and then proposed &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory from the viewpoint of sociolinguistics and communicative function of language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the four-step model of &amp;quot;analysis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;transformation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reorganization&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;examination&amp;quot; of the translation process. His main academic activities in his life were centered on the translation of ''The Bible''. In the process of translating ''The Bible'', Nida developed his own translation theory from a practical point of view, which eventually became one of the classics of translation studies. Nida's most important theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory,which means that the translation should not seek for a rigid correspondence between words on the surface, but to achieve functional equivalence between two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this theory, he pointed out that &amp;quot;translation is the reproduction of the information of source language from semantics to style in the most appropriate, natural and reciprocal language&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 65). The &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory includes four aspects, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, chapter equivalence and stylistic equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believed that &amp;quot;meaning is the most important, and form is the second&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form is likely to conceal the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida's theory, the translator should take the four aspects of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory as the principle of translation to accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of source language in target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.4 James Holmes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
James Holmes is the founder of Translation Studies, and his book, ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''(1972), is the founding manifesto of Translation Studies. He first argued that translation theory should arise from the scientific description of the translation process, and then apply the theory to translation practice and translation teaching. The translation of poetry can be regarded as a kind of meta-literature, which is both an evaluation and interpretation of the original work, and at the same time a new and independent literary work itself. Translation studies should focus on the relationships between the translated text and the original work and between the translated text and the target language culture, rather than the traditional equivalence or fidelity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.5 Peter Newmark=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a professor of modern linguistics at the University of Surrey, who is mainly engaged in teaching translation theory and practice. After the publication of his masterpieces ''Approaches to Translation''(1981) and ''A Textbook of Translation''(1988), semantic and communicative translation theory has been highly regarded by the translation circles. In 1991, his another famous work ''About Translation'' was published, which collected Newmark's most important translation theoretical findings in recent years. ''Paragraphs on Translation'', which was published in 1991, is a collection of detailed discussions of translation theory, translation teaching, translation linguistics, and translation techniques that were published in the journal ''The Linguist'' from 1989 to 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅲ.Discussion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation theory system consists of two main theories. One is the literature and art translation theory. It is the oldest theory, extending from ancient dramatic translators such as Terrence to modern translation theorists (e.g. Levy in the Czech Republic, Gachechiladze in the former Soviet Union, Steiner in the UK, etc.), and it focused on how to translate literary texts in order to realize literary and cultural exchanges in the ideal sense. In this theory, translation was considered as literarature and art, and the focus of translation was on recreation. The theorists not only discussed the pros and cons of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, but analyzed the purposes and effects of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They also emphasized respecting target language culture, paid attention to the style and literariness of target texts, and required the translators to have a natural literary talent. The other is the linguistic translation theory. It extended from Augustine in ancient times to the structural linguistics school in the 20th century, which closely combined translation theories with the analysis of semantics and grammar, discussed translation in terms of language usage techniques, believing that translation aims to produce a text that is semantically equivalent to the original, and seeked to explain how to produce such semantic equivalence in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was more concerned with how to realize the transformation of the words of the two languages in order to convey the information in source language. Looking back at the history of Western translation theories over the past two thousand years, especially the above two main theories constituting the Western translation theory system, we can easily find that, from ancient times to contemporary times, although each period has its own peak of development, on the whole, the contemporary times since the end of World War II in the middle of the 20th century can be regarded as the highest peak of the development of Western translation theories so far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅳ.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We should study the outline, changes and development of Western translation theories, and state our opinions on the significance and value of the study of Western translation theories from a historical perspective. On the one hand, we should absorb the relevant contemporary research results at home and abroad, make comments on the representative figures and their representative works, schools of thought and important historical events in Western translation of various historical periods, especially in the 20th century.On the other hand, we should make an in-depth analysis and discussion on the mutual promotion, evolution and the development process of translation practice and translation theory, and elaborate our basic understanding on the nature and direction of the development of translation thoughts and theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yiyu|Liu Yiyu]] ([[User talk:Liu Yiyu|talk]]) 08:45, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper made a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theories and J. C. Catford's translation theories from three perspectives, that is, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some important concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theories from different perspectives and even the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influences on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，甚至同一个术语在两种译论中具有不同含义的现象也常有见之，因此不免对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握这两种译论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it has become an irreversible trend to integrate the translation theory researches into the field of linguistics, which broke through the traditional translation theories and created a new approach to explore them. Nida and Catford are two prominent representatives in this field. As to Nida, he is a famous contemporary American translation theorist, known as the father of modern Western translation theory, with ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''as his major works. As to Catford, he is a famous English linguist and translation theorist, with ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' as his masterpiece. From what I have mentioned above, it can be seen clearly that  both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theories. However, in spite of this fact, their respective translation theories are actually based on different linguistic schools. As a result, it is no wonder that they have different understandings and interpretations in terms of the same concept and the acceptability of their respective translation theories are largely varied in the academic world. Therefore, this paper will elaborate the differences of the translation theories between Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford from these three perspectives, namely, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, what deserves noticing is that they are actually based on different linguistic schools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theories are mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformational-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:chenshachenshachensha111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida's broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that the transformation between languages on the level of deep structure can guarantee the faithfulness of the translated text to the original text to the greatest extent. What's more, since the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure of the target language, the smoothness of the translated text can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theories broke through the formal constraints in translation and retained the content of the original text, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theories are mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt the two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from such four levels as phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary simultaneously. He also holds that even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford's translation theories are based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theories in a selective way, which makes his translation theories innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday's systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories mainly serve the translation of ''The Bible'', with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of ''the Bible'', the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey the will of God. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in the process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories does not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in the process of translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, which is why his translation theories arouse suspicion of other scholars. Actually, readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theories. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theories, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information,so its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to such raw materials as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theories, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages can never be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theories different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of languages and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, translators can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory broke the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believes that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist on the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theories seem to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizing equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theories focus on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida pointed out that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, and the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theories are concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted into the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book ''A linguistic Theory of Translation'', he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford uses &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realizes that different languages are actually different systems that can never be coincided with each other. As a result, there will never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are actually different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s views of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions to Translation Studies ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida views the communication and integration between different languages and cultures with a new perspective. He jumped out of the bondage of language and instead paid attention to the pragmatic function of language and the external linguistic equivalence. As a faithful supporter of language universality, he insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can also be expressed in another and that communication can be achieved by looking for translation equivalence among different languages and cultures and reorganizing the form of the original text and semantic structure in an appropriate way, which is also the basis for his establishment of equivalence translation theory. In short, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static mode of solely emphasizing text comparison and creates a new mode of fully respecting the response of the receptors of the target language to translated text. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that the main concern of translation practice is to find equivalent components and the central task of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of these equivalent components. His equivalence theory mainly focuses on the study of language, which relates the analysis of translation theory closely to the analysis of the functions of semantics and grammar, aiming at explaining how such a semantic equivalence on the level of vocabulary and grammatical structure is achieved. In his opinion, translators’ main task is to seek content equivalence rather than form correspondence, which is exactly what Catford calls translation conversion. In summary, as a means to realize the equivalence in terms of text, Catford’s translation theory has its positive significance in specific historical periods. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2 Influences in China=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1980s, Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories were introduced into China almost at the same time, but their occasions in China were quite different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as Nida’s translation theories were introduced, the research and citation of them achieved a climax. From 1980 to 2000, 147 papers citing Nida's translation theories were published on ''China Translation'', the core journal of Chinese translation circle. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, 25 papers on Nida’s translation theories were published on such core journals as ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012. In 2012 alone, there were 80 journal papers, doctoral papers and master's papers on Nida translation theory. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories on the contary have not attracted enough attention in domestic academic circles. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, only 3 papers on the Catford’s translation theories were published on ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012 and there were only 8 journal papers, doctoral papers, master's papers and bachelor's papers on Catford's translation theories. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95) What’s more, from the number of Chinese papers published on CNKI regarding Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, the domestic influence of the two theories are also evident. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha222.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha333.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, compared with Catford's translation theories, which are abstract and difficult to understand due to its professionalism, Nida's translation theories are more easily accepted and play a greater guiding role in Chinese-English translation.(Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's research is mainly carried out from a macro perspective and is about the universal principle, which will inevitably ignore the research and discussion of specific skills at the micro level. As a result, the theories obtained will also inevitably be out of touch with practice. Nida's equivalence theory is mainly applicable to the translation of ''The Bible'', and the specific purpose of ''The Bible'' to educate and influence people can make it reasonable to sacrifice the form equivalence and strengthen the functional equivalence in a moderate way. However, if this theory is used to guide the translation of those texts whose forms cannot be ignored, such as the translation of poems, the limitations show up. What’s more, equivalence theory is based on the assumption that readers will have a consistent response, but the problem is that the reader's response is not uniform in any case. It is difficult or almost impossible for readers with different cultural levels, ideologies and positions to produce the same or similar response to the same translation in real life. Therefore, it is difficult to measure the translation effect with this standard. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, As soon as his theory of equivalence translation was put forward, severe criticism in academic circles is brought about, with most of which focusing on the abstraction and idealization of Catford's examples used to prove his theory. In addition, Newmark pointed out that the interpretation of comparative linguistics conducted by Catford is conducive to translators' judgment and selection in translation practices, but has little contribution to translation theory. Venuti pointed out that the words, sentences and instances used by Cadford were created by himself rather than real. Hornby pointed out that the examples used by Catford are simple and decontextualized, while in fact, the process of translation cannot be simply viewed as language practices, actually, it will also be influenced by such factors as text, culture and environment. At the same time, she did not agree with Catford's view that linguistics is the only support of translation research. In addition, Mu Lei believes that the examples Catford used to support his theory are mainly the translation within Germanic languages or Slavic languages, or between Germanic and Slavic languages, so his theory does not have universally guiding significance. In other words, whether Catford’s theory is applicable to the translation between different language families, especially the translation between Chinese and English or not still needs to be discussed. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, although both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, their translation theories are actually different in many aspects. Firstly, their translation theories are based on different linguistic schools, with Nida’s based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar and Catford’s on Halliday’s systematic linguistics. Secondly, their perspectives in terms of some important concepts are different, such as their perspectives regarding meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability. Last but not least, their translation theories have caused different impact on the field of translation and this difference is especially prominent in China. Of course, due to their different linguistic foundations, the two translation theories also have different limitations. It seems that Nida’s translation theories are more widely accepted than Catford’s in China because it is a theoretical system that is more compatible to the traditional Chinese translation theories. However, what we should keep in mind is that when we introduce foreign translation theories, in order to broaden our horizon, translation theories that seem to be incompatible to our traditional opinions are as important as those that are similar to our traditional translation views. Only in this way, can the translation theories be improved and developed further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Yangtong. 崔洋通. (2018). 不可译性:奈达与卡特福德之对比研究. [Untranslatability: A Comparative Study of Nida and Catford]. ''“校园英语” [Campus English]'' 241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Li. 姜丽. (2010). 奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较. [A Comparison of Several Concepts in Nida's and Catford's Translation Theories]. ''“文教资料” [Cultural and Educational Materials]'' 44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shuwu. 林书武. (1981). 奈达的翻译理论简介. [An Introduction to Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“国外语言学” [Foreign Linguistics]'' 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhidan. 李志丹. (2014). 卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨. [A Speculation on Catford’s and Nida's &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; Translation Theory]. ''“哈尔滨学院学报” [Journal of Harbin Institute]'' 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping. 石锡书 &amp;amp; 杜平. (2004). 辩证地看待奈达的“功能对等”理论. [A Critical Look at Nida's &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theory]. ''“翻译科学初探” [A Preliminary Study on Translation Science]'' 69-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Demi. 熊德米. (2001). 奈达翻译理论评述. [A Review of Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“重庆大学学报” [Journal of Chongqing University]'' 85-89.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E.J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶 Xu Mengdie 202020080657 英美文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student No.202020080657 英美文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt; 写名字即可--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound was a representative poet and literary critic of the western literary scene in the early 20th century. Together with important literary figures such as T.S. Eliot, he started a new trend in the creation and study of poetry. At the same period, China was undergoing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were made between them. Wen Yiduo's theory of poetry is considered to be deeply influenced by Pound, but growing out of a specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyze the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's principles in poetry translation from the comparison of their translation principles in terms of rhyme, image and structure.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,埃兹拉·庞德是西方文坛一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特等其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的异同。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），172-173). 引用的人名要用拼音--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the fast development, China began to play a much more important role on world stage, naturally giving rise to the need to recommend Chinese culture to the world. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, a movement that deserves our attention is the vernacular literary movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China was in desperate need of opening up and learning from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the split between classical Chinese literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， traditional Chinese culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell, etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915, setting off Imagist Movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of the vernacular writing movement, and his first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:26, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（12），432-433). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal experience of studying painting and his contact with western poets at that time are materials worth discussing.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two figures are chosen for comparison in this paper because, first, they lived in the same period and both participated in two important literary movements of their time; second, both of them interpreted and applied traditional Chinese poems to modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, a comparison on their understanding of poetry translation is a way to learn the role of traditional Chinese culture in modern times and to better understand these two poets and translators.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers about them. Through close reading, we come to understand their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetry translation. The works covered in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles(孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparative study: since there are some commonalities between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish their roles in respectively vernacular writing movement and imagist movement, in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly in their poem translation principles.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo has been widely studied as a composer of new poetry, a painter, a researcher of classical poetry, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focused more on his identity as a poetry composer than as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his identity as a translator, complemented by his identity as a poet.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进 2005，133-134).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo cover almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies of traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poetry, etc. From the 1970s to present, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo's translation. We can see from the picture below that studies of Wen Yiduo are still favored by scholars and in recent years even more papers on his translation principles have been published. In 2005, a paper by Lv Jing was a watershed moment, for he announced the dawn of a new age of modern metrical poetry. Wen Yiduo was a pioneer of metrical poetry at the beginning of 20th century but he was inevitably constrained by his time. With the development of culture , now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the 18 papers, the most mentioned phrases are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poetry in translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound in terms of a general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) with only one paper directly comparing the two figures in a comprehensive manner. It was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which can be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the national and creative features of Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1）,92).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing the social and cultural upheaval of the collapse of the old and the rise of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he had revolutionary ideas at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't directly participate in the May 4th Movement, he demonstrated his firm support for the students through a passionate and patriotic poem. Obviously, Wen Yiduo's literary creation cannot be separated from his social ideas. This can be revealed in the subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas on translation, they are also closely associated with his understanding of poetry creation, based on his personal learning and experiences.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），275-277).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo experienced several transitions in his poetic writing throughout his life. At first, he was a poet of classical poetry (1916-1925) with works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to the creation of new poetry and criticized that classical poetry shouldn't be created and should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several attempts to create new poetry, Wen Yiduo later went to America to continue his study in painting and literature. Here he came into contact with the Chicago poets and the American Imagists, which was another transition for him. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated retrospectively drawing on classical Chinese culture, inspired partly by his experience studying painting and classical poetry in Chicago. Upon his return to China, he pioneered the creation of metrical poetry, linking the features of the new Western poetry with the image and structure of classical Chinese verse. He demanded beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. The best of his work to realize his principles can be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of making translation, which was to find an answer for his own time and to solve the problems that existed in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to that of Christianism, which is of immense importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius were exactly what was needed, to conquer the social dilemmas brought about by industrialism, cyclical economic crisis, the segregation of people from one another, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poetry translation should be word-for-word but maintain connotations behind it. He identified the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered that Chinese characters were full of beauty of images and that classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all can be a good source for imagist movement.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman to a father and himself to his son. Although he held some different opinions from his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression and direct use of vernacular language, while relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo has also mentioned that he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolutely free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). In Wen Yiduo's view, sound and music are what words contained and only a concise expression like poetry can produce stronger emotions with its natural, artistic syllables.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），202).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and continued his studies in painting at the Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. These experiences provided him with the opportunity to paint poems and he had a unique understanding of the images based on his study of both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of creation of new poems, poems of nature made up a large part of his work. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images from classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. Therefore, he decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was influenced by their ideas in poem composing. The Chicago poets used direct language and free verse to paint the world vividly. Images were important to the Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, Wen Yiduo paid great attention to the use of image and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have a short excerpt of his early composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was one of his early vernacular poems and it's very direct and daily, but lacking in beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea of liberating human mind with a literary revolution, but he still reinforced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Therefore, Wen Yiduo criticize Hu Shi's writing as lacking in beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that the translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing to traditional Chinese painting, where the interplay of colors creates a new harmonious picture, and words should be like colors.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candle''as an example, he used the image of red candle to praise the selfless spirit of sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. In Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is considered to be a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is expressed not only in the subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of descriptive pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he has shown more freehand sketch in his poem rather than western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All of his principles in poetic composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mysterious one which also coincides with Pound's idea.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be described as an orientalist for his love and study of eastern cultures. Before he became acquainted with Chinese, he was captured by the concise but rich connotation contained in traditional Chinese culture. His interest in traditional Chinese poems began with ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction to oriental art（郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating traditional Chinese poem, he formed his own principles of poem composing. He believed that poem should not be written with superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices in the use of images and he was known for his superimposition of images.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（''落叶哀蝉曲'' 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay (''Cathy'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images very well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is well used to paint a picture of late autumn and arouse feelings of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating to leave, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey abstract melancholy just like Chinese classical poem. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'', it has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color images. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 repeated words in the original poem but Pound only kept the repeated forms of the color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his great attention to color image although he didn't mention it in his essay (''Cathy'').--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），94).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to the use of images. Yet because of Wen Yiduo's experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we can assume that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choices for image based on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was in school. Later deeply influenced by ideas of vernacular poem composition highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that he should liberate citizen's mind from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started to compose his new poem, he realized that too direct expression would lose its hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of studying Tang poem. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, otherwise it woud be a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, in his opinion, free verse is the best choice due to their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comments on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator of using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then put his belief in translation into practice in his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever (1902)&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。（''时事新报·学灯'' 1927）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the characteristics of the original work, Wen Yiduo preserved the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou believed that art is an artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, in order to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated into the Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. The infinitive &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; was translated into a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can find the translated version is even more concise and has clear rhythm to form music. To form a parallel structure and a clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo added some decorative elements or deleted some unimportant ones to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator based on original expression, in order to conform to both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are the words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between looseness and tense within the poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme, which can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on rhyme and rhythm in poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' for an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose rather than a rhymed poem, and to that extent his emphasis is more on the other side as he himself said that he agreed that music was important but he didn't make it a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sound is one of them. The poetry of sound could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he believed that images can be conveyed and he devoted to convey images in Chinese poems to English translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (闻一多 1926，1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see that rhyme and rhythm are as important to Wen Yiduo as images, for he considered these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and arouse feelings. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music, and he had no preference between the two, yet, in Pound's view, as said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo valued music so much that he once said that some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language because he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient souls with decoration on a modern cover. The beats and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another vessel, they may lose their favor.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 05:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese and Japanese poems. Therefore, the structure of his translations can often be traced back to parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛 2007，55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound regarded it as his masterpiece of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, such as Wu Di, who believed that this poem is closer to an imitation of Chinese parallelism. He listed the reasons as follows: First, the poem has parallel compositions of time and space and contrasting colors of flower petals and branches. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attention to the conceptual words than functional words.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳 2006，85). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's poetic translation are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, and elegy, etc. It can be traced back to Provence love songs, Japanese Haiku and traditional Chinese poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and he asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined them with traditional Chinese poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. That is why he called for &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot;. In Chinese architecture, balance is considered as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that balance was very essential in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, and we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well-composed poem.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？（　——原载1927年11月5日上海《时事新报 文艺周刊》第9期）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;(范守义 2004，101-102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas on poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First of all this poem consists of two stanzas, in each of which the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but made a little alternation to achieve a better expression. In this line, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, in order to balance the length of sentences, the translator moved the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; to the verse before the last line, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot;, to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is the line -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator split the line, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture(范守义 2004，101-102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza, but there is a dash to indicate it. Therefore, the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance of form as well as meaning. All these efforts of the translator aimed at achieving the aesthetic sense of architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound demand beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places with different focus, for example, Ezra Pound studied and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose with loose forms, but Wen Yiduo's translation highlighted the structural balance and stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist has absorbed elements from traditional Chinese culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In his translation, Ezra Pound calls for artistic conception through the superimposition of images. And as for his form of translation, it's looser than that of Wen Yiduo's, for although Ezra Pound required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; to be &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in the location of his images but it does not have to be balance in numbers of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, even though Wen Yiduo was influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic features of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we can know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using in his later works, but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he was a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works had a solid patriotic foundation, thus he always tried to maintain traditional Chinese culture and spread it through literary creations. This explains the elements of traditional Chinese painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as the specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. It's better to say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in similar social environment than to say that one is an exact imitator of the other. Since they two have their own unique cultural background and are both ardent lovers of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in their literary expressions, but there are also differences that reflect their own cultural identity like those we discovered in their own writings and translations.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.英文文献后面需要添加中文--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:54, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound (1913).A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste. ''Poetry''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Shouyi 范守义.(2004).论诗歌的句法结构美──汉英诗歌比较研究[On the Syntactic Structure of Poetry -- A Comparative Study of Chinese and English Poetry].''外交学院学报 Journal of China Foreign Affairs University'' 2004(04):98-107.&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Yiduo.(1926)英译李太白诗[English translation of Li Po's poems]''《北平晨报》副刊 Supplement to Peiping Morning Post''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic&lt;br /&gt;
*Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                    彭丹 Peng Dan  Student No.202020080631 日语语言文学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of cultural exchanges among all countries, more and more famous works, novels and films have been translated into many versions for people to enjoy. It has become a headache for many translators to realize the original style. In 1969, Eugene Nida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward the theory of functional equivalence, which focusing on the realization of communication between different cultures and languages. This thesis through compares Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s two Chinese versions of The Moon and Sixpence, which written by England famous novelist Maugham, on perspective of the functional equivalence theory. Summing up that how to realize the equivalence of words, sentences and semantic during the translation and how to present the readers’ response. There are always some defects in any perfect things. Some scholars think that the functional equivalence theory ignores the equivalence of form and the style of the original work. However, the theory of functional equivalence is derived from practice, and its achievements are obvious to translation and it makes great contribution for translation. In this paper, I will refer to the form equivalence in the process of translation which not affects the reader's understanding of the original work. This paper focuses on the application of functional equivalence theory in the two versions and describes the translators how to realize the equivalence of meaning, form and cultural equivalence. The paper’s researching ways include literature research, comparative research, example-analysis, summarize experience and content analysis. In the end, I will give my own opinion on the theory of functional equivalence and judge the version which I think is more suitable for readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY WORDS:===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Formal Equivalence;Reader’s Response&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论视角下《月亮与六便士》的两个汉译本对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着各国文化交流的发展，越来越多的名著，小说亦或者影视作品被译成若多版本供人们欣赏。如何完美的展现原著的风采成为众多译者头疼的事情。1969年，美国著名翻译理论学家尤金.奈达，提出了功能对等理论，着重实现不同文化，语言之间的沟通对等，并且侧重于读者的反映。本文通过功能对等理论对比研究傅惟慈和李继宏两人关于英国著名小说家毛姆的《月亮与六便士》的两个中文译本，总结出，在小说翻译的过程中，译者如何实现单词，句子，语义和文化的对等以及如何实现读者的反映。再完美的东西总会有那么一点缺陷，有学者认为功能对等理论忽略了形式的对等以及原著的文体。但是功能对等理论是源于实践，它的成果有目共睹并且其为翻译界做出了巨大贡献。本文会提及译者在翻译的过程中忽略的形式对等，但是并不影响读者对原著的理解。本文更加侧重描写功能对等理论在这两本译文中的应用，详细描写它如何实现意思的对等，形式的对等以及文化的对等。本文使用的方法有文献研究，对比研究，个案分析，经验总结以及内容总结等方法。最后我也会给出自己关于功能对等理论的见解，并评判出我认为更加适合读者的译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；沟通对等；读者反映&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1Research Background====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coincident with the development of the cultural globalization has been realization more and more foreign literary works are translated Chinese literary works for China domestic people to read and appreciate. Whereas after reading the original works which are translated frequently, we possibly feel that most works still have many regrets. On the one hand, if the translators only quest the corresponding words, this may limit the reader’s thought in a large aspect that the readers couldn’t deeply understand the emotion what the authors want to express. On the other hand, if the translators only pursue the semantic and thought, these probably not reflect the profound meaning of a word which the author wants to express. Furthermore, there are many differences between eastern and western cultures and everyone has their own style of expression. If a translator who has polarity style for the original author to translate his works, the difference between the two may be obvious. In order to show the original works better and reduce the difference between source language and target language. Eugene Nida according to the nature of translation put forward the famous Functional Equivalence Theory. It states that translation is not only the equivalence of words, but also the equivalence of style, semantic and type of writing. The information are conveyed by translation includes not only the surface information but also the deeper culture information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2Literature Review====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1969, Eugene Nida put forward the functional equivalence theory. In 1986, he published a book which called From One Language to Another. This work is a representative in his theoretical pursuit of translation. He also made numerous amendments and supplements according with his previous translation theories. He used the “functional equivalence” to replace the “dynamic equivalence”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From nearly five years of development at home and abroad, we can see that the functional equivalence theory not only involves the translation of novels but also the news, politics, traditional Chinese medical name, the loaded culture words, the road science and technology, drama and other related aspects of text translation and film translation etc..  After searching the published papers, we could find some papers which use the perspective of functional equivalence theory. Such as Zhou Xiaohui’s “Translating Strategies of Movie and TV Scripts from English to Chinese from the Perspective of Functionalist Equivalence: as Shown in the Translation of the Script of Crash”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University. And Chen Anqi’s “Applying Nida’s Functional Equivalence to the Translation of the Non-Technical Part of Sci-tech Texts”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University and etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1919, Maugham's The Moon and Sixpence was published which described a British painter went to south Pacific Tahiti and had the primitive life with the Indigenous people here. And ultimately he became the successful painter. In China, there are numerous translation versions about The Moon and Sixpence. In this thesis, I want to introduce Fu Weici’s translation version and Li Jihong’s tra versions in particular and compare these two Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3Research Methodology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature study: in order to get the first-hand information about the functional equivalence theory, it is necessary to read many literature such as taking the thesis and journals in the CNKI or VIP. Through these materials we can learn a lot of knowledge that we do not know so that we can complete the thesis more fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Example-analysis: through this thesis I will list a majority of examples. These examples are classified on words, sentences and semantics etc.. At the same time, this thesis also will illustrate some examples which do not seem to achieve the functional equivalence. Through these examples we can get a better understanding of the functional equivalence theory and its characteristic during application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Comparative study: in this thesis, I will chose the Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese versions to make comparison through words, style, culture and semantics. By comparing some difference of the two Chinese versions that we can have deeper understood about the functional equivalence theory in the application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Summarize experience: This thesis will take the summarize experience of two Chinese versions to show the relation with functional equivalence or the difference with it. This thesis also will list some summarize experience which maybe not be suitable for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1Introduction of Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an outstanding theorist about translation in American. And his translation theory has larger influence on the translation works in both foreign countries and inland. His theory on the translation is a landmark of studies about the modern translation. Moreover, in contrast to contemporary theorists, he is evaluated the most noted theorist. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida was born in a city of Oklahoma on the November 11, 1914. He went to university in Los Angeles where he elected the Greek as the major degree and he found that he liked the Bible. Then he created the outstanding academic records during the university. Afterwards, he got master’s degree about Greek new translation at Southern California. In 1943 that he got his doctor degree after graduated from master. Then he was employed by American Bible Society and his duty is to check and estimate the publications of Bibles. He needed to provide the services for the missionary translators and given the advices to them about how to translate better. For helping the translator to solve the questions about translation and different culture he went to 85 countries and experienced the various aspects of culture and language. In 1970, Eugene Nida was elected as the coordinator for the translations research in United Bible Society. His responsibility is to write the translators handbooks and prepare the materials for teaching the translators and test them. After long, there were many new versions about the bible were sold well all around the world. These new versions about the bible all translated by guidance of the Nida’s dynamic equivalence. Eugene Nida has devoted decades for bible translation and he has contributed to the flourishing of the bible translation in twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early period of Nida’s essays, he emphasized that there were not complete equivalence between two languages so that there were no absolute translation. Subsequently, he devoted to finding the closest equivalence about the nature, on the basis of that, he developed three translation theories which were the formal equivalence theory, the dynamic equivalence theory and the functional equivalence theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formal equivalence that mainly emphasizes the equivalence of language’s formal and content. Therefore, in the translation process, the translators often due to excessively focus the grammatical structure of the source language, word’s coherence and interior literal meaning so that neglect the target language reader’s response, the different culture is the ascribed leads to the target language readers couldn’t understand the original meaning. But it also has its own strength like Kelly said it could indicate how the meaning was expressed in original works, preserving un-translated idiom and rhetorical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamic equivalence theory has no essential difference with functional equivalence theory and it develops form the formal equivalence. For avoiding it often is misunderstood that Nida uses the expression of functional equivalence to describe the accuracy of the translation. The former emphasizes the importance of formal and content, the latter more emphasizes the communication with the language and cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence is defined as “a term referring to the type of equivalence reflected in a target text which seeks to adapt the functional of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” in the dictionary. From this definition it indicated functional equivalence not only emphasizes the linguistics and form but also emphasizes the communication of different background. Such as we could translate the “white as frost” to replace the “white as snow” if there isn’t snow this word. If both of them are impracticable we could translate into “very very white”. Form this example we could deeply understand the definition of the functional equivalence about communication. This theory pays attention to the target language reads’ response under the different cultural and language. So he used “the functional equivalence” to replace “the dynamic equivalence” in the year of 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence had made a great contribution for translation field. But there are also some critics about it by some translation scholars with different perspectives. First some scholars think it pays too attention about readers’ repose that neglects the authority of text. They point out that sometimes the reader’s response is subjective so it impossible to realize the equivalence of target language according to the readers’ response. Secondly some scholars it is the superior to the form equivalence. Therefore it has litter emphasis on the form. As we all known that different countries have the different cultures and there are also great difference on the people’s abilities about learning. So it means that it is not necessary to reduce much original difficulty to realize the communicative purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many critics about it, his theories come from the practice and these theories had strong guiding for our translation. What’s more, the functional equivalence had solved the long-standing argument between the “literal translation” and the “liberal translation”.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3Research of Functional Equivalence at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently at home and abroad, the functional equivalence theory’s research is mainly focused on the study of translation’s guidance of literary works.  As opposed to business letters and legal materials, the functional equivalence theory is more inclined to convey the original works’ content and connotation rather than grammatical forms. Currently there are majority researches on the versions about The Moon and Sixpence at home and aboard. However most of them are analyzing the protagonist’s characteristic or the author’s background and living condition. There are few researches that are about the compassion-studying and analyzing The Moon and sixpence from the perspective of the functional equivalence theory of Nida.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Introduction of The Moon and Sixpence and Its Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Brief Introduction of The Moon and sixpence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon and sixpence is one of the great works of William Somerset Maugham, a British novelist, written in 1919. The book is sold subject to the condition that is shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition. First it published in Great Britain by William Heinemann in 1919. In this novel, Maugham tells the whole story in the first person narrative. This book is based on the French impressionist painter Gauguin's life who originally is a securities broker at the middle-aged. However he gave up everything to the South Pacific island of Tahiti and lived with the indigenous people. Finally he got inspiration and created many masterpieces of art. This novel became popular in the twentieth Century and it revealed the theme of escaping the reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The work relates the content by the first person perspective. The protagonist is a writer who knows about Charles Strickland’s family. The family looked happiness and perfectly satisfactory, however, Charles Strickland was always lacking in energy. After long, he left home to Paris that to decide look for his own art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The protagonist goes to aboard and founds the Charles Strickland who denotes to struggle out of this life which he couldn’t drawing absolutely obey his own heart. He firmly left his wife and children with nothing left. Fortunately, his wife found the skills to live well with the children. After five years, the protagonist met Charles Strickland in Paris that he lived in poverty and no friends with him but he still immersed his dream and never felt regret. His talent increasingly got the recognition during the progress of quest the art.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Latterly he decided to abandon the civilized life to the original islands in the South Pacific island of Tahiti where the protagonist met by chance. Charles Strickland married a native girl and had three children, spending three years short of happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally the children died and he also had leprosy. Eventually, he finished a piece of work on the wall when he was blind. The native wife buried him, according to his wishes, destroyed his work on the wall which makes the protagonist feel regret. However the protagonist understood his pursuit in his paintings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the publishing of The Moon and Sixpence, it attracts the readers by the plots and profound words and it makes a noise in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Characteristics of the language====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham is recognized the British with deeply influence of French literary. The largest characteristic of his work is that the language is humorous and interesting for readers. This mainly comes down to the fact that he is good at conceiving and telling stories. What’s more it also in addition to what he often shows in his novels. Maugham's text is not tense and there are always cold tone of a British style detached from outside the novels and readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His works inevitably have some acrimonious words which could accurately describe the social reality by he own sees and hears. For in The Moon and Sixpence when he describes the success of the Charles Strickland that he write “I do not speak of that greatness which is achieved by the fortunate politician or the successful soldier; that is a quality which belongs to the place he occupies rather than to the man; and a change of circumstance reduces it to very discreet proportions. The prime Minister out of office is seen, too often, to have been but a pompous rhetorician, and the General without an army is but the tame hero of a market town. The greatness of Charles Strickland was authentic. It may be that you do not like his art, but at all events you can hardly refuse it the tribute of your interest. He disturbs and arrests.” By these sentences we can know about the success clearly of the Charles Strickland by comparison. It may be that these languages are too direct to attack politicians and generals, but we can't deny the fact. Maugham’s writing style is short and humorous and we can see the reality of society quickly by his text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The novel describes Charles Strickland’s feeling with three different women's. These three women basically represent the characteristics of the world most women. The first woman is most common who quest the materialistic, selfish, good face, and with a direct survival instinct. The second women considers the love is supremacy and she is weak and locking the ability to survive. The most pure is his third women. Maybe we couldn’t define her feeling to Charles Strickland. Their marriage is like a merger of similar items, she lived just for him and she has been with him together. In my opinion, these three women are sympathy-worthy and pitiful. Since if eventually Charles Strickland said “Women are strange little beasts. You can treat them like dogs, you can beat them till your arm aches, and still they love you.” These sentences are very simple neither too many gorgeous words nor long winded repetition words. However it is always able to impress deeply you from the heart and it can let you know what the emotion the author wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likely these instances, Charles Strickland took keen to pursuit his own dream and he does not care these things around him so that he can't understand why women will follow him without any condition. He thinks they are sympathy-worthy and stupid. In order to vividly embody this feeling, the woman is compared to a dog. Even though you treat them as the dog, they still do not abandon you and love you as before. Through these words I believe that although you haven’t read this book you could also understand the meaning which the author wants to express. Charles Strickland hates the limit of loving and family and he also couldn’t feel the women’s feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Strickland shrugged his shoulders and said “Of course, it is one of the most absurd illusions of Christianity that they have souls.” This sentence through the description of that they have the soul reflected that the pure in his heart. And he pitied them only because he thinks people have more important things to pursue and the people should follow their own heart to do what they want to do. He thinks women have souls, but they don't realize what they really want to do. Maugham's character and the inner world of the characters reflected in the simple humorous sentences have to admit that a simple sentence has a huge amount of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Introduction of Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici was born in Harbin in 1923. He is the remarkable translator of modern literary. Fu Weici worked in western language and literature respectively in the Fu Jen Catholic University, Zhejiang University and Peking University. He graduated from Peking University in 1950 and worked in Tsinghua University and Peking University for the job of Chinese teaching. Eventually he died in March 16, 2014 at the age of 91. As far as I am concerned and researching from computer, Fu Weici’ version is more simple and there are a lot of language are very straightforward and particularly close to the social situation at that time. There are even a lot of vernacular and dialect. But this version is more close to the original so that the story does not seem boring. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong was born in 1980 and his native is Guangdong, now resides in Shanghai. He is also remarkable translator but younger than Fu Weici. His publication has millions of best-selling translation of Kite Runne , conversations with God, the great Gatsby, the little prince and so on. His contributions are covering novels, prose, translations of sociology, economics, philosophy and religion etc. Comparing Fu Weici’s version, Li Jihong’ version is more close to people's voice habits and there are many languages are very smooth and complete, giving people a sense of comfort and in the language it has also increased a lot of modern elements. The specific differences of the two translations will be put forward in the following article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of The Moon and Sixpence’s Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 A comparative Study on the meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 A Comparative Study on the Designative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The designative meaning refers to referents in the realistic world. It is mainly based on observation of world’s objects and experience and it is objective and easy to understand. The translators are easy to achievement equivalence of expression in another language to translate the word’s designative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some instances of the two versions of The Moon and Sixpence following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “All we know is that the blackguard gone to Paris.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我们只知道那个流氓跑到巴黎去了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我们只知道那混蛋去了巴黎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this word, we can see that either 流氓 Or混蛋 are all to describe Charles Strickland and expresses the people’s resentful to him. In the original work the author uses blackguard to describe Charles Strickland. The most meaning of this word is 流氓 and there is rarely 混蛋 this meaning on the Internet. If we translate it into 流氓 that we could understand that this people are homeless and are derelict in duty and run irrelevant business. And this people show low-down means or break the law and so on. Another if we translate into 混蛋 that expresses this person are unreasonable and are impervious to reason. In the original work the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children without leaving anything and there are not any wrongs with his wife. We can learn from the post that he just to pursuit his dream and he considers the loving is the obstacle for him. The people around his wife all mostly think that he had mistress and he is heartless. From this we can see that he did not do the heinous thing or violate the law, merely because what he has done attracted people's discontent. Therefore I consist it is more appropriated to translate the blackguard into 混蛋. The 流氓just release the equivalence of meaning. However the 混蛋 release the equivalence of functuionsal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “It was about five years after this.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “这件事过去大约五年之后”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li JIhong’s version: “大概过了五年”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The after five years it has happened a important thing and it points the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children with nothing to left. The author mostly emphasize the protagonist had underwent this thing and it had influenced him. Moreover the main plot of this article is to express Charles Strickland’s experience and his life of persuading his dream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In first version Fu Weici points this thing but it doesn’t be referred in Li Jihong’s. So I think when the translators translating this sentence they need translate this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “The satyr in him suddenly took possession, and he was powerless in the grip of an instinct which had all the strength of the primitive forces of nature.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “他内心深处的那个半人半兽的东西把他捉到手里,在这种具有大自然的原始力量的天性的掌心里他完全无能威力。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他内心的兽欲猝然发难，而他根本无力摆脱那种本能的操控。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The satyr of this sentence points to thought that he does not want love and he hasn’t time for it but he is a man and sometimes he wants a woman. He hates this state but he couldn’t control himself. By comparing the two versions, I think Li Jihong’s translation is better than Fu Weici’s. In the dictionary the satyr points a man who has strong sexual desire and is amorist. And in the Myths of Greece and Rome it points the God of half man and half beast. The first version reflects the equivalence of words’ meaning. And later he used the power of nature to indicate this power. We can see that he mostly translates by word to word and it closes to the original’s language characteristic. The second translators pay more attention to cultural equivalence and the influence of modern elements. Li Jihong translates the satyr into sexual desire and he describes this power is the instinct of the people. As far as I am concerned, the satyr points the sexual desire and it is the instinct which people couldn’t control.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.2 A Comparative Study on the Associative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The associative meaning is an expression of the speakers by individual mental understandings. Sometimes the correct and faithful translation needs correct translating of designative Meaning and it is basis of language. However the associative meaning also is very important. There are different associative meanings though the terms have the same images. Because with the different culture and language that the readers have the different understanding. A closest equivalence of natural translation requires the target readers to fully and positively appreciate corresponding message of source text. For translating the source language’s associative meaning, the translators need figure out correct associative meaning’s expression. And they need do proper responses to original readers that can get from source text. Eventually the translators make the equivalence between the source text readers and target text readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “Yes, she hadn’t a drop of white blood in her.”  &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “是的，一滴白人的血液也没有。”&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “是的，她的身上没有半滴白人的血。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s about the last journey of Strickland’s life, he met his wife who was indigent and without a drop of white. This sentence emphasizes she is born at here and she doesn’t touch the white at all. In the Fu Weici’s version, he translates a drop of white into 一滴白人的血，however in Li Jihong’s, it is translated 半滴白人的血. Comparing to the original description of a drop of a blood, the later more reflects the equivalence of associative meaning and more vividly describing that she was native. 半滴 always is translated into half a drop in English. Although the translation here uses a half drop instead of a drop, I still don’t think there is any not equivalence. There is not much difference between a drop and a half drop in the number, but in the degree of modification the half a drop more deeply to embody the noting. And the half drop is more strengthening the tone. From without a drop or a half drop of white to describe she is native, which indicates the equivalence of associative meaning. As far as I concerned, in this sentence, Li Jihong’s version is better than Fu Weici’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “Strickland had burst the bonds that hitherto had held him”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “思特里克兰德已经把那一直束缚着的桎梏打碎了。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “思特里克兰已经打破了禁锢他的桎梏。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“桎梏” is instruments of torture in ancient China and it is called “桎” when is worn on hand, on the contrast, it is called “梏” when is worn on foot. This thing usually used to punish the people who had committed a crime. In this part, the original work used the bonds to describe “桎梏”. In the dictionary the bonds point to imprison or confine somebody to do something and make people not free. Foreigners who don’t understand the Chinese culture maybe can’t understand what the shackles are. However in China, almost every reader knows it and the meaning what it wants to express if they know the shackles is instruments of torture. In original work, the author wants to express Strickland had burst the bonds of thought that hitherto had held him. In the version of Fu Weici and Li Jihong, they both translate the Strickland broke the shackles which always constrained him on the thought. As we all know, thought is a thing which we could not see and grasp, and it is impossible for us to restrain a thing which is not exist with instruments of torture. Yet the translators translate that the shackles that constrain the thought. From using a real thing to show a thing which is not existing, we could deeply feel the thing that does not exist as if it were real. Although the shackles are different with bonds in the surface meaning, they both express the confine of thought and they are equivalence in associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 A Comparative Study on the Level of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 A Comparative Study on the Metaphor or Simile=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “He reminded you of a frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “像一只受了惊的小羊，没有目的地东跑西窜，张皇失措，晕头转向。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他像慌不择路、到处乱跑的绵羊。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “小羊” refers to the sheep which small and relating thin, it does not specifically what kind of sheep. By comparing it the “绵羊” is more specific. When it comes to “绵羊”， the first impression is timid and easily bullied. In the original work, the author described him like a frightened sheep. He did not point which kind of sheep but we could feel the sheep’s fear and weak. Even more we could fell the sheep is timid and fearsome. Fu weici describes the sheep is little sheep. From little sheep we also could feel the meaning what the author wants to express. In Li jiong’s version, he translates the sheep into Bujumbura. From Bujumbura we could know the sheep’s character. Nowadays, when we express one person is timid and obedient. Usually we could use the Bujumbura. From sheep to little sheep or Bujumbura, we all were able to realize the Strickland’s friend respects him and cherishes his talent. When he met Strickland’s work he felt that he was a clown. He wanted to destroy it but he is afraid. He loved his work and talent from the heart. From this sentence we know that the author and translators all use the way of metaphor. They compared Strickland friend to frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither. In my opinion, I more like the Li Jihong’s version because the jumbuck is more closed to our modern life. Although the original work doesn’t show the kind of sheep however through metaphor we could realize the degree of the people’s fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “She was desire.”  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “成了欲念的化身” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “她变成了欲望的化身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author uses the rhetorical devices of simile in the sentence. He is desire that the two translators both compared him to the embodiment of desire. There aren’t essential difference between the “欲念” and “欲望”. They both express the desire for getting something. The former most points the desire of getting something in thought. The latter more inclined to express the desire for a specific thing. In original work, the author describes Strickland just pursuit the satisfaction of physiology. He only uses women to satisfy his desire and not really love them. He hated the woman just pursuit the love in life especially when he met the second woman. He didn’t give her any more birthright and he didn’t get married with her. He just wanted her to satisfy his desire of physiology. So when he was asked why he was with her he said that he just wanted her. The two translators both realize the equivalence of simile through compare him to the embodiment of desire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “I don’t disapprove of the boa-constrictor; on the contrary, I’m interested in his mental processes.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我对蟒蛇的习性并不反对，相反我对它的心理活动倒很感兴趣。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我并不鄙视毒蛇，恰恰相反，我对他的思维过程很有兴趣。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main features of “蟒蛇” is thick and long and it is the largest snakes compared to more primitive snakes in the world. “毒蛇” refers to the snakes which could secrete special venom. They are found of using stratagem to attract the vicious. They are beautiful animals, but also the embodiment of evil. In the original work, the author wants to express the protagonist’s dissatisfaction with his action. He abandoned his wife and two lovely children with leaving nothing. Even more he didn’t feel this mistake and he had no need to take responsibility for them. In the eyes of ordinary people this is totally inconsistent with common sense. The true husband should love his wife and take care of the family. So many people think he is cold-bloode and the protagonist is no exception. The author uses the boa to describe. The Strickland’s action calls the opposition from the people. Fu Weici translates the boa into the “蟒蛇”. According to the introduction of the python, we can see that the boa is larger and they are carnivores. But these maybe the result of natural selection and these are not their nature is bad. On the contrary, the “毒蛇” are different and they are the real bad guys and they are devil incarnate. Through the description of the original text, we can know that the hero complained that he abandoned his family and he was not human. So I think compare him to “毒蛇” is more appropriate. It reflects his cold-bloodedness and unfeeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 A Comparative Study on the Repetition=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “I will never have him in my house-never.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我永远也不让他进咱们的家门-永远也不让。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我绝不让他踏进我的家-绝不。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Never and absolutely not both describe the no. However the latter tone is more serious. Repetition is to emphasize a certain meaning and it is to highlight a certain emotion. Especially when using some certain repetition of words, sentences or paragraphs. Through this chapter, we can see that Strickland is ill, however, Mrs. Stroeve against him to move to her home. She says “I will never have him in my house-never”. Two repetition of “never” shows the Mrs. Stroeve’s firm attitude. After reading, we can know the reason why she firmly opposed because she did not want to admit that she was falling in love with a penniless pauper, and he does not have what advantage. She was afraid to see him because she was afraid that it would come true. So we can know that she is very reluctant Strickland to come to her house for recuperating. The repetition of never and absolutely not both could reflect this feeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 A Comparative Study on the Cultural Transmission====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.3.1 The Culture, language and Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture is very complicated and it refers to the entire way of life in the society. It involves many aspects that knowledge, art, law, translation and other habits in the society. Eugene Nida depicts the relationship between the culture and language in the translating practice like that in whole translating and interpreting, the source language and the target language should be implicitly or explicitly compared, but all such interlinguas communication extend far beyond the mechanizes of linguistic similarities and difference. The main reason is that the meaning of verbal symbols on every level depends on the communication of culture and language. The language also is a part of culture, and it is the most complicated part of the habits comparing the other culture factors. Language provides access to the culture, reflects culture and in the some aspects it constitutes a model of culture. Eugene Nida also indicates that if there were not so many misunderstandings about the language and the function within a society relation between the culture and the language couldn’t constitute such difficulties for intersecting culture understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Eugene Nida’s perspective, the language and the culture are closely related. He thinks the words should denote to show the corresponding culture. The language is loaded by culture and the culture is expressed, transmitted, preserved and promoted by language. Thus the translator should take considerable account of the culture factors in their translation. That means the translators should try to find the closed equivalence in the translation of the culture connotation. The translation couldn’t beyond the target language readers’ acceptance or give them a distorted understanding. On the contrast, the translators need make sure their translations can enable the target language readers to accurately and adequately understand the source texts. “Eugene Nida considers culture as the totality of the beliefs and practices of a society, and classifies culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture.” (Nida 1964:91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Evaluation of the Two Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the comparison of the two papers, I prefer to Li Jihong’s version. It is more closed to modern reading habits. In this version, functional equivalence is used in many place, which not only the pursuit of literal meaning but the pursuit of the original expression of emotion. By comparing Li Jihong’s version, the Fu Weici’s version is more reflecting the equivalence of the meaning and sometimes pursuit the equivalence of words.  On the other hand, the two versions differ 19 years. With the change of time, cultural background and the reader’s preferences also changed. By comparing, the latter’s translation is more closed to modern readers’ reading habit. More accurately, the latter is more in line with my reading habits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, the author hopes that this study may contribute a little to the research field of The Moon and Six-pence and its translation. What is done in this thesis is just an elementary study concerning translation strategy. There are much more needed to be explored in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Limitation of Present Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 As all above, this thesis has studied the translation of The Moon and Sixpence on the aspects on meaning, study and culture. Some examples are analyzed under each type of device to evaluate the two versions of translation based on the functional equivalence theory. However there are too much pages of these two translations, and just some parts of them are taken as examples to discuss in the study in the chapter three of this paper. Therefore, this study may not be comprehensive and it has to be confined due to the author’s personal perspective and the limitation of research material and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
W.Somerset Maugham. The Moon and Sixpence[M].England: Vintage Classics Press, 2008-5-1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. Language Structure and Language Function[M].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene. On Translation[M]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Cooperation, 1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene. Toward a Science of Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. An Introduction to Function Grammar [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene.A. &amp;amp; Jan De Ward. From One Language to Another[M]. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Inc, 1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene.A. Language, Culture and Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Huijuan. A Study on Nida’s Translation Thery[M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
傅惟慈.月亮与六便士[M].上海：上海译文出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏.月亮与六便士[M].天津：天津人民出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张东东，姜立维.功能翻译理论与应用笔译研究[M].黑龙江：哈尔滨工程大学出版社，2015-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
郭晓玲.从功能对等角度看《红楼梦》金陵判词的英译--比较三个译本[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹菁.“功能对等”理论在文学翻译中的应用--以小说《浮世浅游》的中译本为例[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘琼.“功能对等理论”指导下文化负载词的翻译--以《金翅雀》为例[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙致礼.关于我国翻译理论建设的几点思考[J]. 中国翻译, 2(1997).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘宓庆.当代翻译理论[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社， 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顾维勇.实用文体翻译[M].北京: 国防工业出版社, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈安琪.用奈达功能对等理论指导当代科技文本非技术部分的翻译[D].北京：北京外国语学院，2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王佳.从功能对等理论看《爱玛》的翻译[J]. 2014（10）：31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J]. 2011（03）：54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王德春.语言学概论[M].上海: 上海外语教育出版, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马会娟.奈达翻译理论研究[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社，2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115693</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 11</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_11&amp;diff=115693"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T12:14:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, Student No.202070080595 MTI ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this chapter gives a detailed overview on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this chapter makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this chapter argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the discipline construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) While, translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the grammer rule of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. Through translation practices, people summarize principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choosing of words and sentences and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present an all-round explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and full understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining and guiding social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, its external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 02:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theories came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards being systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 03:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. Many epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church was hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero from the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the stylistic characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, a representative of translators during this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There were also many representatives in this period. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. In this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) They are: the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of the development of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in the process of translation. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. Firstly, do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while secondly, make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation proposed by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation, and making elaborations on them. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translations in commerce circles, diplomatic affairs, science and technology and other professional fields witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theories emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is the &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages in many aspects instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and he also discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 07:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theories. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Being different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods were profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, translation theories in this period were practical.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward the concept of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great deal of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 11:54, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the same meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theories are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of human. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation to this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between China and West in their translation histories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the differences in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures have always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarities between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be reflected in the striking similarities between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents to be similar with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides are independent from each other, but they share some commonalities. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions to convey the content of the source language,which the target reader is accustomed to. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the foreign language features, and absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be used separately. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original texts, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarities between them have drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three principles of Tytler pose requirements on the translator in three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equal to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated the importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 12:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. Therefore, Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to a complete representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, the English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions of the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should accurately reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) --[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.(Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the differences between Chinese and Western way of thinking are universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of translation experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own laws of development, which is proved by the similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this chapter proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation system, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences are more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 13:13, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China's renowned writer, thinker, and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass, and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of his identity as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for descendants, including translations of literature and theory works. From the time line, the records of his translation activities are much earlier than his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:13, 16 December 2020 (UTC)徐梦蝶修改&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation, and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:15, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation, hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation, as well as translation criticism.--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, translations of two categories have distinct purposes. （Chen 2000, 289）--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to serve for the revolution and as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literary workers standing with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation with the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. From his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two aspects to explain Lu Xun's translation of children's literature. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to be the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept, literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give a definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose the word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:16, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me,(这里是自己翻译的原文吧，我觉得是不是可以附加上中文的原文？) there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:28, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. From Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to non-fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one was to resist ethnocentrism and to introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammar, and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance of Chinese readers when they treat foreign texts. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, the other purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and the other is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not ideal, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of being translated directly from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, no one understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance, retranslation was the best choice to introduce other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied of my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303). &amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation versions for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation versions for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis appear. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and highlight the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to rotten apples. As for previous methods, once there was anywhere rotten in an apple, people would discard it completely, which led to a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also be taken into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from “the survival of the fittest” advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese, and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change the original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and in vernacular Chinese with translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there were obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference. (Xu 2017, 448)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first one to march to a different drummer and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another statement was that Lu Xun's translation strategy changed from domestication into foreignization. In the history of Chinese translation, under the trend of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, Lu Xun was the first (to march to a different drummer)? and advocated the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. Changing from the domestication into foreignization, his real purpose was to optimize the Chinese language. In fact, the translation strategy of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; included free translation, adaptation and translation in classical style, while the strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; just referred to the literal translation. Therefore, the first statement and the second one achieved the same effect though different description.(Wu 2009, 82-85)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:50, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
u Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation， as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that to enlighten Chinese people and to save the old China by learning from foreign literary works, promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
(这里可以分两段)--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 01:53, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu, 202070080598, MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 is missing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death. quotation is missing--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 08:40, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要需要中英双语--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 10:08, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 5), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before (Chen K., Yang F. F, 2019, 21). However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;practices&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad (Hu Gengshen, 2001).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 17). As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001, 103), researches(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;studies&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;directions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 23 ). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 3). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013, 11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to provide some new(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017, 34).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;texts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) (Tang Yixin, 2015, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017, 142). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 78). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;efforts&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;), Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011, 5). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003, 283).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an essential&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007, 13), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;language features of subtitle translation&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013, 154). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015, 493). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019, 13), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019, 247). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;''Western Leather''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Moreover&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;principle&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017, 80). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background, local customs etc.; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;analyzes them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/ ). The first video, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;focusing on&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;masterpieces&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine (http://www.huaweimarine.com/cn/Company/CorporateVideo ). Huawei Marine(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Ihe company&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/). It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the world&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), both rich and poor, in the world. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;, key points of Eco-translatology theory&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;grammatical&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory (Tang, 2015, 143). In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people” (Oxford Dictionary, 2018, 297), which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pay s[ecial&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 49). As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;differences&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC) or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) . Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yangtze River&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;achievements&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;people or&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;which is&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;broader&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text (Hu Gengshen, 2006, 97). In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;or an&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) enterprise--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;information above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure (Hu Gengshen, 2008, 13). However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL (https://www.huawei.com/minisite/tech4all/cn/index.html#stories ), a (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;an advertising video promoting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in the video&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC), three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;target&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;to be deleted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) conduct(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conducting&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 14:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC) translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Chen K., Yang F. F. Research on C-E Translation of Commercial Advertisement in Xi’an [J]. Education Research Frontier, 2019 (9: 1): 16-22.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[18]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[28]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention. (Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.(Luo Hui 2017,198)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. (Liang Dan 2016,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.(Cai jie 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian(3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An(314-385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva(344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic. (Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).(Chen Fukang 1996,320)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan(334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本). (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui(371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou(445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation. (Chen Fukang 1996,321)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang(600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧) (Chen Fukang 1996,325)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Translation of Western Studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.(Cai jie2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement ====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation. (Fang Wenhua 2005,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao(1873-1929)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang(1895-1976)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty. (Fang Wenhua 2005,200)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun(1881-1936)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺). (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi(1910-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being. (Fang Wenhua 2005,201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren(1885-1967)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian(1897-1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy. (Fang Wenhua 2005,202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei(1908-1966)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu(1910-1998)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self). (Fang Wenhua 2005,203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his Translation Theory：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero(106-43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.(Liu Danna 2016,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)St Jerome(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(Zhang Yan 2011,117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)St. Augustine(345-430A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements:(a)a good command of the two languages,(b)knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation,(c)capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.(Zhang Yan 2011,118)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation Theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their Translation Theories :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Martin Luther(1483-1546)&lt;br /&gt;
①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
③Translation must follow seven principles:(a) the translator can change the original word order,( b) the translator can chose proper helping words,(c) the translator can supply necessary words,(d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL,(e) the translator can render a word a phrase,(f) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa,(g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Etienne Dolet(1509-1546) &lt;br /&gt;
①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Translation Theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. (Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Early Modern Times and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. (Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Alexander Fraser Tytler(1747-1813)published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
①The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
②The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.(Zou Yujuan 2019,239)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.(Liu Danna 2016,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Translation Theory in the Twentieth Century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation.(Fan Ningyu 2017,123) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the Twentieth Century and their Translation Theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson(1896-1982)&lt;br /&gt;
①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.(Zhao Shanshan 2020,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Eugene A. Nida(1914-2011)&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. (Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text.(Jia Xiuhai 2008,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Peter Newmark(1916-?)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. (Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.(Liang Dan 2016,105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.(Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position. (Luo Hui 2017,199)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Wenhua方文华.(2005). &amp;quot;二十世纪中国翻译史&amp;quot; [History of Chinese Translation in the 20th Century]. &amp;quot;西北大学出版社&amp;quot; [Northwestern University Press].(02):200-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang陈福康.(1996). &amp;quot;中国译学理论史稿&amp;quot; [Historical Drafts of Chinese Translation Theory]. &amp;quot;上海外语教育出版社&amp;quot; [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].(03):320-321.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell is recognized as a famous sociolinguist. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. He objects seeing translating as evaluation of the product of translation, but stressing the importance of translation process. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is one of the most influential translation theory researchers  and translators, and he has made great contribution to translation circle of theory as well as practice. Liu's research on translation theory is comprehensive and profound, and he not only pays attention to traditional Chinese translation theories, but also focuses on introducing and studying new western translation theories. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories are useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references from the practice of translation theories.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:39, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔是著名社会语言学家。作为一名语言学家，贝尔用图表和模型来构建他的翻译理论,并对翻译问题形成了独特的见解。他在翻译方面的主要著作是《翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践》。他反对把翻译看作是对翻译结果的评价，而是更加强调翻译过程的重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德是最具影响力的翻译理论研究者和翻译家之一，他对翻译界的理论以及实践都做出了巨大的贡献。刘重德对翻译理论的研究全面而深刻，他不仅重视中国传统的翻译理论,而且注重引进和研究西方新的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对贝尔和刘重德的翻译理论进行对比，有利于对比二者翻译理论中的异同，为翻译理论的实践提供借鉴和参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；刘重德；翻译理论；比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing of the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation of the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a sociolinguist, Bell is characterized by applying linguistic method in translating. He is trying to set a model to explain and study the translating process, thus put the translator at the center instead of the product. The shift from emphasizing on the translated text to the call of paying attention to the process is significant. When the focus is on the process of translation, Bell inevitably put the translator at the centre of his translation study. From a functional linguistic perspective, Bell describes the translator's work process through the use of linguistics and psychology. He advocates an investigation into the psycholinguistic mechanisms of decoding and encoding in the context of bilingual rather than monolingual information exchange. He places the translator at the center, because the meaning and memory he discusses in his translation theory must be based on the translator, and it is on this basis that he builds his translation model.(Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:55) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorists, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell tries to be objective and modest. He gives examples of translation only to conduct the working mode of translating. He is a translation theorist, in my opinion, he studies the study of translation. Because he denies the importance of setting rules and maxims for translation and regards it as superficial. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged. He is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that this is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1987:10-12)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art is influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critically inherited the translation ideals proposed by Yan Fu, Liu Zhongde put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;. This means faithfulness in content, expressiveness in language, and closeness to the style of the original work. Yan Fu's translation concept is &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu thinks that if the original text is not elegant, then the translation couldn't be elegant. The two schools: school of science and school of art are influential in translation history. Liu Zhongde's thoughts about translation's essence: translation is of double nature-both a kind of science and an art. Moreover, this is proved and commonly greed by scholars in academic circle. Now many researchers are attempting to probe into translation more scientifically; translators are striving  to translate literature works more artistically. (Mao Liyin,2011:5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately,  scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that on one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed from the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we feel regretful that Mr. Liu passed away. Otherwise, he could have been keeping on with this meaningful work arduously. Fortunately, scholars are coming to some agreements on the double nature of translation activity. No matter which one of these two characteristics of translation outweighs the other, we at least confess that to one hand, translation can be discussed from the perspective of natural science, like psychology and physiology; on the other hand, translation can be probed for the perspective of social science, such as linguistics and sociology. Therefore, it can be concluded  that Mr. Liu's qualitative research on translation was credible and useful; his opinion on the nature of translation was convincing: translation is both a science and an art.(Guo Meng,2010:25)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 07:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation thoery, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understand what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different in study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do a comparative study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's translation theory, firstly, it is necessary to take the background of their translation theory into consideration. Understanding the social background of their theory helps better understands what their translation theory is and focuses on. Though very different to study perspective, their thoughts towards translation and practice bear much similarities.This article compares the two people's translation theory in the nature of translation, principles of translation,literal or free translation and literary translation practices in poems.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Comparison on Background of Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the west, since the twentieth century, the phenomenon of translation has been increasingly examined and discussed from a scientific and especially linguistic perspective. Although there are still many misunderstandings and differences between traditional translation studies and linguistic translation studies (but the latter tend to prevail). The former often accuses the latter of being fanciful and out of touch with reality, while the latter considers the former as subjective, arbitrary and unscientific. According to Bell, the essential orientation of translation theory, in the English-speaking world in particular, is still towards the evaluation of translation as product.The situation at that time, however, is one in which translation theory has, for the most part, concentrated on the product to the exclusion of the process and has adopted a normative attitude to it by making inferences back to it through the description and evaluation of the product.(Bell,1987:3)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation within the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examines the process in the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process in cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to describe and explain the process and that the process itself is, essentially, mental rather than physical, according to Bell's explanation. Mental aspect here refers to the investigation into the discipline of psychology, or to be more specifically, studies of perception, information processing and memory within the cognitive science and psychological framework. There is no doubt that translation process crucially involves language. Bell draws on the resources of linguistics and, more precisely, those branches of linguistics which are concerned with the psychological and social aspects of language use: psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The first of these examine the process of the mind of the translator, the second places the source language text and target language text in their cultural contexts. Although Bell puts forward the importance of putting translation process of cultural contexts, in his &amp;quot;Translation and Translating: Process and Practice&amp;quot;, he doesn't stress it in his models. He tells us the importance of cultural importance, but for how to practice it, he doesn't have a deep explanation. (Bell,1991:F30)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate between three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation is faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, There has also been a long debate about three basic principles are the of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot;. Mr Liu points out that elegance is actually only one of the styles, and translation cannot be uniformly elegant in their style. &amp;quot;Closeness&amp;quot; is a neutral word and it is applicable to various styles. Indeed, the original text is not elegant, so why translate it with elegance? The original poem is not elegant, so how can it be translated with elegance? The fundamental of translation are faithfulness. The content should be remained if the style is hard to copy.(Liu Zhongde,1991:27-29)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference of their times and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conduct linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one who doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful in this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Bell and Liu Zhongde critically and creatively tackle problems in translation and they try hard to make perfection, but they are different in their study perspectives, which is due to the difference between their time and social background. Bell is doing linguistic translation studies. In Bell's view, translation theorists almost invariably make little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques and perspectives, while linguists either despise translation theory or remain silent about translation studies. His translation mode is an effort and practice to conducting linguistic and psychological ideas in translation process. However, his translation theory does not give enough consideration to the cultural factor in translation activities, which is a hot topic that has gradually become more and more valued by translators. Liu Zhongde is not the first one that doubted about Yan Fu's translation principle, but he develops it and makes it objective and applicable, which is really thoughtful of this aspect.(Weng Tao,2008:99-100)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Comparison on Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms in the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression in another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell conforms to the definition of regarding translation as &amp;quot;the expression of another language (or target language) of what has been expressed in another, source language, preserving semantic and stylistic equivalences&amp;quot;.(Bell,1991:5）So translation can be regarded as the replacement of a representation of a text in one language by a representation of an equivalent text in a second language.  Bell holds the view that &amp;quot;Essentially, a theory is judged on the extent to which it is externally and internally adequate. It must correspond with the data (which is external to itself) and also conform to particular (internal) design feature.&amp;quot; (Bell,1991:4-5)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product to paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the nature of translation, Bell makes comparisons between three different kinds of view. First, the view of translation as product, which means merely translated texts. This would require a study of texts not merely by means of the traditional levels of linguistic analysis syntax and semantics but also making use of stylistics and recent advances in discourse analysis. Second, the view of translation as both process and product, which means a theory of translating and translation. This would require the integrated study of both and such a general theory is, presumably, the long-term goal for translation studies. Third, the view of translation as process. He calls for a shift from only the product of paying attention to translation process. In translation, topics as perception, memory and the encoding and decoding of messages, happens at the same time. It is an information processing and would draw heavily on psychology and on psycholinguistics. (Bell,1991:14)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even at the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His translation mode is based on linguistic and psychological analysis. Clearly, Bell knows that a theory of translation, to be comprehensive and useful, must attempt to describe and explain both the process and the product. But he regards it as a long-term goal for translation studies, which cannot be achieved at present. Bell thinks that overall schema is involved even in the beginning of the translation of a text. Translators shall be very cautious indeed and, on this occasion, try to be as “faithful” as possible to the conception of the original, and moreover to reproduce its forms and meanings, its style and temporal characteristics in a text. By &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, Bell here means the translation neither adds nor deletes content. (Bell,1991:11)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in at the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definition of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proposed in to the very beginning of “Ten Lectures on Literary Translation”, Liu Zhongde also proposed “translation” means “translating”, which refers to the process of translation, in which something is translated instead of the work translated. Liu Zhongde lists six definitions of translation and he thinks they are all true in a specific angle, that is Translation is a science; Translation is an art; Translation is a craft; Translation is a skill; Translation is an operation; Translation is a language activity; Translation is communicating. The view that translation is a science represents the school of science. It holds the view that translating should reproduce the message of the original by means of the transformation of linguistic equivalence. The view that translation is an art represents the school of art. The school advocates recreating a literary work by using expressions of another language. It emphasizes the effect of translation.（Liu Zhongde,1991:1)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither deletes nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu Zhongde agrees in that their translation all means translating, which means the focus on the process of translation rather than merely the product of translation. Their consensus in this aspect makes their translation theory is comparable in some aspects. Bell objects creating a set of normative maxims for the production of the ideal translation by means of such evaluation. What is proposed by him here is a shift of focus away from the translation as an artifact or a product towards translating as process. His translation is not putting prescriptive rules but offer descriptive linguistic options for translators to choose ad select. Bell thinks that translation should achieve equivalence. The equivalence is similar to Liu’s faithfulness in content. Both of them think that translation should neither delete nor adds content, because translation is a process of representing the original text rather than creating the original text. Translation is not for showing off the translator’s artistic talent, so the mark of the translator should be reduced to the least necessity. For the lonely debated discussion of whether translation is science or art, obviously, Bell thinks translation is science and discusses it from linguistic perspective. However, Liu thinks translation is both science and art.(Mao Liyin,2011:6)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:04, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Comparison on Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation is his effort of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell, there are three principles in translation. Firstly, the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. And thirdly the Translation should have all the ease of original composition. However, it doesn't mean that he thinks that translation theory should be prescriptive. Actually, he thinks translation is essentially arbitrary norms of behavior. Nonnative prescriptions deriving directly from the subjective and evaluative description of the “good” translation. These prescriptive translating rules are like the rules of etiquette. Translators are told what they ought and ought not to do in particular translation circumstances. But very rarely, why they are to conform to these dictates, they have not been told the reason. The rules discussed in linguistics seek to be descriptive, a constitutive type. Bell's principles of translation are his efforts of seeking descriptive rules in translation from a linguist view. (Bell,1991:37) --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequent assumption that the purpose of a theory of translation is to devise and impose prescriptive rules as a means of both regulating the process and evaluating the product. For Bell, his position is (when playing the role of a descriptive linguist), necessarily, the converse; he is in search of descriptive rules which help us to understand the process, not normative rules which we use to monitor and judge the work of others. The notion of the good translator is inherent in any discussion of translation. That, however, is only part of the specification we need. While we would reaffirm our desire not to subscribe to the notion of the good translation, which has dominated translation theory for two centuries, we would not allow our rejection of that position to lead us also to preclude the study of the good translator as one element of an integrated, interdisciplinary, multi-method and multilevel approach to the description of the process.(Bell,1991:10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy on this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in the depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Mr. Liu, faithfulness refers to the translation must express the profound meaning of the original. In terms of meaning, the translation must conform to the original text. Besides, the transmission of ideas is the most significant one in the principles of translation. There is no any controversy about this, which is determined by the function and characteristic of translation. Translation is the transformation between two languages, while it is the fact that meaning convection lies in the middle level, and culture transmission is in depth of translation activity. Correct meaning convection is the basic assurance to the fulfillment of translation function. Therefore, the faithfulness at the content of the original texts by Mr. Liu should be actually “loyalty to the meaning of the original texts”. (Jiang Hongxin,2005:65)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The faithfulness at the content lies in the correct convection of the meaning. Here is an example of Mr. Liu’s translation practice in two editions for the translation of Emma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Me! I should be quite in the way. Miss Wood house looks as if she did not want me.”(2009:174)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不要我。”(Liu Zhongde,1982: 303)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“我！我会是十分不受欢迎的。但是也许——我在这里也同样不受欢迎。伍德豪斯小姐的神气，好像并不欢迎我。”（Liu Zhongde,1993:223）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of “want” as “to be” in the 82nd edition is a direct translation that superficially fits the meaning of the original. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; in the 82nd edition is a literal translation, which superficially conforms to the meaning of the original text and expresses the meaning of the English and Chinese languages very aptly. But in fact, it did not fit the context of the time and did not have the effect of expression. The translation of &amp;quot;want&amp;quot; as “welcome&amp;quot;, on the other hand, reflects the meaning of the context in which the original text was spoken. The translation of &amp;quot;welcome&amp;quot; is apt, smooth and natural. (Mao Liyin,2011:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories for reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Liu has discussed this translation principle to be as expressive as the original many times in different places. But this is a tough demand. One of the reasons is that there are too many differences between two languages, particularly in the structure of them. Just taking Chinese and English as an example, we will find that Chinese is a typical language depending on its structure. This bamboo-like structure makes Chinese language connect meaning by assembling one word after another in linear form. Conversely, English is grape-like-structure language, which transmits meaning by logical connection. Therefore, we must transform the structure of these two languages so as to translate them well. Otherwise, the translation we do will be unreadable: either loosing meaning or being difficult to be understood.This three-character principle proposed by Mr. Liu is the reflection of his staidness towards academic researches. He held his opinion on how researchers should look on the relationship between inheriting and developing in translation theory research circle. The proper attitude, according to Mr. Liu, should be “making best use of the old theories about reference; taking advantage of foreign thoughts to create”.(Jiang Jiansong,2003:210)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Comparison on Views of Literal Translation and Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation method. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bell's theory, the choice is between translating word-for-word (literal translation) or meaning-for-meaning (free translation). Pick the first and the translator is criticized for the &amp;quot;ugliness&amp;quot; of a faithful translation; pick the second and there is criticism of the inaccuracy of a &amp;quot;beautiful&amp;quot; translation. Bell doesn't show his personal preference between this two translation methods. Actually, he thinks both literal translation and free translation is acceptable. Here Bell stresses the achievement of semantic and stylistic equivalence. The semantic and stylistic equivalence actually is hard to achieve since the source language and target language are much different in their forms. (Bell,1991:7)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy between words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impair the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to functional linguistic perspective, forms contain meaning. Languages are different from each other because they are different in form, thus having distinct codes and rules regulating the construction of grammatical stretches of language. These forms have different meanings. To shift from one language to another is, by definition, to alter the forms. There is even no absolute synonymy for words in the same language, let alone finding synonymy between languages. Furthermore, the contrasting forms convey meanings in two languages cannot but fail to coincide totally. The process of translating from one language to another language actually impairs the source language. It is a loss or inappropriate gain for the source language. Something is always lost or gained in the process of translating and translators can find themselves being accused of reproducing only part of the original and so betraying the author's intentions. (Wu Yicheng Li Yingyuan,1998:56)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell bring in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent at different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it is a fallacy to achieve complete equivalence, texts in different languages can be equivalent in different degrees, either highly or partially equivalent.Here Bell brings in the definition of the term: the nature of equivalence for the conducting of semantic and stylistic equivalence. So the equivalence can be fulfilled in respect of different levels of presentation such as equivalent in respect of context, of semantics, of grammar, of lexis, etc. Moreover, it can also be equivalent to different ranks: word-for-word, phrase-for-phrase and sentence-for-sentence. If equivalence is to be preserved at a particular level at all costs, which level is it to be? What are the alternatives? The answer, it turns out, hinges on the dual nature of language itself. Language is a formal structure and also a code, which consists of elements which can combine to signal semantic sense and, at the same time, a communication system which uses the forms of the code to refer to entities (in the world of the senses and the world of the mind) and create signals which possess communicative value. The translator has the option, then, of focusing on finding formal equivalents which preserve the context-free semantic sense of the text at the expense of its context-sensitive communicative value or finding functional equivalents which preserve the context-sensitive communicative value of the text at the expense of its context-free semantic sense. (Bell,1997:6-10)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy over direct translation and paraphrase has always been a matter of great concern to Mr. Liu, who has put forward his own unique opinion on this issue: the two phenomena and methods of translation, direct translation and paraphrase, have been objectively proven by a large number of historical facts and cannot be denied. Both literal translation and paraphrase must basically be based on the unit of sentence translation and on the premise of successfully realizing the three principles of translation. Here are three versions of translation to a poem in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》卷头诗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满纸荒唐言，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一把辛酸泪。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
都云作者痴，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谁解其中味？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Zhongde&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Prologue to A Dream of Red Mansions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers here are full of such words as sound queer,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mixed with a handful of drops of bitter tear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, one and all, call the author insane ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But who understands how his words one should explain?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. David Hawkes: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of idle words &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with hot and bitter tears &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author fool &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his secret message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杨宪益：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pages full of fantastic talk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penned with bitter tears&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All men call the author mad &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None his message hears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong divided them into three schools: classical school, who translate poems in the form of classical poetry, represented by Giles; free school , who translate poems in the form of free verse, represented by Waley; and creative school, who creatively adapt the original into English, represented by Ezra Pound. According to my opinion, a translated poem should convey the content of the original poem and take the form of the original poem. Only a poem in translation that meets these two requirements can be considered the ideal translated poem. Liu is well aware of the difficulties, so in his technical treatment, he adds, &amp;quot;In most cases, free and literal translations should be used flexibly or in combination.&amp;quot; It is obvious that Liu opposes the extreme of scientific translation which falls into dull and unintelligible, as well as the artistic translation which is detached from the original text and pursues the translator's self-expression. In his view, free translation and literal translation are two complementary methods of translation, and of course, literal translation is the main one, while free translation is the supplement, which can be used alternately if necessary.(Jiang Hongxin,2005:64)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Comparison on Literary Translation Practices in Poems====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell divided translation of poetry into three steps: &lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the analysis of the source language text;&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the organization of the semantic representations of the individual clauses of the poem into an integrated schema which contains the whole of the information the reader has been able to accumulate in the course of reading the text;&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the synthesis of the new target language text. There are plenty of alternatives and the strategic options available to the literary translator. (Bell,1991:61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They can be presented as the extremes of five continua: &lt;br /&gt;
(1)to reproduce either the forms (syntax and lexis) or the ideas (the semantic content) of the original;&lt;br /&gt;
(2)to retain the style of the original or adopt a different style; retain or abandon the source language form; for example, to translate a poem as a poem or as prose;&lt;br /&gt;
(3)to retain the historical stylistic dimension of the original or to render it in contemporary form; to translate Dante into Middle English or into modem English &lt;br /&gt;
(4)to produce a text which reads like an original or one which reads like a translation;&lt;br /&gt;
(5)to add or omit words, phrases, clauses. . . or to attempt to transfer everything from source to target text.(Bell,1991:68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intend to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell admits the importance of retaining style in translation, but Bell tries to be as objective as possible. He clarifies that the procedure is in no sense being suggested as the best or only way of tackling the text nor are the translations themselves offered as models. He intends to make no judgement, merely to work through the process, indicating, as we do so, what kinds of decision need to be made and what means we have at our disposal for making and realizing our decisions. In Bell's opinion, judgement of the quality of translated texts have to be made by translators and translator-trainers and are also made by their readers but he do not wish to become engaged, in a book which is attempting an objective description and explanation of a phenomenon, in the debate which inevitably arises over quality assessment and translation criticism. His purpose is not to give prescriptive laws for the creation of the perfect translation, besides he points out that This is not his purpose nor is it the purpose of the vast majority working in the field of translation studies.(Bell,1991:70)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas from the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently convey the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu defines the characteristics of translated poetry in a macro way. He concisely summarizes the basic characteristics of poetry translation as poetry translation is not one's own creation, not the translator's own writing of poetry, and not borrowing ideas about the original poem to write poetry. The translation of poetry is obviously different from the creation of poetry. The translation of poetry is only a kind of reworked copy of the poem created by the translator after fully understanding the poet and expressing it again in another language. It goes without saying that in this process of reproduction, the translator inevitably has to exert creative labor in order to effectively and equivalently conveying the content and style of the original poem, that is, the translator cannot be completely free from creation in the process of mental activity of translation, but, nevertheless, it is difficult to identify this mental activity as creation in the true sense of the word. (Guo Meng,2011:9-13)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how style influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later is profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process and practice of poetry translation, Liu also stresses the importance of retaining the style. To show how styles influence poetry, he cites a comparison between Li Bai and Du Fu, the style of the former is elegant and forceful and the later are profound and thoughtful. Liu pays much attention to the style of translation, and he compares an excellent translator to a good actor, who should reach the state of forgetfulness in the process of translation and be fully absorbed into the work.(Liu Zhongde,1991:128)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same function so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He firmly holds that it is possible to translate poems though it is difficult to translate poems satisfactorily and successfully. As to the reason why poems are translatable, firstly, Liu said : “There exist many things in common among men. For instance, they all have the thinking powers to reason logically and the feelings to express joy or sorrow, love or hatred , and possess the same nature, world and universe no matter what races they may be. In other words, all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has the same functions so that they can commune with one another. Poetry is a literary form by which poets express their thought and emotions. As a consequence, poetry, a product of the mind, is understandable, enjoyable and translatable.” Not only is poetry-translating possible, it is also necessary. Through poetry translating between Chinese and English, English and Chinese poetry have exerted mutual influence and as a result promoted the development of both. For example, Chinese classical poetry deeply influenced the school of imagism in the West, while Chinese new poetry was greatly inspired by West poetry. (Liu Zhongde,1988:4-9)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to differences in language, social customs and cultural background, a translator of poetry, who should represent in another language the beauty of the original in meaning, sound and form, is confronted with many difficulties which may cause obstacles in understanding and expression. The difficulties will be discussed from three aspects. First, there exist linguistic differences in the two languages. From a grammatical perspective, English is a language which is in the main connected in grammar by hypotaxis whereas Chinese by parataxis. Secondly, difference in culture also adds to the difficulty of poetry translating. As English poetry and Chinese poetry take in different cultural backgrounds, some poems with particular cultural factors are extremely hard to handle in translating. For example, poets' selection of images in poems may vary. Concrete images are often used in Chinese poetry while some abstract images are often used in English poetry. Another example is the use of allusion in poetry. Poets sometimes expound their views and express emotions through historical incidents, fairy tales, legends and folk stories. Liu also adopts his new three-character principles to rendering poetry.(Liu Wenbin,1996:295-298)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest of the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde is an advocator of &amp;quot;rendering poetry as poetry&amp;quot;. He puts forward views on three specific situations of poetry translating: translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, translation of English regular into Chinese and translation of English free verse into Chinese. As for the translation of Chinese classical rhyming poetry into English, Liu holds that the original meaning and artistic conception is most important and on the prerequisite that they are fully conveyed, we may try to reproduce the neatness of the original form and adopt the same or similar rhyme scheme as the original. If necessary, when it is difficult to translate a poem in rhyme, it can also be translated in a loose form, so as not to harm the meaning by rhyme. If the translation looks like a poem but has no poetic meaning, it is better to be in harmony with the appearance. It is much better to make people feel the interest in the original poem than to make it look like a poem. Finally, he believed that the ideal translation of poetry should be a translation of metrical poetry with metrical poetry.However, Liu also pointed out dialectically that one should not be absolute, and when necessary, when the meaning and artistic conception of the original poem must be preserved.(Liu Zhongde,1996:31-33)--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of transtion. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks tranlation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free tranlation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell's and Liu Zhongde's translation theory have many similarities. For the nature of translation, they both agree in translating, namely process, instead of products.Bell puts the focus on generalizing descriptive rules in the process. In that way, Bell is trying to study the study of translation. To understand the equivalence all his theory Bell thinks translation shouldn't delete or add content, which is similar to Liu's principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; in translation. On the question whether translation is science or art, Bell agrees in the former while Liu combines school of science and school of art. The method of literal translation is weighed more by them when compared with free translation. However, Liu adds that when literal translation is difficult to achieve, it is also acceptable to apply free translation into practice. Liu thinks that the shift between literal translation and free translation can be flexible under different kinds of texts and styles.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose for Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is tryinng to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believe that the judgement should be made by translators, tranlator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetey which is faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell and Liu put their theory into practice in poetry's translation. However, the purpose of Bell's three steps and five schema is to prove the feasibility of his model theory. Though he uses it as an example, which is quite specific. He thinks that poetry translation should be like a poem. That is to say the translated poem should also be made to have a certain poetic form and a certain rhyme scheme and rhythm. He vividly represents the whole translating process and suggests translators should choose from many versions to figure out the closest translation. Bell is trying to be objective, so he doesn't give advice on how to achieve &amp;quot;good&amp;quot; translation. He firmly believes that the judgement should be made by translators, translator-trainers and readers. Liu's view is not so general but more specific.He thinks poetry translation sometimes can be difficult, but not untranslatable. He gives his preference to poetry which is faithful to the original text.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also apply psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comprising Bell's translation theory with Liu Zhongde's, it is found that Bell's translation theory seems to be more objective but less applicable. With a systematic linguistic model, Bell attempts to describe the translation process and the knowledge and skills that translators should acquire. He also applies psychological and information-theoretic models to describe the workings of the translator's brain during the translation process. The effort he makes is based on his hope that these models he created will eventually become a theoretical and practical model for translation research in the broad field of applied linguistics. --[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation process remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we generalize Liu's translation theory as a summary of translation problems and methods to tackle with it. Then obviously, Bell's research is undoubtedly more difficult than the summary of translation experience or the analysis of translated works. Though whether the model he tries to create really reflects the mental activity of translators in the translation processes remains to be further studied. We cannot expect one theoretical model to solve all translation phenomena and all the problems encountered by translators, but Bell's innovative attempt to break through the traditional translation theoretical model and establish a scientific research model is worthy of recognition. His views and model can at least provide useful references for translator's in-depth study of translation phenomena.--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 08:28, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman.(1991)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. Translation Theory: Where Are We Going?. Meta (1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学翻译十讲&amp;quot;[Ten Lectures on Literary Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司[China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation].1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin.蒋洪新. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译理论与实践研究&amp;quot;[A Study of Liu Chongde's Translation Theory and Practice]. 外国语第四期[The fouth edition on Jounal of Foreign Language]. 2005:62-67.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng.Li Yingyuan.吴义诚,李英垣. &amp;quot;贝尔的《翻译与翻译过程:理论与实践》评介&amp;quot;[Review of Bell's Translation and the Translation Process:Theory and Practice].中国翻译(第五期)[The fifth edition on Chinese Translation]. 1998:55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Liyin.毛利尹. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译观研究&amp;quot;[J].[A Study of Liu Chongde's View of Translation]. 传奇:传记文学选刊(第五期)[Legend: Selected Biographical Literature]. 2011:5-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(上)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (above)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第二期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:26-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;论译诗(下)——《中国古诗汉英比译五十三首》序&amp;quot;[J][On the translation of poems (below)--Preface to &amp;quot;Fifty-three Chinese ancient poems in Chinese and English&amp;quot;]. 现代外语(第三期)[Modern Foreign Languages]. 1996:31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Wenbin.刘文彬. &amp;quot;刘重德教授的译诗观&amp;quot;[Professor Liu Zhongde's View on Translating Poetry].中国英汉语比较研究会第二次全国学术研讨会论文集[Proceedings of the Second National Symposium of the Chinese Society for Comparative English and Chinese Studies]. 1996;293-299.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weng Tao.翁涛. &amp;quot;罗杰·贝尔的翻译理论在汉译英中的应用&amp;quot;[Application of Roger Bell's Translation Theory in Chinese to English Translation]. 大学英语(学术版) [University English] (Academic Edition). 2008:99-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;翻译原则刍议&amp;quot;[Rumination on Translation Principles]. 中国翻译(第四期）[The fourth period on Chinese Translation]. (1983):9-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde.刘重德. &amp;quot;文学风格翻译问题商榷&amp;quot;[The Question of Literary Style Translation]. 中国翻译（第二期）[Chinese Translation]. (1988):4-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Meng.郭猛. &amp;quot;刘重德翻译思想研究&amp;quot;[D][A Probe into Liu Zhongde's Translation Thoughts]. 天津理工大学[Tianjin University of Technology]. 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen.简·奥斯汀. 《爱玛》[M][Emma]. 上海:上海世界图书出版公司[Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company]. 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 桂林:漓江出版社[Guilin: Lijiang Publishing House]. 1982. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. Translated by Liu Zhongde.奥斯汀.爱玛[M][Emma].刘重德译. 广州:广州花城出版社[Guangzhou: Guangzhou Huacheng Publishing House]. 1993. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Jiansong.Peng Liyuan.蒋坚松,彭利元. 刘重德翻译思想及其他[Liu Chongde's Translation Thought and Others]. 湖南：湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan: Hunan Normal University Press]. 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect  罗维嘉  Luo Weijia 202070080600==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗维嘉 Luo Weijia&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of Nida’s translation theory into China in the 1980s, Jin Di, a Chinese translation scholar, has explored the applicability of “dynamic equivalence” to literary translation between English and Chinese. And on the basis of Nida’s theory he formulated his own theory of “equivalent effect”. When Jin was translating James Joyce’s Ulysses (''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), he put his theory into practice. Jin’s translation practice as well as his exploration of “dynamic equivalence” provides us a good chance to further scrutinize some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to English-Chinese literary translation. By studying Jin’s theory and his Chinese translation of Ulysses(''Ulysses''--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)), we will examine the applicability of Nida’s theory to literary translation between Chinese and English. A comparative study on Nida’s theory and Jin’s theory is also made to reveal the differences and similarities between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dynamic equivalence; equivalent effect; Eugene Nida; Jin Di&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparative Study of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自20世纪80年代奈达的翻译理论传入中国以来，中国翻译学者金堤开始探索“动态对等”在英汉文学翻译中的适用性。在奈达理论的基础上，他形成了自己的“等效理论”。金堤的《尤利西斯》翻译实践以及他对“动态对等”翻译理论的探索为我们进一步审视奈达理论及其在英汉文学翻译中的应用提供了良好机会。通过对金堤理论及其汉译《尤利西斯》的研究，我们将分析奈达动态对等理论对中英文学翻译的适用性。通过对奈达与金堤理论的比较研究，揭示两者的异同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
动态对等；等效理论；尤金·奈达； 金堤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prior to his reception of Nida’s theory, Jin had already been an experienced translator and formed his own views about translation. Jin spelled out how he looked at the nature of translation and the gist of his argument was that “translating must meet requirements of accuracy and smoothness” (Jin Di 1998, 119). Evidently, Jin regarded the combination of accuracy and smoothness as a translation criterion and smoothness played a very important role in accomplishing the goal of accuracy in translating. We can see that before Jin’s reception of Nida’s theory, his focus was still on the old debate over faithfulness and smoothness, which began in the 1930s and continued to the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin knew Nida’s theory, he had already noticed the important role of target readers in translating in his years of translation experience. When discussing how to achieve the objective of accuracy and smoothness at the same time, he mentioned more than once the close relationship between accuracy and target readers. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))“A translation should be smooth and natural so that target readers do not feel big gaps between the two languages concerned. Accuracy and smoothness as a translation standard are like two sides of a coin, and one cannot be separated from the other. If the reader cannot understand the so-called “accurate” translation and do not know what it means, there is of little significance for such “accuracy”. If the translator only pays attention to smoothness in his work, but ignores the consistency between the original text and the translated text, his translation is not legitimate (Jin Di 1998, 119). “(&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 16:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evidently, Jin shared similar views with Nida about the role of target readers in translating. This paved the way for his ready reception of “dynamic equivalence” as soon as he got in touch with it in the late 1970s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is a key concept in Nida’s translation theory. The essential idea of “dynamic equivalence” is first mentioned by Nida in his article “Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating” (Nida, Eugene A.  1959, 326). In his attempt to define translating, Nida writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A definition of translating... could be stated as follows: &amp;quot;Translating consists in producing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent to the message of the source language, first in meaning and secondly in style.” (Nida, Eugene A. 1975, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Toward a Science of Translating (1964) Nida distinguishes two types of equivalence and first postulates his concept of “dynamic equivalent” translation as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In such a translation (dynamic equivalent translation) one is not so concerned with matching the receptor-language message with the source-language message, but with the dynamic relationship, that the relationship between receptor and message should be substantially the same as that which existed between the original receptors and the message (Nida, E. A. 1964, 159).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Nida also proves the legitimacy of dynamic equivalent translation from the viewpoint of information theory and communication theory. However, he does not give a clear definition of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; until 1969. In his 1969 textbook The Theory and Practice of Translation, “dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1969, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In From One Language to Another (De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 1986), the expression “dynamic equivalence is superseded by &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. But essentially there is not much difference between the two concepts. The substitution of &amp;quot; functional equivalence is just to stress the concept of function and to avoid misunderstandings of the term dynamic&amp;quot;, which is mistaken by some persons for something in the sense of impact. In Language, Culture and Translating (1993), “functional equivalence &amp;quot; is further divided into categories on two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level. The minimal level of “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is defined as &amp;quot; The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it&amp;quot;. The maximal level is stated as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida, E. A. 1993, 118; 1995,  224). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level is ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie somewhere between the two levels (Nida, E. A. 1995, 224). Clearly, “functional equivalence&amp;quot; is a flexible concept with different degrees of adequacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's theory, &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is defined with “receptors' response&amp;quot; as its nature. Unlike traditional translation theories, which focus on verbal comparison between the original text and its translation, Nida's concept of translating shifts from &amp;quot;the form of the message&amp;quot; to &amp;quot; the response of the receptor. Thus, the importance of receptors' role in translating is emphasized. In Nida's view, when determining whether a translation is faithful to the original text or not, the critic should not compare the formal structures between the source text and its translation but compare &amp;quot;receptors' response&amp;quot;. If he finds that the reader in the receptor language understands and appreciates the translated text in essentially the same manner and to the same degree as the reader in the source language did, such a translation can be evaluated as a dynamic equivalent translation. That is to say, the critic should judge a translation not by verbal correspondence between the two texts in question, but by seeing how the receptor, for whom the translated text is intended, reacts to it. Nida likens his theory of “readers' response to market research. When judging a product, one should test how consumers react to the product, for “regardless of how theoretically good a product might be or how seemingly well it is displayed, if people do not respond favorably to it, then it is not going to be accepted” (Nida and Taber 1969, 162). Similarly, in evaluating a translation, when a high percentage of people misunderstand a rendering, or find it difficult to understand, the critic cannot regard it as a legitimate translation (Nida and Taber 1969, 2). Nida's theory of “readers' response” emphasizes the importance of the acceptance of a translated text by the intended reader in the receptor language and avoids the subjective evaluation of the critic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; has been widely adopted by Bible translators since the 1950s and has been successful. Its value, however, is not merely restricted to Bible translation. Some scholars agree that “dynamic equivalence” can be used to guide general translation practice. Jin Di claims that the principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot;, a modified dynamic equivalence, is applicable to all translation practice (Jin Di 1995). Newmark considers the principle of “equivalent effect” an important concept in translating with reservation. He states that “equivalent effect is the desirable result, rather than the aim of any translation...it is an important concept which has a degree of application to any type of text, but not the same degree of importance... in the communicative translation of vocative texts, equivalent effect is not only desirable, it is essential” ( Jin Di 1988, 48). But some scholars express their doubts about the application of “dynamic equivalence” to translation practice, especially literary translation. I suggest that Nida’s theory has practical significance for literary translation in some aspects, but it is a fact that it fails to address the issue of transferring aesthetic values of literary work in literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di is renowned for his translation theory of “equivalent effect” and his Chinese version of Ulysses. His theoretical study on translation and translation activity contribute a lot to the development of contemporary translation studies. In this section Jin’s theory of “equivalent effect”will be concentrated, for a survey of Jin’s theory may give us insight into some aspects of Nida’s theory and its application to literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When Nida’s theory was introduced into China, Jin studied intensively Nida’s works on translation and endeavored to apply “dynamic equivalence” to his Chinese-English translation practice. In On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English (Jin Di 1984, with Nida), Jin basically adopted Nida’s “dynamic equivalence”, which was defined in terms of a dynamic relationship, namely, “the relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text” (Jin Di 1984, 85, with Nida). As the first author, Jin furnished many convincing examples from his experience as a translator and proved that “dynamic equivalence” could provide practical help for translators in dealing with many difficulties in translating from English into Chinese and from Chinese to English. In fact, this book was acclaimed as “a masterpiece of combination of Nida’s translation theory with Chinese translation practice”. (Lao Long 1987, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Jin made a further study on Nida's theory, he discerned some biblical elements in it which were not applicable to general translation practice. As a result, a discrepancy appeared between Jin and Nida. According to Jin, when Nida talked about the relationship between message and receptors, he did not make any distinction between “impact” and “response”. For instance, Nida sometimes said“the impact of the message upon the receptors” and sometimes claimed “the receptors’ response to the message”. In Jin's view, Nida further highlighted the term “response” both in his definition of “dynamic equivalence” and his explanation of it. Jin argued that this was because Nida's theory was intended to guide Bible translating for evangelism, and the ultimate purpose of Bible translating was to make receptors “respond to the translated message in action” (Jin Di 1998, 17-18). Thus, according to Jin, the concept of “response” in Nida's theory was not suitable for a theory of general translation. Jin explained:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the nature of language behavior, the impact of a translation upon receptors and receptors' response or reaction to the translation belong to opposite directions. Although receptors' response could be used as an important feedback to evaluate how the receptors understand and appreciate the translation to some extent, and the translator could test the quality of his translation according to receptors' response, such activity occurs only after the translation is completed. Since each receptor's response and reaction involve a number of subjective and objective personal factors, it is unnecessary for us to explore these factors in our study of translation process. Hence, in our discussion the term “effect refers to the impact of the translated message upon the receptors.” instead of the receptors’ response. (Jin Di 1998, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was the reason why Jin modified Nida's “dynamic equivalence” and put forward his own theory of “equivalent effect”. Jin also gave specific definition of his principle of “equivalent effect”. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective of an equivalent effect translation is that although the form of a translated text may be different from that of the original text, the receptor-language reader can obtain a message as substantially the same as the source-language reader does from the original, including main spirit, concrete facts and artistic imagery. This is what I mean by an equivalent effect translation or similar effect translation (Jin Di 1998, 40).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, only when the three essential factors (“main spirit&amp;quot;, “concrete facts&amp;quot; and “artistic imagery”) of the original were successfully reproduced in the receptor language could a translation be termed as a translation of equivalent effect. He admitted that it was not always possible for the translator to produce&amp;quot; main spirit&amp;quot;, &amp;quot; concrete facts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;artistic imagery&amp;quot; at the same time, and necessary semantic adjustments should be made on condition that the main spirit of the original was better represented in the translation (Jin Di 1998, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the delimitation of the concept of “effect” as “impact” instead of “response”, and the emphasis on the reproduction of the three factors constitute Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”. We can see that Jin has attempted to improve Nida's “dynamic equivalence” in order to make it more applicable to general translation practice, especially literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin further developed his theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; with insights gained from his translation experience of Ulysses. In his article, “Translating Spirit” (1996), he borrowed two characters from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle (“faithfulness , expressiveness and elegance”) and advanced his theory of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” (信、达、神韵). The term “spirit” in Jin's theory was used in a broad sense, indicating various artistic styles of literary works (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin's redefinition of the three-character principle was another way to describe his theory of “equivalent effect”. He elaborated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-character principle of “faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit” indicates faithful representation of the fundamental facts, transference of effect and reproduction of artistic style respectively. I think the goal of making the translated text similar to the original text in the above mentioned three aspects is what I strive for in the art kingdom of translation (Jin Di 1998, 162).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years Jin began to put more emphasis on the &amp;quot; reproduction of artistic style&amp;quot; , and tried to develop his theory of “equivalent effect” by making use of Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism. It seemed that Jin's theory deviated away from Nida's theory. One may ask, what accounts for such a change? According to Jin, this was because Nida, having changed his theory from “dynamic equivalence” to “functional equivalence”, no longer took the principle of “equivalent effect” as a translation objective (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56). In my opinion, the real reason is that Nida's theory fails to adequately address the problem of transference of aesthetic values in literary translation; while Jin, having attempted to solve it, has to absorb Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism, where discussions about stylistic or aesthetic effects and their transference are abundant. The evolution of Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” reveals his continuous effort to make Nida's theory applicable to literary translation as well as the inadequacy of Nida's theory in guiding literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
There are several similarities between the two theories. “The relation of target language receptors to the target language text should be roughly equivalent to the relationship between the original receptors and the original text”(Jin Di and Nida 1984,85). Such relationship indicates that translating is not completed unless the translated message is received by the reader in the receptor language in substantially the same manner as the original message is received by the original reader. As we can see, they both emphasized three important concepts of &amp;quot;receptor&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;effect&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.  Jin Di's equivalent effect theory is close to Nida's dynamic equivalence theory, and their views on translation methods are basically consistent with their understanding of equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Differences between the Two Theories and the Reasons====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences between Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” and Nida’s “dynamic equivalence” except that the concept of effect in Jin's theory refers to “impact” rather than“ response”?  Jin held that he basically adapted Nida's translation principles, and only made some adjustments in respect of some biblical elements which he found to have originated from religious and particularly missionary demands, and removed a certain residue of the old “free translation” tendency in Nida's theory (Nida 1998: 231). But this is only part of the problem. ln this section we will concentrate on the differences between the two theories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reader-Oriented vs. Text-Oriented=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” pays more attention to the target readers, while Jin's theory of “equivalent effect” attaches more importance to the original text. This distinction can be revealed by the definitions of the two translation principles. “Dynamic equivalence” is defined in terms of readers' response. For Nida, to measure “dynamic equivalence”, one should “only rightly compare the equivalence of response”(Nida 1969, 23). Jin's equivalent effect translation, however, requires reproduction of the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery” of the original text. Nida's focus on readers' response allows necessary linguistic adjustments. For example, if the expression “white as snow” was rendered into a language that had no corresponding word for “snow”, Nida suggested that the translator could replace it with comparable idioms, such as “white as egret feathers” in the receptor language. In Nida's view, such rendering was a dynamic equivalent translation, for it was functionally equivalent to “white as snow”(Nida 1964, 171-172). According to Jin's theory of “equivalent effect”, however, this rendering of “white as egret feathers” for “white as snow” was not a translation of equivalent effect, for the concrete fact “snow” was not reproduced in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example to illustrate Jin's adherence to the concrete fact of the original text is about the rendering of “butter for fish” in his Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
(1)-And so say all of us, says Jack.&lt;br /&gt;
-Thousand a year, Lambert, says Crofton or Crawford.&lt;br /&gt;
-Right, says Ned, taking up his John Jameson. And butter for fish. （U12）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-我们大家也都这样说，杰克说。&lt;br /&gt;
-一年一千，兰伯特，克罗夫顿或是克罗福德说。&lt;br /&gt;
-对，内德拿起自己的约翰.詹姆森威士忌说。吃鱼有黄油。(金译第12章)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes a scene of toast in a drinking party among common Irishmen. In “REVIEWS: ULYSSES, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di”(Jin Di 1995), Dr. Kun-liang Chuang expressed his views about Jin's translation of the phrase“Butter for fish”:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Butter for fish,”according to Don Gifford and Robert J. Seidman, is a lower class Dublin toast, also meaning “wealth and good fortune.” Jin's literal, word-for-word translation, “吃鱼有黄油”(pronounced chi yu you huang you) which is definitely not a common Chinese expression, creates more bewilderment than understanding for his Chinese readers. In fact, the Irish toast, “fish for butter”(sic) has a Chinese equivalent, “干杯” (pronounced gan bei). I believe that, in some cases, an appropriate annotation that explains cultural life is needed in terms of slang translation. In Jin's case here, the playfulness of the &amp;quot;toast&amp;quot; is lost in his loyalty to simple verbal equivalence (Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 765).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging by the concept of “dynamic equivalence” , I think Chuang' s suggestion “干杯” for “butter for fish” is adequate. However, Jin did not think so. In his opinion, Chuang disregarded the transference of the concrete fact in the original text, and such translation could not achieve a translational equivalence, though it might attain a pragmatic equivalence (Jin Di 1998, 22). We can see that Jin is unwilling to sacrifice the content for the intelligibility of the translated text to the average target reader, who has not enough background knowledge to understand the implied meanings of the translated message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some people held a similar view with Jin. For example, Wang Zhenping said that Jin's rendering “吃鱼有黄油”was justified, because the Chinese reader learn Irish culture when reading this version. Wang argued that if the translator put the three toasts in the dialogue above into “干杯” , the original language variation would be spoiled and the reader be deprived of a chance of learning typical Irish culture and of understanding Joyce (Wang, Zhenping 2000, 35). In my opinion, Wang has pushed his argument to the extreme. If a toast, such as “Thousand a year”, is not a hindrance for the average readers to understanding, there is no reason to render it into “干杯”. This could be verified with Chuang's another suggestion of putting the English saying &amp;quot;[y]ou cannot eat your cake and have it as “鱼与熊掌，不可兼得”(Chuang, Kun-liang 1995, 764) instead of Jin's rendering “一块蛋糕，你不能又吃又拿”(Jin Di 1994, 311). In terms of naturalness and forcefulness, Chuang's suggestion is acceptable. Just as Lin Yuzhen commented, Jin's literal rendering was not so direct and forceful as Chuang's version (Jin Di 1996, 166). Besides, for average Chinese readers, who have little knowledge of Irish culture, it is difficult to understand the specific cultural meaning of “吃鱼有黄油”without the help of any annotation. Yuen Ren Chao, the noted Chinese linguist, expressed his views about a similar case in translating:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A very important dimension of fidelity which translators often neglect is comparability in frequency of occurrence, or the relatively familiarity of the expressions in the original text and the translation. Too great a discrepancy in this respect will affect fidelity, even though the translation is accurate in other respects. As it is well-known in information theory, the less often a thing is talked about, the more it means to talk about it. Sometimes the very things one talks about may be a familiar thing in one culture and strange and exotic in another. In such a case, if the thing is the main topic of the discourse, it cannot be helped. . . However, in cases where a familiar expression is used casually as a figure of speech, then sometimes a translation by a different figure of speech of the same import but with a comparable degree of familiarity will result in a higher degree of overall fidelity than an apparently faithful translation which is very unfamiliar. For example, to speak of reaching the third base might be rendered, in Chinese, as reaching the “listening stage” in a game of mahjong, where the apparently “free” translation has greater fidelity, because it is a better match in the frequency of occurrence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chao's view about fidelity is dialectical and comprehensive. In fact, it is in accord with Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To Chao, whether or not naturalizing translation was adopted should depend on the context. If a figure of speech was the main topic of a discourse, the translator should faithfully reproduce it into the receptor language. If it was used in a casual way, it could be replaced with an idiomatic equivalent in the receptor language (such as Nida's suggestion of “white as snow” into “white as egret feathers”, or Liu Zhongde's “as lean as a rake” into “骨瘦如柴”). Jin's disapproval shows that he tends to be text-oriented both in theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Flexible vs. Inflexible=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's “dynamic equivalence”  is more flexible than Jin's theory of“equivalent effect”. A dynamic equivalent translation tends to be a type of free translation, while Jin's equivalent effect translation tends to be a literal translation, though such a classification is made in a quite loose manner. Jin's literal tendency is clearly reflected in the reviews about his Chinese version of Ulysses by some critics. Liu Junping stated that in translating Ulysses , “Jin insisted on literal translation and paid more attention to the transference of the form of the original text. As a result, his version was stiff to a certain degree in respect of language expression” (Liu Junping 1997, 35). Wang Yougui expressed a similar view in stating that Jin's translation was “like a leech, adhering closely to the original text” (Wang Yougui 1998, 69). In an interview Jin himself admitted that his translation was not so flexible as Nida's dynamic equivalent translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Wang: ... Briefly speaking, the discrepancy between your theory and Nida's theory is that you put more emphasis on loyalty to the original text and the writer, and Nida is more flexible in translating. Do you agree with me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin: Yes. The scope of flexibility in Nida's theory is much greater. That is to say, according to Nida, the translator is not required to adhere closely to the original text. This is because his theory is to guide Bible translation, and his translation purpose is to make people believe in Christianity. So Nida holds that the most important thing in translating is not words or content, but “receptors' response”, namely, their belief in Christianity. In my opinion, such a view is not suitable for literary translation. What I strive for is “effect”,i.e. the impact of the translation upon its readers is similar to the impact of the original text upon its readers (Wang Zhenping 2000, 56).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin's view, a literary translation must adhere closely to the original text. As long as the three factors of the original text, namely, the “main spirit”, “concrete facts” and “artistic imagery”, are faithfully reproduced, an equivalent effect can be achieved. Evidently, Jin's theory of “equivalent effect is less flexible than Nida's “dynamic equivalence”. To illustrate this point, we may look at some examples from Jin's Chinese version of Ulysses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Steak, kidney, liver, mashed at meat fit for princes sat princes Bloom and Goulding. Princes at meat they raised and drank Power and cider. (U11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥， 可供王侯享用的菜肴，坐着享用的王侯是布卢姆和古尔丁。两位用餐的王候，他们举杯喝酒，帕尔威士忌和苹果酒。(金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2布卢姆和古尔丁俨然像王候一般坐下来，牛排、腰子、肝、土豆泥，吃那顿适宜给王侯吃的饭。他们像进餐中的王侯似的举杯而饮鲍尔威士忌和苹果酒。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the two versions with the original text, we can find that Jin's version sticks closely to the English syntax, while the Xiao's version reconstructs the original sentences according to normal Chinese syntactical structure. In Jin's version, the objects“牛排、腰子、肝、马铃薯泥” is placed before the verb“坐着”, and the subjects“布卢姆和古尔丁”are placed at the end of sentence; while in the Xiao's version the normal Chinese syntactical structure “Subject + Verb” is adopted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) By the sandwichbell in screening shadow, Lydia her bronze and rose, a lady's grace, gave and withheld: as in cool glaucous eau de Nil Mina to tankards two her pinnacles of gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V1 网状阴影中的三明治罩旁站着莉迪亚，古铜衬玫瑰，贵妇风度，欲授又止:同时在清凉的淡湖色的eau de Nil中，米娜的金色高髻向着啤酒缸子两只。（金译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
V2在帘子的遮荫下，钟形三明治容器旁边，莉迪亚胸前插了朵玫瑰。一头褐发淑女的娴雅派头，忽隐忽现; 而头发挽成高髻、沉浸在冰凉而银光闪闪的一片淡绿蓝色中的米娜，在两位举着大酒杯的顾客面前也是这样。（萧、文译第11章）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Jin's version adheres so closely to the original text that it is difficult for the average Chinese reader to understand such expressions as “古铜衬玫瑰” and“欲授又止”. Moreover, one can recognize at first sight that“向着啤酒缸子两只”is a word-for-word translation even if he does not read the original text. Owing to Jin's inflexibility, some renderings of his Chinese version Ulysses appear unnatural and awkward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideal Objective vs. Realistic Goal=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have assumed that Nida's “dynamic equivalence”and Jin's principle of “equivalent effect”are ideal goals, which could not be realized in translating. However, such assertion is too simplistic. In fact, Jin's translation objective is ideal while Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is far more than an ideal goal. Jin emphasized more than once that an equivalent effect translation was an ideal aim, for which the translator must strive in his work. In “Where Is the Spirit of Ulysses?” (Jin Di 1996), Jin stated that an equivalent effect translation was “an ideal objective”. Though there was no perfect translation, it was desirable for a serious translator to work at it (Jin Di 1998, 214). In “What is a Perfet Translation” (Jin Di 1997), he even summarized that “the theory of equivalent effect” was an attempt to define the ideal of the non-existent perfect translation and to explore the approach to approximating it in practice, i.e. t producing a rendition as close to the ideal as possible” (Jin Di 1998, 229). Jin's theory, like Chinese traditional translation theories, is really an ideal translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida's “dynamic equivalence” is not an ideal criterion. As we all know that Nida's attitudes toward “dynamic equivalence” / “ functional equivalence” were different from phase to phase. In phase one (1959-1964), Nida simply described the features of two basic translation equivalences: “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”, and did not point out which equivalence was better. Dynamic equivalent translations were not always good, while formal equivalent translations were not always bad. Rather, some formal equivalent translations were“often perfectly valid translations of certain types of messages for certain types of audiences” , and some dynamic equivalent translations were likely to obscure “the intent of the original” (Nida 1964, 166, 191-192). Both dynamic equivalent translations and formal equivalent translations could be achieved in actual translating. Furthermore, between strict formal equivalence and complete dynamic equivalence, there were“a number of intervening grades, representing various acceptable standards of literary translating” ( Nida 1964: 160). There were also “varying degrees” of dynamic equivalent translations. For example, according to Nida, both J. E. Philips' rendering “a hearty handshake” and “brotherly kiss” in the Today's English Version were dynamic equivalent translations. The difference between the two renderings was only a matter of degree. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dynamic equivalent translation did not mean that the more a translation approached the original text, the better it was. In fact, there was no such thing as the best dynamic equivalence. If a dynamic equivalent translation went to extremes, the very freedom of form tended to distort the original message as well (Nida 1964, 191-192). For Nida &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was not an ideal objective, but just one of the basic types of equivalence, which had varying degrees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In phase two (1969-1984), Nida discussed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in opposition to &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;. During this period, he suggested that &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; was a good translation, in which the form was restructured to preserve the same meaning, whereas &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;paraphrase&amp;quot; were bad translations, for the former preserved the form but distorted the meaning of the original text, and the latter had addition, deletion, or skewing of the message in the translated text (Nida and Taber 1969, 173). Though Nida in this phase considered dynamic equivalent translations good, he did not take it as an ideal goal for which the translator must strive in his work. This could be verified with his attitudes towards the following three renderings of a verse in the Hebrew text of the Bible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KJV:&lt;br /&gt;
I returned, and saw under the sun, that the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong, neither yet bread to the wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding, nor yet favour to men of skill; but time and chance happeneth to them all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TEV:&lt;br /&gt;
I realized another thing, that in this world fast runners do not always win the races, and the brave do not always win the battles. Wise men do not always earn a living, intelligent men do not always get rich, and capable men do not always rise to high positions. Bad luck happens to everyone. (Ecclesiastes 9, 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NEB (The New English Bible):&lt;br /&gt;
One more thing I have observed here under the sun; speed does not win the race nor strength the battle. Bread does not belong to the wise, nor wealth to the intelligent, nor success to the skillful; time and chance govern all. (Ecclesiastes9, 11) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both renderings of the NEB and of the TEV were considered by Nida as &amp;quot;dynamic equivalent&amp;quot; translations, though they were at two quite distinct rhetorical levels. The NEB &amp;quot;preserved more the aphoristic style of the passage &amp;quot;while the TEV&amp;quot; adopted a style more characteristic of modern-day practical philosophy&amp;quot;. The NEB was &amp;quot;semantically more condensed&amp;quot;, while the TEV was expanded with &amp;quot;sufficient redundancy&amp;quot;. This was because the former was intended to be read by readers themselves, and the latter was for people who heard the scriptures. &amp;quot;It is essentially for this reason that one can justify two different types of dynamic equivalent translations designed primarily for two rather different purposes&amp;quot; (Jin Di and Nida 1984, 87-89). It is safe for us to say that dynamic equivalent translations are not those that are closest to the original text in lexicon and grammar. Rather, depending on the readers for whom the translation is made, there are more than one dynamic equivalent translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At phase three (1984-), &amp;quot; functional equivalence&amp;quot; was divided into two levels of equivalence: the maximal level and the minimal level. The maximal level was an ideal, but Nida did not suggest that the translator must take it as an aim to work at. On the contrary, he claimed that this maximal level of equivalence was &amp;quot;rarely, if ever, achieved, except for text having little or no aesthetic value and involving only routine information&amp;quot; (Nida 1993, 118). In Nida's view, such an ideal goal could only be achieved in certain limited types of texts, and it was impossible to attain such an objective in literary translation. In brief, a functional equivalent translation was not an ideal goal that the translator must pursue in their work. Rather, it had &amp;quot;different degrees of adequacy&amp;quot; from minimal to maximal level and a good translation always lay somewhere in between the two levels (Nida 1993, 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Reasons for the Differences between the Two Theories =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly two reasons for the differences between Jin's theory and Nida's theory:(1) Jin's theory is, to some extent, very much influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories, and (2) Nida's theory fails to address the issue of transference of aesthetic elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Jin accepted Nida's theory in the late 1970s, he had formed his own views about translation, and taken the combination of &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; as the standard of a good translation. In his view, &amp;quot;accuracy is the ultimate objective of a translation while smoothness is the necessary means to attain it. The translator's objective is to accurately reproduce the content and feeling of the original text in an idiomatic language&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 119- 120). Theoretically, it is desirable to achieve this objective, but in actual translating it is hard to accomplish it. Just as a saying goes: &amp;quot;Translation is like a mistress. If she is beautiful, she is not faithful. If she is faithful, she is not beautiful&amp;quot;. Certainly, Jin had to face this dilemma of keeping &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time in his translation practice. After he had contact with Nida's theory, he tried to find the way out of it from the standpoint of readers and communication theory. He wrote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accuracy and smoothness in translating are inseparable from target readers. Translating is communicating across two languages. An accurate translation indicates that the message the target reader obtains from the translated text should be substantially the same as the message the original reader has acquired from the original text. A smooth translation indicates that the target reader can understand the translation and receive the translated message e without any difficulty. (Jin Di 1998, 114).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that even after Jin advanced his own theory of &amp;quot; equivalent effect&amp;quot; in the 1980s, he was not totally free from the bondage of his former translation standard of &amp;quot; accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot;. For instance, he held that an equivalent effect translation was to preserve &amp;quot;accuracy and smoothness&amp;quot; at the same time (Jin Di 1998, 39). This explained why he emphasized the importance of transference of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his definition of equivalent effect translation, and why he was strongly opposed to the alteration of &amp;quot;concrete facts&amp;quot; in his arguments against Phillip's rendering of &amp;quot; a hearty handshake&amp;quot; and Chuang's suggestion of &amp;quot;干杯&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, Jin's dependence upon Chinese traditional translation theory was more conspicuous. In his article &amp;quot;Translating Spirit&amp;quot; (1996), Jin borrowed &amp;quot;faithfulness and expressiveness&amp;quot; from Yan Fu's three-character translation principle and put forward his translation principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot;. He held that to accomplish an equivalent effcet translation, the translator should “make the translated text similar to the original text in terms of faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; (Jin Di 1998, 162). Clearly, during this period, Jin's theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect mainly depended on faithful representation of the original text, and the target reader was no longer involved ass the decisive role in translating. It is safe for r us to say that when Jin absorbed the useful elements from traditional Chinese translation theory, Chinese classic literary criticism and aesthetics to discuss his translation objective, his theory went further away from Nida’s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, though he claimed that his translation criteria &amp;quot; faithfulness, expressiveness and spirit&amp;quot; were similar to his translation principle of &amp;quot; equivalent effect” (Wang Zhenping 200, 56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another reason for the discrepancy ' between the two theories is the limitations of Nida's theory. &amp;quot;Dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is not restricted to Bible translation, but&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it has some limitations in guiding literary translation. This is simply because Nida's immediate concern is not about literary translation, hence it fails to address the transference of formal structures possessing stylistic values and aesthetic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the general background against which Nida formulated his translation theory in the early 1960 was that the English Revised Version of the Bible and the American Standard Version of the Bible (1901) were very literal to the extent that &amp;quot;they simply did not communicate effectively, owing to their 16th century forms and the literal, awkward syntax&amp;quot; (Nida 1964, 20). Due to this fact, Nida in his theory objected to word-for-word translation of &amp;quot;formal correspondence&amp;quot;, and advocated a free approach to translation, i.e. a meaning- oriented dynamic equivalence. This translation approach has great significance for translators, providing them with theoretical support to break the chains of literalism. However, as far as literary translation is concerned, merely translating sense is not enough. Just as Lin Yutang says, there are two types of literary works. One originates from the writer's experience and thoughts, and the other lies in the language itself, i.e. the specific means to express the writer's experience and thoughts. The first type does not rely on the native language of the writer to a certain degree, while the second is inseparable from the spirit of his mother tongue (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 430-431). Jin Yuelin also states: &amp;quot;Translating sense, which only requires expressiveness and faithfulness, is not an easy thing, and in some cases it is very difficult. Nevertheless, the difficulty is only a technical problem. Translating flavor, however, is quite another matter, for it requires recreation in translating&amp;quot; (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 464). When meaning and flavor in the original text cannot be kept at the same time in literary translation, in some cases the translator retains flavor and sacrifices sense. But in Nida's theory translating means translating meaning, and his exploration of style or spirit is very inadequate for literary translation. When Jin translated Joyce's Ulysses, he had to face the problem of spirit transference. This is the reason why Jin eventually turns to Chinese traditional translation theory and classic literary criticism to seek for support for his theory of &amp;quot;equivalent effect&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some similarities between Nida’s Dynamic Equivalence and Jin Di’s Equivalent Effect. They both have profound research and insight into the theory of equivalent translation, and have a lot of common points in their understanding of the theory. There are also some differences between the two theories. Jin Di is deeply influenced by traditional Chinese translation theories and lacks a scientific basis for translation analysis. However, Nida's theory does not mention aesthetics, which has its limitations in guiding literary translation. Therefore, Nida's theory is not applicable to general translation, but only to biblical translation and informative or vocative translation. How to learn from the two translations to better guide translation practice is a task that translation researchers need to do in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuang, Kun-liang 庄坤良. (1995). &amp;quot;Ulysses, by James Joyce, translated by Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤译&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;]James Joyce Quarterly 32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
De Waard, Jan and E. A. Nida 得·瓦得和尤金·奈达. (1986). From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating [从一种语言到另一种语言]. New York: Nelson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤.(1998). In Search of the Principle of Equivalent Effect [等效反应原则]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida 金堤和尤金·奈达. (1996). On Translation: with special reference to Chinese and English [论翻译]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1995). Equivalence Effect in Translation [翻译中的等效反应]. Chinese University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Di 金堤. (1994-1996). trans. Ulysses(You Li Xi Si). By James Joyce[尤利西斯]. Beijing: People's Literature Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Junping 刘军平.(1997). &amp;quot;Comments on Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses.&amp;quot; [&amp;lt;尤利西斯&amp;gt;两种译文的比较研究]. Chinese Translators Journal 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. (1988). &amp;quot;Book Review: On Translation by Jin Di and Eugene A. Nida&amp;quot; [书评: 论翻译]. Chinese Translators Journal 2: 56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo, Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). An Anthology of Writings on Translation [翻译论集]. Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1975). Language Structure and Translation: Essays by Eugene A. Nida [语言结构与翻译]. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E. A. 尤金·奈达 (1959). Principles of translation as exemplified by bible translating [从圣经翻译看翻译原则]. Bible Translator, 72(4), 323-342.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1993).Language, Culture and Translating [语言、文化与翻译]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. 尤金·奈达. (1964). Towards a Science of Translating: with Special Reference to Principles and Procedures Involved in Bible Translating [翻译的科学探索]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. and C. R. Taber. 尤金·奈达和查尔斯·泰伯. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation [翻译理论与实践]. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Zhenping 王振平. (2000). &amp;quot;An Interview with Prof. Jin Di.&amp;quot; [金堤教授访谈录] Chinese Translators Journal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Yougui 王友贵. (1998). &amp;quot;On Two Chinese Versions of Ulysses&amp;quot;[&amp;lt;尤利西斯的两个中译本研究&amp;gt;]. Chinese Comparative Literature 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and Interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translating and interpreting centering on translation and interpretation.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. (Liu Heping 2009,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.(Huang Yongchang 2003,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.(Ma Chao 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in China====&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. (Huang Yongchang 2003,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. (Huang Yongchang 2003,37)After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. (Ma Chao 2010,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. (Yang Zijian 1994,52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.(Yang Zijian 1994,55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Research status of Translation Principles in the West====&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, Alexander FraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.(Xu Jun 2009,36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105)holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. (Marianne Lederer 2011,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.(Sun Sucha 2008, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,147)Is also consistent or similar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.(Li Jun 2007,54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer 2011,108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. (Sun Sucha 2008,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. And lost-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. (Chen Kaisha 2012,134)These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Differences between Translating and Interpreting====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although translation theorists have not formed a unified opinion on the issue of translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, a hundred schools of thought contend among translation theorists, the main criteria for evaluating translation quality in China are still faithfulness and fluency, which is in line with the &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; standard put forward by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the source text in terms of content, form, style and style as far as possible. And make it smooth.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of interpretation.(Yang Zijian 1994,62) According to the Dayism theory of French interpretation expert Celeskovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, its purpose is to achieve meaning, and the standard is to achieve meaning and fluency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation standard put forward by interpretation expert Li Yueran is accurate, smooth and fast. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties. Fluency, that is, the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, it is easy for people to understand; fast, because the interpretation is immediate, its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to respond quickly. (Li Jinze 2010,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, an interpreter, argues that interpretation should be faithful and timely. Faithfulness means that the target language must be faithful to the content of the source language and the emotional color of the language under specific circumstances, while timely communication means timely communication. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation results should be accurate, rather than speculating on the content of the source text according to the interpreter's own understanding; aiming at the recipient of the translation result, the expression form of the translation result must conform to the recipient's language habits to facilitate their understanding; in addition, the translator needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation.(Yang Zijian 1994,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is an activity with strong immediacy. It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Zhao Shuo 1999,99). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Zhao Shuo 1999,100).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,148) Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.(Liu Heping 2009,37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on.(Ma Chao 2010,19) However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot;(Li Jinze 2010,102) The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.(Chen Kaisha 2012,134)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain.(Xie Zhaolin 2012,149) For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Xie Zhaolin 2012,149). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC) It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Kaisha. 程凯莎. (2012). 浅析英语口笔译之异同.[A brief Analysis of the similarities and differences between English interpreting and Translating].科教文汇[Cultural exchange of science and education]133-134.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yongchang. 黄勇昌. (2003).对翻译忠实性原则的解构分析[A Deconstructive Analysis of the Translation Fidelity Principle].番禺职业技术学院学报[Journal of Panyu Vocational and Technical College]35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Heping. 刘和平. (2009). 论本科翻译教学的原则与方法[On the Principles and Methods of Undergraduate Translation Teaching].中国翻译[Translation in China]34-39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jinze. 李金泽. (2010). 国内口译研究的历史与现状[The History and Current Situation of Domestic Interpreting Research].边疆经济与文化[Frontier Economy and Culture]101-102.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jun. 李军. (2007). 英汉汉英翻译训练与解析[Training and Analysis of English-Chinese Chinese-English Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun. 李云. (2001). 翻译的忠实性[Fidelity of Translation].山东电力高等专科学校学报[Journal of Shandong Electric Power Higher Specialized School]56-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Chao. 马超. (2010). 浅谈中国翻译史中的翻译原则[A Brief Introduction to the Translation Principles in the History of Chinese Translation].科技风[Science and Technology Wind]18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Marianne Lederer. 玛丽安·莱德尔. (2011). 释意学派口笔译理论[The Theory of Interpretation and Translation in the School of Interpretation and Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[Chinese Foreign Translation and Publication].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Sucha. 孙素茶. (2008). 口译与笔译之区别[The Difference between Interpreting and Translating].商情[Business Information]44-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jun. 许钧. (2009). 翻译概论[Introduction to Translation].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Zhaolin. 谢昭霖. (2012). 论口笔译学习的异同[On the Similarities and Differences between Interpreting and Translating Studies].海外英语[English Abroad]147-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1994). 翻译新论[New Theory of Translation].湖北教育出版社出版[Hubei Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Shuo. 赵硕. (1999). 探讨翻译过程中的忠实性问题[Exploring the Problem of Fidelity in Translation].西北工业大学学报[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnic University]99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu 202070080588&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world. There were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promoted the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western countries.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, and it also introduces Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The failure in the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thought. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 12:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, is a scholar and translator in modern China. He is famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among a few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrases &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; have been attributed to Yan Fu as standards for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates. Therefore, it has been the catchword among Chinese translation theories. (Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theories, which include faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays a vital important role among Chinese translation theories. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; for the sake of memory. They are cited as follows:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three difficult requirements to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in using the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, and the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habits and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', it originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development. It doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff was translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what the skiff looks like,  so it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform to the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one for it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handling”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is uncomparable among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding of the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars. Some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meanings of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concepts of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:05, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) is a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into China in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorant of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books is to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign languages and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which include omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late 19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing through addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations. He took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western cultures.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese readers' aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effects of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the readers' acceptability, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:27, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Case Analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked interest to learn from the West.They even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being two famous translators in the late Qing Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theories and practice, both of whom played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theories, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. He attached great importance to faithfulness and believed that being faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering. Being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well of later generations. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizon at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 13:42, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Charles Dickens. (2008). David Copperfield. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [Draft of Chinese translation theory]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [A History of Chinese Translation]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ernest Hemingway. (2016). The Old Man and the Sea. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). Uncle Tom's Cabin. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Huang Yuanshen. (2011). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). ''中外翻译理论教程'' [Translation Theory: A Coursebook]. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). ''撒克逊劫后英雄略'' [Ivanhoe]. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Walter Scott. (2009). Ivanhoe. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). ''严复集'' [Yan Fu Ji]. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). ''老人与海'' [The Old Man and the Sea]. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). ''中西翻译理论简明教程'' [A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler 陈涵 Chen Han 202070080580 Translation 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵 202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:  &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories.&amp;quot;.(Here, this sentence can be changed into &amp;quot;Tytler's “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are representatives of the most important translation theories.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 12:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began.(Here, in this sentence, you may change the word &amp;quot;began&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;have begun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation,(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
……，and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. (Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;of&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': (Liu Miqing 2012, 1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:(''xin''),(''da''),(''ya''),it's better to write it in Chinese&amp;quot;信&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;达&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;雅&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
 Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea,…….(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;sea&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;shipping&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory. (Liu Miqing 2012, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs,…….(Here, you may delete the second &amp;quot;as&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing.(Here, you may add a word &amp;quot;do&amp;quot; after the word &amp;quot;wrting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it is not only a very important milestone in the history of British translation theory, but also the entire history of Western translation theory. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation …….(Here, don't forget the quotation mark.&amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;requirements&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;demands&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:……,especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period.(Here, you may add a comma and a word &amp;quot;which&amp;quot; before &amp;quot;has increased&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun,…….(Here, you may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese , because he learned from Wu Rulun,……&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion: He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically.(Here, you may delete the word &amp;quot;ideologically&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.(You may change this sentence into &amp;quot;Under this circumstance, translation may be the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&amp;quot;)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540: The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[suggestion:the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them.(Here, you may change the word &amp;quot;adjust&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;adjusting&amp;quot;.)]--[[User:Hu Baihui|Hu Baihui]] ([[User talk:Hu Baihui|talk]]) 11:03, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in ''On the Establishment of Translation Academy'': The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in ''Principes de littérature'' for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. (Zhao Meiguo 2011, 203) According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the ''dao'' (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s ''dao'' of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Meiguo 赵美国. (2011). 从思维方式看严复与泰特勒翻译原则比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu and Tytler's translation principles from a mindset perspective] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (02) 203-204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594  专业：英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representatives of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida puts forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devotes himself to teaching and puts forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Newmark; similarities; differences&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
奈达；纽马克；相同；不同&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and a translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding among human beings. （Liao Qiyi 2000，85）  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first， descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he does not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information when there are problems in translation. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation activity is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communicating thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message” (Tan Zaixi 1984,10). Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese because it . Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-124）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first version, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. (Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Are Translatable=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also points out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize translatability in different languages. At the same time, they both realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing, so one of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translators to change it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond the phrase in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. But this is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark later puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot;. In the past, he believed that language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. It does not need to always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. （Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But by summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. On the basis of semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. He says that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Translation Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only been applied to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, we can see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When seeing translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works with accurate wording. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Nida doesn’t agree with him. He thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to a text because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translated version is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation activity will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind” in order to achieve equivalence. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, the absence of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, his expression will get out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark have been developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. We should extract their essence and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice of translation and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee 谭载喜.(1984).奈达论翻译 [Nida on Translation]  北京：中国对外翻译出版公司  Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一.（2000). 当代西方翻译理论探索[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory]   译林出版社[Translating Forest Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping 刘军平.（2009). 西方翻译理论通史[Translation and translation]   武汉：武汉大学出版社Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] &lt;br /&gt;
**Fang Mengzhi 方梦之.（2011). 中国译学大辞典 [Dictionary of Chinese Translation]  上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press] 534&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu 林敏煜.（2008). 浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] 文教资料[Journal of Translation and Education] 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 崔建周，卢静.（2006). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较 [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ]  河南商业高等专科学校学报[Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 106-108&lt;br /&gt;
**Xu Xianghui 徐向晖.（2010). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨[A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark]   漯河职业技术学院学报[Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 杨山青，饶家林.（2010). 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用[The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials]  黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College]  41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping 胡爱萍.（2014). 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究[A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ]  铜陵学院学报 [Journal of Tongling College]  81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan 王小丹.（2009).  奈达的功能对等论及其评价[Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation]  陕西师范大学学报[Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克 Newmark.（2001).翻译问题探讨[Exploring Translation Issues]   上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1986). From One Language to Another   Thomas Nelson Incorporated&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. (1964).Toward a Science of Translating   Leiden: E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, (1969). Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation   Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill &lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. (1991). About Translation   Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd, &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Text Book of Translation   London: Prentice Hall International (UK)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On The Division Of Western Translation Theories	-     刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596   MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘柳 Liu Liu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories; translation schools; translation theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论划分之研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西方翻译理论; 翻译流派; 翻译理论家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅰ.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of Western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida 1984, 9-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to George Steiner, the study of Western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi 2004,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Translation in Ancient Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of Western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of Western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zaixi 1991, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson 1997, 9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quintus Heratius Flaccus was deeply influenced by Marcuss Tullirs Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi 1991, 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 St. Jerome=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.4 St. Augustine=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the eleventh and twelfth centuries A.D., Western translators gathered in Toledo, Spain, to translate a large number of works from Arabic into Latin. As a result, Toledo became the center of European academic world (similar to the &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; in Baghdad), its translation and academic activities has continued for more than a hundred years with far-reaching effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Manlius Boethius=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979: 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dante=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Translation in Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance Movement that took place in Europe from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries was a major movement of intellectual and literary innovation, it was also a major development in the history of Western translation. Especially in the sixteenth century and the period afterwards, when the Renaissance Movement was widespread in Western European countries, translation activities reached an unprecedented peak, involving various fields such as thought, politics, philosophy, literature and religion, covering major works of ancient times and contemporary times, and a large number of outstanding translators and a series of excellent translation works emerged at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Martin Luther=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida 1984, 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Etienne Dolet=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, Western translation kept on moving forward. Although in terms of scale and influence, translation in this period was not as good as that of the Renaissance, a large number of excellent translation works emerged. Its most important character was that translators not only continued to translate classical works, but also developed a great interest in modern and contemporary works. The works of great writers such as Cervantes, Shakespeare, Balzac, and Goethe were repeatedly translated into various languages, and translations of Oriental literature came out one after another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.1 John Dryden=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 1991, 153) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation. The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.3 Matthew Arnold=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English translation theories, the debate between Arnold and Newman on the translation of ''Homer's Epic'' is of positive significance. Matthew Arnold put forward his insights in the following six aspects: 1) Translating ''Homer's Epic'' must first clarify the characteristics of Homer. 2) The essential features of ''Homer's Epic'' must be preserved. 3)Translating poem must have the insight of a poet. 4)The translation must resemble a poem. 5)The translation must have the same appeal as the original text. 6)It is the scholars, not the general readers, who test the fidelity of the translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 134-135)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.4 Francis W. Newman=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newman evaluated Arnold's translation based on his points of view, his viewpoints are as follows: 1) Homer is a poet, and the translation must reproduce him as a poet. 2) The criterion for measuring the translation is mainly the reaction of general readers rather than scholars. 3) The translation is a kind of compromise, and the more outstanding the original work is, the less the translation work can be compared with it. Their differences lie in their respective translation principles, techniques and viewing perspectives, so it is difficult for us to to say which is right and which is better. Their arguments have played an active role in enlivening the academic atmosphere and promoting the study of translation theory from multiple perspectives and multiple aspects.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 135-136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Friedrich Schleiermacher published his paper ''On the Methods of Translation'', which discussed the close relationship between translation and understanding from a hermeneutical point of view, theoretically discussed the principles and approaches of translation.He put forward the hermeneutic proposition of examining semantics, including grammatical interpretation and psychological interpretation, and believed that the translator cannot accept the original work passively, but must create it actively, &amp;quot;and must grasp a 'pre-structure' beyond the text according to the original author's mental process and thought track&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 1989, 3). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the differences between interpreting and translation for the first time, believing that interpreting is similar to a mechanical activity, while translation is a creative activity. Similarly, translation can be divided into literary translation and mechanical translation. The former is the translation of works of literature, art and natural science, which requires independent thinking and creativity of the translator, and strong comprehension and expression skills. While the latter involves only commercial and business interpreting, which &amp;quot;can be done with a general command of two languages&amp;quot; (Wells 1988, 24), and is not of high quality because it involves something tangible and clearly defined. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Schleiermacher divided translation into two approaches: obedience to the original work and obedience to the translation work. The former is to let the readers approach the original author, and the translator only &amp;quot;fills in the blanks where the readers don't understand the language of the original work&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi 1991, 135), i.e., using literal translation to let the readers understand the meaning of the original work. The translator usually adopts flexible translation and free translation, so that the readers can easily understand the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His thoughts has inspired the classification of prospective and retrospective of Postgate in the twentieth century.Friedrich Schleiermacher's translation theories had a great impact in the 19th century and is still significant even today. Although he was the first theorist to distinguish between interpreting and translation, his views on interpreting were wrong. From the perspective of modern translation theories, interpreting is not a mechanical activity, but also a skill that requires a high level of language expression ability and the ability to recreate, and because interpreting is a kind of simultaneous interpretation, there is no room for careful thinking, and it is even more difficult than translation in many aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4.6 Wilhelm von Humboldt=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm von Humboldt's translation theory was based on his unique philosophy of language. He believed that language is only the &amp;quot;external manifestation of the spirit of each nation&amp;quot;, and that the language of each nation is their spirit, and the spirit of each nation is also their language. Due to the differences of each language, translators are in a dilemma of either following the original tex too closely and losing the charm of their own language, or sticking to their own language and sacrificing the elegance of the original work (Wells 1988, 27-28). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Humboldt also suggested that &amp;quot;there is nothing that language cannot express&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;language is the nature of human, and all languages hold the key to understanding any other languages&amp;quot; (Wells, 1988:29). This dialectical thinking on the issues of translatability and untranslatability, language as system and language as speech act has greatly influenced linguists such as Saussure and Chomsky in the twenties century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the World War II, the West entered a relatively stable period, production got developed, the economy gradually recovered, and science and technology were changing day by day. This was the material basis of the prosperity of translation. Due to the evolution of the times, the characteristics of translation have also changed a lot.  The translation in the new period differs from that of any period in the past in scope, scale, function and form and has made great progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first change is the expansion of translation scope. While the traditional translation mainly focused on the translation of literary and religious works, the translation in the new period expands to other fields, especially in science, technology and commerce fields. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the scale of translation greatly exceeds that of the past. In the past, only a few literary giants worked on translation, but now translation has become a specialized profession, with not only litterateur, philosophers and theologians engaging in translation, but also a specially trained professional team undertaking various translation tasks. Moreover, the function of translation is unparalleled in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially after the foundation of the United Nations and the European Common Market, exchanges among Western countries in various fields, such as literature, art, science, technology, politics and economics, have become increasingly frequent and close, and all these communications are carried out through translation, because translation plays an increasingly practical role in the process. Finally, the form of translation has also changed and progressed greatly. The three changes are in fact an important sign of the development of the new period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 Roman Jakobson=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roman Jakobson was originally from Russia, then moved to the Czech Republic, and then moved to the United States during World War II and became an American citizen. As one of the founders of the linguistic school, his contributions to translation theory is mainly reflected in his article ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation''. From the perspective of linguistics, the article provided a detailed analysis and discussion of the relationship between language and translation, the importance of translation, and the problems in translation. Since its publication in 1959, this article has been regarded as one of the classics of translation studies in western theoretical field. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five main points of Jakobson's discussion. Translation is divided into three categories: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The so-called intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of some linguistic symbols by other linguistic symbols in the same language, that is rewording. Interlingual translation refers to the interpretation of the symbols of one language into the symbols of another language between two languages, i.e., translation in the strict sense. Intersemiotic translation refers to the interpretation of linguistic symbols by non-linguistic symbol systems, or the interpretation of non-linguistic symbols by linguistic symbols, such as the transformation from semaphore or gesture into verbal expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The understanding of the meaning of words depends on translation. He believed that translation plays a decisive role in the process of language learning and language comprehension. Accurate translation depends on information symmetry. What translation involves is the reciprocal information in two different speech symbols. All languages have equal expressive power. If there is a lack of vocabulary in a language, the language can be processed by borrowing words, creating words or paraphrasing them. The grammatical category is the most complex issue in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 John Catford=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford, a linguist and translation theorist of University of Edinburgh, published ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' in 1965, in which he interpreted the previous problems of translation from a novel modern linguistic perspective and created the new approach to the study of translation theory in the West, thus exerting a great influence in Western linguistic and translation theory circles. John Catford used the &amp;quot;Scale and Category Grammar&amp;quot; of the descriptive linguist Han Lide to describe translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He focused on the central question of &amp;quot;what is translation&amp;quot; in terms of the nature, categories, equivalence, shifts, and limits of translation. The nature of translation. According to Catford's definition, translation is &amp;quot;the substitution of textual material from one language (source language) for its equivalent in another language (target language)&amp;quot;. (Catford 1965, 20-21) The categories of translation. In terms of its extent, it can be divided into &amp;quot;full translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;partial translation&amp;quot;. In terms of language level, it can be divided into &amp;quot;total translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;restricted translation&amp;quot;. In terms of the level of linguistic structure, it can be divided into &amp;quot;level restricted&amp;quot; translation and &amp;quot;level unlimited&amp;quot; translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equivalence of translation. It is the center of translation practice and translation theoretical research, and must be explained in two ways. On the one hand, translation equivalence is an empirically based phenomenon that is found on the basis of a comparison between two languages. On the other hand, translation equivalence must make sure that whether the target text and the source text have the same or at least partially the same substantive features. The shifts of translation. It refers to the deviation from formal correspondence when turning the source text into the target text. There are two main types of shifts,which are level shifts and category shifts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of translation. It refers to untranslatability. There are two types of untranslatability in translation. The first one is linguistic untranslatability, which includes puns and ambiguous grammatical structures. The other is cultural untranslatability which is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs and different backgrounds of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Catford's translation theory has injected fresh blood into translation studies in Britain and even the West as a whole, and it has advanced the modern linguistic consciousness in the field of contemporary Western translation studies. In a sense, all kinds of contemporary Western translation theories that have emerged so far have benefited from this increased linguistic consciousness. No matter whether, or to what extent and within what limits, his proposition of using the linguistic theory of &amp;quot;Scale and Category&amp;quot; to explain translation problems is effective or not, the proposition itself has made a contribution to the development of contemporary Western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Eugene A. Nida=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida was one of the most important representatives of the linguistic school who published two famous translation theoretical works ''Toward A Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1964 and 1965 respectively and proposed the concept of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot;, whose theory has made great contributions to contemporary translation studies in the West. He proposed &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory, and then proposed &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory from the viewpoint of sociolinguistics and communicative function of language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He proposed the four-step model of &amp;quot;analysis&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;transformation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reorganization&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;examination&amp;quot; of the translation process. His main academic activities in his life were centered on the translation of ''The Bible''. In the process of translating ''The Bible'', Nida developed his own translation theory from a practical point of view, which eventually became one of the classics of translation studies. Nida's most important theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory,which means that the translation should not seek for a rigid correspondence between words on the surface, but to achieve functional equivalence between two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this theory, he pointed out that &amp;quot;translation is the reproduction of the information of source language from semantics to style in the most appropriate, natural and reciprocal language&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 65). The &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory includes four aspects, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, chapter equivalence and stylistic equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believed that &amp;quot;meaning is the most important, and form is the second&amp;quot; (Guo Jianzhong 2000, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form is likely to conceal the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida's theory, the translator should take the four aspects of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory as the principle of translation to accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of source language in target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.4 James Holmes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
James Holmes is the founder of Translation Studies, and his book, ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''(1972), is the founding manifesto of Translation Studies. He first argued that translation theory should arise from the scientific description of the translation process, and then apply the theory to translation practice and translation teaching. The translation of poetry can be regarded as a kind of meta-literature, which is both an evaluation and interpretation of the original work, and at the same time a new and independent literary work itself. Translation studies should focus on the relationships between the translated text and the original work and between the translated text and the target language culture, rather than the traditional equivalence or fidelity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.5 Peter Newmark=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a professor of modern linguistics at the University of Surrey, who is mainly engaged in teaching translation theory and practice. After the publication of his masterpieces ''Approaches to Translation''(1981) and ''A Textbook of Translation''(1988), semantic and communicative translation theory has been highly regarded by the translation circles. In 1991, his another famous work ''About Translation'' was published, which collected Newmark's most important translation theoretical findings in recent years. ''Paragraphs on Translation'', which was published in 1991, is a collection of detailed discussions of translation theory, translation teaching, translation linguistics, and translation techniques that were published in the journal ''The Linguist'' from 1989 to 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅲ.Discussion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation theory system consists of two main theories. One is the literature and art translation theory. It is the oldest theory, extending from ancient dramatic translators such as Terrence to modern translation theorists (e.g. Levy in the Czech Republic, Gachechiladze in the former Soviet Union, Steiner in the UK, etc.), and it focused on how to translate literary texts in order to realize literary and cultural exchanges in the ideal sense. In this theory, translation was considered as literarature and art, and the focus of translation was on recreation. The theorists not only discussed the pros and cons of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, but analyzed the purposes and effects of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They also emphasized respecting target language culture, paid attention to the style and literariness of target texts, and required the translators to have a natural literary talent. The other is the linguistic translation theory. It extended from Augustine in ancient times to the structural linguistics school in the 20th century, which closely combined translation theories with the analysis of semantics and grammar, discussed translation in terms of language usage techniques, believing that translation aims to produce a text that is semantically equivalent to the original, and seeked to explain how to produce such semantic equivalence in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was more concerned with how to realize the transformation of the words of the two languages in order to convey the information in source language. Looking back at the history of Western translation theories over the past two thousand years, especially the above two main theories constituting the Western translation theory system, we can easily find that, from ancient times to contemporary times, although each period has its own peak of development, on the whole, the contemporary times since the end of World War II in the middle of the 20th century can be regarded as the highest peak of the development of Western translation theories so far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ⅳ.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We should study the outline, changes and development of Western translation theories, and state our opinions on the significance and value of the study of Western translation theories from a historical perspective. On the one hand, we should absorb the relevant contemporary research results at home and abroad, make comments on the representative figures and their representative works, schools of thought and important historical events in Western translation of various historical periods, especially in the 20th century.On the other hand, we should make an in-depth analysis and discussion on the mutual promotion, evolution and the development process of translation practice and translation theory, and elaborate our basic understanding on the nature and direction of the development of translation thoughts and theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yiyu|Liu Yiyu]] ([[User talk:Liu Yiyu|talk]]) 08:45, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper made a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theories and J. C. Catford's translation theories from three perspectives, that is, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some important concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theories from different perspectives and even the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influences on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，甚至同一个术语在两种译论中具有不同含义的现象也常有见之，因此不免对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握这两种译论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it has become an irreversible trend to integrate the translation theory researches into the field of linguistics, which broke through the traditional translation theories and created a new approach to explore them. Nida and Catford are two prominent representatives in this field. As to Nida, he is a famous contemporary American translation theorist, known as the father of modern Western translation theory, with ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''as his major works. As to Catford, he is a famous English linguist and translation theorist, with ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' as his masterpiece. From what I have mentioned above, it can be seen clearly that  both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theories. However, in spite of this fact, their respective translation theories are actually based on different linguistic schools. As a result, it is no wonder that they have different understandings and interpretations in terms of the same concept and the acceptability of their respective translation theories are largely varied in the academic world. Therefore, this paper will elaborate the differences of the translation theories between Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford from these three perspectives, namely, their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding some concepts such as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, what deserves noticing is that they are actually based on different linguistic schools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theories are mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformational-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:chenshachenshachensha111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida's broke through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that the transformation between languages on the level of deep structure can guarantee the faithfulness of the translated text to the original text to the greatest extent. What's more, since the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure of the target language, the smoothness of the translated text can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theories broke through the formal constraints in translation and retained the content of the original text, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theories are mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt the two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from such four levels as phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary simultaneously. He also holds that even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford's translation theories are based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theories in a selective way, which makes his translation theories innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday's systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories mainly serve the translation of ''The Bible'', with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of ''the Bible'', the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey the will of God. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in the process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories does not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in the process of translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, which is why his translation theories arouse suspicion of other scholars. Actually, readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theories. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theories, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information,so its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to such raw materials as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theories, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages can never be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theories different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of languages and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, translators can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory broke the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believes that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist on the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theories seem to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizing equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theories focus on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida pointed out that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, and the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theories are concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted into the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book ''A linguistic Theory of Translation'', he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford uses &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realizes that different languages are actually different systems that can never be coincided with each other. As a result, there will never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are actually different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s views of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions to Translation Studies ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida views the communication and integration between different languages and cultures with a new perspective. He jumped out of the bondage of language and instead paid attention to the pragmatic function of language and the external linguistic equivalence. As a faithful supporter of language universality, he insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can also be expressed in another and that communication can be achieved by looking for translation equivalence among different languages and cultures and reorganizing the form of the original text and semantic structure in an appropriate way, which is also the basis for his establishment of equivalence translation theory. In short, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static mode of solely emphasizing text comparison and creates a new mode of fully respecting the response of the receptors of the target language to translated text. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that the main concern of translation practice is to find equivalent components and the central task of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of these equivalent components. His equivalence theory mainly focuses on the study of language, which relates the analysis of translation theory closely to the analysis of the functions of semantics and grammar, aiming at explaining how such a semantic equivalence on the level of vocabulary and grammatical structure is achieved. In his opinion, translators’ main task is to seek content equivalence rather than form correspondence, which is exactly what Catford calls translation conversion. In summary, as a means to realize the equivalence in terms of text, Catford’s translation theory has its positive significance in specific historical periods. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2 Influences in China=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1980s, Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories were introduced into China almost at the same time, but their occasions in China were quite different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as Nida’s translation theories were introduced, the research and citation of them achieved a climax. From 1980 to 2000, 147 papers citing Nida's translation theories were published on ''China Translation'', the core journal of Chinese translation circle. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, 25 papers on Nida’s translation theories were published on such core journals as ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012. In 2012 alone, there were 80 journal papers, doctoral papers and master's papers on Nida translation theory. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theories, Catford's translation theories on the contary have not attracted enough attention in domestic academic circles. According to the statistics of Wanfang database, only 3 papers on the Catford’s translation theories were published on ''Chinese Science and Technology Translation'' from 2000 to 2012 and there were only 8 journal papers, doctoral papers, master's papers and bachelor's papers on Catford's translation theories. (Li Zhidan 2014, 95) What’s more, from the number of Chinese papers published on CNKI regarding Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, the domestic influence of the two theories are also evident. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha222.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chenshachenshachensha333.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, compared with Catford's translation theories, which are abstract and difficult to understand due to its professionalism, Nida's translation theories are more easily accepted and play a greater guiding role in Chinese-English translation.(Li Zhidan 2014, 95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's research is mainly carried out from a macro perspective and is about the universal principle, which will inevitably ignore the research and discussion of specific skills at the micro level. As a result, the theories obtained will also inevitably be out of touch with practice. Nida's equivalence theory is mainly applicable to the translation of ''The Bible'', and the specific purpose of ''The Bible'' to educate and influence people can make it reasonable to sacrifice the form equivalence and strengthen the functional equivalence in a moderate way. However, if this theory is used to guide the translation of those texts whose forms cannot be ignored, such as the translation of poems, the limitations show up. What’s more, equivalence theory is based on the assumption that readers will have a consistent response, but the problem is that the reader's response is not uniform in any case. It is difficult or almost impossible for readers with different cultural levels, ideologies and positions to produce the same or similar response to the same translation in real life. Therefore, it is difficult to measure the translation effect with this standard. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Catford, As soon as his theory of equivalence translation was put forward, severe criticism in academic circles is brought about, with most of which focusing on the abstraction and idealization of Catford's examples used to prove his theory. In addition, Newmark pointed out that the interpretation of comparative linguistics conducted by Catford is conducive to translators' judgment and selection in translation practices, but has little contribution to translation theory. Venuti pointed out that the words, sentences and instances used by Cadford were created by himself rather than real. Hornby pointed out that the examples used by Catford are simple and decontextualized, while in fact, the process of translation cannot be simply viewed as language practices, actually, it will also be influenced by such factors as text, culture and environment. At the same time, she did not agree with Catford's view that linguistics is the only support of translation research. In addition, Mu Lei believes that the examples Catford used to support his theory are mainly the translation within Germanic languages or Slavic languages, or between Germanic and Slavic languages, so his theory does not have universally guiding significance. In other words, whether Catford’s theory is applicable to the translation between different language families, especially the translation between Chinese and English or not still needs to be discussed. (Li Zhidan 2014, 94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, although both Nida and Catford are representatives of the linguistic schools of Western translation theory, their translation theories are actually different in many aspects. Firstly, their translation theories are based on different linguistic schools, with Nida’s based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar and Catford’s on Halliday’s systematic linguistics. Secondly, their perspectives in terms of some important concepts are different, such as their perspectives regarding meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability. Last but not least, their translation theories have caused different impact on the field of translation and this difference is especially prominent in China. Of course, due to their different linguistic foundations, the two translation theories also have different limitations. It seems that Nida’s translation theories are more widely accepted than Catford’s in China because it is a theoretical system that is more compatible to the traditional Chinese translation theories. However, what we should keep in mind is that when we introduce foreign translation theories, in order to broaden our horizon, translation theories that seem to be incompatible to our traditional opinions are as important as those that are similar to our traditional translation views. Only in this way, can the translation theories be improved and developed further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Yangtong. 崔洋通. (2018). 不可译性:奈达与卡特福德之对比研究. [Untranslatability: A Comparative Study of Nida and Catford]. ''“校园英语” [Campus English]'' 241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Li. 姜丽. (2010). 奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较. [A Comparison of Several Concepts in Nida's and Catford's Translation Theories]. ''“文教资料” [Cultural and Educational Materials]'' 44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shuwu. 林书武. (1981). 奈达的翻译理论简介. [An Introduction to Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“国外语言学” [Foreign Linguistics]'' 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhidan. 李志丹. (2014). 卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨. [A Speculation on Catford’s and Nida's &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; Translation Theory]. ''“哈尔滨学院学报” [Journal of Harbin Institute]'' 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping. 石锡书 &amp;amp; 杜平. (2004). 辩证地看待奈达的“功能对等”理论. [A Critical Look at Nida's &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theory]. ''“翻译科学初探” [A Preliminary Study on Translation Science]'' 69-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Demi. 熊德米. (2001). 奈达翻译理论评述. [A Review of Nida's Translation Theory]. ''“重庆大学学报” [Journal of Chongqing University]'' 85-89.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E.J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶 Xu Mengdie 202020080657 英美文学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student No.202020080657 英美文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt; 写名字即可--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound was a representative poet and literary critic of the western literary scene in the early 20th century. Together with important literary figures such as T.S. Eliot, he started a new trend in the creation and study of poetry. At the same period, China was undergoing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were made between them. Wen Yiduo's theory of poetry is considered to be deeply influenced by Pound, but growing out of a specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyze the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's principles in poetry translation from the comparison of their translation principles in terms of rhyme, image and structure.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,埃兹拉·庞德是西方文坛一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特等其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的异同。--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:06, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），172-173). 引用的人名要用拼音--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the fast development, China began to play a much more important role on world stage, naturally giving rise to the need to recommend Chinese culture to the world. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, a movement that deserves our attention is the vernacular literary movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China was in desperate need of opening up and learning from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the split between classical Chinese literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， traditional Chinese culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell, etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915, setting off Imagist Movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of the vernacular writing movement, and his first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 07:26, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（12），432-433). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal experience of studying painting and his contact with western poets at that time are materials worth discussing.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two figures are chosen for comparison in this paper because, first, they lived in the same period and both participated in two important literary movements of their time; second, both of them interpreted and applied traditional Chinese poems to modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, a comparison on their understanding of poetry translation is a way to learn the role of traditional Chinese culture in modern times and to better understand these two poets and translators.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:22, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers about them. Through close reading, we come to understand their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetry translation. The works covered in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'', ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound, etc.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles(孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparative study: since there are some commonalities between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish their roles in respectively vernacular writing movement and imagist movement, in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly in their poem translation principles.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:33, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo has been widely studied as a composer of new poetry, a painter, a researcher of classical poetry, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focused more on his identity as a poetry composer than as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his identity as a translator, complemented by his identity as a poet.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 13:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进 2005，133-134).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo cover almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies of traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poetry, etc. From the 1970s to present, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo's translation. We can see from the picture below that studies of Wen Yiduo are still favored by scholars and in recent years even more papers on his translation principles have been published. In 2005, a paper by Lv Jing was a watershed moment, for he announced the dawn of a new age of modern metrical poetry. Wen Yiduo was a pioneer of metrical poetry at the beginning of 20th century but he was inevitably constrained by his time. With the development of culture , now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the 18 papers, the most mentioned phrases are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poetry in translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound in terms of a general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) with only one paper directly comparing the two figures in a comprehensive manner. It was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which can be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the national and creative features of Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 01:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1）,92).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing the social and cultural upheaval of the collapse of the old and the rise of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he had revolutionary ideas at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't directly participate in the May 4th Movement, he demonstrated his firm support for the students through a passionate and patriotic poem. Obviously, Wen Yiduo's literary creation cannot be separated from his social ideas. This can be revealed in the subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas on translation, they are also closely associated with his understanding of poetry creation, based on his personal learning and experiences.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），275-277).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo experienced several transitions in his poetic writing throughout his life. At first, he was a poet of classical poetry (1916-1925) with works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to the creation of new poetry and criticized that classical poetry shouldn't be created and should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several attempts to create new poetry, Wen Yiduo later went to America to continue his study in painting and literature. Here he came into contact with the Chicago poets and the American Imagists, which was another transition for him. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated retrospectively drawing on classical Chinese culture, inspired partly by his experience studying painting and classical poetry in Chicago. Upon his return to China, he pioneered the creation of metrical poetry, linking the features of the new Western poetry with the image and structure of classical Chinese verse. He demanded beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. The best of his work to realize his principles can be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of making translation, which was to find an answer for his own time and to solve the problems that existed in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to that of Christianism, which is of immense importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius were exactly what was needed, to conquer the social dilemmas brought about by industrialism, cyclical economic crisis, the segregation of people from one another, etc (蒋洪新 2001,78-79). Ezra Pound denied that poetry translation should be word-for-word but maintain connotations behind it. He identified the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered that Chinese characters were full of beauty of images and that classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all can be a good source for imagist movement.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman to a father and himself to his son. Although he held some different opinions from his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression and direct use of vernacular language, while relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo has also mentioned that he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolutely free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). In Wen Yiduo's view, sound and music are what words contained and only a concise expression like poetry can produce stronger emotions with its natural, artistic syllables.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 02:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），202).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and continued his studies in painting at the Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. These experiences provided him with the opportunity to paint poems and he had a unique understanding of the images based on his study of both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of creation of new poems, poems of nature made up a large part of his work. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images from classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. Therefore, he decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was influenced by their ideas in poem composing. The Chicago poets used direct language and free verse to paint the world vividly. Images were important to the Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平 2001,134-135). Therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, Wen Yiduo paid great attention to the use of image and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have a short excerpt of his early composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was one of his early vernacular poems and it's very direct and daily, but lacking in beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea of liberating human mind with a literary revolution, but he still reinforced the importance of literary form (北塔 2011,105-106). Therefore, Wen Yiduo criticize Hu Shi's writing as lacking in beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that the translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing to traditional Chinese painting, where the interplay of colors creates a new harmonious picture, and words should be like colors.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candle''as an example, he used the image of red candle to praise the selfless spirit of sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. In Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is considered to be a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is expressed not only in the subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of descriptive pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he has shown more freehand sketch in his poem rather than western fine brush work (辛春生 2011,28-29). All of his principles in poetic composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mysterious one which also coincides with Pound's idea.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），62).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be described as an orientalist for his love and study of eastern cultures. Before he became acquainted with Chinese, he was captured by the concise but rich connotation contained in traditional Chinese culture. His interest in traditional Chinese poems began with ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction to oriental art（郭为 1988,110). In the process of translating traditional Chinese poem, he formed his own principles of poem composing. He believed that poem should not be written with superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices in the use of images and he was known for his superimposition of images.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（''落叶哀蝉曲'' 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay (''Cathy'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images very well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is well used to paint a picture of late autumn and arouse feelings of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating to leave, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey abstract melancholy just like Chinese classical poem. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'', it has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color images. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 repeated words in the original poem but Pound only kept the repeated forms of the color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his great attention to color image although he didn't mention it in his essay (''Cathy'').--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（1），94).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to the use of images. Yet because of Wen Yiduo's experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we can assume that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choices for image based on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 03:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was in school. Later deeply influenced by ideas of vernacular poem composition highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that he should liberate citizen's mind from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started to compose his new poem, he realized that too direct expression would lose its hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of studying Tang poem. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, otherwise it woud be a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, in his opinion, free verse is the best choice due to their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
In his comments on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator of using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结 2014,611). He then put his belief in translation into practice in his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever (1902)&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。（''时事新报·学灯'' 1927）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the characteristics of the original work, Wen Yiduo preserved the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou believed that art is an artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, in order to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated into the Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. The infinitive &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; was translated into a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can find the translated version is even more concise and has clear rhythm to form music. To form a parallel structure and a clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo added some decorative elements or deleted some unimportant ones to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator based on original expression, in order to conform to both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are the words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between looseness and tense within the poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme, which can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），54). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on rhyme and rhythm in poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'',1913). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' for an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose rather than a rhymed poem, and to that extent his emphasis is more on the other side as he himself said that he agreed that music was important but he didn't make it a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sound is one of them. The poetry of sound could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he believed that images can be conveyed and he devoted to convey images in Chinese poems to English translation.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 04:18, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (闻一多 1926，1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see that rhyme and rhythm are as important to Wen Yiduo as images, for he considered these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and arouse feelings. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music, and he had no preference between the two, yet, in Pound's view, as said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo valued music so much that he once said that some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language because he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient souls with decoration on a modern cover. The beats and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another vessel, they may lose their favor.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 05:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese and Japanese poems. Therefore, the structure of his translations can often be traced back to parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛 2007，55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound regarded it as his masterpiece of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, such as Wu Di, who believed that this poem is closer to an imitation of Chinese parallelism. He listed the reasons as follows: First, the poem has parallel compositions of time and space and contrasting colors of flower petals and branches. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attention to the conceptual words than functional words.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳 2006，85). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's poetic translation are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, and elegy, etc. It can be traced back to Provence love songs, Japanese Haiku and traditional Chinese poetry.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo was the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and he asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined them with traditional Chinese poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. That is why he called for &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot;. In Chinese architecture, balance is considered as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明 2016，72-73). Wen Yiduo once said that balance was very essential in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, and we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well-composed poem.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？（　——原载1927年11月5日上海《时事新报 文艺周刊》第9期）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;(范守义 2004，101-102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas on poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First of all this poem consists of two stanzas, in each of which the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but made a little alternation to achieve a better expression. In this line, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, in order to balance the length of sentences, the translator moved the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; to the verse before the last line, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot;, to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is the line -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator split the line, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture(范守义 2004，101-102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza, but there is a dash to indicate it. Therefore, the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance of form as well as meaning. All these efforts of the translator aimed at achieving the aesthetic sense of architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture (孙党伯 袁春正 1993（2），3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound demand beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places with different focus, for example, Ezra Pound studied and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose with loose forms, but Wen Yiduo's translation highlighted the structural balance and stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:27, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist has absorbed elements from traditional Chinese culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In his translation, Ezra Pound calls for artistic conception through the superimposition of images. And as for his form of translation, it's looser than that of Wen Yiduo's, for although Ezra Pound required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; to be &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in the location of his images but it does not have to be balance in numbers of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, even though Wen Yiduo was influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic features of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we can know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by the imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using in his later works, but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he was a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works had a solid patriotic foundation, thus he always tried to maintain traditional Chinese culture and spread it through literary creations. This explains the elements of traditional Chinese painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as the specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. It's better to say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in similar social environment than to say that one is an exact imitator of the other. Since they two have their own unique cultural background and are both ardent lovers of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in their literary expressions, but there are also differences that reflect their own cultural identity like those we discovered in their own writings and translations.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:44, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.英文文献后面需要添加中文--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 06:54, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
*Ezra Pound (1913).A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste. ''Poetry''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Shouyi 范守义.(2004).论诗歌的句法结构美──汉英诗歌比较研究[On the Syntactic Structure of Poetry -- A Comparative Study of Chinese and English Poetry].''外交学院学报 Journal of China Foreign Affairs University'' 2004(04):98-107.&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
*Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Yiduo.(1926)英译李太白诗[English translation of Li Po's poems]''《北平晨报》副刊 Supplement to Peiping Morning Post''.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic&lt;br /&gt;
*Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                    彭丹 Peng Dan  Student No.202020080631 日语语言文学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of cultural exchanges among all countries, more and more famous works, novels and films have been translated into many versions for people to enjoy. It has become a headache for many translators to realize the original style. In 1969, Eugene Nida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward the theory of functional equivalence, which focusing on the realization of communication between different cultures and languages. This thesis through compares Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s two Chinese versions of The Moon and Sixpence, which written by England famous novelist Maugham, on perspective of the functional equivalence theory. Summing up that how to realize the equivalence of words, sentences and semantic during the translation and how to present the readers’ response. There are always some defects in any perfect things. Some scholars think that the functional equivalence theory ignores the equivalence of form and the style of the original work. However, the theory of functional equivalence is derived from practice, and its achievements are obvious to translation and it makes great contribution for translation. In this paper, I will refer to the form equivalence in the process of translation which not affects the reader's understanding of the original work. This paper focuses on the application of functional equivalence theory in the two versions and describes the translators how to realize the equivalence of meaning, form and cultural equivalence. The paper’s researching ways include literature research, comparative research, example-analysis, summarize experience and content analysis. In the end, I will give my own opinion on the theory of functional equivalence and judge the version which I think is more suitable for readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY WORDS:===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Formal Equivalence;Reader’s Response&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论视角下《月亮与六便士》的两个汉译本对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着各国文化交流的发展，越来越多的名著，小说亦或者影视作品被译成若多版本供人们欣赏。如何完美的展现原著的风采成为众多译者头疼的事情。1969年，美国著名翻译理论学家尤金.奈达，提出了功能对等理论，着重实现不同文化，语言之间的沟通对等，并且侧重于读者的反映。本文通过功能对等理论对比研究傅惟慈和李继宏两人关于英国著名小说家毛姆的《月亮与六便士》的两个中文译本，总结出，在小说翻译的过程中，译者如何实现单词，句子，语义和文化的对等以及如何实现读者的反映。再完美的东西总会有那么一点缺陷，有学者认为功能对等理论忽略了形式的对等以及原著的文体。但是功能对等理论是源于实践，它的成果有目共睹并且其为翻译界做出了巨大贡献。本文会提及译者在翻译的过程中忽略的形式对等，但是并不影响读者对原著的理解。本文更加侧重描写功能对等理论在这两本译文中的应用，详细描写它如何实现意思的对等，形式的对等以及文化的对等。本文使用的方法有文献研究，对比研究，个案分析，经验总结以及内容总结等方法。最后我也会给出自己关于功能对等理论的见解，并评判出我认为更加适合读者的译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；沟通对等；读者反映&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1Research Background====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coincident with the development of the cultural globalization has been realization more and more foreign literary works are translated Chinese literary works for China domestic people to read and appreciate. Whereas after reading the original works which are translated frequently, we possibly feel that most works still have many regrets. On the one hand, if the translators only quest the corresponding words, this may limit the reader’s thought in a large aspect that the readers couldn’t deeply understand the emotion what the authors want to express. On the other hand, if the translators only pursue the semantic and thought, these probably not reflect the profound meaning of a word which the author wants to express. Furthermore, there are many differences between eastern and western cultures and everyone has their own style of expression. If a translator who has polarity style for the original author to translate his works, the difference between the two may be obvious. In order to show the original works better and reduce the difference between source language and target language. Eugene Nida according to the nature of translation put forward the famous Functional Equivalence Theory. It states that translation is not only the equivalence of words, but also the equivalence of style, semantic and type of writing. The information are conveyed by translation includes not only the surface information but also the deeper culture information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2Literature Review====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1969, Eugene Nida put forward the functional equivalence theory. In 1986, he published a book which called From One Language to Another. This work is a representative in his theoretical pursuit of translation. He also made numerous amendments and supplements according with his previous translation theories. He used the “functional equivalence” to replace the “dynamic equivalence”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From nearly five years of development at home and abroad, we can see that the functional equivalence theory not only involves the translation of novels but also the news, politics, traditional Chinese medical name, the loaded culture words, the road science and technology, drama and other related aspects of text translation and film translation etc..  After searching the published papers, we could find some papers which use the perspective of functional equivalence theory. Such as Zhou Xiaohui’s “Translating Strategies of Movie and TV Scripts from English to Chinese from the Perspective of Functionalist Equivalence: as Shown in the Translation of the Script of Crash”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University. And Chen Anqi’s “Applying Nida’s Functional Equivalence to the Translation of the Non-Technical Part of Sci-tech Texts”, published in Beijing Foreign Studies University and etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1919, Maugham's The Moon and Sixpence was published which described a British painter went to south Pacific Tahiti and had the primitive life with the Indigenous people here. And ultimately he became the successful painter. In China, there are numerous translation versions about The Moon and Sixpence. In this thesis, I want to introduce Fu Weici’s translation version and Li Jihong’s tra versions in particular and compare these two Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3Research Methodology====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature study: in order to get the first-hand information about the functional equivalence theory, it is necessary to read many literature such as taking the thesis and journals in the CNKI or VIP. Through these materials we can learn a lot of knowledge that we do not know so that we can complete the thesis more fully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Example-analysis: through this thesis I will list a majority of examples. These examples are classified on words, sentences and semantics etc.. At the same time, this thesis also will illustrate some examples which do not seem to achieve the functional equivalence. Through these examples we can get a better understanding of the functional equivalence theory and its characteristic during application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Comparative study: in this thesis, I will chose the Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese versions to make comparison through words, style, culture and semantics. By comparing some difference of the two Chinese versions that we can have deeper understood about the functional equivalence theory in the application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Summarize experience: This thesis will take the summarize experience of two Chinese versions to show the relation with functional equivalence or the difference with it. This thesis also will list some summarize experience which maybe not be suitable for translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1Introduction of Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an outstanding theorist about translation in American. And his translation theory has larger influence on the translation works in both foreign countries and inland. His theory on the translation is a landmark of studies about the modern translation. Moreover, in contrast to contemporary theorists, he is evaluated the most noted theorist. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida was born in a city of Oklahoma on the November 11, 1914. He went to university in Los Angeles where he elected the Greek as the major degree and he found that he liked the Bible. Then he created the outstanding academic records during the university. Afterwards, he got master’s degree about Greek new translation at Southern California. In 1943 that he got his doctor degree after graduated from master. Then he was employed by American Bible Society and his duty is to check and estimate the publications of Bibles. He needed to provide the services for the missionary translators and given the advices to them about how to translate better. For helping the translator to solve the questions about translation and different culture he went to 85 countries and experienced the various aspects of culture and language. In 1970, Eugene Nida was elected as the coordinator for the translations research in United Bible Society. His responsibility is to write the translators handbooks and prepare the materials for teaching the translators and test them. After long, there were many new versions about the bible were sold well all around the world. These new versions about the bible all translated by guidance of the Nida’s dynamic equivalence. Eugene Nida has devoted decades for bible translation and he has contributed to the flourishing of the bible translation in twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early period of Nida’s essays, he emphasized that there were not complete equivalence between two languages so that there were no absolute translation. Subsequently, he devoted to finding the closest equivalence about the nature, on the basis of that, he developed three translation theories which were the formal equivalence theory, the dynamic equivalence theory and the functional equivalence theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The formal equivalence that mainly emphasizes the equivalence of language’s formal and content. Therefore, in the translation process, the translators often due to excessively focus the grammatical structure of the source language, word’s coherence and interior literal meaning so that neglect the target language reader’s response, the different culture is the ascribed leads to the target language readers couldn’t understand the original meaning. But it also has its own strength like Kelly said it could indicate how the meaning was expressed in original works, preserving un-translated idiom and rhetorical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dynamic equivalence theory has no essential difference with functional equivalence theory and it develops form the formal equivalence. For avoiding it often is misunderstood that Nida uses the expression of functional equivalence to describe the accuracy of the translation. The former emphasizes the importance of formal and content, the latter more emphasizes the communication with the language and cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence is defined as “a term referring to the type of equivalence reflected in a target text which seeks to adapt the functional of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” in the dictionary. From this definition it indicated functional equivalence not only emphasizes the linguistics and form but also emphasizes the communication of different background. Such as we could translate the “white as frost” to replace the “white as snow” if there isn’t snow this word. If both of them are impracticable we could translate into “very very white”. Form this example we could deeply understand the definition of the functional equivalence about communication. This theory pays attention to the target language reads’ response under the different cultural and language. So he used “the functional equivalence” to replace “the dynamic equivalence” in the year of 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functional equivalence had made a great contribution for translation field. But there are also some critics about it by some translation scholars with different perspectives. First some scholars think it pays too attention about readers’ repose that neglects the authority of text. They point out that sometimes the reader’s response is subjective so it impossible to realize the equivalence of target language according to the readers’ response. Secondly some scholars it is the superior to the form equivalence. Therefore it has litter emphasis on the form. As we all known that different countries have the different cultures and there are also great difference on the people’s abilities about learning. So it means that it is not necessary to reduce much original difficulty to realize the communicative purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many critics about it, his theories come from the practice and these theories had strong guiding for our translation. What’s more, the functional equivalence had solved the long-standing argument between the “literal translation” and the “liberal translation”.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3Research of Functional Equivalence at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presently at home and abroad, the functional equivalence theory’s research is mainly focused on the study of translation’s guidance of literary works.  As opposed to business letters and legal materials, the functional equivalence theory is more inclined to convey the original works’ content and connotation rather than grammatical forms. Currently there are majority researches on the versions about The Moon and Sixpence at home and aboard. However most of them are analyzing the protagonist’s characteristic or the author’s background and living condition. There are few researches that are about the compassion-studying and analyzing The Moon and sixpence from the perspective of the functional equivalence theory of Nida.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 3. Introduction of The Moon and Sixpence and Its Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Brief Introduction of The Moon and sixpence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon and sixpence is one of the great works of William Somerset Maugham, a British novelist, written in 1919. The book is sold subject to the condition that is shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out, or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior consent in any form of binding or cover other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition. First it published in Great Britain by William Heinemann in 1919. In this novel, Maugham tells the whole story in the first person narrative. This book is based on the French impressionist painter Gauguin's life who originally is a securities broker at the middle-aged. However he gave up everything to the South Pacific island of Tahiti and lived with the indigenous people. Finally he got inspiration and created many masterpieces of art. This novel became popular in the twentieth Century and it revealed the theme of escaping the reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The work relates the content by the first person perspective. The protagonist is a writer who knows about Charles Strickland’s family. The family looked happiness and perfectly satisfactory, however, Charles Strickland was always lacking in energy. After long, he left home to Paris that to decide look for his own art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The protagonist goes to aboard and founds the Charles Strickland who denotes to struggle out of this life which he couldn’t drawing absolutely obey his own heart. He firmly left his wife and children with nothing left. Fortunately, his wife found the skills to live well with the children. After five years, the protagonist met Charles Strickland in Paris that he lived in poverty and no friends with him but he still immersed his dream and never felt regret. His talent increasingly got the recognition during the progress of quest the art.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Latterly he decided to abandon the civilized life to the original islands in the South Pacific island of Tahiti where the protagonist met by chance. Charles Strickland married a native girl and had three children, spending three years short of happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally the children died and he also had leprosy. Eventually, he finished a piece of work on the wall when he was blind. The native wife buried him, according to his wishes, destroyed his work on the wall which makes the protagonist feel regret. However the protagonist understood his pursuit in his paintings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the publishing of The Moon and Sixpence, it attracts the readers by the plots and profound words and it makes a noise in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Characteristics of the language====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham is recognized the British with deeply influence of French literary. The largest characteristic of his work is that the language is humorous and interesting for readers. This mainly comes down to the fact that he is good at conceiving and telling stories. What’s more it also in addition to what he often shows in his novels. Maugham's text is not tense and there are always cold tone of a British style detached from outside the novels and readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His works inevitably have some acrimonious words which could accurately describe the social reality by he own sees and hears. For in The Moon and Sixpence when he describes the success of the Charles Strickland that he write “I do not speak of that greatness which is achieved by the fortunate politician or the successful soldier; that is a quality which belongs to the place he occupies rather than to the man; and a change of circumstance reduces it to very discreet proportions. The prime Minister out of office is seen, too often, to have been but a pompous rhetorician, and the General without an army is but the tame hero of a market town. The greatness of Charles Strickland was authentic. It may be that you do not like his art, but at all events you can hardly refuse it the tribute of your interest. He disturbs and arrests.” By these sentences we can know about the success clearly of the Charles Strickland by comparison. It may be that these languages are too direct to attack politicians and generals, but we can't deny the fact. Maugham’s writing style is short and humorous and we can see the reality of society quickly by his text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The novel describes Charles Strickland’s feeling with three different women's. These three women basically represent the characteristics of the world most women. The first woman is most common who quest the materialistic, selfish, good face, and with a direct survival instinct. The second women considers the love is supremacy and she is weak and locking the ability to survive. The most pure is his third women. Maybe we couldn’t define her feeling to Charles Strickland. Their marriage is like a merger of similar items, she lived just for him and she has been with him together. In my opinion, these three women are sympathy-worthy and pitiful. Since if eventually Charles Strickland said “Women are strange little beasts. You can treat them like dogs, you can beat them till your arm aches, and still they love you.” These sentences are very simple neither too many gorgeous words nor long winded repetition words. However it is always able to impress deeply you from the heart and it can let you know what the emotion the author wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likely these instances, Charles Strickland took keen to pursuit his own dream and he does not care these things around him so that he can't understand why women will follow him without any condition. He thinks they are sympathy-worthy and stupid. In order to vividly embody this feeling, the woman is compared to a dog. Even though you treat them as the dog, they still do not abandon you and love you as before. Through these words I believe that although you haven’t read this book you could also understand the meaning which the author wants to express. Charles Strickland hates the limit of loving and family and he also couldn’t feel the women’s feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Strickland shrugged his shoulders and said “Of course, it is one of the most absurd illusions of Christianity that they have souls.” This sentence through the description of that they have the soul reflected that the pure in his heart. And he pitied them only because he thinks people have more important things to pursue and the people should follow their own heart to do what they want to do. He thinks women have souls, but they don't realize what they really want to do. Maugham's character and the inner world of the characters reflected in the simple humorous sentences have to admit that a simple sentence has a huge amount of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Introduction of Fu Weici’s and Li Jihong’s Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici was born in Harbin in 1923. He is the remarkable translator of modern literary. Fu Weici worked in western language and literature respectively in the Fu Jen Catholic University, Zhejiang University and Peking University. He graduated from Peking University in 1950 and worked in Tsinghua University and Peking University for the job of Chinese teaching. Eventually he died in March 16, 2014 at the age of 91. As far as I am concerned and researching from computer, Fu Weici’ version is more simple and there are a lot of language are very straightforward and particularly close to the social situation at that time. There are even a lot of vernacular and dialect. But this version is more close to the original so that the story does not seem boring. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong was born in 1980 and his native is Guangdong, now resides in Shanghai. He is also remarkable translator but younger than Fu Weici. His publication has millions of best-selling translation of Kite Runne , conversations with God, the great Gatsby, the little prince and so on. His contributions are covering novels, prose, translations of sociology, economics, philosophy and religion etc. Comparing Fu Weici’s version, Li Jihong’ version is more close to people's voice habits and there are many languages are very smooth and complete, giving people a sense of comfort and in the language it has also increased a lot of modern elements. The specific differences of the two translations will be put forward in the following article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of The Moon and Sixpence’s Two Chinese versions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 A comparative Study on the meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 A Comparative Study on the Designative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The designative meaning refers to referents in the realistic world. It is mainly based on observation of world’s objects and experience and it is objective and easy to understand. The translators are easy to achievement equivalence of expression in another language to translate the word’s designative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some instances of the two versions of The Moon and Sixpence following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “All we know is that the blackguard gone to Paris.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我们只知道那个流氓跑到巴黎去了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我们只知道那混蛋去了巴黎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this word, we can see that either 流氓 Or混蛋 are all to describe Charles Strickland and expresses the people’s resentful to him. In the original work the author uses blackguard to describe Charles Strickland. The most meaning of this word is 流氓 and there is rarely 混蛋 this meaning on the Internet. If we translate it into 流氓 that we could understand that this people are homeless and are derelict in duty and run irrelevant business. And this people show low-down means or break the law and so on. Another if we translate into 混蛋 that expresses this person are unreasonable and are impervious to reason. In the original work the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children without leaving anything and there are not any wrongs with his wife. We can learn from the post that he just to pursuit his dream and he considers the loving is the obstacle for him. The people around his wife all mostly think that he had mistress and he is heartless. From this we can see that he did not do the heinous thing or violate the law, merely because what he has done attracted people's discontent. Therefore I consist it is more appropriated to translate the blackguard into 混蛋. The 流氓just release the equivalence of meaning. However the 混蛋 release the equivalence of functuionsal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “It was about five years after this.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “这件事过去大约五年之后”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li JIhong’s version: “大概过了五年”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The after five years it has happened a important thing and it points the Charles Strickland abandon his wife and children with nothing to left. The author mostly emphasize the protagonist had underwent this thing and it had influenced him. Moreover the main plot of this article is to express Charles Strickland’s experience and his life of persuading his dream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In first version Fu Weici points this thing but it doesn’t be referred in Li Jihong’s. So I think when the translators translating this sentence they need translate this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “The satyr in him suddenly took possession, and he was powerless in the grip of an instinct which had all the strength of the primitive forces of nature.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “他内心深处的那个半人半兽的东西把他捉到手里,在这种具有大自然的原始力量的天性的掌心里他完全无能威力。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他内心的兽欲猝然发难，而他根本无力摆脱那种本能的操控。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The satyr of this sentence points to thought that he does not want love and he hasn’t time for it but he is a man and sometimes he wants a woman. He hates this state but he couldn’t control himself. By comparing the two versions, I think Li Jihong’s translation is better than Fu Weici’s. In the dictionary the satyr points a man who has strong sexual desire and is amorist. And in the Myths of Greece and Rome it points the God of half man and half beast. The first version reflects the equivalence of words’ meaning. And later he used the power of nature to indicate this power. We can see that he mostly translates by word to word and it closes to the original’s language characteristic. The second translators pay more attention to cultural equivalence and the influence of modern elements. Li Jihong translates the satyr into sexual desire and he describes this power is the instinct of the people. As far as I am concerned, the satyr points the sexual desire and it is the instinct which people couldn’t control.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.2 A Comparative Study on the Associative Meaning=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The associative meaning is an expression of the speakers by individual mental understandings. Sometimes the correct and faithful translation needs correct translating of designative Meaning and it is basis of language. However the associative meaning also is very important. There are different associative meanings though the terms have the same images. Because with the different culture and language that the readers have the different understanding. A closest equivalence of natural translation requires the target readers to fully and positively appreciate corresponding message of source text. For translating the source language’s associative meaning, the translators need figure out correct associative meaning’s expression. And they need do proper responses to original readers that can get from source text. Eventually the translators make the equivalence between the source text readers and target text readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “Yes, she hadn’t a drop of white blood in her.”  &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “是的，一滴白人的血液也没有。”&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “是的，她的身上没有半滴白人的血。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s about the last journey of Strickland’s life, he met his wife who was indigent and without a drop of white. This sentence emphasizes she is born at here and she doesn’t touch the white at all. In the Fu Weici’s version, he translates a drop of white into 一滴白人的血，however in Li Jihong’s, it is translated 半滴白人的血. Comparing to the original description of a drop of a blood, the later more reflects the equivalence of associative meaning and more vividly describing that she was native. 半滴 always is translated into half a drop in English. Although the translation here uses a half drop instead of a drop, I still don’t think there is any not equivalence. There is not much difference between a drop and a half drop in the number, but in the degree of modification the half a drop more deeply to embody the noting. And the half drop is more strengthening the tone. From without a drop or a half drop of white to describe she is native, which indicates the equivalence of associative meaning. As far as I concerned, in this sentence, Li Jihong’s version is better than Fu Weici’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “Strickland had burst the bonds that hitherto had held him”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “思特里克兰德已经把那一直束缚着的桎梏打碎了。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “思特里克兰已经打破了禁锢他的桎梏。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“桎梏” is instruments of torture in ancient China and it is called “桎” when is worn on hand, on the contrast, it is called “梏” when is worn on foot. This thing usually used to punish the people who had committed a crime. In this part, the original work used the bonds to describe “桎梏”. In the dictionary the bonds point to imprison or confine somebody to do something and make people not free. Foreigners who don’t understand the Chinese culture maybe can’t understand what the shackles are. However in China, almost every reader knows it and the meaning what it wants to express if they know the shackles is instruments of torture. In original work, the author wants to express Strickland had burst the bonds of thought that hitherto had held him. In the version of Fu Weici and Li Jihong, they both translate the Strickland broke the shackles which always constrained him on the thought. As we all know, thought is a thing which we could not see and grasp, and it is impossible for us to restrain a thing which is not exist with instruments of torture. Yet the translators translate that the shackles that constrain the thought. From using a real thing to show a thing which is not existing, we could deeply feel the thing that does not exist as if it were real. Although the shackles are different with bonds in the surface meaning, they both express the confine of thought and they are equivalence in associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 A Comparative Study on the Level of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 A Comparative Study on the Metaphor or Simile=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: “He reminded you of a frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “像一只受了惊的小羊，没有目的地东跑西窜，张皇失措，晕头转向。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “他像慌不择路、到处乱跑的绵羊。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “小羊” refers to the sheep which small and relating thin, it does not specifically what kind of sheep. By comparing it the “绵羊” is more specific. When it comes to “绵羊”， the first impression is timid and easily bullied. In the original work, the author described him like a frightened sheep. He did not point which kind of sheep but we could feel the sheep’s fear and weak. Even more we could fell the sheep is timid and fearsome. Fu weici describes the sheep is little sheep. From little sheep we also could feel the meaning what the author wants to express. In Li jiong’s version, he translates the sheep into Bujumbura. From Bujumbura we could know the sheep’s character. Nowadays, when we express one person is timid and obedient. Usually we could use the Bujumbura. From sheep to little sheep or Bujumbura, we all were able to realize the Strickland’s friend respects him and cherishes his talent. When he met Strickland’s work he felt that he was a clown. He wanted to destroy it but he is afraid. He loved his work and talent from the heart. From this sentence we know that the author and translators all use the way of metaphor. They compared Strickland friend to frightened sheep running aimlessly hither and thither. In my opinion, I more like the Li Jihong’s version because the jumbuck is more closed to our modern life. Although the original work doesn’t show the kind of sheep however through metaphor we could realize the degree of the people’s fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “She was desire.”  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “成了欲念的化身” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “她变成了欲望的化身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author uses the rhetorical devices of simile in the sentence. He is desire that the two translators both compared him to the embodiment of desire. There aren’t essential difference between the “欲念” and “欲望”. They both express the desire for getting something. The former most points the desire of getting something in thought. The latter more inclined to express the desire for a specific thing. In original work, the author describes Strickland just pursuit the satisfaction of physiology. He only uses women to satisfy his desire and not really love them. He hated the woman just pursuit the love in life especially when he met the second woman. He didn’t give her any more birthright and he didn’t get married with her. He just wanted her to satisfy his desire of physiology. So when he was asked why he was with her he said that he just wanted her. The two translators both realize the equivalence of simile through compare him to the embodiment of desire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: “I don’t disapprove of the boa-constrictor; on the contrary, I’m interested in his mental processes.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我对蟒蛇的习性并不反对，相反我对它的心理活动倒很感兴趣。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我并不鄙视毒蛇，恰恰相反，我对他的思维过程很有兴趣。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main features of “蟒蛇” is thick and long and it is the largest snakes compared to more primitive snakes in the world. “毒蛇” refers to the snakes which could secrete special venom. They are found of using stratagem to attract the vicious. They are beautiful animals, but also the embodiment of evil. In the original work, the author wants to express the protagonist’s dissatisfaction with his action. He abandoned his wife and two lovely children with leaving nothing. Even more he didn’t feel this mistake and he had no need to take responsibility for them. In the eyes of ordinary people this is totally inconsistent with common sense. The true husband should love his wife and take care of the family. So many people think he is cold-bloode and the protagonist is no exception. The author uses the boa to describe. The Strickland’s action calls the opposition from the people. Fu Weici translates the boa into the “蟒蛇”. According to the introduction of the python, we can see that the boa is larger and they are carnivores. But these maybe the result of natural selection and these are not their nature is bad. On the contrary, the “毒蛇” are different and they are the real bad guys and they are devil incarnate. Through the description of the original text, we can know that the hero complained that he abandoned his family and he was not human. So I think compare him to “毒蛇” is more appropriate. It reflects his cold-bloodedness and unfeeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 A Comparative Study on the Repetition=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: “I will never have him in my house-never.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Weici’s version: “我永远也不让他进咱们的家门-永远也不让。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s version: “我绝不让他踏进我的家-绝不。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Never and absolutely not both describe the no. However the latter tone is more serious. Repetition is to emphasize a certain meaning and it is to highlight a certain emotion. Especially when using some certain repetition of words, sentences or paragraphs. Through this chapter, we can see that Strickland is ill, however, Mrs. Stroeve against him to move to her home. She says “I will never have him in my house-never”. Two repetition of “never” shows the Mrs. Stroeve’s firm attitude. After reading, we can know the reason why she firmly opposed because she did not want to admit that she was falling in love with a penniless pauper, and he does not have what advantage. She was afraid to see him because she was afraid that it would come true. So we can know that she is very reluctant Strickland to come to her house for recuperating. The repetition of never and absolutely not both could reflect this feeling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 A Comparative Study on the Cultural Transmission====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.3.1 The Culture, language and Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture is very complicated and it refers to the entire way of life in the society. It involves many aspects that knowledge, art, law, translation and other habits in the society. Eugene Nida depicts the relationship between the culture and language in the translating practice like that in whole translating and interpreting, the source language and the target language should be implicitly or explicitly compared, but all such interlinguas communication extend far beyond the mechanizes of linguistic similarities and difference. The main reason is that the meaning of verbal symbols on every level depends on the communication of culture and language. The language also is a part of culture, and it is the most complicated part of the habits comparing the other culture factors. Language provides access to the culture, reflects culture and in the some aspects it constitutes a model of culture. Eugene Nida also indicates that if there were not so many misunderstandings about the language and the function within a society relation between the culture and the language couldn’t constitute such difficulties for intersecting culture understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Eugene Nida’s perspective, the language and the culture are closely related. He thinks the words should denote to show the corresponding culture. The language is loaded by culture and the culture is expressed, transmitted, preserved and promoted by language. Thus the translator should take considerable account of the culture factors in their translation. That means the translators should try to find the closed equivalence in the translation of the culture connotation. The translation couldn’t beyond the target language readers’ acceptance or give them a distorted understanding. On the contrast, the translators need make sure their translations can enable the target language readers to accurately and adequately understand the source texts. “Eugene Nida considers culture as the totality of the beliefs and practices of a society, and classifies culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture.” (Nida 1964:91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Evaluation of the Two Chinese Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the comparison of the two papers, I prefer to Li Jihong’s version. It is more closed to modern reading habits. In this version, functional equivalence is used in many place, which not only the pursuit of literal meaning but the pursuit of the original expression of emotion. By comparing Li Jihong’s version, the Fu Weici’s version is more reflecting the equivalence of the meaning and sometimes pursuit the equivalence of words.  On the other hand, the two versions differ 19 years. With the change of time, cultural background and the reader’s preferences also changed. By comparing, the latter’s translation is more closed to modern readers’ reading habit. More accurately, the latter is more in line with my reading habits. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, the author hopes that this study may contribute a little to the research field of The Moon and Six-pence and its translation. What is done in this thesis is just an elementary study concerning translation strategy. There are much more needed to be explored in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Limitation of Present Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 As all above, this thesis has studied the translation of The Moon and Sixpence on the aspects on meaning, study and culture. Some examples are analyzed under each type of device to evaluate the two versions of translation based on the functional equivalence theory. However there are too much pages of these two translations, and just some parts of them are taken as examples to discuss in the study in the chapter three of this paper. Therefore, this study may not be comprehensive and it has to be confined due to the author’s personal perspective and the limitation of research material and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
W.Somerset Maugham. The Moon and Sixpence[M].England: Vintage Classics Press, 2008-5-1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. Language Structure and Language Function[M].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene. On Translation[M]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Cooperation, 1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene. Toward a Science of Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. An Introduction to Function Grammar [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene.A. &amp;amp; Jan De Ward. From One Language to Another[M]. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Inc, 1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene.A. Language, Culture and Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Huijuan. A Study on Nida’s Translation Thery[M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
傅惟慈.月亮与六便士[M].上海：上海译文出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏.月亮与六便士[M].天津：天津人民出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张东东，姜立维.功能翻译理论与应用笔译研究[M].黑龙江：哈尔滨工程大学出版社，2015-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
郭晓玲.从功能对等角度看《红楼梦》金陵判词的英译--比较三个译本[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹菁.“功能对等”理论在文学翻译中的应用--以小说《浮世浅游》的中译本为例[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘琼.“功能对等理论”指导下文化负载词的翻译--以《金翅雀》为例[D].北京：北京外国语大学，2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙致礼.关于我国翻译理论建设的几点思考[J]. 中国翻译, 2(1997).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘宓庆.当代翻译理论[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社， 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顾维勇.实用文体翻译[M].北京: 国防工业出版社, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈安琪.用奈达功能对等理论指导当代科技文本非技术部分的翻译[D].北京：北京外国语学院，2014.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王佳.从功能对等理论看《爱玛》的翻译[J]. 2014（10）：31-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J]. 2011（03）：54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王德春.语言学概论[M].上海: 上海外语教育出版, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马会娟.奈达翻译理论研究[M].北京: 中国对外翻译出版社，2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115108</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115108"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T03:16:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos Theory	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge of communication between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities. Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names. The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names. At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and functions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensatory measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape and so on. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways， which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and so on; and cooking methods for cold dishes, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on. Most dish names are made of a combination of flavour and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names. Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.), but more often the colour and shape express the substance. For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion, a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of  Hunan cuisine at that time.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art. Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify  the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor, but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on “Qi” and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonization of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:33, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasize the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:33, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”， “谋事在人，成事在天”. These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天” is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their conceptions, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”. Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have a wide variety of meanings and profound connotations. Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙” in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙” is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation—that's why Chinese people call themselves “龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)”. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”， “二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”. To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊 (pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name “喜” means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of  &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 28)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transferring the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc. So that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of  Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of  Hunan.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients，the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish. The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as “cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”, which calls “ Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by “with or in”, for example, &amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. The choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with”, for example, &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, for example, in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, for example, &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, for example, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, for example, &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the Chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, for example, “铁板牛肉”can be translated as “Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as “Quan Jia Fu” (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion.)(Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square].24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]24-25.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English].120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]120-121.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press]200-220.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]108-109.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]10-13.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]84-86.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]18-33.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 03:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115087</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115087"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T02:33:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 2.1 Differences of Thinking */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos TheorY	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge communicating between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities. Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names. The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names. At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and functions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensatory measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape and so on. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways， which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and so on; and cooking methods for cold dishes, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on. Most dish names are made of a combination of flavour and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names. Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.), but more often the colour and shape express the substance. For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion, a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of  Hunan cuisine at that time.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art. Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify  the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor, but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on “Qi” and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonization of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:33, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasize the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:33, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients， the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]. 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]. 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115084</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115084"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T02:21:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos TheorY	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge communicating between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities. Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names. The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names. At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and functions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensatory measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape and so on. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways， which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and so on; and cooking methods for cold dishes, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) --[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on. Most dish names are made of a combination of flavour and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names. Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.), but more often the colour and shape express the substance. For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion, a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of  Hunan cuisine at that time.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art. Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify  the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor, but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients， the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]. 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]. 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115062</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115062"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T01:57:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos TheorY	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge communicating between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities. Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names. The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names. At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and functions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensatory measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:57, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients， the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]. 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]. 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115054</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115054"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T01:24:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos TheorY	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge communicating between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities. Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:24, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients， the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]. 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]. 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115053</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6&amp;diff=115053"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T01:11:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第六部分(Part 6)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Foreignization and Domestication'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches 	汤蓓	Tang Bei==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 汤蓓 Tang Bei, 202070080607.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a purposeful and trans-cultural communication. And domestication and foreignization are two strategies to cope with cultural differences in translation. This thesis attempts to explain the choice of demestication and foreignization in translation by case studies from the perspective of functionalist approaches.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization;functionalist approaches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一种有目的的跨文化交际，处理翻译的文化差异可以使用两种方法：归化和异化。本文从德国功能派翻译理论出发，利用该理论的主要观点，从翻译功能的角度分析译者在翻译过程中对翻译的两大策略——归化与异化的选择做出解释。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；功能派理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, bridging the world of different cultures together, is a cross-cultural activity to the essence as well as an important medium to promote cultural communication. However, due to the differences between materials, customs, religions, thoughts, living environments and language systems, cultural gaps, independent of man’s will, exist objectively, which cause the main difficulties in cultural communication. Only by adopting proper translation strategies can translators reduce cultural conflicts and effectively achieve cultural communication. There are arguments in translation circles on which translation strategy is the better one to remove cultural confusion and promote cultural communication. Domestication and foreignization are two points at issue. Some are for domestication, and some are for foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1970s, the German functionalist approaches emerged. “Functionalist” means focusing on the function or functions of texts and translations. Functionalism is a broad term for various theories that approach translation in this way. Although Skopostheory has played a major role in the development of this trend. For the functionalist, translation is a purposeful activity, Nord had mentioned that a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose.(Nord,1997) .The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “Skopos rule”, that is “the end justifies the means” (Nord 1997:29). Plus Holz-Manttari’s theory of tranlational action, Reiss’s text typology, the functionalism is intended to solve the eternal dilemma of many issues in translation studies, and the strategies of domestication and foreignization are without exception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist approaches, the choice of translation strategies depends on the functions of the texts, the Skopos. To achieve the prospective purposes, the translator has the freedom to choose the method he needs domestication or foreignization, or both. The functionalist approaches provided a perspective of translation studies.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:24, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1: Brief Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization, two different yet functionally related strategies, the two terms were formally put forward by Laurence Venuti, aiming at explaining two kinds of translation strategies in The Translator’s Invisibility in 1995. Venuti claimed that he traced the root of the terms back to Friedrich Schleiermacher’s famous notion about translation. Schleiermacher, a German theologian and philosopher, said in a lecture in 1813 on the different methods of translation, which stated that “There are only two. Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti 1995:37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, “domestication means bringing the foreign culture closely to the reader in the target culture, making the text recognizable and familiar. Foreignization, on the other hand, means taking the reader over to the foreign culture and making him or her see the differences” (Venuti 1995:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mark Schuttleworth and Moria Cowie defined domestication and foreignization in the following way: “Domesticating translation is a term used by Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers”, while “Foreignizing translation is a term used by Venuti to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original”. (Schaffner 1995:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up above, the conclusion can be drawn like this: domestication refers to a reader-oriented translation which makes use of acceptable expressions in the target culture to make the target text easy to understand and suitable for the target text readers. Foreignization translation is a culture-oriented translation, which tries to retain the charm of the original text as much as possible in order to preserve the flavour of the original text.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:26, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Supporter of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist dedicated to the communicative function of translation, is widely considered to be the most important  supporter for domestication. Nida understands the concepts of domestication and foreignization as “dynamic or functional equivalence” and “formal equivalence” or “formal correspondence”. Dynamic equivalence is a principle of translation. According to this principle, the translators translate the original text with the purpose of making the impact of target language wording on the target culture readers. (Nida&amp;amp;Taber, 1969:200). He argues that, “Under normal circumstances, translators always change the form of the original text ,but as long as the conversion rules change the consistency of transfer in the context of the source language to follow the rules and follow the anti-conversion target language, then the information is retained, and translation is faithful”. (Nida, 1964:118) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida divides equivalence into two levels : the lowest level and the highest level of equivalence. The lowest level on the translation is of important and basic requirements; while the highest level on the translation is the ideal, and is therefore difficult to achieve. If the translator is unable to achieve the lowest level of equivalence, it is not enough. He also states that: “The purpose of dynamic equivalence in the translation is to achieve natural expression and to link the receptor and relevant behavior patterns within receptor’s cultural context.” (Nida, 1964:165) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The natural expression indicates fluency is very important to this translation theory. Apparently, domestication in Nida’s works is involved in this fluency. Nida and other proponents of domestication have their own reasons: First, it is not only unrealistic, but also dangerous for translators to try to impose the linguistic and cultural norms of the source text on the target text. Language barriers and cultural barriers should be overcome in a good translation. Second, since translation is an important and necessary medium in both cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communication, the behavior patterns of the target culture should absorb some parts of the source culture in translation. Third, the language of the translated text should be natural, authentic and understandable, which is one of the requirements of translation. This requirement aims to avoid the misunderstanding caused by the target audience because of the language barriers. Domestication is considered to be the most important from the perspective of  “natural expression” in Nida translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture unique. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Venuti, who is the famous representative of the foreignization school questioned Nida’s translation strategy, and proposed his own “resistant strategy” against the dominant fluency. He argues that “cultural differences will be contained in fluent translation strategy, which in fact is a practice of cultural imperialism” (Venuti, 1995:20). Venuti points out that foreignizing strategy of resistance is a pressure on those values to show the linguistic and cultural differences between the original and the translated text. By resisting the dominant cultural values, the role of resistant strategy in questioning, changing and destroying the native cultural norms is positive. With the destruction of the cultural norms of the target language, foreignization translation maintains foreignness and culture uniqueness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation not only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti sees domestication as a way for a strong culture to exert cultural hegemony over a weak culture. Considering the cultural inequality, domestication has more significance. Thus, “the foreignization translation in English can be a form which is based on the interests of democratic geopolitical relations. Venuti’s foreignizating strategy of resistance has a positive impact on studies about translation. He focuses translation neither only on the language level, nor only view domestication and foreignization as translation strategies.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti and other proponents of foreignization argue reasons as following: First of all, “cultural authenticity” which embodies the characteristics of a foreign culture is one of the basic principles of foreignization translation. Only through the destruction of cultural norms of the target language, can foreignization maintain foreignness and cultural characteristics of foreign text. The supporters for foreignization hold that the target readers want to feel exoticism of the translated text. The translators should present a new cultural identity to the readers, because that is the purpose of the reader to read translated works. Thus readers may know the real outside world through translated works. The translators should have confidence in the readers’ intelligence and imagination to appreciate cultural differences. Third, the exchange and dissemination of culture should be one of the main purposes of the translation. The introduction of authentic exotic culture promotes cultural exchanges. Only when translation can transfer the source linguistic phenomenon and cultural phenomenon, can it be seen as faithful translation. Cultural communication can improve the development and prosperity of the local culture by means of foreignization translation. The local culture can be greatly enriched by absorbing nutritious heterogeneous culture. The culture of a nation will become energetic and influential through an open and receptive attitude towards foreignness.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:28, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====My Understanding on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
As it is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from the perspective of a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known that the argument about domestication and foreignization has a long period history. In these arguments, the translators always focus on one while ignores the another. In fact, domestication and foreignization have both its advantages and disadvantages. Actually, we should learn these two kinds of strategies from a neutral standpoint. From above mentioned, it can be concluded that domestication can effectively avoid the misunderstanding of the original text by cultural differences. Translation is a kind of cultural exchange, and the main task of the translator is to establish effective communication between different cultures by eliminating cultural conflicts. Such communication may be effective in the source culture, but may not be effective in the target culture. The target audience can easily interpret the translated text in terms of their familiar cultural norms. If the information in the translation is within the understanding of the target audience, this translation can better convey the message. If not, the message may be misunderstood.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in foreignization, it can be concluded that the target readers want to experience a foreign culture. In other words, it is usually presumed that understanding foreign culture is one of the main purposes of the target readers in reading translated works. Generally speaking, foreignization is relatively smoother, simpler, clearer and more conventional, and can entertain ordinary readers and achieve a lively effect because the expression and style of such translation are familiar to the target readers. Foreignization is somewhat clumsy, unnatural and unfamiliar, and can be used to introduce foreign culture, history and philosophy, and let readers feel the exotic culture and customs. However, foreign cultural images and language features may cause information overload for readers. In a word, both domestication and foreignization have its advantages and disadvantages so it is hard to say which one is better. So we need a theoretical framework to guide us how to choose the translation strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:29, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2:Brief Introduction of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was developed by Hans Vermeer in the late of 1970s. In the translation of non-literary text types such as scientific and academic papers, instructions for use, tourist guides, contracts etc, Vermeer came to realize that the contextual factors surrounding the translation cannot be ignored. These factors include the culture of the intended of the target text and of the client who has commissioned it, and, in particular, the function which the text is to perform in that culture for those readers. Later Vermeer and his followers continue to complete the theory and prove that it also can be applied to literary translation. Within the framework of Skopos theory, translation is not regarded as a process of transcoding, but as a specific form of human action. Like any other human action, translation has a purpose, and the word Skopos is used as a technical term for the purpose of a translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general and primary rule of Skopos theory is the skopos rule. Vermeer assumes that as a general rule it must be the intended purpose of the text that determines translation methods and strategies. Translation is determined by its purpose. It all depends on the Skopos of translation whether to employ domesticating or foreignizing strategy. The second general rule is the coherence rule. This rule stipulates that the target text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended users to comprehend it, given their assumed background knowledge and situational circumstances. The third general rule is the fidelity rule. The rule concerns intertextual coherence between translation, the outcome of translational action, and source text. It stipulates only that some relationship must remain between the two once the overriding principle of the first two rules have been satisfied. Among the three rules, the skopos rule plays the most important role while the other two should subject to it. In the Skopos theory, another important term is “translation brief” which specifies what kind of translation is needed. In the ideal situation, translator can decide what strategy to use by the translation brief given by the initiator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Skopos theory, a text is viewed as an “offer of information”(Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer 1984: 139) made by a producer to a recipient. Translation is a secondary offer of information, imitating a primary offer of information. Translation is the production of a functionally appropriate target text based on an existing source text, and the relationship between the two texts is specified according to the Skopos of the translation. It is up to the translator to decide what role a source text is to play in the translation action. The decisive factor is the specified Skopos. As a result, the status of the source text is much lower in Skopos theory than in equivalence-based theories.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:34, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theory of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of translational action was developed by Holz-Manttari in1980s. The theory is based on the principles of action theory put forward by Wright and Rehbein and is designed to cover all forms of intercultural transfer. In her model, translational action is “the process of producing a message transmitter of a certain kind, designed to be employed in superordinate action systems in order to coordinate actional and communicative cooperation” or “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose” (Nord, 1997).The primary purpose of translational action is to enable cooperative, functionally adequate communication to take place across cultural barriers. Holz-Manttan pays special attention to the actional aspects of the translation process and she analyzes the roles of the participants (such as initiator,translator, user, message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place, medium) in which their activities take place. In her model, the source text is viewed as a mere tool for the realization of communicative functions. It is a text to which a translation initiator, a client, has assigned the function of serving as source material for translational action. It is totally subordinate to its purpose and is afforded no intrinsic value, thus it may undergo radical modification in the interest of the targeted reader.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:36, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text typology of functionalist approaches was developed by Reiss in the book cooperating with Vermeer in 1984. The theory is based on the “origin model” of language functions proposed by the German psychologist Karl Buhler in 1934. The three functions of his theory refer to the representation of objects and phenomena, the attitude of the text producer towards such phenomena, and the appeal to the text receiver that correspond broadly to Jackobson’s Reprecentational, Expressive and Conative functions. It is on this basis that Reiss distinguishes among the informative text, the expressive text and the operative text, each calling for particular sets of skills and strategies on the part of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Reiss distinguishes between two forms of text categorization, which are located on different levels of abstraction: on the one hand, text types are classified according to the dominant communicative function (basically informative, expressive or operative mentioned above); on the other hand, text genres or varieties are classified according to linguistic characteristics or conventions (like those of reference books, lectures, satires or advertisements). (Nord, 1997)--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3:The Choice of Domestication and Foreignization in Translation from the Perspective of Functionalist Approaches===&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Skopoos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos theory gets its name from the Greek word “Skopos” which means “purpose”. This approach to translation stresses the purpose of the translation, which determines the translation strategies to be adopted. A translatum i.e. the translated text is determined by its Skopos. Knowing why a text is to be translated and what its function is going to be in the target culture is important in this approach. Like the summary Nord made in 1997, Skopos theory seemed to be exactly the translational model that was needed since it was pragmatic, culture-oriented, consistent, practical, normative, comprehensive and expert. The main point of this functional approach is the following: it is not the source text as such, or its effects on the source-text recipient, or the function assigned to it by the author, that determines the translation process, as is postulated by equivalence-based translation theories, but the prospective function or Skopos of the target-text as determined by the initiator’s, i.e. client’s, needs. Consequently, the Skopos is largely constrained by the target text user and his situation and cultural background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples showing the function of Skopos rule. Translators’ choices of translation strategies are often decided by their purposes. Both Yang Xianyi and David Hawkes translated Hongloumeng, one of the four Chinese classical masterpieces. However, the two translators adopted totally different strategies. Yang tends to employ foreignizing translation while Hawkes domesticating translation. The translation of the title of Hongloumeng shows the difference. Yang translated the title into “A Dream of Red Mansions” while Hawkes chosen another name of the masterpiece, “The Story of the Stone”. For Hawkes, the Chinese traditional, noble red color won’t raise the same imagination in the westerners. Contrarily, it will be connected with blood, violence and so on. Therefore, he avoided translating the character literally and resorted to another English word “green” that has more pleasant meaning in English language. As a result, “怡红院” was translated as “the house of green delights” and “怡红公子”as “green boy” . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another domesticating example is the translation of “鸳鸯” , the mandarin duck which is the symbol of true love. He used “lovebird” to replaced the specific Chinese word. In order to make the translated text easier to understand, and “谋事在人，成事在天”were rendered as “Man proposes, God disposes”. The Chinese Buddhist “heaven” becomes the western Christian “God”. Hawkes’ purpose is to entertain his English readers and he adopted those easy-understood words and phrases in English culture in spite of sacrificing the original cultural connotation. Contrarily, Yang’s purpose is to introduce the luxuriant Chinese culture to the western world. That’s why so many words and phrases with culture-specification were maintained and translated literally. His expected readers are those who are willing to know Chinese culture and to absorb new expressions. Consequently he adopted a rather foreignizing method, attempting to maintain the exotic cultural factors of source text. Examples were seen as following:&lt;br /&gt;
1.俗语说的好：“一龙九种，种种个别。”未免人多了就有鱼龙混杂，下流人物在内。(第九回)&lt;br /&gt;
“A dragon begets nice offspring, each one different.” And inevitably among so many boys there low types too, snakes mixed up with dragons.(Yang 202)&lt;br /&gt;
“There are nice kinds of dragon and no two kinds are alike”. Where many are gathered together the wheat is sure to contain a certain amount of chaff; and this school was no exception in numbering some very ill-bred persons among its pupils.(Hawkes 206)&lt;br /&gt;
2.真是天有不测风云，人有旦夕祸福。(第十一回)&lt;br /&gt;
“Truly, ‘Storms gather without warning in nature, and nature, and bad luck befalls men overnight’”.(Yang 291)&lt;br /&gt;
“I know ‘the weather and human life are both unpredictable’.”(Hawkes 294)&lt;br /&gt;
3.俗话说得好：“杀人不过头点地。”(第十二回)&lt;br /&gt;
Remeber the proverb “A murder can only lose his head.”(Yang 318)&lt;br /&gt;
“You know what the proverb says: He who checks a moment’s rage, shall calm and carefree end his days.”(Hawkes 322)&lt;br /&gt;
It is can concluded that cultural gaps between the source language and the target language is always a hard nut for a translator to crack. Every language has its own specific cultural connotation, and sometimes the contained meanings are very difficult to convey by another language in the process of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous Chinese anesthetist, translator Zhu Guangqian pointed out: “Because of the different cultural situation and living status, words refer to the same thing sometimes can bring about different imagination and esthetics. For instance, the English words fire, sea, Roland, castle, sport, shepherd, nightingale, race will cause different psychological reaction between the English and the Chinese people. For English people, have abundant cultural factors. On the other hand, the Chinese characters and words like风，月，江，湖，梅，菊，燕，碑，笛，僧，隐逸，礼，and阴阳can evoke special association of ideas among Chinese people which may not be comprehended easily by the English people.”(Zhu Guangqian 1984:335) Consequently, the translating strategies translators choose must be determined by the Skopos of translation. Based on this Skopos, translators can select either foreignization, oriented towards the SL culture or domestication, oriented towards the TL culture, or both.--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Translational Action====&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and it focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer. Holz-Manttari says that translation is not only about translating words, sentences or texts but is in every case about guiding the intended co-operation over cultural barriers enabling functionally oriented communication. For her, translating is a form of translational, intentional and interpersonal interaction. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a form of communicative action, translating is a form of translational interaction. Translational interaction takes place in situations that are limited in time and space. This means every situation has historical and cultural dimensions that condition the agents’ behavior, their knowledge and expectations of each other, their appraisal of the situation, and the standpoint from which they look at each other and at the world. As a result, translators, who enable communication to take place between members of different culture communities, are conditioned by these factors too. Their decision of translating strategy is without exception. In addition, translation is an intentional interaction. For translators, there is a choice to act one war or another.&lt;br /&gt;
In Manttari’s model inter-linguistic translation is seen as a communicative process with a series of roles and players. The roles and players are: The initiator, the person, group or institution that starts off the translation process and determines its course by defining the purpose for which the target text is needed. (Nord,1997:20 )The commissioner, is the person who asks the translator to produce a target text for a particular purpose and addressee. Sometimes he may influence the very production of the target text by demanding a particular text format or terminology.The ST producer, the person who writes the ST;the TT producer, who is the translator;the TT user, who is the person who uses the TT; the TT receiver, who is the final recipient of the TT.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These roles and players are interconnected through a complex network of mutual relation. Among these roles, the initiator and the translator are the most significant since it is the initiator who gives out the translation brief and thus determines translator's translation strategy. Sometimes the roles and players can be overlapped, one person playing the roles of several agents at the same time. For example, translator can be the initiator and TT producer at the same time if he is the person who wants to translate the source text into target culture, Yan Fu and Lin Shu are of this kind. In this situation, the translator can determine the translation strategy subjectively according to the purpose he wants to attain. They initiated the translation action themselves and had their prospective TT receivers in mind. Thus the intentions of the translators, the initiators and the aesthetical expectation of TT receivers together determined the translators to choose the strategy of domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detail explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang, a famous Chinese writer and translator, candidate of Nobel Prize for literature, once asked his friend Yu Dafu to translate his masterpiece A Moment in Peking that had achieved a great success in the English world. He sent him a detailed explanation of the idioms and quotations from Chinese culture in detail. Unfortunately, the deal turned out to be unaccomplished. (Later,some translators translated it into Chinese. However, Lin felt unsatisfied with all these translated versions.) In this case, Lin is the source text producer and the initiator, he gave out the translation brief and largely determined the translating strategy. Lin’s other works, such as The Importance of Living, My Country and My People, are originally written in English and later translated into Chinese. Compared the English and the Chinese versions, we can find great differences, especially those concerning Chinese specific cultural phenomena. Then what led to these differences? What are the purposes of the initiator? The reasons probably lie in this: creating a work that can satisfy both English and Chinese readers. --[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 15:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the English readers are not familiar with the Chinese culture, Lin described it in great details; while in its Chinese version, these details were omitted. In Lin’s translation of Chinese classics, such as Laozi and Zhuangzi’s Taoism, he also adopted the same routine and won a large number of readers. In another translated work The Six Chapters of a Floating Life《浮生六记》, he adopted both domesticating and foreignizing strategies. The examples are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
余笑曰：“卿非解人，摸索在有意无意间耳，拥而狂探，田舍郎之所为也。”&lt;br /&gt;
Beauty of caressing lies in doing naturally and half unconsciously. Only a country bumpkin will hug and caress a woman roughly. (Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
惠来以番饼二圆授余，即以赠曹。曹力却，受一圆而去。&lt;br /&gt;
Hueilai gave me two Mexican dollars which 1 gave to Ts’ao, but Ts’ao would not take them, only after my insistence did he receive one dollar before going away.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two examples quoted above, Lin employed domesticating translation. The Chinese classics was translated into modern English and the cultural images were replaced, such as “田舍郎，番饼二圆”. The translation became fluent and transparent as if the translator was invisible. However, in order to introduce the profound Chinese culture, he also adopted foreignizing translation in the same text. The example is in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其形削肩长颈，瘦不漏骨，眉弯目秀，顾盼神飞，惟两齿微露，似非佳相。&lt;br /&gt;
Of a slender figure, she had drooping shoulders and a rather long neck, slim but not to the point of being skinny. Her eyebrows were arched and in her eyes there was a look of quick intelligence and soft refinement. The only defect was that her two font teeth slightly inclined forward, which was not a mark of good woman.(Quoted in Meng Jiangang, 2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines described the appearance of a Chinese woman. However, the traditional Chinese beauty may not be beautiful in western culture; and it is difficult for the westerners to understand that “两齿微露” is a premonition of disaster. Lin made no explanation here since he believed western reader would interpret the cultural connotation according to the context. There is no doubt that he succeeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The secret of his success is to focus on the function of the target text. Since translation is an intercultural action, different cultures can communicate smoothly by this means. In Lin’s case, he played the roles of source text producer, initiator and translator. Initiators can be a group or an institution. In order to achieve some kind of political purpose, government sometimes initiates a series of translation action and determines the translating strategies for translators. In addition, in order to get more benefit, publisher, the initiator, sometimes will set a translation brief for translators, and asks them to act accordingly. These phenomena are common in modern society. For example, many foreign romances are translated into Chinese in recent years. Some are domesticating while others are foreignizing. The reasons behind them probably lie in the publishers’ intention to satisfy their perspective readers. Translatorial action produces a TT that is functionally communicative and functionally suitable in the target culture. It places translation in its socio-cultural context, which includes the interplay between the translator and the institution that initiated it and stresses functionality.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====From the Perspective of Text Typology====&lt;br /&gt;
Among the advocates of functional approaches to translation is Reiss who works on text types which determine translation. Reiss’s approach considers the text rather than the word or the sentence as the translation unit and hence the level at which equivalence is to be sought. The contents of Reiss’s text typology are in the following:&lt;br /&gt;
The first one is the “informative” text where the content is the main focus. These texts do plain communication of facts, information, knowledge, opinions etc. The logical or referential dimension of language is what is involved. The second one is the “expressive” text where the focus is on creative composition and aesthetics. Both the author (the sender) and the message are what are foregrounded. Imaginative creative literature exemplifies these texts and the third one is the “operative” text where the focus is “appellative” by which what is meant is that the text appeals to the reader to act in a certain way, persuading, dissuading, requesting, and cajoling him. The form of language is dialogic.(Reiss, 1971:25)&lt;br /&gt;
Correspondingly Reiss advocates specific translation methods for these text types. The target text of an informative text should be in plain prose with explication where required, the aim being to transmit the referential content of the text. The text styles concern philosophy, news reports, science and so on that aim at introducing foreign culture, history and custom. This text type focuses on the convey of specific culture. Together with the function of Skopos theory, a foreignizing translation should be advocated. The target text of an expressive text should use the “identifying” method, the translator having to look at it from the ST author’s standpoint. The text type of this kind mainly is literature that concerns various linguistic, cultural factors with the functions of cognition, expression, moralism, aesthetics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since it connects closely to culture, the choice of translation strategy seems more complex. Generally speaking, we can make the decision according to its function and purpose. For those works rich in cultural connotation, if the purpose is to introduce the source text culture to the target one, we should take foreignizing translation, such as Yang Xianyi’s A Dream of Red Mansions. Since the classic is a representation of Chinese culture and conventional moral, we should convey these information to foreign readers and avoid misreading or misunderstanding. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, if the translator’s intention is to entertain the readers and provide the plot of the story, he can adopt the domesticating translation as Hawkes did in his The Story of the Stone. More examples can be seen at Su Mashu and Chen Duxiu’s 《悲惨世界》, all headings of the original novel were domesticated into typical Chinese traditional parallel sentences. For example, “The Close of A Day’s March” and “Prudence Recommended to Wisdom” were translated into “第一回 迪涅城行人落魄，苦巴馆店主无情” and “第二回 感穷途华贱伤心，遇贫客渔夫设计” respectively. Both content and form of an operative text are subordinate to the extra linguistic effect that the text is designed to achieve. “The translation of an operative text has to employ the ‘adaptive’ method, trying to create the same effect on the readers, as the ST. The translation of operative texts into operative texts should be guided by the overall aim of bringing about the same reaction in the audience, although this might involve changing the content and/or stylistic features of the original.” (Nord, 1997:38) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The examples can be found in the translation of advertisement. For instance, the famous trade mark “Coca Cola” was translated into  “可口可乐” and reached a totally success. “Coca” is the plant the Indians view as saint and from which people abstract cocaine. If it is translated directly into“古柯” it probably cannot raise the nice flavor of the drink in Chinese customers. Then “Coca” was domesticated into “可口” while “Cola” maintained its foreigness. Therefore, for an operative text, since communicative function is prior to everything else, we tend to employ domesticating translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss also mentioned evaluating criteria, which vary according to text types. Thus while the translation of any content-oriented text has to aim at semantic equivalence, and a popular science piece will have to preserve the ST style, there is greater need to retain a metaphor in an expressive text than in an informative target text. Reiss thinks one could gauge the adequacy of a TT by intra-linguistic criteria like semantic, grammatical and stylistic features and extra-linguistic criteria like situation, subject field, time, place, receiver sender and implications like humor, irony, emotion and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss’s text typology is a useful but it is clear that texts are often not as hermetically sealed as Reiss has once believed. A biography or an editorial could have informative as well as appellative content. A personal letter could well be informative, expressive and appellative as can be an advertisement. As a result, translators should take other factors into account, such as functions, Skopos and so on and make judgement accordingly. --[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 07:39, 11 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is reader-centered and TL culture-oriented, and foreignization is author-centered and SL culture-oriented. However, which of the two translating strategies should be chosen evokes a heated and endless debate at home and abroad, since scholars of these two opposite schools can't convince each other. Many scholars regard these two strategies as oil and vinegar, and believe that they can never coexist harmoniously in translation. People who advocate foreignization believe that, as a means of cultural communication, translation should introduce foreign culture and exoticness to target reader, meanwhile taking in new expressions. On the contrary, people who prefer domestication argue that translation should help to overcome not only language barrier but also cultural conflict. For them, the task of translator is to avoid cultural conflict, and domesticating translation can help readers understand the source text better and finally reach the goal of cultural communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of functionalist theory, as a communicative, intercultural action, translation is viewed as an intentional, interpersonal interaction. From the angle of Skopos of translation, together with action theory and text typology theory, funetionalist approaches provide us a perspective. Skopos rule is the principal rule determining any translation process in the purpose of the overall translational action. Plus loyalty rule put forward by Nord, functionalist approaches put translation into the framework of action theory and cross-culture communication theory. And adequacy rather than equivalence should be the criterion of judging the quality of a translation. By analyzing the purposes of different parties involved in the translation action(such as initiator, translator, and reader)，guided by translation brief given by the initiator, a translator can determine which translation strategy should be chosen. If the purpose of translation is to introduce domestic culture, history, philosophy to foreign readers, then foreignization should be employed. On the other hand, if the purpose of translation is to entertain the target reader, domestication can add more readability and get better function. Besides, text typology can help translator to figure out the function of a source text and make wiser decision about translation strategy. In one word, from the viewpoint of functionalist, domestication and foreignization have different functions in target language culture. Translator can adopt either or both of them in order to achieve the prospective functions. They are not, and should not be regarded as contradictory, but complementary, and can be employed simultaneously in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, translation can realized cultural communication and transplantation goal under the guidance of the functionalist approaches.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 12:46, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bassnett, Susan&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere. (2001). ''Constructing cultures: Essays on Literary Translation.'' Shanghai: Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Hawkes, David. (1982). ''The Story of the Stone.'' New York: Penguin Books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nida, E. A.&amp;amp;Chr. R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation.'' Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Nida, E. A. (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating.'' Leiden: E. J. Bril1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Nord, Christiane. (1997).''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist ApproachesExplained.'' Manchester:St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Reiss, K. (1971). ''Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism.'' Munich: Hueber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Schaffner, (1995). Christina. ''“Editorial.” Cultural Functions of Translation.'' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Schleiermacher, A. (1992) On the Different Methods of Translating [A]. ''Theories of Translation: An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida''[C]. Schulte, R&amp;amp;Biguenet, J. Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press,36-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Venuti, L.(1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility.''[M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Venuti, L.(1998). ''The Scandal of Translation.''[M]. London:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Yang, Xianyi&amp;amp;Yang Gladys.(1994) ''A Dream of Red Mansions.'' Beijing: Foreign Language Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Cai Ping 蔡平.(2002).翻译方法应以归化为主[Domestication should be the Main Strategy in Literary Translation]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal(5):39-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.Cao Xueqin&amp;amp;Gao E曹雪芹&amp;amp;高鹗.(1992)''红楼梦''[Hongloumeng].Beijing:People's Literature Publishing Press 人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000).''文化与翻译''[Culture and Translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co.中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1999)''当代美国翻译理论''[Contemporary American translation theory]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Meng Jiangang 孟建刚. (2002).''关于翻译原则二重性的最佳关联性解释''[Accounting for the Duality of the Translating Principles of Foreignization and Domestication with the Notion of Optimal Relevance]. 中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (5):27-31.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1991). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short Translation History in the West].Beijing:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Tang Zaixi 谭载喜. (1999). ''新编奈达论翻译'' [A new edition of Nida’s theory of translation].Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Co. 中国对外翻译出版社公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19.Zhu Guangqian朱光潜.(1984). ''谈翻译:翻译论文研究集''[On Translation: A collection of research papers on translation].Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Howard Goldblatt’s Translation of Mo Yan’s Works	欧蓉	Ou Rong==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 欧蓉 Ou Rong, 202020080629.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, owing to the unique style, Chinese literature has attracted much attention among world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge of cross-cultural communication and a medium of transmission. Mo Yan is a well-known representative Chinese writer, who won the Nobel Prize in Literature in 2012. And the study abroad on his works in translation has never stopped. Howard Goldblatt is a famous American translator specializing in contemporary Chinese literature, and all English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. Through analyzing the domestication and foreignization that reflect in the translated version of Mo Yan's works by Howard Goldblatt, the thesis aims to point out merits and and demerits of this application and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help strengthen the understanding and improve the fluency of the exchange between different cultures and promote Chinese literature goes ahead with the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, due to its unique style, Chinese literature has attracted widespread attention of world literature. In the process of flowing overseas, translation has become a bridge and a medium for cross-cultural communication. Mo Yan is a well-known representative writer in China and won the 2012 Nobel Prize in Literature. His translation works have never stopped studying abroad. Howard Goldblatt is a well-known American translator who specializes in contemporary Chinese literature. All English versions of Mo Yan's works are from him. By analyzing the domestication and foreignization in the translation of Mo Yan's works translated by Howard Goldblatt, this article aims to point out the advantages and disadvantages of this application, and consider the matters that should be paid attention to when translating Chinese literary works into English. It can help deepen understanding, improve the fluency of communication between different cultures, and promote Chinese literature to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; Howard Goldblatt; Mo Yan’s works&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
葛浩文英译莫言作品中的归化和异化之应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
一直以来，中国文学的独特风格在世界文学中备受瞩目，在流向海外的过程中，翻译成为了跨文化沟通的桥梁与传播的媒介。莫言是中国著名作家，外国对其作品的翻译研究从未断过，2012年他获得诺贝尔文学奖。葛浩文是美国著名中国当代文学翻译家，莫言所有作品的英译本都来自于他。本文旨在通过分析葛浩文在翻译莫言作品过程中体现的归化和异化，从而指出其优点与缺点，从而思考中国文学作品被英译时应注意的事项，加强与提高不同文化之间交流的理解度与流畅度，帮助中国文学走出国门，面向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；归化；异化；葛浩文；莫言的作品&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient to present, despite of its unique style, Chinese literature only has its own several classic works as famous among the world, such as Four Great Classical Novels---Water Margin, Journey to the West, Romance of the Three Kingdoms and Dream of the Red Chamber. Also, few literature works created in modern history have theirs own statues in the international. With the establishment of People’s Republic of China and Reform and Opening, there are a handful of modern and contemporary works that are well-known abroad(Lv Minhong, 2011:6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works are published abroad and squeeze into bookshelves fill with English native books. The prominent Chinese writers in and out include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing and so on. Until 2012, the time that Mo Yan was awarded Nobel Prize, people’s interest in Chinese literature reached a climax(Sun Huijun,2014:86). In the process of flowing overseas, translator plays a crucial role in cultural transmission. The American sinologist Howard Goldblatt is the typical example, who made great contributions for the output of Chinese Culture(Ge Haowen,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Chinese literary works were published abroad and crowded on shelves filled with English local books. Famous writers at home and abroad include Lu Xun, Mo Yan, Yu Hua, Lao She, Shen Congwen, Zhang Ailing, etc. It wasn't until Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize in 2012 that people's interest in Chinese literature reached a climax (Sun Huijun, 2014: 86). In the process of moving overseas, translation plays a vital role in cultural communication. American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt is a typical example, who has made great contributions to the development of Chinese culture (Ge Haowen, 2014).--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He can be called the mirror of Mo Yan in America, even the critic Updike said,the translation of contemporary Chinese novels in the United States seems to be the lonely career of Professor Howard Goldblatt(2005:37). Until now, his translation works of Mo Yan include Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, The Garlic Ballads, The Republic Wine, Sandalwood Death and so on. His superb translation for Mo Yan in certain sense helps a lot for Mo’s position in world literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan said: ''without the outstanding work of Professor Howard Goldblatt, the translator of my novels, my novels could have been translated into English and published in the United States by others, but there is absolutely no such perfect translation as today. Many friends who are proficient in both English and Chinese said to me, Professor Howard Goldblatt’s translation perfectly matches with my original work. But I prefer to believe that his translation adds great luster to my original work''(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Literature Review=====&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, who is well-known as a translator, sinologist and writer, translated many works of Chinese writers. During his 30-year translation career, he has translated more than 50 modern and contemporary Chinese literary works, making an inestimable contribution to the spread and influence of Chinese literature overseas(Jia,Yanqin,2012:62). However, as Howard mentioned in the interview, ''Americans don’t pay much attention to translated text. Because they are always suspicious to translation''(2009:50). Although translator plays a key role in literary dissemination and communication, the work of translators has not received the attention they deserve. And the researches on translation abroad also mainly focus on translation theorists rather than translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the study about Howard Goldblatt’s translation is also not paid attention intensely outside. In 2011, the journal &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; was jointly organized by the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University as an important platform for Chinese literature dissemination and research overseas, in which Howard, as the special guest, was introduced in details. In this journal, Christopher Lupke(2011)introduces Howard’s career of translation and studying, assesses his style of translation and discusses his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the research on Howard Goldblatt's translation has not attracted widespread attention from the outside world. In 2011, the University of Oklahoma and Beijing Normal University jointly organized the &amp;quot;Chinese Literature Today&amp;quot; magazine as an important platform for the dissemination and research of Chinese literature overseas. In particular, Howard was introduced as a special guest. In this journal, Christopher Lupke (2011) introduced Howard's translation and learning career, assessed his translation style and discussed his faithful translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, after three years, the journal “Chinese Literature Today” invited Howard again. Stalling Jonathan(2014)gives an original interview about Howard Goldblatt. The new point is the mention of opera of Yuan dynasty, which helps a lot for Howard’s translation of the work Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are few response to Howard Goldblatt’s translation abroad, many scholars in domestic regard him as a hot research object. Ji Jin(2009) conducts an interview on the situation of contemporary Chinese literary works overseas, Howard Goldblatt's criteria for choosing text, Howard Goldblatt's views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his prospects for the development of contemporary Chinese literature in the future. This kind of study aims to find the problems Chinese literary works encountering with outside and to think about the solution. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is not much reaction to Howard Goldblatt's translation abroad, many domestic scholars regard him as a popular research object. Ji Jin (2009) the status quo of overseas contemporary Chinese literary works, Howard Goldblatt’s book selection criteria, Howard Goldblatt’s views and evaluations of contemporary Chinese writers, and his development of contemporary Chinese contemporary literature The prospect was interviewed. This kind of research aims to discover the problems encountered by Chinese literary works in the outside world and think about solutions.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt’s view, principles and specific strategies on translation. Zhang Yaoping(2005)collects all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and figures out his views and style of translation. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian(2007)summarize Howard Goldblatt’s four principles on translation. From the interview to Howard, Yan Yixun(2014) gets his ideas that “Elegance” is more important than “Faithfulness” and “Expressiveness” and that “Faithfulness” cannot be neglected by “Elegance”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars are interested in Howard Goldblatt's views, principles and specific translation strategies. Zhang Yaoping (2005) collected all Chinese works translated by Howard Goldblatt and pointed out his views and translation style. Then, Wen Jun, Wang Xiaochuan and Lai Tian (2007) summarized Howard Goldblatt’s four translation principles. From interviews to Howard, Yan Yixun (2014) got his idea that &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; is more important than &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Expressiveness&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; cannot be ignored by &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot;.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is the research on the text of translated version by Howard Goldblatt. Shao Lu(2013), through analyzing Howard’s Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out, finds Howard’s “fidelity” and “infidelity” in translating. Shi Guoqiang(2013)points out Howard’s “Creative treason” on translation from his Big Breasts and Wide Hips. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu(2020)discuss Howard’s “fidelity” and “treason” in his translation of the work Frog. Many other works, such as Tales of Hulan River, Turbulence, Six Chapters From My Life Downunder, Red Sorghum and so on, also are studied by many scholars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the most common is Howard Goldblatt's research on translations. Shao Lu (2013) analyzed Howard's life and death are wearing me down, and discovered Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;infidelity&amp;quot; in translation. Shi Guoqiang (2013) pointed out the &amp;quot;creative treason&amp;quot; in translation from Howard's &amp;quot;Big Breasts&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Big Buttocks&amp;quot;. Yin Lingwei and Shen Xiangyu (2020) discussed Howard's &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;treason&amp;quot; when translating frog works. Many scholars have also studied many other works, such as &amp;quot;The Legend of Hulan River&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Turbulence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Six Chapters of My Life&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, most scholars only reach a conclusion by analyzing a novel translated by Howard Goldblatt. Although the most studied is the translated texts of Mo Yan’s works, it lacks a systematic study of Howard’s translation strategies in a writer’s several works. Shao Lu(2011)has studied Howard’s translation of Mo Yan’s whole works, but her focus is translator’s decisive effect to promote the output of the original author’s works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the paper aims to analyze the domestication and foreignization in Howard Goldblatt's translation of Mo Yan's novels, find pivotal obstacles, and think about practical measures to promote Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan===&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of Chinese contemporary writers, born in Gaomi of Shandong province, creates plenty of novels in which the story happened in his hometown, Red Sorghum, Big Breasts and Wide Hips contained. His novel draws on the artistic guidelines of modernist novels such as magical realism, surrealism, symbolism, and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations, and irony to express the profundity of the society, history, culture and the beauty of thousands of styles of regional culture in China.(Lv Minhong,2011:102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan, one of the contemporary Chinese writers, born in Gaomi City, Shandong Province. Many of his novels took place in his hometown of red sorghum, big breasts and wide hips. His novels draw on the artistic direction of modernist novels, such as magic realism, surrealism, symbolism and stream of consciousness. He uses metaphors, symbols, exaggerations and satire to express the profound connotations of society, history, culture, and the beauty of thousands of regional cultures in China. (Lu Minhong, 2011: 102)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notwithstanding there is another feature in Mo Yan’s works---neutral and objective portrayal to the characters from different parties. For example, in Red Sorghum, when it comes to theme of history, to reconstruct history by overturning the dualistic opposition in the creation of traditional anti-Japanese novels, he presents the vague horizon between past and present, death and life, good and evil(Shao Lu,2011:51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combining the living description and impersonal history sense, Mo Yan’s work receives much attention from readers over the world. However, Mo Yan’s unique writing style with dialects and local color is difficult to translate into another language. It is Howard Goldblatt who translates his novels into English that speeds up the spreading overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldblatt, although with American descent, is interested in Chinese culture very much. He once studied and taught in Taiwan for many years, which provides him much experience to absorb Chinese culture. He once said Taiwan is his another home. When he came back to America, he was matriculated by San Francisco State University to study Chinese language literature. After several years, he went to Indiana University of Pennsylvania for further study under the guidance of the Professor Liu Wuji who is a well-known expert in Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What drive Howard to choose Mo Yan continually and frequently can probably be several causes following. Firstly, Howard himself is interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term study in China and his further study with the help of the Professor Liu Wuji. Here Mo Yan is a convinced writer representing Chinese literature(Lv Minhong,2011:29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons that prompted Howard to continuously choose Mo Yan may be the followings. First of all, Howard himself is very interested in Chinese culture, which can be seen from his long-term research in China and further research with the help of Professor Liu Wuji. Here, Mo Yan is a persuasive writer, representing Chinese literature (Lu Minhong, 2011: 29).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan’s work meets the taste of Americans. After his translated work Red Sorghum was published in America, the volume pressed and sale is impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three kinds of novels---those more about sex and politics or the detective novels(2009:46). Obviously, the former two elements can be shown in Mo Yan’s work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Mo Yan's works are in line with American tastes. After his translation work &amp;quot;Red Sorghum&amp;quot; was published in the United States, the printing volume and sales volume were impressive. Howard explained that American readers prefer two or three novels-more novels about sex, politics, or detective novels (2009: 46). Obviously, the first two elements can be reflected in Mo Yan's works.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, there is a great relationship established between Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan. They would communicate with each other frequently. Each Mo Yan’s new book, Howard said, he would read it and admit the value of Mo’s works(2009:54). Just occasionally, Mo Yan once praised Howard’s rigorous spirit in translation and expressed his gratification to the cooperation(2000:170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Howard Goldblatt and Mo Yan established a very good relationship. They will communicate with each other often. Howard said that with every new book of Mo Yan, he will read and recognize the value of Mo Yan (2009: 54). Mo Yan occasionally praised Howard's rigorous spirit in translation and expressed satisfaction with the cooperation (2000: 170).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:47, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much connection with China and accumulation of Chinese culture fosters his profound knowledge about Chinese literature. From 1970s Howard began to translate Chinese literary works. Among the works he had translated, the number of Mo Yan’s works is the most. And the version translated by Howard is the most accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Embodiment of Demestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are frequently used in the process of translation. The two terms were first brought forward by Venuti, an Italian. According to Venuti, domestication is to &amp;quot;bring the original author into the target language culture&amp;quot;, while foreignization is to &amp;quot;accept the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text and bring the reader into the foreign context&amp;quot;(2004:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It implies that domestication requires the translator to get closer to the readers of the target language. The translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become an authentic native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the language characteristics of foreign cultures in translation and absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to move closer to the original author, adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author's use to convey the content of the original text, that is, the source language culture is the destination(Venuti,2004:25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that domestication requires translators to maintain closer contact with readers in the target language. The translator must speak like a local author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the reader, the translation must become a true native language. On the contrary, foreignization accepts the linguistic features of foreign cultures and absorbs foreign language expressions in translation. It requires the translator to be closer to the original author, and to convey the content of the original text in a language corresponding to the original language used by the author, that is, the source language culture is the destination (Venuti, 2004: 25).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Howard Goldblatt’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, the application of domestication and foreignization are ubiquitous. &lt;br /&gt;
=====1. Domestication=====&lt;br /&gt;
To convey the information more fluently and naturally, providing convenience to readers to understand, Howard applies domestication a lot in his translated works. Annotation, addition, omission and substitution, which are methods of domestication, can be seen in the Howard Goldblatt’s translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.1. Annotation======&lt;br /&gt;
In Mo Yan’s work, there are many unique elements that exist in Chinese culture. To avoid obstacles for foreign readers, Howard makes some explanations based on the original meaning. There are several examples following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 她回头对上官吕氏说：“上官家的，你跟我进来。”(Mo Yan,2012:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: She stopped, turned and said to Shangguan Lv:“Lady Shangguan, come with me.”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when addressing a person’s wife, the word “的” is usually added to the man’s last name. “上官家的” refers to Shangguan Fulu’s wife. It is a kind of dialect, showing the local color of Gaomi town. Here Howard uses “lady” to explain “的”, for the former is commonly used in English expression to greet a married woman. American readers could keep pace with the plots without culture gap, avoiding the obstacle for understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, especially in the northern regions, when calling someone’s wife, the word &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; is usually added to the person's last name. &amp;quot;上官家的&amp;quot; refers to Shangguan Fulu's wife. This is a dialect that shows the local color of Gaomi Town. Howard uses &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; to explain &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; here, because the former is usually used to greet married women in English expressions. American readers can keep pace with the plot without cultural differences, thus avoiding barriers to understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some special expressions only in Chinese local culture, which are even able to be understood by the local. Howard also adds some annotations following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 八竿子拨拉不着的个表姨。(Mo Yan,2012:328)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: You’re such a distant aunt.(Howard Goldblatt,2011:363)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“八竿子拨拉不着” is equivalent to the meaning of “Eight poles can’t be struck”, describing the relationship between the two being alienated or unrelated. The original description of the person killed by the little lion is a whole number when counted on the table. Howard adopts the strategy of domestication, only expressing the distance between the two, without literally translating &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;八竿子拨拉不着&amp;quot; is equivalent to &amp;quot;Eight poles can’t be struck&amp;quot;, which describes the alienated or irrelevant relationship between the two. When counting on the table, the original description of the person killed by the lion cub is an integer. Howard adopts a domestication strategy, only expressing the distance between the two, without the literal translation of &amp;quot;Baganzi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is responsible for the original work and also for the target readers, paying attention to reader’s acceptance and to the fluency of the translation. Therefore, Howard puts the content and form of the translation within the knowledge range of the target language readers, helping them to better understand the translation with their own cultural concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.2. Addition======&lt;br /&gt;
It is known that addition can be used as a method of domestication to explain the concealed information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text:---信马由缰式的---(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Prepared to go with the flow---that was how he lived his life---he followed the man inside.(Wen Jun,2007:79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character idiom of Chinese is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has. Peole cannot find a perfect expression in another language. There is not an absolutely identical expression matches the meaning of certain an idiom.  The idiom of Chinese The idiom “信马由缰”means to wander aimlessly on a horse. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in specific situations based on the meaning in the text(Xu Yuanchong,1993:87).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong believes that the four-character Chinese idiom is an advantage that the West does not have, and only China has it. Peole couldn't find the perfect expression in another language. There is no absolutely identical expression that matches the meaning of an idiom. The Chinese idiom idiom &amp;quot;信马由缰&amp;quot; refers to horse riding aimlessly. Howard Goldblatt not only translated the literal meaning of the idiom, but also explained the meaning of the idiom in a specific situation based on the meaning in the text (Xu Yuanchong, 1993: 87).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.3. Omission======&lt;br /&gt;
There are some elements in original text that are difficult to understand for foreign readers. Therefore, Howard makes some omissions when translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g:Original text: 谢谢审判长的提醒，我马上进入实质性辩护。近几年来，农民的负担越来越重。我父亲所在村庄，种一亩蒜薹，要交纳农业税九元八角。要向乡政府交纳提留税二十元，要向村委会交纳提留三十元，要交纳县城建设税五元（按人头计算），卖蒜薹时，还要交纳市场管理税、计量器检查税、交通管理税、环境保护税，还有种种名目的罚款！(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Thank you for reminding me, Your Honor. I’ll get right to the point. In recent years the peasants have been called upon to shoulder ever heavier burdens: fees, taxes, fines, and inflated prices for just about everything they need.(Cao Shunying,2015:127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically do not understand Chinese legal policies, which are too difficult and boring to understand. If the translator makes too many descriptions of these details, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. It is also an embodiment of domestication. By the way, in the end of The Garlic Ballads, Howard makes a great change that he deletes some problematic plot and turns the imperfect ending into a satisfying ending. This action, certainly proved, is correct(Yan Yixun,2014:197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original work, some details of Chinese legal policies are obviously omitted here, because foreign readers basically don't understand Chinese legal policies, which is too difficult and boring. If the translator describes these details too much, foreign readers will lose interest in this work. This is also a manifestation of domestication. By the way, at the end of &amp;quot;The Ballad of Garlic&amp;quot;, Howard made a big change. He deleted some problematic plots and turned the imperfect ending into a satisfying one. This action is correct (Yan Yixun, 2014: 197).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======1.4. Substitution======&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the meaning of words or expression is not equal to the literal meaning. Perhaps, it is the contrary or unrelated meaning, which requires translators make a closing reading and recognize the real meaning the original author want to express. This time, translators should find a more accurate native expression to substitute the original expression. There is an typical example following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 余占鳌在火辣辣的痛楚中，忽然感到一阵酥酥麻麻的快乐，这快乐冲到喉咙，启动牙齿，化作一连串胡言乱语：“亲娘亲娘亲娘……亲娘……亲娘……”(Mo Yan,2007:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Stung by the pain, he experienced a sense of numbing ecstasy, and when it reached his throat it activated his teeth moving and emerged as a stream of gibberish:“Mistress Mistress Mistress...”(Howard Goldblatt,1994:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese “亲娘” and “亲妈” are not only called as the biological mother, but also often people’s blurting when sighing. For example, if people are shocked by something, they will say: “哦，我的妈呀！” Here, the author uses the word “亲娘” five times to express the confusion and excitement in Yu Zhanao's heart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into her room, but Yu Zhanao admired her grandmother, so he regarded her grandma's behavior as a flirtation, so he was happy. If the translator literally translates “亲娘” as “mother”, this will not only make readers feel very confused about the relationship and plot, but also the original flirting feeling will be indifferent. Howard Goldblatt uses the strategy of domestication to replace it with “mistress”. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandmother scolded Yu Zhanao as a punishment for him breaking into the room, but Yu Zhanao admired his grandmother very much, so he regarded her grandmother's behavior as flirting, so he was very happy. If the translator literally translates &amp;quot;亲娘&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot;, this will not only make readers feel very confused about this relationship and plot, but the original flirting feeling will also become indifferent. Howard Goldblatt replaced it with &amp;quot;Mistress&amp;quot; using domestication strategies. It not only eliminates the differences between language and culture, but also makes translation more fluent, natural and fluent.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2. Foreignization=====&lt;br /&gt;
To close the distance with the original text and try at most to transmit the authentic culture of original text, translators apply foreignization as a translation method. This kind of method usually does not change the style and order of the characters in original text, keeping the exotic tinge of original culture in the target language. Transliteration and literal translation, as the methods of foreignization, are the most frequently used by Howard Goldblatt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.1. Transliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, transliteration is the best translation method for names without special meaning. When translating a name, transliteration is a very important way. The translator can translate the name according to its pinyin without changing the Chinese order. Howard Goldblatt uses a lot of transliteration when there is no special meaning in the translation of Red Sorghum. For example, “戴凤莲” was translated as “Dai Fenglian”, “豆官” was “Douguan”, and “单庭秀” was “Shan Tingxiu”. “王文义” means “Wang Wenyi”(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that Howard extremely respects the original author in the translation of such names. He not only uses pinyin completely, but also follows the order of Chinese names, that is, the surname is first and the first name is last, respecting and obeying Chinese traditional cultural customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating some characters’ nicknames and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as “刘罗汉”, which is translated into “Arhat Liu”. Because 刘罗汉 was a loyal, firm and honest helper. He passed away in order to protect the property of his host. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of “Araht”, so Howard’s  translation of it is very symbolic(Howard Goldblatt,1994).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when translating nicknames with certain characters and names with special meanings, transliteration is not applicable. The translator needs to find out the specific implicit meaning, and then choose the most suitable translation, such as &amp;quot;刘罗汉&amp;quot;, and translate it into &amp;quot;Arhat Liu&amp;quot;. Because Liu Luohan is a loyal, firm and honest helper. He died to protect the owner's property. His spirit is consistent with the meaning of &amp;quot;Araht&amp;quot;, so Howard's translation of it is very symbolic (Howard Goldblatt, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another transliteration that appears with some annotations, which can enlarge reader’s insight and make the plot more logically:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 直到春暖花开的清明节。(Mo Yan,2012:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Qingming, the day of ancestral worship in the warmth of spring, when flowers were in full bloom. (Howard Goldblatt,2011:140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“清明节” is a traditional Chinese festival. It is a festival to worship ancestors. The traditional activity is tomb sweeping. Using transliteration and short explanations, readers can have a basic understanding of this object, and can remind readers of its uniqueness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======2.2. Literal Translation======&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of some idioms and culturally loaded words, Howard Goldblatt also adopts the literal translation method to maintain the characteristics of the source language, so that people of different nationalities can share some common points in cognition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g: Original text: 母亲咬着牙齿说：“姓沙的，你癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉，做梦去吧！”(Mo Yan,2012:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: Mother clenched her teeth. “You there, Sha”, She said, “Like the toad who want to feast on a swan, you can just dream on!”(Howard Goldblatt,2011:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, “癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉” is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, one wants to obtain something impossible. For American readers, they may not be able to fully understand the relationship between Toad and Swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉&amp;quot; is a common Chinese idiom, which means that without self-knowledge, people want to obtain the impossible. For American readers, they may not fully understand the relationship between toad and swan in Chinese. But in this way, they can understand what the author wants to express based on their own experience and context.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, Howard has neither changed the lively image of the original text nor has it lost the connotative meaning of the original text. He once said:''If I can find appropriate slangy or regional or slightly archaic or unusual words that carry that sense, I’ll certainly use them. If I can’t I won’t.''(2014:8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4 Enlightenment for Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt puts faithfulness to the original text in the first place, reproduces the original content and ideas and retains the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator’s ethics of being faithful to the original text; secondly. To consider the target language reader's reading ability and translation the translator adopts domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduces the cultural information of the original text, and provides a naturally familiar target language for readers of the target language(Chen Jiayu,2019:20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Howard Goldbaltt will first be faithful to the original text, reproduce the original content and ideas, and retain the original writing style and language characteristics. It reflects the translator's ethics of being loyal to the original text; secondly. In order to consider the reading ability and translation ability of target language readers, translators adopt domestication strategies to overcome language and cultural barriers, appropriately reduce the cultural information of the original text, and provide the target language readers with a naturally familiar target language (Chen Jiayu, 2019): 20).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote cultural exchanges and realize cross-cultural communication, translators adopt foreignization strategies to preserve the cultural and national characteristics of the original text as much as possible. This not only allows target language readers to understand foreign cultures and customs, but also promotes cultural exchanges and dissemination and makes outstanding contributions to promoting Chinese literature to overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Howard Goldbaltt’s translation is to complete a translation that is readable for Americans and highly accepted by the market. And about Howard’s translation of domestication and foreignization, there are many some arguments. Most scholars confirm to that Howard Goldblatt’s translation is applied domestication more frequently, while foreignization is minor(Yin Ting,2014:150). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in studying the translated text Big Breasts and Wide Hips, Shi Guoqiang(2013:80) thinks that foreignization is the main methods of Howard’s translation, domestication minor. He comes up with several aspects that Howard use foreignization in his translation, such as some idoims, special nouns and two-part allegorical saying and so on. Despite of the arguments, Howard’s excellent translation cannot be denied, which help a lot for the going abroad of Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Shi Guoqiang (2013: 80), when studying the translated work &amp;quot;Big Breasts and Wide Buttocks&amp;quot;, believes that foreignization is the main method of Howard's translation, and domestication is secondary. He put forward several aspects of Howard's use of foreignization in translation, such as certain idols, special nouns and allegorical two parts. Despite all the controversies, Howard's excellent translation is undeniable, which will greatly help Chinese literature to go overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analyzing the Howard’s translated works of Mo Yan’s, although his translation is the best version of Mo Yan’s novels until now, as for the output of Chinese litertature even Chinese culture, we still can get some enlightenment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, when translating Chinese literature into other languages, the translator himself is important. Usually, the translators who translate Chinese into another language are our Chinese. They translate their mother language into another language, in a sense, not as well-master as the people of target language. It causes a problem that the readers of target language cannot read and understand the translated version naturally and easily by Chinese translators. And the Chinese translators, most of them, are living in China, lack of the context of target language(Hu Anjiang,2010:11). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, the Chinese translators who specialize in two languages and cultures are rare. What is more, the foreign translators familiar with Chinese culture is less. Therefore, according to Xu Jianping and Zhang Rongxi, the most effective way for Chinese-English translation is the cooperation of the original author and foreign translator of target language(2002:38). Howard Goldblatt and MoYan is the best example. And Howard himself also expresses the similar view(2014:201). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the translation strategy is also crucial. Chinese literature is the “weak literature”(Yin Lingwei,2020:109), so Xu Jianping thinks that foreignization should not be widely used in Chinese-English translation, because foreign readers’ understanding of China and its language and culture is far less than Chinese readers' understanding of foreign language and culture(2002:38). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, from the 1870s to the 1970s, for a hundred years, Chinese literary translation was roughly based on domestication; during the two decades of reform and opening up, inspired by Western translation theories, the Chinese translation community rethought foreignization and domestication, and the two methods have gradually become balanced in China. Therefore, Sun Zhili believes that the translation of Chinese literature in the 21st century will be dominated by foreignization(2002:40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, it is not suitable to regard domestication and foreignization by dichotomy. Combining the two ways, the starting point should be to bring Chinese literary translations closer to Western readers through the domestication translation method, so as to enter the mainstream Western culture. Let Western readers first understand our cultural routines and ways of thinking, and then talk about further transformation and influence on the West Follow-up issues such as literary creation mode(Hu Anjiang,2010: 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the responsibility of publishers and editors is also heavy. When Chinese literature goes out, the most in short supply of talents are intermediary talents, that is, intermediary agencies that can understand Chinese contemporary literary works, and at the same time understand the international market, and have a good background of cooperation with international publishing institutions...(Li Yun,2007) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is “the third readers” in the world. They usually don't pay much attention to the content when reading, because they are more in love with the readability or text style of the work. Also, they do not compare the translations with the original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or those literary translations translated from other languages into English. Paying more attention to such “fair readers” who pursue pure literary feeling and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translations to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics(Medougall,2007:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are &amp;quot;third readers&amp;quot; in the world. They usually pay less attention to the content when reading, because they prefer the readability or text style of the work. Moreover, they do not compare translations with original works, but only compare these translations with original English works or literary works translated into English from other languages. Paying more attention to &amp;quot;fair readers&amp;quot; who pursue pure literary sense and pure aesthetic experience will be an important guarantee for literary translation to gain the literary market, commercial profits and even the status of translated literary classics (Medougall, 2007: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 14:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice made in the translation process is not random or blind, but has a clear consciousness and clear goals, and they strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve the value of translation(Liu Yunhong, 2014). Through analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization Howard Goldblatt’s translation of Mo Yan’s works, some enlightenment can be concluded. The translators, the translation strategies and the publisher and editor can be taken as the crucial aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any responsible translator, every choice in the translation process is not random or blind, but with clear consciousness and clear goals. They strive to resolve various contradictions encountered in translation to achieve translation The value of (Liu Yunhong, 2014). By analyzing the application of domestication and foreignization, Howard Goldblatt translated Mo Yan's works and can draw some enlightenment. Translators, translation strategies, and publishers and editors can be seen as crucial aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Citing the words of Nida, for a truly successful translation, bilingual proficiency in culture is more important than in language, because words have meaning only in the culture in which they function(1993:83). This shows that in the process of translation, translators should not stick to a single domestication or foreignization translation strategy. They should comprehensively consider various factors such as language, culture, and readers’ comprehension, and adopt appropriate strategies to arrive at a degree of integration and adaptation for the highest translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The needs of the target language culture have changed with the development of society and the changes of the times, and the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture have also increased with the increase of China's international influence. Many things that tended to be domesticated in the past are now or in the future using foreignized translations that are completely acceptable to the target language readers, and even look forward to them. Translating Chinese literary works with increasingly alienated strategies, allowing the world to read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to “go out”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of society and the changes of the times, the needs of the target language and culture have changed. With the increase of China's international influence, the target language readers' acceptance and understanding of Chinese culture has also increased. In the past or present, many things that tend to be domesticated will use the target language readers to fully accept and even hope their foreignized translations. Using increasingly alienated strategies to translate Chinese literary works so that the world can read Chinese stories and understand Chinese culture is the only way for Chinese culture to &amp;quot;go out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tang Ming|Tang Ming]] ([[User talk:Tang Ming|talk]]) 13:42, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Tang Ming&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(2011). ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' [M]. New York: Arcade Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Goldblatt, Howard(1994). ''Red Sorghum'' [M]. New York: Viking Penguin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jonathan, Stalling(2014). ''The Voice of the Translator: An Interview with Howard Goldblatt'' [J]. Translation Review (1):1-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lupke, Christopher(2011). ''Hankering after Sovereign Images'' [J]. Chinese Literature Today (1):48-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Medougall, Bonnie(2007). ''Literary Translation: The Pleasure Principle'' [J]. Chinese Translation(5):22-29. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene, Nida(1993). ''Language,Culture and Translating'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence(2004). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Cao Shunying&amp;amp;Wang Miaomiao曹顺应，王苗苗.(2015).翻译与变异--与葛浩文教授的交谈关于翻译与变异的思考[J].[Translation and Variation--Conversation with Professor Howard Goldblatt on Translation and Variation].清华大学学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Tsinghua University(Social Science Edition) (1):124-128,183. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Updike,季进,林源(译).(2005).苦竹：两部中国小说[J].[Bitter Bamboo:Two Chinese Novels].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Anjiang胡安江.(2010).中国文学“走出去”之译者模式及翻译策略研究---以美国汉学家葛浩文为例[J].[Translator Model, Translating Strategy, and the “Going Out” Project to Promote Chinese Literature Abroad: With American Sinologist Howard Goldblatt as an Exemplar].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (6):10-16,92.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ji Jin季进.(2009).我译故我在---葛浩文访谈录[J].[I Translate, Therefore I Am--An Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (6):45-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yanqin贾燕芹.(2012).翻译家葛浩文研究述评[J].[A Review of the Studies of Translator Howard Goldblatt].楚雄师范学院学报Journal of Chuxiong Normal University (8):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Xiaoqin李晓琴.(2020).葛浩文英译莫言小说翻译策略初探[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s English Translation of Mo Yan's Novel Translation Strategies].英语广场English Square (23):20-22.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Yun李芸.(2007).中国文学走出去，翻译是道坎[N].[When Chinese literature goes out, translation is a barrier].科学时报Science Times.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yunhong&amp;amp;Xu Jun刘云虹,许钧.(2014).文学翻译模式与中国文学对外译介---关于葛浩文的翻译[J].[Literary Translation Models and the Introduction and Translation of Chinese Literature---On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University) (3):6-17. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lv Minhong吕敏宏.(2011).葛浩文小说翻译叙事研究[M].[A Study on Howard Goldblatt’s Novel Translation Narration].北京:中国社会科学出版社Beijing:China Social Sciences Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2012).丰乳肥臀[M].[Big Breasts and Wide Hips].北京:作家出版社Beijing:Writers Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2007).红高粱家族[M].[Red Sorghum].北京:人民文学出版社Beijing:People's Literature Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo Yan莫言.(2000).我在美国出版的三本书[J].[Three books I published in the U.S.].小说界Fiction (5):170-173. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2011).莫言小说英译研究[J].[A Study on English Translation of Mo Yan's Novels].中国比较文学Chinese Comparative Literature (1):45-56. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shao Lu邵璐.(2013).莫言英译者葛浩文翻译中的“忠实”与“伪忠实”[J].[“Faithfulness” and “False Faithfulness” in the English Translation of Mo Yan by Howard Goldblatt ].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (3):62-67. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shi Guoqiang史国强.(2013).葛浩文的“隐”与“不隐”---读英译《丰乳肥臀》[J].[Howard Goldblatt’s “Hidden” and “Not Hidden”--An English Translation of ''Big Breasts and Wide Hips'' ].当代作家评论Contemporary Writer Review (1):76-80. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili孙致礼.(2002).中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化[J].[Chinese Literary Translation: From Domestication to Foreignization].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (1):40-44. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wen Jun&amp;amp;Wang Xiaochuan&amp;amp;Lai Tian文军,王小川,赖甜.(2007).葛浩文翻译观探究[J].[On Howard Goldblatt’s Translation View].外语教学Foreign Language Teaching (6):78-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping&amp;amp;Zhang Rongxi许建平,张荣熙.(2002).跨文化翻译中的异化与归化问题[J].[Foreignization and Domestication in Cross-cultural Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (5):36-39. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong许渊冲.(2012).再谈中国学派的文学翻译理论[J].[On the Literary Translation Theory of the Chinese School].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (4):83-90,127. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Yixun&amp;amp;Howard Goldblatt闫怡恂,葛浩文.(2014).文学翻译：过程与标准---葛浩文访谈录[J].[Literary Translation: Process and Standards---Interview with Howard Goldblatt].当代作家评论Contemporary Writers Review (1):193-203.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yin Lingwei&amp;amp;Shen Xiangyu殷凌薇,沈翔宇.(2020).论葛浩文《蛙》英译本的忠实与背叛[J].[On the Faithfulness and Betrayal of Howard Goldblatt’s English Version of ''Frog''].北方工业大学学报Journal of North China University of Technology (3):108-113.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yaoping张耀平.(2005).拿汉语读，用英文写——说说葛浩文的翻译[J].[Read in Chinese, Write in English——A Talk about Howard Goldblatt’s Translation].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (2):75-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Domestication and Foreignization in the Course of Translation Under the Direction of Skopos TheorY	谭星越	Tan Xingyue==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 谭星越 Tan Xingyue,202020080642.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization were put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous translation theorist in America, in his book The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation in 1995. Domesticating translation places emphasis on the target culture, which makes the original text more easily understood by the target-language readers, while foreignizing translation aims to produce the foreignness and cultural characteristics in the source text as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was proposed by Reiss and Vermeer in the 1970s, which held that the purpose of translation determines the translation strategy. This thesis takes Skopos Theory as the basis of theoretical research, and analyzes the application and practice of domestication and foreignization in the course of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, domestication, foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出来的。归化翻译是一种倾向于译入语文化的翻译方法，使原文文本更加容易被目的语读者所接受。异化翻译则旨在尽可能地传递原文文本的异质性和文化特色。翻译目的论由赖斯和弗米尔于20世纪70年代提出，该理论认为翻译目的决定翻译策略。本文将以目的论作为理论研究的依据，分析归化和异化在翻译过程中的应用和实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论，归化，异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the context of economic globalization, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent among countries. Translation, turning an original or “source” text into a text in another language, is an effective way of cultural communication. As a bridge communicating between cultures, translation plays an implacable role in the interaction. Since translation requires constant language choosing according to different context of culture, different translation theories have been proposed. Traditional translation theories focused on the equivalence of meaning and form of language, and literal translation and free translation were the main approaches. In the 1990s, there was a “cultural turn” in translation. The study of translation was no longer limited to the linguistic level, which has greatly widened the theoretical scope of translation. Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, proposed two translation strategies: Domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary translation studies, Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the landmark of functional approaches to translation, which is relatively accepted by the public. Vermeer (1987:26) held that translation is a kind of transformation behavior based on the original text and translation behavior is an intentional and purposeful behavior in a specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis is comprised of five sections. The first part presents an introduction of this thesis. The second part discusses the origination and formulation of Skopos Theory and three rules of Skopos Theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule. The third part gives a brief interpretation of the two translation methods: domestication and foreignization. The fourth part analyzes the application and practice of the two methods in the course of translation under the direction of Skopos Theory. The last part draws a conclusion for this thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Gentlzer(1993:18), before the 1960s, translation was regarded as a kind of code-switching, reorganization and meaning equivalence of two languages. Under these circumstances, translation was listed as a branch of linguistics. For a long time, linguists devoted themselves to studying the translation methods, principles and standards in the linguistic range of research, without concerning the factors of external language, such as the author and reader, or the speaker and hearer. With going deep into the research work, a new theory based on the premise that linguistics is only a tool of translation study but not the object has been proposed. Proposers considered translation as a kind of communicative activity between human beings, in this case, pragmatic level should be given priority to translation study, and background knowledge such as the conventions, norms and habits of different cultures should not be ignored. This chapter will focus on the introduction to this new theory of translation study—Skopos Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Origination and formulation of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The formulation and development of Skopos Theory has undergone four stages. The representative of the first stage was Katharina Reiss, who was one of the founders of Functional Approaches to translation. The early theories of Katharina Reiss were based on the concept of equivalence. Reiss(1984:21) advocated that the equivalence between translation had to shift its focus from word and sentence level to textual level and that translators should take translation strategies, language functions, discourse types and text genres into account in the process of translation. Based on the three characteristics of linguistic functions, Reiss divided texts into three types: informative type, expressive type and operative type. These three different types of texts respectively served the communication between content, the communication between artistically organized content and the communication between content with a persuasive character, as a result, translation strategies for different text types were proposed. But in later studies, she realized that equivalence between translation was an impossible-to-be-realized, therefore, Reiss revised her theory of Text Typology, and the analysis of text types was no longer the main reference of translation strategies. She held that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the target text rather than the principle of equivalence, and in the whole process of translation, the communicative functions that the target language was expected to achieve should be of great significance in the cultural environment of the target language. Thus it can be seen that Reiss’s theory laid the foundation for the formulation of Skopos Theory of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Vermeer (1987:27) broke through the limitations of equivalence theory, and took textual purpose as the primary criterion for the translation process. He developed functional skopos theory and made outstanding contributions to functionalist translation theory. He tried to build a bridge between practice and theory, considering that translation was a transformation of language, and also a kind of human behavior. As we all know, any action has its goal or purpose, and leads to a result, a new situation or event. This was why Vermeer named his theory as “Skopos Theory”, which was proposed in the 1970s in German. “Skopos” was a word in Greek, which meant “aim”, “purpose”, “intention” or “function”. Generally, &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the translation. According to Vermeer’s Theory, the text’s purpose must remain a high priority, which will directly affect all aspects of the translation process. According to Vermeer, there were three purposes of translation: the translator's purpose, the purpose of dissemination of the translation, and the specific purpose of the special translation strategy. It was the initiator of the translation act that determined the purpose of the translation. But the translator did not passively accept everything. He can also act as the initiator, directly participating in determining the purpose of the translation (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:35). Moreover, Skopos Theory claimed that the intended purpose of the translation determined the methods and strategies of translation and that three rules of translation should be observed: skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Action based on the communication theory and action theory was elaborated by Justa Holtz Manttari in the third stage of the development of Skopos Theory, which has expanded the scope of functional translation theory. She regarded translation as a person-to-person, purpose-driven and result-oriented interaction activity. Manttari conducted a detailed analysis of the participants and behavior in the translation processes, mainly including the initiator / client, the commissioner, the ST producer, the TT producer, the TT user and the TT receiver. (Manttarri,1984: 398)Translation was the transfer of complex information including texts, pictures, sounds and languages between different cultures. The purpose of translation action was to overcome cultural and language barriers, so as to achieve cultural communication. She insisted that adaptations, compilations, edits and information inquiries were of essentiality in the process of translation activities, and she even included editing, consulting, and other activities related to foreign cultures into the translation action. The translator produced &amp;quot;message transmitter&amp;quot; that met the specific needs of the recipient's cultural background according to the client's requirements. As long as the target text can be produced to meet the client's needs, the task of translation was complete. In other words, the translation needed not be equivalent to the original, which contrived the theory of Translation Action to be an extreme functional theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth stage, Christian Nord (2001：12)proposed two kinds of translation strategies, in response to the fact that Manttari completely ignored the original text: (1)Documentary translation: it referred to record the information contained in the original text in the communication of target language; it emphasized the direct production of the original text regardless of the context of the target.(2) Instrumental translation: it referred to the translation that achieved different functions for the certain purposes in the target language culture. Nord's contribution to translation studies was many-sided, and she proposed the theory of Function plus Loyalty. Function referred to the factors that made the translation work in a predetermined way in the target language environment, while loyalty referred to the interpersonal relationship among the translator, the original author, the recipient of the translation, and the initiator of the translation. In Nord’s view, loyalty was a kind of concept that translators should be loyal to both the original text and the target of the translation, and that was different from the concept of fidelity or faithfulness which only focused on the relationship between the original and the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that the landmark theories of the German functionalist approach were: Katharina Reiss’ Text Typology, Hans Josef Vermeer’ Skopos Theory, Justa Holtz Manttari’ Theory of Translation Action and Nord's Function plus Loyalty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Three rules of the Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos Theory proposed by Vermeer is the most important theory of functional approaches to translation. There were three ways to understand this word &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot;: the purpose of the translator; the communicative purpose of the text; the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation strategies. Usually, &amp;quot;skopos&amp;quot; referred to the communicative purpose of the text. (Zhang Jinlan, 2004:36). First, under an ideal situation, the initiator of the translation will give details of the elements in the process of translation, such as the recipient of the translation, the environment in which the translation was used, and the functions that the translation should achieve. According to Skopos Theory, the primary rule followed by all translators was the “skopos rule”: The translation purpose determined the translation methods and strategies. Second, coherence rule pointed that the translation must meet the criteria of intra-textual coherence and that translated text must be sufficiently coherent to allow the intended addressees to comprehend it, given that their assumed background knowledge and situation circumstances. Third, fidelity rule meant that the translated text should bear some relationship with the corresponding source text, and there should be intra-textual coherence between the original text and the translation. Intra-textual coherence was similar to what was commonly referred to as fidelity to the original, and the degree and form of fidelity were determined by the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation has shifted its emphasis from language conversion to cultural transformation. Translation is no longer only regarded as the transformation of language symbols, but a mode of cultural transformation. Since translation is closely related to culture, a problem naturally arises: how to deal with the cultural factors in the text, especially the text with great cultural differences between the source language and the target language. It is on the issue of how to deal with cultural differences in translation that there exist disagreements in the field of translation. Generally speaking, it can be divided into two opposite opinions, namely, domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is an important term in cultural criticism, cultural translation theory and cultural exchange. Due to the differences in geographical environment and social history, the differences between eastern and western cultures exist objectively. In other words, not every person in the west can understand the cultural symbols of the east. When dealing with various oriental materials, the oriental scholars in the west can only make some transformation based on some methods such as domestication or foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translator, was the first person to introduce the term “domestication” in his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. He proposed that domestication is an approach that the translator &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; and that domesticating translation should abide by the current mainstream values of the target language and culture, openly adopt conservative assimilation methods to the translation of the original text, and cater to local canon, publishing trend and political needs. (Venuti, 2001:19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schuttleworth and Cowie in their book Dictionary of Translation Studies defined “domestication” as “a term used to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TL readers. . .it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign, and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with [target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other”.(Schuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004:59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douglass Robinson, a Canadian translator who discussed domestication and foreignization from the perspective of postcolonial theory, defined domestication as a term used by translators who were strident advocates of foreignizing translation to describe the worst translation. This kind of translation adopts the way of domesticating the original text into the target culture and language values. Traditionally, this concept is often referred to as “free translation”. (Robinson, 1997:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domesticating translation, which emerged in the 17th century when the translation activities mainly focused on the introduction of religious classics, classical literary works and the dissemination of Enlightenment thoughts, has been playing a dominant role in British for a long time. There were lots of scholars who firmly advocated the domesticating translation. For example, one of the representatives Eugene Nida has put forward the famous dynamic equivalence and the theory of reader’s response. He proposed that translation should achieve dynamic equivalence, not only in the form of expression, but also in accordance with the norms of the target language. He believed that the cultural category of the target readers should be taken into consideration in terms of expression, choice of words and sentences, and writing style, which should conform to the reading habits and reading psychology of the target readers (Nida, 2003:159). Meanwhile, in the United States, domesticating translation occupied the dominant position in the field of translation in a very long period of time. At that time, the critics in the United States strongly criticized those poems that tried to faithfully convey the exotic flavor of the original text, and publishers also strongly rejected this kind of foreignizing translation, which made it hard to get the chance of publication. They thought that only domesticating translation is the authentic translation, and in this way the translation can be read as if it is created in the target language. The translators completely vanish in the kind of fluent, domesticating translation that has erased every trace of exoticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some sense, domestication aims to transform the cultural identity of “the other” into the identity of “I”, so that the thoughts, values and behaviors of “the other” conform to “my” standards. As a result, cultural standardization eliminates and replaces cultural differences, leading to the emergence of cultural supremacy or ethnocentrism which refer to the tendency of all countries and nationalities to regard their own way of life, beliefs, values and codes of conduct as superior to others. Homi Bhabha ever claimed that with the global expansionism of the strong culture of Europe and America, non-western countries have been placed in a narrow narrative of progress and development and their civilization described as decadent and autocratic (An Feng, 2004: 15). Under this circumstance, Vetinu proposed the foreignizing translation in order to achieve the deconstruction of ethnocentrism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Based on a thorough study of the history of translation in the West from the 17th century to the present, Venuti (2001:23) found that the adoption of domesticating translation strategies was the dominant practice in the history of western translation. Such a translation tradition implies the fact that translators take the western ideology as the standard and foreign texts are shaped by the values of western nationalism and imperialism. Venuti has challenged this kind of translation tradition and firmly advocated foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti studied translation from the perspective of society and culture. His theory was directly derived from the German tradition of emphasizing foreignization, the influence of French thinker Derrida and the school of cultural studies. In the mid-18th century, German translators and writers have put other languages in the same position as German, and respect for foreign languages has become a guiding principle in the course of translation, from which people learn to adjust themselves to the heterogeneous elements in foreign texts. In the 19th and 20th century, attention to the foreignness of the original text has become an undercurrent in the study of German translation theory. During this period, the theorists were cautious and avoided the words of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. They no longer focus on the unit of translation, but turn to the issue of the interpretation of cross-cultural text. For example, German scholar Schleiermacher ever stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An inner necessity, in which a peculiar calling of our people [the Germans] express itself clearly enough, has driven us to translating en masse; we cannot go back and we must go on. Just as our soil itself has no doubt become richer and richer fertile and our climate milder and more pleasant only after much transplantations of foreign flora, just so we sense that our language, because we exercise it less owing to our Nordic sluggishness, can thrive in all its freshness and completely develop its own power only through the most many-sided contacts with what is foreign.&amp;quot;(Schleiermacher, 2004:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German tradition of emphasizing “foreignness” (especially Schleiermacher's argument) provided the theorical basis and direction for Venuti's thoughts, then Derrida's &amp;quot;Deconstruction&amp;quot; philosophy provided a “strategy” for Venuti's translation theory. Derrida challenged all the traditional translation theories and practices with the concept of “differance” in his writing activity and deconstruction strategy. “Differance” is the source of uncertainty and difference. And the meaning of text is always be influenced by the temporization and spacing of the difference; therefore, meaning cannot be completely determined and the absolute translation of original text is always impossible (Graham, 1986:146). Deconstructive translation theory deconstructs the authority of the original text, and puts the translation on an equal and complementary position with the original, thus giving the translator more autonomy. Meanwhile, deconstructive translation theory emphasizes “difference”, and aims to achieve a deeper and more accurate understanding of the differences between languages through translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of previous scholars' theories, combined with American modernist translation theory, Venuti developed the connotation of foreignizing translation at least from the following aspects(Zhang Jinghua，2009:68): (1) The &amp;quot;heterogeneity&amp;quot; of modernist foreignization comes not only from foreign languages and cultures, but also from those excluded and marginalized discourses in local discourses. (2) The modernist text in foreignizing translation develops the idea of &amp;quot;translation autonomy&amp;quot; and enriches the connotation of foreignization translation in ethical sense, which also conforms to the Frankfurt School's thought of &amp;quot;artistic autonomy&amp;quot; in translation literature.(3) The foreignization of modernism advocates to promote the renewal of the target-language system with the help of marginal languages such as new words and ancient words. (4) In the discourse strategy, foreignizing translation endows translators with more freedom, highlights the subjectivity of the translator, and no longer relies solely on the literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Translation Method under the Direction of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a behavior of cross-cultural communication. Translation is the bridge of cultural integration. The negation and exclusion of foreign cultures are incompatible with the role of translation as a cultural bridge; however, the overall acceptance of foreign language will also lead the original language to lose its &amp;quot;social identity&amp;quot;. XIE(Xie Yao,2017:360) stated that the translation work inevitably bears its cultural imprint, and domestication and foreignization are main ways to lessen the conflict between source language culture and target language culture. Foreignization does a good job in keeping the culture and images for the source language, while domestication means removing all strangeness and foreignness of the source text and making the translation clearly readable. &lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Target reader-oriented approach — domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
If translators aim to produce equivalent translation, especially pragmatic equivalent translation to achieve communicative effect with fully understanding the semantic meaning and pragmatic meaning, and considering the acceptance and response of readers, the domesticating translation should be given priority. Therefore, one of the responsibilities of translators is to avoid cultural conflicts, which can lead to various forms of misunderstanding. When transplanting a text into another culture, the translator should carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. Therefore, we should try our best to transform the source language culture into the target language culture. At the same time, the translator is also a disseminator. In cross-cultural communication, he/she should eliminate barriers and deliver the meaning of the source culture to the readers of the target culture. Then, I will analyze the practice of domesticating translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“煮茶非漫浪,要须其人与茶品相得。故其法每传于高流隐逸、有烟霞泉石磊磈于胸次间者。&lt;br /&gt;
The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake. The moral state of the brewer should match well with the quality of the tea. That explains why the techniques of tea brewing are usually handed down only to eremitic wisdoms with lofty characters and peaceful mind.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang，2009:36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The art of tea brewing is not for roman' s sake”, the sentence pattern of this translation is obviously derived from “art for art's sake”, which reminds people of the aesthetic movement that appeared in the late 19th century in the field of British Art and Literature. “Art for art’s sake”, a slogan translated from the French “l’art pour l’art”, which was coined in the early 19th century by the French philosopher Victor Cousin. It expressed the belief held by many writers and artists, especially those associated with Aestheticism, that art needed no justification, and that it served no political, didactic, or other purposes. This form of expression has already been in the public eye for a long term. Therefore, the translator resorted to the domesticating method according to the cultural standards and traditions of the target language so that the information can be easily understood and accepted by the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “角楼”, an ancient architecture in China, as another example. The word “角楼” has a long history, which first appeared in the book History of the Three Kingdoms · Wei Shu. It was built on the corner rampart. Because the horizon from the “角楼” is very wide and the enemy's situation can be observed clearly. Therefore, “角楼” was used as an important facility of the defense project in ancient times. At present, there are four “角楼” in the Palace Museum in Beijing. The most common translation of “角楼” is “turret”. The word &amp;quot;turret&amp;quot; originates from the Latin word &amp;quot;turris&amp;quot;, which means a small tower that projects vertically from the wall of a building such as a medieval castle and is used to provide a projecting defensive position allowing covering fire to the adjacent wall. It can be seen that the meaning of the word is very similar to that of the “角楼”. Here, the translator adopts the domesticating strategy to try to find the equivalent words of the image “角楼” in the western culture. Many more examples could be mentioned. For instance, “肉夹馍” is a famous snack in Xi’an and has been listed as a cultural heritage, which is one of the delicacies for foreign tourists to taste in Xi'an. The official translation of “肉夹馍” in Xi'an is “Rougamo”. However, the more well-known or widely spread translations are &amp;quot;Chinese hamburger&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chinese sandwich&amp;quot;, because foreign tourists think that “肉夹馍”is a popular Chinese &amp;quot;meat burger&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;meat sandwich&amp;quot;, and the translation here adopts the domestication strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The purpose of source culture dissemination—foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of spreading the source language culture, translator should adopt foreignization so as to promulgate the culture of the original language to the target readers to the largest degree, stimulate the readers to learn the unknown source culture, help to overcome the obstacles in cross-cultural communication, and finally facilitate cultural integration. Then, I will analyze the practice of foreignizing translation combined with some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“凡采茶,在二月、三月、四月之间。&lt;br /&gt;
The second, third, fourth months of the lunar year are a proper time for almost all sorts of tea to get harvested.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang &amp;amp; Jiang, 2009:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Tang Dynasty, there was no strict time requirements for tea plucking. In the Classics of Tea, Lu Yu said that the optimum time for tea plucking was between February and April in the lunar calendar, that is to say, it is between March and May according to the current solar calendar. In this sentence, the translator supplemented the cultural element “the lunar year” for accurate time expression. The lunar calendar was established in ancient China based on the operating cycle of the moon, which has been used for thousands of years, guiding the Chinese nation's spring planting, autumn harvest, daily life, containing the wisdom of harmonious coexistence between the Chinese people and nature, and inheriting the continuous national life culture. With the western learning introduced into China, the solar calendar has gradually become a common social calendar, and the lunar calendar is to a large extent an expression of life customs and the inheritance of folk customs. The translator used communicative translation strategies to explain the precise season of tea-picking to the target readers. From the perspective of cultural communication and the expectations of the target readers, the translator tried his best to make the target readers appreciate the exotic and unique cultural information of the source text in the process of compensating for cultural defaults. For publicity translation, the original text can be regarded as a collection of languages, and also a mirror of national history and culture. It can be said that any text is always loaded with certain cultural information to show its unique national cultural temperament. In order to achieve cultural exchange, translators convey the cultural information in the original text accurately and faithfully. This is a good example of foreignizing translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, I take the translation of “谋事在人，成事在天”, an ancient proverb in The Dream of Red Mansions, as another example. David Hawkes translated it into “Man proposes, God disposes”. He quoted Western proverbs to express the central idea of the original sentence. However, his translation of “天” into “god” was based on his western mode of thinking. Hawkes' translation ignored the differences of religious and cultural information and failed to convey the cultural elements of the original text. However, Yang Xianyi translated this proverb into “Man proposes, Heaven disposes”. Besides, “阿弥陀佛” appeared many times in the novel, and Hawkes translated into “my Lord” or “my God” while Yang Xianyi translated into “Amida Buddha”, which showed the character's Buddhist belief. We can clearly see that Yang Xianyi employed the foreignizing translation. In the course of translation, foreignization is more favorable to show the cultural differences to the readers, and enable them to understand the Chinese religious and other cultural backgrounds more accurately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Skopos Theory, combined with the prop criterions of skopos rule, this thesis studies the domestication and foreignization in the course of translation. It should be said that the two strategies, domestication and foreignization, are not opposite or even contradictory, but complementary in translation. Cultural transplantation would be successfully achieved with a variety of methods and models. With Skopos theory applied to make a comprehensive analysis of various factors involved in translation, we can conclude that translators can adopt the principles and methods of both domestication and foreignization. (Guo Jianzhong,1998:5)As for to what extent source culture must be preserved in the translation, how to preserve it, and to what extent source culture must be adjusted to adapt to the target culture, we have to make a choice based on our correct understanding of the nature and the purpose of translation and the demands of target readers. Therefore, it is important for translators to have a deep cultural awareness in the process of translation, and to be sensitive to the similarities and differences between the two cultures. In addition, once one kind of translation method has been employed in a particular text during the process of translation, the translator better keep this basic tendency as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Gentzler, Edwin.(1993). ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Graham, Joseph.(1986). ''Difference in Translation''[M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Justa Holz-Manttari.(1984). ''Translatorisches Handeln, Theorie und Methode''[M]. Distributor, Akateeminen Kirjakauppa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (2003). ''Toward a Science of Translating''[M]. Brill Academic Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane.(2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functional Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharine. &amp;amp;Vermeer, Hans. J. (1984). ''Towards a General Theory of Translational Action: Skopos Theory Explained'' [M]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Robinson, Douglass. (1997). ''Translation and Empire: Postcolonial Theory Explained''[M]. Manchester: St Jerome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Friedrich. (2004). ''On the Different Methods of Translating''[A]. In Lawrence Venuti ed. The Translation Studies Reader[C]. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schuttleworth, Mark. &amp;amp; Cowie, Moria. (1997). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''[C]. Manehester: St Jerome. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans. J. (1987). ''What does it Mean to Translate'' [J]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics (2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence.(2001). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: History of Translation''[M]. London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*An Feng安锋.(2004). 霍米·巴巴“后殖民理论研究”[D].[ Homi Bhabha’s Study on Postcolonial Theory ]. 北京语言大学Beijing Language and Culture University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong郭建中.(1998).翻译中的文化因素:异化与归化[J].[Cultural Factors in Translation:Foreignization and Domestication].上海外国语大学学报Journal of Shanghai International Studies University (2):3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Xin&amp;amp;Jiang Yi（唐）陆羽，姜欣, 姜怡（译）. (2009).大中华文库·茶经[M]．[The Classics of Tea].湖南：湖南人民出版社Hunan People's Press．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xie Yao 谢瑶.(2017).“一带一路”背景下中国茶文学作品的归化翻译与异化翻译[J].[Domesticating and Foreignizing Translation of Chinese Tea Literature in the Context of Belt and Road].福建茶叶Fujian Tea(2) :360-361．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinghua 张景华.(2009). 翻译伦理：韦努蒂翻译思想研究[M].[Ethics of Translation: A Study of Venuti's Thought on Translation]. 上海交通大学出版社Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jinlan张锦兰. (2004).目的论与翻译方法[J].[The Skopos Theory and Translation Method]. 中国科技翻译 Technology Translation in China(1):35-37.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of domestication and foreignization in cross cultural translation 	周罗平	Zhou Luoping==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 周罗平 Zhou Luoping,202020080670.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture and the medium of communication between cultures. Language and culture are closely connected. Nowadays, cultural exchanges are becoming increasingly frequent; hence, it’s particularly important to use translation to convey information between different cultures. Translation is a process not only about transforming one language into another, but also about noticing the history and cultural tradition behind languages. Therefore, in cross-cultural translation, translators should master two strategies to deal with culture: domestication and foreignization. This article will introduce domestication and foreignization and explore how to use them in cross-cultural translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication  Foreignization  Cross-cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译中归化和异化研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
语言是文化的载体，是文化间传播和交流的媒介。语言和文化之间密不可分。在文化交流日益频繁的今天，用翻译去传递不同文化之间的信息就显得格外重要。翻译不仅仅是将一种语言转化为另一种语言，更要关注不同语言背后所承载的历史背景和文化传统，故在跨文化翻译中，译者应掌握处理文化的两种翻译方法：归化和异化。本文将系统地介绍归化和异化这两种翻译策略，并探究在跨文化翻译中如何选择使用这两种翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化 异化 跨文化翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by different geographical environment, historical development and other factors, different nations and countries form their unique culture. Translation plays an important role in cross-cultural communication. The translator as the main body of translation activities should convey the culture of one language in another language. In this process, the translator is faced with how and to what extent to show the cultural connotation of source language; therefore, the translator is bound to face the choice between domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, oriented by the target language culture, aims to eliminate the strangeness brought about by the source text, but it also reduces the opportunities for the target readers to contact with foreign cultures. While foreignization, oriented by the source language culture, aims to retain the unique style and cultural characteristics of the source language, but it will increase the reading difficulty. The best way is to combine domestication with foreignization. Therefore, the translator should fully consider the type of the text and the readers of the translation and then choose the translation strategies and methods reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper will be divided into five parts. The first part is the introduction of this paper. The second part is the introduction of domestication and foreignization, as well as a brief introduction of the representatives of domestication and foreignization. The third part is an analysis of the factors that influence the choice of domestication and foreignization. The fourth part introduces the translation methods under domestication and foreignization. The fifth part is the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The terms domestication and foreignization were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his work The Translator’s Invisibility. The two concepts of foreignization and domestication are defined by Venuti based on Schleiermacher’s distinction between the two different translation orientations. Schleiermacher clearly pointed out that there can be only two ways of Translating. Either by keeping the author as still as possible, so as to lead the reader to the author; the other is to keep the reader as still as possible, thereby guiding the author to approach the reader. Venuti, on the basis of Schleiermacher’s distinction, called the former foreignization and the latter domestication (Jiang 2016，146-147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is actually an ethnocentric practice, bringing foreign texts into the cultural values of the target language and thus bringing the author back home. Therefore, in the process of translation, the translator follows the target language culture and adopts conservative methods to assimilate the original text so as to meet the needs of the target language readers (Venuti 2009, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, the biggest advantage of the domestication is that it makes the translated works more easily accepted by the target language readers and that readers can better understand the connotation of the source text. In addition, domestication well reflects the coexistence of different cultures in the process of communication, and shows that translators seek common ground when facing culture differences and conflicts. Of course, every coin has two sides. Domestication translation also has its shortcomings. When translators adopt domestication, they tend to assimilate part of the original content with different language style or unique national culture, which makes the translation lose the characteristics of the original text, thus affecting the communication and spread of different cultures and hinders readers’ understanding of foreign culture (He 2019, 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative figure advocating domestication. Nida’s functional equivalence theory or dynamic equivalence theory shows that he is a supporter of domesticating translation. His dynamic equivalence theory shows that he pursues the most natural equivalence translation. He once said that “dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 2004, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, dynamic equivalence means that the reader’s response to the translation is consistent with that of the original. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory fully considers the reader’s language culture and the reader’s ability to appreciate the translation. Therefore, in the course of translating, the translator should take the completely natural and smooth language expression as the goal. In order to make the translation natural and smooth, the translator must make some adjustments to the original text. Some heterogeneous cultures which are not accepted by readers should be eliminated as much as possible. Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory takes the reader into full consideration. It aims to eliminate the readers’ strangeness to the original content and let readers better understand the thought and meaning of the original text, which precisely reflects the characteristics of domesticating translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is an ethnodeviant practice, keeping language and cultural differences of the original texts as far as possible and thus sending the reader abroad. In other words, in order to show the cultural characteristics of the source work, translators use foreignising translation to retain the characteristics of the source text and try to keep the writing techniques used by the author of the source language. Hence, for the readers of the target language, the translation is exotic and unfamiliar (Venuti 2009, 20).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same to the domestication, foreignization also has its advantages and disadvantages. Foreignization, by transplanting the culture of the source language into the culture of the target language, enriches the culture of the target language to a great extent. For example, the Chinese phrase “武装到牙齿” is translated as “armed to the teeth”, which greatly spreads Chinese culture and enriches the English and Chinese language culture. Of course, foreignization also has its limitations. Some cultural differences and language differences are difficult to overcome. If foreignization is adopted blindly in the process of translation, there will produce some translations that readers cannot understand and accept, and translation will also lose its function of cultural communication (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schleiermacher and Venuti are strong supporters of foreignization. Schleiermacher’s preferred strategy is to accommodate the reader to the author. He claims that translations need not be same as the original author writes in the source language. The translation doesn’t conform to the general expression habits of the target language. He believes that a translator who knows the target language can help target readers who are not proficient in the foreign language but have a strong understanding of the original text. To achieve this goal, the translator must adopt the foreignization translation, emphasize the value of heterogeneous culture, and ensure the faithfulness to the original text by subordinating the words in the target text to the source language. In this way, the translation can be faithful to the meaning of the original text and can introduce heterogeneous cultures and concepts to readers of target language (Jiang 2016, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book The Translator’s Invisibility, Venuti expresses his understanding and support for foreignization translation in detail. He believes that foreignization translation is a kind of translation strategy that preserves and highlights the heterogeneity of the original text in the translation. Firstly, he believes that foreignization is reflected in the selection of translation materials. He mainly aims at the classic translation of literature and culture of the target language instead of scientific translation. In the process of foreignising translation, the translator chooses a foreign text which is different from the mainstream culture of the target language, which can change the cultural composition of the target language (Venuti 2009, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, foreignization translation is reflected in the language used by the translator. This means that in the process of translation, the closer the language style of the translation is to the language style of the original, the more heterogeneous the readers will feel. Moreover, Venuti advocates that in the process of translation, the translator should use words that are not commonly used and non-standard. Translators should mix slang, neologism or archaic words to achieve heterogeneous effects. In this way, the foreignization style of translation highlights the heterogeneity of foreign texts and challenges and resists the mainstream culture of the target language (Venuti 2009, 35). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, foreignization translation is embodied in cultural alienation. By highlighting the cultural differences caused by language differences, foreignization translation promotes the development of cultural diversity, helps to resist the hegemony of European and American culture, and helps to promote the development of culture and language of weak and small nations (Venuti 2009, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, foreignising translation highlights and enhances the status of the translator, which changes the phenomenon that the smooth translation makes the translator invisible in the past, thus promoting translation research to gradually move to the academic center. Venuti elaborates that smooth translation has long occupied the mainstream position in the history of western translation, and the fluency of translation has become the standard to judge whether a translation is good or not. Venuti challenges and questions this phenomenon. The smooth translation covers up the translator’s intervention and interpretation of the original text, and covered up the language and cultural differences of the original work (Venuti 2009, 17). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, he puts forward the concept of resistant translation to expound his translation thoughts. Resistant translation refers to a translation strategy that preserves some heterogeneity in literary translation. The object of resistance is the prevailing translation thought in British and American culture, that is, fluent translation is acceptable translation. Venuti challenges the dominant position of British and American culture and introduces the idea of weak culture by advocating resistant translation (Jiang 2016, 169). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a process of seeking similarities between languages and cultures, but also a process of facing the differences between languages and cultures. Translators cannot completely and thoroughly eliminate these differences. Therefore, a good translation must be the blending and collision of different cultures, from which the readers can better understand and perceive cultural diversity (Jiang 2016, 170).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Literal translation, free translation, domestication, and foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There are a lot of discussions on the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and literal translation and free translation. Many people think that domestication is equal to free translation, while foreignization is equal to literal translation. I don’t think so. In this section, I will make a comparison and distinction between the two groups of translation concepts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to the translation that maintains the content and style of the original text while following the norms of the target language. Literal translation starts with word to word translation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 129). However, due to the need to be consistent with the grammar of the target language, the final target text may also present the equivalence of phrase to phrase or clause to clause. Free translation, as opposed to literal translation, refers to the translation that reads naturally, rather than the type of translation that completely retains the wording of the source text. Free translation is usually oriented to the target language (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira 2005, 84).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned before, domesticating translation covers up the differences between different cultures and weakens the strangeness of the original. The translation produced by domestication is very fluent and natural so that readers are able to read and understand the translation according to their own language expressions. Foreignising translation requires the translation to show the heterogeneity of the original text and convey the foreign cultural characteristics of the original text as far as possible so that the reader will feel a strange feeling when reading the translated text and sometimes they will have some misunderstanding or questions that are caused by exotic culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation and free translation emphasize whether the translation is consistent with the original text in terms of language form and style. Domestication and foreignization not only emphasizes the language level, but also pays attention to whether the values and cultural traditions conform to the expression habits of the target language. Additionally, it is worth mentioning that literal translation and free translation are static opposites. Whether the translation is faithful to the original is mainly seen from the linguistic unit. Domestication and foreignization is a pair of dynamic opposites. With the frequency of cultural exchanges and the passage of time, the original foreignization will become domestication. Therefore, we cannot easily equate literal translation with foreignization, nor can we equate free translation with domestication (Lu 2018, 57).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Factors influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translators are always faced with the choice of domestication and foreignization. Then, how does the translator make a choice? This chapter will explore some factors that influence the choice of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and then discuss when to domesticate and when to foreignize the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The type of the text==== &lt;br /&gt;
Different text has its own function. When dealing with different kinds of texts, translators should choose different translation strategies to translate text and to better show the function of the text. Newmark, a famous translator, divides text into three types according to its content and style: expressive function, informational function, and vocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expressive text mainly has literary value or shows the author’s unique writing style, including some serious literary works, such as some serious imaginative literature, authoritative statements and some literary works like personal letters, autobiography, and essay. Expressive text emphasizes the expressive function of language. This kind of the text takes the authority of the original author into consideration and pays less attention to readers’ responses (Newmark 2001, 39). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with other types of texts, expressive texts use artistic and beautiful language, with the purpose of creating artistic images, so that readers can be inspired and moved by the language in the process of reading. The characteristics of expressive texts require translators to translate not only meaning, but also the emotion in the process of translation, so as to reproduce the artistic characteristics of the original text to the greatest extent and make readers feel the artistic charm of the source text when reading the translated text. Therefore, the linguistic features and purposes of expressive texts require translators to use foreignization as much as possible to reflect the exotic flavor of the source language and reproduce the artistic features of the source text (Wang 2008, 138).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative text is mainly to convey the original information to readers truthfully and smoothly, mainly including technical reports, articles in newspapers or periodical, general teaching materials, product descriptions and other text whose content is more important than form. This kind of text is created without author’s personal emotion and its main function is to lead readers to know and understand information (Newmark 2001, 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These characteristics require translators to focus on the content of the text and uses simple or clear expression as far as possible to convey the content so that readers can fully accept the meaning; therefore, it’s better to use domestication as much as possible to reproduce the content of the original text instead of sticking to the language styles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vocative text is mainly to call readers to take action, to think, and to make reaction, including notice, instruction, and advertisement. This type of text emphasizes the infective function of the language and it takes readers as center. Vocative text emphasizes the readability of the text and the acceptability of the reader. It is necessary to put the readers of the target language in the first place and take their culture and receptivity into consideration, so that they can clearly get the information (Newmark 2001, 41).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when translating such texts, translators should grasp the cultural differences between different languages and put the cultural habits of target readers in the first place. Only in this way can readers truly think, feel, and act. Additionally, in the course of translation, translators should give full play to the linguistic advantages of the target language and should not be limited to the expression of the original text, so as to achieve the same effect as the original language as far as possible (Wang 2008, 139).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Newmark, the division of text is not absolute, and most texts have all three functions at the same time with one or two of them dominate (Newmark 2001, 42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in the actual translation, domestication and foreignization should be combined. They are not always antithetical; on the contrary, they complement each other. When choosing foreignising translation strategy, translators should pay attention to the smoothness and understandability of the target text. When choosing the domestication translation strategy, translators should also pay attention not to lose the flavor and style of the original text. During translating, to a certain extent, translators have freedom so they should give full play to the advantages of the two translation strategies. Translators can adopt domesticating translation to familiarize language expression and use foreignising translation to keep cultural elements (He 2019, 71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Readers of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
The translator choosing which translation strategy is not only influenced by the type of text, but also by the target readers. Reader is an important factor influencing the choice of domestication and foreignization so translator should take readers’ age, gender and educational level in the consideration in the course of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation under the domestication strategy is smooth and natural and it’s easier to be accepted by readers. Therefore, if the target readers of the translated text are young children or readers with low education level, the translator can use the domestication strategy more when translating, so that the readers can understand and accept the information of the translated text  (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the translation under the foreignization strategy aims at revealing the heterogeneity of the source culture, spreading foreign culture, and preserving the unique expression and original flavor of the original text. Such a translation may be awkward and difficult to understand. If the readers of the target text are highly educated, highly receptive, or have a certain understanding and cognition of the culture of the source language, the translator can use the foreignization strategy to show the style of the source text, so that the readers can better understand the foreign culture and broaden their horizon (Zhang &amp;amp; Wang 2007, 147).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, most works have a specific audience for reading. Different groups of readers have their own characteristics and different levels of comprehension; therefore, translators should take the factor of readers into consideration to choose domestication strategy or foreignization strategy in the actual translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The application of translation methods in domestication and foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, translating culturally-loaded expressions is difficult. Choosing appropriate ways to translate culturally-loaded expressions will not only keep the original favor, but also make readers of target language understand so in this part I will introduce some methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions under the domestication and foreignization strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Introduction of culturally-loaded expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Culturally-loaded words refer to words with certain cultural background or profound cultural implication, including proverbs, allusions, special characters’ names and current idioms and idioms that have been deposited in a certain historical stage (Fang 2011, 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As culturally-loaded words have their own uniqueness, the following principles should be followed in the translation of culture-loaded words. According to Wang Zhenqi, first, the key implied meaning of the expression in the source text should be converted into non-implied meaning in translation. Second, the representation of the lexical meaning of the source language should be given priority to the representation of the form. Third, the context of the source words should be taken into full consideration in the choice of translation (Wang 2014, 97). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, in the translation of such words, the translator takes cultural exchange as the purpose, evaluates the readers’ cultural reception and perceptivity, and adopts flexible and appropriate translation methods, so as to ensure that the translated text not only retains the cultural information and cultural color of the original text, but also has readability. There are different ways of translating culturally-loaded words because of their different forms and cultural meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation methods under the domestication strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the domestication translation strategy, there are three main methods to translate culturally-loaded expressions, namely: free translation, cultural substitution, and simplification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is a common way in translating culturally-loaded words. Free translation is to translate the cultural information in the source text as much as possible. If the translator only conveys literal meanings of the words that are rich in cultural information, sometimes they will confuse and even misunderstand readers. In order to better convey the meaning of the original text, the translator adopts free translation method to translate the real connotation of culturally-loaded words, fill the gap in the readers’ culture, and let readers understand the text more naturally and smoothly (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, some color words in Chinese have lots of different symbolic meanings. The color purple in Chinese culture represents the spirit of saints and emperors, which is maybe unfamiliar to readers of other cultures. Hence, when translating the term “紫禁城”，in order to eliminate misunderstanding, the translator tends to adopt free translation to translate it as “the forbidden city”. When translating “紫气” in the phrase “紫气东来”, the translator translate it as “propitious omen”, which shows its cultural meaning (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cross-cultural translation, the translator may face such difficulty that there is no corresponding word in the target language equaling to the culturally-loaded word in source language. In this case, cultural substitution is a good choice. Cultural substitution, put forward by Beekman and Callow, is a method of dealing with things that exist in the source language but do not exist in the target language. It is defined as using things in target language to replace the things in source language culture that is unknown to readers of target language. In order to maintain the functional meanings, both things have the same function. There are three points to note. Firstly, do not replace history with didactic words; secondly, choose the one that suits best and not just the one with the most obvious function; thirdly, avoid functional conflicts between source language and target language (Fang 2011,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in order to let readers of target language better feel and understand the love of Romeo and Juliet, we will use cultural substitution methods and translate it into the love between Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai, which eliminates the unfamiliarity of the cultural image in source language and is the representation of domestication. Using the cultural images in the target culture, the translator enables the target readers to understand the foreign culture on the basis of their own culture, thus strengthening the understanding between different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simplication is also a good way to deal with culturally-loaded expressions translation. According to Wang, simplified translation is to translate the core meaning of culture-loaded words in the source language into a simple and clear target language. In cross-cultural translation, the translator may encounter such a situation when the long-winded concept of the original text can be simply expressed in the target language, such as using idiom, and such a translation is more acceptable to the target language readers. Therefore, it is very effective to use simplified translation which not only preserves the core concept of the original text, but also makes the translation acceptable (Wang 2014, 98).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation, cultural substitution and simplication are all translation methods to eliminate the strangeness caused by culturally-loaded words in the source language text and avoid readers’ confusion or misunderstanding. These domesticated text translation methods facilitate readers’ reading, better ensure that readers correctly understand the content of the source language text and experience the emotion of the source language text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Translation methods under the foreignization strategy====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the foreignization translation strategy, there are five main methods to translate culturally-loaded words, namely: literal translation, literal translation plus annotation, transliteration, transliteration plus annotation, and cultural borrowing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is loyal to the meaning and structure of the source text, directly translating the source language into the target language. With the increasingly frequent cultural exchanges, some loaded words and expressions have gradually become familiar to people (Fang 2011, 104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the proverb “All roads lead to Rome” is directly translated as “条条大路通罗马” . “A near friend is better than a far-dwelling kinsman” is translated as “远亲不如近邻”. These culturally-loaded expressions are directly translated into the target language and Chinese readers can clearly understand the meanings (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when literal translation can’t fully convey the original cultural information and readers have difficulty perceiving the meaning, the translator can add some annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the literal translation. Annotations can be used to supplement background information, cultural traditions and other information for readers to understand (Wang 2014, 98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the translator translates “工人文化宫” as “the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park” and add annotation in the sentence “Some went to the Worker’s Cultural Palace Park, a recreation center built for the proletariat during the heyday of communism”. By adding the supplementary information, readers will know the meaning of this sentence clearly. Hence, for one thing, the translation preserves the original culture and promotes the communication between different cultures as well; for another, the readers of target language can better understand the cultural connotation and broaden their knowledge (Fang 2011, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a good and common way to translate culturally-loaded expressions. It uses letter symbols to represent letter symbols in another language system. When there is a big difference between the source language and the target language and there is a semantic gap, it is impossible to translate the semantic meaning. In this case, transliteration is the main translation method. The objects of transliteration are the names of people, places and newly generated terms (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, a city of America “Mount Pleasant” is translated as “芒特普莱森特” in Chinese. The Chinese Taoist thought “阴”and “阳” are translated as “Yin” and “Yang.” Through transliteration, readers of the target language can not only gain some understanding of the cultural knowledge of the source language, but also introduce new cultural concepts into the culture of the target language (Wang 2014, 97 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration plus annotation is also often used in the translation of specific cultural words. The translator can add some annotation that can be in-text annotation or extra-text annotation to explain the meaning of the culturally-loaded words on the basis of the transliteration, so as to achieve the purpose of cultural information transmission (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the sentence “诸如此类，其实只是一种社交上的客套，和‘顿首’‘百拜’同是仪式的虚伪” is translated as “All these are, in fact, nothing but civilities of social life, as hypocritical as the polite formula dunshou (Kowtow) or Baibai (a hundred greetings) used after the signature in old-fashioned Chinese lettering writing” by Zhang Peiji. The annotation gives a clear explanation of the connotation of culturally-loaded words (Fang 2011, 105). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural borrowing refers to some words in the source language, which can only be transferred into the target language word by word according to the literal meaning because no appropriate corresponding language can be found in the target language. The borrowed words may be unchanged or slightly altered, but their meaning must be clear and unmistakable in the target language text (Fang 2011, 304). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “as timid as a rabbit” can be translated as “胆小如兔”in Chinese. By cultural borrowing, this translation preserves the emotional image and cultural connotation of source language and the readers of target language can figure out the meaning of this expression. Therefore, when using cultural borrowing, the translator should not only keep the cultural image in source text but also let the reader of target language understand the image with exotic connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of preserving the culture and keeping the flavor of the original text, these five translation methods try their best to make readers understand the culture of the source language so as to let readers perceive the beauty of foreign culture and to introduce new expressions into target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity of communication between different languages and cultures. Different nations and countries have different ways of language expression because of their different cultures. In cross-cultural translation, translators should not only take on the responsibility of transmitting the source language culture and promoting the communication between different cultures, but also take the responsibility of making the target readers understand the connotation of the text, so as to make the translation readable and acceptable. This requires the translator to master the two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and grasp the balance between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is helpful for the target language readers to understand the original text and avoid the obstacles caused by cultural differences; however, the translation approach to the readers’ language and culture will inevitably lose language features and cultural customs of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation retains the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the source language, but is easy to increase the understanding difficulty of the target language readers, and may even cause misreading of the target language readers. With the frequent cultural exchanges, to some degree, people around the world are relatively familiar with each other’s cultural customs; therefore, on the premise that the target readers have no misunderstanding of the original text, the foreignization translation strategy can be appropriately adopted, which can enrich the target language culture and broaden the horizon of the target readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hence, in cross-cultural translation, translators had to deal with the problems of domestication and foreignization. Translators should consider some factors that influence the choice and choose appropriate translation methods to make domestication and foreignization complement each other, and retain the original flavor of the original text while ensuring the understanding of the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Fang Mengzhi方梦之.(2011)中国译学大辞典[A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China]. 上海外语教育出版社Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Tong蒋童.(2016).韦努蒂翻译理论的谱系学研究[Genealogical study on Lawrence Venuti’s translation theory].商务印书馆The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Xiaojun 陆晓君. (2018) 归化和异化与直译和意译的比较[A Comparison between domestication and foreignization and literal translation and free translation]. 齐齐哈尔师范高等专科学校学报[Journal of Qiqihar Junior Teachers’ College](05) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
*He Limin何丽敏.(2019). 浅析翻译中归化和异化策略的选择 [An analysis of the choice of domestication and foreignization in Translation].辽宁经济 Liaoning Economy (10):70-71.&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, P. (2011) A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, E.A. &amp;amp; Taber C.R. (2004) The Theory and Practice of Translation. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, M. &amp;amp; Moira, C. (2005) Dictionary of Translation Studies.谭载喜译Translated by Tan Zaixi. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (2009) The Translator’s Invisibility. 张景华译Translated by Zhang Jinghua. 外语教育与研究出版社Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Chan王婵.(2008). 纽马克翻译理论在不同文本类型中的体现[The Embodiment of Newmark’s translation in different text types].湖北师范学院学报（哲学社会科学版）Journal of Hubei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) (02) 138-140.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Zhenqi王溱琪.(2014).文化负载词翻译方法浅议[A brief discussion on culturally-loaded word translation method ].长江大学学报(社科版)Journal of Yangtze University (Social Science) (01) 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Siyong &amp;amp;Wang Huimin张思永,王慧敏. (2007). 归化还是异化——谈影响翻译策略选择的若干因素 [Domestication or foreignization-an analysis of factors influencing the choice of translation strategy].广西社会科学 Guangxi Social Science (10):145-148.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 龚钰冕 Gong Yumian,202020080601.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity that spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. In depth study of the connotation and translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique part of Chinese folk culture, and people are familiar with it. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is a kind of cross-cultural communication, which spreads the Chinese national language and culture to the English world. The depth study of the connotation and translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu has played a significant role in promoting and improving the Chinese-English translation and cross-cultural communication between Chinese and English. Based on the theory of domestication and foreignization, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, and to explore their translation strategies. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:23, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，人们耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流活动，深入学习研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语是中国民俗文化特有的一部分，为人们所耳熟能详。汉英歇后语翻译是一种将中华民族语言文化传播到英语世界的跨文化交流。深入学习和研究汉语歇后语的内涵和翻译方法，对汉英语言的互译和跨文化交际都起到了很好的促进和提高作用。本文试图用归化和异化理论出发，分析汉语歇后语的类型及其构成，探讨汉语歇后语的翻译策略。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu, domestication and foreignization, translation strategy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu; domestication and foreignization; translation strategy --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
汉语歇后语；归化和异化；翻译策略 --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:35, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotation and has a special structural form. It has the characteristics of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spread and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles.  However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this paper attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation methods of Chinese Xiehouyu with many examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is a unique language form in Chinese idioms, which is full of cultural connotations and has a special structural form. It is a kind of vivid and humorous language, rich in philosophy and enlightenment, which is widely spreaded and loved by the Chinese people. Chinese Xiehouyu is not only widely used in spoken language of all social strata, but also can be seen everywhere in classical and modern literary works and articles. However, as a unique language form in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese idioms, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to translators. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strategies of domestication and foreignization play an important role in translation. Besides, the correct application of domestication and foreignization in translating Chinese Xiehouyu will appropriately and vividly introduce China's history and culture to foreign people to promote cultural exchanges. Therefore, this chapter attempts to analyze the types and components of Chinese Xiehouyu, analyze the connotations of domestication and foreignization, and explore the translation strageties of Chinese Xiehouyu with examples.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 02:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Origin of Chinese Xiehouyu====--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese people are familiar with it, because it is a form of expression that Chinese people have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu is also called allegorical saying, witticism, abbreviation, quotation and so on. When it comes to Xiehouyu, Chinese are familiar with it, for it is a form of expression that Chinese have learned since childhood. When studying the origin of Chinese Xiehouyu, some linguists and linguistic works also mentioned other related names. For example, Chen Wangdao (1932) included Xiehouyu in the section of &amp;quot;Cutting and Shortening Words&amp;quot; in his ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Shaoyu (1925) pointed out that Xiehouyu originated from &amp;quot;shefu&amp;quot; (a form similar to guessing riddles) in his book ''A Study of Proverbs''; and names such as &amp;quot;riddle&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;proverb&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;idiom&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;witticism&amp;quot; were listed in other books. By comparison, most of them reveal some similarities and differences. Let's briefly review the origin of the term &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot;. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said refers to the ppoetry or a word game about Xiehouyu. The Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; was first found in the biography of Zheng fan in Tang Dynasty, and it is mentioned in the book that &amp;quot;the style of Zheng Wu Xiehou&amp;quot; (a kind of poem with the style of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot;). The word &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has appeared for a long time, but what the ancients said just refers to the poetry or a word game. Xiehouyu, which we are talking about today, was called &amp;quot;Qiaoyu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Fangyu&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Shiyu&amp;quot; by the ancients and were more commonly known as &amp;quot;Yaoyan&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article &amp;quot;''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs'' &amp;quot;. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 20th century, Bai Qiming took Xiehouyu as a kind of folk literature and art after the publication of his article ''Xiehouyu Which Should Be Included in The Collection of Songs''. He pointed out that Xiehouyu, also known as &amp;quot;argot&amp;quot;, was called &amp;quot; wind typeface &amp;quot; in Tang Dynasty and &amp;quot;Kaner&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Kanzi&amp;quot; in custom. However, he did not explain why he called it &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; in his article.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book &amp;quot; ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric''&amp;quot; that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words of Xiehouyu&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, the Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1930s, Chen Wangdao pointed out in his book  ''The Main Ideas of The Rhetoric'' that Xiehouyu has two meanings: one is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; used by the ancients, also known as &amp;quot;cutting and shortening words&amp;quot;; the other is &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; that people use today, also referred as “Pijieyu”, that is, Xiehouyu composed of interpretation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to the Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things referred to, agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that the Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, Mao Dun pointed out that in order to distinguish it from the &amp;quot;original or formal xiehouyu&amp;quot;, a different name should be given to Xiehouyu that people use today, but he did not specify what name to use instead. In the 1980s, from the perspective of academic research, Wen Duanzheng thought that the academic name should reflect the essential characteristics of the things it referred to. He agreed with Mao Dun's opinion, and concluded that Xiehouyu did not express the meaning of &amp;quot;xiehou&amp;quot; in Chinese through a large number of examples. Therefore, he suggested that Xiehouyu should be renamed as &amp;quot;quotations&amp;quot; according to the relationship between the former and latter parts of the Xiehouyu.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name of Xiehouyu has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most scholars believe that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; has been accepted by people and it is difficult to change it. Therefore, they advocate that the name &amp;quot;Xiehouyu&amp;quot; should still be used without any change. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:09, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Structure of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated the Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Xiehouyu can be literally translated into &amp;quot;rest ending sayings&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;post-pause expressions&amp;quot;. According to its structure, it is also translated as &amp;quot;example-explanation-sayings&amp;quot;. In 1986, Professor Luo Shenghao, a linguistic professor at the University of Illinois at Chicago, translated Chinese Xiehouyu into &amp;quot;enigmatic folk similes&amp;quot; in his book ''A Dictionary of Chinese Xiehouyu''. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to the Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle are figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that the Xiehouyu is originated from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to professor Luo, &amp;quot;Similes&amp;quot; refers to Chinese Xiehouyu which is generally composed of vehicle and tenor. The vehicle is figurative metaphors. The tenor is the explanation of the vehicle to show its essential significance. For example, “粪坑里的石头——又臭又硬” (The stone in the cesspit —— smelly and hard.). &amp;quot;Folk&amp;quot; indicates that Xiehouyu originates from the folk and is used more frequently in daily spoken language. &amp;quot;Enigmatic&amp;quot; indicates that this kind of expression has the nature and characteristics of riddles which also have two parts: the tenor and the vehicle. Therefore, &amp;quot;enigmatic Folk Similes&amp;quot; basically reflects the special structure and essential characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 110) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 03:59, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Definition of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which tells a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of witty and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang, 2000, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu has very distinct characteristics, and its external structure is composed of two parts. The former part is the image and descriptive language, which says a thing, a modality, an object, a scene and so on, while the latter part is a summary and abstract language, which is the explanation of the former part. The combination of the former part and the latter part produces a sense of wit and humor to express meaning. Therefore, the fixed phrase is called Xiehouyu. (Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 2000, 64)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”(like a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself(let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dictionary, the explanation of Xiehouyu is that a sentence composed of two parts: the former part is like the riddle, the latter part is like the answer of the riddle, and the original meaning is from the latter part. For example, “泥菩萨过江——自身难保”( a clay idol fording a river, hardly able to save oneself (let alone anyone else)). Therefore, Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom with relatively fixed structure and oral characteristics, which is composed of two parts with the relationship of citation and annotation. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 5）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary''defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentences that are familiar to the masses. When used, it can omit the latter part, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''An Unabridged, Comprehensive Dictionary'' defines Xiehouyu as follows: Xiehouyu is a kind of idiom, which is humorous and vivid sentence that are familiar to the masses. When used, the latter part can be omitted, and the former part can show the meaning, such as &amp;quot;丢了西瓜捡芝麻&amp;quot; (lose the watermelon and pick up the sesame) can mean &amp;quot;因小失大&amp;quot; (keep the tail from wagging the dog); the former and latter part can also be juxtaposed, such as &amp;quot;芝麻开花—节节高&amp;quot; (A sesame stalk puts forth blossoms notch by notch, higher and higher – rising steadily). (Liu Na 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis on this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition points out the nature and components of Xiehouyu. In the branches of linguistics, Xiehouyu belongs to the National Cultural Connotation (NCC), which is composed of the former part and the latter part. The former part often explains and describes a kind of life phenomenon, and the latter part makes comments and analysis of this phenomenon. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kind of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section of language and characters in the ''Chinese Encyclopedia'', Xiehouyu refers to the humorous utterance formed by deliberately missing one word or half sentence of a commonly used word when speaking. There are usually two kinds of Xiehouyu. The first one is the original meaning of Xiehouyu, referred to the omission of the last word of an idiom, which is also called &amp;quot;abbreviation&amp;quot;. （Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 6）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that are expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水（Ladling water with a wicker backet）&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空（all is empty）&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧（舅）(Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin，2006，93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second one is allegorical sayings that have expanded its meaning. The two-part allegorical sayings in Beijing are called witticism, which means that the last half of a sentence can be omitted. For example, &amp;quot;竹篮打水 (Ladling water with a wicker basket)&amp;quot; omits the latter part &amp;quot;一场空 (all is empty)&amp;quot;. Sometimes homonyms are used. Such as &amp;quot;外甥打灯笼一一照旧 (舅) (Things seemed to be the same as before)&amp;quot;. In this sentence, “旧” and “舅” are homophones in China. (Yang Peigen &amp;amp; Li Yanlin 2006，93)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti, 2014, 7）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Xiehouyu is a special language form created by the Chinese people in their daily life. It is a short, funny and vivid sentence and composed of two parts: the former part plays the role of introduction, like a riddle, and the latter part plays the role of supplement, like the answer of the riddle, which is very natural and appropriate. In a certain language environment, one usually says the former part and omit the latter part, the other can understand and guess its original meaning, so this language form is called Xiehouyu.（Miregu Aimaiti 2014, 7）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 04:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.4 The Importance of Chinese Xiehouyu Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience in life. It has rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in Chinese, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiehouyu is a kind of Chinese idioms, which reflects people's daily life and experience, and is a concise summary and warning of people's experience of life. It has the rich ideological connotation and unique cultural characteristics. However, from the perspective of translation, as a unique language phenomenon in China, it is difficult to find the corresponding expression in other languages. Therefore, it has become a difficulty in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, which is undoubtedly a great challenge to the translator. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are similar forms of Chinese Xiehouyu in English, but so far, there is no official definition corresponding to Chinese Xiehouyu. How to reproduce the language style of Xiehouyu and convey its rich cultural connotation is a subject worthy of discussion and research. At the same time, the translation of Xiehouyu helps the world to understand China and Chinese culture, which is conducive to the wide spread of Chinese culture. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most differences are that Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language; Chinese is a parataxis language while English hypotaxis. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In Chinese, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng, 1993，48-49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the most difference is that Chinese is a paradoxis language while English hypotaxis. Chinese belongs to the Chinese-Tibet language, while English belongs to the Indo-European language. In English, the arranging of clauses one after the other without connectives showing the relation between them, for example, the rain fell; the river flooded; the house washed away. In English, the dependent or subordinate construction or relationship of clauses with connectives, for example, I shall despair if you don’t come. (Lian Shuneng 1993，48-49)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, being familiar with and understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interlingual conversion occurs in the process of translation, which it is of great value in translation. In the process of translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English, it is necessary to faithfully reproduce the meaning of the source language by integrating language, cognition, culture, communication and other factors. The form and meaning of Chinese idioms are not completely coincident, which is fully reflected in the literal meaning and implied meaning of Xiehouyu. For foreigners, understanding Xiehouyu can strengthen their mastery of Chinese and deepen their understanding of Chinese culture and civilization. (Liu Na, 2016, 18)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Types of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the connection between the two parts of the Chinese Xiehouyu, it can be roughly divided into two types: metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu. (Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Metaphorical Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are numerous examples of metaphorical Xiehouyu. The former part implies a metaphorical meaning and the latter part original meaning. Their internal connections are very clear and logical.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on it-self. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &lt;br /&gt;
（1）那个宝玉是个丈八的灯台——照见人家，照不见自己的，只知嫌人家脏。这是他的房子，由着你们糟蹋。 (As for Baoyu, he is like a ten-foot lamp-stand that sheds light on others but none on itself. He complains that other people are dirty, yet leaves you to turn his own rooms topsy-turvy.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers.(Qi Dehui,2011,110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that in the first example, the vehicle is literally translated, while the tenor is translated with interpretation, explaining the former part. Literal translation with interpretation not only retains the figurative image of the original language, but also effectively conveys its cultural connotation, which is clear to the target readers. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:46, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2  Paronomasia Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang, 2004, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paronomasia Xiehouyu has a great proportion in Chinese Xiehouyu. The latter part of the paronomasia Xiehouyu is a pun, which has both the surface meaning of the vehicle and other deep meaning. In other words, the literal meaning is to explain the former part, but its deep meaning expresses a completely different meaning from the whole context. (Jin Huikang 2004, 132) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick.(Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心（动了心）(A mid-winter turnip（in the third period of nine days  after  the  winter  solstice）—— the heart is frozen（affected in heart）.)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui,2011,111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
(2)一根筷子吃藕——挑眼(Eating lily root with only one chopstick——picking it up by the holes.) &lt;br /&gt;
In the second example, “pick holes” means to find one’s faults, while the meaning of its vehicle is to pick the whole in lotus root slices with a chopstick. (Ling Li, 2004, 452)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) 三九天的萝卜——冻了心 (动了心) (A midwinter turnip (in the third period of nine days after the winter  solstice) —— the heart is frozen (affected with heart).)&lt;br /&gt;
In the third example, the surface meaning of “the heart is frozen” is that the turnip in a mind winter is completely frozen from the root, and the root is a symbol of the heart. Moreover, “冻了心”and“动了心”in Chinese are homophones, which becomes a pun.(Qi Dehui 2011,111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 05:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition Of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation which “leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first method proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and the second method as &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;. In a word, domestication is s term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. （Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 43-44）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59)Eugene A. Nida, the advocate of the theory, put forward in his linguistic theory of functional equivalence that &amp;quot;cultural equivalence can be achieved by excluding linguistic differences.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terms of domestication and foreignization were first put forward by German philosopher Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schleiermacher. He proposed his famous notion of the translation, which “leaves the reader in peace as much as possible, and moves the author towards him(这个只是归化的概念吧？）” (Venuti, 1995,19-20). Later, this term was introduced into the field of translation by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist. He referred to the first strategy proposed by Schleiermacher as &amp;quot;domesticationg transaltion&amp;quot;, and the second strategy as &amp;quot;foreignizing transaltion&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, domestication is the term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (这个是异化的概念吧，你和下面的异化写成一样的了）(Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 43-44) Then, foreignization is a term used by Venuti (1995) to designate the type of translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original. (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie, 2004, 59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Linshu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehensive the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., and then translators should translate selectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu, a famous writer and translator in China, once put forward the theory of &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot; in ''The Translation of Lin Shu'', which means that the translation should not only accord with the language expression custom of the target language, but also keep the style of the original work. Substantially, the theory of sublimation requires translators to comprehend the meaning of the original work and to consider the factors of semantic relation, style, cultural differences and information transfer effect etc., then the translators should translate selectively. --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translator to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation method of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen, 2017, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; requires the translators to approach the author and express the meaning of the original text with the expressions commonly used by people. During the period of the New Culture Movement in China, Lu Xun, the advocator of the theory, once put forward the translation strategy of &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot;, which brought a western style to the works. (Liu Xiaocen 2017, 99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language or the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that the target language readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers, and the translator must speak like the native author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domestication translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, domestication is to localize the source language, take the target language readers as the destination, and adopt the expression methods that are familiar to the target language readers to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translators to approach the target language readers, and the translators must speak like the author. If the original author wants to have a direct dialogue with the readers, the translated text must become a native language. Domesticating translation helps readers understand the translation better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua, 2002, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization means that the translator should try his best not to disturb the author and let the readers approach the author. In translation, it is to accommodate the language characteristics of foreign culture, absorb foreign language expression, and require the translator to approach the author and adopt the source language expression corresponding to the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the target culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization strategy is to consider the differences of national culture, preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign nationality and language style, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Nie Xiaohua 2002, 3)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Dialectical Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo, 2020, 249)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have a great difference which is the former requires that the text is close to the reader, while the latter requires that the text is close to the author. Some scholars believe that domestication and foreignization, no matter which one is adopted, must be applied in the whole translation text, and cannot be confused. However, in the actual practice of translation, we can't really do that. (Xu Yanan &amp;amp; Zeng Xianmo 2020, 249)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the same time, the translation should also take into account the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is necessary to adopt the method domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the thoughts and styles of the author of the original text, which are full of strong foreign style, so it is necessary to adopt the method of foreignization. However, at the same time, the translation should also consider the readers' understanding and the fluency of the original text, so it is also necessary to adopt the strategy of domestication. It is not advisable to choose one strategy and completely exclude the other. Each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages, so it cannot achieve the ultimate goal of translation with only one of them. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，65)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua, 2011，66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, we are always faced with the choice of foreignization and domestication, so that the translation can find a middle point between being close to the reader and being close to the author, but the &amp;quot;middle point&amp;quot; is not fixed. Sometimes the translated text is closer to the author and sometimes closer to the reader. However, no matter which side it is close to, it should follow a principle: when being close to the author, the translation should not be too far away from the reader; when being close to the reader, it should not be too far away from the author. (Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua 2011，66)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can achieve common development. Therefore, during the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and the more appropriate translated text can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen，2017，99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, foreignization should not hinder the smoothness and understandability of the translated text, and domestication does not lose the style of the original text. At the same time, we should adhere to the domestication strategy for the language form, while foreignization for cultural factors in the original text. In this way, the translated text can combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid their disadvantages, so that they can have common development. Therefore, during the practical translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other so that appropriate translated texts can be produced. (Liu Xiaocen 2017，99)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 06:48, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu===&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language.（Qi Dehui,2011,110）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are always contradictions and disputes between foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu. There is a great deal of debate in the field of translation about whether to use foreignization to take the culture of the source language as the destination and retain the characteristics of the foreign text, or to use domestication to take the culture of the target language as the destination and conform to the characteristics of the target language. (Qi Dehui 2011,110)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation is obviously to adopt a domesticated strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “ 三 个 臭 皮 匠 —— 顶一 个 诸 葛 亮 ”. Some translate it into “Two heads are better than one.” Others translate it into “Three cobblers with their wits combined together equal Zhuge Liang， the master mind.” The first translation obviously adopts a domesticating translation strategy, which conforms to the English expression. It is easy for native English speakers to understand and accept, and it is easy to read. However, the disadvantage is that one (head) in the sentence is not exactly referred as Zhuge Liang in the Chinese Xiehouyu. In Chinese culture, Zhuge Liang was an intelligent man, while one (head) was just an ordinary person. （Qi Dehui 2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? how can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the Chinese source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation version adopts foreignization strategy, which retains the characteristics of Chinese, so that readers from English-speaking countries can understand the connotation of Chinese culture from the translation and promote cultural exchanges. But how do readers in English speaking countries feel when they read such articles? How can cultural exchanges be promoted if it is difficult for readers to understand and lose interest in reading? And when readers see the translation, they can't understand that it is an idiom in Chinese which is humorous, catchy and well-known, and the meaning of the source language is lost. （Qi Dehui,2011,111）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui, 2004, 118).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （4）那胡正卿心头 “十五个吊桶打水——七上八下” Hu Chengching was very much upset by this and his heart was beating like fifteen buckets being hurriedly lowered into a well for water——eight going down while seven coming up. （5）他这一阵，心头如同十五个吊桶打水——七上八下，老是宁静不下来。His mind was in turmoil these days and he was quite unable to think straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth example uses foreignization to retain the two images of &amp;quot;fifteen buckets&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;seven up and eight down&amp;quot;; the fifth example uses domestication, abandons the image of the original text, and directly translates it into a more native phrase &amp;quot;in turmoil&amp;quot;. Should foreignization or domestication be adopted in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu? When do translators use foreignization and when do they use domestication? It depends on the purpose of translation, the characteristics of the translated works and the readers the works are facing with. &amp;quot;If the purpose is to convey culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted&amp;quot; (Huan Yahui 2004, 118). --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese English Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui, 2004, 119).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the C-E Dictionary of Xiehouyu compiled by Guo Zhuzhang and Luo Shenghao, and 100 Xiehouyu translated by Jia Cen are designed to let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, so they mostly adopt the strategy of foreignization. Foreignization can also be used if the features and images of the source language are retained in translation, which will not affect the communication of information and conform to the language usage of the target language (Huan Yahui 2004, 119).--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, （6）咱们俩的事，一条绳上拴着两只蚂蚱——谁也跑不了！We're like two grasshoppers tied to one cord，neither can get away! （7）去设埋伏我们都没有信心，想必他一定在昨天晚上就早溜了，今天去也是瞎子点灯——白费蜡。We had no confidence in today's ambush because we were sure he had escaped last night. It seemed as useless as a blind man lighting a candle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator retains the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of human common thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translators retain the unique language form of the original text, which not only will not affect the communication of information, but also can promote the exchange of culture and thought, giving the target readers a similar aesthetic enjoyment. Because those vivid metaphors in the original text are the products of common human thinking and they can be understood and accepted by readers in other countries. (Zhou Ningqi 2008, 152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if a literary work is translated and the readers of the translated text are only for the sake of appreciating the work or even for entertainment, domestication should be adopted. (Zhou Ningqi 2008，152)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: （8）你别狗咬吕洞宾——不识好人心。我是好心好意劝你，倒粘到我身上来了。Don't snarp and snarl at me when I’m trying to do my best for you. I give you my advice with the best will in the world and you turn round and lay the blame on me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example refers to a character in Chinese mythology. If it is translated literally for the purpose of preserving the cultural information of the original text, it is necessary not only to annotate who Lu Dongbin is, but also to explain to foreign readers the allusion that Lu Dongbin is willing to do good deeds. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan,2004,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the origin of the Chinese Xiehouyu is not important here. It is better to discard its cultural background knowledge and translate it directly into &amp;quot;don't snarp and snarl at me&amp;quot;, which ensures the effective transmission of key information and makes the translation concise and fluent. Although the cultural reference of &amp;quot;狗咬吕洞宾&amp;quot; is not reflected in the translation of this saying, the translator uses the verbs &amp;quot;snarp&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;snarl&amp;quot; to vividly depict the dog biting and barking, which, to some extent, reproduces the vivid and the figurative rhetorical effect achieved by the use of Xiehouyu in the original text. (Yang Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 2004,84)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），Long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（9）我们有些同志喜欢写文章但是没有什么内容，真是“懒婆娘的裹脚——又长又臭”。 Some comrades love to write long articles，but such articles are exactly like the foot-bandages of a slut（the cloth used for women’s foot in ancient China），It's long and smelly（implies the articles are long and dull）.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation is full of long, boring words and obscure annotations that can be daunting to the reader. It can be better to translate the sentence into “these articles are dull and overelaborate”. Through a lot of translation practice, the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can be summarized as follows. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred as general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the target language readers, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Xiehouyu use vivid metaphors, whose metaphorical meaning is referred to general things or common sense. When the metaphorical relationship is clear, literal translation is generally adopted as long as it does not affect the understanding of the original text, that is to say, literal translation is adopted without too much extension and explanation, so as to retain both the content and the form of the source language. It is not only faithful to the original text, but also vivid and easy for the target language readers to read and appreciate. (Qi Dehui 2011, 111)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（Even if a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（10）瘫子掉在井里——捞起也是坐。（If a paralytic falls into a well，he can be no worse off than before.）(Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
（11）竹篮打水——一场空。（Drawing water from a bamboo basket——all in vain. ）&lt;br /&gt;
（12）哑巴梦见妈——说不出来的苦。（Like a dumb man dreaming of his mother，he could not express his despair! ）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three cases are translated by Yang Xianyi. The translator adopts literal translation to keep the original style of the source language and strive to meet the expectations of the target language readers for heterogeneity. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:20, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1.2  Literal Translation with Notes====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms with a dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺、狗腿子、狗仗人势、狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not be misunderstood. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, idioms about dog are generally derogatory, such as &amp;quot;狼心狗肺&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗腿子&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗仗人势&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;狗头军师&amp;quot;, and so on. However, in English, the words and sentences about dog are often positive, such as &amp;quot;every dog has its day.&amp;quot; Western readers may not understand the differences between the two languages and cultures. Therefore, in the translation with foreignization, literal translation with notes should be adopted to fully express the original meaning and metaphorical meaning of the Chinese Xiehouyu. For example, &amp;quot;狗戴帽子——装人&amp;quot; is a taunt. It can be translated as &amp;quot; A dog is wearing a cap —— pretending to be a human being （an insult）.&amp;quot; In this way, the English reader would not misunderstand its meaning. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，153)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Xiehouyu with allusions are often literally translated with notes, so as not to make English readers feel puzzled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by a Chou Yu and gladly taken by a Huang Kai.（A  fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent  him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（13）周瑜打黄盖——一个愿打，一个愿挨。 &lt;br /&gt;
Box on the ear was skillfully given by Chou Yu and gladly taken by Huang Kai.（A fourteenth century novel based on events which took place in the third century A.D. Chou Yu of the Kingdom Wu had Huang Kai，another of Wu general，cruelly beaten，and then sent him to the enemy camp in order to deceive the enemy.）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Domestication in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.1 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning in translation, combining with the context, and flexibly conveying the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly and to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue to begin with.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation mainly refers to grasping the content and metaphorical meaning when transalating by combining with the context, which flexibly conveys the meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 1996, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（14）我这个人你也知道。说话向来是袖筒里入槌——直出直入。(You know me——I speak frankly to the point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（15）他必审问我，我给他个“徐庶入曹营”——一言不发。(He is sure to ask questions but I'll hold my tongue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（16）穷棒子闹翻身，是八仙过海，各显神通。(When we pass from the old society to the new one，each of us shows his true worth.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（17）我们校队近年来可是“孔夫子搬家——净是（输）书。”(Our school team has kept losing in the recent years.)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 08:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.2 Combination of literal and free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
While literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie, 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the literal translation is adopted to retain the metaphorical image of the original text, free translation is also used, sometimes with some appropriate supplement, so that the translation can convey the meaning of the original text more clearly. The Chinese Xiehouyu often carries a deep historical and cultural implication. It is very difficult to transfer the loaded cultural information in Chinese Xiehouyu into English. (Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie 2004, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu with strong national cultural features lie in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by free translation to show its metaphorical meaning &amp;quot;. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some Xiehouyu has strong national cultural features in the image and style, and the translation should be based on the premise of being faithful to the meaning expressed in the original text. Literal translation should be followed by a free translation to show its metaphorical meaning. The combination of literal translation and free translation is undoubtedly one of the effective means of cultural compensation, which not only keeps the metaphorical image of the source language, but also maintains the integrity of the cultural content. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing in straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了（Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）(The tail of a rabbit can't be long——won't last long.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（18）我说二三百两银子，你就说二三十两，戴着斗笠亲嘴——差着一帽子。 (When I say two or three hundred taels，you say twenty or thirty!  It's like kissing with straw helmets——the lips are far apart!)&lt;br /&gt;
（19）兔子的尾巴——长不了(The tail of a rabbit can't be long—— something won't last long.) （Guo Jiangzhong, 1996, 12）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.3 Equivalent Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings, in this case, may as well borrow English synonym idioms to translate them. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui, 2011, 112)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some English idioms and some Chinese Xiehouyu use the same or similar metaphors to express the same or similar metaphorical meanings. In this case, borrowing English synonym idioms to translate them is proper as well. That is to change the original image of the vehicle in translation and translate it with a metaphor familiar to English readers. That is to say, the target text and the original text adopt different vehicles to create the same image, convey the same spirit and achieve the same effect. (Qi Dehui 2011, 112)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（20）冰冻三尺——非一日之寒。 (Rome was not built in a day.)&lt;br /&gt;
（21）肉包子打狗——一去不回头。（A dog given a bone that doesn't come back for more.）&lt;br /&gt;
（22）脱裤子放屁——多此一举。(To carry coals to Newcastle.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical feature of two languages is different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, because the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li,2004,59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using English idioms to translate Chinese Xiehouyu, we should pay attention to the rhetorical features. If the rhetorical features of two languages are different, we cannot apply it. For example, &amp;quot;老王卖瓜——自卖自夸&amp;quot; must be translated into “No man cries stinky Fish”, for the former has a positive meaning, while the latter does not. （Ling Li 2004,59）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:18, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2.4 Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text, not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This method is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the deletion of certain words from the original text. It is not to delete the original text, but to leave out the words that are self-evident in the translation, or to leave out words that are too cumbersome or not suitable for English expression. This strategy is especially suitable for the translation of some Chinese Xiehouyu. (Zhou Ningqi, 2008，152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,&lt;br /&gt;
（23）癞蛤蟆想吃天鹅肉——痴心妄想。 (You are like a toad trying to swallow a swan.)&lt;br /&gt;
（24）赔了夫人又折兵——双重损失。 (You’ve lost the campaign and your wife into the bargain.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai,1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The metaphorical meanings of the above two examples are quite obvious. The target language readers can infer the figurative meaning directly from the image of the vehicle or from the context of Chinese Xiehouyu, so only the metaphorical part can be translated.(Yang &amp;amp; Dai 1986)--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the methods of straightness and explanation (free translation and annotation) to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning of as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Xiehouyu. (Liu Na, 2016,19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, in the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu, attention should be paid to the similarity of form and spirit, so that the surface and deep meanings can be expressed accurately, clearly and vividly. Therefore, we should flexibly adopt the strategies of free translation andliteral translation to truly show the stylistic and pragmatic characteristics of the Chinese Xiehouyu. Moreover, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to translating Xiehouyu well. (Liu Na 2016,19) --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn from the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be openminded and inclusive.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the cultural perspective translation is a communicating process, in which the choosing of translation strategies is of vitality. In the communication of western and Chinese culture, we should absorb the quintessence and abolish what is old and establish in its place the new order of things. When we learn about the languages and cultures of different nationalities, we should also be open-minded and inclusive.  --[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is the most active and developed at all times and in all countries. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. Starting from the two languages, we should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can be easier to translate Chinese Xiehouyu into English by narrowing cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation field, literary translation has always occupied an important position, and the research on literary translation is active at all times and in all countries. The translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu can lay a theoretical foundation for better learning other languages. The translation of Chinese Xiehouyu is not only the conversion between two languages, but also the interlingual activity of cultural exchange between the two nations. We should not only learn our own language, but also have a deep and profound understanding of our own culture. Thus, we can narrow the cultural gap and eliminate the obstacles of language by translating Chinese Xiehouyu into English.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible，which needs surmount double barriers to language and culture and adopt different translation methods according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form, and foreignization can also be adopted for literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Xiehouyu is flexible, which needs surmount double barriers of language and culture and adopt different translation strategies according to different situations. In order to convey Chinese culture and let English readers understand and learn Chinese culture, foreignization should be adopted. Moreover, those which is vivid and easy to understand should retain their original content and form.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; for metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal and free translation can be used with the strategy of foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, domestication should be adopted when translating literary works. For example, due to the cultural and linguistic differences, some Xiehouyu can be translated with the strategy of domestication, which is easier to be accepted by the target language readers; For metaphorical Xiehouyu and paronomasia Xiehouyu with strong national characteristics, literal translation and free translation can be used.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, as far as the structure of the target language are concerned, the phrases and sentences are all in line with the translation standards. Chinese Xiehouyu not only carries the wisdom of Chinese predecessors, but also reflects the profound culture, history and thinking mode of the Chinese nation from a different perspective. In the process of translation, the translator should try to keep the style of the original work, focus on the target language readers, and translate the Chinese Xiehouyu appropriately to avoid wrong translation, overtranslation or undertranslation.--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translation of the Chinese Xiehouyu must take into account its unique language form and distinct cultural background, and try to translate its metaphorical meaning as accurately and appropriately as possible, which is the key to the good translation of Chinese Xiehouyu.(与上文重复）--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 09:44, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 43-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Venuti, L. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London and New York: Routledge. 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yan Xiaohua 晏小花.(2002). 翻译中的异化和归化. [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation]. 湖南医科大学学报[Journal of Social Science of Human Medical University]25-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Wang Yijun 王义军.(2009). 从归化和异化看文化与翻译.[ Culture and Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization] 安徽文学 [Anhui Literature] 216-217.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Miregu.Aimaiti米热姑·艾买提.(2014). 汉语歇后语在维吾尔语中的翻译研究[Studying on Translating Chinese Two-Part Allegorical Sayings into Uyghur].甘肃：西北民族大学[Gansu：Northwest Minzu University] 5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wen Duanzheng 温端政. (2002).中国歇后语大词典.[''Chinese Xiehouyu dictionary'']. 上海：上海辞书出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Lexicographic Publishing House] 20-21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Lian Shuneng 连淑能. (1993). 英汉对比研究.[''Contrastive Studies of English And Chinese'']. 北京：高等教育出版社[Beijing:Higher Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Bao Huinan &amp;amp; Bao Ang 包惠南，包昂. (2000). 实用文化翻译学[''Studies of Practical Cultural Translation''] . 上海：上海科学普及出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Science Popularization Press] 64-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. John S.Rohsenow. (1991). ''A Chinese-English Dictionary of Enigmatic Folk Similes''. The University of Arizona Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.Jin Huikang 金惠康.(2004). 跨文化交际翻译续编.[''Translation in Intercultural Communication, Book 2'']. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation] 452-453.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.Ling Li 凌利.(2004). 歇后语词典.[''A Dictionary of Chinese Allegorical Sayings'']. 呼和浩特：内蒙古人民出版社[Huhehaote: Neimenggu People's Publishing House] 59-452.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.Huang Yahui 黄亚慧.(2006). 论汉语歇后语的汉译英的异化问题.[ Journal of Neijiang Normal University]. 内江师范学院学报[Journal of Neijiang Normal University].118-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Chen Hongwei &amp;amp; Li Yadan 陈宏微，李亚丹. (2004). 新编汉英翻译教程.[''A New Coursebook On Chinese-English Translation'']. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].84-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.Yang Xianyi &amp;amp; Dai Naidie. 杨宪益，戴乃迭. (1986). 《儒林外史》英译本.[''The Scholars'']. 长沙：湖南出版社 [Changahs: Hunan Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15.Guo Jiangzhong. 郭建中.(1996). 汉语歇后语翻译的理论与实践.[Theory and Practice of Translation of Chinese Allegorical Sayings]. 中国翻译 [China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House].12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16.Gao Yun &amp;amp; Yu Jie. 高芸, 于洁.(2004). 汉语歇后语英译研究.[On English Versions for Chinese Enigmatic Folk Similes] 怀化学院学报 [Journal of Huaihua University].124-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. Qi Dehui. 戚德慧. (2011). 归化与异化在汉语歇后语英译中的运用.[ The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of Chinese Xiehouyu].  现代语文(语言研究版).[Modern Chinese].110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18.Xiao Luan &amp;amp; Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾, 冯学华. (2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践. [Domestication and Foreignization and Their Application in Tourism Translation]. 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报 [Journal of Yunyang Teachers College].65-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in the Translation of Chinese Idioms Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邹鑫雨 Zou Xinyu, No.202070080633.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 13:19, 10 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Chinese idioms has something to do with cultural differences of English and Chinese. To appositely adjust cultural differences between English and Chinese, a large number of translators use two translation strategies: domestication and foreignization, when translating Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two kinds of translation strategies which are culture-oriented. This paper will make an introduction of domestication and foreignization in the first part, and then will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms. Then, it will discuss the application of these two translation strategies to Chinese idioms by taking some examples so that the author of this paper can make a brief analysis of the relativity of these two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, and learn how to select proper translation strategies to translate Chinese idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of the translation of Chinese idioms is conducive to the development of language, which will promote international exchanges and cooperation as well as the innovation of translation methods, thus deepening the organic integration of two translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the translation of idioms and promoting the research and development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication; Foreignization; Chinese Idioms; Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅析汉语习语翻译的归化异化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语习语的翻译涉及到英汉文化差异。为了适当地调和英汉文化之间的差异，许多译者采用了归化和异化的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化是两种以文化为导向的翻译策略，本文第一部分先介绍归化异化两种策略，紧接着在第二部分从含义、文化内涵方面对汉语习语进行了介绍，然后通过举例来探讨这两种翻译策略在汉语习语翻译中的运用，从而分析出这两种翻译策略的相关性以及如何选取合适的翻译策略来翻译汉语习语。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对汉语习语翻译的研究有利于语言的发展，促进国际间的交流与合作，推进翻译方法的革新，加深归化异化两种翻译策略在习语翻译中的有机融合，推动翻译的研究与发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
归化；异化；汉语习语；翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Domestication and Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies, they are commonly used in the translation of Chinese idioms. In this chapter, the author will introduce the definition of domestication and foreignization, and then will present the debates on these two translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a term used by Lawrence Venuti, American translation theorist, to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent, fluent style is adopted to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for readers of target language (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti believes domestication originated from Friedrich Schleiermacher's famous notion of the translation which &amp;quot;leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Venuti's perspective, domestication has negative connotations as it's regarded as a policy common in dominant cultures which are &amp;quot;aggressively monolingual, unreceptive to the foreign&amp;quot;, and which he describes as being &amp;quot;accustomed to fluent translation that invisibly inscribe foreign texts with values of target language and provide readers with the narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a culture order&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is the predominant translation strategy in Anglo-American culture, and he argues that this is consistent with the unbalanced relation between Anglo-American culture and other cultures. He further points out that domestication has widely served domestic affairs, therefore it's necessary to adopt other translation strategies to challenge the domination of domestication (Venuti 1995, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is a term used by Lawrence Venuti to describe the translation strategy in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the origin text (Venuti 1995, 19-20). Venuti asserts foreignization is derived from the translation type, stated by Schleiermacher, in which &amp;quot;the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him&amp;quot; (Schleiermacher 1838/1963, 47; 1838/1977, 74).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as Venuti is concerned, he describes foreignization as an &amp;quot;ethnodeviant pressure&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20), and thus considers it can &amp;quot;register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). In specific terms foreignization means not only the freedom from the absolute restriction of target language and texts, but the selection of an non-fluent, opaque style in some appropriate situations and the deliberate accumulation of &amp;quot;Realia&amp;quot; of source language or &amp;quot;Archaisms&amp;quot; of target language, which would provide readers of target language with an &amp;quot;alien reading experience&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Debates on Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
There has been a long-standing debate about how to deal with cultural differences in translation. There are many scholars, such as John Dryden, Alexander Tytler, Denham, Lefevere, Frere, who approved of domestication. Domestication has been in the dominant position for a long time. To begin with, translation theorists like Cicero, Saint Jeromi and Quintilian raised some ideas about word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Considered from the theories they put forward, they favored free translation (Schulte &amp;amp; Biguenet 1992, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is well-known, Eugene A. Nida proposed the concept of functional equivalence. From his perspectives, translation is communication, in which what really matters is what people get when they listen, speak and read the translated text. Translation shouldn't be judged by the comparison of the corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical categories and rhetorical devices, but by the extent to which the recipient correctly understands and appreciates the translated text. The purpose of Nida's functional equivalence theory is that the expression of the translated text should be completely natural, so that the readers can better understand the original text through domestication translation, thus avoiding cultural conflicts, eliminating the gap, and finally achieving the purpose of cultural exchange (Nida 1993, 118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supporters of domestication hold the view that the translator should take readers into consideration, and if the content of the translation is not within the reader's understanding, the effect of translation and communication will not be achieved, and secondly the translator should try to avoid cultural conflicts, and in the process of translation, the translator should constantly get closer to the target reader, so that the target reader can read the translation with the same effect as the reader of the original text. Thirdly, each language has its own cultural connotation, so if there is a cultural gap between the two languages, foreignization will not only result in a non-fluent translation, but also in the reader's unacceptability of the translation. Last but not least, it cannot be realized to find the completely equivalent word in another language, so to avoid producing opaque translations, it's no doubt that domestication is a better choice (Chan 2004, 171).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization started later than domestication, and gained much popularity in the 20th century. Many scholars' translations embody this translation strategy, including many of Ezra Pound's translations and Nabokov's famous literal translation of Pushkin's Eugene Onegin (Mark Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Moira Cowie 2004, 59).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti firstly defined foreignization and was a representative of foreignization. Venuti described foreignization in his book ''The Translator's Invisibility'' as &amp;quot;a form of resistance, which is against ethnocentrism, racism, cultural narcissism and imperialism, in the interests of democratic geopolitical relations&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). He proposed a translation theory and practice that opposes translation fluency and aims not to eliminate linguistic and cultural differences in translation, but to express such linguistic and cultural differences in translation. This is also one of the basic ideas of deconstructionist translation thought. It's said by Venuti that &amp;quot;the aim of opposing domestication and advocating foreignization is to develop a translation theory and practice that resists the predominance of cultural values of the target language, thus expressing the linguistic and cultural differences of foreign texts&amp;quot; (Venuti 1995, 20). Foreignization is premised on the belief that cultures differ from each other and that communication is complicated by cultural differences between and within linguistic communities. Foreignization is to recognize and tolerate the differences and to express the cultural differences in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People who favor of foreignization hold the following reasons. Firstly, the translator should make every effort to be faithful to the original work in the translation, and the content of the original work should be reproduced to the maximum extent. If the translator fails to reach this, then the translation will be considered as faithful. Secondly, adding the expression of source language into target language will enrich the target language. Thirdly, the purpose of readers' reading translations is to learn about foreign cultures, which foreignization can help to realize. Foreignization attempts to keep the characteristics of the source language (孙致礼 2002, 40-44). The debate between domestication and foreignization has still continued until the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 The Definition and Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms=== &lt;br /&gt;
It is of great importance to have an understanding of Chinese idioms before analyzing domestication and foreignization in the translation of Chinese idioms. Chinese idioms are closely related to various Chinese cultures. Domestication and foreignization are commonly used by translators in dealing with cultural factors in translation. Therefore, in this chapter, the author will introduce the definition and cultural connotations of Chinese idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Modern Chinese Dictionary'', Chinese idioms are &amp;quot;concise and meaningful phrases or short sentences that have been in long public usage&amp;quot; (Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 2002, 248). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English'', idiom is &amp;quot;a group of words established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from those of the individual words; a form of expression natural to a language, a person, or group of people&amp;quot; (Hanks 2001, 908). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is defined in ''Webster's New World Dictionary of the American'' (1972), idiom means &amp;quot;an accepted phrase, construction, or expression contrary to the usual patterns of the language or having a meaning different from the literal&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These definitions all mention that idioms are formed in the long process that people use languages, and they cannot be understood from their literal words because they are closely related to the culture. Thus, the cultural characteristics must be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, the author will divide the cultural connotation of Chinese idioms into four groups: geographical culture, conventional culture, historical culture and religious culture.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting geographical culture, they are created in China's particular geographical environment. China has been a big country dominated by agriculture since ancient times, and the agricultural population accounts for a large proportion. Therefore, a large part of Chinese idioms is related to agriculture. They are the crystallization of the extremely rich wisdom accumulated by the working people in the productive labor for generations. For example, those who engage in agriculture will say: &amp;quot;靠山吃山，靠水吃水&amp;quot; (One has to make use of whatever resources available.), &amp;quot;种瓜得瓜，种豆得豆&amp;quot; (What goes around comes around.), &amp;quot;一日之计在于晨&amp;quot; (An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.) (Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 2019, 52). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting conventional culture, they derive from Chinese national customs in the social life. Chinese people are made of fifty-six ethnic groups, and each group has its own customs. Just in Han, there are many types of customs such as marriage customs, drinking customs, funeral customs, etc. Among these different aspects of customs, people create abundant Chinese idioms. For an instance, &amp;quot;红运当头&amp;quot; which means one has a good fortune, &amp;quot;开门红&amp;quot; which means to make a good start (Qiu Jixin 2002, 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture, they originate from Chinese long-run national history and culture. An important element of Chinese idioms reflecting historical culture is the historical allusions and fables. They are treasures of Chinese national history and culture, with strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, containing rich historical and cultural information, and reflecting the characteristics of historical cultures. Many idioms of this type come from historical allusions and fables. For an instance, &amp;quot;万事俱备，只欠东风&amp;quot; comes from the Battle of the Red Cliff, &amp;quot;八仙过海，各显神通&amp;quot; reflects the content of Chinese traditional myths and legends (Zhang Ning 1999, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture, they mainly come from Buddhism and Taoism. Confucius and Mencius are considered as saints by Chinese people. Many Chinese idioms reflecting religious culture contain &amp;quot;佛&amp;quot; (Buddha), &amp;quot;庙&amp;quot; (temple) and &amp;quot;和尚&amp;quot; (monk or bonze). For example, &amp;quot;临时抱佛脚&amp;quot; (embrace Buddha's feet in one's hour of need) which means seeking help at the last moment, &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha) which means achieving salvation as soon as one give up evil (Wang Fang 2001, 35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 The Application of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms' Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of Chinese idioms, Foreignization and domestication are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, they can work together to help to produce better translations. In this chapter, the author will present specific examples of the application of these two translation strategies in Chinese idioms’ translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Domestication in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
我要有个[三长两短]，你给玉山捎个话！(杜鹏程《保卫延安》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: If [anything should happen] to me, let Yushan know!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of &amp;quot;三长两短&amp;quot; cannot be understood from its literal words. If the idiom is translated into &amp;quot;three long and two short things&amp;quot;, the target readers will feel confused. Therefore, it's more appropriate to use domestication in the translation. Though the national feature may not be expressed in the translation, domestication makes the translation more fluent and comprehensive.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她怕[碰一鼻子灰]，话到嘴边，她又把它吞了下去。(茅盾《子夜》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She was afraid of [being snubbed], so she swallowed the words that came to her lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image of &amp;quot;碰一鼻子灰&amp;quot; is to have one's nose rubbed in the dirt, which is difficult for the target reader to understand what it means, so it's necessary to abandon the original image and to express its meaning to the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
运涛好久不来信了，一家子[盼了星星盼月亮]。(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: For many months no letter came from Yuntao till his whole family [worried over him day and night].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation gives up seeking a consistent form with the original text, instead it chooses to find a functionally similar expression to convey the emotion of the original sentence, giving the target reader the same feeling as the readers of the original text have.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
等他们赶来营救时，已是[正月十五贴门神——晚了半月]啦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: But they were too late for a rescue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two-part allegorical sayings (xiehouyu) are unique to the Chinese language, and are in the unique structural form with strong national characteristics. Because of the double barriers of language form and culture, translators sometimes have to abandon the unique structural form and national characteristics of two-part allegorical sayings and adopt the translation strategy of domestication, which is to only translate its meaning, and abandon the metaphor and metonymy of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一剑剁去随手而倒。霎时觉来，乃[南柯一梦]，口中犹骂，操贼不止。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Dong Cheng cried to Cao, chopping at him with his blade. Cao crumbled in the wake of the blow, as Cheng repeated the words &amp;quot;traitor, traitor&amp;quot; until he had awoken from [the empty dream].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom mainly talks about that Chun Yufen had a dream of becoming a sheriff of Nanke County and living a wealthy life. However, when he woke up, he found out that it was just a dream. Later, people use &amp;quot;南柯一梦&amp;quot; to refer to a dream, or a metaphor for a happy air. The target reader who has no knowledge of the background of this idiom will have difficulty acquiring the meaning. Under this circumstance, it's a better choice to adopt domestication.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation strategy of domestication is to grasp the important aspect of the content and metaphor of idioms. When using domestication, the translator sometimes has to sacrifice the image and needs to combine the context to convey metaphors flexibly. One of the responsibilities of the translator is to avoid cultural conflicts leading to misunderstanding of the translation. When translating a text into another culture, the translator must carefully weigh the connotation of ideology in the culture. If the content and form expressed in the translation are within the knowledge range of the target reader's understanding of the real world, it will be easier for the reader to understand them (许建平 2004, 8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese idioms belong to different languages ​​and are produced under different cultural backgrounds. If the foreignization translation method is overemphasized, it will increase the reader's unfamiliarity with the translation, increase the difficulty of readers' acceptance, and hinder the mutual communication and penetration between different countries and nations. Therefore, according to the national psychology of the target language, if the foreignization cannot be expressed clearly, the domestication translation strategy can be adopted so that the reader can appreciate and grasp the meaning of the original text (Chan 2004, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
“他一家子在这，他的房子、地在这儿，他跑？[跑了和尚跑不了庙]。”(周立波《暴风骤雨》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: &amp;quot;Escape? But his home and property can't escape. The monk may run away, but the temple can't run with him&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咳，这一来，[竹篮子打水一场空了]！(梁斌《红旗谱》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ah! We were drawing water in a baboo basket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是她那时的“密司林佩瑶”，禀受了父亲的名士气质，曾经[架起了多少的空中楼阁]…… (茅盾《子夜》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: She herself, Miss Lin Pei-yao, endowed with her scholarly father's idealistic temperament, was especially fond of [building castles in the air]...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because people's feelings, perceptions of objective things and social experiences have many similarities, there are a small number of idioms that are identical or similar in English and Chinese idioms. These idioms have the same or similar figurative meaning, and the same implied meaning, which means that the literal and figurative meanings of these idioms convey the same cultural information and can be translated into each other. The translation of &amp;quot;跑了和尚跑不了庙&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;竹篮子打水一场空&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;架起了多少的空中楼阁&amp;quot; convey the same meaning as their Chinese meaning, and the it's not difficult for foreign readers to get the information. Therefore, foreignization which is used in these three translations not only expresses the the meaning, but preserves the national and cultural characteristics of the idioms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
匡超人听了这话，慌忙作揖，磕下头去，说道：“晚生真乃‘[有眼不识泰山]’。”(吴敬梓《儒林外史》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: When Kuang Chao-jen heard this, he made haste to bow. &amp;quot;Although I have eyes,&amp;quot; he exclaimed, &amp;quot;I [have failed to see Mount Tai]!&amp;quot; (Translated by Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, the translator preserves the image and national characteristics, directly expressing the literal meaning of &amp;quot;有眼不识泰山&amp;quot;. As China has developed rapidly, Mount Tai has been known by more and more foreigners as a famous scenic spot of China. Foreigners who get the knowledge of the mountain will not misunderstand the idiom. Thus, using foreignization makes the translation both understandable and vivid. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
主公仰慕将军，欲求令爱为儿妇，永结[秦晋之好]。(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: My master, long your admirer, seeks your treasured daughter's hand in behalf of his son to [band the two houses in marriage as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For idioms with strong national color or allusive nature, the translator can translate them with foreignization on the basis of context, and some explanations can be added in the translation to express the original meaning more clearly. The Chinese historical idiom &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; comes from a historical allusion. When this idiom first appeared in the novel, the translator translated the names of the two vassal states by transliteration, thus retaining the differences of cultures. In order to make readers better understand the idiom, the translator also interpreted the idioms so that the meaning hidden behind the Chinese characters was much clear. Now that the English translation of the sentence is an experiment, the result of deleting &amp;quot;band the two houses in marriage&amp;quot; can be called a faithful translation, but at most it is only the faithfulness of the language form. If the former part is deleted, it will be &amp;quot;as the states of Qin and Jin did in ancient times&amp;quot;. The translation seems to convey the main meaning of the idiom, but at least in form, the extraordinary meaning of the original idiom is gone. It is a pity that &amp;quot;秦晋之好&amp;quot; lost its own meaning. On this basis we should add some annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization conveys information from one culture and language to another in a way that maintains its original nature, bringing not only a new component to the target language, but also an influx of such a component that will lead to various aggregation and fission reactions within the target language, which will eventually lead to its fundamental transformation. As a result, the integration of nations and peoples are greatly facilitated. The use of heterogeneous translations of idioms is conducive to the mutual exchange and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, and promotes the integration between them. Therefore, the metaphors, images and national and local colors of the original idioms are preserved in the translation as much as possible without violating the linguistic norms of the translation and without causing false associations (Liao Qiyi 2001, 58).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Application of the Combination of Domestication and Foreignization in Chinese Idioms Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
(张飞) 瞠目大叱曰: “我哥哥是[金枝玉叶]，你是何等人 ……”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The moment Zhang Fei heard this, his eyes widened and he shouted, &amp;quot;Our brother is a prince of the blood, [a jade leaf on a golden branch]. Who are you to …&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁虔等曰: “夏侯驸马乃[金枝玉叶]，倘有疏虞，难逃坐视之罪。”(罗贯中《三国演义》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Liang Qian, as well as others argued, &amp;quot;Imperial Son－in－Law Xiahou Mao is [part of the royal family], the slightest negligence will be punished as willful indifference to his fate&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耀骂曰: “曹都督乃[金枝玉叶]，安肯与反贼相见耶! ”(罗贯中《三国演义》) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Fei Yao taunted him:&amp;quot; Field Marshal Cao [belongs to the royal family]. He would not lower himself to meet a traitor&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of &amp;quot;金枝玉叶&amp;quot; in the Chinese dictionary is: The golden jade metaphor the royal family and the noble people. It can be seen from the translation of this idiom in ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' that the translator uses the combination of foreignization and domestication. If you completely use the method of foreignization, readers will think that Chinese people are the same in their thinking mode. If the method of foreignization is completely adopted, the reader will understand each word. But they do not understand the overall meaning, because there is no relationship between the two images of &amp;quot;金枝&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;玉叶&amp;quot;. They may speculate on the linguistic expression of these two images, because they are suppressed by the difference in the strange world, and this kind of speculation may hinder the understanding of the whole sentence. On the other hand, the more important the difference in the language culture of the original language is, the more it should be reproduced. In order to highlight the Chinese emphasis on &amp;quot;Gold&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;, the idiom should be completely alienated, which resulted in different translations of the three sentences of this idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒙曰: “兵有利钝，战无必胜。如猝然遇敌，步骑相促，人尚不暇及水，何能入船乎?”权曰: “[人无远虑，必有近忧]。子明之见深远。”(《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Lu Meng responded:&amp;quot; The fortunes of war are never constant; victory is never sure. In an abrupt confrontation, with infantry and cavalry jostling together, our men may not have time to reach the water much less board the boats&amp;quot;. Sun Quan commented, &amp;quot;[Improvidence invites danger]. Lu Meng wisely looks ahead&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子邓忠劝曰: “[小不忍则乱大谋]，父亲若与他不睦，必误国家大事。” (《论语》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Ai's son, Deng Zhong, urged him to forbear, saying, &amp;quot;[Intolerance for trifles ruins great plans]. Father, if you fall out with him, you will fail the dynasty&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above two famous idioms are all from the ''Analects of Confucius''. In the different translations versions, the translations of &amp;quot;人无远虑，必有近忧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;小不忍则乱大谋&amp;quot; are also different. The word-by-word interpretation conveys the literal meaning of the idioms and is used in dialogue. The author's situation is always like this, he cannot express all aspects of the original text, and choosing one side means giving up other aspects. Observing the translations, the number of words is originally quite a lot, and the meaning is also expressed clearly enough, and there is no longer a need for domestication interpretation. To be fair, both translations are consistent with the language style of the translated text. The foreignization and domestication are balanced in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In translation, even if every word in the original text can be translated with its &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in the translation, it is not always guaranteed that the translation will have the same or similar effect on the readers of the translated text as the original text, because readers often use their own cultural concepts to understand the content of the translated text. In some idioms, the cultural color of the original language is preserved by foreignization, but it causes linguistic errors and difficulties for readers to understand, and if we adopt domestication, we will lose the cultural color of the original language and cannot let the readers fully understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, we can adopt a combination of domestication and foreignization to translate the literal meaning and then point out the implied meaning, so that the translation can be imaginative and vivid, reflecting the style and flavor of the original language and being fully accepted by the readers (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of idioms, domestication and foreignization are not mutually exclusive translation strategies. Instead, these two strategies can work together to make the translation better. If the expressive habits of the target language are taken into account, the cultural connotation in the source language is inevitably affected, and vice versa. From the perspective of cultural differences, excessive domestication or foreignization is not conducive to the transmission of idioms' meaning, and these two translation strategies need to be used interactively according to the actual situation (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 18). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the choice of domestication and foreignization is in accordance with the purpose of translation. In order to ease cultural contradictions and to make the translation both fluent and easy to understand, it is recommended to use the domestication strategy. At the same time, there are also many Chinese idioms that introduce English vocabulary through foreignization translation strategy. For example, &amp;quot;lose one's face&amp;quot; comes from &amp;quot;丢面子&amp;quot;. Many idioms can be translated using two strategies. The key depends on the translator's attitude and choice, and what needs to be achieved. The translation of Chinese idioms in the famous book ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' such as &amp;quot;巧妇难为无米之炊&amp;quot;, which the famous Chinese translator Yang Xianyi translated like this:&amp;quot; Even the cleverest housewife can't cook a meal without rice&amp;quot;. And the British sinologist David Hawkes translated it as &amp;quot;Even the cleverest housewife can't make bread without flour&amp;quot;. Yang uses a foreignization strategy to introduce eastern culture to the west while Hawkes uses domestication strategy to enhance western readers' comprehension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the choice of using domesticaton and foreignization can be made on the basis of the Chinese idiom's content. Translation is a cultural exchange. Translators need to be culturally conscious, that is, to introduce the language and culture of one nation to another. If you can find the equivalent expression or the similar expression that you can directly apply, choose the foreignization translation. For example, &amp;quot;熟能生巧&amp;quot; can be directly translated as &amp;quot;Practice makes perfect&amp;quot;. When the original text and the translation cannot be translated according to cultural differences, it is necessary to replace the &amp;quot;culture of source language&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;culture of target language&amp;quot;, and to transform the meaning to be conveyed in the source language into the cultural image familiar to the target language, such as &amp;quot;吃不了兜着走&amp;quot;. Its corresponding expression in English cannot be found, so it has to be translated as &amp;quot;be in serious trouble&amp;quot; according to its original meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, the combination of domestication and foreignization is necessary in translating Chinese idioms. It is not enough to use just one translation strategy to retain the cultural characteristics of the idioms, but also to convey the meaning. If the translation also wants to be accepted by readers of the target language, it is not enough to use a certain translation strategy. The translator needs to combine two strategies to do the translation. For example, &amp;quot;三十六计，走为上策&amp;quot;. If the translator only uses the foreignization translation strategy to translate it, the translation of this idiom will be like &amp;quot;Of the thirty-six strategies, the best is running away&amp;quot;. Although the culture in the original text is retained and the literal meaning is also expressed, its implicit meaning is not reflected. At this time, it is indispensable to supplement the domestication translation like &amp;quot;as you have no better choice&amp;quot;. Only in this way can the translation be more complete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, Lawrence. (1995). ''The Translator's Invisibility''. London: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1963). &amp;quot;Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden des Uebersezens&amp;quot;, in Hans Joachim Störig (1963) ''Das Problem des Übersetzens'', Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft [Wege der Forschuung Band VIII], 38-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schleiermacher, Fredrich. (1838/1977). &amp;quot;On the Different Methods of Translating&amp;quot;, in André Lefevere (ed. &amp;amp; trans.) (1977) ''Translating Literature: The German Tradition from Luther to Rosenzweig'', Assen &amp;amp; Amsterdam: Van Gorcum, 66-89. [Translation of Schleiermacher 1838/1963].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schulte, Rainer &amp;amp; Biguenet, John. (1992). ''Theories of Translation''. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A. (1993). ''Language, Culture, and Translaing''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chan, Leo Tak-hung. (2004). ''Twentieth-Century Chinese Translation Theory''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Co.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shuttleworth, Mark &amp;amp; Cowie, Moira. (2004). ''Dictionary of Translation Studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Sun Zhili 孙致礼. (2002). 中国的文学翻译：从归化趋向异化 [Literary Translation in China: From Domestication to Foreignization]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (01) 40-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hanks, Patrick.(ed.). (2001). ''The New Oxford Dictionary of English''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dictionary Editorial Office, Institute of Linguistics, Chinese Academy of Social Sciences 中国社会科学院语言研究所词典编辑室. (2002). ''现代汉语词典'' [Modern Chinese Dictionary]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng, Qiu Xiaoqin 邱能生, 邱晓琴. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization vs. Domestication in Cross-cultural Idiom Translation]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators (01) 51-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Idioms]. ''语言与翻译'' Language and Translation (02) 42-45.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Ning 张宁. (1999). 英汉习语的文化差异及翻译 [Cultural differences and Translations between English and Chinese idioms]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal (03) 03-05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Fang 王芳. (2001). 中英习语翻译文化特色的处理 [The Treatment of Cultural Features in Chinese-English Idiomatic Translations]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal (01) 34-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Jianping 许建平. (2004). ''英汉互译实践与技巧'' [A Practical Course of English-Chinese and Chinese-English Translation]. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2001). ''当代英国翻译理论'' [Contemporary Translation Studies in UK]. Wuhan: Hubei Education Press 湖北教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭健中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素：异化与归化 [Cultural Factors in Translation: Foreignization and Domestication]. ''外国语（上海外国语大学学报）'' Journal of Foreign Languages (02) 12-18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= '''Title Translation''' =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the Translation of Movie Titles	陈惠	Chen Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
陈惠  Chen Hui  No.202020080592--[[User:Chen Hui|Chen Hui]] ([[User talk:Chen Hui|talk]]) 03:52, 15 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Hui&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. The title is an important factor in a movie's appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the features and functions of film title translation, put forward the criteria and principles of film title translation, and briefly discuss the strategies of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Features of film titles. Translation criteria, translation principles, translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
电影是一门集视觉和听觉为一体的综合性艺术，为文化的跨国传播和融合做出了巨大的贡献。电影标题正是电影吸引大众眼球的重要因素。因此电影标题的翻译就显得至关重要。其译文既需贴合电影内容又要跨越文化差异，并且有严格的字数控制，难以像文学作品翻译那样相对自由，要求极高。本文将分析目前电影名翻译的现状，试图总结电影片名的特点和功能，提出电影片名翻译的标准及原则并浅谈电影标题翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
电影片名特点，翻译标准，翻译原则，翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major arts, film is an important carrier of world cultural exchange, bearing specific cultural symbols. The translated names of films reflect different ways of dealing with foreign cultures and convey different cultural values. This paper released in mainland China and Hong Kong and Taiwan area's English movie, for example, from the political system, economic environment and language habits, this paper analyzes the reasons of different film title translation, points out that the different cultural values, dubbing staff of different translation strategies, and in order to meet the requirement of the local culture market, cross-cultural differences should be important factors should be taken into consideration when the translation practice. With the increasingly close cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, English films, as an important cultural form, have gradually entered the Stage of Chinese films, which inevitably involves English-Chinese translation. In English-Chinese film translation, film title translation plays a very important role. Han Su said that “A good title translation can not only add to the film, but also help Chinese and Western films to go out and bring in better, and promote cultural exchanges and communication.” (Han,2018,P95).In order to translate high-quality film titles into Chinese, it is necessary to have an accurate understanding of the characteristics, translation principles and translation strategies of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter2 Movie: A kind of Art===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Introduction of Movie====&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art integrating vision and hearing, which has made great contributions to the transnational communication and integration of culture. Yang Shu said that :“Different from other art categories, film is an emerging art form formed with modern technology and has its own ontological characteristics.”(Yang Shu, 2017, P78)).The title of the film is an important factor in its appeal to the public. Therefore, the translation of movie titles is of vital importance. The translation should not only fit the film content but also cross cultural differences. Moreover, it has strict word count control, which makes it difficult to translate literary works with relative freedom and high requirements. This paper will analyze the current situation of film title translation, try to summarize the characteristics of film title translation and the principle of film title translation, and to talk about the strategies of film title translation.Film, a continuous image developed by the combination of mobile photography and slide show, is a visual and auditory modern art, but also a complex of modern technology and art that can accommodate drama, photography, painting, music, dance, writing, sculpture, architecture and other arts. Cinema is a visual art that simulates the experience of communicating ideas, stories, perceptions, sensations, beauty, or atmosphere through recorded or programmed moving images and other sensory stimuli. The term cinematography is short for cinematography, usually used to refer to filmmaking and the film industry, as well as the art form that emerges from it. Films are cultural relics created by a particular culture. They reflect these cultures and influence them. Film is regarded as an important art form, a source of popular entertainment and a powerful medium for educating citizens. The visual basis of a film gives it universal power of transmission. The film has its own characteristics. In terms of artistic expression, it not only has the characteristics of all kinds of other arts, but also has the means of expression beyond all other arts because it can use the artistic montage of the film grouping skills. With the development of modern society, movies have penetrated into every aspect of human social life and become an indispensable part of People's Daily life. Film is an art whose time and course of growth are known by human beings. It is a media with rapid development and great influence since the 20th century. It is also a creative industry integrating politics, economy and culture. Since the end of the 19th century, France, the United States and other parts of the film inventors have invented can mimic a person's eyes and ears of photoacoustic records and reduction technology and machine, the film technology, from the birth, were entrepreneurs become film business, by politicians become ideology, by artists become film art, researchers developed into film theory. The history of a film is also the history of filmmakers exploring the laws of film. Film is a kind of modern art which uses modern scientific and technological achievements as tools and materials, and uses the means of expression to create visual images and the combination of shots. In the space and time of the screen, it shapes the specific images that are moving, sound and painting combined, and lifelike, to reflect social life. The film can accurately &amp;quot;restore&amp;quot; the real world, &amp;quot;show&amp;quot; the virtual world, giving people a sense of authenticity, a sense of intimacy, just like being on the scene. This feature of film can satisfy people's desire to experience life in a broader and more real way. Movies can be divided into action movies, fantasy movies, comedy movies, horror movies, science fiction movies and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, a film title is an art form, reflecting the literary value of a film; on the other hand, it is linked with the box office, reflecting the commercial value of a film. Therefore, a film title directly affects the success of a film. English movie titles have the following characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The title is easy to understand and arouses the audience's interest. This is contrary to the characteristics of Chinese movie titles. Some Chinese movie names are not introduced by media, which makes it difficult for the audience to have a clear understanding of the movie in advance, such as The Promise and Infernal Affairs. Movie titles in English are often simple, but they have a profound effect on the audience's enthusiasm. For example, True Lies, the movie's title tells you that the movie is about a lie, but what kind of a lie is a &amp;quot;True lie&amp;quot;? When the audience sees the name of the movie, they will first have such doubts in their minds, and then watch the movie with doubts and curiosity. There are plenty of similar movies, such as Back to the Future.(2) The title contains slang to enhance the appeal of the film.The title of the film incorporates slang, on the one hand, to make the audience feel friendly, on the other hand, to achieve the desired ironic effect of the film. One Flew over the Cuckoo's Nest, and at that very moment, the Cuckoo's Nest Flew very slowly. &amp;quot;Slumdog,&amp;quot; for example, is a slur for someone who lives in a Slumdog. The other way around is to be sarcastic. The other way around is to be sarcastic.(3)The title of the film is named after the name, which is clear at a glance.Names of people, places, objects and places often appear in the titles of European and American films, such as Pearl Harbor. As long as you have some historical knowledge, it is not difficult to know the content of the film, which is obviously related to the Pearl Harbor incident during the Second World War. In addition, there are also Casablanca, Roman Holiday, Waterloo Bridge(Waterloo Bridge) and other famous films with place names as film titles. People like Forrest Gump, which is clearly the main story in the film, but also Emma, Jane Eyre, etc. It's about a Perfume genius who's obsessed with Perfume and becomes a psychopath. It's also about The Piano and The Net. In addition, there are one case, is to add in the title of the character (place or items) characteristics. For example, Edward Scissorhands, Schindler's List, The Mask of Zorro, etc.(4) The title contains numbers to indicate the plot.Numbers appear frequently in English movies, and they are real rather than imaginary. In this kind of naming, the numbers in the title will appear in the play, either directly spoken by the characters, or the numbers-almand-or explained gradually through the plot. This may be related to the fact that westerners pay more attention to objectivity and practicality, and think more straight lines. The famous film with numbers included in the title has Seven Deadly Sins(&amp;quot; Seven Sins &amp;quot;). According to the title, it can be associated with the Seven Deadly Sins of the Bishop. The mysterious serial murders in the film are one of these Seven Sins, so the title gives a good hint to the audience. Eleven tells the story of Eleven skilled dodgers.Heart completes a breathtaking mission story; Six Days and Seven Nights a man crashes in a plane and lands on a desert island for Six Days and Seven Nights. In addition, there are also Twelve Angry Men, The Six Sense, Eight LeggedFreaks and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
These are the characteristics of British and American film titles, we can see that they value simplicity. Due to cultural differences, most Chinese film titles have deep meanings and reveal rich cultural heritage, such as Farewell My Concubine, A Thousand Miles Away, Curse of the Golden Flower and so on. Therefore, foreign films should attach importance to the translation of film titles in order to enter the Chinese market. How to arouse the resonance of Chinese audience's aesthetic appreciation requires the translator to pay attention to aesthetic factors in the translation of movie names.(Lin Wen, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
The British translation theorist Newmark believes that language has six functions: the function of expression, the function of information, the function of demanding, the function of beauty, the function of responding, and the function of meta-language. Among them, the first four are the main ones. The title of a film is a proper noun, which is the product of the screenwriter's careful conception. It can not only highly summarize the theme or content of the film, but also strongly stimulate the reader's desire to watch it. Therefore, it mainly has information function, imperative function and aesthetic function. In film title translation, BaoHui south thinks &amp;quot;should not only conform to the language specification, but also full of artistic charm, as well as the content of the faithful to the original title, and to reflect the language characteristics of formerly, strive to achieve the art to create&amp;quot;, wants be particular about &amp;quot;mass, popularization, colloquial and artistic quality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to be able to have very good guide depending on and promotion effect&amp;quot;. The author believes that the film title has five functions: 1) Suit the content of the original film, reflect the theme of the original film, help the audience better understand the original film, highlight the style of the original film; 2) Concise and comprehensive, easy to remember; 3) Set the emotional tone of the film, and infect the audience with strong lyric, thrilling or dramatic atmosphere; 4) It conforms to the language norms of Chinese and is suitable for the appreciation habits of Chinese audiences; 5) Attract audience and increase box office income. Therefore, the theoretical support for film title translation is not the traditional translation theory centered on &amp;quot;faithfulness to the original author or the original text&amp;quot;, but the unified equivalence with the original title in language, cultural information and functional characteristics.(Newmark,1958).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter3 Analysis on Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Current Study of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of China's society and the improvement of the openness of the country at all levels, more and more foreign films have entered China, giving Chinese audiences different visual and spiritual cultural feast. At times, however, the translation of movie titles has left audiences baffled. Due to the vast territory of China, the same English movies are sometimes translated differently under the cultural background of the mainland, Taiwan and the three places, making it difficult for people to judge the same movie from the name of the translated movie. For example, Gone with the Wind is translated in Mainland China, while Gone with the Wind is translated in Hong Kong and Taiwan. For example, in Cantonese, &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot; is called &amp;quot;Thun&amp;quot;, while in Mandarin it is &amp;quot;slam-dunk&amp;quot;. Therefore, the movie Space Jam has been translated into &amp;quot;Thun in Space&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Slam-Dunk in the Air&amp;quot;. Due to different pronunciations, the translation of movie names will also be different. For example, the classic film Titanic was translated into the Hong Kong version of &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Titanic&amp;quot;, but the latter is better known. (3) Influence of commercial interests More and more films are driven by commercial investment. In order to win high box office, eye-catching words are often added to the title of the film in translation to make the audience shine. For example, in the film Leon, merchants translate it into Leon in order to pursue a better box office. In fact, it is also possible to translate it into Leon, but it lacks the thriller of the former, so it cannot better attract the audience. There's another movie, The Mask, for example. The Mainland version is The Mask, while The Taiwan version is The Modern Saint. The former is more convincing and mysterious, and The translation is better.(5) Random translation is quite common in Hong Kong. The so-called random translation refers to the translation of the name without the content of the film, imaginary, unrestrained, full of exaggerations, suspense, with only one purpose, is to attract audiences. For example, &amp;quot;Fair Came&amp;quot; was translated into Chinese by Hong Kong and translated into Chinese as &amp;quot;Fair game&amp;quot;. The film tells the story of Kitty, who was originally a lawyer in miami-famous family firm, who woke up and suddenly became a target of Soviet spies, facing death threats all the time. It was hard to see how Kitty could be called a witch from beginning to end. Hong Kong translations (1995) and mainland Chinese translations of &amp;quot;Shawshank Redemption&amp;quot;. The story takes place at the beginning of 1947, banker Andy is wronged and imprisoned. Facing the unfair fate, Andy can show not pleased by external gains, not saddened by personal losses and silently construct his own future. It is not clear where 1995 came from in the Hong Kong translation, and the word &amp;quot;stimulus&amp;quot; does not match the content of the film. From the perspective of translation, translation has made big fear of translation standards, even the most basic of faithful to the original works and &amp;quot;letter&amp;quot; to the cause for the current more than a translation, the chaotic translation for the current situation, in addition to our regional factors mentioned above, a local translation characteristics, the mass media have unshirkable responsibility. As a mass media, newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television do not pay attention to the use of standardized translation of the name, which leads to the further deterioration of the phenomenon of film translation one translation. In addition, in order to pursue business profits, translator and even from The film content, subjective themselves, exaggerated exaggerated, use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no bridge &amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, The tragic fate of The film, The heroine, consider translation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, such as Hong Kong and Taiwan to Hemingway's masterpiece The Sun Also Rises &amp;quot;The Sun Also Rises&amp;quot; translation &amp;quot;concubine is chaoyang and zhao jun, and formerly known as and simply goes and The original content.(Song Yanlan, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Standarding Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1  Ways to Standard=====&lt;br /&gt;
Facing the current situation of film title translation, how should we regulate the translation of film title? I think there are several ways to look at it. From the perspective of the translator, the translator should accurately grasp the original content, want to reaction and its creation and works reflect the major theme of background, this can help the translator vividly grasp accurately the original content, understand the formerly known as connotation, translation with the original content, to maximize the reappearance of formerly known as information, make the translation really play a guide role. Such as film, A Walk in the Clouds, title literally &amp;quot;go&amp;quot; in the cloud, which describes A youth couple of vine flowers in the loving touching love story, also the garden it is translated into &amp;quot;to Walk through the Clouds,&amp;quot;, reflects both the original meaning, and full of poetic, leave the audience with fragrant vineyard, fascinating intoxicating refreshing romantic breath. The translator should also be in accordance with the original, pay attention to the using a variety of translation method is flexible, should not only respect the formerly known as film, also considering the cultural differences, adopt the appropriate expression, proper free translation of some of the titles, appropriately express the original information, should not only to retain the original western style, and to consider domestic audience's comprehension and language habits, considering the cultural differences. Some titles can be translated literally, simply and clearly to convey the information of original titles, such as Sindler's List translated into Schindler's List,Back to the Future translated into Back to the Future, etc. Some titles require free translation. For example, the novel Cone Wih the Wind is translated as &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; with literal translation, but the film's translation of &amp;quot;Gone with the Wind&amp;quot; is more attractive. &amp;quot;Troubled times&amp;quot; tells the background of the story, &amp;quot;Beautiful Woman&amp;quot; points out the heroine of the film, which -- the translated title vividly shows the heroine Scarlett's rough experience in the war years, which can fully attract the audience's attention. Waterloo Bridge, literal translation is &amp;quot;Waterloo Bridge&amp;quot;, see the translation, the audience will first think of the battle of Waterloo, napoleon, but the film describes not smoke of the battlefield, but sad love story, the symbol of the combination of Chinese folk story &amp;quot;the blue Bridge&amp;quot;, the translator skillfully as a &amp;quot;blue use some stimulus, poignant words to attract audience attention, no Bridge&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;candle&amp;quot; two characters, the film highlighted the tragic fate of the heroine.(Yao Dongyu, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 The Criteria for Movie Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the criteria of translation,Yan Fu, a famous modern translator, put forward the criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. Letter “is for the original text, requires the translator to correctly understand the original text, faithful expression of the original thought, style, inside” is for the translation, and requires to use fluent and easy to understand the speech, but on the elegant &amp;quot;, but there is no consensus. King explained the concept from three aspects: receiver concept, effect concept and equivalence concept. As for the concept of effect, he pointed out that, after clarifying the effect of information on the receiver, it should be emphasized that it should include the full effect of information, namely the thorough understanding and feeling obtained by the receiver. Includes main spirit, concrete fact, artistic conception atmosphere three main elements. In the translation practice of the film title, Jin Ti said that because of different language changes are bound to cause changes in the language effect, so only from the effect of the translation, to determine whether the language is appropriate. Taking this as the standard, the translated name should try to achieve the equivalence of spirit, fact and artistic conception in sound, shape and meaning, that is, the relationship between the recipient and the translated message should be basically the same as that between the recipient and the original message &amp;quot;(Nida, CF King: 1998).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Principles of Movie Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of film titles has its particularity, it is not distinct from the translation of other genres, but has something in common. In terms of its translation process and results, the author believes that it should be mainly reflected in the following two principles :1. Principle of Economic Benefit Liu Miqing (1999,P49) pointed out that since the content contained in the original language is worthy of translation (i.e., it has social benefits), the conversion should be realized by the target language that is acceptable to the society, instead of being restricted by the readability of the original language. It is also said that social benefits are the yardstick by which the meaning of translation, the quality of translation and the value of translation are tested &amp;quot;(1999,P48). He puts forward three principles, among which the readability principle of the target language plays a guiding role in title translation. When the readability of the source language is very good, it can convert all the formal meaning and stylistic meaning of the source language into the target language correspondingly...&amp;quot;.  In Hong Kong, for example, Saund ofMusic has been translated as &amp;quot;floating in the sky&amp;quot; and in Taiwan as &amp;quot;truth, goodness and beauty&amp;quot;, which leaves the audience puzzled. Since then, the film has been widely accepted as &amp;quot;the sound of music&amp;quot; by Chinese mainland translators. 2. Principles of Cultural Characteristics Translation with cultural characteristics is considered to be one of the most difficult to translate. &amp;quot;As for culture-specific&amp;quot;, translation theorist Baker(2000, p64) said that the words of the target language may express a concept that is completely unknown to the culture of the target language, which may be abstract or concrete and may be related to religious beliefs, social customs or even certain things. This shows the difficulty of cultural translation. The film is the director's reflection of the real or virtual life, and the title that reflects the content of the film also naturally contains many cultural factors, making it difficult to translate. There are various ways to embody cultural connotation, such as cultural words and idioms. &amp;quot;First Blood” for example, is an idiom meaning &amp;quot;first to win a battle&amp;quot;, but always translated as &amp;quot;the first drop of blood&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter4  Ways of Movie Title Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation - simple and clear, to the literal translation is carried out in accordance with the literal meaning to translation, translation is not to add or increase or decrease, achieve unity, so as to convey sincerity buy primitive thoughts, reflects the primitive expression of the style of work, even done very well, otherwise the translation will lose the essence of the original. Nowadays, more and more audiences like original films. Excellent film translations retain their own unique labels while promoting films. Although there is no gorgeous translation of words, they are insipid yet mysterious. For example, a film about psychology, Beautiful Mind, which the translator translated directly into &amp;quot;A Beautiful Mind&amp;quot;, without adding any other elements, makes people have a calm and mysterious feeling towards this film. There is also a film about the Sniper in Iraq war, American Sniper, which the translator directly translated into American Sniper. When people see the title, they can clearly know what subject this film is about. There is no gorgeous language, but it goes straight to the theme without losing the original meaning.(Zhou Baoxue, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2  Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation -- in a similar situation, free translation with cultural characteristics is translated in accordance with the general idea of the original text, instead of word for word translation, which can be applied in the context of huge cultural differences between the original language and the target language. There is a classic work by Nicolas Cage called &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Some translators have translated it into &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Face Off&amp;quot;. Both translations are free translation, not literal translation. The advantage of this is that it not only expresses the meaning of the English title, but also conveys the content of the film. When English films encounter Chinese culture, they need to be adjusted appropriately, so that the film name can quickly enter people's lives and let people quickly understand the general content of the film on the basis of highlighting the theme and with local cultural characteristics. Such as a movie starring Tom Hanks was called Catch Me If You Can, translation version did not directly translated into &amp;quot;If You Can Catch Me, but according to the four words idioms in Chinese habit and common cultural features translated into&amp;quot; cat and mouse game &amp;quot;or&amp;quot; free &amp;quot;, the two translation versions are make good use of the four words idioms, injected with Chinese cultural characteristics, and highlight the theme, let the people You'll never forget.(Yang Huhong, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to translate according to the English pronunciation and find the corresponding Chinese words, which is more intuitive and lets people remember the name of the movie. Even if English is not well spoken, foreigners can still understand it through the corresponding Chinese translation, which promotes cultural exchange. Milk, for example, translates directly into Milk. There are Avatars, Juno and so on, which keep the original flavor of the original films.(He Ying, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Amplification and Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification and provincial translation -- to highlight the features of the film and keep close to the theme, amplification or provincial translation refers to adding or reducing the corresponding information on the original basis to achieve the function of better information transmission, so as to make the name of the film more representative and play the role of advertising. So for example, the movie, instead of making it literally Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, you make it into Interstellar, so that you have a better way of talking about what the movie is about. -Two. There's also How to Train Your Dragon. Instead of being translated into how to tame your dragon, the translator reduced it to How to Train Your Dragon.(Jin Ti, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Naturalization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication method is adopted in the translation of English film titles to avoid literal translation, which would make the Chinese translation of film titles impossible for Chinese audiences to understand the theme and cultural connotation of the film. This translation strategy aims to make the translated title conform to the cultural psychology and aesthetic standards of Chinese audiences, adapt to the difficulty of public understanding, give the audience an intuitive and preliminary understanding of the film content, and stimulate their interest in watching the film. Cleopatra Cleopatra was the last queen of the Ptolemaic Dynasty of Egypt, one of the first sovereigns of Alexander the Great after his conquest of Egypt. Legend has it that Cleopatra was beautiful and intelligent. She was close to Caesar and Antony, politically adept, involved in the politics of the end of the Roman Republic, ambitious, and a legendary Egyptian queen. There is no doubt that Cleopatra was a central figure in ancient Egypt, and her anecdotes about Her relationships with Caesar and Antony made her a famous figure in literature and art. This is the story of Cleopatra, the 52-year-old Caesar who came to Egypt as a Roman governor to settle a royal contest between Cleopatra, the Ptolemaic dynasty, and her half brother Ptolemy XIII. Cleopatra quickly conquered Caesar with her charm of courage and political skill, gaining control not only of the Ptolemies in Egypt, but of Rome as well. The son of Cleopatra and Caesar was made heir, but Antony and Octavian were not satisfied. After Caesar's assassination, Antony took over the REINS of Rome and was also conquered by Cleopatra. If the title of the English movie is literally translated into Chinese as Cleopatra, Chinese audiences who are not familiar with Egyptian history will lose interest in watching it. Compared with the literal translation of Cleopatra, the domestication strategy can be used to translate Cleopatra to achieve the commercial purpose of attracting audiences' interest, and at the same time, the audience can understand the theme of the film more intuitively, so as to achieve the purpose of promoting the cultural transmission.(Wu Shuang, 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.6 Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation of English film titles, foreignization should try to keep the expression habits and cultural characteristics of the original titles, bring the audience into the English language and culture, let the audience experience an unprecedented exotic amorous feelings, and maximize the dissemination of English language and culture. Zeng Qinyu thought domestication and foreignization can be regarded as the extension of literal translation and free translation, but they are not completely equivalent to literal translation and free translation. The Hollywood film Titanic tells the touching love story between rose, a rich girl, and Jack, a poor boy painter, when the luxury liner Titanic collided with an iceberg and sank. On April 15, 1912,Titanic set sail from Southampton, England, carrying more than 1,000 passengers and more than 800 crew members, bound for New York. But unfortunately it collided with an iceberg and sank. When the wreck was found on the bottom of the sea in 1985, there was a portrait of a teenage girl on the cabin wall, and Rose, who was 102 at the time, claimed to be the girl. The original Rose because her fiance Carl is a snob and do not want to marry him, when ready to throw himself into the sea, was Bohemian poor painter Jack save. Rose fell in love with jack, a cheerful character. As a witness of love, Jack drew a portrait for Rose. Not long after that, the ship hit an iceberg and began to sink. In the critical moment of life and death, Jack left the chance of life to Rose, he was frozen to death in the cold sea. In the translation of the film title, alienation strategy was adopted, literally translated as Titanic. This translation strategy was consistent with the understanding and acceptance level of Chinese audiences, loyal to the social and cultural life of English-speaking countries, and retained the form and content of the original English title to the greatest extent.(Zeng Qinyu，2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter5 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Film is a comprehensive art. The translation of film titles should not only follow certain principles and methods of translation, but also have rich cultural knowledge and solid language skills. The title translation is not a simple and mechanical arrangement. It needs to consider the similarities and differences between Eastern and Western cultures and the acceptability of translation according to the content of the film, so that it not only conveys the message of the film, but also is full of beauty. Therefore, translators should not only be familiar with the ways of language expression and conversion, but also have a profound cultural awareness. On the basis of in-depth understanding of the cultural information conveyed by the title, translators should understand the content and style of the film, try to understand the wording and try to accurately grasp the surface meaning and associative meaning of the source language and the target language. &amp;quot;I was a standup, I was at the tenth month of October&amp;quot;, I translated the title of the film with a rigorous attitude, and only by carving and chiselling can I achieve a classic translation that enjoys universal popularity.(Yang Shu, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jin Ti. Equivalent Translation Exploration. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Han Su. Comparison between English and Chinese Version in Film Title Translation. Journal of Chifeng University.2019(03):101-103&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]He Ying. Theory and method of Film Title Translation. Foreign language Teaching, 2001 ,(01):56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Lin Wen. Cultural Identity and Translation of English Film Titles. Guizhou Normal University,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Liu Miqing. Contemporary Translation Theory. Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Company, 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Hui. Brief analysis of English Film Title Translation. Huashang. 2008(06):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Song Yanlan. Common Chinese Cultural Factors in English Film Title Translation -- Take 50 films for example. Liberal arts navigation. 2017(04):22-24.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Yao Dongyu. Journal of Liao Ning Institute of Science and Technology,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Yang Hu Hong. On several Translation Methods of Film Title Translation. Anhui Literature, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yang Shu. Narrative Studies of Mainland Chinese Films Since the New Era. Shandong Normal University. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Zen Qingyu. A Brief analysis of domestication and Foreignization of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Guide. 2020(05):25-26.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Zhou Baoxue. A Brief Analysis of the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation. Science and Education Literature Review. 2013(08):149-150.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  A Study on Movie Titles Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory 罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;罗雨晴	Luo Yuqing No.202070080601&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of globalization, more and more foreign films are introduced into China continuously. China's film market is huge and Watching films has become a popular way of entertainment for Chinese. Various kinds of films emerge in endlessly so that film titles are particularly important. The film title is the eye of the film, the highlight and essence of a film. A good film title can successfully attract people's attention, stimulate the desire to watch, and bring them into the cinema, which is the purpose of English film title translation. From the perspective of Skopos Theory, this paper will analyze the characteristics and functions of film titles, all kinds of existing translations, and puts forward some translation methods of English film titles, hoping to be helpful to the translation of film title translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 English film title translation; Skopos Theory; translation methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化进程的不断推进，越来越多的外国电影源源不断地涌入中国，中国电影市场巨大，看电影已成为一种广受欢迎的娱乐消遣方式，各种电影层出不穷，因此电影片名就显得尤为的重要。电影片名是电影的眼睛，是一部电影的亮点与精华所在。一个好的电影名可以成功吸引人的眼球，激发大众观看欲望，将大众带入电影院。而英语电影片名的翻译目的就在此。本文主要将从目的论的视角出发，分析电影片名的特点与作用，对各种现有译名的进行分析，就此提出一些英文电影片名的翻译方法，希望能对电影片名的翻译工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
英语电影片名翻译； 目的论;  翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter1 Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film is like a book with pictures and sound. When reading books, we will imagine the scenes described in the books, while words in book will be presented in the form of images and sound in film. Most of films last about two hours. In these two hours, we can get in touch with something we are not familiar with in a relaxed way. Film brings us a variety of visual, auditory and other sensory pleasure. It is not only a way of entertainment, but also an important medium to spread culture. With the rapid development of economy, people pay more and more attention to the quality of life and cultural exchanges between different countries are closer than before. A large number of foreign films are pouring into China, trying to get a share of the Chinese market. Although there are close cultural exchanges, there are still cultural differences between China and the West. Therefore, the translation of film titles after the introduction of foreign films into China is very important. Although the translation of film titles seems to be a small project, it is not so easy to translate them well and to the point to let people can't wait to see the whole film. It is self-evident that the film title is the essence of a film. It not good enough to accurately summarizes the contents of the film, to attract the audience. The quality of the film title directly affects its dissemination in China, and its importance is self-evident. （Ma Yuanyuan，2010,1-5）&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
This paper proposes a Skopos Theory approach to the translation of film titles. The ultimate goal of film title translation is to attract attention as much as possible on the premise of accurately conveying the content of the film. Skopos Theory can provide a reasonable explanation for those film titles that are not translated according to the traditional translation theory. The Skopos Theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is the core theory of functional translation theory. Compared with some previous translation theories, this theory has some breakthroughs. The purpose of translation carries through the whole process of translation, and the purpose determining method is its biggest feature, which gives the translator a lot of space to adopt the translation method that he thinks is suitable.（Baidu Encyclopedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis is composed of five chapters. Chapter one serves as an introduction, presenting the importance of the translation of English film title translation, the adaptability of the Skopos Theory and the structure of the thesis.Chapter two is a general analysis of English film title translation, including film genres and features and functions of English film title translation. Chapter three is a general introduction of Skopos Theory, consisting of its development, concept and three basic principle. Chapter four analyzes the existing film title translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, and comes to the methods of film title translation. Chapter five draws a conclusion finally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter2  A General Introduction of English Film Title'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Film Genres ====&lt;br /&gt;
According to He Ying in her article &amp;quot;Theory and Method Guiding Film Title Translation&amp;quot;, films are normally divided into three categories: science and educational film, documentary film, and feature film. Educational film spread scientific and technological knowledge. (He Ying 2001, 57)Documentary film is a kind of film or TV art form that takes real life as the creation material, takes real people as the object of expression, and processes and displays it artistically. It takes showing the truth as the essence and arouses people's thinking with reality. Feature film is a kind of film work which uses image and sound as means to narrate. Any film which is played by actors, has a certain plot and expresses a certain theme can be called a feature film. Feature films are often more easily accepted by all and have a large audience,so that this thesis confines its tentative study to the titles and the corresponding translations of English feature films. As for feature films, Tim Dirks categorized the main genres such as action films, adventure films comedy films, crime&amp;amp;gangster films, drama films, epics or historical films, horror films, musical (dance）films, science fiction films, war (anti-war) films, and Westerns. Actually, a genre is always a vague term with no fixed boundaries and the referred types may overlap each other. Genres can be combined to form hybrid genres, such as ''Inglourious Basterds'' 《无耻混蛋》 which melts the genre of action and war，so does ''Saving Private Ryan''《拯救大兵瑞恩》. (Tim Dirks,2003,3.19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Features of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== 2.2.1 Linguistic Features=====    &lt;br /&gt;
Foreign film titles are usually translated into Chinese with four characters and The translated titles are usually concise. It is not convenient for the audience to grasp the key points when they meet with long title and a short title can also contain many meanings. With the fierce competition in the film market, most of the audience just want to relax so that they prefer to watch films with accurate and concise expression of film titles. In addition, the use of four characters may be related to Chinese language habits that there are four character idioms in China. For example, ''Transformers'' 《变形金刚》, ''Captain America''《美国队长》, ''Escape Plan'' 《金蝉脱壳》, ''The Hunger Games'' 《饥饿游戏》, ''Once Upon a Time in America''《美国往事》.The translated titles of these foreign films are very concise and to the point, and the emphasis is on simplicity. They use vivid words to arouse the audience's interest. For example, the film Escape Plan is literally translated into Chinese as《金蝉脱壳》. The translator combines a Chinese idiom, golden cicada out of shell, which comes from the Xie Tianxiang written by Guan Hanqing. This idiom means when a cicada turns into an adult, one should take off a layer of shell, which draws an metaphor between people and cicada. And the film is about a prison designer who is locked into a high-pressure prison designed by himself and is ready to escape with other accomplices. The meaning the film and the idiom want to express is just the same, and the translated title is more vivid. (Baidu Encyclopaedia, golden cicada out of shell）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Aesthetic Features ===== &lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the translation of film titles is also a kind of literature. When foreign films are introduced into China, the translation of translated titles is equivalent to giving the film a life again. film titles can also be appreciated as the paintings do. The aesthetic translation of film titles will create a kind of artistic conception with a strong artistic quality. The translator will use a lot of rhetorical devices, such as metaphor, contrast, repetition, contradiction, exaggeration, parody, symbol and so on. Take film ''Hilary and Jackie''《她比烟花寂寞》 for example, the film mainly shows us a cello genius Jacqueline dupley's brilliant and extremely short life like fireworks, which reflects the extreme gorgeous beauty, the loneliness behind the streamer. The word &amp;quot;fireworks&amp;quot; is used symbolically. At first, some people may think this translation is kind of affected, but in fact it is quite consistent with this film’s content and touching. There are other wonderful examples, such as ''The Hours''《时时刻刻》, ''Sommersby''《似是故人来》, ''The Shape of Water''《水形物语》, ''Flipped''《怦然心动》, ''The Bridges of Madison County''《廊桥遗梦》, which are fabulous. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Commercial Features=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether the translation of the film is concise or aesthetic, it is aim to attract the public to buy tickets. Film is the combination of art and commerce. A cinema film will not only express art or just for commercial purposes, It better to say that commercial films may pay more attention to box office, while literary and artistic films will pay more attention to artistic expression. A film is the painstaking efforts of all the workers. If no one appreciates it, it would be a pity. Therefore, attraction is indispensable in the translation of film titles. For example, there are some animated feature films made by Pixar. ''Finding Nemo''《海底总动员》,''Toy Story''《玩具总动员》,''The Incredibles''《超人总动员》,''Cars''《汽车总动员》. They all used the form《XX总动员》,which is a manifestation of business characteristics. Toy story, as an animated film, created a box office miracle and had a wide influence in China. Naturally, the audience was deeply impressed by this translation. Therefore, considering its popularity and attractiveness, the distributor will try to translate similar cartoons in this way. However, with more and more such translated titles, the public has already experienced aesthetic fatigue. This kind of translation may lose its original function, so it will be replaced by other translations later. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functions of English Film Title====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Informative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
The informative function is the basic function that any film title should possess.It is agreed that the film title should be of high-information value. A title without any informative value can be said meaningless.to enable the audience to get a thorough understanding of the film content. According to Newmark, the core of the informative function of language is external situation, the facts of a topic, reality outside language, including reported ideas or theories.In this thesis, the interpretation of the informative function is two-fold. (Newmark 2001, 40) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A film tile should highly summarize the content of a film, which conveys a lot of information, such as the genre of film. Many film viewers tend to watch a certain type of film. When she chooses which film to watch in the cinema, the translation title of the film plays a very important role, such as ''Triangle'' 《恐怖游轮》,a psychological suspense film. The heroine experiences repeated asmsaras interacted with each other. The film shows the same people appearing in the same place and even chasing each other, which provides a variety of understanding for the play. The director said that the film has three endings, but they all lead to the same end point, that is, the final scene of the car accident, leaving Melissa in this endless cycle. The original translation is triangle in Chinese, which is actually about the closed reincarnation of a triangle. It can be said that the translation does not fully grasp the inner essence of the film. By contrast, 《迷失三角洲》 expresses this film’s theme more accurately, but the title 《恐怖游轮》 is more attractive. It makes the genre of the film more easy to get to. People will know that it is a thriller and suspense film at the sight of the title. (Film titile and its translaion, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Film title can not only let the audience know the type of the film, but also let the audience quickly know the relevant information of the film, such as time, place, character, what’s going on with characters. For example, Rise of the Planet of ''the Apes''《猩球崛起》，from the title , we can know that the film is telling stories about orangutans. ''12 Angry Men''《十二怒汉》, this title tells us that the main characters of the story are twelve men. ''Homeless to Harvard: the Liz Murray story'' 《风雨哈佛路》，this title let us know know that it tells the story of the protagonist's struggle at Harvard. ''Sleepless in Seattle''《西雅图夜未眠》, and from this title, we are ware of that the location of the story is mainly in Seattle. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Aesthetic Function===== &lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese pays attention to refining words, which is very consistent with the requirements of film title translation.Word refining pays attention to vivid, using language to render an atmosphere or artistic conception, and transmit this feeling to the Chinese audience.如''The Remains of the Day''《长日将尽》 This film is adapted from the novel of the same title British novelist of Japanese origin Kazuo Ishiguro, the film is an elegy about the decline of the aristocracy in the British Empire. The protagonist of the story recalls his life in the form of a diary. The most important thing is the relationship between him and his former colleague, the housekeeper Miss Ken Dunn. He was a loyal housekeeper in the noble family. He saw the vicissitudes of prosperity and tried to perfect his work. However, he always suppressed his feelings and saw miss Kendeng, who was waiting for no result, to marry away from home. This translation has successfully created a melancholy atmosphere. What’s more, a carefully designed film title can well perform the aesthetic function, creating such beauty as phonetic beauty and imaginational beauty. For example, ''Breathe''《一呼一吸》, this translation sounds rhythmic, if we just translate it into 《呼吸》，then it will lose the beauty of sound, in addition, four characters looks more neat visually. And there are other wonderful examples, such as ''Like Sunday, Like Rain''《如晴天，似雨天》, The Words《妙笔生花》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Vocative Function =====  &lt;br /&gt;
A film title can show the audience with the relevant information about the film, and it can create an imaginative atmosphere for the audience and entertain them aesthetically. However, its vocative function is more important. That is to call upon the audience to buy tickets. According to Newmark, &amp;quot;the core of the vocative function of language is the readership, the addressee&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 41). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wei Jianhua, when the definition is applied to film titles, the addressees here refer to audiences. The vocative function of film titles is to draw the attention of audiences, make them psychologically interested and buy tickets.  Both informative and aesthetic functions serve the vocative function, since the prime and ultimate aim of film production is to win the hearts of audiences and be financially rewarded. Few titles are purely informative aesthetic or vocative. The three major functions are often integrated, with emphasis on one of them. Some translations of film titles are very eye-catching, such as ''Frozen''《冰雪奇缘》, if it is translated literally, it will become 《冰冻》, which is not vivid at all. However, 《冰雪奇缘》is full of sense of fairy tale, which gives people a lively and wonderful feeling, that is, realizes the value of information transmission, and also improves the publicity effect of the film. There are far more examples, such as ''Man on Fire''《怒火救援》, ''The Bourne Identity''《谍影重重》, ''The Matrix'' 《黑客帝国》, ''V for Vendetta''《V字仇杀队》. (Wei Jianhua2008, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter3 A General Introduction of Skopos Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Development of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, originally written as Skopostheorie in German, is a major translation approach of German Functionalist School. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; means “ purpose ”or “ goal ” in Greek. “The 1970s and 1980s saw a move away from the static linguistic typologies of translation shifts and the emergence and flourishing in Germany of a functionalist and communicative to the analysis of translation .” The Skopos Theory is one of the achievements of its development and the most important one.The development of the Skopos Theory experienced following four stages. (Munday 2016, 73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,in the book “ Possibility and Limitations in Translation Criticism” , Katherine Rice first proposed functional translation theory. She believes that translators should put functional features first rather than information equivalence. (Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Hans Vermeer, a student of Reiss, broke away from the equivalence-based theories and set up the theoretical framework for &amp;quot;Functional School&amp;quot;: Skopos Theory. situation&amp;quot;. In the framework of Vermeer's theory, every translation is directed at an intended audience, since to translate means “ to produce a text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” (Vermeer 1987, 29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, On the basic of Vermeer's research, Justa Holz Manttari further developed thefunctional theory. “ Manttari's theory is based on the principles of action theory and is cover all forms of intercultural transfer ”“ Manttari places special emphasis on the action aspect of the translation process, analyzing the roles of the participants (initiator, translator, user and message receiver) and the situational conditions (time, place and medium) in which their activities take place&amp;quot;.Skopos Theory views translation as a complex activity intended to realize a specific purpose. (Nord1991, 12-13). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly，Christina Nord summed up and perfected the theory of functionalism. She systematically expounds in English the internal and external factors to be considered in text analysis in translation and how to formulate translation strategies suitable for translation purposes on the basis of the functions of the original text. Christina Nord sorts out the functionalist theories and proposes that translators should follow the guiding principle of “ Function Plus Loyalty ” , thus perfecting the theory.（Baidu Encyclopaedia:翻译目的论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2 Three Basic Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the “ skopos rule”, what Reiss and Vermeer described as “ the end justifies the means ” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer1984, 101). There are three possible kinds of purposes in the field of translation: (1) the translator's general purpose in the translation process (perhaps to earn a living); (2) the communicative purpose aimed at by the target text in the target situation (perhaps to instruct the reader); (3) the purpose aimed at by a particular translation strategy or procedure (for example, to translate literally in order to show the structural particularities of the source language). (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos rule is summed up by Vermeer as “ the end justifies the means ”. He explains the skopos rule in the following way: Each text is produced.for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The rule thus reads as follows: translate/ interpret/ speak/ write in a way that enables your text/translation to. function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function. (Nord 2001, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important rule of Skopos Theory is the coherence rule, which means that &amp;quot;a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers situation&amp;quot;. Focusing on the target readership and target culture, functionalists regard intra-textual coherence than inter-textual coherence, just as Nord put it, &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence is considered subordinate to intra-textual coherence, and both are subordinated to the skopos rule. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third rule of Skopos Theory is fidelity rule. Fidelity rule means that there should be inter -textual coherence between the original text and the target text. This is equivalent to the so-called faithfulness to the original text in other translation theories, but the degree and form of faithfulness to the original text depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator's understanding of the original text. (Baidu Encyclopaedia , Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3 Function Plus Loyalty=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the primary rule in Skopos Theory is the skopos rule, which defines that the translators can make changes of the word, style or form of the source text in the accordance with translation purpose. While the inter-textual coherence rule holds that the translated version should be loya1 to the source text. However, when the aim of the author is contrary to the aim of the translator, the inter-textual coherence rule should be abide by the skopos rule. As a result, there may appear the situation that there is no restriction for the change of source text. In order to improve the functionalism studies, Nord proposes the loyalty rule, which insists that the translator should be loyal to the author and audience: “ The audiences have the right to know what the translator has done for the original text and what kind of work produced by the translator. Translators cannot simply translate in a non-literal way without telling the target audience what they have done and why. (Nord 2001, 125)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Function refers to the factors that make a target text work in the intended way in the target situation. Loyalty refers to the interpersonal relationship between the translator, the source-text sender, the target-text addressees and the initiator. Loyalty limits the range of justifiable target-text functions for one particular source text and raises the need for a negotiation of the translation assignment between translators and their clients.&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, This theory enriched Vermeer’s Skopos Theory, avoids soure-text sovereign and perfects radical functionalist. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,Skopos Theory)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chapter4 The Application of Skopos Theory in Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Skopos Theory's Guiding Role in English Film Title Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
A careful look at theory may show that it is significant in that it is different from traditional theories. It helps to free translators from the bondage of traditional theories by providing them a new way of thinking, broadens the scope of translation studies by increasing the range of possible translation strategies, and establishes a profound foundation, helping people to penetrate deeper into cultural and translation phenomena.Traditional translation theories tend to classify the translation of film titles into general literature translation. Equivalence theory plays an important role in traditional translation theories. However, the author believes that it is difficult to achieve the commercial effect required by the film title simply by emphasizing the equivalence between the original text and the translation. Therefore, it will be more appropriate to regard it as an advertisement translation. Since it is an advertisement translation, of course, the first thing to emphasize is the publicity effect. （Zheng Yuqi &amp;amp; Wang Xiaodong，2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese translation of film titles is to make the Chinese translation attract the interest of Chinese readers in the Chinese market. In this way, Skopos Theory naturally plays a guiding role. Therefore, the first rule of Skopos Theory is skopos rule. The translation of film titles emphasizes the commercial nature, that is to say, it should be attractive enough. Therefore, we should not stay in the translation itself when translating film titles. The traditional equivalent translation theory can not be fully applied to the translation of film titles, so more effective translation theories are needed to guide it. Therefore, it has to be associated with the German functionalist translation theory with Skopos as its core. The most direct purpose of film title translation is the transmission of information. A good translation can highlight the content of the original film and make the audience better understand the theme information expressed and transmitted by the original film.If the translator could not produce a satisfactory version only on the base of the original title, he should consult the plot of the film. (Baidu Encyclopaedia,翻译目的论)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's look at an example in order to make this point clear. The film Thelma and Louise,Louise is a waitress in a cafe. She is busy all day and wants to travel. Her good friend Selma has been unhappy since she married a car salesman Daryl. She stayed at home all day, lonely and bored. One weekend, Persuaded by Louise again and again, she agreed to go on a pleasant trip with her. They parked their car in a bar in Arkansas for the night. The bar is full of young customers. The drunken Harun took a fancy to Selma and asked her to dance. Selma didn't listen to Louise's advice. She danced and drank with Harlan, and was taken outside to the parking lot. Harlan tried to harass her. After being rejected, Harun becomes violent and tries to force Selma to submit to him with violence. Louise came to the parking lot, found Selma in a critical condition, took out the pistol that Selma had brought in the luggage bag, and forced Harlem to let Selma go. Harlan began to curse and insult them. In his anger, Louis shot and killed him. In a flash, the two female partners on a vacation journey, embarked on a journey of despair that can not be turned back.In the Grand Canyon, Selma and Louise are determined to fight to the end and never give in. They smile and clasp hands,driving towards the cliff. Actually, this film mainly describe what happened to this two women and their growth process.''Thelma and Louise'', When translated into《末路狂花》, the audience can predict the stimulating effect that the film wants to express and convey the message of the film. If translated literally into 《塞尔玛与露易斯》, it will inevitably make people confused, unable to grasp the main meaning of the film, only two names can be known. Therefore, Skopos Theory plays an important role in the translation of film titles. (The plot of film, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples, ''Erin Brockovich'' 《永不妥协》, ''Fast &amp;amp; Furious''《速度与激情》 ''Blade Runner''《银翼杀手》, ''Lord of Ring'' 《魔戒》, ''Inception''《盗梦空间》,''Top Gun''《壮志凌云》, These titles are not only translated from the source language into the target language, but also for the purpose of film sales, taking into account the information, aesthetic and other factors to form an attractive translation. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Methods for Film Title Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1Transliteration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration means to seek phonetic correspondence in terms of the translation to describe the English syllables through the corresponding Chinese characters carrying similar sounds. It relates to the conversion of different alphabets in different language system. Transliteration is usually applied this situations, when they are the name of persons and places and historical events. This method is often adopted in the film title translation because it has the obviously features in keeping the phonetic fluency of original film titles which express its strong exoticism, which can arouse the audience's curiosity to see the film. With the development of global communication, people become more and more interested in knowing other country’s culture, this method is becoming increasingly popular. (Wei Jianhua,2008,121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example，''Jane Eyre'' 《简爱》，''Dunkirk''《敦刻尔克》，''Hamlet''《哈姆雷特》, ''Emma''《爱玛》, ''Mulan''《木兰花》, ''Brooklyn''《布鲁克林》,''Manhattan''《曼哈顿》.Transliteration can enable the target audience to know more about the original history and culture. On the contrary, if they are translated in other ways, the viewers may take it as an ordinary film and may feel no interest in it, which will in turn do great harm to the box-office value of the film. However, this does not mean that transliteration should be adopted for any title which can be transliterated. If the original title can only provide little information and the audience can only contact with a foreign word, then transliteration can not achieve the effect that translation of film title should have. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Literal Translation =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functionalism does not exclude equivalence so long as it is adequate to a Skopos that requires that the target text serve the same communicative function or functions as the source text.The merits of this method lie in its fidelity to the original meaning and cultural flavor of the original.The original title of many films is a high generalization of the content of the film, which can better realize its information function, aesthetic function and market function. It is necessary to be faithful to the theoretical basis of the original text. At this time, the literal translation of the title often inherits the simplicity and clarity of the original title, with large amount of information and easy to arouse the audience's curiosity. （Nord 2004, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of actual translation, the degree of overlap between Chinese and English in many film titles is astonishing, which can almost achieve word-for-word translation.For example, ''Blue Valentine''《蓝色情人节》,''Eat Pray Love''《美食、祈祷和恋爱》,''Darkest Hour''《至暗时刻》,''Hideen Figures''《隐藏人物》, ''Primal Fear''《一级恐惧》, ''Four Wedding and a Funeral''《四个婚礼和一个葬礼》, ''Pearl Harbor''《珍珠港》, ''Atonement''《赎罪》, ''Leap Year''《闰年》, ''Detachment''《超脱》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there are other way to use this method by changing the parts of the speech or adjusting the word order, for example, ''10 Things I Hate About You''《我恨你的十件事》''12 Years a Slave''《为奴十二年》, ''Life as We Know It''《我们所知道的生活》,to make it more specific, I will use this example ''A Star Is Born''《一个明星的诞生》，in the original title, the “born” is a verb, but when it is translated in to the Chinese title, the verb is changed into a noun to make this title look more balance. And in this example,''The Boy in the Striped Pajamas''《穿条纹睡衣的男孩》, the translator changed the original order to cater to the grammar of Chinese. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, sometimes, the article like a or the will be deleted when translated into Chinese because it is not so important to viewer to catch the information about a certain film in some circumstances and by doing this, the title will look more concise, such as ''The Imitation Game''《模仿游戏》, ''A Beautiful Mind'' 《美丽心灵》, ''A Perfect World''《完美的世界》, ''The Social Network'' 《社交网络》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Any translator with common sense of translation will not expect to find equivalent expressions in the target language all the time. Given this, translators may often adopt free translation. Free translation is an alternative approach that is used mainly to convey the meaning and the spirit of the original title without sticking to the form. (Feng qinhua2000, 36-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberal translation preserve the content of the original title as much as possible at the cost of changing the form of the film title. In the specific operation, translators often use some techniques, such as addition, conversion and extension in particular so as to deeply convey the content of the original film and enhance the appeal of the title.（He Ying 2001, 57）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A List of examples belong to this group, such as ''Coherence''《彗星来的那一夜》, ''The Secret Life of Walter Mitty''《白日梦想家》, ''Welcome''《非法入境》, ''Agro''《逃离德黑兰》, ''Silver Linings Playbook''《乌云背后的幸福线》, ''A Lot Like Love''《相见恨早》, ''If Only''《爱再来一次》, ''Temple Grandin''《自闭历程》, ''La La Land'' 《爱乐之城》,''Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind''《暖暖内含光》,''Hacksaw Ridge''《血战钢锯岭》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Combination of Transliteration and Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literal translation and transliteration, there is another way, that is, to combine literal translation and transliteration. This method is usually applicable to the original title containing the name of a person or place. Of course, this is not a perfunctory translation method, the title can still summarize the information of the whole film after being translated. For example, ''Becoming Jane''《成为简奥斯丁》, ''The Life of David Gale''《大卫·戈尔的一生》, ''Manchester by the Sea''《海边的曼彻斯特》, ''Notting Hill'' 《诺丁山》, ''A Rainy Day in New York''《纽约的一个雨天》, ''Maid in Manhattan''《曼哈顿女佣》,''Citizen Kane''《公民凯恩》, ''The Shawshank Redemption'' 《肖申克的救赎》, ''Schindler’List''《辛德勒的名单》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.5 Combination of Literal Translation and Liberal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of literal translation and liberal translation can be faithful to the original text to the greatest extent and attract the audience. Due to various reasons, the original titles of some English films only realize the information function of translated titles. In order to realize the various functions of translation, the translator sometimes retains the reasonable part of the original name, and then combines the need of the audience to complete the relevant information as far as possible. (He Aixiang2020, 103-107) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some examples, such as ''Wonder''《奇迹男孩》, ''Whiplash''《爆裂鼓手》, ''Sully''《萨利机长》, ''I, Tonya''《我，花样女王》, ''Love Actually''《真爱至上》, ''Changeling''《换子疑云》, ''The Bucket List''《遗愿清单》, ''Before Sunrise''《爱在黎明破晓前》, ''Before Sunset''《爱在日落黄昏时》,  ''Before Midnight''《爱在午夜降临前》, ''The Martian'' 《火星救援》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.6 Re-creative Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, re-creative translation is the last resort so far as the translation of English film titles is concerned. Sometimes, some titles are obscure and neither nor fowl after translation while others are very ordinary without attraction and this method aims not only transferring the informative value, but also reproducing the aesthetic and appellative value of the film. (Ma Yuanyuan 2010, 28-29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following are good examples, such as ''North Country''《永不让步》, ''Rudy''《追梦赤子心》, ''Definitely，Maybe''《爱情三选一》, ''Up''《飞屋环游记》, ''Coco''《寻梦环游记》. (All film titiles and their translaions, Douban Movie website)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Chapter5 Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper studies the translation of film titles from the perspective of Skopos Theory. Firstly, it analyzes the genres of films, the characteristics and functions of film titles translation. Secondly, it mainly introduces the development and rules of Skopos Theory. Finally, it analyzes the translation of film names under the Skopos Theory and puts forward some translation methods of film titles. Skopos Theory holds that the skopos rule is the primary rule, therefore, when translating film titles, translators have more initiative and they can use more diversified methods, which makes the film titles more commercial. However, there are still many shortcomings in this paper. For example, when analyzing the characteristics and functions of film titles, the aspect of cultural exchange is not taken into account. In the final translation method part, the summary is not in place, and the proposed method is not novel enough. I hope that in the further study, I can put forward a more applicable model of film title translation, and the last point is the lack of film data, the main purpose of film title translation is to attract more audience to buy tickets. If I can analyze the data of box office well, I can further evaluate whether the purpose of film title translation has been achieved. This paper is only limited to the author's understanding of the translation, thus some conclusions and analysis are still not profound enough. The author hopes that there will be more research results in the future, which can provide more abundant theories and methods to guide the translation of film titles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===	&lt;br /&gt;
He Yuan贺莺. (2001) 电影片名的翻译理论和方法 [Theories and Methods of Film Title Translation].外语教学Foreign Language Education (01) 56-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim, Dirks.(2003) [Main Film Genres]. https://www.filmsite.org/genres.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 金蝉脱壳 https://baike.baidu.com/item/金蝉脱壳/83303?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (2001). [A Textbook of Translation]. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 41-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Jianhua韦建华. (2008). 英语电影片名翻译原则与方法探讨[On the Principles and Methods of English Film Title Translation].电影文学Movie Literature (03) 121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy .(2016). [Introducing Translation Studies:Theories and Application]. London and New York: Routledge 73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, H. J.(1987). [What Does It Mean to Translate?]. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 13 (2) 25-33. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, C. (1991). [Translation as a Purposeful Activity--Functionalist Approaches Explained] .Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 12-36&amp;amp;129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopaedia 百度百科 翻译目的论https://baike.baidu.com/item/翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, K. &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer, H. (1984). [Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation].Tubingen: Niemeyer 101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Yunqi &amp;amp; WangXiaodong. 郑玉琪,王晓冬. (2006) 小议电影片名的英汉翻译原则[On the English-Chinese Translation of Movie Titles].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal 27(02) 66-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua冯庆华. (2000). 实用翻译教程[A Practical Course Book on Translation].上海译文出版社Shanghai Translation Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Aixiang何爱香. ( 2020). 中国电影片名的新修辞翻译策略探究[Translation Strategies for Chinese Movie Titles --A Rhetoric Perspective]江南大学学报(人文社会版), Journal of Jiannan University (Humanities&amp;amp;Social Sciences) 19(02) 103-107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yuanyuan马媛媛. (2010). 翻译目的论视角下的英文电影片名的汉译 [Translation of English Film Titles from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. 黑龙江大学Heilongjiang University 28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douban Movie website 豆瓣电影网 https://movie.douban.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Study of Brand Name Translation 谭鑫洁	Tan Xinjie==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;谭鑫洁 Tan Xinjie，202020080641.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products, is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this paper introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of the brand names translation, offers the available and useful methods for the translation of brand names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With acceleration of economic globalization, more enterprises have been active in the global market. Brand name translation plays a significant role in the international trade. A successful brand name is the direct element to attract the customers’ attention and evoke their desire to buy the products which is gravely important to the sales volume of commodities. Based on many convincing examples, this chapter introduces the definition and functions of brand names, states the principles of their translation, offers the available and useful methods for their translation.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name translation; Principle; Methods&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===商标翻译研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化进程的加快，越来越多的企业活跃在全球市场中。商标翻译在国际贸易中起着举足轻重的作用。一个好的译名是吸引顾客注意，并唤起他们购买商品欲望的直接因素，对商品的销售量有着极其重要的影响。本文结合许多令人信服的例子，介绍商标的定义和功能，阐述商标翻译的原则，提供有用的商标翻译方法。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
商标翻译；原则；方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”, A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity, and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the development of human society, the emergence of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name. The contemporary Chinese dictionary defines the brand name as “it is the mark, sign (words like drawing and patterning) which are printed on the cover of the product or the packaging”. A brand name is the most prominent mark of a commodity and can leave deep impression upon the mind of shoppers and arouse their desires to buy the related commodity. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time, brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The import and export of commodities gives rise to the birth of brand name translation. A good brand name translation may bring an enterprise huge wealth, whereas a bad one may let an enterprise suffer great loss. Therefore, an enterprise's future is closely linked with brand name translation, and it is valuable to have a research on how to translate brand names properly. At the same time brand name translation can widen the linguistic research field, enrich the connotation of linguistics, and accelerate the combination of linguistic theoretic research and its practical application. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 08:02, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, first part is introduction of this paper. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and brand name translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this paper is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First part is the introduction of this chapter. The value of this research is mainly introduced in first part. Second part introduces the definition and functions of brand name and its translation. Third part gives concrete examples to analyze five principles of brand name translation (the principle of following the target customers' culture, the principle of using concise words, the principle of grasping the characteristics of commodities, the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference, &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;). Fourth part gives examples about brand name to introduce five methods in brand name translation (transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation). The last part of this chapter is conclusion emphasizing the theme of this research. --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brand and Its Name====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “the brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods. (Jing Yang 2018,1) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the European Community Trademark Regulation, “The brand is a name, symbol, sign, design, number or some combination of these elements used to identify commodities or services of the enterprise.”Brand is a kind of soft power and a part of the core competitiveness of an enterprise. A good brand can not only reflect the value of products, but also represent the corporate image. What’s more, it will attract consumers’ attention and promote the sales of the goods.(Jing Yang 2018,1) --[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008: 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhimrao M. Ghodeswar(2008 4-12) remarks, “Branding is a set of marketing and communication methods that help to distinguish a company or products from competitors, aimed at creating a lasting impression in the minds of customers. The key components that form a brand's tool box include a brand’s identity, brand communication, brand awareness, brand loyalty and various branding strategies.” Therefore, a good brand name is especially important to the enterprise. (Lu Wenchan 2018,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Brand Name Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products to enter the Chinese market and got the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the global economy, China has become the most potential markets around world. More and more foreign products enter the Chinese market and &lt;br /&gt;
have gotten the attention of the Chinese. At the same time, to compete with foreign products, many Chinese products have entered into the international market.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from Source Language to Target Language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To participate in international competition, a good brand translation is extremely important. However, brand translation is not a simple conversion process from source language to target language, but an interlingual and intercultural communication, and often reflects culture, customs, economy, politics, religions and cultural aesthetics. In order to accurately translate the brand, the translators are required not only to have good language skills, but also to possess comprehensive knowledge of interlanguage and intercultural communication.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Principles of Brand Name Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language, it should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, In order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of brand name is to give publicity to commodities, stimulate consumption and boost the celebrity of the brand of the goods. Brand name translation is not a simple translation from one language to another language. It should reflect the commodities' information and embody enterprises' intelligence. But the same brand has different cultural connotations in different languages and cultures due to the cultural differences of different countries. Therefore, in order to promote the sales of the products, the translation of brand names should abide by the following principles. (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The Principle of Following the Target Customers' Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursues auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China people pursue auspicious and peaceful culture and like the characters that mean happiness, prosperity and auspiciousness, such as &amp;quot;金&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;美&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;福&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;佳 &amp;quot;. In order to conform to the aesthetic culture of Chinese consumers, when translating the brand names of products, translators consciously choose characters that Chinese consumers like, such as “Marlboro”(万宝路), “Carrefour”(家乐福), “Ford”(福特). (Liu Haiyan 2013,11)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, Petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouse terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries and areas have great differences in culture. Translators should pay more attention to cultural differences, avoiding misapprehension and antipathy. For example, many brand names in China contain the characters &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;phoenix&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;magpie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;petrel&amp;quot; and so on, because in Chinese culture, dragon is the symbol of imperial power and nobility, magpie is a lucky bird, petrel is the symbol of courage and strength. But in English culture dragon is an evil imaginary animal, and it arouses terror and aversion in people’s mind, magpie means &amp;quot;someone who chatters&amp;quot;, petrel is the symbol of disaster. (Liu Haiyan 2020,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs, and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People with different cultural backgrounds have different ideas about the same things because of the different moral criteria, religions, beliefs and modes of thinking. For example, a clock brand name “金鸡牌闹钟”, which is originated from the Chinese saying “雄鸡报晓” meaning that cock heralds the break of a day, was once translated as “Golden Cock Alarming Clock”. However,“cock” in English also refers to male reproductive organ and is regarded as a taboo word. (Fade Wang,2012,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Principle of Using Concise Words====&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As commodities are to be sold to consumers, their brand names should be common, popular, concise and easy to understand and remember. Generally, English trademarks are not usually translated into Chinese more than four Chinese characters. (Feng Wang 2012,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders, William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Budweiser”, an American beer, is not translated as “百德威瑟”, but as “百威”, which makes people feel energetic and powerful after drinking it. “Bausch &amp;amp;Lomb”, an American eyewear brand, is translated into “博士伦”, which combines sound and meaning, as if wearing the glasses can be as knowledgeable as the doctor. “Hewlett-packard” is the world's largest electronic apparatus and notebook computer company, named after its founders William Hewlett and David Packard. &amp;quot;Hewlett-packard&amp;quot; was transliterated as “休利特-帕卡德公司”, but it was finally replaced by other brief translation “惠普”, which is both concise and easy to remember.Other examples are as follows: Marlboro (cigarette) —&amp;quot;马尔波罗&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;万宝路&amp;quot;、Mercedes-Benz (car) —&amp;quot;默赛德斯·本茨&amp;quot;—&amp;quot;奔驰&amp;quot;. The Chinese are familiar with “百威”, “万宝路”, “奔驰”, but few know what “百德威瑟”, “马尔波罗”, “默赛德斯·本茨” are referring to. The reason is that the original translation is long and difficult for Chinese. (Chen Yang,Wang Xiufeng 2018,2); (Zhang Lulu 2011,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The Principle of Grasping the Characteristics of Commodities====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brand is a reflection of commodity and an important advertisement. Therefore, if the translation of brand name can represent the commodity’s characteristics and functions, it will make consumers impressed.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder, William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain; while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implies regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: the toothpaste brand “Colgate” was named after the company founder William Colgate. Its Chinese name “高露洁” (Gao Lu Jie) might not sound like a perfect transliteration, but its meaning is unrivalled: “revealing superior cleanliness”. “Jie” indicates the type of the product (cleaning). “五粮液”(literally means the “essence of five grains”) makes people think of the wine that is brewed from grain, while “蒙牛”(literally means “Mongolian cows”) can be associated with the milk from Inner Mongolia. Brand names implie regional flavor. The Chinese famous brand &amp;quot;维维豆奶&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Soybean&amp;quot;, in which &amp;quot;Bean&amp;quot; refers to the soybean, and it reflects the attributes of the product.(Fade Wang 2012,2); (Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, the two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some commodities’ brand names bear the marks of the regions in which they are produced so as to raise the celebrity of the concerned places. For example, two famous beer brand names implying the manufacturing places in China are “青岛啤酒”(Tsing Tao Beer) and “燕京啤酒”(Yangjing Beer)(Fade Wang 2012,2).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Principle of Considering the Target Consumers’ Aesthetic Preference====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;, On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”, Since ancient times, a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and product characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation of the American cosmetic brand “Revlon” is so beautiful (Lu Hua Nong 露华浓). On the one hand, &amp;quot;Lu Hua Nong&amp;quot; serves as a sound transcription of &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot;. On the other hand, the translation of these three syllables provides an apt meaning for the brand name. These three characters come from the celebrated quatrain by the Tang poet Li Bai &amp;quot;云想衣裳花想容，春风拂槛露华浓&amp;quot;, which originally describes the elegant female beauty of Yang Guifei. Translators skillfully combine the aesthetic connotation of Chinese culture with the pronunciation of the original trademark so as to create a trademark translation with Chinese characteristics. Bayerisch Motoren Werke(BMW) is translated into “宝马”, which quotes from an old saying “人中吕布，马中赤兔；宝马予英雄，鲜花赠美人”. Since ancient times a good horse has been a symbol of wealth. Modern people pursue a good car just as ancient people crave a good horse. Therefore, the translated name is perfect in  pronunciation, meaning and producting characteristics. There are more examples such as “Make up for ever”- “浮生若梦”(from Li Bai “浮生若梦，为欢几何”), “Innisfree”- “悦诗风吟”(from Ye Zhi “The Lake Isle of Innisfree”), “Lexus”- “凌志”(from Mao Zedong “久有凌云志，重上井冈山”), “IKEA”- “宜家”,(from the Book of Songs: &amp;quot;桃之夭夭，灼灼其华。之子于归，宜其室家&amp;quot;, which perfectly implies the good attributes of &amp;quot;home&amp;quot;)(Victor Mair 2019);(Ogilvy Ao Mei 2017);(Liu Haiyan 2020,3); (Li Jianzi 2018).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 “Three Principles of Beauty”====&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. However, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Yuanchong put forward the &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot; for poetry translation: including beauty in sense, that is, the beauty of language use and the beauty of words meaning; beauty in sound, that is, the beauty of rhythm; beauty in form, that is, the beauty of language form. As far as I'm concerned, the standard also applies to brand name translation. (Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru 2018,1)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.1 The Beauty in Sense=====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation, the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods, so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the characteristics of the product, as well as the experience and perception it can bring to consumers to translate the brand name of the product, so as to make the translation of the brand closer to its own meaning, the meaning of the brand name easy to understand, and make the translation more vivid and flexible. For example, “NIKE”(耐克) is the goddess of victory in Greek mythology, symbolizing victory and light. It gives people a sence of confidence. In the process of translation the translator should fully grasp the characteristics of the goods so that consumers can understand the goods. (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.2 Beauty in Sound=====&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into an English brand, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated brand is loud in pronunciation, clear in rhythm and full of musical sense, giving people the enjoyment of auditory beauty. For example, “Nokia”(诺基亚), “Samsung”(三星), “Nestle”(雀巢), “HP&amp;quot;(惠普), “Della”(戴尔), “SONY”(索尼) and so on . In this way, the translation don’t lose the beauty in sound of the brand and sounds beautiful and concise, thus reflecting the characteristics of the product. When a Chinese brand is translated into English, it is usually translated directly in pinyin. This method not only retains the phonetic beauty of the brand, but also shows the exotic feelings and characteristics of the product.  (Zhang Wenfei 2020,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5.3 Beauty in Form=====&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand names should be short in shape and easy to remember, which can leave a deep impression on consumers. Non-translation can be used to convey the beauty of the form. The method means to express the meaning of the source language without any equivalent word of the target language, that is to say, without any conversion between the two languages. For example, “SK-II”, “LG”, “IBM” (Wang Hengen, 2009,3).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The methods of brand name translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target language to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that transcribes the same or similar pronunciation between the original and target languages to translate the name of the product. Though transliteration is simple, it can not only retain the original rhyme, but also well reflect the brand's cultural connotation.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lack of implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot;, is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only conveys the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is quite common in the process of translating foreign trademark names into Chinese. Taking some products for example, the Germanic auto “Benz” was translated as “朋驰” or “本茨” in Taiwan, although this version is homophonic to the original name “Benz”, it sounds dull and lacks implied meaning. The present version of it in the mainland is “奔驰”, which is not only similar to the original pronunciation, but also give customers the impression that the car can run very fast, thus impressing the buyers with the excellent performance of such cars. A medicine called &amp;quot;Quick&amp;quot; is translated to &amp;quot;Kuai Ke&amp;quot; in Chinese, which is reminiscent to the fact that the medicine will quickly overcome disease. The brand name of food “Subway” is translated into“Sai Bai Wei”，the last characters “Bai Wei” mean “100 flavours”— a hint on showing what the brand offers to its customers, somewhere that provides everyone with their own favourite flavours. There are also some brand names which only convey the pronunciation and do not have any meaning or function. Such as ,“Kodak”(Keda), “Intel”(Yingteer), &amp;quot;Puma&amp;quot;(Biao Ma), &amp;quot;Parker&amp;quot;(Pai Ke), &amp;quot;Lincoln&amp;quot;（Lin Ken), &amp;quot;Canon&amp;quot; (Jia Neng). Chinese consumers, seeing these transliterated brand names, would probably have the first impression that the merchandise is made in foreign countries. It would arouse the psychological demand of some consumers and encourage them to purchase greatly. (Fade Wang 2012,2);  (Jing Yang 2018,4); )(Jing Yang 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 09:56, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation, transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is common for Chinese brand names to use “Hanyu Pinyin” for translation. Hanyu means the Chinese language, pin means &amp;quot;spell&amp;quot; and yin means &amp;quot;sound&amp;quot;. In Chinese pronunciation transliteration is mainly applicable to our country's names, merchandises with ethnic style. For example, “Haier” is transliterated from “海尔” and is homophonous with “higher”. This translated brand name is easily associated with the advertisement of “Haier”: “Haier, higher and higher”. The well-known drink brand “娃哈哈” is simply translated as “Wahaha”.  (Fade Wang 2012,3)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:24, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means that using the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and the function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literal translation means using that the corresponding target words directly according to the original brand name meaning. When we use the literal translation, it is usually the brand name which has a precise meaning, good cultural implication and its function is equivalent. Excellent literal translation not only keeps the original content, but also keeps the original form, especially the original metaphor, image and national, local characteristics.  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China, it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of brand names are translated into another language by using literal translation. Only if there are correspondent words in the target language, literal translation can be applied. Taking a red wine brand &amp;quot;Dynasty&amp;quot; as an example, it is translated into “Wangchao”. In Chinese, “Wangchao”means power and wealth. It gives the customers an illusion that if they drink the red wine “Wangchao”, their status and taste will improve accordingly. It stimulates the customers to buy the product inadvertently. The car brand name “Bluebird” is translated into “Lanniao” (Bluebird). The brand name “Bluebird” originates from the pantomime “Bluebird” which is created by the Belgian author. In the pantomime, the “Bluebird” is the symbol of “the future happiness”. In China it represents the object which can be the bailment of our “lovesickness”. Other examples such as Playboy (men’s wear) “花花公子”, Wild Turkey (whiskey) “野火鸡” , Blue Ribbon beer “蓝带” 啤酒, Redbull (drink) “红牛”, all of these translated brand names are very suitable for their goods. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4); (Lu Wenchan 2018,4);  (Zhang Shu 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand is poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the above examples, they have the same referential meaning and cultural implication in the target language and source language which can associate the customers with the same feelings of China and western countries. However, there are also some circumstances that we cannot use the literal translation accounting of the different cultural message. For example, “紫罗兰”, a man’s clothing company, is translated into “Pansy”, but the definition of the word in the dictionary: an offensive word for homosexual man. So sales of the brand are poor. Other examples such as “Bianfu”(bat) , “Baixiang”(white elephant) , “Jinji”(Golden Cock), all are failure translation because of the different cultural implication. Therefore, it is important for us to pay more attention to the connotation and association of the brand name in the process of translation to avoid the cultural clashes. Translators should think deeply to find out what these English expressions really mean in authoritative reference books to minimize the mistakes in literal translation.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2);  (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, it is a best choice to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both sounds and meaning can’t show the value of the product, the best choice is to use the free translation. The free translation is also called “paraphrasing translation”, namely using similar and related words to translate brand name in the target language pronunciation. Free translation has the features of being vivid and impressive, which retains the original meaning. What's more, free translation is able to deliver the aesthetic and value orientation of the products. (Lu Wenchan 2018,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names named adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some instances such as &amp;quot;Rejoice&amp;quot;, its translation is &amp;quot;Piao Rou&amp;quot;. Rejoice means joy and happiness, and the brand name translation indicates hair will become smooth after using the shampoo. So translators fully explore its connotations of the brand name. A soap called “Safeguard” is translated into “Shu Fu Jia”, “Shu” gives a refreshing and comfortable feel; “Fu” means “skin”, which shows the commodity's function; “Jia”expresses the using effect. The translation of many brand names adopts free translation method, for instance, “葵花” (Sunflower), “百灵” (Lark), “Pioneer” (先锋), “Skinice”(肤美灵).  (Jing Yang 2018,5); (Jing Yang 2018, 4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural system, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the different cultural systems, some words have the same referential meaning with different associative meaning, sometimes; even the referential meaning is different. For example, If “芳草” is transliterated as “Fangcao”, it would bring antipathy to target readers, because “fang” in English means venomous tooth of a snake and “cao” sounds like “chaos.”, so “Fragrance Grass” should be a better translation for this brand name.(Fade Wang 2012,4)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Combinative Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Combinative Translation is a combination of transliteration, literal Translation and liberal translation. This method is a bit more difficult for translators to master and challenges their creative ability. It requires that its meaning can indicate the characteristic and function of the product. Consumers can have a nice association from the pronunciation and meaning of the translated brand name--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it sure can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Coca-Cola” is translated as “可口可乐”. The translator by using free translation method translate it as “可口” which means “very pleasant to people’s taste”, because as for beverage, people would attach importance to the feeling of the taste. The second part is transliterated as “可乐”. The version “可口可乐” sufficiently implies the characteristic and function of the beverage: it surely can give you nice flavor and pleasure. The &amp;quot;Goldlion&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, which is a good translation. As we all know, &amp;quot;lion&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Shi Zi&amp;quot;&amp;quot; in Chinese, but the pronunciation of &amp;quot;Lion&amp;quot; is similar to the Chinese &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Shi&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;Lose&amp;quot; in Chinese, then the businessmen will think &amp;quot;lose&amp;quot; unlucky. When it is translated as &amp;quot;Jin Li Lai&amp;quot;, it means wealth and good luck, and the consumers' psychology is met satisfyingly. Other examples of this type are as follows: “Nike”(耐克), “Unilever”(联合利华), “Uniqlo”(优衣库), “Revlon”(露华浓), “Volkswagen”(大众) and so on. (Fade Wang 2012,4);  (Jing Yang 2018,5)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:32, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 Non-translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand name, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the differences in Chinese and English, there are also some exceptions, when some brands enter a foreign culture, they choose to remain their original brand names, and this situation is called “non-translation” (Jing Yang,2018,5).--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leave the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On many occasions, some brands are made up of letters, numbers, or combination of the two, after entering a foreign market with their original forms, for eye-catching and they are usually easy to be remembered. For example, we are all familiar with the &amp;quot;999&amp;quot;medicines, &amp;quot;IBM&amp;quot; computers, &amp;quot;TCL&amp;quot; electronic products, &amp;quot;LG&amp;quot; Electronics, “iphone”, “ipad” and so on. Non-translation avoids using the equivalences in the target language and leaves the original ones untranslated. There are some brand names unifying intercultural communications by short forms which have great stability and maintain the original and profound meaning at any time.  (Zhang Jin 2019,2)--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:34, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of economic globalization, in order to occupy the international market and attract customers, brand name and its translation are very important. Brand name translation is not only a simple replacement between two languages, but also a cultural combination in two different languages.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this thesis, the following conclusions can be reached: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this paper. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, brand name translation should follow the five principles mentioned in this chapter. If the brand name translation follows the principle of following the target customers' culture, it will be easier for customers to understand the product and buy it. If the brand name translation follows the principle of using concise words and the princple of grasping the characteristic of commodities, it will make consumers impressed. If the brand name translation follows the principle of considering the target consumers’ aesthetic preference and &amp;quot;Three Principles of Beauty&amp;quot;, product sales will increase.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, brand name translation can use the five methods: transliteration, literal translation, free translation, combinative translation, non-translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market. Brand name translation is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brand name relates to the image of the enterprise and business opportunities, which is vital for the source countries to further explore the international market.  It is one of intercultural translations. Translators need to stand on a level of intercultural translations and have observant awareness of translation cross culture. At the same time, they need to respect every ethnic customs and use correct methods and skills of translation to make brand name into customers hearts. Thereby, manufacturers can promote consumption and improve the interests of enterprises.--[[User:Wu Xiang|Wu Xiang]] ([[User talk:Wu Xiang|talk]]) 11:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Yang, Wang Xiufeng. Translation of Chinese-English Trademark Names and their Cultural Connotations [J]. Comparative Research on Cultural Innovation, 2012,2(17):68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Duan Wenpo, Guo Ru. Reappearance of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; in Trademark Translation and Analysis of Translation Methods [J]. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Theory Research and Practice, 2012,1(14):110-112.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Fade Wang. An Approach to the Translation of Brand Names[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2012,2(9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Jing Yang. Study on Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cultural Difference[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 International Conference on Arts, Linguistics, Literature and Humanities (ICALLH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Liu Haiyan. Analysis of Chinese Translation Skills of English Trademark Names [J]. English Square (Academic Research),2013(09):8-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Lu Wenchan. Studies on Chinese-English Brand Name Translation from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Communication[A]. Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 2nd International Conference on Social Sciences, Arts and Humanities (SSAH 2018)[C].Research Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic Technology International Society,2018:6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Hengen. &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot; theory and Trademark Translation Analysis [J]. Success (Education),2009(03):274-275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xuechuan He. The Study of Chinese-English Trademark Translation[J]. Theory and Practice in Language Studies,2018,8(5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Shu. Study on E-C translation of Brand names from the perspective of Skopos Theory[A]. Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering.Proceedings of 2018 5th International Conference on Education,Management and Computing Technology(ICEMCT 2018)[C].Institute of Management Science and Industrial Engineering: Computer Science and Electronic  Technology International Society,2018:5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Zhang Jin. Principles and Methods of Translating Chinese and English Trademark Names [J]. Campus English,2019(10):225-226.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Zhang Wenfei. Further Discussion on Trademark Translation Strategies under Sanmei theory [J]. Campus English,2020(30):249-250.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Li Jianzi (2018.7.11). Chinese translated names are popular! &amp;quot;Make up for Ever&amp;quot; arouses hot discussion. https://www.cbo.cn/article/id/45823.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Ogilvy Ao Mei (2017.5.2). Why should a good copywriter earn $100,000 a month? Look at these awesome translations. https://m.digitaling.com/articles/36896.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[14]Victor Mair (2019.10.19). &amp;quot;Revlon&amp;quot; in Chinese. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=44732&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Cultural Words'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Culture-Loaded Words in Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry Based on Scopos Theory 周思庆 Zhou Siqing==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周思庆 Zhou Siqing, 202020080673 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to illustrate the influence of Skopos theory on translation strategies and the influence of translation strategies on translation effect by analyzing the different translations of culture-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry based on Scopos Theory according to Nida’s classification of culture-loaded words. This research is of great significance to refresh blood into the study of Li Qingzhao’s Ci Poems and promote excellent Chinese traditional culture to go abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key word===&lt;br /&gt;
culture-loaded word, Li Qingzhao, Scopos Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
从目的论看李清照词中的文化负载词英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文主要以目的论为指导，以奈达对文化负载词的分类为依据，从对不同英译版本的李清照词中文化负载词的翻译进行分析，说明目的论对翻译策略的影响以及翻译策略对译文效果的影响，旨在为李清照词的英译研究注入新鲜血液，推动中国优秀传统文化走向世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
文化负载词， 李清照， 目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, is the representative of the graceful and restrained school well-known for her elegant, fresh and refined language as well as rich and vivid images. Her poetry is an unparalleled cultural treasure in the history of Chinese literature. Culture-loaded words are those words rich in cultural connotations.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3) Nida divided culture-loaded words into five categories, namely ecological, material, social, religious and linguistic culture-loaded words.(Nida, Eugene A, 1993:25) As the representative of the “German school”, Hans J. Vermeer proposed the Scopos Theory and continued the functionalist tradition. Analyzing the culture-loaded words in different translations of Li Qingzhao's Ci Poems according to Scopos theory is conducive for the readers to grasp the elegant style of Li Qingzhao's, to figure out the proper translation strategies, and to encourage more creation of excellent translation works.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction of Li Qingzhao and her Ci-Poetry===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Brief introduction of Li Qingzhao====&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a well-known poetess in Song Dynasty, is the only woman who is generally compared with the most outstanding poets. As a female writer, she suffered a lot in that unstable age full of oppression and discrimination, but still kept a resolute and resistant attitude toward life no matter how much turns and twists in the process of struggle. Li Qingzhao was born in a rich and cultured family in 1083. Thanks to her father Li Gefei, the Minister of Rites, and her well-educated mother, she had a peaceful and favorable circumstance in her childhood and received a good education, which paved the path for her literary career. Unlike most ignorant women in that age, she had great talent in many aspects, such as painting and music, especially writing. She was a versatile writer whose Ci Poems and prose are both excellent. Her contribution in literature earned great fame for herself.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She married to Zhao Mingcheng, the son of a vice-president of the Board of Rides when she was eighteen years old. The marriage life was happy and idyllic in the early years. They collected and appreciated rare books, paintings and antiques together. However, their peaceful and harmonious life was ruined by the invasion of the Jurchens in 1127. They were forced to fled to the southern areas and separated with each other. The bulk of precious collections, including the ancient paintings, vessels, and books, lost during the fugitive way. Her husband was dispatched to a new official post in Zhe Jiang province and died on the way. Since then, Li Qingzhao lived lonely and homelessly in endless sorrow. The miserable and painful life experience didn't destroy her poetry proposition but deepened the theme of her literary works. The concern for the fate of the masses and country showed her great integrity and patriotic passion.(Fu Guiying, 2013：3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Development and characteristics of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Song Ci, also called Ci Poems or long-short lines, emerged in Tang Dynasty and popularized in Song Dynasty. Ci Poems revolved from a kind of folk music used for expressing the emotions through its original melody. Li Qingzhao is regarded as the representative of the graceful and restrained party. (Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, Li Qingzhao's proposition of Ci Poems can be divided into two periods according to the critical historical events in Song Dynasty and her personal life experience. The former period works most depicted her delightful life as a young girl. The theme includes the praise of nature and beauty, her pure love to her husband, and the memories of the innocent childhood, such as Rumengling( 如 梦 令 ), Dian Jiangchun( 点 绛 唇 ), Jianzimulanhua( 减 字 木 兰 花 ) ， Cai Sangzi( 采 桑 子 ), Zuihuayin(醉花阴), Yijianmei(一剪梅) and so on. As for the latter period, her works changed dramatically because of the downfall of the Northern Song Dynasty as well as the death of her husband. The theme of her poems turned to homesickness, the grief for the instability of the nation and the melancholy meditation of the miserable life. She transmitted her feelings in the images implicitly rather than cry out her sorrow directly. The poems written in this period include Spring in Wulin(武陵春), Shengshengman(声声慢), Yongyule(永遇乐) and so on.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To conclude, her elegant and pure language and sensitive emotion were demonstrated in both of her literary period. Her Ci Poems are full of accurate and vivid images, leaving the readers a wide imagery space. No other poetess in Song Dynasty can replace her position in the Chinese history of literature.(Fu Guiying, 2013：4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Introduction of Scopos theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Historical development of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional approaches emerged in 1970s and developed through three stages: (1)Katharina Reiss introduced the functional category of translation criticism; (2) Hans J. Vermeer proposed Scopos theory; (3) Justa Holz-Manttari put forward the theory of translation action.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage, Katharina Reiss proposed the text function and translation strategy, which paves the way for the Scopos theory. The theory foundation of Reiss’s theory is the functional equivalence theory, which aims to establish a model of translation criticicm based on the functional relationship between source text and target text (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32). Katharina Reiss divided text into three categories: expressive text, informative text and vocative text. The proposal of functional translation theory signifies that translation study gradually get rid of static linguistic typologies.(Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Hans J. Vermeer established the initial theory of functional group, Scopos theory, further developing the functional translation theory. He pointed out that translation is a human activity and a kind of transformation. Every human activity has its purpose and will create certain consequence , a new situation or event or a new thing (Zhang Chenxiang, 2007:34). This is the origin of Scopos theory. Reiss mentioned that, “the source text can be assigned to a text type and a genre, and in making this assignment, the transoat0r can decide on the hierarchy of postulates which has to be observed during target-text production”. Vermeer thinks that translators needn’t be restrained to certain translation method, instead, the translators should consider the purpose of translation and the psychology of the target audience and use the translation strategies flexibly. In the process of translation, the translator can adapt literal translation or free translation according to the situation to make sure the expected effect can be realized. (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984:196)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage, Justa Holz-Manttari developed Vermeer’s theory and proposed the theory of translation action 1n 1984. She avoid using the term “translation” and focus on the process of translation which concludes traditional translation and other text building activity. In Holz-Manttari’s model, translation is defined in a broader sense as “a complex action designed to achieve a particular purpose”, or an intercultural communication whose product is the target text which achieves appropriate function in a particular cultural context. According to the functional approach, all participants have certain functions or roles in the interaction. The TT addressees are crucial in specification of the purposes of translation(Nord, 2001:20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Basic rules of Scopos theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Scopos theory, there are three basic rules, namely skopos theory, coherence rule and fidelity rule. Among the three rules, scopos rule is the most significant one. “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precissely in the way they want it to function.” This rule can help solve the contradiction between literal translation and free translation. It means that the choosing of translation strategies depends on translation purpose. When the scopos focuses on the original language, as long as the features of the original culture is well expressed, literal translation or even word for word translation can be adopted.(Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence rule is also named intra-textual coherence by functionalists. It requires that the translated text should make sense on the communicative situation in which it is received. It specifies that a translation should be acceptable in a sense that it is coherent with the receivers’ situation (Reiss and Vermeer, 1984: 100) Being coherent means being “part of the receiver’s situation”, so the cultural aspects should be taken into consideration. Besides, the target readers’ culture-specific world-knowledge, expectations and communicative needs are also important factors which may affect the way of handing a text, translators ought analyze these factors carefully. (Li Zhao, 2011:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the source text is the offer of information , it should also be taken into account. Fidelity rule is also named “intertextual coherence”. This coherence balance the source text and the target text and the form and degree of such intertextual coherence are determined by the translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation skopos. However, intertextual coherence is subordinate to intra-textual, and both of the two are subordinate to the skopos rule.(Li Zhao, 2011:28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Introduction of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Definition of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Bassnett and Lefervere put forward the concept of “cultural turn” in 1990, the interaction between translation and culture has been drawn more attention. During the five thousand years’ civilization, China has accumulated its unique culture due to the unique geographical locations, living environments, historical background, etc. Many scholars has made different definitions to cultural loaded words. J. F Aixel gives these words another name “cultural-specific items” and defined them as: “some items appearing in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target reader’s cultural systems” (J. F Aixel, 1996:58). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Mona Baker defined culture-loaded words as: “The source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as ‘cultural-specific’.” This paper studies the translation of culture-loaded words according to Nida’s classification of cultural elements. Nida divided culture into five categories: ecological culture, material culture, social culture, religious culture and linguistic culture. This paper will analyze the culture-loaded words according to the five categories. (Baker, 2004:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Classification of culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Ecological culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture develops in certain ecological environment, so different region has different culture. Ecological culture-loaded words refer to those words that reflect the distinctive geographical conditions, the natural surroundings, feature of the climate, plants and animals, etc. in a language. Even the connotations of the same thing in western and eastern culture are different or even opposite. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the “west wind” in China is totally different from that in western countries. Because China lies in the Eastern Hemisphere, with mountains to the west and oceans to the east. This location makes it dry and cold in autumn and winter when the west wind blows. Therefore, the west wind in Chinese culture often refers to the cold wind in autumn an winter, which is often used to describe the desolate, cold, and sometimes also compared to the decadent force of the fall of the sun with a derogatory meaning. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as “古道西风瘦马” in Ma Zhiyyuan’s 《天净沙·秋思》. On the contrary, Britain is located in the western hemisphere, the west Atlantic island, and the east is the continent of Europe. When the west wind blows from the Atlantic Ocean, Britain is in the season of revival. Therefore, in English culture, the west wind is the symbol of hope and strength. For example, the Ode to the West Wind, a famous British poem, reflects this meaning. Obviously, through the above analysis, we know that “西风” and the west wind have the same conceptual meaning but have very different associative meaning due to different ecological environment. (Liao Huihua, 2010:9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Material culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture-loaded words include the words related to the economic life, daily supplies, commodities, food, transportation, etc. Different nations have different living habits, so the material products are quite different. For example: “旗袍”(qi pao), “麻将”(ma jiang),”馄饨”(Wonton), etc. (Liao Huihua, 2010:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Social culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition, custom, living habit, social activity, etc. All belong to the category of social culture. Due to different historical background, political feature, tradition and custom, the social culture-loaded words formed and developed. For instance, “重阳节”(chong yang jie) is a traditional Chinese festival to give the blessings to the old people, which is familiar to Chinese but unfamiliar to foreigners.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4 Religious culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Religious culture is composed by the religious faith and and ideology under the different nation’s cultural background, which demonstrate in the difference in psychology and language behavior. Chinese people advocate Confucianism, Buddhism and Taoism whereas western people mainly believe in God. Therefore, the cross-cultural communication barriers and language translation barriers emerged. Religious culture-loaded words reflects the characteristics of religious beliefs, so it is quite difficult for the foreigners to understand the Chinese religious culture-loaded words. For example, western people believe in God while Chinese people believe in “天”(tian), “菩萨”(pu sa), “佛”(fo). (Han Zhouwen, 2014:23)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.5 Linguistic culture-loaded words=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language as one part of culture also produces translation problems. Since the two languages belong to two different language systems, their different language features will be involved in translation. These particularities may be reflected in phonetics, morphemes, vocabulary and syntax. For example, reduplicative words and four-character words and expressions are frequently seen in Chinese but are rarely seen in English.(Han Zhouwen, 2014:24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 The application of Scopos theory in the translation of culture-loaded words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture and western culture are so different due to different geographical location and historical background. And these differences also reflect in the two language systems, which is also known as cultural gap. In the process of translating Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry, the translator may face all kinds of problems due to the cultural gap. In this chapter, the focus is on analyzing the suitable translation strategies from the perspective of Scopos theory.(Fu Guiying, 2013:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Translation of ecological culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)梨花欲谢恐难禁。(《浣溪沙》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am afraid pear blossoms cannot bear at all&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O bright pods/ Of the pepper plant, you do not/ Need to bow and beg pardon./ I know you cannot hold back/ The passing day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some plants and flowers have certain connotation in Chinese, which leaves the gap of further imagination. Snow is often compared to pear-blossom, which is a common metaphor in Chinese poetry, for example: “忽如一夜春风来，千树万树梨花开” is used to describe the beautiful snow-covered landscape. Here, Xu Yuanchong translated “梨花”into “pear blossoms”directly is to reproduce this often-used metaphor. Both the basic meaning and the cultural content have been well transmitted. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation to realize foreignization. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth adopted demestication and free translation and translate “梨花” as “the pepper plant” to achieve the skopos of translation. Here, “the pepper plant” is used to serve as a substitution because it is a New Year decoration which shows the passion of spring. This passionate image can contrast the depressed mood of Li Qingzhao for the fleeting time.(Liao Huihua, 2010:40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)试问卷帘人，却道海棠依旧？（《如梦令》）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I ask the maid rolling up the screen./ “The same crab-apple tree,”she says, “is seen”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I asked my maid as she rolled up the curtains,/ “Are the begonias still the same?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese culture, “海棠” usually symbolizes bitter love. When people encounters twists and turns in love, they often use it to express the sad feeling of parting. Xu Yuanchong adopted literal translation and translated “海棠” into “crab-apple tree”, which maintain the traditional Chinese culture by employing foreignization. However, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into”begonias”  by demestication, which makes this image more familiar to the target readers. The aim of Xu Yuanchong is to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners whereas the purpose of Kenneth Rexroth is to make the text be accepted by the taget readers, therefore, , sothe former uses foreignization but the latter uses demestication.(Liao Huihua, 2010:41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Translation of material culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)常记溪亭日暮 (《如梦令》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I oft remember what a happy day/ We passed in creekside arbour when it glooming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I remember in Hsi T’ing/ All the many times/ We got lost in the sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of “溪亭” can be interpreted as the name of a place in Ji’nan, Shandong Province or a pavilion by the river side. Therefore, different versions of this word appears according to the different understanding of this word. Xu Yuanchong translated it as “creekside arbour” by employing literal translation whereas Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “Hsi T’ing” according to its sound by using transliteration. The version “creekside arbour” is more acceptable by Chinese readers because it shows the basic meaning of this word. But the version “Hsi T’ing” is more understandable for foreigners because it’s just a name of a place.(Liao Huihua, 2010:48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)轻解罗裳，独上兰舟。(《一剪梅》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My silk robe doffed, I float/ Alone in orchid boat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I open/ My silk dress and float alone/ On the orchid boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,&amp;amp; Chung Ling,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, “兰舟” refers to a small boat which is made of the trunk of a magnolia tree. &lt;br /&gt;
However, both Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth translated “兰舟” into “orchid boat” in order to reproduce the poetic language of the original text. If they translate it according to the literal meaning, the beautiful poetic language cannot be reproduced in the target language. So, they associated the boat with orchid, a kind of beautiful flower to achieve “literariness”, making poetry as poetic as possible.(Zheng Yanhong. 2001:129)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Translation of social culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)海燕未来人斗草。(《浣溪沙》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The swallows not yet come, a game of grass we play.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People are gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viewed literally, “斗草” is mostly interpreted as “to fight with grass”. But actually, it refers to a particular custom on the Dragon Boat Festival according to the notes in various anthologies of Li Qingzhao. On the Dragon Boat Festival (the fifth day of May), people usually participate a kind of game in which every one need to gather flowers and plants to be the winner. Xu Yuanchong knows that “斗草” is a traditional game, so he adopted literal translation as “a game of grass we play”, which is direct and correct. While Kenneth Rexroth adopted amplification and translated it as”gathering wild flowers and herbs in the meadow” in order to create concrete scene for the target reader. Generally speaking, both the two versions realized the skopos of translating the cultural connotation of “斗草” by adopting different translation strategies.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)佳节又重阳(《醉花阴》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Double Ninth comes now again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again it is the Ninth of the Ninth Month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“重阳” is a traditional Chinese festival on the ninth day of the ninth lunar month. People would always miss their families and relatives on this day every year. Here, when this festival is coming around, the poetess feel sad and lonely because of the separation from her husband, Zhao Mingcheng. In Xu Yuanchong’s version, he translated it literally as The Double Ninth and made a annotation to explain the cultural meaning of this festival to make target readers know the background information about this term. The unique feature of the ST is fully conveyed in the TT through foreignization. The skopos of Xu Yuanchong is to maintain the original feature of Chinese culture as much as possible, so he adopted foreignization to achieve this goal. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it into “the Ninth of the Ninth Month”. Although the time of the event is translated, but the connotation of this festival is lost. Sometimes literal translation for words with rich connotation can cause cultural loss. Here, Rexroth omitted the cultural meaning because he thinks it is not necessary to add the burden of understanding the text.  In this way, the target reader can easily understand the TT within their own knowledge.(Liao Huihua, 2010:49)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.4 Translation of religious culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)仿佛梦魂归帝所 (《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In leaf-like boat my soul to God’s abode would fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am rapt away to the place of the Supreme/ And hear the words of Heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all known, Chinese culture is much influenced by Taoism whereas western culture is much affected by Christianity. Here, “帝所” refers to the place of the Jade Emperor. Because western people are not familiar with the myths of Taoist culture, here “God” is be the substitution of “帝” in Xu Yuanchong’s version by literal translation. In contrast, Kenneth Rexroth translated it as “the place of the Supreme”, which means the Sovereign. We can see the religious devotion of the ST is neglected. To conclude, Xu Yuanchong’s version is more faithful to the original text because he aims to introduce Chinese culture to foreigners. Kenneth Rexroth translated it without Taoist culture because he aims to remove cultural barriers and make target readers easier to understand the meaning of the text.(Li Qing, 2005:148)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8)造化可能偏有意，故叫明月玲珑地。(《渔家傲》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You find a special favor in Creator’s eye,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moon caresses you with pure beams from on high.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the bright moon shine splendid on your curving flesh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong’s version, “造化” is translated directly into “Creator” but in Kenneth Rexroth’s version, this image is deleted. In China, “上天”（heaven）is the governor of the universe under the influence of Taoism and Buddhism. “造化” is a unique concept in Taoist culture. Xu Yuanchong  aims to maintain the Taoist culture and introduce it to foreigners. However, in western countries, Christianity is the mainstream of religious belief. Therefore, Kenneth Rexroth neglected this image to make the TT more acceptable western people who believes in Christianity. In summary, Xu Yuanchong focused more on the culture of the ST whereas Kenneth Rexroth payed more attention on the acceptability of the target reader.(Liao Huihua, 2010:45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.5 Translation of linguistic culture-loaded words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) 寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清， 凄凄惨惨戚戚。(《声声慢》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I look for what I miss;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I know not what it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search. Search. Seek. Seek.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold. Cold. Clear. Clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sorrow. Sorrow. Pain. Pain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth &amp;amp; Chung Ling (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tune: Slow, Slow, Song is recognized as the representative of reduplication. The use of seven sequential reduplicative words add the powerfulness of the miserable tone. we can find some similarities between these reduplicative words such as “清清”, “凄凄” and “戚戚” sound quite similar or even the same, really strengthen the melodious effect of the language. Xu Yuanchong adopted free translation in order to reproduce the beautiful artistic conception in the ST. The form of reduplication is neglected but the sad atmosphere that the reduplicarive words create is reproduced. Rexroth use the literal translation to imitate the original reduplicative words. The repetition of the same word reproduces the sound of reduplication in ST, and words with one syllable are also very similar to Chinese character. But the sense is not well conveyed. The target readers fail to experience the painful atmosphere and the great sadness of the poetess in the TT.(Li Qing, 2005:149) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) 小风疏雨萧萧地 (《孤雁儿》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A grizzling wind and drizzling rain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Xu Yuanchong (Xu Yuanchong,2003:90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Small wind, fine rain, hsiao, Hsiao&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—translated by Kenneth Rexroth (Kenneth Rexroth,1979:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ST, “萧萧” is a reduplicative word in order to foil the depressed and sad atmosphere. It is difficult to reproduce this unique structure in the TT. We can see in Xu Yuanchong’s version, he omitted the original form and tried to reproduce the beautiful sound and sense. The rhymes of “grizzling” and “drizzling” are the same. This internal rhyme can make compensation for the loss of reduplication. And the strong sad mood is fully conveyed. Here, foreignization is employed. Kenneth Rexroth focused on the reproduction of the form, so he adopted transliteration to maintain the form of reduplicative word. Although the sound and form are beautiful, in this way, the sad cultural conception may lose at the same time.(Li Qing, 2005:75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the present author studies the translation of cultural-loaded words in Li Qingzhao’s Ci-Poetry from the perspective of Scopos theory. By contrast analysis, we can find that Xu Yuanchong and Kenneth Rexroth adopted different translation strategies: the former adopted foreignization whereas the latter adopted domestication because of their different translation skopos. Xu Yuanchong devoted himself to introduce excellent Chinese culture to foreigners and Kenneth Rexroth aimed to make target reader better understand the TT. This study still has some shortcomings. Although this paper can shed some light on the study of culture-loaded word, ti still has some limitations. If more samples of culture-loaded word are taken for the analysis, the study could be more comprehensive and systematic. Thus, the English translation of the culture-loaded words of her Ci poetry based on Skopos theory deserves further study. The author believes that wider cases will be involved in this study.((Liao Huihua, 2010:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. (1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, Christiane. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained''[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina. (1971). ''Translation Criticism: The Potentials and Limitations: Categories and Criteria for Translation Quality Assessment''[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Reiss, Katharina and Vermeer, Hans J. (1984). ''Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Rexroth, K. &amp;amp; Chung L. (1979). ''Ching-chao: Complete Poems''[M]. New York: New Directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Vermeer, Hans J. A. (1996). ''Scopos Theory of Translation''[M]. Heidelberg: TEXT con TEXT-Ver-lag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*付桂英. (2013). “三美”理论指导下李清照词英译的美感再现[D].上海:上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 韩周文. (2014). 《生死疲劳》中文化负载词的英译研究——以目的论为视角[D].福州:福建师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郦青. (2005). 李清照词英译对比研究[Contrast Study on LI Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].上海:华东师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李照. (2001). 目的论视角下的文化负载词翻译——试评林语堂的《吾国与吾民》[Translation of Culture-loaded Words Based on Scopos Theory -Comments on Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;Our Country and Our People&amp;quot;]. [D].北京:首都师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 廖慧华. (2010). 从目的论角度对比分析《李清照词》中文化负载词的翻译[D].衡阳:南华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王仲闻. (2019) 李清照集校注 [Annotation on the Collection of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [M].北京:人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2006). 翻译与艺术[Translation and Art]. [M].北京:五洲传播出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 宋词三百首[Three Hundred Ci Poems of the Song Dynasty]. [M].北京:中国对外翻译出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*许渊冲. (2003). 文学与翻译[Literature and Translation]. [M].北京:北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杨健. (2000). 李清照词英译研究[English Translation Studies on Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [D].南宁:广西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张沉香. (2007). 功能目的理论与应用翻译研究[Scopos Theory and Applied Translation Studies]. [M].长沙:湖南师范大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑燕虹. (2001). 风筝之线——评王公红、钟玲翻译的李清照诗词[The String of the Kite -Comments on Kenneth Rexroth and Chung Ling's Translation of Li Qingzhao's Ci-Poetry]. [J].外语学刊,160(3):125-129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' Translated by Lin Yutang from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization 蒋淇玮 Jiang Qiwei 202070080592 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of this book, Lin Yutang's ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to catch a glimpse of the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written in classical Chinese and has a long history, which both make the translation more difficult, especially the translation of its culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words refer to words, phrases and idioms that demonstrate specific things in a culture. As we all know, China has a centuries-old history and rich civilization, possessing plenty of unique cultural phenomena, not to mention numerous culture-loaded words. In Six Chapters of a Floating Life, there are many culture-loaded words that are worthy of study.&lt;br /&gt;
By consulting relevant materials, I find that there are only a few works analyzing cultural-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life from the perspective of domestication and foreignization.&lt;br /&gt;
This pair of translation terms was put forward by Lawrence Venuti, a famous American translation theorist, in The Translator's Invisibility in 1995. As a matter of fact, domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites and complement each other. Neither absolute domestication nor foreignization exists. There are different degrees of domestication and foreignization in all translation activities and works. Therefore, it is reasonable, scientific and feasible to analyze Mr. Lin’s translation from this perspective, which can fill certain research vacancy and benefit future studies in this field.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, the author will subdivide domestication and foreignization into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
domestication; foreignization; ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''; Lin Yutang; culture-loaded words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《浮生六记》是清代文人沈复于1808年所著的自传体散文，以真言诉真情，为历代读者所推崇。目前流传较广的《浮生六记》英译本中，林语堂先生的Six Chapters of a Floating Life成文最早且与沈复原文风格最为接近，让不少外国读者得以一窥中国一无名文人的若梦浮生。&lt;br /&gt;
沈复此书以文言文著就，加上距今年代较为久远，译者的翻译之路可谓困难重重，这其中文化负载词的处理更是值得反复推敲。文化负载词是标志某种文化中特有事物的词、词组和习语。众所周知，中华民族的历史文明源远流长，独有的文化现象数不胜数，应运而生的文化负载词自然不在少数。《浮生六记》一书中就有相当数目的文化负载词具有研究价值。&lt;br /&gt;
通过查阅相关资料，本人发现从归化和异化角度来解读林译中文化负载词的研究还少之又少。归化和异化这对翻译术语是由美国著名翻译理论学家劳伦斯·韦努蒂（Lawrence Venuti）于1995年在《译者的隐身》中提出的。作为两种翻译策略，归化和异化是对立统一、相辅相成的，绝对的归化和绝对的异化都是不存在的。所有的翻译活动及作品都存在不同程度的归化和异化现象，故而，从这一角度来分析林译具有合理性、科学性和可行性，且能填补一定的研究空缺，为之后的相关研究提供可参考的思路与借鉴。&lt;br /&gt;
因此，本文作者将聚焦这一文学经典，将归化与异化这两种翻译策略细分为不同的翻译方法，对林译中有代表性的文化负载词进行分析解读，以小见大，从词见章，进而证明归化与异化的翻译策略的指导性，找出林译在国内外成功的原因，指出其在中国文化“走出去”中所起的积极作用，并为文化负载词的翻译难题提供解题思路及开口，引起大众对于文化翻译的重视与思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，《浮生六记》，林语堂，文化负载词&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With globalization surging ahead, cultural communication and exchange have become rising tides that no one can fight against. Chinese and English, as the language with the largest number of users and the language most widely used in this globe, are both crucial languages, which work as vital bridges in cultural world.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as is known to all, China is a nation of age-old history and rich civilization. On her vast earth, there grows plenty of unique cultural phenomena. As a result, quite a number of culture-loaded words have been emerging. For culture-loaded words have their specific cultural connotations, it is hard to render them so that foreign readers could understand, which is a real and tough task for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written in classical Chinese by Shen Fu, who was a Chinese scholar in Qing dynasty, in 1808. It is popular among readers for its genuine words and sincerity between the lines. In this book, there are many culture-loaded words, which are worth studying.&lt;br /&gt;
Among the current English versions of it, Lin Yutang's Six Chapters of a Floating Life is written first and the closest with the original version in style, which enables lots of foreign readers to take a look at the life of an obscure Chinese scholar.&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, in this thesis, under the guidance of translation strategies, domestication and foreignization, the author will subdivide them into several detailed translation methods so as to analyze representative culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life. By doing this, this paper aims to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, find out the reasons of the success of Mr. Lin’s translation, point out the positive role of this translation in the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture, and provide reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Two Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Study on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''====&lt;br /&gt;
For the sake of carrying on this study, we must have a basic understanding of both our original and translated text sources: Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Hence we will have a brief review of its original version and English version translated by Mr. Lin in the following paragraphs. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 A Brief Review of Its Original Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Six Chapters of a Floating Life is an autobiographical prose written by Shen Fu, who was an unknown scholar in Qing dynasty, in the 13th year of Jiaqing (AD 1808). It includes six chapters, of which only four remain, recording Shen Fu’s wedded bliss, pleasures of life, ups and downs, travel experiences, experiences in Formosa and the way of life. The phrase in this book’s title &amp;quot;floating life&amp;quot; derives from a passage in Li Po's poem, “ Our floating life is like a dream; how often can one enjoy oneself ?”&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu, whose courtesy name is Sanbai, and alternative name Meiyi, was born in Suzhou, Jiangsu province in China in the 28th year of Qianlong (AD 1763).  He was a man of letters, who was once an assistant to ranking officials and a merchant.&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining four chapters of ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life'' was accidentally found on the stall in Suzhou by a man called Yang Yinchuan. Yang passed it on to Wang Tao, his brother-in-law, who then published it with movable type in 1877. Subsequently, this book gradually established itself on the literary field.&lt;br /&gt;
This book is a pure and fair record of Shen Fu's ordinary but difficult life, which is still full of unforgettable and beautiful moments. It is incredibly touching, for Mr. Shen wrote down his real experiences and sincere feelings in plain words naturally, without traces of sham.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, Six Chapters of a Floating Life has become a classic and owned a mass of readers. Many people even called it “little A Dream in Red Mansions” for its description of the conflicts in the feudal family and society, which highly affirms its literary value and achievements. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 A Brief Review of Its English Version Translated by Lin Yutang=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring and summer time of 1935, Lin Yutang successively translated Six Chapters of a Floating Life into English and serialized them in the English magazines T'ien Hsia Monthly and Hsi Feng published in Shanghai. For the sake of better work, Mr. Lin has modified his translation no less than ten times. Now, his translation version has been acknowledged as the most popular one for it is the closest to the original text in terms of writing style.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang once highly praised Shen Fu’s wife Yün, “Yün, I think, is one of the loveliest women in Chinese literature.” Mr. Lin said he translated the work for two reasons, one is to let the world know Yün by her name, and the other is that he has found lots of things in the simple life of this couple, the pursuit of beauty, the experience of ups and downs, and unswerving love for carefreeness.&lt;br /&gt;
In February of 1999, Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press reprinted Six Chapters of a Floating Life with Mr. Lin’s translation in the form of picture book. Its introductory notes claim that the reprinting is first due to Mr. Lin’s translation work, which has contributed a lot in the promotion of Chinese culture, secondly Mr. Lin’s superb artistic attainments and extraordinary cultural accomplishments, and lastly his beautiful and skilled use of English language. It demonstrates that Mr. Lin's translation has a far-reaching influence. (Shen Fu 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 An Introduction of Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will focus on another important item in this study: culture-loaded words. This introduction covers three aspects, including definition, categorization and previous studies on them in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which enable us to distinguish, select and analyse culture-loaded words in future steps. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many definitions for culture-loaded words, and I have presented three different versions below.&lt;br /&gt;
First, Mona Baker claims that &amp;quot;the source-language word may express a concept which is totally unknown in the target culture. The concept in question may be abstract or concrete; it may relate to a religious belief, a social custom, or a type of food. Such concepts are often referred to as `culture-specific' &amp;quot; (2000:21). This definition mentions three fields, namely religion, custom and food, which are now recognized to be among the main sources of culture-loaded words. Second, it means that the cultural information words carry in the source language finds no equivalent in the target language (包慧南，2001：10). In this version, the focus is “no equivalent”, which reveals why it is significant to study the translation of culture-loaded words. For in numerous cases, there is no equivalent in the target language. Third, J.F. Aixelá, a Spanish translator and translation theorist, defines them as &amp;quot;culture-specific items&amp;quot; and states in his book Culture-specific Item in Translation that &amp;quot;Some items appeared in the source text do not have equivalent items in the target readers' cultural system or these items have different textual status with those in the target readers' cultural system, thus leading to translation difficulty while transferring the function and meaning of the source text to the target text&amp;quot; (张南峰，2004：19). From this definition, we are able to get a new perspective. Besides “no equivalent”, it makes a point that culture-loaded words can exist in the target cultural system but with different function and meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, as barriers to translation, culture-loaded words have no equivalent in other cultural systems and are marks and mirrors of a nation’s distinct environment, which are often seen in fields like religion, custom, food etc. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Categorization of Culture-loaded Words===== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida considers that &amp;quot;if translators want to do a good job in cross-cultural translation, there are five types of cultural factors: 1) ecological culture; 2) material culture; 3) social culture; 4) religious culture; and 5) linguistic culture&amp;quot;(胡壮麟、姜望琪，2002). In line with Nida's categorization of cultural factors, culture-loaded words can also be classified into five types accordingly, namely ecological culture-loaded words, religious culture-loaded words, material culture-loaded words, social culture-loaded words and linguistic culture-loaded words. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will analyze Lin Yutang’s translation of culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life on the basis of Nida's categorization. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Previous Studies on Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life=====&lt;br /&gt;
Among those studies of the English versions of Shen Fu’s Six Chapters of a Floating Life, the studies of Mr. Lin’s account for a large proportion of it. In Quan Shulian’s article “Translator’s Cultural Orientation: Comparative Study of Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life”, she compares the translation of culture-loaded words done by Mr. Lin and Shirley Black and then claims that Shirley Black tends to use domestication while Mr. Lin applies foreignization more frequently. With a different focus, Li Yi, who has studied the culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life      translated by Lin Yutang, analyzes the translation of culture-loaded words in three aspects: wording, Chinese idioms and the looks of women, and concludes that it is the purpose of translation determines which translation strategies to use and domestication and foreignization are a unity of opposites which should not be discussed apart. (Eugene, A. Nida. 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three An Analysis of Translation Strategies Based on ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Translation Strategy of Domestication====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication, as opposed to foreignization, refers to a translation strategy, which aims to translate the source text into target language in a transparent, fluent and natural style so as to minimize the strangeness for target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
As free translation is the most widely used translation method pertaining to domestication, we will discuss it and its two branches paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Free Translation===== &lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to a translation method that reproduces the transferred meaning of the source text, which can be further divided into paraphrase and idiomatic translation. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1.1 Paraphrase===== &lt;br /&gt;
When applying paraphrase, the translator translates the source text explanatorily, without application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of those parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1a. 合卺后，并肩夜膳，……（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
1b. After the drinking of the customary twin cups between bride and groom, we sat down together at dinner… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “合卺” refers to a characteristic part of ancient Chinese wedding ceremonies that the newlyweds drink cross-cupped wine in their wedding room. Foreign readers would have difficulty comprehending this phrase as there is no such a rite in their countries. Thus, Lin Yutang applies the translation method of paraphrase, explaining exactly what the custom is, which enables foreign readers to understand this special activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Idiomatic translation is an explanatory method of translation as well, with application of collocations and idioms in the target language as replacement of the parts in the source text. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2a. 井井然未尝稍失。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
2b. Whatever she did was done well, and it was difficult to find fault with her. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 40-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“未尝稍失”means that someone handles things incredibly well, without anything wrong. And we can translate this Chinese phrase just in such an explanatory way, for it is clear and correct in meaning. But it is comparatively lengthy. That’s why here Mr. Lin adopts the English phrase “find fault with”, which is quite familiar to English users. For it conveys the meaning of the source text precisely and concisely, and improves the smoothness of foreign readers’ reading activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation Strategy of Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to domestication, foreignization refers to a translation strategy that retains the original expressions and differences between source and target languages to a larger extent. This translation strategy can offer foreign readers more exotic information if they are willing to explore, but the reading process is less natural and efficient. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
And foreignization consists of three translation methods, namely transliteration, word-for-word translation and literal translation, which will be presented below. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Transliteration===== &lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration refers to the rendering of alphabets, words or phrases in one language with symbols of similar or even the same pronunciations in another language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3a. 服余衣，长一寸又半；于腰间折而缝之，外加马褂。（沈复，2018：31）&lt;br /&gt;
3b. As my gown was found to be an inch and a half too long, she tucked it round the waist and put on a makua on top. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “马褂” refers to the mandarin jacket worn over a gown, which is a kind of special costume of Chinese characteristics. It is popular in Qing dynasty and the Republic of China. Originally, it’s worn by the Chinese Manchu people on horseback. “马” means “horse” in English. “褂” means a short gown. And that is the reason why this costume is called “马褂”in Chinese. Though foreign readers barely know this kind of clothes and its origin, Mr. Lin translates it as “makua” tersely according to its Chinese pronunciation, which offers foreign readers an opportunity to get a clue of the new item “makua” and shows his confidence of Chinese history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Word-for-word Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word-for-word translation is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another in the source text without considering the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to translate a word in accordance with the paraphrasing method. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4a. 一场，主考得香钱百文。（沈复，2018：57）&lt;br /&gt;
4b. The official examiner would get one hundred cash “incense  money”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 253)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Incense” translated into Chinese is “香”, while the English equivalent of “钱” is “money”. From this we can find that “incense money” is a word-for-word correspondence with “香钱”. There are much fewer people in English-speaking countries who are Buddhists, compared with China. So the concept of “incense money” may be strange to them. Here, Mr. Lin translates this phrase literally without transforming or considering morphological differences in two languages, which shows a brand-new concept to plentiful foreign readers. And it might arouse their interest to figure out what this phrase implies and what’s the culture connotation behind it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Literal Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation, or directed translation, is the rendering of text in which a word is used to replace another word in the original text correspondingly, with consideration of the differences between the two languages in morphology, syntax and semantics, so as to enable the translation to conform to the lexical and syntactic norms of the target language. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5a. 急人之难，成人之事，嫁人之女，抚人之儿，指不胜屈，挥金如土，多为他人。（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
5b. He used to help people in trouble, bring up other people's sons and marry off other people's daughters in innumerable instances, spending money like dirt, all for the sake of other people. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“挥金如土” in Chinese means to throw one’s money about. There is a set expression in English both in meaning and construction, which is “spending money like water”. But instead of the image “water”, which is more common and well-accepted among English people, Mr. Lin keeps the original image “dirt” in his translation. That’s because the image “dirt” is more acknowledged by Chinese people, who have been rooted in agriculture civilization and dealt with dirt all the time. Hence, the literal translation of “dirt” into English is able to let readers of different culture background grasp more of the source text and aware of the culture differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 A Brief Conclusion on the Translation Strategies==== &lt;br /&gt;
In this Chapter, we have mainly discussed five translation methods based on Six Chapters of a Floating Life. Among them, two belong to the translation strategy of domestication while three the translation strategy of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
The former instances from the book have proved that the application of the translation methods under domestication enables foreign readers to comprehend and accept literary works in a closer and more natural way, while the translation methods under foreignization provides them with a choice to feel the cultural differences and find out more valuable information. There is no absolute domestication or foreignization and no perfect choice of translation strategies. It is the purposes of translation that determine which translation strategy or methods to use. As to Mr. Lin, he has combined the usage of both the two superior strategies and their translation methods in his translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Four An Analysis of the Translation of Culture-loaded Words in ''Six Chapters of a Floating Life''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Domestication Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center upon some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of domestication. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1.1 Free Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, free translation is the most commonly used translation method pertaining to domestication and it includes paraphrase and idiomatic translation. Therefore, we will discuss them with examples of culture-loaded words in the book. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.1 Paraphrase of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to demonstrate the brilliant use of paraphrase by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6a. 自此耳鬓相磨，亲同形影。（沈复，2018：9）&lt;br /&gt;
6b. And so every day we rubbed shoulders together and clung to each other like an object and its shadow… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese phrase “耳鬓相磨” is culture-loaded, which just derives from this book of Shen Fu. It literally means the rubbing of people’s ears and sideburns, whose extended meaning refers to the close relationship among people. Here Mr. Lin applies the new image of shoulders instead of the original images of ears and sideburns, for it would be hard for foreign audience to grasp the connection between ears and sideburns and the intimacy within them. Meanwhile, rubbing shoulders can accurately express the meaning of closeness in English. So he uses the phrase “rubbed shoulders” to convey the original meaning in an explanatory way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7a. 粉颈 （沈复，2018：8）&lt;br /&gt;
7b. Beautiful white neck (Lin Yutang, 2019: 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, scholars conventionally adopt the word “粉”, which is “pink” in English, to modify one’s face, neck, etc. to show that one’s skin is white touched with red. However, if translating the Chinese term “粉颈” literally, we will get the phrase “pink neck”. There is no doubt that it will be odd for foreign audience. Therefore, Mr. Lin uses “beautiful white” rather than “pink” to modify “neck”, which expresses the meaning of “粉” briefly and precisely without causing troubles to readers and makes their reading activities more natural and pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======4.1.1.2 Idiomatic Translation of Culture-loaded Words======&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to demonstrate the fine use of idiomatic translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8a. 大醉而卧（沈复，2018：7）&lt;br /&gt;
8b. I fell asleep drunk like a fish. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This four-character Chinese phrase means one is lying in a state of terrible drunkenness. In the processing of this phrase, Mr. Lin uses a set English phrase “drunk like a fish”, which describes that one is terribly drunk. The adoption of this ready-made phrase in translation does convey the meaning of the source text correctly and vividly, which makes it easy for foreign readers to catch on and picture the scene. From this we can see that wise use of idiomatic translation may yield twice the result with half the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Foreignization Applied in Culture-loaded Words====&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, we will center on some culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life that are translated by Mr. Lin with the adoption of foreignization. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Transliteration of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following two examples are able to show the use of transliteration by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9a. 故上下呼芸为“三娘”。后忽呼为“三太太”……（沈复，2018：63）&lt;br /&gt;
9b. hence they used to call Yün “san niang” at home, but this was later suddenly changed into “san t'ai t'ai”. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“San” refers to “number three” in Chinese. “Niang” generally means a young married woman in a big household, while “t’ai t’ai” suggests the mistress of an independent home. “Niang” and “t’ai t’ai” are two of those unique terms of addressing people in ancient Chinese society, so there are no equivalents in English. That’s why Mr. Lin chooses to introduce their Chinese sounds to foreign audience, which leaves them a hint to learn two interesting addresses with era characteristics and know the distinct Chinese system of addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10a. 余则从之学画，写草篆，镌图章…… （沈复，2018：56）&lt;br /&gt;
10b. They would then either write “grass-script”, or “chüan-script” or carve seals… (Lin Yutang, 2019: 247)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“篆书” refers to a style in Chinese calligraphy, often used on seals. If we translate the Chinese character “篆” literally into English it would be “seal”. However, Mr. Lin abandons the easy translation of “seal- script” and renders this calligraphy style as “chüan-script” according to its Chinese pronunciation, which exhibits an individual kind of Chinese writing style to foreign readers. There will be problems that most people who know little about China will feel difficult to understand this ancient “script”. And if they desire to figure it out, they need to do extra work beyond reading this book. Nevertheless, in this way, they have chances to know much more about China, which is an efficient way of spreading Chinese culture and driving cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Word-for-word Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The following example is able to show the masterly use of word-for-word translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11a. 芸笑曰：“白字有缘，将来恐白字连篇耳。”（沈复，2018：13）&lt;br /&gt;
11b. “It is all right,” Yün smiled and replied. “to have one's life bound up with the Po's, only I am afraid I shall be writing Po characters all my life.” (Lin Yutang, 2019: 54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called Po characters are words written wrong. This kind of words indeed exists in Chinese writing system, but they are used in a wrong way by people for they are of similar pronunciations and forms while in different meanings. In translation of this sentence, Mr. Lin renders “白字”, which means misspelt words, as “Po characters” word for word. “Po” is close to the pronunciation of Chinese character “白”, while “character” literally means “字” in Chinese. Mr. Lin translates the culture-loaded phrase like this to demonstrate a new term to foreign readers, instead of “misspelt word” which is easy to grasp but lack of Chinese charm. In this way, foreign readers can be more conscious of the original cultural genes lie behind those English words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Literal Translation of Culture-loaded Words=====&lt;br /&gt;
The last two examples will show the tactful use of literal translation by Mr. Lin in his translation of culture-loaded words. (Xiong Bing 2014,82-88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12a. 但李诗宛如姑射仙子，有一种落花流水之趣，令人可爱。        &lt;br /&gt;
（沈复，2018：12）&lt;br /&gt;
12b. but Li Po’s poems have the wayward charm of nymph. His lines come naturally like dropping petals and flowing waters, and are so much lovelier for their spontaneity. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “落花流水” is an idiom, which usually refers to the beauty of the scenes is waning in the late spring or one is defeated utterly. But this phrase is used here to compliment Li Po’s poems’ fluency and naturalness. Even though this expression is full of Chinese features, it is not too hard for foreign readers to get its implication from the images of “dropping petals” and “flowing waters”. For we have a common sense about these two natural scenery that they are both in the state of harmony and fluency. So Mr. Lin’s adoption of the method of literal translation is quite appropriate here and leaves some space for readers to imagine and taste by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13a. 芸曰：“世传月下老人专司人间婚姻事……” （沈复，2018：27）&lt;br /&gt;
13b. “It is said that the Old Man under the Moon is in charge of matrimony,” said Yün. (Lin Yutang, 2019: 92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“月下老人” is the god of marriage who is in charge of human love relationships in Chinese mythology. This image is peculiar to China, so it stands to reason that there is no equivalent expression in other countries. When rendering this culture-loaded phrase, Mr. Lin chooses the method of literal translation with words of capitalized initial letters, which enables readers to feel that it is obviously a new culture symbol for them and the Old Man may be a Chinese god. Then it is up to the readers themselves if they want to search for some more information about this “Old Man under the Moon” or not. In this way, the translation becomes briefer and it rests with the readers concerning how much information they will get beyond the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Five Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concerning the current fact that different cultural systems around the world are becoming increasingly connected, translation activities have been literally taking place at every moment. However, the cultural differences in different counties have made it an arduous task. In view of the tremendous differences between China and English-speaking countries, the translation works are no easy tasks as well.&lt;br /&gt;
As symbols which carry lots of cultural information, culture-loaded words are obstacles in translation, for they have no equivalents in other languages. So when translating these words, translators need to be alert and adopt the most proper translation strategies and methods so as to achieve the translation purposes to the deepest extent.&lt;br /&gt;
In this thesis, guided by domestication and foreignization, the author has discussed several culture-loaded words in Six Chapters of a Floating Life, which translated by Lin Yutang. Different from other theses focusing on this issue, the author probes it in five detailed translation methods under the two translation strategies we have mentioned before.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of former examples, we can come to the point that domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites. There is no standard answer that which translation strategy should be used in which circumstances. It is the purposes of translation that determine our choice. In the translation of Six Chapters of a Floating Life, Lin Yutang has proved this to us by using different translation methods in accordance with his purposes, which contributes to his translation success both at home and abroad and the cultural exchanges between China and other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
In total, this thesis has basically fulfilled its tasks to prove the instructiveness of the translation strategies of domestication and foreignization, and find out the reasons why Lin Yutang’s translation version turns out to be a huge success and receives warm responses. At the same time, it points out that this translation has played an active role when Chinese culture steps out to the global stage, and provides reference for the translation of culture-loaded words. (Li Yi 2013, 43-44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence, Venuti. (2004). The Translator’s Invisibility [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2001). Language and Culture: Contexts in Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene, A. Nida. (2004). Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona, Baker. (2000). In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan 包惠南. (2001). 文化语境与语言翻译[M]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Li 冯丽. [2013(3)：116-117]. 浅析文化视角下的林语堂译本《浮生六记》[J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Zhuanglin, Jiang Wangqi 胡壮麟，姜望琪. (2002). 语言学高级教程[M]. 北京：北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Aili 刘艾莉. (2015). 认知翻译观视角下《围城》中文化负载词的翻译研究[MA]. 广东外语外贸大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Linxin, Xu Mingwu 梁林歆，许明武. [2017(4)：53-59]. 国内外《浮生六记》英译研究：回顾与展望[J]. 外语教育研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yi 李懿. [2013(11)：43-44]. 从归化和异化论林语堂《浮生六记》译本中文化词的翻译[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2019). 《浮生六记》（双语版）[M]. 湖南：湖南文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Fu 沈复. (2018). 《浮生六记》[M]. 浙江：浙江工商大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Hualing 吴华玲. [2010(3)：113-116]. 林语堂中庸观在其译作中的审美再现——以林译《浮生六记》为例[J]. 云梦学刊.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Weiwei 王维维. [2012(10)：46-47]. 从形合与意合角度分析林语堂《浮生六记》译本[J]. 英语广场·学术研究.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Bing 熊兵. [2014(3)：82-88]. 翻译研究中的概念混淆[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2004). 艾克拉西的文化专有项翻译策略评介[J]. 中国翻译.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yitian 朱怡天. (2013). 《浮生六记》林语堂英译本中文化负载词的翻译[MA]. 上海外国语大学硕士学位论文.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论与翻译技巧论文集[C]. (1983). 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司选编.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English	瞿淼 202070080604 Qu Miao   【专业 is missing】==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression natural to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the translation of idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost in the translation, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems so there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idiom is a form of expression naturally to a language, person, or group of people. With rich cultural information, Chinese idioms carry the characteristics of Chinese language and culture. In the process od translating idoms from Chinese to English, &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms is often lost, since Chinese and English belong to different language systems,there exist great cultural differences between them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English, it is advisable to translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text is kept in translated text as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. And the article ends with the conclusion that in idiom translation from Chinese to English,translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication, so that &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in the original text can be kept in translated text as much as possible. --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foregnizing; domestication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
idiom translation; cultural deficiency; cultural differences; foreignization; domestication--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===汉语习语英译如何保持&amp;quot;中国性&amp;quot;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
俗语是流传在人民群众口头上的，结构相对稳定的通俗语句，一般包括谚语、歇后语、惯用语和俗成语。汉语俗语承载着中国语言文化特色，蕴含着丰富的文化信息。在汉英俗语翻译中，因为汉语和英语属于不同的语言系统，并且文化差异较大，所以常常出现译文丢失了中国特色的情况。（王涛，2018，32）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文从归化和异化的角度，对比了分别使用归化和异化翻译方法的译文的效果，讨论汉英俗语翻译保持中国特色的方法，得出结论，在中文习语的翻译过程中，译者应该根据特定语境的需要，在异化和归化之间找到一个平衡点，以此来最大限度地保持俗语的中国特色。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
习语翻译；文化缺失；文化差异；异化；归化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargon and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they are produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are very national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An idiom is a set phrase of two or more words that means something different from the literal meaning of the individual words．Generally speaking, idioms include colloquialisms, allegorical sayings, proverbs, slang, jargons and so on. The composition and semantics of idioms are very conventional, which is inseparable from the social and cultural background of idioms. Language is the carrier of culture, and idioms are an essential part of language. Idioms are deeply rooted in the social and cultural background where they were produced, and fully reflect the geographical environment, customs, religious beliefs and social, political, economic, and cultural systems in this background. Therefore, idioms are national and cultural. (Wang Tao, 2018, 32)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 01:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and can enhance communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasing important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied by idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an effective means to promote cross-cultural communication, translation is a bridge connecting different languages and thus enhance the communication between different cultures. As the essence of national culture, the translation of idioms plays an increasingly important role in promoting cultural exchanges, and the biggest difficulty in translation is how to deal with the cultural conventions of source idioms. For translators, idiom translation must not only be fluent and express meaning precisly, but also realize the transfer of cultural connotations implied in idioms. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have the characteristics of concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for achieving the most perfect state of communication between China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people of different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms in Chinese are the carriers that convey the rich connotations of the Chinese language. They have some characteristics such as, concise language, brilliant meaning, typical connotation, and wide range of uses. Since idioms are the most quintessential and typical part of Chinese culture and the shining pearl in Chinese culture, idiom translation is of great significance for the communication between the China and the West. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there exist cultural deficiencies in the translation of Chinese idioms, which makes it difficult for people in different cultural backgrounds to establish coherent and unobstructed semantics when communicating. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation form four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation method, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first chapter of this article is an overview of Chinese idiom translation, analyzing the problems of Chinese idioms translation and the importance of keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation. In the second chapter, this article mainly discusses the reasons for cultural deficiency in Chinese idiom translation from four aspects: different emotional orientation, historical and cultural background, religious beliefs and ways of thinking. The third chapter is a comparative analysis of foreignization and domestication translation in idiom translation. This chapter begins with a brief introduction of foreignization and domestication translation methods, and then compares the application of the two methods in idiom translation. At last, this article ends with the conclusion that translators should, according to the needs of a specific context, find a balance between foreignization and domestication.--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter One An Overview of the Idiom Translation form Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulate. From the expression content of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms are mainly created by the folk and widely circulated. From the expression of Chinese idioms, it has a large connotation, rich and profound content, hence it is surely informative with a good expression effect. As for language structure, it is usually characterized by popularity and colloquialism. In view of the current situation of the translation of Chinese idioms, the cultural connotation is obviously missing due to the influence of cultural forms. Idiom is a window for foreigners to understand Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of significance to keep Chinese characteristics in the translation of Chinese idioms as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 07:00, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Problems of Idiom Translation form Chinese to English ====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting common and commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese idioms involve many contents and cover a wide range of knowledge. There is no doubt that this colloquial language has the characteristics of popularity, reflecting commonly used factors in daily life, so that the meaning of Chinese idioms can be fully expressed.Chinese idiom is a kind of inheritance of folk culture. In the process of translation, it is affected by its own cultural form and historical factors, and there is a certain cultural deficiency, or &amp;quot;loss of Chineseness&amp;quot;, in the translation of Chinese colloquial language. (Liu Ning, 2016, 81)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manifestation of cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the interpretation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural deficiency in the translation of Chinese idioms is mainly due to the errors in the translation of the inherent meanings conveyed by the Chinese idioms, and the discrepancy in the intrinsic values between the translator and the original Chinese idioms after translation. As a result, the inheritance and development of culture are hindered, and there is a lack of comprehensive understanding in the process of foreign translation. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is a manifestation of cultural deficiency, and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators leads to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of this phenomenon is the manifestation of cultural deficiency and the contradiction of cultural mechanism orientation between readers and translators, which lead to the emergence of cultural deficiency.On the basis of the semantic meaning of the original text, the translation of Chinese colloquial language is in accordance with the linguistic environment and the operational environment of grammar. The translation process emphasizes the cultural inheritance and the expression of intrinsic value.It is precisely the collision between different cultures that causes the phenomenon of culture loss. (Liu Ning, 2016, 82)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Importance of Keeping &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Chinese Idiom Translation to English====&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the condensed and quintessence of human language. As the treasures of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If it is separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are the quintessence of human language. As the treasure of national culture, they carry the cultural information such as geography, history, religion and living habits of a country or a nation. Translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication activity, which conveys cultural characteristics. If separated from the culture of a nation, translation would miss its due role. (Wang Tao, 2018, 33)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is a representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese Idiom Translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1980s and 1990s, translation studies have ushered in a new stage, namely the shift of translation. Susan Bassnett is the representative of the school of &amp;quot;cultural translation&amp;quot;. Her view of cultural translation emphasizes the special status of culture in translation -- as language and culture are closely related, culture, rather than text, should be regarded as the basic unit of translation. In short, translation is by no means an act of pure language. It is deeply rooted in the culture in which the language is located. Translation is the communication within and between cultures, and translation equivalence is the cultural function equivalence between the source language and the target language. In a word, it is significant to keep Chinese characteristics in Chinese idiom translation to English as much as possible to spread Chinese culture. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter Two The Reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds. The cultural differences between the two are huge, which makes the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to another. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the Loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in Idiom Translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English have completely different cultural backgrounds so that they have large cultural differences, which make the Chinese and Western people have huge understanding barriers in language exchanges, especially idioms in traditional Chinese culture. Since idioms contains rich and profound cultural background knowledge, translators will inevitably encounter the problem of cultural deficiency in the process of idiom translation, transplanting one culture to the other one. The problem of cultural deficiency in idiom translation occurs frequently. The reasons for the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation from Chinese to English are mainly reflected in the following four aspects. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 51)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Different Emotional Orientation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many words that refer to the same thing in Chinese and English, the word may mean differently in different language contexts, for the same word may bear different associative meanings. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding to color words. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role.For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes worn by Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Chinese people and Westerns often have different understanding words about colors. The semantic associations of the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; are different in English and Chinese cultures. In Chinese culture, yellow is the symbol of imperial power and status, so it plays an important role in Chinese culture. For example, &amp;quot;黄袍加身&amp;quot;（the yellow robe adds the body） refers to being an emperor.However, in modern Chinese, the word &amp;quot;黄&amp;quot; often has a derogatory meaning, which means lewdness and depravity. It forms many new words with other words and is widely used.For example: &amp;quot;黄色影片&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;黄色书籍&amp;quot; and so on, most of them are related to the concept of sex. Nevertheless, yellow represents justice, wisdom and glory in Western culture.In Western art St. Peter is dressed in yellow.Of course, yellow also has a bad symbolic meaning. It reminds people of the color of the clothes Judas dressed, who betrayed Jesus. Therefore, yellow can be used to express &amp;quot;timid, unreliable, jealous, sensationalist, low-level sensationalism&amp;quot; and other derodic meanings. But in English the word &amp;quot;yellow&amp;quot; doesn't have an obscene meaning. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and the Chinese nation called themselves the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, an can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people has regarded the &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; as the symbol of the nation since ancient times, and they call themselves as the &amp;quot;descendant of the dragon&amp;quot;. However, in western culture, &amp;quot;dragon&amp;quot; is a lizard with scales, wings and tails, which can breathe fire. It is a symbol of evil and cruelty. Therefore, if the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;hope one’s children to become a dragon&amp;quot;, it would lead to great misunderstanding. But we translate it into &amp;quot;hope one’s children will have a bright future&amp;quot;, foreigners may not get the metaphoric meaning of the word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot;. This is what we said the loss of &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot;, namely, cultural deficiency. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 52)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Historical and Cultural Background====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese culture has a long history and bears a profound and sophisticated cultural nature. As the essence of Chinese culture, Chinese idioms often contain many historical allusions. And idioms originated from literary quotation or historical events should not be conceived literally because they have deeper meanings. Without cultural background knowledge, it is not easy to understand this kind of idioms, not to mention to translate them. (Wang Tao, 2018, 114)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said, zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him conquer the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappy. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot;, which means repeatedly requesting somebody to take up a responsible post, derives from a historical story of Zhuge Liang. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Zhuge Liang lived in a thatched cottage in Longzhong. Xu Shu, a counsellor, recommended zhuge Liang to Liu Bei and said that zhuge Liang was a genius. In order to ask Zhuge Liang to help him win the war, Liu Bei went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei to ask him to leave the mountain. However, Zhuge Liang was not at home, so Liu Bei had to leave his name and went back unhappily. A few days later, Liu Bei learned that Zhuge Liang had returned and went with Guan Yu and Zhang Fei against the wind and snow.But Zhuge Liang went out again, and Liu Bei and his men left again. Liu Bei went to Longzhong for the third time and finally met Zhuge Liang.In the conversation, Zhuge Liang made a very incisive analysis of the situation, which impressed Liu Bei. Liu Bei visited the thatched cottage three times, which greatly moved Zhuge Liang and he promised to go out to help him. Zhuge Liang helped Liu Bei win many victories and laid the foundation of the state of the Han dynasty for him.  (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This idiom comes form this story.If we just translate &amp;quot;三顾茅庐&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;repeatedly to request somebody to take up a responsible post” or &amp;quot;have visited the cottage thrice in succession to call on somebody repeatedly&amp;quot;, foreigners would not get the allusion of it, hence the Chinese characteristics is lost somehow. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 11:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the idioms like &amp;quot;班门弄斧&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;卧薪尝胆&amp;quot; are all relevant to some historical figures, who are known by all Chinese people but unfamiliar to foreigners. Only when they have learned something about Zhuge Liang, Lu Ban, and Gou Jian can they get the meaning of these idioms. And it is the profound historical and cultural backgrounds that make the Chinese idioms hard to translate. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also express language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a special form of human culture, religion is produced and developed almost synchronously with human culture, and all ethnic groups have their own religious beliefs and cultures. Religion not only exerts a certain influence on people's values and ways of thinking, but also on language expression. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Western Han Dynasty, Buddhism was introduced into China, and it has a history of more than one thousand years in China. Accompanied with the introduction of Buddhism came some idioms of Buddhism or related to Buddhism, such as &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;苦海无边，回头是岸&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;醍醐灌顶&amp;quot;. Most Chinese people believe in Buddhism and Taoism, while most Westerners believe in Christianity and Catholicism. In the context of two different religious cultures, translators often meet translation difficulties. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife that actually kills. The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds and all delusions, delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who put down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the original Buddhist factors. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; as an example. The idiom &amp;quot;放下屠刀&amp;quot; (lay down the butcher's knife) does not refer to the butcher's knife(lethal weapon). The &amp;quot;butcher's knife&amp;quot; here refers to malice, evil deeds ,all delusions, confusion, differentiation and persistence. The sentence &amp;quot;放下屠刀，立地成佛&amp;quot; (Put down the butcher's knife and become a Buddha on the spot) means: the one who puts down delusion, distinction, persistence, is the Buddha! The essence of &amp;quot;butcher knife&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;man's confusion to himself&amp;quot;. Many translation versions of this idiom are given, like &amp;quot;A killer becomes a Buddha at the moment he drops the knife to kill.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;A wrongdoer may become a man of virtue once he does good.&amp;quot;; however, these versions both neglect the Buddhist factors of original idiom. If the cultural connotation is not expressed in translation, westerners would feel confused while reading. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:07, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Different Ways of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the role of rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the characteristics of the deep structure of Chinese culture, from Hager to Derrida, the western academic circle has formed a prejudice that China has no rationality and no philosophy. Previous Chinese scholars have found some similarities and differences between Chinese and Western cultures in material, institutional and ideological aspects, but they have neglected the rationality in the Chinese and Western cultures. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reason has different contents and categories. Different categories of reason make up different rational structures. Although the outbreak of rationality is the common characteristic of Chinese and Western civilizations in the axial age, their rational structure is not the same.The rational structure of the ancient West includes logical reason, natural reason, practical reason, and aesthetic reason, but it lacks historical reason. Its rational structure is dominated by pure reason, while logical reason occupies a dominant position. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rational structure of China includes historical reason, natural reason and moral reason. It has logical thought which has not developed into logical reason. Among which historical reason occupies a dominant position. Logical reason dominates western thinking, while historical reason leads Chinese thinking. This difference in rational structure is the fundamental reason for the difference in Chinese and Western thinking. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 66)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC) sorry,这一段忘记粘贴复制，直接改动了&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Chinese civilization and Western civilization lies in the difference of rational structure. The difference between the western civilization and the Chinese civilization lies in the difference of dichotomy.Some of the differences between Chinese and Western dichotomies can be traced back to the differences between Chinese and Western languages. Different language features are the source of the differences between Chinese and Western cultures. (Jia Yunpeng, 2015, 66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter Three Comparative Analysis of foreignization and domestication Translation in Idiom Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite serious. In order to induce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a literary form, Chinese idioms have many inherent and connotative meanings. In the process of translation, the phenomenon of loss of Chinese characteristics is quite severe. In order to reduce the loss of Chinese characteristics in translation to minimum, we should choose the appropriate translation method. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated repectively by domestication and foreignization method and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization translation have always been the focus of debate in the field of translation. The essence of the contradiction lies in the proposition that the expression form of the original language introduced into the target language or the idiomatic expression in the target language. This article, from the perspective of domestication and foreignization, compares the different effects of the text translated by domestication and foreignization methods repectively and discusses the way to keep &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idiom translation form Chinese to English. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 A Brief Introduction of foreignization and domestication Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication Translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication translation are systematically put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation (1995). --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication translation is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it reduces the difficulty of the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to transform the foreign element in one culture into something familiar in another culture.It puts aside the sentence and image of the original text, but grasps its pragmatic meaning. From the target language and the original text of the pragmatic meaning of the same way of expression.Strictly speaking, domestication is a revision of the culture of the target language. However, it is easier for the readers to accept the translation text at the expense of the large culture contained information as well as the appreciation and understanding of the meaning of heterogeneous culture to some extent.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, foreignization is to transform the information from one culture and language to another culture and language in a way that remains almost as it is. It endows the target language with new linguistic elements and also novel and unique forms of expression, which is conducive to the mutual communication and penetration of two heterogeneous cultures and languages, so as to promote their mutual integration. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti makes a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and reveals that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti puts it bluntly that his purpose writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book, Venuti made a critical study of western translation from the early 17th century to the present, and revealed that the strategy of &amp;quot;smooth translation&amp;quot; has always been dominant in the history of Western translation. The fundamental reason is to form a norm of foreign literature in English based on the western ideology. Venuti put it bluntly that his purpose of writing this book was to go against tradition, namely, to advocate the visibility of translators. Venuti opposed domestication and advocated foreignization in tradition. This translation strategy, he says, can be called &amp;quot;resistance&amp;quot;. (Venuti, 1995,105) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tamper with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language. &amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such translation not only avoids smooth translation, but also challenges the culture of the target language, because smooth translation tampers with the foreign text with the ethnocentrism of the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resistance&amp;quot; means resistance to the ethnocentrism of the target language culture, so that the translator is no longer invisible in translation. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 53)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is the representative of the domestication translation. He put forward the concept of functional equivalence, &amp;quot;The relationship between the target receptor and the target text should be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text&amp;quot;, in order to eliminate the differences in language and culture in the translation. (Nida, 1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Application of domestication Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication translation maximizes the dominant position of the target language and makes the target language close to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately interpret the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal of Nida's domestication translation is the closest natural equivalent. Domestication maximizes the dominant position of the target language and brings the target language closer to readers. It tries to overcome cultural differences to realize the equivalent translation. Due to the cultural differences between different languages, translators are required to have a keen sense of culture and ability to fully and accurately tranlate the national psychology and cognitive mode of the source culture, so that they can reproduce the profound cultural connotations of the source language. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication method will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; another is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, idioms are words with rich cultural connotations. Undoubtedly, the choice of foreignization and domestication methods will produce different results: whether the culture of the source language can be preserved, and to what extent can be preserved. If we choose domestication method, we should realize that there are two premises to distinguish it: one is the domestication under the principle of fidelity, which is prescriptive and centered on the source language; the other is domestication under the premise of non-faithfulness, which is descriptive and oriented by the translation into Chinese. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication translation can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, domestication method can be divided two way. One is a faithful principle under domestication, we can refer it as equivalent translation. While using this method to translate idioms, translators try to look for expressions from target language which has the same semantic effect as that of the source language, thus to make the translation natural, direct and vivid, improving the readability and acceptability of the translation. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 42)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;时间就是金钱&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Time is money&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;事实胜于雄辩&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Facts speak louder than words&amp;quot;. The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is a loyal premise of domestication, which is similar to free translation. When the cultural characteristics of source language idioms expressed cannot be transformed through literal translation, translators should adopt free translation, not only to convey the deep meaning of the source language, but also to reflect characteristics of the target language, realizing the harmonious development of the two different languages. For instance, &amp;quot;胆小如鼠&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;as timid as a hare&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;as timid as a mouse&amp;quot;. (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. (He Fang, 2019, 171)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of the application of domestication is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by David Hawkes. There are a large number of idioms in the novel, and Hawkes generally translated them by using the method of domestication. For the sentence &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃。&amp;quot;(曹雪芹 165) , Hawkes translated it into &amp;quot; The toad on the ground wanting to eat the goose in the sky&amp;quot; [Hawkes, 2012, 242]. Here, Hawkes replaced &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot;(天鹅) with &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot;(鹅), since the associative meanings of &amp;quot;swan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goose&amp;quot; are completely different in western culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization Translation in Idiom Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3  The Application of foreignization translation in Idiom Translation====--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation, accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignizing translation means that, under the pressure of cultural value deviationism, the reader is brought into the context of the translation and accepts the language and cultural differences of the foreign language text. It takes the source language culture as the destination, adopting the source language expression methods that correspond to the original author, approaching the source language text author, and conveying the original content most truthfully. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 43) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieve equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if &amp;quot;一箭双雕&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;kill two hawks with one arrow&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;kill two birds with one stone&amp;quot;, the cultural information of the source language would be preserved to the greatest extent, so that the different cultural connotations can be truly presented to readers. The differences in the culture of the source language are reflected, allowing readers to experience foreign cultures through their own cultural cultivation. The foreignization translation method reflects a trend of cultural integration, allowing the strong culture and the weak culture to develop in the collision, and finally achieves equal dialogue in the continuous exchange. It not only promotes cultural exchanges, but also contributes to the enrichment and development of the target language culture.  (Jiang Lei, 2003, 54)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, another example of the application of foreignization is the translation version of the famous Chinese novel 《红楼梦》 by Yang Xianyi(杨宪益). Contrary to Hawkes’s translation, Yang adopted the method of foreignization while confronting with cultural factors in translating. As for &amp;quot;癞蛤蟆想天鹅吃&amp;quot;[曹雪芹, 1791, 165], Yang translated it into &amp;quot;A toad hankering for a tatste of swan&amp;quot;(Yang Xianyi, 1978). Here, Yang keeps the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in source language through literal translation. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated simply separately. In many cases, the use of the two methods is restricted by the pragmatic environment and must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choosing domestication or foreignization is not a question of black and white, but a question of grasping &amp;quot;degree&amp;quot;, or finding a balance. Translation involves the pragmatic rules of two different languages and is a cross-linguistic and cross-cultural communicative activity. Foreignization and domestication shouldn’t be treated separately. In many cases, the two methods must be combined. It is impossible for a translator to choose only one method to translate a work and use it to the end. The key to the translation of idioms is to grasp a balance point between domestication and foreignization. If we simply emphasize the readability of the translated version, we may ignore the cultural characteristics of the source language, leading to excessive domestication and loss of the culture of the source language. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection method of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if we only focus on the transmission of the cultural information of the source language, it may damage the readability of the translated text and lead to excessive foreignization. The loss of readability of the translated text will eventually lead to the failure of the translator's efforts. The selection of foreignization and domestication should be a dynamic mechanism, flexible and changing with the change of corresponding influencing factors. Due to the need of specific context, the same idiom may be translated in different ways. In the process of idiom translation, whether to adopt domestication or foreignization, communicative purpose and pragmatic environment all affect the choice of methods.  (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of Dream in Red Chamber is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different chooses of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the primary purpose of Yang’s translation of ''Dream in Red Chamber'' is to spread Chinese culture; therefore, he mainly adopted the method of foreignization in idiom translation, so that the &amp;quot;Chineseness&amp;quot; in idioms could be kept as much as possible. And Hawkes mainly used domestication in his translation, because he wanted to reduce the difficulties of reading, making it easier for western readers to accept the novel. So we can see, different communicative purposes lead to different choices of translation methods. (He Fang, 2019, 172)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fomestication and foreignization have always been the focus of controversy in translation circles. The essence of the contradiction is to advocate the introduction of the original expression in the target language or the authentic expression of the target language. The article believes that the contradiction between the two is not irreconcilable under normal circumstances. In fact, mere foreignization or domestication cannot appear alone in translation. The balance between the two should be sought as much as possible on the premise of loyalty to translation duties. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 65)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignization translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the purposes of translation is to spread the source language culture, promoting cultural exchange and integration as well as the diversified development of the world. The foreignizing translation method can reserve enough space for readers to appreciate and analyze foreign cultures. (Qiu Nengsheng, 2019, 56)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignization translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator should have enough confidence in readers when adopting foreignization strategies, and believe that readers can give full play to their imagination to understand foreign countries on the basis of comparing their own and foreign culture. The ultimate goal of translation is to promote cross-cultural communication. It is necessary to consciously retain relevant cultural factors in the translation process. Simply using domestication translation will inevitably hide or even distort the cultural connotation of the source language. In order to preserve and spread the source language culture, the use of foreignizing translation methods should be emphasized when translating idioms rich in cultural meaning. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000, 12) --[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limits. Regardless of whether for interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the foreignization strategy has its limitations. Regardless of interpretation or translation, it does not mean that all idioms containing cultural factors should be preserved. Information transmission and cultural transmission are equally important in the translation process. One cannot lose sight of the other. Idioms convey a country’s culture brilliantly. (这个brilliantly这里的表达不知道怎么改）(Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and must pay attention to the fact that the translation must achieve communication, coordination and docking with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of idiom translation, the expression of cultural factors cannot be ignored. The retention of unique cultural images can attract readers of the target language. The actual acceptance ability of the target language readers cannot be ignored, otherwise it may cause poor communication. In the translation process, the translator must adhere to the principle of the inter-growth of different languages and cultures, and pay attention to the fact that the translation must be helpful to communication, coordination and dock with the world, and at the same time, it must not be inappropriately eliminated in order to comply with the needs of the target country. The source language and the target language are inherent in language and culture. (Qiu Jixin, 2002, 45)--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 13:12, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (2000). 韦努蒂及其解构主义的翻译策略 [Venuti and his deconstructionist translation strategy]. 中国翻译 [Chinese translation]. 【文献中杂志缺页数】&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Fang 贺 芳. (2019). 异化翻译与文化传播——以杨宪益《红楼梦》歇后语翻译为个案 [Alienation Translation and Cultural Communication-- A Case Study of Yang Xianyi's Idiom Translation in A Dream of Red Mansions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Yunpeng 贾云鹏. (2015). 汉语四字成语翻译中的文化补偿与缺失 [Cultural Compensation and Deficiency in the Translation of Chinese Four-character Idioms]. 语文建设 [China Academic Journal].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Lei 蒋	磊. (2003). 英汉文化差异与习语翻译的归化和异化 [E -C Cultural Differences and Foreignization  &amp;amp;Domestication in Idioms Translation]. 武汉: 武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan: Wuhan University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Jixin 裘姬新. (2002). 论习语翻译中的异化与归化 [On Alienation and Adaptation in Idiom Translation]. 语言与翻译 [Language and Translation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Tao 王 涛. (2018). 英汉习语翻译中的文化缺失与补偿 [Cultural Deficiency and Compensation in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms]. 三峡大学 [China Three Gorges University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qiu Nengsheng 邱能生. (2019). 文化差异背景下英汉习语翻译的异化和归化处理探微 [Foreignization and Domestication in Translation of English and Chinese Idioms under the Background of Cultural Differences]. 上海翻译 [Shanghai Journal of Translators].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Xianyi 杨宪益. (1978). 红楼梦 [A Dream of Red Mansions]. 外文出版社 [Foreign Language Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*David Hawkes. (2012). The Story of The Stone. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti,L.The Translator′s Invisibility [M].London &amp;amp; New York:Routledge,1995:20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). Language, Culture and Translating. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. (1969). The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of English Proverbs from the Perspective of Culture	韩海洋 202020080602 Han Haiyang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries,nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than before in language exchanging. As for translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies need to be concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are chosen in which the former is used more frequently than the latter. It arrives the conclusion that foreignization applied for translation of English proverbs is on the increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As close communication between eastern and western countries, nowadays cultural influence is increasingly becoming more and more importance than ever before, which is   benefited from language exchanging. For translation of English proverbs, proper translation strategies should be seriously considered in order to better understand their meanings and characters. By looking up thesis and documents, some translation strategies are concluded. In terms of cultural influence and social communication, foreignization and domestication are selected in which the former is used more frequently that the latter. Thus, it is said that more and more translators apply foreignization to translate English proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
proverbs; culture; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===从文化视角来看英语谚语的翻译===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于文化因素在不同语言之间的交流具有一定的影响，特别在中西方交往日益密切的背景下。为了更好的翻译英语谚语，使其达到应有预期效果，适当的翻译策略可以在翻译过程中更好地了解谚语的含义与特色。通过查阅资料和文献，总结出合适的翻译方法。根据现在的社会背景和文化影响，对于归化和异化两种方法，异化的选择得到了更多的倾向。在翻译的过程中，将文化因素考虑进去对于语言翻译上面，异化的趋势将会逐渐增大。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
谚语; 文化; 翻译方法 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is not rare to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange is been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of 21th century, society has been changed in a wide scope, and shed light on the unparalleled interaction of culture and economy as most exemplified phenomenon happening everywhere. Translation is thereby a way to transfer from one culture to another, in which the effect of cultural background is behind language the essence of best fruit of translation. The history of translation has been lasted for a long time, for example when it comes to English proverbs, which can be traced to centuries ago, like Bible and works of Shakespeare. It is normal to see that each country has its own unique culture, and under the cover abundant resources mirroring a country can be exploited. English proverbs as a product of culture the bridge for cultural exchange has been studied since centuries ago. The strategies of proverbs translation also have been experimentally discussed from time to time as the rapid development of culture and economy. Translation plays a key role in promoting a country’s own culture, because that is the way of importing and exporting knowledge of culture to another country. Proverbs is the product of culture that cannot be understood directly without any effort to digest it. So translation is needed, which could impose exotic flavors to new conception or understanding, but the premise is that translation is properly chosen in regard to nowadays strongly cultural promotion awareness.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually proverbs are concise, concrete and pithy words which are rhythmed and organized for the sake of being simple to remember and spread to people. Proverbs are summarized by certain people from all walks of life in a specialized area, including eating habits, farming, belief, customs and so many. Proverbs composed of words the exact symbol of language, are named as the crystal of culture in a easily understandable way. Culture awareness is highly appreciated whatever it is developed country or developing country. For the fulfillment of translation of English proverbs, therefore this thesis aims to translate English proverbs with appropriate translation strategies-mainly foreignization and domestication from the perspective culture.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 11:45, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 1 General Introduction to English proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Definition of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
As far as history is concerned, proverbs can be dated back to the times that language is produced. According to Dictionary of Proverbs, proverbs are “a succinct and memorable statement that contains advice, a warning or a prediction, or an analytical observation”. Maybe the first definition is given by Socrates that a proverb is noted as brevity, philosophical tone, and common usage. In the 15th century, Michael Apostolius of Byzantium wrote, “A proverb is a statement which conceals the clear in the unclear, or which through concrete images indicates intellectual concepts, or which makes clear the truth in furtive fashion”.(Honeck 1997,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a statement which clarifies the unclear, or which indicates intellectual concepts through concrete images, or which makes clear the truth in a furtive fashion.&amp;quot;(Honeck 1997,12)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Champion (1966:xi) has claimed his idea “a proverb in my opinion is a racial aphorism which has been, or still is, in common use, conveying advice or counsel, invariably camouflaged figuratively, disguised in metaphor or allegory.” According to Mieder (1993), “A proverb is a short generally known sentence of the folk which contains wisdom, truth, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation”. Although definition is definitely different from one to another, one thing is for sure is that proverbs have been proved to exist for a long time. From all the above have been talked, proverbs can be boiled down to a simple, culture-loaded, and wide-circled saying enjoying great popularity throughout the whole country. Considering it that a majority of elements are included in proverbs, especially when it comes to perspective of culture, some feasible measures should be properly taken to handle it.(Champion 1966,15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;A proverbs is a short and generally known sentence of folks which contains wisdom, truths, morals, and traditional views in a metaphorical, fixed and memorable form and which is handed down from generation to generation.&amp;quot;--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.1 Origin of Proverbs from Abroad&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are not come out from nowhere, and the amount and meaning of them do not stay the same eternally. As a rule, comparison between at home and abroad is always been found. From abroad, English proverbs could be seen in Bible, and works from Shakespeare and other fables. Part of old proverbs are stemmed from Bible, which largely related to God and so many fairy tales, or in other word like “God” or any related implication are sometimes recorded in proverbs. Like the famous one said: “man proposes, God disposes”, it shows that in western country people faithfully believe in God who is enshrined in most western religions, especially Christianity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and the amounts and meanings of them do not stay the same eternally.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except from Bible, in the times of Renaissance Shakespeare’s works can be found in which some proverbs are known from that time. For example, in Romeo and Juliet there is one sentence “a rose by any other means would smell as sweet”. It means that irrespective of how things’ names are changed, the essence embedded in them would still intact. Shakespeare is as one of the most brilliant play writers just on the behalf of renaissance period. There are still amounts of proverbs created by other scholars like Francis Bacon, John Milton and so on.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1.2 Origin of Proverbs at home&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In china, proverbs can be traced to Spring and Autumn periods. At that time, people mostly work at farm, so there are a lot of proverbs related to farming or country life. with Zuo’s Commentary( 左 传 ) deserves the first.In it, the Chinese proverb “山有木，工则度之；宾有礼，主则择之”has its track, and most of the proverbs mentioned in Zuo’s Commentary are from Zhou Dynasty as “Zhou proverbs”(周谚). Besides, terms like “Xia proverbs(夏谚)” can also be found in Mencius(孟子). Like the proverb “吾王不游，吾何以休？吾王不豫，吾何以助？一游一豫，为诸侯度”from Mencius, though have not been handed down, it is regarded as the earliest proverb that have been recorded (ibid,2003). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia is an extremely ancient dynasty in Chinese history, as far as over 4,000years from today. So maybe proverbs are not as popular as today, they are definitely has records and can shed light on Chinese history.Proverbs in China are said to date back to as early as before the words came into being. People at that time did not pass down their knowledge and experience by writing, while they made it by speaking and saying in a simple and memorable way. With time moving forward, proverbs are gradually been regarded as important as written words which play a great role in future generation in dealing with culture and heritage. No matter what kind of proverbs are produced, from the historical evidence it can be observed that proverbs can across ocean and land, moving to another country, another culture domain.(ibid 2003,31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that proverbs in China dated back to the period, which words were created.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are memorable, vivid words which are succinct and simple in form summarized by people from all walks of life. Both Chinese and English are bountiful in considering the thousands of proverbs have been recorded and there are still more proverbs to be created as time goes on. For the record, proverbs are not spoken at random and created at one’s free will. Some rules can be depended on, such as the lifestyle, living environment, education, social value, and so on. Take environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs related to sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking environment for example, the British lived near to ocean or sea, and therefore it is common to see proverbs which are related with sea spoken by English people “In a clam sea, every man is a pilot.”--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2.1 Cultural Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Broadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability viewing the world. Meanwhile, culture also can be regarded as a deciding element on distinguishing the difference from each country. It is no exaggeration to say that a country’s most standing heritage is its culture, which keeps changeable in line with the history. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export take place here and there. The logic is culture formed from all walks of life, which means language is included, and proverbs are product of language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
roadly speaking, culture contains all the aspects of the society and gives its people ability to view the world. Although nowadays similarities of culture are seen more easily than ever before, the reason is under the influence of globalization-culture import and export taking place here and there.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, proverbs carry characteristics of culture whatever the country is and how singular its culture is. Social customs is one of the big parts in a cultural society, there are some symbols or people are widely used in proverbs. Jack and Jill usually refer to man and woman in general such as: “every Jack has his Jill”. The counterpart in china is also easy to find. To name a few, there are more could be found in each cultural community. The next indispensable one is religion. It is well acknowledged that western countries like America and the UK, are religious countries, in which the words like: “God, devil, and church” are seen here and there. Like it has been said before, language is the product of culture, which contains every aspect of people’s life from individuality to the whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is more, value concept is also included since it reflects how a country embodies its culture to the outside world. Giving respect for the aged in china is a necessary and ethic social value passed on and on for thousands of years. In Chinese, there is proverb saying that: “不听老人言，吃亏在眼前”. It means youth should listen to what the old men told you, or you will pay the price of what you have done. Instead, traditional values favor in masculinity, people think that men are superior to women and they have direct control over them. Ego and individuality in America is felt deeply, because they think that they are going to be successful by themselves from any given chance. They seldom make big achievement by working in group rather than enjoying doing it by their own hands. Proverbs like “near is my shirt, but near is my skin” is emphasizing that someone himself is more important than others.(Li Keshi 2009,35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
1.2.2 Rhetorical Characteristics of Proverbs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As proverbs express concrete meaning by only a few words, sometimes it has to apply some kind of rhetorical devices for perfectly presenting the delicacy of proverbs. Some meaningful proverbs are not understood directly by adding each word all together, however, it only can be realized by using proper rhetorical methods to give their deep meaning, in another word, connotative meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to showing its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words. In sentences with simile, “like” and “as” are widely used for example, “March come in like a lion and goes out like a lamb”, and “time tries friend, as fire tries gold”. The former means that the changes of March is different from how it is coming and ending, and the latter means that friend like gold needs to be tested then you would find who is your real friend. Both of them impressively express the core meaning from unfamiliar thing or abstract thing to specific and easily understandable thing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simile is often seen in proverbs, and it usually compares one thing to another thing, in order to show its vivid or obscure picture to receptor who may not understand directly from plain words.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor is seemingly like simile, but it is more implicitly explaining meaning than simile. Like “brevity is the soul of wit” and “an empty bag cannot stand upright”. The former means brevity is so important to wit like the soul of a person, the latter one translated in Chinese is “人是铁，饭是钢，一顿不吃饿的慌。” Hyperbole is a rhetoric that uses overstatement or obvious exaggeration to emphasize something, such as “Our life is but a span” and “An unfortunate man would drown in teacup”. The former means life lasts in a few times as short as span, which is obviously overstated. The latter means if a person is feeling unlucky at that day, whatever you do will bring bad lucky. Personification is the ability to endow common lifeless things with features of human-being. For instance, “Money is a good servant but a bad master”, and “fortunate knocks once at least at every man’s gate”. The former means money should be rationally handled or it may be a burden for you. The latter means everyone has a chance to be fortunate at least once.(Guo Min 2008,123-127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From all above have been discussed, they are just the most common figurative devices formed into proverbs. In terms of the function of rhetorical, proverbs can come into being in a simple, memorable form. It can be inferred that proverbs in a much degree use rhetorical to express refined and concrete meaning. Meanwhile it reflects the problem that when doing translation of proverbs, focus are more than just words themselves needed to be considered, as well as culture, form and connotative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Differences Between Proverbs and Maxims, Sayings, Idioms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems that proverbs are looked the same as maxims, sayings, and idioms one way or another, but in fact there still exists some differences between them. For one thing, the existence of proverbs is across the whole world, therefore, no one can precisely calculate how many of them are recorded, and how many of them are still unknown to us. In terms of the number of proverbs is uncertain, so making a convincing definition is unrealistic, at least not perfect. If referring to it could be found that the definition in the dictionary is also easy to distinguish from each other. Some researchers disagree with each other on the definitions of these similar terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fergusson (1983) states some proverbs are simple folk sayings. Burton Stevenson (1987)’s idea about proverb is that― “A maxim is the sententious expression of some general truth or rule and it becomes a proverb when it gets its wings by winning popular acceptance.” Some scholars believe that sayings are one stream in the vast ocean of proverbs while others argue that proverbs should be included in the realm of sayings. In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mention that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one source defining idioms and proverbs, NTC’s American Idioms Dictionary (1987) mentioned that ― “the idiom ‘a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush’ is a proverb meaning that something you already have is better than something you might get.” (Burton Stevenson 1987,20)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for classifying maxims and proverbs, Cordry (1997) suggests that “one defines a maxim as a rule of conduct and a proverb as a comment or observation with regard to the universal experience of life, the distinction is not always clear.” And as given in Concise Oxford English-Chinese Dictionary (2003), saying is defined as “a maxim, proverb, adage, etc.” Even so, there must be some obvious features we could rely on to categorize them in general. It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writer or philosopher.(Cordry 1997,26-28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be concluded that maxim and saying are mostly the expression of principle or behavior of man or the rules that summarized by famous writers or philosophers.(Cordry 1997,26-28)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus maxim and saying are seldom heard or seen except reading in the books and hearing from author himself. As a number of them are in a serious or form expression, there they are not as popular as proverbs which are created from daily experience by common people. In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. Idioms sometimes are not complete sentences but simple phrases.  While, proverbs enjoy great popularity and are universally spread because of their concrete, succinct and vivid description.(Fergusson 1983,28-31) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In regard to idiom, its meaning is not the meaning which each word put together, but by understanding it form local people who made them and made it spread in his surrounding places. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespread social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature. Idioms have local color that is only understood within the same or similar speech community. With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researcher to better study and distinguish the distinctions form others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, proverbs are prevalent in the world enjoying widespredly social value and abundant sentence structures, but for sayings and maxims they are carrying the color of literature.With such understanding, it lays the foundation for researchers to better study and distinguish the differences from others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Chapter 2 Relation Between Culture and Proverbs Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definition of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars have been studied the definition culture, there have been existed sorts of definitions, in which they do not have big difference in one way or another. Culture is a general word that could take language, customs, religion, and others into account. One of the oldest and most quoted definitions of culture, which is frequently mentioned regardless of so many entries of definitions, was formulated by the 19th-century English anthropologist Edward Burnett Tylor in the first paragraph of his Primitive Culture (1871) as “Culture… is that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. …”  . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gives his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community that uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).From the mentioned above, culture includes every aspect of human life such as housing, transporting, communicating with people, recording of history and so on. Therefore, it is no exaggeration to say that proverb, or even language is a part of culture. Some scholar even put that language is the medium of culture, without language there may be no existence of culture. So the importance of culture cannot be ignored in order to better understand the deep meaning when studying proverb, a culture-loaded word, and more attention should be given to perspective of culture.(Katan 2004,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nida, a famous linguistic and translation theorist, gave his definition of culture as “the totality of beliefs and practices of a society” in the book Language and Culture (2001:139) and as “the way of life and its manifestations that are peculiar to a community which uses a particular language as its means of expression” by New mark given in his book of A Textbook of Translation (2001:94).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:39, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Language and Proverb====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that language is the product of culture since culture is culturally transmitted from the view of linguistics. Therefore, proverbs are composed of a set of words, which are selected from a particular language community. Take English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively. More importantly, proverbs are the crystal of language, which can be used as a convenient tool to understand different cultures for language is the bridge leading to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking English and Chinese for example, they both represent their special culture and unique characteristics respectively.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Value and proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s live and is defined by these people living in a specific area. Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme angles on how to appraise a person. Tanned skin and jeans clothes are symbols as to select people whom they like more, but for eastern, white skin and Qipao maybe are thresholds for people to judge a person whether he or she is more stylish. Value of eating is still a big mark to differentiate race or natality. Cooked meal in china and salad in the west make the difference that eating habit is so little sameness on each other. There are still more, living environment and national policy if is related to country. All of them shape all kinds of values which are on behave of its countries or people. Like east or west, home is the best means “金窝，银窝，不如自己的狗窝.” Proverbs are not just created form nowhere but they are existed for ages and still available only if they are still reflecting meaningful viewpoints.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Value is associated with sorts of people’s lives and is defined by these people who living in a specific area.Value of appreciation on people is an obvious example that eastern and western countries have extreme ideas on how to appraise a person.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a part of culture and also at the same time a reflection of culture. Taking Chinese and English for example, they belong to different language families, therefore there exist some distinctions between them. Chinese people usually don’t say daring or family name directly, which is so different from western people who call their parents’ name and say sweet words without any concerning of awkwardness or shyness. It works to proverbs, and that is the social custom defining a society what is their core valve.  &lt;br /&gt;
As far as we know, social value between western country and eastern country are of great differences. In western country, self-awareness and individuality are mostly emphasized, but for eastern, more attention is given to collective wisdom and working in groups. Like Chinese proverbs “ 三个臭皮匠，顶个诸葛亮。”and in English proverbs such as “ God helps those who help themselves.” From above being said that it has a lot benefits to study proverbs to better understand culture and language.(Chen Jinshi 2006,72-77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Cultural Similarity on Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without any effort it can tell that Chinese and English are defined by different language families. Even so, Chinese and English proverbs shared some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different form and speech of proverbs. Because there exist universal truths and life styles, they are more or less understood by people from society to society. Like the truth of the universe in the definition of right and wrong and subjects including philosophy, math, chemistry, they are all developed separately in different areas but shared and summarized by all members form all the world. In this point, proverbs play the role in spreading some common knowledge and experience to the outside world, though forms are created by different society, they are carrying the same meaning or implying one way or another. Examples like “a snow year, a rich year(瑞雪兆丰年), strike while the iron is hot, and a neighbor is better than a distant cousin.” All of them are proved to share universal life experience and truth in the everyday life. Because people live under the same sky, sun, star, they go on making their living by hard working.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even so, Chinese and English proverbs share some similarities in various ways, which are performed in different forms and speeches of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is no exaggeration to say that cultural exchanges are rapidly happening all over the world, and foreign culture may be assimilated by domestic culture or rejected by its opposite expression of culture. In this sense, we have same expressions in different ways of forms, like “情人眼里出西施” (Beauty is in the eyes of the beholder). They are describing the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They describe the same thing but with different cultural background, therefore they sometimes have similarities in one way or another.(Han Jiaoyang 2009,111-117)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Cultural Differences in Chinese and English Proverbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without a doubt that cultural similarities surely make translation easier in understanding foreign proverbs, but they are not silver bullets to taking all the proverbs into consideration. When it comes to separate boundaries which cut the Earth into several parts, under this context, local culture will be formed and promoted in its own birth place. One of the most common features of culture is religion in western and eastern country, because western people have belief in God, Chinese people believe in Buddhism, which are of two great differences. That is the reason why in the process of translation, factor of culture has to be reckoned, especially in the new eras. As Nord have ever put forward in Translating as a Purposeful Activity that ―A culture-specific phenomenon is one that is found to exist in a particular form or function in only one of the two cultures being compared‘‘ (Nord,2001:34), therefore culture will be compared at a time when people have different perceptions on things, in which language would be the first. The grammatically sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grammatical sentence structure and the pronunciation for example, have little in common regarding they belong to different language families.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living environment is an element on deciding the formation of proverbs. Traditional Chinese people were busy doing farming, agriculture, so there are proverbs associated with them. Like “ 瓜熟蒂落” means things will be done when they are mature, and “人靠血样，苗考水活”means blood is a necessity for existence of human being as well as water to seedlings.” Moreover, a fruitful harvest is dependent on the weather, producing proverbs such as “三月三，著蓑衣，三月十五冷凄凄”, which means lunar early month has heavy and the middle is heavily cold. But for English proverbs, which are to a large extent related to fishery or marine affairs such as “to sink or swim”, “to keep one’s feet above water” and so many. Therefore both of the proverbs are created surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore both of the proverbs are created under the influence surrounding environment. Except for living environment, living customs are also reflected on formation of proverbs. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perception of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose represent local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”. It means that doing something is as difficult as finding out a small piece in an immerse container. Dog is also a featured sign that stand for different views in Chinese and English proverbs. In China, although dog is loyal to his master, it always leaves unrespectable impression on people, on the contrary, English love dogs and cherishes them so much sometimes even more than their family.(Fu Yanli 2016,91-92) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In different communities, people have different perceptions of things like animals. In Chinese proverbs, “杀鸡取卵” which equals to “kill the goose that lays golden eggs”, in which different animals are choose representing local customs. English proverbs would say that “look for a needle in a haystack”, which has a Chinese counterpart as “大海捞针”.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs are also play a key role in the formation of proverbs. It is not hard to refer that understanding proverbs on the bases of translation is convenient for study foreign culture. With all the differences and sameness, the range of translation, culture is a must during translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different cultural heritages and religious beliefs also play a key role in the formation of proverbs.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 12:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Chapter 3 Translation Strategies for English Proverbs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies have long been studied for a long time, during that time, domestication and foreignization have been considered as dominating strategies that were applied by a lot of scholars. Cross-culture exchange has gained great trend, especially in those years global communication between countries develops rapidly.  It is true that here exists another method like “functional equivalent” created by famous scholar Eugene Nida who claims that in the process of translation source text and target text are both considered as author and reader are separated by the language or culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best function of translation is aiming to make source text as readable as reader-oriented text, which is popular in centuries ago in the era of underdeveloped cultural exchanges. In Chinese culture, the history of translation can also be traced to hundreds of years ago, some brilliant point of view like “信，达，雅”by Yan Fu, then it was changed into “信，达，切”by Liu Chongde. It means that translated text in which the flavor of text should be close to its original color of its culture. Taking what translation strategies into consideration should comply with the trend of culture exchange and its development.(Chen Daoen 2015,257-258)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s meet. It is compatible with the taste of people who think their country is strong enough to set international standard and in which all other countries will prepare for the transmission of culture. It is the assimilation that causes translator to change resource text into native flavor. But for this phenomenon, the reason is that people’s recognition is limited and their hold self-importance to the most, therefore, everything from outside will be transmitted into domestic flavor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is a target language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into reader’s interest. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grows rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by take into foreign culture. As for translation strategies, which are still be reckoned which one should be adapted. Foreignization is a source language oriented translation device, which is to change the flavor into author’s meet. The roots of the terms “domestication” and “foreignization” can be traced back to the German philosopher Schleiermacher‘s argument in 1813 in a lecture on the different methods of translation, he found only two methods of affecting the domestic reader‘s understanding of the foreign author, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the reader towards him; or he leaves the reader in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards him.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As communication of culture and technology grow rapidly and each country would like to strengthen its comprehensive power by taking into foreign culture.&lt;br /&gt;
he found only two methods which can affect the domestic readers' understanding of the foreign authors, “Either the translator leaves the author in peace, as much as possible, and moves the readers towards him; or he leaves the readers in peace, as much as possible, and moves the author towards them.” (Venuti 2004,19-20).--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:03, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, some scholars also have put forward their own opinions about the definitions of domestication and foreign. Among them, Lu Xun's opinion is famous. He claimed that domestication was as “rewriting, changing the foreign story into Chinese story and changing the foreigners into Chinese” , while foreign was “translation is like going abroad for traveling, it must reflect the scene and flavor of the foreign country concerned.”(ibid 1984,301) Expect the definition of domestication and foreignization, when doing the work of translation, translator should consider the perspective of culture and the intention of the writer as well as readers whether they want to the culture of source text to be originally intact or changed into readers’ culture.(罗新璋 1984,301)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Foreignization over Domestication for Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than now or ever. In previous centuries, domestication is always been advocated by Chinese and western translators. as the exchange of economy and culture, it is not as common as today. Countries blindly think themselves as the leading one, so naturally take translated text as a respect from other countries. In translated works, any trace of alien culture is eliminated, in favor of own country’s culture to be admired and promoted. The awareness of culture is not developed people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The awareness of culture is not developed, because people only unconsciously find that in their mind anything enters into their country is no foreign at all, because every product from aboard will be transferred into familiarly native fruit with sense of closeness. --[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:17, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as social development is concerned, cultural exchange is more frequent than ever before&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another way, people at that time are barely having the chance to access to education, in particular for poor family that most of them are illiterate.It is without saying that no room is left for people in their countries to study culture abroad while native culture still did not gain completely popularity. From the above being mentioned, at an early age, domestication has upper hand indeed.So in choosing translation strategies, it is no doubt that it should be domestication centered.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For another thing, as technology and economy develop from nowhere, cultural exchange between countries has witnessed great changes in the past decades. In highly developed areas, people in their countries universally receive full education in which their counties’ historical culture has been deeply absorbed. So, in the process of translation, foreign culture as novel things fulling with exotic flavor has attracted people a lot to see the differences and experience a foreign journey. The untouchable place of domestication did not enjoy its popularity an anymore for its limitation of spreading of foreign culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, foreignization became more and more important as translation tool in the view of people’s eye. It not only translated the original foreign text into native character, but also carried the foreign special into domestic text. Take china for example, although as a developing country in the Asian, china has so much say in the stage of the world in the aspect of culture and world peace. Language as the bridge of communication, have to be understood by others in the way of translation. In one way or another, domestication and foreignization can both play the role in the translation, but from the perspective of culture, foreignization seems to weigh more in nowadays choosing translation strategies.(Ding Min 2014,72-76)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proverbs are culture-loaded words that have been transmitted and renewed from generation to generation as well as the changes of different eras. As a part of language and the product of culture, it is no exception that proverbs can be a medium, which offers the opportunity to learn language and culture. With the advent of new technology and wide economic communication, translation is playing an indispensable role in this process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper translation strategies are essential that whether foreign culture should be taken into consideration since it stands as the soft strength of a country. By considering this, foreignization has more superiority when compared with domestication. Foreignization as a trend translation, has been keeping the original culture intact to target readers, meanwhile can enrich a native country’s culture and expand vocabulary. There is no doubt that domestication is not totally worthless, regarding proverbs has multiple varieties, which cannot be translated simply by foreignization, therefore domestication is worked as supplementary tool to assist foreignization in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target reader exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the end, as cultural development and social progress is moving forward, foreignization has more advantages than domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization leaves the culture of source text untouched, wishing to give target readers exotic environment where readers experience different aspects of culture, like religion, belief, custom and others.--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 13:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bian Xiaofei, 边晓霏(2013). 从文化视角探究谚语翻译[Exploring proverb translation from a cultural perspective]. ''保定:河北大学''[Baoding:Hebei University] .&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Jinshi,陈金诗(2006). 英汉谚语的特征与翻译[Characteristics and translation of English-Chinese proverbs]. ''武汉:中南民族大学''[uhan: Zhongnan University for Nationalities].&lt;br /&gt;
*Dong Jing,董晶,Liu Yalou,刘亚楼(2015).英语谚语的文化内涵与翻译方法[The cultural connotation and translation of English proverbs]. ''河北联合大学学报(社科版)'',(1): p: 100-103.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Yanli,付艳丽(2016). 跨文化语境下英语谚语翻译的意蕴与特征表达[The Meaning and Characteristics of English Proverbs Translation in Cross-cultural Context]. ''济南职业学院学报''[Journal of Jinan Vocational College],(4): p: 90-91.&lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Min,丁敏(2014). 从文化视角看英语谚语的翻译[Translation of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. 西安:西安外国语大学[Xi'an:Xi'an University of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
*Guo Min,郭敏(2008). 英汉谚语中的文化差异及其翻译[Cultural differences in English and Chinese proverbs and their translation]. 重庆:西南大学[Chongqing: Southwest University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Han Jiaoyang,韩娇阳(2009). 从谚语英汉互译中看文化缺省及其补偿策略[Cultural default and its compensation strategy in English-Chinese translation of proverbs]. 长春:吉林大学[Changchun: Jilin University],.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lu Daoyen,陆道恩(2015).文化视角下英语谚语的翻译技巧[Translation skills of English proverbs from a cultural perspectiv]. ''高教学刊''[Journal of Higher Education],(24): P:257-258.&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Keshi,李克时(2009). 论英语谚语汉译的异化趋势[On the trend of alienation in Chinese translation of English proverbs]. 南京:南京农业大学[Nanjing: Nanjing Agricultural University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Weiping,刘卫平(2008). 文化视角下的美国谚语翻译[Translation of American Proverbs in Cultural Perspective]. 桂林:广西师范大学[Guilin: Guangxi Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Li, H.(2012) A Study of Film Subtitle Translation from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization[MA]. Shenyang: Liaoning University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mo, L, H.(2014) A Study on Chinese and English Proverbs about Marriage from the Perspective of Contrastive Linguistics[MA]. Nanning: Guangxi University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Mao, Q.(2017) A Study on the Proverbs in Shakespeare’s Play in Their Chinese Translations in the Perspective of Conceptual Metaphor[MA]. Guilin: Guangxi Normal Univeristy .&lt;br /&gt;
*You, X, J.(2009) A Contrastive Study On Hypotaxis and Parataxis in English and Chinese and Its Influence on the Chinese-English Translation of Ancient Fables[D]. Suzhou: Suzhou University.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao, C, H.(2012) A Study on Proverb Translation from Cross-Cultural Perspective[D].Changchun:Jilin University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle Translation Strategies of Cultural-Loaded Words from the Perspective of Skopos Theory     刘金惺琦 liu jinxingqi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015: 80) To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. (Li Chunjiang, 2015: 62) Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into three forms. First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. Chinese abbreviations have their own laws of forming, so it is easy for us to understand as long as we recognize the laws of them. Besides, in the premise of reflecting the principle of simplicity and the purpose of economy frugality, Chinese abbreviations are helpful to ensure goog rationale and high semantic transparency. Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. With new things coming in, people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one. “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources, but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as “人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its significance helps improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation, sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Wang Weidong, 2011: 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but cultural. Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Chinese neologisms are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through Chinese neologisms. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed. For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy. For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture be spread in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of cultural transplantation.The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect the way of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Free Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains the general idea of Chinese neologisms. For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. (Tian Longjiao, 2013: 160) Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. On the other hand, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. &lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
[7] Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 付蓉. 从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[J]. 北京:语文建设, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 亢世勇. 《新词语大辞典》的编撰[J].辞书研究, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 李春江. 汉语网络新词的英译探究[J]. 宁波:宁波工程学院学报, 2015. &lt;br /&gt;
[11] 廖颖颖． 论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[J]. 长沙:湖南师范大学学报, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
[12] 刘宓庆. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
[13] 刘晓骏. 汉语网络新词英译中的文化因素[J]．内蒙古:语文学刊，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
[14] 欧阳因. 朗文中国流行新词语[M]. 北京:北京大学出版社, 2000．&lt;br /&gt;
[15] 丘柳珍. 汉语网络新词的英译[J]. 赤峰学院学报:自然科学版, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[16] 田龙娇. 对外汉语新词新语教学研究[D]. 四川师范大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[17] 王维东. 网络热词汉译英探究[J]. 北京:中国翻译, 2011.&lt;br /&gt;
[18］吴秋芬,杨司桂. 汉语新词英译研究十年述评[J]. 燕山大学学报, 2014.&lt;br /&gt;
[19] 杨全红. 高级翻译十二讲[M]. 武汉:武汉大学出版社, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
[20] 张健,唐见端. 略谈汉语新词新义的英译[J]. 中国翻译, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word construction and expression. In reality, there are no two completely equivalent sign systems. On the other hand, different ethnic groups have different historical traditions, religious beliefs and way of thinking, which increases the difficulty of understanding. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes indispensable in popularizing Chinese culture. Through reviewing relevant paper, it’s easy to find that the late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. Previous articles have pointed out these problems, but how to improve the quality of translation by avoiding them hasn’t been mentioned. This paper introduces the classifications and characteristics of Chinese neologisms, explains the significance of cross-translation theory to Chinese neologisms translation, and discusses ways of translating Chinese neologisms based on the previous viewpoints combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms; cross-cultural theory; English translation; strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
跨文化翻译理论指导下汉语新词英译的研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国综合国力和国际影响力不断增强，汉语在世界各国沟通与交流中起到越来越重要的作用，用来表达和描述社会状态的汉语新词也日益增多。这些新词给中国文化带来生命力的同时，也给世界人民理解汉语带来了困难。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，语言本身存在着不可译性，每种语言在其组词造句、表达方式上都具有其独特性，现实中并不存在两种完全对等的符号系统。另一方面，不同的民族有着不同的历史传统、宗教信仰、思维方式，这尤其增加了语言理解的难度。因此，跨文化翻译成为中华文化传播过程中的重要一环。通过翻阅相关资料，不难发现由于汉语新词的英译起步较晚，国内外相关翻译研究尚未成熟，因此在英译汉语新词的过程中出现了一些问题。前人已有相关文章指出过这些问题，但没有提出如何才能避免这种问题、提高译文质量。基于前人的相关理论和观点，并结合实例，本文将首先介绍汉语新词分类及其特点，然后说明跨文化翻译理论对于英译汉语新词的意义，最后介绍在跨文化翻译理论下英译汉语新词时的几种方法，希望为后续规范汉语新词英译行为提供必要参考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汉语新词；跨文化翻译；英译；策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the growing power of China and the further improvement of the globalization, China's contact with other countries in the world has become closer. And how to maintain Chinese culture’s uniqueness when it is introduced to the world has been the top priority for translators. The development of China has given birth to a large number of Chinese neologisms with its uniqueness. The society changes with each passing day, covering from international affairs to domestic matters. Against this background, neologisms are likely to be derived. These words attract widespread attention and gradually enter people's daily life. Since the implementation of the reform and opening up to the outside world, a great number of Chinese neologisms have appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only do these neologisms with Chinese characteristics vividly show Chinese people’s understanding of their unique phenomena, but also they largely enrich the expression of Chinese. However, at the same time, these words pose serious problems for translators as well. On the one hand, the differences between Chinese culture and western countries’ culture are numerous, which makes it hard to find equivalent of Chinese neologisms in English. On the other hand, with the times going forward, the number of Chinese neologisms is steadily increasing, which results in difficulties in translating Chinese neologisms into English. Therefore, Cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms into English becomes prevailing. Cross-cultural translation theory was proposed by Mary Snell Hornby in her well-known representative book Translation Studies: an Integrated Approach. She believes that translation is not a process of decoding or the transformation of language symbols, but also the transformation of cultural patterns. Due to the rapid development of Chinese society in the past decade, more and more translators have turned to Chinese neologisms, making the study of English translation of Chinese neologisms a new focus. Chinese Translators Journal, Lexicographical Studies and other authoritative academic journals have set up columns for translation of Chinese neologism. There are also vocabulary books compiled according to the specific types of Chinese neologisms, such as Chinese-English Expressions of Current Events by Yang Quanhong and English Translation of Buzzwords and Sayings by Chen Dezhang. In addition, the most representative ones include Yang Quanhong's Approaches to Translation of Chinese Words and Expressions into English and Zhang Jian's On Translation of Chinese Press Neologisms into English. In the age of information, it is not hard to find English translation of Chinese neologisms on English learning websites such as https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/, https://www.en84.com/ and so on. These websites have launched platforms for English translation of Chinese neologisms and updated them timely. So far, scholars have studied Chinese neologism from different perspectives. This paper is based on 138 related articles including these key words such as “cross-cultural theory” “Chinese neologisms” and “English translation” on http://kns.cnki.net. Fu Rong narrated the difficulties and methods in The English Translation of Chinese Neologism from a Cross-cultural Perspective. Zhou Hongjie elaborated on the basic principles, methods and key points in The English Translation of Chinese neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective. In addition, a majority of articles analyzed the status quo in the English translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, but few dwell on strategies of solving the problems during the course of translation. This paper introduces Chinese neologisms and its classifications and characteristic in the second section, the significance of cross-translation to Chinese neologisms in the third section and ways of translating in the fourth section. It is based on the previous viewpoints and puts forward practical strategies to be followed in the translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-translation theory combining with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Overview of Chinese Neologisms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neologisms are words new in connotation or form. In other words, they can either be new words created to express new concepts and phenomena in line with times or existing words given new meanings. These words help the further development of language, embody Chinese people's latest understanding of the world with the times going forward, and enrich the expression and promote(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) transmission of Chinese language. (Fu Rong, 2015,79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms into English, we need to have a deeper understanding of Chinese neologisms, including its classifications and characteristics.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;space&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Generally speaking, Chinese neologisms can be classified into four categories, namely, old words endowed with new meanings, Chinese abbreviations, newly generated words and loan words. (Fu Rong, 2015,80)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Classifications of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Old words endowed with new meanings, as the name suggests, are existent words that have been (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete that have been&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)endowed with new meanings for reuse even though have been forgotten for a long time. Take “备胎(spare tire)”as an example, which refers to an extra tire carried in a motor vehicle for emergencies. It now refers to a back-up, second line, just-in-case, or a B-plan or contingency, in other words, someone who is benched now. Besides, “粉(powder)”originally refers to fine powder used for makeup or paint, while it means having a crush on or adoring a famous celebrity now. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,59)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the changing society of China, the essential characteristics of the things or phenomena referred to by the old words have changed as well. Because of the uniqueness pf Chinese words, it may be defective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;inappropriate&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to use substitute words and fail to reflect the pun. Not only does endowing the existing words with new meanings produce connection between old words and new meanings, but also reduces the trouble of creating new words. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese abbreviations are the result of refining existing words. The process of extracting mainly depends on the importance of each part of the words. Those significant parts are selected to replace the lengthy words. The most common Chinese abbreviations can be divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three forms. (Liao Yingying 2008,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, extracted initials. Such as “哥哥(brother)--GG(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;abbreviations of transliteration of Chinese characteristics&amp;quot;哥哥&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”, “笑死我了(It’s so funny that I have a shortness of breathe)” and “漂亮小姐姐(good-looking sister)--PLXJJ”. Second, syllable imitation. Such as “呜呜呜 (onomatopoetic words of cry)--555”, “我爱你一生一世(I love you forever)--5201314” and “不要这样子(don’t do like this)--表酱紫”. Third: reduced words. Such as “很累，感觉不会再爱了(feel so tired that will not fall in love again)--累感不爱” and “躺着也中枪(a lying person can be shot as well)--躺枪”. (Liao Yingying 2008,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people are always pursing a simple and peaceful life, which gives rise to the frequent use of abbreviations. Nevertheless, the abbreviations of words should neither be arbitrarily imitated, nor be simply carried out by way of (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;through&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)analogy. Instead, the abbreviations with the widest social acceptance should be selected through investigation and evidence collection from multiple aspects. (Liao Yingying 2008,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newly generated words can be roughly divided into (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;the following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two types. The first is generated through metaphors, similes and metonymy. For instance, “虎妈(tiger mom) is defined as strict disciplinarian mothers who demand high achievement from their children and maintain control of their activities”, and“猫爸(cat dad)”refers to fathers who take a more softly approach to parenting, preferring to be emotionally sensitive, gentle and relaxed about rules and discipline, and they are in the belief that this kind of parenting will make their offspring self-sufficient and independent. (Ou Yangyin 2000,23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With new things coming in(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;springing up&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), people need words to describe them but there are no ready expressions at hand. The metaphorical use of some expressions will do the job as it will reflect the same essence of the objects through metaphor. The second type is created with the arrival of new phenomenon. For instance, “APEC蓝” is employed to describe the quality air and the exceptionally blue sky in Beijing during the APEC meeting in 2014. And “蒜你狠”is used to illustrate the price of garlic which soared more than 100 times in 2010, even outstripping meat and eggs. (Ou Yangyin 2000,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great number of new phenomena and new concepts spring up, however, it’s hard to describe them with the existing words. Under this circumstance, the vocabulary system needs (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;updating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to produce more new words to meet the requirements of social communication.(Liu Miqing 2005,45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advancement of globalization, communication and cooperation in some fields among countries are deepening(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;developing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) day by day, which inevitably bring changes in language, and that is so-called “Chinese localization”. Loan words are “transformed” into Chinese words in accordance with the rules of pronunciation, semantics, structure and grammatical system of Chinese. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid-1970s, Taiwanese used “show--秀” as morphemes to match with &amp;quot;做&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;作&amp;quot;. To the surprise of the editor, these newly created words were so well-received in the entertainment industry that a large number of words such as “歌舞秀、双人秀、真人秀、脱口秀”were produced. Nowadays, the neologism “秀儿” referring to those who like to show off their resources is widely accepted. Similarly, “博客、思客、播客、朋客、创客”appeared one by one(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;one after another&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). “客” was derived from “黑客(hacker)”, in other words, the word group of “X客” were generated. (Li Chunjiang, 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Characteristics of Chinese Neologisms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to have better quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, translators need to have a deep insight into its(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)characteristics. Chinese neologisms are characterized by cultural uniqueness, simplicity, vividness and uncertainty. (Kang Shiyong 2003,152)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms come from a wide range of sources(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;various ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), but they all have roots in China. Some are based on Chinese culture. For instance, “山寨(mountain fastness)”originated from Water Margin, which used to refer to the place where the poor live. But when used online, the original meaning is transformed to plagiarism, imitation, parody and other popular cultural phenomena. Others are on the basis of customs. Take “红色炸弹(red bomb)” as an example. Since Chinese traditional wedding ornament is red, the word &amp;quot;红色炸弹(red bomb)&amp;quot; is used to describe the overwhelming wedding invitations. (Wang Weidong 2011,347)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are living in a fast-paced era. The speed of generation and transmission of information are accelerating. Under this(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;such&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) situation, we crave for cost-effective communication. This status quo requires concise language. Chinese abbreviations exactly exemplify the simplicity. Abbreviations are condensed with rich information content, and effectively reinforce the expressiveness of Chinese vocabulary. Therefore, the number of abbreviations in vocabulary increases rapidly.(Wang Weidong 2011,349)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Chinese neologisms meets people's needs to describe an object or a phenomenon more vividly. Such as (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For example,&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)“人艰不拆” means that since life has been so hard, some things should not be exposed. And “酸菜鱼”is used for persons who are jealous, ugly, and redundant to make fun of themselves. “剁手党”refers to the addicted shopping crowd. They buy countless things, but often regret after calming down, even vow to chop off their hands if they don't act rationally next time. The vividness of Chinese neologisms adds humorous effects to the expression.(Wang Weidong 2011,350)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the crazy tempo of life, Chinese neologisms emerge in an endless stream. For one thing, with the increasing(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;increasingly strong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)influence of network to people's life, online language is a shock to traditional language since many words are not compatible with Chinese language system. For another, neologisms fade away with the end of an event and are quickly replaced by neologisms with the times.(Wang Weidong 2011,351)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Cross-cultural Translation Theory and Its Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Chinese neologisms are rooted in Chinese culture, translators are supposed to turn to cross-cultural translation theory when translating Chinese neologisms into English. Hence, having a deep insight into it and its (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;them and their&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)significance helps improve the quality of translation.(Fu Rong 2015,80）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Hornby’s Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural translation theory refers to translation across (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;transending&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)cultural divide and be less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. Cross-cultural translation theory was put forward by German translation theorist Mary Snell-Hornby. From her perspective, translation is a kind of cross-cultural communication. In this way, translators should not only have a bilingual ability, but also the cultural backgrounds of the source language and the target language. (Snell Hornby 1995,21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reality, there are no two completely equivalent language systems. Each language has its own uniqueness in terms of word formation(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;construction&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC), sentence construction and expression, which is even more distinctive in translating into the target language with totally different economic, political, social and cultural backgrounds. Therefore, cross-cultural translation becomes a rigid demand. In the process of cross-cultural translation, translators are supposed to strike a balance between Chinese style and maximize the recipients’ understanding and acceptances’ of Chinese culture. (Snell Hornby 1995,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary Snell-Hornby proposed that translators should skillfully switch the two languages in the process of translation (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;during translating&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)as well as deeply dig into the culture backgrounds behind the two languages. In other words, translation is more bicultural transformation than bilingual transformation. (Snell Hornby 1995,30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural deposits have a direct bearing on the expression of words, its connotations and emotions. Hence, translators must take these factors into consideration in translation. Cross-cultural translation theory has the following requirements for translation, which can be divided into three aspects: first, to express the meaning of the source language. Second, to dig out the cultural connotation of the source language. Third, to convey the emotion of the source language. Only when translator meets the three requirements above can the quality of the translation be guaranteed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;improved&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC).(Jing Huang 2019,433)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Significance of Cross-cultural Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of Cross-cultural Theory to English Translation of Chinese Neologisms can be divided into the following three aspects. The British historian Dr. Toynbee once said, it is not surprising to say that the 21st century belongs to East Asia led by China for China’s control over East Asia is not merely political, but (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;also&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)cultural--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). Though East Asian countries such as Korea and Japan maintain their political independence, they are strongly influenced by Chinese culture.” Therefore, promoting English translation of Chinese neologisms is very important for enriching the world language system, improving China’s soft power and introducing Chinese culture into the world.(Snell Hornby 1995,47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Learning the Chinese Idiomatic Expression=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators can learn the rules of Chinese word-formation and characteristics of Chinese expression in the process of translating from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory. There are great differences between Chinese and English word-formations. Take the (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;following&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)three main forms of Chinese neologisms as example. Subject-predicate forms, such as “私聊” and“群聊”; Verb-object forms, such as: “煞风景”“抬杠”; Complementary forms, such as: “吓尿”and so on. (Kang Shiyong 2003,178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In English vocabulary system, most compound words are in the form of nouns, while Chinese has a variety of parts, such as verbs, nouns and adjectives. Translators can grasp the characteristics of Chinese word-formation through the translation and readers can understand the Chinese idiomatic expression(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;expressions&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,179)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Spreading Chinese Culture Contained in Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese neologisms are produced in China’s distinctive environment, containing culture with Chinese characteristics. They are epitomes of China's development in a certain period, carrying much social information. The world can learn about the development of China through(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;with&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is an effective way to spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms through cross-cultural translation. For example, “打虎” and “拍蝇” have become buzzwords in China these years. In fact, both above(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete above&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)two neologisms are political terms. The “tigers” refer to corrupt officials at higher level and “flies” at grassroots level. Accordingly, determination of Chinese government to take out “tigers” and swat “flies” can be seen through these coinage of new terms such as “打虎” and “拍蝇”. Therefore, cross-cultural translation helps spread Chinese culture contained in Chinese neologisms. (Kang Shiyong 2003,182)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3 Conveying Emotion Expressed by Chinese Neologisms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emotional expressions are essential to translation of Chinese neologisms. Translation of Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory helps to convey emotion expressed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;contained&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, it is not proper to translate“和事佬”into“peacemaker”. In Chinese, “和事佬”refers to persons who are unprincipled and blindly promote reconciliations, with derogatory meaning. While in English, “peacemaker” refers to (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;describes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)those who create and safeguard peace, with commendatory emotions. Therefore, if the cross-cultural principles are violated in translation, there will be differences in the expression of emotions, which will hinder the expression of real emotions and lead to misunderstanding. (Kang Shiyong 2003,183)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Methods of Chinese Neologisms Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To improve the quality of Chinese neologisms translation, translators need to have a full knowledge of problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms, and then avoid them by choosing (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;employing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)appropriate ways of translating and following principles of cross-cultural translation theory. The late start of English translation of Chinese neologisms results in the immature translation of Chinese neologisms both at home and abroad, with some problems existing in the process of the translation of Chinese neologisms. (Liu Miqing 2005,77)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, it is common to see(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;observe&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) rigid translation, which leads to failure to convey its true meaning. For example, if “我好方”is translated into “I’m so square”, it will confuse readers. In fact, this neologism refers to people in panic. As its word “方”pronounces similarly to the word “慌”，it is employed to make fun of those who can't distinguish between “f”sound and “h” sound. Similarly, “蓝瘦，香菇” can’t be translated into “blue monsters and shiitake mushrooms” for it refers to “I’m so sad that I’m going to cry”. Hence, rigid translation will result in misunderstanding. Not only should we make translations interesting, but also we need to ensure they are correct.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese neologisms, after being translated into English, can express their meanings accurately, though fairly lengthy(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;long&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC). For instance, if“无语”is translated into “have nothing to say”, it seems a little bit lengthy. We can translate it into“speechless”, instead. When translating Chinese neologisms, translators are supposed to use as few words as possible to accurately convey as much information as possible, making readers spend as little time as possible to understand them.(Li Chunjiang 2015,63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Till now, many neologisms lack Chinese uniqueness after being translated into English. For example, “杠精”will lose the uniqueness the word“精”carries if it is translated into“argumentative person”. In China, “精”commonly describe demons and ghosts, with derogatory meaning, such as those used in“白骨精”“蜘蛛精”and“蜈蚣精”. In this case, it is not proper to translate“精”into “person”. Therefore, we need to ensure Chinese culture (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)be spread in the process of translation.(Li Chunjiang 2015,64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Transliteration====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is the translation of Chinese neologisms into English which sounds similarly to Chinese. Transliteration of Chinese neologisms into English can fully retain the pronunciation of Chinese and traditional Chinese culture. What’s more, it is more efficient. Zeng Lisa once proposed that translators should accurately convey more information with as few words as possible, so that the audience(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;readers&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) can obtain the clearest and smoothest information with as little time as possible. Transliteration gives priority to efficiency and can meet the requirements of the fast pace of modern society, improve the communicative efficiency of readers, and save space for readers' cognitive ability to play. (Fu Rong 2015,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;大妈&amp;quot; is transliterated into &amp;quot;dama&amp;quot; and (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)entered the Oxford dictionary. In addition to this, there are a sea of transliterations of Chinese neologisms in modern English vocabulary, for example: &amp;quot;风水&amp;quot; (fengshui), &amp;quot;八卦&amp;quot; (bagua), &amp;quot;太极&amp;quot; (taichi), &amp;quot;气功&amp;quot; (qigong), and &amp;quot;武术 &amp;quot;(wushu), &amp;quot;功夫&amp;quot; (kungfu), &amp;quot;胡同&amp;quot; (hutong), &amp;quot;麻将&amp;quot; (mahjong), &amp;quot;叩头&amp;quot; (while), and so on. Transliteration makes Chinese neologisms widely spread and its culture behind. However, if translators stick to the literal interpretation or explanatory translation of some words, it may lead to cumbersome words and poor quality. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation is one of the efficient way of translation. Literal translation enables us to directly find equivalent expressions in English in terms of form, style and connotation, which is the perfect embodiment of &amp;quot;commonness&amp;quot; between English and Chinese. Above all, literal translation helps promote Chinese culture. Language carries and transmits culture, as it is the heart of the cultural system. Culture influences and even shapes language, which is the foundation of language and the source of innovation. In the current context of cross-cultural communication, translation is not only a process of language conversion, but also a process of(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;delete a process&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) cultural transplantation. (Fu Rong 2015,82)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transmission between eastern and western cultures is practical in theology, but it is limited in reality. Chinese neologisms are the most active part of Chinese vocabulary, which reflect way (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;ways&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)of thinking, values, customs and lifestyles formed by the Chinese people in the new natural and social environment. Therefore, literal translation works for spreading Chinese culture. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern English, examples of literal translation of Chinese neologisms can be found everywhere, such as “一国两制--one country, two systems”, “二孩政策--two-child policy”, “希望工程--Hope Project” and “好久不见long time no see” and so on. Literal translation is straightforward, concise and efficient. Not only can it effectively reduce the boredom caused by the transformation from Chinese to English, enrich the expressiveness of English, but also maximize the retention of Chinese cultural. Therefore, it is necessary to interpret or add annotations in the context, otherwise it is difficult to convey(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;manifest&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its Chinese characteristics and cultural connotation. (Fu Rong 2015,83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Free Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation is another way of translating, which emphasizes the relative independence of both Chinese and English. On the one hand, differences exist in different language systems including grammatical constructions and expressions. On the other hand, there are quite a few distinctions between different cultures including historical traditions, religious beliefs and even ways of thinking, ways of thinking. Therefore, sometimes free translation is required to avoid misunderstanding and disputes. Free translation refers to reproduce the matter without the manner, or, the content without form. Put another way, it explains(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;conveys&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) --[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)the general idea of Chinese neologisms. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “豆腐渣工程” refers to the construction project that collapsed or did not comply with relevant regulations due to cutting corners in the construction process. It is translated into English as “jerry-built project”. “白色污染”, the pollution of the environment by plastic waste that is difficult to degrade, is translated as “plastic pollution”. In a word, although the paraphrased neologisms need not (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;add to&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 09:25, 18 December 2020 (UTC)strictly stick to Chinese, it can better reflect the meaning of Chinese. (Fu Rong 2015,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of Chinese neologisms demonstrates a new face of China. Neologisms are new in content, form, and content, which are produced to express new concepts and phenomena. However, due to the obvious cultural differences between China and western countries, there are many obstacles in the course of translating Chinese neologisms into English. Neologisms are perhaps the number one problem for non-literary translators and professional translators. Under this circumstance, cross-cultural translation of Chinese neologisms becomes a prevailing trend. Cross-cultural translation refers to translating crossing cultural divide and being less influenced by factors such as politics, religions, regions and ideologies. (Ou Yangyin 2008,88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a way, translating Chinese neologisms into English from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory can help to promote understanding of Chinese. In another, it can effectively convey the emotions expressed by neologisms. Moreover, it can help to promote the spread of Chinese culture. (Ou Yangyin 2008,91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In spite of the continuous standardization and improvement of translation, there are still some problems in the process of translating Chinese neologisms into English, such as rigid translation, wordy translation and translation with cultural loss. English translation of Chinese neologisms may be a daunting problem, so we need translators with joint efforts, both stick to effective translation methods, flexible and innovative, and latest changes, in order to improve the overall quality of translation of Chinese neologisms, thus speak up aloud in the international community. In this paper, three main strategies are suggested, and they are transliteration, literal translation, and free translation. (Ou Yangyin 2008,143)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To better translate Chinese neologisms from the perspective of cross-cultural translation theory, translators need to adopt compatible ways of translating with different types of Chinese neologisms and target readers. On the one hand, it is necessary to fully grasp Chinese neologisms, which requires translators to have more knowledge of Chinese cultural background and Chinese idiomatic expression. On the other hand, we should find the way of translating which is most accepted by readers. (Ou Yangyin 2008,155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, Chinese neologisms are constantly updated with the development of the society. If we do not keep pace with the times and know the latest meaning of Chinese neologisms, it may lead to misunderstanding. Therefore, translators should constantly supplement, update or revise the English translation of those Chinese neologisms without definite translation, which is an important guarantee to keep the English translation of Chinese neologisms accurate. Advancing with the times often requires translators to pay close attention to the post-translation effect. (Liu Miqing 2005,387)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plus, translators should also constantly draw on new English words. Chinese neologisms have strong timeliness, especially with the increase of Internet users, hence, at any one time emerge Chinese neologisms which are closely associated with the society. In short, in the process of translation, translators must pay attention to riding on the trend of the times so as to update the expression of the target language and readily accepted by readers. Update expressions means keeping up with the development of the times and use idiomatic English to illustrate new things, new words and new expressions. (Liu Miqing 2005,389)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, on the basis of grasping the exact meaning of Chinese neologisms, we should make it understood in English. Translators should not only improve their ability to understand Chinese, enhance their ability to translate Chinese into English, but also be keeping with the times so as to introduce more Chinese neologisms into English and continuously inject more Chinese elements into English. In this way, Chinese culture can be spread and the expression of English can be innovated.(Liu Miqing 2005,391)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Baker Mona. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jing Huang. Study on the Influence of Cultural Construction and Cultural Deficiency on English Translation[A].He Nan: Proceedings of 2019 International Conference on Humanities,Cultures,Arts and Design, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kata. An introduction for translators, interpreters and mediators. [D].Manchester: St Jerome, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Min Deng. Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Color Words and Their Translation[A].Hong Kong: Proceedings of 2019 International Linguistics, Education and Literature Conference, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark Peter. A Textbook of Translation [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pym. Translation and text transfer. An essay on the principles of intercultural communication [A].Frankfurt: Peter Lang, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Snell Hornby, Mary. Translation studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fu Rong付蓉.(2015).从跨文化的角度探讨汉语新词新语的英译[A Study of English Translation of Chinese Neologisms from a Cross-cultural Perspective].语文建设Language Planning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kang Shiyong亢世勇.(2003).《新词语大辞典》的编撰[The Compiling of Dictionary of Chinese Neologisms].辞书研究Lexicographical Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Chunjiang李春江.(2015).汉语网络新词的英译探究[A Study of Chinese Online Neologisms].宁波工程学院学报Journal of Ningbo University of Technology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Yingying廖颖颖．(2008).论中国主流英语新闻报刊对中国特色词语的英译策略[Strategies of English Translation of Words with Chinese Characteristics Used by Chinese Mainstream English Newspapers].湖南师范大学学报Journal of Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing刘宓庆.(2005).''新编当代翻译理论''[''A New Edition of Contemporary Translation Theory''].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司 Beijing:National Translation and Publishing Company of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ou Yangyin欧阳因.(2000).''朗文中国流行新词语''[''Langwen Chinese Neologisms''].北京：北京大学出版社 Beijing:Peking University Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Weidong王维东.(2011).网络热词汉译英探究[A Study of the English Translation of Chinese Online Neologisms]. 北京:''中国翻译'' Beijing: ''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jian &amp;amp; Tang Jianduan张健,唐见端.(1996).略谈汉语新词新义的英译[A brief Discussion on the English Translation of Chinese Neologisms].北京:''中国翻译''''Chinese Translators Journal''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation of Dish Names'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names: From a Functional Equivalence Perspective——刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;刘洋诺Liu Yangnuo, 202020080621.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Abstract ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a media plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some point of views from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With increasing global influence, the task of cultural communication is a formidable project. Translation as a medium plays an important role in cultural communication. ''A Bite of China'', a TV program to introduce Chinese dishes, has gained popularity at home and abroad, thus broadcasting Chinese dishes. But difficulties in translating Chinese dishes are evitable considering abundant culture-loaded expressions and complex cooking skills. The chapter discusses the theoretical and practical significance of researching Chinese dish names. We summarize some points of view from other scholars. Also, we analyze the difficulties in translating Chinese cuisines from a functional equivalence perspective. We will discuss three strategies for translating Chinese dish names combined with translation examples.(Zhangtingli 2015,1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese-English Translation; Chinese Dish Names; Functional Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
从功能对等理论浅析中式菜名的英译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 摘要 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国国际影响力不断提高，文化交流的使命更加艰巨。翻译作为文化交流媒介，其重要性也不容忽视。中国饮食文化节目《舌尖上的中国》在海内外热播也进一步推动了中国特色饮食文化的传播，但是其丰富的文化内涵和多样的烹饪技巧也给译者带来不少困难。本文探讨研究中国菜名翻译的理论和实践意义，总结中国菜名翻译目前的研究成果。从功能对等理论出发，分析中国菜名翻译的困难，同时也结合翻译实例，提出三个中国菜名翻译的策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 关键词 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中译英；中国菜名；功能对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structure in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the old Chinese saying goes, food is the God of the people. In other words, we regard food as the primary need. Chinese cuisine has a firm connection between our daily life and Chinese culture. But when it comes to Chinese cuisine, there are many aspects left for us to consider, such as the etiquette of a dining table, dietary structure or habits, the art of dietary decorations, and cultural connotation. In the chapter, we will mainly focus on Chinese dish names. From a semantic linguistic point of view, there are two structures in a language. The surface structure is Chinese dish names themselves, but the deep structure is the meaning behind these dish names. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the later part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations still remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not surprising that we will discuss the relationship between some Chinese dish names and their cultural connotation in the latter part of this chapter. Chinese dish names are endowed with Chinese culture through culture-loaded expressions or idioms. When we dive into our research, it’s easy to find out that behind some dish names from historical stories and anecdotes are layer upon layer of meanings. Although the majority of us understand the importance of translating Chinese dish names, good translations remain in the dark. The reasons abound, ranging from a great variety of Chinese dishes and difficulty in fully understanding of cultural connotation behind Chinese dishes. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 3-7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names in order to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter takes functional equivalence coined by Eugene Nida as a theoretical basis. In the first part, we look back on previous studies on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. In the second part, we try to discuss difficulties in translating Chinese dish names in terms of basic information and cultural backgrounds. In the third part, we review the functional equivalence theory. In the last part, we turn to discuss the possibility of applying the theory into translation practice on Chinese dish names to improve C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. We consolidate commonly used strategies into three combined with translation examples in reality. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and to point out limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspect, which is one of reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then we summarize what we have discussed before and point out the limitations of this chapter. The purpose of our research is to have a better understanding of our own culture and transmitting Chinese culture to foreigners. Apart from the cultural aspect, cultural communication interconnects with economic and political aspects, which is one of the reasons why China attaching much importance to cross-cultural communication and transmission. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Previous Studies on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some scholars who have paved the way for our further researches. Among these researches, almost all of scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on A Bite of China, a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors and cultural elements. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars have paved the way for further researches. Among these researches, almost all scholars share the same Chinese cultural background. Some of them describe strategies for C-E translation of Chinese dish names based on several translation theories. Others analyze the C-E translation of Chinese dish names at restaurants abroad. Zhang Tingli (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) summarized six characteristics of Chinese dish names based on ''A Bite of China'', a popular TV program in China. Below are six characteristics: place names plus ingredients, personal names plus ingredients, main ingredients plus supplementary ingredients, cooking procedures, various flavors, and cultural elements.(Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarize three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Candians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which providing a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Weiwei (Li Weiwei 2017, 1-2) wrote a report on Chinese-English cuisine interpretation under the guidance of Skopos Theory, including the Skopos rule, the coherence rule, the fidelity rule, and the loyalty rule. Che Yimo (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2) summarizes three principles to analyze the menu translation quality of a Chinese restaurant based on cross-cultural communication theories. The three principles include semantic proximity, cultural communication, and aesthetics. Xue Jingnan (Xue Jingnan 2015, 1-2) involves an analysis of the translation of Chineseness by Chinese-Canadians in food discourse from a cultural perspective, which provides a glimpse into Chinese culinary identity. (Che Yimo 2019, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similiarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration in order to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Lee Yi Yan (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2) mainly focus on cultural and sociological phenomenon behind Chinese food. His research is based on two types of popular Chinese food narratives: Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman was published in 1994 with a televisual documentary series ''A Bite of China'' released in 2012. As the chapter published in International Communication of Chinese Culture (Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli 2018,1-2), four scholars collected from Malaysian Chinese weddings and the lunar new year celebration to investigate the concrete and abstract naming of Chinese dishes and to discuss the common cultural considerations underlying them. (Lee Yi Yan 2016, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating method of preparation, taste/aroma, appearance of dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we are able to explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tributed to great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They found that concrete naming deals with the tangible aspects of a dish by incorporating the method of preparation, taste/aroma, the appearance of the dish, as well as container used. Under the guidance of their chapters, we can explore more in this infinite sphere. We pay tribute to the great efforts they have paid. While researches on the C-E translation of Chinese dish names have spread into most sectors, researches from a functional equivalence theory are few because previous scholars mainly apply Skopos theory and cross-cultural theory into their researches. In the chapter, we will discuss the C-E translation of Chinese dish names coupled with functional equivalence theory. In the next part, we will turn to existing problems in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Zhang Tingli 2015, 1-2)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 08:41, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Existing Difficulties on the C-E Translation of Chinese Dish Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Difficulty in Transmitting Basic Information of Chinese Dish Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translation versions of a Chinese dish always make foreigners confused. For example, there are at least three versions of 炮弹鱼, including Shell fish, bullet mackerel and trigger fish. We often blur the lines between scientific name and general name in our translation. Also, sometimes we seem to ignore distinct difference between two things by using the same name to define them. For example, some translators use bamboo fungus and edible tree fungus to stand for竹笋 and 木耳 respectively, but in reality 竹笋is completely different from 木耳. There are some subtle differences among Chinese dishes. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is totally different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mo Chuanxia and Yue Lin (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) mentioned in their chapter, 水米籺is cooked rice pounded into a paste with stuffing inside for worship or diet. 籺is a defining food for South China, especially in Guangdong provinces. It is different from cake or pastry in Western culture. The best way to translate it is to use explanatory words. Below are some C-E translations related to Chinese dishes: 黄馍馍(yellow steamed bun), 肉夹馍(the marinated meat in a baked bun), 榴莲酥(crispy durian cake) and蒿子粑粑(crown daisy rice cake). Everyone who has ever eaten these four kinds of food will have an inkling of knowledge about the different flavor and shape between 黄馍馍and肉夹馍. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠 and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be nonessential part in translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our own translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to negative impact on economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.(Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the word “sausage” is insufficient to translate 血肠, 腊肠, and 香肠. For some well-known Chinese food such as tofu, it’s unnecessary to translate it into bean curd as in 油豆腐(fried bean curd puff). It seems to be a nonessential part of translating Chinese dish names because we often are encouraged to create our translation. But for long-term effects, chaos will lead to a negative impact on the economic benefits of those Chinese dishes and cross-cultural communication.  (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yue Lin 2020,5) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Judging from a great variety of cooking techniques in many Chinese dish names, they bring a lot difficulties in the rendering of Chinese cuisine. In Chinese, there are a lot of verbs to describe how to cook. I list some common verbs below: 炒, 煮, 炖, 炸, 煎, 煲, 蒸, 烧, 焖 and 拌.  But when it comes to C-E translation, we translators seem to ignore these verbs and use the same &amp;quot;with&amp;quot; structure to translate all of them as in 莴笋炒火腿(Stir-fried ham with asparagus lettuce), 莲藕炖排骨(Stewed ribs with lotus root) and 虾子焖茭白(Shrimp roe stewed with cane shoots). On top of these commonly used verbs, some verbs are really difficult to understand for native speakers who are unfamiliar with cooking, let alone for foreigners.(Chu Yiyi 2017,13) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗 and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can applied to a large number of texts, but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four words list below is a case in point: 煸, 焙, 焗, and 烩. The reason behind this phenomenon lies in lacking language about cooking techniques. The word list in this paragraph is more about the duration and degree of heating while cooking Chinese cuisine. As a translator, we should not only know general translation skills that can be applied to a large number of texts but also should have the inkling of other fields. Without background knowledge on cooking procedures, they will be stumbling blocks for translators striving for concise and accurate renderings. (Chu Yiyi 2017,13)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavor of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣 and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words are not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After discussing cooking techniques in Chinese dish names, we will turn to the different flavors of Chinese cuisine. When burying myself into oceans of Chinese dishes, I divide all sorts of flavors into two categories. In the first category, the word list includes 酸辣, 三鲜, 川味, 麻辣, 卤味, 家常, 酱香, 五香, 香辣, and 酥. In the second category, 孜然, 铁板, 鼓汁,  姜汁, 泡椒, 糖醋 and 蒜泥 will put in a group because these nouns mainly derived from ingredients and cooking utensils rather than the flavor itself. The main function of these words is not referential but beautifying. The flavor of delicious Chinese cuisine was represented by these beautifying words, thus triggering a mouth-watering effect. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for target reader to get the same effect as source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent one in English such as 什锦, 八宝 and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas the translation loss and gain are inevitable, underlying aesthetic effect plays an imporant role in translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹 and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life.(Che Yimo 2019, 6) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But it's hard for the target reader to get the same effect as the source reader through translation due to lacking equivalent words and expressions. Likewise, some Chinese words that refer to all sorts of food don't have equivalent ones in English such as 什锦, 八宝, and 拼盘. If we translate them into &amp;quot;all sorts of food&amp;quot;, the aesthetic effect weaken. Whereas translation loss and gain are inevitable, the underlying aesthetic effect plays an important role in the translation process. On top of this, cuisines with Chinese characteristics lead to translation problems. Below are some Chinese dish names: 红豆沙, 撞奶, 龟苓膏, 木瓜雪耳羹, and 蛋白果糖水. Lexical vacancy leads to losing the adding touch that brings a work of art to life. (Che Yimo 2019, 6) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names.(Che Yimo 2019, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translators tend to use word-for-word rendering to translate these Chinese dish names such as 红豆沙(orange-flavored red bean paste). Since Chinese dish names not only contains basic information of main ingredients and cooking skills but also mirrors culinary identity and wisdom, translators are supposed to pay considerable attention to convey layers of meaning in Chinese dish names. (Che Yimo 2019, 6)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Difficulty in Considering Different Cultural Backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diffference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expression become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, signified meaning still remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference between Western culture and Chinese culture leads to problems in culture-loaded Chinese dish names. Chinese dish names are endowed with good omen. 鸳鸯锅(double-flavor hot pot) is a case in point. In Chinese culture, 鸳鸯 is a symbol of beautiful love and perfect marriage. But the beautiful underlying meaning is lost in Western culture. Appropriate ways to deal with culture-loaded words or expressions become an issue in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. Though double-flavor hot pot conveys the basic information of this dish, the signified meaning remains in the darkness. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable) . 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him with a delicious dish made by pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it as &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, attention-grabbing Chinese dish names combined with Chinese culture background lead to translation problems such as 刀板香(sliced salted pork) and 片儿川(noodles with preserved vegetable). 刀板香 is a traditional pickled food in Anhui province. Through its dish names, it's difficult to know the main ingredients of this dish. A story lies behind the dish: When a person called Hu Zongxian came by one of his teachers, the wife of his teacher treated him to a delicious dish made of pork slices. Hu Zongxian felt satisfied with the dish and named it &amp;quot;刀板香&amp;quot;. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).In the Qing Dynasty, there were many examinees rushing to join a ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. In order to attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of test. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 is the most well-known dish in 奎元馆(a famous restaurant in Hangzhou).  In the Qing Dynasty, many examinees were rushing to join an ancient test for selecting officials in Hangzhou, Zhejiang. Examinees from all over the country gathered in Hangzhou. To attract them, the shopkeeper supplied noodles made of pour-sweet vegetables, bamboo shoots, and pork slices. Three eggs were added to breakfast noodles, which contained a good omen for examinees. Therefore, a large number of examinees often came to eat noodles because Kuiyuan’s noodles were so cheap. Later, one of the examinees was got number one in a round of tests. When he went to the store to thank the owner, he found that the restaurant didn't have a name. So he named it &amp;quot;Kuiyuan Hall&amp;quot;. Since then, 片儿川 in Kuiyuan Hall has become famous and tables in Kuiyuan Hall are in full bloom. All those who come to Hangzhou to take the exam will come here to eat noodles for good luck. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has specially meaning for the person who are going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade into our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
片儿川 has special meaning for the person who is going to test. Similarly, foreign foods invade our daily life with increasing cultural communication. The origin of 罗宋汤(Borscht) is in Ukraine. 罗宋 is the transliteration of Russian and is originated from the early Shanghai Pidgin English. Russian Borscht (Borshch) is another commonly used name. During the October Revolution, a large number of Russians moved to Shanghai. They brought vodka and Russian-style western cuisine. The first western-style cuisine restaurant in Shanghai was opened by the Russians. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed a unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotation. Abstract meaning mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This soup evolved from the Russian-style red cabbage soup. The Russian-style red cabbage soup is spicy and sour but Shanghai people are not used to it. Later, influenced by local taste, it gradually formed unique Shanghai-style borscht. In Shanghai-style borscht, we take beets as the main ingredient with supplements such as potatoes and carrots, spinach and beef, cubes, and butter. From what we discussed before, we can conclude that Chinese dish names often pay considerable attention to good connotations. Abstract meaning is mainly derived from legends, idioms, historical events, and auspicious words. When we start to translate Chinese cuisine, cultural considerations are an indispensable part to consider. It should be noted that translators take the responsibility to fill the gap between Chinese culture and Western culture. (Mo Chuanxia &amp;amp; Yuelin 2020, 7)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our mind. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotation in Chinese culture such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles) and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preference between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for source cultural background, target cultural background is also of great importance. When it comes to cultural taboos, 龙(dragon) is the first symbol coming to our minds. Whereas 龙 are often embedded with good connotations in Chinese cultures such as good fortune and bright future, 龙 often stands for brutal animal or person as in the well-known epic Beowulf. Below are some Chinese dish names with 龙: 龙抄手 (Easter Bunny Wonton), 龙须面(fine noodles), and 乌龙吐珠 (Sea Cucumber with Quail Eggs). Some translators replace dragon with bunny due to different preferences between Chinese culture and Western culture. Others omit word-for-word translation, rather emphasizing the main ingredients of the dish.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former hightlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamilar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some Chinese dish names with internal organs such as intestines or blood may keep target readers at bay. For example, in 肠粉(Steamed vermicelli roll) and 脑花(brain or brain flower), the former highlights main ingredients rather than being confined to word-for-word translation, but the latter fails to arouse the target reader's appetite. Further explanation and translation skills are involved in these dish names. Other examples include 夫妻肺片(Sliced Beef and Ox Tongue in Chili Sauce) and 撒尿牛丸(juicy beef ball). Word-for-word translation can be confusing or even disgusting for people who are unfamiliar with Chinese dishes. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made by ox tongue, tripe and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humourous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory in order to discuss the application of the theory into C-E translation of Chinese dish names.(Wu Tingting 2017, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夫妻肺片 is a well-known dish mainly made of ox tongue, tripe, and beef. Guo Chaohua (husband) and Zhang Tianzheng (wife) created the dish. Nowadays, it becomes part of Chuan cuisine. Contrary to the dish name, the lungs of different animals are not the main component of the dish because 肺片 is originated from 废片. 废片 is a humorous name for all sorts of sliced internal organs. Likewise, though juicy beef ball conveys the basic information of the dish, it loses its attraction and refreshing impression. Therefore, target readers will have a totally different feeling from source readers. The equivalence between SL and TL can be broken. In the next part, we will have a brief review of functional equivalence theory to discuss the application of the theory into the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Wu Tingting 2017, 4)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focus on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence put forward by Eugene. A. Nida, a renowned American linguist, and translation theorist. Functional equivalence theory focuses on the verbal comparison between the SL and TL. Nida attempts to offer a new way to produce an equivalent, taking the relationship of the receptor to the text into account. Functional equivalence theory developed from dynamic equivalence. He defined dynamic equivalence as &amp;quot;the quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, the manner in which the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their own understanding of functional equivalence. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style” (Nida 1969, 200). In the later works, he thought that the adequacy of a translation depended on “the reliability of the text itself, the discourse type, the intended audience, how the translated text is to be used, and the purpose for which the translation has been made” (Nida 1993, 127). Under the influence of Eugene. A. Nida, other subsequent scholars also put forward their understanding of functional equivalence.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations and communicative needs or to such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator recreates the text in the target language by keeping some source-text information or linguistic elements invariant and adapting the rest to the receivers’ background knowledge, expectations, and communicative needs or such factors as medium-restrictions and deixis requirements(Yue Siwei 2013, 61-68). The term the closest natural equivalent implies that the rendering must be readable (related to the language form) and understandable (related to the content) to the target receptors, since different languages have different features of grammar and lexicon.(Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of source text in target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating so as to transfer the flavor of source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional-equivalence requires the highest degree of proximity (Zhang Qing &amp;amp; Wang Jiaqi 2010, 880-888). The translation is a reproduction process of the source text in the target language, observing the target culture. The target language features in terms of contents, sentence structure, and lexis should be considered as criteria to adapt the source text before translating. The source text elements that do not fit in target culture should be revised or even neglected in translating to transfer the flavor of the source text while not violating target culture. (Nida 1993, 127)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's view, the success of the translation depends above all on achieving an equivalent response. It is one of the four basic requirements of a translation, which are 1. making sense; 2. conveying the spirit and manner of the original; 3. having a natural and easy form of expression; 4. producing a similar response. He pays great attention to equivalence and the reader's response. Nida's functional equivalence theory has gone through three stages of development ranging from formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence. The core of Nida's theoretical framework is mainly functional equivalence.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, of lexicon and of cultural references to be essential in order to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is mainly to enable the translation and original text to be equivalent in language function, rather than language form correspondence. The reader of the target language should fully understand the customs, social consciousness, and habitual expression mentioned in the original context. This receptor-oriented approach considers adaptations of grammar, lexicon, and cultural references to be essential to achieve naturalness. The target language should not show interference from the source language and the foreignness of the source text setting is minimized.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, reader's response pays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translations views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists critize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for equivalence, the reader's response plays an important role in functional equivalence theory. In contrast with traditional translation views towards the source text and the target text, functional equivalence translation pays considerable attention to the receptor‟s response and the naturalness of the target language rather than language forms as formal equivalence. Though later translation theorists criticize Nida's functional equivalence given the impossibility of achieving functional equivalence in the translation process, his functional equivalence has still paved the road away from traditional translation views by instilling fresh views into translation studies.(Jeremy Munday 2016, 126) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence set the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory provides a glimpse into dealing with the relationship between target text and related cultural expectations. For real and practical translation, functional equivalence sets the standard for what good translation is. So in the next part, we will discuss the application of this theory in the C-E translation of Chinese dish names. (Jeremy Munday 2016, 126)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1Princples of C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included into the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Principles on C-E translation abound given different original texts. When it comes to the C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine, two principles should be mentioned. What comes first is faithfulness. The translator is supposed to translate the basic information of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, ingredients and cooking procedures should be included in the translation process. The main purpose of our translation is to inform target readers, especially foreigners who know nothing about Chinese. In Chinese, we often use the number three to represent three kinds of ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in translation process. For example, in 扣三丝,some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in translation process in order to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, we translators should list three ingredients clearly in the translation process. For example, in 扣三丝, some translators render it into Chicken, mushroom, ham threads in consommé. Though this rendering is in great detail, target readers can catch the point quickly. But for other larger numbers such as five and eight, listing all ingredients will lead to clumsiness. 八宝菠菜(Spinach with Eight Delicacies) is a case in point. This is the living proof for precise and clear translation. Faithfulness is not equal to a word-for-word translation. Various translation skills should be involved in the translation process to arrive at the principle of faithfulness. But the principle of faithfulness is not enough for a good translation. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 880)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to delivery cultural connotation in a Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attract towards foreigners. Even though native speakers are able to understand what a Chinese cuisine refers, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant, but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s noted that a distinct cultural difference plays an important role in cultural communication. If a translator fails to deliver cultural connotation in Chinese cuisine, these cultural-loaded dish names lost their attraction towards foreigners. Even though native speakers can understand what Chinese cuisine refers to, the functional equivalence is out of balance. The purpose of our study is not only to provide a glimpse into informing foreigners when they barge into a Chinese restaurant but also to spread Chinese culture behind Chinese cuisine. For example, in 烩南北(Stewed Mushrooms with Winter Bamboo Shoots), target readers fail to get the meaning from original words.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation doesn’t fit in this Chinese cuisine because ingredients and cooking procedures are difficult to understand unless we dig more information on the Internet. The origin of the dish name lies in two different ingredients. Bamboo shoots are most in the south of China and mushrooms are most in the north of China. The combination of bamboo and mushroom represents the combination of culture in two parts of China. The precious value of Stewed mushrooms with winter bamboo shoots also lies in the combination of two precious ingredients.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money into the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds in order to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same goes for榆钱饭(Elm Seeds Meal). 榆钱 is originally an ingredient in Shangxi province. But the dish name also bodes well for a well-off or prosperous future. Chinese people attribute their wish of getting more money to the word 钱(money). It sounds vulgar but the true wish is to live a better life. When translating Chinese cuisine, translators should consider the different cultural backgrounds to spare no efforts to broadcast Chinese culture. On top of this, some dish names are complicated to render them. For example, 龙, an image with red and gold color, refers to good wishes for a prosperous future in China but it’s disgusting in Western culture. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The most scary and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, culture taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process.(Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, when we translate龙抄手, the word 龙 should be replaced by other words. Some translators try to translate it into Easter Bunny Wonton. Also, the same goes for words referring to an internal organ. 肠粉is a case in point. A dish name with intestines will lead to vomiting before eating. What’s more, the main ingredient in肠粉has nothing about intestines. Steamed vermicelli roll is a better translation version. The scariest and well-known Chinese dish name I have heard is 夫妻肺片. But the power of ingenious translation can help foreigners understand this dish and avoid awkwardness ahead of them. While broadcasting Chinese culture, cultural taboos in the culture of target readers also need to be taken into our consideration. After we have put forward two principles for C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, the next part will discuss some strategies available for translators in the translation process. (Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang 2010, 885-888)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2Strategies for C-E translation of Chinese Cuisine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First and foremost, a large number of Chinese cuisines can apply literal translation in some way. The main cooking procedures, ingredients, and skills should be very clear in dish names. Lexical equivalence is the main purpose of a literal translation. Also, we can divide the application of literal translation into four parts. The first part is the combination of the main ingredient and other supplementary ingredients. For example, in 羊肚包肉, roasted mutton wrapped in lamb tripe can avoid ambiguity. The most special ingredient in the dish is roasted mutton, which delivers some flavors to target readers. We can also render “番茄牛腩” into tomato and beef brisket.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish, but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spicy beef briskets and sour tomatoes arouse different feelings in the heart of target readers. Sometimes, the flavor of a dish makes itself clear in the name of a dish. When we use the literal translation, the flavor of a dish such as剁椒 and 家常 cannot be ignored. For example, in剁椒鸭肠(Duck Intestines with Chili) and家常烧蹄筋(Home-Style Braised Beef Tendon), Chili and home-style not only inform foreigners of basic information of this dish but also arouse a sense of taste in their mouths. The third part of the application of literal translation is the combination of utensils and ingredients such as 砂锅面(Casserole Noodles). In Chinese, 砂锅 is a utensil for cooking. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. Opposed to forks in Western culture, Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But literal translation is not a sliver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too much ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in the case, we will sacrifice simplicity in order to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But with the increasing popularity of noodles cooking by casseroles, casserole noodles have become a Chinese dish. The last part of the application of literal translation lies in the combination of cooking methods, eating methods, and ingredients. 手抓饼(Shredded Cake) is a case in point. As opposed to forks in Western culture, the Chinese tend to use chopsticks. Therefore, Shredded Cake is a dish without using chopsticks or any other dinner sets. But the literal translation is not a silver bullet for all C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. Sometimes, a dish includes too many ingredients or cooking procedures. If we apply to literal translation in this case, we will sacrifice simplicity to maintain faithfulness.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied to literal translation with annotation in order to render dish names clearly. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In the case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In the case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, some translators applied literal translation with annotation to render dish names. For instance, let’s take “长寿面”, a cuisine name from A Bite of China as an example. The translation provided in “longevity noodles”, followed by the annotation “the noodles are long and slim, and long is homophonic to ‘chang’ and slim to ‘shou’, ‘changshou’ means longevity”. In this case, not only can the foreigners know the basic meaning of the dish, but they can also understand its cultural meanings (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9). Another example is螺蛳粉. Some translate it into Snail Rice-flour Noodles, a local snack in Liuzhou. Snail Rice-flour Noodles is very faithful to the Chinese dish name. But the translator added some explanations to emphasize local characteristics. The origin of Snail Rice-flour Noodles is in Liuzhou, Yunnan province. In this case, the translator tried to spread local culture in a dish name. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 9)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes in order to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly depend on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, dishes with local names can apply to transliteration such as兰州拉面 Lanzhou Beef Noodles), 金华火腿(Jinhua Ham) and重庆小面(Chongqing Small Noodles). Some local names have become a brand for selling. They emphasize the authentic flavor of these dishes to attract people from other places or countries. As for some culture-loaded dish names, we fail to find the equivalent words in English. That’s the reason why we resort to transliteration. It’s a translation method mainly dependent on Chinese pinyin such as Lanzhou, Jinhua, and Chongqing as we mentioned above.(Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target  readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But there are few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the perks of transliteration is to emphasize local characteristics and spread local cultures. But transliteration is not confined to this area. Some translators combine transliteration into literal translation. For instance, if we simply translate “东坡肉” literally into“Dongpo’s  Pork” without any further explanations, the target readers will get confused if they first see the translation. Thus, the explanation “Dongpo, a famous poet in the Song Dynasty” needs to be added (Chu Yiyi, 2017). Some dish names are from foreign countries such as 生鱼片(Sashimi). Sashimi is the Japanese way of speaking. Transliteration with sounds of foreign languages can apply to these Chinese dish names. Some translators also translate腌制泡菜 into kimchi rather than pickles cabbages, thus emphasizing Korean flavor rather than Chinese flavor. But few dish names originated from foreign languages. (Chu Yiyi 2017, 12)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, some Chinese cultural-loaded dish names fail to fit the framework of literal translation and transliteration. Translators should apply free translation into their translation process. There are four categories of free translation applied to C-E translation of Chinese cuisines: named according to the characteristics of ingredients metaphorically, named after historical allusions, named according to the production process metaphor, and named after the meaning of good. As for the first category, 蚂蚁上树is a good example. The word-for-word translation of蚂蚁上树 is ants on a tree but it does not deliver the essence of the dish.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give a nickname “王八” for turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main ingredients of the dish are minced pork and fine vermicelli. The final dish is similar to ants on the tree, so the Chinese give it a metaphorical dish name. Sauteed Vermicelli with Minced Pork is a better version than the original translation. Some dish names are full of historical allusions such as霸王别姬. The deep-level meaning of the expression霸王别姬 is to reveal the tragic ending of a hero in history. But there is a coincidence for the combination of turtle and chicken in the dish 霸王别姬. Different from mandarin, Chinese people give the nickname “王八” for the turtle. 姬in 霸王别姬 sounds are similar to 鸡(chicken).(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in the northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which looks like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word-for-word translation of 霸王别姬 is farewell my Concubine, but turtle stewed chicken is easier to understand for target readers. As for the third category——named according to the production process metaphor, 驴打滚 is a case in point. 驴打滚 is one of the traditional snacks in northeast China, especially in Beijing and Tianjin. It is a three-color snack with yellow, white, and red. The final process of making is to sprinkle on the soybean noodles, which look like wild donkeys rolling up of the loess in suburb, so we named it 驴打滚(Donkey Roll). But compared to the donkey doll, fried chop rice cake shows the main ingredients of the dish, thus lowering the hurdles for understanding.(Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68) --[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish become popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens.From strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We translators should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the last category, 佛跳墙 is a case in point. The literal meaning of 佛跳墙 is that a Buddha jumps over the wall. But actually, 佛跳墙 is a dish cooking all things in one pot. It comes from a story: when we open the jar, the smell of a dish becomes popular in other places as well. That attracts many Buddhas who jump over the wall to have a see. Also, the dish bodes well for longevity and reunion. That’s why we also call it 福寿全, a word full of good omens. From the strategies discussed above, we can find that there is no fixed pattern for C-E translation of Chinese cuisines. We, translators, should bear these principles and strategies in mind and put them into practice in our translation process. The ultimate goal for our translation is to produce a simple but accurate translation to inform target readers, especially foreigners. (Siwei Yue 2013, 65-68)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interests in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory in order to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the popularity of Chinese culture, there has been a resurgence of interest in C-E translation of Chinese cuisine. In this chapter, I discussed the previous studies on this topic with functional equivalence theory to emphasize the importance of our research and try to find a research gap among these chapters. After discussing the existing problems on C-E translation of Chinese cuisine, I summarized some principles and strategies that can apply to C- E translation of Chinese cuisine. But what I discussed in the chapter is only a panoramic view of Chinese dish names.(Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight classifications of Chinese famous cuisines ranging from Lu Cuisine and Chuan Cuisine, Yue Cuisine and Min Cuisine, Su Cuisine and Zhe Cuisine, Xiang Cuisine and Hui Cuisine. Under these eight Chinese cuisines, there are distinct differences in dish names considering the region and ethnic group. As we know, one size can’t fit all. Aside from researches on Chinese dish names, the cultural elements behind idioms related to Chinese dishes deserve more attention. (Yi-Yan Lee, 2016, 10)--[[User:Liu Zhiwei|Liu Zhiwei]] ([[User talk:Liu Zhiwei|talk]]) 09:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Caiqiao Huo, Xiaomei Du &amp;amp; Weichen Gu.(2020). The Metaphor and Translation of the Dish Names in Chinese Food Culture. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics (5) 423-428.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiangnan Xue. (2015). A Chinese Bite of Translation: A Translational Approach to Chineseness and Culinary Identity. Ottawa: University of Ottawa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kai-Chee Lam, Man-Ling Ng, Lay-Hoon Ang &amp;amp; Radina Mohamad Deli. (2018). Between concrete and abstract: the Malaysian Chinese way of naming dishes. International Communication of Chinese Culture (3) 247–259.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Munday J. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene. A.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nord, C. (2001). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalists Approaches Explained''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Qing Zhang &amp;amp; Jiaqi Wang. (2010). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in English Translation of Chinese Idioms. Journal of Language Teaching and Research (6) 880-888.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Siwei Yue. (2016). Functionalism Theory Applied in C-E Translation of Chinese Food Culture Text. Theory and Practice in Language Studies (1) 61-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi-Yan Lee. (2016). Imaging Identity with Food: A Study of Cultural Translation in Ang Lee's Eat Drink Man Woman and Documentary ''A Bite of China''. Hong Kong: The University of Hong Kong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*车宜默[Che Yimer].(2019). 跨文化交际视角下的中餐菜单英译案例研究[A case study of English translation of Chinese menus from a cross-cultural communication perspective].北京：北京外国语大学[Beijing: Beijing Foreign Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*李玮玮[Li Weiwei]. (2017). 目的论视角下的中国菜名汉英口译实践报告[A practical report on Chinese-English interpretation of Chinese cuisine names from the perspective of purpose theory].山东：山东大学[Shangdong: Shandong University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*莫传霞,岳玲[Mo Chuanxia, Yue Ling].(2020).“再创作”翻译思想下的北海民俗饮食文化英译[The English translation of Beihai folk food culture under the idea of &amp;quot;re-creation&amp;quot; translation]. 广西教育学院学报[Journal of Guangxi Education College] (05) 78-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*屠易义[Tu Yiyi].(2017). 从文化角度谈中式菜名的英译方法[The English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from a Cultural Perspective].上海：上海外国语大学[Shanghai:Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*邬婷婷[Wu Tingting].(2017). 目的论视角下中式菜肴简介英译的翻译报告[A Translation Report on the English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Introduction from the Perspective of Purpose Theory].宁波：宁波大学[Ningbo: Ningbo University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*吴慧琦[Wu Huiqi]. (2020). 中西方饮食文化差异与菜名翻译——评《中西方饮食文化差异及翻译研究》[Chinese and Western food culture differences and the translation of dish names--Review of &amp;quot;Chinese and Western food culture differences and translation research&amp;quot;]. 食品工业[Food Industry] (09) 364-365.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张婷丽[Zhang Tingli].(2015). 目的论指导下的《舌尖上的中国》菜名英译策略[The strategy of English translation of the dish names of &amp;quot;China on the Tip of the Tongue&amp;quot; guided by purpose theory].湖南：湖南师范大学[Hunan: Hunan Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names Translation--Taking Hunan cuisine names an Example - 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 袁雨晨 Yuan Yuchen 202020080665 法语语言文学 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Catford  and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture has attracted much attention both at home and abroad, and Chinese cuisine is gradually going to global markets. Cultural differences make the translation of Chinese dish names a challenge for translators. Taking Hunan cuisine an example, we try to explore the translation methods of Chinese dish names from the untranslatability theory of Cat ford and loss of meaning theory of Newmark, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 01:11, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability，loss of meaning，Hunan cuisine names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名的不可译性和意义的缺失——以湘菜菜名为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中国的饮食文化在国内外备受关注，中国菜也逐渐走向世界，文化差异使得中国菜名的译法给译者带来了挑战。试以湘菜为例，从卡特福德的不可译理论和纽马克的意义缺失理论来探究湘菜菜名的翻译方法，从而在翻译过程中规避问题，达成中国菜名的相对可译性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译性；意义缺失；湘菜菜名&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an indispensable means of the communication among different cultures, contributes a lot to the development of human civilization. But to translate the source language into target language accurately and perfectly is hardly impossible for every translator. Debates about untranslatability are one of the most heated issues about translation. On the one hand, we should insist that translation is possible due to the similarity of human experience, linguistic and cultural universality; on the other hand, we have to admit the fact that there are some insurmountable obstacles and difficulties in translation practices owing to linguistic and cultural disparities.Among cultural differences, the cuisine culture plays a very important role.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most outstanding example is Chinese cuisine culture which is different from most western countries. It is not only famous for daintiness but also the attractive dish names.The major concern of this paper is &amp;quot;The Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names&amp;quot;. Chinese cuisine is regarded as a great wonder of collection of cooking skills in foreign people's eyes. Westerners are often attracted to the looks of Chinese dishes besides their delicious flavor and taste. While the sight of Chinese dishes brings pleasure, the names of dishes also catch much attention of westerners. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
When people from different countries enjoy Chinese dishes, they are often curious and eager to know the exact meaning of the dish name and its origin. Since the dish name is the first impression given to a diner when he or she decides to order a dish. So it is important to convey accurate information to the patron. Since Chinese cuisine culture has continued to be exported overseas, translation of dish names plays an important role and is faced with a high demand determined by the complex nature of Chinese cuisine culture.(Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Catford's theory of untranslatability and Newmark's theory of loss of meaning, taking Hunan cuisine an example, this paper explore the translation methods of chinese dish names, so as to avoid the problems in the translation process and achieve the relative translatability of the dish names.At first it illustrates the linguistic and cultural untranslatability. And it then emphasizes particularly on constitutions and fonctions of Hunan cuisine names. Finally, according to the classification of dish names, translation techniques are suggested and some of them are just the compensative measures to those untranslatable dish names. (Wang Lijun 2008, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 An Overview of Untranslatability, Loss of Meaning and Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Linguistic Untranslatability and Cultural Untranslatability Put Forward by J. C. Catford====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford was the first translation theoretician who explored equivalence at different levels of language. He distinguished two kinds of untranslatability in A Linguistic Theory of Translation, that is, linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought that linguistic untranslatability is caused by the target language’s lack of lexical or syntactical substitute. Different languages differ from each other in the phonetic, grammatical, semantic, pragmatic aspect etc. (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford thought the cultural untranslatability was caused by the lack of the target target culture’s relevant situational features to the source language’s culture. Cultural untranslatability comes from cultural differences, for instance, the names of some institutions, clothes, foods and dishes, abstract concepts, and the like.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford's view of untranslatability, the dichotomy mentioned above would not exist if it could be demonstrated that all instances of cultural untranslatability respond to &amp;quot;the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language&amp;quot;. This impossibility is, in his opinion, a case of linguistic untranslatability.(Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, &amp;quot;Translation fails---or untranslatability occurs---when it is impossible to build functionally features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the TL text.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Loss of Meaning Put Forward by Peter Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark analyzed the loss of meaning as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, if the text describes a situation which has elements peculiar to the environment, institutions and culture of its language area, there is an inevitable loss of meaning, since the translator's language can only be approximate to the source language. Unless there is already a recognized translation equivalent, the translator has to choose from transcribing the foreign word, translating it, substituting a similar word in his own culture, naturalizing the word with a loan translation, sometimes adding or substituting a suffix from his own language, defining it or paraphrasing, which is sometimes added in parenthesis or as a footnote to a transliteration. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, an inevitable source of loss is the fact that the two languages, both in their basic character and their social varieties, have many different lexical, grammatical and sound systems, and segment many physical objects and all intellectual concepts differently. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the individual uses of language of the writer and the translator do not coincide. Everybody has lexical if not grammatical idiosyncrasies, and attaches &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; meanings to a few words. The translator normally writes in a style that comes naturally to him, desirably with a certain elegance and sensitivity unless the text precludes it. Moreover, a good writer's use of language is often remote from some of the conventional canons of good writing, and it is the writer not the canons that the translator must respect. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last, the translator and the text-writer have different theories of meaning and different values. The translator's theory colors his interpretation of the text. He may get greater value than the text-writer on connotation and correspondingly less on denotation. He may look for symbolism where realism was intended; for several meanings where only one was intended; for different emphasis, based on his own philosophy or even his reading of the syntax. The resulting loss of meaning is inevitable and is unrelated to the obscurity or the deficiencies of the text and the incompetence of the translator, which are additional possible sources of this loss of meaning. Therefore, absolute equivalence can never be reached. A translator can't convey all the meanings of the original in his translation.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 Constitution and Functions of Hunan Cuisine Names====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi areas. It is characterized by thick and pungent flavors. As a mirror of Chinese cuisine culture, dish names play an important role in transmitting Chinese cuisine culture to the whole world. Today, there are countless and various Chinese dish names, so it's so hard to translate them without a clear analysis of their constitutions and functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the Hunan cuisine are named after the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods, flavour or colour, shape. Hunan cuisine can be cooked in a variety of ways,which can be divided into cooking methods for hot dishes,such as stir-fried, fried, roasted, grilled, boiled, stewed, steamed and son on; and cooking methods for cold dished, such as frozed, mixed, marinated, smoked and so on. The flavour is the sensation caused by a substance that stimulate the taste buds, flavour can be divided into two categories: one is the natural single flavour, also called the basic flavour; another is the compound flavour made of two or more single flavour.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The single flavour of Hunan cuisine is mainly salty, sweet, sour, spicy, bitter, fresh and so on; the compound flavour is mainly hot and sour, sweet and sour, salty and spicy, spicy and hot and so on.Most dish names are made of a combination of flavours and the name of the main ingredient, such as “酸辣鸡杂”、 “麻辣肚丝”. Spicy is a highly used word in Hunan cuisine names.Not many dishes are named directly with words that indicate colour (red, yellow, white, green, etc.) and shape (round, flat, pointed, square, etc.),but more often the colour and shape express the substance.For example, “金钱蛋”is named after a substance that has a colour and shape. “金钱” is borrowed from the coins in Chinese history which are round, square-hole. “菊花鱿鱼”“菊花” isn’t real chrysanthemum, but the shape of the finished dishes.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The utensils such as casseroles, stones pots, hanging pots, dry pots, flat pots, iron pots are used to serve the Hunan cuisine. So the names of kitchen utensils sometimes appear in Hunan cuisine names, the names of untensils and the main ingredients are combined to form the name of a dish, in order to show the characteristics of the dishes, such as “石锅玉兔”，“干锅鸡”，“砂锅熊掌”.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there are many dishes which are named by means of metaphor are connected with allusion，a person's name or a place name. The names of dishes containing the name &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; and the name of the main ingredient in dishes are related to Tan Yanyan. Tan Yanyan (1880-1930), a native of Chaling in Hunan, was the governor of Hunan province after the Revolution of 1911. Tan Yanyan was a famous gourmet and played a major role in the innovation and development of Hunan cuisine at the time. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above all, the constitution of Hunan cuisine names are various and mainly have the above mentioned features. Almost all Hunan cuisine names are characterized by elegance and try to convey a kind of aesthetic sense to diners.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dish name usually keeps people informed of the main ingredients of the dish, and sometimes uses beautiful words to add aesthetic value and finally it will stimulate the diners' appetite. Particularly, Chinese dish names have a special function that is cultural function owing to transmitting cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Informative Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The informative function means that the communicative aim of language is to provide people with information. As the fundamental function of Chinese dish names, it supplies the basic information of a dish, such as the ingredients, seasonings, cooking methods and so on. Chinese cooking methods are famous for its variety and the ingredients. People can get these information through most of Chinese dish names. So when Chinese dish names are translated into English, this function should be kept completely. (Wang Lixia 2017, 19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetic Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a dish were a work of art, the dish name would be a part of the art.Besides the informative function, there is an aesthetic value. Although not all Chinese dish names possess the aesthetic value, such as those self-descriptive ones, a lot of names formed by metaphors or other special means to bring the sense of beauty and satisfy the aesthetic need of people. The beautiful names such as“碧绿双脆”， “金银烩双丸”， “天麻炖双飞”， “蝴蝶飘海”, it’s difficult to identify the original ingredient, and the basic information of the dishes are deduce by metaphor,but which attract the diners to image, to get an enjoyment. The subtle integration of aesthetics and culinary science greatly enhance the aesthetic function of these dish names.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Function&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names also function as a culture carrier. Numerous cultural words play a significant role to demonstrate the national specialties.“百鸟朝凤”, “全家福”, “龙女触珠” “桃园三结义”and many other culturally loaded terms are frequently used in dish names, which are unique to the Chinese culture. This is a best way to arouse foreigners' interests on Chinese culture.(熊力游 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Reasons for the Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning in Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Differences of Thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
There is a fundamental difference between the traditional Chinese concept of &amp;quot;unity of human and nature&amp;quot; and the traditional Western concept of &amp;quot;humanism&amp;quot;, and the way of thinking and philosophies of each nationality differ. The food cultures of China and the West are therefore influenced by the obvious differences between them, and the same food cultures influence the naming of dishes in a certain way. Traditional Chinese philosophical thinking places emphasis on Qi and existence and non-existence, and in terms of cultural spirit and mode of thinking, this has led to the formation of a unity between human and nature, an emphasis on integral functions and a focus on ambiguity, which has led to the development of unique concepts in the science of food, namely the ecological concept of the correspondence between human and nature, the nutritional concept of food treatment and nourishment, and the concept of the harmonisation of the five tastes. (Cao Binbin 2016, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Westerners hold a rational and scientific concept of diet. They emphasise the nutritional value of the diet, the amount of protein, fat, calories and vitamins contained in the food, and pay particular attention to whether the nutrient content of the food is well matched, whether the calorie supply is optimal, and whether these nutrients can be fully absorbed by the eater. For example, Westerners generally do not eat animal offal or anything that they consider to be of no nutritional value, such as liver, chicken feet, duck heads, dog meat, etc., which are absolutely delicious in China and which Westerners may never have eaten in their lives. Some of the ingredients used in Chinese dishes are not offensive to diners in China, for example animals such as snakes and frogs. For good luck, Chinese names are often borrowed from inedible objects or animals that are taboo for Westerners, such as “红烧狮子头”. Such dishes are unacceptable to Westerners and can sometimes be offensive to them. (Cao Binbin 2016, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Different Beliefs and Values====&lt;br /&gt;
Belief and value constitute an important part in culture. Chinese and westerners are living in different social background, having their own history and religion. So, disparity in value and belief is inevitable, such as Buddhism in China. It has history of thousands years. Some vocabularies in Chinese are related with Buddhism, such as “立地成佛”，“谋事在人，成事在天”.These expressions all reflect the great influence of Buddhism on language. In western countries, people have been more influenced by Christianity. Phrases like &amp;quot;man proposes God disposes&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;God help those who help themselves&amp;quot; are typical examples. But if“谋事在人，成事在天”is translated to &amp;quot;man proposes, God disposes&amp;quot;, it disobeys Chinese belief which is the Buddhism rather than the Christianity.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
The value of a certain culture is a set of behavioral standards for people to make choices and solve conflicts and it is usually displayed in people's philosophic and moral concept. The concept that is thought highly by one nation may be neglected by another nation. And this phenomenon becomes a great  obstacle  in  the  cross-cultural  communication  and  translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as animal vocabularies are concerned, the value of Chinese and westerners are quite different. Take &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; for example, Chinese often use them to guard door. In their concepts, dogs have nothing to praise. So vocabularies with dogs often have derogatory connotations, such as“狗腿子”，“狐朋狗友”，“狼心狗肺”，“狗眼看人低”，“狗改不了吃屎”.Whereas, in western countries, owing to dogs' loyalty, courage and intelligence, people regard dogs as their favorite and loyal friends and give great honor to them, such as &amp;quot;love me, love my dog&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;lucky dog&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;every dog has his day&amp;quot;. So long as westerners know that dog meat is cooked into dishes in China, they will feel shocked and horrible. Hence although the dish name“狗肉汤”is translatable, we had  better avoid translating it or we should not treat westerners to eat dog meat. If it is unavoidable, we should explain those dogs are raised for dinners.(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, it is important to take into account the cultural differences, accepting psychology and eating habits of foreigners, otherwise it will be difficult to achieve the intended function and purpose of the translation. After all, although the translator &amp;quot;deals with individual words, he is dealing with two major cultures&amp;quot;(Liu Chuang 2012, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Different Customs and Living Environment====&lt;br /&gt;
Custom refers to the way of living formed in the long-term development of human's history. It is embodied in various aspects of people's daily lives such as garment, etiquette, marriage, funeral, traditional dishes and so on, due to the different living habits and the customs of different people, which constitute a great obstacle in the cross-cultural communication and translation.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Lexical Non-equivalence Concerned with Cultural Difference====&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical non-equivalence generally refers to the non-equivalence of lexical meanings. As we all know, the meaning of a word, which is involved in many aspects, such as the denotative meaning, the associative meaning and so on, is not a simple concept. Therefore, there are several kinds of untranslatable phenomena concerned with the lexical non-equivalence.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Absence of Terms====&lt;br /&gt;
Absence of terms is a frequent phenomenon leading to untranslatability. It refers to the case that in translation we fail to find counterpart in target language. In Chinese, there are many terms as “风水”, “阴阳”,  “属相”and so on. These words are derived from unique Chinese culture, which are almost impossible to translate to English, since there are no such things in western countries.(Wang Lijun 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Discrepancy of Semantic Association====&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and expressions, as embodiment of culture, have rich meanings and profound connotations.  Therefore discrepancies of terms lead to translation barriers inevitably. For example, dragon in English and “龙“ in Chinese represents different connotation though it is the same imaginary image. Owing to this difference, terms concerning dragon in these two languages differ greatly. To Chinese, “龙“ is something sacred and has been referred to as the ancestor of the Chinese nation-that's why Chinese people call themselves“龙的传人 (descendants of the dragon)“. “龙” is used frequently in Chinese daily life in order to convey a propitious meaning, such as in dish names“龙凤呈祥”，“二龙戏珠”and “青龙过海”.To westerners, however, the dragon is a symbol of evil. Many heroes in stories struggled against dragons which were slain in most cases.(Wang Lijun 2017, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take “喜鹊(pied magpie)” for another instance. In Chinese culture, this bird is always regarded as a messenger of good news, for the first character of its Chinese name(喜)means &amp;quot;happiness&amp;quot;. So the chattering of a pied magpie had the connotative meaning of &amp;quot;good news is coming&amp;quot;. But in English culture, people pay more attention to the appearance of this black-and-white bird and the noises it makes. Then the connotative meaning of it in English is &amp;quot;a chatterbox&amp;quot;.  (Wang Lijun 2017, 28)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Strategies of Untranslatability and Loss of Meaning of Hunan Cuisine Names===&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to communicate, therefore transfering the information is very important in translation. Regardless of the method of translation, it is important to convey as much information as possible about the main ingredients, cooking methods, etc., so that foreigners can understand them and communicate with each other. Clearly conveying information about the dishes means that the English translation of Hunan cuisine names can help people from other countries understand the basic information about the dishes, the unique cooking techniques and regional characteristics of Hunan cuisine, and appreciate the colourful culinary culture of Hunan.  (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some contain profound historical allusions or folk legends, while others have changed their names based on raw materials, shapes and cooking methods. This makes English translation difficult and makes it difficult to fully reflect the linguistic and cultural features of the Chinese language. In this case, the English translation of Hunan cuisine names should be purpose-oriented, so that foreign friends can understand as much as possible about the basic information of Hunan cuisine. The name of the dish should first of all ensure that the customer knows the ingredients， the supplementary ingredients, the cooking method and the flavour of the dish, so the most important thing when translating the name of a dish, whether it is realistic or associative, is that it should firstly convey its denotative meaning. (Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases, it is also possible to make major changes to the presentation of the translation, avoiding or diluting words in the dish that have strong symbolic meaning but are incompatible with Western culture, and keeping the basic content of the dish as far as possible in order to achieve the basic purpose and function of conveying the message of the dish.The names of some dishes are quoted from poems and idioms, and the English translation method of &amp;quot;literal+interpretative translation&amp;quot; can be used to express the specific meaning of the ingredients while retaining their distinctive national characteristics. Some of the common cooking methods used in Hunan cuisine, such as &amp;quot;stir-frying, roasting, boiling, stewing, deep-frying, steaming&amp;quot;, etc., make the translation more effective.(Wang Caiying 2009, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Cooking Methods and Main Ingredient====&lt;br /&gt;
The name of such a dish includes both the cooking method and the main ingredient, with the cooking method preceding and the main ingredient following. The English translation uses “cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient”, such as“炒生菜&amp;quot;, where &amp;quot;炒&amp;quot; is the practice. &amp;quot;生菜&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as Sauteed Lettuce &amp;quot; and “花生炖猪蹄&amp;quot;，where“炖&amp;quot; is the cooking method, peanuts and pig's feet are the main ingredients, the name of the dish can be translated as“cooking method+main ingredient+and+main ingredient”,that‘s “Stewed Pig's Trotters and Peanuts&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on &amp;quot;Ingredient and Main Ingredient&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Main ingredient and Soup&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such Hunan dishes mainly consist of main ingredients and ingredients, which form Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;ingredient+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;main ingredient+with/in+ingredients&amp;quot;. Connected by with or in. e.g.&amp;quot;冬笋腊肉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;蟹黄海参&amp;quot; can be translated respectively as “Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork) with Winter Bamhoo Shoot” and “Sea Cucumber with Crab Roe”. If the ingredient is soup, use the expression &amp;quot;soup+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which is translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+in/with+ Soup/Sauce&amp;quot;. Yhe choice of in or with is determined by the actual &amp;quot;sauce&amp;quot;. Use &amp;quot;in&amp;quot; if the main ingredient is immersed in the sauce, and if the sauce is separate from the main ingredient, or if it is poured over the main dish, we should use “with” e.g. &amp;quot;蜜汁白莲&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Lotus-seed in Honey Sauce&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;茄汁鱼片&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;Sliced Fish with Tomato Sauce &amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
When the name of a dish is &amp;quot;flavour+main ingredient&amp;quot;, the English translation puts the flavour in the front and the main ingredient at the back, highlighting the taste of the dish, e.g. in &amp;quot;麻辣牛肉&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; is the taste. &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which translates as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot Beef&amp;quot;and &amp;quot;酸辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;酸辣鸡杂&amp;quot; is the flavour, &amp;quot;鸡杂&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and it can be translated as &amp;quot;Hot and Sour Chicken Giblets&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine name in the form of &amp;quot;seasoning+main ingredient&amp;quot; can use the structure of &amp;quot;main ingredient+with+seasoning&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;芥末鸡条&amp;quot; can be translated as “Chicken Strips with Mustard”, a literal translation can also be used in the original structure, such as “孜然牛肉” can be translated as &amp;quot;Cumin Beef&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.5 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names Based on Seasonings, Cooking Methods and Main Ingredients====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names has the structure of &amp;quot;seasoning+cooking method+main ingredient&amp;quot;, which can be translated in English as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+main ingredient+ with+seasoning&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;豆瓣酱烧肥鱼&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Fish with Thick Broad-bean Sauce&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;豆豉蒸排骨&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;Steamed Pork Chops with Lobster Sauce&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.6 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Colour and Shape of the Finished Dish====&lt;br /&gt;
The names of such dishes are generally translated using the literal and free translation method. For example, &amp;quot;芙蓉鸡片&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Fried Sliced Chicken with Egg White&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;菊花鱿鱼&amp;quot;as &amp;quot;Fried Chrysanthemum-shaped Squid&amp;quot;.(Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.7 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names According to the Flavour and the Shape of the Raw Material after it has been cut====&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Hunan cuisine names can be in the form of &amp;quot;flavour+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;麻辣&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;麻辣羊肚丝&amp;quot; denotes the flavour. &amp;quot;羊肚&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, and the goat tripe is shredded, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Spicy and Hot shredded Goat Tripe&amp;quot;.  (Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.8 English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Name According to the Cooking Method and the Main Ingredient and its modified Shape====&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Hunan cuisine names &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+shape&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;cooking method (past participle of the verb)+shape+main ingredient&amp;quot;, such as &amp;quot;干煸牛肉丝&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;干煸&amp;quot; is the cooking method, &amp;quot;牛肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient and &amp;quot;丝&amp;quot; is the shape of the modified ingredient, it can be translated as &amp;quot;Dry-fried Shredded Beef&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 29)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.9 English Translations of Hunan Cuisine Names from &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place + Main Ingredient&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Name of Person or Place+Cooking Method + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the above principles, the names of such dishes should also be transliterated from the names of people and places, which is good for promoting the Chinese language and culture. The translation of Hunan cuisine names as &amp;quot;person's name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be made directly. For example, in &amp;quot;组庵豆腐&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;组庵&amp;quot; is the name of a person and &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is transliterated as &amp;quot;Zu'an Tofuo&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the dish &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;main ingredient+，+place name+Style&amp;quot; with the main ingredient separated from the place name by a comma. For example, &amp;quot;湖南&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;湖南腊肉&amp;quot; is the name of the place, and &amp;quot;腊肉&amp;quot; is the main ingredient, which is translated as &amp;quot; Preserved Pork (Smoked Pork), Hunan Style&amp;quot;, the name of a Hunan dish in the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot; can also be translated into the form of &amp;quot;place name+main ingredient&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;东安鸡&amp;quot; can be translated as &amp;quot;Dong' an Chicken&amp;quot;.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of a dish can be translated in the form of &amp;quot;cooking method+main ingredient+，+person (place name)+style&amp;quot;, e.g. &amp;quot;毛氏红烧肉&amp;quot;, which can be translated as &amp;quot;Braised Pork, Mao's Family Style. &amp;quot;(Zhang Qiang 2017, 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.10 An English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names as &amp;quot;Utensil + Main Ingredient&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
Containers such as iron plates, dry pans, casseroles, etc. are also used in combination with the main ingredient to name the chinese Hunan cuisine names, which can be translated as “utensils+main ingredient”，e.g. “干锅茶树菇” is translated as Dry Pot (Griddle Cooked) Tea Tree Mushrooms, it can also be translated as“main ingredient+in/on+main ingredient”, e.g. “铁板牛肉”can be translated as Beef Steak Served on Sizzling Iron Plate. (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.11 The English Translation of Hunan Cuisine Names that Do Not Reflect Information on Cooking Methods, Main Ingredients, Tastes, etc.====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Hunan cuisine names do not reflect basic information such as cooking method, main ingredients, taste, etc. These names usually combine the colour, aroma, cooking method and stylistic features of the dish to give it a pleasant name. For example, “全家福” could be translated as Quan Jia Fu (A tonic recipe of chicken breast fried with sea cucumber peeled shrimp and squid, carrying the implied meaning of a happy family reunion) (Zhang Qiang 2017, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names are rich in connotation, vividly reflecting China's cuisine culture. Their English translations are an effective means to inform foreigners of Chinese culture. Therefore, it is of great importance to make a study on translations of these dish names. The current studies in this field have given an analysis to Chinese dish names' features, functions as well as the principles for their translation. (Wang Lijun 2017, 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper has made a tentative study of Chinese dish names from the angle of untranslatability and loss of meaning. The study covers the analysis of the untranslatability and loss of meaning caused by the differences between Chinese and English, from linguistic and cultural perspectives, taking Hunan cuisine names an example, the introduction of the constitution and function of dish names. Then since Chinese dish names play an important role in Chinese culture, according to untranslatabiltiy caused by culture differences between Chinese and English, the paper analyzes the untranslatable phenomena existing in the English translation of Chinese dish names from the aspects of thinking, beliefs and values, customs, and lexical non-equivalence.(Zhang Qiang 2017, 26) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many translated versions of various Chinese dishes nowadays, and some of them have been accepted by the public, it is undeniable that there are cultural obstacles which cannot be translated. If translators don't know untranslatabiltiy of dish names, they cannot translate them properly, since they couldn't avoid the obstacles and adopt some compensatory measures. strangeness in front of cultural differences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translation should on the one hand keep as much as possible the original flavor and on the other hand try to make it accessible to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Cao Binbin. 曹彬彬.(2016). 从翻译的不可译性看中式菜名英. [English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names from the Perspective of Translation Untranslatability]. 英语广场. [English Square]. 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]J. C. Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory of Translation . London: Oxford University.93-95&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Liu Chuang. 刘闯.(2012). 浅析中餐菜名英译的不可译性及解决. [An analysis of the untranslatability of the English translation of Chinese cuisine names and its solution]. 校园英语. [Campus English]. 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (2004). 西方翻译简史(增订版). [ A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated Edition)]. 商务印书馆. [The Commercial Press] 200-220&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Wang Caiying.王才英.(2009). 试论中国菜名的相对不可译及对策. [Experimental discussion on the relative untranslatability of Chinese dish names and Strategies].长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 108-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Wang Lijun. 王丽君.(2008). 中文菜名的不可译性研究. [On Untranslatability of Chinese Dish Names]. 吉林大学学报. [Journal of Jilin University]. 10-13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Wang Lixia. 王丽霞.(2017).《湘菜六味—湘菜缘分》汉译英实践报告.[A Report on the C-E Translation of the 3rd Chapter of Xiangcailiuwei].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Xiong Liyou. 熊力游. (2004). 中华菜名功能与翻译处理. [Functions and Translation processing of Chinese Cuisine names]. 长沙大学学报. [Journal of Changsha University]. 84-86&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Zhang Qiang. 张强. (2017). 湘菜菜名词语与对外汉语教学.[Name of Hunan Cuisine in Teaching Chinese as a Second Language].湖南师范大学.[Hunan Normal University]. 18-33&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization -- Taking Hunan cuisine an Example - 邬香 Wu Xiang==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 邬香 Wu Xiang 202020080651.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and dissemination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a bright pearl in the storehouse of traditional Chinese culture, catering culture plays a more and more important role in the increasingly frequent cross-cultural communication. However, there are many problems in English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the neglect of cultural connotations of dishes, and the lack of unified translation standards. Foreignization and domestication can effectively solve the above problems. From the perspective of foreignization and domestication, this chapter takes the English translation of Hunan cuisine as an example and uses different translation strategies for realistic and freehand dishes from the linguistic and cultural levels. Although domestication and foreignization can not remove all the obstacles in English translation of Chinese dish names, they can help to accurately express the meanings of dish names, reflect their cultural connotations and promote cultural exchange and  transmission.--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 08:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese dish names; English translation; domestication and foreignization; cross-cultural communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
异化和归化视角下中国菜名英译研究——以湘菜为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
饮食文化作为中国传统文化宝库中一颗璀璨的明珠，在如今日益频繁的跨文化交流中的作用愈发重要。但是目前中国菜名英译中出现不少问题，主要包括使用直接生硬的表达方式、忽略菜肴文化内涵、缺乏统一的翻译标准。运用异化和归化翻译策略能有效解决上述问题。本章拟从异化和归化的视角出发，以湘菜英译为例，针对写实型和写意型菜肴从语言和文化层面使用不同的翻译策略。尽管归化和异化不能清除菜名英译中所有的障碍，但其有助于准确表达菜名含义，体现其蕴藏的文化内涵，促进文化交流与传播。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国菜名；英译；归化和异化；跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. In today's society cultural exchanges between countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and dissemination. Because Chinese food contains a large number of cultural and artistic features, which reflect the Chinese cultural landscape, we have different translation versions in the process of translating Chinese dishes. This is not conducive to the spread of Chinese culture. It’s known that translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can retain the cultural elements in the original text to the greatest extent. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural heritage, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation strategies of foreignization and domestication. However, it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the implementation of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, while the application of the latter requires certain translation strategies . Therefore,in this chapter I will discuss the application of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization in the English translation of traditional Chinese dish names based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化历经数千年的沉淀和传承后，在国际舞台上崭露头角，逐渐得到外国人的青睐和认可。当今社会世界各国、各民族文化交流日益频繁，翻译作为一种跨文化交际活动，不仅指语言转换的过程，而且是文化转换和传播的过程。归化和异化策略能最大程度保留原文中的文化元素，解决目前中国菜名翻译过程中存在的一些问题。湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有独特的特点和丰富的文化底蕴，适合采用归化和异化英译。中国许多学者对中国菜名翻译的研究多着眼于具体的翻译方法和技巧，很少从异化和归化的翻译策略高度来考虑。然而首先明确采用怎样的翻译策略，继而才能选用合适的翻译方法和技巧，因为前者的实施体现在特定翻译技巧的运用，同时后者的运用需依据一定的翻译策略。因此，本文将以湘菜菜品名为语料，探讨翻译策略在传统中国菜名英译中的运用。(熊兵，2014,84）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of precipitation and inheritance, Chinese food culture has emerged on the international stage and has gradually gained the favor and recognition of foreigners. Nowadays cultural exchanges among countries and nations are increasingly frequent. As a cross-cultural communication activity, translation refers not only to the process of language conversion, but also to the process of cultural transformation and transmission. Domestication and foreignization strategies can preserve the cultural elements of the original text to the greatest extent and solve some problems existing in the translation of Chinese dish names. As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has its unique characteristics and rich cultural background, so it is suitable to adopt domestication and foreignization in English translation. Many Chinese scholars focus on specific translation methods and skills in the research on translation of Chinese dish names.They rarely consider the translation from the perspective of domestication and foreignization. However,it is necessary to clarify what kind of translation strategy to adopt before choosing appropriate translation methods and skills, because the expression of the former is reflected in the application of specific translation skills, and the application of the latter needs to be based on certain translation strategies. Therefore, this paper will discuss the application of translation strategies domestication and foreignization in the translation of traditional Chinese dishes using the name of Hunan cuisine as the corpus based on the corpus of Hunan dishes. (Xiong Bing 2014,84)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 09:27, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Exiting Problems in English Translation of Chinese Dish Names===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound. It has a long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications between China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Next I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese food culture is extensive and profound with long history. The importance of English translation of Chinese dish names in cross-cultural communications among China and foreign countries is self-evident. However, there are many problems in the English translation of Chinese dish names, such as the use of direct and rigid expressions, the lack of unified translation standards and the ignorance of the cultural connotation of dishes. These problems make foreigners and some domestic English learners confused. Below I will analyze them in detail with examples.(Xia Ying 2016, 259)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国饮食文化博大精深，源远流长。中餐翻译在中外文化交流中的重要性不言而喻。然而，目前中国菜名英译存在不少问题，诸如使用直接生硬表达法、缺乏统一翻译标准、忽视菜肴文化内涵等。这些问题不仅引起外国人的困惑，国内英语学习者亦云里雾里。下面我将结合实例具体分析。(夏瑛 2016, 259)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 The Use of Direct and Rigid Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods in different regions of the country are different. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, while others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can‘t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people funny. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it does not reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. He had no cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and does not reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a vast territory and abundant resources. The eating habits and cooking methods vary from region to region. Some dishes are named after myths, legends and allusions, others are complex in cooking methods and various in ingredients. Direct and stiff expressions can’t express the rich connotations of these dishes and even make people laugh. For example, if &amp;quot;Jiaohua chicken, a whole chicken roasted in caked mud&amp;quot;(叫花鸡) is translated into &amp;quot;beggar's chicken&amp;quot;(叫花子的鸡), it doesn’t reflect the origin and the cooking method of this dish. It is said that in the late Ming Dynasty and early Qing Dynasty a beggar in Changshu（常熟，a city of Jiangsu province） got a chicken by chance. But he didn’t have cooking utensils and seasonings. So he had to put the chicken into the mud to simmer and roast it. When the chicken was cooked, it knocked off the mud shell, and the aroma overflowed. It became a delicious dish. Another example is that &amp;quot;木须肉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;wood mustache meat&amp;quot;（木头胡子肉）. This translation is confusing and doesn’t reflect the main ingredients of this dish. I think that it is more appropriate and reasonable to translate it into &amp;quot;stir fried pork with eggs and black fugus&amp;quot;. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国地大物博，全国各地区的饮食习惯与烹饪方法各不相同，其中一些菜肴以神话、传说及典故命名，还有一些佳肴烹饪方法复杂，食材多种多样。直接生硬的表达法不能很好表达这些菜肴的丰富内涵，甚至会让人啼笑皆非。比如，”叫花鸡”(Jiaohua Chicken，a whole chicken roasted in caked mud)若译成”Beggar’s Chicken”则完全没有体现这道菜的由来及做法。相传明末清初时，常熟一个乞丐偶然间得到一只鸡，苦于没有炊具和调料，只能将鸡处理后放入泥土中煨烤，鸡熟后敲掉泥壳，香气四溢，成为一道美味佳肴。又如，“木须肉”被译为”Wood mustache meat”（木头胡子肉），这种译法让人不知所云，更没有体现这道菜的主要原料。笔者认为将其译为”Stir-fried pork with eggs and black fungus”比较恰当合理。(张扬 2016, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 The Lack of Unified Translation Standards====&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish nayanmes, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese catering culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so it is acceptable not to explain it. The first translation is to make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions will not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese cooking culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present there is no uniform international standard for the translation of Chinese dish names, which leads to the emergence of multiple translation versions in the book market and restaurants. It brings inconvenience and trouble to foreigners and seriously affects the spread of Chinese food culture. For example, there are several different translation versions of &amp;quot;麻婆豆腐&amp;quot; in China: bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo Tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles. The last translation is not very appropriate and easy to cause disgust. Foreigners are familiar with the translation of &amp;quot;Mapo Tofu&amp;quot; and have already accepted it, so no explanation can also be. The first translation is more vivid and make people salivate. It reflects the method and raw materials of this dish. There are also many ways to translate &amp;quot;宫保鸡丁&amp;quot;, including &amp;quot;Kung Pao chicken&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;fried diced chicken in Sichuan style&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;sauteed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts&amp;quot;. So many translation versions not only make readers confused, but also fail to reflect the characteristics and cultural connotation of Chinese dish names. Therefore, the translation of the unified dish names is one of the problems to be solved in correctly understanding Chinese food culture. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前，国际上没有关于中国菜名翻译的统一的标准，这导致在图书市场和餐厅内出现多个翻译版本，给外国人就餐带来不便与麻烦，严重影响了中国饮食文化的传播。例如，国内“麻婆豆腐”有以下几种不同的翻译：Bean curd with minced pork in hot sauce; Mapo tofu; Tofu made by woman with freckles.笔者认为，最后一种译法不是很贴切，容易引起反感。外国人已熟知并接受”Mapo tofu”的译法，故不解释亦可。第一种译法较为形象，体现了菜肴的做法和原料，让人垂涎欲滴。“宫保鸡丁”五花八门的译法包括”Kung Pao Chicken”, “Fried diced chicken in Sichuan style” 或”Sautéed chicken cubes with chili and peanuts”. 如此多的译名不仅会引起读者思维上的混乱，而且没有很好地体现中国菜名的特点与文化内涵。由此可见，统一菜名的翻译是正确领略中国饮食文化亟待解决的问题之一。 (林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.3 The Neglect of Cultural Connotations of Dishes====&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western catering cultures, which in the final analysis stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, and there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the Phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners do not understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding. (Wang Junjian 2017，107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and Western cultures lead to the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures, which stems from the different attitudes towards rationality and sensibility. Chinese people have strong perceptual thinking, so they pursue beauty and artistry. Chinese dishes are full of color, fragrance and other cultural connotations. Westerners pay more attention to rationality, truth and science. The names of Western dishes are easy to understand, and the raw materials and nutrients are relatively clear. For example, onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤) is used in Western food, while &amp;quot;stewed snake and chicken&amp;quot;(龙凤呈祥) in Chinese food is the soup stewed with snake and chicken. Snake is regarded as a small dragon (Jiao 蛟) in China, there is a folk saying that pheasant flies on the branch and becomes a phoenix(野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰). Therefore, the snake is compared to the dragon, and the chicken to the phoenix, which is used to bless and praise things and others. The main ingredient of &amp;quot;more than every year&amp;quot;(年年有余) is fish. &amp;quot;Yu&amp;quot;(余) in Chinese refers to surplus, which is homophonic with &amp;quot;fish”(鱼), which expresses people's good wishes for a prosperous family and surplus every year. If foreigners don’t understand the Chinese culture implied in these dishes, they will find this kind of translation very strange. Therefore, cultural factors must be taken into account in translating Chinese dishes to avoid misunderstanding.(Wang Junjian 2017，107)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化的差异导致中西饮食文化的不同，而这种差异归根结底源于双方对待理性和感性的不同态度。中国人感性思维较强，故而追求美和艺术性，中餐讲究色香味俱全，通常含有祝福、美好等文化内涵。西方人则更注重理性、真理和科学，西餐菜名通俗易懂，原料和营养成分较为清楚。比如，西餐中的Onion soup in French style(法式洋葱汤),而中餐中的”龙凤呈祥”（Stewed snake and chicken）是用蛇和鸡炖的汤。蛇在中国视为小龙（蛟），且民间有“野鸡飞上枝头变凤凰”的俗语。故把蛇比作龙，鸡比作凤凰，用作对事物和他人的祝福和赞美。”年年有余”（More than every year）的主要食材是鱼，“余”在汉语中指剩余，与“鱼”谐音，表达人们对家业发达、年年有余的美好愿望。如果外国人不了解这些菜隐含的中国文化，则会觉得这种翻译很奇怪。因此，在翻译中国菜名时必须考虑文化因素，避免造成误解。(王君健 2017,107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignore the cultural connotations of dish names, and use inappropriate translation methods. I will try to solve these problems by adopting translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels. Next, I will introduce the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To a large extent, the above problems are caused by the fact that people pay attention to the intuitive feelings in the process of translation, ignoring the cultural background contained in dish names, and using inappropriate translation methods. The paper tries to solve these problems by adopting  domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels, then  introduces the two translation strategies and analyzes how to use them to improve the quality of translation in the process of translating Hunan cuisine into English. (Xia Ying 2016, 259+273)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 13:52, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上问题很大程度上是因为人们在翻译过程中注重直观的感受，忽略菜名蕴含的文化底蕴，使用不恰当的翻译方法造成的。笔者试图从语言和文化层面采用归化和异化翻译策略来解决这些问题。接下来将介绍着这两种翻译策略并分析在湘菜英译过程中如何运用它们来提高翻译质量。(夏瑛 2016, 259+273)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Definitions of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book Translator's Invisibility according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expressions that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the linguistic characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions. It requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. It means that we should take the source culture as the destination. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the differences of national cultures, preserve and reflect characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers.（Su Songlonghua 2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two different translation strategies in the process of translation. These two terms were first put forward by Lawrence Venuti in his book “Translator's Invisibility” according to the theory of German philosopher Schleiermacher. (Wang Shaofei 2006,30) Domestication refers to a translation strategy that localizes the source language, takes the target language or target language readers as the destination, and adopts the expression that the readers are used to convey the content of the original text. Domestication requires the translator to approach the target language readers. It can help readers better understand the translation and enhance its readability and appreciation of translation. Foreignization in the process of translation considers the language characteristics of foreign cultures, absorbs foreign language expressions, requires translators to approach the author and adopt the corresponding source language expressions to convey the content of the original text. The purpose of using foreignization is to consider the difference of national cultures, to preserve and reflect the characteristics of foreign cultures and their language styles, and to retain the exotic sentiment for the target readers. (Baidu Encyclopedia, Susong Longhua ,2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:11, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“归化”和“异化”是翻译过程中两种不同的翻译策略。这两个术语最初是由劳伦斯韦努蒂( Lawrence Venuti) 根据德国哲学家施莱尔马赫( Schleiermarcher) 的理论在他的著作《译者的隐身》中提出的。(王少飞，2006, 30) 归化指把源语本土化，以目标语或译文读者为归宿，采取目标语读者所习惯的表达方式来传达原文的内容的一种翻译策略。归化翻译要求译者向目的语的读者靠拢。归化翻译有助于读者更好地理解译文，增强译文的可读性和欣赏性。异化在翻译上迁就外来文化的语言特点，吸纳外语表达方式，要求译者向作者靠拢，采取相应于作者所使用的源语表达方式，来传达原文的内容，即以源语文化为归宿。使用异化策略的目的在于考虑民族文化的差异性、保存和反映异域民族特征和语言风格特色，为译文读者保留异国情调。（百度百科,宿松龙华，2011）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Two Levels of Domestication and Foreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level adopting the translation strategy of foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Domestication, because of its reader-oriented characteristics, can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt the foreignization strategy, because there are too large cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove communication barriers. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication strategies at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, the use of a combination of translation strategies of domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths,avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization and domestication should be investigated from the level of language form and cultural content. (Zhang Zhizhong 2005,46) On the one hand, at the linguistic level, adopting foreignization is beneficial to enrich the expression of the target language, but only in a few cases the purpose of translation is to show the language form of the source language. Because of its reader-oriented characteristics, domestication can ensure that the translation is easy to understand, and it is favored by readers. Therefore, at the language level domestication is the mainstay and foreignization is the supplement. On the other hand, on the cultural level foreignization can retain the cultural elements and connotations contained in the source language as much as possible, which helps to spread foreign cultures, and its advantages are greater than domestication. However, it is impossible to completely adopt  foreignization, because there are too many cultural differences in cross-cultural communication, and it is necessary to use domestication to remove the obstacles of communication. Therefore, at the cultural level the principle of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement is adopted. In addition, using domestication at the language level can clearly express the meaning of the original text, which helps to better reflect the cultural elements expressed by the use of foreignization at the cultural level. In short, when the source language has distinctive national characteristics, combining domestication and foreignization can maximize strengths, avoid weaknesses and promote cultural transmission.(Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 87)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谈论异化和归化，应从语言形式和文化内容层面考察。（张智中，2005,46）一方面，在语言层面上，采取异化翻译策略有利于丰富目的语的表达方式，但是只有在少数情况下翻译的目的是展现源语的语言形式。而归化由于读者导向性的特点能保证译文通俗易懂，受到广大读者的青睐。故而在语言层面提倡主要采用归化策略，异化策略辅助的原则。另一方面，在文化层面上，异化能尽可能保留源语中蕴藏的文化元素和内涵，有助于传播异国文化，其优势大于归化。但是，完全采用异化策略是不可能的，因为在跨文化交际中存在文化差异过大的情况，需要采用归化来扫除交流障碍。因此，在文化层面上采用异化为主，归化为辅的原则。此外，在语言层面上采取归化策略能清楚的表达原文意思，有助于更好地体现在文化层面采用异化策略所表达的文化元素。总之，当源语具有鲜明的民族特色时，采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能够扬长避短，促进文化传播。(沈桑爽，王淑琼，2017，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and applications. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the author. On the one hand, from the perspective of readers we should try our best to use their habitual expressions and consider their way of thinking and understanding ability to make sure that they can understand the translation. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retaining the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically speaking, foreignization and domestication are two opposite translation strategies. However, they are closely related and interact with each other in specific translation practices and application. When domestication and foreignization are applied in the translation of Chinese dish names, the translator should deal with the relationship between the readers and the authors. On the one hand, we should consider their way of thinking and understanding ability as far as possible from the reader's point of view, so that they can understand the translation content. On the other hand, we should pay attention to retain the essence of Chinese traditional culture contained in Chinese dish names, so as not to blindly please readers without knowing to change. This is the basic requirement of a qualified translator of Chinese dish names. (Su Songlonghua 2011)--[[User:Tan Xinjie|Tan Xinjie]] ([[User talk:Tan Xinjie|talk]]) 14:41, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从理论上看异化和归化这两种翻译策略是对立的，然而在具体的翻译实践和应用中二者有紧密的联系，且相互作用。在中国菜名翻译中应用归化和异化翻译策略时，译者应处理好读者与作者之间的关系。一方面，应从读者的角度出发尽可能用其惯用的表达方式，考虑他们的思维方式和理解能力，以达到他们能明白翻译内容的目的。另一方面，应注意保留中国菜名中所蕴含的中国传统文化精髓，做到既不一味取悦读者，也不不知变通（一成不变），这是一位合格的中国菜名翻译者的基本素养。( 百度百科 宿松龙华 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Composition and Nomenclature of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the eight major cuisines in China, Hunan cuisine has the unique characteristics of color, flavor and taste of Chinese dishes, and its naming also shows different styles. Hunan cuisine can be generally divided into realistic dishes and freehand dishes, which describe their mood. The first type of dishes directly reflects the cooking elements. The second one usually uses rhetorical skills to endow dishes with certain cultural connotations according to their own composition. If foreigners don't understand Chinese culture,from literal translation they don't know the specific methods and raw materials of this kind of dishes, so it is difficult to understand their meanings. (Chen Wei 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜作为中国八大菜系之一，具有中国菜肴独有的色香味俱全的特点，其命名亦显示不同的风格。湘菜一般可分为写实型菜肴和写意型菜肴，写实型菜肴直接体现烹饪要素。写意型佳肴则通常使用修辞手法，根据其本身的组成赋予菜肴一定的文化内涵。如果外国人不了解中国的文化，单从字面翻译他们不知道这类菜肴具体做法和原料，难以理解其具体含义。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Realistic Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
Realistic dishes are often named according to the combination of cooking elements. The cooking elements of Hunan cuisine mainly include raw materials(原料), seasonings(调料), knife techniques(刀法), taste(口味) and cooking methods(烹饪方法). Common main ingredients embody fish, meat, chicken, etc.; seasonings involve star anise(八角), cinnamon(桂皮), green onion(葱), ginger(姜), garlic(蒜); knife techniques are various, such as slicing(切片), shredding(切丝), cutting into wicker shapes(切柳) ; the taste is famous for its sour and spicy(酸辣), fresh and tender(鲜嫩), crisp and fragrant(酥脆) taste; the cooking methods are mainly sauted(爆), simmered(煨), stewed(炖), fried(炒), braised(烩) and steamed(蒸). The common combination methods include following three types: cooking materials + methods + knife method, such as sauted shredded pork with green pepper(青椒肉丝); seasoning + raw materials, such as bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper(姜辣牛蛙), hot and sour radish strips(酸辣萝卜条); taste + cooking method + raw materials, such as smoked fish in five flavors(五香熏鱼). (Chen Wei 2007, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写实型菜一般根据其菜肴烹饪要素的组合命名，湘菜的烹饪要素主要包括原料、调料、刀法、口味和烹饪方法。常见的主料包括鱼、肉、鸡等；调料有八角、桂皮、葱、姜、蒜；种类繁多的刀法如，切片、切丝、切柳等；口味以酸辣、鲜嫩、酥脆、香熏著称；烹饪方法以爆、煨、炖、炒、烩、蒸为主。常见的组合方式包括以下三种：烹饪原料+方法+刀法，如青椒肉丝（Sauteed Shredded Pork with Green Pepper）；调料+原料，如姜辣牛蛙（Bullfrog with ginger sauce and pepper ）、酸辣萝卜条（Hot and sour radish strips）；口味+烹饪方法+原料，如五香熏鱼（Smoked fish in five flavors)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Freehand Dishes=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of freehand dishes. The first one is named according to the raw materials, colors, shapes or origin places of the dishes, which not only contains rich historical and cultural backgrounds and local flavors, but also expresses good wishes for good luck and has Chinese characteristics. These dishes are often named after allusions, legends or use metaphors, such as steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat / sugar in it)(姊妹团子), hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup(蝴蝶飘海). The second one refers to the names of people and place names related to dishes, which has distinctive local characteristics, such as Mao's braised pork(毛氏红烧肉), braised chestnut with green cabbage(板栗烧菜心), Changde rice noodles(常德米粉) and Lixian County stewed pork gut(澧县肠子). (Chen Wei  2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
写意型菜包括两种类型。第一种根据菜肴的原料、色形或产地取名，使其不仅蕴含丰富的历史文化背景和地方风味，也表达了吉祥美好的祝愿，更具有中国特色。这些菜常以典故、传说命名或使用隐喻等修辞手法，如姊妹团子（Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball (with meat/sugar in it)）、蝴蝶飘海(Hotpot of snakeheaded fish&lt;br /&gt;
slices as butterflies out of the soup)。第二种引用与菜肴相关的人名、地名命名，具有鲜明的地方特色，如毛氏红烧肉（Mao's braised pork）、板栗烧菜心（Braised chestnut with green cabbage）、常德米粉(Changde rice noodles)，澧县肠子(Lixian county stewed pork gut)。(陈蔚 2007，108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the composition and nomenclature of Hunan cuisine and the high acceptability and comprehensibility of domestication and foreignization, translation strategies of domestication-based and foreignization-assisted translation of realistic Chinese dish names reproduces the original style well. The strategies of adopting foreignization as the main and domestication as the supplement for the English translation of freehand dish names can better convey the interesting characteristics of Chinese cuisine and the broad and profound cultural heritage. In the following I will use exemplification to analyze it from different perspectives. (Jiang Jun 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据湘菜构成及命名方法和归化和异化的可接受度高和可理解性强的特点，翻译写实型中国菜名时采用归化为主、异化为辅的翻译策略很好地再现原作的风格，而针对写意型菜名英译采用异化为主、归化为辅的策略能较好地传达中餐妙趣横生的特征及博大精深的文化底蕴。下面我将从不同的角度使用例证法具体分析。 (姜君 2017, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 At the Language Level Domestication is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at the language level means that the English translation of Hunan dishes should use common and appropriate expressions in English to convey the meaning of Chinese dish names at different levels of linguistics such as vocabulary, semantics, and grammar, so as to ensure the acceptability of English translation of dish names for foreigners. (Shen Sangshuang，Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语言层面的归化指湘菜的英译要在词汇、语义、语法等语言学的不同层面上，使用英语中常见、贴切的表达方式传达中国菜名的含义，以确保英译菜名在外国人中的接受度。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Domestication at Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”can be translated as “Tender chicken”(嫩滑的鸡肉), but it cannot be translated as “chicken without sexual life”(没有性生活的鸡). According to this literal translation, “童子鸡” refers to chickens that have not mate. However, this dish originally emphasized that the chicken is tender and tastes very good, not the age of the chicken. Therefore, when translating “童子鸡”, the strategy of domestication is used at the lexical level. The word “Tender” is used to express the concept of “童子”, which means that the chicken is not mature enough. It expresses the essence of this dish vividly and avoids misunderstanding. This method is also applicable to the English translation of “鱼香肉丝”. “Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce”(蒜蓉猪肉丝或鱼香肉丝) refers to shredded pork mixed with minced garlic. The “fish fragrance”(鱼香) of this dish does not refer to the fragrance of fish meat, but a complex flavor composed of various seasonings such as pickled pepper, sugar and vinegar. The above-mentioned translation not only retains the original meaning of Chinese, but also arouses foreigners' associations with the smell of fish. (Lin Hong 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“童子鸡”可译为Tender chicken(嫩滑的鸡肉)，但不能译成“chicken without sexual life”。按照这种字面翻译，“童子鸡”指的是没有交配的小鸡。然而，这道菜原本强调的是鸡肉很嫩，口感十分好，而非鸡的年龄。因此翻译“童子鸡”时在词汇层面使用归化策略，用tender表示“童子”这个概念，指鸡尚未发育成熟，可传神地表达这道菜的本质，避免误解。这种方法同样适用于“鱼香肉丝”的英译。“鱼香肉丝”（Shredded pork with garlic sauce or Fish-flavored shredded pork in hot sauce）指混合着蒜末的肉丝。这道菜的“鱼香”并非指鱼肉的香味，而是一种用泡椒、糖、醋等多种调料组成的复合味道。上述译法即保留了中文的原意，又能引起外国人对鱼香味的联想。(林红 1991, 41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, pinyin can be used in English translation of dishes with Chinese characteristics which have been included in major foreign English dictionaries, such as wonton(馄饨), tofu(豆腐), jiaozi(饺子) and Shaomai(烧卖). These dishes are traditional Chinese food which has been widely accepted by foreigners. Moreover, the use of pinyin can promote Chinese and Chinese cooking culture. (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，具有中国特色且被国外主要英文字典收录的，使用汉语方言拼音或音译拼写的菜名，英译时可使用拼音，如“馄饨”（Wonton）、“豆腐”（Tofu）、“饺子”（Jiaozi）、“烧卖”(Shaomai)等。这些菜肴都是已被外国人普遍接受的中国传统食品，使用拼音能推广汉语和中国饮食文化。(沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Domestication at Semantic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication at semantic level is conducive to convey the meaning of dish names simply and clearly. For example, “一卵孵双凤” can be translated as “two phoenix were hatched from an egg (two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in watermelon)”. From the above translation you can clearly understand the main ingredients and cooking methods of this dish, so as not to be confused by its name. (Zhang Yang 2016, 48) In another example, “金鱼戏莲” is made with squid as the main ingredient. The squid rolls resemble goldfish, playing among the lotus clusters composed of eggs, shrimps and green beans. The name of the dish comes from it. If this dish is directly translated as “goldfish plays with lotus” with the use of foreignization, it is difficult for people to figure out what it means. Therefore, “Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean to mean”(金鱼戏莲) vividly expresses the essence of this dish, and a vivid and interesting picture can be constructed in the reader's mind through the representation of the image of “floating lotus”(浮莲).Similar examples include “stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch” (全家福), “hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup” (蝴蝶飘海) and “steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar”(五元神仙鸡). (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
语义上的归化有利于简单明了地传达菜名的含义。例如，“一卵孵双凤”可译为Two phoenix were hatched from an egg(two chickens, winter bamboo shoots and mushrooms steamed in  watermelon).从上述翻译可以十分清楚地了解这道菜的主要食材和制作方法，从而不会再被菜名弄得一头雾水。 （张扬 2016，48）又如，“金鱼戏莲”以鱿鱼为主料制作而成，鱿鱼卷似金鱼，嬉戏于由鸡蛋、虾仁和青豆组成的群莲中，菜名由此而来。如果采用异化策略直接译为Goldfish plays with lotus,外国人很难弄明白这指的是什么。故用Oil-fried squid files and steamed shrimp meat, albumen and lima bean表示“金鱼戏莲”,既十分形象地表达了这道菜的本质，又通过“浮莲”意象的再现，能在读者脑海里构建一幅生动有趣的画面。类似的例子还包括“全家福”（Stewed assorted meats/hotchpotch）、“五元神仙鸡”（Steamed whole hen with litchi, longan, jujube, lotus and medlar）、“蝴蝶飘海”（Hotpot of snakeheaded fish slices as butterflies out of the soup）。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Domestication at Grammatical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication of Hunan cuisine at the grammatical level is mainly reflected in the use of prepositions and verb past participles in English translation of dish names. There are various cooking methods for Hunan cuisine, including simmer, stew, steam, fry, smoke, and the past participle is usually used in the translation. Such as “Dongting spicy salted duck” (洞庭酱板鸭), “Dongting barbecued mandarin fish”(网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼), and “fried winter bamboo shoots”(油辣冬笋尖).Dishes with main ingredients and supplemented by ingredients, seasonings, and soups are generally translated by prepositions, such as “preserved egg with hot pepper”(尖椒皮蛋),“fragments of garlic bolt without using knife”(手撕蒜苗), “Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear” (永州血鸭) and “braised pig knuckle in brown sauce” (走油猪腿). (Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
湘菜在语法层面的归化主要体现在英译菜名时介词和动词过去分词的使用方面。湘菜多种多样的烹调方法，包括煨simmer、炖stew、蒸steam、炒fry、熏smoke，在译文中通常用过去分词。如“洞庭酱板鸭”（Dongting spicy salted duck ）、“网油叉烧洞庭桂鱼”（Dongting barbecued mandarin fish）、“油辣冬笋尖”（Fried winter bamboo shoots）。而以主料为主，配料、调料、汤汁为辅的菜肴一般会使用介词翻译，如“尖椒皮蛋”（Preserved Egg with Hot Pepper）、“手撕蒜苗”（Fragments of garlic bolt without using knife）、“永州血鸭”（Yongzhou fried duck pieces together with its blood and balsam pear）、“走油猪蹄”（Braised pig knuckle in brown sauce）。 (沈桑爽，王淑琼 2017, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 At the Cultural Level Foreignization is the Mainstay and Domestication is the Supplement====&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, the exchange of food culture in cross-cultural communication is closely connected with daily life. Chinese dishes are both delicacy and art. They have profound cultural heritage and aesthetic value. There are many dishes named after allusions, legends and dishes with names of people and places in Hunan cuisine. Only when people understand their cultural background can they be translated into English more successfully. At the cultural level the translation strategies of foreignization as the mainstay and domestication as the supplement helps to inform customers of the taste, cooking method and ingredients of the dishes to the greatest extent, and accurately convey the cultural elements of the dishes. In my opinion, to use the foreignization translation strategy to translate Chinese food must first understand the characteristics of the naming of Western food. According to the famous French chef Auguste Escoffier, Western dishes are usually named after people, places, gods, historical events, and main ingredients. Comparing the naming and composition characteristics of Hunan cuisine and Western cuisine, it can be seen that when translating freehand Chinese cuisine names, the taste, ingredients, cooking methods and necessary knowledge background of the dishes must be reflected. So understanding the characteristics of Western dishes names is beneficial to the translation of Chinese freehand dish names. (Zhou Yonghong 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众所周知，跨文化交际中饮食文化的交流与日常生活紧密相连。中国菜品既是佳肴又是艺术品，其具有深厚的文化底蕴和审美价值。湘菜中有许多以典故、传说命名的菜肴以及带人名和地名的菜肴，人们了解其文化背景，才能较成功地将其译为英语。文化层面采取异化为主，归化为辅的翻译策略有助于最大程度告知顾客菜肴的口味、烹饪法和食材，精准传递菜品的文化元素。我认为，使用异化的翻译策略翻译中餐首先要了解西餐的命名的特点。法国名厨Auguste Escoffier 的认为，西餐菜肴通常用人名、地名、神灵、历史事件以及主要原料等命名。对比湘菜和西餐命名和构成特点，可知翻译写意型中餐菜名时需要体现菜名的口味、食材、烹饪方法以及必要的知识背景。由此可见，了解西餐菜名的特点有利于翻译中国写意型菜名的翻译。(周永红 2008, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.1 Dishes Named after Allusions and Legends=====&lt;br /&gt;
以典故、传说命名的菜肴&lt;br /&gt;
There are many dishes named after allusions and legends in Chinese and Western cuisine. These dishes have historical and cultural origins and are not suitable for literal translation. For example, the famous French dish Veronique（薇洛妮克）is named after the mythical goddess. The white juice symbolizes her beautiful appearance, and the white grapes next to it symbolize her tears.“姊妹团子” is a local snack in Hunan Province. It is made by grinding the finest glutinous rice into a fine powder, and the inset is a meat filling made of raw materials such as fresh meat, mushrooms, monosodium glutamate and sesame oil. The shape is a long cone with a pointed top and a flat bottom. After being steamed, it looks like a small white pagoda. The origin of this dish is as follows: in the early 1920s the young and beautiful Jiang sisters set up a stall selling glutinous rice dumplings in the polder of the Fire Palace in Changsha. The dumplings they made were delicious and beautiful, and people were full of praise for it. The translation “Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)” points out that the main raw material of this dish is rice ball, the auxiliary materials are meat and sugar, and the cooking method is steam, which makes it clear at a glance (operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中餐和西餐中有不少以典故、传说命名的菜肴。这些菜有历史文化渊源，不适合采用直译的方法。例如，法国名菜Veronique（薇洛妮克）以神话女神命名，白汁与象征着她的美丽容貌，配在旁边的白色提子象征着她的眼泪。“姊妹团子”是湖南省地方特色小吃。其制作时用上等糯米磨成细粉，内陷是由鲜肉、香菇、味精、芝麻油等原料构成的肉馅。外形是尖顶平底长型锥体，蒸熟后像一座白色的小宝塔。这道菜肴的由来如下：本世纪20年代初在长沙火宫殿的圩场上年轻漂亮的姜氏姐妹摆了一个卖团子的摊子，她们制作的团子既好吃又好看，人们对此赞不绝口。译文“Steamed glutinous rice ball (with meat/sugar in it)”指出此菜主要原料是rice ball、辅料为meat和sugar,烹饪方法为steam,让人一目了然。(百度百科operations12, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”is a dish named after an allusion. It is said that a woman surnamed Zhang(张氏) opened a restaurant in Xiangxi (湘西，the west of Hunan province), but her business was not very good due to the large area and sparse population. To make matters worse, her ducks raised in the house are fierce and domineering, ruining the crops every day,  not laying eggs properly and causing Zhang to hold the bamboo poles and rush and scold them every day: “You damn ducks, you are like bandits!” She was so angry with these ducks to kill all of them. Because these wild ducks are delicious and Zhang's cooking skills are good, the ducks she burns are soft and tender, and they are delicious, attracting people to smell the fragrance and attracting a large number of guests. Someone asked what this dish was called. Because of the ducks Zhang was extremely angry at that time, and she casually replied: “What kind of dish? Wild ducks!” Since then this dish has become famous. (百度百科) If we use the translation strategy of domestication to translate this dish as “Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”, it is incredible. Translating “湘西土匪鸭” into “Xiangxi wild ducks” not only allows guests to understand the special ingredients of the dish, but it embodies the legendary story of Xiangxi. (Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“湘西土匪鸭”是以典故命名的菜肴。传说湘西以前一个姓张的妇人开了一家餐馆，由于地广人稀，生意不太好。更糟糕的是，家中饲养的鸭子凶悍霸道，天天糟蹋庄稼，不好好下蛋，害得张氏天天拿着竹竿又赶又骂:“你们这些该死的鸭子，简直像土匪!。她一气之下把这些鸭子全杀了。由于这些爱撒野的鸭子肉质鲜美，且张氏厨艺很好，她烧的鸭子酥软嫩滑，鲜香绝伦，引得食客闻香而至,吸引大量的客人。有人问这叫什么菜，张氏气极，随口答：“什么菜/土匪鸭!”从此这道菜名声大震。(百度百科)若使用归化的翻译策略将这道菜译为“Brigand in Xiangxi ducks”让人匪夷所思。把“湘西土匪鸭”译成“Xiangxi wild duck”不仅能让客人了解菜的特殊食材，而且体现了湘西这个传奇的故事。 (张艳萍, 张伟平 2016, 121-122)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.3.2 Dish Names with Place Names and People's Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
带地名和人名的菜名&lt;br /&gt;
There are usually two translation methods for the name of a dish with a person's name and a place name in the name of a western dish: dish name + place + style; place /person’s name + dish name. For example, Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果) uses the second translation method, indicating the origin and ingredients of the dish name. This is a classic dessert in Spanish restaurants. All kinds of fruits are cut into small pieces and then mixed with sugar water or juice. It's a little like Chinese fruit with sugar. The name of this dish is related to the Great Alexander of the Macedonian Empire in the fourth century BC. At the age of 30 Alexander established the largest empire in the history of the time and promoted the integration of races, cultures and languages throughout the empire. In the 18th century the French called things that combined various elements &amp;quot;Macedonia&amp;quot;. Therefore, this candied fruit chowder is named &amp;quot;Fruit Macedonia&amp;quot;.“攸县香干”is a famous characteristic traditional soy product in Hunan Province, which originated in Youxian County, Hunan Province(湖南省攸县). This dish tastes smooth and tender. Tofu is easy to taste and has an aftertaste after eating. It is a home-cooked dish which is suitable for all ages. The translation &amp;quot;Dried tofu, Youxian style&amp;quot; uses the foreignization translation strategy to point out from the cultural level that the raw material of the dishes is dried tofu, and it reflects the local characteristics of Youxian County. (zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
西式菜名中带人名和地名的菜名通常有两种翻译方法：菜名+地名+style ; 地名/人名+菜名。例如，Macedonia de fruta(马其顿水果)的译文使用了第二种翻译方法，指明菜名的产地和原料. 这是西班牙餐馆中一道经典的饭后甜点。各种水果切成小丁后，伴上糖水或果汁，有点像咱们中国的糖渍水果。这道菜名和公元前四世纪的马其顿帝国的亚历山大大帝有关。亚历山大大帝在30岁时就建立了当时史上最大的帝国，并促进帝国内各地的种族、文化、语言等的大融合。到了18世纪，法国人就把融合了各种各样元素的事物称之为“马其顿”。因此，这道糖渍水果大杂烩就取名为“水果马其顿”了。“攸县香干”是湖南省著名的特色传统豆制品，起源于湖南省攸县境内。这道菜口感滑嫩、韧性足、口味纯、细而不腻，有点劲道。豆腐很容易入味，吃完后有回味，是一道老少适宜的家常菜。译文“Dried tofu ，Youxian style”采用异化的翻译策略从文化层面指出了菜的原料是烘干的豆腐，而且体现攸县的地方特色。 (百度百科 zzpingic1130, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”was created by the chef of Peng Yulin(彭玉麟), a famous official in Hengyang(衡阳,a city of Hunan province) in the Qing Dynasty, and the name of the dish came from this. The main ingredient is pork loin. There are a variety of snacks in a bowl. The dishes are divided into seven layers, stacked one after another and shaped like a pagoda(宝塔). It's also known as “pagoda fragrant waist”(宝塔香腰). If this dish is translated as &amp;quot;sweet pig kidney&amp;quot;, it is difficult to explain its cultural heritage, and it does not show the beauty of this dish's visual “step by step”(步步高升) like a pagoda. “玉麟香腰”can be translated into English as “Yulin’s best homely dish”. According to legend, when Peng Yulin returned home to banquet his fellow villagers, he used “玉麟香腰” as the first dish. “Peng Yulin's best family banquet dishes”(彭玉麟最好的家宴菜) can ingeniously explain the origin of this dish and undoubtedly explain why this dish is also called “touwan”(头碗，the first dish). The English translation of the name of the dish implies “top”(顶级，最好). It seems to mean “to reach the highest level”(登塔至级). Translation of “Yulin’s best homely dish” not only conforms to the psychological world of diners, but also fully considers the audience’s cognitive needs and aesthetic expectations. （Zhang Yanping，Zhang Weiping，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“玉麟香腰”是清代衡阳名官彭玉麟家厨创作而成，菜名由此而来。其主要食材是猪腰，一个碗里有多种小吃，菜分七层，层层堆砌，形状象宝塔，又名“宝塔香腰”。若将此菜译为“Sweet pig kidney”则很难解释它的文化底蕴，亦没有呈现这道菜视觉上“步步高升”如宝塔的美感。，“玉麟香腰”可以英译成 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish，因相传彭玉麟回乡宴请父老乡亲时，为表示丰盛，第一道菜就用的是“玉麟香腰”。“彭玉麟最好的家宴菜”能巧妙地解释了此菜的起源，无疑说明了此菜又称为“头碗”的缘由，且菜名英译中“最好”有蕴含“顶级”，似“登塔至级”之意：菜英译名 Yulin’s Best Homely Dish 不仅顺应了食客的心理世界，也充分考虑到受众的认知需要与审美期待。（张艳萍，张伟平，2016,121-122）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====3.4 Limitations of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Hunan Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies that adopt the combination of domestication and foreignization can ensure the clarity of English translation of Hunan cuisine and retain its cultural connotation, but there are still shortcomings, which are mainly reflected in the following three aspects. Firstly, foreignization requires translators to move closer to readers and try their best to use their familiar and accustomed expressions, but sometimes it is difficult to find corresponding words in the target language, especially when we translate the culturally loaded words. For example, the dishes which represent happiness and lucky in Chinese include “四喜丸子”, “百鸟朝凤” and “全家福”. When we translate these dishes from Chinese into English, we don't know which words should be used to convey auspicious and beautiful meanings on the basis of accurately expressing the meaning of them. Secondly, due to the limitation of menu capacity, the meaning of Chinese dishes named after allusions, legends, and myths can’t be fully expressed. If it is literally translated or transliterated, the guests may be very confused. The choice of transliteration and annotation is too much content, which violates the principle of concise menus. For example, if we translate“佛跳墙” into “Fotiaoqiang” or “Buddha jumping the wall”, it does not reflect the essence of this dish. “Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth” is more appropriate, but not concise enough. Thirdly, due to the variety of cooking methods and seasonings in China, when translating Hunan cuisine into English the use of domestication is beneficial to people who understand Chinese food culture, but for most foreigners who do not know or are not familiar with these cooking methods and seasonings this type of translation will increase the difficulty of understanding.(Fan Jiwen 2016, 13-14) For example,“干锅烧明虾” and “红烧肉” both have the word “burn”(烧), but the translations are completely different. They should be translated as follows: “Fried prawns with pepper sauce” and “braised pork with brown sauce”. The cooking method of the first dish is “fried”(煎), and the second dish is “stewed”（炖）.（Zhang Yang，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
采用归化和异化结合的翻译策略能最大限度地保证湘菜译文清晰明了，保留其蕴含的文化内涵，但仍有不足，主要体现在以下三个方面。第一，异化要求译者向读者靠拢，尽可能用他们熟悉和习惯的表达方式，但有时候很难在目的语中找到对应的词语，尤其是文化负载词的翻译。比如汉语中表示吉祥的菜包括“四喜丸子”、“百鸟朝凤”、“全家福”，翻译时在准确表达菜名含义的基础上不知道该用什么词来传达吉祥美好的意思。第二，由于菜单容量的限制，以典故、传说、神话等命名的中国菜肴的含义不能完全表达。如果直译或者音译，客人可能会十分困惑。选择音译加注解的方式则内容太多，违背菜单简洁的原则。例如，“佛跳墙”如果译成“Fotiaoqiang”or “Buddha jumping the wall”未体现这道菜的本质。“Fotiaoqiang-steamed abalone with shark’s fin and fish maw in broth”比较贴切，但不够精简。第三，由于中国的烹饪方法和调料多种多样，英译时使用归化的翻译策略对于了解中国饮食文化的人来说是有利的，但是对于大部分不知道或者不熟悉这些烹饪方法和调料的外国人来说，这类的译文会增加他们的理解难度。(范继文 2016, 13-14)  比如， “干锅烧明虾”与“红烧肉”都有“烧”字，但是译法却是完全相同的，应该分别翻译如下：“Fried Prawns with Pepper Sauce”与“Braised Pork with Brown Sauce”。第一道菜的烹饪方法是“煎”，第二道菜则是“炖”。（张扬，2016,48）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Although foreignization and domestication are theoretically opposite, they are complementary and indispensable in the process of English translation of Chinese dish names. Taking translation strategies of domestication and foreignization from the linguistic and cultural levels can not only be faithful to the original, but also embody the rich cultural connotations and Chinese elements contained in the dish names. Therefore, the English translation of Chinese dish names is an indispensable part of cross-cultural communication and an important link in spreading Chinese traditional culture. I hope this chapter can provide some valuable reference for future research on the English translation of Chinese dish names. (Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尽管异化与归化在理论上是对立的，但在中国菜名英译过程中二者的作用是相辅相成，缺一不可的。针对写实型和写意型的菜肴从语言和文化层面采取异化和归化的翻译策略不仅能够尽可能地忠于原文，还可以体现菜名中蕴含的丰富文化内涵和中国元素。由此可见，中国菜名的英译是跨文化交际中不可或缺的一部分，是传播中国传统文化的重要环节。希望本文能为未来中国菜名英译研究提供一些有价值的参考。 (王瑛瑛， 张瑜 2009, 58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Chen Wei. 陈蔚. (2007). “从中式菜名的英译看异化与归化策略的运用” [ Application of Foreignization and Domestication in the Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “黄石理工学院学报” [Journal of Huangshi Institute of Technology] (1):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Fan Jiwen. 范继文. (2016). “归化异化理论视角下的中式菜名英译研究——以川菜菜名翻译为例” [A study on the English translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Domestication and Foreignization-Taking Chuan Cuisine as an Example]. Tianjin: 天津财经大学 [Tianjin University of Finance and Economics].&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Hong. 林红. (1991). “浅析中国菜名的英译问题” [A Study on the Problems of English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “四川烹饪高等专科学校学报” [Journal of Sichuan Culinary College] (2):41-42.&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiang Jun. 姜君. (2017). “浅析异化与归化视角下的中餐菜名英译” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names from the Perspective of Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言文化” [Language and culture](3):203.&lt;br /&gt;
*Operations (2008.3.10). 姊妹团子. [Steamed Glutinous Rice Ball].  &amp;quot;Baidu Encyclopedia&amp;quot;. https://baike.baidu.com/item/姊妹团子.&lt;br /&gt;
*Su Songlonghua. 宿松龙华. (2011.1.13). 归化异化. [Domestication and Foreignization]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/归化异化.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Sangshuang, Wang Shuqiong. 沈桑爽，王淑琼. (2017). “传统杭帮菜名称英译的归化与异化翻译策略研究” [A Study on the Translation Strategies of Domestication and Foreignization in the English Translation of the Names of Traditional Hangbang Dishes]. “安徽文学” [Anhui Literature] (8):87-88+104.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Junjian. 王君健. (2017). “中国菜名翻译现状与思考” [Translation Status and Thoughts of Chinese Dish Names]. “海外英语” [Overseas English] (11):107-108.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Shaofei. 王少飞. (2006). “文学翻译的异化与优化” [Foreignization and Optimization of Literary Translation]. Beijing: 对外经济贸易大学 [Foreign Economic and Trade University].&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Yingying, Zhang Yu. 王瑛瑛，张瑜. “异化与归化策略在中国菜名翻译中的应用” [The Application of Foreignization and Domestication Strategies in the Translation of Chinese Dishes]. “商洛学院学报” [Journal of Shangluo University] (3):54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiong Bing. 熊兵. (2014). “翻译研究中的概念混淆——以‘翻译策略’、‘翻译方法’和‘翻译技巧’为例” [Conceptual Confusion in Translation Studies: a Case Study of &amp;quot;Translation Strategies&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Translation Methods&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Translation Skills&amp;quot;]. “中国翻译” [China Translators Journal] (3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xia Ying. 夏瑛. (2016). “浅谈中国菜名英译中存在的一些问题及对策研究” [A Study on the Problems and Measures in the English Translation of Chinese Dish Names]. “科技视界” [The Vision of Science and Technology] (26):259+273.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang. 张扬. (2016). “中餐菜名的英译研究——以湘菜菜名为个案” [A Study on the English Translation of Chinese Dishes: Taking Hunan Cuisine as an Example]. “英语广场” [English Square] (6):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhou Yonghong. 周永红. (2008). “接受美学视阈下的湘菜翻译探讨” [A Study on the Translation of Hunan Cuisine from the Perspective of Reception Aesthetics]. “贵州工业大学学报” [Journal of Guizhou University of Technology] (1):101-102+105.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yanping, Zhang Weiping. 张艳萍，张伟平. (2016). “基于语料库的湘菜菜名英译研究” [A Corpus-based Study on the English Translation of Hunan Dishes]. “南华大学学报” [Journal of Nanhua University] (1):119-122.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zzpingic1130 (2010.8.7). 攸县香干. [Dried Tofu, Youxian Style]. “Baidu Encyclopedia”. https://baike.baidu.com/item/攸县香干.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Zhizhong. 张志中. (2005). “兼容并蓄 双层操作——异化归化之我见” [Inclusive and Double Operation -- My View on Foreignization and Domestication]. “语言与翻译” [Language and translation] (2):44-48.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=113180</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=113180"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T13:46:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. so we should cultivated more interpreting talents and attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage,establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
*【6】中国口译研究：历史和现状分析[A]，陈蓓，2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory.&amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution&amp;quot; replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III.The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot;  (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.(Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.(Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. &lt;br /&gt;
This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113173</id>
		<title>20201221 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113173"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T13:44:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The idea that tones discerned in verbal art will reflect the mood of the relationship between the people and the state makes frequent appearances through Chinese literary philosophy, and it frequently enters the world of modern politics, as work on the modern Chinese folklore movement will attest (Hung).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another more recent sample is the expression “setting the tone” [定調子]  describes the degree of condemnation in a Cultural Revolution era Big Character poster.  This modern example displays a relatively cynical view of the function of tone; the power to set tone is in the hands of the accuser, but its strength reflects the crime of the victim.In the world of literature and arts policy, “New Tone” 新基調 became the standard Chinese socialist line against precisely such works as our “provincial leader” above castigated as “pei pei pei-ing”.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
The term “tone” (particularly as diao) has acquired negative connotations over the past two of decades, at least in part because of its role in politicoliterary battles. Even editors sympathetic to “new tone” values distance themselves from the term (Yang, Zhu).  In a parallel strategy, contemporary zawen are written in covert form, more like  “East Station,” than like “Pei pei pei!”?, which so revealingly displays the mechanics of the declamatory modal trope.   In contrast to the late 1980's, contemporary zawen have in recent years receded to hide in other types of writing. This strategy is a familiar one in the context of zawen history; the necessity to hide only increases the effect the “involuntarily” discordant tone, which is held to be, biting and kicking, reflecting the truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
When zawen were first fashioned as a modern genre, it was the involuntary expression of responsive emotions that were explicitly invoked as zawen's purpose.  When Hu Shih published the first major newspaper column devoted to the serial publication of zawen in 1918, the “Record of Spontaneous Feeling,” the introductory essay was entitled “什麼話,” literally “What speech.” This title also provides a demonstration of a modal trope on the level of syntax.  In this original title there was no punctuation, as “shenme” already indicates the question “what” in the standard form, before European punctuation was imported as a regular feature of written vernacular Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the interrogative function, however, “hua,” [“speech” or “talk”] has the declamatory effect of objectifying speech, and holding it up for dramatic examination. For an idiomatic English translation I would offer “What!?” including both exclamation and question mark.  The contents of essay describe the purpose of zawen as a venue for explosive emotional responses, linked to the other, “regular” items printed in newspapers everyday.  This ordinary newspaper fare “gives people goose flesh [disgusts them] makes them sigh, or elicits a cold smile or an outright laugh” (Hu Shih, Shen Bao 1918). Zawen were thus launched in the early modern Chinese newspaper as the nearly physical expression of these feelings or moods in the form of literary essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shih's formulation emphasizes zawen's role as a response to “life itself.” Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, zawen is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.  Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, zawen's ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can “find their seat and sit in it,” or take offence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Generic categories are not the only aspect that zawen tend to mix; they characteristically contain sudden shifts in tone, style and voice, moving from a snippet of stray “overheard” conversation to an elegant, classical allusion. Echoing Hu Shih's 1918 idea of zawen as a “response” to the articles on other pages of the newspaper, the zawen, still characteristically the back page of most newspapers, nearly always contains a “foil” in the form of a direct quote from the author has read or heard.  In addition to creating a microcosmic social dialogue, this split between two voices, the writer's and that of the “foil” also allows for dizzying clashes of style and voice that enclose unlikely combinations of syntax and grammar, as well as ideas, a single text. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print?  In this paper I have tried to illustrate the trope of tone through the “sonorous” work, particularly that of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his zawen.  The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for zawen in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing.  Even more than other literary genres, zawen depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
While readers love to hate their morally and politically provocative zawen-of-the-moment, writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations.  Eventually they even preserve zawen, long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves.  Lu Xun's genre of the “dagger and spear” is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the culturally shaped self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of contentious social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Appendix: Translations of two primary texts: “'Pei Pei Pei!'? ” and “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Pei Pei Pei! ”?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there must not be “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place.&lt;br /&gt;
Have I gotten so insensitive?  Out of self-abrogation, and also out of curiosity, I rushed to seek it out.And so it was, what had been said was “there must not be pei pei pei -ing all over the place, it must not always be the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal that is used to write  about the party, the nation and the people, dispersing a gray mood that makes people pessimistic and disappointed.”  It is like this all over the place, and not in just in one particular place, things are always this way, and not just at a certain time, you can see how widespread and serious the problem is.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
A long time ago in the liberated areas, it was advocated that the entire party should publish newspapers.  After the establishment of the nation, when everything was “operated on a large scale with the entire people” I did not pay attention to whether or not it was advocated that all the people should publish the newspapers.   But getting all  people to read the newspapers is the goal of all those who follow the newspaper profession.  In that way, newspapers are not merely published for leading institutions and leaders to read, but rather at the same time (actually this should be primary) for the masses to read.  They are published for all the people -- among the people there are illiterates and partially literate, but through listening to the newspapers being read, the broadcasters and televisions have accepted the responsibility of getting the newspaper read, and this segment of the masses also figures as indirect readers of the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The readers have the greatest right of criticizing the newspapers, and I wonder how many readers have discovered this phenomenon of there being “pei pei pei -ing” all over the place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am one of these readers, subscribing on my own to several “large” newspapers (newspaper publications have not been classified as large or small, but I follow convention here) there are in addition a few newspapers that people send to me; as to “small” newspapers, I have not the leisure nor the money to buy the papers in the Beijing area, not to mention nearby Tianjin and Hebei.  Even so, just taking the 10 to 20 different newspapers I often look over, including the cultural newspapers, I have not discovered these “always using the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal to write  about the party, the nation and the people” sorts of “pei pei pei” pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
I could only hand back to my friend a blank report.  But naturally my not having seen them does not mean they do not exist. What one person can see is limited. I hope that the extra sensitive speaker on this matter can openly point them out, or even offer examples of eight or ten articles, or even hold up just three to five articles as models of this kind of work, so as to allow us to be enlightened and improve our discriminating ability in seeing which essays are those called “pei pei pei,” perhaps at the same time clearing up a related matter by analogy, that of understanding what kind of essays constitute “ba ba ba” as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没有看到它们并不意味着它们不存在。 一个人只能看到有限的内容。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 13:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没看到它们不等于它们不存在。 一个人能看到内容有限。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能向朋友交回一份空白报告。当然，我没有见过他们并不代表他们不存在。一个人所能看到的是有限的。我希望在这个问题上特别敏感的发言者能公开指出它们，甚至举出八篇、十篇的文章示例，或者只举出三五篇作为这类作品的范本，让我们提高我们的辨别能力，为我们区分哪些文章是那些所谓的 &amp;quot;呸呸呸&amp;quot;的文章是提供启发，或许同时也能通过类比澄清相关的问题，就是让人明白构成 &amp;quot;叭叭叭&amp;quot;的文章是什么样的。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This suggestion is sincere, not just the usual politeness.  In order for literary arts, newspaper publications and literary publications to develop better social effects and to help unite the ways of our times with the people's hearts, newspaper editors, newspaper readers, and those in charge of this occupation should all be able to directly express their own views, and upon making mistakes should help each correct and make up for them, nobody needs to be polite about this. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
After reading this speaker's comments, there is another matter that mystifies me.  According to what was said, “from the next (meaning this and next) two years of discipline and rectification, there will be more new challenges and problems, and literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  In reading all these newspapers, this is the first time I have seen  this “stabilize the peoples mind” proposition.  If there is a need to stabilize the people's hearts, it must proceed from the assumption that the peoples hearts are not stable.  As for the reason why people's minds are not stable, it comes back to the “discipline and rectification and the new challenges and problems” of these two years.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
I am confused again.  These “challenges and problems” that so vex people, do they result from the “discipline and rectification” or is it because of these “challenges and problems” that the need arises to “discipline and rectify”?  If the more you “discipline and rectify” the more you provoke “many new challenges and problems” in people's minds, then why do all this “discipline and rectifying”?  Moreover, I do not understand what “discipline and rectification” refers to nor what the “new challenges and problems” are, and I cannot figure out what “stabilize people minds” means very precisely, nor can I see what concrete request is being made.  This is my request for instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The Literature Journal column “Literature and the People's Lives” has been asking for a manuscript from me many times, but I have never been able to take up the assignment.  As I write to this point, I suddenly thought that this piece should be called “Literature and the Peoples' Minds”? But that is a big topic, something that a thousand characters can not manage to capture.  1989.2.21.&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Yanxiang 1993 in 自己的酒 [My Own Wine] pages 181-183, 群眾出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''East Station'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred to the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer east side Front City Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
This train station was once a symbol of bustling urgency, day and night swallowing and spewing out the many different hues of travelers who come to and leave the old capitol.  Outsiders that have been to Beijing may not have wandered on Fragrant Mountain or not even have visited the Imperial Museum, but none would not remember this railway station.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This train station, like any other place in Beijng, has experienced everything, cycles of prosperity and demise passing before its watch.  It has greeted both the voluntary and the involuntary travelers to Beijing, and also the powerful it welcomed, as well as those it did not welcome.  It sent off the happy people on their first [train] voyages, and also the broken hearted people who were departing; how many of them left this place never to come back?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
When 20-year-old Shen Congwen arrived in Beijing after his roundabout journey from Phoenix in Hunan Province, he may have walked out of the station and stood for a while at the square in front of it.  He would have seen, because in those years there was still a space in front, first the uniformly arranged buildings, and the colorfully carved gate of Zhengyang tower.  His senses would have been struck with awe at the deep and solemn beauty.  Did he think of the way Kang (youwei) and Liang (qiqiao) were in the depths of an inescapable trap when they embarked their train to flee, in the midst of their hurry without even the time to look back upon the winged palace roofs of their beloved capitol? &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
That year in July the canons sounded at Lugou Bridge.  When the railroad was restored between Beiping and Tianjin, the first trainload was the “four thousand refugee reds fleeing to Tianjin,” that was how the Tianjin newspaper put it.  When those travelers entered East Station, they took their first step on the road of flight; were there any among them that that could predict that long after their own “fortuitous rescue,” in 1958 there would be another group making their unseemly departure from the Beijing station, submitting their fates to the unpredictable road?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Recently I looked through Liu Meng's “Reminiscences on a Rainy Day” in which he writes of the rainy day April of 1958, when [he along with] a group was sent to the great northern wilderness.  The platform in the rainy day, the locomotive in the rainy day; he deliberately reminisced calmly, saying it was like this memory had also been washed clean by the rainy rain.  At that time Liu Meng had been young, but traveling along with him were many people who had fallen into this hardship in their old age, certainly each of them had their own earlier “at that time.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Head hanging, walking upon the rain-wet road; this is someone who has far to travel.  Every window is weeping; this is someone reminiscing in the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor.  Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I don't know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The platform of Beijing East Station, from the end of the last century to the middle of this century, has been a stage of constantly revolving action, no matter whether the security forces patrolling the edges of the stage were armed police of the North Coast Warlords, or the Japanese Army Police, or the Nationalist soldiers, police, M.P.’s or special agents, or the “People's Traffic Police.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
But because nearly everybody “performed” there in one way or another, at least having passed across that stage, everything about it was forgotten.  Literary works pass through it with a single stroke, only the ending of the novel “Golden Powder Dynasty” provided a scene for it.  This leftover architectural structure does not even rate a “district preservation unit” marker.  This is because there are too many ancient traces in Beijing, how could an object merely one hundred years of age be considered antique?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1989. 9. 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please don't cut or change this date.  The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with “more that thirty years ago” at the beginning of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nostalgia without Memory: Reading Zhang Wei’s Essays &lt;br /&gt;
In the Context of Fable of September''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jie Lu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper I will discuss what can be called agrarian nostalgia in Zhang Wei's essays collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey, published in 1995 as a part of Resisting Compromise Book Series. I will examine his nostalgia as a critical and moral stance in the literary context of his highly claimed novel The Fable of September. In the novel, history is mythologized, essentialized, and therefore erased to embody an agrarian being associated with land. If land in Zhang's novel represents an idealized existence, then in his essays, it becomes both a social and literary metaphor to symbolize moral purity and literary elitism. It is posed as a means to achieve individual, social and literary salvation, and an absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture in the age of commercialization.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgia as an indication of fundamental condition of human estrangement or alienation has been exacerbated by the speeds and scopes of modernization and globalization in contemporary China. This nostalgic sentiment is intensely experienced by intellectual elites who wish to maintain their traditional role as society's moral guardians or as society's conscience, and by literary writers who wish to sustain the distinction between pure and popular literature. It is exactly this moral absolutism and literary elitism that have been undermined by cultural and socioeconomic changes. What nostalgia in Zhang's writings reveals is not so much a resistance to modernization process as incapability of deep understanding the complexity of Chinese modernity.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
At the turn of the twenty-first century in China, with modernization and globalization gaining full momentum, it is interesting to find many writers turning their gaze backward to the past rather than singing the praises of this new global age. Among writers such as Liang Xiaosheng, Zhang Chengzhi, and Zhang Wei, nostalgia has become their dominant literary mode, through which to both critique commercialism and globalism and express the authors’ moral and literary ideals. In this paper I wish to focus on the moral and literary implications of nostalgia in Zhang Wei’s essays, as collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey (youfen de guitu), published in 1995 as a part of the Resisting Compromise Book Series (dikang touxiang shuxi). [*	Jie Lu is an Assistant Professor of Chinese at the University of the Pacific. The author is grateful to Martin Woesler, the organizer of the conference on The Modern Chinese Literary Essays (August, 2000, Germany) where this paper was presented, and Michelle DiBello for her insightful comments and careful editing of the whole text. &lt;br /&gt;
	Resisting Compromise Book Series (Dikang touxiang shuxi) includes collections of essays by Zhang Chengzhi, Zhang Wei, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Li Ri, and Shi Tiesheng respectively. ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of putting Zhang’s writings in the larger context of contemporary intellectual debates over radicalism (radical intellectual/cultural discourse) and (new) conservatism (anti-radical),[	Regarding the major theoretical discourses in contemporary intellectual debates in China, see Xu Ben’s “Contesting Memory for Intellectual Self-Positing: The 1990s’ New Cultural Conservatism in China” in Modern Chinese Literature and Culture, Vol.11 (Spring, 1999) 157-193; Jianhua Chen’s “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, Vol. 9 113-129; Intellectuals’ Positions (Zhishi fenzi lichang) in three volumes, edited by Li Shitao, published by Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000.  ] I will examine it in the literary context of his highly acclaimed novel Fable of September published in 1992. &lt;br /&gt;
Fable of September represents history in a way that mythologizes, essentializes, and therefore erases it in the name of an idealized agrarian existence. Indeed, the idea of “the land” (tudi) is a transcending and all-encompassing concept in Zhang Wei writings, representing an idealized pure state uncontaminated by industrialization and modernization. In his essays, the land is transformed into a social and literary metaphor that symbolizes moral purity and literary elitism against what the author perceives as the contemporary backdrop of general moral decadence and literary chaos. This ideal is posed as a means to achieve nothing less than social, moral and literary salvation, raised as a kind of absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture. &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
My argument, however, is that Zhang’s reification of “land” as a transcendental metaphor in his essays only betrays the author’s lack of any profound historically informed understanding of the complexity of Chinese modernity. He simply refuses to accept social and cultural dilemmas and contradictions as permanent fixtures of the intellectual and cultural landscape. At the same time, Zhang’s outright criticism of consumerism and globalism suggests an underlying ambivalence about modernization. As China’s post-socialist social reality grows more complex and demanding, with more diversified and unstructured cultural formation, any clear-cut moral solution to social evils based on pre-modern social relationship and norms (positing the utopian vision of a transcendental realm) can no longer be effective. Nor is it sufficient to solve the sense of cultural crisis brought on by the progression of both modernization and globalization.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
The contemporary Chinese intellectual and cultural scene is a complex one, with major conflicting trends – one toward the commercialization of knowledge/literature and another in strong resistance to the very same. A new diversity of voices can be heard in intellectual debates at the more abstract conceptual level, and a number of Chinese writers have also joined the scene – whether consciously or unconsciously -- with their own distinct literary voices. The Resisting Compromise Book Series in fact embodies these writers’ own effort of resistance to commercialism and globalism, which they perceive as corrosive forces in their culture and society. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
As the series’ editor-in-chief states in the preface, the work is devoted to those contemporary “literary heroes” (Xiao 1995, II), that is, certain literary idealists such as Zhang Wei, Zhang Chenzhi, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Shi Tiesheng, and Li Rui. These literary heroes are recognized for daring to stand up and raise the banner of “literature of resistance” (Xiao 1995, II), attacking the literary degeneration and moral decay of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
In publishing the Resisting Comprises series, its creators were responding to a growing domination of the literary arena by a so-called “Hooligan Movement.” According to the editor, literary hooliganism, as it were, is essentially a “language game” -- represented first and foremost by the irreverent writer Wang Shuo – with its various forms of “literary trash” including “literature of sexual promiscuity” (xingluan), “literature of leisure” (xianshi), “hack literature” (bangxian) and “sneezing literature” (penti) (Xiao 1995, II). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
But there are several larger social and literary issues that this project essentially addresses, namely: the loss of literary/cultural/social dominance by the intellectual elite to mass/commercial culture; the commercialization of knowledge/literature; erosion of the “humanist spirit;” abandonment of ultimate human concerns; desertion of idealism, enlightenment and such modernist projects. In the face of such upheaval, the editor describes the contemporary cultural/literary scene in China as dark and degenerate. The age is “cursed,” “tragic,” an age of “betrayal” and “surrender” (Xiao 1995, IV). And the targets of the literary/moral resistance are postmodernism, commercialism, and mass culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Wei is primarily known as a novelist. His major novels include Ancient Boat, Fable of September, My Countryside, Clan, and novelle include Meditation in Autumn, Anger in Autumn, and Vineyard. [	Ancient Boat (Guchuan), Fable of September (Jiuyu yuyan), My Countryside (Wode tianyuan), Clan (Jiazu), Meditation in Autumn (Qiutian de sisuo), Anger in Autumn (Qiutian de fennu), and Vineyard (Putaoyuan) are all included in Zhang Wei wenji (Collected Writings of Zhang Wei) (Shanghai: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe, 1997).] He has also published many collections of essays.  His writings collected in Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey include essays, talks, and interviews. These essays do not express this uncompromising stance in such a strong voice and straightforward manner. Instead, Zhang poses a literary persona of moral integrity as a kind of self-representation. He appears as an idealized individual, embodying in every way pure moral qualities of both a human being and artist/writer. This idealized individual is a fighter, fighting a lonely and heroic battle against fashionable trends and any and all forms of evil (Xiao 1995, 6).[	Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey includes both Zhang Wei’s essays as well as critical articles by various critics. In this paper I will use Xiao Xialin, the editor of this collection as the reference to provide in-text citations to essays by both Zhang Wei and other critics.  ]&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
As a generous humanitarian, he loves and helps all good people. As a socially committed artist, he takes upon himself a great responsibility to all humanity. And as a serious writer, he self-consciously pursues high literature. He is also represented as an honest laborer, making a living through hard labor and sweat. As part of this self-representation, Zhang criticizes those who succumbed to moral and artistic degradation, such as those writers who choose to “enter the commercial world” (xiahai), or cater to popular low-brow tastes by writing “trash literature.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
He points out in his essay “Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey” several “lacks” in many contemporary writers. First, many of today’s writers lack “self-reflexivity” (which really refers more to moral “self-reflection” or “self-consciousness” rather than intellectual self-reflexivity). They lack “conservatism,” an ability to hold to a certain kind of spirit, in which he also sees as a lack of real avant-guard spirit. They lack  “intolerance,” meaning they are overly tolerant of vices and decadent practices, and rarely engage in serious, genuine, and frank criticism and debate. Finally, they lack “stable emotions” -- the definition of which is rather ambiguous. &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s self-representation, then, is also a form of self-legitimization. It endows him with legitimacy through a kind of literary aura and the staking out of high moral ground. From this privileged stance, he proceeds to interpret, represent, articulate, define and judge the essence, meaning and criteria of literature, society, and human life. Throughout his essays, including interviews, talks, and lectures, we find Zhang, like a self-styled guru, constantly giving advice to college students, young writers, and literature fans on what to read, how to write, and how to live. This advice is based exclusively on a clear distinction between high and popular literature, and on his unabashed criticism of mass culture (represented by television). &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
In a broader sense, we can see his self-representation as an essential reaffirmation of the traditional role that Chinese intellectuals played in society. The claim to an authoritative voice is fundamental to maintaining the privileged position of the intellectual elite within a structure of knowledge and power. Zhang’s self-representation, then, is nothing less than an attempt to reestablish the intellectual elite’s role in literature and society based on a clear distinction between high and popular literature. This power struggle for cultural dominance and hegemony in the ongoing reformation of intellectual/cultural discourse largely defines China’s socio-cultural condition in the wake of socialism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most important part of Zhang’s essays is his use and development of the concept of “land” (tudi), which strongly conveys his self-representation as a simple yet serious “rural intellectual” (xiangcun zhishi fenzi). In his well-known essay “Immersion in the Wild Field” (rongru yiedi), the land in fact functions as a transcending metaphor. As a signifier of nature – wild fields, mountains, bushes, green crops, the ocean -- the land symbolizes all that is morally good in social and cultural realms as well as in individual’s life. The land represents a mother figure, where one can always find comfort, wisdom and inspiration. As an eternal backdrop, the land embodies eternity itself. It serves as an aesthetic standard through which the author defines the social and aesthetic functions of “pure literature,” and criticizes various aspects of cultural reality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang associates popular literature and TV culture with low class and uneducated tastes, and criticizes current literary Chinese criticism for being overly influenced by foreign literary jargons. His concept of the land is even a moral criterion through which he criticizes many aspects of contemporary modern society -- from commercialization in which money is the source of all evils, to globalization marked by domination of transnational corporations and bad influence of some foreign literature, as well as modernization represented by cellular phones, cars, and high technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与电视文化这种低级的和未受过教育的品味联系在一起，并批评当前中国文学评论过度受到了外国文学术语的影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准。通过这种道德标准，他批判了现当代社会的各个方面——从金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和高科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Li Haiquan|Li Haiquan]] ([[User talk:Li Haiquan|talk]]) 12:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
But most of all, Zhang’s concept of land symbolizes an ideal based on ages old dichotomy between city and countryside. At the beginning of the essay, he tells us: “[The] city is a willfully and recklessly modified wild field, and I will eventually leave it” (Xiao 1995, 19). Later he claims that a real artist should be “a worshiper of land” (Xiao 1995, 60). To Zhang, the spirit of “land” should be the spirit of the age (Xiao 1995, 241). Seen in the context of his criticism of modernization, it is evident that this dichotomy is built around the moral distrust of the city – a psychological complex that traces back to Chinese agrarian tradition and Mao’s revolutionary heritage. At the same time, it reveals a profound nostalgia for a pre-modern rural existence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
The Land, then, points to an ideal transcendent realm, closed to contamination by the modern world. But represented only in highly literary, allusive, emotive language and nature images and analogies, the idea of the Land only comes across as very abstract and unreal. The author himself asks: “What exactly is the wild field? Where does it exist? Does it really contain my innocent world I imagine?” (Xiao 1995, 30). Indeed, as an all-encompassing and pervasive metaphor, The Land is never once in his essays clearly and objectively defined. Whether expressed as a personification of the mother figure, an embodiment of eternal being, or as a constellation of various ideal qualities and values, Zhang’s “land” lacks the substantial tour-de-force as a moral and social metaphor. But if we are to discover an ontological anchoring for this concept, it can only be found, I would argue, in his well-known novel Fable of September. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In reading this novel, I will focus on the dialectic between its strikingly postmodernist form -- which he criticizes and whose influences he constantly denies --and its pre-modern content (in terms of the primitive agrarian existence represented and the mode of storytelling used). I find nothing to criticize in Zhang’s use of magic realism and certain postmodernist techniques to recapture the so-called original world of pre-modern existence. I do find a glaring contradiction, however, in the author’s repeated denial of any positive influence of postmodernism. This, together with his unqualified valorization of “The Land” as a metonymy of a primitive utopia, only betray not so much his literary hypocrisy as his limited ability to understand modernity, postmodernism and even history itself.        &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to his essays, which tend to be didactic, long-winded, condescending, and full of literary clichés, Zhang’s novel ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating and imaginative piece of writing. It is best situated in the genre of fictional history -- not a fictionalized account of real historical figures and events, but a pure fiction, written in a historical mode. Other examples of this way of, say, tracing the fictional history of a person, a family, or a village, include Su Tong’s Maple Tree Village series, or Ge Fei’s fictional biography, ''Marginality.'' Given its fragmented, incoherent story and sophisticated narrative plot, it is a challenge to give the novel a concise, accurate description. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the novel depicts a “historical” picture in which a small pre-modern, self-contained village is obliterated by industrialization. But what the novel really focuses on, instead of village’s fall itself, are certain memorable events and people that are part of the last 30-40 years of its existence (though the exact length of time remains questionable and unclear).  &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is divided into seven parts, each focusing on stories of a single character or family. These stories are mutually connected, and at the same time intermingled with myths, legends, anecdotes and magical or strange occurrences, which in turn map out a sort of  “history” of the village. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, history is not quite the right term here to describe the village’s temporal contour, for what stand out as the central features in the life of the village are “land”/food (more specifically sweet potatoes), the tradition of staying with the village, and a certain mode of storytelling used in the village to recall past suffering. As quintessential indexes in the village’s existence, these features mark not a temporal movement but an eternal being. Centered on these three essentials, life in the village is hard, simple, unchanging, and close to the archetypal. The only way for the young to use up their abundant and restless energy is to run and play in the wild fields at night, and the married to beat their wives and do “cupping” (''ba huoguan'').&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus what Zhang Wei aims to represent in this novel is a pure, simple, close-to-primitive life, uncontaminated by modern civilization. But he is also representing a sense of eternal being, long lost as it may be in our modern age.   &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is undoubtedly imaginative and fascinating. My sense of fascination as a reader, however, is derived largely from its mode of literary representation than from what is actually depicted in Zhang’s fictional world. Part reality, part myth, part legend, the story is at once mythical and real. It is a synthesis of straightforwardness and artifice, primitivism and mannerism, thematic simplicity and formal sophistication. In other words, in order to represent a pre-modern agrarian existence – Zhang’s utopian vision of pure being – he relies on quite sophisticated modernist/postmodernist literary devices. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking feature of the novel, as many critics have noted, is its formal manipulation of temporality, or to be more specific, the narrative negation of temporality. It is almost impossible for the reader to discern the actual timeline of the village’s history.  Even the time span running from the 1930s to 1970s and temporal progression within the narrated world (which can only be pieced together after repeated readings), are unreliable, full of unexplainable loopholes. [	For the full discussion on the novel’s temporal scheme, see Chen Sihe’s “Huanyuan minjian: tan Zhang Wei ''Jiuyue Yuyan''”(Returning to the people: on Zhang Wei’s ''Fable of September'') collected in Youfen de guitu (Indignant Homeward Journey) 260-267.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This unusual narrative stance achieves a number of thematic effects. First, it cuts the village off from the larger movement of history. The novel mentions no political movements, significant historical events, or chronology of dates other than “September.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The only other temporal indicators are rainy seasons, or periods of winter when the snow is as sharp as strong acid, or autumn when the field is abundant with sweet potatoes and beans. These seasonal markers indicate changes more in nature than in the human world where chronological dates mark time. These markers of nature serve to draw the story further away from a real historical framework and closer to the pre-modern agrarian mode of existence, as if human life was “timed” by nature itself. Furthermore, this kind of temporal negation also foregrounds eternity in the land itself. Wherever any historical hint or political implication may crop up in the story, it is immediately dissolved into one of many village legends. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “recalling past suffering” (yiku), an important collective activity of the village, is transformed from a political discourse used during the Cultural Revolution into a form of storytelling for binding the village community together, and for producing oral history and creating legends. In essence, history is  erased from the village’s background all together. &lt;br /&gt;
The novel’s detachment from historical background also means a metaphysical negation of historical paradigm of interpretation and signification, characterized by such notions as causality, progress and teleology. This allows the author to have a larger space for interaction of diverse configurations. As critic Chen Sihe points out, Zhang’s village exists in three forms: in reality, in legend/myth, and in oral storytelling (Xiao 1995, 265). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absence of a clear-cut time framework only blurs and transgresses the ontological boundaries among reality, myths, legends, the magic and storytelling. The novel abounds with magical, mythical, and supernatural figures and events: Niugan’s body was air-dried for a period of time before his actual death.  A man named Jinyou can squeeze milk from his breasts. Another man’s eyeball jumps out and changes into a frog, disappearing into grass. The mother of Longran does not die after drinking pesticide; instead, her hairs have become darker, and skin softer. Very much like in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s ''One Hundred Years of Solitude'', these magical events are presented in a realistic mode on the same ontological level as other “real” events.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the magic is approached through the everyday. And the transgression of ontological levels of representation thus further negates historical temporality.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The absence of historical time in the novel also negates historical interpretation. Instead, myths and legends assume the function of historical explanation. The origin of the small village is explained in a myth about a group of vagrants who, exhausted after a long journey, stopped, and settled on a piece of land that could provide them with food. The story of the monkey spirit with the ability to carry things becomes a mythic explanation of social stratification and exploitation, a further departure from historical and positive discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
These myths and legends are presented as part of the village’s everyday reality. Thus different ontological levels within the text – reality and myth/legend/oral storytelling/magical events -- in which the village exists collapse into one. It is a world in which past and present become all-at-once. In other words, the past is the present, the myth is reality, and vice versa. The timeless place is like a sentence without tense. And herein lies the author’s profound sense of nostalgia for a fundamental, archetypal existence in its complete nakedness, beyond modern historical and rational configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nan Fan points out, though the temporal span of the novel is not long, its content is massive, filled as it is with various stories (Xiao 1995, 253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说是作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现的。因此，文本中不同的本体论层面—现实和神话/传说/口头故事/神奇事件—村庄存在于其中，合二为一。这是一个过去和现在都成为一体的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。而作者对一种完全赤裸裸的、超越现代历史和理性配置的根本性、原型性存在的深刻怀念感就在于此。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正如南帆所指出的，虽然小说的时间跨度不长，但其内容却是庞大的，充满了各种故事（萧1995，253）。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 13:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
If the macro-structure of the novel is characterized by narrative strategies of postmodernist fragmentation and transgression, then at the micro-structure of individual stories the pre-modern form of Benjaminian storytelling becomes the dominant mode of narrative. “Recalling past suffering” is in fact in the typical mode of storytelling. The narrative tells us that in those long and cold winter nights when rain turned into snow, when there were nothing else to do for the rural folks, all villagers of the Small Village would gather together to listen to Jinxiang, one of the principal storytellers in the village, to recall past suffering. Here Jinxiang functions in the role that Water Benjamin describes: the giver of stories, of counsel, the link to a mythic but necessary past.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Through storytelling, the storyteller’s personal experiences mixed with the mythic and magic become the collective experiences of the village, binding the village together, and providing it not only with a sense of community but also a sense of identity. Interestingly, the villagers prefer only the storytellers in their own village to tell of past. Thus, in relating his own experience and that reported by others, the storyteller in turns makes it the experience of those who are listening to his tale (Benjamin 1968, 87). In a way, Jinxiang perfectly embodies Benjaminian storyteller as the one who, in his storytelling, also gives counsels to the listeners -- the young in this context -- to value the happiness of the present and therefore stay with the tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Jinxiang’s story telling demonstrates the power of the oral, in that his performance has potential for moving beyond rational control. He tells stories spontaneously and with great emotion, often with tears and slobbers and shouts at each stop. His dynamic orality controls the whole atmosphere of the meeting and carries the listeners to multiple emotional climaxes. Thus in the highly emotionally charged atmosphere of telling and listening marked by crying and shouting, the teller and listeners identify completely with one another. As a storyteller “in his living immediacy” (Benjamin 1968, 83), Jinxiang is thus an integrate part of the pre-modern rural existence based on its closely-knit community, the shareable experiences, and a fund of stories and lore.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
And this pre-modern rural existence can only be narrated and made sense of through the mode of storytelling, for the specific sense of historicity and experience of reality as mixed with myth, legend, the magical transgress normal parameters of our modern and rational paradigm of representation.  &lt;br /&gt;
             &lt;br /&gt;
Thus the synthesis of the pre-modern, marked by both its existence and the mode of storytelling, and postmodernist mannerism with its sophisticated narrative strategies also points to an irony, in that this natural, pre-modern world can only be re-presented in very stylized devices. Here Zhang Wei encounters a similar paradox as the famous Taoist icon, Zhuang Zi. In spite of his distrust of language, Zhuang Zi could only envision the ineffable Way through language.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, it was through language, given humanity’s permanent separation and alienation from nature, that Zhuang Zi could imagine the existence of something beyond. Zhang Wei’s pre-modern being is by no means ineffable. Yet, its “otherness” and its alterity vis a vis the modern world can only be perceived in our modern world, and represented through sophisticated devices of modernism/postmodernism. The absolute irony that the primitive or the pre-modern cannot be envisioned and represented except in our modern cultural condition in fact exists in the very center of this utopian text, though unrealized by the author himself as he repeatedly criticizes postmodernism and denies its inevitable influence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
So the natural or the pre-modern state of being as eulogized by the author is no longer the first order of naturalness, but the second order, for it is only through an elaborate narrative architecture that such primitivism and naturalness can be re-enacted. To put it in another way, in resurrecting the primitive in our postmodernist age, the author in fact brings out, though unconsciously, a fundamental truth about primitivism. The natural, organic and a-temporal world of agrarian existence represented by the Small Village is not, in fact, a utopia from which we have fallen. Rather, it derives its meaning only through its opposition to a temporal world of modern civilization. Only in contrast to this temporal world can the primordial, the timeless take on meaning as negation of historical time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the ideal of a timeless, primordial rural past beyond modern civilization is only an ideal created in our modern times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my discussion of modernist/postmodernist literary devices, I do not mean to label and categorize Zhang’s text as a modernist/postmodernist. Nevertheless, as seen in the above analysis, his formal strategies do share some strong features of postmodernism, or to be specific, magical realism. These features include boundary transgression, fusion and coexistence of different ontological worlds, and atemporal narrative structure. There is no doubt that Zhang Wei has succeeded in creating a world, a state of being beyond the reach of modern civilization. But his “world,” in the final analysis, can only be represented through modernist/postmodernist techniques.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that the creation of this archetypal village embodies the author’s profound nostalgia for the pre-modern past and his utopian search for an ideal state of being. And this timeless place represents the author’s attempt to re-orient geographical and cultural nostalgia in China’s contemporary times from commercially stimulated nostalgia to the rural past as the fundamental Chinese root. Yet the lack of direct temporal and spatial references in the presentation of the Small Village makes his nostalgia closer to imagination, or to what David Wang called, imaginary nostalgia (1993, 107). In other words, his nostalgic representation of the Small Village is devoid of actual memory. This is particularly demonstrated in his deliberately designed a-temporal narrative structure, his foregounding of myth, legends and those magical events. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, as the title indicates, the whole novel is intended by the author as a fable, rather than a history, even though it is written in a historical mode. The village’s mythic origin, its lack of sense of time, and its sudden and catastrophic ending all point to the negation of historical progression. The elaborate narrative structure betrays the imaginative and fantastic construction of this mythic past. Thus Zhang Wei’s Small Village is less a historical object of nostalgia than a topographical/textual locus where imagination and utopian discourse intermingle. In other words, as a literary construction, this phantom village comes less from the actual yearning for what has been lost than from the desire for what has never been there (Wang 1993, 130). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The striking incongruity indicates the nature of nostalgia as both a textural stance as well as a structure of feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the incongruity between formal sophistication and primitive existence is a very hallmark of literary and cultural production in our postmodernist China. In discussing the Fifth Generation Films, Rey Chow points out that primitivism is often associated with modernism/postmodernism. The “primitive passion,” according to Chow’s definition, emerges at “a moment of cultural crisis.” It is an invented fact,  fabrication of a sense of the primordial, rural rootedness that occurs in the post-construction (1995, 22-23). Chow’s theory of primitive passion is based on her study of new Chinese cinema.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
However it does shed light on our discussion of Zhang’s profound nostalgia for the rural past at the age of globalization, and on the ironic rupture between postmodernist sophistication and the pre-modern/primordial world presented in his novel. Read in intertextual relation with his essays, it is more than clear that Zhang’s re-imagining of the primordial Chinese rural past is meant to correct what he perceives as the diseased modernity and to rejuvenate Chinese culture. As a response to the cultural crisis in our globalized age, Zhang Wei has chosen the past to measure the present. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
The nostalgic return in Zhang Wei’s writings is in fact a kind of self-exile. Zhang Wei actually spent five years in a rustic country house (soon to be torn down) near his hometown to write this novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
There he was literally cut off from the outside world, expecting that this exile away from modern cities would get him spiritually closer to the land and nature so as to feel anew the vitality of the Chinese people, and rediscover the historical/rural root of Chinese culture. As agreed by all critics, this novel’s representation of the primordial past succeeds in bringing out a native naiveté and simplicity, a sense of gushing life force and animal virility -- the ideal form of being. However, in de-historicizing the past in order to re-imagine the golden age of the rural innocence and plenitude of meaning, the author had no alternatives but to simply let narrative play out its historical inevitability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-modern agrarian existence embodied by the Small Village is ultimately destroyed by modern industrialization. History then, though negated and erased by the narrative form of the novel, reasserts itself at the end. This leaves us not with a story about the slow decline of this pre-modern agrarian existence, but of its catastrophic fall. The structure of the village’s existence was in no way able to change and transform itself. This is demonstrated by the villagers’ strong resistance to outside influences represented by coal mining industry. As a result, rather than gradual transformation, the village is suddenly destroyed by industrial machine power.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
The moral dilemma Zhang faces in re-enacting of the Chinese rural past is similar to those encountered by root-seeking writers: the quest for the essence of “Chineseness” also leads to the discovery of unpleasant aspects in its society and cultural tradition. This moral dilemma is also reflected in the novel’s narrative form. While magical events serve to deconstruct the realist paradigm of historical representation, they at the same time also create a picture of rural life as something exotic. As David Wang points out, the object of nostalgia is also easily associated with the exotic (1993, 109).   &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
So if we have found some substance in Zhang’s novel to support his transcendent, yet empty metaphor of “land,” this “substance” remains less than compelling and appealing. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
A primitivistic village life can be little more than that: it is basic and instinctual, centering on food and sex. The meaning of land is closely related to food; indeed the reason the villagers stick to this land is because it can produce rich food enough to preserve their community. The carnivalesque scenes describing the village young romping in the wild fields at night, while highly acclaimed by many Chinese critics, do not, to my mind, represent an infinite solitude or a simple form of joy as much as the poverty of these lives in an extremely closed and impoverished world. This strikes an even more pathetic chord when knowing that this form of exercise will soon be transformed into wife beating and cupping when these young people grow into adulthood.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The extremely stable pattern of the village’s social customs, mindset, and traditions is incapable of absorbing new things, or initiating any transformation. So the static and cyclical form of existence is simply erased by the outside forces of industrialization. In a broader sense, the history of the Small Village, or rather, its fate can be seen as an allegory for Chinese traditional society which was also forced into fundamental change from the outside. Thus the Small Village reflects the broader historical impotence and lack of cultural flexibility in traditional rural China. Many critics, including the author himself, argue that the idea of Land is meant to represent a certain spirit. Nevertheless, unless located somewhere, this spirit can only remain an empty structure.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is precisely this structural emptiness that enables Zhang Wei to fill in many meanings throughout his essays. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
''Fable of September'', as well as Zhang’s essays, embody his search for truth and a moral ground based not on the rationally constructed modern world of scientific knowledge and market economy represented by urban centers, but on the simplicity of rural life. This search is rooted in the author’s disenchantment with certain aspects of modern civilization. To Zhang Wei, “Modern industrial civilization represents a form of beauty; yet this form is prone to hurt another more fundamental, more eternal beauty. Idealists all hope that these two forms of beauty can exist in harmony, without much conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
But of course, this hope is only a dream” (Xiao 1995, 193). This distrust of modern civilization also reflects in him what Raymond Williams called “rural-intellectual radicalism” (1973, 36). Indeed, as a rural intellectual (as many critics have labeled him), Zhang demonstrates many aspects of rural-intellectual mentality: hostile to modern capitalism, opposed to commercialism, and attached to country ways and feelings (Williams 1973, 36). Without doubt, ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating novel and has uttered our deepest longings and profoundest nostalgia for a pre-modern simplicity of existence free of modern-day ills like alienation and corruption. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, Zhang’s use of the central concept of  “land” (referring to an idealized being) as the basis for his critique of modern civilization – decrying moral decay, consumerism, dominance of popular literature and commercialization of knowledge – and his rural intellectual mentality this concept reveals betray the author’s simple-minded, essentialist, and absolutist approach to the complexity of an ever changing social and cultural reality. The reification of land in his essays lacks a broad and deep historical perspective on Chinese modernity. Commercialism and its culture have by all means contributed to the general moral decay and erosion of basic humanistic values in society, and global cultural effects lead to profounder cultural crisis. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absolute rejection of consumerism, globalism, and postmodernism fails to recognize their power and inevitability in restructuring contemporary Chinese society. The problems created by these developments have already moved the issue of solution beyond a discourse on morality. China’s ever more complex and changing social and cultural reality requires a more sophisticated and mature understanding. And finally, I would suggest that in today’s post-Cold War age in which socialism-capitalism antithesis has lost its relevance and meaning, the intellectual paradigm of confrontation must be replaced by one of negotiation. Nostalgia may always be pulling at us, and we may always be willing to indulge in a trip to the imagined past with stories like ''Fable of September.'' But as a critical stance, it does not equip us to effectively address the complex process of cultural reformation happening in contemporary Chinese and the world.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Deciphering the Populist Gadfly: Cultural Polemic around Zhang Chengzhi's &amp;quot;Religious Sublime&amp;quot;''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Xinmin Liu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since mid-1990s the Chinese Sanwen has witnessed an upsurge by way of frantic polemics over social and cultural issues in journals, newspaper fueillton, book series and forums.  In this &amp;quot;war of words,&amp;quot; no writer has been as prolific, as provocative and as problematic as Zhang Chengzhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang's essays feature a scathing critique of Chinese intellectuals' lack of spiritual faith, their surrender to global consumerism and the postmodern.  Driven by a populist zeal, Zhang extols Chinese muslims' devotion to their religious faith, defiance of material affluence and bond to their harsh yet unsullied habitat.  His populist approach to religious transcendence in opposition to what he perceives as today's intellectual disenchantment is ambiguous and ambivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
It wavers between subaltern politics and religious fundamentalism.  It  falls short of the prospect of constructing a ethnic pluralism that protects cultural differences without yielding to cultural positions that claim unique access to truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a polyglot age in which all has to be contested and negotiated anew, boundary- violating is the rule rather than the exception.  Before the last millennium closed out, the Chinese essay thrived in an upsurge of cultural polemics, but in terms of aesthetic and ontological norms, the essayists could ill afford to stay within secure and clear-cut boundaries for long, because they often found themselves bombarded and displaced by a plethora of slippery issues, wacky themes and “roguish dilettantes.”  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With battle lines frequently redrawn and growing ever so fuzzy, this round of cultural polemics took on the characteristics of a wild slugfest, no-holds-barred wrestling and elusive shadow boxing.  But true to its essaying (or, alternatively, assaying) role, the essay form rose to the challenge with the right mix of mercurial, discordant and yet self-assured mettle.  Thus, it proved most capable of lending expression to chaos, fracture and trivia of the postmodern world.  One need not search far to bring this point home: the essay has lately swamped the public media with its newfangled offshoots: in addition to the common literary and political essays appeared the licai (personal financing) essay, the xiuxian (leisure/recreation) essay, the photo essay, the cyber essay and so forth. But it is with the cultural polemics of the 1990s that the readers witnessed the essay form in most amazing novelty, deftness and verve.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
One way to make sense of what essay form enabled the writers to achieve amid the “wars of words” (pizhan) is to take it to task by way of its intrinsic bond with cultural dialogics, i.e. to see how approaches of writing essays lead to the laying of grounds for a dialogic relationship that intersects even the most incendiary issues and dissimilar views of this discursive maze.  To that end,  we will focus on Zhang Chengzhi’s essays published after mid-1990s to see why a radical intellectual figure like Zhang, considered an intractable loose cannon by most, often contests and mediates, by virtue of his border-violating politics, what the cultural mainstream considers to be polemical and divisive.  At once belletristic and carnivalesque, Zhang Chengzhi’s essays stood out with striking clarity and urgency, if also with unnerving uproar. &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Extolled by some as the author whose one book single-handedly redeemed Chinese writing of the entire twentieth century, Zhang was riding high on the tailwind of his enormously popular Xinling shi (History of the Soul, 1992) and seemed to have returned to the public forum with his discursive buoyancy revived and his sense of the “sacred” mission renewed.  At first glance, this does not seem the same Zhang Chengzhi who was overwhelmed by the spiritual loftiness he had ascended to upon completing ''Xinling shi'' and pleaded to his readers in all earnest, “there will no longer be this “me” from now on.  Please banish me from your memory.  … I have even taken myself by surprise that with this book I could bring myself to such a screeching halt.”[	Zhang Chengzhi, ''History of the Soul'' (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1991) 311.]  But did Zhang ever quit the public forum and banish his voice from the on-going dialogue with his readers afterwards? &lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
And did he accidentally join the ranks of those escapist intellectuals who self-righteously beat a retreat in the face of social repression and identity dislocation of the early 1990s?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, at the height of his unexpected fame in 1992,[	Zhang Chengzhi made repeated statements in his essays written around this time that he had voluntarily terminated his career as a professional writer out of his desire to be embraced by the Muslim community and out of his disgust for what writers and intellectuals in general had failed to do in the face of rampant consumerist values.] Zhang did not hesitate to declare that his career as a professional writer had come to an end, and that he would retreat to the Muslim communities in the barren loess in Northwest China to begin his new life.  While it is true that he verbally renounced his faith in and severed his tie with the mainstream intelligentsia, reality has proved otherwise: he could neither disinherit the dialogic potential of his earlier essays the same way as he allegedly cast off his ''Han'' Chinese upbringing, nor disown the intellectual milieu of his growth as though it were those business cards he symbolically tore up in disgust.[	This symbolic act is given an elaborate defense in one of his “position-statement” essays, “My Method of Tearing up those Business Cards,” published in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Human wenyi chubanshe, 1999).]  &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang cannot give up the act of writing through which he once defied the false sanctity of official histories and celebrated the purity and incorruptibility of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims,[	A sect Chinese Muslims who are often considered the inheritor of mystical Sufis of the religion of Islam.] and to which he owed the stage for exhibiting his extraordinary discursive power as well as his reinvented ethnic identity.  While still pursuing his spiritual pilgrimage as a lone warrior, he could hardly remain an intellectual recluse in an imagined sanctuary.  Although his views often turned hard-edged due to his combative and self-aggrandizing tone, we need not necessarily be put off by his ill-advised posturing, which is far more rhetorical than substantive.  Rather we are urged to see beyond his argumentative mode and detect that ineluctable draw of cultural dialogics that lured him to charge right back to the frontline of the discursive war zones.  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s essays published since mid-1990s prove most intriguing and forceful when they give vent to his critical views that deliberately blur the boundary between personal commitment with public conscience.&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Seldom a believer of easy cultural synthesis, Zhang thrives in getting caught in the crossfire of public debates and wreaking havoc for the intellectual mainstream whose social legitimacy has fed off a complicitous liaison with the official and the ideological center.  In a sense, what constituted the identity of his previous self, i.e., the “I” who nimbly narrated a hidden history of a suppressed people in ''History of the Soul'', was a persona already poised on the borders between public outcry and personal misgiving, between official histories and popular memoirs, between discourses of cultural criticism and identity politics.  Akin to the self/other-conscious tone of Martin Buber’s ''I and Thou'', Zhang’s resort to “You” side by side with “I” as his discursive partner not only denotes the presence of a dialogic partner cued up by intersubjectivity, but interjects a critical awareness to set off the “unanimous intellectual escapism.”[	Here I am quoting the phrase from Dai Jinhua’s journal article “Hidden Narratives: The Politics of Mass Culture in the 1990s.”  Her view is critically assessed by Chen Jianhua in his “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” carried in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 9, Nos. 1 &amp;amp; 2, 113-29.  ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially a survival tactic to avert political repression in post-1989 China, this latter movement gained popular currency in the early 1990s as some intellectuals and professionals who used to pursue political activism now withdrew into enclosed fields of specialist researches where they could claim professional excellence as their new moral high grounds and practice professional elitism as a testimony to their personal spiritual faith.   These so-called “New Scholars” valorized scholarly research as “not just a matter of knowledge or profession, but more fundamentally, a form of life choice and value inquiry.”[	Chen Pingyuan, “Thoughts on Research of Scholarship History,” Xueren I, 2-6. ]  Alongside this process of self-authorization, they also sported a sweeping disdain toward mass culture or other nonprofessional cultures.  Was this a covert strategy of resisting moral degeneration, or a “club-spirit” rally of collective escapism in the guise of professional disinterest? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s answer rebukes the latter.  Long before the first public debate over such issues took place, his own self-authorization in writing ''History of the Soul'' brought the “impartial” search for historical truth under critical scrutiny.  Positing his ethnic unconscious as the testing site, Zhang launched an assault on the falsely fixed standards in writing ''Hui'' histories whose authority had been complicitous with the chauvinistic State ideology.  He berated the methodological status quo in Chinese Muslim scholars’ historiography for tailoring local and ethnic memories to cater to the legitimacy of its hegemonic control.  In the same vein, he called into question the validity of collecting and editing historical documents according to empiricist standards, chastising its total submission to a positivist view of historical development in the name of scholarly objectivity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
He specifically targeted the renowned Hui historian Yang Huaizhong whose investigation of ''munafeles'', ''Hui'' collaborators with ''Manchu'' and ''Han'' rulers, had, in Zhang’s view, internalized the reigning codes of power-knowledge alliance.  Despite of his fine appraisal and extensive research, Zhang reproves Yang’s aloof stand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, you try to reflect critically yourself and your tradition, on the other, you want to bring to light the suppression and violation committed against the human soul.  How can the kind of subject you’re studying still be the same historiography? &lt;br /&gt;
If Yang had yet to shake off the false sense of ethnic anonymity, Zhang does not make it any easier for himself when faced with the historical injustice inflicted upon the ''Huis''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
At the Jinji Bao, a historical site of many quelled ''Hui'' uprisings in 19th century, he could hardly help chiding himself for not “avenging the historical wrongs” as a professional historian.   He confesses in a 1996 essay entitled “Odes to Waves”: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It so happened that I have the fortune of being a full-fledged academic historian, yet I examined every single detail (of official records) critically but could not offer any rebuttal.  It so happened that I was born of ''Hui'' parentage, yet I attempted to skirt around it but could not escape this historical site---the wintry mist shrouding Jinji Bao pounded me wave after wave, pressing me to make a pledge, to declare a ''nietie'',   to make good the pledge of being dedicated to the people I took rather casually years ago. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Huizhong, also known as Yang Mohammed Usiar, is a well-known Hui historian who has done crucial research on 18th Century Jahriyya Muslim uprisings.  Zhang’s critical comments appear in T''he Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness'' (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
This is not an occasional outburst of emotions for the sake of letting off his own guilt.  This is sincere self-reproach to prod himself into keeping his ethnic memory and affective empathy from being worn thin by his years of academic studies, field work and research.  Unlike the New Scholars’ chase of  “disinterest” and neutrality, Zhang opts  valiantly for the direction of racial and social activism: to knock down posts erected by “objective” histories, penetrate the walls of political and religious phobias and uncover the buried truths of ethnic repression and violence.  One might query Zhang’s view of historical scholarship as emotive and skewed, thus running the risk of demeaning historiography into personal misgivings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
But in the era of cultural pluralism and ethnic identities, it is precisely the affective and personal that keep our ethnic awareness alive and urge us not to take boundaries of power and knowledge for granted.    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
No doubt, Zhang enters the debate of “the ultimate concern” of the mid-1990s, but he does so on his terms.  He puts forward an ethnographical approach consisted of a person’s affective propensities (''qinggan''), ethnic lineage (''xuetong'') and a “prefigured destiny” (''qianding'').  These are interlocked and reciprocal in variety of ways to enmesh a person in a nexus of cultural dialogics.  He then probes the illusion of professionalism in the form of an “originary question” (''yuanchu zhiwen'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
He asks: “How do you account for your being in the face of your own soul when there is nothing scientific or ideological to fend you from this ultimate accountability?”   To him what accounts for his ultimate humanist concern is his ''Hui'' ethnicity.  Ethnicity, according to Michael Fischer, “ … is something dynamic, often unsuccessfully repressed or avoided.  It can be potent even when not consciously taught; … something that institutionalized teaching easily makes chauvinistic, sterile, and superficial.”   It is thus the “id-like” sentient and psychological that lay the ground for one’s ethnic/cultural conditioning and in turn bring it to bear upon one’s historical awareness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sinicized Islamic term for “taking a devotional vow.”  It is also known as Juyi in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1999a, 37.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, The Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125. &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Fischer, ‘Ethnicity and the post-modern arts of memory,” in James Clifford and George Marcus, eds., Writing Culture: The Poetics and Politics of Ethnography (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986) 195. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Being ethnically predisposed as an “other” likewise makes Zhang acutely watchful of the State’s covert practice of ethnocentrism in the name of social progress and scientific rationality.  Drawing on his renewed ethnic ethos, Zhang has no qualms in issuing a call to all historians: “… disinherit the whole positivist baggage of the conventional historiography, and seek out the complex intuitive faculty of your individual soul.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
What about his image of a lone moral crusader?  A great deal of ruckus has been raised over Zhang’s arguably obsessive stress on the “purity” and “truthfulness” of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims; he is disparaged by some critics as “the most self-pleased” man in China today,”   due precisely to his tireless and unsuspecting adoration of the close-knit and reclusive ''Jahriyya'' community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为一个 &amp;quot;他者 &amp;quot;的民族倾向，同样也使张先生对国家以社会进步和科学理性的名义，隐蔽地实行民族中心主义的做法产生了敏锐的警惕。 借着重新焕发的民族气质，张先生毫无顾忌地向所有历史学家发出号召。&amp;quot;... 摒弃传统史学的全部实证主义包袱&amp;quot; &amp;quot;寻找你个人灵魂的复杂直觉能力&amp;quot; 。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
他的一个孤独的道德十字军形象呢？ 张先生对''贾里雅''穆斯林的 &amp;quot;纯洁性 &amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;真实性 &amp;quot;可以说是执着地强调，引起了很大的骚动；他被一些评论家贬为当今中国 &amp;quot;最自得其乐 &amp;quot;的人，&amp;quot;这正是由于他孜孜不倦地、不怀好意地崇拜着封闭而隐居的''贾里雅''群体。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:38, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Does this not make him one of those solitary seekers of moral perfection in a morally promiscuous age?  Zhang’s admonishing axioms seem to answer in a seamless fit to Wang Xiaoming’s definition of a self-oriented search for ethical righteousness.  As an alternative to the intellectuals’ direct involvement in politics of the 1980s, Wang emphasized the personal quality of ultimate concern and argued: “(1) you can only search for the ultimate value from your personal experience; (2) what you find is your own interpretation of what the ultimate value is, not the ultimate value itself.”   Zhang seems to share the solitary seekers’ new sense of priorities in favoring a self-motivated quest for absent moral virtues, albeit transcendental and visionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
But one facet of his writings forcefully rejects that equation: he has all along kept up public-minded criticism of social ills and moral depravities as a free-lance social/cultural critic.  What the seekers of personal integrity and sublimation failed to hang onto Zhang has carried on with infinitely sharper insight and fiercer zeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang detects and detests the anxiety of these individuals to rise above the laity of social meanings and responsibilities as a way to avoid being an accomplice to ideological repression. And indeed his most scathing exposé has so far been reserved for the mainstream intellectuals rather than the money-grabbing ''New Riches'' or the consumerist mass.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When readers’ feedback to his ''History of the Soul'' heated up into a media squabble in 1994, Zhang burst onto the scene again with another of his tirades “Poets, why aren’t you indignant?”   The essay is brimmed with scorn for the public for its total surrender to consumerism and their frantic drive for worldly pleasures; yet it is the intellectual mainstay who bear the brunt of his verbal onslaught.  Zhang accused them of “selling out to monetary gains and worldly repute,” the news media of “swarming up like bees after the ‘big shots’ for petty favors and leftovers, and the cultural critics of “becoming painfully silent on any honest, principled, to-the-point criticism.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1994a, 125.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanshan, “Zhang Chengzhi---the Most Self-Pleased Writer” at Xin yu si dianzi wenku (www.xys.org), listed under Zhang Yuanshan.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Rulun et al, “The Humanist Spirit: whether and How Is It Possible?---Reflections on the Humanist Spirit, I” in Dushu 3: 3-13.&lt;br /&gt;
For a fine critique of this shift of intellectual paradigm, see also Xu Ben.  Disenchanted Democracy: Chinese Cultural Criticism after 1989 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999) 49-56. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
For a time, Zhang’s readers felt jabbed by his barbed comments on the gaping “void” of spiritual faith and rampant cynicism, philistinism and moral incompetence among the intellectuals.  They were also exacerbated by his unmatched tribute to the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims who remained unperturbed by the hustle and bustle of economic boom elsewhere in China.  All this led the public to conclude that Zhang’s posturing was cashing in on the polarization of the Haves and the Have-nots of China’s new social strata, and that with his accolades for “the poor men’s religion” he intended to push for the image of a “Me-alone Spirituality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Rather, he is adamant with the intellectuals’ frailties in the face of social malfunction and injustice as a result of harried economic policies, and he is outspoken about what little critical awareness the educated class can foster against the blindly raging “market forces” and the new alliances of wealth and power.  In 1999, Zhang wrote a sequel “Again to the Honorable Teacher” to his 1991 tribute to Lu Xun, in which he firmly declares that he will not back down from his previous judgment on Lu Xun’s misfortune---why Lu Xun chose not to leave us a legacy of great volumes of scholarly or professional worth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi and Zhang Wei initiated a heated round of ''bizhan'' (pen-combats) in the Literary Supplement of ''Wenhui'' Bao (Wenhui Daily, Shanghai) over the issue of mass consumption and culture with many writers who are more sympathetic with the marketized economy and consumerist culture.  This essay by Zhang---“Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” is featured as the leading editorial on August 7, 1994.    &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” in ''Wenhui'' Bao (Shanghai) (August 7, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
For further detail of this dispute, read Geremie Barmé, ''In the Red: On Contemporary Chinese Culture'' (New York: Columbia University Press, 1999) 304-309. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, Zhang now argues, in less sarcastic yet firmer terms, why Lu Xun’s solitary yet relentless social and cultural crusades are gaining rather losing currency in 1990s’ China.  He writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The populace in this nation have little power or scarce hope.  But they are quick to discover: when they suffer and despair under the heavy burden of tyrannical rule of the bureaucratic few, “the intellectual class” turn out to be, after politicians and money, another cruel oppressor.  The broad masses want nothing more than being fed and clothed.  But they need the intellectuals to keep up the basic and constant criticism of the social elite and the powerful.  Otherwise, their plight would be unthinkable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
We, as readers of Lu Xun’s ''zawen'', are surely struck by the familiar wording, the similar tone, and the unyielding views that have implausibly found their way back into Zhang’s essays over half a century later.  We are also surprised at how candid and unaffected he is when making such social commentary from a position comparable to the Great Lu Xun.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is tempted to ask: is Zhang grandstanding?  I think not.  However, the causes for leaping to charges against his feisty offensive are worth looking into: they are, ironically, spawned off the same binary frame of mind that has been consistently used by the CCP ideologues to denounce the inroads made by “liberal bourgeois values;” yet such a frame of mind is also replicated by many of Zhang’s critics at home and overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Odd bedfellows resting on the same cultural logic, they argue that criticism of the intellectuals’ dislocation and impotence in current China is motivated by the either/or option.  One is either directed by a regressive Party-led agenda to exert the authority of socialist ideological legacy while intimating their message amidst the consumerist ambience.  Or he/she is motivated by a dissenting political force to jump-start a new round of political subversion while laying itself open to patronage of the West (mainly America)-centered global order.  Zhang’s detractors from both these stances see eye-to-eye on his role in today’s cultural politics, following the either/or mode of straightjacket thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
But I believe he is neither a firebrand of old egalitarian idealism nor an extremist with religious fundamentalist zeal.  His self-styled apologist persona is neither a haughty custodian of monolithic values, nor a self-righteous model of narcissistic purity and perfection, nor a slick po-mo master showcasing newly imported goods.  His is more of a lone outlaw in a “mobile warfare” in the Gramchian sense: preying on the unjust and corrupt elite, yet forever keeping the society at large at bay.   &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Take the case of Zhang’s attitude towards “the people.”  Pervasive social and cultural changes triggered by State-endorsed market economy had been set in place in China by mid-1990s which had led to seismic dislocation and reordering across the entire social spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
The result is that familiar notions such as “the people” had been stripped of their usual ideological moorings, whereas the newly emerged social grouping was yet to be reckoned with.  While the recent cultural warfare has struck a bitter discord between the Liberals and the New Leftists over the definition of the masses (''dazhong''),  Zhang has been relentlessly lucid and unambiguous who they are---those of the disadvantaged and the impoverished in China today.   He is evidently critical of the Liberals who are eager for China to partake of a global economic order and evolve into a liberal society with a rising middle class as the nucleus of its civic values, but tend to lose sight of how this class of well-off Chinese (most notably the New Riches) can emerge without tipping economic and social imbalances towards those at the lower rungs of the social ladder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For that matter, he is also adamant with the Po-Mo culturalists whose extreme ''kowtowing'' to the market culture and its mass consumers is, by way of an odd twist, turned into propelling forces for the predominantly ''Han'' Chinese to regain a very ethnocentric mode of self-empowering in a renewed East-West confrontation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Zhang’s view on “the people” is in close proximity to those of the New Leftists, he does not convey them as if they were their carbon copies.  Instead he distills the critical efficacy of their combat with the deceptive “mass culture” and implants it in his border-violating strategy as a mobile yet vital critiquing position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to what he sometimes claims---to jettison the culpable intellectuals in the name of “religious” purity, Zhang has always felt the urge to recharge the power of the intellectual self as expository but not dispossessing, diagnostic but not agnostic, and independent but not self-insulating.  The key to his border-crossing self is a dialogic interplay among multiple viable postures of the self while never allowing the self to be tied to a single rigid form of it.   It is by negotiating between these individual stances of conviction that Zhang aims to create a vigilant and constructive ambience to see to the redress of social injustice.  While revisiting Lu Xun in “Again to the Honorable Teacher,” he avidly called on Chinese intellectuals to embark on a solitary but enduring quest for the interests of the people at the lower rungs of the society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further readings on this dispute, read Li Shitao, ed. Zhishi fengzi lichang: ziyou zhiyi zhizheng yu zhongguo xixiangjie de fenghua (The Position of Chinese Intellectuals: The divided intellectual circle over the issue of Liberalism) (Changchun: Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
To engage in a dialogue with these masses, he observes, is for the intellectuals “to forever keep a watchful custody of such people against the socially established and the powerful.”  And the masses will discover Zhang’s polemical writings, much as they did Lu Xun’s Zawen in 1930s, “there is always someone like Lu Xun who is cussing his heart, all alone in his crusade.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discussion of this chapter: The ''xiaopin wen'' between ''xianshi sanwen'' and ''zawen'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''King-Fai Tam''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would first of all like to commend the contributors of this chapter for their original, well researched and well articulated papers which represent a diversity of angles of approaching the study of essays, while sharing an interest in the polemical nature of the genre.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Zaizhi xiansheng” in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Changsha: Hunan chubanshe, 1999) 100-105.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
Together, they constitute an eye-opener for me, given my interest in ''xiaopin'' wen and other similar works with a lyrical bent that shy away from discursiveness and argumentation.  If the ''xiaopin'' wen writers have anything to say about politics and society, it is often with a bemused tone; and the most that one can expect from them is a lamentation of some unjust social phenomenon, accompanied perhaps by an expression of outrage and an ineffectual cry for change.  In that sense, ''xiaopin'' wen can be said to have rejected one the basic tenets of the essay as a process of experimentation, questioning, reflection, and, indeed, essaying.  Too often, it gestures superficially to the analysis of an issue, only to come down heavily on an emotional response at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''xiaopin''wen可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:WuQiong|WuQiong]] ([[User talk:WuQiong|talk]]) 13:21, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, the four contributions to this chapter point out that there is a bigger world in the study of essays beyond ''xiaopin'' wen.  The essay can, as Mary Scoggin argues, be cantankerous, recalling the image of a spear and a dagger, where one piece of ''zawen'' is more likely to elicit an equally cantankerous response than to put an issue to rest. With good reasons, we describe such exchanges as ''pizhan'' (battling with the pen). The essay is also a site where the essayist can consciously sculpt an image of himself, as Lu Jie and Liu Xinmin show in the cases of Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, while one single piece of essay is indeed different from a treatise in that its brevity makes it ill-equipped to address an issue in great depth, essayists such as Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi can resort to voluminous output, exhaustively exploring different shades of a question in one essay after another to build up a coherent position.  Wang Ban furthermore approaches the essay as a sensibility, or a structuring device, with which a writer tells and retells a story, puts forward a proposition and modifies or denies it.  As such, it replaces the novel as the form that best captures the consumerist ethos of urban China in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, if a literary genre can take up so many shapes and forms, are we still justified to consider these shapes and forms as a uniform entity, to be analyzed and studies with the same methodology ?  In my study of the essay, I have often been confronted with this question.  In the New England Association of Asian Studies conference in October last year I raised a similar query in response to the presentations of Alexandra Wagner, Martin Woesler and Xinmin Liu: in what way can we consider works as diverse as those of Feng Zhi, Qu Qiubai, and a group of other writers that we discussed that day as essays? Now, in light of the four papers of this chapter, I would like to ask the same question again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
I will take the clue from Wang Ban when he considers the “polemic pole” for the essay, i.e., that which the essay stands against, and see whether we can understand what essay is but finding out what it is not.  At different historical junctures and in different cultural contexts, the essay has served as the voice of the opposition and the marginal.  Wang Ban has already alluded to Adorno’s “The Essay as Form” to underscore the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural conditions of reification, to which the essay stands in opposition.  Likewise, one can find a late twentieth-century parallel where the articulation of feminism and decolonization often takes the form of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, in the Chinese context, even if we narrow it down to the last two decades of the twentieth century, it is not entirely clear what the polemic pole of the essay is.  Wang Ban believes that the polemical pole to contemporary Chinese essays to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of “revolutionary realism.”  For the zawen she is examining, Mary Scoggin suggests that ''zawen'' spits in the face of a “discourse of beauty” that serves to mute criticism in ''the'' name of  social and rhetorical graciousness, an attitude that essentially forbids ''zawen'' writers to say anything if they cannot think of something nice to say. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, Xinmin’s subject, has made it abundantly clear that his essays are manifestations of a historical method that deconstructs Han chauvinism even as he has little by way of counter evidence to go by.  Like Wang Ban, Lu Jie also pits the essay against the novel, but for a different reason, and with findings intriguingly different from that of Wang Ban.  Wang Ban attributes the “metafictional” signs in Wang Anyi’s ''Shushu di gushi'' to the intrusion of the essayist sensibilities.  In other words, it is her essayist touch that accounts for the tentativeness of her narrative. On the other hand, Lu Jie succeeds in showing that Zhang Wei the novelist is much more tentative and equivocal than Zhang Wei the essayist.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Even if one were to maintain that ''Jiuyue yuyan'', like ''Shushu di gushi'', is informed by the essayist sensibilities, one still has to consider why Zhang Wei’s essays are more categorical, and hence more simplistic and reductionist, in their assertion than the novel, whose meaning requires considerable teasing out.  What is one to make of this discrepancy between Wang Anyi and Zhang Wei?  What does it say about the two writers?  And what do they have to say, if anything, about the essay and the novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In various ways, our contributors also look into the self-image the essayists construct for themselves as they participate in the cultural polemics at the end of the century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Gone, apparently, is the supercilious pose of the ''xianshi'' essayist who, to paraphrase Lu Xun’s famous translation of Kuriyagawa Hakuson, “sits in a rocking chair by the stove in winter or puts on a bathrobe in summer to drink tea and chat casually with one’s good friends about things that do not give one a headache.”  Rather, as our contributors succeed in pointing out, headache is precisely what our essayists aim to provide.  Even though they also affect varying degrees of reclusivity or compromise, they always come back later to the polemic fray with renewed vigor. I have in mind such instances as Zhang Wei’s repeated claim to find a monastery in the mountains where he will study all by himself for a year even as he goes around giving advice to his readers on how best to resist the corrupting influences of mass culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the ''zawen'' writer distance themselves from the overtly declamatory tone with the sole purpose of making their gripes more readily stomachable, and their voices more readily heard.   Zhang Chengzhi’s temporary withdrawal into religious isolation is another example, for, after a brief period of reclusivity, he enters once again the public sphere with deeper conviction and a broader agenda.  In light of Wang Ban’s discussion, Wang Anyi’s case is perhaps less clear-cut than the rest.  To be sure, she seems to have adapted rather well to the new consumerist society that commodifies literature; yet, it is clear that there is a serious intent in her deployment of the essayist sensibilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, to the extent that ''Shushu di gushi'' has challenged the master-narrative with which the life’s progress of a rehabilitated rightist is often told, I would argue that the essayist sensibilities, far from being irrelevant to history, can be put to historical use.  The works of Zhang Wei, Zhang Chengzhi and Shao Yanxiang can perhaps supply us with a footnote to the historical relevance of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The 20th Century Chinese Essay - Characteristics, Actors, and Trends'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first part of my paper, which deals with the characteristics of the essay, I will start with a definition of the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form: “Essay”, in Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文, is a genre term for shorter, self-contained nonfictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question using a subjective I-perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce the hypothesis that the Chinese and the Western essays belong to the same international genre and try to prove it by showing cross-cultural similarities both in form and content. However, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay, which I will name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second part, I try to narrate the beginnings of the rediscovery of the essay in the early 1980s. Not before 1995 did international scholarship start to use common philological methods to explore single essayists or the essays of groups and to write a history of the Chinese essay. Then I will show the topical development of political and apolitical essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third part, I will ask, who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce Lu Xun, with his sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. Analysis reveals that he still remains the most-read essayist, not because of his ''zawen'', but because of his reminiscences and lyrical essays. Using the examples of the most often reprinted essays, “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b), “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924), “Wild Vegetables of my Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925), “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974) and “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b), I will show that moving essays form the top tier of the genre. I will also try to stimulate further analytic works by giving hints for examples of promising intertextual and intersubjective comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth section, I will name contemporary trends in essay writing. After the Cultural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revolution essays came from the perspective of an authentic eye. In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism demanded a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tried to give a personal orientation, as essayists pleaded for moral virtues. Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s were written with a kind of new subjectivism, targeted away from contemporary contradictions but appealing to the feelings of the audience by creating either a positive or a negative world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fast-paced nature of current Chinese society demands diverting and short texts. There is also increasing consciousness of individuality, for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem which is mediated by its metrical and formal demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
In China we see a renewed interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s and 30s. We become conscious of the banality of daily life when it is being used as a literary topic, as in the essay, which most commonly treats the genre of everyday life. The de-ideologization of Chinese society led to a rediscovery of the apolitical essays, dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928. In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished; the only political relic is patriotism, for example expressed in the monograph published in 1996, ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see ''China can say no''!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.	CHARACTERISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1	Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with ''xiaoshuo'' (fiction), sanwen (here in the broader meaning non-fictional prose)), lyrics ''shige'' (lyrics) and ''xiqu'' (drama).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term “''wu yunwen''” which corresponds to the term “epic” in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.  In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Essay,” Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文 , is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Free-dom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, subcategoring the essay in too many small entities, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay. Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the term “''sanwen''” instead of “''suibi''” (familiar essay) or “''xiaopin wen''” (short literary piece) is of course arbitrary, but it corresponds to the present usage. In about 200 essay collections and histories between 1949 and 1996 known to the author, ''sanwen'' turned out to be the common expression, ''xiaopin'' was used only in one out of 25 essay titles of the PR China, in one out of 14 Taiwanese, and one out of ten Hong Kong publications.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it “Chinese”? In the occidental essay the ''form'' seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework. This can be shown with Cheng Ming-Lee, who subcategorises the “unfinished diary” or the “unfinished letter”.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Cheng Ming-Lee: “essay in diary form” and “essay in letter form,” see Cheng Ming-Lee), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''“non-rhythmic prose,” which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning “short literary essay pieces”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998). For the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, see Lau/Goldblatt, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996, see Denton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.  In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode, 50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation. Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai [announced]) or already published (Pollard 1999, Woesler 2000). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. Most of the contributors to the collection in hand met in 2000 on a first international conference on the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 20th Century Development and Hindrances'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses. (Yu Guangzhong's essay “The Wolves are Coming” shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting, see Yu Guangzhong 1977.) The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educatio-nal claim with the exception of essays which claim to be “art pourt l'art”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In restrictive regimes, where freedom of speech is not guaranteed, people still have different political ideas.  To speak out directly is unhealthy, so in these countries people use art to express their differences. The most direct way of expressing political ideas in art is literature.  To trick the censors, one must find indirect ways of expression.  In an exhibition of ''Tendency Quarterly'', 16 banned Chinese magazines were displayed.  Most of the magazines choose the poem as their favorite form to express political thoughts.  After having been banned, some magazines went abroad and now are published in exile.  The internet has added a number of underground magazines, which are available also inside mainland China.  In the last years of the 20th century, one can find an increase of essays in these magazines. This might be a hint, that the authors dare to speak out more directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (“On Dreams,” see Zhu Ziqing 1928c) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (''My Own Garden'' 1923, “The Fly” 1924, “Reading on the Toilet” 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Actors: Lu Xun, Zhu Ziqing, Ba Jin, Wang Zengqi, Yu Guangzhong'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is not the place to recount the struggle, which many of the today well-known heroes of the May-Fourth Movement had to establish their literary values and narrative. Unlike today, at that time the authors were also editors and publishers of magazines and therefore had a strong position in the cultural field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thinks first of Lu Xun, who invented a sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. In his own, broad understanding of ''zawen'', it could contain poems, short stories, drama etc. From a genial writer of short stories, he turned to ''zawen'' for the rest of his life, leaving behind a legacy of more than 700 essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his lifetime, with his sharp attacks, he was the most known essayist. But these essays were of daily-political interest only and are seldom read today. Analysis reveals now that he stills stays the most often read essayist until the end of the 20th century. Not his ''zawen'', but the following reminiscences and lyrical essays remain until the end of the century in the top-ten list of essays: “Autumn Night” (Lu Xun 1925b), a lyrical essay from ''Wild Grass'', in “Mr. Fujino” (Lu Xun 1926c), Lu Xun remembers his Japanese teacher, in “The Kite” (Lu Xun 1925a) he remembers how he hurted his younger brother's feelings once, and “From Hundred Plant Garden to Three Flavour Study” (Lu Xun 1926b), which recounts his childhood experience also with classical literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other most often printed essays are from Republican or modern times: The first is “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b). With his whole work, this author ranks shortly behind Lu Xun. From this and other essays one can derive the criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China: In “The Back View,” filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), also written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader. In “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924) the author describes a beautiful landscape and makes ancient customs alive again. Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in “Wild Vegetables of My Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong is represented in this list with the nostalgic “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974). In Ba Jin's most often reprinted essay “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) he remembers his wife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Works of authors who decided to serve an ideology are far less often reprinted than the eight authors found to be leading: Mao Dun and Guo Moruo (rank 15) are mentioned in the average as seldom as Lu Xun in Taiwan and Yang Shuo (ranks 30) appears only half as often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore one can state, that unpolitical, moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of the 36 most often (re)printed essayists, and the top 59 essays please see the mentioned monograph (Woesler 1998b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The huge number of essays and essayists offer many possibilities for intertextual and intersubjective comparison, out of which only some thoughts can be indicated here due to lack of space. They might stimulate further analytic works. Lu Xun, Zhou Zuoren and Zhu Ziqing wrote about the same occasion, the massacre on March 18, 1926 quite differently. Zhu Ziqing attacks the government directly and promises it a soon collapse (“Report of the Government’s Great Massacre,” Zhu Ziqing [1926]). Lu Xun described the massacre in an unctuous chant instead (“Jinian Liu Hezhen jun” Lu Xun 1926a), and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his essay “Different Ways to Die” (Zhou Zuoren 1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different ways of coming into terms with the 'Cultural Revolution' we can see in the essays of Ba Jin, Bing Xin, and Wang Meng: Ba Jin enlucidated unsparingly to the extend of self-accusation (Ba Jin 1979a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
大量的散文和散文家为互文性和主体间性的比较提供了许多可能性，但由于篇幅有限，这里只能表达一些想法。它们可能激发进一步的分析工作。鲁迅、周作人、朱自清对同一事件——1926年3月18日的大屠杀——的描写则截然不同。朱自清直接攻击了政府，并断定它很快就会崩溃(朱自清《政府大屠杀报告》[1926])。鲁迅用虚情假意的歌谣(《纪年刘和真君》鲁迅1926a)描述了这次大屠杀，而周作人则在他的散文《不同的死法》(周作人1926)中诙谐而辛辣地描写了这次大屠杀。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从巴金、冰心、王孟等人的文章中，我们可以看到巴金对“文化大革命”的几种不同的看法:巴金的狂热达到了自我谴责的程度(巴金1979a)。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng dealed with it humorously (Wang Meng 1980), Bing Xin tried to pretend continuity by naming her works after the 'Cultural Revolution' with the same titles as before: The successful collections ''Letter to the Children'' (Bing Xin 1931), and ''Letter to the Children, vol. 2'' containing texts since 1958, were followed by ''Letter to the Children, vol. 3 ''with texts since 1978. In her “Autobiographical Notes” (Bing Xin 1982) she simply skips the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A trip in early August 1923 (Mei/Wu, 46) with Yu Pingbo to the Qinhuai river, which Zhu knew from an earlier visit (Chen Xiaoquan, 68), inspired both to write in the same year at the age of about 24 and 26 an essay with the title “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing dated 10/11, 1923, Yu Pingbo dated 8/22, 1923, jointly published in ''Eastern Miscellany''), an English translation by Hu Shiguang can be found in ''Chinese Literature'' 1 (Spring 1988) Yu 162-172, and Zhu 173-182 resp. Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo continue here a tradition of Chinese poets, writing poems on a common experienced journey to compete with each other. I found, that Zhu Ziqing's essays is more persuading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng, Jia Pingwa and others wrote essays entitled “Falling leaves” (Jia Pingwa 1981, Wang Meng 1989) on the transitoriness of life in the allegory of falling leafs. It is interesting and surprising to discover the similarity between  a, the differences between the description and interpretation of the falling leaves and  b, the differences between the different authors' self-understanding and philosophy. One may compare essays entitled “On dreams” with 58 years difference in their origin (Zhu Ziqing 1928c, Bing Xin 1986). Moreover it is interesting to compare conceptions of essayism as we can see in Lu Xun's theory of “emerging” and “blossoming” and Zhou Zuoren's theory of the synthesis of the gongan school and the English essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a wilfully “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (“Serene” Wang Meng 1992, “First make your own things in a good way” Wang Meng 1994). These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (“Shanxi Opera,” Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (“The Nightmare,” Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The essay as the genre of the giddy-paced nature of society, individuality, socio-political discussions, de-ideologization, everyday's profaneity and banality'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary ''trends of literature'', which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall, xiii);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays. For example Ba Jin complains in “Remembering Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) about the death of his wife in the 'Cultural Revolution'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain. This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: “readers”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in-dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see China can say no!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art. Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Feidu, Jia Pingwa 1993; ''Ying'er'', Gu Cheng 1993) and ''New Borderlessness''  since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being “The Small Dog Baodi” (Ba Jin 1981), in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (“In Memoriam of Xiao Shan II,” Ba Jin 1984b). Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of “Rain in Kunming” (Wang Zengqi [1984]) as well as for “Shanxi Opera” (Jia Pingwa 1984). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay “The Nightmare” (Si Yu 1995), where the author appears as a deconstructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing ''fictional truth'' through the metaphor of his dog Baodi (Schwarcz 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20th Century Chinese Essay - A Survey of the Genre and New Insights Into the Essayists Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narrative established by literary histories  and anthologies has drawn a distorted picture of 20th century Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was almost ignored. In my paper I will demonstrate, how the picture of three authors change, if we take into consideration also some of their esayistic work. Here I choose the example of the critical political essay. The essay tells us more about an author than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, when the writers were threatened by a massacre among leftists by the National People's Party in Shanghai, a whole generation of writers found a common base in communist ideology, formally expressed in 1930 in the foundation of the &amp;quot;League of Left-Wing Writers&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to the changing political climate, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products. This struggle of finding a position in a politicized environment is best documented in the essay --- &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Moreover, by its very nature, the essay overcomes boundaries of form and content. Therefore there are more essays than there is fiction free from political thoughts. Some essayists even went a step further, deconstructed the master narrative of leftist ideology, like the three writers I will talk about today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that a sophisticated May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a national &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Zhou's writings were officially considered bad literature, a total elimination of his texts was only prevented, because of the fame of his brother, who became a state author posthumously through the valuing of Mao Zedong. Actually the reception of his essays reaches a new climax now, in the essay collections of the 1990s, his essays rank 3rd, as I was able to proof with a survey of 5000 essays. That makes clear that his political engagement had no effect on the brilliance of his literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official assessment of the People's Republic is that Zhou's work experienced a caesura in 1938 due to his &amp;quot;degeneration&amp;quot; and opposition against the patriotic campaign.  Zhou kept trying to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday out of the subjective experience of his private space his whole life, only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge he showed that it was again possible to write about a candy seller  for which he had been critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; . But there was indeed a caesura, namely the change in style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經­ (serious, intentional essays), and ''xiánshì'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment). But this change is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest by the Guomindang (1945).  Therefore not the Japanese suppressors should be made responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 C. T. Hsia. [Note: Some of the annotations are in German and are translated into English during the editiorial work for the forthcoming edition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 (&amp;quot;Mai tang 卖糖&amp;quot; 1924).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验中审美出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东取缔（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验审美中剥离出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东接力（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the first correction of the narrative is, that his literature was ''not'' effected by socio-political circumstances in quality, but in contents. And there is a second master narrative on Zhou Zuoren, which says that he was an apolitical author. Actually, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself. For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance . In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; , literature should make the society more humane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second example, where a reading of some of his essays lets us rediscover the author is Ba Jin: He is known for his practical essays with anarchistic and communist background in the 1930s and 40s, for his opportunistic self-criticism, self-censorship  and the accusation of a writers' collegue during the cultural revolution. After the 'Cultural Revolution' he seemed to emerge as a righteous character , when he claimed to have done all this under pressure. He then devoted his essays to the working up of the trauma of the 'Cultural Revolution', for example in the self-accusing essay series ''Random Thoughts''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since they were seldom reprinted, two of Ba Jin’s critical essays &amp;quot;''Independent Thoughts''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, dating 1956 and 1962 were overlooked. With them, Ba Jin turns out to be a lifelong independant writer. The two essays were criticised. He had to deny their contents and later they were censored. Even nowadays, these texts are not easy to find in anthologies and dictionaries in the P.R.C. and Taiwan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Independant Thoughts''&amp;quot; dated 1956, propagates the freedom of the individual and of thoughts. This essay was written in the '100-Flower-Movement', when criticism was induced officially. Ba Jin corresponded only to the 'mainstream', although his criticism was unusually sharp. Much more distinctly directed against the 'mainstream' was the second text, which I want to introduce shortly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, a speech at the second Shanghai congress of writers and artists in early 1962, has later been censored at seven striking places. In it, Ba Jin judges very hard about himself and his collegues: At different campaigns against literary works they would have followed the political demands opportunistically and therefore were traitors. The second target of Ba Jin's criticism were the censors and critics, who would posess more power than the writers and that without legitimation. Ba Jin interpreted Mao's Yan'an speeches on art and literature in the way, that writers should themselves take over responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;quot;The Small Dog Baodi&amp;quot; as a metaphorical discourse on Ba Jin's personal grief'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Ba Jin is regarded together with Bing Xin as one of the representatives of Republican literature, the more important part of his essayistic work seems to lie after 1949 . Publishing from Hong Kong since 1979, he has spoken out loudly in opposition and in trying to help ease the trauma associated with the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of this essays is the story-like &amp;quot;''Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;. Written in 1980, the author remembers his dog, which he had received two decades ago from a Swedish person and which he loved after a while. When the 'Red Gards' raged, the dog was in danger. Ba Jin describes in detail the fate of the animal and his own resignation, when he learned that he could not protect the dog. In order to save him from a torturous death, he finally submitted the dog in 1966 for medical experiments. Revisiting his garden after the 'Cultural Revolution', he remembers painfully how his wife had played here with the dog. I would like to show six points of interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The dog is a metaphor. In the beginning Ba Jin seems to report the fate of a dog with relevance only to his owner. But soon it becomes clear that Ba Jin actually mediates to the reader the cruelty of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The reader wonders, &amp;quot;if they did ''this'' with an ''innocent'' dog, what did they do with ''men'', whom they considered ''guilty''?&amp;quot; Ba Jin analogizes himself with the dog, when he sees himself liying on the dissection table. Even Baodi's death is useful, he serves science - could a man be more altruistic?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 (Zhou 1929:180-181).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 (Zhou 1923).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 (The Family in 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 (1982 Yi pian xuwen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 (Suixianglu) The essays of the 1980s are more autobiographical, and deal with literature and questions for society nowadays. Due to the very nature of the essay, we can look through his &amp;quot;Random Thoughts&amp;quot; into the soul of Ba Jin..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 (Random Thoughts 1978-86, see Ba Jin 1988).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Ba Jin expresses the pain of the loss of his wife through the dog. Not before the very end of the essay, Ba Jin mentions his wife in painful remembrance, who became ill and died during those ten years. In the essay &amp;quot;''In Memoriam Xiāo Shān''&amp;quot;, which appeared earlier in the collection, he had confessed severe feelings of guilt regarding her death, what haunted him into his dreams. He claimed, that they had withhold her medical treatment because of him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The essay is an accusation of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The not-mentioning of the 'Cultural Revolution' as the reason for his wife's death makes the pain the more accusatory, especially in front of the comparable unimportant doglife. His terrifying awareness is the powerlessness - he was not able to protect his dog nor his wife. Ba Jin actually wants to illustrate the powerlessness of the individual in front of collective cruelty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4, The significance of this way to deal with the 'Cultural Revolution'. If one compares the mentioned essay with others of the year 1979, it lied within the common trend of criticizing the 'Cultural Revolution'. But there were also authors like Bing Xin denied the 'Cultural Revolution' - soon after its end, she used similar titles for her books than before - in order to pretend continuity. Wang Meng worked up the 'Cultural Revolution' in a humoristic way - ''Ba Jin'''s essays stand out of these, because of their relentlessness and confessing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5, The use of rhetorical means. Ba Jin pretends to be a simple documentarist &amp;quot;I expect from literature [...] that it tells the truth.&amp;quot;. In fact he is known for his direct and accusing truth, sometimes his literary style is critizised as too direct and too less artful (a reproach from Hong Kong students). In &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot; he is using literary means to create emotion in his readers. He uses composition and rhetoric means like animation. The dog Baodi allegorically shows the injustice and inhumanity of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Here, Ba Jin turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in ''allegoric'' instead of in descriptive truth as before . He is longing for a ''fictional truth'', instead of the ''truth of being'' in the sense of Thomas Aquinas. The fictional realism Wang Der-wei sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proofs helpful for the understanding of this piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6, Ba Jin's personal grief is much more persuading in the metaphor of the dog than in his direct accusing essays. As Vera Schwarcz (1996) points out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To speak too much of grief is to blunt its edge. It might even make us deaf to the cry that sparked discourse about suffering in the first place. A cold, calculating intelligence cannot grasp the rough contours of grief. [...] To preserve the significance of personal suffering in public life we need a more indirect approach; one that accepts and, indeed, nourishes AMBIGUITY. This, in the words of Cynthia Ozick, is the discrete province of METAPHOR, &amp;quot;the reciprocal agent, the universalizing force that makes it possible to envision the stranger's heart.&amp;quot; [...]&lt;br /&gt;
She also mentions that &amp;quot;[...] absence of talk -- or, rather modest use of ''metaphorical discourse'' -- serve us better in the presence of massive grief.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ba Jin turns out not to be the self-censorer, who tried to make his literature fit into the communist ideology. Instead he was a lifelong fighter for the freedom of speech and the independancy of literature from politics, who spoke out whenever he had the opportunity without endangering himself. He also no longer appears as the &amp;quot;uneducated&amp;quot; writer of simple truth, as he leads us to believe. Yet he has achieved a high rhethoric of ''fictional truth'' and is able to transmit his personal grief even more persuadingly in a ''metaphorical discourse'' throught the metaphor of the dog Baodi.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113154</id>
		<title>20201221 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113154"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T13:35:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Zheng Huajun 郑华君 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The idea that tones discerned in verbal art will reflect the mood of the relationship between the people and the state makes frequent appearances through Chinese literary philosophy, and it frequently enters the world of modern politics, as work on the modern Chinese folklore movement will attest (Hung).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another more recent sample is the expression “setting the tone” [定調子]  describes the degree of condemnation in a Cultural Revolution era Big Character poster.  This modern example displays a relatively cynical view of the function of tone; the power to set tone is in the hands of the accuser, but its strength reflects the crime of the victim.In the world of literature and arts policy, “New Tone” 新基調 became the standard Chinese socialist line against precisely such works as our “provincial leader” above castigated as “pei pei pei-ing”.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
The term “tone” (particularly as diao) has acquired negative connotations over the past two of decades, at least in part because of its role in politicoliterary battles. Even editors sympathetic to “new tone” values distance themselves from the term (Yang, Zhu).  In a parallel strategy, contemporary zawen are written in covert form, more like  “East Station,” than like “Pei pei pei!”?, which so revealingly displays the mechanics of the declamatory modal trope.   In contrast to the late 1980's, contemporary zawen have in recent years receded to hide in other types of writing. This strategy is a familiar one in the context of zawen history; the necessity to hide only increases the effect the “involuntarily” discordant tone, which is held to be, biting and kicking, reflecting the truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
When zawen were first fashioned as a modern genre, it was the involuntary expression of responsive emotions that were explicitly invoked as zawen's purpose.  When Hu Shih published the first major newspaper column devoted to the serial publication of zawen in 1918, the “Record of Spontaneous Feeling,” the introductory essay was entitled “什麼話,” literally “What speech.” This title also provides a demonstration of a modal trope on the level of syntax.  In this original title there was no punctuation, as “shenme” already indicates the question “what” in the standard form, before European punctuation was imported as a regular feature of written vernacular Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the interrogative function, however, “hua,” [“speech” or “talk”] has the declamatory effect of objectifying speech, and holding it up for dramatic examination. For an idiomatic English translation I would offer “What!?” including both exclamation and question mark.  The contents of essay describe the purpose of zawen as a venue for explosive emotional responses, linked to the other, “regular” items printed in newspapers everyday.  This ordinary newspaper fare “gives people goose flesh [disgusts them] makes them sigh, or elicits a cold smile or an outright laugh” (Hu Shih, Shen Bao 1918). Zawen were thus launched in the early modern Chinese newspaper as the nearly physical expression of these feelings or moods in the form of literary essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shih's formulation emphasizes zawen's role as a response to “life itself.” Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, zawen is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.  Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, zawen's ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can “find their seat and sit in it,” or take offence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Generic categories are not the only aspect that zawen tend to mix; they characteristically contain sudden shifts in tone, style and voice, moving from a snippet of stray “overheard” conversation to an elegant, classical allusion. Echoing Hu Shih's 1918 idea of zawen as a “response” to the articles on other pages of the newspaper, the zawen, still characteristically the back page of most newspapers, nearly always contains a “foil” in the form of a direct quote from the author has read or heard.  In addition to creating a microcosmic social dialogue, this split between two voices, the writer's and that of the “foil” also allows for dizzying clashes of style and voice that enclose unlikely combinations of syntax and grammar, as well as ideas, a single text. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print?  In this paper I have tried to illustrate the trope of tone through the “sonorous” work, particularly that of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his zawen.  The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for zawen in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing.  Even more than other literary genres, zawen depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
While readers love to hate their morally and politically provocative zawen-of-the-moment, writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations.  Eventually they even preserve zawen, long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves.  Lu Xun's genre of the “dagger and spear” is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the culturally shaped self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of contentious social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Appendix: Translations of two primary texts: “'Pei Pei Pei!'? ” and “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Pei Pei Pei! ”?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there must not be “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place.&lt;br /&gt;
Have I gotten so insensitive?  Out of self-abrogation, and also out of curiosity, I rushed to seek it out.And so it was, what had been said was “there must not be pei pei pei -ing all over the place, it must not always be the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal that is used to write  about the party, the nation and the people, dispersing a gray mood that makes people pessimistic and disappointed.”  It is like this all over the place, and not in just in one particular place, things are always this way, and not just at a certain time, you can see how widespread and serious the problem is.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
A long time ago in the liberated areas, it was advocated that the entire party should publish newspapers.  After the establishment of the nation, when everything was “operated on a large scale with the entire people” I did not pay attention to whether or not it was advocated that all the people should publish the newspapers.   But getting all  people to read the newspapers is the goal of all those who follow the newspaper profession.  In that way, newspapers are not merely published for leading institutions and leaders to read, but rather at the same time (actually this should be primary) for the masses to read.  They are published for all the people -- among the people there are illiterates and partially literate, but through listening to the newspapers being read, the broadcasters and televisions have accepted the responsibility of getting the newspaper read, and this segment of the masses also figures as indirect readers of the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The readers have the greatest right of criticizing the newspapers, and I wonder how many readers have discovered this phenomenon of there being “pei pei pei -ing” all over the place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am one of these readers, subscribing on my own to several “large” newspapers (newspaper publications have not been classified as large or small, but I follow convention here) there are in addition a few newspapers that people send to me; as to “small” newspapers, I have not the leisure nor the money to buy the papers in the Beijing area, not to mention nearby Tianjin and Hebei.  Even so, just taking the 10 to 20 different newspapers I often look over, including the cultural newspapers, I have not discovered these “always using the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal to write  about the party, the nation and the people” sorts of “pei pei pei” pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
I could only hand back to my friend a blank report.  But naturally my not having seen them does not mean they do not exist. What one person can see is limited. I hope that the extra sensitive speaker on this matter can openly point them out, or even offer examples of eight or ten articles, or even hold up just three to five articles as models of this kind of work, so as to allow us to be enlightened and improve our discriminating ability in seeing which essays are those called “pei pei pei,” perhaps at the same time clearing up a related matter by analogy, that of understanding what kind of essays constitute “ba ba ba” as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没有看到它们并不意味着它们不存在。 一个人只能看到有限的内容。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 13:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This suggestion is sincere, not just the usual politeness.  In order for literary arts, newspaper publications and literary publications to develop better social effects and to help unite the ways of our times with the people's hearts, newspaper editors, newspaper readers, and those in charge of this occupation should all be able to directly express their own views, and upon making mistakes should help each correct and make up for them, nobody needs to be polite about this. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
After reading this speaker's comments, there is another matter that mystifies me.  According to what was said, “from the next (meaning this and next) two years of discipline and rectification, there will be more new challenges and problems, and literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  In reading all these newspapers, this is the first time I have seen  this “stabilize the peoples mind” proposition.  If there is a need to stabilize the people's hearts, it must proceed from the assumption that the peoples hearts are not stable.  As for the reason why people's minds are not stable, it comes back to the “discipline and rectification and the new challenges and problems” of these two years.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
I am confused again.  These “challenges and problems” that so vex people, do they result from the “discipline and rectification” or is it because of these “challenges and problems” that the need arises to “discipline and rectify”?  If the more you “discipline and rectify” the more you provoke “many new challenges and problems” in people's minds, then why do all this “discipline and rectifying”?  Moreover, I do not understand what “discipline and rectification” refers to nor what the “new challenges and problems” are, and I cannot figure out what “stabilize people minds” means very precisely, nor can I see what concrete request is being made.  This is my request for instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The Literature Journal column “Literature and the People's Lives” has been asking for a manuscript from me many times, but I have never been able to take up the assignment.  As I write to this point, I suddenly thought that this piece should be called “Literature and the Peoples' Minds”? But that is a big topic, something that a thousand characters can not manage to capture.  1989.2.21.&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Yanxiang 1993 in 自己的酒 [My Own Wine] pages 181-183, 群眾出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''East Station'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred to the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer east side Front City Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
This train station was once a symbol of bustling urgency, day and night swallowing and spewing out the many different hues of travelers who come to and leave the old capitol.  Outsiders that have been to Beijing may not have wandered on Fragrant Mountain or not even have visited the Imperial Museum, but none would not remember this railway station.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This train station, like any other place in Beijng, has experienced everything, cycles of prosperity and demise passing before its watch.  It has greeted both the voluntary and the involuntary travelers to Beijing, and also the powerful it welcomed, as well as those it did not welcome.  It sent off the happy people on their first [train] voyages, and also the broken hearted people who were departing; how many of them left this place never to come back?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
When 20-year-old Shen Congwen arrived in Beijing after his roundabout journey from Phoenix in Hunan Province, he may have walked out of the station and stood for a while at the square in front of it.  He would have seen, because in those years there was still a space in front, first the uniformly arranged buildings, and the colorfully carved gate of Zhengyang tower.  His senses would have been struck with awe at the deep and solemn beauty.  Did he think of the way Kang (youwei) and Liang (qiqiao) were in the depths of an inescapable trap when they embarked their train to flee, in the midst of their hurry without even the time to look back upon the winged palace roofs of their beloved capitol? &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
That year in July the canons sounded at Lugou Bridge.  When the railroad was restored between Beiping and Tianjin, the first trainload was the “four thousand refugee reds fleeing to Tianjin,” that was how the Tianjin newspaper put it.  When those travelers entered East Station, they took their first step on the road of flight; were there any among them that that could predict that long after their own “fortuitous rescue,” in 1958 there would be another group making their unseemly departure from the Beijing station, submitting their fates to the unpredictable road?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Recently I looked through Liu Meng's “Reminiscences on a Rainy Day” in which he writes of the rainy day April of 1958, when [he along with] a group was sent to the great northern wilderness.  The platform in the rainy day, the locomotive in the rainy day; he deliberately reminisced calmly, saying it was like this memory had also been washed clean by the rainy rain.  At that time Liu Meng had been young, but traveling along with him were many people who had fallen into this hardship in their old age, certainly each of them had their own earlier “at that time.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Head hanging, walking upon the rain-wet road; this is someone who has far to travel.  Every window is weeping; this is someone reminiscing in the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor.  Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I don't know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The platform of Beijing East Station, from the end of the last century to the middle of this century, has been a stage of constantly revolving action, no matter whether the security forces patrolling the edges of the stage were armed police of the North Coast Warlords, or the Japanese Army Police, or the Nationalist soldiers, police, M.P.’s or special agents, or the “People's Traffic Police.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
But because nearly everybody “performed” there in one way or another, at least having passed across that stage, everything about it was forgotten.  Literary works pass through it with a single stroke, only the ending of the novel “Golden Powder Dynasty” provided a scene for it.  This leftover architectural structure does not even rate a “district preservation unit” marker.  This is because there are too many ancient traces in Beijing, how could an object merely one hundred years of age be considered antique?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1989. 9. 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please don't cut or change this date.  The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with “more that thirty years ago” at the beginning of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nostalgia without Memory: Reading Zhang Wei’s Essays &lt;br /&gt;
In the Context of Fable of September''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jie Lu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper I will discuss what can be called agrarian nostalgia in Zhang Wei's essays collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey, published in 1995 as a part of Resisting Compromise Book Series. I will examine his nostalgia as a critical and moral stance in the literary context of his highly claimed novel The Fable of September. In the novel, history is mythologized, essentialized, and therefore erased to embody an agrarian being associated with land. If land in Zhang's novel represents an idealized existence, then in his essays, it becomes both a social and literary metaphor to symbolize moral purity and literary elitism. It is posed as a means to achieve individual, social and literary salvation, and an absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture in the age of commercialization.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgia as an indication of fundamental condition of human estrangement or alienation has been exacerbated by the speeds and scopes of modernization and globalization in contemporary China. This nostalgic sentiment is intensely experienced by intellectual elites who wish to maintain their traditional role as society's moral guardians or as society's conscience, and by literary writers who wish to sustain the distinction between pure and popular literature. It is exactly this moral absolutism and literary elitism that have been undermined by cultural and socioeconomic changes. What nostalgia in Zhang's writings reveals is not so much a resistance to modernization process as incapability of deep understanding the complexity of Chinese modernity.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
At the turn of the twenty-first century in China, with modernization and globalization gaining full momentum, it is interesting to find many writers turning their gaze backward to the past rather than singing the praises of this new global age. Among writers such as Liang Xiaosheng, Zhang Chengzhi, and Zhang Wei, nostalgia has become their dominant literary mode, through which to both critique commercialism and globalism and express the authors’ moral and literary ideals. In this paper I wish to focus on the moral and literary implications of nostalgia in Zhang Wei’s essays, as collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey (youfen de guitu), published in 1995 as a part of the Resisting Compromise Book Series (dikang touxiang shuxi). [*	Jie Lu is an Assistant Professor of Chinese at the University of the Pacific. The author is grateful to Martin Woesler, the organizer of the conference on The Modern Chinese Literary Essays (August, 2000, Germany) where this paper was presented, and Michelle DiBello for her insightful comments and careful editing of the whole text. &lt;br /&gt;
	Resisting Compromise Book Series (Dikang touxiang shuxi) includes collections of essays by Zhang Chengzhi, Zhang Wei, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Li Ri, and Shi Tiesheng respectively. ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of putting Zhang’s writings in the larger context of contemporary intellectual debates over radicalism (radical intellectual/cultural discourse) and (new) conservatism (anti-radical),[	Regarding the major theoretical discourses in contemporary intellectual debates in China, see Xu Ben’s “Contesting Memory for Intellectual Self-Positing: The 1990s’ New Cultural Conservatism in China” in Modern Chinese Literature and Culture, Vol.11 (Spring, 1999) 157-193; Jianhua Chen’s “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, Vol. 9 113-129; Intellectuals’ Positions (Zhishi fenzi lichang) in three volumes, edited by Li Shitao, published by Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000.  ] I will examine it in the literary context of his highly acclaimed novel Fable of September published in 1992. &lt;br /&gt;
Fable of September represents history in a way that mythologizes, essentializes, and therefore erases it in the name of an idealized agrarian existence. Indeed, the idea of “the land” (tudi) is a transcending and all-encompassing concept in Zhang Wei writings, representing an idealized pure state uncontaminated by industrialization and modernization. In his essays, the land is transformed into a social and literary metaphor that symbolizes moral purity and literary elitism against what the author perceives as the contemporary backdrop of general moral decadence and literary chaos. This ideal is posed as a means to achieve nothing less than social, moral and literary salvation, raised as a kind of absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture. &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
My argument, however, is that Zhang’s reification of “land” as a transcendental metaphor in his essays only betrays the author’s lack of any profound historically informed understanding of the complexity of Chinese modernity. He simply refuses to accept social and cultural dilemmas and contradictions as permanent fixtures of the intellectual and cultural landscape. At the same time, Zhang’s outright criticism of consumerism and globalism suggests an underlying ambivalence about modernization. As China’s post-socialist social reality grows more complex and demanding, with more diversified and unstructured cultural formation, any clear-cut moral solution to social evils based on pre-modern social relationship and norms (positing the utopian vision of a transcendental realm) can no longer be effective. Nor is it sufficient to solve the sense of cultural crisis brought on by the progression of both modernization and globalization.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
The contemporary Chinese intellectual and cultural scene is a complex one, with major conflicting trends – one toward the commercialization of knowledge/literature and another in strong resistance to the very same. A new diversity of voices can be heard in intellectual debates at the more abstract conceptual level, and a number of Chinese writers have also joined the scene – whether consciously or unconsciously -- with their own distinct literary voices. The Resisting Compromise Book Series in fact embodies these writers’ own effort of resistance to commercialism and globalism, which they perceive as corrosive forces in their culture and society. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
As the series’ editor-in-chief states in the preface, the work is devoted to those contemporary “literary heroes” (Xiao 1995, II), that is, certain literary idealists such as Zhang Wei, Zhang Chenzhi, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Shi Tiesheng, and Li Rui. These literary heroes are recognized for daring to stand up and raise the banner of “literature of resistance” (Xiao 1995, II), attacking the literary degeneration and moral decay of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
In publishing the Resisting Comprises series, its creators were responding to a growing domination of the literary arena by a so-called “Hooligan Movement.” According to the editor, literary hooliganism, as it were, is essentially a “language game” -- represented first and foremost by the irreverent writer Wang Shuo – with its various forms of “literary trash” including “literature of sexual promiscuity” (xingluan), “literature of leisure” (xianshi), “hack literature” (bangxian) and “sneezing literature” (penti) (Xiao 1995, II). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
But there are several larger social and literary issues that this project essentially addresses, namely: the loss of literary/cultural/social dominance by the intellectual elite to mass/commercial culture; the commercialization of knowledge/literature; erosion of the “humanist spirit;” abandonment of ultimate human concerns; desertion of idealism, enlightenment and such modernist projects. In the face of such upheaval, the editor describes the contemporary cultural/literary scene in China as dark and degenerate. The age is “cursed,” “tragic,” an age of “betrayal” and “surrender” (Xiao 1995, IV). And the targets of the literary/moral resistance are postmodernism, commercialism, and mass culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Wei is primarily known as a novelist. His major novels include Ancient Boat, Fable of September, My Countryside, Clan, and novelle include Meditation in Autumn, Anger in Autumn, and Vineyard. [	Ancient Boat (Guchuan), Fable of September (Jiuyu yuyan), My Countryside (Wode tianyuan), Clan (Jiazu), Meditation in Autumn (Qiutian de sisuo), Anger in Autumn (Qiutian de fennu), and Vineyard (Putaoyuan) are all included in Zhang Wei wenji (Collected Writings of Zhang Wei) (Shanghai: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe, 1997).] He has also published many collections of essays.  His writings collected in Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey include essays, talks, and interviews. These essays do not express this uncompromising stance in such a strong voice and straightforward manner. Instead, Zhang poses a literary persona of moral integrity as a kind of self-representation. He appears as an idealized individual, embodying in every way pure moral qualities of both a human being and artist/writer. This idealized individual is a fighter, fighting a lonely and heroic battle against fashionable trends and any and all forms of evil (Xiao 1995, 6).[	Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey includes both Zhang Wei’s essays as well as critical articles by various critics. In this paper I will use Xiao Xialin, the editor of this collection as the reference to provide in-text citations to essays by both Zhang Wei and other critics.  ]&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
As a generous humanitarian, he loves and helps all good people. As a socially committed artist, he takes upon himself a great responsibility to all humanity. And as a serious writer, he self-consciously pursues high literature. He is also represented as an honest laborer, making a living through hard labor and sweat. As part of this self-representation, Zhang criticizes those who succumbed to moral and artistic degradation, such as those writers who choose to “enter the commercial world” (xiahai), or cater to popular low-brow tastes by writing “trash literature.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
He points out in his essay “Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey” several “lacks” in many contemporary writers. First, many of today’s writers lack “self-reflexivity” (which really refers more to moral “self-reflection” or “self-consciousness” rather than intellectual self-reflexivity). They lack “conservatism,” an ability to hold to a certain kind of spirit, in which he also sees as a lack of real avant-guard spirit. They lack  “intolerance,” meaning they are overly tolerant of vices and decadent practices, and rarely engage in serious, genuine, and frank criticism and debate. Finally, they lack “stable emotions” -- the definition of which is rather ambiguous. &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s self-representation, then, is also a form of self-legitimization. It endows him with legitimacy through a kind of literary aura and the staking out of high moral ground. From this privileged stance, he proceeds to interpret, represent, articulate, define and judge the essence, meaning and criteria of literature, society, and human life. Throughout his essays, including interviews, talks, and lectures, we find Zhang, like a self-styled guru, constantly giving advice to college students, young writers, and literature fans on what to read, how to write, and how to live. This advice is based exclusively on a clear distinction between high and popular literature, and on his unabashed criticism of mass culture (represented by television). &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
In a broader sense, we can see his self-representation as an essential reaffirmation of the traditional role that Chinese intellectuals played in society. The claim to an authoritative voice is fundamental to maintaining the privileged position of the intellectual elite within a structure of knowledge and power. Zhang’s self-representation, then, is nothing less than an attempt to reestablish the intellectual elite’s role in literature and society based on a clear distinction between high and popular literature. This power struggle for cultural dominance and hegemony in the ongoing reformation of intellectual/cultural discourse largely defines China’s socio-cultural condition in the wake of socialism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most important part of Zhang’s essays is his use and development of the concept of “land” (tudi), which strongly conveys his self-representation as a simple yet serious “rural intellectual” (xiangcun zhishi fenzi). In his well-known essay “Immersion in the Wild Field” (rongru yiedi), the land in fact functions as a transcending metaphor. As a signifier of nature – wild fields, mountains, bushes, green crops, the ocean -- the land symbolizes all that is morally good in social and cultural realms as well as in individual’s life. The land represents a mother figure, where one can always find comfort, wisdom and inspiration. As an eternal backdrop, the land embodies eternity itself. It serves as an aesthetic standard through which the author defines the social and aesthetic functions of “pure literature,” and criticizes various aspects of cultural reality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang associates popular literature and TV culture with low class and uneducated tastes, and criticizes current literary Chinese criticism for being overly influenced by foreign literary jargons. His concept of the land is even a moral criterion through which he criticizes many aspects of contemporary modern society -- from commercialization in which money is the source of all evils, to globalization marked by domination of transnational corporations and bad influence of some foreign literature, as well as modernization represented by cellular phones, cars, and high technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与电视文化这种低级的和未受过教育的品味联系在一起，并批评当前中国文学评论过度受到了外国文学术语的影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准。通过这种道德标准，他批判了现当代社会的各个方面——从金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和高科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Li Haiquan|Li Haiquan]] ([[User talk:Li Haiquan|talk]]) 12:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
But most of all, Zhang’s concept of land symbolizes an ideal based on ages old dichotomy between city and countryside. At the beginning of the essay, he tells us: “[The] city is a willfully and recklessly modified wild field, and I will eventually leave it” (Xiao 1995, 19). Later he claims that a real artist should be “a worshiper of land” (Xiao 1995, 60). To Zhang, the spirit of “land” should be the spirit of the age (Xiao 1995, 241). Seen in the context of his criticism of modernization, it is evident that this dichotomy is built around the moral distrust of the city – a psychological complex that traces back to Chinese agrarian tradition and Mao’s revolutionary heritage. At the same time, it reveals a profound nostalgia for a pre-modern rural existence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
The Land, then, points to an ideal transcendent realm, closed to contamination by the modern world. But represented only in highly literary, allusive, emotive language and nature images and analogies, the idea of the Land only comes across as very abstract and unreal. The author himself asks: “What exactly is the wild field? Where does it exist? Does it really contain my innocent world I imagine?” (Xiao 1995, 30). Indeed, as an all-encompassing and pervasive metaphor, The Land is never once in his essays clearly and objectively defined. Whether expressed as a personification of the mother figure, an embodiment of eternal being, or as a constellation of various ideal qualities and values, Zhang’s “land” lacks the substantial tour-de-force as a moral and social metaphor. But if we are to discover an ontological anchoring for this concept, it can only be found, I would argue, in his well-known novel Fable of September. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In reading this novel, I will focus on the dialectic between its strikingly postmodernist form -- which he criticizes and whose influences he constantly denies --and its pre-modern content (in terms of the primitive agrarian existence represented and the mode of storytelling used). I find nothing to criticize in Zhang’s use of magic realism and certain postmodernist techniques to recapture the so-called original world of pre-modern existence. I do find a glaring contradiction, however, in the author’s repeated denial of any positive influence of postmodernism. This, together with his unqualified valorization of “The Land” as a metonymy of a primitive utopia, only betray not so much his literary hypocrisy as his limited ability to understand modernity, postmodernism and even history itself.        &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to his essays, which tend to be didactic, long-winded, condescending, and full of literary clichés, Zhang’s novel ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating and imaginative piece of writing. It is best situated in the genre of fictional history -- not a fictionalized account of real historical figures and events, but a pure fiction, written in a historical mode. Other examples of this way of, say, tracing the fictional history of a person, a family, or a village, include Su Tong’s Maple Tree Village series, or Ge Fei’s fictional biography, ''Marginality.'' Given its fragmented, incoherent story and sophisticated narrative plot, it is a challenge to give the novel a concise, accurate description. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the novel depicts a “historical” picture in which a small pre-modern, self-contained village is obliterated by industrialization. But what the novel really focuses on, instead of village’s fall itself, are certain memorable events and people that are part of the last 30-40 years of its existence (though the exact length of time remains questionable and unclear).  &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is divided into seven parts, each focusing on stories of a single character or family. These stories are mutually connected, and at the same time intermingled with myths, legends, anecdotes and magical or strange occurrences, which in turn map out a sort of  “history” of the village. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, history is not quite the right term here to describe the village’s temporal contour, for what stand out as the central features in the life of the village are “land”/food (more specifically sweet potatoes), the tradition of staying with the village, and a certain mode of storytelling used in the village to recall past suffering. As quintessential indexes in the village’s existence, these features mark not a temporal movement but an eternal being. Centered on these three essentials, life in the village is hard, simple, unchanging, and close to the archetypal. The only way for the young to use up their abundant and restless energy is to run and play in the wild fields at night, and the married to beat their wives and do “cupping” (''ba huoguan'').&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus what Zhang Wei aims to represent in this novel is a pure, simple, close-to-primitive life, uncontaminated by modern civilization. But he is also representing a sense of eternal being, long lost as it may be in our modern age.   &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is undoubtedly imaginative and fascinating. My sense of fascination as a reader, however, is derived largely from its mode of literary representation than from what is actually depicted in Zhang’s fictional world. Part reality, part myth, part legend, the story is at once mythical and real. It is a synthesis of straightforwardness and artifice, primitivism and mannerism, thematic simplicity and formal sophistication. In other words, in order to represent a pre-modern agrarian existence – Zhang’s utopian vision of pure being – he relies on quite sophisticated modernist/postmodernist literary devices. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking feature of the novel, as many critics have noted, is its formal manipulation of temporality, or to be more specific, the narrative negation of temporality. It is almost impossible for the reader to discern the actual timeline of the village’s history.  Even the time span running from the 1930s to 1970s and temporal progression within the narrated world (which can only be pieced together after repeated readings), are unreliable, full of unexplainable loopholes. [	For the full discussion on the novel’s temporal scheme, see Chen Sihe’s “Huanyuan minjian: tan Zhang Wei ''Jiuyue Yuyan''”(Returning to the people: on Zhang Wei’s ''Fable of September'') collected in Youfen de guitu (Indignant Homeward Journey) 260-267.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This unusual narrative stance achieves a number of thematic effects. First, it cuts the village off from the larger movement of history. The novel mentions no political movements, significant historical events, or chronology of dates other than “September.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The only other temporal indicators are rainy seasons, or periods of winter when the snow is as sharp as strong acid, or autumn when the field is abundant with sweet potatoes and beans. These seasonal markers indicate changes more in nature than in the human world where chronological dates mark time. These markers of nature serve to draw the story further away from a real historical framework and closer to the pre-modern agrarian mode of existence, as if human life was “timed” by nature itself. Furthermore, this kind of temporal negation also foregrounds eternity in the land itself. Wherever any historical hint or political implication may crop up in the story, it is immediately dissolved into one of many village legends. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “recalling past suffering” (yiku), an important collective activity of the village, is transformed from a political discourse used during the Cultural Revolution into a form of storytelling for binding the village community together, and for producing oral history and creating legends. In essence, history is  erased from the village’s background all together. &lt;br /&gt;
The novel’s detachment from historical background also means a metaphysical negation of historical paradigm of interpretation and signification, characterized by such notions as causality, progress and teleology. This allows the author to have a larger space for interaction of diverse configurations. As critic Chen Sihe points out, Zhang’s village exists in three forms: in reality, in legend/myth, and in oral storytelling (Xiao 1995, 265). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absence of a clear-cut time framework only blurs and transgresses the ontological boundaries among reality, myths, legends, the magic and storytelling. The novel abounds with magical, mythical, and supernatural figures and events: Niugan’s body was air-dried for a period of time before his actual death.  A man named Jinyou can squeeze milk from his breasts. Another man’s eyeball jumps out and changes into a frog, disappearing into grass. The mother of Longran does not die after drinking pesticide; instead, her hairs have become darker, and skin softer. Very much like in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s ''One Hundred Years of Solitude'', these magical events are presented in a realistic mode on the same ontological level as other “real” events.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the magic is approached through the everyday. And the transgression of ontological levels of representation thus further negates historical temporality.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The absence of historical time in the novel also negates historical interpretation. Instead, myths and legends assume the function of historical explanation. The origin of the small village is explained in a myth about a group of vagrants who, exhausted after a long journey, stopped, and settled on a piece of land that could provide them with food. The story of the monkey spirit with the ability to carry things becomes a mythic explanation of social stratification and exploitation, a further departure from historical and positive discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
These myths and legends are presented as part of the village’s everyday reality. Thus different ontological levels within the text – reality and myth/legend/oral storytelling/magical events -- in which the village exists collapse into one. It is a world in which past and present become all-at-once. In other words, the past is the present, the myth is reality, and vice versa. The timeless place is like a sentence without tense. And herein lies the author’s profound sense of nostalgia for a fundamental, archetypal existence in its complete nakedness, beyond modern historical and rational configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nan Fan points out, though the temporal span of the novel is not long, its content is massive, filled as it is with various stories (Xiao 1995, 253).&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
If the macro-structure of the novel is characterized by narrative strategies of postmodernist fragmentation and transgression, then at the micro-structure of individual stories the pre-modern form of Benjaminian storytelling becomes the dominant mode of narrative. “Recalling past suffering” is in fact in the typical mode of storytelling. The narrative tells us that in those long and cold winter nights when rain turned into snow, when there were nothing else to do for the rural folks, all villagers of the Small Village would gather together to listen to Jinxiang, one of the principal storytellers in the village, to recall past suffering. Here Jinxiang functions in the role that Water Benjamin describes: the giver of stories, of counsel, the link to a mythic but necessary past.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Through storytelling, the storyteller’s personal experiences mixed with the mythic and magic become the collective experiences of the village, binding the village together, and providing it not only with a sense of community but also a sense of identity. Interestingly, the villagers prefer only the storytellers in their own village to tell of past. Thus, in relating his own experience and that reported by others, the storyteller in turns makes it the experience of those who are listening to his tale (Benjamin 1968, 87). In a way, Jinxiang perfectly embodies Benjaminian storyteller as the one who, in his storytelling, also gives counsels to the listeners -- the young in this context -- to value the happiness of the present and therefore stay with the tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Jinxiang’s story telling demonstrates the power of the oral, in that his performance has potential for moving beyond rational control. He tells stories spontaneously and with great emotion, often with tears and slobbers and shouts at each stop. His dynamic orality controls the whole atmosphere of the meeting and carries the listeners to multiple emotional climaxes. Thus in the highly emotionally charged atmosphere of telling and listening marked by crying and shouting, the teller and listeners identify completely with one another. As a storyteller “in his living immediacy” (Benjamin 1968, 83), Jinxiang is thus an integrate part of the pre-modern rural existence based on its closely-knit community, the shareable experiences, and a fund of stories and lore.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
And this pre-modern rural existence can only be narrated and made sense of through the mode of storytelling, for the specific sense of historicity and experience of reality as mixed with myth, legend, the magical transgress normal parameters of our modern and rational paradigm of representation.  &lt;br /&gt;
             &lt;br /&gt;
Thus the synthesis of the pre-modern, marked by both its existence and the mode of storytelling, and postmodernist mannerism with its sophisticated narrative strategies also points to an irony, in that this natural, pre-modern world can only be re-presented in very stylized devices. Here Zhang Wei encounters a similar paradox as the famous Taoist icon, Zhuang Zi. In spite of his distrust of language, Zhuang Zi could only envision the ineffable Way through language.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, it was through language, given humanity’s permanent separation and alienation from nature, that Zhuang Zi could imagine the existence of something beyond. Zhang Wei’s pre-modern being is by no means ineffable. Yet, its “otherness” and its alterity vis a vis the modern world can only be perceived in our modern world, and represented through sophisticated devices of modernism/postmodernism. The absolute irony that the primitive or the pre-modern cannot be envisioned and represented except in our modern cultural condition in fact exists in the very center of this utopian text, though unrealized by the author himself as he repeatedly criticizes postmodernism and denies its inevitable influence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
So the natural or the pre-modern state of being as eulogized by the author is no longer the first order of naturalness, but the second order, for it is only through an elaborate narrative architecture that such primitivism and naturalness can be re-enacted. To put it in another way, in resurrecting the primitive in our postmodernist age, the author in fact brings out, though unconsciously, a fundamental truth about primitivism. The natural, organic and a-temporal world of agrarian existence represented by the Small Village is not, in fact, a utopia from which we have fallen. Rather, it derives its meaning only through its opposition to a temporal world of modern civilization. Only in contrast to this temporal world can the primordial, the timeless take on meaning as negation of historical time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the ideal of a timeless, primordial rural past beyond modern civilization is only an ideal created in our modern times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my discussion of modernist/postmodernist literary devices, I do not mean to label and categorize Zhang’s text as a modernist/postmodernist. Nevertheless, as seen in the above analysis, his formal strategies do share some strong features of postmodernism, or to be specific, magical realism. These features include boundary transgression, fusion and coexistence of different ontological worlds, and atemporal narrative structure. There is no doubt that Zhang Wei has succeeded in creating a world, a state of being beyond the reach of modern civilization. But his “world,” in the final analysis, can only be represented through modernist/postmodernist techniques.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that the creation of this archetypal village embodies the author’s profound nostalgia for the pre-modern past and his utopian search for an ideal state of being. And this timeless place represents the author’s attempt to re-orient geographical and cultural nostalgia in China’s contemporary times from commercially stimulated nostalgia to the rural past as the fundamental Chinese root. Yet the lack of direct temporal and spatial references in the presentation of the Small Village makes his nostalgia closer to imagination, or to what David Wang called, imaginary nostalgia (1993, 107). In other words, his nostalgic representation of the Small Village is devoid of actual memory. This is particularly demonstrated in his deliberately designed a-temporal narrative structure, his foregounding of myth, legends and those magical events. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, as the title indicates, the whole novel is intended by the author as a fable, rather than a history, even though it is written in a historical mode. The village’s mythic origin, its lack of sense of time, and its sudden and catastrophic ending all point to the negation of historical progression. The elaborate narrative structure betrays the imaginative and fantastic construction of this mythic past. Thus Zhang Wei’s Small Village is less a historical object of nostalgia than a topographical/textual locus where imagination and utopian discourse intermingle. In other words, as a literary construction, this phantom village comes less from the actual yearning for what has been lost than from the desire for what has never been there (Wang 1993, 130). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The striking incongruity indicates the nature of nostalgia as both a textural stance as well as a structure of feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the incongruity between formal sophistication and primitive existence is a very hallmark of literary and cultural production in our postmodernist China. In discussing the Fifth Generation Films, Rey Chow points out that primitivism is often associated with modernism/postmodernism. The “primitive passion,” according to Chow’s definition, emerges at “a moment of cultural crisis.” It is an invented fact,  fabrication of a sense of the primordial, rural rootedness that occurs in the post-construction (1995, 22-23). Chow’s theory of primitive passion is based on her study of new Chinese cinema.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
However it does shed light on our discussion of Zhang’s profound nostalgia for the rural past at the age of globalization, and on the ironic rupture between postmodernist sophistication and the pre-modern/primordial world presented in his novel. Read in intertextual relation with his essays, it is more than clear that Zhang’s re-imagining of the primordial Chinese rural past is meant to correct what he perceives as the diseased modernity and to rejuvenate Chinese culture. As a response to the cultural crisis in our globalized age, Zhang Wei has chosen the past to measure the present. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
The nostalgic return in Zhang Wei’s writings is in fact a kind of self-exile. Zhang Wei actually spent five years in a rustic country house (soon to be torn down) near his hometown to write this novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
There he was literally cut off from the outside world, expecting that this exile away from modern cities would get him spiritually closer to the land and nature so as to feel anew the vitality of the Chinese people, and rediscover the historical/rural root of Chinese culture. As agreed by all critics, this novel’s representation of the primordial past succeeds in bringing out a native naiveté and simplicity, a sense of gushing life force and animal virility -- the ideal form of being. However, in de-historicizing the past in order to re-imagine the golden age of the rural innocence and plenitude of meaning, the author had no alternatives but to simply let narrative play out its historical inevitability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-modern agrarian existence embodied by the Small Village is ultimately destroyed by modern industrialization. History then, though negated and erased by the narrative form of the novel, reasserts itself at the end. This leaves us not with a story about the slow decline of this pre-modern agrarian existence, but of its catastrophic fall. The structure of the village’s existence was in no way able to change and transform itself. This is demonstrated by the villagers’ strong resistance to outside influences represented by coal mining industry. As a result, rather than gradual transformation, the village is suddenly destroyed by industrial machine power.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
The moral dilemma Zhang faces in re-enacting of the Chinese rural past is similar to those encountered by root-seeking writers: the quest for the essence of “Chineseness” also leads to the discovery of unpleasant aspects in its society and cultural tradition. This moral dilemma is also reflected in the novel’s narrative form. While magical events serve to deconstruct the realist paradigm of historical representation, they at the same time also create a picture of rural life as something exotic. As David Wang points out, the object of nostalgia is also easily associated with the exotic (1993, 109).   &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
So if we have found some substance in Zhang’s novel to support his transcendent, yet empty metaphor of “land,” this “substance” remains less than compelling and appealing. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
A primitivistic village life can be little more than that: it is basic and instinctual, centering on food and sex. The meaning of land is closely related to food; indeed the reason the villagers stick to this land is because it can produce rich food enough to preserve their community. The carnivalesque scenes describing the village young romping in the wild fields at night, while highly acclaimed by many Chinese critics, do not, to my mind, represent an infinite solitude or a simple form of joy as much as the poverty of these lives in an extremely closed and impoverished world. This strikes an even more pathetic chord when knowing that this form of exercise will soon be transformed into wife beating and cupping when these young people grow into adulthood.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The extremely stable pattern of the village’s social customs, mindset, and traditions is incapable of absorbing new things, or initiating any transformation. So the static and cyclical form of existence is simply erased by the outside forces of industrialization. In a broader sense, the history of the Small Village, or rather, its fate can be seen as an allegory for Chinese traditional society which was also forced into fundamental change from the outside. Thus the Small Village reflects the broader historical impotence and lack of cultural flexibility in traditional rural China. Many critics, including the author himself, argue that the idea of Land is meant to represent a certain spirit. Nevertheless, unless located somewhere, this spirit can only remain an empty structure.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is precisely this structural emptiness that enables Zhang Wei to fill in many meanings throughout his essays. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
''Fable of September'', as well as Zhang’s essays, embody his search for truth and a moral ground based not on the rationally constructed modern world of scientific knowledge and market economy represented by urban centers, but on the simplicity of rural life. This search is rooted in the author’s disenchantment with certain aspects of modern civilization. To Zhang Wei, “Modern industrial civilization represents a form of beauty; yet this form is prone to hurt another more fundamental, more eternal beauty. Idealists all hope that these two forms of beauty can exist in harmony, without much conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
But of course, this hope is only a dream” (Xiao 1995, 193). This distrust of modern civilization also reflects in him what Raymond Williams called “rural-intellectual radicalism” (1973, 36). Indeed, as a rural intellectual (as many critics have labeled him), Zhang demonstrates many aspects of rural-intellectual mentality: hostile to modern capitalism, opposed to commercialism, and attached to country ways and feelings (Williams 1973, 36). Without doubt, ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating novel and has uttered our deepest longings and profoundest nostalgia for a pre-modern simplicity of existence free of modern-day ills like alienation and corruption. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, Zhang’s use of the central concept of  “land” (referring to an idealized being) as the basis for his critique of modern civilization – decrying moral decay, consumerism, dominance of popular literature and commercialization of knowledge – and his rural intellectual mentality this concept reveals betray the author’s simple-minded, essentialist, and absolutist approach to the complexity of an ever changing social and cultural reality. The reification of land in his essays lacks a broad and deep historical perspective on Chinese modernity. Commercialism and its culture have by all means contributed to the general moral decay and erosion of basic humanistic values in society, and global cultural effects lead to profounder cultural crisis. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absolute rejection of consumerism, globalism, and postmodernism fails to recognize their power and inevitability in restructuring contemporary Chinese society. The problems created by these developments have already moved the issue of solution beyond a discourse on morality. China’s ever more complex and changing social and cultural reality requires a more sophisticated and mature understanding. And finally, I would suggest that in today’s post-Cold War age in which socialism-capitalism antithesis has lost its relevance and meaning, the intellectual paradigm of confrontation must be replaced by one of negotiation. Nostalgia may always be pulling at us, and we may always be willing to indulge in a trip to the imagined past with stories like ''Fable of September.'' But as a critical stance, it does not equip us to effectively address the complex process of cultural reformation happening in contemporary Chinese and the world.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Deciphering the Populist Gadfly: Cultural Polemic around Zhang Chengzhi's &amp;quot;Religious Sublime&amp;quot;''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Xinmin Liu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since mid-1990s the Chinese Sanwen has witnessed an upsurge by way of frantic polemics over social and cultural issues in journals, newspaper fueillton, book series and forums.  In this &amp;quot;war of words,&amp;quot; no writer has been as prolific, as provocative and as problematic as Zhang Chengzhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang's essays feature a scathing critique of Chinese intellectuals' lack of spiritual faith, their surrender to global consumerism and the postmodern.  Driven by a populist zeal, Zhang extols Chinese muslims' devotion to their religious faith, defiance of material affluence and bond to their harsh yet unsullied habitat.  His populist approach to religious transcendence in opposition to what he perceives as today's intellectual disenchantment is ambiguous and ambivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
It wavers between subaltern politics and religious fundamentalism.  It  falls short of the prospect of constructing a ethnic pluralism that protects cultural differences without yielding to cultural positions that claim unique access to truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a polyglot age in which all has to be contested and negotiated anew, boundary- violating is the rule rather than the exception.  Before the last millennium closed out, the Chinese essay thrived in an upsurge of cultural polemics, but in terms of aesthetic and ontological norms, the essayists could ill afford to stay within secure and clear-cut boundaries for long, because they often found themselves bombarded and displaced by a plethora of slippery issues, wacky themes and “roguish dilettantes.”  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With battle lines frequently redrawn and growing ever so fuzzy, this round of cultural polemics took on the characteristics of a wild slugfest, no-holds-barred wrestling and elusive shadow boxing.  But true to its essaying (or, alternatively, assaying) role, the essay form rose to the challenge with the right mix of mercurial, discordant and yet self-assured mettle.  Thus, it proved most capable of lending expression to chaos, fracture and trivia of the postmodern world.  One need not search far to bring this point home: the essay has lately swamped the public media with its newfangled offshoots: in addition to the common literary and political essays appeared the licai (personal financing) essay, the xiuxian (leisure/recreation) essay, the photo essay, the cyber essay and so forth. But it is with the cultural polemics of the 1990s that the readers witnessed the essay form in most amazing novelty, deftness and verve.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
One way to make sense of what essay form enabled the writers to achieve amid the “wars of words” (pizhan) is to take it to task by way of its intrinsic bond with cultural dialogics, i.e. to see how approaches of writing essays lead to the laying of grounds for a dialogic relationship that intersects even the most incendiary issues and dissimilar views of this discursive maze.  To that end,  we will focus on Zhang Chengzhi’s essays published after mid-1990s to see why a radical intellectual figure like Zhang, considered an intractable loose cannon by most, often contests and mediates, by virtue of his border-violating politics, what the cultural mainstream considers to be polemical and divisive.  At once belletristic and carnivalesque, Zhang Chengzhi’s essays stood out with striking clarity and urgency, if also with unnerving uproar. &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Extolled by some as the author whose one book single-handedly redeemed Chinese writing of the entire twentieth century, Zhang was riding high on the tailwind of his enormously popular Xinling shi (History of the Soul, 1992) and seemed to have returned to the public forum with his discursive buoyancy revived and his sense of the “sacred” mission renewed.  At first glance, this does not seem the same Zhang Chengzhi who was overwhelmed by the spiritual loftiness he had ascended to upon completing ''Xinling shi'' and pleaded to his readers in all earnest, “there will no longer be this “me” from now on.  Please banish me from your memory.  … I have even taken myself by surprise that with this book I could bring myself to such a screeching halt.”[	Zhang Chengzhi, ''History of the Soul'' (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1991) 311.]  But did Zhang ever quit the public forum and banish his voice from the on-going dialogue with his readers afterwards? &lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
And did he accidentally join the ranks of those escapist intellectuals who self-righteously beat a retreat in the face of social repression and identity dislocation of the early 1990s?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, at the height of his unexpected fame in 1992,[	Zhang Chengzhi made repeated statements in his essays written around this time that he had voluntarily terminated his career as a professional writer out of his desire to be embraced by the Muslim community and out of his disgust for what writers and intellectuals in general had failed to do in the face of rampant consumerist values.] Zhang did not hesitate to declare that his career as a professional writer had come to an end, and that he would retreat to the Muslim communities in the barren loess in Northwest China to begin his new life.  While it is true that he verbally renounced his faith in and severed his tie with the mainstream intelligentsia, reality has proved otherwise: he could neither disinherit the dialogic potential of his earlier essays the same way as he allegedly cast off his ''Han'' Chinese upbringing, nor disown the intellectual milieu of his growth as though it were those business cards he symbolically tore up in disgust.[	This symbolic act is given an elaborate defense in one of his “position-statement” essays, “My Method of Tearing up those Business Cards,” published in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Human wenyi chubanshe, 1999).]  &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang cannot give up the act of writing through which he once defied the false sanctity of official histories and celebrated the purity and incorruptibility of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims,[	A sect Chinese Muslims who are often considered the inheritor of mystical Sufis of the religion of Islam.] and to which he owed the stage for exhibiting his extraordinary discursive power as well as his reinvented ethnic identity.  While still pursuing his spiritual pilgrimage as a lone warrior, he could hardly remain an intellectual recluse in an imagined sanctuary.  Although his views often turned hard-edged due to his combative and self-aggrandizing tone, we need not necessarily be put off by his ill-advised posturing, which is far more rhetorical than substantive.  Rather we are urged to see beyond his argumentative mode and detect that ineluctable draw of cultural dialogics that lured him to charge right back to the frontline of the discursive war zones.  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s essays published since mid-1990s prove most intriguing and forceful when they give vent to his critical views that deliberately blur the boundary between personal commitment with public conscience.&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Seldom a believer of easy cultural synthesis, Zhang thrives in getting caught in the crossfire of public debates and wreaking havoc for the intellectual mainstream whose social legitimacy has fed off a complicitous liaison with the official and the ideological center.  In a sense, what constituted the identity of his previous self, i.e., the “I” who nimbly narrated a hidden history of a suppressed people in ''History of the Soul'', was a persona already poised on the borders between public outcry and personal misgiving, between official histories and popular memoirs, between discourses of cultural criticism and identity politics.  Akin to the self/other-conscious tone of Martin Buber’s ''I and Thou'', Zhang’s resort to “You” side by side with “I” as his discursive partner not only denotes the presence of a dialogic partner cued up by intersubjectivity, but interjects a critical awareness to set off the “unanimous intellectual escapism.”[	Here I am quoting the phrase from Dai Jinhua’s journal article “Hidden Narratives: The Politics of Mass Culture in the 1990s.”  Her view is critically assessed by Chen Jianhua in his “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” carried in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 9, Nos. 1 &amp;amp; 2, 113-29.  ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially a survival tactic to avert political repression in post-1989 China, this latter movement gained popular currency in the early 1990s as some intellectuals and professionals who used to pursue political activism now withdrew into enclosed fields of specialist researches where they could claim professional excellence as their new moral high grounds and practice professional elitism as a testimony to their personal spiritual faith.   These so-called “New Scholars” valorized scholarly research as “not just a matter of knowledge or profession, but more fundamentally, a form of life choice and value inquiry.”[	Chen Pingyuan, “Thoughts on Research of Scholarship History,” Xueren I, 2-6. ]  Alongside this process of self-authorization, they also sported a sweeping disdain toward mass culture or other nonprofessional cultures.  Was this a covert strategy of resisting moral degeneration, or a “club-spirit” rally of collective escapism in the guise of professional disinterest? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s answer rebukes the latter.  Long before the first public debate over such issues took place, his own self-authorization in writing ''History of the Soul'' brought the “impartial” search for historical truth under critical scrutiny.  Positing his ethnic unconscious as the testing site, Zhang launched an assault on the falsely fixed standards in writing ''Hui'' histories whose authority had been complicitous with the chauvinistic State ideology.  He berated the methodological status quo in Chinese Muslim scholars’ historiography for tailoring local and ethnic memories to cater to the legitimacy of its hegemonic control.  In the same vein, he called into question the validity of collecting and editing historical documents according to empiricist standards, chastising its total submission to a positivist view of historical development in the name of scholarly objectivity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
He specifically targeted the renowned Hui historian Yang Huaizhong whose investigation of ''munafeles'', ''Hui'' collaborators with ''Manchu'' and ''Han'' rulers, had, in Zhang’s view, internalized the reigning codes of power-knowledge alliance.  Despite of his fine appraisal and extensive research, Zhang reproves Yang’s aloof stand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, you try to reflect critically yourself and your tradition, on the other, you want to bring to light the suppression and violation committed against the human soul.  How can the kind of subject you’re studying still be the same historiography? &lt;br /&gt;
If Yang had yet to shake off the false sense of ethnic anonymity, Zhang does not make it any easier for himself when faced with the historical injustice inflicted upon the ''Huis''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
At the Jinji Bao, a historical site of many quelled ''Hui'' uprisings in 19th century, he could hardly help chiding himself for not “avenging the historical wrongs” as a professional historian.   He confesses in a 1996 essay entitled “Odes to Waves”: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It so happened that I have the fortune of being a full-fledged academic historian, yet I examined every single detail (of official records) critically but could not offer any rebuttal.  It so happened that I was born of ''Hui'' parentage, yet I attempted to skirt around it but could not escape this historical site---the wintry mist shrouding Jinji Bao pounded me wave after wave, pressing me to make a pledge, to declare a ''nietie'',   to make good the pledge of being dedicated to the people I took rather casually years ago. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Huizhong, also known as Yang Mohammed Usiar, is a well-known Hui historian who has done crucial research on 18th Century Jahriyya Muslim uprisings.  Zhang’s critical comments appear in T''he Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness'' (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
This is not an occasional outburst of emotions for the sake of letting off his own guilt.  This is sincere self-reproach to prod himself into keeping his ethnic memory and affective empathy from being worn thin by his years of academic studies, field work and research.  Unlike the New Scholars’ chase of  “disinterest” and neutrality, Zhang opts  valiantly for the direction of racial and social activism: to knock down posts erected by “objective” histories, penetrate the walls of political and religious phobias and uncover the buried truths of ethnic repression and violence.  One might query Zhang’s view of historical scholarship as emotive and skewed, thus running the risk of demeaning historiography into personal misgivings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
But in the era of cultural pluralism and ethnic identities, it is precisely the affective and personal that keep our ethnic awareness alive and urge us not to take boundaries of power and knowledge for granted.    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
No doubt, Zhang enters the debate of “the ultimate concern” of the mid-1990s, but he does so on his terms.  He puts forward an ethnographical approach consisted of a person’s affective propensities (''qinggan''), ethnic lineage (''xuetong'') and a “prefigured destiny” (''qianding'').  These are interlocked and reciprocal in variety of ways to enmesh a person in a nexus of cultural dialogics.  He then probes the illusion of professionalism in the form of an “originary question” (''yuanchu zhiwen'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
He asks: “How do you account for your being in the face of your own soul when there is nothing scientific or ideological to fend you from this ultimate accountability?”   To him what accounts for his ultimate humanist concern is his ''Hui'' ethnicity.  Ethnicity, according to Michael Fischer, “ … is something dynamic, often unsuccessfully repressed or avoided.  It can be potent even when not consciously taught; … something that institutionalized teaching easily makes chauvinistic, sterile, and superficial.”   It is thus the “id-like” sentient and psychological that lay the ground for one’s ethnic/cultural conditioning and in turn bring it to bear upon one’s historical awareness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sinicized Islamic term for “taking a devotional vow.”  It is also known as Juyi in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1999a, 37.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, The Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125. &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Fischer, ‘Ethnicity and the post-modern arts of memory,” in James Clifford and George Marcus, eds., Writing Culture: The Poetics and Politics of Ethnography (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986) 195. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Being ethnically predisposed as an “other” likewise makes Zhang acutely watchful of the State’s covert practice of ethnocentrism in the name of social progress and scientific rationality.  Drawing on his renewed ethnic ethos, Zhang has no qualms in issuing a call to all historians: “… disinherit the whole positivist baggage of the conventional historiography, and seek out the complex intuitive faculty of your individual soul.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
What about his image of a lone moral crusader?  A great deal of ruckus has been raised over Zhang’s arguably obsessive stress on the “purity” and “truthfulness” of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims; he is disparaged by some critics as “the most self-pleased” man in China today,”   due precisely to his tireless and unsuspecting adoration of the close-knit and reclusive ''Jahriyya'' community. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Does this not make him one of those solitary seekers of moral perfection in a morally promiscuous age?  Zhang’s admonishing axioms seem to answer in a seamless fit to Wang Xiaoming’s definition of a self-oriented search for ethical righteousness.  As an alternative to the intellectuals’ direct involvement in politics of the 1980s, Wang emphasized the personal quality of ultimate concern and argued: “(1) you can only search for the ultimate value from your personal experience; (2) what you find is your own interpretation of what the ultimate value is, not the ultimate value itself.”   Zhang seems to share the solitary seekers’ new sense of priorities in favoring a self-motivated quest for absent moral virtues, albeit transcendental and visionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
But one facet of his writings forcefully rejects that equation: he has all along kept up public-minded criticism of social ills and moral depravities as a free-lance social/cultural critic.  What the seekers of personal integrity and sublimation failed to hang onto Zhang has carried on with infinitely sharper insight and fiercer zeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang detects and detests the anxiety of these individuals to rise above the laity of social meanings and responsibilities as a way to avoid being an accomplice to ideological repression. And indeed his most scathing exposé has so far been reserved for the mainstream intellectuals rather than the money-grabbing ''New Riches'' or the consumerist mass.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When readers’ feedback to his ''History of the Soul'' heated up into a media squabble in 1994, Zhang burst onto the scene again with another of his tirades “Poets, why aren’t you indignant?”   The essay is brimmed with scorn for the public for its total surrender to consumerism and their frantic drive for worldly pleasures; yet it is the intellectual mainstay who bear the brunt of his verbal onslaught.  Zhang accused them of “selling out to monetary gains and worldly repute,” the news media of “swarming up like bees after the ‘big shots’ for petty favors and leftovers, and the cultural critics of “becoming painfully silent on any honest, principled, to-the-point criticism.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1994a, 125.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanshan, “Zhang Chengzhi---the Most Self-Pleased Writer” at Xin yu si dianzi wenku (www.xys.org), listed under Zhang Yuanshan.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Rulun et al, “The Humanist Spirit: whether and How Is It Possible?---Reflections on the Humanist Spirit, I” in Dushu 3: 3-13.&lt;br /&gt;
For a fine critique of this shift of intellectual paradigm, see also Xu Ben.  Disenchanted Democracy: Chinese Cultural Criticism after 1989 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999) 49-56. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
For a time, Zhang’s readers felt jabbed by his barbed comments on the gaping “void” of spiritual faith and rampant cynicism, philistinism and moral incompetence among the intellectuals.  They were also exacerbated by his unmatched tribute to the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims who remained unperturbed by the hustle and bustle of economic boom elsewhere in China.  All this led the public to conclude that Zhang’s posturing was cashing in on the polarization of the Haves and the Have-nots of China’s new social strata, and that with his accolades for “the poor men’s religion” he intended to push for the image of a “Me-alone Spirituality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Rather, he is adamant with the intellectuals’ frailties in the face of social malfunction and injustice as a result of harried economic policies, and he is outspoken about what little critical awareness the educated class can foster against the blindly raging “market forces” and the new alliances of wealth and power.  In 1999, Zhang wrote a sequel “Again to the Honorable Teacher” to his 1991 tribute to Lu Xun, in which he firmly declares that he will not back down from his previous judgment on Lu Xun’s misfortune---why Lu Xun chose not to leave us a legacy of great volumes of scholarly or professional worth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi and Zhang Wei initiated a heated round of ''bizhan'' (pen-combats) in the Literary Supplement of ''Wenhui'' Bao (Wenhui Daily, Shanghai) over the issue of mass consumption and culture with many writers who are more sympathetic with the marketized economy and consumerist culture.  This essay by Zhang---“Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” is featured as the leading editorial on August 7, 1994.    &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” in ''Wenhui'' Bao (Shanghai) (August 7, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
For further detail of this dispute, read Geremie Barmé, ''In the Red: On Contemporary Chinese Culture'' (New York: Columbia University Press, 1999) 304-309. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, Zhang now argues, in less sarcastic yet firmer terms, why Lu Xun’s solitary yet relentless social and cultural crusades are gaining rather losing currency in 1990s’ China.  He writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The populace in this nation have little power or scarce hope.  But they are quick to discover: when they suffer and despair under the heavy burden of tyrannical rule of the bureaucratic few, “the intellectual class” turn out to be, after politicians and money, another cruel oppressor.  The broad masses want nothing more than being fed and clothed.  But they need the intellectuals to keep up the basic and constant criticism of the social elite and the powerful.  Otherwise, their plight would be unthinkable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
We, as readers of Lu Xun’s ''zawen'', are surely struck by the familiar wording, the similar tone, and the unyielding views that have implausibly found their way back into Zhang’s essays over half a century later.  We are also surprised at how candid and unaffected he is when making such social commentary from a position comparable to the Great Lu Xun.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is tempted to ask: is Zhang grandstanding?  I think not.  However, the causes for leaping to charges against his feisty offensive are worth looking into: they are, ironically, spawned off the same binary frame of mind that has been consistently used by the CCP ideologues to denounce the inroads made by “liberal bourgeois values;” yet such a frame of mind is also replicated by many of Zhang’s critics at home and overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Odd bedfellows resting on the same cultural logic, they argue that criticism of the intellectuals’ dislocation and impotence in current China is motivated by the either/or option.  One is either directed by a regressive Party-led agenda to exert the authority of socialist ideological legacy while intimating their message amidst the consumerist ambience.  Or he/she is motivated by a dissenting political force to jump-start a new round of political subversion while laying itself open to patronage of the West (mainly America)-centered global order.  Zhang’s detractors from both these stances see eye-to-eye on his role in today’s cultural politics, following the either/or mode of straightjacket thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
But I believe he is neither a firebrand of old egalitarian idealism nor an extremist with religious fundamentalist zeal.  His self-styled apologist persona is neither a haughty custodian of monolithic values, nor a self-righteous model of narcissistic purity and perfection, nor a slick po-mo master showcasing newly imported goods.  His is more of a lone outlaw in a “mobile warfare” in the Gramchian sense: preying on the unjust and corrupt elite, yet forever keeping the society at large at bay.   &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Take the case of Zhang’s attitude towards “the people.”  Pervasive social and cultural changes triggered by State-endorsed market economy had been set in place in China by mid-1990s which had led to seismic dislocation and reordering across the entire social spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
The result is that familiar notions such as “the people” had been stripped of their usual ideological moorings, whereas the newly emerged social grouping was yet to be reckoned with.  While the recent cultural warfare has struck a bitter discord between the Liberals and the New Leftists over the definition of the masses (''dazhong''),  Zhang has been relentlessly lucid and unambiguous who they are---those of the disadvantaged and the impoverished in China today.   He is evidently critical of the Liberals who are eager for China to partake of a global economic order and evolve into a liberal society with a rising middle class as the nucleus of its civic values, but tend to lose sight of how this class of well-off Chinese (most notably the New Riches) can emerge without tipping economic and social imbalances towards those at the lower rungs of the social ladder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For that matter, he is also adamant with the Po-Mo culturalists whose extreme ''kowtowing'' to the market culture and its mass consumers is, by way of an odd twist, turned into propelling forces for the predominantly ''Han'' Chinese to regain a very ethnocentric mode of self-empowering in a renewed East-West confrontation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Zhang’s view on “the people” is in close proximity to those of the New Leftists, he does not convey them as if they were their carbon copies.  Instead he distills the critical efficacy of their combat with the deceptive “mass culture” and implants it in his border-violating strategy as a mobile yet vital critiquing position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to what he sometimes claims---to jettison the culpable intellectuals in the name of “religious” purity, Zhang has always felt the urge to recharge the power of the intellectual self as expository but not dispossessing, diagnostic but not agnostic, and independent but not self-insulating.  The key to his border-crossing self is a dialogic interplay among multiple viable postures of the self while never allowing the self to be tied to a single rigid form of it.   It is by negotiating between these individual stances of conviction that Zhang aims to create a vigilant and constructive ambience to see to the redress of social injustice.  While revisiting Lu Xun in “Again to the Honorable Teacher,” he avidly called on Chinese intellectuals to embark on a solitary but enduring quest for the interests of the people at the lower rungs of the society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further readings on this dispute, read Li Shitao, ed. Zhishi fengzi lichang: ziyou zhiyi zhizheng yu zhongguo xixiangjie de fenghua (The Position of Chinese Intellectuals: The divided intellectual circle over the issue of Liberalism) (Changchun: Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
To engage in a dialogue with these masses, he observes, is for the intellectuals “to forever keep a watchful custody of such people against the socially established and the powerful.”  And the masses will discover Zhang’s polemical writings, much as they did Lu Xun’s Zawen in 1930s, “there is always someone like Lu Xun who is cussing his heart, all alone in his crusade.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discussion of this chapter: The ''xiaopin wen'' between ''xianshi sanwen'' and ''zawen'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''King-Fai Tam''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would first of all like to commend the contributors of this chapter for their original, well researched and well articulated papers which represent a diversity of angles of approaching the study of essays, while sharing an interest in the polemical nature of the genre.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Zaizhi xiansheng” in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Changsha: Hunan chubanshe, 1999) 100-105.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
Together, they constitute an eye-opener for me, given my interest in ''xiaopin'' wen and other similar works with a lyrical bent that shy away from discursiveness and argumentation.  If the ''xiaopin'' wen writers have anything to say about politics and society, it is often with a bemused tone; and the most that one can expect from them is a lamentation of some unjust social phenomenon, accompanied perhaps by an expression of outrage and an ineffectual cry for change.  In that sense, ''xiaopin'' wen can be said to have rejected one the basic tenets of the essay as a process of experimentation, questioning, reflection, and, indeed, essaying.  Too often, it gestures superficially to the analysis of an issue, only to come down heavily on an emotional response at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''xiaopin''wen可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:WuQiong|WuQiong]] ([[User talk:WuQiong|talk]]) 13:21, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, the four contributions to this chapter point out that there is a bigger world in the study of essays beyond ''xiaopin'' wen.  The essay can, as Mary Scoggin argues, be cantankerous, recalling the image of a spear and a dagger, where one piece of ''zawen'' is more likely to elicit an equally cantankerous response than to put an issue to rest. With good reasons, we describe such exchanges as ''pizhan'' (battling with the pen). The essay is also a site where the essayist can consciously sculpt an image of himself, as Lu Jie and Liu Xinmin show in the cases of Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, while one single piece of essay is indeed different from a treatise in that its brevity makes it ill-equipped to address an issue in great depth, essayists such as Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi can resort to voluminous output, exhaustively exploring different shades of a question in one essay after another to build up a coherent position.  Wang Ban furthermore approaches the essay as a sensibility, or a structuring device, with which a writer tells and retells a story, puts forward a proposition and modifies or denies it.  As such, it replaces the novel as the form that best captures the consumerist ethos of urban China in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, if a literary genre can take up so many shapes and forms, are we still justified to consider these shapes and forms as a uniform entity, to be analyzed and studies with the same methodology ?  In my study of the essay, I have often been confronted with this question.  In the New England Association of Asian Studies conference in October last year I raised a similar query in response to the presentations of Alexandra Wagner, Martin Woesler and Xinmin Liu: in what way can we consider works as diverse as those of Feng Zhi, Qu Qiubai, and a group of other writers that we discussed that day as essays? Now, in light of the four papers of this chapter, I would like to ask the same question again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
I will take the clue from Wang Ban when he considers the “polemic pole” for the essay, i.e., that which the essay stands against, and see whether we can understand what essay is but finding out what it is not.  At different historical junctures and in different cultural contexts, the essay has served as the voice of the opposition and the marginal.  Wang Ban has already alluded to Adorno’s “The Essay as Form” to underscore the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural conditions of reification, to which the essay stands in opposition.  Likewise, one can find a late twentieth-century parallel where the articulation of feminism and decolonization often takes the form of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, in the Chinese context, even if we narrow it down to the last two decades of the twentieth century, it is not entirely clear what the polemic pole of the essay is.  Wang Ban believes that the polemical pole to contemporary Chinese essays to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of “revolutionary realism.”  For the zawen she is examining, Mary Scoggin suggests that ''zawen'' spits in the face of a “discourse of beauty” that serves to mute criticism in ''the'' name of  social and rhetorical graciousness, an attitude that essentially forbids ''zawen'' writers to say anything if they cannot think of something nice to say. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, Xinmin’s subject, has made it abundantly clear that his essays are manifestations of a historical method that deconstructs Han chauvinism even as he has little by way of counter evidence to go by.  Like Wang Ban, Lu Jie also pits the essay against the novel, but for a different reason, and with findings intriguingly different from that of Wang Ban.  Wang Ban attributes the “metafictional” signs in Wang Anyi’s ''Shushu di gushi'' to the intrusion of the essayist sensibilities.  In other words, it is her essayist touch that accounts for the tentativeness of her narrative. On the other hand, Lu Jie succeeds in showing that Zhang Wei the novelist is much more tentative and equivocal than Zhang Wei the essayist.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Even if one were to maintain that ''Jiuyue yuyan'', like ''Shushu di gushi'', is informed by the essayist sensibilities, one still has to consider why Zhang Wei’s essays are more categorical, and hence more simplistic and reductionist, in their assertion than the novel, whose meaning requires considerable teasing out.  What is one to make of this discrepancy between Wang Anyi and Zhang Wei?  What does it say about the two writers?  And what do they have to say, if anything, about the essay and the novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In various ways, our contributors also look into the self-image the essayists construct for themselves as they participate in the cultural polemics at the end of the century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Gone, apparently, is the supercilious pose of the ''xianshi'' essayist who, to paraphrase Lu Xun’s famous translation of Kuriyagawa Hakuson, “sits in a rocking chair by the stove in winter or puts on a bathrobe in summer to drink tea and chat casually with one’s good friends about things that do not give one a headache.”  Rather, as our contributors succeed in pointing out, headache is precisely what our essayists aim to provide.  Even though they also affect varying degrees of reclusivity or compromise, they always come back later to the polemic fray with renewed vigor. I have in mind such instances as Zhang Wei’s repeated claim to find a monastery in the mountains where he will study all by himself for a year even as he goes around giving advice to his readers on how best to resist the corrupting influences of mass culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the ''zawen'' writer distance themselves from the overtly declamatory tone with the sole purpose of making their gripes more readily stomachable, and their voices more readily heard.   Zhang Chengzhi’s temporary withdrawal into religious isolation is another example, for, after a brief period of reclusivity, he enters once again the public sphere with deeper conviction and a broader agenda.  In light of Wang Ban’s discussion, Wang Anyi’s case is perhaps less clear-cut than the rest.  To be sure, she seems to have adapted rather well to the new consumerist society that commodifies literature; yet, it is clear that there is a serious intent in her deployment of the essayist sensibilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, to the extent that ''Shushu di gushi'' has challenged the master-narrative with which the life’s progress of a rehabilitated rightist is often told, I would argue that the essayist sensibilities, far from being irrelevant to history, can be put to historical use.  The works of Zhang Wei, Zhang Chengzhi and Shao Yanxiang can perhaps supply us with a footnote to the historical relevance of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The 20th Century Chinese Essay - Characteristics, Actors, and Trends'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first part of my paper, which deals with the characteristics of the essay, I will start with a definition of the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form: “Essay”, in Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文, is a genre term for shorter, self-contained nonfictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question using a subjective I-perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce the hypothesis that the Chinese and the Western essays belong to the same international genre and try to prove it by showing cross-cultural similarities both in form and content. However, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay, which I will name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second part, I try to narrate the beginnings of the rediscovery of the essay in the early 1980s. Not before 1995 did international scholarship start to use common philological methods to explore single essayists or the essays of groups and to write a history of the Chinese essay. Then I will show the topical development of political and apolitical essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third part, I will ask, who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce Lu Xun, with his sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. Analysis reveals that he still remains the most-read essayist, not because of his ''zawen'', but because of his reminiscences and lyrical essays. Using the examples of the most often reprinted essays, “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b), “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924), “Wild Vegetables of my Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925), “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974) and “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b), I will show that moving essays form the top tier of the genre. I will also try to stimulate further analytic works by giving hints for examples of promising intertextual and intersubjective comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth section, I will name contemporary trends in essay writing. After the Cultural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revolution essays came from the perspective of an authentic eye. In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism demanded a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tried to give a personal orientation, as essayists pleaded for moral virtues. Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s were written with a kind of new subjectivism, targeted away from contemporary contradictions but appealing to the feelings of the audience by creating either a positive or a negative world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fast-paced nature of current Chinese society demands diverting and short texts. There is also increasing consciousness of individuality, for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem which is mediated by its metrical and formal demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
In China we see a renewed interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s and 30s. We become conscious of the banality of daily life when it is being used as a literary topic, as in the essay, which most commonly treats the genre of everyday life. The de-ideologization of Chinese society led to a rediscovery of the apolitical essays, dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928. In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished; the only political relic is patriotism, for example expressed in the monograph published in 1996, ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see ''China can say no''!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.	CHARACTERISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1	Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with ''xiaoshuo'' (fiction), sanwen (here in the broader meaning non-fictional prose)), lyrics ''shige'' (lyrics) and ''xiqu'' (drama).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term “''wu yunwen''” which corresponds to the term “epic” in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.  In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Essay,” Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文 , is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Free-dom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, subcategoring the essay in too many small entities, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay. Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the term “''sanwen''” instead of “''suibi''” (familiar essay) or “''xiaopin wen''” (short literary piece) is of course arbitrary, but it corresponds to the present usage. In about 200 essay collections and histories between 1949 and 1996 known to the author, ''sanwen'' turned out to be the common expression, ''xiaopin'' was used only in one out of 25 essay titles of the PR China, in one out of 14 Taiwanese, and one out of ten Hong Kong publications.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it “Chinese”? In the occidental essay the ''form'' seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework. This can be shown with Cheng Ming-Lee, who subcategorises the “unfinished diary” or the “unfinished letter”.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Cheng Ming-Lee: “essay in diary form” and “essay in letter form,” see Cheng Ming-Lee), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''“non-rhythmic prose,” which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning “short literary essay pieces”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998). For the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, see Lau/Goldblatt, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996, see Denton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.  In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode, 50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation. Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai [announced]) or already published (Pollard 1999, Woesler 2000). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. Most of the contributors to the collection in hand met in 2000 on a first international conference on the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 20th Century Development and Hindrances'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses. (Yu Guangzhong's essay “The Wolves are Coming” shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting, see Yu Guangzhong 1977.) The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educatio-nal claim with the exception of essays which claim to be “art pourt l'art”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In restrictive regimes, where freedom of speech is not guaranteed, people still have different political ideas.  To speak out directly is unhealthy, so in these countries people use art to express their differences. The most direct way of expressing political ideas in art is literature.  To trick the censors, one must find indirect ways of expression.  In an exhibition of ''Tendency Quarterly'', 16 banned Chinese magazines were displayed.  Most of the magazines choose the poem as their favorite form to express political thoughts.  After having been banned, some magazines went abroad and now are published in exile.  The internet has added a number of underground magazines, which are available also inside mainland China.  In the last years of the 20th century, one can find an increase of essays in these magazines. This might be a hint, that the authors dare to speak out more directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (“On Dreams,” see Zhu Ziqing 1928c) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (''My Own Garden'' 1923, “The Fly” 1924, “Reading on the Toilet” 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Actors: Lu Xun, Zhu Ziqing, Ba Jin, Wang Zengqi, Yu Guangzhong'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is not the place to recount the struggle, which many of the today well-known heroes of the May-Fourth Movement had to establish their literary values and narrative. Unlike today, at that time the authors were also editors and publishers of magazines and therefore had a strong position in the cultural field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thinks first of Lu Xun, who invented a sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. In his own, broad understanding of ''zawen'', it could contain poems, short stories, drama etc. From a genial writer of short stories, he turned to ''zawen'' for the rest of his life, leaving behind a legacy of more than 700 essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his lifetime, with his sharp attacks, he was the most known essayist. But these essays were of daily-political interest only and are seldom read today. Analysis reveals now that he stills stays the most often read essayist until the end of the 20th century. Not his ''zawen'', but the following reminiscences and lyrical essays remain until the end of the century in the top-ten list of essays: “Autumn Night” (Lu Xun 1925b), a lyrical essay from ''Wild Grass'', in “Mr. Fujino” (Lu Xun 1926c), Lu Xun remembers his Japanese teacher, in “The Kite” (Lu Xun 1925a) he remembers how he hurted his younger brother's feelings once, and “From Hundred Plant Garden to Three Flavour Study” (Lu Xun 1926b), which recounts his childhood experience also with classical literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other most often printed essays are from Republican or modern times: The first is “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b). With his whole work, this author ranks shortly behind Lu Xun. From this and other essays one can derive the criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China: In “The Back View,” filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), also written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader. In “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924) the author describes a beautiful landscape and makes ancient customs alive again. Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in “Wild Vegetables of My Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong is represented in this list with the nostalgic “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974). In Ba Jin's most often reprinted essay “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) he remembers his wife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Works of authors who decided to serve an ideology are far less often reprinted than the eight authors found to be leading: Mao Dun and Guo Moruo (rank 15) are mentioned in the average as seldom as Lu Xun in Taiwan and Yang Shuo (ranks 30) appears only half as often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore one can state, that unpolitical, moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of the 36 most often (re)printed essayists, and the top 59 essays please see the mentioned monograph (Woesler 1998b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The huge number of essays and essayists offer many possibilities for intertextual and intersubjective comparison, out of which only some thoughts can be indicated here due to lack of space. They might stimulate further analytic works. Lu Xun, Zhou Zuoren and Zhu Ziqing wrote about the same occasion, the massacre on March 18, 1926 quite differently. Zhu Ziqing attacks the government directly and promises it a soon collapse (“Report of the Government’s Great Massacre,” Zhu Ziqing [1926]). Lu Xun described the massacre in an unctuous chant instead (“Jinian Liu Hezhen jun” Lu Xun 1926a), and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his essay “Different Ways to Die” (Zhou Zuoren 1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different ways of coming into terms with the 'Cultural Revolution' we can see in the essays of Ba Jin, Bing Xin, and Wang Meng: Ba Jin enlucidated unsparingly to the extend of self-accusation (Ba Jin 1979a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng dealed with it humorously (Wang Meng 1980), Bing Xin tried to pretend continuity by naming her works after the 'Cultural Revolution' with the same titles as before: The successful collections ''Letter to the Children'' (Bing Xin 1931), and ''Letter to the Children, vol. 2'' containing texts since 1958, were followed by ''Letter to the Children, vol. 3 ''with texts since 1978. In her “Autobiographical Notes” (Bing Xin 1982) she simply skips the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A trip in early August 1923 (Mei/Wu, 46) with Yu Pingbo to the Qinhuai river, which Zhu knew from an earlier visit (Chen Xiaoquan, 68), inspired both to write in the same year at the age of about 24 and 26 an essay with the title “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing dated 10/11, 1923, Yu Pingbo dated 8/22, 1923, jointly published in ''Eastern Miscellany''), an English translation by Hu Shiguang can be found in ''Chinese Literature'' 1 (Spring 1988) Yu 162-172, and Zhu 173-182 resp. Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo continue here a tradition of Chinese poets, writing poems on a common experienced journey to compete with each other. I found, that Zhu Ziqing's essays is more persuading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng, Jia Pingwa and others wrote essays entitled “Falling leaves” (Jia Pingwa 1981, Wang Meng 1989) on the transitoriness of life in the allegory of falling leafs. It is interesting and surprising to discover the similarity between  a, the differences between the description and interpretation of the falling leaves and  b, the differences between the different authors' self-understanding and philosophy. One may compare essays entitled “On dreams” with 58 years difference in their origin (Zhu Ziqing 1928c, Bing Xin 1986). Moreover it is interesting to compare conceptions of essayism as we can see in Lu Xun's theory of “emerging” and “blossoming” and Zhou Zuoren's theory of the synthesis of the gongan school and the English essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a wilfully “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (“Serene” Wang Meng 1992, “First make your own things in a good way” Wang Meng 1994). These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (“Shanxi Opera,” Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (“The Nightmare,” Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The essay as the genre of the giddy-paced nature of society, individuality, socio-political discussions, de-ideologization, everyday's profaneity and banality'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary ''trends of literature'', which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall, xiii);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays. For example Ba Jin complains in “Remembering Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) about the death of his wife in the 'Cultural Revolution'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain. This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: “readers”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in-dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see China can say no!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art. Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Feidu, Jia Pingwa 1993; ''Ying'er'', Gu Cheng 1993) and ''New Borderlessness''  since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being “The Small Dog Baodi” (Ba Jin 1981), in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (“In Memoriam of Xiao Shan II,” Ba Jin 1984b). Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of “Rain in Kunming” (Wang Zengqi [1984]) as well as for “Shanxi Opera” (Jia Pingwa 1984). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay “The Nightmare” (Si Yu 1995), where the author appears as a deconstructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing ''fictional truth'' through the metaphor of his dog Baodi (Schwarcz 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20th Century Chinese Essay - A Survey of the Genre and New Insights Into the Essayists Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narrative established by literary histories  and anthologies has drawn a distorted picture of 20th century Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was almost ignored. In my paper I will demonstrate, how the picture of three authors change, if we take into consideration also some of their esayistic work. Here I choose the example of the critical political essay. The essay tells us more about an author than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, when the writers were threatened by a massacre among leftists by the National People's Party in Shanghai, a whole generation of writers found a common base in communist ideology, formally expressed in 1930 in the foundation of the &amp;quot;League of Left-Wing Writers&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to the changing political climate, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products. This struggle of finding a position in a politicized environment is best documented in the essay --- &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Moreover, by its very nature, the essay overcomes boundaries of form and content. Therefore there are more essays than there is fiction free from political thoughts. Some essayists even went a step further, deconstructed the master narrative of leftist ideology, like the three writers I will talk about today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that a sophisticated May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a national &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Zhou's writings were officially considered bad literature, a total elimination of his texts was only prevented, because of the fame of his brother, who became a state author posthumously through the valuing of Mao Zedong. Actually the reception of his essays reaches a new climax now, in the essay collections of the 1990s, his essays rank 3rd, as I was able to proof with a survey of 5000 essays. That makes clear that his political engagement had no effect on the brilliance of his literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official assessment of the People's Republic is that Zhou's work experienced a caesura in 1938 due to his &amp;quot;degeneration&amp;quot; and opposition against the patriotic campaign.  Zhou kept trying to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday out of the subjective experience of his private space his whole life, only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge he showed that it was again possible to write about a candy seller  for which he had been critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; . But there was indeed a caesura, namely the change in style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經­ (serious, intentional essays), and ''xiánshì'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment). But this change is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest by the Guomindang (1945).  Therefore not the Japanese suppressors should be made responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 C. T. Hsia. [Note: Some of the annotations are in German and are translated into English during the editiorial work for the forthcoming edition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 (&amp;quot;Mai tang 卖糖&amp;quot; 1924).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验中审美出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东取缔（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the first correction of the narrative is, that his literature was ''not'' effected by socio-political circumstances in quality, but in contents. And there is a second master narrative on Zhou Zuoren, which says that he was an apolitical author. Actually, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself. For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance . In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; , literature should make the society more humane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second example, where a reading of some of his essays lets us rediscover the author is Ba Jin: He is known for his practical essays with anarchistic and communist background in the 1930s and 40s, for his opportunistic self-criticism, self-censorship  and the accusation of a writers' collegue during the cultural revolution. After the 'Cultural Revolution' he seemed to emerge as a righteous character , when he claimed to have done all this under pressure. He then devoted his essays to the working up of the trauma of the 'Cultural Revolution', for example in the self-accusing essay series ''Random Thoughts''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since they were seldom reprinted, two of Ba Jin’s critical essays &amp;quot;''Independent Thoughts''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, dating 1956 and 1962 were overlooked. With them, Ba Jin turns out to be a lifelong independant writer. The two essays were criticised. He had to deny their contents and later they were censored. Even nowadays, these texts are not easy to find in anthologies and dictionaries in the P.R.C. and Taiwan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Independant Thoughts''&amp;quot; dated 1956, propagates the freedom of the individual and of thoughts. This essay was written in the '100-Flower-Movement', when criticism was induced officially. Ba Jin corresponded only to the 'mainstream', although his criticism was unusually sharp. Much more distinctly directed against the 'mainstream' was the second text, which I want to introduce shortly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, a speech at the second Shanghai congress of writers and artists in early 1962, has later been censored at seven striking places. In it, Ba Jin judges very hard about himself and his collegues: At different campaigns against literary works they would have followed the political demands opportunistically and therefore were traitors. The second target of Ba Jin's criticism were the censors and critics, who would posess more power than the writers and that without legitimation. Ba Jin interpreted Mao's Yan'an speeches on art and literature in the way, that writers should themselves take over responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;quot;The Small Dog Baodi&amp;quot; as a metaphorical discourse on Ba Jin's personal grief'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Ba Jin is regarded together with Bing Xin as one of the representatives of Republican literature, the more important part of his essayistic work seems to lie after 1949 . Publishing from Hong Kong since 1979, he has spoken out loudly in opposition and in trying to help ease the trauma associated with the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of this essays is the story-like &amp;quot;''Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;. Written in 1980, the author remembers his dog, which he had received two decades ago from a Swedish person and which he loved after a while. When the 'Red Gards' raged, the dog was in danger. Ba Jin describes in detail the fate of the animal and his own resignation, when he learned that he could not protect the dog. In order to save him from a torturous death, he finally submitted the dog in 1966 for medical experiments. Revisiting his garden after the 'Cultural Revolution', he remembers painfully how his wife had played here with the dog. I would like to show six points of interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The dog is a metaphor. In the beginning Ba Jin seems to report the fate of a dog with relevance only to his owner. But soon it becomes clear that Ba Jin actually mediates to the reader the cruelty of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The reader wonders, &amp;quot;if they did ''this'' with an ''innocent'' dog, what did they do with ''men'', whom they considered ''guilty''?&amp;quot; Ba Jin analogizes himself with the dog, when he sees himself liying on the dissection table. Even Baodi's death is useful, he serves science - could a man be more altruistic?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 (Zhou 1929:180-181).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 (Zhou 1923).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 (The Family in 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 (1982 Yi pian xuwen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 (Suixianglu) The essays of the 1980s are more autobiographical, and deal with literature and questions for society nowadays. Due to the very nature of the essay, we can look through his &amp;quot;Random Thoughts&amp;quot; into the soul of Ba Jin..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 (Random Thoughts 1978-86, see Ba Jin 1988).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Ba Jin expresses the pain of the loss of his wife through the dog. Not before the very end of the essay, Ba Jin mentions his wife in painful remembrance, who became ill and died during those ten years. In the essay &amp;quot;''In Memoriam Xiāo Shān''&amp;quot;, which appeared earlier in the collection, he had confessed severe feelings of guilt regarding her death, what haunted him into his dreams. He claimed, that they had withhold her medical treatment because of him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The essay is an accusation of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The not-mentioning of the 'Cultural Revolution' as the reason for his wife's death makes the pain the more accusatory, especially in front of the comparable unimportant doglife. His terrifying awareness is the powerlessness - he was not able to protect his dog nor his wife. Ba Jin actually wants to illustrate the powerlessness of the individual in front of collective cruelty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4, The significance of this way to deal with the 'Cultural Revolution'. If one compares the mentioned essay with others of the year 1979, it lied within the common trend of criticizing the 'Cultural Revolution'. But there were also authors like Bing Xin denied the 'Cultural Revolution' - soon after its end, she used similar titles for her books than before - in order to pretend continuity. Wang Meng worked up the 'Cultural Revolution' in a humoristic way - ''Ba Jin'''s essays stand out of these, because of their relentlessness and confessing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5, The use of rhetorical means. Ba Jin pretends to be a simple documentarist &amp;quot;I expect from literature [...] that it tells the truth.&amp;quot;. In fact he is known for his direct and accusing truth, sometimes his literary style is critizised as too direct and too less artful (a reproach from Hong Kong students). In &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot; he is using literary means to create emotion in his readers. He uses composition and rhetoric means like animation. The dog Baodi allegorically shows the injustice and inhumanity of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Here, Ba Jin turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in ''allegoric'' instead of in descriptive truth as before . He is longing for a ''fictional truth'', instead of the ''truth of being'' in the sense of Thomas Aquinas. The fictional realism Wang Der-wei sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proofs helpful for the understanding of this piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6, Ba Jin's personal grief is much more persuading in the metaphor of the dog than in his direct accusing essays. As Vera Schwarcz (1996) points out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To speak too much of grief is to blunt its edge. It might even make us deaf to the cry that sparked discourse about suffering in the first place. A cold, calculating intelligence cannot grasp the rough contours of grief. [...] To preserve the significance of personal suffering in public life we need a more indirect approach; one that accepts and, indeed, nourishes AMBIGUITY. This, in the words of Cynthia Ozick, is the discrete province of METAPHOR, &amp;quot;the reciprocal agent, the universalizing force that makes it possible to envision the stranger's heart.&amp;quot; [...]&lt;br /&gt;
She also mentions that &amp;quot;[...] absence of talk -- or, rather modest use of ''metaphorical discourse'' -- serve us better in the presence of massive grief.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ba Jin turns out not to be the self-censorer, who tried to make his literature fit into the communist ideology. Instead he was a lifelong fighter for the freedom of speech and the independancy of literature from politics, who spoke out whenever he had the opportunity without endangering himself. He also no longer appears as the &amp;quot;uneducated&amp;quot; writer of simple truth, as he leads us to believe. Yet he has achieved a high rhethoric of ''fictional truth'' and is able to transmit his personal grief even more persuadingly in a ''metaphorical discourse'' throught the metaphor of the dog Baodi.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112883</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112883"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T02:33:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory.&amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution&amp;quot; replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III.The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot;  (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112881</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112881"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T02:31:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory.&amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution&amp;quot; replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III.The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot;  (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112880</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112880"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T02:22:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 3.The third Translation Climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory.&amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution&amp;quot; replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112879</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112879"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T02:06:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 2.The second translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication.By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112872</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112872"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T01:52:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 1.The first translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112859</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112859"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T01:30:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112855</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112855"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T01:19:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112854</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112854"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T01:14:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112853</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=112853"/>
		<updated>2020-12-16T00:55:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received profound attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of papers related to Nida from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了中国翻译学者的广泛关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其从1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译研究的发展所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many well-known books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, Language, Culture and Translating, etc. In his research, he has proposed far-reaching translation theories like “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been popular and influential in the world till now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike western translators, Chinese translators have always focused on practice and neglect systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000: 3) After the proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Yan Fu’s translation theory has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, which deprived the diversity of translation studies in China. In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has soon been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars. Among them Tan Zaixi and Lao Long are the representatives, compiling translated version of Nida’s works and introduced his translation theory to China. The name Nida is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defined it as “Nida Phenomenon”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, is an academic journal supported by China Foreign Languages Publishing Administration. Under the charge of Translators Association of China, it not only serves as the conference journal of the association, but also the window for translation workers to exchange their views on translation and share the fruits of their translation studies. As a national-level core academic journal, it represents the authority in Chinese translation field. Through publishing papers on this journal, Chinese scholars share the latest and hottest issues around translation, and the journal sets up columns such as Translation Research, Translation Theory and Strategy for scholars to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, which make it an excellent object to have a glimpse at the trend and development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida’s theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida’s translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Nida and his Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name Eugene Nida is well known in the history of world translation and even in the world linguistic circles. During his life, he has conducted research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, communication tools, etc. He worked on the translation of the Bible, published piles of papers, and wrote numerous books to share his views on translation, left the world with precious translation theory treasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was born in November 1914 in Oklahoma, United States, and moved to California with his parents when he was five years old. He was raised as a Christian and aspired to be a missionary. After graduating summa cum laude in Latin, German, and French, Nida went on to the University of Michigan, where he earned a master’s degree in 1939 and a doctorate in linguistics in 1943, under the supervision of a distinguished professor. At the same year, he worked for the American Bible Society, and after 1946 he became executive secretary of the Bible Translation Department. It is precisely because Nida served this base for a long time that his translation ideas were deeply marked with his uniqueness and has established his own banner in the western translation theory. (Tan 1999: Preface)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tan Zaixi's study, Nida’s translation theory has mainly gone through three different stages: (1) the stage of descriptive language, (2) the stage of communication theory, and (3) the stage of social symbols. (Tan 1999: Preface XV). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devoted himself in the translation of the Bible, he has summarized his experience and theories in some major works like: The Principles of Translation as Exemplified by Bible Translating (1959), Toward a Science of Translating (1964) and The Theory and Practice of Translation(1969), which are all of great significance for the world translation study. His major translation theory could be summarized as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
1) Nida believed that “translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is an art”. (Nida &amp;amp; Taber 1969: Preface) By science, Nida meant to treat the problems of translating with a scientific orientation to linguistic structures, semantics analysis, and information theory. As there were different types of studies at that time, he tempted to provide an essentially descriptive approach to the translation process, and “the fundamental thrust is linguistics, as it must be in any descriptive analysis of the relationship between the corresponding message in different languages.”(Nida 1964: 8) This point of view has significant influence on the western world though in his later years Nida has transformed this idea totally.&lt;br /&gt;
2) Nida considered the study of translation as a study of communication by applying the theory of communication and information. Like communication, there are source, message and receptor in translation, and if the receptor could not understand the message, the communication is not accessible, so if the readers could not understand the meaning of the translated text, the translation could not be regarded as a success. One should consider the amount of the message and the decoder channel to make sure that the message could be transferred by the decoder channel. A really successful translation, judged in term of the response of the audience for which it is designed, must provide a challenge as well as information. In the process of translating, the translator should make a full analysis of the source language text from various aspects, such as the author, the message, the receptor and so on. (Nida 1964: chapter 6)&lt;br /&gt;
3) One of the most famous theory created by Nida is the dynamic equivalence, which was renamed to functional equivalence later on. He claimed that there were fundamentally two types of equivalence: one of which may be called formal and another which is primarily dynamic. “One way of defining a dynamic translation is to describe it as the closest naturally equivalent to the source language message.(Nida 1964: 163)” Under this theory, a translator should not only seek to produce something relatively equivalent in the source language, but also produce in the ultimate readers a response similar to that of the original language. A good translation should meet the following requirements: (1) making sense, (2) conveying the spirit and manner of the original, (3) having a natural and easy form of expression, and (4) producing a similar response. (Nida 1964: 164)&lt;br /&gt;
4) Nida has also put forwards a four-step procedure in the translation process: analysis, transfer, restructuring and testing. The most complicated and fundamental part is analysis, especially the analysis of meaning. He focused on the study of grammatical meaning, which concerned the relationship with the words and the kernel sentence, referential meaning and connotative meaning. He also mentioned that the translators need not to follow this order strictly, as some procedures could happen at the same time. (Nida 1964 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these theories, Nida also focuses on semantic analysis and rhetorical research in his later time. Although Nida’s theory have created a new perspective on language and culture and have been widely influenced in the world, it does not mean that his theories are perfect, as Tan Zaixi points out that “his theories focus too much on solving the problem of communicativeness and intelligibility of translations, thus limiting their scope of application.”（Tan 1999: Preface XXIV） In addition, Nida once proposed in his book that translation is a science, but later he changed this claim, and Nida’s early view of translation is very different from his later view of translation, he even questioned whether translation needs to be guided by translation theory in his reply to Zhang Jinghao’s letter. (Zhang 2000: 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout his life, Nida’s has tremendous contribution to the Bible translation, yielding fruitful achievements in translation theory, and has opened up new perspectives for the field of translation such as linguistics, social semiotics, etc. Even though his translation theory is not perfect, and with its own limitations, but it still remains a shining jewel in the western translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Studies of Nida’s theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as the introduction of Nida’s theory began at 1980s, his new perspectives and valuable guidance for translating practice quickly captured the eyes of the Chinese scholars and has hit the Chinese translation field in a large scale, which could be reflected from the translation studies of Chinese scholars. Compared with other materials, journals have a shorter issuance cycle so as to be more time-sensitive and could quickly respond to the latest developments in the academic world. As the authoritative magazine in the field of Chinese translation, Chinese Translators Journal records the research dynamics of Chinese translators and scholars, and profoundly demonstrates the understanding, research and application of Nida’s translation theory by Chinese scholars. By examining the number and content of relevant papers on Chinese Translators Journal from the 1980s to the present, this chapter aims to analyze the papers around Nida and his theory in 10-year periods to figure out the overall picture of the studies of Nida in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The First Stage: Beginning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first 10-year was from 1980 to 1989: The number of papers focusing on Nida and his theory during this time was 13. During this time, the contents of most papers focus on introductions of Nida and his theory. In 1982, Professor Tan Xizai published his paper Translation is a science—Review on Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating, which introduced Nida’s book----Toward a Science of Translating and some of his major theories like basic principles on translation, the function of translation, and the analysis of meaning, marked as the beginning of the studies of Nida’s translation in China. (Tan 1982: 4-11) Some scholars joined him to have more introductions on Nida and his theories. Lao Long introduced the book On Translation written by Nida and Chinese translator Jin Di, which is a practice combing Nida’s theories with the Chinese translation practice (Lao 1987: 56-57), and Shi Heping From one Language to Another (Shi 1987:42-44). Moreover, scholars also made attempt to apply Nida’s theory to solve other translation problems of free translation and literal translation, such as Lao Long. He believed that the equivalence of form and function raised by Nida is the key point to the free translation and literal translation, and the translators must cover the two aspects: form and function to achieve the closest natural equivalent (Lao 1989: 3-6).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among all those papers, there was also voices of criticism but the number of that is still few. Although Mr. Lao make introduction of Nida, he published a paper to share his views after reading what Tan Xizai translated and edited from Nida’s Toward a Science of Translating. He spoke highly of Tan’s work, meanwhile, he reminded the translators in China that some of the western theories might not be applicable in China ( Lao 1987: 56-57), such as the idea of kernel sentence. Qian Linsheng also indicated in his paper that it might not be appropriate to set the reader’s response as the standard of the translation (Qian 1988 :42-44) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The Second Stage: Surging Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second 10-year went from 1990 to 1999. The number of papers during that period was 22. This period could be regarded as booming stage of the introduction of Nida’s theory in China, not only owing to the mounting numbers but also the diversity of the research and studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	The scholars continued to have a further introduction of Nida’s theory, at the same time they compared Nida’s theory with other scholars in a large amount. As Nida has always devoted himself to the compiling of his works, the scholars in China have also spare no effort to follow his theories. Sun Yu has made a full introduction the book Language, Culture and Translating, and considered the views in this book were of great reference meaning to Chinese translators (Sun 1994: 47-49). Moreover, more scholars tried to make comparisons between Nida and other western translator. Liao Qiyi studied the concept of Equivalence in translation equivalence between Nida’ “closest natural” and “dynamic equivalent” and Catford’s “textual equivalence”, and had analyses in his paper, demonstrating that the translation equivalence is a key concept in the translation (Liao 1994: 35-37). Lin Kenan had an overall comparison between Nida and NewMark to find out the similarities and differences of their theories, aiming to giving some references for the Chinese scholars (Lin 1992:2-5).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	There were still a group of scholars, including Lin Kenan (Lin 1996:7-10+17), Xi Zhaoyan (Xi 1996: 3-6), and Heng Xiaojun &amp;amp; Wang Chengzhi (Heng &amp;amp; Wang 1995: 18-20), tried to employ Nida’s theory to solve the translation difficulties, and the concept of “translation equivalence” was the major issue, for almost all those scholars chose it as their theoretical support. One of the representatives was Heng Xiaojun and Wang Chengzhi, who, in their paper, took Nida’s dynamic equivalence into the compiling a bilingual dictionary but found out it might not work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) With studies went further, more and more scholars recognized that even though Nida’s theory had provided ingenious perspectives for translation, it still had its own shortcomings. Scholars like Huang Bangjie (Huang 1996: 40-42+46) and Wang Shoureng directly pointed out their critics towards the incompetence of Nida’s theory’ application in Chinese-English translation. Yang Xiaorong reflected in her paper that did the translators in China really understand Nida and should the translation field make some adjustments towards the study of his theories (Wang 1992: 45-48).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 The third Stage: Transitioning Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third period was from 2000 to 2009. The number of papers during that period was 20. During this transition time, though the number of papers remained high, the introductive papers of Nida at this period slumped, instead the scholars applied his theory to discuss the hotspot issues in China during that time, such as the possibility of setting the discipline of “ transtatology” for translation studies. Unlike the previous focus, Nida’s theory only, more and more scholars made comparisons between Nida at other major theorists during this period, among which the key concept has transferred from equivalence to function. In addition, scholars continued to retrospect upon the application of Nida’s theory in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Li Tianxin mention the transformation of Nida’s thoughts in the possibility whether translation could be a science to support her idea that translation could never be considered as a science (Li 2000: 8-10). Lv Jun regarded Nida’s theory as structuralism and made a review of Nida’s theory, together with other major translation theories, to list the difficulties and major tasks that Chinese scholars faced when building a discipline of transtatology (Lv 2001: 8-11.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) As Halliday’s functional grammar theory and other western theories came to China, more and more scholars compared those theory with Nida’s functional equivalence to have a better understanding of these translation theories, Among who Zhang Meifang &amp;amp; Qian Hong was an representative. She listed Nida’s functional equivalence, Holmes’s function-oriented studies, Halliday’s functional grammar theory, and functionalism from German to make analyses between those theories and figure out the meaning of function in each of these theories (Zhang &amp;amp; Qian 2007: 10-16+93.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) As more and more western theories came to China and have been applied by the translators, a group of translators reflected upon the progresses but also pointed out the problems, however, at that time, Nida’s and his theories was never a single subject but was included in all the western theories. Lin Kenan, based on four M.A. degree theses, revealed the prevailing problems when scholars and M.A. students applicating the overseas translation theories, one of which was Nida’s dynamic equivalence, and gave some measure to improve the situation (Lin 2003: 46). Zhang Jinghao, taking Nida’s theories as an example, illustrated that most the Chinese scholars have not really understood the essence of those western theories because of some reason like most of the scholars only read the translated version and accepted those theories without questioning (Zhang 2006: 59-61).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 The Fourth Stage: Falling Stage====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period was from 2010 to 2019. The number of papers during that period is 8. The numbers clearly showed that Nida was not the main focus of the translation studies in China this time. Papers at that time still covered Nida’s major theories like equivalence like Cai Lijian (Cai 2015: 81-87) and Liu Runze &amp;amp; Wei Xiangqing &amp;amp; Zhao Wenjing (Li &amp;amp; Wei &amp;amp; Zhao 2015: 18-24+127), but the more scholars stretched to some theories that have been neglected in the early periods. Li Shaoyan quoted Nida’s social dialects to explain why interpreters should keep the culture in mind when working (Li 2011: 41-44), and both Wang Aiqin (Wang 2012: 98-102) and Wang Zhaoyuan (Wang 2012: 113-116) applied Nida’s translation procedures to form their own mode of translation procedures. Besides translation studies, as this master of translation passed away in 2011, there were a piece of an obituary together with article written by Ye Zinan (Ye 2011: 86-87) to memorize him, which showed the great grief from the Chinese scholars for the loss of Nida and also the significance Nida was for the translation studies in China. The last Nida-related paper on Chinese Translator’s journal remained in 2015. Although Chinese Translator’s journal could not represent the whole scope of translation study in China, but it exactly showed that the research on Nida is no longer mainstream of Chinese translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Summary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above number and content of journals, in general, Nida’s theory in China has gone through the process of translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism. Since1980s when Tan Zaixi first published Nida's theory in China Translation, it has led to a Nida fever, and translators not only introduced Nida’s theory to China in a large scale but also try to apply Nida’s theory to solve Chinese translation problems, such as the debate between free translation and literal translation. As the study went further, more and more criticism were formed upon the shortcomings of his theory, and then a group of scholars made retrospections on the study of Nida in China at the same time argued that Chinese scholars should have a dialectical view towards Nida’s theory, to learn its merits and abandon those incompatible. The study of Nida reached its climax in 1990-1999, for the entry of other Western translation theories distracted Chinese scholars from their research, which was also the reason why a large group of scholars compared Nida’ theory with other translators’ in order to have a deeper understanding of their theories and provide better reference for Chinese translation. Entering the 21 Century, the passion for Nida’s theory has been cool down, only a few theories are still being discussed. Among all the Nida’s theoretical system, the concepts of dynamic equivalence, function, and translation procedure have been discussed and studied the most and have the greatest influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Influences of Nida’ s Theory in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a major figure in translation field, Nida is regarded as one of the most influential theorists in the translation field. His translation theory was the first and most systematically western theory that introduced and studied in China, which could be indicated from the numbers and contents of the papers on Chinese Translators Journal form 1980s till the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Studies of Translation in China before the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The large-scale translation activities in China originated in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The first person who formed a theory in China was the Buddhist master Dao An (312-385), who was enlightened by the process of his translating of Buddhist scriptures and proposed the theory of “Five Losses and Three Difficulties”, which was the beginning of Chinese translation theory. In his theory, he raised the question of “Wen” (text) and “Zhi” (form), which is essentially the comparison of free translation and literal translation. The “Five Losses” covered aspects like the source language, syntax and style of the original text, and later translation scholars also followed his path to have more researches on separate perspectives, but never formed a standard for the evaluation of the translation. (Liu 1994(04): 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not until Yan Fu put forward the translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” that established a translation standard for Chinese translators. After Yan Fu put forward his concept, there were a large number of supporters. However, there were also many criticisms. Moreover, some translators gave new meanings on this theory and form their own theory, such as Liu Zhongde’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness”, and many others tried to put aside Yan Fu’s theory and created their own new translation theory, such as Lin Yutang’s “Faithfulness, Fluency, and Beauty” (1933). However, it is not difficult to recognize that these theories were still under the framework of Yan Fu’s theory. While the dispute between Free translation and literal translation continued among the scholars, they still failed to provide practical criteria for judging translation in China. It was right at the time when Nida’s translation theory was spread into China (Liu 1994(04): 6-8).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Influences on Chinese Translation Studies After the Introduction of Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the stagnant situation of the Chinese translation theory at that time, Nida brought a new light to the field of Chinese translation, leading the trend of studying western translation theories in China, and triggering Chinese scholars to critical mind towards the western translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 It brought new perspectives for translation theory in China.=====&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with the booming studies in translation studies in the West in 1960s to 1970s, the development of translation studies in China almost paused at the 1950s because of some social unrests, which has stagnating for at least 20 years. What’s more, translators have stayed in the dispute between free translation and literal translation without producing a systematic and thorough interpretation. Since Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was proposed, it has dominated Chinese translation theory for a long time. The reason why Yan Fu's theory has been passed down for so many years is that there is no more scientific and acceptable theory to take his place for the time being.（Tu &amp;amp; Xiao: 2000:9）Hence, there was an urgent demand for a breakthrough in the translation studies. His theory on translation and the theoretical understanding of translation have brought Chinese translators brand perspectives, such as functional equivalence and readers’ response, which have never been fully covered by Chinese scholars, and opened a window for Chinese scholars to study the language from the language itself instead of only translation such as linguistics and social symbols. In addition, Nida’s theory set specific standards for the evaluation of the translationBy studying, learning and applying Nida’s theory, Chinese scholars have also produced their own corresponding theoretical structures, enriching the theories of Chinese scholars themselves. based on Nida’s theory, Wang Zhaoyuan had made his own translation procedures, which contains six steps: prepare, translate, examine the content, examine the style, examine the form and proofread (Wang 2012: 113-116). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 It led the trend of studying western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since shortcomings and problems of the traditional translation theories in China appeared, the translators in China were also desperate to draw on some helpful theoretical elements from the achievements of the west in this fields. Among them, Nida’s theory was a critical one. Since the introduction of Nida’s theory into China, various scholars have conducted extensive discussions and studies. With Nida as a precedent, more and more Chinese scholars recognized the advancement of the western theories and introduced other foreign translation theories. Chen Hongwei scanned the papers of Chinese Translation from 1980 to 2000 in all aspects and divided them into four stages. In addition to the introduction of Nida's theory, the theories of five translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), the third stage introduced the theories of 13 The theories of translators were introduced in the first stage (1980-1984), the writings and ideas of 20 foreign translators were introduced in the second stage (1985-1989), 13 translators were introduced in the third stage, and the paths and achievements of 17 translators were introduced in the fourth stage. While introducing the theories of other translators, a large number of scholars have compared them with Nida’s translation theories, and a large number of Western theories have entered China, enlivening the academic atmosphere of translation theories and enriching the theoretical foundation of the Chinese translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 It liberated the minds of Chinese scholars to have a critical mind towards the western translation theories.=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the introduction of Nida’s theory, various translation scholars were attracted to his theory and carried out extensive studies, and almost all of them agreed with his unique perspectives. However, Chinese scholars gradually realize the shortcomings of Nida’s theory, and since his theory was based on biblical translation, which bore religious and dissemination elements, and was different from the area of research among Chinese translation scholars, so some of his theory was not applicable to Chinese translation. The reflection on Nida’s theory has also prompted more Chinese scholars to reflect on the introduction and application of other western theories, realizing that Chinese and Western theoretical systems are different, and that they need to adopt a critical attitude, taking the essence and the dross. In his paper, Zhang Jinghao proposed that it is necessary to look at foreign translation theories calmly and objectively, and at the same time to return to the proper path of translation research in China, that is, to study Chinese traditions and experiences mainly, supplemented by foreign theories, which is the proper path that translation theory research in China should return to (Zhang 2006: 61). Moreover, it has encouraged the Chinese scholars to question the authority. In the later studies, it is obvious to recognize that even though scholars compare Nida’s theory with other theories and introduce more western translation theories, scholars no longer resemble the one-sided attitude they had before, but all try to explore foreign theories from multiple perspectives of critical point of view, like positive and negative sides, and promote the translation study in China to a more stable and mature path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of Chinese Translators Journal, we can see that Nida’s theory has entered China through three stages: translation and introduction of works, study and comparison, and retrospection and criticism, and the number of Nida-related has experienced three processes: surging, transition and falling. In terms of time, the discussion was most enthusiastic from the 1980s to the beginning of the 21st century, and the important translation concepts under study included: functional equivalence, readers’ response and the procedure of translation, which had the significant influence on Chinese translation scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Through the history of translation in China, Chinese translators emphasize practice but not the guiding theory, and even though a small number of translators have summarized certain theoretical experiences, they have not been able to form a complete set of influential theories. Nida’s theory was novel in perspective, exceling in guiding the translation of Bible, and since the publication of The Theory and Practice of Translation, his theoretical achievements have enjoyed a worldwide reputation in translation, which could provide new vitalism for Chinese translation study. This is why Nida’s theory has triggered such a strong impact after entering China, which can also be seen from the number of relevant papers in the Chinese Translators Journal. However, in the later stage Chinese scholars gradually discovered the incompatibility between Nida’s theory and the actual situation of Chinese translation and began to substantially criticize Nida’s theory. At the same time, some scholars proposed to look at Nida's theory calmly and objectively and finally the scholars realized that it is necessary to adopt an objective attitude towards foreign translation theories, focusing on Chinese translation experiences and practices, and some scholars extracted the merits from Nida’s theories and created their own theoretical systems, which is a new and mature path for the Chinese translation study. Nida’s theory of translation has opened up new perspective for Chinese translation and propelled Chinese translation to step on a new and correct path. Although Chinese translation scholars have taken some detours in the middle of the process, they have gradually discovered the path that Chinese translation itself should take in the midst of groping, which is the greatest contribution of Nida to the field of Chinese translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===references===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation of Chinese Neologisms from the Perspective of Cross-cultural Translation Theory-解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;解帆 Xie Fan 202070080637 英语口译&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous enhancement of China's overall national strength and international influence, Chinese is playing an increasingly important role in communications and exchanges among countries all over the world. An increasing number of Chinese neologisms are used to express and describe the status quo. These neologisms invigorate Chinese culture, however, meanwhile, they make it harder for the world to understand Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi 202070080639&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly outlines the development history of interpretation, briefly compares the development history of interpretation in China and the West and their respective development characteristics, and compares the interpretation research in the West with the late start of interpretation research in China, and the development history of interpretation research in China in the past 40 years of reform and opening up, mainly through four stages: the &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s, the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot; in the 1990s, the &amp;quot;emerging period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century, and the &amp;quot;diversified development period&amp;quot; in the second decade of the 21st century.Finally reviewed the current state of development and future prospects of interpretation research in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文主要概述了口译的发展历史，简要对比中西方口译发展历程和各自的发展特点，对比西方的口译研究，中国对口译的研究起步较晚，在改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，主要经历四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression of the meaning of one language through another language is called translation. There are two main forms of translation, namely, interpretation and translation. Interpretation can be between two different national languages, or between a standard language and a dialect or between a dialect and another dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting has a long history and is one of the oldest professions of human beings. In primitive societies, primitive tribal groups ruled separately.with the development of history, this self-enclosed form of society hindered the economic and cultural progress of human beings, so the tribes had the desire and need to cross the frontiers and develop outward into the countryside for trade and cultural exchange. The language barrier became the biggest obstacle to this cross-ethnic communication. Interpretation as a language intermediary can make people realize the desire of economic and cultural communication with the outside world. Thus,bilingual or multilingual interpretation is born.Human interpretation activities have also recorded the political, economic, military, cultural, scientific and technological, health and educational interactions between people of all races in the world over the centuries. All the major events in human history have been marked by interpretation. In the history of human development, interpretation activities have become the lubricant that drives the wheels of human society to roll. With the development of the times, people's communication has become deeper and deeper, and the concept of &amp;quot;global village&amp;quot; has gradually come to the fore, so the status of interpretation has become extremely important. The establishment of the United Nations, especially the Geneva International Conference Interpreters Association, has brought its status to an unprecedented level. At the same time, interpretation has also entered the universities as a discipline, and its development has become increasingly rapid and perfect.As a country that attaches importance to international friendship and multilateral trade, China has been paying more attention to interpretation and cultivating interpretation talents, and the research on interpretation in China has been increasing year by year, and China will continue to pay attention to the development and progress of interpretation in the future, and the overall development will show a good and steady rise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The overall development and overview of the Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language interpreting is known to date back to Ancient Egypt during the 3rd millennium B.C. The first records of interpreting were in the form of Egyptian low-relief sculptures in a prince’s tomb that made reference to an interpreter supervisor.In ancient China as early as the Spring and Autumn period there was the work of translation, at that time was called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot;, while we in the &amp;quot;Book of Rites - King's system&amp;quot; “五方之民，言语不通，嗜欲不同，达其志，通其欲。东方曰寄，南方曰象，西方曰狄鞮，北方曰译。”And &amp;quot;The Rites of Zhou - Autumn Officials - Preface Official&amp;quot; (Jia Gongyan, a great scribe and linguist of Tang Dynasty)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oral communication preceded the emergence of writing, so the work of interpretation also preceded that of translation, so the history of interpretation as a social phenomenon or social activity can be traced back to a long time ago. However, interpretation as an internationally recognized profession began at the end of World War I at the Paris Peace Conference. Although there have been interpreters in Western countries for hundreds of years, most of them are temporary part-time interpreters. It was at the beginning of the 20th century that interpreting was recognized as a formal profession internationally. In 1919, after the end of World War I, the organizers of the Paris Peace Conference recruited a large number of full-time interpreters who worked as official interpreters for the Paris Peace Conference as 'successive interpreters. '(or &amp;quot;consecutive translators,&amp;quot; as they were called). &amp;quot;The founders of the Paris Peace Conference ended the agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the professional nature of interpreting was recognized, and the training of basic methods and skills of interpreting began to be emphasized. After the end of the Second World War, the Nuremberg War Criminals Trial adopted the method of near-simultaneous interpretation of the original and translated languages. The emergence of new forms of interpretation, marked by &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot;, made people look at the uniqueness of the profession of senior interpreters. With the creation of the United Nations and the emergence of various global and regional organizations, international interactions have become more frequent, and a vivid modern drama has been performed on the multilateral and bilateral stages of the world, in which interpreters have played a unique role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The status of professional international conference interpreters is getting higher and higher, the United Nations has established a special translation agency, and the study of its principles and methods by the International Association of Senior Interpreters has also entered higher education institutions. For over half a century, senior interpreters have been sought after by international agencies, governments, and various cross-cultural institutions and organizations. Professional interpreters have become a highly respected and noble profession, especially senior international conference interpreters, who are both intelligent linguists and knowledgeable international diplomats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the history of formal interpreting that we now see commonly used in various international conferences and negotiations is not very long. The first large-scale use of conference interpretation in history was at the end of World War I. The Paris Peace Conference held in 1919 was the first large-scale official use of consecutive interpretation in history.The first large-scale use of simultaneous interpretation in history was at the end of World War II.Before that, consecutive interpretation was commonly used at international conferences because the working languages were mostly limited to French and English, and the science and technology required for simultaneous interpretation equipment had not yet been developed. It was not until 1947, when the trial of Nazi war criminals was held in Nuremberg, Germany, where four languages were used simultaneously: German, English, French and Russian, that the use of simultaneous interpretation began to be experimented with in order to improve the efficiency of the court. Initially, the method used was that after a speech, different interpreters simultaneously translated the speech into the other three languages and transmitted it through headphones to the ears of different listeners. Of course, this was still in fact consecutive interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, further experiments were conducted with simultaneous interpretation of speeches, which greatly improved the efficiency and thus began to be used on a large scale, which led to the first real simultaneous interpretation in history.Now,with the development of science and technology, there were more equipment helping the work of interpreting.It is the golden age of the interpreting profession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 The development of the Interpretation in west====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is ancient. Maybe as ancient as languages or mankind. Interestingly enough there are references to interpreters in many different historical sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Cicero in ancient Rome spoke highly of his interpreter and the services the interpreter did for him. In the Ottoman empire interpreters were called dragoman and their role was not just interpreting but also acting as guides, go-betweens and door-openers to the Ottoman empire. The Ottoman empire also had sworn court interpreters, as can be seen from old court records from the Ottoman empire. Update December 6, 2010: Another interesting post on dragomans and the history of interpreting by Unprofessional Translations&lt;br /&gt;
There were also sworn court interpreters in Spain in the 16th Century. And interpreters were also used by the conquistadors to communicate with the indigenous people in the Americas. Although the training those interpreters received were perhaps not to be envied. Natives were brought back to Spain where they worked as slaves and learnt the language. If they were judged good enough they were brought back to their origins to act as interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreters continued to be employed throughout the middle Ages. Monks of many different nationalities interpret in monasteries; preachers of foreign lands interpret in councils, as well as some individuals interpreting on business expeditions, military incursions and diplomatic meetings.During the Age of Discovery,the use of new and different languages had greatly changed the way we see interpretation today. Christopher Columbus in his first voyage noted that his Arabic and Hebrew-speaking interpreters we not very helpful in communicating with the Indians. After this voyage he decided to capture some Native Americans and teach them Spanish so they could help him as interpreters on his next expedition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But interpreting hit the headlines with the Nüremberg Trials. Although interpreting was used at the international organizations before the Second World War, this was the first time that large scale simultaneous interpreting was used. Technology now allowed interpreters to listen to the original in head phones and interpret into a microphone that broadcast the interpreting to listeners. Hardly any of the interpreters who interpreted at the Nüremberg Trials had any interpreting training. But most of the interpreters there then went on to a career in interpreting. These interpreters were the founding fathers and mothers of the profession. They were active in the professionalization of interpreters, they helped training new interpreters and they lay the foundations of AIIC, the international association for conference interpreters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Community interpreters are a different case. Community interpreting has not started its professionalization until the past 10 or 15 years. Community interpreters were typically friends and and family of the person needing community interpreting. However, thanks to researchers and very active community interpreters, and in particular thanks to the Critical link conference, community interpreting is slowly gaining professional standards in the same way as its big sister conference interpreting.&lt;br /&gt;
（https://interpretings.net/2010/09/13/history-of-interpreting/）&lt;br /&gt;
（https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.1The four development stages of western interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Pre-research Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1950s to the early 1960s, mainly focused on interpreters talking about their personal experiences, observing and reflecting on interpreting behavior and the working environment of interpreters, and exploring issues such as the language and knowledge requirements of interpreters, the difficulties encountered by interpreters in their work, the relationship with clients or fatigue, etc. The issues discussed include the language and knowledge requirements of translators, the difficulties they encounter in their work, their relationship with clients or their fatigue, etc. The research at this stage was not very theoretical, but the two manuals published during this period, Rozen (1956) and Herbert (1952)1, are classics, among which the basic principles and methods of consecutive interpreting notes described in Rozen's book are still widely accepted today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Experimental Psychology Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the 1960s to the early 1970s, mainly some psychologists and psycho-linguists used the theoretical framework of psychology and psycholinguistics to study the cognitive problems of interpreting, put forward some hypotheses about the process of interpreting, and analyzed source language, noise speaking speed, the impact of variables such as EVS (Ear-Voice Span, i.e. the time difference between the two streams of the source language and the translated language) on interpretation and the countermeasures often adopted by interpreters, etc.. However, some authors are skeptical about whether this phase of research can really help people better understand the interpreting process. &lt;br /&gt;
From the early 1970s to the mid-1980s, was dominated by theoretical research conducted by interpreting practitioners (most of them were part-time interpreting teachers). The most representative theory was the théorie du sens (interpretation theory) created by the École Supérieure des Interprètes de Paris (ESIT), which emphasized that interpretation was centered on meaning rather than on the translation of words and language structures. The théorie du sens theory was once the dominant theory in the interpretation community and still has a positive influence in interpretation training today. However, research at this stage was relatively isolated, there was a lack of communication between schools of thought, and the significance of empirical research was almost completely ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renewal Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It began in the latter half of the 1980s, marked a turning point with an important conference on interpretation held at the University of Trieste in Italy in 1986, from which interpretation research entered a new historical period. In the third stage, the dominant views and theories were openly questioned and challenged, and the interpreting community ended its isolation for many years, and extensive and in-depth exchanges among various schools of thought began.&lt;br /&gt;
西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 The development of the Interpretation in china====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a specialized profession has a history of more than 2,000 years in China. In ancient times,as early as the Spring and Autumn period,people who were engaged in the profession of interpretation were called &amp;quot;tongue man&amp;quot; or “Yi”. (“译”、“寄”、“象”、“狄银”、“通事”或“通译”) In the Book of Rites(《礼记·王制》), it is written that“五方之民言语不通，嗜欲不同。达其志，通其欲，东方日寄，南方曰象，西方日狄革是，北方曰译。”The &amp;quot;Kueixing miscellaneous knowledge after the collection - translator&amp;quot; (《癸幸杂识后集·译者》)made this explanation: &amp;quot;translation, Chen also; Chen said that the internal and external words are established this transmitter of the language to pass its will, now the north is said to be through the matter.&amp;quot;(“译，陈也；陈说内外之言皆立此传语之人以通其志，今北方谓之通事。”) The Later Han Dynasty - The Chronicle of Emperor He mentions the demand for translators at that time: &amp;quot;Duguo Xi refers to, then pass translators 40,000.&amp;quot; (“都护西指，则通译四万。”)“译即易，谓换易言语使相解也。”The existence of interpretation in ancient times can also be seen in the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation as a discipline began to be studied by some experts and scholars, and it started relatively late. The study of interpretation in the West basically started after World War II, while in China, it was not until the early 1980s that some articles analyzing the characteristics and techniques of interpretation were published, and its development was relatively slow. Only after 1996 did it start to develop rapidly and achieve some scientific achievements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, China has become more and more active in the international arena. In the early 1970s, China returned to the United Nations and since then its international status has been rising rapidly. After entering the 1980s, marked by reform and opening up, China's economy began to take off and the door to the outside world opened wider and wider. In the 1990s, when the economies of many countries and regions in the East and West were in recession, China's economic train continued to run at high speed with its strong vitality along the track to the ranks of the world's economically developed countries. A China that has chosen a socialist market economy with great success and has become the preferred target of many overseas investors and tourists. A fully open China, which is following the path of a strong nation at a steady pace, has more and more contact points and a larger contact area for foreign exchanges. The demand for all kinds of interpreters is increasing day by day, and the contradiction between the supply and demand of senior interpreters is becoming more and more prominent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Shanghai English Interpreting Qualification Examination&amp;quot; has come into being, and English undergraduate majors in all colleges and universities across China have been offering practical courses on interpreting, and &amp;quot;Research and Practice of Interpreting&amp;quot; as a course combining theory and practice has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree classes by more and more colleges and universities. As a course combining theory and practice, &amp;quot;Interpretation Research and Practice&amp;quot; has been included in the syllabus of English master's degree courses by more and more universities. Some universities have also held national seminars on interpretation. This is the need of the times, the need of the country and the need of the market. At the same time, the study of interpretation has also enriched the theories of linguistics and applied linguistics (such as psycholinguistic studies, discourse studies, bilingual studies and translation studies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.1The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;budding period&amp;quot; from the late 1970s to the late 1980s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, there were only 27 papers on interpretation published in core foreign language journals,and the research on interpretation in China was still in the nascent stage, and the topics discussed in the papers were mostly at the level of experience introduction, and many papers only raised some phenomena and problems without in-depth discussion from the theoretical level.The landmark event of this period is the opening of the &amp;quot;United Nations Interpreter and Translator Training Course&amp;quot; in Beijing Foreign Language Institute in 1979, which has trained nearly 100 interpreters by the early 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Initial Development Period&amp;quot; in the 1990s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between 1990 and 1999, 112 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals, and the research on interpretation in China entered the &amp;quot;initial development period&amp;quot;. Most of the papers in this period were mainly focused on the summary of interpretation skills and the discussion of the prescriptive teaching methods, and in general, the interpretation research in this period lacked theoretical guidance. Although a few scholars (e.g. Bao Gang and Liu Heping) began to pay attention to the combination of interpretation teaching concepts and interpretation theories, the theoretical perspectives are still relatively homogeneous and mainly focus on interpretation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, professional interpretation teaching started to be initiated in institutions. In the 1990s, Beijing Foreign Studies University started to establish a senior translation school, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established a translation department in the College of English, and with the support of the British Council, Guangdong University of Foreign Studies and Xiamen University both offered professional interpretation courses, and Beijing Language and Culture College also offered professional interpretation courses in the French major.The first and second National Symposium on Interpretation Theory and Teaching held in 1996 and 1998 were the main academic events of interpretation in this period, marking the beginning of the development of interpretation research in China with the awareness of research fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Emerging Period&amp;quot; in the first decade of the 21st century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the formal establishment of interpretation majors in some universities and the development of interpretation practice in the direction of professionalization and specialization, interpretation research in China entered the emerging period. 251 papers on interpretation were published in core foreign language journals from 2000 to 2009. &lt;br /&gt;
In this period, not only the number of interpretation papers has increased significantly, which is equivalent to twice of the previous period, but also the quality of research has improved significantly, and interpreting researchers have started to break away from the traditional research perspective, pay attention to the research results of other disciplines (Liu Heping 2001a), and are not satisfied with putting forward some prescriptive principles and methods of interpreting and interpreting teaching, but begin to try to explore the inner laws of interpreting and the principles and methods of teaching In this period, Shanghai Foreign Language Institute (SFLI) has been working on the concept behind the teaching of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc. established senior translation schools one after another, and the training of doctoral students in interpretation studies also started in Beijing Foreign Studies University, Shanghai Foreign Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;National Conference on Interpretation&amp;quot; was held every two years and became an important academic event to unite the strengths of interpretation research, and the 5th National Conference and International Conference on Interpretation held in 2004 was themed &amp;quot;Interpretation Professionalization: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;.With the theme of &amp;quot;Professionalization of Interpretation: International Experience and Development in China&amp;quot;, the conference focused on the problems and challenges faced by Chinese interpreters on the road to professionalization, such as the standardization and professionalization of the profession and the marketization of interpretation, and discussed the training and certification of interpreters, interpretation theory and interdisciplinary research, as well as interpretation teaching and evaluation (Yuanyuan Mu and Jun Pan 2005), and began to publish the Proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference. The conference also started to publish the proceedings of the National Conference on Interpretation after the conference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Period of Diversified Development&amp;quot; in the Second Decade of the 21st Century&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 2010 to 2017, there were more than 300 papers on interpretation in core journals. In this period, not only the number of published papers continues to increase, but also the quality of research has been significantly improved, the research themes are diversified, and the research methods are also more diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
The vigorous development of interpretation research in China during this period is inseparable from two driving forces: first, the establishment of undergraduate translation majors and master's degrees in translation (MTI) in mainland China; second, the strengthening of exchanges between the Chinese interpretation research community and the international interpretation research community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 7th National Conference and International Symposium on Interpretation, the interaction between the conference organizers and representatives of the international interpretation research community led to the publication of the authoritative international journal Interpreting: International Journal of Research and Practice in Interpreting in 2009. In 2011, the book was published in John Benjamins Publishing's famous &amp;quot;Benjamins Translation Library&amp;quot; under the title of &amp;quot;Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China&amp;quot;. The book was published in 2011 as a stand-alone book entitled Chinese Interpreting and Interpreting China in John Benjamins' famous Benjamins Translation Library series, which became &amp;quot;an international showcase of the interface of Chinese interpreting research&amp;quot; (Wang Binhua and Zheng Xun 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And,some young Chinese scholars have completed their doctoral dissertations in the field of interpretation research and become the new force of Chinese interpretation research; some Chinese interpretation researchers have started to go to international academic circles, either publishing papers in international important translation journals or applying for teaching positions in international famous universities, forming interaction with international interpretation research circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation and the prospect of the interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the interpretation work is subdivided into five major categories:conference interpreting,court interpreting,business interpreting,accompaniment interpreting and document translation. From the perspective of language, there is a need for Spanish, Korean, Japanese, French, German and other small language talents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, with the expanding foreign economic and cultural exchanges, a translation market of ten billion RMB has been created in China. Especially in the past two years, a large number of translation companies have been emerging all over the country, and the translation service market in China is expanding rapidly. At present, there are more than 6,000 professional translation registration companies of various kinds, and there are tens of thousands of companies registered in the name of consulting companies, printing agencies, etc., which actually undertake translation business. In Shanghai alone, there are more than 200 translation registration companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the shortage of translation service teams is still a major problem plaguing the translation industry. The existing translation professionals employed in China are about 60,000, and the number of translation practitioners is conservatively estimated to be 600,000, while the relevant sample survey shows that the number may reach 1 million. Even so, the existing translation team is still unable to meet the huge market demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Xiaoyong, executive deputy director of the China Foreign Language Bureau and first executive vice president of the China Translation Association, said that the biggest challenge facing Chinese translation work is undoubtedly the shortage of qualified translators, and &amp;quot;it is not a shortage in the general sense, but an extreme shortage, especially the serious shortage of high-quality and professional translators who can undertake the ever-expanding tasks of foreign cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current translation work also faces problems and challenges, including the lack of scientific understanding and due attention to the importance of translation work and its laws, as well as the unclear positioning of the industry, which affects the sustainable development of the industry, and the lack of access system, which causes a number of poorly qualified translation enterprises and practitioners to enter the translation market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
according to the statistics of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, by the end of 2010, there were less than 30,000 professional translators (i.e. those who have obtained professional and technical titles of translation) in state-owned enterprises and institutions; the number of people who have passed the national translation professional qualification (level) examination is more than 27,000; the undergraduate and master's degree education in translation which started not long ago It is estimated that only a few thousand translation graduates have been trained so far, and it is difficult for such a limited professional team to meet the needs of increasingly extensive international exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we should attach great importance to the cultivation of high-quality and specialized translation talents in shortage, establish an industry-university-research combination model linking industry associations, colleges and universities and employers, further improve the translation professional education system, further improve the evaluation and certification system for translation talents and promote it in the whole society to form a consensus in the industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past 30 years, with the joint efforts of the Chinese translation industry and people inside and outside the industry, the face of China's translation industry has undergone great changes. Among them, as of November this year, 57 colleges and universities in China have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation and 159 colleges and universities have been approved to offer professional degree courses in translation. Translation education has developed from being an auxiliary means of foreign language teaching in the past to becoming an independent discipline specialty for training professional translation talents and translation research talents, and has made a major breakthrough in the status of higher education, and the translation discipline system has become more and more perfect; the language service industry with The language service industry with translation as its core has developed into a new industry, with an average annual growth rate of 18.4% between 2003 and 2011; it is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 15% during the 12th Five-Year Plan period, which will be higher than the average speed of China's economic development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing international status of China, the density of international conferences is also greater, and the number of professional English interpreters capable of handling larger international conferences in China is only about 10,000. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation has gone through a long process of development from low to high level, from imperfect to increasingly perfect, and it continues to develop steadily along a long development trajectory of more than two thousand years, and its characteristics will be increasingly enriched and intermingled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, the wheel of history has brought us into a new century. It is the century of comprehensive revitalization of our country, the century of recasting glory, the century of extensive exchanges and common prosperity between Chinese culture and cultures of all ethnic groups in the world, and it is also the golden age of the interpreting profession. Over the years, China has carried out all-round and multi-level exchanges with other countries in the world, allowing us to better understand the world and the world to better understand us. As an indispensable intermediary force in Sino-foreign exchanges, foreign interpreters are shouldering the heavy responsibility of history. Today, more than ever, China needs a large number of qualified full-time or part-time interpreters to build and strengthen the bridge of foreign communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*【1】中国口译史[M]. 青岛出版社 , 黎难秋主编, 2002&lt;br /&gt;
*【2】口译的发展史及特点[A].赵永红，赵华玲，姚脚女，黄丽娜，万莉莉,2007&lt;br /&gt;
*【3】西方口译研究：历史与现状[A] 肖晓燕，2002，71-72&lt;br /&gt;
*【4】https://www.access2interpreters.com/history-language-interpretation/#:~:text=Language%20interpreting%20is%20known%20to%20date%20back%20to,tomb%20that%20made%20reference%20to%20an%20interpreter%20supervisor.&lt;br /&gt;
*【5】http://www.xinhuanet.com//politics/2012-12/06/c_113936710.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669 亚非语言文学（朝鲜韩国文学方向）==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi,202020080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;文晓艺 Wen Xiaoyi&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
根据卡特福德和尤金·奈达的翻译理论观点分析翻译的限制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.(Catford, 1965,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965,20) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.”  From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.(Catford, 1965,103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999,xv）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.(Nida, 1982,vii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).”  He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence.(Catford, 1965,20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that &amp;quot;any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form.&amp;quot; The later refers to that &amp;quot;any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language.&amp;quot;  He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.(Catford, 1965,27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text.(Catford, 1965,35) &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.(Nida, 1982,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.(Catford,1965, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.(Catford, 1965, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage. (Nida, 1982,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982,5) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982,5) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964,161)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
*King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
*Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.(''Hamlet'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.(Hu Yi,1999,8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.(Xiang Chengdong,1996,2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.(Hou Weirui,1988)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
*Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
*No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
*上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”.（Zuo Biao,2000） Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.（Xu Yuanchong,1984）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．(Algernon Charles Swinburne, ''Nephelidia'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
*Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Seeing is believing 眼见为实 (Zhang Peiji,1979)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。(Peng Changjiang,2012,277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
*Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜. (1999). 《新编奈达论翻译》.[The New Edition of Nida's Theory on Translation]. 中国对外翻译出版公司 [China Translation and Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Yi. 胡一. (1999). 广告英语的修辞魅力. [Rhetorical Charm of Advertising English]. ''英语学习''[Journal of English Study] (8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiang Chengdong.项成东.(1996).试谈广告英语中的复义[On Polysemy in Advertising English].''山东外语教学''[Journal of Foreign Language Teaching in Shandong](2).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hou Weirui.候维瑞.(1988).《英语语体》[English Style].上海外国教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zuo Biao. 左飙.(2000).论文化的可译性[On Translatability of Culture].扬自俭Yang Zijian.英汉语比较与翻译[Comparison and Translation between English and Chinese].上海教育出版社[Shanghai Education Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Yuanchong.许渊冲. (1984).翻译中的几对矛盾[A Few Pairs of Contradictions in Translation].翻译的艺术[Art of Translation].中国对外翻译出版社[China Foreign Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Peiji. 张培基. (1979).习语汉译英研究[A Study of Chinese-English Translation of Idioms ].商务印书室[Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Changjiang. 彭长江. (2012).英汉-汉英翻译教程[English-Chinese-English Translation Course].湖南师范大学出版社[Hunan Normal University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell's Special Outlook on Translation Studies 陈江宁 Chen Jiangning  202020080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈江宁 Chen Jiangning &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
“What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As we all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator's thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
罗杰·贝尔；翻译过程；系统功能语言学；认知心理学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called Language and Translation that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So here come the questions: What is the main focus of translation? Is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? These questions which attracts many translation scholars' attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What's worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell's Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell's translation process model a special and valuable one (Wu Yicheng 1998, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The Main Content of Bell's Translation Process Model ===&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1 The Complexity of Translation Process ====&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, former translators have divided translation into two parts: understand and express. First of all, translator needs to understand the meaning of the source text and its author's intention, and what a translator should do next is to translate precisely on the basis of understanding the source text's meaning; its author's writing purpose and the goal of the target text. Even so, it is still hard for us to explain what exactly the translation process is. There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida's “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes' “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell's “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. According to Holmes who raised a critical question about translation: How does the translator create a completely new target text which more or less attaches some similarities with the source text during the translation process? How does his “Black	Box” operate when he or she was translating an original text? There are a huge amount of obstacles that translators need to come over. However, few scholars had stretched their foot on this area. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Taking Nida's translation theory as an example, in his opinion, translation process is composed by four stages: analysis, conversion, reconstruct and examine. Nida further elucidated this conception in his The meaning of Translation that the analysis stage is the stage where the translator determines the meaning of the original text (lexical, syntactic and rhetorical meaning). The translator should consider content and form at this stage; he believes that the process by which people stop thinking in one language and start thinking in another language is still a mystery. According to some concepts of generative-transformation grammar, the analysis process is mainly the process of determining the inner meaning. The conversion process takes place at this level, because languages are more similar in substructure than in surface structure. Once the conversion occurs, the translator must reconstruct the form of the original information to make it suitable for the hypothetical reader, and the detection phase is the phase in which the target text is compared. (Nida 1969, 484)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida had mentioned a relatively complete translation theory, one of his translation model's deficiencies was that it didn't reveal the translator's psychological process when he or she was translating. That is to say, he didn't consider the function of the translator, like how did he or she analyze the source text? How did translator cut the original text into fundamental structure and rebuild them into the target text? All of these questions haven't been answered yet. In a word, Nida's translation mode didn't concern the translator's thinking activity during the translation process. On the contrary, in Roger T.Bell's translation process model, the role of translator was under consideration, that's why Bell's translation mode was more comprehensive and better interpreted the complexity of translation process. (Xiao Hui 2001, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Bell's Main Idea about Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Bell in his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice has showed his view towards translation in a different way, considering some factors that may also influence the product of the target text which was never put forward before. He said that one of the goals in this book was to generalize the components that help to constitute all kinds of competences and knowledge of a translator, the second goal is to establish a translation mode on the basis of this generalization. (1991, 18) In order to figure out what exactly the translation process is, he has put forward some relevant questions: What is translation? What is a translator? What is translation theory? And he tried to answer them by combining translation process with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology. What's more, Bell had showed his point of view quite clearly, he stressed that translation must be regarded as a kind of communicative behavior among human beings, which can be guided by linguistics and helped by the fruits of cognitive science and cognitive linguistics to build his translation process model. As Liao Qiyi said in the book Contemporary Translation Studies in UK that Bell had taken great efforts to establish the translation process model, which was placed in the larger field of human communicative behavior, so it inevitably had to resort to psychology and linguistics. On the one hand, we need to be familiar with the mode of memory and information processing of psychology and psycholinguistics. On the other hand, it requires an understanding of the linguistic mode of the broadest sense of meaning, including the meaning of “beyond sentences”. It is for this reason that Bell takes “mode”, “meaning” and “memory” as the focus of his discussion. (Liao Qingyi 2001, 208)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Bell's translation theory starts from answering such questions like translation, translator, and translation theory. Next, he comes to the conclusion that it is the act of translation truly matters, so he makes the translation process as his major study. In his book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, Bell focuses on theoretical exploration, but he is also closely related to all aspects involved in specific translation activities. Therefore, like he said in the title of the book, the proposition of combining theory and practice has been found in his research and it has got a comprehensive implementation. Before describing and constructing the translation process model, he defined the concept “translation”, using this as a starting point, and compared the steps involved in monolingual communication with those in bilingual communication, revealing the commonality of the two points and differences to define the characteristics of the communicative act of translation. At the same time, Bell always put translator in the center position and on the basis of studying the competence of a translator, he came up with six presumptions towards translation process. According to these materials and assumptions, Bell divided translation process into two stages: analysis and synthesis, which separately means convert a special language text (primitive text) into a non-semantic expression of special language; synthesize this semantic expression into a text in a second special language (the target language text). Each stage also contains three levels of syntax、semantic and pragmatics. We will talk about it in the next chapter in detail. (Bell 1991, 44-45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, in Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice we found that the explanation of theory is combined with the display of schema. The nearly 50 schemas in the book contribute to translation activities, translation specific steps, including analysis procedures, synthesis procedures, text reproduction and synthesis procedures, and the relationship between meaning, meaning generation, text information processing, text processing skills, etc. He made an intuitive display, which fully demonstrated Roger Bell's efforts to direct translation studies to a systematic and scientific nature. (Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The First Special Outlook on Translation: Systemic Functional Linguistics===&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Systemic functional linguistics and translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation process is related to many nonverbal problems linked with two languages, including the psychological and thinking process, philosophy aesthetics and cultural tradition loaded by different languages; nevertheless, it will be extremely hard to achieve systematize and theorization without the guidance of linguistic theory. As Bell said that if translation theorists do not use the research results of linguistics, their comments on texts will inevitably be subjective, and it is inevitable that there will be prescriptive colors. (1991, 15) Thus, one of the special outlooks of Bell's translation process model is attributed to the systemic functional linguistics. So it is quite necessary to know what the systemic functional linguistics is first. Systemic functional linguistics is one of the most influential linguistic schools in the world today. It was developed under the anthropological tradition. The difference from other linguistic schools is that they emphasize the social nature of language users and focus on the characteristics of language in practical application and the functionality of language. Although systemic functional linguistics is not a specific translation theory, it can be used to study translation theory, and improve the development of translation as a result of its universality. The representative of systemic functional linguistics Halliday once wrote an article about linguistics and machine translation and put forward a hypothesis about building translation process model theory. And he further talked about the relationship between translation and comparison in his book The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching. In the paper, he made his own point of view about the essence of translation, and established a hierarchical selection of translation patterns on the basis of hierarchy and category grammar. (Halliday 1964, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this model, the translator's process of translation is from the low-level to the high-level, that is, from the morpheme level to the word level, phrase level, clause level, and finally up to the sentence level, which is a step by step selection process. The translator must find the equivalent structure for each item and category at each level. In Halliday's opinion, the essence of translation process is actually a kind of language activity, and the essence of equivalence is not formally, but contextually. Since the meaning system is subject to the linguistic social and cultural context, the search for meaning equivalence is actually the search for the equivalence of two linguistic contexts, that is, the search for the functional equivalence of the texts of the two languages in the same context. For example, when translating application styles such as invitations, notices, regulations and letters, the translator should know how to find a translation that meets the specifications in the target language in the translation. In a word, when it comes to translation, what a translator should do is to find the tasks that should be done in the range of language activity, rather than seeing whether it is formally equivalent in the level of grammar and vocabulary between source text and target text. (Halliday 1964, 158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Bell's Application with Systemic Functional Linguistics and Translation Process====&lt;br /&gt;
It is well known that systemic functional linguistics regards the actual use of language as the object of study, and they think that language is the tool for social communication. Meanwhile, it is also acknowledged that translation process is related to two communicative processes. The first is a communication process between the original author and the original reader, and then a communication process between the translator and the target reader. The identification of translator is quite particular, because he or she is an information addressee at the first communicative process, while he or she becomes an information addresser at the second communicative process, and these two processes both need to use language to communicate. Although translation is different from general communication, it involves many issues such as culture, psychology, philosophy and aesthetics. It is essentially constituted by the communicative process of language. From this point of view, it is self-evident that the actual use of language in the communication process is regarded by the systemic functional linguistics theory as the research object which will guide the translation process. The translation process model that Bell tried to establish was exactly in the frame of systemic functional linguistics. It was built on the basis of system theory and cognitive theory, and used the three meta-functions of language in system function theory to discuss the understanding of the meaning of the source text, and the interpretation of textual issues, and the explanation of the text problem is also entirely the text theory of the systemic functional linguistics school. (Sun Huijun 2000, 54)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roger T.Bell's book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice, he contended that the translation process should cover the following contents: First of all, translation is a special case in the universal phenomenon of human information processing; then, the translation process model should belong to the psychological field of translation information processing; third, the translation process takes place in short-term memory and long-term memory, which requires a text decoding device in the original language and a text encoding device in the target language, and a semantic representation that has nothing to do with language (semantic representation); next, whether in the analysis of incoming signals or the synthesis of outgoing signals, the translation process is carried out at the language level of clauses. Processing a text in a bottom-up and top-down manner, and combining the two methods through a cascaded operation; analysis or synthesis in one stage must be completed after being activated, corrected and allowed in the next stage; Last but not least, the translation process needs two languages, including visual word-recognition system and writing system; it also needs syntactic processor, which is the choice of dealing with mood system. Furthermore, the translation process must have FLS(frequent lexical store)、LSM(a lexical search mechanism) and FSS(a frequent structure store) and a mechanism that is used to analyze sentence grammatically. It requires a semantic processor to handle the choice and use of Transitivity system and exchange information as well. At the same time, the process needs a pragmatic processor to deal with all kinds of choices gained from the Theme system. The last requirement is idea organizer, which the process of tracking and organizing the language behavior of the text (if the translator does not know the type of the text, the organizer of the concept will make inferences based on the existing information) as part of the strategy for the implementation of the goal plan, which is planned and stored in idea organizer. (Bell 1991, 228)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, in the process of syntactic processing and analysis, clauses are decomposed into many syntactic structures. People can choose clause structure in model system. First, the clauses are used in the form of a series of linear symbols through Common Vocabulary Storage (FLS) and Common Structure Storage (FSS), without having to go through the vocabulary search mechanism or grammatical analysis, and then the vocabulary can directly enter the semantic level during the analysis. Or in the synthesis directly enter the writing system during the process. The so-called common structure storage refers to the frequently occurring structures developed and stored in memory by the translator (such as subject-predicate structure, subject-predicate complement structure, etc.) The so-called grammatical analysis of sentences refers to the task of analyzing clauses when analysis becomes necessary. The so-called vocabulary search mechanism means that when the translator cannot find a matching term in the common vocabulary storage, the translator must use this mechanism to try to find the term that can “produce meaning”. In the process of semantic analysis, the task performed by the semantic analysis program is to “recover the concept”, retrieve the transitive relationship under the clause syntax, and derive content from the syntactic structure through the previous analysis. In the process of pragmatic analysis, the tasks performed by the pragmatic analysis program are off-topic structure and conducting register analysis on topic structure. Translation process cannot be simply regarded as translating clause to clause between two languages, what a translator should do is to disintegrate the clauses of source text into the form of semantic expression, then put this as foundation to rebuild the language of target text.(Xiao Hui 2001, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called concept organizer has three functions: (1) perfect analysis content; (2) control the collection of information from time to time; (3) modify semantic expression. This kind of analysis is finally absorbed by the planner, at which time people can make a decision to continue reading or translate. When the clauses of the original text are transformed into semantic expressions and the reader decides to translate them, we can assume that once the information has been stored in the semantic expressions, the semantic expressions are sufficient to indicate what type of text the clauses are expected to be translated into. In the process of pragmatic synthesis, the target language processing program accepts all the information expressed in semantics and faces three main problems: (1) how to deal with the purpose of the original text; (2) how to deal with the subject structure of the original text; (3) how to deal with the style of the original text. In the process of semantic synthesis, the target language semantic processor accepts the meaning of intra-language behavior, and generates some structure to transfer the theme content, and the generated satisfactory theme content is passed to the next step of the synthesis stage. In the process of syntactic synthesis, the translation syntax processor accepts the input information from the semantic stage, and finds suitable terms through the storage of common vocabulary; checks the common syntactic storage to find out the appropriate clause type that can represent the proposition. If there is no available clause structure to express special meaning in the vocabulary storage, this proposition must be analyzed grammatically, and finally the writing system is activated. Thus this string of written symbols constitutes the target language text. The last process ends with returning to the original text and the next clause is like a monolingual reader. In conclusion, the translation process is a series of interactive processes, mainly including three stages: synthesis, semantic and pragmatic processing stages, and each of these three stages is related to both analysis and synthesis. The translation process is very complicated. (Xiao Hui 2001, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very difficult to describe such a complicated process, especially the textual analysis of the entire interactive integrated process that is not completely linear. Roger Bell made full use of the advantages of schemas and showed us a more intuitive display of the factors involved in the translation process, main activities and activity trends. (Xu Jun 2003, 36)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of such Combination====&lt;br /&gt;
It can be inferred that the study of translation process models will definitely help the theoretical exploration and development of translation machines. It is necessary to point out that with the deepening of the research on the issues involved in the translation process, we will encounter difficulties that are difficult to solve by translation studies itself, such as the study of the process of translation thinking activities and translation mechanisms, and other Disciplines, such as neurolinguistics and psycholinguistic development and breakthroughs.(Xu Jun 2003, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are also some deficiencies existing in Bell's model. First of all, Bell emphasized that the translation process is a comprehensive and non-linear process. There was no fixed order at each stage, because the translator “is not occasionally but often revises and overturns previous decisions.” The terms “sequence” and “linear” showed that Bell's main concern was the time dimension of translation behavior, and the choice is not fully reflected in the model. (Li Li 2019, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Second Outlook on Translation: Cognitive Psychology===&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation as a process is actually to research the cognitive psychology process during the transformation of bilinguals. There are some world-famous translation theorists who have already mentioned this. For instance, Lin Yutang once said that the problem of translation is still nothing but the mentality of the translator and the relationship between the translator and the translated texts, so the problem of translation can be said to be a language and psychological problem. As we all know, translation contains two steps: the understanding of the source text and the output of the target text. The former one means the translator uses visual primitives to construct meaning in the brain, which is a psychological process. As for the output of target text, it refers to the process by which the meaning that the translator has constructed is re-expressed in the form of the target language. Bilingual conversion is a relatively complex cognitive psychological process; whether it is the understanding of the source language or the output of the target language, it must be restricted by mental representations, that is, cognitive constraints. From the perspective of cognitive science, learning by a person first involves the mechanisms of sensory organs, brain, muscles, etc. Secondly, the stimulation acting on the sensory organs, and thirdly, the known information recovered from the learner's memory. This is a process of interaction between new and old information, which can be called an information processing model. Gagn believed that it is the basis of learning psychology. Therefore, cognitive science thought that human being's cognition is a sort of information processing. And the study of the translation process from a cognitive perspective focuses on explaining the cognitive psychological process of the translator when translating bilingualism from the perspective of human processing information. (Xiao Hui 2003, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important point is that the axis of translation activities is the conversion process; this process is not a pure language activity, but a thinking activity. Therefore, the translator must grasp the laws of thinking activities. So how does the discourse change? The original work is the source of information, and the translator's brain also stores an information database. The former one stores more or less emotionally specific information processed by the author, while the latter stores mainly conceptual information. Only when the translator is stimulated by the second signal of the original discourse, can he use the existing concepts to reproduce all the information of the original. The translator's information database stores knowledge units, mainly concepts. Most of these units and the words in the information source are corresponding or similar, so we call “similar blocks”. Information conversion is mainly carried out by “similar blocks”. When translating, the translator compares the received original information with the “similar” information deposited in his own database. The old and new information forms a “similar block” and feeds back to each other. The translator mobilizes all kinds of information related to the new information in his mind, transforms, corrects, supplements, and enriches it. Until the new and old information is similar to each other and reaches the extreme, the translator uses the target language to externalize and change the similar products to the target text. Since bilingual conversion as a kind of thinking process is invisible and intangible, the theoretical goal of its research should be to establish a psychological reality mechanism and thinking pattern that prompts bilingual conversion through an analysis of the translation process. (Dong Junhong 2008, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Bell's Application with Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, Roger T.Bell tried to use systemic functional linguistics to describe translation process and what knowledge and skill the translator should grasp, and he also combined psychology with information theory model to depict the work process in the mind of the translator when he or she is translating. He said in the book Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice that translators were just like many other communicators living in a world filled with meanings, where they could conceive all kinds of meanings so as to form the conception. And their experience could recall or even gain revive through the memory system. Bell used “aggregates” “wholes” “system” to depict the process of cognition. It is generally accepted that the translator is the communicator between two languages, but first of all he must be the message receiver. And as a message receiver, no matter a listener or a reader, intralingual or interlingual—has to face the same problem: to receive information and carry signals (utterances or texts) and extract them from the source language information and use the target language to construct the best performance model. Bell used the conception of schema to explain the cognitive process of the translator and the productive process of the target text. In the translator's cognitive process, the recognized objects are “aggregates”, which enter the translator's mind through intuition, and are then perceived and transformed into the “wholes” that carries information, and conceptualized as “system” or “pattern”. (Bell 1991, 15-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell believed that all communicators have knowledge of semantics, grammar and rhetoric. Semantic knowledge helps him to convert concepts into propositions; grammatical knowledge helps him to mark propositions in a language system that can produce clauses; rhetorical knowledge helps him to organize clauses into propositions which could be used in the surroundings of utterance or discourse. Human being's perceptual experience towards the inner and outer world is expressed through language, and the conception stored in the memory is also expressed by language. People understand the characteristics of things by comparing the similarities between different things, and understand their living world from a new perspective. In Bell's opinion, translator is actually a bilingual communicator in the form of written language. (Zhang Meifang 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, the translation process is not a linear process which strictly follows one stage, but a comprehensive process, that is, the sequence of each stage must be experienced in the translation process, and it is not fixed. The translator can move from the next stage to the previous stage. Besides, the translator's amendment or cancellation of the previous decision is usually in line with the norms. Bell explained the thinking process of translators during the bilingual conversion, which is a huge step in the history of translation studies. (Bell 1991, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Benefits and Deficiencies of the Combination of Cognitive Psychology and Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
As we talked before, Bell had adopted a new research method for translation procedures and ability analysis. And there are some following advantages. In the first place, exploring translation from the perspective of psychology, people can make assumptions about the content constructed in the translator's mind based on the empirical research and application process of translation ability—analysis. It is necessary for people to elaborate on the psychological process of translation; nevertheless, this psychological process is not yet known or investigated. Secondly, as far as the overall psychological research is concerned, one can expect the fact that empirical research on translation ability will provide an in-depth understanding of language processing, speech acceptance, speech production psychological processes, and language users use psychological strategy. (Xiao Hui 2001, 33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Roger T.Bell has provided for us with a relatively comprehensive and elaborated outlook of translation process. Foremost, the author puts the translation process in the systemic model of the language, describes and interprets the translation process from a theoretical and practical perspective, and tries to model it. Afterwards, he has considered the importance of the translator's thinking activities and applied some knowledge of cognitive psychology with translation process to fully elucidate his translation theory. Finally, he has built a more complete translation theory based on these. This effort is worthy of complete recognition, because it not only adds a lot of scientific elements to translation studies, but also lays a solid foundation for the construction of translation studies. (Wu Yicheng 1998, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Junhong. 董俊虹. (2008). 基于贝尔模型的翻译过程心理认知探究. [A Probe into Psychological Cognition in Translation Process Based on Bell's Model]. “西北工业大学学报”[Journal of Northwestern Polytechnical University]. 42-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2001). 《当代英国理论》[Contemporary British Theory]. “湖北出版社”[Hubei Education Press]. 208.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Li. 李力. (2019). 译者选择的类坐标系模式 [Coordinate-like Mode Chosen by the Translator]. “中国翻译”[China Translation].  18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Huijun. 孙会军. (2000). 系统功能理论与翻译理论研究 [System Function Theory and Translation Theory Research]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and ForeignLanguage Teaching].  53-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yicheng. 吴义诚. (1998). 贝尔的翻译与翻译过程：理论与实践评介 [A Review of Bell's Translation and Translation Process: Theory and Practice]. “中国翻译”[China Translation]. 55-56.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Hui. 肖辉. （2001）. 翻译过程模式论断想 [On the Model of Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun. 许钧.  (2003). 简论翻译过程的实际体验与理论探索 [Briefly on the Practical Experience and Theoretical Exploration of the Translation Process]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 33-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang. 张美芳. (2005). 图示分析隐喻翻译中的认知过程 [Schematic Analysis of the Cognitive Process in Metaphor Translation]. “外语与外语教学” [Foreign Language and Foreign Language Teaching]. 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bell, Roger T. (1991). Translation and Translating: Theory and Practice. London and New York: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M.A.K. (1961). Linguistics and Machine Translation in McIntosh. London: Longman. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. (1964). Toward a Science of Translating—with Special Reference to Principles Involved in Bible Translating. Leiden: E.J.Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people's attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford's definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding ones in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form. (Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put the Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language. (Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test the public's reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader's reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
① Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
② He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
④ As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
(3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
① It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
② It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
④ It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct because it's a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning in the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realize, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belong to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poems, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward functional equivalence theory. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. (Wang Luo 2012, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts. (Lao Long 1990, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. (Liang Ge, Xian lei, Ren Chaoying 2016, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text. (Newmark 1988, 45) It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2001, 77) Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning. But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;. (Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point. (Chen Jing 2004, 68-69)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark]. ''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. 崔建周,卢静. (2006) 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较. [Comparison of Translation Thoughts between Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark]. ''河南商业高等专科学校学报''[Journal of Henan Business College] 106-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Long. 劳陇. (1990). &amp;quot;殊途同归&amp;quot;——试论严复、奈达和纽马克翻译理论的一致性. [&amp;quot;Treading Different Paths that Lead to the Same Destination&amp;quot;——A Discussion On the Consistency of Yan Fu's, Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories.]. ''外国语(上海外国语学院学报)''[Foreign Language (Journal of Shanghai Institute of Foreign Languages)] 52-54, 64.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Liang Ge, Xianlei, Ren Chaoying. 梁戈,先蕾,任朝迎. (2016). 奈达功能对等理论在中国的接受. [Acceptance of Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory in China Modern Chinese]. ''现代语文(语言研究版)''[Modern Chinese(Language Studies Edition)] 15-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001). ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory]. ''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Lu. 王璐. (2012). 从奈达功能对等理论的角度看隐喻翻译. [Metaphorical Translation from Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory]. ''常州大学学报(社会科学版)''[Journal of Changzhou University (Social Sciences Edition)] 101-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A breif introduction to Xu Yuanchong's translation theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 杨逸 Yang Yi, Student No.202020080660 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. And he put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper, based principally on his poetry translations, will introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong; Three-beauty Theory; Three-Transformation Theory; Three-Purpose Theory; Three-Resemblance Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。他提出了自己的翻译理论体系：“美化之艺术，创优似竞赛”，其中包含四个部分：三美论，三化论，三之论和三似论。因此本论文主要将结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论；三似论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
For translation, Xu Yuanchong always insisted that theory comes from practice. So Xu formed his own translation theories by unceasing translation practice, he said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) He is a prolific and outstanding translator, because he has translated a great number of masterpieces and was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translates poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he is also a excellent theorist who has put forward his own translation theories summarized as: &amp;quot;art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot;, which can be mainly divided into four parts：Three-beauty Theory, Three-Transformation Theory, Three-Purpose Theory and Three-Resemblance Theory. So this paper will be parted into five parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong's translation theories. Firstly, we will give a short introduction of Xu Yuanchong; Then, Xu Yuanchong's four theories will be introduced respectively; Lastly, we will take a look at Chinese scholars' different comments on Xu Yuanchong's translation theories.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A brief Introduction of Xu Yuanchong===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong was born in 1921, in Nanchang, Jiangxi Province. His mother, a well-educated woman who was very good at drawing pictures, influenced him a lot and made him highly sensitive to beauty. In 1938, at the age of 17, he was admitted to the Department of Foreign Language and Literature of Southwest Associated University where he received the best education both in foreign language and classic-Chinese literature and philosophy. In 1944, Xu Yuanchong went to further his study at Literature Research Institute of Tsinghua University and had a profound study of western culture there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1948, Xu went to study abroad in Paris University, where he studied a mass of Chinese literary works both in French and English versions. After returning to China, he taught English at Pecking Foreign Language Institute in 1951. Later, he went to teach English at Zhangjiakou Foreign Language Institute in 1960. Then, he moved to Luoyang Institute of Foreign Language. In 1983, he went back to Pecking University and retired in 1991. Before his retirement, he has published 20 works in Chinese, English and French, and after retirement he has published 40 translated works in Chinese, English and French, and put forward his translation theories of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As to Xu Yuanchong's achievements,Xu Yuanchongs first translation work is ''Don't cast away（别丢掉)'' of Lin Huiyin. Since then, he started to devote all his life to literature translation and made a lot contributions in this field, especially in translation of poetry. Xu Yuanchong has been devoted more than 60 years to translation studies and has ever translated Chinese classical poetry into both English and French. He has translated and published 60 books in Chinese, English and French at home and abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, his Chinese books include ''The Art of Translation (翻译的艺术)'', ''Literary Translation Theories (文学翻译谈)'', ''Literature and Translation (文学与翻译)'', etc. His English books include ''On Chinese Verse in English Rhyme -from the book of Poetry to the Romance of the Western Brower (中诗英韵探胜——从《诗经》到《西厢记》)'', etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese-English translated works include ''the Book of Songs (诗经)'', ''100 Tang and Song Ci Poems (唐诗宋词一百首)'', ''Selected Poems of Li Bai (李白诗选)'', ''Romance of the Western Brower (西厢记)'', ''300 Tang Poems (唐诗三百首)'', etc. The English-Chinese translated works include Dryden's ''All for Love (一切为了爱情)'', Scott's ''Quentin Durward (昆廷·杜沃德)'', etc. And his Chinese-French works include ''42 poemes de Mao Zedong (毛泽东的42首诗)'' and ''Cent Poemes Lyriques des Tang et des Song (唐诗宋词一百首)'', etc.He also had translated many masterworks from French to Chinese, such as Maupassant's ''Sur L'Eau (水上)'', Flaubert's ''Madame Bovary (包法利夫人)'' and Stendhal's ''Le Rouge et le Noir (红与黑)'', etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong is also an excellent translation theorist. During the 60 years' of translation career, Xu has has formed his own translation theories by practicing, he once said: &amp;quot;Translation practice contributes to the formation of the translation theory, which in turn guides the translation practice and is tested by the translation practice.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1998:3) Just like Xu Jun said: &amp;quot;Translation practice provides practical, abundant and vivid materials for the theoretical study, which derives inspiration and motivation from the translation practice and experience.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun, 2010:270).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an initiative translation theorist, his translation theories can be generally concluded as: &amp;quot;Art of beautifulization and creation of the best as in rivalry&amp;quot; (美化之艺术，创优似竞赛), including &amp;quot;Three-beauty Theory&amp;quot; (beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form), &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; (generalization, equalization and particularization)，&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; (comprehension, appreciation and admiration),&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; (resemblance in sense, resemblance in sound and resemblance in form), &amp;quot;Theory of Rivalry&amp;quot;, etc.(Sun Tingting, 2015: 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having such a rich and interesting experience, having translated so many masterpieces and putting forward these brilliant translation theories, Xu Yuanchong deserves our respect. So we will introduce briefly his core translation theories in the following paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-beauty Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, put forward by Xu Yuanchong in 1979, based on his own translation experience of ancient Chinese poems, is the most representative theory among his translation theories system and an very important theory in the field of poetry translation. Also, Xu Yuanchong cited the contents of the first article ''from Characters to Articles (自文字至文章)'' in Lu Xun's ''Compendium of The History of Han Literature (汉文学史纲要)'': &amp;quot;There are three beauties in it: Firstly, beauty in sense satisfies the heart; secondly, beauty in sound satisfies the ears; lastly, beauty in form satisfies the eyes.&amp;quot;(Lu Xun, 1976) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, translation is the reproduction and creation of beauty, and the translation of poetry should be beautiful in sense, sound and form, the beauty in sense is the most important, followed by the beauty in sound and the beauty in form at last. And a good translator should convey the beauty of the sense of the original text as much as possible, and strive to gather these three beauties at the same time.(Xu Yuanchong, 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sense&amp;quot; is the beauty of artistic conception and the a kind of beauty of vagueness. It means that the translated versions should fully convey the ideas and emotions of the source works and that the translated works could move readers' heart as the original works, which is of primary importance among the three principles. Translators should try to keep these three beauties in harmony, if not, the sense should be given priority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, &amp;quot;Beauty in sound&amp;quot; ask translators to represent the beautiful sound of the original text, which includes meter，rhythm，alliteration and assonance, etc. Xu believed that, &amp;quot;beauty in sound in poetry lies in its rhythm, rhyme, smooth writing and melodious sound.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong, 2006:127) Because we can not eliminate differences among languages and cultures, it is almost impossible to make the two languages perfectly equivalent. Therefore, some people insist that we should translate the poetry into free verse regardless rhythm and rhyme of the original text, while others think that if free verse is used, it won't be called poetry any more. Xu said that &amp;quot;When translating Tang Poems,I would rather prefer to integrate the traditional practice of rhymed verse school as Giles, rather than the free verse school like Waley...&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong.2006:122) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, &amp;quot;Beauty in form&amp;quot; requires that the translated works should be consistent with the original text, which includes the layout of lines, line length, antithesis and parallelism, etc. Xu holds that if the translated version fails to be rhymed and antithesis, it will not retain the style and sentiment of the original poem, so the beauty in sound and in form will affect the beauty in sense. (Xu Yuanchong，2006: 130) On the other hand, beauty in form could also make contributions to the beauty in sense and sound to make the translated work more readable and beautiful. Therefore, it is necessary to be consistent with the original form.(Sun Tingting, 2015:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Resemblance Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; is the basis of &amp;quot;Three Beauty&amp;quot;. Because &amp;quot;Resemblance&amp;quot; is the necessary condition and the minimum requirements of translation, but &amp;quot;Beauty&amp;quot; is the highest requirement of translation. So Xu Yuanchong also proposed &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; : Resemblance in sense, Resemblance in form and Resemblance in sound. Generally speaking, &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; should be consistent, but in fact, there are often contradictions between them.In order to convey &amp;quot;Beauty in sense, sound and form&amp;quot;of the original poem, the degree of &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense, sound and form&amp;quot; in the translation can be modified.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; means that the translated version and the original one are similar in content. &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. And &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style, etc.(Peng Shuyu; Li Chengjing, 2020:156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sense means conveying the content of the original text, without mistranslation, omission or over-translation.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:52) &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; is the most important, followed by &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot;. If we can't attain these three resemblances at the same time, then take &amp;quot;Resemblance in sense&amp;quot; and give up the other two. Also,&amp;quot;When the Resemblance in sense and Resemblance are incompatible, we should give priority to Beauty in sense instead of Resemblance in sense. And Resemblance in sense just concerns the surface structure, but Beauty in sense touches the deep structure.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; generally refers to the literal or formal similarity between the translated work and the original work. In Xu Yuanchong's opinion, poetry translation must transmit the rhyme and metre of original poems.&amp;quot;If the rhymes of the original poem are not used in the translated work, then there is no way to reproduce the image, poetic imagery, artistic conception and atmosphere of the original poem. Because the content and the form of the poem are inseparable.&amp;quot;(Xu Yuanchong,1984:94) But it’s very difficult to achieve &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot; because of differences languages. So &amp;quot;it is best to be resembled in form, or at least roughly tidy.&amp;quot; (Xu Yuanchong, 1984:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly,&amp;quot;Resemblance in sound&amp;quot; refers to the similarity between the translated text and the original text in rhythm, rhyme, metrical style.&amp;quot;There are generally two method to attain Resemblance in sound: one is that we make the translated poem rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines just like the original poem which rhymes with the first, second, and fourth lines; the other is that the sound of the words used in the translated poem should be similar to the sound of the words used in the original poem.&amp;quot;(Baidu library 2020: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But later, Xu Yuanchong has proposed a &amp;quot;Neo-Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot;.&amp;quot;Three resemblances means that the translated version should be similar to the original masterpiece in spirit, which is developed from Fu Lei's theory‘similarity in spirit'. It is the minor level of Three-Beauty, and it aims at the similarity between the two languages.&amp;quot; (Sun Tingting, 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu employed the math equation to express the &amp;quot;Three Resemblance&amp;quot; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in form: 1+1&amp;lt;2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in meaning: 1+1=2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resemblance in spirit: 1+1&amp;gt;2 (Xu Yuanchong, 2005:222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,&amp;quot;Resemblance in spirit&amp;quot; is the highest level and the other two is the foundation of it. If the translated work respect only the form of the original but doesn’t convey the content of the original text, it just attain &amp;quot;Resemblance in form&amp;quot;. If the translated text accurately conveys the meaning of the original text, but doesn't convey the spirit and flavor of the original text, it attain only &amp;quot;Resemblance in meaning&amp;quot;. (Lv Xianlan, 2010:26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Transformation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; is a further translation theory summarized by Xu Yuanchong based on his &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; provides the way to achieve three beauties. What means transformation (in China Hua-化)? Qian Zhongshu said: &amp;quot;The top state of translation is the state of Hua. To attain the‘state of Hua' means that translators can preserve the original's flavor and show no trace of stiffness caused by the differences between the source language and the target language at the same time.&amp;quot;(Qian Zhongshu, 2002:77) Xu Yuanchong adopted Qian Zhongshu's idea, and proposed his own &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; which includes &amp;quot;equalization, generalization and particularization&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, for equalization, Xu hold that translators should use equal words and expressions in the target language. But equalization doesn't consist in translating word for word, but it requires creation. Equalization refers to the adjustment of some sentence patterns and lexical structures when the meaning and artistic conception of the translated works are basically equivalent to the original text, so as to make the stylistic style of the translated text more natural and unified, and make it more fluent in reading.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, generalization refers to the abstraction of some concrete nouns, generalization of special nouns or proper nouns, or the deletion of some redundant words during translation, in order to convey the beauty in sense of the original text. Generalization required translators avoid the weakness in the original language by using the methods of abstraction, omission and combination.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, particularization, opposed to generalization, is the concretization of abstract nouns and the specialization of general nouns. When necessary, allusions and special imageries can be used to arouse readers' deeper emotional resonance. It means that not only the content of the poem but also the deep meaning should be conveyed by means of addition, specialization and concretization.(Yao Ying; Fu Mingduan,2019(20):204-206) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,by using &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot;, we should try to fully convey the original masterpiece, and make the reader not only understand the version but also en joy and delight in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three-Purpose Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three-Purpose Theory&amp;quot; is the teleology of Xu's translation theories, which &amp;quot;originated from the Analects of Confucius. It includes comprehension, appreciation and admiration. Therefore, Xu believed that a good translated version should make the reader understand it first, then enjoy it and the highest level is to delight in it. So the aim of the translators is not just to convey the meaning of the works but to bring readers enjoyment and delight in the process of reading.&amp;quot;(Sun Tingting, 2015: 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So to make the reader understand the text, translators need to express the meaning of the original text accurately, to make the reader enjoy it, translators need to convey emotion adequately, and to make people delight in it, translators need to move them, this is the trilogy of literary translation skopos theory. And for achieving these three purposes, we have to review &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance Theory&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; that we have already talked about in the previous paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Different comments on Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun 鲁迅,(1976).汉文学史纲要[Compendium of The History of Han Literature].凤凰出版社[Phoenix Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1984).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(1998).文学翻译谈[Literary Translation Theories].台北:书林出版有限公司[Taipei: Shulin Publishing Co.LTD].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2005).文学与翻译[Literature and Translation].北京:北京大学出版社[Beijing: Peking University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2006).翻译的艺术[The Art of Translation].北京:五洲传播出版社[Beijing: Wuzhou Communication Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun 许钧,等,(2010).文学翻译的理论与实践:翻译对话录[Literary Translation Theory and Practice: A Dialogue on Translation].南京:译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong 许渊冲,(2015).许渊冲英译毛泽东诗词[MAO Zedong's poems translated to English by Xu Yuanchong].北京：中译出版社[Beijing: Chinese Translation Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Tingting孙婷婷,(2015).从许渊冲“三美论”解读李清照词英译中的美感移植[The Aesthetic Transplantation of LiQingzhao's Song Lyrics Translation-from the Perspective of Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty Theory&amp;quot;].贵州师范大学[Guizhou Normal University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Shuyu彭姝钰, Li Chengjing李成静,(2020).“三似”与“三美”矛盾关系——评析李清照《如梦令》英译本[The Contradictory Relationship between &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot; -- An Analysis of Li Qingzhao's English version of &amp;quot;Ru Meng Ling&amp;quot;].海外英语[Overseas English].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu library 百度文库(2020.9.3).许渊冲的十字文学翻译理论[Xu Yuanchong's cross literary translation theory].&amp;quot;Baidu library&amp;quot;. https://wenku.baidu.com/view/03e50a8900020740be1e650e52ea551811a6c91e.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Xianlan 吕献兰,(2010). 浅谈许渊冲的“三美”“三似”“三化”与“三之”[On Xu Yuanchong's &amp;quot;Three-Beauty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Resemblance&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Three-Transformation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three-Purpose&amp;quot;].河北大学外国语学院[Foreign Languages College of Hebei University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Ying 姚莹, Fu Mingduan付明端,(2019).许渊冲“三化论”在英文歌词文言文翻译的应用研究[A study on the application of Xu Yuanchong's “Three-Transformation Theory&amp;quot; in the Translation of English Lyrics and Classical Chinese].大众文艺[Popular Literature and Art].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The development history of Chinese and Western translation has gone through a long development process. In the history of thousands of years, Chinese and Western translation will have certain laws and their own characteristics. Analyzing the similarities and differences of these laws and characteristics can better help us understand the history of translation development, and at the same time guide the development of current practice and theory. This article first introduces the development history of China and the West, then compares the similarities and differences, and finally summarizes the general rules.&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Chinese and Western translation theory,  history similarity,  difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：中西方翻译发展史都经历了漫长的发展过程，在几千年的发展历史中，中西方翻译都会有一定的规律和各自的特点。分析这些规律和特点的异同能更好的帮助我们了解翻译发展史，同时指导如今的实践和理论的发展。本文先介绍中西方的发展历史，然后从相似和差异两个方面进行对比，最后总结大致规律。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词 中西译论 历史 相似性 差异性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Comparison of Chinese and Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
中西文化史比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an important activity aimed to reach cross-culture communication, has a long history. As the development of the human society and fast process of globalization, translation plays an increasingly important role in promoting the understanding and communication of people around the world. However, the history of translation, which is a part of great importance in the study of translation, often been underestimated when compared to the study of the translation theory and the translation techniques. In fact, it is just like a process of building a house, what we should do first is to construct a framework so as to grasp the main idea and the main trend of the development of translation and then we can pay more attentions to the details like the development or improvement of one theory, one school of thought. And we also can spend time to analyse the similarities and differences among various opinions of the translators. The study of translation is a huge system deserves not one persons effort, here the author just make her effort and write something of the understanding of herself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western countries have a profound and time-honored history of translation. To some extent, the spread western culture(even the culture of the whole world) attributes to the work of translator. No matter it is in western countries or in China, translation begun thousands of years ago and it is nearly as old as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
The history of the western counties translation begun at the 3rd century. And it now has a history of around 2000 years. Throughout the whole process of translation, there have been six climaxes in the history of western translation, which can be divided into six stages: the initial stage, the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, the middle ages, the Renaissance, the second half of the 17th century to the first half of the 20th century, and the translation activities since the end of the Second World War. In addition to the Greek translation of the Old Testament, the western ancient translation mainly includes the Latin translation in ancient Rome. It started from the middle of the Republic in the third century B.C. to the end of Rome in the fifth century.（Tan Zaixi2004, 34）&lt;br /&gt;
Medieval history generally begins with the collapse of the Western Roman Empire in 476 and ends at the Renaissance in the 15th century. As far as translation theory is concerned, there are three major marks: the early translator Manlius Boethius , the middle Toledo &amp;quot;Translation Institute&amp;quot; and the late national language translation.（Tan Zaixi2004, 36-39）&lt;br /&gt;
The central figure in this period was Manlius Boethius, who not only made contributions to the introduction of Greek philosophy to translation, but also had his own views on translation theory. His views can be summed up as follows: (1) content and style are antagonistic to each other, either pay attention to style or preserve content.（2）Translation focuses on objective affairs and translators should give up subjective judgment. Overall, there are five major phases of the history of western translation, the first one begins at the decline of Greece, after which the Roman Empire grasp the change and thrived. At that time ,Greece had a fantastic culture resources which is attracting.（熊兵39-42)&lt;br /&gt;
The translations in the Middle Ages were the earliest translations of Arabic and Western works. Among them, Baghdad was the most active. The main works were scientific works by Aristotle, Plato and others, which earned it the title of the Arab Academy of Translation. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. Toledo is a place in central Spain. The ancient city, at that time, many Western scholars came here to engage in translation activities, forming a translation climax. The significance of this activity is that it allows many Greek originals to be directly translated, without the need to translate through several languages, but this period did not have anyone who proposes some translation theories, just a translation practice. At the end of the Middle Ages, the people's requirements for national languages are becoming more and more urgent. National language translation is first related to the Bible, but the translation process is not smooth because there are many cultural differences. The problem of cultural differences, such as the translation of the Bible into Germanic, is a big crush on their morality and because of this, after the translation of the Bible, the grammatical structure of the languages of Western European countries has also become more similar. But large-scale national translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the rise of nationalism. At the same time, translation activities in various countries are moving forward, but the development of the United Kingdom is particularly slow, mainly because of the translators. The status of translation is low, and the selection of translation materials is also a problem. Despite this a group of well-known translators have also emerged: John Trevisa and William Caxton. During this period, another major type of translation is the translation of religious documents, the most famous of which are Osborn Boklam and Wickliffe. In general, the study of Western translation theory in this period of the Middle Ages did not form a system, and the real leap began in the Middle Ages.(Tan Zaixi2004，33-40)&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance was not only the rapid development of new ideas, but also a major milestone in the history of translation. People’s demand for translations of ethnic languages is getting stronger and stronger. For example, Erasmus provided a new linguistic method for the translation of the Bible. The main points are as follows: 1. The original work must be respected. No translation can completely replace the original. 2. The translator must have a wealth of language knowledge. 3. Every translation has his own style. The style depends on the needs of the reader.Amiou of France translated Lives of Artist. The criteria in the translation process are: 1. The translator should thoroughly understand the original text. 2. The translation should be simple and natural. In the United Kingdom, especially during the Elizabethan period, translation activities flourished and the content was extensive. The Renaissance was an important turning point in the history of Western translation. At this time, the translation of ethnic languages was already very stable, and the translation practices and theories of various countries. The translation before the Renaissance mostly refers to the translation of Latin, and after that, the use of Latin is only a tributary.(Tan Zaixi 2004, 55-68)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Renaissance, from the second half of the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, the translation of Western countries continued to develop, and excellent translations still appeared. But in terms of its scale and influence, the translation in this period is far behind the Renaissance. What constitutes the fifth climax of Western translation is the translation since the end of the Second World War in the middle of the twentieth century.(Tan Zaixi2004, 86-88)&lt;br /&gt;
After the Second World War, the West entered a period of stability and peace, society developed on a large scale, the scope of translation was further expanded, and translations in new fields such as business and technology began to appear. The role of translation is not only the communication between cultures, but also extends to the exchanges of science and technology, trade, tourism, and biomedicine. Translation has gradually become a profession for some people, becoming organized and planned, and there are specialized translation agencies. Translation tools have also been further developed. Machine translation has strong vitality. It is the biggest challenge to traditional manual translation for thousands of years, and it is a revolution of far-reaching significance in the history of translation.(Tan Zaixi2004, 176)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Translation History&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are almost two thousand years in China's translation history. Chinese translation has gone through these stages.&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang Dynasties ushered in the first climax of Chinese ancient translation. During this period, most of the translators engaged in translation activities were monks. They were mainly engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The eminent monk in the early Tang Dynasty, Xuanzang, was one of the famous translators of this period. Xuan Lei followed the original side of &amp;quot;faithful and easy to understand&amp;quot; in its translation practice, and tried to make the most of the advantages of literal and free translation. In the Northern Song Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures began to decrease; in the Yuan Dynasty, there were fewer translation activities.(Chen Fukang2000, 5-18)&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began in the late Qing Dynasty. During the early Qing Dynasty, the number of translators gradually increased. They are mainly engaged in translation activities aimed at translating Western science and technology, and their translation works have greatly promoted the development of science and technology in China. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, and the discussion of translation theory was ignored. However, the focus of this period was on translation practice, while ignoring the discussion of translation theory.At the end of the Qing Dynasty, a large number of Western translations had a great influence on our country. These translation works have not only enriched our country’s literary forms, but also expanded our people’s horizons, making them more aware of Western lifestyles, customs, etc.; more importantly, Western ideology and concepts introduced through translation, especially Western The democratic ideology of my country has greatly affected our country’s intellectuals and radicals, making them devote themselves to reforming the aging and decadent society at that time. Yan Fu (1853-1921) was a famous translator of this period. He translated a large number of excellent European political and social science works, including &amp;quot;Heavenly Evolution&amp;quot;. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; in the preface of the translation. This standard has still had a great influence on translation practice and theoretical discussion in our country. During this period, the discussion of translation theory in the translation world was mainly based on the three-character standard of Mr. Yan Fu. But the core of the debate was the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Chen Fukang2000, 62-67)&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: The May Fourth Movement in 1919 marked a new historical period for my country's translation activities. Translations during this period were mainly related to Marxist-Leninist works and Western literary works, which greatly promoted the development of Chinese literature. The translation world mainly focuses on many issues of literary translation. For example, translatability and untranslatability, translation and literary creation, etc., carry out in-depth discussions. But the core is still the issue of literal translation and free translation.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，85)&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: The founding of New China pushed our country's translation industry into an unprecedented period of rapid development. The establishment of specialized translation agencies has made translation activities in various fields more scaled and organized. During this period, a large number of translations of Marxist-Leninist works and various scientific and technological works had a positive impact on my country's political and economic development. In addition, new breakthroughs have been made in the study of translation theory: literary translation principles have come out, such as Fu Lei’s theory of &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu’s theory of &amp;quot;transcendence&amp;quot;, and Liu Chongde’s translation standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and thoroughness&amp;quot;. (https://www.sohu.com/a/58131849_348845)&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth stage: Since the reform and opening up in 1978, China's political, economic and other fields have required a large number of qualified interpreters and translators. Therefore, most translation activities focus on business, science and technology. In the past two decades, translation has made a large number of Western modern linguistic theories, translation theories, and many other related subject theories used by Chinese scholars, and Chinese translation practice and translation theorists have also benefited from it. They try to interpret translation from different respects.(Wang Xiaoqin2009，86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether in China or the West, the scale of development of translation theory is always not as large as translation practice, but the two complement each other and form an indivisible whole. Although in the early stages of Chinese and Western translation, and these principles and rules were not summarized at the beginning, there was no clear and specific theory to guide practice, translation practice was guided by certain principles at the beginning. For example, when An Shigao and others were engaged in the translation of Buddhist scriptures around the third century in China, due to their limited knowledge of Chinese, they could not translate the original purpose of the Buddha into Chinese, so they unknowingly followed the &amp;quot;no text decoration&amp;quot; translation rule. In the West, when the Romans defeated the Greeks, they believed that their words could be &amp;quot;slaughtered&amp;quot; at will, so they had the translation principle of &amp;quot;comparable to the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;surpassing the original&amp;quot;. On the other hand, due to the sublimation of the theory, the translation practice also has a more direction. For example, since Cicero, Zhi Qian started the theory of “literal translation” and “free translation”. In later translation practice, these two This translation method became dominant.(Yang Xiaoru2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
The development model of translation theory is similar: from incidental discussions on translation issues, to conscious comments, to systematic conclusions.(Liang Dan2016, 103-104)&lt;br /&gt;
Similarity of translation methods: Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theories have distinguished between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dead translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;live translation&amp;quot;. It's just that they differ in their expressions. For example, Cicero, the pioneer of Western translation theory, proposed that translators should become &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;stiff interpreters&amp;quot; when translating ancient Greek speech works. Similarly, the pioneers of translation theory in our country also proposed expressions with similar meanings. These views are essentially the concepts of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. Including later, many western translators put forward some supplementary points to make theoretical concepts more boundary and more detailed. For example: &amp;quot;imitation/paraphrase&amp;quot; proposed by Dryden in the United Kingdom, &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/functional equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; proposed by Nida in the 20th century, &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;semantic translation&amp;quot; proposed by Newmark, etc.They all revolve around the contradiction between &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;.(Tan Zaixi1999，25)&lt;br /&gt;
When discussing translation issues, translators like to use figurative metaphors. For example, China has: Virgin and Matchmaker (Mao Dun) &amp;quot;Shensi&amp;quot; (Fu Lei) and so on. In the West there are: &amp;quot;beautiful and unfaithful woman&amp;quot; (Menar Day), &amp;quot;translator is a slave&amp;quot; (Dreiden), &amp;quot;dancing on a rope wearing shackles&amp;quot; (Dreiden )and many more. These metaphors are very vivid and easy to understand. It shows from the side that Chinese and Western translators are similar or similar in thinking.(Tan Zaixi1999, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is a concept that has been discussed in Chinese and Western translation history for more than two thousand years. This is another common feature of them. In China, the earliest concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; originated from Zhi Qian's &amp;quot;Faju Jingxue&amp;quot;. Lao Tzu said &amp;quot;beauty without faith, faith without beauty&amp;quot;. In the West, this view can be traced back to Hera's poetry. When he wrote his poems, he told people that it was impossible to translate word for word. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; mentioned by these two scholars is actually different from the standard we are talking about now. The &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; that people understand now is semantic faithfulness.(Gao Jinlin2012, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some similarities in the several climaxes of Chinese and Western translation:&lt;br /&gt;
The first climax was called the period of classical translation theory in China, and it also appeared in the beginning of translation in the West. This stage is centered around the translation of the Bible and Buddhist scriptures. Luther's first The People's Bible laid the foundation for modern German; the King James Bible, which was also translated by 47 people in the early 17th century, promoted the development of modern English in Britain. So much so that the language is still unclear what Germanic language was like before the publication of the &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. This shows that religious translation has a strong penetration of language and culture. Buddhist scripture translation has an even stronger influence on Chinese culture. It directly promoted the creation of Taoism and promoted the formation of &amp;quot;Neo-Confucianism&amp;quot; in the Song Dynasty. In terms of language, a large number of Buddhist words entered Chinese, even the word &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; is from Buddhist scriptures. In literature, many metaphors and language are derived from Buddhism, such as reincarnation. Nowadays, Buddhism is still one of the main religions of Chinese people, and the good ideas it promotes have had a good influence on many believers. This shows that the translation of Buddhist scriptures has a profound impact on Chinese culture.(Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
Urgent communication needs are always the inducement of translation climax. Translation essentially exists for communication among people in different languages. Therefore, whether it is actively learning translation or passively accepting translation, as long as the demand for communication at that time suddenly becomes urgent, it will trigger a climax of translation. And this kind of period not only exists in a period of peace and stability, but also has an urgent need for communication in a period of social turmoil and change. In the West, we can see the stimulation of social demand for translation activities. In the third century BC, when ancient Rome conquered Greece and was also shocked by the splendid civilization of Greece, it translated a large number of ancient Greek works with an attitude of &amp;quot;matching the original&amp;quot;, in order to make its own cultural level worthy of military status. . Another example is the many upsurges of Bible translation in Western history, and societies in different periods have different needs. During the Renaissance, people advocated the revival of ancient Greek and Roman cultures, and naturally there would be a wave of translation climax. After the Second World War, the desire of various countries to communicate with each other became stronger, which made the translation industry develop rapidly. In China, Xu Guangqi, a translator in the Ming Dynasty, wanted to learn advanced Western science and technology. He pioneered the learning of Western science and technology in the late Ming Dynasty and used it to &amp;quot;enrich the country and strengthen the army.&amp;quot; As a result, this wind of learning did not open up too much, unable to awaken the full-name clan. Later, the Qing dynasty shut down the country and finally awakened all the people. The demand for people to learn science, culture, and systems from the West has never been so urgent. This formed the largest translation climax in Chinese history.（Li Xuan2012, 131）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Difference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the differences in culture, language types and thinking methods , the differences between the two in translation are self-evident. Compared with similarity, I think there are more differences with profound research value.&lt;br /&gt;
First, there are differences in the degree of attention paid to the practicality of translation theories. Chinese translation theory has always focused on practicality. Before any theory is proposed, people will first consider whether this idea or theory can guide translation practice. Because of this idea, Chinese translation theory studies pay more attention to research methods and translation skills. For example, Yan Fu put forward the Three-Character Principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, originally to describe translation difficulties, not as a translation standard. What he cares about is translation practice, not theory. For another example, Qian Zhongshu puts forward &amp;quot;sublimation&amp;quot;. Such a theory does not have a complete system. In contrast, it is more like a method of guiding practice. In China, since ancient times, translators and translation theorists have been most concerned about how to use theory to guide practice. In the early stages of the development of Chinese translation, there was almost no systematic study of translation theories. In the early days, the explanations of translation theories were only a few words, only appearing in the introduction, or in the form of lecture notes, which were not popular to the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example. Since China has never liked to talk about theory separately from reality, in the 1980s when the call for &amp;quot;establishing translation studies&amp;quot; was soaring, many people opposed the construction of translation theory, and they believed that translators should focus on practice. As for the theory, one or two simple and incisive ones are enough. The West is different. Although they also value practical application, they are more willing to develop translation theory into a logical, scientific, and systematic system. For example, Jerome and others clearly distinguish between literal translation and free translation, while Duoley and Tettler clearly put forward the principles and rules of translation. Especially in the Renaissance, Bruni, Vives, HumPhrey, Maneiit, Sebastino, Dubeli, etc. saw translation as a special study. They try to dig out the essence from the theoretical aspect through the facts. Therefore, from the beginning of the Renaissance to the 20th century, the West has conducted more research on translation theory than on actual operations. In the Renaissance, there was an in-depth explanation of the nature of translation and the concept of translation. In the 20th century, a large number of translation theoretical works appeared, such as Mounin's &amp;quot;Theoretical Issues of Translation&amp;quot; (1963), Nida's &amp;quot;Science in Translation&amp;quot; (1964), and Catfodr's &amp;quot;The Linguistic Theory of Translation&amp;quot; (1965). Compared with how to do it in practice, Western theorists seem to be more concerned about the study of various relationships in translation, which makes it difficult to understand and not easy to operate. This has also made it difficult for many Western theories to have a wide impact on the outside world.(Tan Zaixi2000, 15)&lt;br /&gt;
The second difference in Western translation is the difference in thinking form. The difference between  thinking mode. One focus on the comprehension and another pay more attentions to rational thinking.It is precisely because of the differences in thinking modes that lead to differences in the field of translation studies.(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese thinking habits, &amp;quot;enlightenment&amp;quot; is emphasized, and things can only be understood but not spoken. Therefore, in China, especially before the 20th century, translators did not have a systematic elaboration when discussing translation issues; while in the West, such as Aristotle’s thinking emphasized human rational thinking. People can give an exact explanation for everything that can be sensed. This is why there are so many translation factions in the West. Then some results of this difference are that in China, the quality of translation is often directly attributed to the talent and ability of the translator, and there is no set of objective and specific standards to restrain the translator. When discussing translation issues in the West, they often pay attention to &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;. For example, in Cicero's &amp;quot;On the Best Speakers&amp;quot;, anyone who wants to translate the essays of the eloquent master De Mossini must first imitate his proficiency in speaking style. At the same time, it should benefit readers. Among them, De Mossini's speech style is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot;, and the beneficiary students are the &amp;quot;recipients.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi2000, 16)&lt;br /&gt;
The third difference lies in the expression of translation theory between China and the West.  China is more implicit, while the West is more explicit. Generally speaking, the Chinese translation theory is vague and implicit in the expression of translation theory or translation thought. The meaning of a theory or thought is often not in the definition of the theorist himself, but in the understanding and interpretation of it by others. As the saying goes, &amp;quot;everything is in the air&amp;quot;.  After Yan Fu put forward the epoch-making theory of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Tian Yan Lun”, apart from elucidating this in the first half of the article, he never mentioned anything further for explanation or follow-up supplement. What exactly does the word &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; in the three-character principle of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; mean? What do &amp;quot;da&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;ya&amp;quot; mean? What is the relationship between the three? For such issues, Yan Fu had almost not given any rigorous and clear explanations. This is also because the expression of Chinese characters in China is inherently more concise. And if such translation theories appear in the West, they will be considered lacking logic and unclear definitions.(Yang Xiaoru, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
    The fourth difference is Chinese translation theory will be more conservative, while the West generally focuses on seeking novelty. Because the traditional thinking of the Chinese makes them tend to respect authority. From ancient times to the present, the views of the emperor or superior on the stage have been regarded as correct, at least someone not dare to query easily. In the tradition of Western translation theory, authority is advocated too, but not that more. People have always been more superstitious about the authority of translation theory. For example, since Cicero, Horace and others put forward the idea of paraphrase and no literal translation, many translators have regarded this idea as an authority. However, every kind of dogmatic and conservative  &amp;quot;On the Principles of Translation&amp;quot; published in the eighteenth century more systematically discussed the principles and rules of translation, and thus brought new breakthroughs to western translation studies in a sense, but people were far from  regarded him as insurmountable authority. In terms of content, his &amp;quot;Three Principles of Translation&amp;quot; are exactly the same as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness, and Elegance&amp;quot; for a whole century later. However, his status in Western translation theory is far less than that Yan Fu's position in Chinese translation theory. (Tan Zaixi2000，17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity closely related to language, and both Chinese and Western translation history have their own characteristics. Chinese translation has experienced five climaxes and is now in the fifth. And Western translation also has several different stages. In these historical processes, the history of Chinese and Western translation has converged points and sometimes developed in different directions. Many excellent translators emerged during these periods, such as Zhi Qian and Yan Fu in China, Dryden and Nida in the West, and so on. Throughout the history of translation development in China and the West, we can see the similarities between them. For example, they all start with translation practice and then explore translation theories; the core of their translation methods is the same, all around &amp;quot;literal translation.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;free translation&amp;quot;. At the same time, their mode of thinking makes the history of Chinese and Western translation present many different characteristics. For example, Western translation theories pay more attention to systems and rigorous definitions, while China pays more attention to practical translation methods. Comparing the history of translation between China and the west, we can see their respective characteristics, and at the same time we can understand our own strengths and weaknesses so as to better guide the future development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈大亮Chen Daliang. 中西译论在理论类型上的差异The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories in theory types [A]. 清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心、江西财经大学:清华大学翻译与跨学科研究中心Jiangxi University of Finance and Economics: Translation and Interdisciplinary Research Center of Tsinghua University, 2008: 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang. 《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory(Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*高金岭 Gao Jinling. 中西翻译概念的差异对比研究A Comparative Study on the Differences between Chinese and Western translation concepts [J]. 齐鲁师范学院学报Journal of Qilu Normal University, 2012, 27(02): 66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*梁旦Liang Dan. 中西翻译理论对比A comparison between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 海外英语 Overseas English, 2016(02): 103-104.&lt;br /&gt;
*李旋. Li Xuan中西翻译高潮之对比Comparison between Chinese and Western translation climax [J]. 青年文学家Youth Literator, 2012(03): 131-132.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  西方翻译简史（增订版）A Brief History of Western Translation (Updated edition) [M]. 商务印书馆Commercial Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi.  中西译论的相似性Similarities between Chinese and Western translation theories [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1999(06): 25-28&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 中西译论的相异性The differences between Chinese and Western translation theories [J].中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 2000(01): 15-21.&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜Tan Zaixi. 西方翻译史浅谈 A brief discussion about the history of Translation in China and the West [J]. 中国翻译Chinese Translation Journal, 1985(07): 36-39.&lt;br /&gt;
*王小晴Wang Xiaoqin. 中西译论对比研究A Comparative Study on Translation theory between China and the West [J]. 语文学刊(外语教育与教学)Chinese Journal (Foreign Language Education and Teaching), 2009(02): 85-87.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110848</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110848"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:57:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theory mainly serves the translation of The Bible, with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey &amp;quot;the will of God” . (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida’s opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in his process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found for communication. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theory, Catford did not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focused on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture, and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, but this is also why Catford’s translation theory arouses suspicion of other scholars. Readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theory. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theory, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information, which means that its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to raw materials, including phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theory, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages cannot be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theory different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of language and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of hoe the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, the translator can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text or when the structure of the original text is cumbersome and difficult to understand. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believed that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon, and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist at the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theory seems to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizng equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of the translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theory focuses on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida pointed that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, the translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theory is concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted in the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book A linguistic Theory of Translation, he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford used &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realized that different languages are different systems that could never be coincided with each other. As a result, there would never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s view of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110844</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110844"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:53:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun 202020080669==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on Translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theory mainly serves the translation of The Bible, with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey &amp;quot;the will of God” . (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida’s opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in his process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found for communication. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theory, Catford did not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focused on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture, and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, but this is also why Catford’s translation theory arouses suspicion of other scholars. Readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theory. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theory, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information, which means that its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to raw materials, including phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theory, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages cannot be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theory different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of language and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of hoe the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, the translator can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text or when the structure of the original text is cumbersome and difficult to understand. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believed that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon, and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist at the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theory seems to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizng equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of the translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theory focuses on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida pointed that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, the translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theory is concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted in the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book A linguistic Theory of Translation, he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford used &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realized that different languages are different systems that could never be coincided with each other. As a result, there would never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s view of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110843</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110843"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:52:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jie. 陈洁. (2015). 王维山水诗的意境美. [The Beauty of Wang Wei's Landscape Poetry]. 宁波教育学院学报[Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education] 52-54.&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zuyi. 马祖毅.(1998).中国翻译简史.[A brief history of Chinese translation]. 北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China Foreign Translation and Publishing Corporation]46-48.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere Andre.(1998).Introduction:Where Are We inTranslation Studies[A] In Susan Bassnett&amp;amp;Andre Lefevere (eds.) .Constructing Cultures: Essays on Translation[C].Clevedon:Multilingual Matters Ltd.3.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jinghua.张景华.(2006）从“硬译”透视鲁迅对中国文化转型的探索.[Lu Xun's exploration of Chinese cultural transformation through the lens of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].四川外语学院学报.[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]66-71.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi.廖七一.(2002).重写神话:女性主义与翻译研究.[Rewriting myths: Feminism and translation studies]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan Institute of Foreign Languages]106-109.&lt;br /&gt;
Da Xiang.达向.(2005).文明探索:明朝.[Exploration of civilization: Ming Dynasty].郑州:大象出版社.[Zhengzhou: Daxiang Publishing House]61-64.&lt;br /&gt;
Gu Jun,Gu Nong.顾均,顾农.(1999).鲁迅主张“硬译”的文化意义.[The cultural significance of Lu Xun's advocacy of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot;].鲁迅研究月刊.[ Lu Xun Studies Monthly]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun.鲁迅.鲁迅散文 (第3集).Lu Xun's Prose (3rd collection).(1992).北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press]12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Xinle.蔡新乐.(2006).文化史就是翻译—陈寅恪的历史发现与其翻译观初探[Cultural history is translation: A preliminary investigation of Chen Yinke's historical discovery and his view of translation ].外语与外语教学, [Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching]23.&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang.陈福康.(2002).中国译学理论史稿[A draft of the history of Chinese translation theory].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press]13.&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Cui'e.胡翠娥.(2007).文学翻译与文化参考—晚清小说翻译的文化研究[Literary Translation and Cultural Reference:A Cultural Study of the Translation of Novels in the Late Qing Dynasty].上海:上海外语教育出版社 [Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]43.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Xiaohua.蒋晓华.(2003).意识形态对翻译的影响:阐发与新思考[The Influence of Ideology on Translation: Explanation and New Thinking.中国翻译[Chinese Translation]12.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theory mainly serves the translation of The Bible, with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey &amp;quot;the will of God” . (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida’s opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in his process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found for communication. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theory, Catford did not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focused on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture, and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, but this is also why Catford’s translation theory arouses suspicion of other scholars. Readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theory. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theory, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information, which means that its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to raw materials, including phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theory, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages cannot be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theory different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of language and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of hoe the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, the translator can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text or when the structure of the original text is cumbersome and difficult to understand. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believed that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon, and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist at the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theory seems to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizng equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of the translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theory focuses on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida pointed that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, the translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theory is concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted in the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book A linguistic Theory of Translation, he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford used &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realized that different languages are different systems that could never be coincided with each other. As a result, there would never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s view of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110840</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110840"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:51:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation as an intercultural communication activity has a long history. Xu Jun once said, &amp;quot;Translation activity itself is not static, but constantly enriched and developed in form according to the actual communication needs at different historical stages. And with the continuous enrichment of the concrete practice of translation, people's understanding of translation is bound to change constantly.&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2006: 30).&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological culture of the country and the nation forward through translation. Translation, as an accompanying culture of language, is inevitably conditioned and influenced by social, historical and cultural factors, and in turn, it reacts to social history and culture. Translation exposes people to new cultures, new things and new concepts, broadens their minds and enriches their languages, thus to a certain extent promoting the development of cultural history, and some people even put forward the saying that &amp;quot;the history of translation in a country is the history of culture&amp;quot;. It has been said that the history of translation is the history of culture. In the future, with the further deepening of various exchanges between countries, translation is bound to play an increasingly important role and further promote the development of world history and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theory mainly serves the translation of The Bible, with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey &amp;quot;the will of God” . (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida’s opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in his process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found for communication. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theory, Catford did not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focused on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture, and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, but this is also why Catford’s translation theory arouses suspicion of other scholars. Readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theory. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theory, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information, which means that its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to raw materials, including phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theory, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages cannot be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theory different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of language and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of hoe the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, the translator can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text or when the structure of the original text is cumbersome and difficult to understand. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believed that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon, and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist at the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theory seems to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizng equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of the translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theory focuses on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida pointed that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, the translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theory is concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted in the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book A linguistic Theory of Translation, he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford used &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realized that different languages are different systems that could never be coincided with each other. As a result, there would never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s view of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110837</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110837"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:50:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 3.The third Translation Climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. &amp;quot;During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then of social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, with the appearance of traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and strong political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&amp;quot; (Hu Cui'e 2007: 43)&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists include Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xu Bai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on the Chinese language was also tremendous. &amp;quot;Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'vernacular'. (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12). (Jiang Xiaohua 2003: 12)&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from the previous one in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions were also enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. (Lin Shuwu 1981, 5) And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Different Perspectives Regarding Some Important Concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1 Different Perspectives Regarding Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation theory mainly serves the translation of The Bible, with the ultimate aim of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, the transmission of information is the most important goal. In order to spread the doctrine, Nida not only regards meaning as translatable, but even as sacrosanct because he wants to convey &amp;quot;the will of God” . (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Nida’s opinion, “translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style.” (Nida 1969, 13) Nida's definition regarding translation clearly pointed out the relationship between meaning and form, claiming that meaning comes first while form comes second. In the analysis of meaning, Nida refined it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which is the basis for the four modes of analysis, transformation, reorganization and verification in his process of translation. As a faithful supporter of language universality, Nida always maintains that the information contained in one language can be conveyed into another language, that is to say, the meaning is fixed. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) In the communication between different languages and cultures, equivalent words and expressions can be found for communication. There is no such thing as an unbridgeable gap between languages. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida's translation theory, Catford did not discuss the specific problems encountered in the process of translation, but focused on the essence of translation, that is, what is translation. Catford emphasizes the individuality of different languages and that each language has its own unique semantic system formed under the influence of its unique culture, and the lexical and grammatical systems which embody the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship among languages, and analyzes the root causes of their differences. According to Catford, meaning is a property of language, so the source language and the target language have their respective meaning. The opinion that the source language has the same meaning as the target language or that there is transfer of meaning in translation is untenable. Obviously, this argument is a kind of deconstruction and subversion of people’s perspectives regarding meaning in traditional translation theory, but this is also why Catford’s translation theory arouses suspicion of other scholars. Readers who do not carefully read his original work tend to come to their lopsided conclusions according to its literal meaning, so there is no wonder why they will misunderstand Catford and his translation theory. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2 Different Perspectives Regarding Form ====&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Catford have involved form in their translation theories. However, the term has different meanings in the two theories. &lt;br /&gt;
In Nida's translation theory, form mainly refers to the concept corresponding to content, including prosody, word selection, duality, parallelism and other grammatical structures with distinct features. For biblical translation, meaning must be prioritized in order to convey content and information, which means that its translation can sometimes be greatly altered in form. In other words, if form and content cannot be retained at the same time, then the content should be retained while the form be discarded. (Jiang Li 2010, 46) Of course, this does not mean that Nida thinks that form is not important at all in the process of translation. On the contrary, Nida believes that when it comes to some cases in which form is very important to the original text, such as poetry, the original form should be retained as far as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford regards language as forms, a concept corresponding to entities. In his opinion, forms includes phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, which are all linguistic aspects while entities refer to raw materials, including phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance, which are all non-linguistic aspects. He also holds the opinion that a form always corresponds to an objective entity in the real world. In Carford translation theory, forms can actually be understood as systems, that is, each language is composed of different systems, which in turn include numerous subsystems. Thus, to translate between two languages belonging to different systems is to look for entity features that are identical (at least partially identical) in both the source language and the target language. Since there can never be a completely identical system among different languages and even the most closely related languages have their own unique forms, the forms and meanings of different languages cannot be completely the same. Therefore, in the process of translation, meaning cannot be fully conveyed from one language to another, which is also an important point that makes Catford translation theory different from others’. (Jiang Li 2010, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3 Different Perspectives Regarding Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the reason why there is equivalence in the process of translation is that different languages can perform exactly the same function. Based on this belief, Nida put forward the concept of dynamic equivalence, which is “defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptor in the source language.” (Nida 1969, 25) What’s more, in elaborating functional equivalence, which is the modified version of dynamic equivalence, considering the differences in terms of language and cultures in bilingual communication, Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels, namely, the maximum level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it essentially the same as the original readers did and the minimal level of equivalence which refers to the one in which the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of hoe the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it. (Xiong Demi 2001, 88) In addition, Nida pointed out that the translation should not excessively pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should shift the attention to accurately convey the meaning of the original text. Therefore, the translator can be allowed to change the form of the original text when readers are prone to misunderstand the original text or when the structure of the original text is cumbersome and difficult to understand. In summary, Nida's dynamic equivalence theory breaks the previous static model of focusing solely on text comparison and holds that only by getting the receptors of the target language to completely understand the translated text, can they respond in much the same way as the receptors of the source language. That is to say, dynamic equivalence emphasizes reader response. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford believes that &amp;quot;translation is the replacement of textual materials in one language by equivalent textual materials in another language.&amp;quot; (Catford 1965, 13) In his definition, Catford did not use the word &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;textual materials&amp;quot;, because he believed that the meaning of a text could not be completely translated into another text, at least when it comes to the meaning at two or more levels, the equivalence could not be found, but only a substitute is available. Catford regards translation equivalence in traditional translation theory as an empirical phenomenon, and puts forward the conditions for translation equivalence, that is, in order to get the text or words of the source language and the target language to be equivalent, there must be some consistency between the entities they refer to. Apparently, according to his theory, equivalence can only exist if the entities involved in the two languages share some common characteristics. Moreover, such equivalence can only exist at the same level, that is, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Equivalence on the four levels cannot be achieved simultaneously, because there are different entities on different levels, and it is impossible for two equivalent words to have the exactly identical entity characteristics. In other words, perfect equivalence does not exist. This also explains why there is no complete translation in Catford's point of view. At this point, Catford's translation theory seems to go deeper into the nature of language. (Jiang Li 2010, 45-46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, Nida's perspective regarding equivalence is not the same as Catford's. By emphasizng equivalence, Nida means emphasizing the effect of the translation. In order to achieve the desired effect of translation, the form sometimes can be abandoned; while Catford’s translation theory focuses on the fact that there is no such a thing called perfect translation. Despite their different emphasis, both of them are of guiding significance to the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4 Different Perspectives Regarding Untranslatability====&lt;br /&gt;
No discussion of untranslatability can avoid the subject of the essence of translation, which also applies to the translation theories of Nida and Catford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida pointed that translation refers to the reproduction of source language information with the closest and most natural equivalent in the target language from the semantic to the stylistic. (Nida 1969, 13) In his opinion, the maximum equivalence that can be achieved in translation is only the so-called &amp;quot;closest&amp;quot; and no real equivalence can be achieved. In other words, Nida holds that untranslatability is ubiquitous and the complete equivalence both on the level of meaning and style can only be impossible. Translation is like a seesaw, the two ends of the board are the meaning and the style of source language, which in most cases cannot be completely retained at the same time. Therefore, the translators should make a choice and decide whether to care more about the meaning of the source language or the style of the source language. In Nida’s opinion, meaning should come first while style should come later. In short, as far as Nida’s translation theory is concerned, the equivalence refers to the one hundred percent transmission of the information of the source language in the target language, while the correspondence means that both the information and the style of the source language are one hundred percent transmitted in the target language, which is of course impossible. Therefore, Nida chooses to use equivalence to describe the translatability rather than correspondence. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, on the other hand, is more pessimistic about translatability. In his book A linguistic Theory of Translation, he defines translation as the process of replacement of the textual materials of source language with the equivalent textual materials of the target language,(Catford 1965, 13) Catford used &amp;quot;replacement&amp;quot; to correspond to Nida's &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot;, just because he realized that different languages are different systems that could never be coincided with each other. As a result, there would never be the so-called transformation and reproduction between two languages. Whether the equivalence can be achieved depends on the degree of coincidence of the described entities in the two languages. Catford also further elaborates in this book that the idea that the source language and the target language have the same meaning or there exists such a thing called transmission in the process of translation is untenable. In order to better prove his point of view, Catford introduced a new view, that is, different languages are different systems and each system has its own unique linguistic forms, syntactic relations and grammatical relations. In general, there are basically two kinds of untranslatability in the broad sense. One is the untranslatability on the level of language and the other is the untranslatability on the level of culture. (Cui Yangtong 2018, 241)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, we can draw a conclusion regarding Nida’s and Catfort’s view of untranslatability. On the one hand, Catford’s idea that linguistic forms refer to the formal characteristics of the original text is very close to what Nida calls style. However, on the other hand, what Catford calls the untranslatability on the level of culture is totally different from what Nida calls information. Therefore, we can see that Catfort has a much more strict standard for translation equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110835</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110835"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:49:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 2.The second translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties from the 16th to the 18th century was the second climax of translation after the translation of Buddhist scriptures, and the first climax of scientific and technological translation in the history of China. The climax of scientific and technological translation in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties not only introduced advanced scientific and technological knowledge from abroad and made modern scientific research in China sprout, but also some translation concepts in this climax of scientific and technological translation are still worthy of reference for translation researchers. Therefore, scientific and technological translation had a profound impact on Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to the progress of science and technology and social development. With the development of navigation, exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as a medium of exchange between Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc., into China. (Chen Fukang 2002: 13)&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the most famous translators emerged during this period: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbai, the Germans Tang Ruowang, the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110832</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110832"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:49:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 1.The first translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The first translation climax in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and was nearing its end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. In general, it seems that any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of this phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception.&amp;quot; (Cai Xinle 2006 (10)) (Cai Xinle 2006 (10): 23)&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110830</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110830"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:48:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 3.The third Translation Climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The third translation climax was seen in the Qing Dynasty. The three dynasties of Kang, Yong and Qian were the most important ones, which seriously suppressed the wisdom and freedom of the people; the rulers were conservative and arrogant, and they enjoyed themselves in a closed country. The whole nation closed its eyes and ears, and the development of thought, culture and science and technology lagged seriously, which inevitably led to backwardness and defeat. In the nineteenth century, the Western ships and cannons opened the closed door of China, completely shattering the daydream of a great nation. Along with the division of spheres of influence by the powers, the Western modern thinking also poured in. However, &amp;quot;when a world-centered culture accepts other cultures, it usually takes the way of behavior of its own culture as 'natural' and only correct, and the foreign cultural components will be 'naturalized' without any doubts and restrictions. '&amp;quot;. (Gu Jun, Gu Nong 1999 (9):12-13) The deformed nature of semi-colonial and semi-feudal society made the translators in the late Qing Dynasty eager to introduce advanced Western ideas on the one hand, and to submit to the ideology and values of feudal culture on the other. The translation is not only difficult but also difficult to read. As a result, the translations were not only difficult to understand, but also unfaithful to the original text, resembling adaptations. At that time, China was facing a crisis of national survival, and the dominant culture was about to break up, &amp;quot;no longer occupying the central position of culture, it had to achieve the purpose of creative transformation and cultural reconstruction through the absorption of heterogeneous cultures&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) Therefore, in order to &amp;quot;seek new voices in foreign countries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;not only will the outside not lag behind the world's trend of thinking, but the inside will still lose its inherent bloodline&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1992:12-13), translation must (Lu Xun 1992:12-13) Translation must &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;; in order to &amp;quot;seek the truth&amp;quot;, translation must &amp;quot;tolerate as much disorder as possible&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71) At the end of Qing Dynasty, Ma Jianzhong proposed the saying of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; in his &amp;quot;Ma's Text&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;We must first translate the words of the translator and the translator of the two countries, deeply enjoy the words, and compare the words and sentences, in order to examine the source of the breeding of each other's words, and the reason of the similarity and difference. All the actual meanings of the current phase, and the elaborate investigation, to examine the sound of its high and low, analyze the complexity of its words and sentences, and exhaust the perversion of its style, as well as the meaning of the profound and mysterious reasons.&amp;quot; The meaning of this passage is quite rich and comprehensive. It covers style, grammar, rhetoric, and even the field of general cultural studies. Ma Jianzhong's standard of &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; is to strive for a translation that does not differ in meaning from the original text, and that enables the reader to read the translation and feel the same as the reader of the original text. This formulation is very close to the modern equivalence translation theory. &amp;quot;The May Fourth Literary Revolution replaced the literary language with the vernacular language, changing the direction of Chinese literature and becoming a watershed in the history of modern translation. Lu Xun, who was the most influential translator among the left-wing literati in the 1930s, opposed the localization of the cultural &amp;quot;other&amp;quot; and advocated that &amp;quot;all translations must take into account both sides, one of course striving for its easy interpretation and the other preserving the richness of the original work&amp;quot;. He advocates changing the cultural narcissism of the nation through translation, and proposes the principle of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;preferring to believe rather than obey&amp;quot; in response to Zhao Jingshen's &amp;quot;preferring to obey rather than believe&amp;quot;, which gives translation another function: promoting the culture of the subject. It was also given another function: to promote the language reform of the main culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The representatives of the three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation have one thing in common: to promote the scientific and technological cultural development of the country and the nation through translation. As an accompanying culture of language, translation is inevitably subject to the constraints and influences of social, historical and cultural factors, which in turn react on social and historical culture. Translation strategies and methods cannot presuppose an always correct premise, but change with the development of the subject culture. Therefore, under certain historical conditions, one cannot simply promote or criticize a certain type of translation method, but should examine whether it can enrich the subject culture or promote the reform of the subject culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110828</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110828"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:47:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 2.The second translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation climax occurred in the middle and late Ming Dynasty. During this period, the culture was closed, and only a few translations were published, such as the Northern Song Dynasty, where Emperor Taizong built a translation institute in the Taiping Xingguo Temple in Kaifeng and issued an edict to translate the scriptures; in the Yuan Dynasty, several people, such as Bahesipa and Guanshangba, were ordered to translate the scriptures. In the Ming Dynasty, the government's control over society was the tightest it had ever been; the eunuchs were poisoned, adding to the misery; the scholars were trapped in the eight examinations and lacked independent thought; and the reopened Great Wall prevented nomadic encroachment and cut off free communication. By the time of the Great Geographic Discoveries and the European Reformation in the sixteenth century, the old religions were no longer established in the West and had to go to the East to find new horizons with the colonial expansion. The famous missionary Matteo Ricci created a new way of missionary work, which also led to the climax of translation. He studied Chinese, studied the Confucian classics, changed to wear Confucian clothing, and integrated into the Chinese culture as much as possible; he also interpreted Catholic doctrine with Confucianism, and allowed his followers to worship Heaven, ancestors, and Confucius. In the &amp;quot;General Catalogue of the Calendar&amp;quot; submitted by Xu Guangqi in the spring of 1631, he not only put forward the opinion that the translation of the Western calendar must be prioritized and progressed step by step, but also put forward his own translation ideas: &amp;quot;In my humble opinion, if we want to surpass, we must understand; before we understand, we must first translate.&amp;quot; That is to say, only through translation can we &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot; (learn and master), and only through &amp;quot;understanding&amp;quot; can we &amp;quot;surpass&amp;quot; (surpass and win). It can be seen that the translation and importation of scientific knowledge at that time played a certain role in promoting the socio-economic and cultural development of China, and had an awakening effect on a few advanced elements of the Chinese scholarly class. The influence of missionaries in China, through translation, led to the spread of Western learning to the East, far more so in terms of scientific and cultural exchange than in terms of mission itself. As a result, &amp;quot;a period of peak science and technology emerged at the end of the Ming Dynasty, when scientific development took on a new life after a long period of silence&amp;quot;. (Da Xiang 2005:61-64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110825</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110825"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:46:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 1.The first translation climax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation climax spanned the Han and Tang dynasties. There was no lack of translators from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang Dynasty, but Xuanzang, a landmark translator in the history of translation, was born in the Tang Dynasty. Long-term political stability and unprecedented socio-economic development created a strong national power and a relaxed cultural atmosphere at that time. All kinds of ideas, cultures and art forms blossomed and competed with each other. The country as a whole showed a healthy and positive cultural mentality: it was tolerant and unrestrained, and dared to introduce foreign cultures, which led to an unprecedented peak of economic and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. A healthy national cultural mentality undoubtedly provided a wonderful platform for Xuanzang to achieve immortal results in the history of Chinese translation. Before that, many translators had already established translation standards and translation theories worthy of reference, such as &amp;quot;On the Five Failures&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Three Failures&amp;quot; by Dao An of the Jin Dynasty, and &amp;quot;The Eight Preparations&amp;quot; by Yan Bo of the Sui Dynasty, The translation method is already quite thorough. As a patriarch of his generation, Xuanzang, who was well versed in Sanskrit and Chinese, studied Buddhist texts deeply, and was well versed in Buddhist teachings, changed the old practice of relying on foreigners for translations and became the founder of new translations by taking charge of his own translations and punishing the mistakes of previous generations. It is no coincidence that his translations have maintained the level of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; from the beginning to the end, i.e., they are both &amp;quot;true&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;popular&amp;quot;, and no one has been able to surpass them so far. The rigorous attitude of Xuanzang in translating the scriptures, the large number of volumes, and the fluency of his translations have surpassed those of the masters before and after him. His translation is prudent and precise in language, so it has reached the &amp;quot;state of perfection&amp;quot;. He does not advocate the style of translation of Hatamurashi, which is &amp;quot;not strict to get the original text, but in taking the meaning&amp;quot;, and opposes the style of direct translation. His translation strives to match the text and meaning of the original work, while the text follows the words, and he does not stick to one case of direct translation or translation. His aim was not to exoticize the Chinese language, but to create an original style of translation that was &amp;quot;strict and serious&amp;quot;, without compromising the original meaning and making it easy for the reader to understand. He always understood the original text thoroughly first, and then expressed it clearly in appropriate Chinese, and often added a concluding phrase after a section to make the translation exegetical and enriching; sometimes he used another translation name instead of specialized terms to make it easy for readers to understand. His theory of &amp;quot;five non-translations&amp;quot; of sound and meaning became the model for later translations of scriptures. Liang Qichao, in &amp;quot;Translating Literature and Buddhist Texts,&amp;quot; argued: 'If Xuanzang is a translator, then the translation is straightforward, full and harmonious, and the ultimate track of the Way. According to the research of Indian scholar Pak Lok Tin and Chinese scholar Zhang Jianmu, Xuan Zang successfully used such translation techniques as complementary method, omission method, transposition method, division method, transliteration method and pronoun reduction method in his translation of the scriptures. After an in-depth study of the Sanskrit and Chinese Buddhist scriptures, Ji considers Xuanzang's translation 'faithful to the original text and not awkward to read, it has reached the pinnacle of excellence'. Although the main culture of Xuanzang's time 'occupied the central position of culture', it 'absorbed heterogeneous cultures' (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2): 66-71). It has enriched itself, and has been promoted and developed. &amp;quot;Liang Qichao found that, in terms of vocabulary alone, there are about 35,000 words in Chinese that come from translations of Buddhist scriptures, such as 'cause and effect', 'world', 'perfection ', 'enlightenment', 'true meaning', etc. In terms of syntax, the judgment sentence 'is', the question sentence 'what is ', the dictum 'not also', and the passive sentence‘为……所’and so on.The Chinese language has been introduced one after another, and has become familiar to people.&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2):66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110820</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110820"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:25:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation is never produced in a vacuum&amp;quot; (Lefevere 1998:3). Therefore, translation studies need to &amp;quot;objectively examine the dynamics of translation in a particular historical and cultural context, analyze and study the constraints of social, historical and cultural factors on translation strategies and methods, and the impact of translations on the receiving culture&amp;quot;. (Liao Qiyi 2002 (2):106-109) Translation usually reflects the position of the subject culture to the foreign culture, and the translation strategy is usually the result of the interaction between the subject culture and the foreign culture, so the choice of translation strategy is never accidental.&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110819</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110819"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:24:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
China's humiliating modern history brought about great changes in the face of society and people's thinking, and more and more educated people began to recognize China's backwardness and tried to introduce Western learning through various means to spread some new technologies and ideas, in order to open up the people's wisdom and promote social progress. During this period, translations of natural sciences first appeared, then social sciences, and later literary translations took shape, including traditional Chinese social novels, romance novels and historical novels, as well as political novels, educational novels, science fiction novels and detective novels, which were not found in traditional Chinese novels. The instrumentalism and political overtones of these literary translations were unprecedented.&lt;br /&gt;
A large number of translations led to a great development of translation theories, and the famous translators and translation theorists included Yan Fu, Lin Shu, Zhang Yuanji, Zhang Shizhao, Lu Xun, Qu Qubai, Zeng Xubai, Chen Xi Ying, Lin Yutang, and so on. They have discussed translation strategies, translation standards and translation criticism, which have made great contributions to the development of translation theories in China. On the other hand, the impact of this translation climax on Chinese was also great. Some translators, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu, insisted on using ancient style to translate Western studies; some translators, such as Qu Qubai, insisted on &amp;quot;absolute vernacular&amp;quot;; others, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the absolute exclusion of literary language and written language from the translation language and advocated the so-called 'absolute vernacular'. Other translators, such as Lu Xun, &amp;quot;disagreed with the idea that the so-called 'absolute vernacular' should be advocated for the absolute exclusion of literary and written languages from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, this culmination of translation has freed Chinese from the constraints of literary language and greatly enhanced the expressive power of the language, making it very different from before in terms of its expressive, communicative, and aesthetic functions, and enriching its emotional colors, while at the same time, its grammatical functions have also been enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110817</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110817"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:23:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The second climax of translation went beyond the scope of religious translation and was linked to technological progress and social development. With the development of seafaring, the exchanges between countries were more frequent than before, and such exchanges were not only limited to commodities, but also culture, science and technology, religion and politics. At the same time, the development of handicraft industry in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties contrasted with the relative backwardness of science and technology, which was the historical requirement for the emergence of scientific and technological translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In the midst of continuous exchanges, missionaries in the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, as the medium for the exchange of Chinese and Western thought and culture, imported Western European science and culture such as calendars, astronomy, mathematics, physics, philosophy, etc. into China. During this period, many of the most famous translators emerged: Xu Guangqi, Li Zhizao, Yang Tingjun, as well as the Italians Ricci and Xiong Sanbao, the Germans Tang Ruowang, and the Belgians Nan Huairen and James Luo. The translated scientific and technological works had a certain influence on the cultural structure of China at that time, making a group of aspirants realize the deficiencies of Chinese culture and the importance of science and technology, thus promoting the development of Chinese science and technology, and laying the foundation for the later translations of Western studies, which enabled Chinese intellectuals to see the Western advancement and China, and to be inspired in their thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110815</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110815"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:21:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
The first high point of translation in China was the translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Han Dynasty, flourished in the Tang Dynasty, declined in the Song Dynasty, and came to an end in the Yuan Dynasty, and its influence on Chinese culture and thought was enormous. Generally speaking, the emergence of any phenomenon in human history has its specific political, economic and cultural background, which provides the soil for the germination and growth of such phenomenon, and translation of Buddhist scriptures is no exception. During the Eastern Han Dynasty, the poor socio-political conditions made the working people want to get spiritual comfort through religion, and the rulers at that time also wanted to use Buddhism to anesthetize and confuse the common people to consolidate their own ruling position, which opened the door for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. At this time, the main body of translators were monks, who were supported by the ruling class and had a special translation field. During this period, many translation theorists and masters emerged, such as Zhiqian, Dao'an, Hatamurash, Xuanzang, Zanin and so on. All of them have their own representative translation theories, and their efforts are inseparable from the popularization of Buddhism in China and the development of translation. At the same time, the translation of Buddhist scriptures also brought great influence to Chinese culture, such as: influencing the Chinese language in terms of sound and word, word and meaning; enriching the world of imagination; strengthening storytelling; changing the form of literature; and influencing people's outlook on life. On the whole, translation of Buddhist scriptures is not a simple code-switching, it needs conditions and social soil for its emergence and development; in turn, the development of translation business also nourishes the soil where it is nurtured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110813</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110813"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:19:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study translation have different views on the division of historical periods of translation climaxes.&lt;br /&gt;
Some think that the translation business in China has experienced five great climaxes so far, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement, the translation of East and West literature from the early period of the Founding of the People's Republic to the Cultural Revolution, and the period when translation has blossomed in various fields from the 1970s to the present. According to some people, &amp;quot;the fourth translation climax in Chinese history is now flourishing on the land of China, and it is a spectacular scenario. There were three translation climaxes in Chinese history: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song Dynasties, the translation of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties, and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May Fourth Movement. But this translation climax is incomparable to the three previous ones in terms of scale, scope, quality and contribution to the development of Chinese society.&amp;quot; (Ma Zuyi 1998:46). And &amp;quot;André Lefevere, in his article &amp;quot;Thinking about Chinese and Western Translation&amp;quot;, mentions that 'there were three large-scale translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation, namely, the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the 2nd-7th centuries AD, the spread of Western Christian culture in the 16th century, and the import of modern Western thought from the 19th century onwards. '&amp;quot; (Zhang Jinghua 2006 (2) :66-71)&lt;br /&gt;
We believe that the second viewpoint is similar to the third viewpoint to some extent, therefore, this paper will analyze the relationship between the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation and the development of Chinese society and culture by examining the first three translation climaxes that have been completed. This is because such a division is conducive to analyzing the interactions between translation and society and culture. The four translation climaxes have made translation no longer a &amp;quot;pigtail&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;matchmaker&amp;quot;, and have freed translation from the superficial understanding that it is only a tool of communication. Next, we will focus on the impact of these climaxes on the development and change of society and culture, and the role of each climax on the society and culture of a specific period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110812</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110812"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T02:17:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 摘要 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
起始于东汉时期的佛经翻译形成了我国翻译历史上第一个重要时期。在此后的一千多年的时间里, 中国翻译史上又经历了一些重要的历史时期, 翻译理论与实践不断互动。打开翻译史册, 可以看到中国不同时期的翻译高潮都产生了一大批翻译家, 翻译理论和实践都取得了很大成就。中国历史上的几次翻译高潮对中国的文学、文化、社会包括中国翻译事业自身发展产生了重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110779</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110779"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:25:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 关键词 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史 翻译高潮 中国社会文化发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110777</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110777"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:24:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 题目 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译史上的三次翻译高潮与中国社会文化发展的关系&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110776</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110776"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:23:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Key words */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
History of Chinese；Translation Translation；Climax Socio-Cultural Development in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110774</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110774"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:21:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which began in the Eastern Han Dynasty, formed the first important period in the history of translation in China. In the following thousand years, the history of Chinese translation has gone through some important historical periods, and the theory and practice of translation have constantly interacted with each other. When we open the history of translation, we can see that the translation climaxes in different periods of Chinese history have produced a large number of translators, and both the theory and practice of translation have made great achievements. The several translation climaxes in Chinese history have had an important impact on Chinese literature, culture and society, including the development of Chinese translation itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110770</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110770"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:20:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.The first translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The second translation climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The third Translation Climax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110763</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110763"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T01:03:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The First Translation Climax-The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Tang and Song Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Second Climax of Translation-Technical Translation in the Late Ming and Early Qing Dynasties====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Third Climax of Translation: Translation of Western Studies from the Opium War to the Post-May Fourth Period====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chen Sha1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. (Shi Xishu &amp;amp; Du Ping 2004, 70) In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110753</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=110753"/>
		<updated>2020-12-13T00:51:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Reflections on the Development of Chinese Cultural Self-confidence in Translation from the Perspective of Chinese Translation History	郑华君	Zheng Huajun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Three Translation Climaxes in the History of Chinese Translation in Relation to the Social and Cultural Development of China 郑华君 Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of the three translation climaxes in the history of Chinese translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The constraints and influence of socio-cultural factors on the three translation climaxes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Impact of Three Translation Climaxes on Chinese Society and Culture in the History of Chinese Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 孔亚楠 Kong Yanan, 202020080609&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Ideology; Poetics; Patronage; Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
勒弗菲尔的操纵理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
意识形态； 诗学； 赞助人；操纵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130) The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.(Zhang xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81) Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere 1992,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere 1992,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere 1992,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, teachers and translators. The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department. The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature, and there are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 82)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and  social status where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan 2010, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Cases Study===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Cases Study on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.Original text: 大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… Translation version：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Cases Study on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan 2020, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan 2020, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya 2014, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Cases Study on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan 2020, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan 2018, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan 2020, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baihua 2017, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng 2016, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya 2014, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Mingjuan. 黄明娟. (2020). 从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例. [Translation from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory on Cha Guan--A Case Study of Ruocheng and Huo Hua's versions]. ''青年文学家''[Youth Literator] 144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Shanshan. 贾珊珊. (2018). 翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例. [A Study on English Translation of Publicity Texts from the Perspective of Translation Manipulation: A Case Study of the Opening Report of the 19th National Congress]. ''疯狂英语''[Crazy English] 168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Juan, Tang Bo. 龙娟,唐博. (2020). 基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究. [A Study on Subtitle Translation of American TV Series Based on Manipulation Theory]. ''现代英语''[Modern English] 63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Chengfeng. 谢承凤. (2016). 剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例. [Analysis of Manipulation in Translation--A case study of the translation of Peter Pan as an example]. ''科教文汇''[The Science Education Article Collects] 180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Baihua, Hu Yajie. 张白桦,胡雅洁. (2017). 改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例. [The Three Factors of Rewriting Theory's Influence on Translation--A Case Study of Six Chapters of a Floating Life Translated by Lin Yutang]. ''中州大学学报''[Journal of Zhongzhou University] 105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xiaojuan. 张晓娟. (2010). 浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响. [The Three Factors of Manipulation Theory's Influence on Translation]. ''西安社会科学''[Xi 'an Social Sciences] 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanyuan. 张园园. (2010). 翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述. [Translation Is Manipulation--An overview of the Manipulation School]. ''商丘职业技术学院学报''[Journal of Shangqiu Vocational and Technical College] 81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Ya. 周亚. (2014). 操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例. [Comparative Analysis on Two Translations of ''King Lear''from the Perspective of Manipulation Theory]. ''海外英语''[Overseas English] 176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida   Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;杨晨婷 Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is on the translation theories of Catford and Eugene Nida. In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’s textual material for another language (the original language),”(Catford 1965) and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; Communitive function; Equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”(Catford 1965)，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. (Yuan Ruirui 2009,12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work for contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language). Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.(Catford 1965,20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation. (Liu Junping 2007,137-140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation. In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.(Catford 1965,20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. (Nida 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content. (Liu Junping 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida's Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i. Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i. It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii. It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii. Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv. It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning. (Tan Zaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories from different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning, and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. (Nida 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages. (Catford 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others. (Tanzaixi 1999)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin, 202070080595==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Rooted in translation practice, Chinese and Western translation theories share many similarities. Since they are bred in different cultural soil, they also have their own characteristics. On the basis of reviewing some books and papers on translation theories, this paper gives a detailed overview of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, and then makes a comparison between them to reveal similarities and differences. In addition, this paper makes a comparative study of translation methods in the Chinese and Western translation circle, aiming to provide readers with a new perspective to have a better understanding of the framework and characteristics of the development of translation theories. In this context, the translation practice and study will be advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theories; Western translation theories; Translation methods; Similarity; Difference;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
中西译论根植于翻译实践活动，具有诸多得相似性，但它们孕育在不同的文化土壤之中，故又各具特色。本文在阅读有关翻译理论书籍及论文的基础上，对中西翻译理论的发展历程进行了较为详尽的梳理概述，并在此基础上对中西译论进行对比，揭示其相似性与相异性。此外，本文对中西译界的翻译方法进行对比研究，旨在为读者提供一个全新的视角，认识中西翻译理论发展的框架及各自的特点，有针对性地更好地推动翻译实践以及翻译研究的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中国翻译理论；西方翻译理论；翻译方法；相似性；相异性；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation, this paper argues that the concepts of translation and translation studies must be distinguished at the first place. On this basis, the relationship between translation theory and translation practice must be explored in depth, so as to better promote the development of translation studies and translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation and Translation Study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, the first National Seminar on Translation Theory was held in Qingdao province, China, which focused on the subject construction and development of translation studies. The issue &amp;quot;since translation studies is a science of translation, whether it should be regarded as an independent disciplinary&amp;quot; was raised and widely discussed at the conference. Tan Zaixi called for the establishment of translation studies after Dong Qiusi, which had a great impact on the translation circle and greatly promoted the development of translation. (Liu Pingjun 2018, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi believes that translation is a process of expressing the meaning of the source language into the target language. It is mainly a technology or art, but it is not a science. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 7-10) Translation studies is the study of translation. Its task is to reveal the objective laws of translation process and provide guidance for practical translation work. Translation studies is a comprehensive but independent science closely related to semiotics, literature and art, sociology, psychology, information theory, and linguistics. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A complete translation theory should include the following five parts. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30-39) First of all, it need to clarify the essence of translation, including what is translation, what is the purpose of translation, what is the function of translation, what are the types of translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 30) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, a complete translation theory should describe the process of translation. In translation circle, the most influential one is the four-step model put forward by Nida: analysis-transliteration-recombination-test. Specifically, it means to analyse a text from the perspectives of semantics, grammar and style firstly. Then, transform the materials into the target language, and reorganize these converted materials to make them meet the requirements of the target language. Finally, translators should compare the translated text with the original one, thus making the translation as close as possible to the original information and maintaining the fluency and style of the original. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 32) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, it need to define the principles and standards of translation, which is the key task of a translation theory. Translation is an activity with certain rules to follow. People summarize translation practice and then conclude principles of universal significance in ways that guide the practical translation process and measure the translation. In order to produce a good translation, the translator must have a clear aim or direction in the process of translation and a clear standard or measurement method to measure the translation. However, since the fact that translation is a complex activity with multiple purposes and functions, it should never be studied from a single perspective. Any attempt to hold a specific standard as the highest standard in the absolute sense or to adhere to dogma is not in line with the translation principles and is unreasonable. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 34) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, it should describe the methods of translation. It refers to the methods and techniques adopted in the translation process, which directly influence the choice of words and sentence of the translator and the structure of the translation. There are various translation methods commonly used in translation practice, such as augmentation, ellipsis, repetition, conversion, displacement, segmenting long sentences, and free translation. The translation theory must give a comprehensive and systematic summary of these translation methods to help the translator to better leverage translation methods in translation practice. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 37) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, it must present a comprehensive explanation of possible contradictions in translation, including the contradiction between content and form, the contradiction between purpose and method, the contradiction between the author and the translator. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Theory and Translation Practice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corresponding theories will inevitably emerge when social practice of humanity develops to a certain stage. Translation, as a long-term practice activity, is no exception. Therefore, translation theories must come from translation practice. (Zhou Lingshun 2019, 15) Translation theories will never be generated without the in-depth observation and understanding of translation practice and its influences. There is an interactive relationship between translation theory and translation practice. (Xu Jun, Mu Lei 2009, 104) In the long-term social practice, people will inevitably encounter problems that need to be solved and generate doubts that need to be explained. Theory is the ideological system explaining social practice, and its purpose is to answer questions and eliminate doubts. In this sense, the fact is that practice calls for theory. (Sun Yifeng 2002, 4-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking China's current translation situation as an example. As the Belt and Road Initiative proposed by China gains increasing popularity in countries along the route, the desire of other countries to know more about China is getting stronger. In this context, the volume of translating Chinese into foreign languages exceeds that of translating foreign languages into Chinese for the first time in translation history, meanwhile, related problems are also arising. (Yang Mingxing 2014, 103) Specifically, if the translation stays faithful to the original text, it external communication function will not be fully leveraged. Therefore, translators is confused about whether the translation should be faithful to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation practice does not depend on translation theory for its existence, translation theory inevitably comes from translation practice. Once it comes into being, it will guide translation practice in turn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison of Translation Theories between China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and western translation activities enjoy a long history. In the long course of translation practice, translation theory came into being. Chinese translation theories gradually develops towards the direction of systematic and comprehensive since the start of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Meanwhile, western translation theories have witnessed improvement as the advancement of translation practice and translation study. Both the Chinese translation theory and the western translation theory are based on translation practice, and they are gradually developed into systematic theories while guiding translation practice. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162) This chapter first combs the development of Chinese and western translation theories in detail, on this basis, it further reveals the similarities and otherness between the two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Western Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Western translation theory can be divided into five stages. (Tan Zaixi 2009, 46-70)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literature and Bible translation theories in ancient Rome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 4th century BC, the once flourishing Greek began to decline and Rome grew stronger. However, at that time, the Greek culture was superior to the Roman culture, so it was attractive for Rome. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Many of epics of Homer and dramatic works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides were translated into Latin by many writers. This was the first translation activity with a large scale in Europe and even in the whole western history, which initiated the translation activity and gave birth to the Roman literature. From the late Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, religious forces in western countries were strong and stubborn, and the Christian church remained hostile to secular literature and tried its best to develop a religious culture for the interests of themselves. As the source of Christian thought and a spiritual weapon, the Bible became the classic in the religious circles. On this basis, the Bible was translated widely. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest translation theorist in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. For the first time, he distinguished translations &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Cicero viewed translation from the perspectives of a rhetorician and speaker. A translation &amp;quot;as a translator&amp;quot; refers to a translation that is not creative, while a translation &amp;quot;as a speaker&amp;quot; refers to one that is creative and comparable to the original work. After that, the history of western translation theories has been focusing on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-for-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theories from the Middle Ages to Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Boethius contributed to the introduction of Greek philosophical thoughts by translation, and also had unique views on translation theory. According to Boethius, it is impossible to maintain both content and style in translation. Translators should put aside subjective judgment, especially for some religious translations, which only require accurate content rather than elegant style. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) What’s more, Dante put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary untranslatability&amp;quot;, in which he contended that the characteristics of the original text can hardly be reflected in the translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 93) Therefore, he believed that literary translation is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the Middle Ages, people's demand for national language became urgent. In this context, a large-scale translation started with the emergence of the middle bourgeoisie and the upsurge of nationalism. Bruni, the representative of this period, believed that a translator should act according to his ability. Specifically, a translator should never do anything beyond his capacity for fear that it will waste energy and come to nothing. In addition, he believed that translators should have a wide range of knowledge; the best translation method is to keep the style of the original work as much as possible; translators should figure out the attitude and standpoint of the original author and try to imitate the rhetoric devices and idioms used by the original author. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Theories of literary translation in the Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Renaissance refers to the revival of literature, art and science in ancient Greece and Rome. It began in Italy at the end of the 14th century and spread to Europe, especially western European countries, in the 15th and 16th centuries. During this period, many translators compared their achievements in translation to &amp;quot;trophies&amp;quot; of literary knowledge. Besides, they translated many works relating to building a prosperous country into national languages, including political, philosophical, social systems, literature, art and other classic works. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 91) There are also many representatives in this period. &lt;br /&gt;
Erasmus did not submit to the authority of theology, and believed that the translation of the Bible depended on the language knowledge of the translator; while Luther put forward that translation must adopt and absorb the humanist thought of popular language. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55) In terms of Amyot, he held the opinion that the translator must fully understand the original text and concentrate efforts to the translation of the content; the writing style of translation must be simple and natural. He emphasized the unity of literal translation and free translation as well as the combination of content and form. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
On How to Translate Excellently published in 1540. in this article, Dolet proposed five basic principles to be followed in the process of translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163) That is, the translator must understand the original content; the translator must be bilingual; the translator must avoid word-for-word translation, for the reason that word-for-word translation damages the communication and linguistic beauty of the original text; the translator must adopt colloquial forms of language; the translator must pay attention to the diction and adjust word order properly, so as to reproduce the equivalent effects as the original one. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Theories of literary translation in Modern times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by the impetus of the Renaissance, translation in western countries continued to march forward in modern times. The 18th century was an important period in the course of Western translation. In the 19th century, translation began to shift its focus from ancient works to modern or contemporary works. (Wang Songzhen 2015, 61)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Bartow, the original author is the master while the translator is the servant in translation activities. The translator can only follow the original work closely and faithfully reproduce the idea and style of it, instead of creating, modifying and subtracting. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler put forward three basic translation principles in his book Essay on the Principles of Translation: a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. In addition, he also proposed the standards of an excellent translation. (Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 2008, 163)&lt;br /&gt;
Schlermacher, one of the leading figures in German romanticism, had extensive knowledge and made great contributions in hermeneutics and translation studies. He proposed two translation methods in On the Different Methods of Translating. One is to do not disturb the author and let the reader get closer to the author, while the other is to make the author approach readers and do not disturb the reader, among which the former is regarded as the source of foreignizing translation by later generations. At the same time, he took the lead in making a clear distinction between interpretation and translation and to elaborate on it. Although his views on interpretation were wrong, they were still of great significance. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt believed that language determines the world view and put forward the theory that language is both translatable and untranslatable. This had a great impact in the 20th century, making the translatability and untranslatability of language once again become one of the hot topics discussed by translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Contemporary translation theories since the World War II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the end of the World War II, the world has been in a state of relative peace. After the baptism of the war, western countries began to restore and develop production and economy in full swing. In this context, translation has also entered a new stage of development in which the dimensions, forms, scales and achievements of translation are unparalleled in any other period in history. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 100) During this period, commercial, diplomatic, scientific and technological and other professional translations witness unprecedented development; translation teaching is widely carried out; many organizations of translators are established and the publications on translation-related studies are increasing; machine translation is emerging; works on translation theory emerge in an endless stream. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
Jakobson, an outstanding Russian linguist, divided translation into three categories from the perspective of semiotics: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to the use of language signs to explain other language signs in the same language, which is also called &amp;quot;the change of expression&amp;quot;; interlingual translation is the interpretation between two languages, that is, to explain certain language signs with the signs of another language; intersemiotic translation is to interpret linguistic signs through the non-linguistic sign system, or to interpret non-linguistic signs with linguistic signs. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 157)&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is an American linguist, translator and translation theorist. On the basis of previous research results, he constantly improved his theory from the practical point of view. The core concept of Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;, which means that the translation should achieve functional equivalence between two languages instead of the rigid correspondence of words. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 139)&lt;br /&gt;
Levy is a Czech literary theorist and translation theorist. He believed that the process of translation is the process in which the translator makes decisions constantly, and discussed the translator's decision strategies in detail. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Chinese Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese translation theory can be divided into four stages.(Tan Zaixi 2005, 188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Translation theory of Buddhist in the Late Han, Sui and Tang Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage mainly focused on classical translation theory, which began in the East Han period and ended in the Opium War. The translation theory of this period mainly discusses the translation of Buddhist scriptures, generating a positive enlightenment to the later translation theory. Zhi Qian, Dao An, Kumarajiva and Xuanzang are the representative figures of this period. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Zhi Qian broke the shackles of literal translation and pursued the elegance of the text. Different from Zhi Qian, Dao An advocated literal translation for fear of distortion when he was responsible for the translation of Buddhist scriptures. What’s more, he put forward the famous translation principle of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;, believing that in translating Buddhist scriptures, there are five circumstances in which the translation will lose its original features and three dimensions that are difficult to achieve in translation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188-189) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva was in charge of over four hundred volumes of Buddhist scriptures translation, which played an important role in the formation and development of Buddhism in China during the Six Dynasties period. His views on translation methods was profound and unique, but unfortunately there are few written records. Xuanzang is regarded as one of the influential figures in the ancient Chinese translation field. He put forward the translation standard of &amp;quot;a good translation should be both faithful to the original and intelligible to the public&amp;quot;, believing that the translation must be faithful and smooth. (Li Yuntao 2007, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation theory of science and technology in the late Ming and early Qing Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage began with the Opium War and ended with the May 4th Movement. Against the background of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression, translators engaged in scientific and technological translation by adhering to the philosophy of &amp;quot;beat foreigners by learning from their advantages&amp;quot;. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Therefore, the translation theory in this period is practical. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main representatives were Ma Jianzhong, Yan Fu, Reform Scholars, members of the Westernization School and so on. Ma Jianzhong put forward &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and tried to eliminate the disadvantages of the translation of the Westernization School. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189) In addition, Yan Fu called for &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, which not only had a great impact at that time, but also generated an unprecedented influence on the entire translation circle for years to come. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 190)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Modern translation theory from 1919 to 1949&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage began with the May 4th Movement and ended with the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 188) During this period, there were a great number of foreign literature being introduced in the translation field, resulting in flourishing literary translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qu Qiubai put forward the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, that is, translation should deliver the meaning of the original text to Chinese readers in a complete and correct manner, so that the Chinese readers can receive the meaning as the readers of the original text. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Chen Xiying drew a conclusion of the three realms of translation--resemblance in form, resemblance in meaning and resemblance in spirit--from the experience of artistic creation and copying. He combined translation theories with the aesthetics of literature and art, directly inspiring the translation theories of Fu Lei and others. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) Fu Lei emphasized the resemblance of spirit but not of form. Besides, Mao Dun believed that the reproduction of artistic conception is the most important task of literary translation, so that the target readers can receive the same feelings as if reading the original text. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 189)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Contemporary translation theory since the 1950s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, translation is considered as a discipline by translators. (Liang Dan 2016, 103) In 1951, Dong Qiusi published On the Construction of Translation Theory, which marked the beginning of the transformation of Chinese translation theory towards a systematic development. In 1990, Liu Miqing published Modern Translation Theories, marking the establishment of a modern translation system in China. (Liang Dan 2016, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Similarities and Differences====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By sorting out the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be found that due to the differences in economic, political, cultural and social backgrounds between China and the West, there are some differences between Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the purposes of establishing translation theory are different for both sides. Chinese theorists stress the practicality of theories and and emphasize the function of theories to better guide the translation practice. However, theorists in western countries pay more attention to the abstractedness, systematicness and organization of translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 222-224)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are different thinking patterns. The Chinese people attach great importance to understanding ability and sensitivity, while the West is rationality-oriented. Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism require people’s understanding ability and sensitivity; the western philosophy, which originated from Plato and Aristotle, emphasizes rational thinking of humanity. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 226)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, they have different ways of expressing translation theories. In China, translation theorists tend to refine their words and condense their meanings, thus giving people more space for understanding. So Chinese theorists explain translation theories in a vague and implicit way. For example, after putting forward the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” in the first half of his great work Evolution and Ethics, Yan Fu did not make any further supplement or explanation for this translation standard. (Xu Weizhi 2009, 101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, China maintains relatively conservative in translation studies while the West pursues innovation. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 233) Traditionally, the Chinese people have a strong tendency to worship the ancient and authority, and their thinking pattern is influenced by the philosophy of &amp;quot;universal application&amp;quot;. For instance, the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” proposed by Yan Fu is regarded as an insuperable existence by some people. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is inevitable. Although Chinese and Western translation theorists have their own terminology and experience in translation, there are strikingly similarities in terms of principles, methods, standards and categories of translation. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 163) It reveals the inherent commonness in the thinking mode of translation, and indicates that translation has rules to follow, which are objective and break the shackles of different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi, 2005, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, there are similarities in basic translation methods between Chinese and Western translation history. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 216) Since ancient times, Chinese and Western translation theorists have considered similar issues, including the principle of translation, the purpose of translation, the process of translation, the relationship between the author, the translator and the reader, and so on. In terms of translation methods, it can be found that literal translation and free translation are distinguished by both Chinese and Western theorists in the study of translation methods, and that the commonly used methods are amplification, abridgement, adaptation, interpretation, transliteration and so on. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, issues relating to &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; have always been the core topic of translation theories in both China and the West since ancient times. (Liang Dan 2016, 104) When expressing the concept of &amp;quot;the translation must be faithful to the original&amp;quot;, various terms are used both in China and in the West, mainly including fidelity, loyalty, accuracy, equivalence, correspondence, etc. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 218-219)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the principles and methods of translation have been systematically summarized by both Chinese and Western translation theorists. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 220) For example, Dolet summarized the &amp;quot;five elements of translation&amp;quot;; Tytler put forward &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot;; Dao An proposed &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;; Xuanzang proposed a concrete principle of &amp;quot;Five Categories of Untranslated Terms”. (Yang Xiaoru 2013, 162)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a detailed analysis of the development of Chinese and Western translation theories, it can be concluded that the difference in philosophical thoughts, value systems, and languages and cultures has always posing an important impact on the development of Chinese and Western translation theories. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193-194) Although Chinese and Western translation theories have different development backgrounds and show some differences, the similarity between them should be observed. Similarity is the main characteristic of the development of translation thoughts, which is not restricted by different languages and cultures. (Tan Zaixi 2005, 193) It can be reflected in the striking similarity between Chinese and Western translation principles, methods and standards. For example, Yan Fu's translation standard presents similarity with that of Tytler. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) The development of translation theories of the two sides is independent from each other, but they share some commonality. This exactly reveals that translation is objective and transcends the barriers of different languages and cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reflections of Translations Methods===&lt;br /&gt;
====Domestication and Doreignization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are proposed by Lawrence Venuti, an American translation theorist, in the Translator's Invisibility in 1995. (Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 2019, 19) As two translation methods, domestication and foreignization are contrary, united and mutually reinforcing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is to localize the source language. (Venuti 1995, 19-21) It adopts the expressions that the target reader is accustomed to to convey the content of the source language. In addition, it helps readers to understand the source text better and enhance the readability and appreciation of the translation. Foreignization is to adapt to the language features of foreign cultures, absorb foreign language expressions. (Venuti 1995, 29) Since this method fully takes the difference and diversity of national cultures into consideration and reflects the characteristics of foreign language styles, its purpose is to preserve and reflect the exoticism. In other words, domestication is oriented toward the target language culture, while foreignization is source language culture oriented. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 13) For example, the sentence”something is springing up like mushrooms”, if handled in foreignizing translation, its Chinese version will be”犹如蘑菇一般”; but if in domestication, it will be “如雨后春笋一般’。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars believe that translators should only use one translation strategy in entire translation process, and that domestication or foreignization should be separated. However, it is difficult for translators to adhere to it in translation practice. Translation requires us to faithfully reproduce the ideas and styles of the original authors, which are of strong exotic atmosphere, so it is inevitable to adopt the foreignizing method. Meanwhile, the translation should also take the reader's response and the smoothness of the original text into consideration. In this context, the domestication method is essential. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper holds the opinion that translation is more likely to be dominated by domestication. The essential purpose of translation is to facilitate communication and help the target readers to understand the meaning of the original. Therefore, in most cases, translation should conform to the norms of the target language, so as to make it possible for readers to understand the foreign cultures and achieve the purpose of translation. However, although the paper contends that domestication is in a dominant role, it doesn’t mean the foreignization method should be abandoned. Actually, foreignization and domestication are not two antagonistic concepts, instead, they are complementary and mutually reinforcing. (Guo Jianzhong 1998, 17-18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Three Principles of Tytler and Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the long course of translation development in both China and the West, various schools of translators have put forward important translation standards. Among them, Yan Fu proposed &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler put forward the “three principles of translation”. These two standards are of great importance and far-reaching influence in the translation circle. More importantly, the similarity between them has drawn wider attention among translators. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, Yan Fu mentioned in the preface of the Evolution and Ethics, &amp;quot;three things are hard to achieve in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220) However, Yan Fu did not present detailed definition of it, instead, he further stated that &amp;quot;it is difficult to stay faithful to the original text; if the translation is faithful without expressiveness, it is equal to untranslated ones; therefore, expressiveness should be put at priority”. It is the statement that generates controversy of its definition in the academic circle. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1790, Tytler proposed the three principles of translation in his great work Essay on the Principles of Translation, that is, a translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; a translation should have all the ease of the original composition. (Tytler 1790, 9) It caused extensive repercussions in the translation circle and is considered as a milestone in the history of Western translation. (Ren Qingliang 2016, 201) The three principles of Tytler pose put requirements on the translator from three aspects: meaning, style and spirit. (Reng Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) In addition, according to Tytler, the three principles are ranked in order of importance. When the three principles are in conflict, the third principle should be abandoned first, the next is the second principle. Tytler contended that at no time should the content of the original be abandoned for the sake of the fluency of the translation. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 220)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu believed that translation should pursue faithfulness, but if it is inexpressive, it would be equivalent to untranslated ones. Thus it can be seen that Yan Fu emphasized the relationship and coordination among faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, and elevated importance of “expressiveness” to the same position as &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central problem of translation has always been whether to translate literally or freely. The argument has been going on since at least the first century BC. (Newmark, Peter 1988, 45) In China, as early as the late Eastern Han Dynasty, a famous translator of Buddhist scriptures Zhi Chen put forward his opinion of literal translation that pays more attention to the preservation of the original intention than wording. He advocated that since scriptures are abstruse and hard to understand, the translation should focus on the content and meaning of the original text rather than the flowery language. However, his disciple Zhi Qian objected to the method of literal translation from the perspective of literary form and called for free translation. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation refers to an adequate representation of the original. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) It reproduces both the style and the ideological content of the original, and retains as much as possible the figures of speech or sentence structures. Free translation does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original while only maintains the content of the original work. (Feng Qinghua 2002, 37) For instance, the Chinese sentence “你不要班门弄斧”, if handled in free translation, it English version will be “don’t teach fish to swim”; but if in literal translation, it will be “don’t display your axe at Lu Ban’s door”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, only by having a thorough understanding of the thoughts and emotions in the original text and using the two strategies flexibly, can the original text be translated into a fluent and expressive target language. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 99) Both literal translation and free translation should be accurate and reproduce the original meaning both in form and in spirit. There should be no judgement of good or bad between the two strategies. (Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 2019, 100) Nevertheless, the differences between the two can not be ignored. Literal translation requires higher degree of faithfulness to the original. It is generally used in the science, technology and law-related translations for the reason that such article types require precise words and avoid ambiguity. Free translation, on the other hand, is relatively abstract. It is often used in translating poetry, prose and other literary works, to express the main connotation of the original text with divergent thinking, thus increasing the aesthetic feeling and artistry of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of replacing the source language with the target language. (Catford 1965, 20) In the final analysis, translation is an activity closely related to language, while language cannot be separated from thinking ability. It is the overlap of human thought patterns that makes translation possible. However, the difference between Chinese and Western way of thinking is universal, which will be manifested in all fields, including the translation circle. Traditionally, the Chinese people were good at synthesizing, while people in the West were adept in analyzing. Therefore, traditional Chinese translation theories are mostly a summary of experience, which largely depends on the subjective feelings of the translator. However, western translation theories are based on rational analysis and scientific research, instead of relying on subjective feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has its own rules of development, which is proved by the similarity between Chinese and Western translation theories. Since translation theories in China and the West have their own advantages, this paper proposes that more tolerance should be given to the diversity and the essence should be absorbed so as to promote the development of translation theories in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories are important parts of the translation systems, and they provide strong theoretical support for translation practice. There is no superiority or inferiority of translation theories. Translation theories in China and the West are rooted in translation practice but nurtured in different linguistic environments and cultural backgrounds. It must be realized that the similarities are greater than differences, and that the significance of differences more important than similarities. It is because of the differences that China and the West need to draw on strengths and learn from each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J. C. (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation''. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lawrence Venuti. (1995). ''The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation''. London and NewYork: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. New York: Prentice Hall. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler, Alexander Fraser. (1790). ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. London: Dent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, Huang Qin 别芳芳, 黄勤. (2008). 多雷和泰特勒翻译原则之比较研究 [A Comparative Study on the Translation Principles of Dolet and Tytler]. ''外语教育'' Foreign Language Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Feng Qinghua 冯庆华. (2002). ''实用翻译教程'' [A Practical Coursebook on Translation]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong 郭建中. (1998). 翻译中的文化因素: 异化与归化 [Cultural Elements in Translation: Domestication and Foreignization]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yuntao 李云涛. (2007). 中国译学的雏形——古代佛经翻译理论发展脉络 [The Prototype of Chinese Translation Study--the Development of Buddhist Translation Theory]. ''科技信息(学术研究)'' Science. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan 梁旦. (2016). 中西翻译理论对比 [A Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discriminating Yan Fu's theory and Tetler's Three Principles of Translation]. ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Pingjun 刘平军. (2018). 《翻译学：作为独立学科的求索与发展》评介 [Review on Translation Studies: The Making and Evolution of an Independent Discipline]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 任庆亮, 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A Comparison of the Translation Standards between Yan Fu and Tytler]. ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yifeng孙艺风. (2002). 理论、经验、实践——再论翻译理论研究 [Theory, Experience and Practice: Reassessing the Significance of Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). ''翻译学'' [The Science of Translation]. 武汉：湖北教育出版社Wuhan: Hubei Education Publishing House. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2005). 关于西方翻译理论发展史的几点思考 [Investigating Translation Theory in the West: Thoughts on Its Development and Its Study]. ''外国语'' Journal of Foreign Languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2009). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West]. 北京：商务印书馆Beijing: Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Songzhen 王崧珍. (2015). 文艺复兴和宗教改革时期西方文化翻译实践述评——从布鲁尼到马丁·路德 [A Review of the Western Translation Practice during the Renaissance and Reformation--from Bruni to Martin Luther]. ''昌吉学院学报'' Journal of Changji University. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei 许钧, 穆雷. (2009). ''中国翻译研究(1949—2009)'' [Chinese Translation Studies: 1949-2009]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海: 上海外语教育出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Weizhi 许威治. (2009). 中西翻译理论的差异性比较及其启示 [Comparison between Chinese and Western Translation Theories and Enlightenment]. ''语文学刊: 外语教育与教学'' Journal of Language and Literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Mingxing 杨明星. (2014). 中国外交新词对外翻译的原则与策略 [Principles and Strategies for the Translation of Diplomacy Vocabularies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Xiaoru 杨晓茹. (2013). 中西译论比较研究 [A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between China and the West]. ''海外英语'' Overseas English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Mei, Wang Rongyuan 张美, 王荣媛. (2019). 论归化异化翻译策略选择的影响因素 [On Factors Influencing the Choice of Domestication and Foreignization Strategies]. ''英语广场'' English Square. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Lingshun周领顺. (2019). “翻译理论与实践关系的讨论”: 回顾与反思 [Rethinking the Relation between Translation Theory&amp;amp;Translation Practice]. ''上海翻译'' Shanghai Journal of Translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Liyun, Xu Jingxian 朱丽云, 徐静娴. (2019). 有关直译和意译的讨论 [On Literal Translation and Free Translation]. ''汉字文化'' Sinogram Culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theory - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;张瑜 Zhang Yu &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
浅谈鲁迅的翻译思想&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime. Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.(Xu Lan 2017,447)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.（Chen 2000, 289）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.(Chen 2000,289-290)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved.(Chen 2000,290-291)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints.(Wu 2009, 183-184)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. (Chen 2000, 176-177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.(Chen 2000,294-295)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. (Chen 2000, 296)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese.(Li 2019, 201-209)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them. (Gu 2009, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text. (Gu 2009, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. (Chen 2000, 306-307)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration. (Chen 2000, 308)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermediate&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu and Luo 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; from the following two aspects. (Liu and Luo 2019, 34)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre''. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermediate or middle process with the development of new culture and literature. (Wu 2009, 74-75)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.(Wu 2009, 82-85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity (1903-1908), affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works. (Chen 2000, 170-175)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage (1909-1926), Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style. (Wu 2009, 104-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works. (Wu 2009, 109-111)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermediate&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[The Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 北京：人民文学出版社[People's Literature Publishing House]. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅 Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集补遗》[Supplement to the Complete Works of Lu Xun]. 天津：天津人民出版社[Tianjin People's Publishing House]. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康 Chen Fukang.《中国译学理论史稿（修订本）》[M][Draft History of Chinese Translation Theory (Revised)]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai Foreign Language Education Publishing House]. 2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧 Gu Jun.《鲁迅翻译研究》[M][Study of Lu Xun's Translation].福建：福建教育出版社[Fujian Education Publishing House]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧 Wu Jun.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C][Study of Lu Xun's Literature in Translation]. 齐鲁书社[Shandong Book Club]. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革 Li Wenge.“重释鲁迅的‘宁信而不顺’——西方解构主义的视角”[Reinterpreting Lu Xun's &amp;quot;Rather to be Faithful Than Fluent: a Western Deconstructionist Perspective]. 跨语言文化研究[Cross Linguistic and Cultural Studies]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤 Liu Kongxi and Luo Xianfeng.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”[The Philosophical Justification of 'Intermediates' in Lu Xun's Thought on Translation]. 绍兴文理学院学报[Journal of Shaoxing College of Arts and Sciences]. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英 Huang Qiongying. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”[A Preliminary Study on the Relationship between Lu Xun's View of Language and Translation Strategy]. 曲靖师范学院学报[Journal of Qujing Normal College]. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. &amp;quot;The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization&amp;quot;[劳伦斯·韦努蒂的异化与鲁迅的异化的差别]. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018)[2018年第七届国际应用社会科学大会论文集]. Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. &amp;quot;The Influence of Lu Xun's 'Hard Translation' Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture&amp;quot;[鲁迅的 &amp;quot;硬译 &amp;quot;理念对中国现代文化转型的影响]. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018)[2018年第七届国际艺术、文化、文学和教育研讨会论文集]. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. &amp;quot;On Lu Xun's Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu's Sociological Theory&amp;quot;[论从布迪厄的社会学理论看20世纪30年代鲁迅的翻译活动]. Sino-US English Teaching 14[中美英语教学14期]. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing Student No. 202070080650==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化的发展，越来越多的中国公司步入国际化行列，竞相抢占国际市场。广告片是宣传产品、公司项目，提升企业形象的重要手段之一，对广告片翻译进行研究对企业的国际化发展具有重大意义，因此国际化企业对此十分重视。华为技术有限公司成立于1987年，历经30余年的发展，已成为有国际影响力的大公司。为对产品进行有效的宣传，华为摄制较多高质量的双语宣传片，这些宣传片激发了较多潜在顾客。然而，由于东西方文化差异的存在，宣传片字幕翻译对译者提出了较高的要求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文以生态翻译学为理论框架对华为三个宣传片的英译进行了研究。作者根据生态翻译学的三维转换理论，考虑到中英文在语言习惯、文化背景和文本交际意图的差异，分别对华为的三个宣传片，即关于华为Mate20登月的故事，华为海洋，科技普济天下，进行评析。最后通过分析总结发现：译者在进行商务字幕翻译实践时，需要充分了解源语与目的语在语言、文化等方面的差异，充分适应具体的翻译环境，传递文本的交际意图，只有达到了语言维、文化维和交际维三者的统一，才是真正成功的译文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
生态翻译学；三维转换；华为；宣传片；广告语翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, more and more Chinese enterprises are stepping into the competition of global market. As advertising video contributes a lot to promoting products projects as well as the image of enterprises, its translation is critical to enterprises to go global and has caught businessmen’s attention greatly. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, founded in 1987, has evolved into an international corporate with profound influence over the last 30 years. In order to advertise products, HUAWEI has shot many high-quality bilingual advertising videos which have attracted many potential customers. However, the subtitle translation of advertising videos requires high professional skills for translators as many cultural differences lie between the West and the East.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to study the English translation of advertising videos Eco-translatology theory perspective. Based on three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory, the author gives full consideration to differences in linguistic tradition, cultural background and communicative intention of the text between Chinese and English, and comments the subtitle translation of three HUAWEI’s advertising videos, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20, Huawei Marine and TECH4ALL. In the end, the conclusion comes that translators should fully understand the linguistic and cultural differences between the source text and target text and adapt themselves in specific translation environment so as to transmit the whole communicative intention when they translate commercial subtitles. And successful translation texts should be those realizing the unification of linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, three dimensional transformations, HUAWEI, advertising video; subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 2001, Hu Gengshen has put forth the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in the FIT Third Asian Translators’ Forum (Hu Gengshen, 2001), which marked the birth to Eco-translatology. In Eco-translatology, Hu combined the translation process with Darwinism, “survival of fitness”, and proposed that translators, when they translate a text, should fully adapt themselves to source languages’ environment to understand its specific meaning and find out targeted readers at first, and then, on the basis of good command of the source language and its culture, write down appropriate words so that readers using target language can get the same and correct information about the whole text. As the theory gives an inspiration for many translators, there are an increasing number of translators conducting translation, translation criticism and other activities in accordance with Eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the background of this paper is that the advent of Internet and convenient transports arouses most enterprises’ awareness of the importance and necessity of advertising videos in products or business promotion, because the easiest and the most economical way to grasp the basic information of a product or a company, for most people, is to watch their advertising videos. Especially in the era of scientific technology, Internet and advanced transportation are breaking the geographical boundaries to a large extent, therefore, enterprises can expand their operation worldwide, enjoying a larger business scope than ever before. However, there still exit language and cultural limits when enterprises promote a product, so proper translation is quite important for companies to extend their business scope. Yet according to the author’s research, few studies about advertisement are conducted with the guidance of Eco-translatology, the emerging translation theory, so it may bring out any possible enlightenment by applying Eco-translatology theory to advertising translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, the tech giant enjoying satisfactory reputation coming from both customers and competitors, has shown its presence in many countries and regions with advertising videos presented in various languages. For HUAWEI’s advertising video, be it Chinese version or English version, there is a common sense that people feel passionate about learning more about the product or the company and even want to buy it after they watch those videos, so undoubtedly, HAEWEI does a good job in advertising videos. Meanwhile, HUAWEI, on behalf of domestic Communications Service Provider, has wide influence over international market. Considering all those facts, the author tends to comment the subtitle translation of HUAWEI’s advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology and hope for some possible enlightenment for subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis applies qualitative analysis, case study and contrastive analysis to study both the Chinese versions and English versions of three videos about HUAWEI. For each video, the author comments them respectively from linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation, the processes of translation in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2 Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, put forward by Hu Gengshen, is a systematic translation theory to explain the translation process. It studies and guides the translation practice from the perspective of ecology, which provides a new way for translators to conduct translation, so since its birth, the theory has widely broadened the theoretical researches in both China and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, Hu Gengshen put emphasis on translators’ adaptation and selection when they translate a text, which is the origin of Eco-translatology theory. In Eco-translatology theory, translation process is similar to Darwinism’s “natural selection”. Translators, like all the creatures in evolutionary history, also experience the selection and adaptation in translating so as to create masterpieces to satisfy variable purposes and people using different languages. As well, their works tend to confront the “natural selection”, the market, and finally the best works will be preserved as time goes by. So, in order to create high-quality and ever-lasting translated texts, translators have to bury themselves in different eco-environments so as to get the pure and true understanding of the source text, and translate it into the target language with appropriate words which will meet different needs. During the process, the “natural selection” is the market, or readers’ feedback. If the work were employed in many circumstances frequently and accepted by most readers, certainly, it would last for long time; otherwise, maybe the mediocre one would be confronted with the tendency to be replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Hu proposed the notion of “approach to translation as adaptation and selection” and “translation is adaption and selection” in 2001 (Hu Gengshen, 2001), researches on Eco-translatology began to grow vigorously. In 2004, Hu published a book, An Approach to Translation as Adaptation and Selection. This book focuses on translators’ adaptation and selection, including their relations, mechanisms, basic characteristics and principles, so as to describe or interpret translation process, standards and methods in a new perspective (Hu Gengshen, 2004). After that, Hu continued to study “adaption and selection” and briefly summarized translation principle as multidimensional adaptions and adaptive selection, and translation methods as “three dimensional transformations” (Hu Gengshen, 2006). As Eco-translatology developed in a positive way, Hu reviewed the development of the theory, including basic connotation, background, current situation and existed limits, and pointed out direction for future research (Hu Gengshen, 2008). And then, Hu expounded on nine focuses on research and theoretical tenets from the perspective of Eco-translatology (Hu Gengshen, 2011). As Eco-translatology has widely been accepted by most translators and employed in many fields, Hu, in Eco-translatology: Construction &amp;amp; Interpretation, was commitment to give a general overview and description of the translation ecology and translation theory viewing from ecology (Hu Gengshen, 2013). In order to provide some new inspiration in translation practices, Hu, based on the present research concerning Eco-translatology, put forward different research focus in the future from several angles and aspects in light of Eco-translatology so that scholars could get certain enlightenments and directions for their future studies (Hu Gengshen, 2017).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from Hu’s studies on Eco-translatology, many scholars have conducted a lot of researches in previous years. Tang applied Eco-translatology in advertisement translation and proposed that translators, from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions, should have focus according to advertisement’s contents, targeted audiences, source language and cultural background of the target text (Tang Yixin, 2015). It has also been employed to analyze the Chinese-English translation of corporate profiles (Xing Yanchao and Dong Hailin, 2017). Just in the same year, in order to assist Chinese films to go global, Zhu researched films’ subtitle translation with the exemplification of “Mr. Six” from the three dimensional transformation in Eco-translatology, that is, linguistic dimensions, cultural dimensions and communicative dimensions (Zhu Jingyan, 2017). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the past ten years with countless scholars and translators’ effort, Eco-translatology has developed to cover many points, such as translator-centeredness, eco-paradigm, sequence chain, adaptive selection and selective adaption, eco-environment and post-event penalty (Hu Gengshen, 2011). Viewing from translation process, Eco-translatology theory requires translators to select different translation environments and adapt themselves in it for many times; from translation principles, Eco-translatology theory is multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection; from translation skill, Eco-translatology promotes the translation from three dimensional transformation, linguistic dimensional transformation, cultural dimensional transformation and communicative dimensional transformation (Hu Gengshen, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Subtitle Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation of advertising videos, a part of translation of commercial texts, generally refers to inter-lingual translation. Since the flourishment of domestic films in 21st century, more and more high-quality films with interesting plots compete to go global to boast Chinese traditional culture and tell Chinese stories, which is part of Chinese dream of great rejuvenation. Therefore, in order to promote Chinese culture, provide Chinese solution and tell Chinese story well, quite a few scholars and translators are commitment to subtitle translation and relative studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Wang (2007), subtitle translation, a special language transformation, should be focused on condensing the oral language in videos into written language. Then, Wu studied subtitle translation’s language features, which are instantaneity and popularization, and proposed that translators should pay more attention to logicality, artistry and affection of the words (Wu Wei, 2013). Yu studied the features and technical constraints of dubbing and subtitling English into Chinese, and found that standardization and simplification were two major techniques for subtitling while lip synchronization, gestures and pauses were major constraints for dubbing (Yu Haikuo, 2015). 2019 witnessed the prosperity of not only the films but also studies related to subtitle translation. In the same year, several scholars studied the machine translated subtitles, all of which were selected from MOOCs, and found that “participants who were offered full PEMT subtitles scored better overall on our reception metrics than those who were offered raw MT subtitles” (Hu et al., 2019), and Zheng discussed the features and limitations of subtitle translation (Zheng Jie, 2019). After that, Zheng furthered the study about subtitle translation and proposed that different comments about subtitle translation, be it satisfactory or not, came out when audiences viewed it in different situation and prospects (Zheng Xiqing, 2020), and Wang briefly discussed subtitle translation of Chinese films in Western Leather by commenting several cases (Wang An, 2020). Just in the same year, Wang analyzed and prospected the subtitling abroad through empirical research, suggesting that the subtitle translation in the future should be focused on the translation in dynamic images (Wang Juan, 2020).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, subtitle translation, as a special part of translation, should be emphasized on not only the basic information of the text but also the emotional awareness, the contextual effects, which are the focus of translators. However, few studies concerning subtitle translation were conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory, so the author comments subtitle translation of advertising videos through three dimensional transformations, translation skill promoted by Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3 A Case Study of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos: Three Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening-up in China, Chinese enterprises have boosted their business operation all over the world and won worldwide recognition and reputation in over three decades. Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd is a tech giant with the commitment to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world (https://www.huawei.com/en/fully-connected-intelligent-world/ ). As HUAWEI has been expanding business presence in every corner of the world, many advertising videos have been created to promote the products, enhance corporate image and advertise projects. However, according to the author’s research, few studies on subtitle translation of advertising videos are conducted from the perspective of Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Eco-translatology theory, translators should conduct translation practices based on the principles of multi-dimensional selective adaption and adaptive selection, while the translation approach is three dimensional transformations, which are linguistic transformation, cultural transformation and communicative transformation (qtd. in Zhu Jingyan, 2017). In the translation process, the translator has to select different eco-environment and adapt himself based on different dimensions. For example, if the translator translates from linguistic dimension, the top priority for translator is to keep syntax and grammar correction and among others; if the translator does translation from cultural dimension, he has to consider the cultural background and the local customs of both source language and target language, and other key points; if the translator translates text from communicative dimension, he should pay more attention to the communicative function of the text and use appropriate words to translate the text so that readers using different languages would know the basic information of the texts and arouse emotion that the writer wants to express.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to elaborate on subtitle translation of advertising videos from the perspective of Eco-translatology, the author selects three advertising videos of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, and analyze from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three videos are related to mobile phone’s promotion: Mate 20, corporate promotion, Huawei Marine, and projects promotion, TECH4ALL. The first video, the release of HUAWEI Mate 20, a smartphone designed by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd in 2018, marked the expansion of Huawei’s commercial landscape in telecommunication all over the world. In 2018, both domestic and abroad customers have been completely amazed by the performance of Mate 20, and even in 2020 when many new series of masterpiece of mobile-phones were releases, there still exist many customers keeping using HUAWEI Mate 20. In fact, apart from great performance and customers’ excellent experience, what attracts and retains customers includes the contribution of the eye-catching advertising video, A Story about the Moonfall of HUAWEI Mate 20. In 2018, the advertising video has been widely discussed online and offline, so it acted well in arousing people’s awareness of HUAWEI Mate 20. The video is about the communication between an astronaut and the ground, so the whole eco-environment in linguistic dimension is the daily communication, and every word and sentence should conform to characteristics of daily interactions. After the definition of eco-environment, the features of words people use in daily communication lie on these points ranging from clarity, clearness, easy to understand, frequently using idioms and others. Viewing from the whole context, there is less requirement and loose syntactical connection in grammatical correction as many broken sentences exist, be it Chinese version or English version. And at the same time, some idioms show their presence in the advertising video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second advertising video is about Huawei Marine. Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited, has combined competitive edges of both parent companies with strong commitment to the establishment of submarine cable network globally. And the vision of Huawei Marine, being “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”, has also fully reflected the vision of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, “Building a Fully Connected, Intelligent World”. Since its founding in 2009, Huawei Marine has written glorious pages in submarine cable network, which has greatly facilitated the communication among people in all over the world. This video is selected from the official website of Huawei Marine, aiming to give a brief introduction of the company as well as what they have done over the past decade. The advertising video can be divided into three parts targeting at different focuses respectively, including the tough situation, achievements Huawei Marine has made and the company’s vision. Viewing from the whole context, it can be noticed that the Chinese version describes those places and achievements more broadly by employing some general words with profound meanings, while the English version describes the corporate’s achievements more directly. As it is an official video concerning Huawei Marine’s corporate image, the words employed in subtitle are very formal, and the same is true to subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last advertising video introduces HUAWEI’s non-profit project, TECH4ALL. It is a non-profit project launched by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd with strong commitment to bring technology to everyone and everywhere, both rich and poor, in the world. The benefits of digital technology should not be confined to those with large assets, and it is HUAWEI’s mission to bring technology to benefit people everywhere. As the world is entering an era of information, the gap between wealth and poor continue to increase as there lies the information gap between them. It is certain that the wealth people are more likely to get advanced technology and information to catch more wealth while poor people would face the embarrassing situation of getting poorer, which is the application of the Matthew Effect in information era. Therefore, to engage in the non-profit project conveys that HUAWEI has professional skills with strong social responsibility. In this sense, it seems that both versions are communicating with customers and transferring the information that: HUAWEI is a good company with professional skills and strong social responsibility. Both Chinese version and English version have transmitted the above information to customers successfully, so undoubtedly, the translation is successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the following analysis, specific comments about the subtitle translation of those advertising videos are offered from linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Linguistic Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in linguistic dimension means that translators have to focus on the transformation of linguistic form. The basic requirements for translators in linguistic dimensional transformations are grammatically correction, clearness, accuracy and others. The author gave some specific comments about the subtitle translation of selected videos from linguistic dimensional transformation, part of three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. In the following analysis, examples are given with their translations, and the source text is marked as ST and translated target text, TT, and specific comments about those examples, from linguistic dimensional transformation, are provided in the following text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1  ST: 在这广阔的海域下，正是这一条条蓝色的信息脉络，传递你我的声音，想法传递着每一份情感，让想象呈现于现实，连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Deep under our vast seas, there is a blue highway of information, spreading our voices, ideas, and feelings, allowing our imaginations become reality, carrying our dreams across the oceans, and making a world without boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the last part of the advertising video about Huawei Marine focusing on its vision. This video ends with “连接五洲四洋，承载沟通梦想，让世界无界”, which includes broad words of “洲” and “洋”. In Chinese, “五洲四洋” is a word developed from a Chinese four-character idiom, “五洲四海” which refers to “世界各地”, every corner in the world, and it originates from the essay, 《魔鬼的笛音》 written by Sima Da. Meanwhile, the literal meaning of “五洲四洋” is continents and oceans, while the translator put it into “oceans” solely. The reason behind is that the translator tried to satisfy the requirements of corporate promotion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the advertising video presented before, Huawei Marine aims to promote the image of the International enterprises, Huawei Marine, and it gives some basic information about Huawei Marine, such as the business landscape. Most tasks Huawei Marin has conducted are on the ocean, rather than continents, by establishing as much as optical fibers across the ocean to connect the whole world, and the mission of Huawei Marine is “Connecting the World, One Ocean at a Time”. Based on the mission of Huawei Marine and its business landscape, the translator chose the image, ocean, and threw away another image, continent. Just in this way, the action translator conducted echoes to the purpose of this advertising video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2  ST: 这里是位于印度洋深处的海洋秘境，仅5万人口，但他们的存在却无法让世界忽视或遗忘&lt;br /&gt;
          TT: And on one secluded island in the Indian Ocean, that only has a population of 50,000, people have made their existence unforgettable and un-ignorable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitle translation is selected from the second advertising video, Huawei Marine. In this example, the translator applies “secluded island” to translate “海洋秘境” in describing the tough situation in Mauritius. “秘境”, in Chinese, is a phrase with many far-reaching meanings, including some places with magical power, secret places, unknown places and others, each of which has different focus respectively. Meanwhile, the conception, “海洋秘境”, conforms to Chinese perceptual knowledge since ancient times, especially “秘境” showing the poetry aesthetic feeling. In addition, according to Oxford dictionary, “secluded” also has diverse meanings, such as “(of a place) quiet and private, not used or disturbed by other people” and “without much contact with other people”, which are correspondence to secret places of “秘境”. After all, “秘境” in this video focuses on the seclusion of the ocean. Although “secluded island” is lack of some meaning and the artistic conception of “秘境”, it has fully transmitted the key points in this passage, so the translator performed excellently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above analysis, translator, targeting at different audiences, employed different way to reach the same goal that enhances the corporate image, so he does a good job from the perspective of cultural transformational dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above examples, it is easy to conclude that translators should fully understand the translation eco-environment, the context or the background, adapt themselves in it, and aim to satisfy the requirements of linguistic style, accuracy, readability, customs and clearness on the basis of local translation eco-environments, when they understand the source text or conduct the translation practices. Otherwise, tedious, boring and untie in with reality may be the likely result of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2  Cultural Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in cultural dimension requires that translators should pay attention to convey and interpret the cultural connotations in both languages. As different countries have different history, people in this country have been cultivated with different culture, so it is naturally that people in China and other English-speaking countries own many differences, including opinions, values, cultural backgrounds, attitudes, customs and so many others.&lt;br /&gt;
As the existence of cultural differences, the top priority for translators, to broadcast a product or a company, is to eliminate the difference or narrow the gap in cognition of people in two different cultural environments. So in order to make customers learn more about and accept the product or an enterprise, translators should exhaust their knowledge and skills to eliminate those cognitive differences towards some specific things, which carry completely different meanings in different cultures. The author has employed the subtitle translation of advertisement video to make specific comments from cultural dimensional transformations. The followings are some examples and comments about the subtitle translation from cultural transformation dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3  ST: 70%的表面被海洋覆盖，这里孕育着神奇的物种，埋藏着丰富的资源，也成为人类沟通的天堑。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: 70% of our world is covered by oceans, which are home to amazing species and rich resources. Now, they will bring a new era of communication. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example comes from Huawei Marine, an advertising video promoting the corporate image of Huawei Marine. “天堑” is a literary word referring to natural chasms unable to be conquered easily, most of which are big rivers. In Southern Dynasty, people viewed “天堑” as the Changjiang River as it was difficult for people to cross it. Mr. Fan, a famous writer of the Northern Dynasty, once said that “长江天堑，古来限隔，虏军岂能飞度?”, which means that enemy troops of Sui Dynasty could not pass the Changjiang River, because it separated the north and south. Although the Sui Dynasty succeed in this battle because of militaries of that the Northern Dynasty led a befuddled life while militants in the Sui Dynast, we could still get a glimpse of difficulties of the natural chasm. After that, people employed “天堑” to describe many natural chasms, especially the Changjiang River. For example, in 1957 when Wuhan Yangtze River Bridge was completed, Mao Zedong wrote a poem 《水调歌头•游泳》 to celebrate the great events. In 《水调歌头•游泳》, there exists a saying of “天堑变通途”, which means that the Changjiang River, the natural chasms are conquered to be clear roads&lt;br /&gt;
In English, there is no specific words corresponding to “天堑”, so the translator turned to the specific meaning of the sentence and rendered it into that the ocean “will bring a new era of communication”. It is also the mission of Huawei Marine. Both Chinese version and English version transform the vision of Huawei Marine differently based on different cultural background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, as “天堑” has such a few profound meanings, it not only illustrates how hard those places are and how extraordinary Huawei Marine has made, but also creates an artistic conception that there are a lot of challenges lying in Huawei Marine’s projects. The artistic conception refers to the situation which is created by the integration of emotion and scene, void-solid combination and poetic space with profound meanings and the rhythms of vibrant life. For most people, they cannot get the specific points when they read such words, but after watching the whole video and relating those words to specific situation in this video, they would catch a glimpse of the corporate image. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, the translator translated “天堑” as “they will bring a new era of communication” in English. These words echo to the beginning words which have shown the rich resources and coverage of the vast ocean, because people may not view the ocean as a way leading to communication era as it is generally accepted that continents are divided by ocean so that ideas are unable to communicate freely. Therefore, “bring a new era of communication” in the video introduces Huawei Marine’s business landscape, showing its presence in creating a new era of communication in the vast ocean. The English version has less twists in the whole passage and targets at the theme, introducing Huawei Marine, directly, which satisfies Westerners’ customs and advocates the corporate image in a more appropriate way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4  ST: 科技普济天下。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: Tech for all. Pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This comes from the advertising video about the non-profit project, TECH4ALL. “科技普济天下” can be easily related to a Chinese old saying, “穷则独善其身，达则兼济天下” with the English meaning being “In hard time, try to seek self-development; in success, try to let others be benefited”, the highest mission of scholars in ancient China. It tends to arouse Chinese people’s admiration to HUAWEI. The English version, “Tech for all. Pass it on”, is a fixed expression that passes on something from generation to generation or from one man to another. To some extent, the last sentence, being the finishing touch, promotes HUAWEI’s corporate image greatly. And both versions have transferred the theme to the audiences successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above analysis, the conclusion emerges. Viewing from cultural dimensions, translators should consider not only the cultural differences between source language and target language, but also the theme of the advertising videos, describing the performance of a company. And as cultural tradition, Chinese version prefers to employ more broad words to create an atmosphere while the English version tends to use more specific and direct ones. Only in this way, customers with different cultural background would know the company or product in a correct and positive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Communicative Dimensional Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The adaptive selection transformation in communicative dimension focuses on the communicative ability of the text. In other words, the purpose of an advertising video is to introduce and promote a product, project or enterprise, so the video would contain the basic information of the product, project or enterprise, so as to enable potential customers to know more about them or engage in the project or join in the company. In this dimension, it will focus on the translation of the communicative ability. For example, if an advertising video of Chinese version focuses on a mobile phone and introduces its basic information, and most of the domestic customers itch to buy one after watching that video, the translator has to translate not only all of the basic information but also the emotion–appealing. If the translator fails to arouse customers’ impulse to buy the phone, the translation practice is a failure. However, in this aspect, HUAWEI’s advertising videos are excellent examples, and the followings are some specific analysis of subtitle translation of those advertising videos from communicative dimensional transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5  ST: 偏远的尼日利亚村民第一次连接外部世界，一根科技木杆，立起数字信号覆盖村落。无法离家的孟加拉农村女性，第一次掌握数字工具，六部培训巴士，带着数字技能穿梭百万公里。特殊的聋哑孩子，第一次享受到阅读的乐趣，一款移动应用，让手机通晓数十种语言。&lt;br /&gt;
      TT: In remote areas of Nigeria, connectivity brings new life to local communities, opening doors to trade, banking, better education and healthcare. In Bangladesh, digital training has given more than 240,000 women new opportunities in life. With AI, deaf children everywhere can translate written words into sign language, so no child misses out on the joy of story time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This example is selected from TECH4ALL, a non-profit project. As a non-profit project, the most important point is to elaborate on the purpose of the project and reflect on the corporate’s social responsibility. According to the advertising video, both Chinese and English version, the project focuses on bringing the general access to people with some troubles, such as people in remote areas in Nigeria and Bangladesh, and vulnerable children. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those villagers in remote Nigeria, the translator translated “第一次连接外部世界” as “connectivity brings new life to local communities”. That is overstatement in the first sight of “new life”, but it conveys that how dramatically that power of Internet is and how great the project, conducted by HUAWEI, is in the information era and against the whole background of people in Nigeria and Bangladesh lacking access to Internet. Again, women in poor Bangladesh can visit places, break the limit of ignorant and backward idea and “have new opportunities in life” with the power of digital technology. As for those children with self-inability, they miss many joys in the word. However, they “cannot miss out on the joy of story time”, and is able to write a completely new chapter with AI, the digital technology, compared with that when they lack of AI before. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From those three examples, three vulnerable groups with characteristic can meet a brighter world and enjoy the colorful life with the access to technology, Internet and AI. Although they fail to connect and communicate with the world because of geographical limits, financial limits and self-inability, their life can also be changed with the advanced technologies, just as HUAWEI did in this project. From this communicative dimension, the subtitle translation of this advertising video has been conveyed completely and successfully----Technology, to great extent, has changed their life completely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg. 6  ST: 世界并非天生完美，数字包容改变世界。&lt;br /&gt;
       TT: Our planet may not be perfect, but digital technology can help make it better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sixth example is selected from an advertising video of non-profit project, TECH4ALL. In this example, “世界并非完美，数字包容改变世界” has two implications. The first is that the world has many imperfections, which echoes to those vulnerable group. The second implication is the theme of this advertising video--- digital technology can show its presence in ironing out those unfortunates. Meanwhile, the English version is also a fixed expression. The words, “help make it better”, means that something can promote another thing in a more positive way. Apparently, both source text and translated text reemphasizes the importance of digital technology and underlines the vision of this project---making a better world. As the translation displays both implications of the source text, it is also a complete transformation of communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
From the comments above, it seems clear that translators should exhaust their efforts to transform the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse the same or similar emotion and get the same or similar information of the project, product or enterprise, when they conduct translation practice. Only in this way, the translation can be deemed as successful translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first chapter, this thesis gives a basic overview of the development of Eco-translatology theory and mentions the current fruits of the theory. Then the author gives an overview of studies related to subtitle translation in recent years, and introduces the focus of this paper. With the help of theoretical support listed above, the author researches the subtitle translation of advertising video from three dimensional transformations in Eco-translatology theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of technology and Internet, more and more domestic enterprises are going global. Considering HUAWEI is a tech giant with far-reaching influence in both China and the world, the author selects three advertising videos about product, enterprise and project concerning HUAWEI to comment in three dimensions respectively. The product’s advertising video is about HUAWEI Mate 20, a mobile phone catching world’s eye since its release. The enterprise’s advertising video is that of Huawei Marine, a joint venture established by Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd and Global Marine System Limited. And the project’s advertising video concerns a non-profit project launched by HUAWEI, TECH4ALL. The author analyzes those three videos from linguistic dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension respectively, and finds that translators should consider the linguistic customs, cultural background and communicative ability of both cultures so as to enable more people to know more about what advertising videos have advertised and to buy the product, join in the enterprises and engage in the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology, an emerging theory put forward by Hu Gengshen, offers an insight to subtitle translation of advertising videos. Although commercial translation is booming in recent years, it seems that not enough attention is given to translation practices from the perspective of Eco-tranlatology. Thus, this paper, with analysis of advertising video from the perspective of Eco-translatology, provides people who are involved in subtitle translation of advertising video and bilingual video makers with new inspiration. From the perspective of linguistic dimensional transformation, translators should adapt themselves in specific translation ecology so as to ensure the linguistic style, accuracy, readability, and clearness of the translated text; from the perspective of cultural dimensional transformation, translators, in order to make sure target audiences grasp what the advertising video promote in a correct and positive way, should consider the cultural differences between source language and target language more; from the perspective of communicative dimensional transformation, translators need to transmit the communicative intention of the text so that customers in both languages would arouse similar emotion which helps build similar image of the project, product or enterprise. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003(4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Hu, Gengshen. Translator-centredness [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2004(2): 106-117.&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Hu, Gengshen. Adaptation in Consecutive Interpreting [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2006 (1): 3-12.&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Hu, K., O’Brien, Kenny, D. A Reception Study of Machine Translated Subtitles for MOOCs [D]. Perspectives: Studies in Translation Theory and Practice, 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	Yu, Haikou. Film Translation in China: Features and Technical Constraints of Dubbing and Subtitling English into Chinese [J]. Bable-revue International De La Traduction-International Journal of Translation, 2015 (61: 4): 493-510.&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	Zheng, Jie. Features and Limitations of Subtitle Translation [J]. 商情, 2019 (27): 247.&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	方梦之. 翻译大国需有自创的译学话语体系[J]. 中国外语, 2017 (5): 93-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	方梦之, 袁丽梅. 当今翻译研究的主要论题——四种国际译学期刊十年（2004-2014）考察[J]. 外语与翻译, 2017 (1): 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论初探[R]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛宣读论文. 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译原则和翻译方法[J]. 外语与外语教学, 2006 (3): 49-53.&lt;br /&gt;
[11]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学诠释[R]. 翻译全球文化：走向跨学科的理论构建. 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
[12]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学解读[J]. 中国翻译, 2008 (29: 6): 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
[13]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]. 中国翻译, 2011 (32: 2): 5-9, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[14]	胡庚申. 若干生态翻译学视角的应用翻译研究[J]. 上海翻译, 2017 (5): 1-6, 95.&lt;br /&gt;
[15]	刘云虹, 许钧. 如何把握翻译的丰富性、复杂性与创造性——关于翻译本质的对谈[J]. 中国外语, 2016 (13:1): 95-100.&lt;br /&gt;
[16]	刘书虹, 许均. 翻译的定位语翻译价值的把握——关于翻译价值的对谈[J]. 中国翻译, 2017 (6): 54-61.&lt;br /&gt;
[17]	刘晓辉, 张亮. 影视剧字幕翻译与跨文化传播[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (6). &lt;br /&gt;
[18]	汤一昕. 生态翻译学视角下的广告语翻译[J]. 东南大学学报, 2015 (A1): 143-145.&lt;br /&gt;
[19]	 王安. 浅谈华语影视剧的字幕翻译[J]. 西部皮革, 2020 (4): 150. &lt;br /&gt;
[20]	 王娟,国外字幕翻译认知实证研究：分析与展望[J]. 外语学刊, 2020 (2): 88-94.&lt;br /&gt;
[21]	吴蔚. 2013，论影视字幕翻译的语言特点及翻译策略 [J]. 电影文学, 2013 (24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
[22]	邢彦超, 董海琳. 生态翻译学视角下企业英译探析[J]. 华北理工大学学报, 2017 (17: 1): 142-144.&lt;br /&gt;
[23]	郑熙青.影视作品字幕翻译中的译者可见度和社群性[J]. 文艺研究, 2020 (3): 109-121.&lt;br /&gt;
[24]	朱婧妍. 生态翻译学视角下的中国电影“走出去”字幕翻译研究——以《老炮儿》为例[J]. 出版广角, 2017 (21): 78-80,95.&lt;br /&gt;
[25]	胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M]. 武汉: 湖北教育出版社, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
[26]	胡庚申. 生态翻译学：诠释与架构[M]. 北京: 商务印书馆, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
[27]	曹盛华. 当代商务英语翻译研究[M]. 北京: 中国水利水电出版社, 2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng 202020080613==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;李梦 Li Meng &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory guides translation practice, and the technical aspects demonstrated in translation practice are also based on translation theory. Therefore, translation theory is of great importance to both translation teaching and translation practice. To understand a subject, one must first understand its history.By studying the history of Chinese and Western translation theories, this paper analyzes the similarities and characteristics of Chinese and Western translation theories, and expounds the importance of the history of translation theories to translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory, History of Translation, History of Translation Theory, History of Chinese Translation Theory , History of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论指导翻译实践，在翻译实践中所展示的技术层面也是以翻译理论为基础。因此翻译理论对翻译教学和翻译实践都至关重要。而要了解一门学科，必须先读懂它的历史。本文将通过研究中西方翻译理论史，分析中西翻译理论史的共性与特性，阐述翻译理论史对翻译研究重要性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论，翻译史，翻译理论史，中国翻译理论史，西方翻译理论史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as a cross-cultural communication activity, has a history as long as the origin and development of mankind. With the acceleration of human civilization and globalization, translation has gradually shouldered the heavy responsibility of promoting communication and exchange among people of all nationalities in the world and promoting common development and progress. However, as an important part of translation studies, the history of translation theory has received far less attention than the study of translation theories and techniques. The study of translation history, translation theory and translation technique is considered to be the three main components of translation research, but from the books on translation research published over the years, we can see that the research achievements and academic theories of translation theory and translation skills far outweigh the research of translation history, which shows that translation history has not attracted enough attention.Translation, however, has historical characteristics, and when we study translation, we must examine the translation activities in the long river of human history, so that we can find out more clearly that the form and connotation of translation activities are constantly enriched, and that it plays different roles in different historical stages. Therefore, if you want to do a good translation study, you have to understand the history of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The History of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory was born out of contact with vassal states during the Zhou Dynasty. It developed through translations of Buddhist scripture into Chinese. It is a response to the universals of the experience of translation and to the specifics of the experience of translatingfrom specific source languages into Chinese. It also developed in the context of Chinese literary and intellectual tradition. There have been three high tide of translation in the history of Chinese translation: the translation of Buddhist scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty, the translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty and the translation of Western studies from the Opium War to the May 4th Movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 1  The Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from the Eastern Han to the Song Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
From the Han Dynasty to the Tang and Song dynasties, Buddhism was introduced into China and blended with traditional Chinese Confucianism and Taoism.Indian philosophy, literature and art, medicine, astronomy, arithmetic and even language have some influence in our country with the translation of Buddhist scriptures, but the translation activities of this period mainly focus on spreading religion.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (3rd c.AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian (支谦) 's preface (序)is the first work whose purpose is to express an opinion about translation practice. The preface was included in a work of the Liang Dynasty. It recounts an historical anecdote of 224AD, at the beginning of the Three Kingdoms period. A party of Buddhist monks came to Wuchang. One of them, Zhu Jiangyan by name, was asked to translate some passage from scripture. He did so, in rough Chinese. When Zhi Qian questioned the lack of elegance, another monk, named Wei Qi (维祇), responded that the meaning of Buddha should be translated simply, without loss, in an easy-to-understand manner: literary adornment unnecessary. All present concurred and quoted two traditional maxims: Laozi's &amp;quot;beautiful words are untrue, true  words are not beautiful &amp;quot; and Confucius s &amp;quot;speech cannot be fully recorded by writing, and speech cannot fully capture meaning&amp;quot;. Zhi Qians own translations of Buddhist texts are elegant and literary, so the &amp;quot;direct translation&amp;quot; advocated in the anecdote is likely Wei Qi's position, not Zhi Qians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An (314 - 385AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An focused on loss in translation. His theory is the Five Forms of Loss (五失本)&lt;br /&gt;
① Changing the word order. Sanskrit word order is free with a tendency to SOV. Chinese is SO. &lt;br /&gt;
② Adding literary embellishment where the original is in plain style.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Eliminating repetitiveness in argumentation and panegyric (颂文).&lt;br /&gt;
④ Cutting the concluding summary section (义说).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ Cutting the recapitulative material in introductory section.&lt;br /&gt;
Dao An criticized other translators for loss in translation, asking: how they would feel if a translator cut the boring bits out of classics like the Shi Jing or the Classic of History? &lt;br /&gt;
He also expanded upon the difficulty of translation, with his theory of the Three Difficulties (三不易).&lt;br /&gt;
① Communicating the Dharma to a different audience from the one the Buddha addressed.&lt;br /&gt;
② Translating the words of a saint.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Translating texts which have been painstakingly composed by generations of disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva (344 - 413AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva's translation practice was to translate for meaning. The story goes that one day Kumarajiva criticized his disciple Sengrui for translating &amp;quot;heaven sees man, and man sees heaven&amp;quot;(天见人，人见天). Kumarajiva felt that &amp;quot; man and heaven connect, the two able to see each other&amp;quot;(人天交接，两得相见) would be more idiomatic, though heaven sees man, man sees heaven is perfectly idiomatic.&lt;br /&gt;
In another tale, Kumarajiva discusses the problem of translating incantations at the end of sutras. In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form  (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people (嚼饭于人).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan (334-416AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyuan' s theory of translation is middling, in a positive sense. It is a synthesis that avoids extremes of elegant (文雅) and plain (质朴). With elegant translation, &amp;quot; the language goes beyond the meaning&amp;quot;(文过其意)of the original. With plain translation, &amp;quot;the thought surpasses the wording&amp;quot; (理胜其辞). For Huiyuan, &amp;quot;the words should not harm the meaning&amp;quot;(文不害意). A good translator should &amp;quot;strive to preserve the original&amp;quot;(务存其本).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui (371-438AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Sengrui investigated problems in translating the names of things. This is of course an important traditional concern whose locus classicus is the Confucian exhortation to &amp;quot;rectify names&amp;quot; (正名). This is not merely of academic concern to Sengrui, for poor translation imperils Buddhism. Sengrui was critical of his teacher Kumarajiva's casual approach to translating names, attributing it to Kumarajiva's lack of familiarity with the Chinese tradition of linking names to essences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sengyou (445-518AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the early material of earlier translators was gathered by Sengyou and would have been lost but for him. Sengyou's approach to translation resembles Huiyuan's, in that both saw good translation as the middle way between elegance and plainness. However, unlike Huiyuan Sengyou expressed admiration for Kumarajiva's elegant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664AD)&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang's theory is the Five Untranslatables (五不翻). or five instances where one should transliterate:&lt;br /&gt;
① Secrets: Dharani (陀罗尼), Sanskrit ritual speech or incantations, which includes mantras.&lt;br /&gt;
②Polysemy: bhaga (as in the Bhagavad Gita) (薄伽), which means comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed.&lt;br /&gt;
③ None in China: jambu tree (门浮树)，which does not grow in China.&lt;br /&gt;
④ Deference to the past: the translation for anuttara-samyak-sambodhi is already established as Anouputi (阿耨菩提).&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ To inspire respect and righteousness: Prana (般若) instead of &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot;(智慧)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 2  The Translation of Western studies from the Late Ming to the Early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, due to the need for external transportation, Sanyi Hall was established to train translators.At the end of the Ming Dynasty, Western studies gradually began to advance eastward, and translation became more active.But by this time the translation has completely changed, and it is no longer the Buddhist scriptures of India, but rather the classics of astronomy, geometry and medicine in Europe, and the history of Chinese translation has reached a new stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. 3  The translation of Western studies from the late Ming to the early Qing Dynasty====&lt;br /&gt;
After the Opium War, Chinese intellectuals felt the need to learn from the West in pain, and the translation activities began to rise again, forming a new stage in the history of Chinese translation. After the May 4th Movement, Chinese history entered modern times, and the importance of translation went back to ancient times.The rise of China's new literature is inseparable from translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in this period and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1898)&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is famous for his theory of fidelity, clarity and elegance (信达雅), which some believe originated with Tytler. Yan Fu wrote that fidelity is difficult to begin with. Only once the translator has achieved fidelity ane clarity should be attend to elegance. The obvious criticism of this theory is that it implies that inelegant originals should be translated elegantly. Clearly, if the style of the original is not elegant or refined, the style of the translation should not be elegant either.&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao (1920)&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao put these three qualities of a translation in the same order, fidelity first, then clarity, and only then elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang (1933)&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Yutang stressed the responsibility of the translator to the original, to the reader, and to art. To fulfill responsibility, the translator needs to meet standards of fidelity (忠实), smoothness (通顺) and beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun (1935)&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun' s most famous dictim relating to translation is &amp;quot;I'd rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot;(宁信而不顺).&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi (1937)&lt;br /&gt;
Ai Siqi described the relationship between fidelity, clarity and elegance in terms of Western ontology, where clarify and elegance are to fidelity as qualities are to being.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren assigned weightings, 50% of translation is fidelity, 30% is clarity, and 20% elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian (1944)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Guangqian wrote that fidelity in translation is the root which you can strive to approach but never reach. This formulation perhaps invokes the traditional idea of returning to the root in Daoist philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei (1951)&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei held that translation is like painting: what is essential is not formal resemblance but rather spiritual resemblance (神似).&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu (1964)&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu wrote that the highest standard of translation is transformation (化, the power of transformat in nature): bodies are sloughed off, but the spirit (精神), appearance and manner (姿致) are the same as before (故我, the old me or the old self).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The History of Western Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 1  Translation studies of the Romans====&lt;br /&gt;
Studies on translation go back to the Romans. Eric Jacobson claims that translating is a Roman invention. Cicero and Horace (1st century B.C.) were the first theorists who made an important distinction between word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation. Their views on translation influenced successive generations of translators up to the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying principle of enriching their native language and literature through translation leads to a stress on the aesthetic criteria of the TL product rather than on more rigid notion of &amp;quot;fidelity&amp;quot;. Horace, in his Art of Poetry, warns against overcautiousimitation of the source model: A theme that is familiar can be made your own property so long as you do not waste your time on a hackneyed (outdated) treatment; nor should you try to render your original word for word like a slavish translator, or in imitating another writer plunge yourself into difficulties from which shame, or the rules you have laid down for yourself, prevent you from extricating (liberating) yourself? Roman translation may be perceived as unique in that it arises from a vision of literary production that follows an established canon of excellence across linguistic boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Roman Translator and his translation theory：&lt;br /&gt;
Marcus Tulluis Cicero (西塞罗)(106 - 43B.C.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A Translator must, like an oratore, use idiomatic Roman language in expressing what is  conveyed by a foreign language.&lt;br /&gt;
②A translator must avoid word-for-word translation and try to retain genus omne vimque (meaning).&lt;br /&gt;
③One who translates Demosthenes must be Demosthenes as translation means literary production.&lt;br /&gt;
④Different rhetorical devices in different languages share smilarities, which enables a translator to achieve correspondence in style.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤ The translation should surpass the original and the translator is superior to the original author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 2  Bible Translation in the Middle Ages ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the Middle Ages，from the end of the Roman Empireto the Renaissance, the Bible translation holds a very important positionin the Western translation history. With the spread of Christianity, translation came to acquire another role, that of dissemination the word of God. Translation of the New Testment was marked by St Jerome (fourth century CE). His approach to translating the Greek Septuagint Bible into Latin would affect later translations of the scriptures. In the sixteenth century the history of Bible translation acquired new dimensions with the advent of printing. The sixteenth century saw the translation of the Bible into a large number of European languages, in both Protestant and Roman Catholic versions, and revised version of existing translations continued to appear in English, Dutch, German and French.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Bible Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) St Jerome (哲罗姆)(331-420 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①Fexibility is a very important principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word  rendition is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
②It is necessary to distinguish between literary translation and religious translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③Correct translation must depend upon correct understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
④While doing translation, the translator must be as flexible as he can, as flexibility is a very  mportant principle that must be adopted in translation when word for word rendition is impossible Languages differ from each other in diction, style, idiomatic usage, syntax and meaning and content. Therefore word-for-word rendition is not workable.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤The translator must differentiate between - literary translation and - religious translati. In the   former, the translator must adopt what is easier to understand to convey the original thought. However, in the Bible translation, the translator can not always use sense for sense method, but literal rendition. Cicero preferred sense for sense to word for word, but Jerome considered them to be complementary to each other. He applied this to his translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
⑥Correct translation must depend on correct understanding of the source text. He did not believe the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
⑦Jerome's principles and methods of translation greatly influenced the later translation especially the Bible translation in other western countrie.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) St. Augustine (奥古斯丁)(345-430 A.D.)&lt;br /&gt;
①A translator must meet the following requirements: (a) a good command of the two languages, (b) knowledge of the subject matter selected for translation, (c) capability of proofreading.&lt;br /&gt;
②Pay full attention to three kinds of style: plain, refined and sublime.&lt;br /&gt;
③Pay due attention to the triangle relationship between signified, signifier and the translators judgment.&lt;br /&gt;
④The basic level in translation is word.&lt;br /&gt;
⑤Translating the Bible must be done under the inspiration of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 3  Translation theory during the Renaissance====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation in Renaissance Europe came to play a role of central importance. And translation was by no means a secondary activity, but a primary one, exerting a shaping force on the intellectual life of the age, and at times the figure of the translator appears almost as revolutionary activist rather than the servant of an original author or text. Renaissance is the period in Europe between the 14th and 17 centuries, when the art, literature, and ideas of ancient Greece were discovered again and widely studied, causing a rebirth ofactivity in all these things. The role translation plays in Renaissance: means of transplanting new ideas and thoughts, compared to war trophies in literature and art. Renaissance in turn influenced translation greatly in terms of attitudes toward translation and translation methods or approaches. The Renaissance period witnessed a considerable increase in the number of translations, due to the stimulating influence of the Renaissance and the introduction of printing technology and perception of translation as a means of disseminating knowledge to a wider audience. In addition, new views on translation appearedand translation activities centered not only on the Bible and classical literary texts, but also on other kinds of texts such as scientific ones and helped develop the national languages.&lt;br /&gt;
Important Renaissance Translators and their translation theories :&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Translation must adopt the language accepted by the people.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②Translation must pay much attention to the relation of grammar to sense.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③Translation must follow seven principles: (a) the translator can change the original word order, ( b) the translator can chose proper helping words, (c) the translator can supply necessary words, (d) the translator can omit the words which can not find exact counterparts in TL, (e) the translator can render a word a phrase, (d) the translator can translate metaphorical expressions into nonmetaphorical expressions and vice versa, (g) the translator must pay due attention to the deviation of language and the  accuracy of interpretation&lt;br /&gt;
  ④Translation must draw on collective wisdom and absorb all useful ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
(2) Etienne Dolet (杜雷特)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①The translator must understand what he wants to translate.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②The translator must know SL and TL.&lt;br /&gt;
  ③The translator must avoid word for word rendition, which harms the conveyance of the origina  message and the beauty of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④The translator must use the common speech.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤The translator must make the version appropriate in effect through diction and adjustment of syntactical components. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 4  Translation theory in the Early Modern Times====&lt;br /&gt;
 17th century - 19th century is a very important period of translation and translation studies in the west. Translation became prosperous because of boosting of production, prosperous economy, more and more people receiving education and being eager to read and write. In this period each period differs from the other and each country differs from the other in translation. Translation is characterized by inaccurate representation of the original message in the TL in many cases in some countries. Translation theories began to develop systematically interms of their framework in the 18th century and foundits center in the 19th century Germany. The focus of translation practice began to be shifted from classics to modern works. Jesus Christ school: inaccurate translation, making classics religious in translation version. Port-Royal school: stressing the present, often addingsomething to the original content or omitting something of the ST in the translation. The 19th century French translators such as Francoise-Rene de Chateaubriand (1768- 1848), Gerard Nerval(1808-1855) and Charles Baudelaire(1821-1867) focused their attention on translating modern &lt;br /&gt;
work such as those of Shakespeare and Allen Poe. By the mid-seventeenth century the widening of the gap between traditional Christian Humanism and science had all led to radical changes in the theory ofliterature and hence to the role of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden (1631-1700), formulated the trichotomy oftranslation:&lt;br /&gt;
① Metaphrase (直译), or turning an author word by word, and line by line, from one language into another.&lt;br /&gt;
② Paraphrase (意译), or translation with latitude (flexibility), the Ciceronian &amp;quot;sense-for-sense&amp;quot; view of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
③ Imitation (仿译), where the translator can abandon the text of the original as he sees fit.&lt;br /&gt;
  Of these types Dryden chooses the second (paraphrase) as the more balanced path, provided the translator fulfils certain criteria: To translate poetry, he argues, the translator mustbe a poet, must be a master of both languages, and must understand both the characteristics and spirit ofthe original author, besides conforming to the aesthetic canons of his own age. He uses the metaphor of the translator/portrait painter, that was to reappear so frequently in the eighteenth century, maintaining that the painter has theduty of making his portrait resemble the original.&lt;br /&gt;
  Dryden's views on translation were followed fairly closely by Alexander Pope (1688 - 1744),who advocates the same middle ground as Dryden, with stress on close reading of the original to note the details of style and manner whilst endeavoring to keep alive the &amp;quot;fire&amp;quot; of the poem.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Eighteenth Century, underlying Dryden's and Pope's concept of translation is another element, beyond the problem ofthe debate between overfaithfulness and looseness: the whole question of the moral duty of the translatorto his contemporary readers. The impulse to clarify and make plain the essential spirit of a text led to large scale rewritings of earlier texts to fit them to contemporary standards of language and taste. Hence the famous re-structuring of Shakespearian texts, and the translations of Racine. Towards the end of the eighteenth century, in 1791,Alexander Fraser Tytler published a volume entitled The principles of translation, the first systematic study in English of the translation processes.&lt;br /&gt;
Tytler set up three basic principles:&lt;br /&gt;
① The translation should give a complete transcript ofthe idea of the original work&lt;br /&gt;
② The style and manner of writing should be of thesame character with that of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
③ The translation should have all the ease of theoriginal composition.&lt;br /&gt;
  In the Romantic Period, so many texts were translated at this time that were tohave a seminal effect on the TL. Stress on the impact of the translation in the target culture in fact resulted in a shift of interest away from theactual processes of translation. Moreover, two conflicting tendencies can be determined in the early nineteenth century: one exalts translation as a category of thought, with the translator seen as a creative genius in his own right, in touch with the geniusof his original and enriching the literature and language into which he is translating; the other sees translation interms of the more mechanical function of &amp;quot;making known&amp;quot; a text or author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. 5 Translation theory in the twentieth century====&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the twentieth century, studies on translation became an important course in language teaching and learning at schools. The grammar-translation model studies the grammatical rules and structures of foreign languages. The cultural model is also a witness for the development of translation studies in the period. It required in translation not only a word-for-word substitution, but also a cultural understanding of the way people in different societies think. With this model, we can distinguish between the ethnographical-semantic method and the dynamic equivalent method. Another model that appears in the period is text-based translation model, which focuses on texts rather than words or sentences in translation process. This model includes avariety of sub-models: the interpretative model, the text linguistic model and models of translation quality assessments that in turnprovide us with many models such as those of Riess,Wilss, Koller, House, North. The period is also characterized by pragmatic andsystematic approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Important Translators in the twentieth century and their translation theories：&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Arne Jacobson (1959)&lt;br /&gt;
  ①Jakobson points out that &amp;quot;there is ordinarily no full equivance between code-units&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ②From a lingusitic and semiotic angle, Jakobson approaches the problem of equivance with the following definition: &amp;quot;Equivalence in difference is the cadinal problem of language and the pivotalconcern of linguistics.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  ③In Jakobson's discussion, the problem of meaning and equivalence thus focuses on differences in the structure and terminology of languages rather than on any inability of one language to render a message that has been written in another verbal language. Thus Russian can still express the full semantic meaning of cheese even if it breaks it down into two seperate concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
  ④For Jakobson, cross-linguistic differences center around obligatory grammatical and lexical forms: &amp;quot;Languages differ essentially in what they must convey and not in what they may convey&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
  ⑤On the basis of semiotic theory, Jacobson divides translation into Intralingual translation, Interlingual translation and Intersemiotic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Eugene A. Nida (1969)&lt;br /&gt;
  Eugene A. Nida's most notable contribution to translation theory is functional equivalence theory. According to Nida's theory, the best translation should never sound like a translation. To studiously avoid.&amp;quot; translationese&amp;quot;, certain fundamental sets of precedence in translating should be established, such as the precedence of contextual consistency over verbal consistency, the precedence of dynamie equivalence over formal consistency and the precedence of forms that are acceptable to the audience for which a translation is intended over the forms that may be traditionally more practicable. Aocording to functional equivalence theory, testing the quality of translation does not consist in a comparison of corresponding lexical meanings, grammatical classes, and rhetorical devices to see the extent of verbal consistency, but in how well the receptors understand and appreciate the translated text. Funetional equivalence focuses on reader's response, which calls for the response of the receptors to translated text is the same as the response of the original receptors to original text (Jia Xiuhai 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Peter Newmark(198)&lt;br /&gt;
  Newmark divided the translation into four main categories: semantic translation, communicative translation, literal translation and dead translation. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Semantic translation focuses primarily on the semantic content of the source text. Communicative translation focuses essentially upon the comprehension and response of receptors. Newmark argues that translation is both a science and an art, and that translation is a science because something in the language has been standardized, allowing only two types of translation, and that when the two languages are translated into one another, the translation is basically fixed. Translation is art because some things in language allow for various options, various translations, and not standardization.resort to other theories to perfect its theoretical foundation and exist as a whole as a whole in terms of artistic appeal and rhetoric. Newmark thought that translation had rules to follow.To make the content of the original the same as the translation, metaphors, proverbs, idioms, slang terms, terms, judicial structures, and orders should be the same as the original in terms of frequency of use of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Commonality and Characteristics of Chinese and Western Translation Theory History===&lt;br /&gt;
The commonality of the history of Chinese and Western translation theory can be summed up from three aspects: content, process and influence.In terms of content, the West attaches great importance to the translation of the Bible, while China is keen to translate the Buddhist scriptures, both of which belong to the translation of religious documents, and this stage is considered one of the high tide of translation in Chinese and Western history.In terms of process and influence, the field of translation of Chinese and Western translation has changed from single to pluralism, from the original translation of religious literature to the translation of historical, political, and literary fields, and has become more and more important, and the people of different regions have become more and more closely intercommunicated, the social culture has spread more rapidly, and the influence on human history has been deepened. Although the translation of religious documents has sparked a high tide in the history of Chinese and Western translation, because religion's position and influence in the two societies are very different, China is far less concerned about translation of Buddhist scriptures than in the West. The effect of translating the Bible cannot be compared with that of translating the Bible. In addition, Ma Zuyi scholars have shown that during the long period of the Zhou and Qing dynasties, there have been three high tides of translation in the history of Chinese translation.Since the third century AD, Western translations have had six high tides in history, and although their translation activities are later than in China, they have developed at a relatively rapid rate.Especially in modern times, Western translation theory and school of thought are increasingly scientific and systematic, and are in the lead position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
As a cross-cultural communication activity with a long history, translation has reduced the communication barriers between people of different regions and languages and accelerated the development of human civilization. The history of translation theory is the historical record and witness of the origin and development of translation activities. It is an indispensable part in the process of translation studies and should be paid enough attention to. With the research results of translation theory history, this paper provides a clear and definite guidance for translation studies, thus promoting the vigorous development of translation activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Jie蔡杰.(2018). &amp;quot;概述中国翻译理论与实践的发展&amp;quot; [Summarize the Development of Chinese Translation Theory and Practice]. &amp;quot;课程研究&amp;quot; [Curriculum Research and Education].(G64):1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Danna刘丹娜.(2016). &amp;quot;西方翻译理论通史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the General History of Translation Theory in the West]. &amp;quot;语言研究&amp;quot; [Language Study].(18):1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yan张艳. (2011). &amp;quot;从范式理论评介中西翻译理论的发展&amp;quot; [A Study on the Development of Chinese and Western Translation Theory from the Paradigm Theory]. &amp;quot;大学英语&amp;quot; [College English]. (08):117-119.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Yujuan邹雨娟. (2019). &amp;quot;中西翻译简史述评&amp;quot; [Commentary on the Brief History of Chinese and Western Translation]. &amp;quot;校园英语&amp;quot; [Campus English]. (23):239-240&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fan Ningyu樊宁瑜.(2017). &amp;quot;西方翻译简史之浅析&amp;quot; [A Brief Analysis of the History of Western Translators]. &amp;quot;文史纵横&amp;quot; [Literature and History].(18):123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Dan梁旦.(2016). &amp;quot;中西翻译理论对比&amp;quot; [Comparison between Chinese and Western translation Theory]. &amp;quot;海外英语&amp;quot; [Overseas English]. (04):106-104.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Hui罗辉.(2017). &amp;quot;浅谈研究中西方翻译史对翻译研究的意义&amp;quot; [The Meaning of Studying Chinese and Western Translation History in Translation Research]. &amp;quot;语言文化&amp;quot; [Language and Culture]. (H059):198-199.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Shanshan赵珊珊.(2020). &amp;quot;翻译理论研究现状与趋势研究&amp;quot; [A Study on the Present Situation and Trend of Translation Theory Research]. &amp;quot;语言艺术研究&amp;quot; [The Study of Language Arts].(059):141-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin 202020080617==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;林鑫 Lin Xin &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 20th century, translation has been gradually examined and discussed more from a scientifical and linguistic perspective, yet in Bell's view, translation theorists have almost invariably made little systematic use of contemporary linguistic techniques in their practice. As a linguist, Bell has framed his translation theories in terms of diagrams and models, and developed unique insights into translation issues. His main work on translation is &amp;quot;Translation and Translating:Theory and Practice&amp;quot;. Liu Chongde, a well-known Chinese translator, critically inherited the translation principles proposed by Yan Fu, put forward the translation concept of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;closeness&amp;quot;, compared the two translation methods of direct translation and Italian translation, and proposed the translatability of poetry. He compares the two methods of translation, direct translation and Italian translation, and proposes the translatability of poetry. The influence of Liu Chongde on the study of translation theory is comprehensive and profound. A comparison of Bell's and Liu's translation theories is useful for comparing the similarities and differences in their translation theories and providing references for the practice of translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Roger T. Bell; Liu Zhongde; Translation Theory; Comparative Study&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
贝尔与刘重德翻译理论的比较研究&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction to Roger T. Bell's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction to Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Comparative Study on Bell and Liu Zhongde's Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai, 202020080636==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;漆凯 Qi Kai &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, this paper briefly introduces the Chinese and western studies of translation theory and translation principles, and then introduces the definitions of translation and interpretation centering on translation and interpretation. then it discusses what they have in common from four aspects: basic principles, requirements for translators, operational procedures and quality assessment standards. Then it discusses the differences between interpretation and translation in terms of criteria, translation process and requirements for the quality of translators. Mastering the similarities and differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation, which is the only way to become an excellent translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; Translation Theory; Translation Principles; Translating; Interpreting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译，笔译与口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先以翻译理论和翻译原则为出发点，简要介绍了两者的中西方研究状况，其次以笔译和口译为中心，对两者的定义进行了介绍，然后从基本原则、对译者的要求、操作流程、质量评定标准四个方面论述了两者的共同点，紧接着论述口译和笔译在衡量标准、翻译过程以及对译员的素质要求方面的差异。掌握两者的同于不同，能够帮助我们更好地处理不同类型的翻译，是成为一个优秀翻译工作者的必经之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译、翻译理论、翻译原则、笔译、口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
With the enhancement of China's national strength and the increasing complexity of international exchanges, the market needs more and more high-quality translators. The establishment of MTI and BTI majors in colleges and universities in China also meets this demand. Translation includes two different forms: translation and interpretation. many people will be shocked by the real-time translation of the interpreter around the prime minister and admire the ability of the interpreter. Translation plays an important role in Mo Yan's winning the Nobel Prize for Literature. The comparison between interpretation and translation can give us a correct understanding of the relationship between them, so as to better guide the study of translation and improve the ability of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first defines translation and holds that translation refers to the expression of the meaning of one language in another language, or the expression of symbols or numbers that represent language and literature, and translation is a conversion between two symbols. But this kind of transformation is not only the language transformation at the literal level, but also the transfer of ideas and the transplantation of culture. Secondly, it discusses the similarities and differences between translation and interpretation, focusing on the differences between them. Specifically, firstly, the common points of the two are discussed from four aspects: the basic principles, the requirements for the translator, the operation process and the quality evaluation standard. As for the difference between the two, the criteria for evaluating the advantages and disadvantages of translation and interpretation are discussed. Interpretation needs an interpreter to make a quick response because of its immediacy. Then it analyzes the process of the two translation methods and points out their differences. Finally, it discusses the different requirements for the quality of interpreters. In view of the particularity of interpretation, it focuses on the requirements for interpreters, including psychological quality, listening, memory and shorthand ability. It is hoped that through the analysis and discussion of this paper, we can once again realize the importance of translation and let readers have a further understanding of the similarities and differences between interpretation and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Definition of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity with a long history. Both Chinese and Western translators have experienced several thousand years of development. During such a long period of time, people have benefited from translation activities; at the same time, people have actively thought about issues related to translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, people need to give a precise definition of translation. As a matter of fact, most of the first translation activities performed by human beings were oral translations. The communication of language and ideas between two primitive tribes was dependent on translation. Later, with the need for narration and communication, translation activities also emerged, and the initial translations were all related to the translation of religious texts. In modern society, with the development of science and technology, translation activities have covered more colorful forms: human translation and machine translation; literary translation and non-literary translation; excerpt translation, compilation, translation evaluation, etc.; there are also research institutions and training institutions for translation and its works. It can be said that after a long historical development, translation activities have become very diverse in form. Therefore, it is very difficult to give a precise definition of translation. Many experts and scholars have made attempts to define translation from various perspectives, such as culture, sociology, semiotics and psychology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to the Modern Chinese Dictionary, translation refers to expressing the meaning of one - language and literature in another language and literature, or expressing the symbols or digits representing language and literature in language and literature. Translation is a conversion activity between two symbols. Therefore, in the activity of conversion of two linguistic symbols, that is, in the activity of translation, one's primary task is to work on the regeneration of symbolic meaning. And translation is fundamentally about translating meaning. Then, what is the meaning becomes an important and crucial question. For example, Ogden and Richards, the British scholars of semantics, published in 1923, put forward a theory of meaning, which represents the typical view of traditional semantics. The theory refers to a mutually constraining and interactive relationship between symbols, meanings and objective things. And this theory has also influenced translation activities. Language philosophers often think about this issue and give an essential requirement to translation, which should not be a literal level of language conversion, but a transfer of ideas and a cultural transplantation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the activity of translation, which has undergone thousands of years of development, has played an important role in the evolution of human society, and it is always going on, and the various functions it can achieve are constantly evolving. Jacobson, one of the founders of the Prague School, divided translation into three types: intra-linguistic translation, interlinguistic translation and inter-rational translation. By understanding these three types, it helps us to recognize the functions and roles of translation. There is no doubt that translation facilitates communication between people and enables ideas to be spread. For the ideas and culture of a country to be expanded geographically, it is inevitable to resort to translation. Moreover, translation also plays the function of creation, and through translation activities, the original ideas are developed and extended. In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, our country has made a bold creation, creating. The creation of new vocabulary and new ideas not only expands the substance of the language, but also introduces new ideas and new thoughts. And in the West, especially in the process of translating the Bible, the role of translation for linguistic transformation has been more profoundly highlighted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to study translation, it is necessary to understand the definition of translation, the content of translation and the function of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Research status of Translation principles in China and the West===&lt;br /&gt;
From ancient times to the present, Chinese and Western scholars have never stopped exploring the principles of translation. There are also differences between Chinese and Western translation principles in terms of development history, research direction and system integrity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Research status of Translation Principles in China===&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu once spoke in the Theory of Heaven. In the translation example, it has been pointed out that there are three difficulties in translating things: faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It is very difficult to ask him to believe himself. Although the translation is still not done, &amp;quot;Xin&amp;quot; means that the content of the translation does not violate the original and expresses the meaning of the original. &amp;quot;reach&amp;quot; requires that the translation is smooth and easy to understand. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the literary style, suitability and readability of the choice of words, as well as the proper use of language style. &amp;quot;elegance&amp;quot; refers to the choice of words, suitability and readability, as well as the proper use of language style. In fact, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is not completely pioneered by Yan Fu, but is systematically summarized, refined and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before Yan Fu, there were Zhiqian's &amp;quot;follow this purpose without literary decoration&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;struggle for cultural quality&amp;quot; in the Sui and Tang dynasties, the &amp;quot;five losses and three difficult&amp;quot; by Dao'an, &amp;quot;rather be simple and reasonable, not skillfully but from the source&amp;quot; by Yan Yi. Xuan Zang's &amp;quot;five do not turn&amp;quot;, Zanning's &amp;quot;six examples&amp;quot;, Ma Jianzhong's &amp;quot;good translation&amp;quot; and so on. After Yan Fu, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; also has a new development. For example, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;it would rather be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all translators must take into account two sides: one is to strive for ease of understanding, and the other is to preserve the grace of the original work.&amp;quot; Lin Yutang put forward the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, smoothness and beauty&amp;quot;. Fu Lei's &amp;quot;attaching importance to spirit but not form&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;harmony between spirit resemblance and form resemblance&amp;quot;, Qian Zhongshu's &amp;quot;transformation environment&amp;quot;, Jin Shi's &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; translation principle, Liu Zhongde's &amp;quot;faith, reach, cut&amp;quot; regiment, Zhang Jin's &amp;quot;truth, goodness, beauty&amp;quot;, and Xu Yuanchong summed up the &amp;quot;beauty of meaning, sound, form&amp;quot; and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although various translation standards emerge one after another, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; has always been the &amp;quot;golden rule&amp;quot; in the field of translation. The translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot; is Yan Fu's summary and sublimation of a great deal of practice, raising the translation theory from the dual standard of &amp;quot;literal translation and free translation&amp;quot; to the ternary standard, which is also the development and inheritance of the previous translation theory. At the same time, the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot; is also a discussion on the traditional Chinese philosophy of &amp;quot;the unity of man and nature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the subject is integrated into the object&amp;quot;, and it is a &amp;quot;incidental discussion&amp;quot; of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although many other translation standards have appeared after the translation standard of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance, the scope of influence of faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance. It's always been widespread. This is because the subsequent translation standards are based on the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, faithfulness and elegance&amp;quot;, and the contents of the framework are updated and inherited critically with the development of the times. Although it has some historical limitations, as a translation concept and basic proposition, as Guo Hongan said: as long as we keep pace with the times and constantly update the interpretation of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we will continue to give it new vitality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Research status of Translation Principles in the West===&lt;br /&gt;
According to different periods, there are many representative translation principles in the West. Such as &amp;quot;translation as a commentator&amp;quot; put forward by Cicero Cicero of the traditional empirical period, AlexanderFraserTytler's &amp;quot;completely interpreting the advantages of the source text into another language&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot; and the thought circle of &amp;quot;response&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; advocated by Eugene A. Nida in the period of modern linguistics, CatFord's &amp;quot;equivalent translation&amp;quot;, PeterNewmark's semantic translation and communicative translation theory. And the hermeneutics theory &amp;quot;understanding is translation&amp;quot; advocated by GeorgeSteiner in the contemporary pluralistic theory period, Andre Lefevere's &amp;quot;translation is rewriting&amp;quot; Hermans's &amp;quot;the text is manipulated by the translator&amp;quot; and so on. In the process of development, western translation theories pay more attention to the intuitive way of thinking and the integrity of the system. In the process of using and developing translation theory, we can take it as a reference, absorb its essence, and combine it with domestic translation principles and translation practice to form a domestic characteristic translation theory. For example, when using the translation standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, we should comprehensively consider other translation theories at home and abroad, fully consider the style and content of the text, apply the idea of &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot;, and choose suitable translation methods. so that the content and style of the text can be restored to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Definitions of Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating is a written process. It converts the written text in the source language into another written language. Translators must have a deep understanding of the source text and accurately translate it into the target language in terms of meaning, structure and style. The translator has enough time, tools and ways to ponder over and over the language sentences so as to complete the translation. In &amp;quot;language and Culture: context in Translation&amp;quot;, Eugene A. Nida (2006 105 holds that the first step is for the translator to analyze the source text by reading many times, consulting references or dictionaries and consulting experts in relevant fields in order to deepen their understanding. After the conversion from the source language to the target language, translators also need to transform and improve the target language in order to obtain the satisfaction of the readers or the target audience. Before that, translators can ask people in the target audience to read the translation on behalf of the target audience, so as to get feedback on the translation, and have time to correct and polish it again. In terms of the connotation of translation, translation requires higher satisfaction with accurate grasp of language, creativity, artistic level of language and aesthetic style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting can be divided into impromptu translation and simultaneous interpretation. Impromptu translation, also known as consecutive Interpreting or continuous translation, is mainly in the form of segmented expression of what the speaker is going to express, and the translator translates during each pause. The time of each speech varies from a few seconds to a few minutes according to the specific situation. Consecutive Interpreting is widely used, such as tourism translation, banquet speeches and so on. Simultaneous interpretation, also known as simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter provides instant translation through special interpretation equipment without interrupting the speaker's speech, constantly interpreting the contents of his speech to the audience. Simultaneous interpretation is suitable for large-scale seminars and international conferences, usually conducted by two interpreters in rotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Similarities and Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
As two practical forms of translation, the relationship between interpreting and translating is self-evident. If interpreting is the superstructure. Then the written review is the lower building. To put it simply, interpretation is based on written reviews. Before oral training or practice, the written details should be passed (at least step by step): the two not only go hand in hand. And the quality of the former often determines to a large extent the level of interpretation or the potential for development in the future. Although interpretation and translation have different forms of translation, they share many common basic principles. In some basic translation strategies and techniques. Is also consistent or similar. Fundamentally speaking, these two kinds of translation practices are guided or dominated by general translation theories and principles, which are always accepted and digested first in the training process of written reviews. If the cultivation of oral and detailed talents is not only based on translation training, but also not far away from the training of translation, the cultivation of oral talents is not far away from the basis of translation training. If you ignore the importance of translation. Or the amount of translation training is not enough. In that case, it is bound to be top-heavy and light, and it is difficult to make further progress in interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.1 Similarities between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the basic principles of translation are the same. In an introduction to Translation, Xu Jun (2009) pointed out that translation is the fundamental meaning of translation; Li Jun (2007) also believes that the basic task of translation is to understand and retell the meaning that the source language is trying to express. It can be seen that as far as its basic principles are concerned, translation should faithfully express the meaning and ideas that the source language wants to express in accordance with the language habits of the target language. Whether interpreting or translating, it is not the formal translation of words or sentence-by-sentence translation, but the translation of the source language information and the transmission of the original meaning, which is the first basic principle that we should make clear when learning interpreting and translating. The explanation of interpretive translation by French interpretive theory further clarifies this principle: the purpose of translation is to &amp;quot;understand&amp;quot;-&amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot;, and then &amp;quot;re-express&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;discourse&amp;quot; (Marianne Lederer, in another language. 2011). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the requirements for translators and translators have something in common. From the perspective of software, both translators and translators must have a solid bilingual foundation, profound encyclopedic knowledge accumulation and strong autonomous learning ability; from the perspective of hardware, both must have great enthusiasm for translation. and have good physical fitness. Since translation is simply a process of understanding and expressing the meaning of the source language in the target language, and understanding requires the reserve of knowledge of the source language and knowledge outside the language, and expression requires both the level of the target language and the level of expression, then the importance of software construction is self-evident. Moreover, in order to do any work well, we need to be enthusiastic about it and put it into practice. Translation is a time-consuming and energy-consuming work that requires the attention of translators and translators. The improvement of hardware is particularly important. To sum up, only when we have both hardware and software, can we do a good job in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the translation process is similar. The process of completing the translation work is like the process of producing a certain product, which must be put in place step by step. If you relax a little bit, the final product may be defective. Generally speaking, whether you are an interpreter or a translator, you need to make full preparations before translation, including reading a large number of parallel texts, mastering knowledge in related fields, communicating with experts or scholars, and understanding the key points: to establish your own corpus and corpus so as to be easy to extract and use at any time. Secondly, post-translation feedback and summary are needed after translation, and translation is also subject to one or more post-translation revision. In addition, in many cases, the same complicated translation work is often done by the cooperation of two or more translators and translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, although there is no final conclusion on the evaluation criteria of translation quality, in professional translation, from the results of translation, the evaluation criteria of translation quality are the same between interpretation and translation. These similarities can be simply summarized as &amp;quot;three looks&amp;quot;: to see whether the result of the translation accurately conveys the message of the source language; to see whether the result of the translation has produced the desired effect on the audience; finally, in professional translation, we also need to see whether the result of the translation work is satisfactory to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.2 Differences between Translating and Interpreting===&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Differences in measurement criteria&lt;br /&gt;
As two different forms of translation, the criteria for evaluating translation and interpretation are also different. Although the translation theoretical circles have not formed a unified opinion on translation standards, especially after the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, the translation theoretical circles are even more contentious, the mainstream translation standards for evaluating the quality of translation in China are still based on faithfulness and fluency, which are in line with the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu. This is in line with the standard of &amp;quot;faithfulness, elegance, and elegance&amp;quot; proposed by Yan Fu, which requires the translation to be consistent with the original text in terms of content, form, style, and style as far as possible, and to be smooth and fluent. Based on the characteristics of interpretation, some interpretation experts and scholars have put forward corresponding theories to evaluate the merits of interpretation. According to French interpreting expert Céles Covic's theory, the interpretation of the interpreters is not only good but also good. According to the interpretation theory of French interpretation expert Celes Kovic, interpretation is a kind of interpretive translation, the purpose of which is to convey the meaning, and the standard is to achieve the meaning and fluency. Interpretation expert Li Yuran proposes the standard of interpretation as accuracy, fluency and speed. Accuracy is the soul of English interpretation, which requires the interpreter to accurately convey the information of one party to the other in English or Chinese, so as to achieve the purpose of communication between the two parties; fluency means that the interpreter should fluently convey the information obtained, so that people can easily understand; speed is due to the instantaneous nature of interpretation, and its own time limit requires the interpreter to be able to make&lt;br /&gt;
Quickness is due to the immediate nature of interpretation, and the time constraint itself requires the interpreter to respond quickly. Interpretation scholar Zhong Weihe advocates that interpretation should follow the principles of fidelity and timeliness. Fidelity means that the translated language must be faithful to the content of the original language and the emotional color of the speech in a particular situation; timeliness means that the communication is timely. As a relatively new discipline, the development of interpretation theory is not as complete as that of translation theory, and the evaluation criteria are not the same. However, the basic requirements for interpretation are as follows: the translation result should be accurate, and the interpreter should not speculate on the content of the original text according to his or her own understanding; the recipient of the translation result should be the target, and the expression form of the translation result must conform to the language habits of the recipient in order to facilitate his or her understanding; in addition, the interpreter needs to adjust the tone, speed and intonation according to the actual situation when translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) The difference of translation process&lt;br /&gt;
The process of translation is the process of correctly understanding the original text and creatively reproducing it in another language. Translation and interpretation have their own characteristics, and the translation process also differs greatly. There are also great differences in the translation process. One of the differences between the two stems from the difference between written and spoken language, with written language being more rigorous and spoken language being more casual and loose. Interpreting is a... It emphasizes the effectiveness, independence, field, and one-time nature, and belongs to a kind of individual labor (Ren, 2009:6). The immediacy of interpretation requires the interpreter to analyze, understand and express the speaker's words continuously within a limited time, so that the speaker's meaning can be correctly conveyed to the audience and both parties can communicate with each other. Due to this fundamental characteristic of immediacy, interpreters tend to &amp;quot;use frequently used words and small words with monosyllables or few syllables, as well as words and abbreviations with strong generality&amp;quot; (Wu Bing, 1995). Due to the time constraint, the interpreter cannot refer to any documents or materials, nor can he or she discuss with others or ask experts for advice. Interpreting in ordinary situations should be as colloquial as possible, and the sentence structure used is relatively simple and in line with the spoken habits. In addition, interpreters generally cannot make a lot of corrections and additions to what has been translated, unless there are major errors or omissions. The translator, on the other hand, communicates with the reader in the form of text, which is generally not limited by time. The interpreter expresses the original text in written form through a thorough understanding of the text, and then uses the help of the materials, and then repeats the translation until he or she is satisfied. In terms of sentence structure, translation requires sentence components to be in place and sentence structure to be complete. Translators can use parallel sentences, compound sentences and rhetorical methods such as metaphor and prose in order to beautify the translation; translators can also have time to discuss with others and ask for their help before writing the translation. Fang Fanquan, an interpreter scholar, proposed the process of translation and interpretation. The basic process of translation is reading - thinking and analyzing - converting and reorganizing - writing and expressing; while the basic process of interpretation is recording - coding - expressing. Recording, or temporary storage, means storing the perceived coded information temporarily; encoding means decoding the information in the source language and assigning it to the expression form of the target language; expression means the interpreter translates the encoded information in the target language through oral expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Different requirements for interpreters&lt;br /&gt;
Translators and interpreters have some common basic requirements, for example, they should have good bilingual understanding and expression, and be able to convert between Chinese and English skillfully and accurately; they should have a broad knowledge, especially familiar with Chinese and foreign cultural background; they should go through systematic professional knowledge and skills learning and practical training, and so on. However, in view of the immediacy of interpretation, the requirements for interpreters are different from those for translators, and the special requirements for interpreters are mainly reflected in the following points:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Psychological quality&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is a hard and intense mental work, a complex thinking process. Interpreters are often unprepared to understand the information they hear instantly and then convert it into another language and express it orally, which often puts them under greater pressure (Guo Jirong, 2008: 232). Therefore, interpreters must have good psychological quality. According to Cao Jianxin (1997: 26), &amp;quot;the psychological factor of the interpreter, although invisible and intangible, plays a role in the translation process.&amp;quot; The interpreter will undergo psychological changes due to the occasion of interpretation, the level of knowledge, the degree of understanding of the subject matter, etc. Interpreters who are still shallow are prone to be in a nervous mood before interpreting, unable to start, and even unable to get into the state immediately after the meeting starts. This psychological state will affect the level of play, and even cause serious adverse consequences. The specific method is to practice more, try to contact with the conference organizers and speakers before the meeting, learn more about the background knowledge of the meeting, and also read some relevant information in advance, so as to have the bottom in mind and prevent the translation quality from being affected by emotional tension. The interpreter can also judge whether he/she understands according to the expression of the audience, and can change the expression or add some explanation, which cannot be done in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Listening&lt;br /&gt;
Interpreting is built on the basis of &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot; and relies on &amp;quot;listening&amp;quot;. To receive information, keen listening is a prerequisite for becoming an excellent interpreter. If you encounter obstacles in receiving information, it will be difficult to carry out the following steps of interpretation. Interpreters should have the basic conditions of bilingual communication, good bilingual comprehension and expression ability, be able to use the previously acquired knowledge to understand the new discourse, know how to analyze and synthesize the content while listening, and understand the content of language expression with the help of cognitive knowledge and encyclopedic knowledge, instead of the conditioned reflex or accumulation of language words. In order to express better when interpreting, interpreters must pay attention to listen to more English accents, dialects and variants, pay attention to summarize their characteristics and rules, and learn to reason logically and judge the causes and consequences of speech, and correctly judge the message and intention of the speaker. There are many dialects of Chinese, and there are many dialects and variants of English. British English and American English differ in speech, expression and even the meaning of the same word; even people from the same English-speaking country speak different English due to their social class, educational background and geographical differences. For example, there is a big difference in the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain. For example, the language used by the aristocracy and the lower class in Britain is very different. When foreigners whose mother tongue is not English speak English, it is inevitable that they have their own accent. Therefore, as an interpreter, you must first understand the dialect and accent of the translation target in order to carry out the translation smoothly. In addition, the interpreter must have a pure accent, be fluent in English and Mandarin Chinese, and be familiar with various expressions of foreign languages and Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Memory and shorthand ability&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the constraints brought by the immediacy of interpreter communication and the potential influence of the &amp;quot;absence factor&amp;quot; of the context, interpretation work shows its great challenge (Zhong Weihe, 2007: 31). As an interpreter, it is necessary to have an excellent memory, because it is impossible for the interpreter to consult information during the interpretation process, so he or she must remember a large number of words, abbreviations and idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper focuses on the differences between translation and interpretation in terms of measurement standards, translation process and the quality requirements for translators. Mastering the differences between the two can help us to better deal with different types of translation. Want to be a good translator, whether interpreter or interpreter. Both workers and translators must have solid bilingual language skills and rich cultural background knowledge. In cultivating and improving translation skills, there are more requirements for the accuracy of language expression. Therefore, translators need to read literary classics widely, improve their literary appreciation and their ability to master English and Chinese bilingualism. It can not only be faithful to the original text but also be accurately conveyed in beautiful and fluent words in translation. The original message. When developing interpreting skills, it is necessary to strengthen the training of English-Chinese bilingual pronunciation, intonation and articulation, strengthen psychological quality, improve adaptability, enhance memory, and train shorthand ability in order to attain a yet higher goal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===7. References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。 (Zhang Ailing 2015, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats. (Ernest Hemingway 2016, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。 (Yu Guangzhong 2010, 27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。 (Huang Yuanshe 2011,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 (Zhang Chiheng 2015, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests. In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归） (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。 (Lin Shu 1981, 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?” (Lin Shu 1981, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. (Ivanhoe 2009, 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。 (Lin Shu 1981, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases. （Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. (Harriet Beecher Stowe 2008, 5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。 (Lin Shu 1981, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens. (2008). ''David Copperfield''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (1992). 中国译学理论史稿 [''Draft of Chinese translation theory'']. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). 中国译学史 [''A History of Chinese Translation'']. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永. (2013). 从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略 [A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example]. 山东大学 Shandong University 20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2016). ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Beijing: Affairs Press知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏. (2017). 严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考 [Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”]. 四川外国语大学 Sichuan International Studies University 1-2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe. (2008). ''Uncle Tom's Cabin''. Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yuanshen. (2011). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱, 邵斌. (2013). 中外翻译理论教程 [''Translation Theory: A Coursebook'']. Hangzhou: Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾. (1981). 撒克逊劫后英雄略 [''Ivanhoe'']. Shanghai: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋, 尚敏锐. (2002). 以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论 [Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views]. 语言与翻译 Language and Translation (01) 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉. (2019). 经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例 [Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking The Old Man and the Sea as an Example]. 英语广场 English Square (04) 2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott. (2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊, 韦生鑫. (2020). “信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation]. 吉林化工学院学报 ''Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology'' (10) 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻. (1986). 严复集 [''Yan Fu Ji'']. Shanghai: Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛. (2016). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽, 李艳. (2018). 严复与林纾: 中国近代两大翻译家的对比 [Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators]. 开封教育学院学报 ''Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education'' (09) 1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong 余光中. (2010). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Nanjing: Yilin Press 译林出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Ailing 张爱玲. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing October Arts and Literature Publishing House 北京十月文艺出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chiheng 张炽恒. (2015). 老人与海 [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. Beijing: Beijing Institute of Technology Press 北京理工大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政, 彭发胜. (2007). 中西翻译理论简明教程 [''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories'']. Beijing: Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜. (2008). 林纾的翻译和时代 [Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time]. Beijing: 中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Studies (05) 3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Eugene Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American linguist, a biblical research and translation expert, as well as one of the outstanding representatives of the western contemporary translation theory research center. Nida's academic activities and achievements are multifaceted, but Nida's main theoretical contribution is that he helps to create a new attitude towards different languages and cultures, so as to improve the language communication and understanding between human beings. He thinks that what can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another. Different languages and cultures can communicate each other by searching for translation equivalents and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of information in an appropriate way. With the help of linguistic achievements, Nida has made a descriptive rather than a normative study of various subjects in translation studies, and made a serious discussion on the problems that may be encountered in the theoretical research and practice of translation. His thoughts can be roughly divided into three stages: first descriptive linguistics; second, communicative theory; third, social semiotics.（Liao Qiyi 2000，85）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Descriptive Linguistics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, Nida publishes a series of works and articles on the study of English syntax and gramma. Besides, he tries to clarify the structural nature of language through the description of syntax, morphology and language translation. He is greatly influenced by the American structuralist school. In language research, he attaches much importance to the collection and analysis of language materials and collects many examples of differences between different languages. However, he do not regard these differences as insurmountable barriers between languages, but as different phenomena of their same nature. （Liao Qiyi 2000，86）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Communication Theory =====&lt;br /&gt;
======Translation Science Theory and Translation Communication Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a science. Its so-called science refers to the scientific way to deal with language structure, semantic analysis and information and a descriptive method of linguistics to carry out translation activities when there are translation problems. Nida applies information theory to translation studies and believes that translation is communication and judgment. Whether a translation is successful or not depends on whether it is understood by the receiver or whether it can play the role of communication of thoughts, information and feelings. Nida points out all languages in the world have the same ability of expression and that the first task of translation is to make the readers understand the translation clearly. That is to say, the translation should be fluent and natural, so that readers can easily understand it even if they do not have the cultural background knowledge of the original language. This requires that in the process of translation, we should use as few rigid words in the source language as possible, and use as many expressions as possible coming from the target language. For example, in the language without snow, “白如雪” may be confusing, so we had better change it into something as white as frost or as white as egret hair. （Liao Qiyi 2000，87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Dynamic Equivalence Theory======&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language message (Tan Zaixi 1984,10)”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translators cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, they should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and what degree the translator can change the form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers have the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. For example, “black tea” can be literally translated “黑茶”，but it should be translated into“红茶” in Chinese. Another example: “The old man was the worst form of unluck.” Because “worst form” is used to modify “unluck”, it can be translated into “这个老人倒霉到了极点。” instead of “这个老人是倒霉的最高形式。” Such examples achieve lexical equivalence. （Liao Qiyi 2000，88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Stage of Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, he describes his theory as follows: first, based on the translation theory of social semiotics, he emphasizes that everything in the text has meaning, including language form, which means form cannot be easily overlooked; second, rhetorical features of language play an important role in language communication and should not be underestimated; third, it is to replace the dynamic equivalence theory with the functional equivalence theory in order to make the meaning of the terms clearer and easier to be understood.（Liu Junping 2009,143）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark is a famous translation theorist and educator in Britain. He has devoted his whole life to the teaching of translation between English and German or English and French. He has made a lot of research on translation theory, applied the research results of cross-cultural communication theory and modern linguistics to translation practice, and made a brilliant exposition on translation theory, teaching translation, linguistics and translation skills. As a result, he puts forward the famous communicative translation and semantic translation method, and then puts forward the correlative translation method, which indicates that his translation theory is becoming more and more systematic and perfect. Most of his views are reflected in the papers published in the past 20 years. Communicative translation and semantic translation theories, which have a great influence in the field of translation, were introduced into China as early as the 1980s and have aroused great repercussions in the fields of Chinese translation. He focuses on the past and present of western translation studies, states the views of various schools, and then puts forward his own opinions. He is a typical practical theorist. The purpose of his research on translation theory is to solve the practical problems in translation, and he always discusses translation from the details. His books summarize some rules to guide translation practice accordingly, which has a far-reaching impact on translation teaching and translator training. What’s more, Newmark offers his own unique and rich contemporary translation theory on some controversial issues in translation field, such as the definition and nature of translation, translation standards, translation purposes, the function of critical translation and so on. （Liao Qiyi 2000，123-128）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The classic Romance of the Three Kingdoms writes: “谋事在人，成事在天”. There are two versions for this sentence, which are &amp;quot;man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;man proposals, God disposes.&amp;quot; Although the translated versions are short, they fully reflect the different translation strategies of translators. In Chinese traditional culture, &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot; dominates the nature, while in the western world, what controls nature is not heaven, but God. Therefore, different cultural concepts are deeply rooted in the hearts of people in the East and the West. In the first translation, the translator translates &amp;quot;天&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;heaven&amp;quot;, which faithfully retains the Taoist concept of the original language culture and conveys the meaning of the original text; while the later translation transforms the Taoist concept into Christian culture familiar to westerners on the basis of &amp;quot;communicative translation&amp;quot; strategy, so that the translated version is more acceptable to western readers. For another example ”grandmother”, when it is translated into Chinese, we should put it into”奶奶” or “外婆” according to real situation. That is because people in western culture do not pay much attention to relationship between family members. And they view father’s mother and mother’s mother as the same. By contrast, Chinese have long held the view that families are quite important, especially those sharing the same surname. We often suppose we come from the same family with “奶奶” rather than “外婆”. As a result, we tend to believe that we have a more intimate relationship with father’s mother than mother’s mother. So we need to distinguish “奶奶” from “外婆”.(Hu Aiping 2014,81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Similarities Between the Theory by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translatability=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that &amp;quot;translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,1）Newmark thinks that: &amp;quot;translation is to take the meaning of a text into another language according to its original author.&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988,21) Nida's and Newmark's translation theories have similar theoretical basis, and they both think that there are similarities between different languages. Nida's translation theory is &amp;quot;Anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another Language. &amp;quot; (Nida 1969,4）He believes that although different nationalities have different languages and cultures, yet the commonness is more than the individuality. Because language of any nation can be used to describe the objective world. No matter what the language form is, the object can be basically reflected. (Lin Minyu 2008,61)&lt;br /&gt;
In his About Translation, Newmark also pointed out clearly that “the every layer of meaning can be interpreted in the original text, so everything is translatable. “(Newmark 1991,28）Therefore, both Nida and Newmark recognize the basis of translation theory-translatability. At the same time, they all realize that translatability is limited because it is impossible to achieve absolute equivalence. In the process of translation, a certain degree of meaning will be missing. One of the most important tasks of the translators is to minimize the loss after language conversion. (Lin Minyu 2008,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's text category theory divides the text into three categories. Among them, the appealing text thinks readers are the most important, putting readers in the first place, and taking full account of readers' needs, knowledge level and background. Newmark also divides readers into experts, ordinary educators and illiterates. Nida, on the other hand, believes that the success of a translation depends on whether it can be accepted by the target readers. The target readers are object of translation services. Nida also divides readers into children readers, primary readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
For example, for the phrase“鱼米之乡，丝绸之府”, when translated into “the land of rice and fish, and the home of silk”, it may cause confusion among foreigners who have no idea what is the meaning of “the land of rice and milk”. Therefore, in order to arouse the similar reaction between the target readers and the original readers, it is better for the translator to translate it as follows: &amp;quot;a land of honey and milk&amp;quot;, which is in line with British and American culture. In this way, English readers and Chinese readers will be able to respond in the same way, so as to achieve the purpose of translation. Another example: “济公劫富济贫，深受穷苦人民爱戴。” It is translated into” Ji Gong, Robin Hood in China, robbed the rich and helped the poor and was deeply loved by the poor people”. In this case, the translator compares Ji Gong to the hero Robin Hood in English. When foreign readers saw Robin Hood, they would have roughly the same reaction as Chinese readers. (Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin 2010(1),41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Both Constantly Develop Their Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark are real theorists. In their own translation practice, they constantly improve and perfect their own theories. In his initial interpretation of dynamic equivalence, Nida highlights the idea of &amp;quot;content first, form second&amp;quot;. This has caused people's misunderstanding so that they think translation is only the content of translation, without considering the form of language expression. Therefore, all kinds of free translation are characterized by dynamic equivalence. Later, in his book From One Language to Another, he changes &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. In functional equivalence, Nida further defines &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, stating that information includes not only ideological content but also linguistic form. The translation of functional equivalence is not only the equivalence of information content, but also the equivalence of form as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, Nida makes a further elaboration on &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; and hence &amp;quot;the highest level of equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the lowest level of equivalence&amp;quot; are proposed. In short, the highest level of equivalence refers to a high degree of equivalence in the translation, which makes the response of the target language readers and that of the source language readers basically the same when they appreciate and understand a text. This is almost impossible. Equivalence at the lowest level refers to the full equivalence of the translated text, so that the target language readers can appreciate the source language readers' understanding for the original text. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),108)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are prone to bringing misunderstanding and criticism. Therefore, Newmark puts forward &amp;quot;correlative translation&amp;quot; on this basis. In the past, he believed that the study of language, linguistics and text typology were the main themes of text study. Translation does not always consider the text, discourse, author, reader, source language and target language. By summarizing the translation activities, he finds that translation is mainly reflected in the details of the text processing, that is, when the text is adjusted and changed, there will be under translation. If the metaphor is converted or not translated, there will be over translation. So the method of translation should not only depend on the whole text. The definition of &amp;quot;relevance translation&amp;quot; is that the more important the language of the original text or the target text is, the more closely it should be translated.（Fang Mengzhi 2011, 534）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Differences Between the Theories by Nida and the Theories by Newmark====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Definition of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, as an independent discipline, should first answer the question of what is translation? Nida points out: &amp;quot;the so-called translation refers to the reproduction of the source language information in the receiving language with the most appropriate and natural equivalence from semantics to style&amp;quot; (Nida, 1969:1). Newmark's interpretation of translation is: &amp;quot;translation is to translate the meaning of a text into another language in the way the original author intends. &amp;quot; (Newmark, 1988:21) After comparing the two definitions, it can be seen that Nida emphasizes &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;information&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, while Newmark focuses on &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;text&amp;quot;. At first glance, Nida's definition seems to be more comprehensive and specific than Newmark's, but throughout their theoretical systems, we realize that the actual starting point of the two definitions is different. From semantics and information theory, the former emphasizes the communicative function of translation. Although &amp;quot;information&amp;quot; includes &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;style&amp;quot;, it only exists at the level of communication. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the latter emphasizes &amp;quot;textual meaning&amp;quot;, which is complex, multi-level and rich. Therefore, it can be said that &amp;quot;text-oriented theory&amp;quot; is the pillar of Newmark's translation theory framework, while Nida's theory is &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; at its root. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Nature of Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of translation has been long discussed. Both Nida and Newmark have changed in their understanding of whether translation is a science or an art. Nida's understanding of translation has gone through a process from regarding translation as a science to viewing it as an art. In the second stage of Nida's translation theory- communicative theory stage, translation is a science, which is a scientific description of translation. At the same time, he also admits that the description of translation can be carried out at three functional levels: science, skill and art. In the third stage of Nida's translation, that is, the stage of social semiotics, he tends to see translation as an art. He believes that translation is an art at its root, and excellent translators are born with it. Meanwhile, he changes the original &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;translation research is science&amp;quot;. In the 1990s, he proposed that translation is basically a skill. He believes that translation is not only an art, but also a science and a skill. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's understanding of translation has also undergone some kinds of changes. At first, he believes that translation is not only a science but also an art and a skill. Later, he thinks that translation is partly a science, a skill, an art and personal taste. He divides language into standard language and non-standard language. It is said that translation is a science, because there is usually only one correct translation method for standard language, and there are rules to follow, which shows that translation is scientific. This is really true in technical terms. By contrast, there are many correct translation methods in non-standard language. How to choose the appropriate translation method depends on the translator's own vision and ability, which reflects the nature of translation as an art. But the translation must also be scientifically tested to avoid obvious mistakes in content and wording, and the style should be natural. As a result, although Newmark believes that translation is a science, he thinks with a lack of unified and all-round systems in current translation theories, there are no scientific translation. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 88）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's translation theory is equivalence theory, including formal equivalence and functional equivalence. Formal equivalence, with the source language as its center, requires to reproduce the form and content of the original text. The equivalence theory pays more attention to readers' reflection and requires the closest and most natural response in order to make the target readers and the original readers get the same information as much as possible. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
The center of Newmark's translation theory is semantic translation and communicative translation. In his opinion, translators should adopt different translation strategies according to different types of texts. Semantic translation is mainly used to translate expressive texts (such as literary works, essays, autobiographies and personal letters). Communicative translation is mainly put into translating informative texts (such as academic papers and teaching subjects, books, newspapers, etc.) and appealing texts (such as advertisements and notices). Semantic translation, from the perspective of the original texts, demands the author pays attention to the meaning and form, and keeps the style and features of the original text as far as possible. Communicative translation takes the target readers as the starting point and focuses on the effect of the translation on the readers. As a result, appropriate rewriting or adaptation is allowed in the translation. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Application for Different Kinds of Text=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida puts forward &amp;quot;formal equivalence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; in guiding the practice of Bible translation, but he really advocates the latter one and believes that dynamic equivalence is applicable to all text types. Nida's translation theory focuses too much on the intelligibility and communicability of the translation, which limits its application. It is reasonable to emphasize the intelligibility of the translated version in the translation of the Bible and similar original works aimed at expressing information or making some call. However, if it is used in literary translation, it will inevitably lead to the simplification of language and the loss of literary charm. So it has only confined to some specific texts. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark points out that the specific translation method should depend on different text types. He divides the text into expression function, information function and calling function. On the one hand, in the texts with expressive function, such as literary works and private letters, the priority is to express the meaning, and the form and content of language are equally important, so semantic translation should be mainly adopted. On the other hand, texts with information function, such as textbooks and academic papers, whose core is the real world outside the language, should adopt communicative approach; For texts with calling function, such as notices and advertisements, its core is to call on readers to act and think, so communicative approach should be put into use. Therefore, according to statements above mentioned, it is not difficult to see that Newmark's translation theory is more applicable than Nida’s. (Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing 2006, 19(3),107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Attitudes towards Translators=====&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to translation as an art, Newmark puts forward the following three requirements that an brilliant translator should be equipped with: first, one should be able to master rich vocabulary and various sentence patterns, and be excellent in writing elegant, lively and concise articles in the aspect of native language; second, be proficient in foreign languages, and have abilities to distinguish common sayings from original ideas and innovations; third, be able to express the meaning obtained from the original works in native language with accurate wording and prominent emphasis. Thus, Newmark believes that good translators can be developed through hard work. However, Nida don’t agree with him. In 1991, Nida published a book, in which he thinks that most translators with outstanding achievements and creative spirit seldom use translation theory. In fact, he thinks that only those who can't do translation well do translation theory. Outstanding translators are born, not made. （Xu Xianghui 2010，9(1) , 89）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Different Level of Emphasis on Readers' Response=====&lt;br /&gt;
Although Newmark thinks that readers' acceptance should be taken into account in the process of translating informative texts and appealing texts, but the factor of reader is only a part of the translation criteria. During translating expressive texts, it is necessary to ensure the &amp;quot;sacred status of the original author&amp;quot;, and different readers may have different understandings and reactions to the translation because of their different educational level, mode of thinking and cultural background. On the contrary, Nida believes that the reader's response is the only criterion to judge whether the translation is good or not. This is because, from the perspective of information theory, he believes that &amp;quot;translation is communication&amp;quot;. If the original information cannot be fully transmitted to the target text in the process of translation, the translation will not be successful. It can be seen that Nida pays more attention to reader response than Newmark. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===My Views on Their Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the new translation principles were put forward, translation was mainly divided into literal translation and free translation. Functional equivalence theory by Nida and semantic translation and communicative translation strategies by Newmark have exerted great influence on the western linguistic and translation circles. Their theories end the endless debate between literal translation and free translation in the west, and provide a new perspective for the guiding translation practice. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The principle of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; plays an important role in guiding the translation of the Bible. It can also be applied to the translation of some texts that mainly convey information. However, it overemphasizes the communicative nature of the translation, so it has certainly limitations. If applied to literary translation, it may lead to the loss of literariness. One of the defects of Nida's functional equivalence is that the translator not only changes the original information according to his own understanding, but also covers up the cultural differences between different languages. He equates translation with simple language conversion and blurs the cultural characteristics of language. For example, due to the different geographical locations between China and Britain, their monsoon and wind direction are not the same, and hence there are also differences between their translations. Chinese poems mainly praise east wind while English poems focus on west wind. For example, for “东风破早梅，向暖一枝开” and “小楼昨夜又东风，故国不堪回首月明中”, “东风” should be converted into “west wind”. Besides, the vacancy of culture-loaded words is another defect of functional equivalence. As we all know, the concepts expressed by culture-loaded words in the source language may not correspond to those in the target language because many English words are derived from religious allusions. In the sentence &amp;quot;John can be relieved on. He eats no fish and plays the game&amp;quot;, “eat no fish “comes from the following allusion: in the era of Queen Elizabeth in England, in order to show their loyalty to the government, the Jesuits refused to abide by the anti-government Rome Catholics’ habit of eating fish on every Friday, so “eat no fish” means loyalty. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;Play the game&amp;quot; means fair play and integrity. There are a lot of allusions from the Bible in English. But if you don't understand its symbolic meaning, you may be confused. For example: “thirty pieces of silver” means getting money from betraying others and “apple” means temptation. (Wang Xiaodan 2009, 131-132 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark's greatest theoretical contribution is communicative translation and semantic translation, and he believes that all translation is both semantic translation and communicative translation to a certain extent, which makes up for the defects of Eugene Nida's theory. Newmark advocates that communicative translation and semantic translation should not be viewed in the same way, but should be combined together. Actually, during translating an article, the two are often used together. At the same time, determining the type of text before translation is helpful to select appropriate translation methods. However, there are following limitations for his communicative translation: first, the translator has an imaginary reader in his mind. If he wants to conform to the readers’ expression habits, he will express getting out of the original form or meaning; second, it is difficult to determine to what extent basic information is simplified and emphasized, because the knowledge and emotion of readers are difficult to define; third, it is not objective to examine a text only through the readers’ reaction. (Newmark 2001, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no universally applicable theory in the world. Nida and Newmark are also developing their own theories. We should treat them dialectically. It is undeniable that Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's semantic translation and communicative translation are very rich in content and have practical reference value for the majority of later translators. But we should also see the shortcomings of these theories. What we can do is to &amp;quot;extract the essence&amp;quot; and then we will further study and learn more valuable things in practice and further improve our translation theory. (Lin Minyu 2008,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1984&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一.当代西方翻译理论探索 [M].译林出版社，2000&lt;br /&gt;
*刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社， 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
*方梦之. 中国译学大辞典[M].上海：上海外语教育出版社，2011&lt;br /&gt;
*林敏煜.浅议纽马克与奈达翻译理论之异同 [J].文教资料  2008：61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*崔建周，卢静.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想比较  [J]. 河南商业高等专科学校学报 2006，19(3) ：106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*徐向晖.尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译思想之对比探讨  [J]. 漯河职业技术学院学报 2010，9(1) ：88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*杨山青，饶家林. 奈达与纽马克的翻译理论在旅游资料翻译中的运用 [J]. 黔西南民族师范高等专科学校学报  2010（1）：41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*胡爱萍. 尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克翻译理论对比研究 [J].铜陵学院学报 2014：81&lt;br /&gt;
*王小丹. 奈达的功能对等论及其评价[J].陕西师范大学学报2009：131-131&lt;br /&gt;
*纽马克. 翻译问题探讨[M]. 上海外语教育出版社，2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Tam Jae-hee. [Nida on Translation] [M]. Beijing: [China Foreign Translation and Publishing Company] 1984&lt;br /&gt;
*Liao Qiyi. [Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory] [M]. [Translating Forest Press], 2000&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Junping. [Translation and translation] [M]. Wuhan: [Wuhan University Press] 2009.9&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Mengzhi. [Dictionary of Chinese Translation] [M]. Shanghai: [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2011&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Min-yu. [The similarities and differences between Newmark and Nadar translation theories] [J]. [Journal of Translation and Education] 2008: 61-62&lt;br /&gt;
*Cui Jianzhou, Lu Jing. [ A Comparison of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark ] [J]. [Journal of Henan Higher Commercial College] 2006, 19(3):106-108 &lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Xianghui. [A Comparative Discussion of the Translation Thought of Eugene Nadar and Peter Newmark] [J]. [Journal of Luohe Institute of Vocational Technology] 2010, 9(1): 88-89&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Shanqing, Rao Jialin. [The Application of Neda and Newmark's Translation Theory in the Translation of Tourism Materials] [J]. [Journal of Qianxi Southwest China's National Teachers College] 2010(1):41-42&lt;br /&gt;
*Hu Aiping. [A comparative study of Eugene Neda and Peter Newmark's translation theory ] [J]. [Journal of Tongling College] 2014: 81&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Xiaodan. [Naida's functional equivalence theory and its evaluation] [J]. [Journal of Shaanxi Normal University ] 2009, 131-132&lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark. [Exploring Translation Issues] [M]. [Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press], 2001&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. From One Language to Another [M]. Thomas Nelson Incorporated,1986&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida. Toward a Science of Translating [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964&lt;br /&gt;
*Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969&lt;br /&gt;
*Peter·Newmark. About Translation [M]. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ltd,1991 &lt;br /&gt;
*Newmark, Peter. A Text Book of Translation [M]. London: Prentice Hall International (UK), 1988&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu, 202070080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''':Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''':western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Translation in Ancient Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.3 St. Jerome'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''The Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''The Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.4 St. Augustine'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of ''The Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1 Manlius Boethius'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2 Dante'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translation in Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 Martin Luther'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 Etienne Dolet'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.1 John Dryden'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Dryden was a famous poet, translator and translation theorist, whose contributions to translation exceeded that of his predecessors and other contemporaries, with a large number of translation works and systematic theories. His most well-known translation work is Virgil's ''Aeneid'', which was published in 1697. In his numerous papers and prefaces, he clearly put forward comprehensive and systematic views of translation: First of all, translation is an art, translators must have the temperament of an artist, a keen appreciation of art and a rich expressive power, only in this way can they grasp and reproduce the artistic features of the original text. Secondly, translators must consider target readers. When translating dialects, translators should focus on the fact that whether target readers can accept and understand it or not, and can appropriately borrow some foreign words, but these words should be carefully considered. Thirdly, translators are slaves of the original author, &amp;quot;only working in other's manor, fertilizing and pruning the grapes, but the wine is for the master's&amp;quot;. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 153). Finally, he roughly divided translation into three categories: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation,arguring that imitation was close to creation, which broke away from the original text. Therefore, he advocated paraphrase that emphasizes the meaning while neglects the linguistic form. His division of translation broke through the limitations of traditional classificationof translation, i.e. free translation and literal translation, which was a major development in the history of western translation and was of great significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler's translation theories and thoughts can be mainly found in the book ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. In this book, which was the first monograph of western translation theory, Tytler put forward the famous three principles of translation: 1) The translator should be proficient in the language and subject matter of the original work, and completely reproduce the thoughts of the original work. In translation, the translator can limitedly add essential contents to the original work and reduce unnecessary contents that are bad for the original work. 2) The translator should have the ability to accurately judge and appreciate the style and writing technique of the original work, and imagine how the original author would express himself if he composed in target language to make the style and writing technique of the translation be equal to that of the original work. 3) The translation should be as fluent as the original work. Although the translator is engaged in imitation as well as the painter, the translator can't copy the original's brushwork and use the same colors, instead, he must use his own techniques and another language to express the soul of the original work. In addition, Tytler believed that poetry can only be translated in the form of poem, idioms can be transformed into meaning and translated in an understandable language, and good translations must make the readers appreciate the merits of the original work and get &amp;quot;the same strong feeling&amp;quot; (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 164). The three principles of translation, which are &amp;quot;the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the translation should have all the ease of original composition&amp;quot;  became the tenet followed by numerous translators later, and had a positive influence on translation theories in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.3 Matthw Arnold'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.4 Francis W. Newman'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5 Translation in Contemporary Times'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.1 Federov'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.2 Roman Jakobson'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.3 John Catford'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.5 James Holmes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ.Discussion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the Translation Theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford – 陈莎 Chen Sha, 202020080596==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;陈莎 Chen Sha &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper makes a comparison between Eugene. A. Nida's translation theory and J. C. Catford's translation theory from the perspective of their linguistic foundations, their perspectives regarding such concepts as meaning, form, equivalence and untranslatability, and the impact of their translation theories in the realm of translation. Although both of them are representatives of the linguistic school of Western translation theory, Nida and Catford elaborate their respective translation theory from different perspectives, and the same term has been endowed with different meanings in the two translation theories, thus having different influence on the academic world. A clear grasp of the differences between the two theories will be conducive to the further understanding of translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene. A. Nida; J. C. Catford; Translation Theory; Comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德翻译理论之比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文比较了尤金•奈达和约翰•卡特福德各自的翻译理论中所涉及的语言学基础、对意义、形式、对等以及不可译性等概念的观点以及他们的翻译理论对学界产生的影响。尽管同属于西方翻译理论语言学派的代表人物，奈达和卡特福德却分别从不同的角度论述各自的翻译理论，并且同一个术语在两种译论中也被赋予了不同的含义，因此也对学界产生了不同的影响。清晰地把握两种理论中的不同之处，将有利于我们对翻译理论的进一步认识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金•奈达；约翰•卡特福德；翻译理论；比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Linguistic Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida's and Catford's translation theories are systematic and scientific due to the fact that both of them are rooted in linguistics. However, they are based on different linguistic theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically speaking, Nida's translation theory is mainly based on Noam Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar, in which grammatical structure is divided into deep structure and surface structure, kernel sentences and a series of transformational rules are put forward and a whole set of grammatical system is established. Based on transformative-generative grammar, especially the principle of kernel sentences, a new model of translation is put forward by Nida, that is, to translate on the level of deep structure. Therefore, a complete inter-lingual conversion process is created, which can be generally divided into three steps. The first step is to convert the surface structure of the source language to the deep structure of the source language; the second step is to identify a deep structure that is equivalent to the deep structure of the source language in the target language; the final step is to convert the deep structure of the target language to the surface structure of the target language. Generally speaking, this process can be viewed as such a transformational mode:（记得在此插入图片）In addition, through the analysis of the semantic relations of vocabularies in the context, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view holding that the parts of speech should be correspondent between source language and target language. He puts forward four semantic categories, namely objects that correspond roughly to nouns, events that correspond roughly to verbs, abstracts that correspond roughly to the modifiers of objects and events and relations that correspond roughly to the prepositions and connectives in Indo-European languages. And then based on his semantic categories, Nida comes up with seven kernel sentences that are used to discuss the inner relationship of sentences. (Jiang Li 2010, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Nida breaks through the limitations of the traditional translation view that pursues the correspondence of words or sentence patterns on the level of surface structure. He believes that there are great similarities among the kernel structure of different languages, and these similarities are much more pronounced in terms of their deep structure than their surface structure. What’s more, he holds the opinion that through the transformation of deep structure between languages, the faithfulness to the source language can be guaranteed to the greatest extent. At the same time, as the surface structure of the target language is the free expression transformed from the deep structure, the smoothness of the target language can also be guaranteed to some extent. In this way, Nida's translation theory breaks through the formal constraints in translation and retains the content of the source language, which plays a great guiding role in the specific translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Catford's translation theory is mainly based on Michael A.K. Halliday's systematic linguistics, which consists of two basic points. Firstly, it emphasizes the systematicness of language, and holds that languages are systems containing many subsystems. Secondly, systematic linguistics emphasizes the close relationship between language and society, so it holds the opinion that the study of language should start from the society. However, Catford does not adopt these two points completely. Based on the first point that different languages are actually different systems, Catford concludes that translation cannot convey one hundred percent of the meaning of the original text. Nevertheless, when it comes to the second point, it seems that Catford does not delve into the relationship between language and society, and some people even think that his theoretical research is purely static language comparison and serves only for computers. What’s more, Catford focuses on analyzing the relationship among such substances as phonic substance, graphic substance and situation substance from four levels, namely, phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary, based on which, Catford stresses that under no circumstances can complete translation be achieved, that is, translation cannot be simultaneously carried out on the four levels of phonics, glyphs, grammar and vocabulary. Even if the translation is carried out at only one level, the complete translation at that level is impossible. (Jiang Li 2010, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, Catford’s translation theory is based on Halliday’s systematic linguistics, but he does not confine himself within the scope of systematic linguistics. Instead, he applies systematic linguistics in his translation theory in a selective way, which makes his translation theory innovative and in turn has a positive effect on Halliday’s systematic linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night'' (雨夜) and ''Moon and Men'' (月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are, ''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo'' (闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there are some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry (吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among 18 papers, phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements (vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons'' (七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night'' (静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse'' (马赋), ''Ode on Pine'' （松赋), ''Spring Willow'' （春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned  (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water'' (死水) (闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc. (蒋洪新，2001). Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment'' (尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position  (焦建平，2001：134-135). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Color'' (色彩) to ''Dead Water'' (死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊) and ''Dead Water'' (死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011：28-29). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot; （《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot; (A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art （郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum'' (忆菊).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014：611). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste). Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter'' as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost (英译李太白诗，1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words (吴笛，2007：55-56).&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry (王贵明，刘佳，2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself (陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses, &amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109866</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109866"/>
		<updated>2020-12-11T01:01:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* 题目 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections on the Development of Chinese Cultural Self-confidence in Translation from the Perspective of Chinese Translation History	郑华君	Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The connotation of Chinese cultural self-confidence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four translation climaxes in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The characteristics of Chinese cultural self-confidence in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词:'''Poetics; Ideology; Patronage; Manipulate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation. The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this. Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, critics, teachers and translators The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department, &amp;quot;The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power. (Zhang Yuanyuan)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and the social meeting place where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Analysis of translation cases===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Analysis based on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.例1：原文：大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… 译文：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. Example 1: English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Analysis based on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Analysis based on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]黄明娟.从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例[J].青年文学家,2020(14):144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]贾珊珊.&amp;quot;翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例.&amp;quot; 疯狂英语(理论版).02(2018):168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]龙娟,唐博.基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究[J].现代英语,2020(02):63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]谢承凤.剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例[J].科教文汇(中旬刊),2016(12):180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]张白桦,胡雅洁.改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例[J].中州大学学报,2017,34(01):105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]张晓娟.浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响.[J].西安社会科学,2010,28(4): 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]张园园.翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述[J].商丘职业技术学院学报,2010,9(3):81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]周亚.操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例[J].海外英语,2014(23):176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida 	杨晨婷	Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’ s textual material for another language (the original language),” and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; communitive function; equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道“：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work of contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language).(Catford 1965,20) Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation.(Catford 1965,20-21) In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. &lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that “formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.”&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida’s Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories form different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theories 张瑜 Zhang Yu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime (Xu Lan 2017,447). Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermedium&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; from the following two aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as De la terre à la lune and Voyage au centre de la terre. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermedium or middle process with the development of new culture and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity, affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. “The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization”. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018). Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. “The Influence of Lu Xun's ‘Hard Translation’ Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture”. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018). 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. “On Lu Xun’s Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu’s   Sociological Theory”. Sino-US English Teaching 14. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[C]. 北京：人民文学出版社. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅.《鲁迅全集补遗》天津：天津人民出版社. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康.中国译学理论史稿（修订本）[M]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社，2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧.鲁迅翻译研究[M].福建：福建教育出版社，2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C]. 齐鲁书社. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革.“重释鲁迅的“宁信而不顺——西方解构主义的视角”. 跨语言文化研究. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”. 绍兴文理学院学报. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”. 曲靖师范学院学报. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng, 2015 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归）(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?”(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases.（Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens.(2008).''David Copperfield''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(1992).中国译学理论史稿.[''Draft of Chinese translation theory''].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(2010).中国译学史.[''A History of Chinese Translation''].Shanghai:Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永.(2013).从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略.[A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example].Jinan: Shandong University 山东大学.20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway.(2016).''The Old Man and the Sea''.北京:知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏.(2017).严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考.[Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”].Chongqing:Sichuan International Studies University 四川外国语大学.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe.(2008).''Uncle Tom's Cabin''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱、邵斌.(2013).中外翻译理论教程[''Translation Theory: A Coursebook''].Hangzhou:Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾.(1981).撒克逊劫后英雄略[''Ivanhoe''].Shanghai:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋、尚敏锐(2002).以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论.[Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views].Xinjiang:Language and Translation 语言与翻译. 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉.(2019).经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例[Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking ''The Old Man and the Sea'' as an Example].Wuhan: English Square英语广场.2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott.(2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊、韦生鑫.(2020).“信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation].Jilin:Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology 吉林化工学院学报.1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻.(1986).严复集[''Yan Fu Ji''].Shanghai:Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛.(2016).老人与海[''The Old Man and the Sea''].Beijing:Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽、李艳.(2018).严复与林纾:中国近代两大翻译家的对比.[Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators].Kaifeng: Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education 开封教育学院学报.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政、彭发胜.(2007).中西翻译理论简明教程(英文版)[''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories''].Beijing:Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜.(2008).林纾的翻译和时代[Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time].Modern Chinese Literature Studies 中国现代文学研究丛刊.3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：''' 张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：''' 张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation, numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ People who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”, looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of Jin Suo Ji (The Golden Cangue) and conventional translation of The Old Man and The Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 12:33, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ Gender and Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women’ s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “Men can adopt the rules of feminist translation theory, and women can successfully translate men’ s works...Another interesting area for study is how gender identity can be disguised through translation” (1996: 168), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang’ s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this thesis breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s self-translation -- A Case study of the English translation of Jin Suo Ji'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, Jin Suo Ji was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature” by Xia Zhiqing, while Fu Lei also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”. In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It took her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate Jin Suo Ji, including four different versions: Pink Tears, The Rouge of The North, Yuan Nv and The Golden Cangue. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions did not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang’ s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Translator’ s female identity used to show the emotional resonance to female characters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Jiang Jize. However, the reality proves to her that Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang made three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully revealed Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, It can be seen that Qiqiao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Jiang Jize, the affection with Ch’ i-ch’ iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarified Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s emotion in the translation and revealed Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion in the later text, which could show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The Translator’ s Male Identity Used to Show the Passive Position of Women'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, the author used a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tried her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou’ s substitute. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch’ ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang used the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expressed herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang - pai and moved out of the house. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal familyof China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator reveals the reality objectively under the disguise of gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only used the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately concealed her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Jiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families.In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang did not make too many adjustments, but only abstracted the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings.Firstly, the survivors were indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” conveyed the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang’ s eyes, both men and women were struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, “everyone is a survivor of suffering”. Therefore, she used the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Eileen Chang’ s Gender Identity in her conventional translation -- Taking the Chinese translation of The Old Man and the Sea as an example'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Man and the Sea is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of The Old Man and the Sea. Invited by the press Office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including The Old Man and the Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to The Old Man and the Sea, in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expressed her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang was more faithful to the original, and only presented her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expressed her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translated the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The Translator’ s Female Identity Used to Deepen the Work’ s Emotion'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱?好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The translator concealed gender identity to break the arbitrary male discourse'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, this way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang adopted the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(海观译) &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(吴劳译) &lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(张爱玲译) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translated “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoided using such words in translation. Here she translated the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omitted the subject with gender description, and in fact blurred the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator’ s male identity used to recognize the limitation of male power'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”（张爱玲译）&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（海观译）&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（吴劳译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translated “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translated “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai and Wu's translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (Jin Suo Ji) or in the text expressing the male discourse power (The Old Man and the Sea). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ. Reasons for the change of gender identity in Eileen Chang’ s Self-translation and conventional translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The influence of cultural context on the transformation of translator's gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divided context into cultural context and situational context. Here the author mainly expounds the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works Jin Suo Ji and The Old Man and the Sea. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of Jin Suo ji is different from that of The Old Man and the Sea, and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity.For example, Eileen Chang’ s work Jin Suo Ji reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is take into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won’ t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context.Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The gender of the translator and the purpose of translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang’ s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang's adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of Jin Suo Ji, Eileen Chang translated from the perspective of her own or the gender identity of the opposite sex, with the ultimate purpose of expressing the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang expressed her different understanding of this work in her translation preface: “The old fisherman showed astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings.”Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang’ s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this thesis provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator's gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang's translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马悦, 穆雷. 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. 解放军外国语学院学报. 2010(6): 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛萍萍. 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J].大众文艺. 2018：171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
欧内斯特· 海明威. 老人与海[M]. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王璟. 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. 中国外语. 2011(8): 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王晓莺. 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. 广州:中山大学出版社. 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
席培华. 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. 2017(10): 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲. 金锁记[M]. 上海印书馆. 1955.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract:Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords:western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅰ.Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Translation in Ancient Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 St. Jerome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 St. Augustine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of the ''Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Manlius Boethius&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Dante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3 Translation in Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Etienne Dolet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 John Dryden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Matthw Arnold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Francis W. Newman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 Translation in Contemporary Time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Federov&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Roman Jakobson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 John Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 James Holmes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅲ.Discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅳ.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the translation theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford	陈莎	Chen Sha==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night''(雨夜) and ''Moon and Men''(月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are,''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo''(闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry(吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 18 papers in total and phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements(vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons''(七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night''(静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse''(马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water''(死水)(闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc.(蒋洪新，2001) Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment''(尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position (焦建平，2001). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Color''(色彩) to ''Dead Water''(死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Dead Water''(死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot;（《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot;(A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art（郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments.(Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert.&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter''as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost. (英译李太白诗，1926)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words. (吴笛，2007)&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry.(王贵明，刘佳，2006) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself(陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses,&amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109862</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109862"/>
		<updated>2020-12-11T00:55:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Reflections on the Development of Chinese Cultural Self-confidence in Translation from the Perspective of Chinese Translation History	郑华君	Zheng Huajun */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections on the Development of Chinese Cultural Self-confidence in Translation from the Perspective of Chinese Translation History	郑华君	Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The connotation of Chinese cultural self-confidence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four translation climaxes in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The characteristics of Chinese cultural self-confidence in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词:'''Poetics; Ideology; Patronage; Manipulate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation. The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this. Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, critics, teachers and translators The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department, &amp;quot;The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power. (Zhang Yuanyuan)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and the social meeting place where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Analysis of translation cases===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Analysis based on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.例1：原文：大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… 译文：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. Example 1: English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Analysis based on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Analysis based on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]黄明娟.从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例[J].青年文学家,2020(14):144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]贾珊珊.&amp;quot;翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例.&amp;quot; 疯狂英语(理论版).02(2018):168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]龙娟,唐博.基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究[J].现代英语,2020(02):63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]谢承凤.剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例[J].科教文汇(中旬刊),2016(12):180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]张白桦,胡雅洁.改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例[J].中州大学学报,2017,34(01):105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]张晓娟.浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响.[J].西安社会科学,2010,28(4): 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]张园园.翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述[J].商丘职业技术学院学报,2010,9(3):81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]周亚.操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例[J].海外英语,2014(23):176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida 	杨晨婷	Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’ s textual material for another language (the original language),” and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; communitive function; equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道“：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work of contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language).(Catford 1965,20) Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation.(Catford 1965,20-21) In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. &lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that “formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.”&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida’s Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories form different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theories 张瑜 Zhang Yu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime (Xu Lan 2017,447). Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermedium&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; from the following two aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as De la terre à la lune and Voyage au centre de la terre. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermedium or middle process with the development of new culture and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity, affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. “The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization”. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018). Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. “The Influence of Lu Xun's ‘Hard Translation’ Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture”. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018). 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. “On Lu Xun’s Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu’s   Sociological Theory”. Sino-US English Teaching 14. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[C]. 北京：人民文学出版社. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅.《鲁迅全集补遗》天津：天津人民出版社. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康.中国译学理论史稿（修订本）[M]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社，2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧.鲁迅翻译研究[M].福建：福建教育出版社，2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C]. 齐鲁书社. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革.“重释鲁迅的“宁信而不顺——西方解构主义的视角”. 跨语言文化研究. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”. 绍兴文理学院学报. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”. 曲靖师范学院学报. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng, 2015 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归）(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?”(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases.（Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens.(2008).''David Copperfield''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(1992).中国译学理论史稿.[''Draft of Chinese translation theory''].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(2010).中国译学史.[''A History of Chinese Translation''].Shanghai:Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永.(2013).从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略.[A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example].Jinan: Shandong University 山东大学.20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway.(2016).''The Old Man and the Sea''.北京:知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏.(2017).严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考.[Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”].Chongqing:Sichuan International Studies University 四川外国语大学.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe.(2008).''Uncle Tom's Cabin''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱、邵斌.(2013).中外翻译理论教程[''Translation Theory: A Coursebook''].Hangzhou:Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾.(1981).撒克逊劫后英雄略[''Ivanhoe''].Shanghai:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋、尚敏锐(2002).以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论.[Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views].Xinjiang:Language and Translation 语言与翻译. 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉.(2019).经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例[Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking ''The Old Man and the Sea'' as an Example].Wuhan: English Square英语广场.2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott.(2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊、韦生鑫.(2020).“信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation].Jilin:Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology 吉林化工学院学报.1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻.(1986).严复集[''Yan Fu Ji''].Shanghai:Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛.(2016).老人与海[''The Old Man and the Sea''].Beijing:Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽、李艳.(2018).严复与林纾:中国近代两大翻译家的对比.[Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators].Kaifeng: Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education 开封教育学院学报.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政、彭发胜.(2007).中西翻译理论简明教程(英文版)[''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories''].Beijing:Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜.(2008).林纾的翻译和时代[Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time].Modern Chinese Literature Studies 中国现代文学研究丛刊.3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：''' 张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：''' 张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation, numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ People who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”, looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of Jin Suo Ji (The Golden Cangue) and conventional translation of The Old Man and The Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 12:33, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ Gender and Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women’ s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “Men can adopt the rules of feminist translation theory, and women can successfully translate men’ s works...Another interesting area for study is how gender identity can be disguised through translation” (1996: 168), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang’ s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this thesis breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s self-translation -- A Case study of the English translation of Jin Suo Ji'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, Jin Suo Ji was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature” by Xia Zhiqing, while Fu Lei also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”. In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It took her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate Jin Suo Ji, including four different versions: Pink Tears, The Rouge of The North, Yuan Nv and The Golden Cangue. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions did not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang’ s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Translator’ s female identity used to show the emotional resonance to female characters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Jiang Jize. However, the reality proves to her that Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang made three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully revealed Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, It can be seen that Qiqiao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Jiang Jize, the affection with Ch’ i-ch’ iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarified Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s emotion in the translation and revealed Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion in the later text, which could show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The Translator’ s Male Identity Used to Show the Passive Position of Women'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, the author used a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tried her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou’ s substitute. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch’ ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang used the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expressed herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang - pai and moved out of the house. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal familyof China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator reveals the reality objectively under the disguise of gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only used the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately concealed her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Jiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families.In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang did not make too many adjustments, but only abstracted the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings.Firstly, the survivors were indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” conveyed the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang’ s eyes, both men and women were struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, “everyone is a survivor of suffering”. Therefore, she used the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Eileen Chang’ s Gender Identity in her conventional translation -- Taking the Chinese translation of The Old Man and the Sea as an example'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Man and the Sea is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of The Old Man and the Sea. Invited by the press Office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including The Old Man and the Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to The Old Man and the Sea, in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expressed her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang was more faithful to the original, and only presented her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expressed her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translated the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The Translator’ s Female Identity Used to Deepen the Work’ s Emotion'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱?好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The translator concealed gender identity to break the arbitrary male discourse'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, this way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang adopted the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(海观译) &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(吴劳译) &lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(张爱玲译) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translated “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoided using such words in translation. Here she translated the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omitted the subject with gender description, and in fact blurred the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator’ s male identity used to recognize the limitation of male power'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”（张爱玲译）&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（海观译）&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（吴劳译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translated “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translated “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai and Wu's translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (Jin Suo Ji) or in the text expressing the male discourse power (The Old Man and the Sea). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ. Reasons for the change of gender identity in Eileen Chang’ s Self-translation and conventional translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The influence of cultural context on the transformation of translator's gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divided context into cultural context and situational context. Here the author mainly expounds the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works Jin Suo Ji and The Old Man and the Sea. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of Jin Suo ji is different from that of The Old Man and the Sea, and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity.For example, Eileen Chang’ s work Jin Suo Ji reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is take into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won’ t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context.Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The gender of the translator and the purpose of translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang’ s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang's adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of Jin Suo Ji, Eileen Chang translated from the perspective of her own or the gender identity of the opposite sex, with the ultimate purpose of expressing the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang expressed her different understanding of this work in her translation preface: “The old fisherman showed astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings.”Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang’ s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this thesis provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator's gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang's translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马悦, 穆雷. 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. 解放军外国语学院学报. 2010(6): 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛萍萍. 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J].大众文艺. 2018：171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
欧内斯特· 海明威. 老人与海[M]. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王璟. 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. 中国外语. 2011(8): 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王晓莺. 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. 广州:中山大学出版社. 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
席培华. 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. 2017(10): 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲. 金锁记[M]. 上海印书馆. 1955.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract:Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords:western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅰ.Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Translation in Ancient Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 St. Jerome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 St. Augustine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of the ''Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Manlius Boethius&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Dante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3 Translation in Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Etienne Dolet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 John Dryden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Matthw Arnold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Francis W. Newman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 Translation in Contemporary Time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Federov&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Roman Jakobson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 John Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 James Holmes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅲ.Discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅳ.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the translation theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford	陈莎	Chen Sha==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night''(雨夜) and ''Moon and Men''(月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are,''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo''(闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry(吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 18 papers in total and phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements(vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons''(七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night''(静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse''(马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water''(死水)(闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc.(蒋洪新，2001) Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment''(尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position (焦建平，2001). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Color''(色彩) to ''Dead Water''(死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Dead Water''(死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot;（《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot;(A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art（郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments.(Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert.&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter''as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost. (英译李太白诗，1926)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words. (吴笛，2007)&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry.(王贵明，刘佳，2006) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself(陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses,&amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109860</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3&amp;diff=109860"/>
		<updated>2020-12-11T00:52:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zheng Huajun: /* Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第三部分(Part 3)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Skopos and Functional Equivalence=&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory and My thoughts on the Two Theories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first makes a brief introduction of the two very important translation theories, which are Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory, put forward by Eugene Nida and Hans Vermeer respectively. Then the paper analyzes the similarities and differences between the two theories from many different perspectives. Through the analysis of the two theories, the author finally puts forwards its own thoughts on the two translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key words==&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Skopos theory; Eugene Nida; Hans Vermeer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先对翻译研究中两种极为重要的翻译理论，即尤金·奈达提出的功能对等翻译理论和汉斯·弗米尔进行了简要介绍，之后从多个不同的方面对这两种理论的相似点和不同之处进行分析。最后，在对两种理论进行分析后，作者提出自己对这两种理论的看法和认识。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论；翻译目的论；尤金·奈达；汉斯·弗米尔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==(1)Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1. Functional Equivalence Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Eugene Nida, the famous American linguist and ''Bible'' Translator, first put forward the notion of “dynamic equivalence” in his book ''Toward a Science of Translating''. According to Nida, “dynamic equivalence” refers to “ the closest natural equivalence to the source language message(Tan Zaixi, 1984: 10)”. In saying this, Nida means to appeal translators to put emphasis on expressing to the target readers both the messages conveyed in the source language and the forms and styles of the original text. Later, he realizes the name “dynamic equivalence” may confuse some translation learners and they may think he only focuses on translating the content and meaning of the source text and ignores its form and style, he then changes the name of “dynamic equivalence” into “functional equivalence”. Nida thinks that the response made by the target language receptor to the target text should generally be equivalent to the response made by the source language receptor to the source text, so when the translator cannot retain both the form and the content of the original text, he or she should give priority to the content of the original text and change the form of the source text. And in response to questions like how and to what degree the translator can change the form of the original text, Nida then points out that in translation, there are four aspects in dynamic equivalence, namely, lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence respectively. If a translator can convey the language form, the content and the style of the source text in natural target language, and make the target readers give the same response to the target text as the source language made to the original text, then his translation can be said to have achieved the maximal equivalence. On the other hand, if a translation only transmit the content of the original text generally, then the translation can be said to have achieved the minimal equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2. Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was first put forward by Hans Vermeer in his book ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' in 1978. According to Skopos theory, translation means to “'''produce a text at target setting for a target purpose and target addressee in target circumstances'''”(Liu Junping, 2009: 377). Based on this definition, Vermeer Hans concludes the three rules of Skopos theory, which are skopos rule, coherence rule and loyalty rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, skopos rule, or purpose principle, is the primary principle to be followed in translation. It holds that the purpose to be achieved of the target text determines the whole process of translation, including the choice of the translator in translation skills and strategies, and that all translation activities are determined by its purpose. Generally speaking, the skopos rule has under its umbrella three types of purposes: the first one is the basic purpose of the translator; the second is the communicative purpose of the translation; and the third is the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. But at most of times, “purpose” refers to the communicative purpose of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, coherence rule, also called intra-textual coherence, means that the translation must be understandable and readable to the receptors, and meaningful in the communicative environment of the target culture and the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, fidelity rule, which means that there should be inter-textual coherence between the source text and the target text. Inter-textual coherence is similar to what is usually called “信” or “be faithful to the original text”. In the traditional translation theory, “faithfulness” is always regarded as the basic translation standard to obey, but in Skopos theory, to what degree the form and style of the target text should be faithful to the original text totally depends on the purpose of the translation and the translator’s understanding of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under Vermeer’ s Skopos theory, the skopos rule is the most important rule among the three rules, the coherence rule the second important, and the fidelity rule the least important. This indicates that in Skopos theory, the end justifies the means(Liu Junping, 2009: 377-378)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==II.Similarities and Differences==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1. The Similarities between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.1. Both Attach Great Importance to the Target Receptor’s Status'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory is a receptor-oriented theory. As revealed by Nida’s definition of translation, that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes that the primary aim of translation is such that the target text should bring the target receptors the similar or same response as the response made by receptors in the source language. Besides, to bring to the readers a similar or same response, Nida even put forward that, if it is necessary, different target texts should be made according to the needs of different receptors. All of the two points reflects that in Functional Equivalence Theory, the target receptor’s status is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Skopos theory, too, put the reader’s needs on a high status. Of the three rules in Skopos theory, the most important one is skopos rule, which includes three purposes, the basic purpose of the translator, the communicative purpose of the translation, and the purpose of specific translation strategies or means. However, to take all the three purposes into consideration, a translator must first know what and who the target text serves, so he or she can immediately know the purpose of the translation task and do a corresponding and qualified translation. This, on the other hand, also means that in Skopos theory, the target reader’s needs indirectly determine the purpose of the translation, so it is also given priority to by the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1.2. Both Emphasize the Communicative Function of Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the Functional Equivalence Theory, the translation should achieve a functional equivalence, bringing the target readers the roughly same experience and making them give the responses as the receptors in the source language culture. In doing this, the translator is in fact trying to achieve the communicative function of the original text by shortening the distance of the source text receptors and the target text receptors, which, on the other hand, means that the process of translation is a communicative process between the original language culture and the culture of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, of the three purposes under the skopos rule, the communicative purpose is regarded as the most important purpose of a target text. Skopos theory holds that translation is a communicative activity with a purpose, and the process of translation is determined by the intended function or purpose of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The Differences between the Two Theories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.1. Different Status of the Source Language and the Target Language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, a good translation achieving the goal of translation not only needs to provide another message similar to the original message conveyed in the source text, but also needs to clearly reflect the meaning and intention of the original text, bringing to the target readers similar or even same effects and making them give a same response. From this point, one can easily see that Functional Equivalence Theory is centered on the original text, which, to some degree, reflects that Functional Equivalence still put the source language on a high status. The status of the target language is secondary to the source language as the choice of the words, sentence structures of the target text still heavily depend on the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, on the other hand, gets rid of the point of view of the traditional text-centered translation theory, and focuses on the function and purpose of the target text. From the perspective of Skopos theory, a successful translation is not one that places the original text in a sacred and unattainable position. Vermeer further put forward the view of “subverting the source language” in Skopos theory. He stated that “the linguistic and stylistic features of the original text are no longer the only criteria to measure the translation”. All of these reflect that the source text enjoys a relatively low status in Skopos theory compared with its status in Functional Equivalence Theory. Besides, from the three rules of Skopos theory, one can easily know that, the most important one is the skopos rule, then the coherence of the target text, namely the intra-textual coherence and finally the fidelity of the target text to the source text, namely the inter-textual coherence. Therefore, we can see that the status of the source language actually lower than the target language in Skopos theory, which is different from the case in Functional Equivalence Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.2. Different Translation Principles'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that equivalence is the goal of translation. His translation standard is that the target text should be faithful to the original text in terms of content and style while also being expressive in the eyes of the target readers. As put forward by Nida that, “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language, first in terms of meaning and second in terms of style”, the translation standard of Functional Equivalence Theory include “equivalence”, which is the equivalence of meaning and style, namely be faithful to the meaning and style of the source text. Besides, in front of “equivalence”, there is also a word “natural”, which means the target text should be fluent and be in conformity with the habits of the target culture, namely “expressiveness” in traditional translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Skopos theory, however, “faithfulness” is no longer regarded as the primary translation criteria. As Skopos theory judges the success of a translation by its intended purpose, which reflects the requirements of the target readers. However, as the requirements of the readers are different, Skopos theory advocates the diversification of translation standards. Only when the communicative purpose of the translation requires the translation to have the same communicative function as the original text, equivalence becomes the standard of the translation process. Otherwise, the translation may be very different from the original text in its style and form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.3. Different Translation Skills and Translation Strategies Used in the Translation Process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Functional Equivalence Theory, as determined by its definition for translation, the translation skills and strategies used in the translation process are all for one common goal, which is to bring the target readers the roughly same or same response. In order to achieve the aim, some translation skills are frequently used under the Functional Equivalence Theory, including literal translation, liberal translation, domestication and borrowing translation. And among all these translation skills, domestication and borrowing translation are two translation strategies most favorably advocated by Functional Equivalence Theory. Here, I will list the translation of a phrase to briefly explain the reason why the two translation skills are often used in translation process. We all know that to grow like mushrooms is an English phrase which means to rapidly grow or increase in number. It vividly describes the scene that after the incessant rain in London, the explosive growth of the mushrooms. While in China, there is also a similar phrase “雨后春笋”, to describe the scene that after a spring rain, the bamboo shoots sprout overnight in the forest. Therefore, when doing a E-C translation, the translator often uses domestication and translate “to grow like mushrooms” into “雨后春笋”, so as to enable the Chinese readers give a same response as English readers did.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Skopos theory is different. In Skopos theory, the end justifies the means, which means all the translation skills and strategies are determined by the purpose and use of the target text as well as the reader it serves. Therefore, it usually adopts different translation strategies to meet different translation purposes. Translators can freely choose the translation skills he wants to use, whether it is literal translation or liberal translation, domestication or foreignization, transliteration or borrowing translation, even simplifying translation and reduction translation, in consideration of the author's writing intention, the theme of the original text, the translator’s purpose and the needs of the readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, I want to firstly compare the difference between Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory in dealing with content with cultural characteristics. As I wrote before, the Functional Equivalence Theory emphasizes the same response between the original readers and the target readers and the presence of a natural text to the target readers, so it prefers to use the existed words, phrases, and cultural images in the target language to replace the expressions in the original text, which explains why domestication and borrowing translation are often use under the theory -- that is because by using the two ways, functional equivalence can be achieved. However, in Skopos theory, the translator enjoys a higher degree of freedom. He can select translation skills flexibly according to the skopos of the text. For example, when it comes to cultural translation, the translator should carefully consider the cultural differences between the two languages and have full understanding of the purpose and usage of the original text. If the purpose of a translated text is to diffuse the language characteristics of the original author, the author’s writing intention, or the language characteristics of the source language culture, then the translator can adopt the strategy of foreignization or the strategy of literal translation with some annotations in the target text to help the target readers better understand a foreign concept. For example, in order to maintain the cultural characteristics of Chinese, the Chinese proverb “谋事在人，成事在天” should be translated as “man proposals, heaven disposes.&amp;quot; instead of “man proposals, God disposes”. This is because the translator wants foreign people to know our beliefs -- we Chinese believe in Heaven rather than God. At the same time, sometimes, to meet the needs of some special readers, simplifying translation and reduction translation are also used in the translation process. For example, there are some publishers in China which publish the simplified version of those foreign classics to meet the the children’s needs in reading. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.4. Different Status of the Translator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In what Nida thinks of, the translator is only a cultural envoy, transmitting the idea of a culture to people in another culture. Nida believes that as the second source of information, the translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. Therefore, the translator must understand what the original author thinks. The translator’s role is mainly to convey the original author’s intention to the readers. In addition, the translator should not introduce any personal ideas into the translation of the original text, no matter whether the original point of view is consistent with his own. “The translator should not intervene in, edit or rewrite the original text even if it has shortcomings and errors, nor should he improve the original text even if he has the ability”(Tan Zaixi, 1984). Of course, we can critically accept Nida’s words. When there are obvious mistakes in the original text (such as the original text not conforming to the facts), we should correct them in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory improves the position of translator. The translator is the receptor of the original text and transmits the information of the original text to the reader. Skopos theory allows the translator to determine the faithfulness of the translation to the source text and determine the proportion of the faithfulness of the target text to the original text. It adopts the translation strategies such as “modification, abridgement and reduction”, and denies that there is only one “correct or best” translation of the source language. Therefore, the translator has more freedom in the process of translation, and can transfer the original text according to the needs, expectations and knowledge background of the readers, so as to achieve the purpose of a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2.5. Different translation processes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, Nida proposed the famous back translation theory by referring to the concepts of core sentence, non-core sentence and transformation. In Functional Equivalence Theory, translation is a complicated process, which includes four stages: analysis, transfer, reconstruction and test (Tan Zaixi, 1984, 144). Specifically speaking, as far as Nida is concerned, when doing a translation task, the translator needs to transform the original text from the surface structure to the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure on the basis of grammatical and semantic analysis, and then translate the deep structure or pseudo-deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally from the deep structure of the target text to the surface structure of the target text. After the translation is done, the translator needs to re-examine and test the translation.(Peng Changjiang, 2017: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory, however, unlike the Functional Equivalence Theory, it does not put forward specific translation procedures. The Skopos theory does not give detailed guidelines for the translation of words, phrases, paragraphs and texts, but it do gives some guidance to the translator from the macro perspective, giving the translator more autonomy to do translation and enabling them freely translate a text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.My Thoughts on the Two Theories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1. My thought on Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1. Strengths and Contributions of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the Functional Equivalence Theory brings modern linguistics, communication studies, information theory, semiotics and aesthetics into the field of translation. From the macro perspective, it breaks through the limitations of the traditional thoughts on translation and provides a new perspective for translation research. It studies translation in a more detailed way from multiple perspectives, applies new thoughts, concepts and methods to translation studies, and provides many new methods for translation research. Besides, it also lays a solid foundation for modern translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, it must be emphasized that, Functional Equivalence Theory has given many constructive suggestions to translators. From a micro perspective, Functional Equivalence Theory has solved the long-standing dispute between literal translation and liberal translation. It requires the translator use the target language to reproduce the meaning of the source language as fully as possible in different language structures, thus both breaking the restrictions of traditional word-for-word translation and limiting the free and random play of the translator. To some extent, Functional Equivalence Theory has greatly promoted the translation of some types of literary works, such as the translation of prose, help avoiding the creation of many pseudo--translation and translationese cases. At the same time, it eases the argument of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of language and culture, and seeks the balance point of domestication and foreignization from the perspective of multiple disciplines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Functional Equivalence Theory provides with the target readers a chance to know other country’s culture in their own language. Traditionally, translation is to transform the original language that are different from ours into the familiar language that we use. It can let the people who have not learned a foreign language also understand and appreciate the message under some phrases written in a foreign language. For example, if one has no common sense in English, he will regard “a piece of cake” as “一块蛋糕”. This example reflects the culture gap between the people of two countries. Good translation is one that overcomes these culture gaps and turn them into what the target readers is familiar with. So, it is better for the translator use the Functional Equivalence Theory to translate “a piece of cake” with the well-known Chinese proverb “小菜一碟” .   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2. Deficiency of Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Functional Equivalence Theory has made many contributions to the translation studies, it is not without its deficiencies. Here I list three disadvantages of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory is concluded from the translation of the ''Bible''. It is, in fact, cannot be a guideline for all kinds of translation. For example, some texts, including some articles with profound historic significance and cultural characteristics, some scientific articles, some lyrical articles, movie subtitles, government reports, actually need different translation standards. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate fields, but it is not universal or omnipotent rule. Though, in fact, there is nothing omnipotent and flawless in the world. Functional Equivalence Theory can play an important role in appropriate area. If it is used in the right place, it can help the translator present a more brilliant translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the Functional Equivalence Theory requires the target text to be written in a “common language”, which should be understood by the less educated readers and accepted by the readers with high literacy, but this turns out to be very difficult to achieve in practice. It can be said that the requirements of this theory are way too demanding. Although this is a goal worth pursuing, it is nearly impossible to achieve, as even in the same country, different knowledge levels, different regional cultures and even different life experiences will lead to different understanding abilities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Nida also ignores an important thing, that is, culture is very complex. The generation, evolution and creation of each nation and its culture are different from each other. Some cultural images in foreign works may be something the other country’s readers have never seen and cannot understand. In translation process, it is certainly ideal if the translator can find a corresponding cultural object in the target culture. But at most of times, it is in fact very difficult for the translator to find such a substitute. This makes the so called “functional equivalence” very difficult to achieve, and even show its loopholes -- which is also a difficulty in translation process -- it is usually difficult for translators to translate and explain certain words with special cultural meanings. In fact, the differences between different cultures are absolute and inevitable, while the similarities are rare and precious. For example, in order to avoid the danger and inauspicious emotions of the word “red” in western culture, some British translators translate the original title of the book 《红楼梦》 into “''The Story of the Stone''”. This kind of translation, however, fails to transmit the message of a rich, luxurious, dreamy life hidden in the original book name, let alone bring the western readers the same response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3. My Point of View towards Functional Equivalence Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence of Functional Equivalence Theory on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not a universal theory. The advantages and disadvantages of the theory of functional equivalence should be treated in a dialectical way. Functional Equivalence Theory is the product of a particular historical period, and it may have some inconsistencies with contemporary translation theories. Therefore, we should take a comprehensive view of Nida’s translation theory. On the whole, Nida’s translation thought can be regarded as a bright gem in the treasure house of western translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2. My thoughts on Skopos Theory''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1. Strengths and Contributions of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has many advantages. First of all, as a major breakthrough in the study of contemporary western translation theory, Skopos theory breaks the limitations of Functional Equivalence Theory at the linguistic level and puts forward a translation standard dominated by skopos principle. Skopos theory provides the translator with another perspective in translation practice, which is more conducive to the choice of translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Skopos theory focuses on the requirements of the translation client, points out the influence of the client on the translation process, and breaks the limitation of traditional translation theory, which only takes the original author, the translator and the target reader into consideration. From this perspective, Skopos theory can be called a real breakthrough in the history of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, Skopos theory emphasizes the initiative and participation of the translator, and holds that the original text mainly plays the role of providing information. Therefore, it shifts the focus of translation from faithful reproducing the source text to the creation of the translation. It overthrows the central position of the original text and establishes the central position of the target text and the translator, which gives all translation learners and researchers a new insight towards translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Skopos theory further studies the development of translation from the perspective of culture. From the perspective of Skopos theory, translation is a kind of cultural comparison and a kind of cross-cultural communication in a certain cultural context, which benefits the target readers a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2. Deficiency of Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, all thing is not perfect, Skopos theory is no exception, of course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Skopos theory allows the translator to rewrite the original text to a certain extent, but it does not indicate the extent to which the translator can rewrite the original text. It gives the translator too much freedom, which may let the translator easily translate the source text out of its context. Besides, the original meaning and usage of the source text may be distorted if the translator unscrupulously use every means in order to achieve the so-called “purpose of translation”. Accordingly, the translator will fall into the whirlpool of random translation, which may violate the intention of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the Skopos theory overemphasizes the purpose of translation, the purpose of the translator and the purpose of the target language, so that the translator may easily change or omit many stylistic features of the original text in the target text. This makes it not suitable for some styles of text, such as poems. Because if a translator translates a poem into a prose or a descriptive passages out of the purpose of the translation client, he or she may be better said to rewrite or recreate something than translate. After all, translation is based on the original text, otherwise it cannot be called translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, there are tens of thousands of readers. To meet the needs of different people, a translation must adopt multiple standards. When there are contradictions among various standards, the translator will be at a loss and the multiple standards will be equal to no standards. For example, if a translator receives the mission of the translation client that he should translate a song faithfully but also retain the beauty of the original text for both the children and adults to appreciate it, then the translator may feel hard to do the translation task with the three contradictory translation requirements.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3. My Point of View towards Skopos Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less deficiencies in every translation theory, and Skopos theory is no exception. To some extent, the shortcomings of Skopos theory mentioned above are also a major feature of it. It is this distinctive theoretical feature that can make it stand out in many translation theories and attract the attention of many scholars and translation enthusiasts. The author believes that the contribution of Skopos theory to the development of translation theory and its guiding significance in translation practice is far greater than its shortcomings and deficiencies. People should treat it with a more objective and rational attitude and let it play its due role in the field of translation. Generally speaking, the Skopos theory put forward by Hans Vermeer is regarded as a major theoretical breakthrough in the study of western translation theory, and it also plays an important role in guiding the successful translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IV.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the above comparison, we find that both Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos theory have their own advantages and disadvantages, and their differences are greater than their similarities. Functional equivalence pays attention to the equivalence between the form and content of the translation and the original text as well as the reader’s response. Skopos theory can solve some problems that can not be solved by Functional Equivalence Theory and widen the research perspective of translation theory, which is to some extent the inheritance and development of Functional Equivalence Theory. The scope of application of the two is different, but both of them have their own unique excellencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference books: 《奈达论翻译》by谭载喜&amp;amp;《西方翻译理论通史》by刘军平&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
Bibliography：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Eugene A. Nida. ''Toward a Science of Translating'' [M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Eugene A. Nida, Charles Taber. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' [M]. Leiden: the Netherlands, E. J. Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hans Vermeer. ''Framework for a General Translation Theory'' [M] ,1978.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.奈达论翻译 [M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司,1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]刘军平.西方翻译理论通史 [M].武汉：武汉大学出版社,2009.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]百度百科：功能对等理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]百度百科：翻译目的论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]百度百科：目的论的优点与不足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]百度百科：功能对等理论的贡献与局限性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]彭长江.英汉--汉英翻译教程[M].长沙：湖南师范大学出版社，2017.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]百度百科：功能对等理论与目的论的比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence Theory and Skopos Theory'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近几十年来，翻译理论层出不穷，翻译理论也带有多元化倾向。奈达从语言学的角度出发，根据翻译的本质，提出了功能对等理论，在这一理论中，他指出“翻译是用最恰当、自然和对等的语言从语义到文体再现源语的信息”。功能主义目的论的代表人物弗米尔认为翻译是一项有目的的活动，并且以实现译文的预期功能和效果为首要原则。&lt;br /&gt;
这两种理论都是具有较大影响力的西方翻译理论。它们在不同的时期由不同流派提出，本文着重分析两大理论在理论基础、翻译标准、文化观等层面上的差异性，并分析其相似性。通过对这两种理论的共性和差异进行比较，旨在加深我们对这两种貌似神离的翻译理论的认识与了解，让我们在不同的领域中能恰当地使用这两种翻译理论,更好地发挥各自的指导作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；目的论；差异性；相似性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent decades, translation theories have emerged in an endless stream, and translation theories have a tendency to diversify. From the perspective of linguistics, Eugene Nida puts forward the theory of functional equivalence according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he points out that &amp;quot;Translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style&amp;quot;. While one of the representatives of functionalist skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, considers that translation is a purposeful activity, taking the realization of the target text’s intended function as its first principle.&lt;br /&gt;
These two theories have great influence in western translation theories. They are proposed by different schools in different periods. This paper will focus on the differences between these two theories in terms of theoretical basis, translation standards, and cultural direction, and then analyze their similarities. By comparing the differences and similarities between the two theories, it will deepen our understanding of these two translation theories so that we can properly use them in different fields, thus better playing their respective guiding roles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Skopos Theory; comparison&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary western translation theories are flourishing, providing a new perspective for translation studies. In the 1960s, Eugene A. Nida proposed a translation theory based on reader response, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;. With the development of the times, people have further understanding of the complex phenomenon of translation. The theory of equivalence sets the translation within the scope of the language level. However, the essence of translation is not only the conversion of pure language, but also the communication between different cultures based on language form. In the 1970s, translation studies oriented to the target language culture appeared in the West, breaking the traditional translation theory of textual centralism, which made the translator pay more attention to the translation and the target language receivers, the social and communicative functions of the translation. The German functionalist translation theory got rid of the shackles of the equivalence theory that prevailed at that time, broadened the field of translation theory research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Significance of the study'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the differences and similarities of these two translation theory, it can deepen our understanding of them. Therefore, when we do translation, we can choose the most appropriate translation theory to guide us to translate according to the specific situation. So it is very necessary to make a comparison between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Layout of this chapter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be divided into three chapters. In the first chapter, a brief introduction of functional equivalence will be presented, such as the definition of functional equivalence, and its four criteria: conveying information; conveying the spirit and style of the original work; fluent language; and similar reader response. The second chapter involves three parts, that is, the development of skopos theory; the definition of skopos theory and the three rules of skopos theory. The final chapter falls into two part: the differences and similarities between these two theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. A brief introduction of Functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The definition of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence theory is the core of the famous American translator Eugene Nida’s translation theory. It attaches great importance to the response of the target language receivers, that is, the target language receiver and the source language receiver produce the same viewing response. He holds that translation should not only ensure the correctness of information exchange and achieve information equivalence in lexical sense, but also take into account the cultural background and behavioral patterns of the target language receiver and achieve information equivalence in style, semantics and other aspects in the process of translation, that is, to achieve functional equivalence of language. In the process of translation, we should not only consider the formal factors such as vocabulary and grammar, but also pay attention to the linguistic factors such as context, culture and social background, which are very important to translation. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only equivalence in lexical sense, but also equivalence in semantics, text and style. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. This kind of “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: 1. lexical equivalence；2. syntactic equivalence；3. textual equivalence；4. stylistic   equivalence. Among these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important and form is the second”(张春柏，1998：50).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The criteria of functional equivalence theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence translation theory has four criteria (Nida, 2001:117): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.1 Conveying information'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “information” includes all kinds of information conveyed by the original language: semantics, style, literary image, scene and psychological effect. In the theory of functional equivalence, the criterion of “conveying information” means that the target language information conveyed by the translator to the target language receiver should be basically the same as the original text information conveyed by the original author to the target language receiver. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “presidential historian...”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“总统的史学家......”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not clear that the message conveyed by “presidential historian” to Chinese readers is not the same as that conveyed by “presidential historian” to English readers. However, according to Nida’s functional equivalence theory, the translator translates it into “研究总统的历史学家” by adding words, so that Chinese readers can correctly understand the true meaning of “presidential historian” in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.2 Conveying the spirit and style of the original work'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Nida’s point of view, translation is to reproduce the original text in the most natural way in the target language, first of all, meaning, then spiritual style, so that the receivers of the translated text can produce basically the same psychological response as the receivers of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:“来吧，朋友!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a column broadcast by CCTV. If translated into “come on, friends!”, it seems to be close to the original in form, as a column is not solemn enough. And “solemnity” is the style of “来吧，朋友！”in the original Chinese text, which should be reproduced in the translation. Therefore, “A time to make friends” is quite different from the original Chinese in form, but it accurately conveys the spiritual style of the original to the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.3 Fluent language: fully in line with the norms and conventions of the target language'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This criterion means that, on the premise of conveying the information and spiritual style of the original text, the process of translation should not be constrained by the linguistic form and structure of the original text, and should grasp the connotation and spirit of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example：“车来了！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Here comes the car / truck / bus / minibus / lorry / taxi!”&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the category word “car” is used to replace any form of vehicle. But this method is not found in English. On the contrary, English is accustomed to using specific vocabulary. Therefore, when translating similar Chinese into English, it is necessary to make clear the means of transportation and to translate the specific means of transportation according to the habits of English expression. If you cross the street, remind your peers to say “车来了！”You should translate it into “Be careful!” according to English expression habits, so that English readers can really understand the meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2.4 Similar reader responses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two standards focus on the transmission of linguistic information, content and style, while the latter two focus on the acceptability of the translation to the audience：The relationship between the target reader and the target text should be basically the same as that between the original reader and the target text, so as to achieve the spiritual fit between the translator and the original author, thus enabling the target reader to get the same feelings as the original reader. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: “as white as snow.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can sometimes be translated into “very white” because people in the translated culture may not know what snow is. We can also translate “to grow like mushroom” into “如雨后春笋般地成长起来”, because “mushroom” means exactly the same in English as“春笋”in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ. A brief introduction of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is the core concept of German functionalist theory, which is put forward by Hans. J. Vermeer. Skopos theory holds that the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies that are to be employed. Vermeer thinks that translators should follow three basic rules in the process of their translation, which are respectively skopos theory, coherence theory and fidelity theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 The development of Skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, the focus of translation studies was equivalence. In fact, this kind of equivalence was hard to achieve because the differences between cultures are hard to eliminate. In order to solve this problem, translation theorists put forward new theories, using functional and communicative methods to study translation. In this context, functionalist skopos theory continues to develop, and boldly shakes off the bondage of equivalence, taking the skopos as the general principle. So translation is examined in the framework of behavioral theory and intercultural communication, which opens a new path for the world translation theories, including the Chinese translation (Li Changshuan, 2009:11). The development of skopos theory has experienced the following four stages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage: Katharina Reiss firstly introduced the concept of equivalence into translation criticism, proposing the prototype of functionalist theory. On the one hand, Reiss still insisted on the equivalence theory with the original text as the center, and pointed out that the ideal translation should be equivalent to the original text from the conceptual content, language form and communicative function. She believed that the ideal translation should be comprehensive communicative translation. On the other hand, Reiss also realized that some equivalence is impossible. For example, the translation and the original text have different functions. In this case, Reiss believes that the translator should give priority to the functional characteristics of the translation rather than the equivalence principle (Zhang Jinglan, 2004:1). Reiss's research laid the foundation for skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage: Reiss’s student Hans J. Vermeer proposed skopos theory, taking the skopos of the translation as the paramount principle during the process of translation. Vermeer believed that translation is a kind of human behavior, and any kind of human behavior is purposeful, so the purpose of translation should be determined before the translation begins. Vermeer thinks that translation should be based on the original text, and translation is a purposeful behavior that must be completed by negotiation. In addition, translation must follow three basic rules, of which the skopos rule is the most important. After these three rules are put forward, the criteria for judging the good or bad translation are no longer “equivalence”, but whether the translation fully achieves the expected goal of translation or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage: Based on communication theory and action theory, Holz-Manttari proposed translational action. Translational action views translation as purpose-driven, outcome-oriented human interaction and focuses on the process of translation as message-transmitter compounds involving intercultural transfer (Jeremy Munday, 2001:77). Translation is a communicative process involving a series of roles and players Manttari regards text as a pure tool for achieving communicative function, and believes that its inherent value is completely subordinate to its purpose. The translator only needs to be responsible for the purpose environment, and the target text can be completely independent of the original text, thus further developing the functionalist translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth stage: Christane Nord comprehensively summarized and perfected the functionalist theory. Nord proposed the principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot;, which systematically elucidates the internal and external factors that need to be considered in text analysis of translation, and how to formulate a translation strategy that is consistent with the purpose of translation based on the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 The definition of skopos'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory was originally put forward by the German scholar Han J. Vermeer in 1978. “Skopos is a Greek word for 'aim' or 'purpose' and was introduced into translation theory by Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and of the action of translating”(Munday, 2001: 78). Translation actions have many purposes, but Vermeer divides them into three categories: translator’s basic purpose, such as make a living; the target text’s communicative purpose, like enlightening the readers; and the purpose realized by selecting some special translation strategies or steps, for example, translating one language word by word aims to show the structure feature of this language. Generally speaking, the skopos theory refers to the communicative purpose of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Three basic rules of skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, a detailed analysis of these rules will be presented with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.1 The skopos rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the three rules of Skopos theory, Skopos theory is the prime principle to be followed in any translation. Vermeer explains this rule as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation in which it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.''(Vermeer, 1988:20)  &lt;br /&gt;
                                         &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, skopos theory believes that any translation action is determined by the purpose of the translation. That is to say, “The ends justify the means” (Reiss &amp;amp;Vermeer, 1984:101) the purpose of translation determines the translation methods and strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: I wear nothing but a few drops of Channel No.5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无限芬芳的超脱，点滴即可创造。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If using the literal translation, this sentence can be translated as “我什么都不穿，除了滴几滴香奈儿五号”. However, this kind of translation extremely lacks of beauty and there is no more elegance. Considering that the ultimate goal of advertisement is to induce consumers to buy the products and services it promotes. This advertisement adopts free translation and combines with Chinese traditional culture, which makes it like a ancient poem with quaint charm. It not only expresses the meaning of the advertisement, but also injects the characteristics of art, thus letting Channel No.s full of magic. It satisfies some people's pursuit high quality of life, and also makes consumers deeply impressed. So it can be called a successful translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.2 The coherence rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called intratextual coherence rule. It holds that the translated text must be coherent, readable and acceptable. In other words, the TT receivers can understand the TT according to their cultural and intellectual background. Any text is a provider of information and functions, but the information and functions are not always obvious from a linguistic point of view. The translator selects aspects and components that serve the purpose according to the skopos rule, and then translates the source text through language processing to make the translated text become a new information provider. In the language processing process, translators must be concerned that translation is readable and understandable in the translated language. Only the translation is meaningful in the communicative context of the TL receivers can the culture and information of the source text be effectively transmitted to the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Enchanting medieval house with five acres of delightful gardens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里是迷人的中世纪住宅，外有五英亩的美丽花园。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a part of the travel propaganda. In order to ensure that translation is smooth and coherent, the original prepositional phrase is changed into a complete sentence with a subject-predicate structure, which doesn’t make the relationship among sentences appear loose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3.3 The fidelity rule'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also called inter-textual coherence and states that there must be coherence between the ST and the TT. It is similar to the “faithfulness” of Yan Fu’s theory. Fidelity rule maintains the status of the original text and constrains translation actions of different translation purpose. However, the concept of Fidelity rule is relative. The form and degree of faithfulness is determined by the purpose of translation and the translators’ understanding of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: Free entry into farm, Dogs on lead.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OPEN DAILY: 1 March--30 November 10:00 am--5:00 pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
农场免费进入，宠物狗请带好狗绳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
开放时间：3月1日--11月30日 上午10点--下午五点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The time, place and various precautions in the travel text are very important, because the error of this kind of information will bring unnecessary trouble to the tourists. Therefore, the translation, according to the fidelity rule, faithfully and effectively conveys the original information to the reader for the purpose of facilitating the tourists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There exists a hierarchical order of these rules. The skopos rule is the most important one and other two rules are subordinate to it. At the same time, the fidelity rule is also subordinate to the coherence rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Comparative study on Nida's functional equivalence theory and functionalist skopos theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will mainly discuss the differences and similarities between functional equivalence theory and skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 The differences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.1 Different theoretical basis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early equivalence theory was directly influenced by American structuralist linguistics and human linguistics. Later, Nida combined translation studies with the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method and Chomsky's transformational-generative grammar that were popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, took structural analysis of language expressions and translation procedures, and injected fresh blood into translation studies (Chen Gang, 2011: 145). Using communication theory and cross-cultural content as the starting point, Nida revised Chomsky's deep transfermation grammar, paid attention to the psychology of information receivers, and stimulated the potential of information receivers as .much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
German skopos theory is an emerging school in the late 1970s. It criticizes that the translation theory based on linguistic school pays much attention to form, and is developed on the basis of  communication theory, information theory, behavior theory, discourse linguistics, and text theory. Based on the behavior theory, Skopos theory proposes the concept of translation action, which extends translation to a new field. That is to say, translation is a kind of purposeful and conscious intercultural communication action of human. As the name suggests, Skopos theory regards translation activities as a kind of &amp;quot;action&amp;quot;, and any action has its goals or skopos. One of the representatives of the skopos theory, Hans J. Vermeer, summarizes the essence of skopos theory in a concise language: the ends justify the means, that is, the purpose of translation determines the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.2 Different translation principles and standards'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence refers to “the closest natural equivalence to the source language information”. “Natural” here means that the translation must conform to the language and culture of the target language, in line with the context and the requirements of the target receivers. &amp;quot;Equivalence&amp;quot; here, he clearly stated that it is not &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in mathematics, but &amp;quot;approximation&amp;quot;, that is, the approximation of functional equivalence from varying degrees. From the above Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory, the translator must conform to four criteria in order to achieve &amp;quot;close and natural equivalence&amp;quot;: (1) conveying meaning; (2) conveying the spirit and style of the original work; (3) fluent; (4) similar reader responses. In order to achieve these four standards, there will be contradictions between content and form from time to time. It is either the content giving way to form, or the form giving way to content. The two form a unified whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory advocates that translation should follow three rules: the skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule, of which the skopos rule is the highest principle. The main purpose is to make the translation achieve the expected function of the target language receivers in the target language environment. In addition to the highest principle, the translation must follow the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. The former requires the translation to be &amp;quot;coherent within the text,&amp;quot; that is, the translation needs to meet the communication context and cultural background of the target language so that the target reader can understand. The latter requires the translation to be coherent between the ST and the TT. That is, the translation should try to imitate the original text, whether it is formal imitation or content imitation is permissible, which depends on the purpose of the translation. The latter two rules are subordinate to the highest rule-- the skopos rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this also makes the translation theorists produce questions. Is the translator free to do anything for the purpose? Then Nord put forward the theory of “function plus loyalty”. Nord believes that &amp;quot;there is no translation without the original text&amp;quot;, and free rewriting does not belong to translation; &amp;quot;Translators should be responsible for both the original text and the translation environment, and be responsible for both the sender of the original information and the recipient of the translation.&amp;quot; This responsibility of the translator is &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;(Zhang Meifang, 2005:60-65). The principle of &amp;quot;function plus loyalty&amp;quot; avoids the skopos theory to go to extremes, and complements skopos theory, highlighting the responsibility of translators, and limiting the translator's freedom. Because the skopos theory believes that the success of the translation is judged by whether the expected purpose of the source text is realized or not, and the expectation also reflects the requirements of the target language reader. Since the target language readers reflect differently, so the translation standard of the skopos theory is also diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1.3 Different cultural directions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida tried to overcome the cultural difference and eliminate the cultural atmosphere in the source text. His theory is mainly oriented to the original text. That is, the source language culture, emphasizing the consistency of cultural environment between the source language and the target language. At the same time, Nida is a support of language commonality. His theory reflects the translation thought of structuralist linguistics, that is, the &amp;quot;mirror reflection&amp;quot; of the objective world and the universality of language expression. The translators’ full imitation and the independence of express the value of their culture, especially the cultural consistency of the target language culture and the source language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer regards translation as a purposeful action, firstly in its outcome, that is, the target text. The target text is oriented towards the target culture, and the target culture determines the suitability of the target text. Therefore, Skopos theory believes that Translation is an irreversible transmission of information to the source language culture or language in the target culture. There is no intermediate position, it is intercultural communication action, and it is communicative and cultural. In addition, Skopos theory is oriented to the context of macro-postmodern culture, especially the habits, traditions and norms of the target language culture (Fan Derui, 2019:67).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The Similarities'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Both are a combination of translation and language function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The skopos theory represented by Hans J. Vermeer and Christane Nord, and the functional equivalence theory of Nida are put forward by different schools in different periods, but there are still many internal connections and intercommunity. There is no doubt that both have their rationality of existence and show progress in their translation activities of their respective periods. Whether it is &amp;quot;skopos theory&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;functional equivalence theory&amp;quot;, both their ultimate goals are to achieve smooth communication between different languages and reduce misunderstandings and conflicts arising from information exchange. In particular, both combine translation with language functions, focusing on the role of language functions in translation. Skopos theorists believe that translation is a purposeful communicative activity, and the translation process is determined by the expected function or purpose of the translation. This purpose is to a great extent influenced by the target receivers and the context and cultural background of the target receivers. Therefore, the translator should decide the choice of the original text information, the use of the translation strategy and the expression of the translation according to the requirements of the clients, combined with the purpose of the translation and the specific situation of the target receivers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also put forward the translation principle of functional equivalence from the perspective of language function, and also combines translation with language functions. He pointed out that due to the differences in language and culture, it is impossible for translation to obtain the formal equivalence between the source text and the target text, but only functional equivalence. Although the expressions of various languages are different, they have the same expressive power and have the same or similar language functions, that is, expressive, cognitive, interpersonal, informative, imperative, empathetic, sympathetic, empathy and aesthetic function. If the translation of these aspects is basically the same, then the functional equivalence of translation is achieved. According to this, he put forward that &amp;quot;the preservation of the original content must change the form, the degree of change, and must depend on different languages in the distance between language and cultural.&amp;quot; In order to produce efficacy, the adjustment of the translation from form to content is the specific application of functional ideas. However, Nida did not develop further in the direction of functionalism, but still focused on the concept of equivalence. Therefore, his theory is fundamentally different from the views of the German functional translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 Both emphasize the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer believes that the recipients of the translation, that is, the readers, as an important part of the translation requirements, is one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of translation; the target language receivers is the recipient or listener of the translated text with the knowledge, expectation and communication needs of his own specific culture world. Translation is the text in the environment of the target language produced for the purpose of the target language and the reader of the target language in the context of the target language. In addition, the coherence rule of skopos theory emphasizes that the translation must meet the criteria of &amp;quot;coherence within the text&amp;quot; that is, only the text is fully understood by the recipient can they make sense. It can be seen that the skopos theory emphasizes the role of the readers and the intelligibility of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory is also readers-oriented. Nida believes that the research object of translation is the reader; the recipient is not a passive target of language communication, but an active participant in communicative activities. The reader's response is the only criterion for judging the quality of the translation. Therefore, the translation must be fluent and understandable. In order to achieve the intelligibility of the translation, it is even possible to delete parts that the reader cannot understand, such as metaphors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparatively analyzing Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory and the German functionalist skopos theory, skopos theory critically inherited the rational factors of Nida's functional equivalence theory, and abandoned its irrational part. Skopos theory gets rid of the shackles of equivalence theory, breaking the traditional perspective of single translation studies, turning attention to the study of other relevant factors in translation activities other than language. Skopos theory broke through the framework of equivalence translation theory, and proposed a theoretical system of diversification of translation standards led by the skopos rule. The diversification of translation standards makes the function closer to reality. This is clearly more scientific, more operative and more versatile than Nida's theory that takes functional equivalence as the sole criterion. Moreover, compared with the traditional language translation theory that emphasizes the internal study of translation, Skopos theory denies that translation is a simple language conversion, and pays more attention to the external of translation. Compared with Nida, Skopos theory are more concerned with the humanity and sociality of translation activities. In addition, the Skopos theory shifts the focus of translation from the reproduction of the original text to the more challenging creation of target text, which enhances the active participation of the translator as the main body of the translation, overturning the center status of the original text, and establishing the central status of the target text and the translator. The functionalist skopos theory puts translation in a dynamic cultural context, emphasizing the translator's active intervention. Therefore, it solves some problems that the functional equivalence theory fails to solve, broadens the research perspective of traditional translation theory, is a major breakthrough and important supplement to the functional equivalence theory, and erects a distinctive flag in modern translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application''[M], London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 2001:77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, E.A. ''Language and Culture: Context in Translation'' [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:117. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss, Katharina &amp;amp; Hans J. Vermeer. ''Groundwork For a General Theory of Translation''[M]. Tubingen: Niemeyet, 1984:101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Hans J. ''Didacitics of Translation''[A]. ''Routeledge Encycolopedia of Translation''[C]. London &amp;amp; New York: Rutledge, 1998:20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈刚．《翻译学入门》[M]．杭州：浙江大学出版社,2011:145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
范德瑞.奈达功能对等理论与功能主义目的论比较研究[J].淮海工学院学报(人文社会科学版),2019,17(04):66-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李长栓.《非文学翻译理论与实践》[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司.2009:11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张春柏.影视翻译初探[J].中国翻译,1998(2):50-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张锦兰.目的论与翻译方法[J].《中国科技翻译》2004,17(01):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张美芳.功能加忠诚--介评克里丝汀·诺德的功能翻译理论[J]．外国语,2005(1):60-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''On the Comparison between &amp;quot;Sublimation&amp;quot; an &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; Theories'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract''': Qian Zhongshu and Eugene Nida are outstanding and renowned translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. It is believed that Mr.Qian’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will recognize the theoretical value of these two theories from the dialectical point of view by comparing the similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”. It aims to better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a historical and contradictory perspective, and thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words''': sublimation; functional equivalence; Qian Zhongshu; Eugene Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction''':&lt;br /&gt;
As a famous master of literature, translation and academy, Qian Zhongshu is considered as “the Kunlun Mountain of culture” by many scholars on account of his remarkable achievements and a wide range of knowledge. His literary masterpieces include “Pipe-awl Chapters” , “Discourses on Art”, “Seven Patches”, “Selected Essays of Qian Zhongshu”, “Fortress Besieged” and so on. What’s more, he proposed “Sublimation” theory in translation field, which does great contribution to traditional Chinese translation theory and make Translation Studies more systematic. As Chinese scholar Chen Fukang said: “He (Qian) has made a great many outstanding achievements in some important fields like literature and academic research. Although the discussion on translation is only a carved railing in his academic palace, it can have a huge impact in the field of translation studies.” (Chen Fukang 2000: 417).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a famous American contemporary linguist and translation theorist. He has been devoted to the translation of the Bible and has summarized a set of translation theories from his own translation practice. The core point of his translation theory is “Functional Equivalence” (initially called “Dynamic Equivalence”). From his point of view, “Functional Equivalence” is to refer to the type of equivalent reflected in a TT which seeks to adapt the function of the original to suit the specific context in and for which it was produced” (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 64). It requires that the translation should focus on the meaning and spirit of the original text, instead of being constrained by formal correspondence. According to this theory, he deems that the translation must have four criteria: (1) conveying meaning; (2) expressing spirit; (3) natural and smooth wording; (4) similar receptor response. In his book “From one language to another”, he replaced “Dynamic Equivalence” with “Functional Equivalence” and put forward two levels of meaning, say, referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.The theoretical origin of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 The theoretical origin of “Sublimation”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of Qian Zhongshu’s translation theory of “Sublimation” comes from his book “Lin Shu's Translation” written in 1963 and “The Pipe-awl Chapters” published by Zhonghua Book Company in 1979. He proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. Then he pointed out: “The highest ideal of literary translation is ‘sublimation’. When you translate the literary works from one language to another, you can not only avoid the trace of stiffness and awkward expressions resulting from the different habits of language use, but also completely preserve the flavor of the original. Then we can say, that's the realization of ‘Sublimation’ ” (Qian Zhongshu, 2002: 77). According to his explanation, it can be easily seen that the core of his translation theory is “Sublimation”. What’s more, we can extract 3 levels of “Hua” (Sublimation) from his theory, the first is to transform the source text to target text, and then use the domesticating method to make the source language be naturally and smoothly expressed in target language without any transparent feeling of translation caused by the differences of culture and language. Finally, it is the ultimate goal of “Sublimation” that is to say, “the transmigration of souls”, replacing the external shell and retaining the inner spirit and style without the slightest deviation. In other words, a translation should cleave to the original with such fidelity that it would not read like a translation, for a literature work in its own language will never read as though it were through a process of translation (Kao, 1975: 8-9).    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 The theoretical origin of “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
Nida first proposed the concept of dynamic equivalence in the 1964 book “Toward s Science of Translating”. He believed that there were two kinds of equivalence in translation, namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Specifically, formal equivalence is the “quality of a translation in which the features of the form of the source text have been mechanically reproduced in the receptor language”. On the contrary, dynamic equivalence is the quality which characterizes a translation in which “the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptor is essentially like that of the original receptors” (Nida &amp;amp; Taber, 1982: 200-201). Nida’s translation theory has its origin from his own translation practice of the Bible, in which he emphasized the communicative function of translation from the perspective of semantics and information theory. What's more, he regarded translation as interlingual translation, and he stressed the importance of paying attention to the receptors' response, in order to pursue the standard that target readers could have the same response as the original readers. In his book “From one language to another”, he changed the term “Dynamic Equivalence” to “Functional Equivalence” and he emphasized that we should try to achieve formal equivalence on the basis of the accordant information conveyed from the source text to the target language. In addition, he divided the translation process into three steps, say, “analysis, transfer, restructuring and check”. Through these four steps, the original information can be accurately conveyed, the response of the target receptors is also concerned, and the purpose of communication will be well achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Similarities and differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Similarities between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The same concern for the translation processes: As we mentioned above, Mr. Qian Zhongshu proposed that the process of translation is actually a process of employing “enticement”, avoiding “misinformation” and pursuing “sublimation”. To put them specifically, “enticement” refers to the role that plays in cultural exchanges by means of translation. In this sense, translation can be regarded as a guide that will lead target readers to understand the original language and culture and to better understand foreign excellent works. This process is of great significance because If the readers have little interest in the source language culture and foreign literature; then the translation works will lose its value. So we can say that translation is not only a conversion of two languages, but also a collision between different cultures and thoughts. The so-called term “Misinformation” refers to the distortion and wrong expression of the translation. Since “Misinformation” is the inevitable shortcoming of translation, no matter how excellent a translator is and no matter how smooth his translations are, he can not avoid making mistakes of one sort or another in one way or another, but he can exhaust every means to reduce misinformation to its minimum (Yu Chengfa,2003: 43). This is due to the gap between different languages, the gap between the translator's understanding, the style of writing and the form of original content, and even the gap between the translator's comprehension and his ability of expression. The final step is called “Hua Jing”; here “Hua” means “Sublimation”,which is the highest ideal of literary translation and also the ultimate goal of translation processes. A translator should try to figure out what the original writer means and ponder over what he imagines so so to immerge oneself with the writer(Luo Xinzhang, 1984: 511). Qian Zhongshu's explanation of the process of translation is the essential condition for the realization of “Sublimation” (Hua). Therefore, when doing translation practice, the translator has to make each step be well prepared, which requires a high standard of the translator's ability and quality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, based on the theory of “functional equivalence”, Nida proposed a “four-step model” of the translation process from the perspective of linguistics, namely, “Analysis, Transfer, Restructuring and Check”. Nida and Taber claim that all languages have between six and a dozen basic kernel structures and “agree far more on the level of kernels than on the level of more elaborate structures” such as word order. First of all, “Analysis” denotes that we have to analyze the surface structure of the source text and then to master the grammatical meaning of the sentence, in other words, the referential meaning and connotative meaning of the source text. In order to convey the original information correctly, the translator must analyze the text from surface structure to the deep structure. Then, “Transfer”, it means that the translator renders the analyzed source text to the target text. This step contains the conversion of two different language symbols and language forms, and it is also an exchange of different thinking modes. Next, “Restructuring” is the re-processing and re-creation of the original text, in which the translator will translate the original text into the target one that conforms to the expression of the target language, getting rid of the constraints of the surface structure of the original text, thus further excavating the meaning of the deep structure. Restructuring is thus defined as forward translation, or in other words the process which is the reverse of back-transformation (Shuttleworth &amp;amp; Cowie, 2004: 145). Last but not least, &amp;quot;Check&amp;quot; refers to the process of comparing the text of the original language with the target language so as to avoid semantic errors in the translation works, and pursue the maximum equivalence between the content of the target text and the content of the original text. Nida and Taber’s own description of the process (1969: 63–9) emphasizes the ‘scientific and practical’ advantages of this method compared to any attempt to draw up a fully comprehensive list of equivalences between specific pairs of SL and TL systems (Jeremy Munday, 2016: 63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The same concern for the response of the target readers: Since ancient times, the domestic and foreign translators have different opinions on the criteria of excellent translation. Yan Fu proposed his famous three-character guideline, namely, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in his translation work “Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays”. Similarly, western translator Alexander Fraser Tytler put forward the “Three principles of translation”. To put it simply, that the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; that the style and manner of writing should be of the same character as that of the original; that the translation should have all the ease of the original composition. From the analysis of Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s description of translation criteria, we can see the fact that the study of the principles and standards of translation is precisely the translator’s emphasis on the target readers, and also reflects the translator’s sense of responsibility for the target culture. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory stressed that translators should guide our readers to read foreign literary works or let our readers be attracted by the foreign culture and introduce foreign writers to them. “Sublimation” is not only a standard for translation, but also a reflection of translators’ care for the target readers. Mr. Qian said: “The translation should be faithful to the original work, so that it does not read like a translation work, because the original work will never be read like a translation in the situation of source culture.” A good translation can stimulate the reader's curiosity about the original work and also give the reader the enjoyment of beauty. What’s more, Mr. Qian also commented the three principles proposed by Yan Fu: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness in translation should include expressiveness and elegance. Expressiveness gives full scope to faithfulness, and elegance is not just to adore expressiveness. To convey the original in the same style---that is faithfulness. ...Many have come to understand that a translation is not supposed to beautify or polish to attain elegance. Yet few have realized that a translation has to give up the words for the spirit. A translation can be intelligible without being faithful to the original, yet can be faithful to the original without being intelligible to the reader.”(Qian Zhongshu, 1986: 1101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meanwhile, Nida deemed that the accuracy of the translation depends on the extent to which the ordinary readers correctly understand the original text, that is, whether the target reader can obtain similar or identical feelings when reading the translation works. The purpose of “functional equivalence” is to satisfy the communication needs of the readers. In order to achieve this goal, we have to change the form of the original text if it is necessary and consider the reader's acceptance of the translation work. Nida's “Functional Equivalence” requires not only the faithfulness to the original text, but also the accountability to the target readers and the original readers. Nida describes various “scientific approaches to meaning” related to work that had been carried out by theorists in semantics and pragmatics. Central to Nida's work is the move away from the old idea that a word has a fixed meaning and towards a functional definition of meaning in which a word acquires meaning through its context and can produce varying responses according to culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what we has discussed above, we can see that both Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” must take the reader’s reaction into consideration. Therefore, as a standard for translation, these theories avoid mechanical textual equivalence and bilingual conversion, which promotes the development of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)The Domesticating tendency of the two theories: As we mentioned in the very beginning, Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation”(化) theory has three meanings, namely “Transfer”(转化), “Domesticating”(归化) and “Sublimation”(化境). It can be seen easily that “Domesticating” is a bridge connecting the transformation of source text and the realization of Sublimation in target language. In the book “Seven Patches”, he wrote: “whether the target version is ‘European-oriented’ or ‘Chinese-oriented’, the translation is always based on the language system from the original country to the language system of the target country(2002: 78). Although he did not explicitly state whether the translation should be “domestication-oriented” or “foreignization-oriented”, he compared the translation to the “reincarnation” of the original and regarded that the translation was an “out form” of the original. In addition, he appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, and comments that he would rather read Lin Shu’s translation than read Haggard’s original text. In this way, Mr. Qian Zhongshu seems to prefer the text of “Chinese-oriented” style, which demonstrates the tendency of “Domestication”. In the theory of “Functional Equivalence”, Nida advocates the use of the expression habits of the target language to transform the original text. He believes that language is the means of communication, and communication is the ultimate goal and an important role of translation, so he pays more attention to the receptors' response to the target text. In order to allow the target readers to accept the translation, it is necessary to make the translation correspond to the cultural traditions and language habits of the target language. At the same time, the translator has to make the translation natural and smooth under the premise of ensuring loyalty. Nida's “Domesticating” translation tendency can be seen from the above view. Please look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
S: “white as snow”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
T: “白如木棉花” or “白如鹭毛” or “白如蘑菇”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the point of view of traditional translation standards, the above example runs counter to the original information. However, for those who have never seen snow will never know what snow is alike, and therefore he can't understand what &amp;quot;white as snow&amp;quot; means. Through the strategy of “Domestication”, the target readers can have a similar response to the original readers, so as to better achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Differences between “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Different theoretical basis: Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory is based on Yan Fu’s criteria of translation “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, which is the development of Chinese traditional translation theory. Qian Zhongshu's “Sublimation” theory has pushed the study of translation to the extreme of art from the category of aesthetics. Eventually, the “Sublimation” theory was included in the course of the development of Chinese translation thought, say, “Case - Seeking faithfulness - Spiritual likeness - the Sublimation”. These four concepts, are independent, but also interconnected. They developed gradually to constitute a whole translation system and this whole system works as an important part of our traditional translation theory (Luo Xinzhang, 2009: 20).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s “functional equivalence” was established on the basis of his Bible translation practice. Under the guidance of Chomsky’s transform-generating grammar, Nida’s functional equivalence requires that the translator analyze the given text from the surface structure to the deep structure; then transform it from the deep structure of the original text to the deep structure of the target text, and finally adjust the target language structure to obtain the surface structure of the translated version. From a series of steps, we can see that the hierarchical and theoretical property of translation studies, so Nida put forward his opinion that translation could be considered as a science. Qian Zhongshu thought that the translated works could surpass the original works and sometimes even should be much better than the original; while Nida did not choose the advantageous version between the original and the target text- his more emphasis goes to the equivalence between the two languages and the response of the target receptors thus more priorities were given to the communicative function. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Different scopes of their application: “Huajing” (Sublimation) was proposed by Mr. Qian Zhongshu for literary translation standards; hence it may be more appropriate for the translation of literary genre. He considered that translator should “break through” the barriers of cultural differences and make the translation “surpass” the original work. However, it seems unreasonable for the translations of applied styles which relates to politics, economics, law, trade, etc. In addition, some scholars believe that Mr. Qian’s “Sublimation” has over-emphasized the mystery of art and has become a vague standard that could be hard to reach (Gao Huali, 2009: 154). The “highest ideal” of the literary translation he described will inevitably produce the problems of “Misinformation”, which would limit the scope of application of “Sublimation”. Despite the fact that scholars and experts of one generation after another have made their fruitful efforts to shed light on “Sublimation” from various aspects, it remains theoretical unexplainable and practical unattainable, like “an attic, in the air” to many people in the translation circle (Yu Chengfa, 2003: 8) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, Nida’s translation of Bible carries religious culture with integrity and solemnity. He preached to people from all walks of life in order to spread the will of God; therefore, his translation must not only meet the needs of the aristocracy, but also the needs of ordinary people who lack knowledge of religious culture. The target readers of the “functional equivalence” theory is the masses from all walks of life in the society, and its range of application is more practical. Nida’s equivalence of translation is derived from the translation practice of the Bible. As we know, western languages have a lot in common in culture and words of expression, so Nida’s “equivalence” is relatively easy to achieve between two European languages. In English-Chinese translation, it may be more difficult to achieve complete “equivalence”, because Chinese and English belong to different language systems, and their cultures are rather divergent. Nida strictly divides the translation steps into four, which can be used as a practical translation method to guide the translation of some scientific and technical articles, announcements, and application articles. For literary genres, such as the translation of poetry and prose, the translator's creativity may be more important. It is difficult to convey the literary nature of the original text by mechanical methods and steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.A Critical Understanding of “Sublimation” and “Functional Equivalence”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Is “Sublimation” faithful ?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to traditional translation theory, the translator is always regarded as the &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of both the original and the translated text. He must be faithful to the original author while concerning the target readers. Xu Jun (2003: 321) wrote in his book “On Translation”: “Three points are often emphasized in traditional translation theory: first of all, translators should not incorporate their own subjective thoughts in translation; then they should not express their individuality in translation; in the end, translators should render the text on the basis of original message, and loyally follow the thoughts of the original writer. From the analysis of Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory, it is clear to see that he is more inclined to the translation strategy of “Domestication”, which emphasizes that the target version can surpass the source text. He, himself appreciates Lin Shu’s translation works, because of their common advocacy and similar historical background. From the point of view of historical materialism, “social existence determines social consciousness, and social consciousness has an adverse effect on social existence.” For example, Lin Shu was living in a closed country and at that time , Qing Dynasty was extremely arrogant or even ignorant. His style and characteristics of the translation were naturally influenced by this national sentiment. Therefore, his translation had tendency to “Domestication” or even an unfaithful translation. Qian Zhongshu lived in a period of prosperity in literature and art since the establishment of People's Republic of China and at that time Chairman Mao proposed the policy of “All flowers blossoming and hundreds of schools contending (百花齐放，百家争鸣). So our Chinese people were overflowing high spirit and proud emotion; some translators’ translation works are more inclined to take the advantages of “Domestication” and make the translation work more excellent than the original one. Such a translation strategy will be somewhat “disloyal” to the original text, and will not “sincerely imitate” the original text as Lu Xun advocates from his “Foreignization” method. It is difficult to concretely implement “Sublimation” theory, because it has become an “unattainable” goal. Whether the translation should be “Chinese-oriented” or “European-oriented”; be “faithful” or “creative”, and whether the translator should be “visible” or “invisible” in translation are all difficult standards to measure since these factors are inevitably affected by the subjective and historical objectivity of the translator. Is “Sublimation” really a faithful translation to the original text? Perhaps just as Mr. Qian himself said: “The translator’s ability to use his native language is more flexible and smooth than the original author’s ‘source language’ and that is what always happens in the history of translation.” We can consider that such “disloyal” is “faithful” in a certain sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2  Problems of Nida’s “Functional Equivalence”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The questions of meaning, equivalence and translatability became a constant theme of translation studies in the 1960s and were tackled by a new ‘scientific’ approach followed by one of the most important figures in translation studies, the American Eugene Nida. Eugene Nida’s theory of translation developed from his own practical work from the 1940s onwards when he was translating and organizing the translation of the Bible, training often inexperienced translators who worked in the field. &lt;br /&gt;
As for Nida's “functional equivalence” theory, praise and opposition to his theory are always existing in the translation circle. Some people think that the theory is a representative of the science of translation science and has a good guiding role in translation practice. However, there are also some scholars who disagree with this theory and for example Peter Newmark is one of its critics. He believed that Nida’s equivalence theory takes the reader too seriously, but sometimes sacrifices the actually original thoughts of the writer. It is also doubtful whether “functional equivalence” can be applied to the original texts of various subjects. If the translator partially pursue “functional equivalence”, which will makes it difficult for the target readers to fully understand the original cultural information and it is not conducive to the mutual communication between different countries and cultures. For the above example: if we render “White as snow” as “白如鹭毛”, target readers may understand the meaning of the original author, but they still have no idea of what the word “snow” actually means. This has become a situation where we cannot get two things at the same time, or in Chinese “鱼和熊掌不可兼得”. However, If the original text is literally translated as “white as snow”, then the translator continues to explain what substance a “snow” is and what characteristics it may have and why we say its color is as white as egret’s feathers. In this way, not only can the readers of the translation work have the same response as the readers of the original, but also it is conducive for them to learn to understand new things and new concepts, which will gradually promote the communication of different cultures and the mutual interests of different countries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence” respectively represent huge progress in Chinese and Western translation studies, and they played an important role for the reference of translation studies and practice. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Their theory is likened a treasure-house that requires more investigation and more exploration. Furthermore, we must learn their theories with a critical view, so as to strive for innovation and establishment of a new era for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Chen Fukang. A History of Chinese Translation Theories in China [M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Gao Huali. A Short History of Translation And Interpretation in China And Other Countries [M].Hangzhou：Zhejiang University Press.2009. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Kao, Gorge. (trans.) Lin CH'in-nan Revisited [A]. By Qian Zhongshu. Renditions [J], autumn, 1975: 8-21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Luo Xinzhang.On Translation [M].Beijing：The Commercial Press.1984.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Mark, Shuttleworth, Moira Cowie. Dictionary of Translation Studies [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Munday, Jeremy. Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R.Taber (1969/1982) The Theory and Practice of Translation, Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Qian Zhongshu.Pipe-awl Chapters [M].Beijing：Zhonghua Book Company.1986.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Qian Zhongshu.Seven Patches [M].Beijing：SDX Joint Publishing Company.2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Xu Jun.On Translation[M].Wuhan：Hubei Education Press.2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Yu Chengfa. Interpreting Sublimation [D].Central China Normal University,2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory and Practise=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Translators' Views on Translation Influence Their Translation Behavior'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' translator’s view; translation behavior; translation principles; responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''译者翻译观对其翻译行为的影响'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''译者在翻译中处于核心位置。译者的翻译观指译者本身对于翻译的理解，其中包含了译者的翻译策略和价值取向。不同的译者受其社会与文化及个人经历和意识形态的影响，会有不同的翻译观。翻译观作为译者意识形态的一种，对翻译行为有着很大的影响。对于译者来说，翻译从来不是个人行为，而是一种对原作者、原作、读者及译入语文化的责任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''译者；翻译观；翻译行为；翻译原则；责任&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator plays an essential role in the translation process. Translators’ views on translation is their understanding of translation, embodied in their translation strategies and value orientations, which are different from each other due to their social and cultural context and also their personal experience and philosophy. And “translation behavior”, in a broad sense, includes the translators’ linguistic translation behavior and the social transcend-translation behavior. In a narrow sense, it only means the translators’ translation as a “pure” translator (Zhou 18). The “translator behavior” in this thesis is a broad one, that is, translators’ translation behavior can be influenced by their social and cultural context, their motivations for translation, their views on translation and the linguistic translatability of the SL and their translation competence (Xu Jun 199-254). Specifically, the translation behavior we will discuss is “what to translate (what works they translated)” and “how to translate (their translation principles)”. According to A. Lefevere, ideology and poetics together dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems (39). The translators’ view on translation, as a part of the translators’ ideology, exert a great influence on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how is translation behavior associated with translator’s views?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning the research of translation was limited in a certain extent, and then there were some scholars starting to study on the relationship between translation and other systems, including Even-Zohar, Bassett, Lefevere and Venuti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Some Previous Studies''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Even-Zohar’s Polysystem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to ''Introducing Translation Studies'':&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“Polysysten theory was developed in the 1970s by the Israeli scholar Itamar Even-Zohar borrowing ideas from the Russian Formalists of the 1920s and the Czech structuralists of the 1930s and 1940s . . . For the Formalists, a literary work was not studied in isolation but as part of a literary system . . . Literature is thus part of the social, cultural, literary and historical framework . . .” (Munday 165). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1978, Even-Zohar in his “The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem”, first gives a new term, the polysystem (Even-Zohar 22), emphasizing the translated literature operates as a system in itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)in the way the TL culture selects works for translation;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)in the way translation norms, behavior and policies are influenced by other co-systems (Even-Zohar 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, translation is not isolated, but associated with other systems, for instance, the TL culture. And the ST that chosen by a culture correspond to the organized system rather than arbitrary decisions made by individuals. Also translation works occupies different position in different cultures and has something to do with the position of the national literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Bassett and Lefevere&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, “Bassett and Lefevere go beyond language and focus on the interaction between translation and culture, on the way in which culture impacts and constrains translation and on ‘the larger issues of context, history and convention (11)’ ” (Munday 192).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Lefevere: Rewriting and Manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, “Lefevere focuses particularly on the examination of ‘very concrete factors’ that systemically govern the reception, acceptance or rejection of literary texts; that is, ‘issues such as power, ideology, institution and manipulation (2)’ . The people involved in such power positions are the ones Lefevere sees as ‘rewriting’ literature and governing its consumption by the general public. The motivation for such rewriting can be ideological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant ideology) or poetological (conforming to or rebelling against the dominant/preferred poetics)” (Munday 194). And translation is the most obviously recognizable type of rewriting (Lefevere 9). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translator’s view on translation, for example, reflecting the translators’ ideology, can conform to or rebel against the social dominant ideology.  &lt;br /&gt;
For Lefevere, the literary system in which translation functions is controlled by two main factors, which are: (1) professionals within the literary system, who partly determine the dominant poetics; and (2) patronage outside the literary system, which partly determines the ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
The “professionals within the literary system” include translators themselves, who decide on the poetics and at times influence the ideology of the translated text (Munday 194).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the role of translator is essential and the translator’s ideology have an great influence on the translation text and the text reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
“For Lefevere, the most important consideration is the ideological one. In this case, it refers to the translator’s ideology or the ideology imposed upon the translator by patronage. The poetological consideration refers to the dominant poetics in the TL culture. Together, ideology and poetics dictate the translation strategy and the solution to specific problems” (Munday 197). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Venuti insists that the scope of translation studies needs to be broadened to take account of the value-driven nature of the sociocultural framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Norms may be in the first instance linguistic or literary, but they will also include a diverse range of domestic values, beliefs, and social representations which carry ideological force in serving the interests of specific groups. And they are always housed in the social institutions where translations are produced and enlisted in cultural and political agendas” (29). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday suggests, the groups and social institutions to which Venuti refers would include the various players in the publishing industry as a whole . . . Each of these players has a particular position and role within the dominant cultural and political agendas of their time and place. The translators themselves are part of that culture, which they can either accept or rebel against (217). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, being part of the culture, translators are influenced by the social and patronage ideology, and the poetics. Nevertheless, translators more or less enjoys some autonomy. For example, translators’ views on translation, i.e. the understanding of translation, can be conformed to or rebellious against the culture. And then their views on translation, influence their specific translation behavior such as the works they choose to translate and their translation principles. Next are three examples for us to discuss how the translators’ views on translation immediately influence their translation behaviors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To narrow the differences of the social ideology down, three translators in modern period of China (after 1949) will be discussed in this thesis. However, because they are born in different climate and stage of the society, no doubt that they have distinctive world outlook from each other, resulting in their distinctive views on translation. But focus will still be on the influence exerted by their views on their translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
II.Three Examples in Modern Period of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Xu Yuanchong (1921-): Translation is translators’ responsibility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong, Chinese translators have a responsibility to translate the foreign masterpieces into Chinese and Chinese excellent works of literature into foreign languages, in order to introduce the advanced ideas to China and also bring the foreigners the splendid culture of China, during which the world will be more culturally rich and diversely civilized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, Xu Yuanchong further puts forward that the histories and evolution of the two cultures are very different from each other, with distinct advantages and disadvantages If they can learn the strong points from each other to offset their weakness, they can both be improved. In this respect, translation can be considered as a rivalry between two different cultures. The translation can even surpass the original work. If we make full use of the advantages of one culture to perfect another , the culture of all the humanity will be developed. This is the ultimate goal of the translator (“Surpass” 47). Based on this view, Xu Yuanchong proposed the Rivalry Theory and the Theory of Advantage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to exchange the advantages between cultures, the foreign works Xu Yuanchong had translated are some western masterpieces includes: ''Madame Bovary'', ''Le Rouge et le Noir'', ''Jean Christophe'', etc. And also some Chinese classical works especially the classical Chinese poetry: ''150 Tang Poems'', ''100 Tang and Song Poems'', ''300 Poems Chinois Classiques'', ''Selected Poems of Mao Zedong'', ''The Romance of Western Bower'', ''Earth-shaking Songs'' (the selected poems written by Chinese modern revolutionists), etc. By translating the essence of one culture and ideology into another languages, he demonstrates our advantages and at the same time offers Chinese people the opportunities to enjoy the classics of another culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s view on translation also influences his translation principles. Take the first sentence of ''Jean Christophe'' as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Le grondement du fleuve monte derrére la maison. (Jean Christophe)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From behind the house rises the murmuring of the river. (English)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江声浩荡，自屋后上升。(Fu Lei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
江流滚滚，声震屋后。(Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The french word “grondement” means “roaring” or “murmuring” in English. The English translation seems to be coherent in the paragraph and the following content. However, as to the whole work, Xu Yuanchong considers that “浩荡” in Fu Lei’s translation is more powerful and symbolic of the spectacular river cutting through Europe, and some readers even take Fu Lei’s translation as “the classical opening sentence” of the work, which proves it a translation that surpasses the original one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then Xu Yuanchong also translated this sentence (as above), replacing “浩荡” with “滚滚” for its more similar sound to “grondement”. And “声震屋后” is also a symbol of the impact of the great achievement of the musician in the work (Yang et.al 35-38). Here appears another translation principle of Xu Yuanchong: “literary translation is art (''Art 20'')” and “beauty in three aspects”, namely, “beauty in sense, beauty in sound and beauty in form”, having developed Lu Xun as well as Lin Yutang’s theory of beauty. This is the reason why Xu Yuanchong emphasizes the similar sound of “滚滚” to “grondement”. Another example is still a sentence in ''Jean Christophe'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Il marchait sur le monde. (''Jean Christophe'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他踏着全世界直立着。（鲁迅）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他顶天立地的在世界上走着。（傅雷）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(qtd. “Re-creation” 222)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which translation corresponds to the original best? Lu Xun’s translation is similar in from while Fu Lei’s is in style. In this case, Xu Yuanchong considers there is one solution, that is to change the question as “Which translation is more beautiful and delightful for readers?” He also quotes “Qu’ importe celui qui crée? Il’y a de réel que ce qu’on crée” said by Romain Rolland to indicate that the translator ought to make the translation more of art to give readers an enjoyment of beauty rather than to captiously keep the author’s style. So he is in favor of Fu Lei’s translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last example goes to the translation of the last sentence of ''Uprising Songs'' (《起义歌》) written by Sun Zhongshan, collected in ''Earth-shaking Songs'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顶天立地奇男子，要把乾坤扭转过来。(''Uprising Songs'')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes of indomitable spirit, arise! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us transform the old world and reverse the tide! (previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heroes who would move heaven and earth, arise! (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong suggests that in the previous translation, translating “顶天立地” only into “indomitable spirit” is in want of the image of “天” and “地”. Also, as it were, the readers cannot enjoy the beauty of the SL, which is thus a failure in the rivalry of two cultures. So he translated the sentence as above, keeping the impression of “天地” to have the readers appreciate the beauty of the original work, in other words, to win the rivalry between the ST and TT (“Re-creation” 221-222).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized. The translation not only should be faithful to the original, but also be powerful and infectious to readers, even giving an much more profound impression than the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Liu Zhongde (1914-): Translation is a way to make foreign masterpieces to serve China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make the western masterpieces more popular in China, Liu Zhongde decided to devote himself to a career in translation. By translating the western works into Chinese, as far as he concerns, the advanced thoughts can serve Chinese intellectuals and further improve the whole country. He was the first person who introduced Jane Austin’s ''Emma'' to China. But he were not satisfied with his first translation of ''Emma'' and at last in 1990s he re-translated it and corrected the errors he had made, which reflected his spirit of improving himself constantly and his rigorous scholarship (Ten 178 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, most works Liu Zhongde translated were the western classics such as ''Uncle Tom’s Cabin'', ''Confessions of an English Opium-Eater'', ''Emma'', ''Darwin'', etc. He seldom translated Chinese works into English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey to the Chinese readers the exact ideas and original style and content of the ST, Liu Zhongde puts much emphasis on the “closeness” of the translation. He says the translator should always remember what he is working at is a literacy work written by somebody else and try his utmost to turn his translation into a work of art which is in conformity with the thought, feeling and style of the original. Thus, the translation will be as moving and vivid as the original work and the reader may be aesthetically entertained as well (''Ten'' 122-123). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore he developed from Yan Fu’s three principles－“信达雅 (faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance)” into “信达切 (faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness)” as a set of principles for translation reference: “The style of your translation must correspond, or at least, be close, to that of the original you are working at . . . the ideological content, linguistic expression and stylistic characteristics of a literary work constitute a unified entity, and the translator should reproduce the three elements as a whole” (''Ten'' 122). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Being different from Xuyuanchong, Liu Zhongde holds that “literary translation has a double nature. That’s to say, on the one hand, it is a science with its own laws and methods and on the other, it is an art” (''Ten'' 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how exactly does Liu Zhongde’s views on translation influence his translation principles? There are two examples as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a translation of “回乡偶书” by Liu Zhongde:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
回乡偶书 &lt;br /&gt;
少小离家老大回，乡音无改鬓毛衰。&lt;br /&gt;
儿童相见不相识，笑问客从何处来。&lt;br /&gt;
(the original poem)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Homecoming&lt;br /&gt;
I left home quite young, and I come back very old.&lt;br /&gt;
My accent remains the same, but my hair turns gray.&lt;br /&gt;
Kids don’t know me when one another we behold.&lt;br /&gt;
“Where do you come from?” with a smile to me they say.&lt;br /&gt;
(Liu Zhongde’s translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This translation adapts so well the style and features of TT to the ST that it seems to be an original work written by Liu Zhongde himself. We can appreciate the same meaning and emotion the original work expresses. The TT keeps the the same number of lines just as the ST: each of the sentence has 12 syllables. The rhyme pattern of ST is also kept: the first line rhymes with the third, and the second with the forth. The TT is exactly an expression of sound, form and sense of the ST (Jiang 196-197).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next two examples are from Liu Zhongde’s re-translation of ''Emma'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The truth is, Harriet, that my playing is Just good enough to be praised, but Jane Fairfax’s is much beyond it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却是神乎其技了。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实是，赫蕊埃特，我的弹奏恰恰好到值得称赞，但简·凡凡可斯的弹奏却大大超过我的弹奏。(Liu Zhongde)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“神乎其技” in the previous translation does not correspond to the plain style of “much beyond it” in ST. It is true that a Chinese four-character-word can embody a complex meaning, but the style it can be applied to is supposed to be formal and academic. In this sentence, the style of “神乎其技” is not appropriate at all, while a simpler word should be used. Thus Liu Zhongde replaced “神乎其技” with “大大超过我的弹奏”.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Just as they always do-very vulgar.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——俗不可耐。(Previous translation)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还不是像他们平常那样——很庸俗。(Liu Zhongde) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Jiang 278-279)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The four-character-word “俗不可耐” in the previous translation does not conform to the plain or colloquial style of ST, either, just like “神乎其技” mentioned above. Liu Zhongde changed it into “庸俗” to be in line with the original style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected by him and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Jihong (1980-): Translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As to Li Jihong, translation after all is one of the material production activities of human beings. In an article called “The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace with the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay” against the view of another translator, Shi Kangqiang, he says that the pay of translation in the new period is different from that of the old times, mainly because of the translation tools which belonging to the production tools, have already  been developed today into computers, digital data, Internet, etc. As a result, the translation speed is supposed to be improved. Therefore, a professional translator nowadays can definitely earn a decent life by translating 1000 words each hour, 8 hours a day. And for every 1000 words they can earn 60 ''yuan''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The article aims to oppose to Shi Kangqiang’s opinion that the appalling pay translators receive influence the quality of the translation, but it also reveals Li Lihong’s view on translation from his borrowing lots of economic theories and activities, numbers, calculation of the pay to support his opinion, his favors to the publishers’ increasing reward on the sales of the translation work and his announcement that he have translated ''The Kite Runner'' (written by Khaled Hosseini), 195190 words, for only 10 days, 15 hours a day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this article he also says: “Any responsible translators will not translate for the personal income,” but he adds next, “ In fact, the support for his translation is the letters from readers, in addition to the high income.” Although the total contradiction in his saying is confusing, it still can be inferred that money is an important motivation for his translation, if not the most important one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The works Li Jihong translated are foreign classics such as ''Le Petit Prince'', ''The Old Man and the Sea'', ''Animal Farm'', ''The Great Gatsby'', ''Walden'', ''The Moon and Sixpence'', ''Pride and Prejudice'' and ''The Sound and Fury''. However, all those works and the values of them have already been well received in China, with several translations in market. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To begin with the work that he have translated “for only 10 days, 15 hours a day” as he says, ''The Kite Runner'' written by Khaled Hosseini:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)We left the old man on the steps of that building. I meant to take him up on his offer, come back and see if he’d unearthed any more stories about my mother. But I never saw him again (Hosseini 251).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们离开了坐在那座房子台阶上的老人。我原想带他到他的办公室去，看看他能否想起更多关于我妈妈的事情。但我再也没有见到他 (Li 243)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this text, “take somebody. up on something” means “to accept an offer, an invitation that somebody has made 接受（提议或邀请）” in ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary'' (438). Also according to the whole context, the old man, a beggar, had been a colleague of “my” mother who I had never met. He told me a story about “my” mother and promised me more details about her: “ The old man smiled. ‘I’ll try to remember and that’s a promise. Come back and find me ’ (Hosseini 250).” It can be inferred that the old man offered the narrator a chance to know more about his mother. Thus, the “offer” means “邀请” instead of “办公室 (office)”. What’s more, It seems like the word “offer” is misread as “office” by the translator. Perhaps the translator is too busy translating as fast as possible to check his translation carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“Your job today is to pass gas. You do that and we can start feeding you liquids. No fart, no food.” He laughed again (Hosseini 297). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“你今天的工作是排便。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不见粪便，不给食物。”他又哈哈大笑 (Li 287)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speaker was a staff in hospital, and he was asking the patient who had just come to himself from a surgery “to pass gas”. The relevant meaning of “gas” in ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary'' is “[物理]气体、瓦斯” (726), of “pass” is “通过” (1338). And “fart” as a noun means “放屁 (emit wind from the anus)” (632). In conclusion, “排便” does not correspond to the original meaning of the ST. So the translation can be righted as “你今天的工作是排气。你完成之后我们才能开始喂你吃流食。不放屁，不给食物。” This is also a very small and simple mistake. The translator should be more cautious about translating.&lt;br /&gt;
This summer holiday I have read another book translated by Li Jihong: The Moon and Sixpence written by William Somerset Maugham, and also find some odd translation and neglect. Here are two examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)“Do you think it’s likely that a man will do any good when he starts at your age? Most men begin painting at eighteen.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“I can learn quicker than I could when I was eighteen (Mauguam 48).” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你认为一个人从你这个年纪开始学画能学得好吗？大多数人从十八岁就开始画了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些 (Li 54)。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second sentence, a very simple one, means that even if “I” am old now, I can learn even quicker than I could when I was at eighteen. In Chinese it can be translated as, for instance, “我能比我十八岁的时候学得还快.” But Li’s translation “如果我今年十八岁，我可以学得快一些” means “I can learn quicker if I were eighteen,” which has a totally different meaning from the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)...for they felt themselves freemen of a country whose frontiers include them all, the great country of Cockaigne (Mauguam 169).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因为他们觉得大家都是自由民，同属于想象中的天堂之国 (Li 203)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Encyclopedia Britannica, “Cockaigne, also spelled Cockayne, imaginary land of extreme luxury and ease where physical comforts and pleasures are always immediately at hand. References to Cockaigne are especially prominent in medieval European lore. These accounts describe rivers of wine, houses built of cake and barley sugar, streets paved with pastry, and shops that gratuitously give goods to everyone. Roast geese wander about inviting people to eat them, and buttered larks fall from the skies like manna.” Being ignorant of the rich meaning of this word, Li Jihong translated it to “天堂之国” without any explanation. In fact, in this book, Li Jihong adds 206 explanatory notes for the  words like “Shakespeare (莎士比亚)”, “Balzac (巴尔扎克)” and “Footnote (生丁)”, however, “Cockaigne” is not included.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jihong’s translation is popular for his elaborate introduction of the work and explanatory notes, which as he says, can help readers to understand the work easier. And some famous people also recommend his translations for his translation is more understandable than others. However, as far as I am concerned, being understandable is not the essence of a translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Xu Yuanchong and Liu Zhongde we know there are various translation principles, for instance the former’s “beauty in three aspects: sense, sound and form” and the latter’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and closeness”, nevertheless, the “faithfulness” to the original is emphasized.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
III.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the views of translation influence the translators’ behavior, specifically the translation work choosing and their translation principles demonstrated by the translation examples of the three translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Xu Yuanchong the translation is an art, a rivalry between tow cultures, so the classics works of western world and China are chosen and the feeling of beauty in the translation is emphasized; while for Liu Zhongde, translation is a science, a way for Chinese to learn the advantages of westerners, thus the western masterpieces are selected and the “closeness” in translation is underlined to convey the closet meaning and style of the original. In fact, for both of them translation should be a responsibility that should be treated serious by translators, while as for Li Jihong, translation is just a production activity, a tool to make money or to gain the population, fame and the sense of superiority. Therefore, the economic effect and the speed is highlighted, the minor mistakes were made, and the translator’s personality was manifested so much that it even overshadowed the style and meaning of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those responsible translators, their translations, imprinted all their individual ideology, experience and reflection, almost like an original work, are supposed to be a special thing. As Thomas C. Foster puts at the end of his How to Read Literature Like a Professor, “My favorite was the apology to the poem itself: ‘Well, little book, you’re not that much but you’re the best I could make you. Now you’ll just have to make your way in the world as best you can. Fare thee well.’” (129), a lot of care and attachment will be taken to the work you made, whatever it is, a poem, a fiction or a translation work. Only if you devote yourself to the translation with painstaking effort, can the translation be respected and appreciated by your readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Lei had ever said, “translation should be based on the knowledge of art: without a sensitive soul, earnest sympathy, appropriate appreciation, relative social experience or sufficient common sense (i.e. broad knowledge), a translator neither will understand the original work thoroughly nor grasp the essence of it” (qtd. Xu Jun 253). Because that translators’ views on translation have a great influence on his translation, he should first be earnest to “translation”, and then be diligent, especially when the translation work is carrying the weight of the original work. For translators, translation is never a individual activity, but a responsibility to the author, the SL culture, the reader, the TL culture and eventually themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Work Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡塞尼· 卡勒德. (Hosseini, Khaled). 《追风筝的人》 (''The Kite Runner''). 李继宏译 (Tran. Li Jihong). 上海: 上海人民出版社, 2008.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蒋坚松 (Jiang Jiansong) 彭利元 (Peng Liyuan), ed. 《刘重德翻译思想及其他》(''Liu Zhongde’s Tanslation Theories and Others''). 长沙(Changsha): 湖南师范大学出版社 (Hunan Normal University Press), 2003. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李继宏 (Li Jihong), 《文学翻译也需与时俱进：谈谈翻译速度和稿酬问题》 (“The Literary Translation Should Keep Pace With the Times: The Translation Speed and Pay”). 豆瓣网 (douban). 13 Jan. 2013 &amp;lt;https://site.douban.com/179084/widget/articles/10191245/article/23864139/?dt_dapp=1&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘重德 (Liu Zhongde), ed.《文学翻译十讲》(''Ten Lectures on Literary Translation''). 北京(Beijing): 中国对外翻译出版社 (China Duiwai Translation Press), 2000. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛姆·威廉. (Maugham, William). 《月亮和六便士》 (''The Moon an Sixpence'').李继宏译 (Trans. Li Jihong). 天津 (Tianjin): 天津人民出版社 (Tianjin Renmin Press), 2018. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许钧. (Xu Jun).《翻译论》(''Translation Theory''). 武汉 (Wuhan)： 湖北教育出版社 (Hubei Education Press), 2003. Print.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲. (Xu Yuanchong). 《译文能否胜过原文》(“Can the Translation Surpass the Original”). 《教学研究》(''Teaching Method Research''), no. 2 (1982): 39-47.&lt;br /&gt;
---. ed.《再创作与翻译风格》(“Re-creation and Translation Style”). 《文学与翻译》 (''Literature and Translation''). 北京 (Beijing)：北京大学出版社 (Beijing University Press), 2016. 221-229. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---.《翻译的艺术》(''The Art of Translation''). 北京 (Beijing): 五洲传播出版社 (Wuzhou Chuanbo Press), 2006. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨绛(Yang Jiang), 李文俊 (Li Wenjun, et al.) 等. 《一本书和一个世界》(''A Book and A World''). 北京 (Beijing): 昆仑出版社 (Kun Lun Press), 2005: 35-38. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
周领顺. (Zhou Lingshun). 《译者行为批评：理论框架》(''A Theoretical Framework for Translator Behavior Criticism''). 北京 (Beijing)：商务印书馆 (The Commercial Press), 2014. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett, S. and A. Lefevere. ''Translation History and Culture''. London and New York: Pinter, 1990. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockaigne. ''Encyclopedia Britannica''. 27 Jun. 2013. Web. 17 Nov. 2019 &amp;lt;https://www.britannica.com/topic/Cockaigne &amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even-Zohar, Itamar. The position of translated literature within the literary polysystem. ''Papers in Historical Poetics''. Tel Aviv: The Porter Institute, 1978. 21-7. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fart. ''The New Oxford Illustrated English-Chinese Dictionary''. Beijing: Renmin University of China, 2004. Print.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Foster. C. Thomas. ''How to Read Literature Like a Professor''. New York: HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hosseini, Khaled. The Kite Runner. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group, 2003. Print. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere, A. ''Translation, Rewriting and the Manipulation of Literary Fame''. London and New York: Routledge, 1992a. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maugham, William. ''The Moon an Sixpence''. London: Pan Books Ltd, 1974. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. ''Introducing Translation Studies''. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take sb. up on sth.” ''Phrasal Verbs Dictionary''. 2013. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Publishing Co., Ltd, 2017. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti. L. The Scandals of Translation: ''Towards an Ethics of Difference''. London and New York: Routledge, 1998. Print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Contemporary Translation Studies=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''An Analysis of the Book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'''''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''爱德温·根茨勒的《当代翻译理论》和杰米里·芒迪的《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》被视为翻译史上不可多得的巨作。本文通过对两本巨著的介绍之后，节选了其中有名的翻译理论即尤金·奈达的形式对等理论和功能对等理论以及亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒和严复的翻译原则进行比较，来阐述了翻译的基本准则。通过对比尤金·奈达的形式对等和功能对等理论，找出其优缺点并结合适当的例子，有利于读者把握奈达的翻译思想来更好地指导其翻译实践。同时，通过分析亚历山大 弗雷泽·泰特勒的翻译原则的优缺点再将其与严复的翻译理论做比较，有利于读者理解中西方翻译的差异，来更好地理解在跨文化的语境中如何做好翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''爱德温·根茨勒、《当代翻译理论》、杰米里·芒迪、《介绍翻译理论：理论与实践》、尤金·奈达、形式对等、功能对等、亚历山大·弗雷泽·泰特勒、严复、翻译原则 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler’s ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and Jeremy Munday’s ''Introducing Translation studies: Theories and Applications'' are both regarded as the masterpieces in the discipline of translation. After giving a brief introduction of these two great works, this paper tends to select the famous translation theories from the book namely Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and functional equivalence and the translation principles of Alexander Fraser Tytler and Yan Fu to define the basic principles of translation. After analyzing the Nida’s theories of formal equivalence and functional equivalence, it is better for the readers to understand the Nida’s translation ideas to better guide him in the translation practice by combining the concrete examples to illustrate its advantages and disadvantages. In the meantime, by analyzing the advantages and disadvantages of Tytler’s translation principles and the comparison between the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu, it’s better for the readers to understand the influence of difference in the eastern and western cultures on translation. In such a way, it’s better for the translators to do the translation practice in the cross-cultural situation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' ''Edwin'' Gentzler; ''Contemporary Translation Theories''; Jeremy Munday; ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''; Eugene Nida; Formal Equivalence; Functional Equivalence; Alexander Fraser Tytler; Yan Fu; Translation Principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this essay, it presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper tends to concentrate on the discussion of four important translation theories. This paper will be divided into three parts. Firstly, after a brief introduction of the great book: ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', and then it will focus on the analyzing of the Eugne Nida’s two famous translation theories namely formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. By giving out its definition, it’s easier to find the advantage and disadvantage of these two concepts. Then, this paper will go on introducing briefly the Chomsky’s translation studies. And then it will find some commonness and distinction in Nida’s and Chomsky’s opinions in translation. Secondly, it will give a short introduction of the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' and it will fix its attention on the translation principles of Tytler and then make a comparison of Yan Fu’s translation principle “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. By deeper analyzing these two similar translation theories, we can find some commonness and difference in these two translation theories by taking the culture and thinking modes into consideration. At last, this paper intend to give a brief comparison between these two great books by taking the consideration of writing style and content arrangement. All in all, this paper intends to give the readers a better understanding of these two great books and provoke their reflection about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I Analysis of the book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, it is a great pleasure to read a very famous book called ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' whose author is called Edwin Gentzler. The second edition of this book has received great success. The publication of this book is significant to the global translation study academia. “Since the mid-19th century, translation theory has maderapid progress, Edwin Gentzler finds out what is useful and rejects what is useless on the translation of today's theories in this book”(Li 2014:111). He also makes a Detailed description in detail several major schools of translation:The North American Translation Workshop, the “Science” of Translation, Early Translation Studies, the Polysystem Translation and Deconstruction. In this book, it presents what is happening in different parts within the discipline. “Gentzler uses his provoke thinking viewpoint to trace the development of literary translation studies from the American translation workshop program, through the polysystems research to deconstruction and postcolonial translation theory and beyond”(Xu  and Wang 2000:42). This book not only provides us with a deep way of theorizing the translation but also is effectively a translation practice . At the end of this book, he also points out the future of translation and sends his positive attitude about the translation’s future. The author turns a whole number of the complex theoretical material into accessible language, so that everyone who doesn’t read any books about translation can read this book freely. Apart from that, each chapter in this book is separated so you can read each chapter alone without relying on your understanding of the other chapters. By this way, it is more convenient for us to find the topic of translation that we are interested in to read and find valuable informationfor us. Gentzler’s book provides us with a precise analysis about what the translation school achieved so far and gives his insight into the future of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“This book stands as a continuing translation textbook with some of the most important theories in the field such as “the same aesthetic experience, dynamic equivalence, corresponding literary function, or the deconstruction theory of Derrida”(Li  2014:112). Despite distinct focus, each theory is completed by a conceptual framework that thinks original existence and an understanding of it in the target society. At present, “all translation theories have kept rigid distinction between original texts and their translations text”(Xu and Wang 2000:43).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the chapter 2, this book introduces the American translation workshop. In this chapter, it mainly introduces the A. Richard’s new criticism and translation, Ezra Pound’s theory of luminous details, Frederic Will’s the paradox of translation and Lawrence Venuti’s rethinking translation. In it workshop, “it emphasizes that translation is a marginal activity, not considered as a proper field of study”(Gentzler 2001:5). However, as time goes by, the process of growth and acceptance of translation boost when many translation courses and workshops were being offered at many universities. There appears many works about this translation workshop but it does not have many books about the translation theories. “In this workshop, the personal opinions may offer some help, but it still lacks the consistent theory to support translation”(Gentzler 2001:44). Therefore, it needs urgently a classified theory for the translation and it yields the coming of the “science” of translation. In this book, it mainly introduces Eugene Nida’s formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and Noam Chomsky’s syntactic structure and generative-transformation grammar. Here, it will illustrate my understanding of these two concepts about formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence. Edwin Gentzler illustrated the concept of dynamic equivalence in his book ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', ''Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style. The relationship between the target language receptor and the target text should generally be equivalent to that between the source language receptor and the source text''(2001:48).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the dynamic equivalence, Nida focus on the correspondence of the feeling between the target language and the receptor and the source language and the learner. By his understanding, these two feeling should be the similar. More specifically, “dynamic equivalence considers more about the relationship between the reader and the information, which means that the target reader's response to the target text should be the same as that of the source reader's response to the source text”(Liu 2012:242). “Any foreignness and translationese should be avoided in the target text”(Ju 2000:203). Now, it will &lt;br /&gt;
list the advantages of dynamic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“On the one hand, the dynamic equivalence is “somewhat like the free translationwhich emphasizes the translation should achieve the same effect instead of being limitedin the content and form” (Li  2014:112). “It concentrates on the correct way of translating the content of the original text”(Shakernia 2013:2). On the other hand, “it focuses on readers' reaction and analyzes the translation process from the viewpoint of target readers”(Nida 1995:225). In this way, translation is not a single activity, but more social elements are added to make the translation concrete and specific. Moreover, in the dynamic equivalence, due to its classified translation principle it is more suitable to the translation of technology and science essays. The dynamic equivalence provides us a &lt;br /&gt;
detailed rule of translation during our process of translation so when we translate, we can find the reasonable principles to rely on. These essays should be more formal and official.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, although the dynamic equivalence has gained a lot of praises it still deserves some limitations. Firstly, “it is just a language conversion and ignores the cultural information taken by the language, resulting in cultural domestication”(Liu 2012: 245). In fact, cultural differences are objective and can not be inevitable, and no one can avoid them. If you have to maintain a dynamic equivalent translation, it will definitely have a negative impact on cultural communication. For example, “‘dongfeng’ is a positive image in Chinese culture while in western society it thinks the west wind is goodmorality”( Shakerni 2013:2) Therefore, it is strange that Shelley's singing of the west wind is translated into &amp;quot;ode to the east wind&amp;quot;, because it will hinder the Chinese readers' understanding of the western world. What's more, to judge whether the target readers have similar effects is uncertain and unpractical because they are different in gender, age,educational background and life experience, etc. Strictly speaking, the reader's response is a variable that cannot be regarded as equivalent to the standard effect. Finally, dynamicequivalence information in the text does well, just like the Bible, but it is difficult to realize literary translation, text language is different from general language. Dynamic equivalence, as a concept, puts an .an overly narrow focus on the response of the active hearers, perhaps sometimes at the expense of other factors which are also crucial to adequate translation, such as the accuracy of the message, the uniqueness of the original historical setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, it will list the definition of formal equivalence. “Formal equivalence is simple and source-oriented. It is like a word for word literal translation”(Shakernia 2013:2). Formal equivalence concentrates on the message itself, in both form and content. “One is concerned that the message in the receptor language should match asclosely as possible the different elements in the source language”(Shakernia 2013:3).The use of formal equivalents might at times have serious implications in the target text since the translation will not be easily understood by the target readership. For example, “in the translation of the sentence of greet others  with a holy kiss, these two different equivalence can have distinctly different translation”(Shakernia 2013:3). In the formal equivalence translation, we need to translate it into the translation of saying hello to others with a holly kiss. But it seems strange to others because what’s the meaning of holy kiss. Then, we need to add one explanation of holy kiss which is in the ''old testament'' the holly kiss is usually treated as a usual way to greet others. However, in the dynamic equivalence, we need not to take the correspondence of the structure into consideration. We only need to pay attention to the reaction of receptorsof language. We can translate it into the translation of shaking hands with others enthusiastically. From the above example, it’s clear to find the focus of these two equivalences is very different therefore the translation can be different. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it will try to figure out the advantages and disadvantages of formal equivalence.  One of the most distinguished advantage of the formal equivalence is that in this translation, “the formal equivalence is keenly oriented towards the source language structure, which exerts strong language influence in determining accuracy and Correctness”(Nida 1995:223). Because the formal equivalence emphasizes the completetranscript of the original text’s content and form so it will have the consistent structure of the original text.Another advantage of formal equivalence is that it put much focus on the accuracy.Because in such translation theory, the target language will try to find a equivalent in the source language. For example, in the sentence of “Please fetch me a glass of water” when translating it into Chinese, we will try to find each word equivalent in Chinese. We will try to find each word such as “please”“fetch”“me” and so on. Then we can find the equivalent in Chinese which can be transliterated into Chinese as “Qing gei wo yi bei shui”. Apart from that, let’s move on  to the disadvantages of formal equivalence. One of the obvious disadvantage of the formal equivalence is that sometimes it will neglect the intent of the original text. Because the formal equivalence isreferred as to the literal translation and in such way it may overlook the author’s intent. For example, we often hear Chinese people say:“Ni chi le ma?” In fact, it’s a way to greetpeople in Chinese custom while we cannot translate it into English as “Have you eat your dinner or lunch?”. Instead we should translate it into English as “Hello!”or “Hi!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among these two theories, Nida puts the dynamic equivalence in the first place. It has been viewed as his core contribution to the modern translation filed. “Nida pays attention to readers' response and advocates replacing the expression of foreign culture in the original text with the expression habit of the receiving language, namely, domestication”(Nida 1995:224). By far, “Nida has achieved a lot in translation study. He simplifies Chomsky’s theory and adopts only the later two part of the model in order to validate his science”(Gentzler 2001:52). “He is aware of the nature of a practice-oriented approach, attempts to scientifically validate his methodology and apply it to translation as a whole” (Panou 2013: 1) . In this chapter, it also talks about Noam Chomsky’s contribution to the linguistic and translation. In Chomsky’s opinion, the linguistic is a study of science and we can apply many linguistic principles to translation, therefore, the translation can also be said a study of science. Among the Noam Chomsky’s contribution is his transformational-generative grammar. “It is a theory that talks about why people can talk and how people can learn new sentences. It is a theory about language ability. Chomsky holds his opinion that basics and transformation form grammar” (Zhou 2019:5). The basics form deep structure and deep structure transforms to surface structure. Word’s meaning belongs to deep structure . Besides, “he thinks thatlanguage is a unique human natural constitution. Language ability should be more focused on not rather language behavior”(Zhou 2019:6). “The TG Grammar tries to reveal the unity of particular grammars and universal grammars, to explore the universal rules with the hope of revealing the human cognitive system and the essential nature of human being”(Zhu 2018:241). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chomsky and Nida believe that deep, coherent and unified entity exists behind whatever manifestation language takes. However, there exists some difference &lt;br /&gt;
between their opinions. “Chomsky would not jump to conclusions based on correlations between just two languages, nor assume that a grammar to a particular to one language would work systematically for another” (Li 2011:395). While Nida holds the belief that deep structure and transformatio-nal rules which is divorced from all the problems of translation are similar across languages. All in all, these two great persons all make a big contribution to translation and their theories are still widely used today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''II Analysis of ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the second book: ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , it is a very populary book which has undergone through the fourth edition. ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' remains the definitive guide to the theories and concepts that make up the field of translation studies. This fourth edition has been fully revised and continues to provide a balanced and detailed guide to the theoretical landscape. “Each theory is applied to a wide range of languages, including Bengali, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Punjabi, Portuguese and Spanish”(Liu and Deng 2010:54). It starts with the definition of translation and then presents us the translation theory before the twentieth century to the modern translation theory. It focus on many important translation theories such as systematic translation theory, polysystem theory translation, functional theories of translation, and so on. There are three reasons why I like this book very much. Firstly, this book is full of content which is arranged carefully and skillfully for the readers to read. It contain an introductory table clearly presenting key terms and ideas, the main text, describing in detail the models and issues under discussion, an illustrative case study, which applies and evaluates the main model of the chapter, suggestions for further reading, a brief evaluative summary of the chapter and a series of discussion and research points to stimulate further thought and research. I am extremely fond of the case study in this book which is also a unique feature of this book. In the case study, it will list a related case about the translation issue in this chapter for readers to think and then this book provide us with a discussion of case studies for us to reflect our thinking. I think it’s a good way for us to relate the knowledge of book into reality which it’s more helpful and useful for us to remember the knowledge in the book. And by applying our knowledge to the real problem in reality, it’s more helpful for us truly understand the essence of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, there are a large number of charts are cited, and the names of the charts are listed on a special page after the table of contents at the front of the book for easy reference. In this way, it is easier for readers to absorb  much information contained in the charts. In the meantime, it is clear for the readers to relate the knowledge with the information in the charts. It is also a good way to sort out the large number of information in an ordered way for the readers to have a quick way to absorb the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the book includes an appendix to the web sites relevant to translation studies before the final notes and index. These include two web sites that publish information about conferences, recent publications and research, six web sites for international translation journals and four web sites for translation organizations that often contain useful links. In this way, it becomes much easier for the readers to search the information on the websites for further reading and studying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the content of this book. In the second chapter, this book lists the debate about the word-for-word and sense-for-sense translation which is debate that dominated much of translation theory. “Faithful translation” is an attempt to reach a compromise between the two. Many great translators object to word-for-word translation and they advocate the sense-for-sense translation”(Munday 2013:18). For example, Cicero oppose the word-for-word translation strongly by saying “that I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language”(Munday 2013:19). “The issues of free and literal translation were for over a thousand years with the translation of the Bible and other religious and philosophical texts”(Munday 2013:22). As for the translation of Bible, there must mention the Martin Luther whose major influence is made by his translation of the ''New Testament'' and later the ''Old Testament''. Martin Luther advocates the revolutionary nature of translation. “At that time, the Bible was only available in Europe in a Latin translation. This meant that the majority of the people had no access to the Bible in their native languages”(Stolt 2014:373). He is concerned with the German readers. “Here, he supports the idea of using of “pure, clear German and the building of new languages in translation. Therefore, he used a non-literal translation in his translation of Bible”(Stolt 2014:373). Also, his use of a regional yet socially broad dialect went a long way to reinforcing that form of the German language as standard. “His aim is to keep communication with readers and listeners, but the audience for his new translation of the scriptures was composed not of scholars but plain speakers of vernacular German”(Stolt 2014:374). And thanks to Martin Luther’s efforts of translating Bible, the Germany people now could read Bible freely. Later, the book talks about the translation principle of Dryden, Dolet and Tytler. Here it will put emphasize on the Tytler’s translation principles. As for Dolet has five translation principles while Tytler proposes his three translation rules. “They are the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work. Secondly, the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original. Thirdly, the translation should have all the ease of the original composition.” (Munday 2013:26) Here, we can see that Tytler pursues the balance between the source language and target language. The translator must have the capacity of employing the exact manner and skill in translating his target language. For example, “there are two sentences which express the same meaning but they are different in their writing style”(Xi 2009:41). One is on Monday morning, the park is usually crowded with too many people. The other is on Monday morning, the park attracts many people. It’s obvious that the first sentence is in a negative mood while the second sentence is in a positive mood. These two sentences all convey the same meaning but they differs each other in the mood and style. To be a good translator, you need to be skillful in bringing the same style of the source language to the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantages of his translation principle are as follows. First of all, “he abandons the traditional translation idea of dichotomies and he tries not to use these controversial term such as literal translation, free translation to give his translation rules a better and clear way to present”(Bie and Huang 2007:164). Here, in his translation principles, we cannot see the mentioning of the literal translation and free translation which can cause misunderstanding in the translation studies. Secondly, “he clarifies and extends people’s understanding of the metaphor that translators are painters. In his opinion, he advocates that the job of a translator is distinct different from the painter” (Bie and Huang 2007: 166). Although the translator does not use the same color as the original, he must give his &amp;quot;picture&amp;quot; the same power and effect. The translator cannot copy the original style, but must use his own style to translate the perfect script. The more he studies a imitation, the less his copy will reflect the ease and spirit of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let’s move on to talk about the disadvantages of his translation principles. Tytler’s translation thoughts are mainly on the base of his exact experience and subjective observation. “Some people even say that the book just looks like a textbook addressing the translation arts. In the meantime, from his translation theories, we can know that he imitates other translator’s theory, especially Dryden”(Firdaus 2012:285). For example, his first principle “That the translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work, which is almost same as the Campbell’s accurately reproduce the original meaning”(Firdaus 2012:286). Tytler, “points out that the three principles are in a necessary order. The order arrangement is appropriate, natural and is arranged according to their importance to the translation which cannot change casually”(Firdaus 2012:287). In this way, we can concluded that his idea that if in a case of need to sacrifice a certain principle, the translator should notice the importance of order of translation principle. The translator cannot try to get a beautiful and fluent translation at the expense of the faithful translation of the script. Tytler’s translation has exerted great influence on the later translation studies and left a big influence on the later translators such as our Chinese great translator-Yan Fu. Here, it will list the Yan Fu’s translation theories and then we can have a brief comparison between Yan Fu’s translation principles and Tytler’s translation principles. “Yan Fu is our Chinese great scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas, including Darwin’s natural selection to China in the late 19th century”(Wang 2008:70). Just as Shi Chunrang and Zhao Wei proposed their opinions in their essay ''Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation'' that Yan Fu proposed three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethnic''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the full and complete conveying or transmission of the original content or thought. It emphasizes the right way of expressing content of the original source. “Expressiveness” demands that the version must be clear and follow without any grammatical mistakes or confused logic and sense. The translation should convey freely the content of the original source. “Elegance” means that the target translation should be similar to the source text in style(2005:96).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It means that the mood of the target translation should be almost same as the source language. By analyzing carefully, it’s clear to find there are many things in common between these two translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, “the first principle and second principle of Tytler are the same as the saying that translation should be faithful to the source language’s content and mood which is similar to the first principle of Yan Fu that emphasizes on the full and complete conveying of the original content”(Shi and Zhao 2005:97). Secondly, these two translation theories all focus on stressing the conveying the thought and content of the source language. And the translation should be available for people to read. “These two theories all emphasize on the conveying the complete transcript of the source text”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear to see many differences between these two translation theories. Firstly, “they are different in thinking mode. Yan Fu does not make a clear and detailed explanation of his translation theory. Instead it relies on others’ explanation of his translation theory”(Xi 2009:41). Just as a saying, “Everything is clear without saying a word”. To better understand Yan Fu’s translation theory, we need to have the associated “relation and reflection about the great thought of our great ancestors. As we all know, “traditional Chinese mode of thinking is perceptual which tends to make the theory obscure and received. However, westerners attach great importance to rational thinking which makes the theory more concrete”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). The thinking mode of western is putting emphasize on the rational thinking and it emphasizes one’s rational understanding of the objects and people. Also, “it concentrates on the formal explanation of the objects and people”(Shi and Zhao 2005:98). Therefore, the Tytler’s three translation principles all give respect to the object to the original text. And it repeatedly emphasizes on the importance of the original text and treat the original text as it start point. Apart from that, it also gives the literal explanation in a detailed way. In this way, after analyzing the different thinking between the western and eastern, we can say that Yan Fu do not give a literal explanation of his translation principle. Thus, we can say that his translation principle understands tacitly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly,“they are distinctly different in the importance. Since the three principles of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are presented, the importance of them has not been clearly classified”(Shi  and Zhao 2005:99). One of the most important features of Yan Fu’s translation standard is its ambiguous semantic meaning. But in fact, “Yan Fu put emphasizes on the free translation and he proposed the principle of expressiveness to support the principle of faithfulness”(Xi 2009:41). “Since during the process of translation, except adhering to the expressiveness of the original text, the principle of faithfulness is the most difficult task to finish as to the conveying the original text’s mode and style”(Xi 2009:42). Therefore, we can draw a conclusion that principle of expressiveness is vital in his three principles and then is the expressiveness and the last is elegance. We should stick to the general principle of “original meaning”, only then can we have a reasonable logic to give an order on the importance of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “While Tytler thinks the order of his three principles is suitable, natural and could not be changed”(Wang 2008:71). Tytler proposes that we can make the conveying the faithful translation of the content at the expense to pursue the beautiful and fluent translation of the original text. “If we must give up one of principles he proposes, he advises that we can give up the least important principle namely the third principle”(Wang 2008:71). In other words, it is the first sacrifice of the original “style and effectiveness”. What's more, the style and mood of the original painting must be conveyed in order to convey a faithful picture of the sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, “these two translation theories are different in the aspect of value orientation. The reason of this difference is due to the difference in the academic tradition of the emphasizing on the practice and theory level of the east and west”(Wang 2008:73). As is known to all, traditional Chinese translation paid more attention to practice rather than theory. The idea of translation should guide translation practice and should be of reference value. Yan Fu's “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” was originally used to describe the difficulty of translation, not as a translation standard. He summed it up from his own practice and was concerned with practice rather than theory. However, western translator put practice and theory at the same level. Tytler's three principles are three levels of difficulties in detail, from the content loyal to distinct style. The reflected logical form is clear and obvious, which is significantly different from the implicit three translation principles of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”. “Western translation theories focus on detailed analysis, rational abstraction and theoretical deduction, and pay attention to logical organization, hierarchy and clarity of content in language expression”(Wang 2008:73). Influenced by traditional philosophy, western translation theories have a strong sense of subject and object throughout the whole process. Taking “expressiveness” as an example, Yan Fu's “expressiveness” and Tytler's third principle “translation should have all the ease of the original composition” have roughly the same meaning, but it’s obvious that they are different in thinking mode. “The Chinese adopt a thought pattern of intuition and understanding while the Englishmen follow a thought pattern of logic and reason, which makes a profound impact on each language”(Chen 2012:126). To this extent, the difference between understanding and rational thinking, as well as the degree of respect for the original text can be best reflected. At last, “these two translation theories are distinct in their motivation. Yan Fu’s criterion is purposeful which aims to attract the elite’s attention”(Wang 2008:73). The literature works that Yan Fu translated from the western world are mainly the great and famous work in the period of western capitalism. “He fully understand this mode of thinking is difficult for the Chinese intellectuals at that time so in this way, he need to make the translation principles easier for the Chinese intellectuals to absorb”(Chen 2012:127). In this regard, he chose this way of spreading his translation ideas which makes his translation principles purposeful. While Tylter just wants to make the whole translation system more systematic and cover content, form and text these three aspects. “His aim in his translation principle is simply trying to make his translation principle known by people and suggest a reasonable translation principle for translators to follow”(Xi 2009:42). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III Comparison between the book of ''Contemporary Translation Theories'' and  ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications''''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.From the aspect of arrangement of the content'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books all take the line of main translation workshops as its main chapter and then list its contribution to illustrate the content. “In the ''contemporary translation studies'', the author compare the translation group’s advantages and weakness and then give out his own understanding of the study of the translation group” (Li :2014 111).” In the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' , the author lists the introduction of each translation workshop’s contribution and achievement to translation” (Liu and Deng 2010:54). While these two books’ difference in arrangement is that in the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' adds a case study to extend the readers’ inflection about the translation study listed in the book. Apart from that, this book also adds the discussion of case study, summary, further reading and discussion and research points into the book which are lack in the ''Contemporary Translation Studies''. These added parts to the book ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' helps extend the readers’ personal study and help the readers relate the theoretical knowledge with the translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.From the content of the material'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of the books all list the major contribution of each translation workshop but they differ in their focus and approach. In the ''contemporary Translation Theories'', the author will “analyze the advantage and weakness of the each translation workshop and then study the interrelationship between these translation workshops and at last describe the importance of each translation theory to the world and then pose its questions to the presupposition of each translation theory”(Li 2014:111). While in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'', the author firstly gives a brief introduction of the chapter content and then illustrates the introduction of each translation workshop in a detailed way. To make the book in a more precise way, the author also lists the summary, case study, discussion of study, further reading and discussion and research points in his book to make the readers to have a more comprehensive way of the book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that, these two books all take a method of incorporating the theories and practices into the whole.  In these two books, each book all include the material of theories and practices as its contents. For some important parts, the authors all give out their questions in the book. For example, in the ''Contemporary Translation Theories'', the author poses his question about Pound’s translation idea“ Was he talking about intuition, guessing the author’s original intention, or something else?(Gentzler 2001:20) After this question, the author gives out his opinions about Pound’s translation idea emphasizing the translator should both inside a tradition and outside any institutionalized logic. While this point of asking question in the ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' is more obvious. At the end of each chapter, the author will give several questions in his part of discussion and research points. Some of these questions can find the answers in the textbook while some will require the readers to do some additional researches. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, after this paper’s careful introduction of these two books and detailed analyzing of the translation theories, it hopes to help the readers to have better understanding of these two books. After the deep analysis of the two theories of Nida’s translation theories and the comparison between Tytler’s three translation principles and Yan Fu’s translation rules, it’s better for the readers to understand the basic rule of translation. And also after analyzing the two big translation theories, it’s clear to draw a conclusion that to be able to be a good translator, the translator should not only be skillful in adapting to two kinds of different language and also he needs to have the solid translation practice experiences. He needs to have the complete transcript of the original text by conveying the content of the original text, but also he should imitate the style and mood of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Works Cited'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories. Vol. 21. Multilingual Matters, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications. Routledge, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jiangchun. “The comment of the second edition of the Contemporary translation theories.” Foreign Language Education. 35.1(Jan. 2014): 111-114. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dongping and Wang Dongfeng. “Giving comment about the Edwin’s Contemporary Translation theories.” Foreign Language and Their teaching.12(2000):42-44. CNKI. Web. 1 Nov. 2019 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene A. “Dynamic equivalence in translating.” An Encyclopaedia of Translation: Chinese-English English-Chinese [C/Z]. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press (1995): 223-30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakernia, Shabnam. “Study of Nida’s (formal and dynamic equivalence) and Newmark’s (semantic and communicative translation) translating theories on two short stories.” Merit Research Journal of Education and Review 2.1 (2013): 001-007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Dayan. “Dynamic equivalence and formal correspondence in translation between Chinese and English.” International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 2.12 (2012): 242-247.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Panou, Despoina. “Equivalence in translation theories: A critical evaluation.” Theory and Practice in Language Studies 3.1 (2013): 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miao, Ju. “The limitations of ‘equivalent effect.” Perspectives: Studies in Translatology 8.3 (2000): 197-205. CNKI. Web. 3 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wenmei. “Interpreting the linguistic idea in Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar construction.”Yinshan Academic Journal. 32.3(Jun 2019):5-10. CNKI. Web. 4 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Enlue. “A brief analysis of Chomsky’s generative-transformational grammar.” Overseas English. (2018):241-242. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhiwang. “An analysis of Chomsky’s generative transformational grammar and Nida’s ideas about translation.” Journal of Inner Mongolia Agricultural University. 3(2011):394-396. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Fang and Deng Jie. “The comment of the new edition of Introducing translation studies: Theories and applications.” Contemporary Foreign Languages Studies. 4.(Apr 2010):54-58. CNKI. Web. 6 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stolt Birgit “Luther’s Translation of the Bible.” Lutheran Quarterly 28.4 (2014): 373-74.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Chunrang, Zhao Wei. “Thoughts on Yan Fu's “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler's Three Principles—a Case Study of Comparative Translation.” Foreign Language Research 5 (2005):96-100. CNKI. Web. 5 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yan. “ Faithfulness-Expressiveness-Elegance, Tytler's three principles and Dynamic Equivalence——New Analyses on the Differences and Similarities of the Standard of Translation and the Causes.” Journal of Cangzhou Teachers' College 3 (2009): 40-42. CNKI. Web. 8 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
Bie Fangfang, and Huang Qin. “Dolet’s Translation Principles and Tytler’s Translation Principles: A Comparison.” Foreign Language Education 2007.0 (2007): 30. CNKI. Web. 9 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firdaus, Sonia. “Evolution of translation theories and practice.” The Dialogue (2012):272-294&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chenjie. “A Systematic Comparison between Yan Fu's Theory of Faithfulness, Fluency, and Expressiveness and Tytler's Three General Rules of Translation.” Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education 1 (2008):70-73. CNKI. Web. 10 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Wen,. “On Yan Fu and the Influence of the “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance.” Journal of Chongqing University of Arts and Sciences (Social Sciences Edition) 6 (2012): 125-129. CNKI. Web. 11 Nov. 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''The Emergence of Translation and Interpretation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Influence of Eugene Nida’s Translation Theory on Chinese Translation Development==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;蒋凤仪 Jiang Fengyi 202070080636&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Eugene Nida is an outstanding western translation theorist, and as one of the representatives of linguistic translation theory, his translation theory involves various aspects of translation, including the definition, principles and process of translation, exerting profound influences on Western countries, Asian countries and even China. Since the 1980s, Nida’s translation theory entered China, and has received attention and research from a wide range of Chinese translation scholars. This paper, taking Chinese Translators Journal as the object, aims to analyze the influence of his translation theory on the Chinese translation field by investigating the number and contents of Nida’s related papers from 1980 to the present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达博士是一位西方杰出的翻译理论家，作为语言学翻译理论派的代表人物之一，其翻译理论涉及翻译的各个方面，包括翻译的定义、原则和过程等，对西方国家、亚洲国家乃至中国影响深远。自20世纪80年代奈达翻译思想进入中国，得到了广泛中国翻译学者的关注和研究，本文以权威杂志《中国翻译》为调查目标，对其1980至今的奈达相关论文的数量和内容进行解读，并分析其翻译理论对于中国翻译领域所带来的影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Translation theory, Influence, Chinese translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达，翻译理论，影响，中国翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida (1914-2011) is one of the most famous translation theorists of our time. Based on biblical translation research, he has created his own unique translation theory and published many books such as The Scientific Exploration of Translation, Translation Theory and Practice, etc. In his research, he has proposed such far-reaching translation theories as “dynamic equivalence” and “reader’s response theory”, which have been of far-reaching influences in the western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has always focused on practice and lacks systematic and comprehensive theories. “Although there are dedicated translators who have produced many excellent translation works, the influential theories and researches lag behind.” (Tu &amp;amp; Xiao 2000:3) After Yan Fu proposed his distinguished theory “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, it has dominated Chinese translation theories for more than one hundred years, left In the 1980s, Nida’s theory was introduced to China and has been widely studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, with Tan Zaixi and Lao Long as the representatives. Nida's theory was introduced to China in the 1980s, and was extensively studied and discussed by Chinese scholars, and translation scholars, including Tan Zaixi, Lao Long and others, compiled his works and introduced his translation theory to China. It is deeply engraved on the history of Chinese translation, and Chinese scholar Chen Hongwei even defines it as the &amp;quot;Nada Phenomenon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1980, Chinese Translators Journal, a national-level core academic journal, is sponsored by the Compilation and Research Center of the China Foreign Language Bureau and the China Translators Association, as well as the conference journal of the China Translators Association, under the supervision of the Foreign Language Publication and Distribution Bureau of China. It is the window for translation workers to exchange translation research and translation practice experience, the place for academic debate. Chinese translation scholars carry out translation research and academic communication through publishing papers, and the journal sets up columns such as translation research, translation theory and technique, etc., to discuss and study translation theories at home and abroad, and is an excellent research object to study the dynamics of the Chinese translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis takes the Chinese Translators Journal as the object of investigation, going through all the Nida-related papers published in the journal from 1980 to the present, and divides them into four stages according to time. By analyzing the number and content of the papers in each stage, it aims to figure out the acceptance and application of Nida's theory by Chinese scholars and have a clear picture of the influence of Nida's translation theory on the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Eugene Nida and His Translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The Translation Theories of Eugene Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Studies on Nida in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Numbers of Papers, Books and Seminars on the Translation of Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Focuses of the Studies on Nida's Translation Theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Theorists&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The attitudes Towards Nida's Translation Theories in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Transformations of Theorists in China &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The influence of Nida's translation Theories on Chinese Translation development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The positive influences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 The problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Acknowledgements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An analysis of main factors influencing the choice of translation strategies, the example of Hongloumeng	解帆	Xie Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on the History of Interpretation and the Prospect of Interpretation in China	雷旷溪 Lei Kuangxi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper combed the 40 years of reform and opening-up in China the development course of interpreting research, introduces its experienced four stages: in the late 1970 s to 80 s &amp;quot;bud&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;initial development&amp;quot; of the 1990 s, the first decade of the 21st century &amp;quot;new period&amp;quot;, the second decade of the 21st century in the &amp;quot;development&amp;quot;. Finally, the author makes a review and analysis of the achievements and main performances of Chinese interpretation studies and comments on the current development status and future prospects of Chinese interpretation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, historical development, interpretation studies, development trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
本文简要梳理改革开放40年来中国口译研究的发展历程，介绍其所经历的四个阶段：20世纪70年代末到80年代末的“萌芽期”、20世纪90年代的“初步发展期”、21世纪头十年的“新兴期”、21世纪第二个十年进行中的“多元发展期”。并回顾分析中国口译研究的成就和主要表现，最后就目前中国口译研究的发展现状和未来展望进行评析。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，历史发展，口译研究，发展趋势&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The development and overview of The study of Interpretation in China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 The four development stages of Chinese interpretation research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Representative achievements in The study of Interpretation in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Current situation of domestic interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The development trend, characteristics and prospect of Chinese interpretation research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections on the Development of Chinese Cultural Self-confidence in Translation from the Perspective of Chinese Translation History	郑华君	Zheng Huajun==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The connotation of Chinese cultural self-confidence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four translation climaxes in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The characteristics of Chinese cultural self-confidence in Chinese translation History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 02:23, 30 October 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Western Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Limits of Translatability from the Perspectives of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida's Translation Theories 	文晓艺	Wen Xiaoyi==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no identical languages in the world, languages differ not only in the system of linguistic signs but also in culture. In the process of translation, there might be some limits of translatability. Briefly speaking, the limits of translatability are divided into two types. One is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida both have mentioned their opinions about the limits of translatability in their works. After introducing their translation theories and their definitions of translation, this paper will give a brief introduction to their views of untranslatability. Then, this paper also exemplifies some examples of these two kinds of untranslatability. The aim of this paper is to analyze the reasons which cause the limits of translatability and to find some translation strategies to deal with these limits.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
世界上没有两种完全相同的语言，每种语言都有独特的语言结构和文化内涵。翻译中可能会出现一些不可译的现象。一般来说，翻译的限制大致分为语言不可译和文化不可译两种。对于翻译的限制的问题，卡特福德和尤金·奈达都有各自的看法。本文除了介绍他们各自的翻译理论和对翻译的定义以外，还介绍了他们各自对翻译的限制的看法。同时，本文还分别列举了语言不可译和文化不可译的一些实例，希望借此进一步分析造成翻译中语言不可译和文化不可译的原因以及寻找其对应的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Untranslatability, J. C. Catford, Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
不可译；卡特福德；尤金·奈达&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that concerns more than two languages. Narrowly speaking, every language contains its own linguistic structure and cultural connotation so that some aspects of various languages are quite different. These may cause the gap between the source language and the target language in translation. Accordingly, some problems of translation may be certain to arise at the same time such as the dispute over the translatability and untranslatability. Different scholars hold their own opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, some scholars are very strict to the definition of translation and the limits of translatability. For example, J. C. Catford states that each language is an isolated linguistic system and the formal and contextual meaning of a language are decided by the formal and contextual relations of the language. It is impossible to translate the linguistic meaning from one language to another. But it can implant the values of the source language into the target language by using the process of transference. And Catford also proposes two kind of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, some scholars are positive to the limits of translatability. For example, Eugene A. Nida approves that there are some general principles of all languages so that all languages can produce the same expression effects to satisfy the needs of expressing ideas and communication. He holds that translation should take the readers as its primary objective.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s views of the limits of translatability are different. To study this question further, it is of necessary to understand and assimilate some opinions of Catford and Nida. And based on both of their translation theories, the aim of this paper is to provide some new ideas about the limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Limits of Translatability=== &lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida’s Translation Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 A Brief Introduction to J. C. Catford and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. C. Catford is a famous linguist and translation theorist in Britain and his representative work in the field of translation is called ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' which has first published by Oxford University Press in 1965. This book is an important milestone in the field of translation theory and exerts a profound influence to the western translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this book, Catford holds that translation has to be based on a general linguistic theory and the theory of translation is a branch of comparative linguistics. The reason why is that “translation has to do with language, the analysis and description of translation-processes must take considerable use of categories set up for the description of languages.” (Catford, 1965) And Catford mentions that the general linguistic theories used in this book to a large extent are influenced by the works of M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Firth.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
He also holds that language is a two-directional process while translation is a unidirectional process which is performed from a source language to a target language. Besides, he believes that “translation equivalences may be set up, and translation performed, between any pair of languages or dialects- related or unrelated and with any kind of spatial, temporal, social or other relationship between them.” (Catford, 1965) He also distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. The former refers to that the meanings of target language items are set up by the formal and contextual relations in the target language itself while the later refers to that parts of the target text have values set up in the source language. In this way, he proposes his ideas about the conditions of translation equivalence and the types of translation shifts. In the final part of this book, he discusses the limits of translatability and mentions two kind of untranslatability called linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. And he holds that “cultural untranslatability is ultimately describable in all cases as a variety of linguistic untranslatability.” (Catford, 1965) From this perspective, we can find that Catford emphasizes the values of the linguistic items in its own linguistic system and he pays attention to formal equivalence and conceptual meaning. All in all, Catford provides a scientific and objective way of studying translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 A Brief Introduction to Eugene A. Nida and His Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida is one of the pioneers of modern discipline of translation studies. He is keen on the translation of Bible and he is also one of the main editors of the magazine called ''The Bible Translator''. As the executive secretary of the American Bible Society Translation Department and one of the main members of the United Bible Society Working Committee, Nida undertakes much of the organization of Bible translation. Although Nida doesn’t translate any complete works by himself, he proposes lots of translation principles which influence the practices of Bible translation. He encourages translators to use a common language which refers to a language that could be accepted and understood by most readers.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The development of Nida’s translation theories can be divided into three parts. （谭载喜，1999）The first part is the stage of descriptive linguistics whose main focus is the syntactical and lexical phenomenon of languages. He is influenced by the father of the structuralist linguistics in the United States called Leonard Bloomfield and an American anthropologist and linguist called Edward Sapir. The second stage is the communication theory in which Nida’s achievements ensure his status in the field of the western translation theory study. In this period, he publishes his famous works such as ''Toward a Science of Translating'' and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Nida states that “translation is far more than a science and it is also a skill and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art.” (Nida, 1982) He also proposes the communicative translation theory by adding the information theory into translation. Moreover, he also proposes his famous theory called the dynamic-equivalence theory which refers to translate “thought for though” rather than “word for word”. And in the third stage, Nida’s main focus is componential analysis of meaning. His main ideas of this period are that language is a system of signs so that the analysis of translation should be taken from the perspectives of sociolinguistics and semiotics. And Nida replaces dynamic equivalence by functional equivalence. And he also pays attention to the problems of rhetoric in translation, especially the contrastive rhetoric. All in all, Nida has contributed to the biblical translation and translation theories all his life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 The Definition of Translation according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of translation is a subject at issue in the field of translation theories. Broadly speaking, every translation theorist clings to the ideas of his own understanding. According to Catford, translation is a process performed from a source language into a target language. He states that “translation is the replacement of textual material in one language (source language) by equivalent textual material in another language (target language).” (Catford, 1965) He explains the implication of “textual material” that there may be some replacements by no-equivalent target language material. The main focus of translation practice is to find target language translation equivalents and the main focus of translation theory is to define the nature and conditions of translation equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Catford distinguishes textual equivalence and formal correspondence. For him, the former refers to that any target language form is observed to be the equivalent of a given source language form. (Catford, 1965) The later refers to that any target category occupies the same place in the economy of the target language as the given category occupies in the source language. (Catford, 1965) He adds that formal correspondence can be only approximate rather than identical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the theory of meaning in translation, Catford holds that it is impossible for source language and target language text to have that same meaning. He borrows the definition of meaning proposed by J. R. Firth that “meaning is the total network of relations entered into by any linguistic forms.” (Catford, 1965) There are two relations called formal relations and contextual relations so that there are accordingly two kinds of meanings. One is formal meaning that is constituted by the various formal relations. Another is contextual meaning that is constituted by a range of situational elements. Because of the approximation of the formal correspondence, it is clear that it is nearly impossible for the formal meanings of source language items to be identical with target language items. Therefore, Catford proposes a process called transference that refers to an operation to set up values of the source language into the target language text. As a result, Catford distinguishes the definitions of translation and transference. He states that translation means the substitution of target language meanings for source language meanings while transference contains the implantation of source language meanings into the target language text. &lt;br /&gt;
The source language and target language items have little similarities of the meaning in the linguistic sense so the aim of the translation is to select target language equivalents with the greatest possible overlap of situational range as the source language items. Catford concludes conditions for translation equivalence that translation equivalence occurs when there are some identical features of substance between the source language and target language. According to his distinction of the total translation and restricted translation, Catford proposes some limits of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 The Definition of Translation according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book called ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida has mentioned that “translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalent of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning and secondly in terms of style.” (Nida, 1982) To define translation in this way, Nida emphasizes the importance of reproducing the message rather than remaining the form of the utterance. He also emphasizes the closet natural equivalent which refers to the closet relationship between the meaning of source language and target language. Besides, he deems the priority of meaning and the significance of style. Therefore, he states that the departures from the formal structure are legitimate and desirable. Nida proposes some principles of translation, for example, contextual consistency is prior verbal over consistency and dynamic equivalence is prior over formal correspondence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida states two types of equivalence that one is formal equivalence and another is dynamic equivalence and he also deems that the aim of translation is to find the closet possible equivalent. Formal correspondence refers to a kind of gloss translation that the translator tries to reproduces the form and content of the message in the source language. In such a translation, it is concerned with correspondences as sentence to sentence or concept to concept. It may be determined by the translation standards such as accuracy and correctness. In contrast to formal correspondence, a translation of dynamic equivalence is based on the principle to produce equivalent effects. It pays attention to the dynamic relationship between receptor and message which needs to be similar to the relationship between the original receptors and the message. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the naturalness of expression so that the receptor could understand the message under his own cultural patterns rather than that of the source language context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also mentions the restrictions of the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation from the perspectives of linguistics and culture. The linguistic restrictions involve the literary forms and the vehicles and the cultural restrictions involve the standard of “faithfulness” and the diversity of dialects in the receptor language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida====&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1The Limits of Translatability according to J. C. Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'', Catford distinguishes two kinds of translations which are called total translation and restricted translation according to the levels of language involved in translation. Total translation is defined as “replacement of source language grammar and lexis by equivalent target language grammar and lexis with consequential replacement of source language phonology/graphology by(non-equivalent) target language phonology/graphology.” (Catford, 1965) And restricted translation is defined as “replacement of source language textual material by equivalent target language textual material, at only one level.” (Catford, 1965) This kind of translation is performed only at the phonological or at the graphological level, or at only one of the two levels of grammar and lexis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for restricted translation, Catford generalizes two limits. The first is that translation between media is impossible. In other words, to translate the spoken form of a text to a written form is impossible. The reason is that the phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different. The phonic substance is relevant to the sound produced in the human vocal tract while the graphic substance is relevant to visible marks on papers or stones. Therefore, it is only a universal practice among literates to converse spoken medium to written medium. And the second kind of limit is that translation between either of the medium-levels and the levels of grammar and lexis is impossible. It is the same that phonic and graphic substance are absolutely different from situation- substance. As a result, there is never any translation from the levels of grammar and/or lexis to the levels of phonology or graphology, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the limits of translatability for total translation, Catford states that “translatability appears to be a cline rather than a clear- cut dichotomy.” (Catford, 1965) In other words, source language texts are not absolutely translatable or untranslatable. As for total translation, both source language and target language text must be relatable to be functionally relevant features of the situation. And the untranslatability or the limits of translatability will occur if it is impossible to build functionally relevant features of the situation into the contextual meaning of the target language text. Broadly speaking, there are two kinds of untranslatability which are linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability occurs when the target language has no formally corresponding features with the source language text. A best example of linguistic untranslatability is an ambiguity peculiar to the source language text. One source of ambiguity is that two or more distinct grammatical or lexical items are expounded in the same phonological or graphological form. Another source of ambiguity is that polysemy. Polysemy means that one single item has a wide contextual meaning so that it may cover a wide range of specific situational features. All in all, linguistic untranslatability is leaded by the formal linguistic differences when the source language formal feature is itself the functionally relevant feature. And cultural untranslatability occurs when a situational feature is completely absent from the culture of which the target language is a part. It is not so absolutely as linguistic untranslatability. Catford also adds that cultural untranslatability might be a type of linguistic untranslatability in that it refers to the impossibility of finding an equivalent collocation in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 The Limits of Translatability according to Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are no identical languages and no absolute correspondences between languages, many languages have the potential and actual equivalence and equivalent idioms. The total impact of a translation may be reasonably close to the original but little identity in detail. It is the fact that each language has its own characteristics and each language is rich in vocabulary for the area of cultural focus. Each language has its own system of symbolizing meaning. It is also the fact that “anything that can be said in one language can be said in another, unless the form is an essential element of the message.” (Nida, 1982) Nida states that the translator must attempt to reproduce the meaning of a passage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the form is of its significance in the source language text, there may be a limitation to express this significance from one language to another. Nida holds that “to preserve the content of the massage the form must be changed.” (Nida, 1982) It means that translators may be prepared to alter the forms or sacrifice certain formal niceties to preserve the content. And Nida also adds that “the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend on the linguistic and cultural distance between languages.” (Nida, 1982) As regards to the linguistic and cultural distance, there are three different types of relatedness between the codes used to convey the messages. Firstly, a translation may involve comparatively closely related languages and cultures. Secondly, in a translation, the language may not be related, even though the cultures are closely parallel. Thirdly, a translation may involve not only differences of linguistic affiliation but also highly diverse cultures. In Nida’s view, “differences between cultures cause many more severe complications for the translator than do differences in language structure.” (Nida, 1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Toward a Science of Translation'', Nida mentions the restrictions on the permissible degree of dynamic equivalence in translation. He states that there are certain serious restrictions of a linguistic and a cultural nature when translators undertake the process of translation with a considerable degree of dynamic equivalence. The linguistic restrictions include the literary forms such as poetry and proverbs and the vehicle used to convey the message such as songs. As for literary forms, sound effect is impossible to be reproduced in that languages are different in the types of sounds they use and the values they tend to attach to these uses. In the translation of the poetry, it is hard to agree with the poetic superstructure in the target language text. Nida deems that the translators may abandon formal equivalence to strive for dynamic equivalence which means to take the liberty of composing another poem capable of eliciting similar feeling. This is the same to the song translators that the form must be maintained so some contents might be sacrificed. It demands much greater conformity to the musical vehicles in the translation of a song. Nida also mentions the cultural restrictions which involve attitudes about so-called “faithfulness” in translation, the diversity of dialects in the receptor language and so on. As for pressures from tradition, it concerns that the standards of translation such as “faithfulness”’ “accuracy” and “effect”. The reason is that there are differences of taste in translation at different historical periods. Dialectal differences also cause restrictions upon the form of a translation. Problems of dialectal differences may occur in the phenomenon that how to accommodate these complex linguistic facts or how to deal with the dialectal variations in the text itself. Although there are many restrictions in translation, a good translation is to fulfill the same purpose in a new language as the original does in the language in which it is written.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Specific Examples to Illustrate the Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1Specific Examples to Illustrate Linguistic Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that no two languages are identical and each language has its own way to constitute words, phrases and sentences. Each language has its own characteristics especially in vocabulary containing the cultural elements. Some languages may be rich in vocabulary of fishing and hunting while some languages may be rich in the expressions of technology. Every language has its own ways of classifying the various elements of experiences with the symbols which are quite different from all other languages. The system of language is very complex in that there are lots of ways to symbolize meaning. The way of thinking may be illustrated in the deep layer of language. Different native speakers of different languages may differ in the using of the rhetoric techniques and expressions. There are some examples to illustrate the limits of translatability between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type of these examples is the rhetorical technique called pun. Pun is a clever and amusing use of a word or phrase with more than one meaning or of words with the same or nearly the same sound but different meanings. It just like a game playing with language. There are broadly two kinds of pun which are homophonic pun and homographic pun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homophonic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
King: My cousin Hamlet, and my son-how is it that the clouds still hang on you?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hamlet: Not so, my lord. I am too much in the sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
More sun and air for your son and heir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
东边日出西边雨，道是无晴却有晴。(刘禹锡《竹枝词》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homophonic words in these examples which share the same sound but with different meaning. In English, “sun” and “son” have the same sound as well as “air” and “heir”. In Chinese, “晴” and “情” are identical in pronunciation but containing different meanings. These examples exemplify that it is nearly impossible to translate the form and content of these puns at the same time. The forms of the puns must be changed to convey the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of homographic pun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
Spoil yourself and not your figure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
Better late than late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
白团扇，今来此去捐。愿得入郎手，团圆郎眼前。( 张祜《团扇郎》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many homographic words in these expressions. “Spoil oneself” means one gives himself something nice as a treat while “spoil one’s figure” means to get fat. The same is to the word “late” which has two meanings. Late can express the meaning of after the planned, expected or usual time and also can express that someone has died. It is hard to remain the form of the words in the process of translation. It is necessary to scarify the form of the words to express the meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is another interesting phenomenon to illustrate the limits of linguistic translatability called palindrome. Palindrome is a word or phrase which is the same when you spell it backwards. It is also a typical character of a language. It is almost impossible to find the formal equivalents of a palindrome in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of palindrome:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
Madam，I’ m Adam.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
No x in Nixon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
上海自来水来自海上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
知者不言, 言者不知。&lt;br /&gt;
信言不美, 美言不信。&lt;br /&gt;
善者不辩, 辩者不善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples imply the differences between the system of linguistic signs of different languages. Each language has its isolated linguistic system. What translators could do is to find the closet natural equivalent rather than the identical. There are also good examples to translate palindrome in Chinese. A good example to illustrate is to translate “Ma is as selfless as I am” into “妈妈为我, 我为妈妈”. Another example is to translate “Able was I ere I saw Elba” into “不到俄岛我不倒”. Both translations try to maintain the forms and contents of the palindrome of the source text. Although it is not identical expressions, it is better illustrations of the potential and actual equivalence of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limits of linguistic translatability also manifest in the translation of poetry. There is a large focus on formal elements in the translation of poetry. In this kind of translation, sometimes forms are sacrificed for the sake of contents while more often the contents are restricted in the formal molds. Each poetry has its specific emotional intensity and flavor which are hard to be reproduced in another different language. Taking English poetry as examples, there are foots and rhythm which are particular to the expressions of English poetry. There are eight kinds of foot like iambic, trochee and so on. Besides, there are tetrameter, pentameter and so on to express the flowing of words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
Life is the lust of a lamp for the light that is dark till the dawn of the day that we die．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12：&lt;br /&gt;
The curfew tolls the knell of parting day,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They lowing herd wind slowly，o'er the lea，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ploughman homeward plods his weary way，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And leaves the world to darkness and to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these examples, it is obvious that the use of rhymes in poetry is various in different languages. It is hard to reproduce these elements with another kind of linguistic signs. The ways of rhymes like alliteration and assonance are impossible to find the formal equivalents in Chinese. One of the reasons may be that the linguistic distance of English and Chinese is so far that there is little linguistic affirmation. The codes used to convey the message are totally different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Specific Examples to Illustrate Cultural Untranslatability&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is integrated pattern of human knowledge, belief and behavior. It consists ideas, customs, taboos and so on. Each human society has its own particular culture which is manifested in folk culture, enterprise culture or food culture. Each language has a system of linguistic signs to express its own cultural substances and values. In fact, the limits of cultural translatability are not so absolute as linguistic untranslatability. It is relative untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms is a product of culture which is also called the linguistic forms of culture. Idiom refers to a group of words that have a special meaning whose meaning can’ t be guessed from each separate word. Idiom is related to some connotative meanings which differs in the cultural background of each national community. As a result, the translation of idioms needs to convey the massage of some cultural elements. Although culture differs from each community, translators need to use different translation strategies to convey the cultural information as more as possible. Usually, there are three methods to translate idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first method is literal translation which can both convey the literal meaning and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
Pour oil on fire 火上浇油&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Have something at one’ s finger-ends 了如指掌&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like father, like son 有其父, 必有其子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strike while the iron is hot 趁热打铁&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Practice makes perfect 熟能生巧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing is believing 眼见为实&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kill two birds with one stone 一石二鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, there are many commonalities between human beings so that there are also some similarities between two languages. This kind of translation is very ideal which expressing both the literal and rhetorical meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still differences between the cultural background of two languages which are mirrored in the translation of idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method is literal translation with annotation which is to translate the literal meaning and explain the rhetorical meaning with annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14:&lt;br /&gt;
Every family is said to have at least one skeleton in the cupboard.&lt;br /&gt;
衣橱藏骷髅，丑事家家有。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15：&lt;br /&gt;
叶公好龙&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Sheh' s love of dragons (Lord Sheh was so fond of dragons that he adorned his whole palace with drawings and carvings of them. But when a real dragon heard of his infatuation and paid him a visit, he was frightened out of his wits.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third method is free translation which is to translate the rhetorical meaning only or to translate the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 16:&lt;br /&gt;
Fish where the fish are. 有的放矢&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can’t catch old birds with chaff. 有经验的人不易上当受骗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shrouds have no pockets. 人死带不走钱财&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revenge is a dish best eaten cold. 君子报仇十年不晚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These examples are just translating the rhetorical meanings. There are other examples including the translation of both the rhetorical meaning and parts of the literal meaning. For example, translating “破釜沉舟” in Chinese to “burn one’s boat” in English is expressing the rhetorical meaning and similar literal meaning of the idiom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, the differences between culture deserve further consideration in the translation of idioms. Translators are supposed to choose an appropriate approach to convey the message contained in idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has its own genius so that it has its special way to build word, phrases and sentences. And it also has its special way to symbolize meanings which depends on its native speakers’ understanding and experiences of the world. And each language has its typical expressions which can be manifested in its specific types of poetry, proverbs and dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these reasons may have an impact on translation in that there are lots of differences between languages. The limits of translatability are briefly divided into linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability. Sometime the linguistic untranslatability is absolute for languages differ in the system of linguistic signs. Therefore, there may be a choice between the form and content of the source language. Sometimes the form of the source text might be sacrificed for the sake of the contents. But the cultural untranslatability is not absolute as the linguistic untranslatability. It is relatively untranslatable. Translators can use some translation strategies to convey the cultural message and explain the implication of the cultural information. Although there are lots of limits of translatability, the ultimate aim of translation is to convey the message rather than to find equivalents in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Catford, J. C.1965. ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation: An Essay in Applied Linguistics''[M]. London: Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]谭载喜, 1999, 《新编奈达论翻译》［M］。北京：中国对外翻译出版公司。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Charles R. Taber. 1982. ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Nida, Eugene A .1964. ''Towards a Science of Translating''[M]. Leiden: E. J. Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies 陶冶	Tao Ye==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Lefevere's manipulating theory	孔亚楠	Kong Yanan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
In 1980s, the research object of translation studies changed from text itself to culture. Cultural factors were brought into translation studies. Andre Lefevere, as the founder of cultural transformation, puts forward the famous manipulation theory and its three elements-poetics, ideology and patron. He believes that translation is not a simple change between languages, and translators' translation activities are influenced and restricted by social factors such as ideology, poetics and patronage. He points out that translation is a form of rewriting the text, and it is &amp;quot;manipulating&amp;quot; the original text to make it compatible with the cultural background of the target text. The main body of the thesis is divided into three parts, which explore the rewriting phenomenon caused by poetics, ideology and sponsors in translation activities by displaying different translation cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪80年代，翻译研究的研究对象从文本本身转向文化，将文化因素纳入翻译研究之中。安德烈勒弗菲尔作为文化转换的奠基人提出了著名的操纵理论及其三要素—诗学、意识形态和赞助人。他认为翻译不是一件简单的语言间的转换，译者的翻译活动受到意识形态、诗学和赞助人等社会因素的影响和制约。他指出翻译是改写文本的一种形式，是对原文的“操纵”，使其与目的语文本所在的文化背景相容。论文主体主要分为三部分，分别通过展示不同的译本分析，探究诗学、意识形态和赞助人在翻译活动中造成的改写现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词:'''Poetics; Ideology; Patronage; Manipulate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 20th century, western translation theories mainly fell into the category of literature and art, which regarded translation as an art and emphasized the translator's creative reproduction of the original text. Until the mid-20th century, translation theorists introduced the theories and achievements of modern linguistics into translation studies, thus producing a linguistic school.Linguistic school regarded translation as a science of mutual transformation at the linguistic level, emphasizing the language equivalence between the original text and the target text. Compared with the literary school, the linguistic school has deepened translation studies and achieved fruitful results, which was beyond doubt. However, it only limited translation studies to the linguistic level, ignoring external linguistic factors such as discourse and context, which led to the fossilization of translation studies.(Zhang Yuanyuan 2010, 81)Since the 1980s, under the influence of post-modernism and cross-cultural studies, translation studies have ushered in a &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, which has gradually transformed translation studies from a linguistic perspective to a cultural perspective, and thus a cultural school of translation has emerged. The cultural school broke through the traditional text comparative study mode of literature and linguistics, and paid attention to many social factors that influenced translation under the broad cultural background, thus broadening the scope of translation studies and injecting new blood into translation studies. Manipulation school was one of the most influential schools of culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Manipulation School was based on comparative literature research, which mainly studied literary translation. The representative figures were Hermans and Lefevere. In 1978, Even Zohar put forward the theory of multiple systems which idicated that there was no primary or secondary system, but the importance was different at different stages and from different angles. Sometimes literature was in a dominant position, and sometimes it was in a secondary position.On this basis, the manipulation theory in the school of translation culture studies was formed. Hermans, a contemporary English translation theorist, published a paper entitled &amp;quot;The Position of Translation Studies in the Multi-system of Literature&amp;quot;, which highlighted the position of target literature, and shifted from focusing on the original text to focusing on the target text. He first applied &amp;quot;manipulation&amp;quot; to the study of translation theory, forming the embryonic stage of the manipulation school.In the book &amp;quot;Manipulation of Literature: Studies of Literary Translation&amp;quot;, Hermans gave the programmatic view of Manipulation School: Manipulation School thinks that literature is a complex dynamic system; Theoretical models and practical case studies should promote each other. The method of studying literary translation should be descriptive and systematic, and should pay attention to purpose and function; We should study the norms and limitations of the production and acceptance of translation, the relationship between translation and other text processing, the position and role of translation in a particular literary system, and the status and function in the interaction between different literatures. As Hermans said: &amp;quot;From the perspective of the target text, all translations are manipulations of the original text for some purpose.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 10-11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andre Lefevere, a famous Belgian American comparative writer and translation theorist, pointed out that literary translation always came into being in a certain historical period and a certain cultural context. Because of using a different language from the original, facing a completely different readership and operating in different cultural categories, the translator, as the representative of the target culture, would be restricted by various target cultural conditions from the choice of the translation text at the beginning to the selection of translation strategies in the translation process until the acceptance of the final version. Moreover, the translator would have various considerations in translation. Therefore, it was impossible to reproduce the exactly identical translation of the original text. In this sense, translation was a rewriting of the original text and a form of creating the text. Lefevere further pointed out that literary criticism, biography, literary history, film, drama, reader's guide and so on were all rewriting the text and creating another form of text image. In other words, translation created the original author, the original text and the literary and cultural images of the original text. All rewritings, regardless of its intention, reflected certain ideology and poetics under the influence of the patronage. He thought that translation was rewriting, and rewriting was manipulation. The rewriting in different historical periods should be controlled by the ideology and main stream poetics, which was finally related to power and became a means to serve them. He believed that translation cannot truly reflect the original appearance, which was mainly manipulated by these three factors: ideology, poetics and patronage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Three Elements of Lefevere's manipulation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, ideology refers to the concept system that reflects the interests and requirements of specific economic forms, specific classes or social groups, and its basic contents include people's political, legal, moral, philosophical, artistic and religious views, etc. Social ideology reflects a social group's cultural value orientation and conceptual belief system. Through observing its surroundings and its own existence, social, ideology can influence and control the activities of the whole society. In Lefevere's view, translation practice is a practice related to certain historical reality, a practice of reinterpreting the original text according to the interests of a certain social group in the new historical environment, and it is essentially a practice of culture and politics. Manipulation school is most concerned about not how the translation should be translated, but why it is translated like this. Translations are not made in a vacuum. Translators function in a given culture at a given time. The way they understand themselves and their culture is one of the factors that may influence the way in which they translate. (Andre Lefevere,14) Translation, as a cross-language and cross-cultural communication activity, is inevitably influenced by ideology. It includes the translator's personal ideology and the ideology imposed on the translator by the authority or sponsor. These personal, social or upper-level ideologies will limit the selection of the theme of translated works and the form of expressing the theme and affect the translator's basic translation strategies and the interpretation of the original language and culture. Therefore, under the control of ideology, the translator will arbitrarily add, delete or change the original text, so that the translated text serves his own political purpose. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetics involves two parts: literary technique and translator's view of literary function. Literary technique mainly includes genre, symbol, theme, etc. Translator's view of literary function refers to the role or function of literature in the whole social system. Translators not infrequently use their translations to influence the evolution of the poetics of their time. The compromises translators find between the poetics of the original and the poetics of their culture provide fascinating insights into the process of acculturation and incontrovertible evidence of the extent of the power of a given poetics. (Andre Lefevere,26)&lt;br /&gt;
According to Lefevere, the translation method adopted by translators is carried out and developed under a certain system of factors of poetics, and the object of the study of poetics is as small as one word or as large as one sentence and the style of the whole chapter, translation strategies and other aspects of the rewriting of the poetics, which are the important components of the cultural system where the rewriting writers are engaged in their creation. In order to conform to the ideology and poetics which occupied the dominant position in the period where they live and to achieve the goal of making the rewritten works accepted by as many readers as possible, the original works will be adjusted in a fixed degree. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, sponsors refer to individuals and groups that can promote or hinder the production and dissemination of literary works in a certain historical period, and institutions that regulate the dissemination of literature and literary thoughts. Patrons can encourage the publication of translations they consider acceptable and they can also quite effectively prevent the publication of translations they do not consider so. (Andre Lefevere,19) Lefevere regarded various rewriting forms, such as literary translation, as one of the various systems of the society. This department of philology has double factors of operation and control. One is the internal factor of the department of philology, which is composed of various professionals including critics, critics, teachers and translators The other is the patron who plays a role in the external department of the department, &amp;quot;The patron is usually more interested in the ideology of literature than in poetics of literature&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that are all kinds of powers (people or mechanisms) that promote or stop reading, writing or rewriting , such as religious groups, orders, government departments, publishing agencies, mass media mechanisms, or individual power. (Zhang Yuanyuan)&lt;br /&gt;
Sponsors can encourage works that they think are suitable, and can also effectively curb works that they think are inappropriate. Generally speaking, they play a vital role in the dynamic direction of translation, the development of translated literature, and the social meeting place where translators are located. (Zhang Xiaojuan, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Analysis of translation cases===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Analysis based on Ideology''' &lt;br /&gt;
Example one: In the dialogue between Wang Lifa and Cui Jiufeng in the second act of Teahouse, Wang Lifa said, &amp;quot;可是住在我这里, 天天念经&amp;quot; Cui Jiufeng replied, &amp;quot;我现在只能修持, 忏悔!&amp;quot; As for &amp;quot;念经&amp;quot; in the sentence, Ying Ruocheng's translation of &amp;quot;chanting Buddhist scriptures&amp;quot; is rich in Christian color; Huo Hua's translation &amp;quot;chanting sutras&amp;quot; abandons the meaning of Buddhism. From this, it can be seen that in order to meet the requirements of mainstream ideology, translators will choose corresponding translation strategies and delete or euphemistically treat some of the original texts in the process of translation. From the perspective of manipulation theory, this is the manipulation of ideology on translation.(Huang Mingjuan, 144)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: Facing globalization, the great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation must be strongly supported by the prosperity of culture. Under the background of vigorously advocating the use of literature output to improve the soft power of Chinese culture, we should treat the translation of Chinese literature more rationally. China has been a collectivist country since ancient times and advocated unity and unity. For families, there is a saying that &amp;quot;home is harmonious and everything is prosperous&amp;quot;; For the neighborhood, there is the advocacy of &amp;quot;good neighborliness and friendship&amp;quot;. Therefore, when translating the report of the 19th National Congress into English, it is inevitable to be influenced by the feelings of home and country, which can be seen everywhere in the text.例1：原文：大会的主题是：不忘初心，牢记使命…… 译文：The theme of the Congress is: Remain true to our original aspiration and keep our mission firmly in mind... Analysis: There is no human appellation like &amp;quot;we&amp;quot; in the original text of the sentence, but it appears in the translation that “our original aspiration” and “our mission”. Thus, its text translation is manipulated by our country's ideology, which is intended to show the collectivism consciousness of the Chinese nation and show that all ethnic groups in our country are united and love each other dearly.(Jia Shanshan, 169) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: As an important media of cultural communication, American TV drama not only has an eye-catching story, but also contains a lot of foreign cultural factors, such as authentic American slang and spoken language, strange historical allusions, and novel network neologisms. As a bridge between Chinese and American cultures, subtitle translation of American TV drama is particularly important. First of all, when the social values of the translation and the source text conflict, ideology will manipulate the translator to rewrite the sensitive parts of the text to meet the social ideology requirements of the target language. In addition, American TV series contains a lot of local cultural factors, which is difficult to find the corresponding symbols in the process of translation and introduction, so the rewriting of culture in subtitles is inevitable. Example 1: English version: Hewlett and Packard&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 休利特和帕卡德&lt;br /&gt;
(比尔·休利特和戴维·帕卡德是惠普(HP)公司创始人，两者均为男性。)&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Many Chinese audiences are familiar with HP brand, but know little about its founders. Therefore, in addition to translating the names of the two founders literally at the bottom of the screen, the subtitle group members also added their identities and remarks &amp;quot;Both are male&amp;quot; at the top of the screen. This not only preserves the characteristics of the source language culture, but also helps the audience enjoy the movie-watching activities smoothly, and also increases the comedy sense of the play.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In 1930s, the western world knew very little about Chinese culture at that time, and most people thought that China was a savage and backward nation. The Chinese people in Westerners' minds were ignorant, superficial and vulgar. Facing the misunderstanding and discrimination of Westerners towards China, Lin Yutang tried to show the western world the true philosophy of life and attitude of Chinese people by translating “浮生六记”  which told the story of a Chinese couple's quiet and simple life. He adopted the translation strategy of combining domestication and foreignization, which made the translated works not only retain the characteristics of Chinese culture, but also be easily understood and accepted by western readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 彼非作《琵琶行》者耶?&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: Isn’t he the one who wrote the poem on The Pi Pa Player?&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin Yutang translated &amp;quot;琵琶行&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;The Pi Pa Player&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;lute&amp;quot; and other forms that were easy for western readers to understand. He adopted the translation strategy of alienation and retained Chinese cultural characteristics according to the idea of himself, with the aim of making Chinese culture go abroad and giving western readers a certain understanding of traditional Chinese culture.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 106)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: In the Chinese translation of Peter Pan, Yang Jingyuan chooses the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplays the indecent language in the original text. The choice of this language translation strategy must be determined by his ideology. In the original text, the topic of &amp;quot;mother&amp;quot; appears in many occasions, such as storytelling and character dialogue, and Yang Jingyuan translates it into written language &amp;quot;母亲&amp;quot; in most occasions. &amp;quot;Twins&amp;quot; in the original text is translated by Yang as &amp;quot;孪生子&amp;quot; in written language. Yang Jingyuan tends to use the northern dialect to translate, which is reflected in her translation sequence: when it comes to children's pleasure in never having a hometown, &amp;quot;他们不用上学读那些劳什子的书&amp;quot;  &amp;quot;Sweater&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;frock&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;劳什子&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;线衣&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;罩褂&amp;quot; are typical northern dialects.&lt;br /&gt;
In the story, the fairy Ding Keling has a pet phrase &amp;quot;You silly ass&amp;quot;, which Yang translated as &amp;quot;你这笨蛋&amp;quot;. The severely abusive language in the original text is treated as generally critical language in the translated text. Yang Jingyuan was born into a scholarly family and received higher education. Therefore, when she translated words, she intentionally or unintentionally chose the combination of written language and spoken English in Beijing, and downplayed the indecent language in the original text. Therefore, the translator's ideology really controls her translation process.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhu Shenghao translated King Lear in 1942. At that time, China was economically backward and politically turbulent. &amp;quot;Saving the country and the people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;national liberation in an all-round way&amp;quot; became the mainstream ideology of the society at that time. When it was learned that Japanese translator laughed at the backwardness of Chinese culture, which was a barren place without Shakespeare's complete works, Zhu's patriotic enthusiasm was thoroughly aroused. In order to make the people with low education level understand this western classic better, he paid special attention to the harmony of phonology and the smoothness of the whole article in the process of translation. Meanwhile, he wanted to keep the verve of the original as far as possible. Therefore, he mainly adopts domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act II, Scene IV)&lt;br /&gt;
Lear: No, rather I abjure all roofs, and choose&lt;br /&gt;
To wage against the enmity o’the air;&lt;br /&gt;
To be a comrade with the wolf and owl,&lt;br /&gt;
Necessity’s sharp pinch! (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 不, 我宁愿什么屋子也不要住, 过着风餐露宿的生活, 和无情的大自然抗争, 和豺狼鸱鸮做伴侣, 忍受一切饥寒的痛苦! &lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is inspired by national honor and disgrace. His three parallelism sentences are full of momentum, like flowing water. Words such as &amp;quot;风餐露宿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无情的大自然&amp;quot; also pour out his inner anger and patriotic enthusiasm for the domestic status.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Analysis based on Poetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one: There is such a scene in the third act of Teahouse. “美国针、美国线、美国牙膏、美国消炎片。还有口红、雪花膏、玻璃袜子细毛线。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ying’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee thread; Toothpaste white and lipstick red. Patent potions, facial lotions; Nylons sheer, you’ll find here.&lt;br /&gt;
Huo’s translation: Yankee needles, Yankee notions, Yankee toothpaste, Yankee potions. Lipsticks red, and cold cream white; Nylon stockings, sheer delight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing these two translations, in order to better conform to the rhythm of English poetry and make the whole ditty read fluently, Ying Ruocheng splits the structural meaning of the original text and then reorganizes it. He adopts more alienation translation strategies in order to achieve the same rhythm as the original text. On the other hand, because of his love for Chinese culture and the influence of Chinese traditional literature, Huo Hua is more faithful to the original text in his translation, and translates the whole ditty in the order of the original text. From this, it can be seen that Huo Hua's translation is mostly based on domestication, so as to truly reproduce the cultural level in the source text.(Huang Mingjuan, 144-145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The opening report of the 19 th National Congress contains a large number of words with Chinese characteristics, and its English translation is manipulated by the socialist culture with Chinese characteristics. For example：Translate“不忘初心，方得始终”into “Never forget why you started, and you can accomplish your mission” “行百里者半九十”into “As the Chinese saying goes, the last leg of a journey just marks the halfway point”. English translation of such words with Chinese characteristics must be carried out on the basis of fully understanding the connotation of Chinese culture, which also well reflects the translator's own literary accomplishment and mastery of poetic ability.(Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: From the perspective of mainstream poetics, Chinese and Western translation circles tend to combine &amp;quot;domestication&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;foreignization&amp;quot; in translation practice, which can not only solve the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, but also reproduce the characteristics of the source culture in the target language as much as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: English version: Look at that, the problem solved itself.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 你瞧!不攻自破了。 &lt;br /&gt;
English version: Preparation can only take you so far.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: 谋事在人，成事在天。&lt;br /&gt;
-Quoted from the Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced by mainstream poetics, translators rewrite the subtitles of American TV series by combining domestication and foreignization. If literal translation is adopted, the over-colloquial expression lacks poetic aesthetic feeling, while subtitle translators use “不攻自破” “谋事在人，成事在天”. These Chinese idioms with profound traditional culture not only accurately convey the meaning of the original sentence, but also cater to the audience's preference of the target language.(Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 64)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four: In order to make the target readers better understand and accept and spread the translated version smoothly, Lin Yutang adhered to the translation criteria of &amp;quot;faithfulness, fluency and beauty&amp;quot; and adjusted the original text to a certain extent. &lt;br /&gt;
Original text: 桥南有莲心寺。寺中突起喇嘛白塔,金顶缨络,高矗云霄,殿角红墙,松柏掩映,钟磬时闻;此天下园亭所未有者。&lt;br /&gt;
English translation: On the south of the bridge there was the Lotus-Seed Temple, with a Tibetan pagoda rising straight up from its midst and its golden dome rising into the clouds, with the terracotta walls and temple roofs nestling under the kind shade of pine-trees and cypresses and the sounds of temple bells and ch’ing [musical stone] coming to the traveler’s ears intermittently——all combining to achieve a unique effect that could not be duplicated in any other pleasure garden of the world.&lt;br /&gt;
The original text described the beautiful scenery of Lianxin Temple in concise language. Lin Yutang combined the two sentences of the original text into a long sentence, forming a compact and clear structure, which vividly presented the scene of Lianxin Temple to western readers. This beautiful sight of China can bring unique aesthetic feeling to western readers, realize the function of literature, and conform to the mainstream poetics at that time.(Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five: Yang Jingyuan definitely affirms Peter Pan's literary value and aesthetic value in the translation sequence. Under the control of this poetics, the translator builds a bridge of fantasy with exquisite and beautiful language in his translation, and poetry is perfectly reflected. The original story happened in Neverland, and Yang Jingyuan translated it as &amp;quot;永无乡&amp;quot;. This translation method accurately grasps the spirit of the original work-although this place is good, it is the other side that can never be reached in reality, and the depth of melancholy and helplessness are expressed incisively and vividly. The following examples more fully reflect the manipulation of the original text by the poetics of the target language&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: when children died he went part of the way with them.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 孩子们死了, 在黄泉&lt;br /&gt;
Original text: she used to say afterwards to her husband.&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 她老是对丈夫说这些事后诸葛亮的话。&lt;br /&gt;
The translator deliberately chooses the words &amp;quot;黄泉&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;事后诸葛亮&amp;quot; in a way of additional translation, which are unique in Chinese culture. The manipulation of the target text by the poetics of the target language culture can be seen.(Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: With the rise of the New Culture Movement in China in the 1930s, foreign literature and ideas were constantly introduced by translation. The creation of vernacular Chinese was valued and welcomed. With the principle of letting the general public enjoy Shakespeare's plays, he adopted a more colloquial prose style as the main translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
(Act I, Scene I)&lt;br /&gt;
Cordelia: But yet, alas! stood I within his grace,&lt;br /&gt;
I would prefer him to a better place.&lt;br /&gt;
So farewell to you both. (Shakespeare, 1972)&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu’s translation: 考狄利娅:可是, 唉!要是我没有失去他的欢心, 我一定不让他依赖你们的照顾。再会了, 两位姊姊。&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao abandoned the framework of the original text and translated its meaning directly in the form of easy-to-understand prose, reflecting his preference for more colloquial prose translation.(Zhou Ya, 177)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Analysis based on Patronage'''&lt;br /&gt;
Example one:In the first act of Teahouse, Grandpa Four often complained to Wang Lifa, &amp;quot;我也得罪了他?我今天出门没挑好日子! &amp;quot; In this sentence, Ying Ruocheng translates &amp;quot;没挑好日子&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;This is not my lucky day!&amp;quot; The big reason is that his translation publishing house is China Foreign Publishing House, and Ying is more suitable for the traditions and habits of foreign readers, so as to facilitate the acceptance of foreign readers; On the other hand, Huo Hua translates it as &amp;quot;I should've taken the Almanac's advice and stayed home today.&amp;quot; Based on his understanding of Chinese traditional culture, Huo Hua knows that this is what Chinese people usually say orally that going out depends on the lunar calendar, so he translated it as &amp;quot;Take the Almanac's advice and stayed home&amp;quot;, which is more faithful to the connotation of Chinese traditional culture. (Huang Mingjuan, 145)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example two: The report in the opening ceremony of the 19th National Congress belongs to the official documents of the party and government organs, and its sponsors are obviously the Communist Party of China and its leaders. Therefore, the report represents the will of the party and the people, in which every word, phrase and sentence collocation must be carefully screened before being finalized and must conform to the will of the country and represent the interests of the party and the people. This also requires translators to keep a clear head and high political acumen at all times, and to represent and safeguard the national image at all times. (Jia Shanshan, 169)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example three: In order to obtain social and economic resources and establish their own influence in the target language society, the sponsors will actively encourage the media system to produce as many film and television works as possible and meet the needs of the audience. In order to achieve this goal, they will introduce the mainstream social value orientation in the selection of film and television dramas, and also manipulate subtitle translators to adjust and change the subtitles of American TV dramas to some extent according to the target people's acceptance ability and expectation horizon. (Long juan &amp;amp; Tang Bo, 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example four:Sponsors not only have a profound influence on the publication of translated works, but also have an inseparable connection with translators' selection of translation materials. For Lin Yutang's translation of “浮生六记”, the monthly magazine Tianxia and the couple Pearl Buck are influential patrons. (Zhang Baiye &amp;amp; Hu Yajie, 107)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example five:Yang Jingyuan was suffering from severe cataract at that time. It was difficult for her to read and write. In order to relieve her distress, her husband helped her translate the book. After reading Peter Pan, Fan Yong especially appreciated it and published it. It can be seen that Peter Pan was originally a spontaneous academic behavior of Yang Jingyuan. The initial sponsor was her lover, and later Fan Yong, general manager of Sanlian Bookstore, so the publishing house was also one of the sponsors. Together, they contributed to the publication of this book. (Xie Chengfeng, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: Zhan Wenxu and Zhu Shenghao worked together in the World Publishing House for many years, and Zhan quite appreciated Zhu's literary talent and translation level. Later, Zhan was appointed editor-in-chief of the World Publishing House. He suggested that Zhu Shenghao translate Shakespeare's works, which coincided with Zhu's own ideas. So Zhu signed a contract with the World Publishing House in 1935 and started the process of translating Shakespeare. So Zhan helped Zhu a lot in the road of translation. (Zhou Ya, 178)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere's manipulation theory has a wide influence in the translation field, holding that translation is a creative process, and the translator will inevitably be influenced by the culture of the target language, and emphasizes three major elements: ideology, poetics and patron.&lt;br /&gt;
Leffert emphasized the translator's position and role in literary translation, and pointed out that the translator's subjectivity is extremely complex, and its exertion is restricted by subjective and objective factors such as ideology and custom system. Ideology can be divided into mainstream social ideology and translator's personal ideology. Its influence on translation is everywhere, and the translator's thoughts, viewpoints, writing style and even his surroundings will be manipulated by invisible ideology. In the process of translation, the intended readers and clients in the translator's mind come from the target language system, and the translator himself is immersed in the culture of the target language system. Therefore, the mainstream poetic form of the target language system and the popular literary view at that time are largely used in the whole process of translation literature creation. Sponsors have a certain status and can provide remuneration and other help to translators. They can restrict the translation norms and decide the publication of translated works, and even decide the translator's translation goals and strategies and the acceptance of translated works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Theo Hermans.The Manipulation of literature: Studies of literary translation [M]. London and Sydney: Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Andre Lefevere. Translation, History and Culture [M]. London: Routledge, 1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]黄明娟.从操纵论看《茶馆》翻译——以英若诚和霍华译本为例[J].青年文学家,2020(14):144-145.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]贾珊珊.&amp;quot;翻译操纵理论下的外宣文本英译研究——以十九大开幕式报告为例.&amp;quot; 疯狂英语(理论版).02(2018):168-169.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]龙娟,唐博.基于操纵理论的美剧字幕翻译研究[J].现代英语,2020(02):63-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]谢承凤.剖析翻译中的操纵论——以译作《彼得·潘》为例[J].科教文汇(中旬刊),2016(12):180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]张白桦,胡雅洁.改写理论三要素对翻译的影响——以林语堂《浮生六记》英译本为例[J].中州大学学报,2017,34(01):105-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]张晓娟.浅谈勒弗菲尔操控理论的三大要素对翻译的影响.[J].西安社会科学,2010,28(4): 130-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]张园园.翻译就是操纵——操纵学派综述[J].商丘职业技术学院学报,2010,9(3):81-82.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]周亚.操纵论与《李尔王》译本的对比研究——以梁实秋和朱生豪译本为例[J].海外英语,2014(23):176-178.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies	陈江宁	Chen Jiangning==&lt;br /&gt;
==Roger T.Bell’s Special Outlook on Translation Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
==罗杰·贝尔的特殊翻译观==&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：自翻译活动开始之际，人们就开始讨论“什么是翻译”这一问题，却始终没有得到一个统一的答案，由此可见翻译活动之复杂。本文主要探讨英国翻译家罗杰·贝尔提出的翻译过程模式，贝尔的创新之处在于他尝试用图形模式来描述翻译的过程，他以系统功能语言模式为理论基础，结合认知科学、认知心理学探讨意义是如何被认知又如何被转换，新信息与旧信息如何组合形成一个全新的目标语译文，从而更好地解释了翻译学科的跨学科性以及译者在翻译活动中的思维运转方式和操作过程。&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Roger T.Bell; Translation process; Systemic functional linguistics; Cognitive psychology&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: “What is translation”? It has been discussed over the years since the emergence of the translation activities. As well all know, it is difficult to give translation a unified definition as a result of its complicated nature. This paper will mainly discuss British Translator Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Theory based on the Systemic Functional linguistics, connected with cognitive science and cognitive psychology so as to understand how meaning is perceived and transformed and how the combination of the new and old information form a completely new target text. The contribution Bell has made lies in that he tried to use the graphics mode to fully show translation process, which better explains the interdisciplinary trait of translation and how the translator’s thinking mode works during this complex activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: There are many outstanding translation theorists expressing their principle about what the translation is. For instance, Yan Fu, a brilliant translator once put forward his brief but powerful view about translation, that is, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Professor Qian Zhongshu also showed his opinion towards translation and brought forth the principle “Sublimation Theory”. As for western translators, Eugene Nida’s “Functional Equivalence Theory”; James Holmes’ “Text-level Translation Process” and Roger T.Bell’s “Translation Process Model” and so on, all of them have come up with meaningful idea about translation. Here comes another question: What is the main focus of translation? Barhudalov, former Soviet Union translation theorist, expressed his opinion in his book called “Language and Translation” that the word “translation” had two meanings: one referred to the result of a process, which was the target text itself; the other referred to the translation process itself, that is to say, it emphasized the act of translating. So is the target text more important as a translation product or the process that contains translation act more significant? This is a question which attracts many translation scholars’ attention and according to the research results of recent translation fruits both in eastern and western translation academia, almost all scholars put their focus on the study of product and its standardization; however, translation process is rarely studied. What’s worse, the way they study is almost the same, all start from analyzing the source text and target text, then compare the two, that is to say, compare the product of source text and target text to see whether it is the same, we call it a product-to-product comparison. Meanwhile, from the perspective of the purpose of translation study, it seems that we should pay more attention to analyze the complex process of the conversion between two languages, and explains the problems and gives some feasible solutions and operating procedures. There is no doubt that taking translation as a process to study is beneficial to both perfect the translation theory and improve translation level. Therefore, this paper will mainly focus on the study of Roger T.Bell’s Translation Process Model, which claimed the essence of translation is the process rather than product. It is also worthy of mentioning that he not only studied the process of translation, but also made a great breakthrough by connecting the translation with systemic functional linguistics and cognitive psychology, which exhibits a more comprehensive translation theory for the whole academia. And it is these two elements that made Bell’s translation process model a special and valuable one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to the Translation Theories of Catford and Eugene Nida 	杨晨婷	Yang Chenting, Student No.202070080615 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation, Catford defines translation as “the substitution of one equivalent language (the translated language)’ s textual material for another language (the original language),” and regards the search for equivalent components for the original language as the central problem. Thus, he proposes that the mission of translation theory is to find the nature and conditions of equivalence components. Eugene Nida proposes the dynamic equivalence based on communicative theory. In the light of communicative function of a language, he believes that except for information transmission, language has many communicative functions, such as expressive function, cognitive function, interpersonal relationship function, imperative function, performative function, emotive function, etc. Translation should not only transmit information, but also convey the above-mentioned functions of a language, which is the “equivalence” pursued by Nida. Since Nida views translation as a communicative activity, he argues that the effectiveness of translation depends on receiving the maximum amount of information with the minimum of effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford; Eugene Nida; communitive function; equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特在《翻译的语言学理论》一书中写道“：“翻译是用一种等值的语言的文本材料去替换另一种语言的文本材料”，并把寻求源语言中的等值成分视作翻译的中心问题，从而提出翻译理论的目的就在于确定等值成分的本质和条件。尤金·奈达在交际学理论的基础上提出了动态对等的翻译理论。从语言的交际功能出发，他认为语言除了传递信息外，还有许多交际方面的功能，如表达功能、认识功能、人际关系功能、祈使功能、司事功能、表感功能等。翻译不仅需要做到传递信息，还需要实现上述的功能，这也就是奈达所追求的 “等效”。由于奈达把翻译视作一种交际活动，所以他在衡量翻译的效果时也是从翻译所传递的信息量出发，认为翻译的效果取决于花最小的功夫接受最大的信息量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卡特福特；尤金·奈达；交际功能；对等&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1950s, several scholars in the West have focused on structural theory, transformative theory, function theory, discourse theory and information theory of modern linguistics, who regarded translation as one subject of linguistics. From the perspectives of comparative linguistics, applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, semantics, semiotics, communication, etc., they brought about relatively well-organized translation theories and methods, which have made great contributions to translation research. Roman Jakobson, Eugen A. Nida, J.C. Catford and Peter Newmark are all representatives of that time. And scholars above have certainly drawn people’s attention to the theory research of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The paper is aiming at introducing the translation theories proposed by J.C. Catford and Eugene Nida. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Catford's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is one of the representatives of the linguistic school, and his book—A Linguistic Theory of Translation, published in 1965, has become the most influential work of contemporary translation theory research. From a modern linguistic perspective, this book interprets some common translation problems. At the same time, it has led to a huge response in Western linguistic and translation theory circles, &lt;br /&gt;
praised as “a work that explored a new way for the research of translation theory”(Bao Zhennan 1982,68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Nature of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, translation is the study of the relationship between languages, and he sees translation as an inter-language activity, the process of which is to replace the text of one language (the original language) with the text of another language (the translated language).(Catford 1965,20) Catford views translation activity from the perspective of comparative linguistics, holding that the process of translation is the process of comparing two grammars and vocabularies from the perspective of comparative linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Classification of Translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford classifies translation into six categories from three aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the degree of translation, it includes “full translation” and “partial translation”. Full translation means every word of the original text should be replaced by the material from the translated text; partial translation, also called zero translation, is one in which a part or some parts of the original text are not translated. Then the untranslated parts are directly cited in the translated text without any change.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of language levels, there are “total translation” and “restricted translation”. Total translation means that no matter grammatical structure or vocabularies, the original language has its corresponding equivalence in the translated language; However, this does not equal to complete equivalence; restricted translation refers to translation limited to one language level, such as phonetic translation, lexical translation, morphological translation and grammatical translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of ranks of language structure, translation can be divided into “rank-bounded translation” and “unbounded translation”. Rank-bounded translation pays more attention to the lower-level language structure, i.e., word to word and lexeme to lexeme; unbounded translation, however, is not limited by language structures, such as “free translation”. He also points out that literal translation is not the same as word-for-word translation, which is a translation combined word-for-word translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
From Catford’s definition of translation, it is easy to find that equivalence is the keyword. Since the central problem of translation practice is to find corresponding equivalence in the translated language, while the central task of translation theory is to explain the nature and conditions of equivalent forms of translation.(Catford 1965,20-21) In terms of equivalence, translation is dynamic, including textual and formal correspondence. Textual equivalence refers to the equivalence of a translated text with a given original text in a specific situation. But in some cases, lexical items in the original text don’t have the corresponding one in the translated text. For example, “the sun also rises” in Chinese is “太阳照常升起”, which doesn't translate the definite article “the”. In this case, only phrases can realize equivalence. Formal correspondence means that the grammatical categories of the translated text, as well as the original text, are special to its languages respectively. Since part of speech, person and tense are defined by their interrelationship in the language, formal correspondence is relative, not absolute.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, to achieve equivalence, the translated text must share certain occasions with the original text, and the more occasions shared, the higher the quality of the translation. Shared occasions mean that the translated text and original text can play the same role in certain situations. If the linguistic units are changeable in a given situation, then they can be regarded as equivalent forms. Translators are not supposed to choose the equivalent forms with the same meaning, but with the same or similar characteristics on certain occasions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Shifts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “shifts” was coined by Catford. He holds that shifts are the correspondence of the original language into the translated language in the process of changing its form.(Liu Junping2009,140) Translation shifts are the deviation of the formal correspondence in the process of translating the original language into the translated language. Conversions include level shifts and category shifts. Level shifts refers to the fact that the words used in the translated text and the original text are at different linguistic levels, and also refers to the conversion of the grammar and the vocabulary. Category shifts, on the other hand, refers to the translation deviating from the two language forms, including structural shifts, class shifts, unit shifts, and intra- system shifts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limits of Translatability====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford points out that limits of translatability have two conditions—one is linguistic untranslatability and the other is cultural untranslatability. Linguistic untranslatability means that the translated text has no corresponding formal features to the original text, with no available vocabulary or grammar that can replace the original language, such as polysemy and puns. Cultural untranslatability is caused by non-linguistic factors such as different social customs. Catford, however, argues that part of untranslatable terms associated with culture can also be seen as linguistic untranslatability because there is no strict and absolute distinction between linguistic untranslatability and cultural untranslatability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Eugene Nida's theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is an important figure in the translation field. He has devoted himself to the American Bible Society for over half a century. His life-long research has put Bible at its core. Therefore, his translation theories have come into being because of his translation practice. &lt;br /&gt;
====Dynamic Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal correspondence and functional equivalence (dynamic equivalence) were introduced by Eugene Nida. According to Nida, dynamic equivalence means that and the target language receiver and the source language creator are able to have a similar response, which is the closest and natural equivalence to the source language.(Eugene Nida 1964) “Equivalence” is for the source language, while “natural” is for the target language, and “closest” is the combination of the two on the basis of a high degree of approximation. Based on Chomsky’s Generative Grammar, he proposes functional equivalence, summarizing the translation process into three steps: analysis, transfer, and restructuring. The first step is to understand the original text and the second step is to transfer the meaning of the original text. In the end, the equivalence of the semantics and style can be acquired. Nida also believes that “formal correspondence will distort the grammar and style of the target language, making it difficult for the target readers to understand or even misunderstand the text.”&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Nida points out that the “equivalence” of dynamic equivalence includes four aspects—lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
1) Lexical equivalence. The meaning of a word lies in its usage in a language. In terms of English-Chinese translation, English and Chinese vocabulary includes five kinds of correspondence—word equivalence, synonyms, polysemy, intertwined meanings, and unequal words, among which the complete equivalence of words is mainly among proper nouns. Though there is no word with the same meaning, languages can express similar meanings with different forms. &lt;br /&gt;
2) Syntactic equivalence. Again, in the term of English-Chinese translation, syntactic equivalence is much more complicated than lexical equivalence. Since English is hypotactic, while Chinese is paratactic, the tenses are different. For example, In English, the singular and plural forms of nouns and the tenses of verbs cannot be found in Chinese. In the process of translation, therefore, it is necessary to find equivalent concepts. The concepts of “了” and “过” in Chinese can reflect the tenses in English. Sometimes, differences in vocabulary can create obstacles for syntactic equivalence in translation. There are relational pronouns in English but not in Chinese, which means that in English-Chinese translation, the order and combination of definite clauses needed to be taken into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
3) Textual equivalence. A text is a unit of language-using. Linguistic context, situational context, and cultural context are the three aspects of textual equivalence. Context analysis is used to determine the meaning of words or semantic units in the original text, thus determining the semantic transformations. Situational analysis, however, cannot figure out the exact meaning of certain linguistic phenomena from the context. Therefore, only by referring to the events, participants, and modes of communication that take place at the time can the language be determined. Difficulties such as lexical gaps, cultural misunderstandings, and even cultural conflicts are often encountered in translation, which are difficult to be solved by translation skills, so the translator must have a deep understanding of the culture of the source language and the target language. Nida once said, “As for a truly successful translation work, being familiar with cultures is even more important than mastery of the languages, because words only have its meaning in culture-related issues.&lt;br /&gt;
4) Stylistic equivalence. In order to create a translation that truly reflects the style of the source language, the translator must master the source language and target language and be proficient in both languages.&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of equivalence is a fundamental topic in translation research. Nida uses the communicative method to solve this problem. He insists that anything that can be expressed in one language can be expressed in another language; communication between languages and cultures can be carried out by finding translation equivalence and reorganizing the form and semantic structure of the original text in an appropriate way. Therefore, the translated text should be easy for the target reader to accept, which should also conform to the norms of the receiving language. This further became his theory—dynamic equivalence, the closest and most natural equivalence. One way to define dynamic equivalence is to describe it as the most natural equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
This definition includes three basic terms. First, equivalence. It focuses more on the source language; second, natural. It refers to the target language; third, the closest. It connects the two based on extreme similarity; fourth, dynamic equivalence. It means using the most natural and equivalent language to transfer the meaning from the original text into the target language. “The closest” focuses on the meaning, choosing the closest meaning followed the rule of “being natural”. To realize dynamic equivalence, the translator should focus on the meaning and the spirit of the original text and not be restricted to the linguistic structure of the original text or formal equivalence. According to Nida’s definition, dynamic equivalence is not equal to the traditional “free translation” or “flexible translation”, because dynamic equivalence has its own strict requirements, which requires the translation to reproduce the original meaning as perfectly as possible in different linguistic structures, while there is no demand for “free translation” or “flexible translation”. “Free translation” often depends a lot on the creation of the translator. &lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the fundamental task of translation is to achieve equivalence between the translated text and the original text. However, there is no absolute equivalence between two different discourses, whether they are intralingual communication or interlingual communication. What translators are seeking is the closest equivalence, which means the translation should be as close as possible to the original text. Also, the translation should be natural and without translationese. To achieve this goal, translators should consider the communicative intent of the source language and the style of the target language and analyze the reading abilities of the target language readers. If there is too much for receptors to think, translators may run the risk of readers’ misinterpreting or misunderstanding of the translation. In translation, the main task for translators is to convey the information of the original language in time. In order to do this, the translator must make sure that the original text can be properly understood by the reader. Therefore, the most difficult part of a translation job is to find that “critical point” that connects the original text to the translated text in the most natural way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Reader’s Response Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reader’s response theory Nida proposed is used to explain his dynamic equivalence theory, and from this perspective, he points out some translation standards and techniques that can be adopted in the translation practice. Reader’s response theory focuses on domestication in terms of translation skills. Domestication emphasizes the “idiomaticness” of the translated text, which means using the speech forms in line with the expression of the target language, thus making receptors easily understand the meaning of the original text. Nida advocates that translations should be so natural that readers can understand them without any cultural background knowledge of the original language, which requires that we use as many expressions of the translated language as possible, instead of borrowing words, loan words, from the original language. Reader’s response theory focuses on the reader of the translated text and the information communication, thus placing more importance on the contents of the text. Many elements in the original text, such as language expressions and certain behavioral patterns, are converted into forms with cultures familiar to the receptors. According to Nida, in order to preserve the content, the adjustments made to the source language depends on the difference of the linguistic and cultural differences between the source language and the target language. In a sense, this is like conducting a market survey to test public’s reaction to a product. If the public shows no affection to the product, no matter how good it is, or how good it looks in a showroom, it will not be accepted. Undoubtedly, Nida’s theories make sense. If a translation work does not take readers into consideration and ignore reader’ s reaction, it surely can’t be said to be a qualified one. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, if one wants to translate the Analects into modern English, in order to maintain the ancient style, he plans to use old English. The consequence will be the fact that English readers will find it difficult to accept the translation. Of course, a small number of researchers who are proficient in old English may accept it, but the Analects should be read by more than just a few researchers. Here is another example. Shakespeare’s works are popular and bring joy to English readers, but if his works translated into Chinese misleads Chinese readers, such a translation cannot be an ideal translation. Therefore, the translation should never be detached from the background of the original text, and the translator should also consider the thinking modes of the recipients in understanding the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Developing Periods of Nida’s Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) The period of descriptive linguistics, from 1943 to 1959, is the first major period of the development of Nida’s translation thoughts and his academic activities. In this stage, his research focused on the syntactic and lexical phenomena. He depicts language differences not as insurmountable barriers, but as different phenomena with the same essence. During this period, Naida’ s research center gradually shifted from a general description of English syntax and lexicon to a specific study of multilingual comparisons, especially the study of Bible translation.&lt;br /&gt;
2) The period of communicative theory, from 1959 to 1969, plays an important role in the establishment of Nida’s authoritative position in Western translation circle. In 1964, he published an important monograph, Toward a Science of Translating, which can be regarded as one of the most important milestones in the development of Nida’s translation. Nida’s basic translation thoughts in this period can be summarized into the following four aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	Naida believes that translation is not only an art, a skill, but also a subject.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	He applies communication theory and information theory to the study of translation, seeing translation as a way of communication, which is the main symbol of the second period of Nida’s thought, and also one of the biggest features in his whole theory system.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	The concept of dynamic equivalence was proposed.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	As far as the translation process is concerned, Nida advocates the four-step method—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination.&lt;br /&gt;
3) The third period is about social semiotics, starting from the 1970s. Nida made a series of revisions and additions to his theories, and further developed it on his research, incorporating its useful elements into a new model of social semiotics. The book From One Language to Another, published in 1986, introduces Nida’s research since the 1980s, which is the representative of the third period. The following four changes and developments have been clarified in this book:&lt;br /&gt;
i.	It emphasizes that everything about translated texts are meaningful, including language form.&lt;br /&gt;
ii.	It points out that the rhetorical features play a decisive role in linguistic communication.&lt;br /&gt;
iii.	Dynamic equivalence is replaced with “functional equivalence”, thus making its meaning clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
iv.	It encourages to translate with sociolinguistics and social semiotics. In his view, language must be regarded as a symbolic phenomenon, and the interpretation of it cannot be separated from its social environment. Besides, the meaning is divided into rhetorical meaning, grammatical meaning and lexical meaning, each of which contains referential meaning and associative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparison Between Catford’s Theory and Nida’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Catford and Nida are representatives of the linguistic school of translation theory in the West, they clarify their theories form different angles, thus making a term with two different connotations. Based on A Linguistic Theories of Translation written by Catford and The Theory and Practice of Translation written by Nida, the following are going to discuss some differences in meaning, equivalence and form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories are primarily in the service of Bible translation, with the ultimate goal of getting readers to believe in Christianity. Therefore, in the translation of the Bible, transferring the information and message is of paramount importance. For the purpose of spreading the religion, Nida not only considers the meaning to be translatable, but he even considers the meaning to be sacrosanct, because it’s a process of conveying “God’ s will”.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s definition of translation also clearly indicates the relationship between meaning and form, putting the meaning at the first place. In the analysis of semantics, Nida subdivides it into grammatical meaning, referential meaning and connotative meaning, which also becomes the basis of his four modes—analysis, transfer, restructuring and examination in the translation process. From the perspective of the linguistic universalism, Nida always insists that the information conveyed by one language can be conveyed by another language, while the meaning is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
Compared with Nida’s translation theory, Catford does not discuss the specific problems encountered in translation, but focuses on the essence of translation, i.e., what is translation, also a more fundamental content in the study of translation theory. Catford emphasizes the individuality of languages, stressing that each language has a unique semantic system influenced by its unique culture, and that lexical and grammatical systems embodying the semantic system are also unique. He focuses on the relationship between two languages and analyzes the causes of their differences: each language has its own system and different ones exist in different systems. Each language, at the same time, is composed of numerous subsystems, which leads to the division between contextual and formal meaning. Contextual meaning refers to the meaning of a word or sentence in a particular situation, which is translatable; formal meaning refers to the relationship between a word and its grammatical system, which is untranslatable due to the differences between various systems.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “In our view, meaning is a characteristic of a language. The source language has its own meaning and the translated language also has its own meaning”. “The idea that the source language has the same meaning as the translated language, or that a transfer of meaning occurs in translation, is untenable”. Obviously, this assertion is a deconstruction and subversion of “meaning” in traditional translation theory, which is Catford’s most unique insight. But it is also for this reason that his theory aroused all sorts of suspicions, and it is absurd to think that meaning is untranslatable without “carefully reading of the original work, which is often guessed by the literal meaning of the work”.&lt;br /&gt;
In comparison, their translation theories have a common basis for defining meaning, that is, meaning is constant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Equivalent====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
“对等” is often misinterpreted due to its literal meaning, understood to be exactly the same. Some scholars argue that this is the Chinese translation field’s misunderstanding of the meaning of “equivalent”, and suggested that it be translated as “相当”. Instead of discussing the translation of this term, we can still feel the different connotations of “equivalent” in Nida’s and Catford’s theories by a comparison. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that the equivalence in translation is because different languages can have the same function. As long as the receiver’s reaction towards the information is approximately the same as the original text creator, dynamic equivalence can be realized. (Then he replaced it “functional equivalence”.) When explaining equivalence, Nida points out that translators should not overly pursue the correspondence between the original form and the translated form, but should turn their attention to conveying the meaning of the original text accurately. Therefore, when the original form is easily misunderstood by the reader or when the structure of the original text is obscure and difficult, which may cause inconvenience to the reader, the translator is allowed to change the original form.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory breaks the static model of textual comparisons, arguing that only when the receptors can understand the translated text thoroughly can he or she respond in a way that is consistent with the original text readers. Therefore, dynamic equivalence emphasizes the readers’ response.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Catford, “Translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”. In this definition, Catford does not use the word “text” but “textual material”, because he believes that the meaning of one text cannot be fully transferred into another text. Equivalence cannot always be found, so it can only be said to be a substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford attributes the translation equivalence in traditional translation theory to experience, and proposes his own conditions for translation equivalence: if the original language and the target language can achieve equivalence, they must coincide with at least some characteristics of the entities they refer to. Obviously, according to his theory, equivalence is possible only if the entities involved in the two languages share some common features. And such equivalence can only exist between the same levels (phonology, grammar, and lexis), and there can be no equivalence among four different levels, basically because the different levels have different entities. Since two equivalent words cannot have identical entity characteristics that perfect equivalence does not exist. This explains why, in Catford’s view, there is no perfect translation. At this point, Catford seems to go deeper into the nature of languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Form====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “form” is both involved in Nida’s and Catford’s translation theories, which has different meanings in their theories. The “form” in Nida’s theory mainly refers to the form corresponding to the content, including the rhythm, word, parallelism, and other distinctive grammatical structures. For Bible translation, meaning must be given priority in order to convey the contents, which means that the form can be greatly changed during translation. If both equivalent form and content are pursued, the content should be taken into consideration first, and then the form; if the two are failed to realized, the form can be abandoned.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the different opinion on the issue of changing the form, Nida puts forward a restriction to distinguish it from free translation: form changing are not suitable for all texts, such as poetry translation. In addition, if the meaning can be accurately expressed while maintaining the form, the original form should be preserved as much as possible, which is more suitable when the form and content are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
Catford views language as a “form”, opposite to the concept of “entity”. Form includes four dimensions, including phonology, grapheme, grammar, and vocabulary, all of which belongs to language. Entities refer to raw materials, including phonology, lexis, and context, which are non-linguistic. Form always corresponds to an objective entity. In Catford’s theory, form can in fact be understood as a system, i.e., each language is composed of different systems, and these systems include numerous subsystems. Therefore, translating between two languages belonging to different systems means looking for identical (or at least partially identical) entity characteristics in the source language and the translated language. As each language cannot have a completely consistent system, even the most closely-related languages have their own unique forms, and the formal meanings of the two languages cannot be exactly the same. In the process of translation, therefore, the meaning cannot be completely transferred into another language, which is also an important point that distinguishes his theory from others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    This paper mainly introduces the translation theories proposed by Catford and Nida and makes a comparison between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
Nida emphasizes the importance of the interaction in translation, focusing on readers’ response in translation and clarifies the idea that translation, in the end, serves the reader. In order to achieve this goal, the fundamental requirement is to change form to convey content. For those texts in which the primary purpose is to convey information, it is very important to change the form. However, for texts like poem, this method is not suitable. &lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s mainly focuses on the study of language, with little reference to culture, but it seems to go deeper into the essence of language, thus dividing it into four levels and defining form and entity respectively. He explains some ambiguous views people have, such as how to understand translatability and untranslatability. From another angle, his theory reminds us that in the process of translation, all levels of language should be taken into consideration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Catford, J.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1965.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]姜丽.奈达与卡特福德翻译理论中几个概念之比较[J].文教资料,2010(05):44-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications[M]. London: Routledge, 200[…]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]穆雷.卡特福德论翻译和教学[J].中国翻译. 1990(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Nida, Eugene. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]孙佳.奈达翻译理论对中国翻译的影响探讨[J].海外英语,2017(09):99-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]孙晓曈.卡特福德翻译理论综述[J].读书文摘,2016(08):107.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On the Differences of Nida's and Newmark's Theory - 康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng 202020080607==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;康灵凤 Kang Lingfeng&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and Peter Newmark are notable translators and translation theorists in the western world. They respectively each proposed a translation theory system after many years of translation practice. Nida put forward 'functional equivalence theory'. Newmark presented semantic translation, communicative translation, the text type theory, and the correlative approach to translation, making up for the weaknesses of Nida's theory. Their translation theories inevitably have some similarities in that they were created under the same social background. This chapter will compare their translation theories, and analyze the differences between Nida's and Newmark's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence; semantic translation; communicative translation; text type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探讨奈达和纽马克翻译理论之区别&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是西方著名的翻译家和翻译理论家，经过多年的翻译实践，他们各自提出了一套自己的翻译理论系统。奈达提出了翻译功能对等理论。彼得·纽马克提出了语义翻译，交际翻译，文本类型理论以及后来的交际翻译法，弥补了奈达功能对等理论的一些缺陷。两人处于同一时代背景，他们的翻译理论不可避免的有相似之处，但是两人的翻译理论也有不同，本章节将对比两者的翻译理论，着重分析奈达和纽马克两人翻译理论的差别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；语义翻译；交际翻译；文本类型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction of Nida's and Newmark's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida is a prolific translation theorist. The main academic activities of his life revolve around ''Bible'' translation. Nida worked for translation department of American Bible Society and organized the translation of ''Bible'', and drew some conclusions when translating ''Bible''. His first monograph was ''Bible Translating'' released in 1946. According to these experiences, he published ''Toward a Science of Translating'' in 1964, and ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' in 1969, etc. His translation theory and the phrase-dynamic equivalence was first introduced in the former book with many examples about ''Bible'' in this book. Peter Newmark and Eugene A. Nida were the same century and Newmark was two years younger than Nida. But Newmark's translation theory appeared 20 years later than Nida's. Since 1974, Newmark has begun to teach students translation theories in the university and tried to write passages about translation problems. It was said that Newmark's ideas were from his classes. His first work-''Approaches to Translation'' was published in 1981, which gained widespread praise immediately. Semantic translation and communicative translation were put forward in this book. Then he came up with the theory of text type and correlative approach to translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, many translators regarded their translation theories as the guidelines when translating and used their translation theories to evaluate and compare others' translations. There are a lot of theses on the Internet that use their theories. There are also a lot of theses about the comparative study of Nida's functional equivalence theory and Newmark's translation theory in China. Until now, there have been people focusing on the similarities and differences of their theories. Plenty of differences are mentioned by scholars like Lin Kenan, Lao Long, Chen Lin, Wang Jing, Zhang Xu, Hu Dawei, Yin Kexiu, etc. As these scholars wrote, first, Nida had ideas that translations should be readers-centered, and translators should put the intelligibility of translations first. And Newmark considered that translators should be loyal to writers of source texts first, source language second, and readers third; second, Nida emphasized free translation and sought functional equivalence first and formal equivalence second while Newmark attained importance to literal translation; third, although their research methods are based on linguistics, Nida's methods mainly originated from transformational generative linguistics and Newmark's mainly stemmed from comparative linguistics; fourth, Nida and Newmark have different translation evaluation criteria. Nida evaluated translations according to readers' response and Newmark believed that evaluation of translations were related to types of source texts and different texts had corresponding evaluation criteria. In addition, both Newmark and Nida supposed that every language could be translated into another language. The ability of translatability was confirmed. There are many other differences about their theories. Scholars have made a detailed study of their differences. A few scholars study one of their many differences, and their researches have looked more closely at their differences. Most scholars try to find out all the differences between them. In the process of studying, some scholars hold extreme attitudes toward their theories. For instance, some scholars perceive that Nida opposed formal equivalence. Some inaccurate conclusions were drawn that Nida only focused on free translation and Newmark totally used literal translation and did not care about free translation. Some scholars reckon that some ideas of Nida's theory are contrary to that of Newmark's theory. The reasons why some scholars summarize such false conclusions are that first, they do not begin an intensive study and have a rush for quick results; second, Nida's and Newmark's were at the stage of development at that time and some scholars saw some imperfect ideas and put them into researches but it was likely that Nida and Newmark revised and added some ideas in the following texts. This chapter will illustrate their differences from five aspects, which are their kernel theories, the definition and nature, research methods, translation texts, and translation evaluation criteria. There are two parts about translation texts, which are the content and form in translation, degree of emphasis on the texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Nida's and Newmark's Kernel Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark had different kernel theories. First, this part will introduce the development and main content of Nida's translation theory in detail, and then introduce the main content of Newmark's translation theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Introduction of Nida's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida mastered many languages and investigated more than 100 languages. He published over 200 theses and about 40 works and about 20 works of them are about language and translation. He mentioned dynamic equivalence. And in 1969, he wrote ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. In this book, he formally proposed the definition of dynamic equivalence &amp;quot;which is that dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 24) This theory now is called functional equivalence. Due to people's misunderstanding of dynamic equivalence, the expression-dynamic equivalence is superseded by functional equivalence in his ''From One Language to Another''. Both of them have little differences. The theory pays more attention to the functional equivalence of information instead of direct formal translation. It poses a requirement to the target language in translation close to the source language in meaning and style. It is concluded that translation is not to rigidly follow the surface equivalence between two languages, but to combine the message, emotion and style of the original text to make the translation convey the same information as the original text to the greatest extent. There are four aspects of functional equivalence theory, which are lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. In addition, Nida proposed two kinds of equivalence in the 1990s which were added into his functional equivalence theory. One is maximal equivalence, which means that the target readers can understand and appreciate the translation in the same way as the original readers. It's the ideal state pursued by translators. The other is minimal equivalence, which means that the target readers should be able to understand the translation and then can imagine how the readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of functional equivalence theory experienced three stages. The first stage was that he applied modern linguistic fruits into his theory. The idea of deep structure and surface structure of transformational generative linguistics was shown in his theory. The second stage was that Nida thought his theory was based on information theory. A good translation should assure readers of the source text and readers of the translations that they can get the same understanding from the translation and the source text. The third stage was that Nida considered that social semiotics was the foundation of functional equivalence, translating meant translating the meaning, and semiotics was the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. Nida's theory is widely used in the comparative analysis of two translations, the appreciation of subtitle translations, and some reports about technology, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Introduction of Newmark's Kernel Translation Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark took types of texts into account, and he divided texts into three types, which are expressive, informative and vocative texts. The core of expressive function is that speakers and writers voice their emotion and do not care about readers' response. The typical expressive texts include literary works such as lyrical poems, novels, dramas, authoritative speeches, autobiographies, private letters, etc. Translators should put the author first when translating expressive texts. Not only are translators faithful to the content of source texts, but also the translations in style should be in line with the author's language style. The key points of informative function are extrinsic context, the reality of a topic, extra-linguistic factors, etc. The informative texts contain encyclopedic knowledge, whose form is standard, textbooks, newspapers, etc. The objects of vocative texts are readers, whose aim is that a writer attempt to lead readers to act, think as his intentions. Instruction books, publicity materials, applications are part of vocative texts. What's more, Newmark also came up with semantic translation and communicative translation. Communicative translation attempts to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. Translators even can revise the original mistakes with a view to realizing communicative goals. Semantic translation attempts to render, as closely as the semantic and syntactic structures of the second language allow, the exact contextual meaning of the original. Semantic translation pays attention to the intentions and meaning of the original writers. &amp;quot;Few texts are purely expressive, informative, or vocative: most include all three functions, with an emphasis on one of the three&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, ) Concerning the situations of over-translation and under-translation, Newmark presented the correlative approach to translation in 1994. The more important the language of the original or the source language text, the more closely it should be translated. Newmark stated that the approach did not reject his two other translation methods. On the contrary, it brought the two together more closely on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The Definition and Nature of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? Basically every translator will be asked and has his or her own definitions. For Nida and Newmark, they each developed a theory system. And Nida and Newmark had different explanations about the definition of translation. Nida gave his definition that translation consists in reproducing in the receptor language the closest natural equivalence of the source language message, first in terms of meaning and second, in terms of style. Nida also mentioned that &amp;quot;translating means communicating&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 12) And Newmark said that it is rendering the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author intended the text.[4] It can be seen that the focus of Nida's definition is on the closest natural equivalence, meaning, and style and the emphasis of Newmark's definition is on meaning, and text. It seemed that Nida had a broader scope than Newmark from the perspective of the definition. But in fact their main ideas are different. Nida thought over translation from the view of communication and Newmark tended to give a thought to translation from the perspective of types of texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from the definitions of translation, they argued over the nature of translation. People have some controversies about Nida's opinions about the nature of translation. There are two main views. One is that &amp;quot;Nida ever thought that translation was a kind of science, which later was modified by him and he reckoned that translation was a kind of science and translation was also a kind of art&amp;quot;.(Shao Lu 2007, 62) The other is that &amp;quot;Nida never said translation was a kind of translation&amp;quot;. (Zhang Jinghao 2005, 61) The first view is based on the titles of his book in 1964-''Toward a Science of Translating'' and the title of one of his passages in 1969-''Science of Translation''. Nida also stated that &amp;quot;translating is far more than a science. It is also a skill, and in the ultimate analysis fully satisfactory translation is always an art&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 7) It is illogical to say that translation is a kind of science according to these phrases such as science of translation, and science of translating and the sentence-translating is far more than a science. The better understandings of Nida's sentences are that translation is scientific and artistic, and a good translation should be a work of art. Newmark was clear about the nature of translation, who indicated that &amp;quot;for standardized language..., there should be only one correct equivalent, and that is the science of translation. Whilst for non-standardized language, there is rarely only one correct equivalent, and that is the art or craft of translation&amp;quot;. (Newmark 2015, Translation is both scientific, technical and artistic from his point of view. Which nature is dominant depends on the types of source texts. In general, they all agreed that translation is scientific, artistic but the difference is that the ultimate goal of translation is be a work of art from the perspective of Nida and Newmark insisted translators should judge the nature of translations according to the types of source texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 Research Methods of Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Newmark have different research methods while their methods all are relevant to linguistics. More precisely, Nida used Chomsky's transformational generative grammar. Nida mentioned three stages of translation and said that &amp;quot;the second system of translation consists of a more elaborate procedure comprising three stages: (r) analysis, in which the surface structure (i.e., the message as given in language A) is analyzed in terms of (a) the grammatical relationships and (b) the meanings of the words and combinations of words, (z) transfer, in which the analyzed material is transferred in the mind of the translator from language A to language B, and (3) restructuring, in which the transferred material is restructured in order to make the final message fully acceptable in the receptor language. This approach may be diagrammed as in Figure 6&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:111.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This figure in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' can prove his thinking pattern. And it is easily concluded that the concepts of surface structure and deep structure are involved in this picture. That certain features of this componential analysis require some explanation was written in his books. Nida divided a sentence into a combination of an object, a verb, the first goal, the second goal, and predicate phrase. The five elements were used to analyze a kind of sentence pattern. There are other types of elements used to analyze other sentence patterns. Componential analysis was adopted in his books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark insisted that translation theory originated from comparative linguistics. In the context of linguistics, semantics was mainly involved. All semantic problems are related to translation theory. Newmark also paid special attention to semantic issues, and believed that meaning should be the first consideration of translation theorists. The meaning of the text is diverse. Newmark divided them into three main types: cognitive meaning, communicative meaning, and associative meaning. In addition, Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which showed that the prevailing linguistics at that time had traction in him. The unit of translation and discourse analysis as a chapter and the application of case grammar to translation as another chapter were introduced in his ''A Textbook of Translation''. From Nida's and Newmark's books and passages, translators can see their thinking and some social influences from that century. They had some similarities in research methods of translation. But on a small scale, Nida mainly used surface structure and deep structure, componential analysis while Newmark talked about discourse analysis and case grammar, which Chomsky's student-Fillmore proposed to object to his teacher's idea. Both of them were in the grip of linguistics but the types of linguistics which they used are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Translation of Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The part will talk about some problems that translators need to think about in translation. First, they should take the content and form of source texts into consideration. Second, the types of the texts have influence on the selection of translation methods, which translators should note. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Content and Form in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to content and form, it is easy to think of the long-standing debate of literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark told people their answers. It was a rigid stereotype that Newmark only used literal translation and Nida only used free translation. Actually their methods are inclined to combine literal translation and free translation. One different point between them is that Nida had an apparent transition in translation method and Newmark did not change his initial idea. The other different point is the different proportions of literal translation and free translation in their respective methods. Nida paid more attention to the free translation while Newmark is opposite to Nida. Nida ever said that to preserve the content of the message the form must be changed. Nida held the view that functional equivalence of texts should be first considered and formal equivalence should be the second one. At the outset, formal equivalence was not vital in his opinion. But as time went by, he realized the limitations of his theory and tried his best to revise some ideas in his following works or theses. And he mentioned &amp;quot;the extent to which the forms must be changed in order to preserve the meaning will depend upon the linguistic and cultural distance between languages, which showed he did not ignore form of translation at all&amp;quot;. (Nida 1969, 5) In contrast, Newmark did not jump to conclusions. The controversy of content and form is the argument of literal translation and free translation in essence. Nida ever said translating means translating meaning.[12] But experiencing many years' inspection, he had some changes in his thoughts. The formal equivalence should be preserved and only when some conditions cannot be met can the form of the source text be altered. Nida pointed out five conditions under which translators must change the forms of texts and used free translation for the sake of achieving functional equivalence. The five conditions are that first, literal translation can lead to errors in meaning; second, the introduction of other languages to form a semantic blank and the reader may fill in the wrong meaning; third, formal equivalent can cause serious ambiguity; fourth, formal equivalence causes ambiguity that the author does not intend to; fifth, formal equivalence can cause grammatical errors and stylistic inconsistencies. From this aspect, it is easy to say that Nida's theory was constantly changing and developing and finally Nida proposed the combination of literal translation and free translation as the translation method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast with Nida, Newmark at the beginning said that &amp;quot;I am somewhat of a &amp;quot;literalist&amp;quot;, because I am for truth and accuracy. I think words as well as sentences and texts have meaning, and that you only deviate from literal translation when there are good semantic pragmatic reasons for so doing, which is more often than not...&amp;quot;. (Newmark 1988, 1) The sentence was appeared in the preface of his ''A Textbook of Translation'' in 1988. And there is a quotation mark in the word-literalist, which means he is not a real literalist. Only when with the method of literal translation the meaning is still ambiguous can translators use the method of free translation. However, at that time, Nida's theory was very prevalent, and most people ignored the importance of literal translation. Initially Nida insisted that form can arbitrarily be changed. Later, Nida improved his theory, so at last Nida's attention was working round from free translation to the combination of literal translation and free translation. Finally Newmark and Nida had the same idea about literal translation and free translation. But in a larger extent, Nida was more inclined to underline meaning and style while Newmark viewed that the importance of literal translation should not be neglected. There is no good or bad between literal translation and free translation. Nida and Newmark have their own different preferences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes literal translation is better and sometimes free translation is better. For instance, for the proverb-When in Rome, do as the Romans do, Newmark might accept this translation &amp;quot;在罗马，照罗马人那样做&amp;quot; and Nida might prefer &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. Both of the translations are good and nowadays people appreciate the brief version - &amp;quot;入乡随俗&amp;quot;. There is another proverb, which is that all roads lead to Rome. Newmark might like &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot; and Nida was fond of this version - &amp;quot;不只有一个解决办法&amp;quot;. The former translation also has definite connotations. People are likely to accept &amp;quot;条条大路通罗马&amp;quot;. Nowadays, most of the translation methods should be based on the combination of literal translation and free translation. Newmark realized the combination of literal translation and free translation and persisted in practicing his translation method all the time. On the deeper level, he who discharged the responsibility of the translation theorist to the very best of his ability, developed the idea of text classification, and wanted his theory to cover all types of text. But it is impossible to reach that goal and there is no perfect translation theory. A common problem in the study of translation theory is that one is greedy for perfection or wants to involve various methods of translation in his own works, for fear of inadequacy, or to put forward a theory, always wishes it to be universally applicable to all translations. In fact, it is unrealistic because a translator cannot be equally familiar with all kinds of styles, and it is only superficial for a translator to analyze some unfamiliar types of text. One of shortcomings of Newmark's theory is that a text may contain various functions and it is hard to pick up all types of text and translate them according to various methods. Newmark presented semantic translation and communicative translation and many functions according to all kinds of texts. Nida's theory is not perfect. An important deficiency is that Nida tried to expand the scope of application of dynamic equivalence translation theory to become the criterion of all translations, which is somewhat biased. At this point, Newmark's theory is more proper than Nida's.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Degree of Emphasis on the Texts====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to texts, Nida considered that his translation method is available to every text while Newmark gave a classification of types of texts. Different types of texts should use different translation methods. The part about introduction of Newmark's translation theory has introduced the three types of texts, their definitions and suitable translation methods. According to text typology, translators should highlight the linguistic style of the author and be faithful to the content of the original author's thoughts when translating expressive texts. For example, there is a sentence - &amp;quot;I do not cough for my own amusement&amp;quot;, (Austen 2009,17) which is from ''Pride and prejudice''. Wang Zuoliang translated it into &amp;quot;我又不是故意咳着玩儿&amp;quot;. The style of Jane Austen is humorous and distinctive. The sentence was said by Lydia, who was capricious and Mr. Wang used a rhetorical question to express Lydia's rebuttal attitude toward his father. It can be seen that Lydia was a unruly person from this sentence. Mr. Wang mainly adopted the method of semantic translation, focusing on the lexical and syntactic structure of the sentence, so that the translation can be as close as possible to the original content, which the author wanted to express. Semantic translation attains importance to source texts and the author and can be applied to the translation of expressive texts. This point is different from Nida's idea of readers-centered response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of this kind of informative text is authenticity, which is the most important. The language of the author is secondary. People take the content of the text seriously and translators even revise the mistakes that the original texts have. For example, schools do not have fixed model to launch recruitment advertisements in Chinese brochures. But the English prospectus has the basic fixed structure pattern. &amp;quot;According to the introduction materials of more than 100 institutions in British Study Guide from 1999 to 2000, all schools adopt the following structure: profile, facilities, accommodation and welfare, location, etc&amp;quot;.(Chen Jing 2004, 69) Newmark suggested that translators used communicative translation method to translate informative texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the vocative texts, translators should put readers and intelligibility first. Translators can use communicative translation method, aiming to make readers fully understand. For example, when translating some common slogans about taking care of the grass such as 请不要吻我，我怕羞, translators should translate it into &amp;quot;keep off the grass&amp;quot;, rather than translate it into &amp;quot;please don't kiss me, I am bashful&amp;quot;, which is hard to understand for foreigners. There is no need to stick to the expression of source texts for translators. The translation of vocative texts and communicative translation and Nida's functional equivalence theory have some similarities in this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Translation Evaluation Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous parts have in detail introduced Nida's and Newmark's theory. When it comes to Nida's functional equivalence theory and his translation evaluation criteria, readers' response will appear before eyes of people. People think of this response as the evaluation criteria. When readers of translations have the same feelings as the readers of the source texts, translations can be called good translations. There is an important point that should be stressed. The readers who give responses should be a people. The readers from a people will give a holistic feedback. Considering that different readers have different understanding, and different interests, Nida also divided the target readers into four categories, which are child readers, primary education readers, ordinary adult readers and experts. He believed that several different translations should be prepared for the same original text to meet the needs of different levels of readers. As the previous part mentioned, Newmark's requirements about good translations varied according to the types of texts. For expressive texts, the good translation from his point of view is that the translation is faithful to the original author and the language style of the translation is in accordance with that of the source texts. For informative texts, an excellent translation depends on whether the translation completely conveys all the content of the original text to the readers, and the content is true and right. For vocative texts, it is easy for the readers to understand the content of the translation of the vocative text, which is a terrific translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that the purpose of the Bible is to spread doctrine and prompt most ordinary people to understand it, Nida attached importance to target language and its readers and advocated the translation of the Bible with daily and simple words. But because of these requirements, Nida's translation theory cannot help but have some limitations. Newmark used text types to subdivide translation methods, which is more accurate than Nida's theory. This work is very complex and difficult to implement for the distinction of small text types in a whole text. Although their theories are flawed, it is undeniable that they had a great influence on the translation world at that time and even now. Their theories challenge the past translation theories which are mainly about empiricism, introduce theories such as aesthetics, communication into the translation field, and provide their answers to the long-standing debate over literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jing. 陈婧. (2004). 彼得·纽马克的文本类型翻译理论的分析与探讨. [Analysis and Discussion on the Translation Theory of Text Type by Peter Newmark].''常州工学院学报''[Journal of Changzhou Institute of Technology] 68-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida and C R.Taber. (1982). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Jane Austen. (2009) ''Pride and Prejudice''. New York: Dover Publications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J D. Waard and E A. Nida. (1986) ''From One Language to Another: Functional Equivalence in Bible Translating''. Nashville, Tenessee: Thomas Nelson Inc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (1988). ''A Textbook of Translation''. Prentice Hall International Ltd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark. (2001) ''Approaches To Translation''. Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Lu. 邵璐. (2007). 误译•无意•故意—评关于奈达理论的若干争议. [Misinterpretation Unintention Intention-A Review of Some Controversies on Nida’s Theory].''外语研究''[Foreign Languages Research] 62-65. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Jingha. 张经浩. (2005). 谈谈对奈达的所知和理解. [A Discuss of the Knowledge and Understanding of Nida]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Languages and Their Teaching] 59-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Chinese Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Xu Yuanchong's Translation Theories - 杨逸 Yang Yi, student no.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong has been engaged in literary translation for more than 60 years and has published more than 120 translated works in Chinese, English or French at home and abroad, almost half of his works focus on the translation of ancient Chinese poems. He was honored as &amp;quot;the best one who translate poems from Chinese to English and French&amp;quot; and was presented with &amp;quot;Aurora Borealis&amp;quot; Outstanding Literary Translation Award. So this paper will be divided in three parts, based principally on his poetry translations, to introduce briefly Xu Yuanchong’s translation theories: his principle of three beauties, his principle of three transformations and his principle of three purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong ; principle of three beauties ; principle of three transformations ; principle of three purposes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲从事文学翻译工作超过六十年，已经在国内外出版中、英、法文著作一百二十多部。这其中中国古代诗词几乎占到了一半。他被誉为“诗译英法唯一人”，曾获“北极光”杰出文学翻译奖，是首位获此殊荣亚洲翻译家。因此本论文主要将分为三部分，结合他的诗歌译本来浅析他的翻译理论：“三美论”,“三化论”和“三之论”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
许渊冲；三美论；三化论；三之论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Principle of Three Beauties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Transformations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 Principle of Three Purposes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Xianlin’s view on translation  马淑雅 Ma Shuya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text  雷方圆	Lei Fangyuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘 要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当今世界，科学技术正在改变着人类的交际方式和生活方式。多媒体技术和国际化的旅游业要求旅游翻译必须要与时俱进，运用新模式，新手段和新方法。传统的旅游翻译从根本上忽视了这一点，而多模态翻译恰好就给旅游翻译提供了一个较新的视角。由此视角展开，旅游翻译可以不再局限于传统的口笔译，而是可以借助多媒体技术和多种感官的配合来完善和发展旅游翻译，并可将多模态理论运用于旅游翻译这一模式发展成为一种趋势，进而提高本国的国际旅游质量。除此之外我们还需要了解多模态翻译理论对于未来旅游领域的翻译创新所具有的重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：多模态理论；旅游翻译；翻译策略===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ABSTRACT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today's world, science and technology are changing human’s communication and lifestyle. Multi-media technology and internationalized tourism require that tourism translation must keep pace with the times and use new models, new methods and new ways. Traditional tourism translation basically ignores this point, and multimodal translation just provides a new perspective for tourism translation. From this perspective, tourism translation can no longer be limited to traditional interpretation and translation, but can use multimedia technology and the cooperation of multiple senses to improve and develop tourism translation. Multimodal theory can be applied to this model will develop into a trend, which in turn improves the quality of international tourism in that country. In addition, we need to understand the important impact of multimodal translation theory on translation innovation in the field of tourism in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words: multimodal theory; tourism translation; translation strategies.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of modern science and technology has provided a more convenient way for people to obtain, retrieve, analyze and process information, and has also accelerated the breakthrough of the linguistic cognitive barrier. The theory of multimodal discourse analysis emerged in the West in the 1990s. Prior to this, linguistic research was mainly based on text, while multimodality regarded all communication modalities as resources for meaning generation. It is believed that in daily life people often use one or more other symbols in addition to language. Resources participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of communication. In other words, the construction of meaning is achieved through the form of multimodal discourse. Whether it is text, sound, image, color, facial expression, limb movement, etc. each modality in multimodal discourse is a meaning-generating resource. We can discover and formulate the grammar of each mode, and draw the law of the meaning of the mode.&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the internationalization of China’s tourism, tourism translation has become an important factor that directly affects the quality of overseas tourists ’Chinese tours. Many problems in the practice of tourism translation reflect the current status of China’s inbound tourism industry. Due to the neglect of the tourism industry and related departments, China's tourism translation has always lacked scientificity and innovation. In addition, the extensiveness of tourism resources and the diversity of tourism translation audiences also increase the difficulty of tourism translation practice. In recent years, some domestic scholars have begun to pay attention to academic theory and industry practice research in the field of tourism translation, but mainly based on the perspective of pure linguistics or pure translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From a narrow perspective, the target of tourism translation includes text translation of various tourist attractions and on-site oral translation of foreign-related tourism practitioners; From a broad perspective, tourism translation should include foreign-related translation materials and behaviors of all tourism industry sectors, It includes both text and oral translations, as well as other forms of translation such as images and movies.&lt;br /&gt;
This article analyzes the characteristics of tourism translation from the perspective of multimodal discourse, discusses the strategies of multimodal tourism translation and some issues that need to be paid attention to during the translation process and looking forward to the development prospects of multimodal tourism translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Background of Multimodal Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1. The Definition of Multimodal Theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous development of high-tech such as digital and internet, language and social communication no longer rely on traditional single text as a media carrier but tend to rely on more different types of modalities and media for multisensory communication. Only in this way can the construction and transmission of discourse meaning be more convenient and accurate. This is Multimodality. Zhang Delu believes that Multimodal discourse is the phenomenon that uses multiple senses such as hearing, sight, and touch to communicate（张德禄.2009:15）. Multimodal discourse is essentially a compound discourse which contains not only the traditional text symbol system but also includes previously unrecognized symbol systems such as images, sounds, colors, and actions. Multimodal discourse reflects the interactivity and unity of symbol resources in social communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Systemic Functional Linguistics Provides Theoretical Foundation for Multimodal Discourse Analysis and Research. Multimodal discourse can be studied at multiple levels from culture, context, discourse meaning, grammar, form, and media. From a media perspective, various non-verbal media, especially modern technology media, provide a large number of new options for discourse communication. They can realize the meaning of discourse through different modalities and in multimodal utterances, different modal utterances are interconnected.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translation studies have always complemented each other. Cutting into translation practice and research from the perspective of multimodality, we can obtain more new discoveries and gains, thereby enriching and improving the branch of translation studies, and also developing and expanding the linguistic theory of multimodal discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2. Present Research Situation and Existing Problems at Home and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to interpret and use other discourse phenomena outside the language in multimodal discourse, Kress and Van Leeuwen explored the &amp;quot;grammar&amp;quot; of certain symbolic modalities in comparison with the functional grammar of a language. They proposed modal analysis methods and theories such as visual grammar, color grammar and sound grammar. Among them, the visual grammatical framework constructed by them with &amp;quot;representative meaning&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;interactive meaning&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;constitutive meaning&amp;quot; as the core content provides a theoretical basis for multimodal discourse analysis(Kress, G, Van Leeuwen.1996:78). Besides, Royce T investigated the complementarities and synergy of different symbols in multimodal discourse (Royce T.2002:191). O’Halloran used multiple modalities for theoretical analysis and practice who proposed the combination of language, visual images and other symbolic resources to build paper and digital media and daily life texts, things and events (O’Halloran.2008:231). &lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that some foreign scholars' research on multimodality is based on functional linguistics and visual grammar functions in social semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestic research on multimodal discourse is still in its infancy. Some scholars have imported and introduced the theory of multimodal discourse analysis. Some scholars have used multimodal discourse theory to interpret and analyze symbols other than PPT texts and emblems. This shows that the development of multimodal theory and multimedia technology has begun to affect people's thinking and the reconstruction of meaning. More scholars are studying how to apply the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to teaching to improve class teaching effect. In addition to the use of visual grammar theory to study specific symbolic systems other than text, domestic scholars have mostly focused on multimodal applied research goals in foreign language teaching. It mainly includes the content of graphic representation, multimodal reading ability, multimedia technology application, and multimodal collaboration. But for tourism translation, which includes both on-site interpretation and written modalities, few scholars have studied it from a multimodal perspective. &lt;br /&gt;
Looking at recent research results, Chinese scholars have achieved gratifying results both in terms of theory and application of theory. Some scholars have improved the theoretical framework of multimodal discourse analysis based on previous studies. At the application level, its scope has covered multiple types of multimodal discourse. These helpful attempts have played a significant role in improving the theory of multimodal discourse analysis and broadening the scope of its application. At the same time, we should also see that there are still a lot of deficiencies in our research in this area.First of all, multimodal translation has not yet received widespread attention and recognition in the academic community, mainly reflected in the small amount of literature, not professional enough, and its influence needs to be improved. From the published papers, most of Chinese scholars' articles introduce relevant western theories or borrow relevant theories for application analysis, not many articles put forward a complete analytical theoretical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the current multimodal discourse analysis still focuses on the study of images or &amp;quot;text + images&amp;quot;. The coordination and synergy between various modalities have not been clearly studied, and there are still many uncertain factors. The interaction and integration of sound modes and various modes should be the next focus of research. In China, multimodal translation mainly focuses on translation in the field of film and television. However, the perspectives of these research areas are relatively single. Most of them adopt the theory of multimodal discourse analysis to discuss subtitle translation in film and television works from the four levels of culture, context, content and expression. It is similar that the analysis is fragmented and lacks depth and theoretical contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the subjectivity of text analysis is too strong. Differences in analysts' personal knowledge structure, cultural background or interpretation motivation, in addition, grammatical analysis in multimodal discourse analysis lacks strict grammatical basis, so when facing the same component, the situation that benevolent sees benevolence and wise sees wisdom. So the meaning of multimodality is not clear enough, and the specific manifestations are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Multimodality has a tendency to be abused. Although some articles are titled &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, the content of the discussion has little to do with multimodality；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Many authors do not have working definitions of &amp;quot;modal&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;multimodal&amp;quot;, leading to unclear concepts and lack of pertinence in discussions;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Some authors confuse the concepts of multimedia and multimodality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, at present, linguists, especially systems functional linguists, are mainly engaged in the study of multimodal discourse analysis. However, multimodal discourse analysis is interdisciplinary. From the perspective of linguistics alone, it is not enough. Only by integrating different disciplines can we fully interpret multimodal texts. These are the issues that need to be further explored in future research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Multimodal Translation Theory and Tourism Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between Chinese and English are self-evident, and the cultural differences are reflected in history, aesthetics, religion, customs and habits in tourism English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The medium of tourism translation has both language modality and other modality such as image, performance and action. Therefore, it is a multimodal communication behavior. Compared with other types of translation, tourism translation is more direct, more prominent, more typical, and more comprehensive in terms of cross-temporal, cross-cultural, and cross-psychological communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Definition of Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation is a translation practice for tourism activities, tourism professions and industries, and belongs to professional translation. In a nutshell, tourism translation is a cross-lingual, cross-social, cross-temporal, cross-cultural, cross-psychological communication. It is more direct, prominent, typical and comprehensive in the characteristics of cross-cultural and cross-psychological communication. (陈刚，2004) Tourism translation includes dynamic and static tourism information translation. Dynamic tourism interpretation mainly includes on-site interpretation, attraction translation, conference negotiation, tourism consulting, tourism shopping guide and other tourism interpreting activities. While static tourist translation mainly includes tourist guidebooks, guide maps, tourist signs, tourist product introductions, tourist contracts, hotel and catering information, tourist traffic instructions, tourist websites and tourist posters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation belongs to the field of applied translation, and its texts are practical, extensive and cross-cultural. It embodies multiple functions such as information transmission, marketing and call induction. And it is a compound text that integrates expression (from the original author), information (respect for the facts), and calling (inspires the reader). (曾丹,2006) The content of tourism translation is all-encompassing and the information contained covers all aspects of society and culture, from historical archeology to local customs, from sociopolitics to folk customs, everything is possible. &lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is a broad translation or a narrow translation, it includes the conversion and information transfer of multiple symbol systems. In other words, in the process of translation, whether it is language or other types of symbols, they participate in the construction of meaning, so as to achieve the purpose of information transmission. Even in the narrow sense of translation, in the process of converting from one language to another, for some types of original text, translators should pay attention to not only the language information, but also the meaning of other modal symbols. Therefore, the translation activity itself contains the content of multimodal information transmission. We refer to the theories and results of multimodal discourse analysis to examine translation products and processes. As a new perspective of translation research, it has its inherent rationality and feasibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation, as a cultural interpretation and industry practice, has a clear purpose of tourism communication. On the one hand, it has a tourist business purpose that is to obtain certain economic benefits by persuading overseas tourists to buy products from tourism companies. On the other hand, tourism translation also has the purpose of cultural transmission. It aims to attract overseas tourists' interests by explaining and promoting the tourist culture of the destination country, such as geographical and historical background and cultural characteristics, to the purpose of spreading local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
At present in China's tourism industry, in addition to the language level of tourism translation text materials and tourism interpretation services, there are also problems in the dimension of tourism translation, which manifested in tourism translators and institutions often only focus on the single modality and media in translation. Integration modes include text mode with print media, speech mode with sound media and so on. Traditional tourism translation subjectively ignores the multimodal and multi-media collaboration and complementary functions, objectively greatly weakens the comprehensive effect of tourism translation. In the long run, it will hinder China's strategic development goals of tourism internationalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2. The Necessity of Multimodal Tourism Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literary work is the most important carrier of culture. As mentioned in Chapter One, we will focus on the personal names in literary works, for literary works often embody much cultural information. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the sum of a nation’s knowledge, experiences, beliefs, sense of values, division of classes, and the attitude toward time and space. Cultural information in literary works means the elements reflecting the culture of a nation or nations in literary works.  It is rather simple at first sight; however, without being paid attention, a great deal of cultural information will escape the readers or the translators. For example, the Chinese writing styles are very different from that in English. The Chinese writers tend to develop the paragraphs in a circular way whereas the English like to follow a straight line. The Chinese way of developing paragraphs, in fact, are influenced by their philosophical concept of “Man’s Unity with Heaven”, and common readers cannot realize this in the process of reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Application of Multimodal Translation Theory in Tourism Text===&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese are reflected in every aspect. Therefore, the method of tourism translation also shows different characteristics. Only by mastering the correct translation method can we better attract the interest of foreign tourists, and only in this way can the main content of the original text be correctly presented to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1. Performances of Multimodal Tourism Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal tourism translation can be analyzed and understood from both modal and media perspectives. From the modalities involved in tourism translation, the main mode of translation is text, and other auxiliary modes may include symbol modes such as pictures, images, sculptures, architecture, and spatial layout. The main mode of tourism interpretation is speech. Of course, there are many other auxiliary modes in the process of tourism interpretation, such as audio, video, dance, expression and posture. In tourism translation, whether it is the main mode or the auxiliary mode, they are both independent symbol systems that convey meaning to overseas tourists in a specific tourism context to complete the purpose of tourism cultural communication. However, these symbolic systems cooperate directly or indirectly to complete the communicative significance of tourism. Without the participation of any of these symbols, the comprehensive effect of tourism translation will be weakened.&lt;br /&gt;
From the media involved in tourism translation, it mainly manifests in two categories. One type of media is based on people, including all parts of the body, such as eyes, eyebrows, mouth, ears, hands, feet, etc. These human organs can be used as a modal technology carrier in tourism translation and communication, and jointly realize the meaning of the main modal. Sometimes, these media can also construct their own. The other is environmental media other than humans, which can be divided into static one and dynamic one. In the context of tourism translation, static media mainly includes text, pictures, clothing, religion, hairstyle, etc. They are traditional ordinary expression media in tourism translation which used to be ignored by translators. Dynamic media are mainly sound, screen, animation, music, etc. They have emerged with the development of science and technology and information technology, which are more prominent symbolic modal resources than language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2. Strategies for Multimodal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of the translator's work is the original text, the ending point is the translated text, and the process is the conversion of language and text, but it does not mean that the object he has to consider and process is only language and text. They must not only convey the original language and text information in the translated works, but also excavate the multimodal information attached to the original language and text in the original works, and try their best to restore and reproduce them in the translated works. Therefore, when performing multimodal translation, translators must master and apply the correct translation methods to achieve more results with less effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Relying on Modern Multimedia Technology =====&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous improvement of software and hardware facilities of various tourist attractions, the media means on which tourism translation depends must be continuously shifted from the previous text and pictures to modern media means such as animation, video, audio and stage. Multimodal tourism translation requires more non-verbal media and we need properly translate tourism culture and present it directly in front of overseas tourists, to facilitate their understanding of the culture of the destination country. In tourism translation and interpretation, translators can rely on a variety of modern media methods to guide and mobilize the various sensory systems of overseas tourists to achieve a good tourism translation effect. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, Sanya's travel trailer is 3 minutes and 20 seconds long. It presents Sanya's local customs in the form of narrative reproduction through images, text and video. The picture quality is clear and beautiful, the English pronunciation is authentic, the English subtitles are accurate, the background music is cheerful, and the color contrast is bright. It fully borrows modern technology to display the image of Sanya in front of the viewer. Many tourist attractions use modern technologies such as light, shadow, lights, etc. to help tourists understand the local culture in order to better play the role of attraction translation.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating the of the Hubei Provincial Museum, in addition to using conventional texts, pictures and media, you can also rely on modern media such as live performances and stage lights. Through unconventional media such as choreography, performance, sound, and spatial layout, the culture is vividly displayed in front of overseas visitors. The senses of sight, hearing, and touch of overseas visitors are used to make the interpretation of Warring States Period Bell culture more intuitive and easier to understand. This kind of translation effect is unmatched by the translation of text and language modalities.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhangjiajie Scenic Spot utilizes the traditional tourist translation signage combined with the modern technology of QR code, which makes tourism translation more vivid and easy to understand. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visitors can scan the QR code to listen to audio commentary and translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Choosing a Reasonable Main Mode =====&lt;br /&gt;
To carry out multimodal tourism translation, the choice of main mode must be adjusted at any time according to the specific content. Translating different tourism content and different overseas tourists should choose different main methods and auxiliary modes. For tourist translation of natural landscapes, it can be “to the point”, using the principle of image mode, supplemented by text or speech mode. The picture below uses a combination of oversized text and images to give viewers a very shocking visual conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
As shown in Figures, both from ZhangJiajie, a combination of subtitles, videos, and pictures is used. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All take the image mode as the main mode and subtitle translation as the auxiliary mode. The pictures adopt a perspective view of overlooking the mountains of ZhangJiajie from a high altitude. Tourists can see that it is different at a glance. This is also the biggest highlight of ZhangJiajie. This will help attract the attention of tourists and get closer to tourists, so that the translation effect is more prominent and intuitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For humanistic landscape tourism translation, reasonable multimodal symbols can be used to mine the cultural connotation behind it. Adopt the principle of text or speech mode, supplemented by images or other modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The picture above is from Feitian Mountain in Chenzhou. The translation of the scenic spot&lt;br /&gt;
combines certain background cultural knowledge with natural geographical factors. The translation uses a combination of text, pictures and cultural knowledge, coupled with the natural landscape, making the scenery and passengers into one, adding a good sense of travel experience.&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the information transmission effect of cultural landscape tourism products from the aesthetic perspective is improved, and the tourism translation is transformed from a shallow translation of introduction sightseeing to a deep translation of cultural leisure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Improving Multimodal Internal Integration=====&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it’s written travel translation or spoke none, translators should improve the coordination and cooperation within various modalities, and strive to improve the effectiveness of tourism translation. The various models are independent and interconnected, and serve the general principle of &amp;quot;integration&amp;quot; together. &lt;br /&gt;
Try to avoid and weaken the untranslatability of words or languages in tourism translation. For this reason, other symbol systems other than text can be appropriately used for replacement or supplementation, such as image, posture and other symbol modal resources. On the one hand, it is necessary to do as much internal collaboration as possible during tourism translation. When selecting different modes, we must fully consider the compatibility and complementarity between the different modes to ensure the best modal matching. On the other hand, modal abuse should be avoided and eliminated to the greatest extent. If too many modalities are used at the same time in tourism translation, or if the modalities used are not suitable for the scene, it will make overseas tourists confused and interfere with the normal understanding of overseas tourists. Therefore, the modal choice in tourism translation should be based on the evaluation index that helps overseas tourists understand and be satisfied. In this way, we can ensure that tourism translation practice with multimodal perspective has good dynamics and systemicity.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hoped that by adjusting the integration and optimization of the tourism translation structure, the advantages within and between the modalities will complement each other, and the value and advantages of various modalities will be organically and effectively combined into one to maximize the goals and tasks of tourism translation. So, the tourism translation will be greatly developed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.4. Multimodal Intersemiotic Translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
In multimodal discourse, different modalities interact to construct meaning together. González proposed that with the rapid development of science and technology and the translation of mainstream cultural products, multimodality is bound to become the focus of future translation. She divides translation into intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. The former is subordinated to the system within the system, while the latter two are subordinate to the cross-system interpretation system. It can be seen from this that inter-symbol translation involves translation between two different media, such as the translation of a language medium into an image medium, so the image of &amp;quot;illustration&amp;quot; can be regarded as a translation form of text. Symbols contain three types of iconicity, indication and symbol, which correspond to the first attribute (essence), second attribute (fact) and third attribute (association) of the symbol. These symbol types can be interpreted as symbols, objects and interpretations. Intersemiotic translation is a process in which iconic symbols depend on the goal and interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
Multimodal intersemiotic translation is an important part of multimodal translation. It refers to the use of non-verbal symbol systems to interpret linguistic symbols in the context of multimodal discourse or use foreign language symbols to explain non-linguistic symbols for tourism. Such as transforming body language or tourism culture images into foreign languages. Tourism translation practitioners often translate typical tourist cultural symbols such as text, architecture, and literature into foreign languages for overseas tourists. This not only requires translators to have strong foreign language grammar and pragmatic skills, but also must have good foreign language spoken and communicative skills. Tourism translators must continuously improve their inter-symbol translation capabilities, and strive to perceive and understand the common symbol systems in tourism, such as text, pictures, poetry, literature, history, painting, sculpture, etc. And reasonably use symbol resources outside the text to perform intersemiotic translation and interpretation between all symbols. Especially they used to perform intersemiotic translation between foreign language modalities and various tourism cultural symbol resources. In this way, the tourism culture and resource information of the country can be better converted into words that overseas tourists can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Development prospects of Multimodal Tourism Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rise of multimodal discourse studies, image, music, color, and other visual symbols of paralanguage gradually become the center of discourse analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
Whether it is the study of multimodal discourse translation or the re-examination of translation practice and translation teaching based on the theory of multimodal discourse analysis, multimodal translation research has greatly broadened the concept of translation. Translation is not just a language conversion, but a system of meanings constructed by multiple modalities. Therefore, multimodal translation research not only brings revolutionary changes to translation practice and translation research, but also brings new challenges to translators. In addition to the generally accepted capabilities, translators must also have multimodal knowledge. Drawing on the existing research results at home and abroad, multimodal tourism translation research should include but not limited to the following aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, strengthen the theoretical construction of multimodal translation research. At present, the definition, content, and methods of multimodal translation studies have not formed a unified understanding. No scholar has combed the overview of domestic multimodal translation studies and has not published a mature research monograph. Multimodal translation practice calls for mature multimodal theory guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, strengthen empirical research on multimodal translation. Domestic research has mostly stayed at the stage of text analysis and theoretical speculation, and empirical research is lacking. The survey found that the public hopes that the translation industry will conduct multimodal translation research from the following aspects: quality, business-related issues, cognitive research, speech recognition, automatic translation, descriptive research, reverse translation, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, strengthen the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora. Shanghai Jiaotong University has opened a new path for scholars at home and abroad to carry out related research. However, the construction and research of multimodal interpretation corpora require the participation and support of more scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourthly, strengthen Chinese and foreign comparative studies on multimodal translation studies. Chinese-foreign comparative research and the promotion of foreign related research results are conducive to understanding the frontiers of academic research, complementing each other, avoiding unnecessary repetitive research, and promoting the results of multimodal translation practice and research faster and better.&lt;br /&gt;
Fifthly, strengthen the cognitive process of multimodal discourse translation. Cognitive research on multimodal discourse translation can be combined with the latest achievements in the field of cognition. It can also compare the difference in time spent by translators when reading monomodal discourse and multimodal discourse. It can also compare reading time of reading with pure translation and pure translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Traditional tourism translation only focuses on the impact of communication on the communication, regardless of symbol information other than the language which is used. There is generally a lack of consideration of non-verbal factors such as images, music, mood, and expression, and ignores the important role of non-verbal modalities in the construction of meaning together with language. Thus have greater limitations in the process of meaning construction. (陈新仁，2011). &lt;br /&gt;
Tourism translation should use all symbolic means to ensure the acceptability and multi-sensory nature of translation to stimulate overseas tourists' interests in China's tourism resources and culture. Therefore, from the perspective of modalities, China's future tourism translation must develop in a direction that satisfies the sensory modalities of hearing, seeing, touching, and smelling of overseas tourists as much as possible, which places higher demands on practitioners of tourism translation. Especially for front-line practitioners in tourism translation, tourism intersemiotic translation ability is often more important than tourism Interlingua translation ability. In this context, non-linguistic knowledge can improve the practical effect of multimodal tourism translation than language knowledge. From the perspective of the media, in addition to focusing on the use of traditional human organs such as ears, nose, tongue, and hands, tourism translation will pay more attention to using modern high-tech media to mobilize and infect overseas tourists, such as computers, projectors, video recorders, televisions, 3D animation, multimedia systems, etc. This places higher requirements on tourism planning and business investment arrangements for tourism administrations and attractions. Therefore, in the future, tourism translation will introduce more multimodal tourism translation modules based on modern technologies such as screen, audio, and video on the basis of traditional text modal and spoken modalities, and gradually establish multimodal. A multi-media, multi-dimensional, multi-language, interactive, and prompt and propaganda integrated tourism translation system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
A distinctive feature of tourism translation is its multimodality. It makes the role and effect of multiple symbol systems such as languages and images in the process of tourism translation very clear and clear. It also makes the interpretation of discourse meaning more comprehensive and accurate in the context of tourism translation. Based on the theory of multimodal discourse, this thesis analyzes and discusses the characteristics, strategies and development prospects of multimodal tourism translation. Explains that the multimodality study of tourism translation has important industrial reality and academic theoretical significance and it should be a research direction in the field of future languages and tourism. It will greatly promote research innovation in the field of language translation and tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
As a new discipline, multimodal discourse analysis has challenged the definition of traditional discourse and methods of discourse analysis, and put forward new requirements in the field of dialogue and research. The development of everything requires a process. In theory, multimodal discourse analysis still needs innovation and reference. The method still needs to be improved. Its improvement and development require the joint efforts of several generations. It is foreseeable that the research team of multimodal discourse analysis will continue to grow, and its application prospects will become wider and wider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Borodo, M. Multimodality, Translation and Comics[J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology,2015(1):22-41. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kress, G, Van Leeuwen,T.reading Images:The grammar of Visual Design[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O’Halloran,Kay L. Inter － Semiotic Expansion of Experiential Meaning : Hierarchical &lt;br /&gt;
Scales and Metaphor in Mathematic Discourse [C]. Jone, Carys&amp;amp;Eija Ventola. Language to Multimodality: New Developments in the Study of Ideational Meaning, London: Equinox, 2008.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Royce, T. Multimodality in the TESOL classroom: Exploring visual － verbal synergy [J]. TESOL Quarterly,2002(2):191-205. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈 刚.旅游翻译与涉外导游［M］.北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司，2004: 59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈新仁,钱永红.多模态分析法在语用学研究中的应用［J］．中国外语，2011( 5) : 89 -93．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
胡壮麟. 社会符号学研究中的多模态化［J］.语言教学与研究，2007( 1) : 1－9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黎健.多模态视域下的旅游翻译初探[A].四川文理学院学报，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘燕.近几年多模态话语分析理论在中国的发展[A].山西大学，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
李占子.多模态话语的社会符号学分析 ［J］.外语研究，2003( 5) : 1－8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孙征.多模态PPT演示教学与学生学习绩效的相关性研究 [J].中国外语，2010(3)：54-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
许勉君.中国多模态翻译研究述评[A].广东外语外贸大学学报，2017（2）:40-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曾 丹.论导游词英译［J］.中国科技翻译,2006( 2) : 36 － 39．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张德禄.多模态话语理论与媒体技术在外语教学中的应用 [J].外语教学,2009(4)：15-20. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱永生.多模态话语分析的理论基础和研究方法 [J].外语学刊,2007(5):82-86.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 20:38, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison between the History of Chinese and western Translation	张佩闻	Zhang Peiwen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflections of Translation Theory Books	李丽琴	Li Liqin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Lu Xun's Translation Theories 张瑜 Zhang Yu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, as China’s renowned writer, thinker and one of founders of Chinese modern literature, has left a great amount of precious spiritual wealth. His representative works include Outcry, A Madman's Diary, Dawn Blossoms Plucked at Dusk, Wild Grass and so on, which are the bright pearls of Chinese literature. We have a general understanding of him when he served as a writer. In fact, as a translator, Lu Xun has also left profound translation works for generations including translations of literature and theory works. Even seeing from the time line, the records of his translation activities were far prior to his literary creation. His earliest novel, Nostalgia, was finished in 1911, while his earliest translation, Mournful World, as finished in 1903. In the process of translating different works, Lu Xun gradually formed his own translation theory. Therefore, learning more about his translation theory is conducive to comprehensively recognizing him. This paper mainly introduces Lu Xun's translation theory as well as its formation and development. The purpose is that make everyone have a more profound understanding to Lu Xun's theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, Translation Theory, Literal Translation, Hard Translation, Rather to be Faithful than Fluent&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅作为我国著名的文学家、思想家、中国现代文学的奠基人之一，给我们留下了一大批宝贵的精神财富，如他的代表作品《呐喊》、《狂人日记》、《朝花夕拾》、《野草》等，都是我国文学宝库中璀璨的明珠。而我们对他的了解可能始于他的作家身份，但事实上，作为翻译家的鲁迅也给后人留下了内容丰富的翻译作品，其中包括文学作品翻译和理论著作翻译。甚至从时间上来看，他从事翻译活动要远远早于文学创作活动，鲁迅最早的小说《怀旧》创作于1911年，而他最早的译文《哀尘》则完成于1903年。鲁迅在从事翻译活动的过程中，逐渐形成了自己的翻译思想，所以了解鲁迅的翻译思想有助于我们更加全面地了解鲁迅。本章回将主要介绍鲁迅的翻译思想及其形成与发展,以此让大家对鲁迅的翻译思想有一个更深刻的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，翻译思想，直译，硬译，宁信不顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
It is estimated that Lu Xun has translated 144 pieces of works of 110 writers from 15 countries and regions in his whole lifetime (Xu Lan 2017,447). Meanwhile, Lu Xun was engaged in translating foreign literary works from 1903 to 1936, starting from the translation ''Yue Jie Lv Xing'' and ending with the ''Death Souls'', which last a long period. Therefore, his identity serving as a translator cannot be neglected. In fact, in the process of undertaking translation, Lu Xun has made great contributions to the Chinese translation history, such as coming up with a series of translation theory. This paper intends to introduce Lu Xun's translation theory, including his purpose of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, retranslation and translation criticism. Then it discusses the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theories from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;. At last, it analyzes the social reasons for the formation and development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
About the translation theory, Lu Xun had not written a book to expound it. His translation theory is embodied in his numerous translation works, and concluded by late scholars. In this part, it intends to introduce five aspects of his translation theory, namely purposes of translation, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of “rather to be faithful than fluent”, retranslation as well as translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
From 1903 to 1936, the works and articles translated by Lu Xun can be divided in two categories. One includes scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works; another includes other articles and works such as children's literature. However, the purposes that he translated the two categories of works are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first category, he hoped that these translation works are able to service for the revolution and serve as the &amp;quot;guide of future revolutions&amp;quot;. In the ''Hard translation and Hierarchy of Literature'' published in 1930, Lu Xun responded that &amp;quot;it works for me, for some who claim proletarian literary critics, and for some readers who are willing to learn more about the theory in spite of having difficulties&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,289). From the remarks of Lu Xun, it can be seen that these works translated by him aimed at not only improving and introspecting himself, but also helping those literature workers who stand with him. In his essays, he usually compared the importance of translation to the Greek mythology that the hero Prometheus stole fire from the gods and gave it to earthly mortals. In his point of view, he believed that these scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works were able to bring &amp;quot;fire and light&amp;quot; for people. For example, the purpose of translating the Russian work, Destruction, was to introduce steel-willed characters and struggles without fear of sacrifice, encourage Chinese people to engage themselves in revolutionizing the old society, and provide references for Chinese revolutionary writers to create more inspiring works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the second category, Lu Xun hoped that these translation works were able to provide reference materials for people. In the preface of his translation work, ''Ideology, Landscape, Figure'', he mentioned that &amp;quot;my translation and introduction aim at making partial readers learn the existence of those things, persons, ideology and remarks…Therefore, if I believe that it’s useful and beneficial, I would attempt to translate it (Chen 2000,290).&amp;quot; It’s obvious that as long as Chinese people could learn something from these works translated by him, the value of translations has been achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the reasons that Lu Xun translated children's literature included two aspects. On the one hand, there was no fairy tales in Chinese literature at that time. Thus, he wanted to make up for the blank. Meanwhile, children, as the future of nation, were deemed to the white paper, which had the boundless possibility to develop and shape. On the other hand, the feudal thoughts of old China had some detrimental effects on cultivating children (Wu 2009,183). Therefore, Lu Xun translated foreign works about children's literature to introduce new educational views and patterns and attract people's attention to dissolve constraints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Free Translation and Hard Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; was proposed by Lu Xun and his brother Zhou Zuoren in the 1920s. In the ''Outside Novels'', they definitely put forward the concept of literal translation, which played an important role in the modern history of translation and triggered heated discussion. Their purposes mainly focused on the problem of prevailing translation methods including mistranslation and random correction and deletion at that time. They hoped that the introduction of literal translation could give definite direction to the chaotic situation. They mentioned that &amp;quot;it is better to choose word-for-word translation, and if not, it should be translated as a sentence rather than be translated in the middle&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,176) in order to keep the style of the original text. Besides, they also distinguished the differences between literal translation and irresponsible translation. In the preface of his collected translation ''Peg-top'', Zhou Zuoren proposed that &amp;quot;the precondition of literal translation was that it should convey the meaning of the original and preserve its style as much as possible. In other words, it should be &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expressiveness&amp;quot;. Some people were seemed to misunderstand the meaning of the literal translation and they regarded literal translation as rigid translation word for word. For example, they translated 'lying on his back' into '卧着在他的背上' instead of '仰卧着'. Here, the former was irresponsible translation and the latter was literal translation (Chen 2000,177).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also supported his statement. In the following translation practice, Lu Xun has been sticking to literal translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1929, Lu Xun formally proposed the concept of hard translation in ''The Supplement to the Translators of Literature and Criticism''. &amp;quot;Because the translators' inadequate ability and the shortcomings of the Chinese text, the translation is obscure and thus making it difficult for readers to comprehend many parts of the translation. If the text were translated word for word, its original refined tone will be lost. For me, there is no way out other than hard translation. The only remaining hope is that the readers are still willing to read it in spite of difficulties (Lu 1958,286).&amp;quot; On September 10, 1929, Liang Shiqiu published Discussion on Lu Xun's Hard translation and he believed that &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; was just &amp;quot;rigid translation&amp;quot;. In the reply to Liang Shiqiu, Lu Xun expounded his opinions on &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; from the perspective of academy. Firstly, the works used with hard translation including scientific literary theories and revolutionary literary works aimed at specific readers. Here, it closely related to the purpose of his translation. Lu Xun hoped that these translation works could awaken insensitive Chinese people and make them learn more about the reality of western countries to change the current situation of old China. Therefore, he chose hard translation and present readers the authentic pictures as much as possible. Secondly, in fact, Lu Xun also confessed that his translation was not satisfactory, but he had not found more appropriate methods to translate these books. And he believed that there were excellent translators who were able to translate faithful articles without using of hard translation or distortions in translation. When the better translation appeared, the version of his translation would be discarded naturally. However, in the period from nothing to good versions, his translation was willing to serve as the intermedium to make up for the blank.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Rather to be Faithful than Fluent====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Message About Translation'', Lu Xun definitely proposed the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; in the process of translating. In Lu Xun's point of view, he believed that the translation should not only keep the &amp;quot;exoticness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; of the original text in its contents and culture, but also imitate the word order and sentence structures of foreign language, which naturally led to be not fluent. In the ''Title of Essays are Not Fixed'', Lu Xun pointed out that &amp;quot;every translation must take care of both sides, the first side is that it should be easy to understand, and the other is to preserve the richness of the original. But the second one often contradicts the first one. That means readers can't understand it. The original text is foreign to the target reader. For the sake of the readability, the translator has to change the original structure, but he should not shorten the original expression&amp;quot; (Huang 2018,24). At that time, Zhao Jingshen proposed his own view &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;. His view was criticized by Lu Xun. As for the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;, readers were able to understand the contents; if not, they could understand when connecting it with practice. While &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot; emphasized the fluency instead of faithfulness, it resulted that readers were unable to understand the original text or even misunderstood based on subjective speculation. It obviously made no sense. For example, due to supporting the idea of &amp;quot;rather to be fluent than faithful&amp;quot;, Zhao Jingshen translated the &amp;quot;Milky Way&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;牛奶路&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;银河&amp;quot;. This kind of translation was ridiculous and easy to misdirect and confuse targeted readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were two purposes for Lu Xun to put forward the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Firstly, one purpose was to resist ethnocentrism and introduce foreign culture to reform and rebuild the profound impression on Chinese culture. Therefore, he introduced the new vocabulary, new grammas and new expressions from the foreign languages, and then involve the readers into the new foreign context. He pointed out that being not fluent was temporary. It resulted from unfamiliarity and intolerance that Chinese readers treated the foreign language. And then it would change into fluency when native language absorbed the foreign language and people began to be accustomed to it (Li 2019,204). Secondly, one purpose was to change Chinese people's thinking model and language expression. The language controls people's thinking pattern. It was necessary to reform Chinese language in order to change national spirit. In the ''Message About Translation'', he said that &amp;quot;in addition to introducing the original contents to Chinese readers, translation had another important function, that is, to help us create new and modern Chinese language (Lu 2005,380).&amp;quot; Lu Xun also mentioned that Chinese had many disadvantages such as a lack of explicitness and accuracy. In the introduction of ''Little Jones'', he said that &amp;quot;European language is explicit, but my ability is limited (Lu 1981,256).&amp;quot; Besides, at that time the development of vernacular was immature. Then Lu Xun also said that &amp;quot;the biggest reason that the Europeanized grammar intruded into the Chinese vernacular was for the necessity rather than curiosity (Lu 1981,520)&amp;quot; Therefore, based on the deep understanding to flaws of Chinese, it was necessary to introduce useful expression and vocabulary to reform Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, although the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; was attacked by other scholars after its introduction, in fact, this concept showed Lu Xun's progressive thoughts and his tolerance to foreign cultures.       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Retranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation refers to two kinds of translation, that is, one is using the third language to indirectly translate the original works, and another is having different translation versions for the same work. Although the first type of retranslation is not an ideal method, it's quite common in the history of translation. For example, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was from foreign languages to Chinese instead of directly translating from Sanskrit. As for Lu Xun's attitude towards retranslation, he believed that the ideal translation should be translated by those who mastered the original-text language. However, in the first quarter of 20th century, there was no people who understood or had a good command of eastern European languages. Therefore, under the circumstance retranslation was the best choice to introducing other nations' literature. In the foreword of the ''Russian Fairy Tales'', Lu Xun even candidly confessed that &amp;quot;I was not satisfied my version of retranslation, but there are no other translation versions because of objective limitations. My version existed just for the period of vacancy. Once someone directly translated it, and its version must be much better than mine. Then my version was willing to be replaced (Chen 2000,302-303).&amp;quot; In his point of view, he agreed that retranslation was much easier than direct translation. It included two reasons: firstly, the translator who directly translated the original text spent a large amount of time to research and digest the unintelligible and complex contents, and then he was able to express the meaning of the original text as much as possible. Secondly, as for those excellent but indigestible contents, the translator who was faithful to the original text would provide annotations to explain them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type of retranslation was having different translation version for the same work. At the beginning, Lu Xun's attitude towards it was firmly against it. He believed that bookstores and readers at that time were unable to accept two translation version for the same book. However, later Lu Xun actually put forward the necessity of retranslating the same work. In 1935, he wrote a piece of monograph and explained the reasons (Chen 2000,305). On the one hand, retranslation was the only choice to repel irresponsible translation. If there was only one version for the original text, it was unavoidable the irresponsible translator to randomly tamper the original meaning or add subjective opinions. On the other hand, retranslation was conducive to improving the levels of new literature. When different versions appeared, comparison and critical analysis began to happen. Consequently, people were willing to choose the better one to read. Besides, Lu Xun also mentioned that the later translators could learn from the previous translation and add their own new ideas in order to make the new translation version closer to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Translation Criticism====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation criticism, Lu Xun came up with two questions, that is, how to make translation criticism and the importance of translation criticism. Firstly, about the methods of translation criticism, in the Defended for Translation Criticism, Lu Xun proposed that &amp;quot;the major responsibility of translation criticism depended on translator, and circles of readers and publishing should take a part of responsibility. The correct methods of translation criticism were to point out the bad one and reward the best one; if not, the better one could also be considered (Chen 2000,306).&amp;quot; Besides, in order to explain the methods of translation criticism, Lu Xun used a vivid comparison. He compared the translation problems to apples with scars. As for the previous methods, once there were scars in the apples, people would discard them completely, which led to pay a high price. Later as long as the apples with scars was edible, they were worthwhile to criticize. Then the latter one led to less losses. In other words, previously, if the translation had obvious problems, people would forsake it without hesitation. But people also found that it was likely to waste a great amount of time and energy. The later methods further improved the disadvantage of the first one. If translation problems were found, people were able to exploit the useful part and learn something from the problems to create better translation. This method not only helped people distinguish the quality of translation, but also saved time and reduced losses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Lu Xun also expounded the importance of translation criticism. In the ''Rediscussion on translation'', he mentioned that translation criticism &amp;quot;undertook the responsibility of cultivation or deletion, and avoided numerous and miscellaneous translations swarming into the translation field&amp;quot; (Chen 2000,308). In the face of a multitude of translation works, translation criticism was conducive to distinguishing high quality works and dispelling translation of poor quality. Besides, the difficulty of translation criticism also provided great challenges for translation critics. The previous part had mentioned that Lu Xun was in favor of retranslation. Therefore, one foreign work was likely to have several different translation versions, which required translation critics to read all the translation versions, compared their advantages and disadvantages, and then made conclusions. It took a great amount of time and energy to do this work. Meanwhile, the standards of translation criticism were difficult to master. As for the same version, different people had different opinions. The qualification of translation critics should also take into consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.The Formation and Development of Lu Xun's Translation Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation theory did not take shape in a short time. It took a long time for it to form and develop through long-lasting translation practice and improvement. In this part, it intends to introduce the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory from the perspective of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot;, and then analyze the social reasons for the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Philosophy of &amp;quot;Intermedium&amp;quot;====&lt;br /&gt;
In the ''Postscript of Tomb'' published in 1926, the philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was firstly proposed. It intended to expound that everything was in the process of change, and it should go through the middle process to eventually reach a higher level. The philosophy originated from the survival of the fittest advocated by Darwin, the &amp;quot;gold mean&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese philosophical culture as well as the ideas of Nietzsche's superman (Liu 2019,34). The philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; was embodied in the formation and development of Lu Xun's translation theory and had played a significant role in the process. It intends to analyze his philosophy of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; from the following two aspects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 From the Perspective of Language=====&lt;br /&gt;
In the aspect of language, it experienced three phrases, that is, the writings in classical style, vernacular Chinese and modern language (Wu 2009,74). At the beginning, Lu Xun regarded language as the instrument and use native language and style to change original text. Thus, he mixed the writings in classical style and vernacular Chinese to translate foreign literary works such as De la terre à la lune and Voyage au centre de la terre. In the two scientific novels, he even used the traditional pattern of chapters and delete some psychological description as well as narration of scientific knowledge in order to cater readers' taste. However, he still founded that the translation was obscure to understand for Chinese people. Later he realized that the flaws of writings in classical style were the primary cause and gradually adopted vernacular Chinese to translate and further improved it. In the Classical Books and Vernacular, Lu Xun said that &amp;quot;the classical language has died; the vernacular Chinese was the bridge in the process of reform (Lu 2005,228).&amp;quot; It obviously showed that vernacular Chinese was just the intermedium or middle process with the development of new culture and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 From the Perspective of Translation Strategy=====&lt;br /&gt;
In his earlier translation of late Qing Dynasty, Lu Xun mostly adopted free translation or adaptation to translate foreign literary works. For example, when translating two works written by Jules Verne, ''De la terre à la lune'' and ''Voyage au centre de la terre'', there had obvious indications of free translation. In his translation, &amp;quot;''Yue Jie Lv Xing'', a total of 28 chapters of the novel were cut into only 14 chapters, and the article was deleted. The wording and writing style are suitable for Chinese readers (Lu 1981,152).&amp;quot; Then starting from the ''Outside Novels'', Lu Xun changed his translation style and began to use literal translation. Then from his late translation works such as ''Dead Souls'', it can be seen that he still adopted the method of literal translation. The change was that his style of literal translation became more proficient and mature in this period. In conclusion, Lu Xun's translation style changed from free translation into literal translation, and later he even used hard translation and the concept of &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. In the process of exploring the most appropriate translation strategy, Lu Xun began to recognize his own limitations. He mentioned that his translation versions could serve as the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to make up for the vacancy. When the better version appeared, his translation version would be discarded naturally. He also confessed that his translations were not satisfied in terms of hard translation and one reason was that his ability was limited and unable to find better translation methods. However, he was willing to provide the &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; for readers and late translators for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Social Reasons for the Formation and Development====&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun's translation activities lasted about 33 years. His translation theory can be found among his numerous translation works. The following intends to explore the reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. It intends to mainly expound the social reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first stage of his translation activity, affected by Liang Qichao and Lin Shu, Lu Xun adopted the free translation to translate scientific novels. On the one hand, the translation notion advocated by Liang Qichao had a deep influence on selection of translation materials. Liang Qichao believed that translation has played an important role in reforming thinking and pushing Chinese people to make advance. From his early translation works, it can be concluded that the category of these works mainly focused on the scientific novels, which closely related to the ideology that used science to renovate people's ideas. On the other hand, in the late Qing Dynasty, the free translation adopted by Lin Shu was popular and widely accepted. Lu Xun praised that Lin Shu's translation works can convey a kind of fun. Therefore, under the influence of Lin Shu, Lu Xun began to imitate Lin Shu and used free translation to translate foreign scientific works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second stage, Lu Xun changed his translation method from the free translation into literal translation. At the same time, the materials he selected had also changed into literary works of weakest and oppressed nations. In the ''Youth of Lu Xun'', Zhou Zuoren mentioned that &amp;quot;''Gulliver's Travels'' written by Swift and ''The Sketch Book of Geoffrey Crayon'' written by Irving were valuable books, but the translation versions of them were terrible. ''Don Quijote de la Mancha'' written by Cervantes was renamed as the ''Tale of the Daredevil'' (''Mo Xia Zhuan''), and in the translation, there were lots of mistranslation and irresponsible translation (Wu 2009,104).&amp;quot; It can be seen that Lu Xun criticized the novels translated by Lin Shu as well as the free translation he used. Besides, the translation works translated by Lin Shu mainly focused on the literature of developed countries including Europe and America. In order to change the situation and make up for the blank at that time, Lu Xun put forward the literal translation and translated literary works of weakest and oppressed nations to encourage Chinese people to revolution and change the current situations of old China. Therefore, the Outside Novels, born in this background, symbolized the transformation of Lu Xun's translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third stage (1927-1936), Lu Xun definitely and firmly stuck to literal translation. And the materials he selected mainly focused on the works of Soviet-Russian literary theory. This stage was also the most productive period with the appearance of large number of translation works. In this period, he had a deeper understanding of literal translation and wanted to introduce the new ideas and expressions to reform the shortcomings of early vernacular. In 1930, the league of left-wing was established. Lu Xun, as the leader of the league, took actions to practice his translation theory. At the same time, many opponents opposed his theory, leading to heated debate between different schools. Therefore, the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot; were proposed in the following. He still believed that literal translation and hard translation were the most appropriate methods to present foreign literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun made great contributions to modern Chinese literature. One of his contributions was the proposal of his translation theory. In the first part, this paper mainly introduces five aspects of Lu Xun's translation theory, that is, his translation purposes, literal translation and hard translation, the concept of rather to be faithful than fluent, retranslation as well as translation criticism. At that time, when the free translation was prevailing, he put forward the concept of &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; to break the convention and adopted new translation strategy. In the process of practicing his translation theory, he further proposed the concept of &amp;quot;hard translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;rather to be faithful than fluent&amp;quot;. Although his ideas were opposed by other scholars, his purpose that enlightened Chinese people and save the old China by learning from foreign literary works promoted him to stick his translation theory all the time. Besides, his ideas about retranslation provided possibility for the appearance of more and more translation versions. And the translation criticism was the critical step to prevent miscellaneous and poor translations from circulating among people. Then in the second part, it mainly introduces the formation and development of his translation theory. It put forward the concept of &amp;quot;intermedium&amp;quot; to expound its formation and dynamic development from two perspectives including change of preferential language as well as translation strategy. Finally, it also mentions the social reasons for the formation and development of his translation theory. In conclusion, this paper strives for exploring Lu Xun's translation theory and having a deep understanding of his translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Xiaojun. “The Difference Between Lawrence Venuti's Foreignization and Lu Xun's Foreignization”. Proceedings of 2018 7th International Conference on Applied Social Science (ICASS 2018). Ed. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhu Xiaodong and Ding Ting. “The Influence of Lu Xun's ‘Hard Translation’ Concept on the Transformation of Modern Chinese Culture”. Proceedings of 7th International Workshop on Arts, Culture, Literature, and Education (IWACLE 2018). 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
*Xu Lan. “On Lu Xun’s Translation Activities in the 1930s Viewed Through Bourdieu’s   Sociological Theory”. Sino-US English Teaching 14. 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅Lu Xun.《鲁迅全集》[C]. 北京：人民文学出版社. 1981年.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁迅.《鲁迅全集补遗》天津：天津人民出版社. 2018年.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈福康.中国译学理论史稿（修订本）[M]. 上海：上海外语教育出版社，2000年.&lt;br /&gt;
*顾钧.鲁迅翻译研究[M].福建：福建教育出版社，2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*吴钧.《鲁迅翻译文学研究》[C]. 齐鲁书社. 2009年.&lt;br /&gt;
*李文革.“重释鲁迅的“宁信而不顺——西方解构主义的视角”. 跨语言文化研究. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*刘孔喜，骆贤凤.“鲁迅翻译思想的‘中间物’哲学理据”. 绍兴文理学院学报. 2019年.&lt;br /&gt;
*黄琼英. “鲁迅语言观与翻译策略关系初探”. 曲靖师范学院学报. 2008年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology Theory 刘怡瑜 Liu Yiyu==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not just an activity that refers to the practice of translation. In translation, theories form an integral part. With translation practice comes translation theory, and advances in theory will better guide practice. Perhaps the translation theories that translators are most familiar with are Skopos theory, domestication and foreignization, dynamic equivalence and the like, but these are all translation theories developed by celebrated foreign scholars. The foreign translation theories have been introduced to China and have developed in China, perhaps tinged with Chinese characteristics in order to adapt to Chinese translation, but we have always lacked translation theories that originate from China. Eco-translatology is a theory from the local. This thesis is aimed to give a brief introduction to ecological translation theory, embracing the inspiration for ecological translation theory, the three-dimensional transformation as a main strategy and the emphasis on the subjectivity of translators. In this paper, the translation of the subtitles of the American drama Prison Break will be taken as an application of the ecological translation theory strategy, so as to deepen the readers' understanding of the theory and possibly provide references for other translators on the application of ecological translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译不仅仅是指翻译实践这样一种活动。在翻译的世界里，翻译理论占了不可或缺的一部分，有了翻译实践就会产生翻译理论，而理论的进步也会更好地指导翻译实践。或许译者最为熟悉的有翻译目的论、异化和归化、动态对等等一些翻译理论，但是这些都是国外著名学者所提出的翻译理论。国外的翻译理论传到中国，在中国变化发展，也许有了中国特色，从而适应中国翻译，但我们始终缺乏从本土出发的翻译理论。生态翻译理论，就是从本土出发的翻译理论。本篇论文旨在对生态翻译理论进行一个简要地介绍，其中包括生态翻译理论的灵感来源、生态翻译的主要策略三维转换以及该理论对译者主体性的强调与诠释。理论要应用就少不了实践，本文将会以美剧《越狱》的字幕翻译作为生态翻译理论策略的应用对象，从而深化读者对该理论的理解，也尽可能给其他研究者提供生态翻译理论应用的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology; Subtitle Translation; Three-dimentional transformation&lt;br /&gt;
===1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the study of translation theory, Eco-translatology, as an important methodological tool, a way of interpreting translation activities and a method of exploring translation theories, has increasingly shown its unique function and great charm. It is in the process of dynamic development and continuous improvement. The theory of Eco-translatology and the proposal of Eco-translatology have undoubtedly achieved breakthroughs and its methods reached a new stage. Therefore, the study and exploration of the ideological basis of Eco-translatology and the three-dimensional transformation of the core methodology of Eco-translatology will help us fully understand the significance of Eco-translatology in contemporary translation studies and theoretical analysis of translation. In this study, the author will introduce the inspiration of Eco-translatology and its practical translation strategy as multi-dimensional transformations then analyze the subjectivity of translators in the second chapter,. Finally, the author will integrate the theory of Eco-translatology with American TV show Prison Break. &lt;br /&gt;
===2 Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Inspiration of Eco-translatology===&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Hu Gengshen, driven by Darwin's adaptive selection theory, put forward and further developed the theory of ecological translation. The adaptation theory of translation choice is the core concept of this theory, which defines translation as &amp;quot;the translator's selection activities adapted to the translation ecological environment&amp;quot;.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) The ecological environment of translation refers to “the world presented by the source language, the source language and the target language, that is, language, communication, culture, society, authors, readers and clients.” For instance, Friends as a celebrated sitcom, only its translation must take these specific group of people into consideration can it achieve its purpose. In this process, the translator is the only subject with subjective initiative.(Hu Gengshen, 2010) As the strategy of translation, multi-dimensional adaptation and adaptive selection appear to be crucially significant. The three-dimensional transformation of language, culture and communication dimensions are included in translation methods. What can be considered as the best translation is that the translation with the highest degree of integration adaptation and selection. The definition of translation ecological environment is the sum of all external conditions that affect the survival and development of translation theme. It includes the author, translator, reader, initiator, sponsor, publisher, and other characters of the original text. The external environment related to the natural and economic environment, language and culture environment, social and political environment which concerns translation activities. The ecological environment of translation is interwoven by various elements, which is the sum of natural and humanistic factors in the occurrence, existence and development of translation activities. Cultural dimension and communicative dimension into practice by putting the transformation of linguistic dimension.&lt;br /&gt;
Three-dimensional transformation reveals its sweeping influence in translation. Language dimension transformation amounts to the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. This transformation can occur at different stages, levels and aspects of the translation process. To transmit information accurately and faithfully, the translator should choose and transform the language form in an adaptive way. Cultural dimension transformation adds up to the translator's methods to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations in the process of translation. More crucially, profound comprehension for the cultural discrepancy is the key to communicate accurate information. In this study, it demands translators must take the characteristics of historical and cultural documentary into account, and to use accurate language to transform the expression of cultural characteristics. Communication dimension transformation emphasizes the adaptation and selection of translators' attention to bilingual communicative intentions in the process of translation. Only through multi-dimensional adaptation and at least three-dimensional selection and transformation can proper translation be carried out. (Hu Gengshen, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Three Dimentional Transformation of Eco-tranlatology===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to make sure the precise and correctness of translation, the translator must consider the translation from multiple perspectives, levels and integrate various factors. Only in this way can the translation be closer to the original context. However, it is nearly impossible to achieve this goal in reality. After all, translation concerns a variety of contexts, cultures and other intricate factors. The environment is complex and changeable, which is difficult for translators to grasp those comprehensively. As long as the translator find the key links and points, appropriate translation can be achieved to a certain extent. According to the theory of Eco-translation, three key dimensions must be transformed during translating the information, which is considered as three-dimensional transformation.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
What language dimension transformation stresses is that the translator's adaptation and selection of language forms in the process of translation. Since adaptation requires to be achieved, the original text must be understood and analyzed, and the translator must have a full insight of the meaning of the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
What cultural dimension transformation indicates is that the translation process in which the translator pays attention to the transmission and interpretation of bilingual cultural connotations. America and China both has totally different historical background, thus formed very distinguished cultural features. It needs translators to mind the cultural discrepancy between these two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
What communicative dimension transformation serves is that it requires translators to focus on the level of communication and whether the communicative intentions of the original text can be reflected in the translation, in addition to the transformation of linguistic information and the transmission of cultural connotations. Communication is unavoidable. If we want to communicate properly, then we should have a proper tone. When translating, the translator must grasp the emotion expressed by the author of the original text and accurately express the message the speaker wants to convey. (Hu Gengshen, 2008)&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 The subjectivity of Translators===&lt;br /&gt;
Katherine Reiss proposed the text type theory, which summarized various types of text into informative, expressive and operative types. She believes that almost all texts can find their own classification based on these three types, but there are also mixed text types, such as the autobiography of statesmen, which may have the function of operative as well as informative. Reiss believes that the specific translation method is determined by the text type.&lt;br /&gt;
However, as translation theories continue to develop, and more and more translators find that text type theory may be too restrictive, ecological translation theories also propose translator subjectivity, aiming at transforming the translator from an invisible role to an explicit one. The previously popular textual determinism or other factor determinism may ignore the creativity of the translator to a certain extent, treating the translator as a mere &amp;quot;servant&amp;quot; of the two languages, and the translator's subjectivity is not given full play and many translations lose their vitality. From the point of view of ecological translation theory, we can re-understand the relationship between the translator and the translation ecological environment in the translation process, so as to highlight the influence of the translator and emphasise that the translator is no longer invisible.&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology believes that in the translation process, the translator's subjectivity is primary and the object, the original text, is secondary. This is a significant reversal of the previous theory of focusing on the original text, and is in fact more in line with the reality that the translator plays an active and creative role in actual translation activities. Nowadays, machine translation is developing rapidly, and common economic and trade texts can be edited and modified after translation, greatly improving the efficiency of translation. However, in literary translations, especially on subjects such as poetry, the subjectivity of the translator cannot be ignored, both in terms of understanding the content and the creativity of the output. In addition, the translation ecosystem boasts some characteristics: The translation as a whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The parts include the various elements of the translation process, such as the original work, the translation ecosystem, the translator and the reader. Moreover, through the adaptation and choice of the translator, the nature and function of each translation element interacts with each other, which ultimately affects the translation system as a whole and manifests itself in the translator's work. &lt;br /&gt;
As we can see from these points, the translator-centred theory does not mean that the translator is completely free to create regardless of the original text. Eco-translation theory emphasises that translators adapt and make choices in an ecological translation environment, and that they should focus on their own creativity as well as the original text in order to produce dynamic translations.(Dong Jie, Yi Yongzhong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
===3 Application of the Theory in Subtitle Text Analysis of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 The Characteristics of America Television Show===&lt;br /&gt;
After the reform and opening up, people's living standards and quality of life have improved dramatically. People no longer just pursue food and clothing satisfaction, but have started to enrich their spiritual world. With the opening up of the country's policies, not only economic exchanges have been brought in, but also the spread of American films and TV shows has had a deeper impact on the country. It is said that art comes from life, so to a certain extent, American TV shows also reflects its style of life, attitudes and humanistic values. Subtitle translation of movies and TV plays proves to be a relatively new field of translation. A film with vivid subtitle translation can better convey the complete information to be expressed. As global economy and cultural exchanges advance, a large number of foreign films and TV programs have been introduced into China. As a medium, film and television works have made important contributions to the cultural exchange between China and the West.&lt;br /&gt;
Seriousness and colloquialism go hand in hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Films and TV dramas are not just for the entertainment. Therefore, translators should take a serious attitude towards the subtitling of American dramas in order to avoid any inadvertent misunderstanding of different cultures. This gives the dialogue of American dramas a certain seriousness. However, seriousness does not mean that the subtitling of American dramas needs to be written throughout, as most of the plots take place in everyday life and the characters' dialogue is as commonplace as when we go out to eat, which requires the translators to avoid written language as much as possible, giving the audience a sense of being close to life and in reality.&lt;br /&gt;
Flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
Film and television translation is a special literary form. While choosing accurate and vivid language to reproduce the ideological and artistic features of the original film to ensure the accuracy and vividness of the translated language, the translator should also make it consistent with the expressions and accents of the characters in the play. The most fundamental principle is the flexible handling of retention and innovation in subtitle translation. First of all, there is a huge difference between Chinese and English languages, so the translator should pay special attention to the language difference when translating, and change the word class flexibly to avoid the situation where the words are not clear and the meaning is difficult to understand. Secondly, intonation is also very important as part of the dialogue. The seriousness or liveliness, formality or casualness of the dialogue has a direct impact on the character, so the translator should ensure the accuracy of the translation and choose suitable language styles according to the different types of films in order to make the audience feel the same as the original language audience. In the process of translation, the translator should fully understand the connotation of the film, and flexibly handle the retention and innovation in subtitle translation according to the language characteristics and cultural background of both parties, making the subtitle translation more suitable for the cultural context through vocabulary and word class conversion, to show the charm of the film and retain the artistic value of the film to the greatest extent.（Qian Shaochang, 2000）&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 A Introduction of Prison Break===&lt;br /&gt;
Prison Break is a crime-thriller, with an exciting, interlocking plot, adored by national and international audiences,. In this show, Mike (Wentworth Miller) and his brother Lincoln (Dominic Purcell) are interdependent. Lincoln borrows $90,000 from a loan shark to cover the tuition of his brother, and Mike uses the money to become a successful building and structural engineer. Lincoln, however, reluctantly agrees to shoot a man in order to repay the loan shark, and is then set up as a scapegoat by a senior government official. Mike takes advantage of his career and learns about the prison structural system. After deliberately robbing a bank, he insists that he wants to be put in the same prison as his brother, and then tries his best to save him from being sentenced to death.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Adaptive Selections in Linguistic Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
After discussed the basis of Eco-translatology, the characteristics of American TV shows, we should put it into practice so as to deepen our understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English are two different languages. Chinese emphasizes meaning, while English appears to be in strict accordance with the structure of sentences. Nida said that from a linguistic light, the biggest difference between Chinese and English is hypotaxis and parataxis.(Nida, 2001) In the process of translation, subtitle translators should learn by heart that the specific language characteristics so as to make the information transmission smoothly and authentically.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-You don't have a violent bone in your body, &lt;br /&gt;
我知道你天性善良，&lt;br /&gt;
-I said,are you being a smartass? &lt;br /&gt;
我问你是不是喜欢讽刺人？&lt;br /&gt;
-Just trying to fly low,avoid the radar,boss.&lt;br /&gt;
只不过想保持低调，不想引起注意，长官&lt;br /&gt;
-Do my time... and get out. &lt;br /&gt;
服完刑...就走人&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Reverse translations can also be considered to be a linguistic translation strategy, which can sometimes have a much more different effect than literal translations. This conversation occurs when Mike chats with a prison guard on arrival at the prison. “Don't have a violent bone in your body” is translated into “天性善良”. The reverse translation here show Mike's desire to impress the guard in order to facilitate a quiet environment in which to carry out his plans. In addition, “do my time” originally meant to pass the time, but the translator has chosen to adapt the translation to make it easier to understand and fit the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-He just sort of rolled over. He didn't put up a fight. &lt;br /&gt;
他就当睡觉翻个身似的，没任何反抗&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In a particular context, the meaning of a word often transcends its original meaning, and a context-dependent meaning appears, which is regarded as semantic addition. Therefore, the translator should jump out of the original meaning of the word and rely on the context in which the word is located to translate its meaning outside the context. The original meaning of “roll over” was to make a rolling motion or turn, but the phrase was translated to fit the context, adding the meaning of sleep over, which shows Mike's attitude to letting it run its course after being sentenced, and also provides an ambush for the plot to save his brother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Kellerman: There's a lawyer poking around.&lt;br /&gt;
有个律师在多管闲事&lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Anyone that's a threat is expendable.&lt;br /&gt;
对这种人不要心慈手软&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: It is difficult to understand this sentence just by looking at the meaning of the word expendable. But according to the meaning of the whole sentence it is clear that what is meant here is that anyone who is a threat should be dealt with without considering the cost. Sometimes, the meaning of an adjective is far from restricted to its original, which embodies that the context matters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.4 Adaptive Selections in Cultural Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
China and America share dramatically different historical background and culture, thus there are some idioms, jargon, or any other adages that the two countries may has their own definition and explanation. In the process of translation, subtitle translators should bear in mind that the specific cultural characteristics between two countries so as to cause no misunderstanding.(Hu Gengshen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Someone wants him dead,Veronica. &lt;br /&gt;
有人要置他于死地，Veronica&lt;br /&gt;
-Something more is going on here. &lt;br /&gt;
这背后有阴谋&lt;br /&gt;
-This is desperation,Michael. &lt;br /&gt;
你是在孤注一掷，Michael&lt;br /&gt;
-You're grabbing at straws. &lt;br /&gt;
是想抓救命稻草&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The above sentences relatively use“want him dead”“desperation”“grab at straws”and the translator relatively selects typical Chinese sayings which are “置于死地”“孤注一掷”“救命稻草”. These Chinese idioms all have specific meanings and historical origins. “置于死地” means to put the opponent in a position to perish. This Chinese idiom is from Sun Wu's The Art of War: A person who falls into the water suddenly finds a straw and is saved by breathing underwater through a hollow straw. It is now often used in a metaphorical sense to refer to a person's only hope in a difficult situation. The context of this conversation is Mike and his brother's friend discussing the situation in which his brother has been set up and imprisoned, and these idioms are appropriate for the feeling of being set up and yet having no choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Look where it got me.I'm not asking you to love me. I already screwed up that chance long ago. I'm asking you to love yourself. You can still put the brakes on this thing. &lt;br /&gt;
可看看我现在身处的地方，我不是在恳求你再爱我，很久以前我就失去了这个机会。我是让你要自爱，亡羊补牢，为时不晚。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: “亡羊补牢，为时不晚” is a Chinese proverb. Once upon a time there was a child called Zhang San whose family had many sheep, but he was sloppy in his work. One day, there came a hole in the railing of the sheep pen. When Zhang San's neighbours saw the hole, they reminded him to repair the sheep pen. He shook his head and said, &amp;quot;It's only a small hole, it doesn't matter, you can fix it in a few days. When Zhang San was about to mend the fence of the sheep pen to see how the baby lambs were growing, he noticed that many of the sheep had run away and there were not many left. &lt;br /&gt;
An old man heard Zhang San's cries and asked him with concern. “It is not too late to fix it now, and you can save the remaining sheep.” Zhang San came to his senses. Zhang San thanked the old man, picked up a hammer and repaired the fence on the sheep pen firmly. &lt;br /&gt;
Since then, Zhang San has completely changed his bad habit of dragging his feet. Although Zhang San lost a lot of sheep, he learned a great lesson from the incident, and from then on developed a good habit of correcting mistakes as soon as they were made. This proverb is very appropriate in the translation of this paragraph. When the Mike's brother ends up in prison and his child come to visit and see his father's decadence in prison, he wants to drop out of school, and the father says this to the child to make up for the bad influence he has had on him. The English word literally means you should step on the brakes, but the Chinese idiom is more apt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Westmoreland: Three days inside,and he's already thinking about turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
才在牢里呆了三天，他就想着要大闹天官。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, the translator translates turning rabbit as “大闹天宫”. For Chinese audiences, the Great Tribulation is a very familiar episode of Journey to the West. In the original story, Sun Wukong, was sued by the Dragon King for forcibly borrowing the East Sea Needle of the Goddess of Certainty, a treasure of the sea and also a powerful weapon. After being humiliated and disgraced at the Peach Party, he fought his way to heaven. The Jade Emperor's Heavenly Hall was turned upside down and the immortals were helpless. This Chinese story is more graphic to the Chinese audience than the image of a turning rabbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Van Gogh over there is my new cellmate.&lt;br /&gt;
那边的“梵高”是我的新牢友&lt;br /&gt;
-Fernando: But you're going to do something about it, right?You're gonna get rid of him.&lt;br /&gt;
但我知道你不会坐以待毙的对吗?你会想办法摆脱他的。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This dialogue contains an idiom that is “坐以待毙”, which describes a person in extreme difficulty who is not actively trying to find a way out. The idiom is from the book ZhuKo Kungming's Second Memorial to the Throne on his Expedition. In the context of the whole episode, Mike wants to dig a hole to escape, but there is a new cellmate in the prison, who is unable to sleep at night due to mental problems, which makes the job of digging extremely difficult, as night is the only period to be free. So Fernando was worried that the plan could not be carried out, and if it was, most of the condemned prisoners in the prison would indeed be sitting around waiting to die.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Told you not to go around me to the Pop. But you just keep making waves, don't you?&lt;br /&gt;
跟你说了别去找狱长，但你还在惹是生非。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this dialogue, “make waves” is translated as to “惹是生非”. This idiom means to stir up trouble, to cause trouble, and is taken from Feng Menglong's Instruction Stories to Enlighten the World. All of the escape partners just want to escape in peace and quiet, but the main character, Mike, has his own agenda, so he keeps the prison warden on his toes to achieve his goal. However, the other inmates think that Mike is just trying to disturb the warden, and “惹是生非” is a very accurate translation here.&lt;br /&gt;
===3.5 Adaptive Selections in Communicative Dimension===&lt;br /&gt;
Communication proves to be a crucial intention of words. Audience needs to get the idea of what movies or documentaries want to express thus communicative purpose can be achieved.(Yangli, 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Top of your class at Loyola. Magna cum laude, in fact. I can't help wondering what someone with your credentials is doing in a place like this. &lt;br /&gt;
Loyola的尖子生，优等成绩，我就纳闷了象你这么优秀的人才，跑到这种鬼地方干什么？&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:Took a wrong turn a few months back,I guess. &lt;br /&gt;
也许是几个月前拐错弯了。&lt;br /&gt;
-You make it sound like a traffic infraction. &lt;br /&gt;
你说的好像是交通违规似的。&lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: Like all you did was turn the wrong way up a one-way street. Everyone turns up one sooner or later. &lt;br /&gt;
就像在单行道上开错方向，人人迟早都会发生点意外。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the process of translation, it is very important to choose the right words. And proper words refer not only to the correspondence of meaning, but also to the tone in a certain context. This translation method includes mood reproduction. Mood refers to the speaker's attitude towards what he says. It is a grammatical feature in the form of intonation and mood words. In the way of mood expression, there is only exclamation in English, such as oh my god, gosh, oh dear lord, and the like, which tries to show the audience the tone of surprise, praise, pain, but there is a lack of mood words with the same emotional meaning as in Chinese, such as“哦”“呢”“呀”. Therefore, in the process of English-Chinese translation, the translator should have a keen sense and a deep understanding of the mood in the original English text, managing to transplant the original characters' tone to the translation by appreciating the diverse moods in the ordinary English text. In this dialogue, it is nearly impossible to tell the tone of the speaker by the literal meaning of the words alone. But the translator has made his own adaptations in the context. The protagonist, a talented student, devises his own plan to rob a bank and get arrested in order to save his wrongly accused brother from prison. The prison governor, after reading the Mike's CV, expresses his own incomprehension. Phrases such as “纳了闷” and “鬼地方” convey the tone of the speaker very well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael:we only got a few minutes. We're gonna spend them spitting on each other, or are we gonna talk some business?&lt;br /&gt;
我们只有几分钟，我们是要用这几分钟来互相扯皮，还是我们来谈点儿正经事儿？&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The dialogue includes the words “互相扯皮” and “谈点儿正经事”, which fits Mike's irritation at the lack of cooperation from his &amp;quot;teammates&amp;quot; at the time. The colloquialisation is also very much in line with the Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Caroline: Move on the younger brother. Do it preemptively before anything rises up,bites any of us in the ass.&lt;br /&gt;
把他弟弟弄走，早做打算。&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The use of the word “弄” in this dialogue shows Caroline's disregard for human life and the coldness of her character. The officials became a little worried when they found out that Mike was in his brother's prison. A literal translation of “move on” would not have had this effect. In addition, the second sentence does not translate the meaning of every single word, but rather uses only “早做打算”, which is very much in keeping with the leadership style of the person behind the plan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original and Translation: &lt;br /&gt;
-Michael: I think I've got enough grout out to bust through. I'm going to need you to make some noise.&lt;br /&gt;
我想我已经挖得够多了，你得帮我制造点噪音。&lt;br /&gt;
-Is that the best you can do?&lt;br /&gt;
你就这么点能耐？&lt;br /&gt;
-all: Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;
闭嘴!&lt;br /&gt;
-Berwick: Not one more word!&lt;br /&gt;
谁也别出声！&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This conversation took place when Mike was organising a tunnel excavation for people in the prison. While the digging was going on, Mike was worried that the noise would attract the guards, so he asked his cellmates to make other noises to attract attention. However, when the inmates saw that Mike was digging just a little bit of a tunnel, they shouted at him. The translator has chosen to translate this as “这点能耐”, which is a good way of conveying the impatience and arrogance of the cellmate, both in terms of content and tone. For communicative purposes, it serves as a warning.&lt;br /&gt;
===4 Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of Eco-translatology, this paper analyses the subtitle translation strategies of Prison Break. Under the guidance of this theory, its subtitle translation language can be described as quite refined, from which we can see the translator's cultural connotation and translation ability, and the application of Eco-translatology theory in subtitle translation of the show is in place. &lt;br /&gt;
However, this study is still very limited in the use of analytical Eco-translatology theory. The first is that translation studies are scattered but not specialized. Second, this study is still at the stage of quoting relevant terms or general concepts of ecology, and it has not yet given a systematic, in-depth and detailed description and interpretation of translation activities according to the basic connotation of ecology. Third, the thesis is narrow-minded, lacking multi-dimensional interpretation and generalization of more problems. In addition, some studies are only on the matter, not on the background of global ecological trend and academic trend of thought. Therefore, Eco-translation theory needs to be enriched and developed in subtitle research.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene A. 2001. Language and culture: Context in translating[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,114.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]胡庚申.生态翻译学:产生的背景与发展的基础[J].外语研究,2010(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]胡庚申. 翻译适应选择论[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社，2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]胡庚申.从术语看译论——翻译适应选择论改观[J].上海翻译, 2008 (2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]胡庚申.例示“适应选择论”的翻译选择和翻译方法[D].外语与外语教学，2006 (3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]钱邵昌.字幕翻译——翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J].中国翻译, 2000(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]杨丽.文学作品翻译中的语气翻译策略研究[J].语文学刊,2013(9).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]董捷,易永忠.生态翻译学视角下译者主体性在字幕翻译中的体现[J].校园英语,2020(19):243-244.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study of English Translation of HUAWEI’s Advertising Videos from the Eco-translatology Perspective 张宇星 Zhang Yuxing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on a History of Translation Theory	李梦	Li Meng==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Translation Theory between Bell and Liu Zhongde	林鑫	Lin Xin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Nida's Theory and Jin Di's Theory	罗维嘉	Luo Weijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jin Di's Translation Theory of Equivalent Effect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nida's Translation Theory of Dynamic Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Difference Between Jin's Theory and Nida's Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation , Translating and interpreting	漆凯	Qi Kai==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Brief Introduction to Chinese Translation Theories in the Late 19th Century 202070080588==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;郭露 Guo Lu&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As China suffered from wars in the late 19th century, western culture was introduced into China inevitably. Chinese intellectuals at that time knew little about western works and were prejudiced against them. During this period, translation acted as a bridge between China and the rest of the world, there were several translators and scholars who had translated numerous western works and came up with their translation theories, which promote the development of translation studies and helped people to know more about the western country. This paper mainly discusses the translation theories of Yan Fu and Lin Shu who were of great significance at that time, it also introduces the Yan Fu’s and Lin Shu’s translation theories through case analysis, so as to deepen our understanding towards translation theories in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory, Chinese translation theory, Yan Fu, Lin Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期中国翻译理论简介&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19世纪晚期，中国遭受战争磨难的同时，外国文化随之涌入中国。当时中国各界人士对于西方作品的了解极少，并对其作品抱有较大的偏见。在这一时期，翻译充当了中外交流的桥梁，中国涌现出了许多伟大的译者，他们的作品为中国的翻译发展做出极大贡献。本文旨在讨论当时的翻译发展以及严复和林纾两位在当时具有突出贡献的译者，并通过案例分析对严复和林纾的翻译理论进行了简要概括和介绍，以加深我们对于该时期翻译理论的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== '''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译理论；中国翻译理论；严复；“信达雅”；林纾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The defeat of the First Sino-Japanese War at the end of the Qing Dynasty put China and the Chinese nation as well in great danger. In order to educate people and save the nation, scholars including Yan Fu and Lin Shu realized that they need to learn from Western countries and bring in their culture and advanced thinking. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3) Therefore, those scholars started to translate western works. For example, during the translation of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'', Yan Fu quoted the survival of the fittest and called for people to save the nation from subjugation and ensure its survival. (Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 2002, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, with the growing demand for culture and entertainment, coupled with the improvement of printing technology, the market for books and magazines also underwent rapid development, which also provided room for the development of novels. While scholars favoured classical books, common people preferred novels, providing an opportunity for the development of novel translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As many scholars began to translate foreign books, they too formed a variety of translation theories in the process of translation, which made a lot of contributions to the development of translation.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Yan Fu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu(1854-1921), courtesy name Ji Dao, was a scholar and translator in modern China. He was famous for introducing Western thoughts, including Darwin’s idea of “natural selection” into China and was singled out among some few who contributed most to China’s knowledge of the West at that period. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is especially famous for ''Tianyanlun'', the rendering of Thomas H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics''. The survival of the fittest in this book took wing in time in the fermenting air of nationwide struggle for survival. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan stated in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics'' that &amp;quot;there are three difficulties in translation: faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot;. Although he did not set them as general standards for translation, since the publication of that work, the phrase &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance&amp;quot; has been attributed to Yan Fu as a standard for any good translation, giving rise to numerous debates and has since been the catchword in Chinese translation theory.(Wang Shi 1986, 1321-1322)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was also one of the most influential scholars of his generation as he worked to introduce Western social, economic and political ideas to China. During his lifetime, Yan Fu translated the following major works of Western liberal thought: ''Evolution and Ethics'' by Thomas Henry Huxley as ''Tianyan lun'', ''The Wealth of Nations'' by Adam Smith as ''Yuan fu'', and ''The Study of Sociology'' by Herbert Spencer as ''Qunxue yiyan'', most of them inspired later scholars to better learn about Western culture.(Chen Fukang 2010, 91-99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s theory, which includes faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness(''da'') and elegance(''ya''), plays vital importance in Chinese translation theory. Another English version is fidelity, fluency, and elegance. Still, another is fidelity, fluency and flair rendered by Brian Holton, using the alliterative &amp;quot;f&amp;quot; so helpful for memory. They are cited as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)Translation involves three requirements difficulted to fulfil: faithfulness(''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance(''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)In addition to faithfulness and expressiveness, we should strive for elegance in translation. This is not just for extending the effects far. In using the syntax and style of the pre-Han period one actually facilitates the expressiveness of the profound principles and subtle thoughts whereas in suing the modern vernacular one finds it difficult to make things comprehensible. (Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng, 2015 44-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, faithfulness means to be faithful to the content of the original, the translation should be accurate, and translators are not allowed to change the meaning in the original text. “Meanwhile, translators should translate words correctly and concisely, and omission and amplification are not recommended.”(Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin  2020, 1-4) Furthermore, expressiveness means to be expressive as the original, the translation should be in accordance with the expression of Chinese habit and be fluent and readable. And as for elegance, which is ''ya'', originally means the authentic and correct use of the Chinese language. However, with the development of the times, the meaning of ''ya'' has also undergone much development, it doesn’t require translators to keep the syntax and style of the pre-Han period, instead, they should translate the original text depending on its language style. (Wang Shi 1986, 48)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1: He was an old man who fished alone in a skiff in the Gulf Stream and he had gone eighty-forty days now without taking a fish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他是一个老头子，一个人划着一只小船，在墨西哥湾大海流打鱼，而他已经有84天没有捕到一条鱼了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 那老人独驾轻舟，在墨西哥湾流里捕鱼，如今出海已有84天仍是一鱼不获。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他是个独自驾一只小帆船在湾流上捕鱼的老人。到今天为止，老头儿已经接连下海84天，一条鱼也没捕到。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: In this example, the skiff were translated into “小船”, “轻舟” and “小帆船”, and according to the context, we can easily draw a conclusion that the third one is the best, as “小船” didn’t tell the reader what does the skiff look like, it has a much broader definition. Besides that, “轻舟” in China is a poetic word, which does not conform with the style of the original text. And “小帆船” seems more vivid and specific. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: The old man was thin and gaunt with deep wrinkles in the back of his neck. The brown blotches of the benevolent skin cancer the sun brings from its reflection on the sides of his face and his hands had the deep-creased scars from handling heavy fish on the cords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 老人瘦而憔悴，颈后有深的皱纹。面颊上生着棕色的肿起一块块，那是热带的海上反射的阳光晒出的一种无害的瘤。顺着脸的两边，全长满了那肿起的一块块。他的手因为拉绳子，拖曳沉重的鱼，有纹路很深的创痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 老人瘦削而憔悴，颈背皱纹很深。热带海上阳光的反射引起善性的皮癌，那种褐色的疮痍便长满两颊，两手时常用索拉扯大鱼，也留下深折的瘢痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 老头儿身形单薄，脖颈子上皱纹很深。从他的腮帮子上一溜顺着颊边往下，长着些褐色的疙瘩，那是太阳在热带海面上的反光晒出来的良性皮肤瘤。他那双手则因为同大鱼较量，被钓索勒出了深深的伤痕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation analysis: Among all the translation versions, the last is the most understandable one, it is in accordance with the logical order and more natural. For example, “较量” in the third version seems very different from the original meaning of “handing”, but considering the context, “较量” is more authentic than “拖曳” or “拉扯” which are just translated literally. This also reflects the importance of expressiveness and elegance.(Sun Yanyu 2019, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: He did not remember when he had first started to talk aloud when he was by himself. He had sung when he was by himself in the old days and he had sung at night sometimes when he was alone steering on his match in the smacks or in the turtle boats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 他记不起自己从什么时候开始，便爱一个人大声自言自语。往日，在孤独的时候，他曾爱唱歌自娱；有时夜间独自在渔船上或龟船上轮班掌舵，他也会唱起歌来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 他记不得一个人独处的时候是何时开始大声说话的。以前他独个儿时曾唱过歌。在小帆船或者捕龟船里，独自值班掌舵时曾在夜里唱过。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 3: 他不记得自己从什么时候起，在独自一人的情形下会大声说话。从前独自一人时，他会唱歌；当年在渔船或捕龟船上轮夜掌舵的时候，他有时也会唱歌。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: Though these translations are all faithful to the original text, the first one is beyond compare among all the versions. By reading the first one, we can have a deep understanding toward the loneliness of the old man who was fishing on the sea and we can also feel his optimism, especially in  “自言自语” and “唱歌自娱”. This translation can undoubtedly arouse the sympathy of the readers. (Sun Yanyu 2019, 1-3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Yan Fu’s Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Though Yan Fu’s translation theory was widely recognized by Chinese scholars, it also provoked heated debates, and elegance, which is ya, was criticized mostly by other scholars, some of them even believed that it is useless. And the reason why Yan put elegance into his translation theory is that he preferred the writing style of Tong Cheng School. Since this pompous style is obsolete, the standard of ya may also out of fashion. (Gao Xiaopeng 2017, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” is still one of the most important translation theories in China. Faithfulness means being faithful to the author and conveys the core values and meaning of the work to the readers. Expressiveness means the translation should be plain and fluent. And elegance requires the translation to obey the aesthetic concept of the target language.  (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 28-30) This theory has inspired later scholars in translation practice and theoretical exploration. Due to the limit of time and history, the translation study should be conducted in a historical context, so we also need to evaluate Yan Fu’s translation thought and translation works historically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu(1852-1924) was a traditional Chinese literatus and translator, most famous for introducing the Western literary works into Chinese in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Though being ignorance of foreign languages, Lin Shu collaborated with different interpreters and translated more than 180 western literary works, mostly novels, from England, the United States, France, Russian, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain and Norway, etc. into classical Chinese in his lifetime. (Zhu Yu 2008, 3-7)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of his ignorance of foreign languages, Lin seldom concerned himself with the original or with the equivalence of any sort. What he cared about most was the functions of his translation works. In Lin’s opinion, to translate books it to enlighten the mind of our people in a contest against foreigners. In his foreword to ''Yilin Monthly'', he stated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The inferiority of Asia to Europe can be attributed to the fact that the Europeans are daily intent on learning whereas the Asian peoples moon away in a stupor or, jealous of the European learnings and slandering them as eccentric extremity, throw themselves into blind combats, fancying of victory. That is the so-called landlubber swimming against the good swimmer. As for me, to enlighten the mind of our people, we must begin with the establishment of schools. But the schools work steadily and slowly, so timely speeches in academic associations are preferable. Considering the inconveniences in preparing speeches, translating books becomes the ultimate choice.” (Chen Fukang 1992, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Translation Methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu knew no foreign languages, so he had to cooperate with a collaborator who was familiar with foreign language and worked as an interpreter for him. Though he was an efficient translator, he didn’t come up with any significant translation theories. Having said that, during his translation process, there were four translation methods that he mainly used, which includes omission, addition, alteration and adaption. (Chen Jianyong 2013, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his translation process, Lin deleted some words or sentences for some reasons. Omission is a very common practice in his translation. He deleted some contents for the sake of Chinese literary norms and so as to arose the Chinese reader’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late19th century, Western literature was novel to the Chinese people. As Chinese readers prefer the tradition of story-telling in traditional Chinese fiction like ''The Water Margin'', Lin had to delete the psychological description in the western novel as it has nothing to do with the development of the story.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Addition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his translation, Lin Shu made some additions to polish and improve the original text so as to help the readers to have a better understanding of the original. Being a writer and a good story-teller, Lin was excelled in making the translation more interesting and appealing thorough addition. Even Qian Zhongshu, another Chinese translator and writer, mentioned Lin's addition in his translations: “When Lin Shu found a perceived void in the source text, he would add here and polish there so that the wording in the version was more concrete, the scene more vivid, and the description more substantial.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The married couple were enjoying their honeymoon... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼夫妇在蜜月期内，两情忻合无间（蜜月者，西人娶妇时，即挟其妇游历，经月而归）(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, Lin translated “honeymoon” literally into Chinese, but to help his readers better understand the Western tradition, Lin made a specific explanation of this word. Addition is quite a common phenomenon in Lin's translations, he took the readers into consideration, which makes his translation popular in China. In the meantime, he broadened the horizon of his readers and narrowed the gaps between Chinese and Western culture.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Alteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the social and cultural differences between the source and target languages, alterations are inevitable. Hence Lin Shu made some compensation or replacement in his translation. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: The slanting light of the setting sun quivers on the sea-like expanse of the river; the shivery canes, and the tall, dark cypress, hung with wreaths of dark, funeral moss, glow in the golden ray. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日脚斜穿云罅而出，直射江上芦港 。芦叶倒影，万绿荡漾于风漪之内，景物奇丽，江光如拭。(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu made the alteration considering the Chinese reader's aesthetic tendencies. Although Lin Shu changed the word order of the original, the style and literary effect of the original are reproduced.(Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the Chinese culture and the reader's acceptation, Lin Shu had to retranslate or rewrite the original text, which is similar to domestication.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For example: On which Mr. Micawber delivered a eulogium on Mrs. Micawber's character and said she had ever been his guide, philosopher, and friend and that he would recommend me, when I came to marrying time of life, to marry such another woman, if such another woman could be found. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
密考泊遂历称其妻嘉言懿行，为世贤女，能相夫教子，共处患难，且谓余曰：“汝论娶者，所娶亦当如吾妻。惟不审闺秀中更有贤类吾妻否?”(Lin's version)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Lin's time, the wife had a very low status. For her, the most important responsibility was to take care of the husband and rear the children. So here in Lin's version, it was rewritten according to Chinese feudal ethics. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 36-37)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Case Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: In that pleasant district of merry England which is watered by the river Don, there extended in ancient times a large forest, covering the greater part of the beautiful hills and valleys which lie between Sheffield and the pleasant town of Doncaster. The remains of this extensive wood are still to be seen at the noble seats of Wentworth, of Warncliffe Park, and around Rotherham. Here haunted of yore the fabulous Dragon of Wantley; here were fought many of the most desperate battles during the Civil Wars of the Roses; and here also flourished in ancient times those bands of gallant outlaws, whose deeds have been rendered so popular in English song. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 1: 英国东河流域之内，前此有大树林，踞歇非儿、东加斯德二城之间，楼橹雉堞，均为树荫所被。至今老树凋残，尚有一二根株在焉。相传古来有神龙窟蟠其地。当时玫瑰之战，兄弟争立，即以此地为战场。而绿林豪客，仗侠尚义，亦据为寨。至今诗人歌曲恒举其事，播为美谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: In this translation, Lin translated the original text in classical style, which was more acceptable to his readers at that time. Instead of translating the word literally, he even translated the “Dragon of Wantley” and  “gallant outlaws” into “神龙窟蟠” and “绿林豪客” respectively, which are two positive phrases.（Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example2: Here the door opened, and a small quadroon boy, between four and five years of age, entered the room. There was something in his appearance remarkably beautiful and engaging. His black hair, fine as floss silk, hung in glossy curls about his round, dimpled face, while a pair of large dark eyes, full of fire and softness, looked out from beneath the rich, long lashes, as he peered curiously into the apartment. A gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid, carefully made and neatly fitted, set off to advantage the dark and rich style of his beauty; and a certain comic air of assurance, blended with bashfulness, showed that he had been not unused to being petted and noticed by his master. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation 2: 门辟，陡入一稚子，约四五岁，貌绝慧黯，雏发未燥，笑处辄动微涡，两目精光耿然。见海留，意殊骇。海留见其服饰之善，心知此奴必为主。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Analysis: There are many descriptive words in this example like “a gay robe of scarlet and yellow plaid”, “the dark and rich style of his beauty”, and etc., which makes the sentences more appealing and attractive. However, considering the Chinese literary norm, Lin Shu translated all these phrases into “服饰之善”, which is much more concise compared with the original one.(Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 2015, 49）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Criticism of Lin Shu’s theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 1917-1919 New Culture and May Fourth movements, Lin Shu was severely criticized and his popularity suffered badly. Many scholars deemed Lin as an unfaithful translator and there exists non-correspondence between his translations and their sources as they thought he deleted and edited the source texts at will, which violates the principle of “faithfulness”. “In Lin Shu’s opinion, however, retelling the story is more important than acting as a faithful intermediary between the writer and his Chinese readers.” (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the meantime, his translation changed Chinese people’s disregard of foreign literature. During the late 19th century, the intellectuals in China lacked of interest to learn from the West, they even thought that they had nothing to learn from there in the areas of art and literature. And Lin was the first translator who introduced such famous writers as Shakespeare and Charles Dickens to Chinese readers. With the help of Lin’s translation, those intellects and the younger generation began to eliminate their prejudice against the Western literature and realized its value. (Li Changbao, Shao Bin 2013, 39-41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences Between Yan Fu and Lin Shu'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Being the two famous translators in the late Qin Dynasty, Yan Fu and Lin Shu achieved remarkable success in translation theory and practice, both of them played critical roles in China. And there are several similarities and differences between them.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War, Yan Fu started to translate western works so as to introduce western advanced culture to Chinese people. Yan once stated that he wants to serve the nation through translation. Lin Shu, however, started his translation out of interest. But as time went by, he also translated western books to enlighten Chinese people. Therefore, we can say that both of them tried to save the nation through translation.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides that, Yan Fu had a higher contribution than Lin Shu in terms of translation thoughts. He is known for “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which is one of the most outstanding translation theories in China while Lin Shu didn’t come up with a systematic translation theory during his lifetime.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, as Yan Fu had an opportunity to study abroad while Lin Shu learnt Chinese traditional Confucianism, Yan had a better understanding of western culture. Meanwhile, most of the western works Yan Fu translated were about social science, he was the first person who introduced western social science in the 19th century to all Chinese people. As for Lin Shu, who was especially famous for novel translation, translated ''La Dame aux Camélias'' and was well-received by Chinese readers. They are quite different in terms of translation works.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And as for translation theory, Yan Fu once put forward faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, he attached high importance on faithfulness and believed that be faithful to the original text is of great importance during translation. And this translation theory helped people to know more about western society and culture. Meanwhile, Lin Shu preferred faithfulness, too, but during the translation, he tended to delete those unnecessary words and sentences so as to help readers have a better understanding of the text. (Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, while Yan Fu and Lin Shu are similar to each other, they are quite different in some aspects. However, both of them made great contributions to Chinese translation and left a profound impact on later translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the 19th century, Chinese people’s lives were filled with untold suffering, being the two great translators, Yan Fu and Lin Shu had made great contributions to not only the nation but also the whole world. The principle of Yan Fu stands as one of the most significant translation theories in China, which guided numerous translators and scholars as well in the later generation. Meanwhile, Lin Shu’s translation works broadened people’s horizons at that time, enriching their lives as well as eliminating their prejudice against Western literature. Although there are several shortcomings in their translation thoughts and translation works, they had a far-reaching influence on future generations. Until now, there are still many scholars that analyze and learn from their translation theories.(Wu Yingli, Li Yan 2018, 2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Charles Dickens.(2008).''David Copperfield''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(1992).中国译学理论史稿.[''Draft of Chinese translation theory''].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康.(2010).中国译学史.[''A History of Chinese Translation''].Shanghai:Shanghai People’s Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Jianyong 陈建永.(2013).从《黑奴吁天录》看林纾的翻译策略.[A Study of Lin Shu’s Translating Strategies: Taking Uncle Tom’s Cabin as an Example].Jinan: Shandong University 山东大学.20-36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway.(2016).''The Old Man and the Sea''.北京:知识出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Xiaopeng 高晓鹏.(2017).严复翻译标准——“信达雅”再思考.[Yan Fu’s Translation Standard: A Rethinking of “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”].Chongqing:Sichuan International Studies University 四川外国语大学.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Harriet Beecher Stowe.(2008).''Uncle Tom's Cabin''.Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Changbao, Shao Bin 黎昌抱、邵斌.(2013).中外翻译理论教程[''Translation Theory: A Coursebook''].Hangzhou:Zhejiang University Press 浙江大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Shu 林纾.(1981).撒克逊劫后英雄略[''Ivanhoe''].Shanghai:The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Lifeng, Shang Minrui 欧阳利锋、尚敏锐(2002).以西方观点解读二十世纪中国翻译理论.[Twentieth--century Chinese Translation Theory Against the Background of Western Views].Xinjiang:Language and Translation 语言与翻译. 1-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Yanyu 孙演玉.(2019).经典儿童小说的复译与信、达、雅——以《老人与海》为例[Retranslation of Classical Children’s Fiction and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance: Taking ''The Old Man and the Sea'' as an Example].Wuhan: English Square英语广场.2-3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walter Scott.(2009). ''Ivanhoe''. Signet Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Rui, Wei Shengxin 王蕊、韦生鑫.(2020).“信、达、雅”翻译原则在文学翻译中的应用.[Analysis of the Application of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” in Literary Translation].Jilin:Journal of Jilin Institute of Chemical Technology 吉林化工学院学报.1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Shi 王栻.(1986).严复集[''Yan Fu Ji''].Shanghai:Zhonghua Book Company 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Tao 王涛.(2016).老人与海[''The Old Man and the Sea''].Beijing:Qunyan Press 群言出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Yingli, Li Yan 吴萤丽、李艳.(2018).严复与林纾:中国近代两大翻译家的对比.[Yan Fu and Lin Shu: A Comparison Between Two Chinese Modern Translators].Kaifeng: Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education 开封教育学院学报.1-2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zheng, Peng Fasheng 张政、彭发胜.(2007).中西翻译理论简明教程(英文版)[''A Coursebook of Chinese and Western Translation Theories''].Beijing:Tsinghua University Press 清华大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Yu 朱瑜.(2008).林纾的翻译和时代[Lin Shu’s Translation and His Time].Modern Chinese Literature Studies 中国现代文学研究丛刊.3-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparison of Translation Theories'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison Of Translation Theory Between Yan Fu And Tytler	陈涵	Chen Han==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; Chen Han 陈涵, Student no.202070080580 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are outstanding translators in the history of Chinese and Western translation respectively. Tytler’s “Three Principles of Translation” and Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most important translation theories. It is believed that the two theories have a broad and profound impact on Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. Although they lived in different times, their theories were quite similar which aroused much controversy. This paper will expound “Three Principles of Translation” and “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and focus on the similarities and differences between these two theories in terms of content, theoretical basis and culture. It aims to figure out the relationship between the two theories, better apply translation theory to translation practice, and advocate us to view Chinese and Western translation theories from a dialectical perspective, thus making Translation Studies become more systematic and scientific.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Three Principles of Translation; Yan Fu; Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒的翻译理论比较&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
严复与泰特勒分别是中西方翻译史上的杰出翻译家。严复的“信达雅” 与泰特勒的“翻译三原则”分别是中西翻译史上最重要的翻译理论之一，对翻译理论与实践方面有着广泛深刻的影响。严复与泰特勒二人虽处于不同的时代，但他们的翻译理论却十分相似，从而引起许多争议。本文将系统阐述二人的翻译理论，从这两种理论的内涵、文化背景和理论基础等方面比较二者的相似点和不同点。这种做法有助于理清两个理论之间的关系，更好的将翻译理论应用于翻译实践，并主张我们辩证看待中西方翻译理论，从而使翻译研究更具有系统性与科学性。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信达雅；翻译三原则；严复；泰特勒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation, many outstanding scholars and translators have emerged both in China and in the West. They have never stopped discussing translation, and most of them have systematically summarized translation standards (Xu Baoqiang, Yuan Wei 2001, 162). In ancient China, many translation thoughts and translation theories emerged, including Shi Daoan’s “Five Instances of Losing the Source and Three Instances of Difficulties” and Xuan Zang’s “Five Guidelines for Not-Translation a Term” (Martha P.Y. Cheung, 2006). Later, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Qian Zhongshu’s “Sublimation” theory appeared successively. Prominent representatives of Western translation theory include five elements of translation put forward by a French linguist Etienne Dolet in the 16th century, seven rules of translation put forward by a German translation theorist Martin Luther, three principles of translation by a British translation theorist Tytler in the 18th century, semantic translation and communicative translation of Newmark in the 20th century, and the dynamic equivalence of Nida. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 213)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this process, Chinese and Western translation theories have been developing independently in a relatively isolated state. It was not until about the beginning of the 20th century that initial exchanges and dialogues began. Translation standards are the core issue of translation theory and practice. At the beginning of the exchange, the translators were concerned about it. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) At the end of the 18th century, Tytler proposed three basic principles for translation and evaluation of translation, which had a great impact on later translation theorists. More than 100 years later, Yan Fu’s translation standard of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” was put forward. This chapter will discuss two representative translation theories from China and the West—Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, and analyze the two theories from the historical and cultural background and their theoretical basis of. Through comparison, we can grasp the similarities and differences between the two theories, so as to contribute to translation studies and guide future translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. An Overview of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation have had a profound impact on the history of translation at home and abroad. If we compare and analyze the two theories, we must first correctly understand the connotation of each theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Yan Fu’s Translation Principles of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu was a Chinese scholar and translator, most famous for introducing western ideas. His three translation principles—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance first made its appearance in Yan’s preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (''xin''), expressiveness (''da'') and elegance (''ya''). Faithfulness is difficult to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so.” (Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 2009, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his words, the three principles indicate that the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression in the target language and elegance in style. Faithfulness emphasizes the fidelity to the original. Yan believes that the translator cannot begin his work until he has mastered the connotation of the original text. Expressiveness stresses the fluency and acceptability of the translation. As for elegance, Yan holds that dictation without elegance cannot reach far. So far, elegance has led some discussions in the study of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and his own translation practices, Yan Fu put forward “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” which has become the fundamental tenets of 20th Chinese translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander Fraser Tytler is an eminent British translation theorist. In 1790, he proposed three principles of good translation in his book, ''Essay on the Principles of Translation''. When it comes to a good translation, he described that the merit of the original work is so completely transfused into another language, as to be as distinctly apprehended, and as strongly felt by a native of the country to which that language belongs, as it is by those who speak the language of the original work. (Tytler 2007, 8-9) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to his description of good translation, it can be easily seen that Tytler has attached great importance to mastery of ideas in the original texts. Therefore, he put forward three principles on the basis of good translation: (1) That the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work; (2) That the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original; (3) That the Translation should have all the ease of original. (Tytler 2007, 9) The first principle is that the translation should be faithful to the content and ideas of the original. The second principle is that the translation should be faithful to the form and style of the original. The faithfulness to the style is not limited to the equivalence of the original style or subject, but consistent with the original author’s personal writing style and the background of the corresponding period. The third principle is to emphasize that the translation should be as natural and smooth as the original writing. From Tytler’s point of view, the order of these three principles is appropriate and natural, and it is arranged by importance. If translating a text, one cannot pursue the smoothness and elegance at the cost of ignoring the ideas in the source language. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation laid a good foundation for Western translation studies. And it created a research method of induction through theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Social and Theoretical Background of the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rapid development of social production, the increasing prosperity of the economy and the increasing number of educated people, more and more people have requirements for reading, writing and translation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Social Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emergence of new theories is often related to the prevailing translation practice at that time. Tytler lived in the 18th century. The rise of the industrial revolution and the further development of modern technology have highlighted the importance of translation, especially the demand for scientific and technological translation has increased dramatically during this period. In addition, Renaissance and classicism occupy the main position in the literary field, which also played a role in promoting the development of translation activities. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu had a solid foundation in Chinese when he was young and then he learned from Wu Rulun, a master of the Tongcheng School, acquiring a rich knowledge of ancient Chinese. In 1877, Yan Fu studied in the United Kingdom to delve deeply into the Western society, and began to come into contact with some important Western classics. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) As a result, profound research on Chinese and Western culture and language has laid a good foundation for Yan Fu’s translation career. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the 19th century, China suffered from internal and external troubles. The Sino-Japanese War of 1894 to 1895 was an important turning point to Yan Fu. He realized that the backwardness of China included political, economic, social and ideological factors, so that he believed that learning from the West could help the country get rid of the predicament. The political purpose of Yan Fu’s translation was quite clear. He wanted to arm the minds of scholar-officials ideologically. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, A large number of people with lofty ideals realized that the only way to save the country was to learn advanced political ideas, economic systems and democratic ideas from the West. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132) Translation is the best way to bring those to China, which also promoted the second translation climax in the history of our country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Theoretical Background of the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Three Principles of Translation were proposed on the basis of other translation theories or thoughts. In other words, Yan Fu and Tytler learned from their predecessors and put forward their ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like many translation theories in the 18th century, Tytler’ s Three Principles of Translation was influenced by some ideas from outstanding translation theorists. Etienne Dolet, a French linguist and translation theorist, proposed translation principles in La manière de bien traduired d’une langue en autre (《论如何出色地翻译》) in 1540 : The translator must fully understand the content of the original text; the translator must be proficient in both the source language and the target language; the translator must avoid translating word by word, because word-by-word translation is detrimental to convey the original meaning and aesthetic value; the translator must use popular language form; the translator must make the translation produce the appropriate effect by choosing proper words and adjust the order of them (Tan Zaixi 2004, 70-71). John Dryden was a prominent translator in the 17th century and he put forward a number of translation principles and views. From his perspective, translation is an art; translators should master the characteristics of the original; target readers should be taken into consideration; translators need to absolutely follow the original meaning; translation can be divided into three types—metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 120-122) It is easy to find that Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation can be partially derived from their theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is also not new. The basis of it can date back to the Three Kingdom Period. During the Qing Dynasty, there was another translation theorist, Ma Jianzhong, who was ignored by the public. Before Yan Fu’s translation principles made its first appearance, Ma Jianzhong put forward three requirements for good translations in On the Establishment of Translation Academy (《拟设翻译书院议》): The translator is proficient in foreign languages ​​and Chinese, and knows the similarities and differences between the two languages; the translator should fully understand the meaning, spirit and style of the original text and express these accurately in the translation; there should be no difference between the translation and the original text. That is, the translation and the original are the same. (Chen Fukang 2010, 77-78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is shown that Ma Jianzhong sets a high demand for translators which can be summarized in “faithfulness” (信). This word includes not only the faithfulness of the original text and the translation, but also the consistency in style and spirit. Therefore, compared with Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, Ma Jianzhong’s requirements are more comprehensive. However, his translation theory is not as influential as Yan Fu’ principles. Generally, speaking, there are two reasons. One is that Ma is a grammarian, not a translator. The other is that he did not do any translation practice. (Fan Yun 2007, 98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis and comparison of Tyler's and Yan Fu’s social and theoretical background, we can see that both of them are affected by political, economic, cultural and other factors. And both of them were influenced by the previous translation theories and put forward their theories similar to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Similarities and Differences Between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Similarities between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation were not put forward at the same time, the two theories could be found some common ground. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the content of the two theories, three similarities can be found. Firstly, both Yan Fu and Tytler emphasize the importance of faithfulness, namely the fidelity to the original. From their perspectives, it is necessary to convey the meaning or ideas of the original text. They both agree that a translator should put faithfulness first. Secondly, both Yan Fu and Tytler stress the importance of fluency and acceptability of translation. Yan believes that a translation which is faithful but not expressive is no translation at all. And in the third principle of Tytler’s theory, all the ease of the original text is highlighted which refers to the translation should be natural, fluent and readable. In other words, translators need to regard their translating process as a re-creating one. It requires that they not only convey the ideas of the original but also make their words smooth and readable. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Differences between “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and “Three Principles”====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Chinese and Western translation theories have a profound history. At the very beginning, they almost developed independently. It was not until the early 20th century that the two theories began to communicate. As the focus of translation theory research, translation standards have attracted many scholars at the beginning of their exchanges. Some scholars believe that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is extracted from Ttyler’s “Three Principles of Translation”, which is a copy of Ttyler’s translation theory. (Luo Xinzhang 1984, 681-687) In fact, there are indeed similarities between the two theories literally. But a deeper look will present the difference between the two. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.1 Differences in Content=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous chapter, we have discussed the similarities literally in terms of the content. However, the two theories are not quite similar. First of all, the most prominent characteristic of Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is the semantic vagueness. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) He did not clearly define the three. If “faithfulness” includes the style of the work, the word “xin” can cover all the content of Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “faithfulness” is the core, and achieving the principles of “expressiveness” and “elegance” is on the basis of the core. As for Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation, although they are arranged by importance, the principles are not presented to tell which one is the most important. (Di Dongrui 2012, 132)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu’s “faithfulness” and Tytler’s first principle focus on different scopes. According to Yan Fu’s point of view, the translator should accurately reproduce the ideas of the original work, and he also emphasizes the important role of understanding. But Tytler’s “that the Translation should give a complete transcript of the ideas of the original work” discusses the fidelity from three aspects: meaning, form and language. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the main difference between their translation principles is the translation technique and style. (Fan Yun 2007, 97) Tytler’s second principle and Yan Fu’s “elegance” both discuss this issue. In Yan Fu’s opinion, “elegance” refers to use elegant words, especially the words before the Han Dynasty. This is a special method used by Yan Fu in a specific historical period to attract specific target readers and achieve specific translation purposes. The “elegance” explained by later generations is equivalent to “consistency in technique and style”, which has actually deviated from Yan Fu’s original intention. But Tytler’s “style and manner of writing” refers to a broad sense. He believes that an outstanding translator should be able to quickly identify the characteristics of the original author’s writing style and apply this style to his translation. In other words, what kind of writing style the original work is, and the translation should correspond to this style. (Tytler 2007, 9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.2 Differences in Cultural Origin=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu and Tytler are in different cultural backgrounds, and the formation of their theories have their own cultural characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that Yan Fu’s theory of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is deeply rooted in traditional Chinese cultural origin. As we all know, Chinese translation has a long history, and the discussion of translation standards has been recorded in Zhi Qian’s ''Preface to the Translation of he Dharmapada''(''Faju jing xu''). (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 57) He emphasized that although Jiangyan (将炎) was good at the language of India, he was not necessarily versed in Chinese. Thus, in his translations there were either Sanskrit expressions literally rendered or simply literal transliterations. Zhi Qian used to dislike Jiangyan’s work for lack of elegance. Weidinan (维祗难) argued that the translation of Buddha’s words should be adherent to the meaning, disregarding rhetoric, and we should retain its Dharma, free of rigidity. Those who translate should stress on transparency without losing the original meaning, hence good translations. Laozi said that beautiful words are not faithful and faithful words are not beautiful. And Confucius believed that words fail a book and senses fail a form. What a saint said is the profound of the profoundest. Therefore, Zhi Qian argued that when translating sutras, we should follow the original import without using ornate words. (Martha P.Y. Cheung 2006, 59-60)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen from the above that traditional Chinese translation theories often appear in the form of prefaces, which are relatively fragmented and conforms to the characteristics of Chinese people’s emphasis on perceptual thinking rather than rational analysis, and personal perception rather than logical reasoning. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In addition, it can prove that Yan Fu’s translation principles are not new but put forward on the basis of some thoughts from the ancients. We can see that theories similar to “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” have appeared in the past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation theory is closely related to the words of sages and classic literary theory so that translation theorists often use the words of the ancients to make arguments or the aesthetic standards in literary theory to evaluate good translations. On the one hand, it embodies the inheritance of classical translation theory of advocating the ancients, and on the other hand it reflects the profound literary tradition of classical translation theory. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) It can be seen that the principles were put forward by Yan Fu in the preface to his own translation of T. H. Huxley’s Evolution and Ethics, which is consistent with the traditional Chinese tendency to place important points in the preface. In the era when Yan Fu lived, people greatly respected the words of the ancients. The language of Yan Fu’s translation theory is as concise as the traditional literary theory, and the connotation is profound. It often brings endless speculation for future generations with uncertain meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from the Chinese cultural accumulation carried by Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, western translation theories pay much attention to the inherent continuity. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202) In western culture, people emphasize rigorousness in language so that they treat translation as rigorously as science. Scholars have studied on translation standards for a long time and their generalization of standards is much more systematic.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eticnne Dolet was the relatively early one who summarized the translation standards systematically. He put forward four principles of a successful translation. Then came Martin Luther’s “Seven Principles for Translation”. An in the 18th century, Charles Batteux, a French translation theorist, put forward twelve rules in Principes de littérature (《论文学原则》) for dealing with issues such as word order in translation. Compared with the 17th century, although some achievements have been made in the study of translation theory in the 18th century, substantial progress has not been made and some research just focused on the theory of Dryden in the 17th century. However, at the end of the 18th century, there was a breakthrough in the history of translation theory. Theoretical research was no longer limited to scattered viewpoints and methods, and monographs on translation issues have begun to appear comprehensively, scientifically and systematically. The first to bring this breakthrough was the translation theorist George Campbell. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 127) Before Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation appeared, he had put forward the three principles of translation for the first time: translation should accurately reproduce the meaning of the original work; on the premise of conforming to the characteristics of the target language, translation should try to transplant the spirit and style of the original author as much as possible; the translator should make the translation as natural and smooth as the original. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 128)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the discussion of translation standards by many translation theorists above, we can see that Western translation theories are rigorous in thinking and clear in expression as a whole. They represent a unique academic spirit and character, which deeply reflects the inherent continuity of their thinking and methodology of Western translation theories. According to the previous discussion, it can be found that there is an obvious relationship between Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation and Dryden’s translation theories. The two theories from Yan Fu and Tytler are from different cultures, featuring Chinese and Western signs respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.3 Differences in Thinking Patterns=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation itself is a complex practical activity, and it has a close relationship with the way of thinking. The huge differences between Chinese and Western historical and cultural traditions and thinking habits are reflected in language that has such characteristics: Chinese people pay attention to understanding in the way of expression, focusing on grasping things through intuitive understanding of the whole. Chinese are not as good at logical reasoning and experimental argumentation as Westerners. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 202)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The consciousness of subject and object has always been prominent in western thought. Tytler’s framework of his principles tends to be rational and aims to seek the truth, while Yan Fu’s framework tends to be perceptual and aims to be practical. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) In the historical context of the Enlightenment, Tytler inherited rationalism of the European continent, thus his three principles of translation all reflected the speculative, logical and systematic nature of philosophy. When he discussed the three principles of translation, they were clear, progressive, and well-organized, but they were too fragmented, ignoring the internal connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to Yan Fu’s proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, although it refers to three simple words in Chinese, it condenses the traditional Chinese doctrine of the golden mean and profoundly embodies the influence of traditional culture on the research of translation theory. Compared with Western translation theories, Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” includes more humanistic spirit and pays more attention to humanistic care. (Liu Junbiao 2009, 221) Although Yan Fu’s translation theory lacks logic, organization and system, its refined and implicit artistic conception bring endless imagination for future generations. If we want to understand “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” comprehensively, we must have an understanding of the thoughts of our ancestors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.2.4 Differences in Motivations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to their motivation, the times of Yan Fu and Tytler have a huge impact on their translation studies. Tytler was in a relatively comfortable environment, and the society at that time was relatively relaxed and free, making it possible for him to learn for the sake of academics. Tytler put forward the three principles of translation only for theoretical research, not for practical purposes. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” came from the enthusiasm of waking up the world and saving the country. The old China where Yan Fu lived was suffering from internal and external troubles. The social and historical environment enabled him to spread Western learning through translation. The works translated by Yan Fu were all Western classics. They either promoted natural selection, survival of the fittest, or explained human rights, democracy and freedom. Undoubtedly, reading Yan Fu’s translations became a major way for Chinese intellectuals and even the whole society to learn the development of the world. The target readers of these translations were the increasingly decadent feudal ruling class and intellectuals. Feudal thoughts were deeply ingrained in their minds, and they could not immediately accept the advanced thoughts of the West. As a translator, Yan Fu put forward the standards of faithfulness expressiveness and elegance on the basis of summarizing traditional Chinese translation theories. He used the language of Han and Tang dynasties to promote the Western democracy, so as to make the feudal scholar-officials easy to accept. (Chen Fukang 2010, 91) It can be seen that “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reflects Yan Fu’s desire to save the country and his awareness of difficulties and risks. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a misunderstanding should be mentioned. After Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” made its first appearance, many scholars gave it various titles such as translation principles, translation standards and translation norms. As a matter of fact, Yan Fu did not describe it as standards or norms. He only realized that there were three requirements difficult to fulfill from his own translation practice. In his opinion, the difficulties of translating were also the dao (道) of problem-solving (Liu Miqing 2012, 1). Therefore，Yan’s dao of translation was expressed by “translation principles” in the West. To a certain extent, people tended to regard Yan Fu’s propositions as translation standards, thus deviating from Yan Fu’s motivation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, by comparing the content, cultural origins, thinking and motivation of the two theories, we can see that Yan Fu’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are quite different. In other words, although the two theories are very similar in terms of forms, they are quite different in essence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Significance of the Comparison between the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, different translation principles are essentially the same for they are all determined by the nature of translation. (Fan Yun 2007, 98) In a broad sense, translation is a bridge for international communication. It involves the source language and the target language or the original text and the translated text. No one can deny the extraordinary contribution of translation in exchanging ideas, spreading knowledge, and enhancing intercultural communication. As an ancient activity, translation has a history of more than 3,000 years in China and has been popular in the West for more than 2,000 years. (Tan Zaixi 2004, 2) Although the translation principles put forward by translators and translation theorists seem to be different, they are essentially the same and cannot be mentioned without translation itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can realize the characteristics and development of their translation principles respectively. The Chinese and Western translation principles are the same on the macro level, but different on the micro level. The differences are mainly determined by the characteristics of the Chinese and Western languages and do not reflect the subjective wishes of people. Both the traditional Chinese and Western translation theories focus on faithfulness or truth. (Di Dongrui 2012, 133) They are based on the original texts, and at the same time do not neglect the reception of the readers and the artistic and aesthetic value of the translated texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories and their development, we can know that Chinese and Western translation principles present a diversified pattern of development, but the West seems to be more open in terms of research ideas and academic view. Western theorists place translation in the multi-dimensional space between the original text and the target text, and they are good at analyzing from different perspectives. What’s more, Western theorists have comparatively strong awareness in theory. Any research is carried out under the guidance of a certain theory, making full use of the achievements of related subjects to make translation principles and research methods become truly diversified. (Ren Qingliang, Deng Jingjing 2016, 203) Therefore, the achievements of translation research in the West are more fruitful.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, we must learn from each other. In fact, there is no gap between Chinese and Western translation theories. Although the study of translation theory in the West is earlier than that in China, (Tan Zaixi 2004, 1) we should not belittle ourselves. The development environment of Chinese and Western theories is different so that the theories put forward are definitely different. Through comparison, we can grasp advanced Western theories, and with Western theories as a reference, we can avoid detours and make progress in Chinese translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter compares the similarities and differences between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s theories by reviewing the theories of them and pointing out social and theoretical backgrounds of their theories. The translation theory is often closely related to cultural background, theoretical background and way of thinking. From the above analysis, it can be seen that Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Tytler’s Three Principles of Translation are different in specific content, cultural origin, theoretical basis, way of thinking and motivation. If these differences are not analyzed and pointed out, it is easy to think that the two theories are roughly the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The comparison between Yan Fu’s and Tytler’s translation principles gives us the following enlightenment: When studying Chinese and Western translation theories, we must correctly understand the advantages and limitations of traditional Chinese translation theories, and we cannot ignore the achievements of other countries. We should actively absorb the achievements of western translation theories on the basis of developing the traditional Chinese translation theories to make contributions to the translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Alexander Fraser Tytler. (2007). ''Essays on Principles of Translation''. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press 外语教学与研究出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Martha P.Y. Cheung. (2006). ''An Anthology of Chinese Discourse on Translation''. London/New York: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
* Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2010). ''中国译学史'' [History of Chinese Translation] Shanghai: Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Di Dongrui 狄东睿. (2012). 论“翻译三原则”与“信达雅” [On the Three Principles of Translation and &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot;] ''海外英语'' Overseas English (06) 132-133. &lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Yun 樊云. (2007). 泰特勒和严复翻译原则的比较 [A comparison of the translation principles of Tytler and Yan Fu] ''宿州教育学院学报'' Journal of Suzhou Education Institute (02) 97-98. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Junbiao 刘俊标. (2009). 辨析严复“信达雅”说与泰特勒翻译三原则 [Discussing Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''经济研究导刊'' Economic Research (09) 220-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2012). ''中西翻译思想比较研究'' [Translation Thinking: In China and in the West] Beijing: China Translation&amp;amp;Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版有限公司. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋. (1984). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ren Qingliang 任庆亮, Deng Jingjing 邓晶晶. (2016). 严复“信达雅”与泰特勒翻译三原则的比较 [A comparison of Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and Tytler's Three Principles of Translation] ''太原城市职业技术学院学报'' Journal of Taiyuan Urban Vocational College (05) 201-203.&lt;br /&gt;
* Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [A Short History of Translation in the West] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Baoqiang 许宝强, Yuan Wei 袁伟. (2001). ''语言与翻译的政治'' [The Politics of Language and Translation] Beijing: Central Compilation&amp;amp;Translation Press 中央编译出版社. &lt;br /&gt;
* Luo Xinzhang 罗新璋, Chen Yingnian 陈应年. (2009). ''翻译论集'' [On Translation] Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：''' 张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：''' 张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation, numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ People who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”, looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of Jin Suo Ji (The Golden Cangue) and conventional translation of The Old Man and The Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 12:33, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅰ Gender and Translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women’ s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “Men can adopt the rules of feminist translation theory, and women can successfully translate men’ s works...Another interesting area for study is how gender identity can be disguised through translation” (1996: 168), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang’ s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this thesis breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅱ The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s self-translation -- A Case study of the English translation of Jin Suo Ji'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, Jin Suo Ji was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature” by Xia Zhiqing, while Fu Lei also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”. In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It took her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate Jin Suo Ji, including four different versions: Pink Tears, The Rouge of The North, Yuan Nv and The Golden Cangue. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions did not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang’ s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Translator’ s female identity used to show the emotional resonance to female characters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Jiang Jize. However, the reality proves to her that Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang made three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully revealed Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, It can be seen that Qiqiao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Jiang Jize, the affection with Ch’ i-ch’ iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarified Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s emotion in the translation and revealed Jiang Jize’ s so-called emotion in the later text, which could show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The Translator’ s Male Identity Used to Show the Passive Position of Women'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jin Suo Ji, the author used a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tried her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou’ s substitute. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch’ ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang used the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expressed herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang - pai and moved out of the house. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch’ ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal familyof China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator reveals the reality objectively under the disguise of gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only used the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately concealed her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Jiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families.In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang did not make too many adjustments, but only abstracted the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings.Firstly, the survivors were indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” conveyed the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang’ s eyes, both men and women were struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, “everyone is a survivor of suffering”. Therefore, she used the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅲ. Eileen Chang’ s Gender Identity in her conventional translation -- Taking the Chinese translation of The Old Man and the Sea as an example'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Man and the Sea is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of The Old Man and the Sea. Invited by the press Office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including The Old Man and the Sea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to The Old Man and the Sea, in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expressed her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang was more faithful to the original, and only presented her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expressed her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translated the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The Translator’ s Female Identity Used to Deepen the Work’ s Emotion'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱?好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The translator concealed gender identity to break the arbitrary male discourse'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, this way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang adopted the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(海观译) &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(吴劳译) &lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(张爱玲译) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translated “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoided using such words in translation. Here she translated the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omitted the subject with gender description, and in fact blurred the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. The translator’ s male identity used to recognize the limitation of male power'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”（张爱玲译）&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（海观译）&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（吴劳译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translated “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translated “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai and Wu's translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (Jin Suo Ji) or in the text expressing the male discourse power (The Old Man and the Sea). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ⅳ. Reasons for the change of gender identity in Eileen Chang’ s Self-translation and conventional translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The influence of cultural context on the transformation of translator's gender identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divided context into cultural context and situational context. Here the author mainly expounds the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works Jin Suo Ji and The Old Man and the Sea. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of Jin Suo ji is different from that of The Old Man and the Sea, and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity.For example, Eileen Chang’ s work Jin Suo Ji reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women’ s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is take into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch’ ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won’ t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context.Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. The gender of the translator and the purpose of translation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang’ s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang's adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of Jin Suo Ji, Eileen Chang translated from the perspective of her own or the gender identity of the opposite sex, with the ultimate purpose of expressing the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang expressed her different understanding of this work in her translation preface: “The old fisherman showed astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings.”Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang’ s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this thesis provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator's gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang's translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马悦, 穆雷. 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. 解放军外国语学院学报. 2010(6): 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛萍萍. 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J].大众文艺. 2018：171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
欧内斯特· 海明威. 老人与海[M]. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. 1979.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王璟. 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. 中国外语. 2011(8): 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王晓莺. 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. 广州:中山大学出版社. 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
席培华. 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. 2017(10): 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲. 金锁记[M]. 上海印书馆. 1955.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Comparison between Nida and Newmark       李丽丽	Li Lili NO.202070080594==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Peter Newmark are famous representative of the Western linguists. Their translation theories are based on linguistics. Nida put forward the famous &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory and &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; theory, which has made outstanding contributions to the translation of the Bible. Newmark devoted himself to teaching, and put forward some famous theories such as semantic translation, communicative translation and relevance translation. Their translation theories have many similarities and differences. This paper will make a systematic comparison from the same and different points, and represent my own views on their advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords: Nida; Newmark; similarities; difference===&lt;br /&gt;
                 &lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达和彼得·纽马克是著名的语言学家。他们的翻译理论建立在语言学的基础上，奈达提出了著名了“动态对等”理论和“功能对等”理论，为翻译《圣经》做出了杰出贡献。纽马克一声致力于教学工作，由此提出了著名的“语义翻译”，“交际翻译”，“关联翻译”等理论。他们的翻译理论有诸多相同之处和不同之处。本论文将从相同以及不同之处来进行系统综合的比较，并就其优缺点提出自己的看法。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：奈达；纽马克；相同；不同===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study on the division of western translation theories	刘柳	Liu Liu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract:Western transaltion theories have been paid more and more attention in modern times and will be of graet help and value to our translation practice and further development of transaltion.Western translation theories have a strict methodology, precise theoretical description, delicate and qualitative and quantitative analysis. Western translation studies have flourished with a variety of translation schools and outstanding translators after the World War Ⅱ, as well as a great many of translation thoughts, translation methods, and views of research.Based on this background, this paper discusses and analyzes a great number of schools of western translation theories, its representative translators and their representative works, and expresses opinions on the significance and value of western translation theories from a historical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords:western translation theories, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：西方翻译理论在现代受到越来越多的关注，其对我们的翻译实践和翻译的进一步发展有很大的帮助和价值。西方翻译理论具有严谨的方法论、精确的理论描述、细腻的定性和定量分析。西方翻译研究在二战后蓬勃发展，出现了各种翻译流派和优秀的翻译家，也出现了大量的翻译思想、翻译方法和研究观点。本文基于此背景，讨论并分析了西方翻译理论诸多流派及其代表人物和代表译作，并从历史的角度对西方翻译理论的意义和价值陈述相关意见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：西方翻译理论    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅰ.Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development of western translation studies in the past 30 years, there are many transaltion schools and excellent translators. Western translation theorists had different points of view towards the division of western translation theories. Peter Newmark divided the development of translation theories by major translation activities. According to the development of translation thoughts, Nida divided western translation into philological translation, linguistic translation, communicative translation and socio-semantic translation.(Nida,1984:9--15) According to George Steiner, the study of western translation theories has gone through four periods: 1) from classical translation theory to the publication of the &amp;quot;three principles of translation&amp;quot; by Tytler and Campbell at the end of the eighteenth century, 2) from Schleiermacher to the middle of the twentieth century, 3) from the post-war period to the 1970s, marked by the rise of the translation linguistics school, represented by Nida, Mounin and Catford, 4) from the 1970s to the present, marked by the emergence of new schools of thoughts and the flourishing of interdisciplinary research. Liu Miqing basically adopts this classification method. Tan Zaixi divided western translation into six periods: 1) the beginning of the fourth century B.C., 2) from the late period of Roman Empire to the early Middle Ages, 3) the Middle Ages, 4) the Renaissance, 5) the modern translation period, i.e., from the seventeenth century to the first half of the twentieth century, 6) from the period after World War II to the present. E. Gentzler divided modern translation theories into five schools based on translation thoughts, which is The American Translation Workshop, The Science of Translation, Early Translation Studies, Polysystem Theory and Deconstruction. Western translation theories research realizes the transition from linguistics to literary, and to culture and science of international politics. Accordingly, the trend of translation research has changed from the source language text to target language text, from the prescriptive to the descriptive, and the status of target language text has changed from inferior to the source language text to be equal to it,and in the end, more important than the source language text, and the status of translator has changed from less important than the author of source language to play a decisive part in translation activities and so on.(Pan Wenguo, 2002) Li Wenge analyzed and studied eight schools of translation, including the literary theory of translation, the linguistic school, the translation studies school, the Hermeneutics, the deconstruction, the American Translation Workshop, the French interpretive theory, etc. The literary theory of western translation includes: the literary theory of western translation before the 20th century, such as the literary theory of Russian translation, the literary theory of translation in the former Soviet Union, and the literary theory of western translation in the 20th century. The linguistic school of translation includes the Prague School of Jakobson, the London School of Catford and Newmark, the American Structuralists of Quine, the Communicative Theory of Nida and Wilss, the German Functionalists translation theory of Nord, and the Soviet Linguistic School of Federov and Barkhudarov. The Translation Studies school includes the Early translation Studies school of Holmes, the Polysystem Theory of Even-Zohar, the Descriptive Translation Studies of Toury, the Cultural School of Lefevere and Bassenett, the Integrated School of Snell-Hornby, Feminism, &amp;quot;Cannibalism&amp;quot;, and post-colonial translation studies. The Hermeneutics includes two ways of translation of Schleiermacher, the hermeneutic model of translation of Steiner, and the hermeneutic view of understanding of Heidegger and Gadamer. The deconstruction of translation includes the idea of &amp;quot;différance&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Derrida, the idea of &amp;quot;pure language&amp;quot; deconstruction translation of Benjamin, and the deconstruction translation strategy of Venuti. The American Translation Workshop includes the theoretical foundation of Translation Workshop of Richards, detailed translation theory of Pound, contradictory view of translation of Will. The French interpretative theory includes the basic problems of interpretative theory, translation procedure, translation evaluation criteria, interpretative theory and translation teaching. From the ancient Roman Empire to the European Union, from the establishment of nation-states to the foundation of the United Nations, cultural (including philosophy, literature, art, science, technology, etc.) exchanges between countries and political and economic exchanges and communication have been increasingly expanded and strengthened through the participation of translators.(Tan Zaixi,2004:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅱ.The division of western translation theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Translation in Ancient Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The history of western translation started in the third century B.C. The translation activities in ancient Rome was the first great upsurge in the history of western translation, with a distinctive literary character. In the late Roman Empire, religious translation gradually became the mainstream of the western translation. In a broad sense, the earliest western translation was the translation of ''Old Testament'', i.e. ''Septuagint'', which was translated by 72 Jewish scholars in Alexandria, Egypt, between the third and second century B.C.. Strictly speaking, the first western translation work was the Homer's Epic ''Odyssey''  translated in Latin by Andronicos in Rome around the middle of the third century B.C..(Tan Zauxi,1991: 4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Marcuss Tullirs Cicero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest theorist of translation in the West was Cicero in the Roman Empire. He first made a distinction between translation as interpreter and translation as orator. He wrote in Volume 5, Chapter 14 in ''De Optimo Genere Oratorum'', &amp;quot;...And I did not translate them as an interpreter, but as an orator, keeping the same ideas and the forms, or as one might say, the 'figures’of thought, but in language which conforms to our usage.And in so doing , I did not hold it necessary to render word for word, but I preserved the general style and force of the language. For I did not think I ought to count them out to the reader like coins, but to pay for them by weight, as it were.(Robinson,1997: 9) Cicero viewed translation from the perspective of a rhetorician and an orator. Translation as interpreter is a translation without creativity, while a translation as orator is a translation that is creative and comparable to the source language text. In this way, Cicero set the seal on the two basic methods of translation, thus pioneered in the field of theory and methodology of translation studies. Subsequently, the history of western translation theories has developed centred on the issues of literal translation and free translation, word-by-word translation and flexible translation, faithfulness and unfaithfulness, accuracy and inaccuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.2 Quintus Heratius Flaccus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heratius was deeply influenced by Cicero in the aspect of literary criticism and translation theory, he insisted that translation should be flexible, and opposed word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation. He also believed that translation should be &amp;quot;sense for sense&amp;quot;. At the same time, Heratius advocated to create new words or introduce foreign words in creation and translation when necessary in order to enrich the national language and enhance the expressive power of the work. He advocated that &amp;quot;a  translator who is faithful to the original text is not fit to translate word for word&amp;quot;. This sentence is often quoted to criticize those of literal translation by those of free translation.&amp;quot;(Tan Zaixi,1991: 26).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.3 St. Jerome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Jerome is considered one of the four leading theologians in the West, who was proficient in Hebrew and Latin, and was fond of Latin literature.He translated ''Vulgate'' in the late Roman Empire and proposed that literary translation and religious translation should be treated differently, arguing that when translating ''Bible'', literal translation should not be used in the whole text, but mainly in literal translation.But in literary translation, translators could and should convey the meaning of the original text in an understandable style, so as to use  one's own style and language to make the translation as beautiful as the original text. It is a good idea to use a combination of literal transaltion and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.4 St. Augustine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
St. Augustine did not translate many works, only revised some parts of the ''Vulgate'', but his translation theories are extremely valuable, which can be mainly found in ''On Christian Education'', as well as several interpretations of the ''Psalms'' and two letters, one of which is to his son Adeodatus.He believed that a good translator must be proficient in two languages, familiar with the material to be translated and have the ability to revise. He suggested that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style according to different readers. He related the style of target language text to targeted readers, holding that people should use &amp;quot;simple&amp;quot; style when translating enlightment texts, use &amp;quot;elegant&amp;quot; style when it comes to texts praising the God, and use &amp;quot;sacred&amp;quot; style to translate texts with the characteristic of exhortation and guidance. He quoted  the &amp;quot;semiotics theory&amp;quot; of Aristotle and emphasized the triangular relationship of the &amp;quot;significatio&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sonus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;judgment&amp;quot; in translation. He is regarded as the originator of the linguistic school in the history of western translation, whose theories have exerted profound influence on linguistics and translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2 Translation in the Middle Ages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.1 Manlius Boethius&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manlius Boethius contributed not only to translating and introducing Greek philosophical thoughts, but also to translation theories. His views can be mainly found in the preface to the translation of Porphyrius's work (Boethius, 1906; referring to Kelly, 1979; 71, 134-135, 204, 222-224), which can be summarized as follows: 1) Content and style are contrary, either style or content can be preserved. 2) Translation is centralized on objective things, and the translator should abandon subjective judgment. In the translation of some works, what the translator seek is accurate content rather than elegant style. Therefore, in order to express &amp;quot;truth without error&amp;quot;, the translator should use word-for-word translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2.2 Dante&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dante held a pessimistic view on translation in his work ''The Banquet'', holding the view that poetry is untranslatable. The significance of this viewpoint strated the long debate on translatability and untranslatability of literary translation in the history of western translation, and at the same time, it drew people's attention to the organic connection between poetry and language in poetry translation, which was very helpful for future generations to establish the correct principles of poetry translation. Don Quixote, the  protagonist in the Spanish writer Cervantes's novel ''Don Quixote'', held the similar point of view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3 Translation in Renaissance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.1 Martin Luther&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Luther was a German translator and the leader of Religious Reform. His translations of ''The New Testament'', which was written in Greek and ''The Old Testament'' written in Hebrew were published in 1522 and 1534 respectively, and his translation of ''The Bible'' in German became the model of German, exerting an unprecedented influence on the development of the national language in German. In addition, his translation of ''Aesop's Fables'' is also of high literary value. His outstanding contributions to translation theories can be summarized as follows: First, he held the view that people should translate in a language that is straightaway and easy to understand, and is acceptable to the public. He insisted on the humanistic view of language, believing that different languages cannot be equated absolutely in terms of structure and vocabulary. Since the target readers of The Bible is the public, &amp;quot;we must use authentic German instead of Latinized German.&amp;quot; (Tan, 1991: 81), and get rid of the traditional principles that ''The Bible'' can only be translated in Latin, &amp;quot;let the prophets of ''The Old Testament'' use natural German.&amp;quot; (Nida, 1984: 10) Secondly, Luther believed that the form, style, and spiritual essence of the original text can only be reproduced in free translation to some extent. Thirdly, translators should respect the original text, understand its spiritual essence in depth, and should not be credulous about the traditional explanations of priests. In order to reproduce the spiritual essence of the original text, the translator can add some meanings which are implicit between the lines but not literally Fourth, translators ought to put heads together. Finally, he proposed seven principles that translators should follow: they can change the word order of the original text; they can use modal particles; they can add conjunctions; they can omit words; they can substitute words with phrases; they can replace metaphor with non-metaphor and vice versa; and they should pay attention to the variation of words and the accuracy of translation. (Tan Zaixi, 1991: 83)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Etienne Dolet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etienne Dolet was the first person who put forward translation theory in a systematic way in the history of modern western translation. Apart from several translations and monographs on Greek and Latin, his contributions to translation can mainly be reflected in his famous paper ''La manière de bien traduire d'une langue en autre'', which was published in 1540. The paper was short but innovative, and the issues involved have already been connected to the matters of principle which were raised by later translation theorists. The basic principles of translation he listed in his paper were as follows: 1) The translator must fully understand the content of the texts to be translated. 2) The translator must have a good knowledge of source language and target lanuage. 3) The translator should avoid word-for-word translation, which can not express the original meaning of the text accurately and the sense of beauty of the language. 4) The translator must translate in an understandable way. 5) The translator must make the target language text an appropriate one through diction and adjustment of word order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4 Translation in the Early Modern Times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.1 John Dryden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.2 Alexander Fraser Tytler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.3 Matthw Arnold&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.4 Francis W. Newman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.5 Friedrich Schleiermacher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.4.6 Wilhelmvon Humboldt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5 Translation in Contemporary Time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.1 Federov&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.2 Roman Jakobson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.3 John Catford&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.4 Eugene A. Nida&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.5 James Holmes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.5.6 Lawrence Venuti&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅲ.Discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅳ.Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 06:48, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of the translation theory of Eugene. A. Nida and J. C. Catford	陈莎	Chen Sha==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's Poetry Translation Principles  徐梦蝶Xu Mengdie ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;徐梦蝶	Xu Mengdie，Student no.202020080657 &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound is a representative poet and literary critic at the beginning of 20th Century in western literary world. Together with T.S. Eliot and other important literary figures, he started a new trend in poetry creation and study, and at the same period, China was also experiencing an essential transition from old style poetry to free verse written in vernacular language. Inevitably, associations were built between them. Wen Yiduo's poetic theory is thought to be heavily affected by Pound's but growing out of specific cultural and social background, Wen's theory still has his own features which should be distinguished from Pound's. Therefore, it's necessary for us to distinguish their principles in poetry translation so as to better comprehend their contributions.&lt;br /&gt;
This paper aims to analyse the differences and similarities between Ezra Pound's and Wen Yiduo's poetry translation principles from contrasts of their translation principles in rhyme, image and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry translation; Wen Yiduo; Ezra Pound&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
埃兹拉·庞德和闻一多诗歌翻译原则的对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪初,在西方文学世界,埃兹拉·庞德是一位具有代表性的诗人和文学批评家。 他和艾略特以及其他重要的文坛人物一起开创了诗歌创作和研究的新潮流。在同一时期的中国，一场重要的文化运动也正在进行，即从旧诗向白话新诗的转变。这两场运动之间也难以避免地有所联系。人们认为闻一多的诗歌理论深受庞德的影响，但是考虑到闻一多诗歌理论诞生的文化和社会背景，他的一些诗歌翻译原则和庞德的有不同之处。因此，为了更好地理解两者，我们有必要进行对比研究。&lt;br /&gt;
本文通过对比分析闻一多和庞德在诗歌韵律，意象，结构三方面的翻译原则，来看两者观点的相同点和不同之处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
诗歌翻译理论； 闻一多；埃兹拉·庞德&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Research Background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the quick development, China begins to play a much more important role in global stage and naturally the need of recommending Chinese culture to the world has been aroused. From traditional Chinese literary creation to today's modern culture, there is a movement worthy of our attention, that is the vernacular writing movement. At the beginning of 20th century, China is urgently in need to open up and to learn from the western world and some extreme ideas even caused the division between Chinese classical literary composition and modern composition， but at the same time， Chinese traditional culture was revived by western scholars like Ezra Pound， Amy Lowell， etc. Ezra Pound published ''Cathy''in 1915 and started imagist movement (1909-1917). Wen Yiduo is a representative of vernacular writing movement，whose first new poetic compositions might be ''A Rainy Night''(雨夜) and ''Moon and Men''(月亮和人) (闻黎明，2014). He distinguished himself from the other representatives of vernacular writing movement by his relative complete frame both in literary composition as well as in literary criticism. Besides, Wen Yiduo's personal painting learning experience and his contact with western poets at that time are materials also worthy of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why these two figures are chosen to be compared in this paper is because, first they lived at the same time period and were both involved in two important literary movements at that time; second, both of them interpreted and applied Chinese traditional poems into modern composition but in different ways. Therefore, comparisons on their understanding of poetic translation  is a way to learn the role of Chinese traditional culture in modern times and to know these two poets and translators better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Research Method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close reading: this paper has collected relative works of Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound and papers on them. By close reading, we come to know their ways of poem composing and their principles of poetic translation. Works involved in this chapter are,''Complete Collections of Wen Yiduo''(闻一多全集), ''Biography of Wen Yiduo'', ''Cathy'' of Ezra Pound,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison study: since there some common points between these two poets and translators, comparisons are made between them to better distinguish them from their roles relatively in vernacular writing movement and in imagist movement, their roles in inheriting the old and making the new, and lastly on their poem translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Literature Review===&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is widely studied as a new poet composer, painter, classical poetry researcher, as well as a revolutionist. Papers on Wen Yiduo focuse more on his identity as a poem composer than on his identity as a translator, so this chapter mainly studies his translator identity with his poet identity as supplement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Papers on Wen Yiduo have covered almost all aspects including his multiple identities as well as his further studies on traditional Chinese mythologies, classical poems, etc. From 1970s to today, this chapter chose recent papers on Wen Yiduo as a translator, and we can see from this picture that study on Wen Yiduo continues to be a favor to scholars and in recent years even more papers were published on his translation principles. In 2005, a paper of Lv Jing is a watershed, for he announced a new age of modern metrical poem's coming. Wen Yiduo is a pioneer of metrical poem at the beginning of 20th C but he's inevitably constrained by his time. With cultural development, now we are gradually entering a new era of modern metrical poetry(吕进，2005).&lt;br /&gt;
Major works often cited by scholars are these two biggest black dots in the picture, works of Qian Liqun's (钱理群等，1998) ''Chinese Literature in Recent 30 Years''(中国现代文学30年)and ''Collection on Translation Theories''(翻译论集：罗新璋等，1984).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for papers about comparison between Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound,there are 18 papers published in recent years in China.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:8.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 18 papers in total and phrases mentioned the most often are &amp;quot;Chinese new poetry&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;poem translation&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the beauty of painting&amp;quot; in these papers. Most of these papers study on Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound from the general comparison between two movements(vernacular writing movement and imagist movement) and there is only one paper directly compares these two figures in an all around way, which was written by Fu Jianan (傅建安) and Zhang Li（张立） in 2019. In this paper, the authors pointed out that Wen Yiduo was heavily influenced by Ezra Pound, which could be seen from his three principles of beauty: the beauty of music, the beauty of painting, and the beauty of architecture. Besides, they also believed that Wen Yiduo was affected by the features of nationality and creativity in Ezra Pound's literary creation and criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Discussion====&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is a representative poet and translator in China at the beginning of 20th Century. At that time, China was experiencing a social and cultural upheaval with collapse of the old and emerging of the new. Since Wen Yiduo was born in a family with avant-garde thoughts, he came to get revolutionary idea at an early age. Although Wen Yiduo didn't participate directly into the May 4th movement, he demonstrated his firm support of students through a passionate patriotic poem. Clearly, Wen Yiduo's literary creation is indispensable from his social ideas. This could be revealed in subjects of his poems, for instance, ''Songs of Seven Sons''(七子之歌), ''Song of the Sun''（太阳吟）, ''Silent Night''(静夜), etc. As for his ideas in translation which are also closely associated with his understanding in poem composing, basing on his personal learning and experiences.  &lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo had experienced several transitions in his life in poem composing. He was first a poet of classical poems (1916-1925) and had works like, ''Ode on Horse''(马赋), ''Ode on Pine''（松赋), ''Spring Willow''（春柳), etc. Later influenced by Hu Shi and vernacular writing movement, he devoted himself to new poem writing and criticized that classical poem shouldn't be composed and it should be totally abandoned (评本学年《周刊》里的新诗). After several tries in composing new poems, Wen Yiduo later arrived at America to continue his study on painting and literature. Here he had contact with Chicago poets and American Imagists and this was where his another transition occurred. He then again criticized Hu Shi's absolute abandonment of rhyme and rhythm and advocated to trace back to Chinese classical culture for nourishment and this was partly enlightened by his painting and classical poem study experiences in Chicago and after he was back to China, he pioneered in creating metrical poems, which associated western new poems' features together with image and structure of classical Chinese poems. He asked for beauty in music, beauty in image, and beauty in Architecture. His best work realized his principles could be seen in ''Dead Water''(死水)(闻一多全集，1993).&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound had a same starting point of doing translation, which is to find an answer to his epoch and to solve problems existing in society. He even leveled the importance of Confucianism to the height of Christianism which has unrivalled importance in Western culture. He believed that the &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; mentioned by Confucius was exactly what was needed, to conquer the social plight posed by industrialism, periodic economic crisis, isolation between human beings, etc.(蒋洪新，2001) Ezra Pound denied that poem translation should be word-to-word translation but to maintain connotations behind it. He decided the name &amp;quot;imagism&amp;quot; for the writing movement in 1912 and later published ''Cathy''in 1915. He was delighted when he discovered Chinese character was full of beauty of images and classical poems like ''The Books of Songs''all could be a good source for imagist movement.&lt;br /&gt;
In ''A Pact'', Pound compared Whitman as a father and himself was his son. Although he held some disagreements with his father, they two had to share the same root and sap. Whitman is like Hu Shi in China, who highlighted the importance of free expression, direct use of vernacular language, and relatively neglected the significance of structure, rhyme, and rhythm. Wen Yiduo had also mentioned that, he disagreed with Hu Shi's composition of absolute free verses in his ''Experiment''(尝试集). To Wen Yiduo, sound and music is what contained in words and only poem, this concise expression, can have more powerful emotions with their syllables which is natural and artistic (《冬夜》评论).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in image translation==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo started painting when he was young and he continued his study of painting in Chicago Academy of Fine Arts. All these experience provided him a chance to paint poems and he had unique understanding of images basing on his study on both classical Chinese poems and new poems. At the beginning of his composing of new poems, poems on nature took a great part of them. Yet he later found that his direct use of a lot of common images in classical poems made his poem too direct and superficial. He therefore decided to use more uncommon images. When he came to America and knew Chicago poets like Carl Sandburg as well as imagists like Amy Lowell, he was affected by their ideas in poem composing. Chicago poets use direct language and free verse to paint out the world in a vivid way. Images are important to Chicago poets but they put rhythm and rhyme in a non-essential position (焦建平，2001). Wen Yiduo therefore, at the earlier period of his poem composing, he paid great attention to image use and also disregarded rhythm and rhyme. Here we have one short excerpt of his earlier composition:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太阳辛苦了一天，&lt;br /&gt;
赚得一个平安的黄昏，&lt;br /&gt;
喜得满面通红，&lt;br /&gt;
一气直往山洼里狂奔。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This excerpt was from one of his earlier vernacular poem and it's very direct and daily, yet lacking beauty in music, image, and depth, and he soon gave up this style. He agreed with Hu Shi's idea in liberating human mind by literature revolution, but he still enhanced the importance of literary form (北塔，2011). Wen Yiduo therefore, criticize Hu Shi's writing for lack of beauty in music and in image. As a translator, his principles of poem translation are heavily impacted by his identity as a poet. He believed that translator of poem should be a poet himself and the process of translation could be viewed as a process of recreation. Wen Yiduo compared poem composing as traditional Chinese painting; colors blending with colors create new harmonious image and words should be like colors (闻一多，1926). Take Wen Yiduo's poem ''Red Candler''as an example, he used the image of red candler to praise the spirit of selfless sacrifice and affirmed his belief in brightness. From Wen Yiduo's own writing, we could see the transition in his using of color image, which shifted from bright ones to dim ones as we can discover from ''Red Candler'' (红烛), ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Color''(色彩) to ''Dead Water''(死水). Images of colors in his poems are often studied by scholars. And it is taken as a clear combination of his idea on both painting and poetry composing. And as we've mentioned above, Wen Yiduo's poetry contained his patriotic idea which is not only shown in subjects but also in his insistence on the form of poetry. As we can see in both ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊) and ''Dead Water''(死水), Wen Yiduo pursued a visual presentation of described pictures. Although Wen Yiduo had studied painting in America, he had shown more free hand sketch in his poem rather then western fine brush work (辛春生，2011). All his principles in poem composition were applied to his translation later. Wen Yiduo asked for concrete image rather than mystery one which also coincides with Pound's idea. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;quot;这种空空疏疏模模糊糊的描写法使读者丝毫得不着一点具体的印象，当然是弱于幻想力底结果。&amp;quot;（《冬夜》评论）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don’t use such an expression as &amp;quot;dim lands of peace.&amp;quot; It dulls the image. It mixes an abstraction with the concrete. It comes from the writer’s not realizing that the natural object is always the adequate symbol.&amp;quot;(A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound can be taken as an orientalist for his love and study on eastern cultures. Before he came to know Chinese, he was captured by the conciseness but rich connotation contained in Chinese traditional culture. His interests in Chinese traditional poems was started by ''A History of Chinese Literature ''(Herbert Giles) and later became addicted to it for Fenollosa's introduction of oriental art（郭为，1988). In the process of translating Chinese traditional poem, he formed his poem composing principles. He believed that poem should not be written in superfluous words; abstraction should not be mixed with concrete natural symbols; and expressions should be polished with good ornaments.(Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Pound had many practices of image-using and he was known for his superimposition of images. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
“落叶依于重扃。（落叶哀蝉曲 刘彻）”&amp;quot;A wet leaf that clings to the threshold.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This sentence has shown Pound's superimposition of images well. Here &amp;quot;wet leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are two different images but the verb &amp;quot;cling&amp;quot; is used well to paint a picture of deep autumn and to arouse the feeling of departure. Even the leaf is hesitating of leaving, how about humans? Both &amp;quot;fallen leaf&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;threshold&amp;quot; are classical images used in Chinese poems. Pound chose concrete images to convey the abstract melancholy just as Chinese classical poem did. In ''Cathy'', ''The Beauiful Toilet'' has shown that Ezra Pound also had his own understanding of color image. &amp;quot;Blue, blue is the grass about the river&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;White, white of face, hesitates, passing the door.&amp;quot; There are 6 duplicated words in original poem but Pound only kept the duplicated form of color words &amp;quot;青青&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;皎皎&amp;quot;, which reflects his high attention to color image although he didn't mentioned that in his essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound drew nourishment from classical Chinese poems and attached great importance to image using. Yet, since Wen Yiduo had experiences as a painter, he was more sensitive to color images than Pound, though Pound also had his own preference to images. Therefore, we may assume that Wen Yiduo was affected by imagism and Ezra Pound, but Wen Yiduo also had his personally preference and choice of image application basing on his understanding of classical Chinese poems and painting just as what was shown in ''Reminicence of Chrysanthemum''(忆菊). &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in rhyme translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo composed poems in classical Chinese with traditional style at first, when he was at school. Later deeply affected by ideas of vernacular poem composing as highlighted by Hu Shi, he accepted that we should liberalize citizen's mind by freeing them from constraints of classical writing and shifted his composing from classical style to vernacular free verse. When Wen Yiduo started his new poem composing, he realized too direct an expression was would lose the hazy beauty. Different from Hu Shi, Wen Yiguo attached great importance to rhyme and rhythm of poems. This might have some association with his experience of Tang poem studies. He appreciated the beauty of classical poem and even believed that it's almost impossible for us to translate these poems into English, or it's a waste of classical poems. To translate Yuefu folksongs, free verse is thought to be the best choice to him, for their similarity in form. And translator is given more space to think about rhyme (Wen Yiduo, 1926). In his comment on Shigeyoshi Obata's translation on Li Po's poems, Wen blamed the translator for using free verse to translate Li Po's metrical poems. Because Wen himself is a big fan of Li Po, he denied that Li Po's grander style and imposing manner could be kept in free verses (黄焰结，2014). He then practiced his translation believes into his own writings. In the next year(1927), he translated a poem of John Masefield.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sea Fever&lt;br /&gt;
by： John Masefield&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky,&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&lt;br /&gt;
And the wheel's kick and the wind's song and the white sail's shaking,&lt;br /&gt;
And a gray mist on the sea's face, and a gray dawn breaking.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, for the call of the running tide&lt;br /&gt;
Is a wild call and a clear call that may not be denied;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a windy day with the white clouds flying,&lt;br /&gt;
And the flung spray and the blown spume, and the sea-gulls crying.&lt;br /&gt;
I must go down to the seas again, to the vagrant gypsy life,&lt;br /&gt;
To the gull's way and the whale's way, where the wind's like a whetted knife;&lt;br /&gt;
And all I ask is a merry yarn from a laughing fellow-rover,&lt;br /&gt;
And quiet sleep and a sweet dream when the long trick's over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再回到荒凉的天涯海角，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一只楼船，一颗星儿做她的向导，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
还有龙骨破着浪，风声唱着歌，白帆在风里摇，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海面上一阵灰色的雾，一个灰色的破晓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，因为那一阵潮水的呼声&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是狂暴的呼声，嘹亮的呼声，你没有法子否认&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要求的是一个刮风的天儿，还飞着些白云，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再加上海水翻着浪花儿，海鸥也在叫你。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要回海上去，再过那漂泊的生涯才好！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上海鸥的道，鲸鱼的道，那里的风像把快刀；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我要的是做完了的活，大伙儿谈着天儿说着笑，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
临了，来一场甜蜜的梦，一宿安稳的觉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
John Masefield's Sea Fever is a rhymed poetry and Wen chose end rhyme to echo the original version, in order to achieve the musical beauty in poem. Besides a lot alliterations &amp;quot;a star to steer/ a clear call, etc.&amp;quot; are used in the original poem to form the enormous power and repetition is another figure of speech in this poem, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again&amp;quot;, which could emphasize the poet's emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To maintain the original features, Wen Yiduo kept the original repetition and parallels in his translation. Wen Yidou thought that art is artificial decoration together with natural beauty. In his translation, to achieve the parallel structure and concise expression, he had chopped off unnecessary conjunctions and shift the order of words. For example, &amp;quot;I must go down to the seas again, to the lonely sea and the sky, And all I ask is a tall ship and a star to steer her by,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;again&amp;quot; this world was shifted into the latter part of the translation and &amp;quot;lonely sea and the sky &amp;quot; was translated as a Chinese four-character idiom &amp;quot;天涯海角&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;To steer&amp;quot; this infinitive was translated as a verb-object structure-&amp;quot;做她的向导&amp;quot; to ensure the balance of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with the original version, we can discover the translated version is even more concise and has clear beats to form music. To form a parallel structure and the clear rhythm, Wen Yiduo had added some decorative elements or eliminate some unimportant elements to achieve his ideal music. “龙骨”，“风声”，“白帆”are words chosen by translator basing on original expression, in order to match both requirements of images and readability. “还”，“临了”，“天儿”， these are words added by the translator which are rich in Chinese culture and are tainted by vernacular feature. This can help to achieve an effect of a balance between the loose and the tense within poem. Wen Yiduo believes that poems should have multiple rhythms serving for one theme and this can catch reader's attention and arouse emotions. It's more natural (诗歌节奏的研究). In this poem, Wen wanted to present the poem in the rhythm of waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from Wen Yiduo's insistence on the rhyme and rhythm of poems, Ezra Pound believed that &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music, but if it does rely on its music that music must be such as will delight the expert.&amp;quot; (Ezra Pound, A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste) Take ''The River-Merchant's Wife: a Letter''as an example, Pound translated Chinese poem into a prose than a rhymed poem, and to this extent his emphasis is more on the other side as what was said by himself that he agreed that music was important but he didn't take it as a priority. He believed that poems could be divided into three kinds, and poems of sounds is one of the three. Poems of sounds could be appreciated without being translated, for its musicality to some extent is untranslatable. But he regarded images as conveyable and was devoted to convey images from Chinese poems to English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus we can see, Rhyme and rhythm are as important as images to Wen Yiduo, for he thought these were indispensable ways to convey emotion and to arouse feeling. Wen Yiduo asked for not only beauty in image but also beauty in music and he showed no preference between these two, yet, to Pound, as what was said in ''A Few Don'ts by an Imagiste'', &amp;quot;It is not necessary that a poem should rely on its music&amp;quot;. Wen Yiduo attached so much importance to music, so that he once said, some five-character quatrains of Li Po could not be translated into another language for he believed that Li Po's five-character quatrains were ancient soul in modern cover with decorations added. The beat and syllables form the imposing manner of his poem and once these verses were transplanted into another container, the favor might be lost. (英译李太白诗，1926)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Contrast of Wen Yiduo's and Pound's principles in translation of architecture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pound studied both Chinese poems and Japanese poems. Therefore the structure of his translations can often be traced back into parallelism of Chinese poem as well as the Japanese Haiku. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In a Station of the Metro&lt;br /&gt;
The Apparition of these faces in the crowd;&lt;br /&gt;
Petals on a wet, black bough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of Pound's most famous poems and Pound took it as his proud work of imitation of Japanese Haiku. However, some scholars hold a different view, like Wu Di, he thought this poem is more close to imitation of Chinese parallel sentence. He listed reasons as: First, there are parallel compositions like time and space and color contrasts of bough and petals. Second, Wu thought that metrical unit of this poem is &amp;quot;word&amp;quot;, which is distinct from &amp;quot;syllable&amp;quot; in English poems and Japanese Haiku. Haiku highlighted more artistic conception than metrical harmony. Besides, this poem paid more attentions to the notional words than functional words. (吴笛，2007)&lt;br /&gt;
Pound's translation of poems are influenced by forms of folk songs, sonnets, Greek-style lyric poems, elegy, etc. and it can be traced back to Provence love song, Japanese Haiku and Chinese traditional poetry.(王贵明，刘佳，2006) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Yiduo is the pioneer of new metrical poems in China and asked poets to learn from western metrics and combined it with Chinese traditional poems. He advocated that the highest form of art should be &amp;quot;pure form&amp;quot;. So he appealed to &amp;quot;beauty of architecture&amp;quot; and in Chinese architecture, balance is taken as beauty in tidy form, which is also asked for in poem composed by himself(陈历明，2016). Wen Yiduo once said that in Chinese aesthetic appreciation, balance was very essential, we could see it in both Chinese architectures and poems. Pattern, syntax, diction and coordination are elements required in a well composed poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thursday&lt;br /&gt;
——Edna St. Vincent Millay&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And if I loved you Wednesday, &lt;br /&gt;
Well, what is that to you?&lt;br /&gt;
I do not love you Thursday—   &lt;br /&gt;
So much is true. &lt;br /&gt;
And why you come complaining  &lt;br /&gt;
Is more than I can see.&lt;br /&gt;
I loved you Wednesday,&lt;br /&gt;
—yes—but what  Is that to me?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四&lt;br /&gt;
即使我礼拜三爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
你管它做什么？&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜四我并不爱你，&lt;br /&gt;
却一点也不错。&lt;br /&gt;
我真不懂，你何为还&lt;br /&gt;
找着我来纠缠。&lt;br /&gt;
礼拜三我爱你—对—&lt;br /&gt;
可是那与我又何干？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a poem translated by Wen Yiduo which reflects his ideas in poem translation, especially in achieving beauty in architecture. First this poem consists of two stanzas and in each stanza, the second and the fourth lines are shorter than the first and the third lines. We can see that the translator transferred the original form of the poem into the translation but did a little alternation to achieve a better presentation. In this sentence, &amp;quot;—yes—but what/Is that to me?&amp;quot;, to balance the length of sentences, the translator shift the word &amp;quot;—yes—&amp;quot; into the verse before the last one, &amp;quot;礼拜三我爱你—对—&amp;quot; to match the number of words. Another instance in this poem is this sentence -&amp;quot;And why you come complaining/Is more than I can see&amp;quot;. To ensure the balance of two stanzas, the translator broke the sentence, &amp;quot;你何为还找着我来纠缠&amp;quot; into two verses,&amp;quot;你何为还/找着我来纠缠&amp;quot;. Besides, there is a semantic symmetry designed by the translator. There is no obvious transitional word before the last line of the first stanza but has a dash to indicate it, therefore the author added &amp;quot;却&amp;quot; to echo  &amp;quot;可是&amp;quot; in the last line of the last stanza and replaced the dash to achieve the balance in form as well as in meaning. All these efforts of the translator are devoted to achieve the aesthetic sense in architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
In one word, both Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound ask for beauty in form but they draw their nourishment from different places and have different focus, for example, Ezra Pound learned and composed Provence love poems and Japanese Haiku. In ''Cathy'', we can see that many classical Chinese poems were translated into prose which are more loose in form, but in Wen Yiduo's translation, he highlighted the balance of structure and was stick to Chinese traditional sense of beauty in architecture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ezra Pound as a imagist had absorbed elements in Chinese traditional culture and reinterpreted Chinese images in his translation. What should be emphasized is that his understanding of Chinese poems and images comes from Fenollosa, and ''Cathy'' is rewriting of Fenollosa's writing. In translation, Ezra Pound asked for artistic conception through image superimposition. And as for his form of translation, it's more loose than Wen Yiduo's, for Ezra Pound though required order in literary works, he didn't take &amp;quot;order&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;balance&amp;quot;. His order may exist in his position of images but it does not have to be balance in number of words or pattern of expressions. Being a fan of Li Po, Wen Yiduo even though influenced by vernacular writing movements, Chicago poets, and imagist movements, he advocated the importance of form and highlighted artistic feature of poems, the metric, which was a combination of the old and the new. &lt;br /&gt;
Basing on comparisons of Ezra Pound and Wen Yiduo in these three aspects, we come to know that Wen Yiduo was influenced by imagist movement and he did pay high attention to image-using later in his works but Wen Yiduo's literary understanding should also be attributed to his family background, China's social environment at that time, and his life experiences. Before he became a poet, he is a patriotic citizen. Wen Yiduo's literary works have a solid patriotic foundation and that's why he always tried to maintain Chinese traditional culture and to spread it through literary creations. This explains elements of Chinese traditional painting and Chinese aesthetic sense of architecture in his poems, as well as specific Chinese images contained in his poems like chrysanthemum, candler, red bean, etc. We shall better say that Wen Yiduo and Ezra Pound are two poets and translators born in a similar social environment rather than saying that one is totally the other's imitator. Since they two have their unique culture background and are both passionate lover of Chinese poems, they naturally share some common features in literary presentations but there are also distinctions reflecting their own culture identity like what we discovered in both their own writings and translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===V.Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ezra Pound. Cathy. ''London: Elkin Mathews, Cork Street Mcmxv''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Wei 郭为.(1988).埃兹拉·庞德的中国汤[The Chinese Soup of Ezra Pound].''读书 Reading''(10):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Hongxin 蒋洪新.(2001).庞德的翻译理论研究[Study on Pound's Translation Theory ].''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)''(04):77-80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Ta 北塔.(2011).略论闻一多诗歌之英文翻译[On the English Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''中国现代文学研究丛刊 Modern Chinese Literature Researches Series''(12):97-108.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Liming 陈历明.(2016).闻一多的诗歌翻译与格律诗学的生成[On Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poetry and the Generation of Metrical Poetics].''文艺理论研究 Theoretical Studies in Literature and Art'' 36(01):64-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Jianping 焦建平.(2001).卡尔·桑德堡与“意象主义”[Carl Sandburg and Imagism].''西北大学学报(哲学社会科学版) Journal of Northwestern University (Philosophy and Social Sciences)''(04):134-137.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Lina黄丽娜.(2013) 闻一多诗歌翻译研究[Research on the Translation of Wen Yiduo's Poems].''湖南师范大学 Hunan Normal University''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Yanjie黄焰结.(2014) 英译李太白——闻一多与小畑薰良译诗对话的文化考量[English Translation of Li Po's Poems-- Cultural Study on Wen Yiduo and Shigeyoshi Obata's Talk on Poetic Translation ].''外语教学与研究 Foreign Language Teaching and Research'' 46(04):605-615+641.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jing 吕进.(2005)三大重建:新诗,二次革命与再次复兴[Three Major Reconstructions: New Poetry, the Second Revolution and Rejuvenation ].''西南师范大学学报(人文社会科学版)Journal of Southwest Normal University (Humanities and Social Sciences edition)''(01):130-135.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Dangbo, Yuan Zhengchun 孙党伯 袁春正.(1993).闻一多全集. [Complete Works of Wen Yiduo] ''武汉：湖北人民出版社 Wuhan: Hubei People's Publishing House.''12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Di吴笛.(2007)论庞德“在地铁车站”中的汉诗特性[On Characteristics of Chinese Poetry in Pound's ''In a Station of the Metro''].''外国文学研究 FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES''(05):53-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiming, Liu Jia王贵明,刘佳.(2006)今韵古风——论埃兹拉·庞德诗歌翻译和创作中的仿古倾向[Archaic Style in Modern Form-- On the Archaic Tendency in Ezra Pound's Poetry Translation and Creation].''北京理工大学学报(社会科学版)Journal of Beijing University of Science and Engineering (Social Sciences Edition)''(06):79-85.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Liming 闻黎明.（2014）闻一多年谱.Chronology of Wen Yiduo ''北京：群言出版社 Beijing: Qunyan Publishing House''.11&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin Chunsheng辛春生.(2011) 闻一多《忆菊》诗的绘画美新探[A new Exploration on the Beauty of Painting of Wen Yiduo's Poem &amp;quot;Reminicence of Chrysanthemum&amp;quot;].''名作欣赏 Master Pieces Review''(35):28-29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Versions of ''The Moon and Sixpence'' from the Perstive of Functional Equivalence Theory	彭丹	Peng Dan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences in style and language expression in Japanese-English narrative translation 谢子熠 Xie Ziyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Ishikami|Ishikami]] ([[User talk:Ishikami|talk]]) 14:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:''' When Japanese narrative texts translated into English, the translated versions often have different forms and syntax from the original texts. From the perspective of cognitive linguistics, it is thought that the difference in form and structure is due to the difference in cognitive practices of the actors who recognize and conceptualize the situation in the narrative as a linguistic expression. In the present paper, mainly based on Langacker 's theory, I argue that there are two opposing modes of situation recognition, one in which the conceptualize　perceives the situation objectively from outside and the other in which the conceptualize perceives it subjectively from inside the situation, and that before and after translation, the former is dominant in the English narrative and the latter in the Japanese This study confirms the fact that the trend appears in the trend. The paper concludes with the following points: (1) the present tense in the past-tense story, (2) the clarification of the person who experienced the situation (mainly the subject), and (3) the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words as useful objects for future contrastive analysis in Japanese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Conceptualization, conceptualization, subject (gender), perspective, Japanese-English translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one study, I contrasted Soseki Natsume's &amp;quot;I am a Cat&amp;quot; with its Chinese translation, focusing on the use of poses, and found that there were far more examples of translating the original passive sentence into the active voice than the reverse. This means that it is essentially a misuse (or non-use) of Chinese to express its context passively. It can be said that I consciously changed the form of expression to the Chinese form from the perspective that it would be a good fit. Even if the Japanese conception is natural for the passive, it may be an unnatural idea that does not fit in with the Chinese language. The same can be said for the translation of narrative text in Japanese and English. Japanese to English and vice versa. In both cases, the forms and syntax used in the translated language are often different from those in the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper considers the above-mentioned problems in the translation of Japanese and English narrative texts within the framework of cognitive linguistics. In cognitive linguistics, every linguistic expression reflects the subject's interpretation of the situation it represents; in other words, the subject conceptualizes the situation it perceives on its own initiative, and the product of that interpretation is the linguistic expression. In other words, subjects conceptualize the situation they perceive on their own, and the product is their linguistic expression. If different forms of expression and syntax used to express the same situation before and after Japanese/English translation, the degree of subjectivity of the cognitive subject's interpretation is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this concept, the present paper structured as follows. First, we mainly support previous studies and this &amp;quot;subjectivity&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;conceptualization&amp;quot; and their closely related &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;perspectives&amp;quot;. The concepts of cognitive linguistics that form the basis of the analysis are presented, and at the same time, these concepts are used as the basis for the analysis of Japanese and English. I will describe the differences in the style of situation recognition in the language. Next, we will describe them in the narrative sentences of Japanese and English. In the following section, we present the framework of &amp;quot;cognitive narrative&amp;quot; contrastive research, which is applied to the contrastive analysis of The following are some examples of the use of the present tense in past tense stories in Japanese and English narratives via translation use, the clarification of the cognoscenti, and the use of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. We have shown that differences found in English and that it is the style of situational awareness in Japanese and English differences. In addition, in Section 4, we will show a concrete example of this in the actual Japanese English Briefly presented with examples of analysis of the translation of narrative sentences, and in the final section as the cornerstone of the subsequent specific linguistic analysis. We shall describe the prospects. In other words, this thesis is the first of many Japanese English narrative texts and their adaptations in the future. Contrast analysis with the translated version and consider the stylistic and syntactic differences between the Japanese and English versions. In doing so, we will focus on the above perspectives from the framework of cognitive linguistics, and thus we will be able to translate the narrative text into Japanese and English The purpose is to describe the basis for trying to explore contributions to language typology in terms of it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Definitions of cognitive linguistic concepts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since language is a product of human activities, it is not in itself independent of the language user. Rather, all linguistic expressions reflect the subjective and subjective interpretation of the language user subject. The &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; is, specifically, the language in which a situation verbalized. It is the subject of conceptualization, and at the same time, it is the conceptualizer that interprets the situation that the linguistic expression represents. In other words, as a conceptualizer, the language user is the subject that first recognizes the situation around him or her, conceptualizes it subjectively, and then expresses it in language. Behind every linguistic expression, there is always a conceptualizer who interprets the situation it represents. Perspective&amp;quot; is a concept that focuses on the role of this conceptualizer. It includes (i) orientation, (ii) vantage point, (iii) directonality, (iv) how subjectively or objectively one interprets an entity (i.e., how subjectively or objectively It contains four elements: (anentity is construed). To recognize a situation, the conceptualizer stands on a standpoint and perceives the situation from there. The concept that encompasses the conceptualizer's standpoint and the direction of his or her gaze is the &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; (viewpoint). In other words, &amp;quot;viewpoint&amp;quot; is a concept that encompasses not only the position from which one looks at an object, but also the extent to which one interprets an object as subject-object. The subject interprets the situation by focusing on the subjectively selected perspective, and reflects it in words. And then individual language expressions are produced on that basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In cognitive linguistics, these concepts considered to produce linguistic expressions, and it is known that the subject that produces the linguistic expressions perceives the situation in various cognitive modes when it conceptualizes the situation. There are cases in which the subject grasps the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, and there are cases in which the subject grasps the situation as a part of the situation. There are also cases in which the situation is grasped as neither subject nor object, but rather as an existence that forms the situation. In other words, depending on the perspective of the subject, the same situation can be interpreted in several ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the above conceptualization and discussion, I will confirm the facts that have been pointed out in the previous Japanese/English contrastive studies. It has been said that English is a language that prefers objective expressions, while Japanese is a language that prefers subjective expressions. While English native speakers tend to grasp the situation objectively, Japanese native speakers tend to grasp the situation subjectively. Unlike English native speakers, Japanese native speakers tend to place themselves in a situation and directly grasp the situation as a whole by feeling it with their own bodies. In Japanese, there are many linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings that reflect this kind of cognition of a situation. In other words, in English, linguistic expressions that reflect a point of view taken outside of a situation are prototypical, and linguistic expressions that express subjective meanings established through the special process of manifesting conceptual operations. On the other hand, at least in Japanese, it is more prototypical to take a point of view into a situation and express a subjective and subjective understanding of the situation through it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, the following facts have been identified as characteristic characteristics of the linguistic representation of Japanese stories. There are two attitudes to narrative expression in Japanese writing: one is to explain the development of the situation from the standpoint of an observer, and the other is to describe it as such from the author's point of view. In addition, there is a proactive narrative attitude of accepting events from the point of view of the characters in the story. Moreover, one is allowed to use them all at will, sometimes even shifting to a different level of narrative attitude. For example, in addition to the author, there may be another person in the story, and the story described from that person's point of view. In other words, there is a shift in perspective in the relationship between the two parties in the story. In other words, there is a shift in point of view from a bystander to a character in the story. In other cases, when explaining a topical scene, the author does not look down on the overall geographical situation with the eyes of a bystander, but rather passively perceives the scene from his own point of view within the realm of the story. Here, too, we can see the peculiarity of the Japanese language way of thinking. In any case, what is prototypical in the Japanese language is a mode of situational awareness that conceptualizes and expresses a situation from a point of view within the context of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Cognitive Narrative Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before going into a specific translation analysis of Japanese and English narrative sentences, it is necessary to describe here the basic idea of cognitive narrative theory as its foundation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we define narrative as a formal text in which a speaker, who is a cognitive subject, manipulates the narrator to convey the situation he or she grasps (constructs) to the receiver, the problematic aspect of cognitive narrative theory is how the cognitive subject perceives and expresses the event or event. From this perspective, it can be said that the perspective of how we perceive a situation plays an important role in narrative structure. Even when describing the same object, the way of describing it differs depending on the viewpoint from which the object viewed. The narrative world reflects the dynamic cognitive process of the subject presenting that world. This kind of cognitive process is created by the subject's mode of interpretation, such as viewpoint projection, gaze movement/transformation, etc. The subject's cognitive processes constrain various aspects of narrative representation, including form and structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we apply Nishitaya's cognitive narrative theory, a study of Japanese and English narrative texts in terms of translation and contrast will ultimately depend on the differences in cognitive styles between languages, how the subject and conceptualizer of a situation perceives and expresses the situation in language, as well as the form of expression and syntax before and after translation. It can be considered to make a difference above. Hence, in the following, we will first describe typical human cognitive styles and then identify which cognitive style predominantly adopted by Japanese and English as the dominant language. If differences in the predominant tendency of the cognitive style of the situation reflected in both languages clarified, it can be a basis for differences in the forms and syntax produced before and after translation of the same situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Findings from translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the subjective interpretation of the translator enters into the translation. It is impossible in principle for a source text to be objectively interpreted, objectively represented in its meaning, and objectively textualized in the target language on the basis of these objective representations. The act of translation is (1) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the individual translator, which is subject to the indeterminacy of meaning, and (2) a single, on-the-spot act of interpretation by the translator. That is to say, there is an inherent indeterminacy of interpretation of the original text itself, as well as of the linguistic structure of its expression in the target language. Second, at the micro level, the habitus acquired by the individual translator in the professional field of translation plays a role as a control factor and influences the translator's disposition to act in a greater or lesser degree. There are also translation instructions and power dynamics from publishers and clients, as well as political, social, and cultural macro-contextual factors (the main ones being &amp;quot;norms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;purpose,&amp;quot; which will be discussed below) that are behind the translator's disposition to translate. At the same time, the indeterminacy and subjective bias of the translator inherent in the act of translation will inevitably lead to different results in the translation. Therefore, when we make a translation into a counter-language study, we need to pay attention to the (1) linguistic and social actions of the translation act, and (2) the interpretive tendencies of the individual translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is a summary of the changing trends in translation studies. There are two aspects of translation: linguistic action and social action, and theories have been shifting their analysis from the former to the latter. Theories that focus on the linguistic action of translation are the linguistic stages of translation studies: equivalence, translation shift, translation strategies, and text-type theory. When socio-actionality was added to these theories, Scopos theory, register analysis, systems theory, and normative theory were developed, which became the next generation of the linguistic stage. However, as translation studies experienced a &amp;quot;cultural and ideological turn&amp;quot; from its textual analysis-centered era, it began to focus on &amp;quot;translation as rewriting,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;translation of gender,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;postcolonial translation theory,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;(non)visibility of translation,&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;power networks of translation,&amp;quot; among others. This covers not only translation but also the social, cultural, and historical significance and role of the social practice of representation. In recent years, research has also focused on &amp;quot;people,&amp;quot; with a focus on the translator's life history and life story, and an analysis of how the individual translator's habitus affects the translation. To summarize this trend, we can see a shift from (1) focusing on the linguistic action of translation to (2) social action, and (3) research that takes into account the interpretive tendencies of individual translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the above, let's first discuss the aforementioned case of Ikegami (2007) in the context of translation studies. For now, the case of Snow Country can be reduced to the issue of equivalence and shift. The concept of equivalence itself is disputed and has been defined and characterized in numerous ways (see Pym 2010, pp. 7-42), but I will operationally define it as the same linguistic and cultural value between the source and target texts. Five levels can be assumed for this equivalence: word level, phrase level, grammatical level, textual level (thematic progression and cohesion), and pragmatic level (Baker 1992), and this paper will mainly focus on the grammatical level. The &amp;quot;shift&amp;quot; is a linguistic shift between the source and target texts due to structural differences between the source and target languages (Catford 1965). In this connection, &amp;quot;conversion operations&amp;quot; refer to various operations to achieve a translation shift, either obligatory because of linguistic structure, or selective in order to achieve target language identity or certain stylistic effects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's apply this to the case of Ikegami (2007). If we assume that there is a certain situation objectively portrayed in the original text, then if we can faithfully reproduce that situation in the target text, we have achieved an &amp;quot;equivalent&amp;quot; translation. However, because of the difference in linguistic structure between Japanese and English, and the different grammatical categories that must be expressed as linguistic expressions, obligatory conversion operations must be performed to conform to the linguistic norms of the target language (for example, the subject is zeroed in Japanese, but in English it is basically, because the subject is obligatory, do the operation of making the subject stand up).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In practice, however, there is a process of chronological translation involved, which means that there are more than just static differences in linguistic structure. (1) The translator first interprets the source text (interpretation; a situation from the words). Then, (2) based on this interpretation, he or she contextualizes it in the target language (construal).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Subject's Perspective and Style of Situational Awareness in Japanese and English'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, there are two kinds of opposing modes of conceptualizer subject's perception of a situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form A. Subject (C) grasps a situation (O) in which it is not a participant from outside the situation, corresponding to Langacker's optimal viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;objective grasping,&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;D mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Form B. The subject (C) enters a situation and grasps its situation (O), corresponding to Langacker's egocentric viewing arrangement, Ikegami's &amp;quot;subjective grasping&amp;quot; and Nakamura's &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of these viewpoint arrays, English tends to prefer the optimal viewpoint array and Japanese tends to prefer the egocentric viewpoint array.&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject takes a perspective, as in Form B, where the language subject enters a situation that is the object of conceptualization and interprets it subjectively and subjectively, the degree of subjectivity is very high in the language expression reflecting that subjectivity, e.g., in (1) a. below. On the other hand, when the subject interprets the object of conceptualization objectively from the outside, as in Form A, the linguistic expressions reflecting the subjectivity of the subjectivity are less subjective (or in other words, more objective), such as b. and c. below. In b., the existence of the subject as a reference point is explicitly stated, but here the subject &amp;quot;conceptually splits&amp;quot; itself up and objectively perceives another real self in the situation from outside the situation. In other words, the speaker plays the role of both the subject of conceptualization and the object of conceptualization. In contrast, in c., the subject, as the subject of the conceptualization, perceives it objectively from the outside without entering the object of the conceptualization. Therefore, c. has a lower degree of subjectivity than b. It is the linguistic expression that expresses the most object-oriented meaning among the three linguistic expressions. The degree of subjectivity reflected in each linguistic expression depends on the degree to which the linguistic expression reflects the subjective and subjective interpretation of the subject. In other words, differences in the degree of subjectivity based on each cognitive style embodied in differences in the form and syntax of the resulting language expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑴ a. Vanessa is sitting across the table.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Vanessa is sitting across the table from me.&lt;br /&gt;
c. Vanessa is sitting across the table from Veronica.&lt;br /&gt;
（深田・仲本2008：171-172）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the present example, multiple linguistic expressions based on cognitive styles with different degrees of subjectivity are possible in English as well, but as mentioned earlier, style A tends to be used relatively more often than style B.&lt;br /&gt;
I will now mention what Langacker calls the &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;stage model&amp;quot; is a cognitive model that idealizes the meaning of linguistic expressions and the typical positioning of &amp;quot;speakers&amp;quot;. According to this model, the speaker typically observes what is on the stage from the outside and encodes the conceptualization of it into a linguistic representation. In this case, the speaker is the &amp;quot;subject&amp;quot; of the concept and the object of expression is the &amp;quot;object&amp;quot; of the conceptualization, and their roles completely separated. In other words, we can say that the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot;. From this point of view, subjectivization is a phenomenon in which the speaker that not directly depicted, but rather the speaker that is non-explicitly incorporated into part of the semantic structure of the object of description (the object). In other words, in subjectivized, highly subjective linguistic expressions, the speaker's perspective is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot;. A relative comparison between English and Japanese shows that the &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in English forms and syntax, while the &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; type is more prevalent in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, let us look at the two cognitive modes presented by Nakamura. This is also true for Japanese and English. Tendentious differences which is found according to Nakamura, from the aspect of subjectivity, there are two types of human perception of the situation, two modes of cognition, and each syntax (linguistic representation) is thought to reflect one of these two modes more strongly. The first is called &amp;quot;I-mode&amp;quot; (situationally attuned cognitive mode), which is the predominant mode in Japanese for situational perspective; in relation to Langacker, it is &amp;quot;on-stage&amp;quot; and is often viewed as &amp;quot;situation-centered&amp;quot; and the speaker is the participant in the situation (S-perspective). Also, because the perspective is within the situation, it is &amp;quot;direct experience&amp;quot; and its expression is &amp;quot;non-reporting&amp;quot; in that it is experiential and not reportive in tone. These are exactly the features that have been revealed to predominant in the linguistic expressions of Japanese narrative sentences. In contrast, the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot; (cognitive mode from outside the situation) is the predominant mode in English that places the perspective outside the situation; in relation to Langacker, it is an &amp;quot;off-stage&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;out-of-situation&amp;quot; mode, so the perspective is literally &amp;quot;extrinsic&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to each participant in the situation, which will be the focus of attention (the &amp;quot;person-centered&amp;quot; view, O-Perspective). Thus, the expression is &amp;quot;reportive&amp;quot;. These are, if anything, the predominant features of linguistic representation in English narrative writing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The predominant cognition in Japanese, where the speaker interacts with the situation/object, is the situation-based cognition, or &amp;quot;I-mode,&amp;quot; which is a subjective cognition in which the speaker and the experiencer assimilate (and thus the speaker himself becomes the cognitive subject). In other words, it is a state in which the cognitive subject and the object of cognition fused together, which called &amp;quot;subject-object unity. On the other hand, the cognitive mode of objective recognition of a situation/object, which is dominant in English, is the extrinsic cognitive mode, or the &amp;quot;D-mode&amp;quot;, which does not presuppose the interaction between the subject and the situation/object. This is characterized by the point that the cognitive subject goes outside the interactive cognitive field and takes a viewpoint as if it were viewed objectively from the outside. In that sense, this one is a &amp;quot;separation of subject and guest,&amp;quot; so to speak, against the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese language has a self-centered viewpoint arrangement and Mode I dominance, while the English language has an optimal viewpoint arrangement and Mode D dominance, and for this reason, the following differences in linguistic expressions expected to appear in the narrative as a tendency. This difference in cognitive mode is thought to be the basis of the different structures and forms of expression in translation, which may lead to the selection of linguistic expressions, and thus to the differences in expression between the source and target texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (1) and (2) in the Japanese language, where the I-mode is predominant, is that the narrator describes the situation in a way that puts him or her in it. The following argument about the frequent use of the present tense in Japanese narrative writing will also reinforce this point. The underlined part of the sentence is only possible when the narrator puts himself in the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the non-present present tense effectively moves past events to the present moment, so the reader or listener can re-experience the story.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the present tense in Japanese narratives has the effect of giving immediacy, making the reader feel the suspense and assimilate into the author's inner world in the time in which the story is going on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for (3) is that onomatopoeia and mimetic words are situationally relevant forms of expression. In general, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently in Japanese than in English and other languages. In Japanese, onomatopoeia and mimetic words which used more frequently than in English and other languages, such as &amp;quot;pochan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;shito&amp;quot;, respectively. A linguistic expression that expresses the phenomenon in its entirety, without the need for the subject to enter into the situation and adhere to it. If we consider that a situation cannot be grasped as a whole unless the subject enters into the situation and follows it closely, we can say that Japanese onomatopoeia and mimetic words are linguistic expressions expressing subjective meanings that manifest the existence of the subject who recognizes and interprets the situation subjectively. Therefore, they can be considered to be forms reflecting the I-mode. In Japanese narratives, which are much richer in onomatopoeia and mimetic words than in English, the I-mode is dominant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Japanese and English Narrative Sentence Contrastive Analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to confirm the previous discussion, I will look at and analyze the actual narrative text in Japanese and English through translation. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the cognitive style of the situation in the narrative texts of Japanese and English before and after translation reflected in the linguistic expressions and how it leads to the differences in the linguistic expressions in Japanese and English, especially in the three points mentioned in the previous section. The quantitative and quantitative data analysis itself will be done another time due to space constraints. Therefore, in this section, we will limit ourselves to a fact-finding exercise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, let's see how explicit and non-explicit tenses and situation recognizers in past-tense narratives differ between Japanese and English, depending on the conceptualizer's perspective. These perspectives correspond to those of (1) and (2) in the previous section. I will use Kawabata Yasunari's novel Yukiguni (Snow Country) and its English translation as the subject matter. From the previous discussion, it can be seen that the degree of subjectivity increases as we go from 1. to 4. below. In other words, 1. is the typical D-mode, which is dominant in English, and 4. is the typical I-mode, which is dominant in Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Past tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
2.Past tense, experienced non-explicit, perspective. &amp;quot;Off Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
3.Present tense, experienced person clarification, and perspective. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
4.Present tense, experienced person non-explicit, point of view. &amp;quot;On Stage”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑵ a. …女はぷいと窓へ立っていって国境の山々を眺めたが、そのうちに頰を染めて、…&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. She stood up abruptly and went over to the window, her face reddening as she looked out at the mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑶ a. …島村が内湯から上がって来ると、もう全く寝静まっていた。古びた廊下は彼の踏む度にガラス戸を微かに鳴らした。その長いはずれの帳場の曲り角に、裾を冷え冷えと黒光りの板の上へ拡げて、女が高く立っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. ...and by the time Shimamura had come up from the bath the place seemed to be asleep. The glass doors rattled slightly each time he took a step down the sagging corridor. At the end, where it turned past the office, he saw the tall figure of the woman, her skirts trailing coldly off across the dark floor.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑷ a. …島村はなぜかそれが心のどこかで見えるような気持ちもする。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist explicit: the conceptualizer's Perspective is &amp;quot;On Stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Somewhere in his heart Shimamura saw a question, as clearly as if it were standing there before him.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist explicit; the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑸ a. 島村はその方を見て、ひょっと首を縮めた。鏡の奥が真白に光っているのは 雪である。その雪のなかに女の真赤な頰が浮んでいる。&lt;br /&gt;
(Present tense; empiricist non-explicit: the conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;On stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
b. Shimamura glanced up at her, and immediately lowered his head. The white in the depths of the mirror was the snow, and floating in the middle of it were the womanʼs bright red cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;
(Past tense; empiricist non-explicit; conceptualizer's perspective is &amp;quot;Off-stage”.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above example, it can be seen that the English translation has a reduced degree of subjectivity in its form compared to the original Japanese.&lt;br /&gt;
Now let's look at the perspective in the previous section (3), i.e., examples of onomatopoeia and mimetic words. The following is the original English text of Hemingway's &amp;quot;The Old Man and the Sea&amp;quot; and its translation into Japanese, in which the situation is expressed subjectively in Japanese as onomatopoeia and mimetic words, respectively. In the Japanese translation, the subject's point of view penetrates into the situation and which is closely connected to it to understand the situation as a whole. In this respect, it can be said that the degree of subjectivity of the cognizant subject is relatively greater than in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑹ a. ...and he loved to walk on them on the beach after a storm and hear them pop when he stepped on them with the horny soles of his feet.&lt;br /&gt;
b. また彼は嵐のあとなど、海岸に打ちあげられた浮袋を、角のように硬くなった踵で踏みつけては、それがプスッ、プスッと音をたてるのをききながら歩くのが好きだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑺ a. In the dark, the old man could feel the morning coming and as he rowed he heard the trembling sound as flying fish left the water and the hissing that their stiff set wings made as they soared away in the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 老人は暗黒のうちに朝の近寄る気配を感じとっていた。飛魚が水を離れるときに生じるブルンという音、その硬い翼が暗い空をよぎるヒューという音、オールを操りながら老人はそれらの物音をはっきりききとっていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑻ a. It floated cheerfully as a bubble with its long deadly purple filaments trailing a yard behind it in the water.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 黒ずんだ紫色の細い糸が水中に一ヤードも尾を引いていたが、それはまるで水泡のように、のんきにふわふわと漂っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⑼ a. The bird went higher in the air and circled again, his wings motionless.&lt;br /&gt;
b. 鳥はさらに上空めがけて舞いあがり、ふたたびぐるぐる輪を描きはじめた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the framework and considerations of the contrastive study of Japanese and English narrative texts through translation are presented from the perspective of cognitive linguistics, with a particular focus on the concepts of &amp;quot;perspective&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;subjectivation,&amp;quot; and some of the possibilities, methods, and examples of the analysis of linguistic representations of situation recognition in Japanese and English narrative texts have been seen. In particular, the contrastive analysis of Japanese and English The analysis from the standpoint of the opposition between the self-centered viewpoint arrangement and the optimal viewpoint arrangement proposed by Langacker, the I-mode and the D-mode proposed by Nakamura, and the subjective and objective grasping that Ikegami advocates seems to be effective, but it is necessary to collect data and attempt a quantitative analysis of more works in the future. In particular, with regard to item (1) of section 3, the position of the conceptualizer's point of view differs between the past and present tenses, with the former in the off-stage and the latter in the on-stage. Also, the item (2) in section 3, i.e., whether or not the perceiver of the situation is explicitly stated in the linguistic representation, may be explained by whether or not it is profiled in the direct scope. Further data analysis is needed to verify these as well. It should be noted that this Japanese-English controlled study may contribute to the further advancement of Nakamura's &amp;quot;cognitive typology&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bibliography:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 川端康成 『雪国』、岩波書店、1952年.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Kawabata Yasunari Snow Country. translated by Edward G. Seidensticker, Charles E. Tuttle Company, 1957.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Hemingway Ernest The Old Man and the Sea. Kodansha International, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] アーネスト，ヘミングウェイ 『老人と海』（福田恒在訳）、新潮社、1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 森田良行 『話者の視点がつくる日本語』 ひつじ書房、2006年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 籾山洋介・深田智 「意味の拡張」 松本曜編著『認知意味論』 大修館書店&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 深田智・仲本康一郎 『概念化と意味の世界』 研究社、2008年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 本多啓 『アフォーダンスの認知意味論』、東京大学出版会、2005年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 西口純代 「物語文の現在時制における視点と文脈の変化」 河上誓作・谷口一美共編『ことばと視点』、英宝社、2007年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] ベルク，オギュスタン 『空間の日本文化』（宮原信訳、ちくま学芸文庫）、筑摩書房、1994年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Translation of Culture-loaded Words in Chinese-English Communication  莫南 Mo Nan==&lt;br /&gt;
'''文化负载词在中英交流中的翻译'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''摘要：'''文化负载词是民族文化智慧的结晶，蕴含着深厚的民族文化遗产。文化负载词的准确翻译不仅可以促进跨文化交际的顺利进行，而且有助于传播民族文化，保持民族特色，促进各民族之间的友好交流。尽管文化负载词的翻译存在困难，但它仍然是可译的。前进模型、块模型、标注模型、集成模型和自适应模型是有效的转换模型;直译、意译和音译都是有效的翻译策略。译者应根据不同情况选择合适的翻译模式和翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
'''关键词：'''文化负载词，翻译，交际&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract:'''  Culture-loaded words are the crystallization of national cultural wisdom and contain deep national cultural heritage. Accurate translation of culture-loaded words can not only promote smooth cross-cultural communication, but also help spread national culture, maintain national characteristics and promote friendly exchanges among ethnic groups. Although there are difficulties in translation of culture-loaded words, it is still translatable. The go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models; literal translation, liberal translation and transliteration are all effective translation strategies. Translators should choose the appropriate translation models and strategies in different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words:''' Culture-loaded words; translation, communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, translation plays an important role in intercultural communication. A good translator can help to promote the communication between two different cultures. With the process of globalization, intercultural communication is becoming more and more frequent. However, there exist plenty of cultural differences between different cultures, especially between the East and the West. Cultural differences make it hard for translators to translate well. Culture-loaded words belong to one of the differences between different cultures. Therefore, it is of great significance to be aware of the appropriate translation of culture-loaded words. This is because it can help translators translate better and thus make two different cultures communicate better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture refers to all the activities of a nation, including clothes, food, production, education, law, politics, customs, historical allusions, temperament and emotion, modes of thinking, values, religious mentality and many other factors. Language is one of the most fundamental systems of culture, with the function of storing, describing, expressing and spreading cultural information. Vocabulary, as the basic unit of language, is the most direct reflection of the cultural factors.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words are words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations. Culture-load words have strong national colors and distinctive cultural personalities, and in the language system they can best reflect the cultural information carried and inherited by language and the social life of human beings. Culture-loaded words are important carriers to reflect national culture, and they are a special kind of information text, which has both textual meaning and rich cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, economic and cultural exchanges among various ethnic groups are becoming more and more frequent. In order to better promote friendly exchanges between Chinese and Western nations, eliminate cultural barriers and conflicts caused by cultural differences, and smoothly carry out cross-cultural communication, it is especially important to understand national cultures and characteristics, especially to study the translation of culture-loaded vocabularies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Definition, Classification and Translatability of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1 Definition of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Since Professor Xu Guozhang (1980) published “Culture Loaded Words and English Language Teaching” in Modern Foreign Languages, the study of culture-loaded words has attracted great attention from the academic circles. However, scholars in China have different opinions on the definition of culture-loaded words. In his book Contemporary Western Translation Theory, Liao Qiyi (2000) argues that it “refers to the words, phrases and idioms that signify things unique to a certain culture. These vocabularies reflect the unique activities of a particular nation that have been gradually accumulated in the long historical process and are different from other nations.” This kind of vocabulary carries a lot of cultural information and is very regional and national, i.e. “culture-loaded words”. Some scholars inherited and developed Mr. Liao’s definition, for example, Hu Wenzhong (1999) pointed out that “culture-loaded words are vocabularies of a specific cultural category, which are directly or indirectly reflected in the vocabulary level of national culture”. Since then, some scholars have argued that culture-loaded words are the phenomenon of lexical vacancies, that is, cultural information in the source language cannot find a corresponding word in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-loaded words signify the changes of a country and a nation. In both domestic and foreign social life, culture-loaded words are a kind of words that cannot be ignored, which are conducive to the export of local culture and the introduction of foreign culture, so as to achieve the purpose of communication and integration between different cultures. The connotation of culture-loaded words determines that they have many distinctive features. The first characteristic is that it is very rich in meaning. In different contexts, it can express ever-changing and rich meanings. The second characteristic is that its usage is very flexible. It can not only play a significant role in longer and more complex sentences, but also play a similar role as a metaphor in short and sharp sentences. The third characteristic is that it is short and flexible. A few words can express a customary thing, so it can be applied separately to news and notifications, while ensuring that it does not deviate from the subject of news or notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Classification of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
The classification of culture-loaded words is as diverse as the definition of it, but most scholars classify culture-loaded words on the basis of cultural categorization. Wang Rongpei (2002) classifies culture-loaded words into eight categories based on various aspects of human life: political words, social words, color words, legendary allusion words, human body words, animal and plant words, food words, and other words. Based on the classification of cultural factors in language by the famous American translation theorist Eugene A. Naida, Li Xuejun (2015) classifies culture-loaded words into material culture words, ecological culture words, linguistic culture words, social cultural words and religious culture words. The words themselves are characterized by generality, ambiguity and ethnicity in their meanings, an they are constantly changing with the development of society. The vocabulary is rich and the classification standards are difficult to unify, which hinders the classification of culturally loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.3 Translatability of Culture-loaded Words '''&lt;br /&gt;
On the question of whether culture is translatable, Steiner, a well-known translation theorist, argues that “Human commonalities make translation possible” (2001: 259). Translatability and untranslatability is a crucial issue for translation studies to establish its principles and make it an independent discipline. Firstly, to deny the translatability of translation is essentially to deny the ability of language to express and describe the unknown. Secondly, untranslatability originates from the limited knowledge and ability of the translator, which is actually unknowable. Thirdly, translation cannot be classified as untranslatable just because it is difficult. The so-called untranslatable actually means that when the source language is translated into the target language, the loss of the source language is great. In addition, it is believed that only by understanding the differences between national cultures and acknowledging the translatability of culture-loaded words, can we effectively communicate with each other and achieve the goal of communication. Translatability is the mark of human language, and the development of human language and culture is built on the basis of translatability, without which there is no way to talk about human cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great linguistic and cultural differences between the source culture and the translated culture, the translator can only translate on the basis of making the translation as close to the original as possible. The translation of culture-loaded words should follow the following principles (Liao Qiyi, 2000): a. the reproduction of the meaning of the original words is better than the reproduction of the form; b. the context in which the original words are used must be taken into account in the choice of words; c. the key implied meaning of the original words should be converted into non-implied meaning in the translation. All these principles require us to: a. translate the connotation of the original language; b. pay attention to the cultural context of the original language; c. transform the more difficult cultural vocabulary in the original text into easily acceptable vocabulary in the target language. In view of this, when dealing with culture-loaded words, it is important for the content of the translation to be faithful to the original, but the cultural connotation should be paid more attention to. A translation without cultural connotation will make the readers of a different language get a wrong understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Difficulties in the translation of culture-loaded words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1 Differences in Worldview and Ideology'''&lt;br /&gt;
Worldview refers to how people perceive the universe, nature, and how they perceive the relationship between humans and nature. As such, it affects all aspects of human perception, such as beliefs, ideas and behaviors. Chinese and Western cultures with different worldviews may contain different values and perceptions of the same objective thing. Generally speaking, China emphasizes unity, while the West emphasizes independence, which is the biggest difference between China and the West in terms of worldview. For example, the Chinese preach “harmony is precious” and advocate and glorify “collectivism”. However, Western culture focuses on individual independence, individual freedom and individual rights. It encourages people to realize and express themselves, believing that “everyone is unique”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Differences in the Natural and Geographical Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a reflection of the objective world in real life, and the environment in which people live produces the languages they speak. In the process of producing and developing a language, any nation is influenced to varying degrees by the geographical environment and climatic conditions in which it lives. Therefore, differences in the natural and geographical environment are also important factors in the formation of different culture-loaded words. For example, the true meaning of the phrase “east wind” and “west wind” in Chinese is very different from that in English. The “east wind” in the minds of the Chinese is warm and can make the grass and trees grow, similar to the spring wind. Because China’s topography is high in the west and low in the east, facing the sea in the east. In China, the east wind is given the cultural connotation of “vitality”, “spring”, “new life” and so on. In the Chinese winter, however, the northwest wind from Siberia is bitterly cold and harsh. In the West, for example, in the United Kingdom, the east wind comes from the northern part of the European continent and is extremely cold, while the west wind from the Atlantic Ocean is warm, humid and pleasant. This is why the famous English poet Shelley’s lyrical poem Ode to the West Wind appeared. &lt;br /&gt;
'''3.3 Differences in Historical Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
There are significant differences in the historical culture backgrounds of China and the West. China’s feudal ruling system lasted for more than 3,000 years, and before 1840, China’s traditional philosophical thinking was mainly based on Confucianism, with the addition of Taoism. In the West, for example, the United Kingdom has been developing in the transition to capitalism since 1640. Due to the different historical development backgrounds of the two cultures, their cultural differences are also reflected in the use of words. For example, the English idiom “is it necessary to use a steam hammer to crack nuts?” means “no need to make a fuss”, which is equivalent to the Chinese saying “why use a cow's knife when killing a chicken? (杀鸡焉用牛刀)”. This idiom shows that Britain had entered the industrial age, while China was still in a backward production based on agriculture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.4 Differences in Religious Beliefs'''&lt;br /&gt;
China is a country that mainly believes in Buddhism, and Buddhism has a very wide influence in people’s social life. For example, the Chinese idioms “菩萨心肠”, “跑得了和尚跑不了庙”, “临时抱佛脚” and “借花献佛” are accompanied by connotations of Chinese culture, which are difficult for Westerners to understand. In the West, religion occupies an extremely important position in social life, thought and culture, and is one of the main characteristics of Western culture. For example, for the Chinese, the “End of World” can easily be understood as a terrifying moment when a catastrophe is imminent and mankind is about to be destroyed. However, for Westerners, it does not mean terror, but it means that one day the world will finally end, and everyone will accept God’s final judgment, which means that the time for justice is coming.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Approaches to Translate Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.1 Translation on the Macro Basis of the Values of the Source Language Region'''&lt;br /&gt;
The word “worldview” encompasses a large category that reflects people’s understanding of the universe, the world, nature and the relationship between human beings and nature. At the same time, the influence of worldview is also very broad and significant. It affects people’s recognition of the value of things, and influences the way people perceive and think about things. Therefore, if someone want the translation of culture-loaded words to make the target readers feel the same as the readers in the source language, he or she should translate them on the premise of understanding the worldview and values of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.2 Explanation of the Social and Historical Background and Religious Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
The English-speaking countries of the West believe in the spirit and values transmitted by the ancient Greek and Roman cultures, while China mainly believes in the spirit transmitted by the Confucian culture, which also includes the spirit of Taoist culture. China has a history and culture of 5,000 years, more than half of which has been ruled by the feudal monarchy, while the feudal system in Western countries was established later and developed mainly towards capitalism after the Industrial Revolution. Such differences will be shown in the English vocabulary, so in the translation of culture-loaded words, explanation of the different social and historical backgrounds and religious and cultural beliefs is very necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.3 Understanding of the Natural and Humanistic Environment'''&lt;br /&gt;
The differences in the natural environment between the East and the West have a very important impact on the differences in English and Chinese culture-loaded words. For example, “east wind” in China means a good implied meaning, whereas “east wind” in the western population means desperate. It is mainly caused by geographical environment factors and climate factors in the east and west. The humanistic environment here refers mainly to customs and habits, and more specifically in the appellation of relatives and the use of honorific expressions. Easterners pay more attention to respect and courtesy, while Westerners emphasize equality.&lt;br /&gt;
'''4.4 Guided by the Semantic Basis of the English-Chinese Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Through various comparative studies between English and Chinese, linguists have found that there are four main types of culture-loaded words: vacancy words, conflict words, reciprocity words and iterative words. Among them, iterative words are divided into two types, one is words with the same meaning but different shapes, and the other is words with the same shape but different meanings. For example, in English, “red” (红) is not only used as “red”, but also as “black” (black tea 红茶) and “brown” (brown sugar 红糖) in some fixed words. It is a common phenomenon that people associate the same word with different meanings. For example, in the West, the English word “dog” is used in a sentence describing a person to express praise. While from the Chinese people’s perspective, the word “dog” is often used in a derogatory way, such as “走狗” (flunky/lackey). &lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Translation Models of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
Each language has many words that are used to express its own specific cultural concepts, and their signified is the clearest only in a particular cultural context. The problem of translation may arise once one moves out of a specific cultural context into one that is quite different from one’s own. The principle of translating culture-loaded mainly depends on the cultural background of the source language, the social background, the translator’s cultural concept and the cultural acceptance mentality of the targeted readers, and other factors, which are closely related and mutually reinforcing. In dealing with the translation of culture-loaded words, translators can take the following models.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.1 Go-ahead Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The go-ahead model refers to the direct entry of cultural expressions from the source language into the translation. Many cultural words are translated with the go-ahead model, which means that transliteration or literal translation is used in translation. There are transliterated words such as microphone, yin and yang, sofa, fans and the literal translation of words such as hot dog and three representations.  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.2 Block Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The cultural expression of the source language fades away and its cultural meaning is not adopted by the targeted culture, which is the cultural block or block model. Some cultural words are blocked from the target language culture because of the limitation of language function. The most obvious example is some expressions that express self-effacement in Chinese, such as “鄙人”, “拙文” and “贵姓”. Even in the title of an article, people will often find expressions such as “浅谈”, “初探” and “刍议” to indicate one’s immature views. In addition, there are also some honorific expressions, such as “令堂”, “大作”, and “光临”, etc. When translating into English, the cultural connotations of such expressions can be appropriately reflected in the context of China, but it is not necessary to translate every word, i.e., the cultural connotations of the Chinese language can be blocked.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.3 Annotation Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation model refers that the target language provides information about the cultural context of the source language cultural expression, that is, the method of interpretation of the target language provides a little but important context or situational information for foreign cultural concepts in the target language. For example, cynicism, as a foreign word, is one of the four major philosophical schools of ancient Greece, represented by the figure of Diogenes of Sinop. There is no existing equivalent in Chinese. At that time, the philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism seemed to behave, speak, act and even live in a way that was uninhibited, unscrupulous and shameless, but they were loyal, reliable, sensitive and clear-cut, which were very similar to some characteristics of dogs. So people call these philosophers or thinkers who practiced cynicism as “犬儒”. &lt;br /&gt;
'''5.4 Integration Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
The integration model refers to the fusion of cultural expressions in the source language and the target language, which enters the target language in a novel linguistic form. Obviously, the integration model is closely related to the openness of different cultures and the frequency of interaction. The terms “X-ray”, “typeB ultrasonic”, “T-shirt” and “Coca Cola” imported from the Western seem to be named directly in Chinese. This kind of translation method that integrates transliteration and free translation is undoubtedly an effective way for foreign culture to integrate into the target language culture.&lt;br /&gt;
'''5.5 Adaption Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
When the cultural expression of the source language is omitted and replaced by a translated one, the cultural meaning of the source language disappears, which is the process of adaption model. The domestication translation method aims to minimize the exoticism in the translation and provide a natural and smooth translation for the target language readers, according to Venuti (1995). The cultural domestication model is usually used together with the annotation model when it is used to translate cultural words. For example, the English expression for “拳击练习” is “shadow boxing”. If it is borrowed to express “太极拳” in Chinese, the word “Chinese” must be added before the expression to become “Chinese shadow boxing”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Translation Strategies of Culture-loaded Words'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.1 Literal Translation: to Convey Cultural Connotations'''&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, &amp;quot;literal translation&amp;quot; is the direct conversion of the meaning and structure of the source language words into the target language words, including literal translation and literal translation with annotations. Human beings live on the same earth, and although there are huge differences between Chinese and English national cultures, there are also certain similarities. For some Chinese-English culture-loaded words, the literal translation method can not only retain the cultural connotation of the source language words, but also transmit them to the target language culture, thus achieving the cross-cultural communication purpose of cultural exchange.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many examples of literal translation in both Chinese and English languages, and almost no trace of translation can be seen, reflecting the successful fusion of Chinese and Western cultures. For example, “fast food” in English is directly translated as “快餐”, and “all roads lead to Rome” is translated as “条条大路通罗马”. In English, there are also vocabulary expressions directly translated from Chinese, such as “paper tiger (纸老虎)”, “one country, two systems (一国两制)”, and “keep pace with the times (与时俱进)” and so on. The above examples vividly illustrate that appropriate literal translation of culture-loaded words can not only maintain the unique national flavor of the source language vocabulary, but also enrich the vocabulary of the target language to a certain extent, provided that the literal translation does not cause misunderstanding among the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese traditional culture is broad and profound, and the Chinese language is full of words with strong cultural connotations. In order to better retain the connotation and flavor of these culture-loaded words, and to make the traditional culture of the Chinese nation acceptable to the whole world, the translators very often adopt the literal translation method for such words. For example, “四书” is translated as “Four Books”, “五经” as “Five Classics”, “文房四宝” as “Scholar’s Four Jewels”, “龙舟” as “Dragon Boat” and “剪纸” as “paper-cut”, and so on. This kind of literal translation can preserve the profound connotation and infinite charm of traditional Chinese culture in the process of cross-cultural communication between East and West.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.2 Free Translation: to Seek Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
Due to different cultural backgrounds and ways of thinking, there are many culture-loaded words with specific connotations in both Chinese and English languages, and if a literal translation is used, it is likely to cause misunderstanding among the target language readers and even cultural conflicts. Therefore, the translation of these words can be used to seek functional equivalence of the free translation method, without pursuing the language form of the source language, only to convey the meaning of the source language. As the name implies, free translation means translating according to the meaning of the words. The advantage of the free translation method is that the translator is not limited by the construction pattern of the words, and translators can translate by inferring the deeper meaning and cultural connotation of the words in the source language. Take the typical Chinese dishes with strong Chinese culture as an example, if the expressions such as “四喜丸子”, “醉蟹” and “红烧狮子头” directly translated into English in literal translation, they will definitely make foreign guests who do not understand Chinese culture feel more confused. Therefore, when translating the names of such Chinese dishes into English, the principle of free translation should be followed, indicating the ingredients and the method of preparation, so that foreigners can easily understand and accept them. For example, “红烧狮子头” could be translated as “braised pork ball in brown sauce”, “四喜丸子” as “braised pork balls in gravy” and “蚂蚁上树” as “vermicelli with spicy minced pork”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are many idioms containing historical allusions in Chinese. Such culturally loaded words cannot find the corresponding cultural connotations in English. If they are literally translated, they will often find it difficult for target language readers who know little about Chinese history and culture. In this case, it is a wise choice for translators to adopt free translation. For example, “悬梁刺股” can be translated as “to be extremely hard-working in one’s study”, “东施效颦” as “crude imitation with ludicrous effect”, and “塞翁失马，焉知非福” as “a loss may turn out to be a gain”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
By the same token, there are some words in English that are closely related to the characteristics of their national culture, but these words in Chinese do not have similar cultural connotations. In ancient England, the land was mainly ploughed by horses, so there are many slang expressions related to “horse” in English. However, the image of “horse” has no similar associative meaning in Chinese, so when translating from English to Chinese, one should only need to explain its meaning. For example, “horse doctor” can be translated as “蹩脚医生”, “horse sense” as “基本常识” and “work for a dead horse” as “徒劳无益”, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
'''6.3 Transliteration: to Preserve Cultural Identity'''&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a translation method that is parallel to literal translation and free translation, and it has an irreplaceable function in certain situations. According to Jin Huikang (2003), translators should not use words with different concepts because of vocabulary vacancies, and he points out that “the most prominent role of transliteration is that it can overcome the expression barriers brought about by linguistic and cultural gaps, bridge the two languages, spread foreign cultures, reduce the loss of information in translation, and thus promote language and cultural communication.” The two languages of Chinese and English have absorbed a large number of foreign words from each other, and these foreign words retain the unique cultural personality of the source language vocabulary. Foreign words are the inevitable product of cultural exchange and integration, and to a certain extent, they are the result of translators’ transliteration strategies in translation activities. The purpose of translation is to break through the language barrier between the source language and the target language and promote effective cross-cultural communication. Therefore, for some words carrying the cultural characteristics of the native language, the translator uses the translation strategy of transliteration or transliteration with annotation, which is effective in preserving the cultural characteristics of the source language words and integrating them into the cultural system of the target language, so that the target language readers can understand the foreign culture to the maximum extent and promote cultural intercommunication and integration.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many words in Chinese that are directly transliterated from English culture-loaded words, such as “沙发” (sofa), “汉堡” (hamburger), “吉他” (guitar), “爵士” (jazz) and “麦克风” (microphone). Accordingly, there are a large number of culture-loaded words in Chinese that have been transliterated into English. Most of them are everyday words with Chinese cultural characteristics, cultural specific items and some words related to Chinese politics. For example, “tofu” (豆腐), “chowmein” (炒面), “litchi”(荔枝), “fengshui” (风水), “wushu” (武术) and “erhu” (二胡) in English are all directly transliterated from Chinese culture-loaded words.&lt;br /&gt;
When some vocabularies are first introduced into the English context, the target language readers are not familiar with their cultural connotations, so it is difficult for them to be understood only by transliteration. Therefore, the method of transliteration with annotation is adopted, which not only preserves the cultural characteristics of Chinese words through transliteration, but also enables the target language readers to clearly understand their meanings through annotation. With the in-depth development of cross-cultural communication between East and West and the increase of Western understanding of Chinese culture, the annotation of these culture-loaded words can be omitted and only transliteration can be used. For example, for the Chinese term “阴阳”, translators initially adopted the strategy of transliteration with annotation to translate it, that is, “yin and yang, the two opposing principles in nature, the former feminine or negative, the latter masculine or positive”. Nowadays, most western readers have already understood the cultural connotation of “阴阳”, so many translators directly transliterate it as “yin and yang”.&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is national, special and complex. As a special linguistic phenomenon, “culture-loaded words” are rich in cultural connotations and record the influence and penetration of a nation on language in various aspects. This poses a challenge to translators, who are required to be flexible in dealing with culture-loaded words. American scholar Venuti (1992) advocates the use of resistant translation to reveal the gap between the original culture and the target culture, in contrast to the previous reader-centered domestication or transparent translation methods. When translating culture-loaded vocabularies,the original culture should be taken as the core, and the national characteristics of the original culture should be preserved in the translation process, which is respectful of the original culture on the one hand, and meets the requirements of translation standards on the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the go-ahead model, block model, annotation model, integration model and adaption model are effective translation models for culture-loaded words; literal translation, free translation and transliteration are effective translation strategies for overcoming culture-loaded word translation barriers. As to which translation model and translation strategy to choose, the translator should make a decision at the right time according to different situations. Every model and strategy has its advantages and limitations, but the translator should be flexible in choosing the right one to make the translation as meaningful and effective as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Chunyan XIANG. On Translation Strategies of Chinese Culture-Loaded Words[J]. Canadian Social Science, 2016, 12(6).&lt;br /&gt;
*Hua S. An Interpreting Study of Chinese Culture-loaded Words from the Perspective of Relevance-Adaptation Model[J]. Language and Translation, 2012, 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*Lin Yuewu,Yang Qin. An Investigation into the Culture-Loaded Words Learning by English Majors in a Vocational College in China[J]. English Language Teaching, 2015, 8(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Juan Bai. A Brief Analysis of Culture-Loaded Words C-E Interpretation Based on the Interpretive Theory--Taking the COVID-19 Chinese-English Glossary as an Example[J]. Frontiers in Educational Research, 2020, 3(8).&lt;br /&gt;
*Steiner, G. After Babel: Aspects of Language and Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press. 2001: 259.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti, L. (ed.). Rethinking Translation[M]. London &amp;amp; New York: Routledge, 1992: 12-13.&lt;br /&gt;
*Venuti. The Translator’s Invisibility: A History of Translation[M]. Routledge, 1995: 19-20.&lt;br /&gt;
*陈喜荣. 从功能语法语境理论看文化负载词的翻译[J]. 外国语文, 1998 (1): 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
*胡文仲. 跨文化交际学概论[M]. 北京: 外语教学与研究出版社, 1999: 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
*景芳, 段成. 从语域理论视角浅谈文化负载词的翻译[J]. 中华文化论坛, 2017(03): 110-116.&lt;br /&gt;
*金惠康. 跨文化交际翻译[M]. 北京: 中国对外翻译出版公司, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
*李雪君. 以汉、英“水”语义对比研究为例看跨文化交际背景汉语文化负载词的教学[D]. 兰州: 西北师范大学, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
*廖七一. 当代西方翻译理论探索[M]. 南京: 译林出版社, 2000: 232, 236.&lt;br /&gt;
*宋洁. 英汉文化负载词图式对比及翻译[J]. 广西民族大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2016, 38(06): 172-176.&lt;br /&gt;
*汪榕培. 英语词汇学高级教程[M]. 上海: 上海外语教育出版社, 2002: 67-69.&lt;br /&gt;
*郑德虎. 中国文化走出去与文化负载词的翻译[J]. 上海翻译, 2016 (02): 53-56.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zheng Huajun</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>